initial commit of ebook 1323HEADmain

7 files changed, 65031 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/1323-0.txt b/1323-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90ded64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/1323-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,32319 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 1323 ***
+
+(See also #1209, a slightly different version w/o footnotes)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+The Conquest Of Peru
+
+by
+
+William H. Prescott
+
+
+"Congestae cumulantur opes, orbisque rapinas Accipit."
+
+Claudian, In Ruf., lib. i., v. 194.
+
+
+"So color de religion
+Van a buscar plata y oro
+Del encubierto tesoro."
+Lope De Vega, El Nuevo Mundo, Jorn. 1.
+
+Preface
+
+The most brilliant passages in the history of Spanish adventure
+in the New World are undoubtedly afforded by the conquests of
+Mexico and Peru, - the two states which combined with the largest
+extent of empire a refined social polity, and considerable
+progress in the arts of civilization.  Indeed, so prominently do
+they stand out on the great canvas of history, that the name of
+the one, notwithstanding the contrast they exhibit in their
+respective institutions, most naturally suggests that of the
+other; and, when I sent to Spain to collect materials for an
+account of the Conquest of Mexico, I included in my researches
+those relating to the Conquest of Peru.
+
+The larger part of the documents, in both cases, was obtained
+from the same great repository, - the archives of the Royal
+Academy of History at Madrid; a body specially intrusted with the
+preservation of whatever may serve to illustrate the Spanish
+colonial annals.  The richest portion of its collection is
+probably that furnished by the papers of Munoz.  This eminent
+scholar, the historiographer of the Indies, employed nearly fifty
+years of his life in amassing materials for a history of Spanish
+discovery and conquest in America.  For this, as he acted under
+the authority of the government, every facility was afforded him;
+and public offices and private depositories, in all the principal
+cities of the empire, both at home and throughout the wide extent
+of its colonial possessions, were freely opened to his
+inspection.  The result was a magnificent collection of
+manuscripts, many of which he patiently transcribed with his own
+hand.  But he did not live to reap the fruits of his persevering
+industry.  The first volume, relative to the voyages of Columbus,
+was scarcely finished when he died; and his manuscripts, at least
+that portion of them which have reference to Mexico and Peru,
+were destined to serve the uses of another, an inhabitant of that
+New World to which they related.
+
+Another scholar, to whose literary stores I am largely indebted,
+is Don Martin Fernandez de Navarrete, late Director of the Royal
+Academy of History. Through the greater part of his long life he
+was employed in assembling original documents to illustrate the
+colonial annals.  Many of these have been incorporated in his
+great work, "Coleccion de los Viages y Descubrimientos," which,
+although far from being completed after the original plan of its
+author, is of inestimable service to the historian.  In following
+down the track of discovery, Navarrete turned aside from the
+conquests of Mexico and Peru, to exhibit the voyages of his
+countrymen in the Indian seas. His manuscripts, relating to the
+two former countries, he courteously allowed to be copied for me.
+Some of them have since appeared in print, under the auspices of
+his learned coadjutors, Salva and Baranda, associated with him in
+the Academy; but the documents placed in my hands form a most
+important contribution to my materials for the present history.
+
+The death of this illustrious man, which occurred some time after
+the present work was begun, has left a void in his country not
+easy to be filled; for he was zealously devoted to letters, and
+few have done more to extend the knowledge of her colonial
+history.  Far from an exclusive solicitude for his own literary
+projects, he was ever ready to extend his sympathy and assistance
+to those of others.  His reputation as a scholar was enhanced by
+the higher qualities which he possessed as a man, - by his
+benevolence, his simplicity of manners, and unsullied moral
+worth.  My own obligations to him are large; for from the
+publication of my first historical work, down to the last week of
+his life, I have constantly received proofs from him of his
+hearty and most efficient interest in the prosecution of my
+historical labors; and I now the more willingly pay this
+well-merited tribute to his deserts, that it must be exempt from
+all suspicion of flattery.
+
+In the list of those to whom I have been indebted for materials,
+I must, also, include the name of M. Ternaux-Compans, so well
+known by his faithful and elegant French versions of the Munoz
+manuscripts; and that of my friend Don Pascual de Gayangos, who,
+under the modest dress of translation, has furnished a most acute
+and learned commentary on Spanish-Arabian history, - securing for
+himself the foremost rank in that difficult department of
+letters, which has been illumined by the labors of a Masdeu, a
+Casiri, and a Conde.
+
+To the materials derived from these sources, I have added some
+manuscripts of an important character from the library of the
+Escurial. These, which chiefly relate to the ancient institutions
+of Peru, formed part of the splendid collection of Lord
+Kingsborough, which has unfortunately shared the lot of most
+literary collections, and been dispersed, since the death of its
+noble author.  For these I am indebted to that industrious
+bibliographer, Mr. O. Rich, now resident in London.  Lastly, I
+must not omit to mention my obligations, in another way, to my
+friend Charles Folsom, Esq., the learned librarian of the Boston
+Athenaeum; whose minute acquaintance with the grammatical
+structure and the true idiom of our English tongue has enabled me
+to correct many inaccuracies into which I had fallen in the
+composition both of this and of my former works.
+
+From these different sources I have accumulated a large amount of
+manuscripts, of the most various character, and from the most
+authentic sources; royal grants and ordinances, instructions of
+the Court, letters of the Emperor to the great colonial officers,
+municipal records, personal diaries and memoranda, and a mass of
+private correspondence of the principal actors in this turbulent
+drama.  Perhaps it was the turbulent state of the country which
+led to a more frequent correspondence between the government at
+home and the colonial officers.  But, whatever be the cause, the
+collection of manuscript materials in reference to Peru is fuller
+and more complete than that which relates to Mexico; so that
+there is scarcely a nook or corner so obscure, in the path of the
+adventurer, that some light has not been thrown on it by the
+written correspondence of the period.  The historian has rather
+had occasion to complain of the embarras des richesses; for, in
+the multiplicity of contradictory testimony, it is not always
+easy to detect the truth, as the multiplicity of cross-lights is
+apt to dazzle and bewilder the eye of the spectator.
+
+The present History has been conducted on the same general plan
+with that of the Conquest of Mexico.  In an Introductory Book, I
+have endeavoured to portray the institutions of the Incas, that
+the reader may be acquainted with the character and condition of
+that extraordinary race, before he enters on the story of their
+subjugation.  The remaining books are occupied with the narrative
+of the Conquest.  And here, the subject, it must be allowed,
+notwithstanding the opportunities it presents for the display of
+character, strange, romantic incident, and picturesque scenery,
+does not afford so obvious advantages to the historian as the
+Conquest of Mexico.  Indeed, few subjects can present a parallel
+with that, for the purposes either of the historian or the poet.
+The natural development of the story, there, is precisely what
+would be prescribed by the severest rules of art.  The conquest
+of the country is the great end always in the view of the reader.
+From the first landing of the Spaniards on the soil, their
+subsequent adventures, their battles and negotiations, their
+ruinous retreat, their rally and final siege, all tend to this
+grand result, till the long series is closed by the downfall of
+the capital.  In the march of events, all moves steadily forward
+to this consummation.  It is a magnificent epic, in which the
+unity of interest is complete.
+
+In the "Conquest of Peru," the action, so far as it is founded on
+the subversion of the Incas, terminates long before the close of
+the narrative. The remaining portion is taken up with the fierce
+feuds of the Conquerors, which would seem, from their very
+nature, to be incapable of being gathered round a central point
+of interest.  To secure this, we must look beyond the immediate
+overthrow of the Indian empire.  The conquest of the natives is
+but the first step, to be followed by the conquest of the
+Spaniards, - the rebel Spaniards, themselves, - till the
+supremacy of the Crown is permanently established over the
+country.  It is not till this period, that the acquisition of
+this Transatlantic empire can be said to be completed; and, by
+fixing the eye on this remoter point, the successive steps of the
+narrative will be found leading to one great result, and that
+unity of interest preserved which is scarcely less essential to
+historic than dramatic composition.  How far this has been
+effected, in the present work, must be left to the judgment of
+the reader.
+
+No history of the conquest of Peru, founded on original
+documents, and aspiring to the credit of a classic composition,
+like the "Conquest of Mexico" by Solis, has been attempted, as
+far as I am aware, by the Spaniards. The English possess one of
+high value, from the pen of Robertson, whose masterly sketch
+occupies its due space in his great work on America.  It has been
+my object to exhibit this same story, in all its romantic
+details; not merely to portray the characteristic features of the
+Conquest, but to fill up the outline with the coloring of life,
+so as to present a minute and faithful picture of the times.  For
+this purpose, have, in the composition of the work, availed
+myself freely of my manuscript materials, allowed the actors to
+speak as much as possible for themselves, and especially made
+frequent use of their letters; for nowhere is the heart more
+likely to disclose itself, than in the freedom of private
+correspondence.  I have made liberal extracts from these
+authorities in the notes, both to sustain the text, and to put in
+a printed form those productions of the eminent captains and
+statesmen of the time, which are not very accessible to Spaniards
+themselves.
+
+M. Amedee Pichot, in the Preface to the French translation of the
+"Conquest of Mexico," infers from the plan of the composition,
+that I must have carefully studied the writings of his
+countryman, M. de Barante.  The acute critic does me but justice
+in supposing me familiar with the principles of that writer's
+historical theory, so ably developed in the Preface to his "Ducs
+de Bourgogne." And I have had occasion to admire the skillful
+manner in which he illustrates this theory himself, by
+constructing out of the rude materials of a distant time a
+monument of genius that transports us at once into the midst of
+the Feudal Ages, - and this without the incongruity which usually
+attaches to a modern-antique.  In like manner I have attempted to
+seize the characteristic expression of a distant age, and to
+exhibit it in the freshness of life.  But in an essential
+particular, I have deviated from the plan of the French
+historian.  I have suffered the scaffolding to remain after the
+building has been completed.  In other words, I have shown to the
+reader the steps of the process by which I have come to my
+conclusions. Instead of requiring him to take my version of the
+story on trust, I have endeavoured to give him a reason for my
+faith.  By copious citations from the original authorities, and
+by such critical notices of them as would explain to him the
+influences to which they were subjected, I have endeavoured to
+put him in a position for judging for himself, and thus for
+revising, and, if need be reversing, the judgments of the
+historian.  He will, at any rate, by this means, be enabled to
+estimate the difficulty of arriving at truth amidst the conflict
+of testimony; and he will learn to place little reliance on those
+writers who pronounce on the mysterious past with what Fontenelle
+calls "a frightful degree of certainty," - a spirit the most
+opposite to that of the true philosophy of history.
+
+Yet it must be admitted, that the chronicler who records the
+events of an earlier age has some obvious advantages in the store
+of manuscript materials at his command, - the statements of
+friends, rivals, and enemies, furnishing a wholesome counterpoise
+to each other; and also, in the general course of events, as they
+actually occurred, affording the best commentary on the true
+motives of the parties.  The actor, engaged in the heat of the
+strife, finds his view bounded by the circle around him, and his
+vision blinded by the smoke and dust of the conflict; while the
+spectator, whose eyes ranges over the ground from a more distant
+and elevated point, though the individual objects may lose
+somewhat of their vividness, takes in at a glance all the
+operations of the field. Paradoxical as it may appear, truth
+founded on contemporary testimony would seem, after all, as
+likely to be attained by the writer of a later day, as by
+contemporaries themselves.
+
+Before closing these remarks, I may be permitted to add a few of
+a personal nature.  In several foreign notices of my writings,
+the author has been said to be blind; and more than once I have
+had the credit of having lost my sight in the composition of my
+first history.  When I have met with such erroneous accounts, I
+have hastened to correct them.  But the present occasion affords
+me the best means of doing so; and I am the more desirous of
+this, as I fear some of my own remarks, in the Prefaces to my
+former histories, have led to the mistake.
+
+While at the University, I received an injury in one of my eyes,
+which deprived me of the sight of it.  The other, soon after, was
+attacked by inflammation so severely, that, for some time, I lost
+the sight of that also; and though it was subsequently restored,
+the organ was so much disordered as to remain permanently
+debilitated, while twice in my life, since, I have been deprived
+of the use of it for all purposes of reading and writing, for
+several years together.  It was during one of these periods that
+I received from Madrid the materials for the "History of
+Ferdinand and Isabella," and in my disabled condition, with my
+Transatlantic treasures lying around me, I was like one pining
+from hunger in the midst of abundance.  In this state, I resolved
+to make the ear, if possible, do the work of the eye.  I procured
+the services of a secretary, who read to me the various
+authorities; and in time I became so far familiar with the sounds
+of the different foreign languages (to some of which indeed, I
+had been previously accustomed by a residence abroad), that I
+could comprehend his reading without much difficulty.  As the
+reader proceeded, I dictated copious notes; and, when these had
+swelled to a considerable amount, they were read to me
+repeatedly, till I had mastered their contents sufficiently for
+the purposes of composition.  The same notes furnished an easy
+means of reference to sustain the text.
+
+Still another difficulty occurred, in the mechanical labor of
+writing, which I found a severe trial to the eye.  This was
+remedied by means of a writing-case, such as is used by the
+blind, which enabled me to commit my thoughts to paper without
+the aid of sight, serving me equally well in the dark as in the
+light.  The characters thus formed made a near approach to
+hieroglyphics; but my secretary became expert in the art of
+deciphering, and a fair copy - with a liberal allowance for
+unavoidable blunders - was transcribed for the use of the
+printer.  I have described the process with more minuteness, as
+some curiosity has been repeatedly expressed in reference to my
+modus operandi under my privations, and the knowledge of it may
+be of some assistance to others in similar circumstances.
+
+Though I was encouraged by the sensible progress of my work, it
+was necessarily slow.  But in time the tendency to inflammation
+diminished, and the strength of the eye was confirmed more and
+more.  It was at length so far restored, that I could read for
+several hours of the day, though my labors in this way
+necessarily terminated with the daylight.  Nor could I ever
+dispense with the services of a secretary, or with the
+writing-case, for, contrary to the usual experience, I have found
+writing a severer trial to the eye than reading, - a remark,
+however, which does not apply to the reading of manuscript; and
+to enable myself, therefore, to revise my composition more
+carefully, I caused a copy of the "History of Ferdinand and
+Isabella" to be printed for of my own inspection, before it was
+sent to the press for the publication.  Such as I have described
+the preparation of the "Conquest of Mexico"; and, satisfied with
+being raised so nearly to a level with the rest of my species, I
+scarcely envied the superior good fortune of those who could
+prolong their studies into the evening, and the later hours of
+the night.
+
+But a change has again taken place during the last two years.
+The sight of my eye has become gradually dimmed, while the
+sensibility of the nerve has been so far increased, that for
+several weeks of the last year I have not opened a volume, and
+through the whole time I have not had the use of it, on an
+average, for more than an hour a day.  Nor can I cheer myself
+with the delusive expectation, that, impaired as the organ has
+become, from having been tasked, probably, beyond its strength,
+it can ever renew its youth, or be of much service to me
+hereafter in my literary researches.  Whether I shall have the
+heart to enter, as I had proposed, on a new and more extensive
+field of historical labor, with these impediments, I cannot say.
+Perhaps long habit, and a natural desire to follow up the career
+which I have so long pursued, may make this, in a manner,
+necessary, as my past experience has already proved that it is
+practicable.
+
+From this statement - too long, I fear, for his patience - the
+reader, who feels any curiosity about the matter, will understand
+the real extent of my embarrassments in my historical pursuits.
+That they have not been very light will be readily admitted, when
+it is considered that I have had but a limited use of my eye, in
+its best state, and that much of the time I have been debarred
+from the use of it altogether.  Yet the difficulties I have had
+to contend with a very far inferior to those which fall to the
+lot of a blind man.  I know of no historian, now alive, who can
+claim the glory of having overcome such obstacles, but the author
+of "La Conquete de l'Angleterre par les Normands" who, to use his
+own touching and beautiful language, "has made himself the friend
+of darkness"; and who, to a profound philosophy that requires no
+light but that from within, unites a capacity for extensive and
+various research, that might well demand the severest application
+of the student.
+
+The remarks into which I have been led at such length will, I
+trust, not be set down by the reader to an unworthy egotism, but
+to their true source, a desire to correct a misapprehension to
+which I may have unintentionally given rise myself, and which has
+gained me the credit with some - far from grateful to my
+feelings, since undeserved - of having surmounted the
+incalculable obstacles which lie in the path of the blind man.
+
+Boston, April 2 1847
+
+
+
+
+Chapter I
+
+Physical Aspect Of The Country. - Sources Of Peruvian
+Civilization. - Empire Of The Incas. - Royal Family. - Nobility.
+
+
+Of the numerous nations which occupied the great American
+continent at the time of its discovery by the Europeans, the two
+most advanced in power and refinement were undoubtedly those of
+Mexico and Peru.  But, though resembling one another in extent of
+civilization, they differed widely as to the nature of it; and
+the philosophical student of his species may feel a natural
+curiosity to trace the different steps by which these two nations
+strove to emerge from the state of barbarism, and place
+themselves on a higher point in the scale of humanity. - In a
+former work I have endeavoured to exhibit the institutions and
+character of the ancient Mexicans, and the story of their
+conquest by the Spaniards.  The present will be devoted to the
+Peruvians; and, if their history shall be found to present less
+strange anomalies and striking contrasts than that of the Aztecs,
+it may interest us quite as much by the pleasing picture it
+offers of a well-regulated government and sober habits of
+industry under the patriarchal sway of the Incas.
+
+The empire of Peru, at the period of the Spanish invasion,
+stretched along the Pacific from about the second degree north to
+the thirty-seventh degree of south latitude; a line, also, which
+describes the western boundaries of the modern republics of
+Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, and Chili.  Its breadth cannot so easily
+be determined; for, though bounded everywhere by the great ocean
+on the west, towards the east it spread out, in many parts,
+considerably beyond the mountains, to the confines of barbarous
+states, whose exact position is undetermined, or whose names are
+effaced from the map of history. It is certain, however, that its
+breadth was altogether disproportioned to its length. *1
+
+
+[Footnote 1: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 65. - Cieza de Leon,
+Cronica del Peru, (Anvers, 1554,) cap. 41. - Garcilasso de la
+Vega, Commentarios Reales, (Lisboa, 1609,) Parte 1, lib. 1, cap.
+8.
+
+According to the last authority, the empire, in its greatest
+breadth, did not exceed one hundred and twenty leagues.  But
+Garcilasso's geography will not bear criticism.]
+
+The topographical aspect of the country is very remarkable.  A
+strip of land, rarely exceeding twenty leagues in width, runs
+along the coast, and is hemmed in through its whole extent by a
+colossal range of mountains, which, advancing from the Straits of
+Magellan, reaches its highest elevation - indeed, the highest on
+the American continent - about the seventeenth degree south, *2
+and, after crossing the line, gradually subsides into hills of
+inconsiderable magnitude, as it enters the Isthmus of Panama.
+This is the famous Cordillera of the Andes, or "copper
+mountains," *3 as termed by the natives, though they might with
+more reason have been called "mountains of gold." Arranged
+sometimes in a single line, though more frequently in two or
+three lines running parallel or obliquely to each other, they
+seem to the voyager on the ocean but one continuous chain; while
+the huge volcanoes, which to the inhabitants of the table-land
+look like solitary and independent masses, appear to him only
+like so many peaks of the same vast and magnificent range.  So
+immense is the scale on which Nature works in these regions, that
+it is only when viewed from a great distance, that the spectator
+can, in any degree, comprehend the relation of the several parts
+to the stupendous whole. Few of the works of Nature, indeed, are
+calculated to produce impressions of higher sublimity than the
+aspect of this coast, as it is gradually unfolded to the eye of
+the mariner sailing on the distant waters of the Pacific; where
+mountain is seen to rise above mountain, and Chimborazo, with its
+glorious canopy of snow, glittering far above the clouds, crowns
+the whole as with a celestial diadem. *4
+
+[Footnote 2: According to Malte-Brun, it is under the equator
+that we meet with the loftiest summits of this chain.  (Universal
+Geography, Eng. trans., book 86.) But more recent measurements
+have shown this to be between fifteen and seventeen degrees
+south, where the Nevado de Sorata rises to the enormous height of
+25,250 feet, and the Illimani to 24,300.]
+
+[Footnote 3: At least, the word anta, which has been thought to
+furnish the etymology of Andes, in the Peruvian tongue, signified
+"copper." Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 15.]
+
+[Footnote 4: Humboldt, Vues des Cordilleres et Monumens des
+Peuples Indigenes de l'Amerique, (Paris, 1810,) p. 106. -
+Malte-Brun, book 88.
+
+The few brief sketches which M. de Humboldt has given of the
+scenery of the Cordilleras, showing the hand of a great painter,
+as well as of a philosopher, make us regret the more, that he has
+not given the results of his observations in this interesting
+region as minutely as he has done in respect to Mexico.]
+
+The face of the country would appear to be peculiarly unfavorable
+to the purposes both of agriculture and of internal
+communication.  The sandy strip along the coast, where rain
+rarely falls, is fed only by a few scanty streams, that furnish a
+remarkable contrast to the vast volumes of water which roll down
+the eastern sides of the Cordilleras into the Atlantic.  The
+precipitous steeps of the sierra, with its splintered sides of
+porphyry and granite, and its higher regions wrapped in snows
+that never melt under the fierce sun of the equator, unless it be
+from the desolating action of its own volcanic fires, might seem
+equally unpropitious to the labors of the husbandman.  And all
+communication between the parts of the long-extended territory
+might be thought to be precluded by the savage character of the
+region, broken up by precipices, furious torrents, and impassable
+quebradas, - those hideous rents in the mountain chain, whose
+depths the eye of the terrified traveler, as he winds along his
+aerial pathway, vainly endeavours to fathom. *5 Yet the industry,
+we might almost say, the genius, of the Indian was sufficient to
+overcome all these impediments of Nature.
+
+[Footnote 5: "These crevices are so deep," says M. de Humboldt,
+with his usual vivacity of illustration, "that if Vesuvius or the
+Puy de Dome were seated in the bottom of them, they would not
+rise above the level of the ridges of the neighbouring sierra"
+Vues des Cordilleres, p. 9.]
+
+By a judicious system of canals and subterraneous aqueducts, the
+waste places on the coast were refreshed by copious streams, that
+clothed them in fertility and beauty.  Terraces were raised upon
+the steep sides of the Cordillera; and, as the different
+elevations had the effect of difference of latitude, they
+exhibited in regular gradation every variety of vegetable form,
+from the stimulated growth of the tropics, to the temperate
+products of a northern clime; while flocks of llamas - the
+Peruvian sheep - wandered with their shepherds over the broad,
+snow-covered wastes on the crests of the sierra, which rose
+beyond the limits of cultivation.  An industrious population
+settled along the lofty regions of the plateaus, and towns and
+hamlets, clustering amidst orchards and wide-spreading gardens,
+seemed suspended in the air far above the ordinary elevation of
+the clouds. *6 Intercourse was maintained between these numerous
+settlements by means of the great roads which traversed the
+mountain passes, and opened an easy communication between the
+capital and the remotest extremities of the empire.
+
+[Footnote 6: The plains of Quito are at the height of between
+nine and ten thousand feet above the sea.  (See Condamine,
+Journal d'un Voyage a l'Equateur, (Paris, 1751,) p. 48.) Other
+valleys or plateaus in this vast group of mountains reach a still
+higher elevation.]
+
+The source of this civilization is traced to the valley of Cuzco,
+the central region of Peru, as its name implies. *7 The origin of
+the Peruvian empire, like the origin of all nations, except the
+very few which, like our own, have had the good fortune to date
+from a civilized period and people, is lost in the mists of
+fable, which, in fact, have settled as darkly round its history
+as round that of any nation, ancient or modern, in the Old World.
+According to the tradition most familiar to the European scholar,
+the time was, when the ancient races of the continent were all
+plunged in deplorable barbarism; when they worshipped nearly
+every object in nature indiscriminately; made war their pastime,
+and feasted on the flesh of their slaughtered captives.  The Sun,
+the great luminary and parent of mankind, taking compassion on
+their degraded condition, sent two of his children, Manco Capac
+and Mama Oello Huaco, to gather the natives into communities, and
+teach them the arts of civilized life.  The celestial pair,
+brother and sister, husband and wife, advanced along the high
+plains in the neighbourhood of Lake Titicaca, to about the
+sixteenth degree south.  They bore with them a golden wedge, and
+were directed to take up their residence on the spot where the
+sacred emblem should without effort sink into the ground.  They
+proceeded accordingly but a short distance, as far as the valley
+of Cuzco, the spot indicated by the performance of the miracle,
+since there the wedge speedily sank into the earth and
+disappeared for ever.  Here the children of the Sun established
+their residence, and soon entered upon their beneficent mission
+among the rude inhabitants of the country; Manco Capac teaching
+the men the arts of agriculture, and Mama Oello *8 initiating her
+own sex in the mysteries of weaving and spinning.  The simple
+people lent a willing ear to the messengers of Heaven, and,
+gathering together in considerable numbers, laid the foundations
+of the city of Cuzco.  The same wise and benevolent maxims, which
+regulated the conduct of the first Incas, *9 descended to their
+successors, and under their mild sceptre a community gradually
+extended itself along the broad surface of the table-land, which
+asserted its superiority over the surrounding tribes.  Such is
+the pleasing picture of the origin of the Peruvian monarchy, as
+portrayed by Garcilasso de la Vega, the descendant of the Incas,
+and through him made familiar to the European reader. *10
+
+[Footnote 7: "Cuzco, in the language of the Incas," says
+Garcilasso, "signifies navel." Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 1, cap.
+18.]
+
+[Footnote 8: Mama, with the Peruvians, signified "mother."
+(Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 4, cap. 1.) The identity
+of this term with that used by Europeans is a curious
+coincidence.  It is scarcely less so, however, than that of the
+corresponding word, papa, which with the ancient Mexicans denoted
+a priest of high rank; reminding us of the papa, "pope," of the
+Italians. With both, the term seems to embrace in its most
+comprehensive sense the paternal relation, in which it is more
+familiarly employed by most of the nations of Europe.  Nor was
+the use of it limited to modern times, being applied in the same
+way both by Greeks and Romans.]
+
+[Footnote 9: Inca signified king or lord.  Capac meant great or
+powerful. It was applied to several of the successors of Manco,
+in the same manner as the epithet Yupanqui, signifying rich in
+all virtues, was added to the names of several Incas.  (Cieza de
+Leon, Cronica, cap. 41. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib.
+2, cap. 17.) The good qualities commemorated by the cognomens of
+most of the Peruvian princes afford an honorable, though not
+altogether unsuspicious, tribute to the excellence of their
+characters.]
+
+[Footnote 10: Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 9 - 16.]
+
+But this tradition is only one of several current among the
+Peruvian Indians, and probably not the one most generally
+received.  Another legend speaks of certain white and bearded
+men, who, advancing from the shores of lake Titicaca, established
+an ascendency over the natives, and imparted to them the
+blessings of civilization.  It may remind us of the tradition
+existing among the Aztecs in respect to Quetzalcoatl, the good
+deity, who with a similar garb and aspect came up the great
+plateau from the east on a like benevolent mission to the
+natives.  The analogy is the more remarkable, as there is no
+trace of any communication with, or even knowledge of, each other
+to be found in the two nations. *11
+
+[Footnote 11: These several traditions, all of a very puerile
+character, are to be found in Ondegardo, Relacion Segunda, Ms., -
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 1, - Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap.
+105, - Conquista i Poblacion del Piru, Ms., - Declaracion de los
+Presidente e Oydores de la Audiencia Reale del Peru, Ms., - all
+of them authorities contemporary with the Conquest.  The story of
+the bearded white men finds its place in most of their legends.]
+
+The date usually assigned for these extraordinary events was
+about four hundred years before the coming of the Spaniards, or
+early in the twelfth century. *12 But, however pleasing to the
+imagination, and however popular, the legend of Manco Capac, it
+requires but little reflection to show its improbability, even
+when divested of supernatural accompaniments.  On the shores of
+Lake Titicaca extensive ruins exist at the present day, which the
+Peruvians themselves acknowledge to be of older date than the
+pretended advent of the Incas, and to have furnished them with
+the models of their architecture. *13 The date of their
+appearance, indeed, is manifestly irreconcilable with their
+subsequent history.  No account assigns to the Inca dynasty more
+than thirteen princes before the Conquest.  But this number is
+altogether too small to have spread over four hundred years, and
+would not carry back the foundations of the monarchy, on any
+probable computation beyond two centuries and a half, - an
+antiquity not incredible in itself, and which, it may be
+remarked, does not precede by more than half a century the
+alleged foundation of the capital of Mexico.  The fiction of
+Manco Capac and his sister-wife was devised, no doubt, at a later
+period, to gratify the vanity of the Peruvian monarchs, and to
+give additional sanction to their authority by deriving it from a
+celestial origin.
+
+[Footnote 12: Some writers carry back the date 500, or even 550,
+years before the Spanish invasion.  (Balboa, Histoire du Perou,
+chap. 1. - Velasco, Histoire du Royaume de Quito, tom. I. p. 81.
+- Ambo auct. ap. Relations et Memoires Originaux pour servir a
+l'Histoire de la Decouverte de l'Amerique, par Ternaux-Compans,
+(Paris, 1840.)) In the Report of the Royal Audience of Peru, the
+epoch is more modestly fixed at 200 years before the Conquest.
+Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 13: "Otras cosas ay mas que dezir deste Tiaguanaco, que
+passo por no detenerme: concluyedo que yo para mi tengo esta
+antigualla por la mas antigua de todo el Peru.  Y assi se tiene
+que antes q los Ingas reynassen con muchos tiempos estavan hechos
+algunos edificios destos: porque yo he oydo afirmar a Indios, que
+los Ingas hizieron los edificios grandes del Cuzco por la forma
+que vieron tener la muralla o pared que se vee en este pueblo."
+(Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 105.) See also Garcilasso, (Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 3, cap. 1,) who gives an account of these
+remains, on the authority of a Spanish ecclesiastic, which might
+compare, for the marvellous, with any of the legends of his
+order.  Other ruins of similar traditional antiquity are noticed
+by Herrera, (Historia General de los Hechos de los Castellanos en
+las Islas y Tierra Firme del Mar Oceano, (Madrid, 1730,) dec. 6,
+lib. 6, cap. 9.) McCulloch, in some sensible reflections on the
+origin of the Peruvian civilization, adduces, on the authority of
+Garcilasso de la Vega, the famous temple of Pachacamac, not far
+from Lima, as an example of architecture more ancient than that
+of the Incas.  (Researches, Philosophical and Antiquarian,
+concerning the Aboriginal History of America, (Baltimore, 1829,)
+p. 405.) This, if true, would do much to confirm the views in our
+text.  But McCulloh is led into an error by his blind guide,
+Rycaut, the translator of Garcilasso, for the latter does not
+speak of the temple as existing before the time of the Incas, but
+before the time when the country was conquered by the Incas.
+Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 30.]
+
+We may reasonably conclude that there existed in the country a
+race advanced in civilization before the time of the Incas; and,
+in conformity with nearly every tradition, we may derive this
+race from the neighborhood of Lake Titicaca; *14 a conclusion
+strongly confirmed by the imposing architectural remains which
+still endure, after the lapse of so many years, on its borders.
+Who this race were, and whence they came, may afford a tempting
+theme for inquiry to the speculative antiquarian.  But it is a
+land of darkness that lies far beyond the domain of history. *15
+
+[See Antiquities: Artistic handicrafts of the ancient people of
+Peru]
+
+[Footnote 14: Among other authorities for this tradition, see
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 3, 4, - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 5, lib. 3, cap. 6, - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms., - Zarate,
+Historia del Descubrimiento y de la Conquista del Peru, lib. 1,
+cap. 10, ap. Barcia, Historiadores Primitivos de las Indias
+Occidentales, (Madrid, 1749,) tom. 3.
+
+In most, not all, of the traditions, Manco Capac is recognized as
+the name of the founder of the Peruvian monarchy, though his
+history and character are related with sufficient discrepancy.]
+
+[Footnote 15: Mr. Ranking,
+"Who can deep mysteries unriddle,
+As easily as thread a needle,"
+
+finds it "highly probable that the first Inca of Peru was a son
+of the Grand Khan Kublai"!  (Historical Researches on the
+Conquest of Peru, &c., by the Moguls, (London, 1827,) p. 170.)
+The coincidences are curious, though we shall hardly jump at the
+conclusion of the adventurous author.  Every scholar will agree
+with Humboldt, in the wish that "some learned traveller would
+visit the borders of the lake of Titicaca, the district of
+Callao, and the high plains of Tiahuanaco, the theatre of the
+ancient American civilization." (Vues des Cordilleres, p. 199.)
+And yet the architectural monuments of the aborigines, hitherto
+brought to light, have furnished few materials for a bridge of
+communications across the dark gulf that still separates the Old
+World from the New.]
+
+The same mists that hang round the origin of the Incas continue
+to settle on their subsequent annals; and, so imperfect were the
+records employed by the Peruvians, and so confused and
+contradictory their traditions, that the historian finds no firm
+footing on which to stand till within a century of the Spanish
+conquest. *16 At first, the progress of the Peruvians seems to
+have been sow, and almost imperceptible.  By their wise and
+temperate policy, they gradually won over the neighbouring tribes
+to their dominion, as these latter became more and more convinced
+of the benefits of a just and well-regulated government.  As they
+grew stronger, they were enabled to rely more directly on force;
+but, still advancing under cover of the same beneficent pretexts
+employed by their predecessors, they proclaimed peace and
+civilization at the point of the sword.  The rude nations of the
+country, without any principle of cohesion among themselves, fell
+one after another before the victorious arm of the Incas.  Yet it
+was not till the middle of the fifteenth century that the famous
+Topa Inca Yupanqui, grandfather of the monarch who occupied the
+throne at the coming of the Spaniards, led his armies across the
+terrible desert of Atacama, and, penetrating to the southern
+region of Chili, fixed the permanent boundary of his dominions at
+the river Maule.  His son, Huayna Capac, possessed of ambition
+and military talent fully equal to his father's marched along the
+Cordillera towards the north, and, pushing his conquests across
+the equator, added the powerful kingdom of Quito to the empire of
+Peru. *17
+
+[Footnote 16: A good deal within a century, to say truth.
+Garcilasso and Sarmiento, for example, the two ancient
+authorities in highest repute, have scarcely a point of contact
+in their accounts of the earlier Peruvian princes; the former
+representing the sceptre as gliding down in peaceful succession
+from hand to hand, through an unbroken dynasty, while the latter
+garnishes his tale with as many conspiracies, depositions, and
+revolutions, as belong to most barbarous, and, unhappily, most
+civilized communities. When to these two are added the various
+writers, contemporary and of the succeeding age, who have treated
+of the Peruvian annals, we shall find ourselves in such a
+conflict of traditions, that criticism is lost in conjecture.
+Yet this uncertainty as to historical events fortunately does not
+extend to the history of arts and institutions, which were in
+existence on the arrival of the Spaniards.]
+
+[Footnote 17: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 57, 64. - Conq. i.
+Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Velasco, Hist. de Quito, p. 59. - Dec. de la
+Aud. Real., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 7, cap.
+18, 19; lib. 8, cap. 5-8.
+
+The last historian, and, indeed, some others, refer the conquest
+of Chili to Yupanqui, the father of Topa Inca.  The exploits of
+the two monarchs are so blended together by the different
+annalists, as in a manner to confound their personal identity.]
+
+The ancient city of Cuzco, meanwhile, had been gradually
+advancing in wealth and population, till it had become the worthy
+metropolis of a great and flourishing monarchy.  It stood in a
+beautiful valley on an elevated region of the plateau, which,
+among the Alps, would have been buried in eternal snows, but
+which within the tropics enjoyed a genial and salubrious
+temperature. Towards the north it was defended by a lofty
+eminence, a spur of the great Cordillera; and the city was
+traversed by a river, or rather a small stream, over which
+bridges of timber, covered with heavy slabs of stone, furnished
+an easy means of communication with the opposite banks.  The
+streets were long and narrow; the houses low, and those of the
+poorer sort built of clay and reeds.  But Cuzco was the royal
+residence, and was adorned with the ample dwellings of the great
+nobility; and the massy fragments still incorporated in many of
+the modern edifices bear testimony to the size and solidity of
+the ancient. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: Garcilasso, Com. Real., lib. 7, cap. 8-11. - Cieza
+de Leon, Cronica, cap. 92.
+
+"El Cuzco tuuo gran manera y calidad, deuio ser fundada por gente
+de gran ser.  Auia grandes calles, saluo q era angostas, y las
+casas hechas de piedra pura co tan lindas junturas, q illustra el
+antiguedad del edificio, pues estauan piedras tan grades muy bien
+assentadas." (Ibid., ubi supra.) Compare with this Miller's
+account of the city, as existing at the present day.  "The walls
+of many of the houses have remained unaltered for centuries. The
+great size of the stones, the variety of their shapes, and the
+inimitable workmanship they display, give to the city that
+interesting air of antiquity and romance, which fills the mind
+with pleasing though painful veneration." Memoirs of Gen. Miller
+in the Service of the Republic of Peru, (London, 1829, 2d ed.)
+vol. II. p. 225.]
+
+The health of the city was promoted by spacious openings and
+squares, in which a numerous population from the capital and the
+distant country assembled to celebrate the high festivals of
+their religion.  For Cuzco was the "Holy City"; *19 and the great
+temple of the Sun, to which pilgrims resorted from the furthest
+borders of the empire, was the most magnificent structure in the
+New World, and unsurpassed, probably, in the costliness of its
+decorations by any building in the Old.
+
+[Footnote 19: "La Imperial Ciudad de Cozco, que la adoravan los
+Indios, como a Cosa Sagrada." Garcilasso, Com. Real., parte 1,
+lib. 3, cap. 20. - Also Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+Towards the north, on the sierra or rugged eminence already
+noticed, rose a strong fortress, the remains of which at the
+present day, by their vast size, excite the admiration of the
+traveller. *20 It was defended by a single wall of great
+thickness, and twelve hundred feet long on the side facing the
+city, where the precipitous character of the ground was of itself
+almost sufficient for its defence.  On the other quarter, where
+the approaches were less difficult, it was protected by two other
+semicircular walls of the same length as the preceding.  They
+were separated, a considerable distance from one another and from
+the fortress; and the intervening ground was raised so that the
+walls afforded a breastwork for the troops stationed there in
+times of assault.  The fortress consisted of three towers,
+detached from one another.  One was appropriated to the Inca, and
+was garnished with the sumptuous decorations befitting a royal
+residence, rather than a military post.  The other two were held
+by the garrison, drawn from the Peruvian nobles, and commanded by
+an officer of the blood royal; for the position was of too great
+importance to be intrusted to inferior hands.  The hill was
+excavated below the towers, and several subterraneous galleries
+communicated with the city and the palaces of the Inca. *21
+
+[Footnote 20: See, among others, the Memoirs, above cited, of
+Gen. Miller, which contain a minute and very interesting notice
+of modern Cuzco.  (Vol. II. p. 223, et seq.) Ulloa, who visited
+the country in the middle of the last century, is unbounded in
+his expressions of admiration.  Voyage to South America, Eng.
+trans., (London, 1806,) book VII. ch. 12.]
+
+[Footnote 21: Betanzos, Suma y Narracion de los Yngas, Ms., cap.
+12. - Garcilasso, Com Real., Parte 1, iib. 7, cap. 27-29.
+
+The demolition of the fortress, begun immediately after the
+Conquest, provoked the remonstrance of more than one enlightened
+Spaniard, whose voice, however, was impotent against the spirit
+of cupidity and violence.  See Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap.
+48.]
+
+The fortress, the walls, and the galleries were all built of
+stone, the heavy blocks of which were not laid in regular
+courses, but so disposed that the small ones might fill up the
+interstices between the great.  They formed a sort of rustic
+work, being rough-hewn except towards the edges, which were
+finely wrought; and, though no cement was used, the several
+blocks were adjusted with so much exactness and united so
+closely, that it was impossible to introduce even the blade of
+knife between them. *22 Many of these stones were of vast size;
+some of them being full thirty-eight feet long, by eighteen
+broad, and six feet thick. *23
+
+[Footnote 22: Ibid., ubi supra. - Inscripciones, Medallas,
+Templos, Edificios, Antiguedades, y Monumentos del Peru, Ms.
+This manuscript, which formerly belonged to Dr. Robertson, and
+which is now in the British Museum, is the work of some unknown
+author, somewhere probably about the time of Charles III.; a
+period when, as the sagacious scholar to whom I am indebted for a
+copy of it remarks, a spirit of sounder criticism was visible in
+the Castilian historians.]
+
+[Footnote 23: Acosta, Naturall and Morall Historie of the East
+and West Indies, Eng. trans., (London, 1604,) lib. 6, cap. 14. -
+He measured the stones himself. - See also Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., loc. cit.]
+
+We are filled with astonishment, when we consider, that these
+enormous masses were hewn from their native bed and fashioned
+into shape, by a people ignorant of the use of iron; that they
+were brought from quarries, from four to fifteen leagues distant,
+*24 without the aid of beasts of burden; were transported across
+rivers and ravines, raised to their elevated position on the
+sierra, and finally adjusted there with the nicest accuracy,
+without the knowledge of tools and machinery familiar to the
+European.  Twenty thousand men are said to have been employed on
+this great structure, and fifty years consumed in the building.
+*25 However this may be, we see in it the workings of a despotism
+which had the lives and fortunes of its vassals at its absolute
+disposal, and which, however mild in its general character,
+esteemed these vassals, when employed in its service, as lightly
+as the brute animals for which they served as a substitute.
+
+[Footnote 24: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 93. - Ondegardo, Rel.
+Seg., Ms. Many hundred blocks of granite may still be seen, it is
+said, in an unfinished state, in a quarry near Cuzco.]
+
+[Footnote 25: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 48. - Ondegardo,
+Rel. Seg., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 7, cap.
+27, 28.
+
+The Spaniards, puzzled by the execution of so great a work with
+such apparently inadequate means, referred it all, in their
+summary way, to the Devil; an opinion which Garcilasso seems
+willing to indorse.  The author of the Antig y Monumentos del
+Peru, Ms., rejects this notion with becoming gravity.]
+
+The fortress of Cuzco was but part of a system of fortifications
+established throughout their dominions by the Incas.  This system
+formed a prominent feature in their military policy; but before
+entering on this latter, it will be proper to give the reader
+some view of their civil institutions and scheme of government.
+
+The sceptre of the Incas, if we may credit their historian,
+descended in unbroken succession from father to son, through
+their whole dynasty. Whatever we may think of this, it appears
+probable that the right of inheritance might be claimed by the
+eldest son of the Coya, or lawful queen, as she was styled, to
+distinguish her from the host of concubines who shared the
+affections of the sovereign. *26 The queen was further
+distinguished, at least in later reigns, by the circumstance of
+being selected from the sisters of the Inca, an arrangement
+which, however revolting to the ideas of civilized nations, was
+recommended to the Peruvians by its securing an heir to the crown
+of the pure heaven-born race, uncontaminated by any mixture of
+earthly mould. *27
+
+[Footnote 26: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 7. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 26.
+
+Acosta speaks of the eldest brother of the Inca as succeeding in
+preference to the son.  (lib. 6, cap. 12.) He may have confounded
+the Peruvian with the Aztec usage.  The Report of the Royal
+Audience states that a brother succeeded in default of a son.
+Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 27: "Et soror et conjux." - According to Garcilasso the
+heir-apparent always married a sister.  (Com. Real., Parte 1,
+lib. 4, cap. 9.) Ondegardo notices this as an innovation at the
+close of the fifteenth century. (Relacion Primera, Ms.) The
+historian of the Incas, however, is confirmed in his
+extra-ordinary statement by Sarmiento.  Relacion, Ms., cap. 7.]
+In his early years, the royal offspring was intrusted to the care
+of the amautas, or "wise men," as the teachers of Peruvian
+science were called, who instructed him in such elements of
+knowledge as they possessed, and especially in the cumbrous
+ceremonial of their religion, in which he was to take a prominent
+part.  Great care was also bestowed on his military education, of
+the last importance in a state which, with its professions of
+peace and good-will, was ever at war for the acquisition of
+empire.
+
+In this military school he was educated with such of the Inca
+nobles as were nearly of his own age; for the sacred name of Inca
+- a fruitful source of obscurity in their annals - was applied
+indifferently to all who descended by the male line from the
+founder of the monarchy. *28 At the age of sixteen the pupils
+underwent a public examination, previous to their admission to
+what may be called the order of chivalry.  This examination was
+conducted by some of the oldest and most illustrious Incas.  The
+candidates were required to show their prowess in the athletic
+exercises of the warrior; in wrestling and boxing, in running
+such long courses as fully tried their agility and strength, in
+severe fasts of several days' duration, and in mimic combats,
+which, although the weapons were blunted, were always attended
+with wounds, and sometimes with death.  During this trial, which
+lasted thirty days, the royal neophyte fared no better than his
+comrades, sleeping on the bare ground, going unshod, and wearing
+a mean attire, - a mode of life, it was supposed, which might
+tend to inspire him with more sympathy with the destitute.  With
+all this show of impartiality, however, it will probably be doing
+no injustice to the judges to suppose that a politic discretion
+may have somewhat quickened their perceptions of the real merits
+of the heir-apparent.
+
+[Footnote 28: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 26.]
+At the end of the appointed time, the candidates selected as
+worthy of the honors of their barbaric chivalry were presented to
+the sovereign, who condescended to take a principal part in the
+ceremony of inauguration.  He began with a brief discourse, in
+which, after congratulating the young aspirants on the
+proficiency they had shown in martial exercises, he reminded them
+of the responsibilities attached to their birth and station; and,
+addressing them affectionately as "children of the Sun," he
+exhorted them to imitate their great progenitor in his glorious
+career of beneficence to mankind.  The novices then drew near,
+and, kneeling one by one before the Inca, he pierced their ears
+with a golden bodkin; and this was suffered to remain there till
+an opening had been made large enough for the enormous pendants
+which were peculiar to their order, and which gave them, with the
+Spaniards, the name of orejones. *29 This ornament was so massy
+in the ears of the sovereign, that the cartilage was distended by
+it nearly to the shoulder, producing what seemed a monstrous
+deformity in the eyes of the Europeans, though, under the magical
+influence of fashion, it was regarded as a beauty by the natives.
+
+[Footnote 29: From oreja, "ear." - "Los caballeros de la sangre
+Real tenian orejas horadadas, y de ellas colgando grandes rodetes
+de plata y oro: Ilamaronles por esto los orejones los Castellanos
+la primera vez que los vieron." (Montesinos, Memorias Antiguas
+Historiales del Peru, Ms., lib. 2, cap. 6.) The ornament, which
+was in the form of a wheel, did not depend from the ear, but was
+inserted in the gristle of it, and was as large as an orange. "La
+hacen tan ancha como una gran rosca de naranja; los Senores i
+Principales traian aquellas roscas de oro fino en las orejas."
+(Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Also Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte
+1, lib. 1, cap. 22.) "The larger the hole," says one of the old
+Conquerors, "the more of a gentleman!" Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y
+Conq., Ms.]
+
+When this operation was performed, one of the most venerable of
+the nobles dressed the feet of the candidates in the sandals worn
+by the order, which may remind us of the ceremony of buckling on
+the spurs of the Christian knight.  They were then allowed to
+assume the girdle or sash around the loins, corresponding with
+the toga virilis of the Romans, and intimating that they had
+reached the season of manhood.  Their heads were adorned with
+garlands of flowers, which, by their various colors, were
+emblematic of the clemency and goodness that should grace the
+character of every true warrior; and the leaves of an evergreen
+plant were mingled with the flowers, to show that these virtues
+should endure without end. *30 The prince's head was further
+ornamented by a fillet, or tasselled fringe, of a yellow color,
+made of the fine threads of the vicuna wool, which encircled the
+forehead as the peculiar insignia of the heir-apparent.  The
+great body of the Inca nobility next made their appearance, and,
+beginning with those nearest of kin, knelt down before the
+prince, and did him homage as successor to the crown.  The whole
+assembly then moved to the great square of the capital, where
+songs, and dances, and other public festivities closed the
+important ceremonial of the huaracu. *31
+
+[Footnote 30: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 27.]
+
+[Footnote 31: Ibid. Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 24 - 28.
+
+According to Fernandez, the candidates wore white shirts, with
+something like a cross embroidered in front!  (Historia del Peru,
+(Sevilla, 1571,) Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 6.) We may fancy ourselves
+occupied with some chivalrous ceremonial of the Middle Ages.]
+
+The reader will be less surprised by the resemblance which this
+ceremonial bears to the inauguration of a Christian knight in the
+feudal ages, if he reflects that a similar analogy may be traced
+in the institutions of other people more or less civilized; and
+that it is natural that nations, occupied with the one great
+business of war, should mark the period, when the preparatory
+education for it was ended, by similar characteristic ceremonies.
+Having thus honorably passed through his ordeal, the
+heir-apparent was deemed worthy to sit in the councils of his
+father, and was employed in offices of trust at home, or, more
+usually, sent on distant expeditions to practice in the field the
+lessons which he had hitherto studied only on the mimic theatre
+of war.  His first campaigns were conducted under the renowned
+commanders who had grown grey in the service of his father;
+until, advancing in years and experience, he was placed in
+command himself, and, like Huayna Capac, the last and most
+illustrious of his line, carried the banner of the rainbow, the
+armorial ensign of his house, far over the borders, among the
+remotest tribes of the plateau.
+
+The government of Peru was a despotism, mild in its character,
+but in its form a pure and unmitigated despotism.  The sovereign
+was placed at an immeasurable distance above his subjects.  Even
+the proudest of the Inca nobility, claiming a descent from the
+same divine original as himself, could not venture into the royal
+presence, unless barefoot, and bearing a light burden on his
+shoulders in token of homage. *32 As the representative of the
+Sun, he stood at the head of the priesthood, and presided at the
+most important of the religious festivals. *33 He raised armies,
+and usually commanded them in person.  He imposed taxes, made
+laws, and provided for their execution by the appointment of
+judges, whom he removed at pleasure. He was the source from which
+every thing flowed, - all dignity, all power, all emolument.  He
+was, in short, in the well-known phrase of the European despot,
+"himself the state." *34
+
+[Footnote 32: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 11. -
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 7.
+
+"Porque verdaderamente a lo que yo he averiguado toda la
+pretension de los Ingas fue una subjeccion en toda la gente, qual
+yo nunca he oido decir de ninguna otra nacion en tanto grado, que
+por muy principal que un Senor fuese, dende que entrava cerca del
+Cuzco en cierta senal que estava puesta en cada camino de quatro
+que hay, havia dende alli de venir cargado hasta la presencia del
+Inga, y alli dejava la carga y hacia su obediencia." Ondegardo,
+Rel. Prim., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 33: It was only at one of these festivals, and hardly
+authorizes the sweeping assertion of Carli, that the royal and
+sacerdotal authority were blended together in Peru.  We shall
+see, hereafter, the important and independent position occupied
+by the high-priest.  "La Sacerdoce et l'Empire etoient divises au
+Mexique; au lieu qu'i's etoient reunis au Perou, comme au Tibet
+et a la Chine, et comme il le fut a Rome, lorsqu' Auguste jetta
+les fondemens de l'Empire, en y reunissant le Sacerdoce ou la
+dignite de Souverain Pontife." Lettres Americaines, (Paris,
+1788,) trad. Franc., tom I. let. 7.]
+
+[Footnote 34: "Porque el Inga dava a entender que era hijo del
+Sol, con este titulo se hacia adorar, i governava principalmente
+en tanto grado que nadie se le atrevia, i su palabra era ley, i
+nadie osaba ir contra su palabra ni voluntad; aunque obiese de
+matar cient mill Indios, no havia ninguno en su Reino que le
+osase decir que no lo hiciese." Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+The Inca asserted his claims as a superior being by assuming a
+pomp in his manner of living well calculated to impose on his
+people.  His dress was of the finest wool of the vicuna, richly
+dyed, and ornamented with a profusion of gold and precious
+stones.  Round his head was wreathed a turban of many-colored
+folds, called the Ilautu; and a tasselled fringe, like that worn
+by the prince, but of a scarlet color, with two feathers of a
+rare and curious bird, called the coraquenque, placed upright in
+it, were the distinguishing insignia of royalty.  The birds from
+which these feathers were obtained were found in a desert country
+among the mountains; and it was death to destroy or to take them,
+as they were reserved for the exclusive purpose of supplying the
+royal head-gear.  Every succeeding monarch was provided with a
+new pair of these plumes, and his credulous subjects fondly
+believed that only two individuals of the species had ever
+existed to furnish the simple ornament for the diadem of the
+Incas. *35
+
+[Footnote 35: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 114. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 22; lib. 6, cap. 28. - Acosta,
+lib. 6, cap. 12.]
+Although the Peruvian monarch was raised so far above the highest
+of his subjects, he condescended to mingle occasionally with
+them, and took great pains personally to inspect the condition of
+the humbler classes.  He presided at some of the religious
+celebrations, and on these occasions entertained the great nobles
+at his table, when he complimented them, after the fashion of
+more civilized nations, by drinking the health of those whom he
+most delighted to honor. *36
+
+[Footnote 36: One would hardly expect to find among the American
+Indians this social and kindly custom of our Saxon ancestors, -
+now fallen somewhat out of use, in the capricious innovations of
+modern fashion.  Garcilasso is diffuse in his account of the
+forms observed at the royal table.  (Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 6,
+cap. 23.) The only hours of eating were at eight or nine in the
+morning, and at sunset, which took place at nearly the same time,
+in all seasons, in the latitude of Cuzco.  The historian of the
+Incas admits that, though temperate in eating, they indulged
+freely in their cups, frequently prolonging their revelry to a
+late hour of the night.  Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 1.]
+
+But the most effectual means taken by the Incas for communicating
+with their people were their progresses through the empire.
+These were conducted, at intervals of several years, with great
+state and magnificence.  The sedan, or litter, in which they
+travelled, richly emblazoned with gold and emeralds, was guarded
+by a numerous escort.  The men who bore it on their shoulders
+were provided by two cities, specially appointed for the purpose.
+It was a post to be coveted by no one, if, as is asserted, a fall
+was punished with death. *37 They travelled with ease and
+expedition, halting at the tambos, or inns, erected by government
+along the route, and occasionally at the royal palaces, which in
+the great towns afforded ample accommodations to the whole of the
+monarch's retinue.  The noble loads which traversed the
+table-land were lined with people, who swept away the stones and
+stubble from their surface, strewing them with sweet-scented
+flowers, and vying with each other in carrying forward the
+baggage from one village to another.  The monarch halted from
+time to time to listen to the grievances of his subjects, or to
+settle some points which had been referred to his decision by the
+regular tribunals. As the princely train wound its way along the
+mountain passes, every place was thronged with spectators eager
+to catch a glimpse of their sovereign; and, when he raised the
+curtains of his litter, and showed himself to their eyes, the air
+was rent with acclamations as they invoked blessings on his head.
+*38 Tradition long commemorated the spots at which he halted, and
+the simple people of the country held them in reverence as places
+consecrated by the presence of an Inca. *39
+
+[Footnote 37: "In lectica, aureo tabulato constrata, humeris
+ferebant; in summa, ea erat observantia, vt vultum ejus intueri
+maxime incivile putarent, et inter baiulos, quicunque vel leviter
+pede offenso haesitaret, e vestigio interficerent." Levinus
+Apollonius, De Peruviae Regionis Inventione, et Rebus in eadem
+gestis, (Antverpiae, 1567,) fol. 37. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 1, cap. 11.
+
+According to this writer, the litter was carried by the nobles;
+one thousand of whom were specially reserved for the humiliating
+honor.  Ubi supra.]
+
+[Footnote 38: The acclamations must have been potent indeed, if,
+as Sarmiento tells us, they sometimes brought the birds down from
+the sky!  "De esta manera eran tan temidos los Reyes que si
+salian por el Reyno y permitian alzar algun pano de los que iban
+en las andas para dejarse ver de sus vasallos, alzaban tan gran
+alarido que hacian caer las aves de lo alto donde iban volando a
+ser tomadas a manos." (Relacion, Ms., cap. 10.) The same author
+has given in another place a more credible account of the royal
+progresses, which the Spanish reader will find extracted in
+Appendix, No. 1.]
+
+[Footnote 39: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 3, cap. 14;
+lib. 6, cap. 3. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 11.]
+
+The royal palaces were on a magnificent scale, and, far from
+being confined to the capital or a few principal towns, were
+scattered over all the provinces of their vast empire. *40 The
+buildings were low, but covered a wide extent of ground.  Some of
+the apartments were spacious, but they were generally small, and
+had no communication with one another, except that they opened
+into a common square or court.  The walls were made of blocks of
+stone of various sizes, like those described in the fortress of
+Cuzco, rough-hewn, but carefully wrought near the line of
+junction, which was scarcely visible to the eye.  The roofs were
+of wood or rushes, which have perished under the rude touch of
+time, that has shown more respect for the walls of the edifices.
+The whole seems to have been characterized by solidity and
+strength, rather than by any attempt at architectural elegance.
+*41
+
+[Footnote 40: Velasco has given some account of several of these
+palaces situated in different places in the kingdom of Quito.
+Hist. de Quito, tom. I. pp. 195 - 197.]
+
+[Footnote 41: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 44. - Antig. y
+Monumentos de. Peru, Ms. - See, among others, the description of
+the remains still existing of the royal buildings at Callo, about
+ten leagues south of Quito, by Ulloa, Voyage to S. America, book
+6, ch. 11, and since, more carefully, by Humboldt, Vues des
+Cordilleres, p. 197.]
+
+But whatever want of elegance there may have been in the exterior
+of the imperial dwellings, it was amply compensated by the
+interior, in which all the opulence of the Peruvian princes was
+ostentatiously displayed.  The sides of the apartments were
+thickly studded with gold and silver ornaments. Niches, prepared
+in the walls, were filled with images of animals and plants
+curiously wrought of the same costly materials; and even much of
+the domestic furniture, including the utensils devoted to the
+most ordinary menial services, displayed the like wanton
+magnificence! *42 With these gorgeous decorations were mingled
+richly colored stuffs of the delicate manufacture of the Peruvian
+wool, which were of so beautiful a texture, that the Spanish
+sovereigns, with all the luxuries of Europe and Asia at their
+command, did not disdain to use them. *43 The royal household
+consisted of a throng of menials, supplied by the neighboring
+towns and villages, which, as in Mexico, were bound to furnish
+the monarch with fuel and other necessaries for the consumption
+of the palace.
+
+[Footnote 42: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte l, lib. 6, cap. 1.
+"Tanto que todo el servicio de la Casa del Rey asi de cantaras
+para su vino, como de cozina, todo era oro y plata, y esto no en
+un lugar y en una parte lo tenia, sino en muchas." (Sarmiento,
+Relacion, Ms., cap. 11.) See also the flaming accounts of the
+palaces of Bilcas, to the west of Cuzco, by Cieza de Leon, as
+reported to him by Spaniards who had seen them in their glory.
+(Cronica, cap. 89.) The niches are still described by modern
+travellers as to be found in the walls.  (Humboldt, Vues des
+Cordilleres, p. 197.)]
+
+[Footnote 43: "La ropa de la cama toda era de mantas, y frecadas
+de lana de Vicuna, que es tan fina, y tan regalada, que entre
+otras cosas preciadas de aquellas Tierras, se las han traido para
+la cama del Rey Don Phelipe Segundo." Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1. lib 6, cap. 1.]
+
+But the favorite residence of the Incas was at Yucay, about four
+leagues distant from the capital.  In this delicious valley,
+locked up within the friendly arms of the sierra, which sheltered
+it from the rude breezes of the east, and refreshed by gushing
+fountains and streams of running water, they built the most
+beautiful of their palaces.  Here, when wearied with the dust and
+toil of the city, they loved to retreat, and solace themselves
+with the society of their favorite concubines, wandering amidst
+groves and airy gardens, that shed around their soft,
+intoxicating odors, and lulled the senses to voluptuous repose.
+Here, too, they loved to indulge in the luxury of their baths,
+replenished by streams of crystal water which were conducted
+through subterraneous silver channels into basins of gold.  The
+spacious gardens were stocked with numerous varieties of plants
+and flowers that grew without effort in this temperate region of
+the tropics, while parterres of a more extraordinary kind were
+planted by their side, glowing with the various forms of
+vegetable life skilfully imitated in gold and silver!  Among them
+the Indian corn, the most beautiful of American grains, is
+particularly commemorated, and the curious workmanship is noticed
+with which the golden ear was half disclosed amidst the broad
+leaves of silver, and the light tassel of the same material that
+floated gracefully from its top. *44
+
+[Footnote 44: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 26;
+lib. 6, cap. 2 - Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 24. - Cieza de
+Leon, Cronica, cap. 94.
+
+The last writer speaks of a cement, made in part of liquid gold,
+as used in the royal buildings of Tambo, a valley not far from
+Yucay!  (Ubi supra.) We may excuse the Spaniards for demolishing
+such edifices, - if they ever met with them.]
+
+If this dazzling picture staggers the faith of the reader, he may
+reflect that the Peruvian mountains teemed with gold; that the
+natives understood the art of working the mines, to a
+considerable extent; that none of the ore, as well shall see
+hereafter, was converted into coin, and that the whole of it
+passed into the hands of the sovereign for his own exclusive
+benefit, whether for purposes of utility or ornament.  Certain it
+is that no fact is better attested by the Conquerors themselves,
+who had ample means of information, and no motive for
+misstatement. - The Italian poets, in their gorgeous pictures of
+the gardens of Alcina and Morgana, came nearer the truth than
+they imagined.
+Our surprise, however, may reasonably be excited, when we
+consider that the wealth displayed by the Peruvian princes was
+only that which each had amassed individually for himself.  He
+owed nothing to inheritance from his predecessors.  On the
+decease of an Inca, his palaces were abandoned; all his
+treasures, except what were employed in his obsequies, his
+furniture and apparel, were suffered to remain as he left them,
+and his mansions, save one, were closed up for ever.  The new
+sovereign was to provide himself with every thing new for his
+royal state.  The reason of this was the popular belief, that the
+soul of the departed monarch would return after a time to
+reanimate his body on earth; and they wished that he should find
+every thing to which he had been used in life prepared for his
+reception. *45
+
+[Footnote 45: Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 12. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 4.]
+
+When an Inca died, or, to use his own language, "was called home
+to the mansions of his father, the Sun," *46 his obsequies were
+celebrated with great pomp and solemnity.  The bowels were taken
+from the body, and deposited in the temple of Tampu, about five
+leagues from the capital.  A quantity of his plate and jewels was
+buried with them, and a number of his attendants and favorite
+concubines, amounting sometimes, it is said, to a thousand, were
+immolated on his tomb. *47 Some of them showed the natural
+repugnance to the sacrifice occasionally manifested by the
+victims of a similar superstition in India. But these were
+probably the menials and more humble attendants; since the women
+have been known, in more than one instance, to lay violent hands
+on themselves, when restrained from testifying their fidelity by
+this act of conjugal martyrdom.  This melancholy ceremony was
+followed by a general mourning throughout the empire.  At stated
+intervals, for a year, the people assembled to renew the
+expressions of their sorrow; processions were made, displaying
+the banner of the departed monarch; bards and minstrels were
+appointed to chronicle his achievements, and their songs
+continued to be rehearsed at high festivals in the presence of
+the reigning monarch, - thus stimulating the living by the
+glorious example of the dead. *48
+
+[Footnote 46: The Aztecs, also, believed that the soul of the
+warrior who fell in battle went to accompany the Sun in his
+bright progress through the heavens.  (See Conquest of Mexico,
+book 1, chap. 3.)]
+
+[Footnote 47: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Acosta, lib. 5, cap.
+6.
+
+Four thousand of these victims, according to Sarmiento, - we may
+hope it is an exaggeration, - graced the funeral obsequies of
+Huayna Capac, the last of the Incas before the coming of the
+Spaniards.  Relacion, Ms., cap. 65.]
+
+[Footnote 48: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 62. - Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 5. - Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap.
+8.]
+
+The body of the deceased Inca was skilfully embalmed, and removed
+to the great temple of the Sun at Cuzco.  There the Peruvian
+sovereign, on entering the awful sanctuary, might behold the
+effigies of his royal ancestors, ranged in opposite files, - the
+men on the right, and their queens on the left, of the great
+luminary which blazed in refulgent gold on the walls of the
+temple. The bodies, clothed in the princely attire which they had
+been accustomed to wear, were placed on chairs of gold, and sat
+with their heads inclined downward, their hands placidly crossed
+over their bosoms, their countenances exhibiting their natural
+dusky hue, - less liable to change than the fresher coloring of a
+European complexion, - and their hair of raven black, or silvered
+over with age, according to the period at which they died!  It
+seemed like a company of solemn worshippers fixed in devotion, -
+so true were the forms and lineaments to life.  The Peruvians
+were as successful as the Egyptians in the miserable attempt to
+perpetuate the existence of the body beyond the limits assigned
+to it by nature. *49
+
+[Footnote 49: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 29.
+
+The Peruvians secreted these mummies of their sovereigns after
+the Conquest, that they might not be profaned by the insults of
+the Spaniards. Ondegardo, when corregidor of Cuzco, discovered
+five of them, three male and two female.  The former were the
+bodies of Viracocha, of the great Tupac Inca Yupanqui, and of his
+son Huayna Capac.  Garcilasso saw them in 1560.  They were
+dressed in their regal robes, with no insignia but the llautu on
+their heads.  They were in a sitting posture, and, to use his own
+expression, "perfect as life, without so much as a hair or an
+eyebrow wanting." As they were carried through the streets,
+decently shrouded with a mantle, the Indians threw themselves on
+their knees, in sign of reverence, with many tears and groans,
+and were still more touched as they beheld some of the Spaniards
+themselves doffing their caps, in token of respect to departed
+royalty. (Ibid., ubi supra.) The bodies were subsequently removed
+to Lima; and Father Acosta, who saw them there some twenty years
+later, speaks of them as still in perfect preservation.]
+
+They cherished a still stranger illusion in the attentions which
+they continued to pay to these insensible remains, as if they
+were instinct with life.  One of the houses belonging to a
+deceased Inca was kept open and occupied by his guard and
+attendants, with all the state appropriate to royalty.  On
+certain festivals, the revered bodies of the sovereigns were
+brought out with great ceremony into the public square of the
+capital. Invitations were sent by the captains of the guard of
+the respective Incas to the different nobles and officers of the
+court; and entertainments were provided in the names of their
+masters, which displayed all the profuse magnificence of their
+treasures, - and "such a display," says an ancient chronicler,
+"was there in the great square of Cuzco, on this occasion, of
+gold and silver plate and jewels, as no other city in the world
+ever witnessed." *50 The banquet was served by the menials of the
+respective households, and the guests partook of the melancholy
+cheer in the presence of the royal phantom with the same
+attention to the forms of courtly etiquette as if the living
+monarch had presided! *51
+
+[Footnote 50: "Tenemos por muy cierto que ni en Jerusalem, Roma,
+ni en Persia, ni en ninguna parte del mundo por ninguna Republica
+ni Rey de el, se juntaba en un lugar tanta riqueza de Metales de
+oro y Plata y Pedreria como en esta Plaza del Cuzco; quando estas
+fiestas y otras semejantes se hacian." Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms.,
+cap. 27.]
+
+[Footnote 51: Idem, Relacion, Ms., cap. 8, 27. - Ondegardo, Rel.
+Seg., Ms.
+
+It was only, however, the great and good princes that were thus
+honored, according to Sarmiento, "whose souls the silly people
+fondly believed, on account of their virtues, were in heaven,
+although, in truth," as the same writer assures us, "they were
+all the time burning in the flames of hell"! "Digo los que
+haviendo sido en vida buenos y valerosos, generosos con los
+Indios en les hacer mercedes, perdonadores de injurias, porque a
+estos tales canonizaban en su ceguedad por Santos y honrraban sus
+huesos, sin entender que las animas ardian en los Ynfiernos y
+creian que estaban en el Cielo." Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+The nobility of Peru consisted of two orders, the first and by
+far the most important of which was that of the Incas, who,
+boasting a common descent with their sovereign, lived, as it
+were, in the reflected light of his glory. As the Peruvian
+monarchs availed themselves of the right of polygamy to a very
+liberal extent, leaving behind them families of one or even two
+hundred children, *52 the nobles of the blood royal, though
+comprehending only their descendants in the male line, came in
+the course of years to be very numerous. *53 They were divided
+into different lineages, each of which traced its pedigree to a
+different member of the royal dynasty, though all terminated in
+the divine founder of the empire.
+
+[Footnote 52: Garcilasso says over three hundred!  (Com. Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 3, cap. 19.) The fact, though rather startling, is
+not incredible, if, like Huayna Capac, they counted seven hundred
+wives in their seraglio.  See Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 7.]
+
+[Footnote 53: Garcilasso mentions a class of Incas por
+privilegio, who were allowed to possess the name and many of the
+immunities of the blood royal, though only descended from the
+great vassals that first served under the banner of Manco Capac.
+(Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 22.) This important fact, to
+which he often refers, one would be glad to see confirmed by a
+single authority.]
+
+They were distinguished by many exclusive and very important
+privileges; they wore a peculiar dress; spoke a dialect, if we
+may believe the chronicler, peculiar to themselves; *54 and had
+the choicest portion of the public domain assigned for their
+support.  They lived, most of them, at court, near the person of
+the prince, sharing in his counsels, dining at his board, or
+supplied from his table.  They alone were admissible to the great
+offices in the priesthood.  They were invested with the command
+of armies, and of distant garrisons, were placed over the
+provinces, and, in short, filled every station of high trust and
+emolument. *55 Even the laws, severe in their general tenor, seem
+not to have been framed with reference to them; and the people,
+investing the whole order with a portion of the sacred character
+which belonged to the sovereign, held that an Inca noble was
+incapable of crime. *56
+
+[Footnote 54: "Los Incas tuvieron otra Lengua particular, que
+hablavan entre ellos, que no la entendian los demas Indios, ni
+les era licito aprenderla, como Lenguage Divino.  Esta me
+escriven del Peru, que se ha perdido totalmente; porque como
+perecio la Republica particular de los Incas, perecio tambien el
+Lenguage dellos." Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 7, cap.
+1]
+
+[Footnote 55: "Una sola gente hallo yo que era exenta, que eran
+los Ingas del Cuzco y por alli al rededor de ambas parcialidades,
+porque estos no solo no pagavan tributo, pero aun comian de lo
+que traian al Inga de todo el reino, y estos eran por la mayor
+parte los Governadores en todo el reino, y por donde quiera que
+iban se les hacia mucha honrra." Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 56: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte I, lib. 2, cap. 15.]
+The other order of nobility was the Curacas, the caciques of the
+conquered nations, or their descendants.  They were usually
+continued by the government in their places, though they were
+required to visit the capital occasionally, and to allow their
+sons to be educated there as the pledges of their loyalty.  It is
+not easy to define the nature or extent of their privileges.
+They were possessed of more or less power, according to the
+extent of their patrimony, and the number of their vassals.
+Their authority was usually transmitted from father to son,
+though sometimes the successor was chosen by the people. *57 They
+did not occupy the highest posts of state, or those nearest the
+person of the sovereign, like the nobles of the blood. Their
+authority seems to have been usually local, and always in
+subordination to the territorial jurisdiction of the great
+provincial governors, who were taken from the Incas. *58
+
+[Footnote 57: In this event, it seems, the successor named was
+usually presented to the Inca for confirmation.  (Dec. de la Aud.
+Real., Ms.) At other times, the Inca himself selected the heir
+from among the children of the deceased Curaca.  "In short," says
+Ondegardo, "there was no rule of succession so sure, but it might
+be set aside by the supreme will of the sovereign.' Rel. Prim.,
+Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 58: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 4, cap. 10. -
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 11 - Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms. -
+Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 93. - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+It was the Inca nobility, indeed, who constituted the real
+strength of the Peruvian monarchy.  Attached to their prince by
+ties of consanguinity, they had common sympathies and, to a
+considerable extent, common interests with him.  Distinguished by
+a peculiar dress and insignia, as well as by language and blood,
+from the rest of the community, they were never confounded with
+the other tribes and nations who were incorporated into the great
+Peruvian monarchy.  After the lapse of centuries, they still
+retained their individuality as a peculiar people.  They were to
+the conquered races of the country what the Romans were to the
+barbarous hordes of the Empire, or the Normans to the ancient
+inhabitants of the British Isles.  Clustering around the throne,
+they formed an invincible phalanx, to shield it alike from secret
+conspiracy and open insurrection.  Though living chiefly in the
+capital, they were also distributed throughout the country in all
+its high stations and strong military posts, thus establishing
+lines of communication with the court, which enabled the
+sovereign to act simultaneously and with effect on the most
+distant quarters of his empire.  They possessed, moreover, an
+intellectual preeminence, which, no less than their station, gave
+them authority with the people.  Indeed, it may be said to have
+been the principal foundation of their authority.  The crania of
+the Inca race show a decided superiority over the other races of
+the land in intellectual power; *59 and it cannot be denied that
+it was the fountain of that peculiar civilization and social
+polity, which raised the Peruvian monarchy above every other
+state in South America.  Whence this remarkable race came, and
+what was its early history, are among those mysteries that meet
+us so frequently in the annals of the New World, and which time
+and the antiquary have as vet done little to explain.
+
+[Footnote 59: Dr. Morton's valuable work contains several
+engravings of both the Inca and the common Peruvian skull,
+showing that the facial angle in the former, though by no means
+great, was much larger than that in the latter, which was
+singularly flat and deficient in intellectual character.  Crania
+Americana, (Philadelphia, 1829.)]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter II
+
+Orders Of The State. - Provisions For Justice. - Division Of
+Lands. - Revenues And Registers. - Great Roads And Posts. -
+Military Tactics And Policy.
+
+
+If we are surprised at the peculiar and original features of what
+may be called the Peruvian aristocracy, we shall be still more so
+as we descend to the lower orders of the community, and see the
+very artificial character of their institutions, - as artificial
+as those of ancient Sparta, and, though in a different way, quite
+as repugnant to the essential principles of our nature. The
+institutions of Lycurgus, however, were designed for a petty
+state, while those of Peru, although originally intended for
+such, seemed, like the magic tent in the Arabian tale, to have an
+indefinite power of expansion, and were as well suited to the
+most flourishing condition of the empire as to its infant
+fortunes.  In this remarkable accommodation to change of
+circumstances we see the proofs of a contrivance that argues no
+slight advance in civilization.
+
+The name of Peru was not known to the natives.  It was given by
+the Spaniards, and originated, it is said, in a misapprehension
+of the Indian name of "river." *1 However this may be, it is
+certain that the natives had no other epithet by which to
+designate the large collection of tribes and nations who were
+assembled under the sceptre of the Incas, than that of
+Tavantinsuyu, or "four quarters of the world." *2 This will not
+surprise a citizen of the United States, who has no other name by
+which to class himself among nations than what is borrowed from a
+quarter of the globe. *3 The kingdom, conformably to its name,
+was divided into four parts, distinguished each by a separate
+title, and to each of which ran one of the four great roads that
+diverged from Cuzco, the capital or navel of the Peruvian
+monarchy.  The city was in like manner divided into four
+quarters; and the various races, which gathered there from the
+distant parts of the empire, lived each in the quarter nearest to
+its respective province.  They all continued to wear their
+peculiar national costume, so that it was easy to determine their
+origin; and the same order and system of arrangement prevailed in
+the motley population of the capital, as in the great provinces
+of the empire.  The capital, in fact, was a miniature image of
+the empire. *4
+
+[Footnote 1: Pelu, according to Garcilasso, was the Indian name
+for "river," and was given by one of the natives in answer to a
+question put to him by the Spaniards, who conceived it to be the
+name of the country.  (Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 6.) Such
+blunders have led to the names of many places both in North and
+South America.  Montesinos, however, denies that there is such an
+Indian term for "river." (Mem. Antiguas, Ms., lib. 1, cap. 2.)
+According to this writer, Peru was the ancient Ophir, whence
+Solomon drew such stores of wealth; and which, by a very natural
+transition, has in time been corrupted into Phiru, Piru, Peru!
+The first book of the Memorias, consisting of thirty-two
+chapters, is devoted to this precious discovery.]
+
+[Footnote 2: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 11.]
+
+[Footnote 3: Yet an American may find food for his vanity in the
+reflection, that the name of a quarter of the globe, inhabited by
+so many civilized nations, has been exclusively conceded to him.
+- Was it conceded or assumed?]
+
+[Footnote 4: Ibid., parte 1, cap. 9, 10. - Cieza de Leon,
+Cronica, cap. 93.
+
+The capital was further divided into two parts, the Upper and
+Lower town, founded, as pretended, on the different origin of the
+population; a division recognized also in the inferior cities.
+Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+The four great provinces were each placed under a viceroy or
+governor, who ruled over them with the assistance of one or more
+councils for the different departments.  These viceroys resided,
+some portion of their time, at least, in the capital, where they
+constituted a sort of council of state to the Inca. *5 The nation
+at large was distributed into decades, or small bodies of ten;
+and every tenth man, or head of a decade, had supervision of the
+rest, - being required to see that they enjoyed the rights and
+immunities to which they were entitled, to solicit aid in their
+behalf from government, when necessary, and to bring offenders to
+justice.  To this last they were stimulated by a law that imposed
+on them, in case of neglect, the same penalty that would have
+been incurred by the guilty party.  With this law hanging over
+his head, the magistrate of Peru, we may well believe, did not
+often go to sleep on his post. *6
+
+[Footnote 5: Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 15.
+
+For this account of the councils I am indebted to Garcilasso, who
+frequently fills up gaps that have been left by his
+fellow-laborers.  Whether the filling up will, in all cases, bear
+the touch of time, as well as the rest of his work, one may
+doubt.]
+
+[Footnote 6: Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms. - Montesinos, Mem.
+Antiguas, Ms., lib. 2, cap. 6. - Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.
+
+How analogous is the Peruvian to the Anglo-Saxon division into
+hundreds and tithings!  But the Saxon law was more humane, which
+imposed only a fine on the district, in case of a criminal's
+escape.]
+
+The people were still further divided into bodies of fifty, one
+hundred, five hundred, and a thousand, with each an officer
+having general supervision over those beneath, and the higher
+ones possessing, to a certain extent, authority in matters of
+police.  Lastly, the whole empire was distributed into sections
+or departments of ten thousand inhabitants, with a governor over
+each, from the Inca nobility, who had control over the curacas
+and other territorial officers in the district.  There were,
+also, regular tribunals of justice, consisting of magistrates in
+each of the towns or small communities, with jurisdiction over
+petty offences, while those of a graver character were carried
+before superior judges, usually the governors or rulers of the
+districts.  These judges all held their authority and received
+their support from the Crown, by which they were appointed and
+removed at pleasure.  They were obliged to determine every suit
+in five days from the time it was brought before them; and there
+was no appeal from one tribunal to another.  Yet there were
+important provisions for the security of justice. A committee of
+visitors patrolled the kingdom at certain times to investigate
+the character and conduct of the magistrates; and any neglect or
+violation of duty was punished in the most exemplary manner.  The
+inferior courts were also required to make monthly returns of
+their proceedings to the higher ones, and these made reports in
+like manner to the viceroys; so that the monarch, seated in the
+centre of his dominions, could look abroad, as it were, to their
+most distant extremities, and review and rectify any abuses in
+the administration of the law. *7
+
+[Footnote 7: Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms. - Ondegardo, Rel. Prim.
+et Seg., Mss. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+11-14. - Montesinos, Mem. Antiguas, Ms., lib. 2, cap. 6.
+
+The accounts of the Peruvian tribunals by the early authorities
+are very meagre and unsatisfactory.  Even the lively imagination
+of Garcilasso has failed to supply the blank.]
+
+The laws were few and exceedingly severe.  They related almost
+wholly to criminal matters.  Few other laws were needed by a
+people who had no money, little trade, and hardly any thing that
+could be called fixed property.  The crimes of theft, adultery,
+and murder were all capital; though it was wisely provided that
+some extenuating circumstances might be allowed to mitigate the
+punishment. *8 Blasphemy against the Sun, and malediction of the
+Inca, - offences, indeed, of the same complexion, - were also
+punished with death. Removing landmarks, turning the water away
+from a neighbour's land into one's own, burning a house, were all
+severely punished.  To burn a bridge was death. The Inca allowed
+no obstacle to those facilities of communication so essential to
+the maintenance of public order.  A rebellious city or province
+was laid waste, and its inhabitants exterminated.  Rebellion
+against the "Child of the Sun" was the greatest of all crimes. *9
+
+[Footnote 8: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 5, lib. 4, cap 3.
+
+Theft was punished less severely, if the offender had been really
+guilty of it to supply the necessities of life.  It is a singular
+circumstance, that the Peruvian law made no distinction between
+fornication and adultery, both being equally punished with death.
+Yet the law could hardly have been enforced, since prostitutes
+were assigned, or at least allowed, a residence in the suburbs of
+the cities.  See Garcilasso, Com Real., Parte 1, lib. 4, cap.
+34.]
+
+[Footnote 9: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 23.
+
+"I los traidores entre ellos llamava aucaes, i esta palabra es la
+mas abiltada de todas quantas pueden decir aun Indio del Piru,
+que quiere decir traidor a su Senor." (Cong. i Pob. del Piru,
+Ms.) "En las rebeliones y alzamientos se hicieron los castigos
+tan asperos, que algunas veces asolaron las provincias de todos
+los varones de edad sin quedar ninguno." Ondegardo, Rel. Prim.,
+Ms.]
+
+The simplicity and severity of the Peruvian code may be thought
+to infer a state of society but little advanced; which had few of
+those complex interests and relations that grow up in a civilized
+community, and which had not proceeded far enough in the science
+of legislation to economize human suffering by proportioning
+penalties to crimes.  But the Peruvian institutions must be
+regarded from a different point of view from that in which we
+study those of other nations.  The laws emanated from the
+sovereign, and that sovereign held a divine commission, and was
+possessed of a divine nature.  To violate the law was not only to
+insult the majesty of the throne, but it was sacrilege.  The
+slightest offence, viewed in this light, merited death; and the
+gravest could incur no heavier penalty. *10 Yet, in the
+infliction of their punishments, they showed no unnecessary
+cruelty; and the sufferings of the victim were not prolonged by
+the ingenious torments so frequent among barbarous nations. *11
+
+[Footnote 10: "El castigo era riguroso, que por la mayor parte
+era de muerte, por liviano que fuese el delito; porque decian,
+que no los castigavan por el delito que avian hecho, ni por la
+ofensa agena, sino por aver quebrantado el mandamiento, y rompido
+la palabra del Inca, que lo respetavan como a Dios." Garcilasso,
+Com. Real. Parte 1, lib. 2. cap. 12.]
+
+[Footnote 11: One of the punishments most frequent for minor
+offences was to carry a stone on the back.  A punishment attended
+with no suffering but what arises from the disgrace attached to
+it is very justly characterized by McCulloh as a proof of
+sensibility and refinement.  Researches, p. 361.]
+These legislative provisions may strike us as very defective,
+even as compared with those of the semi-civilized races of
+Anahuac, where a gradation of courts, moreover, with the right of
+appeal, afforded a tolerable security for justice.  But in a
+country like Peru, where few but criminal causes were known, the
+right of appeal was of less consequence.  The law was simple, its
+application easy; and, where the judge was honest, the case was
+as likely to be determined correctly on the first hearing as on
+the second.  The inspection of the board of visitors, and the
+monthly returns of the tribunals, afforded no slight guaranty for
+their integrity.  The law which required a decision within five
+days would seem little suited to the complex and embarrassing
+litigation of a modern tribunal.  But, in the simple questions
+submitted to the Peruvian judge, delay would have been useless;
+and the Spaniards, familiar with the evils growing out of
+long-protracted suits, where the successful litigant is too often
+a ruined man, are loud in their encomiums of this swift-handed
+and economical justice. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: The Royal Audience of Peru under Philip II. - there
+cannot be a higher authority - bears emphatic testimony to the
+cheap and efficient administration of justice under the Incas.
+"De suerte que los vicios eran bien castigados y la gente estaba
+bien sujeta y obediente; y aunque en las dichas penas havia
+esceso, redundaba en buen govierno y policia suya, y mediante
+ella eran aumentados. . . . . . Porque los Yndios alababan la
+governacion del Ynga, y aun los Espanoles que algo alcanzan de
+ella, es porque todas las cosas susodichas se de terminaban sin
+hacerles costas" Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms.]
+
+The fiscal regulations of the Incas, and the laws respecting
+property, are the most remarkable features in the Peruvian
+polity.  The whole territory of the empire was divided into three
+parts, one for the Sun, another for the Inca, and the last for
+the people.  Which of the three was the largest is doubtful.  The
+proportions differed materially in different provinces.  The
+distribution, indeed, was made on the same general principle, as
+each new conquest was added to the monarchy; but the proportion
+varied according to the amount of population, and the greater or
+less amount of land consequently required for the support of the
+inhabitants. *13
+
+[Footnote 13: Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 15. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 1.
+
+"Si estas partes fuesen iguales, o qual fuese mayor, yo lo he
+procurado averiguar, y en unas es diferente de otras, y finalmte
+yo tengo entendido que se hacia conforme a la disposicion de la
+tierra y a la calidad de los Indios" Ondegardo, Rel Prim., Ms]
+
+The lands assigned to the Sun furnished a revenue to support the
+temples, and maintain the costly ceremonial of the Peruvian
+worship and the multitudinous priesthood.  Those reserved for the
+Inca went to support the royal state, as well as the numerous
+members of his household and his kindred, and supplied the
+various exigencies of government.  The remainder of the lands was
+divided, per capita, in equal shares among the people.  It was
+provided by law, as we shall see hereafter, that every Peruvian
+should marry at a certain age.  When this event took place, the
+community or district in which he lived furnished him with a
+dwelling, which, as it was constructed of humble materials, was
+done at little cost.  A lot of land was then assigned to him
+sufficient for his own maintenance and that of his wife. An
+additional portion was granted for every child, the amount
+allowed for a son being the double of that for a daughter.  The
+division of the soil was renewed every year, and the possessions
+of the tenant were increased or diminished according to the
+numbers in his family. *14 The same arrangement was observed with
+reference to the curacas, except only that a domain was assigned
+to them corresponding with the superior dignity of their stations
+*15
+
+[Footnote 14: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 2.
+
+The portion granted to each new-married couple, according to
+Garcilasso, was a fanega and a half of land.  A similar quantity
+was added for each male child that was born; and half of the
+quantity for each female.  The fanega was as much land as could
+be planted with a hundred weight of Indian corn. In the fruitful
+soil of Peru, this was a liberal allowance for a family.]
+
+[Footnote 15: Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 3.
+
+It is singular, that while so much is said of the Inca sovereign,
+so little should be said of the Inca nobility, of their estates,
+or the tenure by which they held them.  Their historian tells us,
+that they had the best of the lands, wherever they resided,
+besides the interest which they had in those of the Sun and the
+Inca, as children of the one, and kinsmen of the other.  He
+informs us, also, that they were supplied from the royal table,
+when living at court.  (lib. 6, cap. 3.) But this is very loose
+language. The student of history will learn, on the threshold,
+that he is not to expect precise, or even very consistent,
+accounts of the institutions of a barbarous age and people from
+contemporary annalists.]
+
+A more thorough and effectual agrarian law than this cannot be
+imagined. In other countries where such a law has been
+introduced, its operation, after a time, has given way to the
+natural order of events, and, under the superior intelligence and
+thrift of some and the prodigality of others, the usual
+vicissitudes of fortune have been allowed to take their course,
+and restore things to their natural inequality.  Even the iron
+law of Lycurgus ceased to operate after a time, and melted away
+before the spirit of luxury and avarice. The nearest approach to
+the Peruvian constitution was probably in Judea, where, on the
+recurrence of the great national jubilee, at the close of every
+half-century, estates reverted to their original proprietors.
+There was this important difference in Peru; that not only did
+the lease, if we may so call it, terminate with the year, but
+during that period the tenant had no power to alienate or to add
+to his possessions.  The end of the brief term found him in
+precisely the same condition that he was in at the beginning.
+Such a state of things might be supposed to be fatal to any thing
+like attachment to the soil, or to that desire of improving it,
+which is natural to the permanent proprietor, and hardly less so
+to the holder of a long lease.  But the practical operation of
+the law seems to have been otherwise; and it is probable, that,
+under the influence of that love of order and aversion to change
+which marked the Peruvian institutions, each new partition of the
+soil usually confirmed the occupant in his possession, and the
+tenant for a year was converted into a proprietor for life.
+
+The territory was cultivated wholly by the people.  The lands
+belonging to the Sun were first attended to.  They next tilled
+the lands of the old, of the sick, of the window and the orphan,
+and of soldiers engaged in actual service; in short, of all that
+part of the community who, from bodily infirmity or any other
+cause, were unable to attend to their own concerns. The people
+were then allowed to work on their own ground, each man for
+himself, but with the general obligation to assist his neighbour,
+when any circumstance - the burden of a young and numerous
+family, for example - might demand it. *16 Lastly, they
+cultivated the lands of the Inca.  This was done, with great
+ceremony, by the whole population in a body.  At break of day,
+they were summoned together by proclamation from some
+neighbouring tower or eminence, and all the inhabitants of the
+district, men, women, and children, appeared dressed in their
+gayest apparel, bedecked with their little store of finery and
+ornaments, as if for some great jubilee.  They went through the
+labors of the day with the same joyous spirit, chanting their
+popular ballads which commemorated the heroic deeds of the Incas,
+regulating their movements by the measure of the chant, and all
+mingling in the chorus, of which the word hailli, or "triumph,"
+was usually the burden.  These national airs had something soft
+and pleasing in their character, that recommended them to the
+Spaniards; and many a Peruvian song was set to music by them
+after the Conquest, and was listened to by the unfortunate
+natives with melancholy satisfaction, as it called up
+recollections of the past, when their days glided peacefully away
+under the sceptre of the Incas. *17
+
+[Footnote 16: Garcilasso relates that an Indian was hanged by
+Huayna Capac for tilling a curaca's ground, his near relation,
+before that of the poor. The gallows was erected on the curaca's
+own land.  Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 2.]
+
+[Footnote 17: Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 1-3. - Ondegardo, Rel.
+Seg., Ms.]
+
+A similar arrangement prevailed with respect to the different
+manufactures as to the agricultural products of the country.  The
+flocks of llamas, or Peruvian sheep, were appropriated
+exclusively to the Sun and to the Inca. *18 Their number was
+immense.  They were scattered over the different provinces,
+chiefly in the colder regions of the country, where they were
+intrusted to the care of experienced shepherds, who conducted
+them to different pastures according to the change of season.  A
+large number was every year sent to the capital for the
+consumption of the Court, and for the religious festivals and
+sacrifices.  But these were only the males, as no female was
+allowed to be killed.  The regulations for the care and breeding
+of these flocks were prescribed with the greatest minuteness, and
+with a sagacity which excited the admiration of the Spaniards,
+who were familiar with the management of the great migratory
+flocks of merinos in their own country. *19
+
+[Footnote 18: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.
+
+Yet sometimes the sovereign would recompense some great chief, or
+even some one among the people, who had rendered him a service,
+by the grant of a small number of llamas, - never many.  These
+were not to be disposed of or killed by their owners, but
+descended as common property to their heirs. This strange
+arrangement proved a fruitful source of litigation after the
+Conquest. Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+[Footnote 19: See especially the account of the Licentiate
+Ondegardo, who goes into more detail than any contemporary
+writer, concerning the management of the Peruvian flocks.  Rel.
+Seg., Ms.]
+
+At the appointed season, they were all sheared, and the wool was
+deposited in the public magazines.  It was then dealt out to each
+family in such quantities as sufficed for its wants, and was
+consigned to the female part of the household, who were well
+instructed in the business of spinning and weaving When this
+labor was accomplished, and the family was provided with a coarse
+but warm covering, suited to the cold climate of the mountains, -
+for, in the lower country, cotton, furnished in like manner by
+the Crown, took the place, to a certain extent, of wool, - the
+people were required to labor for the Inca.  The quantity of the
+cloth needed, as well as the peculiar kind and quality of the
+fabric, was first determined at Cuzco.  The work was then
+apportioned among the different provinces.  Officers, appointed
+for the purpose, superintended the distribution of the wool, so
+that the manufacture of the different articles should be
+intrusted to the most competent hands. *20 They did not leave the
+matter here but entered the dwellings, from time to time, and saw
+that the work was faithfully executed. This domestic inquisition
+was not confined to the labors for the Inca.  It included, also,
+those for the several families; and care was taken that each
+household should employ the materials furnished for its own use
+in the manner that was intended, so that no one should be
+unprovided with necessary apparel. *21 In this domestic labor all
+the female part of the establishment was expected to join.
+Occupation was found for all, from the child five years old to
+the aged matron not too infirm to hold a distaff.  No one, at
+least none but the decrepit and the sick, was allowed to eat the
+bread of idleness in Peru.  Idleness was a crime in the eye of
+the law, and, as such, severely punished; while industry was
+publicly commended and stimulated by rewards. *22
+
+[Footnote 20: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim. et Seg., Mss.
+
+The manufacture of cloths for the Inca included those for the
+numerous persons of the blood royal, who wore garments of a finer
+texture than was permitted to any other Peruvian.  Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 6.]
+
+[Footnote 21: Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms - Acosta, lib. 6, cap.
+15.]
+
+[Footnote 22: Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1 lib. 5, cap. 11.]
+
+The like course was pursued with reference to the other
+requisitions of the government.  All the mines in the kingdom
+belonged to the Inca.  They were wrought exclusively for his
+benefit, by persons familiar with this service, and selected from
+the districts where the mines were situated. *23 Every Peruvian
+of the lower class was a husbandman, and, with the exception of
+those already specified, was expected to provide for his own
+support by the cultivation of his land.  A small portion of the
+community, however, was instructed in mechanical arts; some of
+them of the more elegant kind, subservient to the purposes of
+luxury and ornament.  The demand for these was chiefly limited to
+the sovereign and his Court; but the labor of a larger number of
+hands was exacted for the execution of the great public works
+which covered the land.  The nature and amount of the services
+required were all determined at Cuzco by commissioners well
+instructed in the resources of the country, and in the character
+of the inhabitants of different provinces. *24
+
+[Footnote 23: Garcilasso would have us believe that the Inca was
+indebted to the curacas for his gold and silver, which were
+furnished by the great vassals as presents.  (Com. Real., Parte
+1, lib. 5, cap. 7.) This improbable statement is contradicted by
+the Report of the Royal Audience, Ms., by Sarmiento, (Relacion,
+Ms., cap. 15,) and by Ondegardo, (Rel. Prim., Ms.) who all speak
+of the mines as the property of the government, and wrought
+exclusively for its benefit.  From this reservoir the proceeds
+were liberally dispensed in the form of presents among the great
+lords, and still more for the embellishment of the temples.]
+
+[Footnote 24: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 13 -
+16. - Ondegardo, Rel. Prim. et Seg., Mss.]
+
+This information was obtained by an admirable regulation, which
+has scarcely a counterpart in the annals of a semi-civilized
+people.  A register was kept of all the births and deaths
+throughout the country, and exact returns of the actual
+population were made to government every year, by means of the
+quipus, a curious invention, which will be explained hereafter.
+*25 At certain intervals, also, a general survey of the country
+was made, exhibiting a complete view of the character of the
+soil, its fertility, the nature of its products, both
+agricultural and mineral, - in short, of all that constituted the
+physical resources of the empire. *26 Furnished with these
+statistical details, it was easy for the government, after
+determining the amount of requisitions, to distribute the work
+among the respective provinces best qualified to execute it.  The
+task of apportioning the labor was assigned to the local
+authorities, and great care was taken that it should be done in
+such a manner, that, while the most competent hands were
+selected, it should not fall disproportionately heavy on any. *27
+
+[Footnote 25: Montesinos, Mem. Antiguas, Ms., lib. 2, cap. 6. -
+Pedro Pizarro, Relacion del Descubrimiento y Conquista de los
+Reynos del Peru, Ms.
+
+"Cada provincia, en fin del ano, mandava asentar en los quipos,
+por la cuenta de sus nudos, todos los hombres que habian muerto
+en ella en aquel ano, y por el consiguiente los que habian
+nacido, y por principio del ano que entraba, venian con los
+quipos al Cuzco." Sarmiento, Relacion Ms., cap. 16.]
+
+[Footnote 26: Garcilasso, Com. Real. Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 14.]
+
+[Footnote 27: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms. - Sarmiento, Rel., Ms.,
+cap. 15.
+
+"Presupuesta y entendida la dicha division que el Inga tenia
+hecha de su gente, y orden que tenia puesta en el govierno de
+ella, era muy facil haverla en la division y cobranza de los
+dichos tributos; porque era claro y cierto lo que a cada uno
+cabia sin que hubiese desigualdad ni engano." Dec. de la Aud.
+Real., Ms.]
+
+The different provinces of the country furnished persons
+peculiarly suited to different employments, which, as we shall
+see hereafter, usually descended from father to son.  Thus, one
+district supplied those most skilled in working the mines,
+another the most curious workers in metals, or in wood, and so
+on. *28 The artisan was provided by government with the
+materials; and no one was required to give more than a stipulated
+portion of his time to the public service.  He was then succeeded
+by another for the like term; and it should be observed, that all
+who were engaged in the employment of the government - and the
+remark applies equally to agricultural labor - were maintained,
+for the time, at the public expense. *29 By this constant
+rotation of labor, it was intended that no one should be
+overburdened, and that each man should have time to provide for
+the demands of his own household.  It was impossible - in the
+judgment of a high Spanish authority - to improve on the system
+of distribution, so carefully was it accommodated to the
+condition and comfort of the artisan. *30 The security of the
+working classes seems to have been ever kept in view in the
+regulations of the government; and these were so discreetly
+arranged, that the most wearing and unwholesome labors, as those
+of the mines, occasioned no detriment to the health of the
+laborer; a striking contrast to his subsequent condition under
+the Spanish rule. *31
+
+[Footnote 28: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 15. - Ondegardo,
+Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 29: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 5.]
+
+[Footnote 30: "Y tambien se tenia cuenta que el trabajo que
+pasavan fuese moderado, y con el menos riesgo que fuese posible.
+. . . . . . Era tanta la orden que tuvieron estos Indios, que a
+mi parecer aunque mucho se piense en ello Seria dificultoso
+mejorarla conocida su condicion y costumbres." Ondegardo, Rel.
+Prim., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 31: "The working of the mines," says the President of
+the Council of the Indies, "was so regulated that no one felt it
+a hardship, much less was his life shortened by it." (Sarmiento,
+Relacion, Ms., cap. 15) It is a frank admission for a Spaniard.]
+
+A part of the agricultural produce and manufactures was
+transported to Cuzco, to minister to the immediate demands of the
+Inca and his Court.  But far the greater part was stored in
+magazines scattered over the different provinces.  These spacious
+buildings, constructed of stone, were divided between the Sun and
+the Inca, though the greater share seems to have been
+appropriated by the monarch.  By a wise regulation, any
+deficiency in the contributions of the Inca might be supplied
+from the granaries of the Sun. *32 But such a necessity could
+rarely have happened; and the providence of the government
+usually left a large surplus in the royal depositories, which was
+removed to a third class of magazines, whose design was to supply
+the people in seasons of scarcity, and, occasionally, to furnish
+relief to individuals, whom sickness or misfortune had reduced to
+poverty; thus, in a manner, justifying the assertion of a
+Castilian document, that a large portion of the revenues of the
+Inca found its way back again, through one channel or another,
+into the hands of the people. *33 These magazines were found by
+the Spaniards, on their arrival, stored with all the various
+products and manufactures of the country, - with maize, coca,
+quinua, woollen and cotton stuffs of the finest quality, with
+vases and utensils of gold, silver, and copper, in short, with
+every article of luxury or use within the compass of Peruvian
+skill. *34 The magazines of grain, in particular, would
+frequently have sufficed for the consumption of the adjoining
+district for several years. *35 An inventory of the various
+products of the country, and the quarters whence they were
+obtained, was every year taken by the royal officers, and
+recorded by the quipucamayus on their registers, with surprising
+regularity and precision. These registers were transmitted to the
+capital, and submitted to the Inca, who could thus at a glance,
+as it were, embrace the whole results of the national industry,
+and see how far they corresponded with the requisitions of
+government. *36
+
+[Footnote 32: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 34. -
+Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.
+
+"E asi esta parte del Inga no hay duda sino que de todas tres era
+la mayor, y en los depositos se parece bien que yo visite muchos
+en diferentes partes, e son mayores e mas largos que no los de su
+religion sin comparasion." Idem, Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 33: "Todos los dichos tributos y servicios que el Inga
+imponia y llevaba como dicho es eran con color y para efecto del
+govierno y pro comun de todos asi como lo que se ponia en
+depositos todo se combertia y distribuia entre los mismos
+naturales." Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 34: Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 15.
+
+"No podre decir," says one of the Conquerors, "los depositos.
+Vide de rropas y de todos generos de rropas y vestidos que en
+este reino se hacian y vsavan que faltava tiempo para vello y
+entendimiento para comprender tanta cosa, muchos depositos de
+barretas de cobre para las minas y de costales y sogas de vasos
+de palo y platos del oro y plata que aqui se hallo hera cosa
+despanto." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 35: For ten years, sometimes, if we may credit
+Ondegardo, who had every means of knowing.  "E ansi cuando no era
+menester se estaba en los depositos e habia algunas vezes comida
+de diez anos. . . . . . Los cuales todos se hallaron Ilenos
+cuando Ilegaron los Espanoles desto y de todas las cosas
+necesarias para la vida humana" Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 36: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.
+
+"Por tanta orden e cuenta que seria dificultoso creerlo ni darlo
+a entender como ellos lo tienen en su cuenta e por registros e
+por menudo lo manifestaron que se pudiera por estenso." Idem,
+Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+Such are some of the most remarkable features of the Peruvian
+institutions relating to property, as delineated by writers who,
+however contradictory in the details, have a general conformity
+of outline.  These institutions are certainly so remarkable, that
+it is hardly credible they should ever have been enforced
+throughout a great empire, and for a long period of years.  Yet
+we have the most unequivocal testimony to the fact from the
+Spaniards, who landed in Peru in time to witness their operation;
+some of whom, men of high judicial station and character, were
+commissioned by the government to make investigations into the
+state of the country under its ancient rulers.
+
+The impositions on the Peruvian people seem to have been
+sufficiently heavy.  On them rested the whole burden of
+maintaining, not only their own order, but every other order in
+the state.  The members of the royal house, the great nobles,
+even the public functionaries, and the numerous body of the
+priesthood, were all exempt from taxation. *37 The whole duty of
+defraying the expenses of the government belonged to the people.
+Yet this was not materially different from the condition of
+things formerly existing in most parts of Europe, where the
+various privileged classes claimed exemption - not always with
+success, indeed - from bearing part of the public burdens.  The
+great hardship in the case of the Peruvian was, that he could not
+better his condition.  His labors were for others, rather than
+for himself.  However industrious, he could not add a rood to his
+own possessions, nor advance himself one hair's breadth in the
+social scale.  The great and universal motive to honest industry,
+that of bettering one's lot, was lost upon him. The great law of
+human progress was not for him.  As he was born, so he was to
+die.  Even his time he could not properly call his own.  Without
+money, with little property of any kind, he paid his taxes in
+labor. *38 No wonder that the government should have dealt with
+sloth as a crime.  It was a crime against the state, and to be
+wasteful of time was, in a manner, to rob the exchequer.  The
+Peruvian, laboring all his life for others, might be compared to
+the convict in a treadmill, going the same dull round of
+incessant toil, with the consciousness, that, however profitable
+the results to the state, they were nothing to him.
+
+[Footnote 37: Garcilasso. Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 15.]
+
+[Footnote 38: "Solo el trabajo de las personas era el tributo que
+se dava, porque ellos no poseian otra cosa." Ondegardo, Rel.
+Prim., Ms.]
+But this is the dark side of the picture.  If no man could become
+rich in Peru, no man could become poor.  No spendthrift could
+waste his substance in riotous luxury.  No adventurous schemer
+could impoverish his family by the spirit of speculation.  The
+law was constantly directed to enforce a steady industry and a
+sober management of his affairs.  No mendicant was tolerated in
+Peru.  When a man was reduced by poverty or misfortune, (it could
+hardly be by fault,) the arm of the law was stretched out to
+minister relief; not the stinted relief of private charity, nor
+that which is doled out, drop by drop, as it were, from the
+frozen reservoirs of "the parish," but in generous measure,
+bringing no humiliation to the object of it, and placing him on a
+level with the rest of his countrymen. *39
+
+[Footnote 39: "Era tanta la orden que tenia en todos sus Reinos y
+provincias, que no consentia haver ningun Indio pobre ni
+menesteroso, porque havia orden i formas para ello sin que los
+pueblos reciviesen vexacion ni molestia, porque el Inga lo suplia
+de sus tributos." (Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.) The Licentiate
+Ondegardo sees only a device of Satan in these provisions of the
+Peruvian law, by which the old, the infirm, and the poor were
+rendered, in a manner, independent of their children, and those
+nearest of kin, on whom they would naturally have leaned for
+support; no surer way to harden the heart, he considers, than by
+thus disengaging it from the sympathies of humanity; and no
+circumstance has done more, he concludes, to counteract the
+influence and spread of Christianity among the natives.  (Rel.
+Seg., Ms.) The views are ingenious, but, in a country where the
+people had no property, as in Peru, there would seem to be no
+alternative for the supernumeraries, but to receive support from
+government or to starve.]
+
+No man could be rich, no man could be poor, in Peru; but all
+might enjoy, and did enjoy, a competence.  Ambition, avarice, the
+love of change, the morbid spirit of discontent, those passions
+which most agitate the minds of men, found no place in the bosom
+of the Peruvian.  The very condition of his being seemed to be at
+war with change.  He moved on in the same unbroken circle in
+which his fathers had moved before him, and in which his children
+were to follow.  It was the object of the Incas to infuse into
+their subjects a spirit of passive obedience and tranquillity, -
+a perfect acquiescence in the established order of things.  In
+this they fully succeeded.  The Spaniards who first visited the
+country are emphatic in their testimony, that no government could
+have been better suited to the genius of the people; and no
+people could have appeared more contented with their lot, or more
+devoted to their government. *40
+
+[Footnote 40: Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 12, 15. - Sarmiento, Relacion,
+Ms., cap. 10]
+
+Those who may distrust the accounts of Peruvian industry will
+find their doubts removed on a visit to the country.  The
+traveller still meets, especially in the central regions of the
+table-land, with memorials of the past, remains of temples,
+palaces, fortresses, terraced mountains, great military roads,
+aqueducts, and other public works, which, whatever degree of
+science they may display in their execution, astonish him by
+their number, the massive character of the materials, and the
+grandeur of the design. Among them, perhaps the most remarkable
+are the great roads, the broken remains of which are still in
+sufficient preservation to attest their former magnificence.
+There were many of these roads, traversing different parts of the
+kingdom; but the most considerable were the two which extended
+from Quito to Cuzco, and, again diverging from the capital,
+continued in a southern direction towards Chili.
+
+One of these roads passed over the grand plateau, and the other
+along the lowlands on the borders of the ocean.  The former was
+much the more difficult achievement, from the character of the
+country.  It was conducted over pathless sierras buried in snow;
+galleries were cut for leagues through the living rock; rivers
+were crossed by means of bridges that swung suspended in the air;
+precipices were scaled by stairways hewn out of the native bed;
+ravines of hideous depth were filled up with solid masonry; in
+short, all the difficulties that beset a wild and mountainous
+region, and which might appall the most courageous engineer of
+modern times, were encountered and successfully overcome.  The
+length of the road, of which scattered fragments only remain, is
+variously estimated, from fifteen hundred to two thousand miles;
+and stone pillars, in the manner of European milestones, were
+erected at stated intervals of somewhat more than a league, all
+along the route.  Its breadth scarcely exceeded twenty feet. *41
+It was built of heavy flags of freestone, and in some parts, at
+least, covered with a bituminous cement, which time has made
+harder than the stone itself.  In some places, where the ravines
+had been filled up with masonry, the mountain torrents, wearing
+on it for ages, have gradually eaten a way through the base, and
+left the superincumbent mass - such is the cohesion of the
+materials - still spanning the valley like an arch! *42
+
+[Footnote 41: Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms.
+
+"Este camino hecho por valles ondos y por sierras altas, por
+montes de nieve, por tremedales de agua y por pena viva y junto a
+rios furiosos por estas partes y ballano y empedrado por las
+laderas, bien sacado por las sierras, deshechado, por las penas
+socavado, por junto a los Rios sus paredes, entre nieves con
+escalones y descanso, por todas partes limpio barrido
+descombrado, lleno de aposentos, de depositos de tesoros, de
+Templos del Sol, de Postas que havia en este camino." Sarmiento,
+Relacion, Ms., cap. 60.]
+
+[Footnote 42: "On avait comble les vides et les ravins par de
+grandes masses de maconnerie.  Les torrents qui descendent des
+hauteurs apres des pluies abondantes, avaient creuse les endroits
+les moins solides, et s'etaient fraye une voie sous le chemin, le
+laissant ainsi suspendu en l'air comme un pont fait d'une seule
+piece." (Velasco, Hist. de Quito, tom. l. p. 206.) This writer
+speaks from personal observation, having examined and measured
+different parts of the road, in the latter part of the road, in
+the latter part of the last century.  The Spanish scholar will
+find in Appendix, No. 2., an animated description of this
+magnificent work, and of the obstacles encountered in the
+execution of it, in a passage borrowed from Sarmiento, who saw it
+in the days of the Incas.]
+
+Over some of the boldest streams it was necessary to construct
+suspension bridges, as they are termed, made of the tough fibres
+of the maguey, or of the osier of the country, which has an
+extraordinary degree of tenacity and strength.  These osiers were
+woven into cables of the thickness of a man's body.  The huge
+ropes, then stretched across the water, were conducted through
+rings or holes cut in immense buttresses of stone raised on the
+opposite banks of the river, and there secured to heavy pieces of
+timber.  Several of these enormous cables, bound together, formed
+a bridge, which, covered with planks, well secured and defended
+by a railing of the same osier materials on the sides, afforded a
+safe passage for the traveller. The length of this aerial bridge,
+sometimes exceeding two hundred feet, caused it, confined, as it
+was, only at the extremities, to dip with an alarming inclination
+towards the centre, while the motion given to it by the passenger
+occasioned an oscillation still more frightful, as his eye
+wandered over the dark abyss of waters that foamed and tumbled
+many a fathom beneath. Yet these light and fragile fabrics were
+crossed without fear by the Peruvians, and are still retained by
+the Spaniards over those streams which, from the depth or
+impetuosity of the current, would seem impracticable for the
+usual modes of conveyance.  The wider and more tranquil waters
+were crossed on balsas - a kind of raft still much used by the
+natives - to which sails were attached, furnishing the only
+instance of this higher kind of navigation among the American
+Indians. *43
+
+[Footnote 43: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 3, cap. 7.
+A particular account of these bridges, as they are still to be
+seen in different parts of Peru, may be found in Humboldt.  (Vues
+des Cordilleres, p. 230, et seq.) The balsas are described with
+equal minuteness by Stevenson. Residence in America, vol. II. p.
+222. et seq.]
+
+The other great road of the Incas lay through the level country
+between the Andes and the ocean.  It was constructed in a
+different manner, as demanded by the nature of the ground, which
+was for the most part low, and much of it sandy.  The causeway
+was raised on a high embankment of earth, and defended on either
+side by a parapet or wall of clay; and trees and odoriferous
+shrubs were planted along the margin, regaling the sense of the
+traveller with their perfumes, and refreshing him by their
+shades, so grateful under the burning sky of the tropics.  In the
+strips of sandy waste, which occasionally intervened, where the
+light and volatile soil was incapable of sustaining a road, huge
+piles, many of them to be seen at this day, were driven into the
+ground to indicate the route to the traveller. *44
+
+[Footnote 44: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 60. - Relacion del
+Primer Descubrimiento de la Costa y Mar del Sur, Ms.
+
+This anonymous document of one of the early Conquerors contains a
+minute and probably trustworthy account of both the high roads,
+which the writer saw in their glory, and which he ranks among the
+greatest wonders of the world.]
+
+All along these highways, caravansaries, or tambos, as they were
+called, were erected, at the distance of ten or twelve miles from
+each other, for the accommodation, more particularly, of the Inca
+and his suite, and those who journeyed on the public business.
+There were few other travellers in Peru. Some of these buildings
+were on an extensive scale, consisting of a fortress, barracks,
+and other military works, surrounded by a parapet of stone, and
+covering a large tract of ground.  These were evidently destined
+for the accommodation of the imperial armies, when on their march
+across the country. - The care of the great roads was committed
+to the districts through which they passed, and a large number of
+hands was constantly employed under the Incas to keep them in
+repair.  This was the more easily done in a country where the
+mode of travelling was altogether on foot; though the roads are
+said to have been so nicely constructed, that a carriage might
+have rolled over them as securely as on any of the great roads of
+Europe. *45 Still, in a region where the elements of fire and
+water are both actively at work in the business of destruction,
+they must, without constant supervision, have gradually gone to
+decay.  Such has been their fate under the Spanish conquerors,
+who took no care to enforce the admirable system for their
+preservation adopted by the Incas.  Yet the broken portions that
+still survive, here and there, like the fragments of the great
+Roman roads scattered over Europe, bear evidence to their
+primitive grandeur, and have drawn forth the eulogium from a
+discriminating traveller, usually not too profuse in his
+panegyric, that "the roads of the Incas were among the most
+useful and stupendous works ever executed by man." *46
+
+[Footnote 45: Relacion del Primer Descub., Ms. - Cieza de Leon,
+Cronica, cap. 37. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 11. -
+Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 9, cap. 13.]
+
+[Footnote 46: "Cette chaussee, bordee de grandes pierres de
+taille, puet etre comparee aux plus belles routes des Romains que
+j'aie vues en Italie, en France et en Espagne . . . . . . Le
+grand chemin de l'Inca, un des ouvrages les plus utiles, et en
+meme temps des plus gigantesques que les hommes aient execute."
+Humboldt, Vues des Cordilleres, p. 294.]
+
+The system of communication through their dominions was still
+further improved by the Peruvian sovereigns, by the introduction
+of posts, in the same manner as was done by the Aztecs.  The
+Peruvian posts, however, established on all the great routes that
+conducted to the capital, were on a much more extended plan than
+those in Mexico.  All along these routes, small buildings were
+erected, at the distance of less than five miles asunder, *47 in
+each of which a number of runners, or chasquis, as they were
+called, were stationed to carry forward the despatches of
+government. *48 These despatches were either verbal, or conveyed
+by means of quipus, and sometimes accompanied by a thread of the
+crimson fringe worn round the temples of the Inca, which was
+regarded with the same implicit deference as the signet ring of
+an Oriental despot. *49
+
+[Footnote 47: The distance between the posthouses is variously
+stated; most writers not estimating it at more than three fourths
+of a league.  I have preferred the authority of Ondegardo, who
+usually writes with more conscientiousness and knowledge of his
+ground than most of his contemporaries.]
+
+[Footnote 48: The term chasqui, according to Montesinos,
+signifies "one that receives a thing." (Me. Antiguas, Ms., cap.
+7) But Garcilasso, a better authority for his own tongue, says it
+meant "one who makes an exchange." Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 6,
+cap. 8.]
+
+[Footnote 49: "Con vn hilo de esta Borla, entregado a uno de
+aquellos Orejones, governaban la Tierra, i proveian lo que
+querian con maior obediencia, que en ninguna Provincia del Mundo
+se ha visto tener a las Provissiones de su Rei." Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 9.]
+
+The chasquis were dressed in a peculiar livery, intimating their
+profession.  They were all trained to the employment, and
+selected for their speed and fidelity.  As the distance each
+courier had to perform was small, and as he had ample time to
+refresh himself at the stations, they ran over the ground with
+great swiftness, and messages were carried through the whole
+extent of the long routes, at the rate of a hundred and fifty
+miles a day. The office of the chasquis was not limited to
+carrying despatches.  They frequently brought various articles
+for the use of the Court; and in this way, fish from the distant
+ocean, fruits, game, and different commodities from the hot
+regions on the coast, were taken to the capital in good
+condition, and served fresh at the royal table. *50 It is
+remarkable that this important institution should have been known
+to both the Mexicans and the Peruvians without any correspondence
+with one another; and that it should have been found among two
+barbarian nations of the New World, long before it was introduced
+among the civilized nations of Europe. *51
+
+[Footnote 50: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 18. - Dec. de la
+Aud. Real., Ms.
+
+If we may trust Montesinos, the royal table was served with fish,
+taken a hundred leagues from the capital, in twenty-four hours
+after it was drawn from the ocean! (Men. Antiguas, Ms., lib. 2,
+cap. 7.) This is rather too expeditious for any thing but
+rail-cars.]
+
+[Footnote 51: The institution of the Peruvian posts seems to have
+made a great impression on the minds of the Spaniards who first
+visited the country; and ample notices of it may be found in
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 15. - Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms. -
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 5. - Conq. i
+Pob. del Piru, Ms., et auct. plurimis.
+
+The establishment of posts is of old date among the Chinese, and,
+probably, still older among the Persians.  (See Herodotus, Hist.,
+Urania, sec. 98.) It is singular, that an invention designed for
+the uses of a despotic government should have received its full
+application only under a free one. For in it we have the germ of
+that beautiful system of intercommunication, which binds all the
+nations of Christendom together as one vast commonwealth.]
+By these wise contrivances of the Incas, the most distant parts
+of the long-extended empire of Peru were brought into intimate
+relations with each other.  And while the capitals of
+Christendom, but a few hundred miles apart, remained as far
+asunder as if seas had rolled between them, the great capitals
+Cuzco and Quito were placed by the high roads of the Incas in
+immediate correspondence.  Intelligence from the numerous
+provinces was transmitted on the wings of the wind to the
+Peruvian metropolis, the great focus to which all the lines of
+communication converged.  Not an insurrectionary movement could
+occur, not an invasion on the remotest frontier, before the
+tidings were conveyed to the capital, and the imperial armies
+were on their march across the magnificent roads of the country
+to suppress it.  So admirable was the machinery contrived by the
+American despots for maintaining tranquillity throughout their
+dominions!  It may remind us of the similar institutions of
+ancient Rome, when, under the Caesars, she was mistress of half
+the world.
+
+A principal design of the great roads was to serve the purposes
+of military communication.  It formed an important item of their
+military policy, which is quite as well worth studying as their
+municipal.
+
+Notwithstanding the pacific professions of the Incas, and the
+pacific tendency, indeed, of their domestic institutions, they
+were constantly at war. It was by war that their paltry territory
+had been gradually enlarged to a powerful empire.  When this was
+achieved, the capital, safe in its central position, was no
+longer shaken by these military movements, and the country
+enjoyed, in a great degree, the blessings of tranquillity and
+order. But, however tranquil at heart, there is not a reign upon
+record in which the nation was not engaged in war against the
+barbarous nations on the frontier. Religion furnished a plausible
+pretext for incessant aggression, and disguised the lust of
+conquest in the Incas, probably, from their own eyes, as well as
+from those of their subjects.  Like the followers of Mahomet,
+bearing the sword in one hand and the Koran in the other, the
+Incas of Peru offered no alternative but the worship of the Sun
+or war.
+
+It is true, their fanaticism - or their policy - showed itself in
+a milder form than was found in the descendants of the Prophet.
+Like the great luminary which they adored, they operated by
+gentleness more potent than violence. *52 They sought to soften
+the hearts of the rude tribes around them, and melt them by acts
+of condescension and kindness.  Far from provoking hostilities,
+they allowed time for the salutary example of their own
+institutions to work its effect, trusting that their less
+civilized neighbours would submit to their sceptre, from a
+conviction of the blessings it would secure to them.  When this
+course failed, they employed other measures, but still of a
+pacific character; and endeavoured by negotiation, by
+conciliatory treatment, and by presents to the leading men, to
+win them over to their dominion.  In short, they practised all
+the arts familiar to the most subtle politician of a civilized
+land to secure the acquisition of empire.  When all these
+expedients failed, they prepared for war.
+
+[Footnote 52: "Mas se hicieron Senores al za." Ondegardo, Rel.
+Prim., principio por mana, que por fuer- Ms.]
+
+Their levies were drawn from all the different provinces; though
+from some, where the character of the people was particularly
+hardy, more than from others. *53 It seems probable that every
+Peruvian, who had reached a certain age, might be called to bear
+arms.  But the rotation of military service, and the regular
+drills, which took place twice or thrice in a month, of the
+inhabitants of every village, raised the soldiers generally above
+the rank of a raw militia.  The Peruvian army, at first
+inconsiderable, came, with the increase of population, in the
+latter days of the empire, to be very large, so that their
+monarchs could bring into the field, as contemporaries assure us,
+a force amounting to two hundred thousand men.  They showed the
+same skill and respect for order in their military organization,
+as in other things.  The troops were divided into bodies
+corresponding with out battalions and companies, led by officers,
+that rose, in regular gradation, from the lowest subaltern to the
+Inca noble, who was intrusted with the general command. *54
+
+[Footnote 53: Idem, Rel. Prim., Ms. - Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 54: Gomara, Cronica, cap. 195 - Conq. i Pob. del Piru,
+Ms.]
+
+Their arms consisted of the usual weapons employed by nations,
+whether civilized or uncivilized, before the invention of powder,
+- bows and arrows, lances, darts, a short kind of sword, a
+battle-axe or partisan, and slings, with which they were very
+expert.  Their spears and arrows were tipped with copper, or,
+more commonly, with bone, and the weapons of the Inca lords were
+frequently mounted with gold or silver.  Their heads were
+protected by casques made either of wood or of the skins of wild
+animals, and sometimes richly decorated with metal and with
+precious stones, surmounted by the brilliant plumage of the
+tropical birds.  These, of course, were the ornaments only of the
+higher orders.  The great mass of the soldiery were dressed in
+the peculiar costume of their provinces, and their heads were
+wreathed with a sort of turban or roll of different-colored
+cloths, that produced a gay and animating effect.  Their
+defensive armor consisted of a shield or buckler, and a close
+tunic of quilted cotton, in the same manner as with the Mexicans.
+Each company had its particular banner, and the imperial
+standard, high above all, displayed the glittering device of the
+rainbow, - the armorial ensign of the Incas, intimating their
+claims as children of the skies. *55
+
+[Footnote 55: Gomara, Cronica, ubi supra. - Sarmiento, Relacion,
+Ms., cap. 20. - Velasco, Hist. de Quito, tom. I. pp. 176-179.
+
+This last writer gives a minute catalogue of the ancient Peruvian
+arms, comprehending nearly every thing familiar to the European
+soldier, except fire-arms.  - It was judicious in him to omit
+these.]
+
+By means of the thorough system of communication established in
+the country, a short time sufficed to draw the levies together
+from the most distant quarters.  The army was put under the
+direction of some experienced chief, of the blood royal, or, more
+frequently, headed by the Inca in person. The march was rapidly
+performed, and with little fatigue to the soldier; for, all along
+the great routes, quarters were provided for him, at regular
+distances, where he could find ample accommodations.  The country
+is still covered with the remains of military works, constructed
+of porphyry or granite, which tradition assures us were designed
+to lodge the Inca and his army. *56
+
+[Footnote 56: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 11. -
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 60.
+
+Condamine speaks of the great number of these fortified places,
+scattered over the country between Quito and Lima, which he saw
+in his visit to South America in 1737; some of which he has
+described with great minuteness. Memoire sur Quelques Anciens
+Monumens du Perou, du Tems des Incas, ap. Histoire de l'Academie
+Royale des Sciences et de Belles Lettres, (Berlin, 1748,) tom.
+II. p. 438.]
+
+At regular intervals, also, magazines were established, filled
+with grain, weapons, and the different munitions of war, with
+which the army was supplied on its march.  It was the especial
+care of the government to see that these magazines, which were
+furnished from the stores of the Incas, were always well filled.
+When the Spaniards invaded the country, they supported their own
+armies for a long time on the provisions found in them. *57 The
+Peruvian soldier was forbidden to commit any trespass on the
+property of the inhabitants whose territory lay in the line of
+march.  Any violation of this order was punished with death. *58
+The soldier was clothed and fed by the industry of the people,
+and the Incas rightly resolved that he should not repay this by
+violence.  Far from being a tax on the labors of the husbandman,
+or even a burden on his hospitality, the imperial armies
+traversed the country, from one extremity to the other, with as
+little inconvenience to the inhabitants, as would be created by a
+procession of peaceful burghers, or a muster of holiday soldiers
+for a review.
+
+[Footnote 57: "E ansi cuando," says Ondegardo, speaking from his
+own personal knowledge, "el Senor Presidente Gasca passo con la
+gente de castigo de Gonzalo Pizarro por el valle de Jauja, estuvo
+alli siete semanas a lo que me acuerdo, se hallaron en deposito
+maiz de cuatro y de tres y de dos anos mas de 15 hanegas junto al
+camino, e alli comio la gente, y se entendio que si fuera
+menester muchas mas no faltaran en el valle en aquellos
+depositos, conforme a la orden antigua, porque a mi cargo estubo
+el repartirlas y hacer la cuenta para pagarlas." Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 58: Pedro Pizarro, Descub.  y Conq., Ms. - Cieza de
+Leon, Cronica, cap. 44. - Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 14.]
+
+From the moment war was proclaimed, the Peruvian monarch used all
+possible expedition in assembling his forces, that he might
+anticipate the movements of his enemies, and prevent a
+combination with their allies.  It was, however, from the neglect
+of such a principle of combination, that the several nations of
+the country, who might have prevailed by confederated strength,
+fell one after another under the imperial yoke.  Yet, once in the
+field, the Inca did not usually show any disposition to push his
+advantages to the utmost, and urge his foe to extremity.  In
+every stage of the war, he was open to propositions for peace;
+and although he sought to reduce his enemies by carrying off
+their harvests and distressing them by famine, he allowed his
+troops to commit no unnecessary outrage on person or property.
+"We must spare our enemies," one of the Peruvian princes is
+quoted as saying, "or it will be our loss, since they and all
+that belongs to them must soon be ours." *59 It was a wise maxim,
+and, like most other wise maxims, founded equally on benevolence
+and prudence.  The Incas adopted the policy claimed for the
+Romans by their countryman, who tells us that they gained more by
+clemency to the vanquished than by their victories. *60
+
+[Footnote 59: "Mandabase que en los mantenimientos y casas de los
+enemigos se hiciese poco dano, diciendoles el Senor, presto seran
+estos nuestros como los que ya lo son; como esto tenian conocido,
+procuraban que la guerra fuese la mas liviana que ser pudiese."
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 14.]
+
+[Footnote 60: "Plus pene parcendo victis, quam vincendo imperium
+auxisse.' Livy, lib. 30, cap. 42.]
+
+In the same considerate spirit, they were most careful to provide
+for the security and comfort of their own troops; and, when a war
+was long protracted, or the climate proved unhealthy, they took
+care to relieve their men by frequent reinforcements, allowing
+the earlier recruits to return to their homes. *61 But while thus
+economical of life, both in their own followers and in the enemy,
+they did not shrink from sterner measures when provoked by the
+ferocious or obstinate character of the resistance; and the
+Peruvian annals contain more than one of those sanguinary pages
+which cannot be pondered at the present day without a shudder.
+It should be added, that the beneficent policy, which I have been
+delineating as characteristic of the Incas, did not belong to
+all; and that there was more than one of the royal line who
+displayed a full measure of the bold and unscrupulous spirit of
+the vulgar conqueror.
+
+[Footnote 61: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 18.]
+The first step of the government, after the reduction of a
+country, was to introduce there the worship of the Sun.  Temples
+were erected, and placed under the care of a numerous priesthood,
+who expounded to the conquered people the mysteries of their new
+faith, and dazzled them by the display of its rich and stately
+ceremonial. *62 Yet the religion of the conquered was not treated
+with dishonor.  The Sun was to be worshipped above all; but the
+images of their gods were removed to Cuzco and established in one
+of the temples, to hold their rank among the inferior deities of
+the Peruvian Pantheon.  Here they remained as hostages, in some
+sort, for the conquered nation, which would be the less inclined
+to forsake its allegiance, when by doing so it must leave its own
+gods in the hands of its enemies. *63
+
+[Footnote 62: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 14.]
+
+[Footnote 63: Acosta, lib. 5, cap. 12. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 12.]
+
+The Incas provided for the settlement of their new conquests, by
+ordering a census to be taken of the population, and a careful
+survey to be made of the country, ascertaining its products, and
+the character and capacity of its soil. *64 A division of the
+territory was then made on the same principle with that adopted
+throughout their own kingdom; and their respective portions were
+assigned to the Sun, the sovereign, and the people. The amount of
+the last was regulated by the amount of the population, but the
+share of each individual was uniformly the same.  It may seem
+strange, that any people should patiently have acquiesced in an
+arrangement which involved such a total surrender of property.
+But it was a conquered nation that did so, held in awe, on the
+least suspicion of meditating resistance, by armed garrisons, who
+were established at various commanding points throughout the
+country. *65 It is probable, too, that the Incas made no greater
+changes than was essential to the new arrangement, and that they
+assigned estates, as far as possible, to their former
+proprietors.  The curacas, in particular, were confirmed in their
+ancient authority; or, when it was found expedient to depose the
+existing curaca, his rightful heir was allowed to succeed him.
+*66 Every respect was shown to the ancient usages and laws of the
+land, as far as was compatible with the fundamental institutions
+of the Incas.  It must also be remembered, that the conquered
+tribes were, many of them, too little advanced in civilization to
+possess that attachment to the soil which belongs to a cultivated
+nation. *67 But, to whatever it be referred, it seems probable
+that the extraordinary institutions of the Incas were established
+with little opposition in the conquered territories. *68
+
+[Footnote 64: Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 13, 14. - Sarmiento,
+Relacion, Ms., cap. 15.]
+
+[Footnote 65: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 19.]
+
+[Footnote 66: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 2, lib. 3, cap.
+11.]
+
+[Footnote 67: Sarmiento has given a very full and interesting
+account of the singularly humane policy observed by the Incas in
+their conquests, forming a striking contrast with the usual
+course of those scourges of mankind, whom mankind are wise enough
+to requite with higher admiration, even, than it bestows on its
+benefactors.  As Sarmiento, who was President of the Royal
+Council of the Indies, and came into the country soon after the
+Conquest, is a high authority, and as his work, lodged in the
+dark recesses of the Escurial, is almost unknown, I have
+transferred the whole chapter to Appendix, No. 3.]
+
+[Footnote 68: According to Velasco, even the powerful state of
+Quito, sufficiently advanced in civilization to have the law of
+property well recognized by its people, admitted the institutions
+of the Incas "not only without repugnance, but with joy." (Hist.
+de Quito, tom. II. p. 183.) But Velasco, a modern authority,
+believed easily, - or reckoned on his readers' doing so.]
+
+Yet the Peruvian sovereigns did not trust altogether to this show
+of obedience in their new vassals; and, to secure it more
+effectually, they adopted some expedients too remarkable to be
+passed by in silence. - Immediately after a recent conquest, the
+curacas and their families were removed for a time to Cuzco.
+Here they learned the language of the capital, became familiar
+with the manners and usages of the court, as well as with the
+general policy of government, and experienced such marks of favor
+from the sovereign as would be most grateful to their feelings,
+and might attach them most warmly to his person.  Under the
+influence of these sentiments, they were again sent to rule over
+their vassals, but still leaving their eldest sons in the
+capital, to remain there as a guaranty for their own fidelity, as
+well as to grace the court of the Inca. *69
+
+
+[Footnote 69: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 12;
+lib. 7, cap. 2.]
+
+Another expedient was of a bolder and more original character.
+This was nothing less than to revolutionize the language of the
+country.  South America, like North, was broken up into a great
+variety of dialects, or rather languages, having little affinity
+with one another.  This circumstance occasioned great
+embarrassment to the government in the administration of the
+different provinces, with whose idioms they were unacquainted.
+It was determined, therefore, to substitute one universal
+language, the Quichua, - the language of the court, the capital,
+and the surrounding country, - the richest and most comprehensive
+of the South American dialects.  Teachers were provided in the
+towns and villages throughout the land, who were to give
+instruction to all, even the humblest classes; and it was
+intimated at the same time, that no one should be raised to any
+office of dignity or profit, who was unacquainted with this
+tongue.  The curacas and other chiefs, who attended at the
+capital, became familiar with this dialect in their intercourse
+with the Court, and, on their return home, set the example of
+conversing in it among themselves.  This example was imitated by
+their followers, and the Quichua gradually became the language of
+elegance and fashion, in the same manner as the Norman French was
+affected by all those who aspired to any consideration in
+England, after the Conquest.  By this means, while each province
+retained its peculiar tongue, a beautiful medium of communication
+was introduced, which enabled the inhabitants of one part of the
+country to hold intercourse with every other, and the Inca and
+his deputies to communicate with all.  This was the state of
+things on the arrival of the Spaniards.  It must be admitted,
+that history furnishes few examples of more absolute authority
+than such a revolution in the language of an empire, at the
+bidding of a master. *70
+
+[Footnote 70: Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 35; lib. 7, cap. 1, 2.
+- Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms. - Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 55.
+
+"Aun la Criatura no hubiese dejado el Pecho de su Madre quando le
+comenzasen a mostrar la Lengua que havia de saber; y aunque al
+principio fue dificultoso, e muchos se pusieron en no quere
+deprender mas lenguas de las suyas propias, los Reyes pudieron
+tanto que salieron con su intencion y ellos tubieron por bien de
+cumplir su mandado y tan de veras se entendio en ello que en
+tiempo de pocos anos se savia y usaba una lengua en mas de mil y
+doscientas leguas." Ibid., cap. 21.]
+
+Yet little less remarkable was another device of the Incas for
+securing the loyalty of their subjects.  When any portion of the
+recent conquests showed a pertinacious spirit of disaffection, it
+was not uncommon to cause a part of the population, amounting, it
+might be, to ten thousand inhabitants or more, to remove to a
+distant quarter of the kingdom, occupied by ancient vassals of
+undoubted fidelity to the crown.  A like number of these last was
+transplanted to the territory left vacant by the emigrants.  By
+this exchange, the population was composed of two distinct races,
+who regarded each other with an eye of jealousy, that served as
+an effectual check on any mutinous proceeding.  In time, the
+influence of the well-affected prevailed, supported, as they
+were, by royal authority, and by the silent working of the
+national institutions, to which the strange races became
+gradually accustomed.  A spirit of loyalty sprang up by degrees
+in their bosoms, and, before a generation had passed away, the
+different tribes mingled in harmony together as members of the
+same community. *71 Yet the different races continued to be
+distinguished by difference of dress; since, by the law of the
+land, every citizen was required to wear the costume of his
+native province. *72 Neither could the colonist, who had been
+thus unceremoniously transplanted, return to his native district.
+For, by another law, it was forbidden to any one to change his
+residence without license. *73 He was settled for life.  The
+Peruvian government prescribed to every man his local habitation,
+his sphere of action, nay, the very nature and quality of that
+action.  He ceased to be a free agent; it might be almost said,
+that it relieved him of personal responsibility.
+
+[Footnote 71: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms. - Fernandez, Hist. del
+Peru, Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 11.]
+
+[Footnote 72: "This regulation," says Father Acosta, "the Incas
+held to be of great importance to the order and right government
+of the realm." lib. 6, cap. 16.]
+
+[Footnote 73: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+In following out this singular arrangement, the Incas showed as
+much regard for the comfort and convenience of the colonist as
+was compatible with the execution of their design.  They were
+careful that the mitimaes, as these emigrants were styled, should
+be removed to climates most congenial with their own.  The
+inhabitants of the cold countries were not transplanted to the
+warm, nor the inhabitants of the warm countries to the cold. *74
+Even their habitual occupations were consulted, and the fisherman
+was settled in the neighbourhood of the ocean, or the great
+lakes; while such lands were assigned to the husbandman as were
+best adapted to the culture with which he was most familiar. *75
+And, as migration by many, perhaps by most, would be regarded as
+a calamity, the government was careful to show particular marks
+of favor to the mitimaes, and, by various privileges and
+immunities, to ameliorate their condition, and thus to reconcile
+them, if possible, to their lot. *76
+
+[Footnote 74: "Trasmutaban de las tales Provincias la cantidad de
+gente de que de ella parecia convenir que saliese, a los cuales
+mandaban pasar a poblar otra tierra del temple y manera de donde
+salian, si fria fria, si caliente caliente, en donde les daban
+tierras, y campos, y casas, tanto, y mas como dejaron."
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 19.]
+
+[Footnote 75: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 76: The descendants of these mitimaes are still to be
+found in Quito, or were so at the close of the last century,
+according to Velasco, distinguished by this name from the rest of
+the population.  Hist. de Quito, tom.l. p. 175.]
+
+The Peruvian institutions, though they may have been modified and
+matured under successive sovereigns, all bear the stamp of the
+same original, - were all cast in the same mould.  The empire,
+strengthening and enlarging at every successive epoch of its
+history, was, in its latter days, but the development, on a great
+scale, of what it was in miniature at its commencement, as the
+infant germ is said to contain within itself all the
+ramifications of the future monarch of the forest.  Each
+succeeding Inca seemed desirous only to tread in the path, and
+carry out the plans, of his predecessor.  Great enterprises,
+commenced under one, were continued by another, and completed by
+a third.  Thus, while all acted on a regular plan, without any of
+the eccentric or retrograde movements which betray the agency of
+different individuals, the state seemed to be under the direction
+of a single hand, and steadily pursued, as if through one long
+reign, its great career of civilization and of conquest.
+
+The ultimate aim of its institutions was domestic quiet.  But it
+seemed as if this were to be obtained only by foreign war.
+Tranquillity in the heart of the monarchy, and war on its
+borders, was the condition of Peru. By this war it gave
+occupation to a part of its people, and, by the reduction and
+civilization of its barbarous neighbours, gave security to all.
+Every Inca sovereign, however mild and benevolent in his domestic
+rule, was a warrior, and led his armies in person.  Each
+successive reign extended still wider the boundaries of the
+empire.  Year after year saw the victorious monarch return laden
+with spoils, and followed by a throng of tributary chieftains to
+his capital.  His reception there was a Roman triumph.  The whole
+of its numerous population poured out to welcome him, dressed in
+the gay and picturesque costumes of the different provinces, with
+banners waving above their heads, and strewing branches and
+flowers along the path of the conqueror.  The Inca, borne aloft
+in his golden chair on the shoulders of his nobles, moved in
+solemn procession, under the triumphal arches that were thrown
+across the way, to the great temple of the Sun.  There, without
+attendants, - for all but the monarch were excluded from the
+hallowed precincts, - the victorious prince, stripped of his
+royal insignia, barefooted, and with all humility, approached the
+awful shrine, and offered up sacrifice and thanksgiving to the
+glorious Deity who presided over the fortunes of the Incas.  This
+ceremony concluded, the whole population gave itself up to
+festivity; music, revelry, and dancing were heard in every
+quarter of the capital, and illuminations and bonfires
+commemorated the victorious campaign of the Inca, and the
+accession of a new territory to his empire. *77
+
+[Footnote 77: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., Parte 1, lib. 3, cap. 11,
+17; lib. 6 cap. 55. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., cap. 16.]
+
+In this celebration we see much of the character of a religious
+festival. Indeed, the character of religion was impressed on all
+the Peruvian wars.  The life of an Inca was one long crusade
+against the infidel, to spread wide the worship of the Sun, to
+reclaim the benighted nations from their brutish superstitions,
+and impart to them the blessings of a well-regulated government.
+This, in the favorite phrase of our day, was the "mission" of the
+Inca.  It was also the mission of the Christian conqueror who
+invaded the empire of this same Indian potentate.  Which of the
+two executed his mission most faithfully, history must decide.
+
+Yet the Peruvian monarchs did not show a childish impatience in
+the acquisition of empire.  They paused after a campaign, and
+allowed time for the settlement of one conquest before they
+undertook another; and, in this interval, occupied themselves
+with the quiet administration of their kingdom, and with the long
+progresses, which brought them into nearer intercourse with their
+people.  During this interval, also, their new vassals had begun
+to accommodate themselves to the strange institutions of their
+masters.  They learned to appreciate the value of a government
+which raised them above the physical evils of a state of
+barbarism, secured them protection of person, and a full
+participation in all the privileges enjoyed by their conquerors;
+and, as they became more familiar with the peculiar institutions
+of the country, habit, that second nature, attached them the more
+strongly to these institutions, from their very peculiarity.
+Thus, by degrees, and without violence, arose the great fabric of
+the Peruvian empire, composed of numerous independent and even
+hostile tribes, yet, under the influence of a common religion,
+common language, and common government, knit together as one
+nation, animated by a spirit of love for its institutions and
+devoted loyalty to its sovereign.  What a contrast to the
+condition of the Aztec monarchy, on the neighbouring continent,
+which, composed of the like heterogeneous materials, without any
+internal principle of cohesion, was only held together by the
+stern pressure, from without, of physical force! - Why the
+Peruvian monarchy should have fared no better than its rival, in
+its conflict with European civilization, will appear in the
+following pages.
+
+
+
+
+
+Chapter III
+
+Peruvian Religion. - Deities. - Gorgeous Temples. - Festivals. -
+Virgins Of The Sun. - Marriage.
+
+
+It is a remarkable fact, that many, if not most, of the rude
+tribes inhabiting the vast American continent, however disfigured
+their creeds may have been in other respects by a childish
+superstition, had attained to the sublime conception of one Great
+Spirit, the Creator of the Universe, who, immaterial in his own
+nature, was not to be dishonored by an attempt at visible
+representation, and who, pervading all space, was not to be
+circumscribed within the walls of a temple.  Yet these elevated
+ideas, so far beyond the ordinary range of the untutored
+intellect, do not seem to have led to the practical consequences
+that might have been expected; and few of the American nations
+have shown much solicitude for the maintenance of a religious
+worship, or found in their faith a powerful spring of action.
+But, with progress in civilization, ideas more akin to those of
+civilized communities were gradually unfolded; a liberal
+provision was made, and a separate order instituted, for the
+services of religion, which were conducted with a minute and
+magnificent ceremonial, that challenged comparison, in some
+respects, with that of the most polished nations of Christendom.
+This was the case with the nations inhabiting the table-land of
+North America, and with the natives of Bogota, Quito, Peru, and
+the other elevated regions on the great Southern continent.  It
+was, above all, the case with the Peruvians, who claimed a divine
+original for the founders of their empire, whose laws all rested
+on a divine sanction, and whose domestic institutions and foreign
+wars were alike directed to preserve and propagate their faith.
+Religion was the basis of their polity, the very condition, as it
+were, of their social existence.  The government of the Incas, in
+its essential principles, was a theocracy.
+
+Yet, though religion entered so largely into the fabric and
+conduct of the political institutions of the people, their
+mythology, that is, the traditionary legends by which they
+affected to unfold the mysteries of the universe, was exceedingly
+mean and puerile.  Scarce one of their traditions - except the
+beautiful one respecting the founders of their royal dynasty - is
+worthy of note, or throws much light on their own antiquities, or
+the primitive history of man.  Among the traditions of importance
+is one of the deluge, which they held in common with so many of
+the nations in all parts of the globe, and which they related
+with some particulars that bear resemblance to a Mexican legend.
+*1
+
+[Footnote 1: They related, that, after the deluge, seven persons
+issued from a cave where they had saved themselves, and by them
+the earth was repeopled. One of the traditions of the Mexicans
+deduced their descent, and that of the kindred tribes, in like
+manner, from seven persons who came from as many caves in Aztlan.
+(Conf. Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 19; lib. 7, cap. 2. - Ondegardo, Rel.
+Prim., Ms.) The story of the deluge is told by different writers
+with many variations, in some of which it is not difficult to
+detect the plastic hand of the Christian convert.]
+
+Their ideas in respect to a future state of being deserve more
+attention. They admitted the existence of the soul hereafter, and
+connected with this a belief in the resurrection of the body.
+They assigned two distinct places for the residence of the good
+and of the wicked, the latter of which they fixed in the centre
+of the earth.  The good they supposed were to pass a luxurious
+life of tranquillity and ease, which comprehended their highest
+notions of happiness.  The wicked were to expiate their crimes by
+ages of wearisome labor.  They associated with these ideas a
+belief in an evil principle or spirit, bearing the name of Cupay,
+whom they did not attempt to propitiate by sacrifices, and who
+seems to have been only a shadowy personification of sin, that
+exercised little influence over their conduct. *2
+
+[Footnote 2: Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms. - Gomara, Hist. de las
+Ind., cap. 123. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+2, 7.
+
+One might suppose that the educated Peruvians - if I may so speak
+- imagined the common people had no souls, so little is said of
+their opinions as to the condition of these latter in a future
+life, while they are diffuse on the prospects of the higher
+orders, which they fondly believed were to keep pace with their
+condition here.]
+
+It was this belief in the resurrection of the body, which led
+them to preserve the body with so much solicitude, - by a simple
+process, however, that, unlike the elaborate embalming of the
+Egyptians, consisted in exposing it to the action of the cold,
+exceedingly dry, and highly rarefied atmosphere of the mountains.
+*3 As they believed that the occupations in the future world
+would have great resemblance to those of the present, they buried
+with the deceased noble some of his apparel, his utensils, and,
+frequently, his treasures; and completed the gloomy ceremony by
+sacrificing his wives and favorite domestics, to bear him company
+and do him service in the happy regions beyond the clouds. *4
+Vast mounds of an irregular, or, more frequently, oblong shape,
+penetrated by galleries running at right angles to each other,
+were raised over the dead, whose dried bodies or mummies have
+been found in considerable numbers, sometimes erect, but more
+often in the sitting posture, common to the Indian tribes of both
+continents.  Treasures of great value have also been occasionally
+drawn from these monumental deposits, and have stimulated
+speculators to repeated excavations with the hope of similar
+good-fortune.  It was a lottery like that of searching after
+mines, but where the chances have proved still more against the
+adventurers. *5
+
+[Footnote 3: Such, indeed, seems to be the opinion of Garcilasso,
+though some writers speak of resinous and other applications for
+embalming the body.  The appearance of the royal mummies found at
+Cuzco, as reported both by Ondegardo and Garcilasso, makes it
+probable that no foreign substance was employed for their
+preservation.]
+
+[Footnote 4: Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms
+
+The Licentiate says, that this usage continued even after the
+Conquest; and that he had saved the life of more than one
+favorite domestic, who had fled to him for protection, as they
+were about to be sacrificed to the Manes of their deceased lords.
+Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+[Footnote 5: Yet these sepulchral mines have sometimes proved
+worth the digging.  Sarmiento speaks of gold to the value of
+100,000 castellanos, as occasionally buried with the Indian
+lords; (Relacion, Ms., cap. 57;) and Las Casas - not the best
+authority in numerical estimates - says that treasures worth more
+than half a million of ducats had been found, within twenty years
+after the Conquest, in the tombs near Truxillo.  (Oeuvres, ed.
+par Llorente, (Paris, 1822,) tom. II. p. 192.) Baron Humboldt
+visited the sepulchre of a Peruvian prince in the same quarter of
+the country, whence a Spaniard in 1576 drew forth a mass of gold
+worth a million of dollars!  Vues des Cordilleres, p. 29.]
+
+The Peruvians, like so may other of the Indian races,
+acknowledged a Supreme Being, the Creator and Ruler of the
+Universe, whom they adored under the different names of
+Pachacamac and Viracocha. *6 No temple was raised to this
+invisible Being, save one only in the valley which took its name
+from the deity himself, not far from the Spanish city of Lima.
+Even this temple had existed there before the country came under
+the sway of the Incas, and was the great resort of Indian
+pilgrims from remote parts of the land; a circumstance which
+suggests the idea, that the worship of this Great Spirit, though
+countenanced, perhaps, by their accommodating policy, did not
+originate with the Peruvian princes. *7
+
+[Footnote 6: Pachacamac signifies "He who sustains or gives life
+to the universe." The name of the great deity is sometimes
+expressed by both Pachacamac and Viracocha combined.  (See
+Balboa, Hist. du Perou, chap. 6. - Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 21.) An
+old Spaniard finds in the popular meaning of Viracocha, "foam of
+the sea," an argument for deriving the Peruvian civilization from
+some voyager from the Old World.  Conq. i Pob. de. Piru, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 7: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq. Ms. - Sarmiento,
+Relacion, Ms., cap. 27.
+
+Ulloa notices the extensive ruins of brick, which mark the
+probable site of the temple of Pachacamac, attesting by their
+present appearance its ancient magnificence and strength.
+Memoires Philosophiques, Historiques, Physiques, (Paris, 1787,)
+trad. Fr., p. 78.]
+
+The deity whose worship they especially inculcated, and which
+they never failed to establish wherever their banners were known
+to penetrate, was the Sun.  It was he, who, in a particular
+manner, presided over the destinies of man; gave light and warmth
+to the nations, and life to the vegetable world; whom they
+reverenced as the father of their royal dynasty, the founder of
+their empire; and whose temples rose in every city and almost
+every village throughout the land, while his altars smoked with
+burnt offerings, - a form of sacrifice peculiar to the Peruvians
+among the semi-civilized nations of the New World. *8
+
+[Footnote 8: At least, so says Dr. McCulloh; and no better
+authority can be required on American antiquities.  (Researches,
+p. 392.) Might he not have added barbarous nations. also?]
+
+Besides the Sun, the Incas acknowledged various objects of
+worship in some way or other connected with this principal deity.
+Such was the Moon, his sister-wife; the Stars, revered as part of
+her heavenly train, - though the fairest of them, Venus, known to
+the Peruvians by the name of Chasca, or the "youth with the long
+and curling locks," was adored as the page of the Sun, whom he
+attends so closely in his rising and in his setting.  They
+dedicated temples also to the Thunder and Lightning, *9 in whom
+they recognized the Sun's dread ministers, and to the Rainbow,
+whom they worshipped as a beautiful emanation of their glorious
+deity. *10
+
+[Footnote 9: Thunder, Lightning, and Thunderbolt, could be all
+expressed by the Peruvians in one word, Illapa.  Hence some
+Spaniards have inferred a knowledge of the Trinity in the
+natives!  "The Devil stole all he could," exclaims Herrera, with
+righteous indignation.  (Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 4, cap. 5.)
+These, and even rasher conclusions, (see Acosta, lib. 5, cap.
+28,) are scouted by Garcilasso, as inventions of Indian converts,
+willing to please the imaginations of their Christian teachers.
+(Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 5, 6; lib. 3, cap. 21.)
+Imposture, on the one hand, and credulity on the other, have
+furnished a plentiful harvest of absurdities, which has been
+diligently gathered in by the pious antiquary of a later
+generation.]
+
+[Footnote 10: Garcilasso's assertion, that these heavenly bodies
+were objects of reverence as holy things, but not of worship,
+(Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 1, 23,) is contradicted by
+Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms., - Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms., -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 4, cap. 4, - Gomara, Hist.
+de las Ind., cap. 121, - and, I might add, by almost every writer
+of authority whom I have consulted.  It is contradicted, in a
+manner, by the admission of Garcilasso himself, that these
+several objects were all personified by the Indians as living
+beings, and had temples dedicated to them as such, with their
+effigies delineated in the same manner as was that of the Sun in
+his dwelling.  Indeed, the effort of the historian to reduce the
+worship of the Incas to that of the Sun alone is not very
+reconcilable with what he else where says of the homage paid to
+Pachacamac, above all, and to Rimac, the great oracle of the
+common people.  The Peruvian mythology was, probably, not unlike
+that of Hindostan, where, under two, or at most three, principal
+deities, were assembled a host of inferior ones, to whom the
+nation paid religious homage, as personifications of the
+different objects in nature.]
+In addition to these, the subjects of the Incas enrolled among
+their inferior deities many objects in nature, as the elements,
+the winds, the earth, the air, great mountains and rivers, which
+impressed them with ideas of sublimity and power, or were
+supposed in some way or other to exercise a mysterious influence
+over the destinies of man. *11 They adopted also a notion, not
+unlike that professed by some of the schools of ancient
+philosophy, that every thing on earth had its archetype or idea,
+its mother, as they emphatically styled it, which they held
+sacred, as, in some sort, its spiritual essence. *12 But their
+system, far from being limited even to these multiplied objects
+of devotion, embraced within its ample folds the numerous deities
+of the conquered nations, whose images were transported to the
+capital, where the burdensome charges of their worship were
+defrayed by their respective provinces.  It was a rare stroke of
+policy in the Incas, who could thus accommodate their religion to
+their interests. *13
+
+[Footnote 11: Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms.
+
+These consecrated objects were termed huacas, - a word of most
+prolific import; since it signified a temple, a tomb, any natural
+object remarkable for its size or shape, in short, a cloud of
+meanings, which by their contradictory sense have thrown
+incalculable confusion over the writings of historians and
+travellers.]
+
+[Footnote 12: "La orden por donde fundavan sus huacas que ellos
+llamavan a las Idolatrias hera porque decian que todas criava el
+sol i que les dava madre por madre que mostravan a la tierra,
+porque decian que tenia madre, i tenian le echo su vulto i sus
+adoratorios, i al fuego decian que tambien tenia madre i al mais
+i a las otras sementeras i a las ovejas iganado decian que tenian
+madre, i a la chocha ques el brevaje que ellos usan decian que el
+vinagre della hera la madre i lo reverenciavan i llamavan mama
+agua madre del vinagre, i a cada cosa adoravan destas de su
+manera." Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 13: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.
+
+So it seems to have been regarded by the Licentiate Ondegardo.
+"E los Idolos estaban en aq1 galpon grande de la casa del Sol, y
+cada Idolo destos tenia su servicio y gastos y mugeres, y en la
+casa del Sol le iban a hacer reverencia los que venian de su
+provincial para lo qual e sacrificios que se hacian proveian de
+su misma tierra ordinaria e muy abundantemente por la misma orden
+que lo hacian quando estaba en la misma provincia, que daba gran
+autoridad a mi parecer e aun fuerza a estos Ingas que cierto me
+causo gran admiracion." Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+But the worship of the Sun constituted the peculiar care of the
+Incas, and was the object of their lavish expenditure.  The most
+ancient of the many temples dedicated to this divinity was in the
+Island of Titicaca, whence the royal founders of the Peruvian
+line were said to have proceeded.  From this circumstance, this
+sanctuary was held in peculiar veneration.  Every thing which
+belonged to it, even the broad fields of maize, which surrounded
+the temple, and formed part of its domain, imbibed a portion of
+its sanctity. The yearly produce was distributed among the
+different public magazines, in small quantities to each, as
+something that would sanctify the remainder of the store.  Happy
+was the man who could secure even an ear of the blessed harvest
+for his own granary! *14
+
+[Footnote 14: Garcilasso. Com. Real, Parte 1, lib. 3, cap. 25.]
+But the most renowned of the Peruvian temples the pride of the
+capital, and the wonder of the empire, was at Cuzco, where, under
+the munificence of successive sovereigns, it had become so
+enriched, that it received the name of Coricancha, or "the Place
+of Gold." It consisted of a principal building and several
+chapels and inferior edifices, covering a large extent of ground
+in the heart of the city, and completely encompassed by a wall,
+which, with the edifices, was all constructed of stone.  The work
+was of the kind already described in the other public buildings
+of the country, and was so finely executed, that a Spaniard, who
+saw it in its glory, assures us, he could call to mind only two
+edifices in Spain, which, for their workmanship, were at all to
+be compared with it. *15 Yet this substantial, and, in some
+respects, magnificent structure, was thatched with straw!
+
+[Footnote 15: "Tenia este Templo en circuito mas de quatro
+cientos pasos, todo cercado de una muralla fuerte, labrado todo
+el edificio de cantera muy excelente de fina piedra, muy bien
+puesta y asentada, y algunas piedras eran muy grandes y
+soberbias, no tenian mezcla de tierra ni cal, sino con el betun
+que ellos suelen hacer sus edificios, y estan tan bien labradas
+estas piedras que no se les parece mezcla ni juntura ninguna.  En
+toda Espana no he visto cosa que pueda comparar a estas paredes y
+postura de piedra, sino a la torre que llaman la Calahorra que
+esta junto con la puente de Cordoba, y a una obra que vi en
+Toledo, cuando fui a presentar la primera parte de mi Cronica al
+Principe Dn Felipe." Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 24]
+
+The interior of the temple was the most worthy of admiration.  It
+was literally a mine of gold.  On the western wall was emblazoned
+a representation of the deity, consisting of a human countenance,
+looking forth from amidst innumerable rays of light, which
+emanated from it in every direction, in the same manner as the
+sun is often personified with us.  The figure was engraved on a
+massive plate of gold of enormous dimensions, thickly powdered
+with emeralds and precious stones. *16 It was so situated in
+front of the great eastern portal, that the rays of the morning
+sun fell directly upon it at its rising, lighting up the whole
+apartment with an effulgence that seemed more than natural, and
+which was reflected back from the golden ornaments with which the
+walls and ceiling were everywhere incrusted.  Gold, in the
+figurative language of the people, was "the tears wept by the
+sun," *17 and every part of the interior of the temple glowed
+with burnished plates and studs of the precious metal.  The
+cornices, which surrounded the walls of the sanctuary, were of
+the same costly material; and a broad belt or frieze of gold, let
+into the stonework, encompassed the whole exterior of the
+edifice. *18
+
+[Footnote 16: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms - Cieza de Leon, Cronica,
+cap. 44, 92.
+
+"La figura del Sol, muy grande, hecha de oro obrada muy
+primamente engastonada en muchas piedras ricas." Sarmiento,
+Relacion, Ms., cap. 24.]
+
+[Footnote 17: "I al oro asimismo decian que era lagrimas que el
+Sol llorava." Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 18: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 24.  - Antig. y
+Monumentos del Peru, Ms.
+
+"Cercada junto a la techumbre de una plancha de oro de palmo i
+medio de ancho i lo mismo tenian por de dentro en cada bohio o
+casa i aposento." (Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.) "Tenia una cinta
+de planchas de oro de anchor de mas de un palmo enlazadas en las
+piedras." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+Adjoining the principal structure were several chapels of smaller
+dimensions.  One of them was consecrated to the Moon, the deity
+held next in reverence, as the mother of the Incas.  Her effigy
+was delineated in the same manner as that of the Sun, on a vast
+plate that nearly covered one side of the apartment.  But this
+plate, as well as all the decorations of the building, was of
+silver, as suited to the pale, silvery light of the beautiful
+planet. There were three other chapels, one of which was
+dedicated to the host of Stars, who formed the bright court of
+the Sister of the Sun; another was consecrated to his dread
+ministers of vengeance, the Thunder and the Lightning; and a
+third, to the Rainbow, whose many-colored arch spanned the walls
+of the edifice with hues almost as radiant as its own.  There
+were besides several other buildings, or insulated apartments,
+for the accommodation of the numerous priests who officiated in
+the services of the temple. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 24. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 3, cap. 21. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y
+Conq., Ms.]
+
+All the plate, the ornaments, the utensils of every description,
+appropriated to the uses of religion, were of gold or silver.
+Twelve immense vases of the latter metal stood on the floor of
+the great saloon, filled with grain of the Indian corn; *20 the
+censers for the perfumes, the ewers which held the water for
+sacrifice, the pipes which conducted it through subterraneous
+channels into the buildings, the reservoirs that received it,
+even the agricultural implements used in the gardens of the
+temple, were all of the same rich materials.  The gardens, like
+those described, belonging to the royal palaces, sparkled with
+flowers of gold and silver, and various imitations of the
+vegetable kingdom.  Animals, also, were to be found there, -
+among which the llama, with its golden fleece, was most
+conspicuous, - executed in the same style, and with a degree of
+skill, which, in this instance, probably, did not surpass the
+excellence of the material. *21
+
+[Footnote 20: "El bulto del Sol tenian mui grande de oro, i todo
+el servicio desta casa era de plata i oro, i tenian doze horones
+de plata blanca que dos hombres no abrazarian cada uno quadrados,
+i eran mas altos que una buena pica donde hechavan el maiz que
+havian de dar al Sol, segun ellos decian que comiese." Conq. i
+Pob. del Piru, Ms.
+
+The original, as the Spanish reader perceives, says each of these
+silver vases or bins was as high as a good lance, and so large
+that two men with outspread arms could barely encompass them!  As
+this might, perhaps, embarrass even the most accommodating faith,
+I have preferred not to become responsible for any particular
+dimensions.]
+
+[Footnote 21: Levinus Apollonius, fol. 38. - Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 3, cap. 24. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y
+Conq., Ms.
+
+"Tenian un Jardin que los Terrones eran pedazos de oro fino y
+estaban artificiosamente sembrado de maizales los quales eran oro
+asi las Canas de ello como las ojas y mazorcas, y estaban tan
+bien plantados que aunque hiciesen recios bientos no se
+arrancaban.  Sin todo esto tenian hechas mas de veinte obejas de
+oro con sus Corderos y los Pastores con sus ondas y cayados que
+las guardaban hecho de este metal; havia mucha cantidad de
+Tinajas de oro y de Plata y esmeraldas, vasos, ollas y todo
+genero de vasijas todo de oro fino; por otras Paredes tenian
+esculpidas y pintadas otras mayores cosas, en fin era uno de los
+ricos Templos que hubo en el mundo." Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms.,
+cap. 24.]
+
+If the reader sees in this fairy picture only the romantic
+coloring of some fabulous El Dorado, he must recall what has been
+said before in reference to the palaces of the Incas, and
+consider that these "Houses of the Sun," as they were styled,
+were the common reservoir into which flowed all the streams of
+public and private benefaction throughout the empire.  Some of
+the statements, through credulity, and others, in the desire of
+exciting admiration, may be greatly exaggerated; but, in the
+coincidence of contemporary testimony, it is not easy to
+determine the exact line which should mark the measure of our
+skepticism.  Certain it is, that the glowing picture I have given
+is warranted by those who saw these buildings in their pride, or
+shortly after they had been despoiled by the cupidity of their
+countrymen.  Many of the costly articles were buried by the
+natives, or thrown into the waters of the rivers and the lakes;
+but enough remained to attest the unprecedented opulence of these
+religious establishments.  Such things as were in their nature
+portable were speedily removed, to gratify the craving of the
+Conquerors, who even tore away the solid cornices and frieze of
+gold from the great temple, filling the vacant places with the
+cheaper, but - since it affords no temptation to avarice - more
+durable, material of plaster.  Yet even thus shorn of their
+splendor, the venerable edifices still presented an attraction to
+the spoiler, who found in their dilapidated walls an
+inexhaustible quarry for the erection of other buildings.  On the
+very ground once crowned by the gorgeous Coricancha rose the
+stately church of St. Dominic, one of the most magnificent
+structures of the New World.  Fields of maize and lucerne now
+bloom on the spot which glowed with the golden gardens of the
+temple; and the friar chants his orisons within the consecrated
+precincts once occupied by the Children of the Sun. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: Miller's Memoirs, vol. II. pp. 223, 224.]
+
+Besides the great temple of the Sun, there was a large number of
+inferior temples and religious houses in the Peruvian capital and
+its environs, amounting, as is stated, to three or four hundred.
+*23 For Cuzco was a sanctified spot, venerated not only as the
+abode of the Incas, but of all those deities who presided over
+the motley nations of the empire.  It was the city beloved of the
+Sun; where his worship was maintained in its splendor; "where
+every fountain, pathway, and wall," says an ancient chronicler,
+"was regarded as a holy mystery." *24 And unfortunate was the
+Indian noble who, at some period or other of his life, had not
+made his pilgrimage to the Peruvian Mecca.
+
+[Footnote 23: Herrera, Hist. General, dec 5, lib. 4, cap. 8.
+"Havia en aquella ciudad y legua y media de la redonda
+quatrocientos y tantos lugares, donde se hacian sacrificious, y
+se gastava mucha suma de hacienda en ellos." Ondegardo, Rel.
+Prim., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 24: "Que aquella ciudad del Cuzco era casa y morada de
+Dioses, e ansi no habia en toda ella fuente ni paso ni pared que
+no dixesen que tenia misterio." Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+Other temples and religious dwellings were scattered over the
+provinces; and some of them constructed on a scale of
+magnificence, that almost rivalled that of the metropolis.  The
+attendants on these composed an army of themselves.  The whole
+number of functionaries, including those of the sacerdotal order,
+who officiated at the Coricancha alone, was no less than four
+thousand. *25
+
+[Footnote 25: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.
+
+An army, indeed, if, as Cieza de Leon states, the number of
+priests and menials employed in the famous temple of Bilcas, on
+the route to Chili, amounted to 40,000!  (Cronica, cap. 89.)
+Every thing relating to these Houses of the Sun appears to have
+been on a grand scale.  But we may easily believe this a clerical
+error for 4,000.]
+
+At the head of all, both here and throughout the land, stood the
+great High-Priest, or Villac Vmu, as he was called.  He was
+second only to the Inca in dignity, and was usually chosen from
+his brothers or nearest kindred.  He was appointed by the
+monarch, and held his office for life; and he, in turn, appointed
+to all the subordinate stations of his own order.  This order was
+very numerous.  Those members of it who officiated in the House
+of the Sun, in Cuzco, were taken exclusively from the sacred race
+of the Incas.  The ministers in the provincial temples were drawn
+from the families of the curacas; but the office of high-priest
+in each district was reserved for one of the blood royal.  It was
+designed by this regulation to preserve the faith in its purity,
+and to guard against any departure from the stately ceremonial
+which it punctiliously prescribed. *26
+
+[Footnote 26: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 27. - Conq i Pob.
+del Piru, Ms.
+
+It was only while the priests were engaged in the service of the
+temples, that they were maintained, according to Garcilasso, from
+the estates of the Sun.  At other times, they were to get their
+support from their own lands, which, if he is correct, were
+assigned to them in the same manner as to the other orders of the
+nation.  Com Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 8]
+
+The sacerdotal order, though numerous, was not distinguished by
+any peculiar badge or costume from the rest of the nation.
+Neither was it the sole depository of the scanty science of the
+country, nor was it charged with the business of instruction, nor
+with those parochial duties, if they may so be called, which
+bring the priest in contact with the great body of the people, -
+as was the case in Mexico.  The cause of this peculiarity may
+probably be traced to the existence of a superior order, like
+that of the Inca nobles, whose sanctity of birth so far
+transcended all human appointments, that they in a manner
+engrossed whatever there was of religious veneration in the
+people.  They were, in fact, the holy order of the state.
+Doubtless, any of them might, as very many of them did, take on
+themselves the sacerdotal functions; and their own insignia and
+peculiar privileges were too well understood to require any
+further badge to separate them from the people.
+The duties of the priest were confined to ministration in the
+temple. Even here his attendance was not constant, as he was
+relieved after a stated interval by other brethren of his order,
+who succeeded one another in regular rotation.  His science was
+limited to an acquaintance with the fasts and festivals of his
+religion, and the appropriate ceremonies which distinguished
+them.  This, however frivolous might be its character, was no
+easy acquisition; for the ritual of the Incas involved a routine
+of observances, as complex and elaborate as ever distinguished
+that of any nation, whether pagan or Christian.  Each month had
+its appropriate festival, or rather festivals.  The four
+principal had reference to the Sun, and commemorated the great
+periods of his annual progress, the solstices and equinoxes.
+Perhaps the most magnificent of all the national solemnities was
+the feast of Raymi, held at the period of the summer solstice,
+when the Sun, having touched the southern extremity of his
+course, retraced his path, as if to gladden the hearts of his
+chosen people by his presence.  On this occasion, the Indian
+nobles from the different quarters of the country thronged to the
+capital to take part in the great religious celebration.
+
+For three days previous, there was a general fast, and no fire
+was allowed to be lighted in the dwellings.  When the appointed
+day arrived, the Inca and his court, followed by the whole
+population of the city, assembled at early dawn in the great
+square to greet the rising of the Sun.  They were dressed in
+their gayest apparel, and the Indian lords vied with each other
+in the display of costly ornaments and jewels on their persons,
+while canopies of gaudy feather-work and richly tinted stuffs,
+borne by the attendants over their heads, gave to the great
+square, and the streets that emptied into it, the appearance of
+being spread over with one vast and magnificent awning.  Eagerly
+they watched the coming of their deity, and, no sooner did his
+first yellow rays strike the turrets and loftiest buildings of
+the capital, than a shout of gratulation broke forth from the
+assembled multitude, accompanied by songs of triumph, and the
+wild melody of barbaric instruments, that swelled louder and
+louder as his bright orb, rising above the mountain range towards
+the east, shone in full splendor on his votaries. After the usual
+ceremonies of adoration, a libation was offered to the great
+deity by the Inca, from a huge golden vase, filled with the
+fermented liquor of maize or of maguey, which, after the monarch
+had tasted it himself, he dispensed among his royal kindred.
+These ceremonies completed, the vast assembly was arranged in
+order of procession, and took its way towards the Coricancha. *27
+
+[Footnote 27: Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms. - Sarmiento, Relacion,
+Ms., cap. 27.
+
+The reader will find a brilliant, and not very extravagant,
+account of the Peruvian festivals in Marmontel's romance of Les
+Incas.  The French author saw in their gorgeous ceremonial a
+fitting introduction to his own literary pageant Tom. I. chap. 1
+- 4.]
+
+As they entered the street of the sacred edifice, all divested
+themselves of their sandals, except the Inca and his family, who
+did the same on passing through the portals of the temple, where
+none but these august personages were admitted. *28 After a
+decent time spent in devotion, the sovereign, attended by his
+courtly train, again appeared, and preparations were made to
+commence the sacrifice.  This, with the Peruvians, consisted of
+animals, grain, flowers, and sweet-scented gums; sometimes of
+human beings, on which occasions a child or beautiful maiden was
+usually selected as the victim.  But such sacrifices were rare,
+being reserved to celebrate some great public event, as a
+coronation, the birth of a royal heir, or a great victory.  They
+were never followed by those cannibal repasts familiar to the
+Mexicans, and to many of the fierce tribes conquered by the
+Incas.  Indeed, the conquests of these princes might well be
+deemed a blessing to the Indian nations, if it were only from
+their suppression of cannibalism, and the diminution, under their
+rule, of human sacrifices. *29
+
+[Footnote 28: "Ningun Indio comun osaba pasar por la calle del
+Sol calzado; ni ninguno, aunque fuese mui grand Senor, entrava en
+las casas del Sol con zapatos." Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 29: Garcilasso de la Vega flatly denies that the Incas
+were guilty of human sacrifices; and maintains, on the other
+hand, that they uniformly abolished them in every country they
+subdued, where they had previously existed.  (Com. Real., Parte
+1, lib. 2, cap. 9, et alibi.) But in this material fact he is
+unequivocally contradicted by Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 22,
+- Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms., - Montesinos, Mem. Antiguas, Ms.,
+lib. 2, cap. 8, - Balboa, Hist. du Perou, chap. 5, 8, - Cieza de
+Leon, Cronica, cap. 72, - Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms., - Acosta,
+lib. 5, cap. 19, - and I might add, I suspect, were I to pursue
+the inquiry, by nearly every ancient writer of authority; some of
+whom, having come into the country soon after the Conquest, while
+its primitive institutions were in vigor, are entitled to more
+deference in a matter of this kind than Garcilasso himself.  It
+was natural that the descendant of the Incas should desire to
+relieve his race from so odious an imputation; and we must have
+charity for him, if he does show himself, on some occasions,
+where the honor of his country is at stake, "high gravel blind."
+It should be added, in justice to the Peruvian government, that
+the best authorities concur in the admission, that the sacrifices
+were few, both in number and in magnitude, being reserved for
+such extraordinary occasions as those mentioned in the text.]
+
+At the feast of Raymi, the sacrifice usually offered was that of
+the llama; and the priest, after opening the body of his victim,
+sought in the appearances which it exhibited to read the lesson
+of the mysterious future. If the auguries were unpropitious, a
+second victim was slaughtered, in the hope of receiving some more
+comfortable assurance.  The Peruvian augur might have learned a
+good lesson of the Roman, - to consider every omen as favorable,
+which served the interests of his country. *30
+
+[Footnote 30: "Augurque cum esset, dicere ausus est, optimis
+auspiciis ea geri, quae pro reipublicae salute gererentur."
+Cicero, De Senectute.
+
+This inspection of the entrails of animals for the purposes of
+divination is worthy of note, as a most rare, if not a solitary,
+instance of the kind among the nations of the New World, though
+so familiar in the ceremonial of sacrifice among the pagan
+nations of the Old.]
+
+A fire was then kindled by means of a concave mirror of polished
+metal, which, collecting the rays of the sun into a focus upon a
+quantity of dried cotton, speedily set it on fire.  It was the
+expedient used on the like occasions in ancient Rome, at least
+under the reign of the pious Numa.  When the sky was overcast,
+and the face of the good deity was hidden from his worshippers,
+which was esteemed a bad omen, fire was obtained by means of
+friction.  The sacred flame was intrusted to the care of the
+Virgins of the Sun, and if, by any neglect, it was suffered to go
+out in the course of the year, the event was regarded as a
+calamity that boded some strange disaster to the monarchy. *31 A
+burnt offering of the victims was then made on the altars of the
+deity.  This sacrifice was but the prelude to the slaughter of a
+great number of llamas, part of the flocks of the Sun, which
+furnished a banquet not only for the Inca and his Court, but for
+the people, who made amends at these festivals for the frugal
+fare to which they were usually condemned.  A fine bread or cake,
+kneaded of maize flour by the fair hands of the Virgins of the
+Sun, was also placed on the royal board, where the Inca,
+presiding over the feast, pledged his great nobles in generous
+goblets of the fermented liquor of the country, and the long
+revelry of the day was closed at night by music and dancing.
+Dancing and drinking were the favorite pastimes of the Peruvians.
+These amusements continued for several days, though the
+sacrifices terminated on the first. - Such was the great festival
+of Raymi; and the recurrence of this and similar festivities gave
+relief to the monotonous routine of toil prescribed to the lower
+orders of the community. *32
+
+[Footnote 31: "Vigilemque sacraverat ignem, Excubias divum
+aeternas."
+
+Plutarch, in his life of Numa, describes the reflectors used by
+the Romans for kindling the sacred fire, as concave instruments
+of brass, though not spherical like the Peruvian, but of a
+triangular form.]
+
+[Footnote 32: Acosta, lib. 5, cap. 28, 29.  - Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 23.]
+
+In the distribution of bread and wine at this high festival, the
+orthodox Spaniards, who first came into the country, saw a
+striking resemblance to the Christian communion; *33 as in the
+practice of confession and penance, which, in a most irregular
+form, indeed, seems to have been used by the Peruvians, they
+discerned a coincidence with another of the sacraments of the
+Church. *34 The good fathers were fond of tracing such
+coincidences, which they considered as the contrivance of Satan,
+who thus endeavoured to delude his victims by counterfeiting the
+blessed rites of Christianity. *35 Others, in a different vein,
+imagined that they saw in such analogies the evidence, that some
+of the primitive teachers of the Gospel, perhaps an apostle
+himself, had paid a visit to these distant regions, and scattered
+over them the seeds of religious truth. *36 But it seems hardly
+necessary to invoke the Prince of Darkness, or the intervention
+of the blessed saints, to account for coincidences which have
+existed in countries far removed from the light of Christianity
+and in ages, indeed, when its light had not yet risen on the
+world.  It is much more reasonable to refer such casual points of
+resemblance to the general constitution of man, and the
+necessities of his moral nature. *37
+
+[Footnote 33: "That which is most admirable in the hatred and
+presumption of Sathan is, that he not onely counterfeited in
+idolatry and sacrifices, but also in certain ceremonies, our
+sacraments, which Jesus Christ our Lord instituted, and the holy
+Church uses, having especially pretended to imitate, in some
+sort, the sacrament of the communion, which is the most high and
+divine of all others." Acosta, lib. 5, cap. 23.]
+
+[Footnote 34: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 4, cap. 4. -
+Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.
+
+"The father of lies would likewise counterfeit the sacrament of
+Confession, and in his idolatries sought to be honored with
+ceremonies very like to the manner of Christians." Acosta, lib.
+5, cap. 25.]
+
+[Footnote 35: Cieza de Leon, not content with many marvellous
+accounts of the influence and real apparition of Satan in the
+Indian ceremonies, has garnished his volume with numerous
+wood-cuts representing the Prince of Evil in bodily presence with
+the usual accompaniments of tail, claws, &c., as if to reenforce
+the homilies in his text!  The Peruvian saw in his idol a god.
+His Christian conqueror saw in it the Devil.  One may be puzzled
+to decide which of the two might lay claim to the grossest
+superstition.]
+
+[Footnote 36: Piedrahita, the historian of the Muyscas, is
+satisfied that this apostle must have been St. Bartholomew, whose
+travels were known to have been extensive.  (Conq. de Granada,
+Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 3.) The Mexican antiquaries consider St.
+Thomas as having had charge of the mission to the people of
+Anahuac.  These two apostles, then, would seem to have divided
+the New World, at least the civilized portions of it, between
+them.  How they came, whether by Behring's Straits, or directly
+across the Atlantic, we are not informed.  Velasco - a writer of
+the eighteenth century! - has little doubt that they did really
+come.  Hist. de Quito, tom. I. pp. 89, 90.]
+
+[Footnote 37: The subject is illustrated by some examples in the
+"History of the Conquest of Mexico," vol. III., Appendix, No. 1.;
+since the same usages in that country led to precisely the same
+rash conclusions among the Conquerors.]
+
+Another singular analogy with Roman Catholic institutions is
+presented by the Virgins of the Sun, the "elect," as they were
+called, *38 to whom I have already had occasion to refer.  These
+were young maidens, dedicated to the service of the deity, who,
+at a tender age, were taken from their homes, and introduced into
+convents, where they were placed under the care of certain
+elderly matrons, mamaconas, who had grown grey within their
+walls. *39 Under these venerable guides, the holy virgins were
+instructed in the nature of their religious duties.  They were
+employed in spinning and embroidery, and, with the fine hair of
+the vicuna, wove the hangings for the temples, and the apparel
+for the Inca and his household. *40 It was their duty, above all,
+to watch over the sacred fire obtained at the festival of Raymi.
+From the moment they entered the establishment, they were cut off
+from all connection with the world, even with their own family
+and friends.  No one but the Inca, and the Coya or queen, might
+enter the consecrated precincts.  The greatest attention was paid
+to their morals, and visitors were sent every year to inspect the
+institutions, and to report on the state of their discipline. *41
+Woe to the unhappy maiden who was detected in an intrigue!  By
+the stern law of the Incas, she was to be buried alive, her lover
+was to be strangled, and the town or village to which he belonged
+was to be razed to the ground, and "sowed with stones," as if to
+efface every memorial of his existence. *42 One is astonished to
+find so close a resemblance between the institutions to find so
+close a resemblance between the institutions of the American
+Indian, the ancient Roman, and the modern Catholic!  Chastity and
+purity of life are virtues in woman, that would seem to be of
+equal estimation with the barbarian and with the civilized. - Yet
+the ultimate destination of the inmates of these religious houses
+was materially different.
+
+[Footnote 38: Llamavase Casa de Escogidas; porque las escogian. o
+por Linage, o por Hermosura." Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1,
+lib. 4, cap. 1.]
+
+[Footnote 39: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.
+
+The word mamacona signified "matron"; mama, the first half of
+this compound word, as already noticed, meaning "mother." See
+Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 4, cap. 1.]
+
+[Footnote 40: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 41: Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 42: Balboa, Hist. du Perou, chap. 9. - Fernandez, Hist.
+del Peru, Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 11. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 4, cap. 3.
+According to the historian of the Incas, the terrible penalty was
+never incurred by a single lapse on the part of the fair
+sisterhood; though, if it had been, the sovereign, he assures us,
+would have "exacted it to the letter, with as little compunction
+as he would have drowned a puppy." (Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 4,
+cap. 3.) Other writers contend, on the contrary, that these
+Virgins had very little claim to the reputation of Vestals.  (See
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind.,
+cap. 121.) Such imputations are common enough on the inhabitants
+of religious houses, whether pagan or Christian.  They are
+contradicted in the present instance by the concurrent testimony
+of most of those who had the best opportunity of arriving at
+truth, and are made particularly improbable by the superstitious
+reverence entertained for the Incas.]
+
+The great establishment at Cuzco consisted wholly of maidens of
+the royal blood, who amounted, it is said, to no less than
+fifteen hundred.  The provincial convents were supplied from the
+daughters of the curacas and inferior nobles, and, occasionally,
+where a girl was recommended by great personal attractions, from
+the lower classes of the people. *43 The "Houses of the Virgins
+of the Sun" consisted of low ranges of stone buildings, covering
+a large extent of ground, surrounded by high walls, which
+excluded those within entirely from observation.  They were
+provided with every accommodation for the fair inmates, and were
+embellished in the same sumptuous and costly manner as the
+palaces of the Incas, and the temples; for they received the
+particular care of government, as an important part of the
+religious establishment. *44
+
+[Footnote 43: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 4, cap. 1.]
+
+[Footnote 44: Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 4, cap. 5. - Cieza de Leon,
+Cronica, cap. 44.]
+
+Yet the career of all the inhabitants of these cloisters was not
+confined within their narrow walls.  Though Virgins of the Sun,
+they were brides of the Inca, and, at a marriageable age, the
+most beautiful among them were selected for the honors of his
+bed, and transferred to the royal seraglio.  The full complement
+of this amounted in time not only to hundreds, but thousands, who
+all found accommodations in his different palaces throughout the
+country. When the monarch was disposed to lessen the number of
+his establishment, the concubine with whose society he was
+willing to dispense returned, not to her former monastic
+residence, but to her own home; where, however humble might be
+her original condition, she was maintained in great state, and,
+far from being dishonored by the situation she had filled, was
+held in universal reverence as the Inca's bride. *45
+
+[Footnote 45: Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 4, cap.4. - Montesinos, Mem Antiguas, Ms.,
+lib 2, cap. 19.]
+
+The great nobles of Peru were allowed, like their sovereign, a
+plurality of wives.  The people, generally, whether by law, or by
+necessity stronger than law, were more happily limited to one.
+Marriage was conducted in a manner that gave it quite as original
+a character as belonged to the other institutions of the country.
+On an appointed day of the year, all those of a marriageable age
+- which, having reference to their ability to take charge of a
+family, in the males was fixed at not less than twenty-four
+years, and in the women at eighteen or twenty - were called
+together in the great squares of their respective towns and
+villages, throughout the empire.  The Inca presided in person
+over the assembly of his own kindred, and taking the hands of the
+different couples who were to be united, he placed them within
+each other, declaring the parties man and wife.  The same was
+done by the curacas towards all persons of their own or inferior
+degree in their several districts.  This was the simple form of
+marriage in Peru.  No one was allowed to select a wife beyond the
+community to which he belonged, which generally comprehended all
+his own kindred; *46 nor was any but the sovereign authorized to
+dispense with the law of nature - or at least, the usual law of
+nations - so far as to marry his own sister. *47 No marriage was
+esteemed valid without the consent of the parents; and the
+preference of the parties, it is said, was also to be consulted;
+though, considering the barriers imposed by the prescribed age of
+the candidates, this must have been within rather narrow and
+whimsical limits. A dwelling was got ready for the new-married
+pair at the charge of the district, and the prescribed portion of
+land assigned for their maintenance. The law of Peru provided for
+the future, as well as for the present.  It left nothing to
+chance. - The simple ceremony of marriage was followed by general
+festivities among the friends of the parties, which lasted
+several days; and as every wedding took place on the same day,
+and as there were few families who had not some one of their
+members or their kindred personally interested, there was one
+universal bridal jubilee throughout the empire. *48
+
+[Footnote 46: By the strict letter of the law, according to
+Garcilasso, no one was to marry out of his own lineage.  But this
+narrow rule had a most liberal interpretation, since all of the
+same town, and even province, he assures us, were reckoned of kin
+to one another.  Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 4, cap. 8.]
+
+[Footnote 47: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 9.
+This practice, so revolting to our feelings that it might well be
+deemed to violate the law of nature, must not, however, be
+regarded as altogether peculiar to the Incas, since it was
+countenanced by some of the most polished nations of antiquity.]
+
+[Footnote 48: Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte lib. 6, cap. 36. - Dec. de la Aud Real., Ms. - Montesinos,
+Mem Antiguas, Ms., lib. 2, cap. 6.]
+
+The extraordinary regulations respecting marriage under the Incas
+are eminently characteristic of the genius of the government;
+which, far from limiting itself to matters of public concern,
+penetrated into the most private recesses of domestic life,
+allowing no man, however humble, to act for himself, even in
+those personal matters in which none but himself, or his family
+at most, might be supposed to be interested.  No Peruvian was too
+low for the fostering vigilance of government.  None was so high
+that he was not made to feel his dependence upon it in every act
+of his life.  His very existence as an individual was absorbed in
+that of the community.  His hopes and his fears, his joys and his
+sorrows, the tenderest sympathies of his nature, which would most
+naturally shrink from observation, were all to be regulated by
+law.  He was not allowed even to be happy in his own way.  The
+government of the Incas was the mildest, - but the most searching
+of despotisms.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter IV
+
+Education. - Quipus. - Astronomy. - Agriculture. - Aqueducts. -
+Guano. - Important Esculents.
+
+
+"Science was not intended for the people; but for those of
+generous blood.  Persons of low degree are only puffed up by it,
+and rendered vain and arrogant.  Neither should such meddle with
+the affairs of government; for this would bring high offices into
+disrepute, and cause detriment to the state." *1 Such was the
+favorite maxim, often repeated, of Tupac Inca Yupanqi, one of the
+most renowned of the Peruvian sovereigns.  It may seem strange
+that such a maxim should ever have been proclaimed in the New
+World, where popular institutions have been established on a more
+extensive scale than was ever before witnessed; where government
+rests wholly on the people; and education - at least, in the
+great northern division of the continent - is mainly directed to
+qualify the people for the duties of government.  Yet this maxim
+was strictly conformable to the genius of the Peruvian monarchy,
+and may serve as a key to its habitual policy; since, while it
+watched with unwearied solicitude over its subjects, provided for
+their physical necessities, was mindful of their morals, and
+showed, throughout, the affectionate concern of a parent for his
+children, it yet regarded them only as children, who were never
+to emerge from the state of pupilage, to act or to think for
+themselves, but whose whole duty was comprehended in the
+obligation of implicit obedience.
+
+[Footnote 1: "No es licito, que ensenen a los hijos de los
+Plebeios, las Ciencias, que pertenescen a los Generosos, y no
+mas; porque como Gente baja, no se eleven, y ensobervezcan, y
+menoscaben, y apoqueen la Republica: bastales, que aprendan los
+Oficios de sus Padres; que el Mandar, y Governar no es de
+Plebeious, que es hacer agravio al Oficio, y a la Republica,
+encomendarsela a Gente comun." Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1,
+lib. 8, cap. 8.]
+
+Such was the humiliating condition of the people under the Incas,
+while the numerous families of the blood royal enjoyed the
+benefit of all the light of education, which the civilization of
+the country could afford; and, long after the Conquest, the spots
+continued to be pointed out where the seminaries had existed for
+their instruction.  These were placed under the care of the
+amautas, or "wise men," who engrossed the scanty stock of science
+- if science it could be called - possessed by the Peruvians, and
+who were the sole teachers of youth.  It was natural that the
+monarch should take a lively interest in the instruction of the
+young nobility, his own kindred. Several of the Peruvian princes
+are said to have built their palaces in the neighbourhood of the
+schools, in order that they might the more easily visit them and
+listen to the lectures of the amautas, which they occasionally
+reinforced by a homily of their own. *2 In these schools, the
+royal pupils were instructed in all the different kinds of
+knowledge in which their teachers were versed, with especial
+reference to the stations they were to occupy in after-life.
+They studied the laws, and the principles of administering the
+government, in which many of them were to take part.  They were
+initiated in the peculiar rites of their religion, most necessary
+to those who were to assume the sacerdotal functions.  They
+learned also to emulate the achievements of their royal ancestors
+by listening to the chronicles compiled by the amautas.  They
+were taught to speak their own dialect with purity and elegance;
+and they became acquainted with the mysterious science of the
+quipus, which supplied the Peruvians with the means of
+communicating their ideas to one another, and of transmitting
+them to future generations. *3
+
+[Footnote 2: Ibid., Parte 1, lib 7, cap. 10.  The descendant of
+the Incas notices the remains, visible in his day, or two of the
+palaces of his royal ancestors, which had been built in the
+vicinity of the schools, for more easy access to them.]
+
+[Footnote 3: Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 4, cap. 19]
+
+The quipu was a cord about two feet long, composed of different
+colored threads tightly twisted together, from which a quantity
+of smaller threads were suspended in the manner of a fringe.  The
+threads were of different colors and were tied into knots.  The
+word quipu, indeed, signifies a knot. The colors denoted sensible
+objects; as, for instance, white represented silver, and yellow,
+gold.  They sometimes also stood for abstract ideas. Thus, white
+signified peace, and red, war.  But the quipus were chiefly used
+for arithmetical purposes.  The knots served instead of ciphers,
+and could be combined in such a manner as to represent numbers to
+any amount they required. By means of these they went through
+their calculations with great rapidity, and the Spaniards who
+first visited the country bear testimony to their accuracy. *4
+
+[Footnote 4: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Sarmiento, Relacion,
+Ms., cap. 9. - Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 8. - Garcilasso Parte 1, lib.
+6, cap. 8.]
+
+Officers were established in each of the districts, who, under
+the title of quipucamayus, or "keepers of the quipus," were
+required to furnish the government with information on various
+important matters.  One had charge of the revenues, reported the
+quantity of raw material distributed among the laborers, the
+quality and quantity of the fabrics made from it, and the amount
+of stores, of various kinds, paid into the royal magazines.
+Another exhibited the register of births and deaths, the
+marriages, the number of those qualified to bear arms, and the
+like details in reference to the population of the kingdom.
+These returns were annually forwarded to the capital, where they
+were submitted to the inspection of officers acquainted with the
+art of deciphering these mystic records.  The government was thus
+provided with a valuable mass of statistical information, and the
+skeins of many-colored threads, collected and carefully
+preserved, constituted what might be called the national
+archives. *5
+
+[Footnote 5: Ondegardo expresses his astonishment at the variety
+of objects embraced by these simple records, "hardly credible by
+one who had not seen them." "En aquella ciudad se hallaron muchos
+viejos oficiales antiguos del Inga, asi de la religion, como del
+Govierno, y otra cosa que no pudiera creer sino la viera, que por
+hilos y nudos se hallan figuradas las leyes, y estatutos asi de
+lo uno como de lo otro, las sucesiones de los Reyes y tiempo que
+governaron: y hallose lo que todo esto tenian a su cargo que no
+fue poco, y aun tube alguna claridad de los estatutos que en
+tiempo de cada uno se havia: puesto." (Rel. Prim., Ms.) (See also
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 9. - Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 8, -
+Garcilasso, Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 8, 9.) A vestige of the quipus
+is still to be found in some parts of Peru, where the shepherds
+keep the tallies of their numerous flocks by means of this
+ancient arithmetic]
+But, although the quipus sufficed for all the purposes of
+arithmetical computation demanded by the Peruvians, they were
+incompetent to represent the manifold ideas and images which are
+expressed by writing.  Even here, however, the invention was not
+without its use.  For, independently of the direct representation
+of simple objects, and even of abstract ideas, to a very limited
+extent, as above noticed, it afforded great help to the memory by
+way of association.  The peculiar knot or color, in this way,
+suggested what it could not venture to represent; in the same
+manner - to borrow the homely illustration of an old writer - as
+the number of the Commandment calls to mind the Commandment
+itself.  The quipus, thus used, might be regarded as the Peruvian
+system of mnemonics.
+
+Annalists were appointed in each of the principal communities,
+whose business it was to record the most important events which
+occurred in them. Other functionaries of a higher character,
+usually the amautas, were intrusted with the history of the
+empire, and were selected to chronicle the great deeds of the
+reigning Inca, or of his ancestors. *6 The narrative, thus
+concocted, could be communicated only by oral tradition; but the
+quipus served the chronicler to arrange the incidents with
+method, and to refresh his memory. The story, once treasured up
+in the mind, was indelibly impressed there by frequent
+repetition.  It was repeated by the amauta to his pupils, and in
+this way history, conveyed partly by oral tradition, and partly
+by arbitrary signs, was handed down from generation to
+generation, with sufficient discrepancy of details, but with a
+general conformity of outline to the truth.
+
+[Footnote 6: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+The Peruvian quipus were, doubtless, a wretched substitute for
+that beautiful contrivance, the alphabet, which, employing a few
+simple characters as the representatives of sounds, instead of
+ideas, is able to convey the most delicate shades of thought that
+ever passed through the mind of man. The Peruvian invention,
+indeed, was far below that of the hieroglyphics, even below the
+rude picture-writing of the Aztecs; for the latter art, however
+incompetent to convey abstract ideas, could depict sensible
+objects with tolerable accuracy.  It is evidence of the total
+ignorance in which the two nations remained of each other, that
+the Peruvians should have borrowed nothing of the hieroglyphical
+system of the Mexicans, and this, notwithstanding that the
+existence of the maguey plant, agave, in South America might have
+furnished them with the very material used by the Aztecs for the
+construction of their maps. *7
+
+[Footnote 7: Ibid., ubi supra. - Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms. -
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 9.
+
+Yet the quipus must be allowed to bear some resemblance to the
+belts of wampum - made of colored beads strung together - in
+familiar use among the North American tribes, for commemorating
+treaties, and for other purposes.]
+It is impossible to contemplate without interest the struggles
+made by different nations, as they emerge from barbarism, to
+supply themselves with some visible symbols of thought, - that
+mysterious agency by which the mind of the individual may be put
+in communication with the minds of a whole community.  The want
+of such a symbol is itself the greatest impediment to the
+progress of civilization.  For what is it but to imprison the
+thought, which has the elements of immortality, within the bosom
+of its author, or of the small circle who come in contact with
+him, instead of sending it abroad to give light to thousands, and
+to generations yet unborn!  Not only is such a symbol an
+essential element of civilization, but it may be assumed as the
+very criterion of civilization; for the intellectual advancement
+of a people will keep pace pretty nearly with its facilities for
+intellectual communication.
+Yet we must be careful not to underrate the real value of the
+Peruvian system: nor to suppose that the quipus were as awkward
+an instrument, in the hand of a practised native, as they would
+be in ours.  We know the effect of habit in all mechanical
+operations, and the Spaniards bear constant testimony to the
+adroitness and accuracy of the Peruvians in this.  Their skill is
+not more surprising than the facility with which habit enables us
+to master the contents of a printed page, comprehending thousands
+of separate characters, by a single glance, as it were, though
+each character must require a distinct recognition by the eye,
+and that, too, without breaking the chain of thought in the
+reader's mind.  We must not hold the invention of the quipus too
+lightly, when we reflect that they supplied the means of
+calculation demanded for the affairs of a great nation, and that,
+however insufficient, they afforded no little help to what
+aspired to the credit of literary composition.
+The office of recording the national annals was not wholly
+confined to the amautas.  It was assumed in part by the haravecs,
+or poets, who selected the most brilliant incidents for their
+songs or ballads, which were chanted at the royal festivals and
+at the table of the Inca. *8 In this manner, a body of
+traditional minstrelsy grew up, like the British and Spanish
+ballad poetry, by means of which the name of many a rude
+chieftain, that might have perished for want of a chronicler, has
+been borne down the tide of rustic melody to later generations.
+
+[Footnote 8: Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 27.
+
+The word haravec signified "inventor" or "finder"; and in his
+title, as well as in his functions, the minstrel-poet may remind
+us of the Norman trouvere.  Garcilasso has translated one of the
+little lyrical pieces of his countrymen.  It is light and lively;
+but one short specimen affords no basis for general criticism.]
+
+Yet history may be thought not to gain much by this alliance with
+poetry; for the domain of the poet extends over an ideal realm
+peopled with the shadowy forms of fancy, that bear little
+resemblance to the rude realities of life.  The Peruvian annals
+may be deemed to show somewhat of the effects of this union,
+since there is a tinge of the marvellous spread over them down to
+the very latest period, which, like a mist before the reader's
+eye, makes it difficult to distinguish between fact and fiction.
+
+The poet found a convenient instrument for his purposes in the
+beautiful Quichua dialect.  We have already seen the
+extraordinary measures taken by the Incas for propagating their
+language throughout their empire.  Thus naturalized in the
+remotest provinces, it became enriched by a variety of exotic
+words and idioms, which, under the influence of the Court and of
+poetic culture, if I may so express myself, was gradually
+blended, like some finished mosaic made up of coarse and
+disjointed materials, into one harmonious whole. The Quichua
+became the most comprehensive and various, as well as the most
+elegant, of the South American dialects. *9
+
+[Footnote 9: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.
+
+Sarmiento justly laments that his countrymen should have suffered
+this dialect, which might have proved so serviceable in their
+intercourse with the motley tribes of the empire, to fall so much
+out of use as it has done.  "Y con tanto digo que fue harto
+beneficio para los Espaoles haver esta lengua pues podian con
+ella andar por todas partes en algunas de las quales ya se va
+perdiendo." Relacion, Ms., cap. 21.
+
+According to Velasco, the Incas, on arriving with their
+conquering legions at Quito, were astonished to find a dialect of
+the Quichua spoken there, although it was unknown over much of
+the intermediate country; a singular fact, if true.  (Hist. de
+Quito, tom. I. p. 185.) The author, a native of that country, had
+access to some rare sources of information; and his curious
+volumes show an intimate analogy between the science and social
+institutions of the people of Quito and Peru.  Yet his book
+betrays an obvious anxiety to set the pretensions of his own
+country in the most imposing point of view, and he frequently
+hazards assertions with a confidence that is not well calculated
+to secure that of his readers.]
+
+Besides the compositions already noticed, the Peruvians, it is
+said, showed some talent for theatrical exhibitions; not those
+barren pantomimes which, addressed simply to the eye, have formed
+the amusement of more than one rude nation.  The Peruvian pieces
+aspired to the rank of dramatic compositions, sustained by
+character and dialogue, founded sometimes on themes of tragic
+interest, and at others on such as, from their light and social
+character, belong to comedy. *10 Of the execution of these pieces
+we have now no means of judging.  It was probably rude enough, as
+befitted an unformed people.  But, whatever may have been the
+execution, the mere conception of such an amusement is a proof of
+refinement that honorably distinguishes the Peruvian from the
+other American races, whose pastime was war, or the ferocious
+sports that reflect the image of it.
+
+[Footnote 10: Garcilasso, Com. Real., ubi supra.]
+
+The intellectual character of the Peruvians, indeed, seems to
+have been marked rather by a tendency to refinement than by those
+hardier qualities which insure success in the severer walks of
+science.  In these they were behind several of the semi-civilized
+nations of the New World.  They had some acquaintance with
+geography, so far as related to their own empire, which was
+indeed extensive; and they constructed maps with lines raised on
+them to denote the boundaries and localities, on a similar
+principle with those formerly used by the blind.  In astronomy,
+they appear to have made but moderate proficiency.  They divided
+the year into twelve lunar months, each of which, having its own
+name, was distinguished by its appropriate festival. *11 They
+had, also, weeks; but of what length, whether of seven, nine, or
+ten days, is uncertain.  As their lunar year would necessarily
+fall short of the true time, they rectified their calendar by
+solar observations made by means of a number of cylindrical
+columns raised on the high lands round Cuzco, which served them
+for taking azimuths; and, by measuring their shadows, they
+ascertained the exact times of the solstices.  The period of the
+equinoxes they determined by the help of a solitary pillar, or
+gnomon, placed in the centre of a circle, which was described in
+the area of the great temple, and traversed by a diameter that
+was drawn from east to west. When the shadows were scarcely
+visible under the noontide rays of the sun, they said that "the
+god sat with all his light upon the column." *12 Quito, which lay
+immediately under the equator, where the vertical rays of the sun
+threw no shadow at noon, was held in especial veneration as the
+favored abode of the great deity.  The period of the equinoxes
+was celebrated by public rejoicings.  The pillar was crowned by
+the golden chair of the Sun, and, both then and at the solstices,
+the columns were hung with garlands, and offerings of flowers and
+fruits were made, while high festival was kept throughout the
+empire.  By these periods the Peruvians regulated their religious
+rites and ceremonial, and prescribed the nature of their
+agricultural labors.  The year itself took its departure from the
+date of the winter solstice. *13
+
+[Footnote 11: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.
+
+Fernandez, who differs from most authorities in dating the
+commencement of the year from June, gives the names of the
+several months, with their appropriate occupations.  Hist. del
+Peru, Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 10.]
+
+[Footnote 12: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+22-26.
+
+The Spanish conquerors threw down these pillars, as savouring of
+idolatry in the Indians.  Which of the two were best entitled to
+the name of barbarians?]
+
+[Footnote 13: Betanzos, Nar. de los Ingas, Ms., cap. 16. -
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 23. - Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 3.
+
+The most celebrated gnomon in Europe, that raised on the dome of
+the metropolitan church of Florence, was erected by the famous
+Toscanelli, - for the purpose of determining the solstices, and
+regulating the festivals of the Church, - about the year 1468;
+perhaps at no very distant date from that of the similar
+astronomical contrivance of the American Indian.  See Tiraboschi,
+Historia della Letteratura Italiana, tom. VI. lib. 2, cap. 2,
+sec. 38.]
+This meagre account embraces nearly all that has come down to us
+of Peruvian astronomy.  It may seem strange that a nation, which
+had proceeded thus far in its observations, should have gone no
+farther; and that, notwithstanding its general advance in
+civilization, it should in this science have fallen so far short,
+not only of the Mexicans, but of the Muyscas, inhabiting the same
+elevated regions of the great southern plateau with themselves.
+These latter regulated their calendar on the same general plan of
+cycles and periodical series as the Aztecs, approaching yet
+nearer to the system pursued by the people of Asia. *14
+
+[Footnote 14: A tolerably meagre account - yet as full, probably,
+as authorities could warrant - of this interesting people has
+been given by Piedrahita, Bishop of Panama, in the first two
+Books of his Historia General de las Conquistas del Nuevo Regno
+de Granada, (Madrid, 1688.) - M. de Humboldt was fortunate in
+obtaining a Ms., composed by a Spanish ecclesiastic resident in
+Santa Fe de Bogota, in relation to the Muysca calendar, of which
+the Prussian philosopher has given a large and luminous analysis.
+Vues des Cordilleres. p. 244.]
+
+It might have been expected that the Incas, the boasted children
+of the Sun, would have made a particular study of the phenomena
+of the heavens, and have constructed a calendar on principles as
+scientific as that of their semi-civilized neighbours.  One
+historian, indeed, assures us that they threw their years into
+cycles of ten, a hundred, and a thousand years, and that by these
+cycles they regulated their chronology. *15 But this assertion -
+not improbable in itself - rests on a writer but little gifted
+with the spirit of criticism, and is counter-balanced by the
+silence of every higher and earlier authority, as well as by the
+absence of any monument, like those found among other American
+nations, to attest the existence of such a calendar.  The
+inferiority of the Peruvians may be, perhaps, in part explained
+by the fact of their priesthood being drawn exclusively from the
+body of the Incas, a privileged order of nobility, who had no
+need, by the assumption of superior learning, to fence themselves
+round from the approaches of the vulgar.  The little true science
+possessed by the Aztec priest supplied him with a key to unlock
+the mysteries of the heavens, and the false system of astrology
+which he built upon it gave him credit as a being who had
+something of divinity in his own nature.  But the Inca noble was
+divine by birth.  The illusory study of astrology, so captivating
+to the unenlightened mind, engaged no share of his attention.
+The only persons in Peru, who claimed the power of reading the
+mysterious future, were the diviners, men who, combining with
+their pretensions some skill in the healing art, resembled the
+conjurors found among many of the Indian tribes.  But the office
+was held in little repute, except among the lower classes, and
+was abandoned to those whose age and infirmity disqualified them
+for the real business of life. *16
+
+[Footnote 15: Montesinos, Mem. Antiguas, Ms., lib. 2, cap. 7.
+"Renovo la computacion de los tiempos, que se iba perdiendo, y se
+contaron en su Reynaldo los anos por 365 dias y seis horas; a los
+anos anadio decadeas de diez anos, a cada diez decadas una
+centuria de 100 anos, y a cada diez centurias una capachoata o
+Jutiphuacan, que son 1000 anos, que quiere decir el grande ano
+del Sol; asi contaban los siglos y los sucesos memorables de sus
+Reyes." Ibid., loc. cit.]
+
+[Footnote 16: "Ansi mismo les hicieron senalar gente para
+hechizeros que tambien es entre ellos, oficio publico y conoscido
+en todos, . . . . . los diputados para ello no lo tenian por
+travajo, por que ninguno podia tener semejante oficio como los
+dichos sino fuesen viejos e viejas, y personas inaviles para
+travajar, como mancos, cojos o contrechos, y gente asi a quien
+faltava las fuerzas para ello." Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+The Peruvians had knowledge of one or two constellations, and
+watched the motions of the planet Venus, to which, as we have
+seen, they dedicated altars.  But their ignorance of the first
+principles of astronomical science is shown by their ideas of
+eclipses, which, they supposed, denoted some great derangement of
+the planet; and when the moon labored under one of these
+mysterious infirmities, they sounded their instruments, and
+filled the air with shouts and lamentations, to rouse her from
+her lethargy.  Such puerile conceits as these form a striking
+contrast with the real knowledge of the Mexicans, as displayed in
+their hieroglyphical maps, in which the true cause of this
+phenomenon is plainly depicted. *17
+
+[Footnote 17: See Codex Tel-Remensis, Part 4, Pl. 22, ap.
+Antiquities of Mexico, vol. I. London, 1829.]
+
+But, if less successful in exploring the heavens, the Incas must
+be admitted to have surpassed every other American race in their
+dominion over the earth.  Husbandry was pursued by them on
+principles that may be truly called scientific.  It was the basis
+of their political institutions.  Having no foreign commerce, it
+was agriculture that furnished them with the means of their
+internal exchanges, their subsistence, and their revenues.  We
+have seen their remarkable provisions for distributing the land
+in equal shares among the people, while they required every man,
+except the privileged orders, to assist in its cultivation.  The
+Inca himself did not disdain to set the example.  On one of the
+great annual festivals, he proceeded to the environs of Cuzco,
+attended by his Court, and, in the presence of all the people,
+turned up the earth with a golden plough, - or an instrument that
+served as such, - thus consecrating the occupation of the
+husbandman as one worthy to be followed by the Children of the
+Sun. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 16.
+
+The nobles, also, it seems, at this high festival, imitated the
+example of their master.  "Pasadas todas las fiestas, en la
+ultima llevavan muchos arados de manos, los quales antiguamente
+heran de oro; i echos los oficios, tomava el Inga an arado i
+comenzava con el a romper la tierra, i lo mismo los demas
+senores, para que de alli adelante en todo su senorio hiciesen lo
+mismo, i sin que el Inga hiciese esto no avia Indio que osase
+romper la tierra, ni pensavan que produjese si el Inga no la
+rompia primero i esto vaste quanto a las fiestas.' Conq. i. Pob.
+del Piru, Ms.]
+
+The patronage of the government did not stop with this cheap
+display of royal condescension, but was shown in the most
+efficient measures for facilitating the labors of the husbandman.
+Much of the country along the sea-coast suffered from want of
+water, as little or no rain fell there, and the few streams, in
+their short and hurried course from the mountains, exerted only a
+very limited influence on the wide extent of territory.  The
+soil, it is true, was, for the most part, sandy and sterile; but
+many places were capable of being reclaimed, and, indeed, needed
+only to be properly irrigated to be susceptible of extraordinary
+production.  To these spots water was conveyed by means of canals
+and subterraneous aqueducts, executed on a noble scale.  They
+consisted of large slabs of freestone nicely fitted together
+without cement, and discharged a volume of water sufficient, by
+means of latent ducts or sluices, to moisten the lands in the
+lower level, through which they passed.  Some of these aqueducts
+were of great length. One that traversed the district of
+Condesuyu measured between four and five hundred miles.  They
+were brought from some elevated lake or natural reservoir in the
+heart of the mountains, and were fed at intervals by other basins
+which lay in their route along the slopes of the sierra.  In this
+descent, a passage was sometimes to be opened through rocks, -
+and this without the aid of iron tools; impracticable mountains
+were to be turned; rivers and marshes to be crossed; in short,
+the same obstacles were to be encountered as in the construction
+of their mighty roads.  But the Peruvians seemed to take pleasure
+in wrestling with the difficulties of nature.  Near Caxamarca, a
+tunnel is still visible, which they excavated in the mountains,
+to give an outlet to the waters of a lake, when these rose to a
+height in the rainy seasons that threatened the country with
+inundation. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 21. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 24. - Stevenson, Narrative of a
+Twenty Years' Residence in S. America, (London, 1829,) vol. I. p.
+412; II. pp. 173, 174.
+
+"Sacauan acequias en cabos y por partes que es cosa estrana
+afirmar lo: porque las echauan por lugares altos y baxos: y por
+laderas de los cabecos y haldas de sierras q estan en los valles:
+y por ellos mismos atrauiessan muchas: unas por una parte, y
+otras por otra, que es gran delectacio caminar por aquellos
+valles: porque parece que se anda entre huertas y florestas
+llenas de frescuras." Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 66.]
+
+Most of these beneficent works of the Incas were suffered to go
+to decay by their Spanish conquerors.  In some spots, the waters
+are still left to flow in their silent, subterraneous channels,
+whose windings and whose sources have been alike unexplored.
+Others, though partially dilapidated, and closed up with rubbish
+and the rank vegetation of the soil, still betray their course by
+occasional patches of fertility.  Such are the remains in the
+valley of Nasca, a fruitful spot that lies between long tracts of
+desert; where the ancient water-courses of the Incas, measuring
+four or five feet in depth by three in width, and formed of large
+blocks of uncemented masonry, are conducted from an unknown
+distance.
+
+The greatest care was taken that every occupant of the land
+through which these streams passed should enjoy the benefit of
+them.  The quantity of water allotted to each was prescribed by
+law; and royal overseers superintended the distribution, and saw
+that it was faithfully applied to the irrigation of the ground.
+*20
+
+[Footnote 20: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Memoirs of
+Gen-Miller, vol II p. 220.]
+
+The Peruvians showed a similar spirit of enterprise in their
+schemes for introducing cultivation into the mountainous parts of
+their domain.  Many of the hills, though covered with a strong
+soil, were too precipitous to be tilled.  These they cut into
+terraces, faced with rough stone, diminishing in regular
+gradation towards the summit; so that, while the lower strip, or
+anden, as it was called by the Spaniards, that belted round the
+base of the mountain, might comprehend hundreds of acres, the
+uppermost was only large enough to accommodate a few rows of
+Indian corn. *21 Some of the eminences presented such a mass of
+solid rock, that, after being hewn into terraces, they were
+obliged to be covered deep with earth, before they could serve
+the purpose of the husbandman.  With such patient toil did the
+Peruvians combat the formidable obstacles presented by the face
+of their country!  Without the use of the tools or the machinery
+familiar to the European, each individual could have done little;
+but acting in large masses, and under a common direction, they
+were enabled by indefatigable perseverance to achieve results, to
+have attempted which might have filled even the European with
+dismay. *22
+
+[Footnote 21: Miller supposes that it was from these andenes that
+the Spaniards gave the name of Andes to the South American
+Cordilleras.  (Memoirs of Gen. Miller, vol II. p. 219.) But the
+name is older than the Conquest, according to Garcilasso, who
+traces it to Anti, the name of a province that lay east of Cuzco.
+(Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 11.) Anta, the word for
+copper, which was found abundant in certain quarters of the
+country, may have suggested the name of the province, if not
+immediately that of the mountains.]
+
+[Footnote 22: Memoirs of Gen. Miller, ubi supra. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real. Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 1.]
+
+In the same spirit of economical husbandry which redeemed the
+rocky sierra from the curse of sterility, they dug below the arid
+soil of the valleys, and sought for a stratum where some natural
+moisture might be found. These excavations, called by the
+Spaniards hoyas, or "pits," were made on a great scale,
+comprehending frequently more than an acre, sunk to the depth of
+fifteen or twenty feet, and fenced round within by a wall of
+adobes, or bricks baked in the sun.  The bottom of the
+excavation, well prepared by a rich manure of the sardines, - a
+small fish obtained in vast quantities along the coast, - was
+planted with some kind of grain or vegetable. *23
+
+[Footnote 23: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 73.
+
+
+The remains of these ancient excavations still excite the wonder
+of the modern traveller.  See Stevenson, Residence in S. America,
+vol. I. p. 359. - Also McCulloh, Researches, p. 358.]
+
+The Peruvian farmers were well acquainted with the different
+kinds of manures, and made large use of them; a circumstance rare
+in the rich lands of the tropics, and probably not elsewhere
+practised by the rude tribes of America.  They made great use of
+guano, the valuable deposit of sea-fowl, that has attracted so
+much attention, of late, from the agriculturists both of Europe
+and of our own country, and the stimulating and nutritious
+properties of which the Indians perfectly appreciated.  This was
+found in such immense quantities on many of the little islands
+along the coast, as to have the appearance of lofty hills, which,
+covered with a white saline incrustation, led the Conquerors to
+give them the name of the sierra nevada, or "snowy mountains."
+
+The Incas took their usual precautions for securing the benefits
+of this important article to the husbandman.  They assigned the
+small islands on the coast to the use of the respective districts
+which lay adjacent to them. When the island was large, it was
+distributed among several districts, and the boundaries for each
+were clearly defined.  All encroachment on the rights of another
+was severely punished.  And they secured the preservation of the
+fowl by penalties as stern as those by which the Norman tyrants
+of England protected their own game.  No one was allowed to set
+foot on the island during the season for breeding, under pain of
+death; and to kill the birds at any time was punished in the like
+manner. *24
+
+[Footnote 24: Acosta, lib. 4, cap. 36. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 3.]
+
+With this advancement in agricultural science, the Peruvians
+might be supposed to have had some knowledge of the plough, in
+such general use among the primitive nations of the eastern
+continent.  But they had neither the iron ploughshare of the Old
+World, nor had they animals for draught, which, indeed, were
+nowhere found in the New.  The instrument which they used was a
+strong, sharp-pointed stake, traversed by a horizontal piece, ten
+or twelve inches from the point, on which the ploughman might set
+his foot and force it into the ground.  Six or eight strong men
+were attached by ropes to the stake, and dragged it forcibly
+along, - pulling together, and keeping time as they moved by
+chanting their national songs, in which they were accompanied by
+the women who followed in their train, to break up the sods with
+their rakes.  The mellow soil offered slight resistance; and the
+laborer, by long practice, acquired a dexterity which enabled him
+to turn up the ground to the requisite depth with astonishing
+facility.  This substitute for the plough was but a clumsy
+contrivance; yet it is curious as the only specimen of the kind
+among the American aborigines, and was perhaps not much inferior
+to the wooden instrument introduced in its stead by the European
+conquerors. *25
+
+[Footnote 25: Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 2.]
+
+It was frequently the policy of the Incas, after providing a
+deserted tract with the means for irrigation, and thus fitting it
+for the labors of the husbandman, to transplant there a colony of
+mitimaes, who brought it under cultivation by raising the crops
+best suited to the soil.  While the peculiar character and
+capacity of the lands were thus consulted, a means of exchange of
+the different products was afforded to the neighbouring
+provinces, which, from the formation of the country, varied much
+more than usual within the same limits.  To facilitate these
+agricultural exchanges, fairs were instituted, which took place
+three times a month in some of the most populous places, where,
+as money was unknown, a rude kind of commerce was kept up by the
+barter of their respective products.  These fairs afforded so
+many holidays for the relaxation of the industrious laborer. *26
+
+[Footnote 26: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 19. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real, Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 36; lib. 7, cap. 1. - Herrera,
+Hist. General. dec. 5, lib. 4, cap. 3.]
+
+Such were the expedients adopted by the Incas for the improvement
+of their territory; and, although imperfect, they must be allowed
+to show an acquaintance with the principles of agricultural
+science, that gives them some claim to the rank of a civilized
+people.  Under their patient and discriminating culture, every
+inch of good soil was tasked to its greatest power of production;
+while the most unpromising spots were compelled to contribute
+something to the subsistence of the people.  Everywhere the land
+teemed with evidence of agricultural wealth, from the smiling
+valleys along the coast to the terraced steeps of the sierra,
+which, rising into pyramids of verdure, glowed with all the
+splendors of tropical vegetation.
+The formation of the country was particularly favorable, as
+already remarked, to an infinite variety of products, not so much
+from its extent as from its various elevations, which, more
+remarkable, even, than those in Mexico, comprehend every degree
+of latitude from the equator to the polar regions.  Yet, though
+the temperature changes in this region with the degree of
+elevation, it remains nearly the same in the same spots
+throughout the year; and the inhabitant feels none of those
+grateful vicissitudes of season which belong to the temperate
+latitudes of the globe.  Thus, while the summer lies in full
+power on the burning regions of the palm and the cocoa-tree that
+fringe the borders of the ocean, the broad surface of the table
+land blooms with the freshness of perpetual spring, and the
+higher summits of the Cordilleras are white with everlasting
+winter.
+
+The Peruvians turned this fixed variety of climate, if I may so
+say, to the best account by cultivating the productions
+appropriate to each; and they particularly directed their
+attention to those which afforded the most nutriment to man.
+Thus, in the lower level were to be found the cassava-tree and
+the banana, that bountiful plant, which seems to have relieved
+man from the primeval curse - if it were not rather a blessing -
+of toiling for his sustenance. *27 As the banana faded from the
+landscape, a good substitute was found in the maize, the great
+agricultural staple of both the northern and southern divisions
+of the American continent; and which, after its exportation to
+the Old World, spread so rapidly there, as to suggest the idea of
+its being indigenous to it. *28 The Peruvians were well
+acquainted with the different modes of preparing this useful
+vegetable, though it seems they did not use it for bread, except
+at festivals; and they extracted a sort of honey from the stalk,
+and made an intoxicating liquor from the fermented grain, to
+which, like the Aztecs, they were immoderately addicted. *29
+
+[Footnote 27: The prolific properties of the banana are shown by
+M. de Humboldt, who states that its productiveness, as compared
+with that of wheat, is as 133 to 1, and with that of the potato,
+as 44 to 1.  (Essai Politique sur le Royaume de la Nouvelle
+Espagne, Paris, 1827, tom. II. p. 389.) It is a mistake to
+suppose that this plant was not indigenous to South America. The
+banana-leaf has been frequently found in ancient Peruvian tombs.]
+
+[Footnote 28: The misnomer of ble de Turquie shows the popular
+error.  Yet the rapidity of its diffusion through Europe and
+Asia, after the discovery of America, is of itself sufficient to
+show that it could not have been indigenous to the Old World, and
+have so long remained generally unknown there.]
+
+[Footnote 29: Acosta, lib. 4, cap. 16.
+
+The saccharine matter contained in the maize-stalk is much
+greater in tropical countries than in more northern latitudes; so
+that the natives in the former may be seen sometimes sucking it
+like the sugarcane.  One kind of the fermented liquors, sora,
+made from the corn, was of such strength, that the use of it was
+forbidden by the Incas, at least to the common people. Their
+injunctions do not seem to have been obeyed so implicitly in this
+instance as usual.]
+
+The temperate climate of the table-land furnished them with the
+maguey, agave Americana, many of the extraordinary qualities of
+which they comprehended, though not its most important one of
+affording a material for paper.  Tobacco, too, was among the
+products of this elevated region.  Yet the Peruvians differed
+from every other Indian nation to whom it was known, by using it
+only for medicinal purposes, in the form of snuff. *30 They may
+have found a substitute for its narcotic qualities in the coca
+(Erythroxylum Peruvianum), or cuca, as called by the natives.
+This is a shrub which grows to the height of a man.  The leaves
+when gathered are dried in the sun, and, being mixed with a
+little lime, form a preparation for chewing, much like the
+betel-leaf of the East. *31 With a small supply of this cuca in
+his pouch, and a handful of roasted maize, the Peruvian Indian of
+our time performs his wearisome journeys, day after day, without
+fatigue, or, at least, without complaint.  Even food the most
+invigorating is less grateful to him than his loved narcotic.
+Under the Incas, it is said to have been exclusively reserved for
+the noble orders.  If so, the people gained one luxury by the
+Conquest; and, after that period, it was so extensively used by
+them, that this article constituted a most important item of the
+colonial revenue of Spain. *32 Yet, with the soothing charms of
+an opiate, this weed so much vaunted by the natives, when used to
+excess, is said to be attended with all the mischievous effects
+of habitual intoxication. *33
+
+[Footnote 30: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 25.]
+
+[Footnote 31: The pungent leaf of the betel was in like manner
+mixed with lime when chewed.  (Elphinstone, History of India,
+London, 1841, vol. I. p. 331.) The similarity of this social
+indulgence, in the remote East and West, is singular.]
+
+[Footnote 32: Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms. - Acosta, lib. 4, cap.
+22. - Stevenson, Residence in S. America, vol. II. p. 63. - Cieza
+de Leon, Cronica, cap. 96.]
+
+[Footnote 33: A traveller (Poeppig) noticed in the Foreign
+Quarterly Review, (No. 33,) expatiates on the malignant effects
+of the habitual use of the cuca, as very similar to those
+produced on the chewer of opium.  Strange that such baneful
+properties should not be the subject of more frequent comment
+with other writers!  I do not remember to have seen them even
+adverted to.]
+
+Higher up on the slopes of the Cordilleras, beyond the limits of
+the maize and of the quinoa, - a grain bearing some resemblance
+to rice, and largely cultivated by the Indians, - was to be found
+the potato, the introduction of which into Europe has made an era
+in the history of agriculture.  Whether indigenous to Peru, or
+imported from the neighbouring country of Chili, it formed the
+great staple of the more elevated plains, under the Incas, and
+its culture was continued to a height in the equatorial regions
+which reached many thousand feet above the limits of perpetual
+snow in the temperate latitudes of Europe. *34 Wild specimens of
+the vegetable might be seen still higher, springing up
+spontaneously amidst the stunted shrubs that clothed the lofty
+sides of the Cordilleras, till these gradually subsided into the
+mosses and the short yellow grass, pajonal, which, like a golden
+carpet, was unrolled around the base of the mighty cones, that
+rose far into the regions of eternal silence, covered with the
+snows of centuries. *35
+
+[Footnote 34: Malte-Brun, book 86.
+
+The potato, found by the early discoverers in Chili, Peru, New
+Granada, and all along the Cordilleras of South America, was
+unknown in Mexico, - an additional proof of the entire ignorance
+in which the respective nations of the two continents remained of
+one another.  M. de Humboldt, who has bestowed much attention on
+the early history of this vegetable, which has exerted so
+important an influence on European society, supposes that the
+cultivation of it in Virginia, where it was known to the early
+planters, must have been originally derived from the Southern
+Spanish colonies.  Essai Politique, tom. II. p. 462.]
+
+[Footnote 35: While Peru, under the Incas, could boast these
+indigenous products, and many others less familiar to the
+European, it was unacquainted with several of great importance,
+which, since the Conquest, have thriven there as on their natural
+soil.  Such are the olive, the grape, the fig, the apple, the
+orange, the sugar-cane.  None of the cereal grains of the Old
+World were found there.  The first wheat was introduced by a
+Spanish lady of Trujillo, who took great pains to disseminate it
+among the colonists, of which the government, to its credit, was
+not unmindful.  Her name was Maria de Escobar.  History, which is
+so much occupied with celebrating the scourges of humanity,
+should take pleasure in commemorating one of its real
+benefactors.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter V
+
+Peruvian Sheep. - Great Hunts. - Manufactures. - Mechanical
+Skill. - Architecture. - Concluding Reflections.
+
+
+A nation which had made such progress in agriculture might be
+reasonably expected to have made, also, some proficiency in the
+mechanical arts, - especially when, as in the case of the
+Peruvians, their agricultural economy demanded in itself no
+inconsiderable degree of mechanical skill.  Among most nations,
+progress in manufactures has been found to have an intimate
+connection with the progress of husbandry.  Both arts are
+directed to the same great object of supplying the necessaries,
+the comforts, or, in a more refined condition of society, the
+luxuries of life; and when the one is brought to a perfection
+that infers a certain advance in civilization, the other must
+naturally find a corresponding development under the increasing
+demands and capacities of such a state.  The subjects of the
+Incas, in their patient and tranquil devotion to the more humble
+occupations of industry which bound them to their native soil,
+bore greater resemblance to the Oriental nations, as the Hindoos
+and Chinese, than they bore to the members of the great
+Anglo-Saxon family, whose hardy temper has driven them to seek
+their fortunes on the stormy ocean, and to open a commerce with
+the most distant regions of the globe.  The Peruvians, though
+lining a long extent of sea-coast, had no foreign commerce.
+
+They had peculiar advantages for domestic manufacture in a
+material incomparably superior to any thing possessed by the
+other races of the Western continent.  They found a good
+substitute for linen in a fabric which, like the Aztecs, they
+knew how to weave from the tough thread of the maguey. Cotton
+grew luxuriantly on the low, sultry level of the coast, and
+furnished them with a clothing suitable to the milder latitudes
+of the country.  But from the llama and the kindred species of
+Peruvian sheep they obtained a fleece adapted to the colder
+climate of the table-land, "more estimable," to quote the
+language of a well-informed writer, "than the down of the
+Canadian beaver, the fleece of the brebis des Calmoucks, or of
+the Syrian goat." *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Walton, Historical and Descriptive Account of the
+Peruvian Sheep, (London, 1811,) p. 115.  This writer's comparison
+is directed to the wool of the vicuna, the most esteemed of the
+genus for its fleece.]
+
+Of the four varieties of the Peruvian sheep, the llama, the one
+most familiarly known, is the least valuable on account of its
+wool.  It is chiefly employed as a beast of burden, for which,
+although it is somewhat larger than any of the other varieties,
+its diminutive size and strength would seem to disqualify it.  It
+carries a load of little more than a hundred pounds, and cannot
+travel above three or four leagues in a day.  But all this is
+compensated by the little care and cost required for its
+management and its maintenance.  It picks up an easy subsistence
+from the moss and stunted herbage that grow scantily along the
+withered sides and the steeps of the Cordilleras.  The structure
+of its stomach, like that of the camel, is such as to enable it
+to dispense with any supply of water for weeks, nay, months
+together.  Its spongy hoof, armed with a claw or pointed talon to
+enable it to take secure hold on the ice, never requires to be
+shod; and the load laid upon its back rests securely in its bed
+of wool, without the aid of girth or saddle.  The llamas move in
+troops of five hundred or even a thousand, and thus, though each
+individual carries but little, the aggregate is considerable.
+The whole caravan travels on at its regular pace, passing the
+night in the open air without suffering from the coldest
+temperature, and marching in perfect order, and in obedience to
+the voice of the driver.  It is only when overloaded that the
+spirited little animal refuses to stir, and neither blows nor
+caresses can induce him to rise from the ground.  He is as sturdy
+in asserting his rights on this occasion, as he is usually docile
+and unresisting. *2
+
+[Footnote 2: Ibid., p. 23, et seq. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 8, cap. 16. - Acosta, lib. 4, cap. 41.
+
+Llama, according to Garcilasso de la Vega, is a Peruvian word
+signifying "flock." (Ibid., ubi supra.) The natives got no milk
+from their domesticated animals; nor was milk used, I believe, by
+any tribe on the American continent.]
+
+The employment of domestic animals distinguished the Peruvians
+from the other races of the New World.  This economy of human
+labor by the substitution of the brute is an important element of
+civilization, inferior only to what is gained by the substitution
+of machinery for both.  Yet the ancient Peruvians seem to have
+made much less account of it than their Spanish conquerors, and
+to have valued the llama, in common with the other animals of
+that genus, chiefly for its fleece.  Immense herds of these
+"large cattle," as they were called, and of the "smaller cattle,"
+*3 or alpacas, were held by the government, as already noticed,
+and placed under the direction of shepherds, who conducted them
+from one quarter of the country to another, according to the
+changes of the season.  These migrations were regulated with all
+the precision with which the code of the mesta determined the
+migrations of the vast merino flocks in Spain; and the
+Conquerors, when they landed in Peru, were amazed at finding a
+race of animals so similar to their own in properties and habits,
+and under the control of a system of legislation which might seem
+to have been imported from their native land. *4
+
+[Footnote 3: Ganado maior, ganado menor.]
+
+[Footnote 4: The judicious Ondegardo emphatically recommends the
+adoption of many of these regulations by the Spanish government,
+as peculiarly suited to the exigencies of the natives.  "En esto
+de los ganados parescio haber hecho muchas constituciones en
+diferentes tiempos e algunas tan utiles e provechosas para su
+conservacion que conven dria que tambien guardasen agora." Rel.
+Seg., Ms.]
+
+But the richest store of wool was obtained, not from these
+domesticated animals, but from the two other species, the
+huanacos and the vicunas, which roamed in native freedom over the
+frozen ranges of the Cordilleras; where not unfrequently they
+might be seen scaling the snow-covered peaks which no living
+thing inhabits save the condor, the huge bird of the Andes, whose
+broad pinions bear him up in the atmosphere to the height of more
+than twenty thousand feet above the level of the sea. *5 In these
+rugged pastures, "the flock without a fold" finds sufficient
+sustenance in the ychu, a species of grass which is found
+scattered all along the great ridge of the Cordilleras, from the
+equator to the southern limits of Patagonia.  And as these limits
+define the territory traversed by the Peruvian sheep, which
+rarely, if ever, venture north of the line, it seems not
+improbable that this mysterious little plant is so important to
+their existence, that the absence of it is the principal reason
+why they have not penetrated to the northern latitudes of Quito
+and New Granada. *6
+
+[Footnote 5: Malte-Brun, book 86.]
+
+[Footnote 6: Ychu, called in the Flora Peruana Jarava; Class,
+Monandria Digynia.  See Walton, p. 17]
+
+But, although thus roaming without a master over the boundless
+wastes of the Cordilleras, the Peruvian peasant was never allowed
+to hunt these wild animals, which were protected by laws as
+severe as were the sleek herds that grazed on the more cultivated
+slopes of the plateau.  The wild game of the forest and the
+mountain was as much the property of the government, as if it had
+been inclosed within a park, or penned within a fold. *7 It was
+only on stated occasions, at the great hunts, which took place
+once a year, under the personal superintendence of the Inca or
+his principal officers, that the game was allowed to be taken.
+These hunts were not repeated in the same quarter of the country
+oftener than once in four years, that time might be allowed for
+the waste occasioned by them to be replenished.  At the appointed
+time, all those living in the district and its neighbourhood, to
+the number, it might be, of fifty or sixty thousand men, *8 were
+distributed round, so as to form a cordon of immense extent, that
+should embrace the whole country which was to be hunted over.
+The men were armed with long poles and spears, with which they
+beat up game of every description lurking in the woods, the
+valleys, and the mountains, killing the beasts of prey without
+mercy, and driving the others, consisting chiefly of the deer of
+the country, and the huanacos and vicunas, towards the centre of
+the wide-extended circle; until, as this gradually contracted,
+the timid inhabitants of the forest were concentrated on some
+spacious plain, where the eye of the hunter might range freely
+over his victims, who found no place for shelter or escape.
+
+[Footnote 7: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 8: Sometimes even a hundred thousand mustered, when the
+Inca hunted in person, if we may credit Sarmiento.  "De donde
+haviendose ya juntado cinquenta o sesenta mil Personas o cien mil
+si mandado les era." Relacion, Ms., cap. 13.]
+
+The male deer and some of the coarser kind of the Peruvian sheep
+were slaughtered; their skins were reserved for the various
+useful manufactures to which they are ordinarily applied, and
+their flesh, cut into thin slices, was distributed among the
+people, who converted it into charqui, the dried meat of the
+country, which constituted then the sole, as it has since the
+principal, animal food of the lower classes of Peru. *9
+
+[Footnote 9: Ibid., ubi supra.
+
+Charqui; hence, probably, says McCulloh, the term "jerked,"
+applied to the dried beef of South America.  Researches, p. 377.]
+
+But nearly the whole of the sheep, amounting usually to thirty or
+forty thousand, or even a larger number, after being carefully
+sheared, were suffered to escape and regain their solitary haunts
+among the mountains.  The wool thus collected was deposited in
+the royal magazines, whence, in due time, it was dealt out to the
+people.  The coarser quality was worked up into garments for
+their own use, and the finer for the Inca; for none but an Inca
+noble could wear the fine fabric of the vicuna. *10
+
+[Footnote 10: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms. loc. cit. - Cieza de Leon,
+Cronica, cap. 81. - Garcilasso, Com. Real. Parte 1, lib. 6, cap.
+6.]
+
+The Peruvians showed great skill in the manufacture of different
+articles for the royal household from this delicate material,
+which, under the name of vigonia wool, is now familiar to the
+looms of Europe.  It was wrought into shawls, robes, and other
+articles of dress for the monarch, and into carpets, coverlets,
+and hangings for the imperial palaces and the temples.  The cloth
+was finished on both sides alike; *11 the delicacy of the texture
+was such as to give it the lustre of silk; and the brilliancy of
+the dyes excited the admiration and the envy of the European
+artisan. *12 The Peruvians produced also an article of great
+strength and durability by mixing the hair of animals with wool;
+and they were expert in the beautiful feather-work, which they
+held of less account than the Mexicans from the superior quality
+of the materials for other fabrics, which they had at their
+command. *13
+
+[Footnote 11: Acosta, lib. 4, cap. 41.]
+
+[Footnote 12: "Ropas finisimas para los Reyes, que lo eran tanto
+que parecian de sarga de seda y con colores tan perfectos quanto
+se puede afirmar." Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 13]
+
+[Footnote 13: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.
+
+"Ropa finissima para los senores Ingas de lana de las Vicunias.
+Y cierto fue tan prima esta ropa, como auran visto en Espana: por
+alguna que alla fue luego que se gano este reyno.  Los vestidos
+destos Ingas eran camisetas desta opa: vnas pobladas de
+argenteria de oro, otras de esmeraldas y piedras preciosas: y
+algunas de plumas de aues: otras de solamente la manta.  Para
+hazer estas ropas, tuuiero y tienen tan perfetas colores de
+carmesi, azul, amarillo, negro, y de otras suertes: que
+verdaderamente tienen ventaja a las de Espana." Cieza de Leon,
+Cronica, cap. 114.]
+
+The natives showed a skill in other mechanical arts similar to
+that displayed by their manufacturers of cloth.  Every man in
+Peru was expected to be acquainted with the various handicrafts
+essential to domestic comfort. No long apprenticeship was
+required for this, where the wants were so few as among the
+simple peasantry of the Incas.  But, if this were all, it would
+imply but a very moderate advancement in the arts.  There were
+certain individuals, however, carefully trained to those
+occupations which minister to the demands of the more opulent
+classes of society.  These occupations, like every other calling
+and office in Peru, always descended from father to son. *14 The
+division of castes, in this particular, was as precise as that
+which existed in Egypt or Hindostan.  If this arrangement be
+unfavorable to originality, or to the development of the peculiar
+talent of the individual, it at least conduces to an easy and
+finished execution by familiarizing the artist with the practice
+of his art from childhood. *15
+
+
+[Footnote 14: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim. et Seg., Mss. - Garcillaso,
+Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 7, 9, 13.]
+
+[Footnote 15: At least, such was the opinion of the Egyptians,
+who referred to this arrangement of castes as the source of their
+own peculiar dexterity in the arts.  See Diodorus Sic., lib. 1,
+sec. 74.]
+
+The royal magazines and the huacas or tombs of the Incas have
+been found to contain many specimens of curious and elaborate
+workmanship.  Among these are vases of gold and silver,
+bracelets, collars, and other ornaments for the person; utensils
+of every description, some of fine clay, and many more of copper;
+mirrors of a hard, polished stone, or burnished silver, with a
+great variety of other articles made frequently on a whimsical
+pattern, evincing quite as much ingenuity as taste or inventive
+talent. *16 The character of the Peruvian mind led to imitation,
+in fact, rather than invention, to delicacy and minuteness of
+finish, rather than to boldness or beauty of design.
+
+[Footnote 16: Ulloa, Not. Amer., ent. 21. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 114. -
+Condamine, Mem. ap. Hist. de l'Acad. Royale de Berlin, tom. II.
+p. 454-456.
+
+The last writer says, that a large collection of massive gold
+ornaments of very rich workmanship was long preserved in the
+royal treasury of Quito. But on his going there to examine them,
+he learned that they had just been melted down into ingots to
+send to Carthagena, then besieged by the English! The art of war
+can flourish only at the expense of all the other arts.]
+That they should have accomplished these difficult works with
+such tools as they possessed, is truly wonderful.  It was
+comparatively easy to cast and even to sculpture metallic
+substances, both of which they did with consummate skill.  But
+that they should have shown the like facility in cutting the
+hardest substances, as emeralds and other precious stones, is not
+so easy to explain.  Emeralds they obtained in considerable
+quantity from the barren district of Atacames, and this
+inflexible material seems to have been almost as ductile in the
+hands of the Peruvian artist as if it had been made of clay. *17
+Yet the natives were unacquainted with the use of iron, though
+the soil was largely impregnated with it. *18 The tools used were
+of stone, or more frequently of copper.  But the material on
+which they relied for the execution of their most difficult tasks
+was formed by combining a very small portion of tin with copper.
+*19 This composition gave a hardness to the metal which seems to
+have been little inferior to that of steel.  With the aid of it,
+not only did the Peruvian artisan hew into shape porphyry and
+granite, but by his patient industry accomplished works which the
+European would not have ventured to undertake.  Among the remains
+of the monuments of Cannar may be seen movable rings in the
+muzzles of animals, all nicely sculptured of one entire block of
+granite. *20 It is worthy of remark, that the Egyptians, the
+Mexicans, and the Peruvians, in their progress towards
+civilization, should never have detected the use of iron, which
+lay around them in abundance; and that they should each, without
+any knowledge of the other, have found a substitute for it in
+such a curious composition of metals as gave to their tools
+almost the temper of steel; *21 a secret that has been lost - or,
+to speak more correctly, has never been discovered - by the
+civilized European.
+
+[Footnote 17: They had turquoises, also, and might have had
+pearls, but for the tenderness of the Incas, who were unwilling
+to risk the lives of their people in this perilous fishery!  At
+least, so we are assured by Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib.
+8, cap. 23.]
+
+[Footnote 18: "No tenian herramientas de hierro in azero."
+Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib.
+4, cap. 4.]
+
+[Footnote 19: M. de Humboldt brought with him back to Europe one
+of these metallic tools, a chisel, found in a silver mine opened
+by the Incas not far from Cuzco.  On an analysis, it was found to
+contain 0.94 of copper, and 0.06 of tin.  See Vues des
+Cordilleres, p. 117.]
+
+[Footnote 20: "Quoiqu'il en soit," says M. de la Condamine, "nous
+avons vu en quelques autres ruines des ornemens du meme granit,
+qui representoient des mufles d'animaux, dont les narines percees
+portoient des anneaux mobiles de la meme pierre." Mem. ap. Hist.
+de l'Acad.  Royale de Berlin, tom. II. p. 452.]
+
+[Footnote 21: See the History of the Conquest of Mexico, Book 1,
+chap. 5.]
+
+I have already spoken of the large quantity of gold and silver
+wrought into various articles of elegance and utility for the
+Incas; though the amount was inconsiderable, in comparison with
+what could have been afforded by the mineral riches of the land,
+and with what has since been obtained by the more sagacious and
+unscrupulous cupidity of the white man.  Gold was gathered by the
+Incas from the deposits of the streams.  They extracted the ore
+also in considerable quantities from the valley of Curimayo,
+northeast of Caxamarca, as well as from other places; and the
+silver mines of Porco, in particular, yielded them considerable
+returns.  Yet they did not attempt to penetrate into the bowels
+of the earth by sinking a shaft, but simply excavated a cavern in
+the steep sides of the mountain, or, at most, opened a horizontal
+vein of moderate depth.  They were equally deficient in the
+knowledge of the best means of detaching the precious metal from
+the dross with which it was united, and had no idea of the
+virtues of quicksilver, - a mineral not rare in Peru, - as an
+amalgam to effect this decomposition. *22 Their method of
+smelting the ore was by means of furnaces built in elevated and
+exposed situations, where they might be fanned by the strong
+breezes of the mountains.  The subjects of the Incas, in short,
+with all their patient perseverance, did little more than
+penetrate below the crust, the outer rind, as it were, formed
+over those golden caverns which lie hidden in the dark depths of
+the Andes.  Yet what they gleaned from the surface was more than
+adequate for all their demands. For they were not a commercial
+people, and had no knowledge of money. *23 In this they differed
+from the ancient Mexicans, who had an established currency of a
+determinate value.  In one respect, however, they were superior
+to their American rivals, since they made use of weights to
+determine the quantity of their commodities, a thing wholly
+unknown to the Aztecs.  This fact is ascertained by the discovery
+of silver balances, adjusted with perfect accuracy, in some of
+the tombs of the Incas. *24
+
+[Footnote 22: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 8, cap. 25.]
+
+[Footnote 23: Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 7; lib. 6, cap. 8. -
+Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms.
+
+This, which Bonaparte thought so incredible of the little island
+of Loo Choo, was still more extraordinary in a great and
+flourishing empire like Peru; - the country, too, which contained
+within its bowels the treasures that were one day to furnish
+Europe with the basis of its vast metallic currency.]
+
+[Footnote 24: Ulloa, Not. Amer., ent. 21.]
+
+But the surest test of the civilization of a people - at least,
+as sure as any - afforded by mechanical art is to be found in
+their architecture, which presents so noble a field for the
+display of the grand and the beautiful, and which, at the same
+time, is so intimately connected with the essential comforts of
+life.  There is no object on which the resources of the wealthy
+are more freely lavished, or which calls out more effectually the
+inventive talent of the artist.  The painter and the sculptor may
+display their individual genius in creations of surpassing
+excellence, but it is the great monuments of architectural taste
+and magnificence that are stamped in a peculiar manner by the
+genius of the nation.  The Greek, the Egyptian, the Saracen, the
+Gothic, - what a key do their respective styles afford to the
+character and condition of the people!  The monuments of China,
+of Hindostan, and of Central America are all indicative of an
+immature period, in which the imagination has not been
+disciplined by study, and which, therefore, in its best results,
+betrays only the ill-regulated aspirations after the beautiful,
+that belong to a semi-civilized people.
+
+The Peruvian architecture, bearing also the general
+characteristics of an imperfect state of refinement, had still
+its peculiar character; and so uniform was that character, that
+the edifices throughout the country seem to have been all cast in
+the same mould. *25 They were usually built of porphyry or
+granite; not unfrequently of brick.  This, which was formed into
+blocks or squares of much larger dimensions than our brick, was
+made of a tenacious earth mixed up with reeds or tough grass, and
+acquired a degree of hardness with age that made it insensible
+alike to the storms and the more trying sun of the tropics. *26
+The walls were of great thickness, but low, seldom reaching to
+more than twelve or fourteen feet in height.  It is rare to meet
+with accounts of a building that rose to a second story. *27
+
+[Footnote 25: It is the observation of Humboldt.  "Il est
+impossible d'examiner attentivement un seul edifice du temps des
+Incas, sans reconnoitre le meme type dans tous les autres qui
+couvrent le dos des Andes, sur une longueur de plus de quatre
+cent cinquante lieues, depuis mille jusqu'a quatre mille metres
+d'elevation au-dessus du niveau de l'Ocean.  On dirait qu'un seul
+architecte a construit ce grand nombre de monumens." Vues des
+Cordilleres, p. 197.]
+
+[Footnote 26: Ulloa, who carefully examined these bricks,
+suggests that there must have been some secret in their
+composition, - so superior in many respects to our own
+manufacture, - now lost.  Not. Amer., ent. 20.]
+
+[Footnote 27: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+The apartments had no communication with one another, but usually
+opened into a court; and, as they were unprovided with windows,
+or apertures that served for them, the only light from without
+must have been admitted by the doorways.  These were made with
+the sides approaching each other towards the top, so that the
+lintel was considerably narrower than the threshold, a
+peculiarity, also, in Egyptian architecture.  The roofs have for
+the most part disappeared with time.  Some few survive in the
+less ambitious edifices, of a singular bell-shape, and made of a
+composition of earth and pebbles. They are supposed, however, to
+have been generally formed of more perishable materials, of wood
+or straw.  It is certain that some of the most considerable
+stone-buildings were thatched with straw.  Many seem to have been
+constructed without the aid of cement; and writers have contended
+that the Peruvians were unacquainted with the use of mortar, or
+cement of any kind. *28 But a close, tenacious mould, mixed with
+lime, may be discovered filling up the interstices of the granite
+in some buildings; and in others, where the well-fitted blocks
+leave no room for this coarser material, the eye of the antiquary
+has detected a fine bituminous glue, as hard as the rock itself.
+*29
+
+[Footnote 28: Among others, see Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 15. -
+Robertson, History of America, (London, 1796,) vol. III. p. 213.]
+
+[Footnote 29: Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms. - Ulloa, Not. Amer., ent.
+21.
+Humboldt, who analyzed the cement of the ancient structures at
+Cannar, says that it is a true mortar, formed of a mixture of
+pebbles and a clayey marl.  (Vues des Cordilleres, p. 116.)
+Father Velasco is in raptures with an "almost imperceptible kind
+of cement" made of lime and a bituminous substance resembling
+glue, which incorporated with the stones so as to hold them
+firmly together like one solid mass, yet left nothing visible to
+the eye of the common observer.  This glutinous composition,
+mixed with pebbles, made a sort of Macadamized road much used by
+the Incas, as hard and almost as smooth as marble.  Hist. de
+Quito, tom. I. pp. 126-128.]
+
+The greatest simplicity is observed in the construction of the
+buildings, which are usually free from outward ornament; though
+in some the huge stones are shaped into a convex form with great
+regularity, and adjusted with such nice precision to one another,
+that it would be impossible, but for the flutings, to determine
+the line of junction.  In others, the stone is rough, as it was
+taken from the quarry, in the most irregular forms, with the
+edges nicely wrought and fitted to each other.  There is no
+appearance of columns or of arches; though there is some
+contradiction as to the latter point.  But it is not to be
+doubted, that, although they may have made some approach to this
+mode of construction by the greater or less inclination of the
+walls, the Peruvian architects were wholly unacquainted with the
+true principle of the circular arch reposing on its key-stone.
+*30
+
+[Footnote 30: Condamine, Mem. ap. Hist. de l'Acad. Royale de
+Berlin, tom. II. p. 448. - Antig. y Monumentos del Peru, Ms. -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib 4, cap. 4. - Acosta, lib. 6,
+cap. 14. - Ulloa, Voyage to S. America, vol. I. p 469. -
+Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+The architecture of the Incas is characterized, says an eminent
+traveller, "by simplicity, symmetry and solidity." *31 It may
+seem unphilosophical to condemn the peculiar fashion of a nation
+as indicating want of taste, because its standard of taste
+differs from our own.  Yet there is an incongruity in the
+composition of the Peruvian buildings which argues a very
+imperfect acquaintance with the first principles of architecture.
+While they put together their bulky masses of porphyry and
+granite with the nicest art, they were incapable of mortising
+their timbers, and, in their ignorance of iron, knew no better
+way of holding the beams together than tying them with thongs of
+maguey.  In the same incongruous spirit, the building that was
+thatched with straw, and unilluminated by a window, was glowing
+with tapestries of gold and silver!  These are the
+inconsistencies of a rude people, among whom the arts are but
+partially developed.  It might not be difficult to find examples
+of like inconsistency in the architecture and domestic
+arrangements of our Anglo-Saxon, and, at a still later period, of
+our Norman ancestors.
+
+[Footnote 31: "Simplicite, symetrie, et solidite, voila les trois
+caracteres par lesquels se distinguent avantageusement tous les
+edifices peruviens.' Humboldt, Vues des Cordilleres, p. 115.]
+
+Yet the buildings of the Incas were accommodated to the character
+of the climate, and were well fitted to resist those terrible
+convulsions which belong to the land of volcanoes.  The wisdom of
+their plan is attested by the number which still survive, while
+the more modern constructions of the Conquerors have been buried
+in ruins.  The hand of the Conquerors, indeed, has fallen heavily
+on these venerable monuments, and, in their blind and
+superstitious search for hidden treasure, has caused infinitely
+more ruin than time or the earthquake. *32 Yet enough of these
+monuments still remain to invite the researches of the antiquary.
+Those only in the most conspicuous situations have been hitherto
+examined.  But, by the testimony of travellers, many more are to
+be found in the less frequented parts of the country; and we may
+hope they will one day call forth a kindred spirit of enterprise
+to that which has so successfully explored the mysterious
+recesses of Central America and Yucatan.
+
+[Footnote 32: The anonymous author of the Antig. y Monumentos del
+Peru, Ms., gives us, at second hand, one of those golden
+traditions which, in early times, fostered the spirit of
+adventure.  The tradition, in this instance, he thinks well
+entitled to credit.  The reader will judge for himself.
+"It is a well-authenticated report, and generally received, that
+there is a secret hall in the fortress of Cuzco, where an immense
+treasure is concealed, consisting of the statues of all the
+Incas, wrought in gold.  A lady is still living, Dona Maria de
+Esquivel, the wife of the last Inca, who has visited this hall,
+and I have heard her relate the way in which she was carried to
+see it.
+
+"Don Carlos, the lady's husband, did not maintain a style of
+living becoming his high rank.  Dona Maria sometimes reproached
+him, declaring that she had been deceived into marrying a poor
+Indian under the lofty title of Lord or Inca.  She said this so
+frequently, that Don Carlos one night exclaimed, 'Lady!  do you
+wish to know whether I am rich or poor?  You shall see that no
+lord nor king in the world has a larger treasure than I have.'
+Then covering her eyes with a handkerchief he made her turn round
+two or three times, and, taking her by the hand, led her a short
+distance before he removed the bandage.  On opening her eyes,
+what was her amazement!  She had gone not more than two hundred
+paces, and descended a short flight of steps, and she now found
+herself in a large quadrangular hall, where, ranged on benches
+round the walls, she beheld the statues of the Incas, each of the
+size of a boy twelve years old, all of massive gold!  She saw
+also many vessels of gold and silver.  'In fact,' she said, 'it
+was one of the most magnificent treasures in the whole world!'"]
+
+I cannot close this analysis of the Peruvian institutions without
+a few reflections on their general character and tendency, which,
+if they involve some repetition of previous remarks, may, I
+trust, be excused, from my desire to leave a correct and
+consistent impression on the reader.  In this survey, we cannot
+but be struck with the total dissimilarity between these
+institutions and those of the Aztecs, - the other great nation
+who led in the march of civilization on this western continent,
+and whose empire in the northern portion of it was as conspicuous
+as that of the Incas in the south. Both nations came on the
+plateau, and commenced their career of conquest, at dates, it may
+be, not far removed from each other. *33 And it is worthy of
+notice, that, in America, the elevated region along the crests of
+the great mountain ranges should have been the chosen seat of
+civilization in both hemispheres.
+
+[Footnote 33: Ante, chap. 1.]
+
+Very different was the policy pursued by the two races in their
+military career.  The Aztecs, animated by the most ferocious
+spirit, carried on a war of extermination, signalizing their
+triumphs by the sacrifice of hecatombs of captives; while the
+Incas, although they pursued the game of conquest with equal
+pertinacity, preferred a milder policy, substituting negotiation
+and intrigue for violence, and dealt with their antagonists so
+that their future resources should not be crippled, and that they
+should come as friends, not as foes, into the bosom of the
+empire.
+
+Their policy toward the conquered forms a contrast no less
+striking to that pursued by the Aztecs.  The Mexican vassals were
+ground by excessive imposts and military conscriptions.  No
+regard was had to their welfare, and the only limit to oppression
+was the power of endurance.  They were overawed by fortresses and
+armed garrisons, and were made to feel every hour that they were
+not part and parcel of the nation, but held only in subjugation
+as a conquered people.  The Incas, on the other hand, admitted
+their new subjects at once to all the rights enjoyed by the rest
+of the community; and, though they made them conform to the
+established laws and usages of the empire, they watched over
+their personal security and comfort with a sort of parental
+solicitude.  The motley population, thus bound together by common
+interest, was animated by a common feeling of loyalty, which gave
+greater strength and stability to the empire, as it became more
+and more widely extended; while the various tribes who
+successively came under the Mexican sceptre, being held together
+only by the pressure of external force, were ready to fall
+asunder the moment that that force was withdrawn.  The policy of
+the two nations displayed the principle of fear as contrasted
+with the principle of love.
+The characteristic features of their religious systems had as
+little resemblance to each other.  The whole Aztec pantheon
+partook more or less of the sanguinary spirit of the terrible
+war-god who presided over it, and their frivolous ceremonial
+almost always terminated with human sacrifice and cannibal
+orgies.  But the rites of the Peruvians were of a more innocent
+cast, as they tended to a more spiritual worship.  For the
+worship of the Creator is most nearly approached by that of the
+heavenly bodies, which, as they revolve in their bright orbits,
+seem to be the most glorious symbols of his beneficence and
+power.
+
+In the minuter mechanical arts, both showed considerable skill;
+but in the construction of important public works, of roads,
+aqueducts, canals, and in agriculture in all its details, the
+Peruvians were much superior.  Strange that they should have
+fallen so far below their rivals in their efforts after a higher
+intellectual culture, in astronomical science, more especially,
+and in the art of communicating thought by visible symbols.  When
+we consider the greater refinement of the Incas, their
+inferiority to the Aztecs in these particulars can be explained
+only by the fact, that the latter in all probability were
+indebted for their science to the race who preceded them in the
+land, - that shadowy race whose origin and whose end are alike
+veiled from the eye of the inquirer, but who possibly may have
+sought a refuge from their ferocious invaders in those regions of
+Central America the architectural remains of which now supply us
+with the most pleasing monuments of Indian civilization.  It is
+with this more polished race, to whom the Peruvians seem to have
+borne some resemblance in their mental and moral organization,
+that they should be compared.  Had the empire of the Incas been
+permitted to extend itself with the rapid strides with which it
+was advancing at the period of the Spanish conquest, the two
+races might have come into conflict, or, perhaps, into alliance
+with one another.
+
+The Mexicans and Peruvians, so different in the character of
+their peculiar civilization, were, it seems probable, ignorant of
+each other's existence; and it may appear singular, that, during
+the simultaneous continuance of their empires, some of the seeds
+of science and of art, which pass so imperceptibly from one
+people to another, should not have found their way across the
+interval which separated the two nations.  They furnish an
+interesting example of the opposite directions which the human
+mind may take in its struggle to emerge from darkness into the
+light of civilization.
+A closer resemblance - as I have more than once taken occasion to
+notice - may be found between the Peruvian institutions and some
+of the despotic governments of Eastern Asia; those governments
+where despotism appears in its more mitigated form, and the whole
+people, under the patriarchal sway of its sovereign, seem to be
+gathered together like the members of one vast family. Such were
+the Chinese, for example, whom the Peruvians resembled in their
+implicit obedience to authority, their mild yet somewhat stubborn
+temper, their solicitude for forms, their reverence for ancient
+usage, their skill in the minuter manufactures, their imitative
+rather than inventive cast of mind, and their invincible
+patience, which serves instead of a more adventurous spirit for
+the execution of difficult undertakings. *34
+
+[Footnote 34: Count Carli has amused himself with tracing out the
+different points of resemblance between the Chinese and the
+Peruvians.  The emperor of China was styled the son of Heaven or
+of the Sun.  He also held a plough once a year in presence of his
+people, to show his respect for agriculture.  And the solstices
+and equinoxes were noted, to determine the periods of their
+religious festivals.  The coincidences are curious.  Lettres
+Americaines, tom. II. pp. 7, 8.]
+
+A still closer analogy may be found with the natives of Hindostan
+in their division into castes, their worship of the heavenly
+bodies and the elements of nature, and their acquaintance with
+the scientific principles of husbandry.  To the ancient
+Egyptians, also, they bore considerable resemblance in the same
+particulars, as well as in those ideas of a future existence
+which led them to attach so much importance to the permanent
+preservation of the body.
+
+But we shall look in vain in the history of the East for a
+parallel to the absolute control exercised by the Incas over
+their subjects.  In the East, this was founded on physical power,
+- on the external resources of the government.  The authority of
+the Inca might be compared with that of the Pope in the day of
+his might, when Christendom trembled at the thunders of the
+Vatican, and the successor of St. Peter set his foot on the necks
+of princes.  But the authority of the Pope was founded on
+opinion.  His temporal power was nothing.  The empire of the
+Incas rested on both.  It was a theocracy more potent in its
+operation than that of the Jews; for, though the sanction of the
+law might be as great among the latter, the law was expounded by
+a human lawgiver, the servant and representative of Divinity.
+But the Inca was both the lawgiver and the law.  He was not
+merely the representative of Divinity, or, like the Pope, its
+vicegerent, but he was Divinity itself. The violation of his
+ordinance was sacrilege.  Never was there a scheme of government
+enforced by such terrible sanctions, or which bore so
+oppressively on the subjects of it.  For it reached not only to
+the visible acts, but to the private conduct, the words, the very
+thoughts, of its vassals.
+It added not a little to the efficacy of the government, that,
+below the sovereign, there was an order of hereditary nobles of
+the same divine original with himself, who, placed far below
+himself, were still immeasurably above the rest of the community,
+not merely by descent, but, as it would seem, by their
+intellectual nature.  These were the exclusive depositaries of
+power, and, as their long hereditary training made them familiar
+with their vocation, and secured them implicit deference from the
+multitude, they became the prompt and well-practised agents for
+carrying out the executive measures of the administration.  All
+that occurred throughout the wide extent of his empire - such was
+the perfect system of communication - passed in review, as it
+were, before the eyes of the monarch, and a thousand hands, armed
+with irresistible authority, stood ready in every quarter to do
+his bidding.  Was it not, as we have said, the most oppressive,
+though the mildest, of despotisms?
+It was the mildest, from the very circumstance, that the
+transcendent rank of the sovereign, and the humble, nay,
+superstitious, devotion to his will made it superfluous to assert
+this will by acts of violence or rigor. The great mass of the
+people may have appeared to his eyes as but little removed above
+the condition of the brute, formed to minister to his pleasures.
+But, from their very helplessness, he regarded them with feelings
+of commiseration, like those which a kind master might feel for
+the poor animals committed to his charge, or - to do justice to
+the beneficent character attributed to many of the Incas - that a
+parent might feel for his young and impotent offspring. The laws
+were carefully directed to their preservation and personal
+comfort. The people were not allowed to be employed on works
+pernicious to their health, nor to pine - a sad contrast to their
+subsequent destiny - under the imposition of tasks too heavy for
+their powers.  They were never made the victims of public or
+private extortion; and a benevolent forecast watched carefully
+over their necessities, and provided for their relief in seasons
+of infirmity, and for their sustenance in health.  The government
+of the Incas, however arbitrary in form, was in its spirit truly
+patriarchal.
+Yet in this there was nothing cheering to the dignity of human
+nature. What the people had was conceded as a boon, not as a
+right.  When a nation was brought under the sceptre of the Incas,
+it resigned every personal right, even the rights dearest to
+humanity.  Under this extraordinary polity, a people advanced in
+many of the social refinements, well skilled in manufactures and
+agriculture, were unacquainted, as we have seen, with money. They
+had nothing that deserved to be called property.  They could
+follow no craft, could engage in no labor, no amusement, but such
+as was specially provided by law.  They could not change their
+residence or their dress without a license from the government.
+They could not even exercise the freedom which is conceded to the
+most abject in other countries, that of selecting their own
+wives.  The imperative spirit of despotism would not allow them
+to be happy or miserable in any way but that established by law.
+The power of free agency - the inestimable and inborn right of
+every human being - was annihilated in Peru.
+
+The astonishing mechanism of the Peruvian polity could have
+resulted only from the combined authority of opinion and positive
+power in the ruler to an extent unprecedented in the history of
+man.  Yet that it should have so successfully gone into
+operation, and so long endured, in opposition to the taste, the
+prejudices, and the very principles of our nature, is a strong
+proof of a generally wise and temperate administration of the
+government.
+The policy habitually pursued by the Incas for the prevention of
+evils that might have disturbed the order of things is well
+exemplified in their provisions against poverty and idleness.  In
+these they rightly discerned the two great causes of disaffection
+in a populous community.  The industry of the people was secured
+not only by their compulsory occupations at home, but by their
+employment on those great public works which covered every part
+of the country, and which still bear testimony in their decay to
+their primitive grandeur.  Yet it may well astonish us to find,
+that the natural difficulty of these undertakings, sufficiently
+great in itself, considering the imperfection of their tools and
+machinery, was inconceivably enhanced by the politic contrivance
+of government.  The royal edifices of Quito, we are assured by
+the Spanish conquerors, were constructed of huge masses of stone,
+many of which were carried all the way along the mountain roads
+from Cuzco, a distance of several hundred leagues. *35 The great
+square of the capital was filled to a considerable depth with
+mould brought with incredible labor up the steep slopes of the
+Cordilleras from the distant shores of the Pacific Ocean. *36
+Labor was regarded not only as a means, but as an end, by the
+Peruvian law.
+
+[Footnote 35: "Era muy principal intento que la gente no holgase,
+que dava causa a que despues que los Ingas estuvieron en paz
+hacer traer de Quito al Cuzco piedra que venia de provincia en
+provincia para hacer casas para si o pa el Sol en gran cantidad,
+y del Cuzco llevalla a Quito pa el mismo efecto, . . . . . y asi
+destas cosas hacian los Ingas muchas de poco provecho y de
+escesivo travajo en que traian ocupadas las provincias
+ordinariamte, y en fin el travajo era causa de su conservacion."
+Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms. - Also Antig. y Monumentos del Peru,
+Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 36: This was literally gold dust; for Ondegardo states,
+that, when governor of Cuzco, he caused great quantities of gold
+vessels and ornaments to be disinterred from the sand in which
+they had been secreted by the natives.  "Que toda aquella plaza
+del Cuzco le sacaron la tierra propia, y se llevo a otras partes
+por cosa de gran estima, e la hincheron de arena de la costa de
+la mar, como hasta dos palmos y medio en algunas partes, mas
+sembraron por toda ella muchos vasos de oro e plata, y hovejuelas
+y hombrecillos pequenos de lo mismo, lo cual se ha sacado en
+mucha cantidad, que todo lo hemos visto; desta arena estaba toda
+la plaza, quando yo fui a governar aquella Ciudad; e si fue
+verdad que aquella se trajo de ellos, afirman e tienen puestos en
+sus registros, paresceme que sea ansi, que toda la tierra junta
+tubo necesidad de entender en ello, por que la plaza es grande, y
+no tiene numero las cargas que en ella entraron; y la costa por
+lo mas cerca esta mas de nobenta leguas a lo que creo, y cierto
+yo me satisfice, porque todos dicen, que aquel genero de arena,
+no lo hay hasta la costa." Rel. Seg., Ms]
+
+With their manifold provisions against poverty the reader has
+already been made acquainted.  They were so perfect, that, in
+their wide extent of territory, - much of it smitten with the
+curse of barrenness, - no man, however humble, suffered from the
+want of food and clothing.  Famine, so common a scourge in every
+other American nation, so common at that period in every country
+of civilized Europe, was an evil unknown in the dominions of the
+Incas.
+
+The most enlightened of the Spaniards who first visited Peru,
+struck with the general appearance of plenty and prosperity, and
+with the astonishing order with which every thing throughout the
+country was regulated, are loud in their expressions of
+admiration.  No better government, in their opinion, could have
+been devised for the people. Contented with their condition, and
+free from vice, to borrow the language of an eminent authority of
+that early day, the mild and docile character of the Peruvians
+would have well fitted them to receive the teachings of
+Christianity, had the love of conversion, instead of gold,
+animated the breasts of the Conquerors. *37 And a philosopher of
+a later time, warmed by the contemplation of the picture - which
+his own fancy had colored - of public prosperity and private
+happiness under the rule of the Incas, pronounces "the moral man
+in Peru far superior to the European." *38
+
+[Footnote 37: "Y si Dios permitiera que tubieran quien con celo
+de Cristiandad, y no con ramo de codicia, en lo pasado, les
+dieran entera noticia de nuestra sagrada Religion, era gente en
+que bien imprimiera, segun vemos por lo que ahora con la buena
+orden que hay se obra." Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 22.
+
+But the most emphatic testimony to the merits of the people is
+that afforded by Mancio Sierra Lejesema, the last survivor of the
+early Spanish Conquerors, who settled in Peru.  In the preamble
+to his testament, made, as he states, to relieve his conscience,
+at the time of his death, he declares that the whole population,
+under the Incas, was distinguished by sobriety and industry; that
+such things as robbery and theft were unknown; that, far from
+licentiousness, there was not even a prostitute in the country;
+and that every thing was conducted with the greatest order, and
+entire submission to authority.  The panegyric is somewhat too
+unqualified for a whole nation, and may lead one to suspect that
+the stings of remorse for his own treatment of the natives goaded
+the dying veteran into a higher estimate of their deserts than
+was strictly warranted by facts.  Yet this testimony by such a
+man at such a time is too remarkable, as well as too honorable to
+the Peruvians, to be passed over in silence by the historian; and
+I have transferred the document in the original to Appendix, No.
+4.]
+
+[Footnote 38: "Sans doute l'homme moral du Perou etoit infiniment
+plus perfectionne que l'Europeen." Carli, Lettres Americaines,
+tom. I. p. 215.]
+
+Yet such results are scarcely reconcilable with the theory of the
+government I have attempted to analyze.  Where there is no free
+agency, there can be no morality.  Where there is no temptation,
+there can be little claim to virtue.  Where the routine is
+rigorously prescribed by law, the law, and not the man, must have
+the credit of the conduct.  If that government is the best, which
+is felt the least, which encroaches on the natural liberty of the
+subject only so far as is essential to civil subordination, then
+of all governments devised by man the Peruvian has the least real
+claim to our admiration.
+
+It is not easy to comprehend the genius and the full import of
+institutions so opposite to those of our own free republic, where
+every man, however humble his condition, may aspire to the
+highest honors of the state, - may select his own career, and
+carve out his fortune in his own way; where the light of
+knowledge, instead of being concentrated on a chosen few, is shed
+abroad like the light of day, and suffered to fall equally on the
+poor and the rich; where the collision of man with man wakens a
+generous emulation that calls out latent talent and tasks the
+energies to the utmost; where consciousness of independence gives
+a feeling of self-reliance unknown to the timid subjects of a
+despotism; where, in short, the government is made for man, - not
+as in Peru, where man seemed to be made only for the government.
+The New World is the theatre on which these two political
+systems, so opposite in their character, have been carried into
+operation.  The empire of the Incas has passed away and left no
+trace.  The other great experiment is still going on, - the
+experiment which is to solve the problem, so long contested in
+the Old World, of the capacity of man for self-government.  Alas
+for humanity, if it should fail!
+
+The testimony of the Spanish conquerors is not uniform in respect
+to the favorable influence exerted by the Peruvian institutions
+on the character of the people.  Drinking and dancing are said to
+have been the pleasures to which they were immoderately addicted.
+Like the slaves and serfs in other lands, whose position excluded
+them from more serious and ennobling occupations, they found a
+substitute in frivolous or sensual indulgence. Lazy, luxurious,
+and licentious, are the epithets bestowed on them by one of those
+who saw them at the Conquest, but whose pen was not too friendly
+to the Indian. *39 Yet the spirit of independence could hardly be
+strong in a people who had no interest in the soil, no personal
+rights to defend; and the facility with which they yielded to the
+Spanish invader - after every allowance for their comparative
+inferiority - argues a deplorable destitution of that patriotic
+feeling which holds life as little in comparison with freedom.
+
+[Footnote 39: "Heran muy dados a la lujuria y al bever, tenian
+acceso carnal con las hermanas y las mugeres de sus padres como
+no fuesen sus mismas madres, y aun algunos avia que con ellas
+mismas lo hacian y ansi mismo con sus hijas. Estando borrachos
+tocavan algunos en el pecado nefando, emborrachavanse muy a
+menudo, y estando borrachos todo lo que el demonio les traia a la
+voluntad hacian Heran estos orejones muy soberbios y
+presuntuosos.
+
+. . . . . Tenian otras muchas maldades que por ser muchas no las
+digo." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.
+
+These random aspersions of the hard conqueror show too gross an
+ignorance of the institutions of the people to merit much
+confidence as to what is said of their character.]
+
+But we must not judge too hardly of the unfortunate native,
+because he quailed before the civilization of the European.  We
+must not be insensible to the really great results that were
+achieved by the government of the Incas. We must not forget,
+that, under their rule, the meanest of the people enjoyed a far
+greater degree of personal comfort, at least, a greater exemption
+from physical suffering, than was possessed by similar classes in
+other nations on the American continent, - greater, probably,
+than was possessed by these classes in most of the countries of
+feudal Europe.  Under their sceptre, the higher orders of the
+state had made advances in many of the arts that belong to a
+cultivated community.  The foundations of a regular government
+were laid, which, in an age of rapine, secured to its subjects
+the inestimable blessings of tranquillity and safety.  By the
+well-sustained policy of the Incas, the rude tribes of the forest
+were gradually drawn from their fastnesses, and gathered within
+the folds of civilization; and of these materials was constructed
+a flourishing and populous empire, such as was to be found in no
+other quarter of the American continent.  The defects of this
+government were those of over-refinement in legislation, - the
+last defects to have been looked for, certainly, in the American
+aborigines.
+
+Note.  I have not thought it necessary to swell this Introduction
+by an inquiry into the origin of Peruvian civilization, like that
+appended to the history of the Mexican.  The Peruvian history
+doubtless suggests analogies with more than one nation in the
+East, some of which have been briefly adverted to in the
+preceding pages; although these analogies are adduced there not
+as evidence of a common origin, but as showing the coincidences
+which might naturally spring up among different nations under the
+same phase of civilization.  Such coincidences are neither so
+numerous nor so striking as those afforded by the Aztec history.
+The correspondence presented by the astronomical science of the
+Mexicans is alone of more importance than all the rest.  Yet the
+light of analogy, afforded by the institutions of the Incas,
+seems to point, as far as it goes, towards the same direction;
+and as the investigation could present but little substantially
+to confirm, and still less to confute, the views taken in the
+former disquisition, I have not thought it best to fatigue the
+reader with it.
+
+Two of the prominent authorities on whom I have relied in this
+Introductory portion of the work, are Juan de Sarmiento and the
+Licentiate Ondegardo.  Of the former I have been able to collect
+no information beyond what is afforded by his own writings.  In
+the title prefixed to his manuscript, he is styled President of
+the Council of the Indies, a post of high authority, which infers
+a weight of character in the party, and means of information,
+that entitle his opinions on colonial topics to great deference.
+These means of information were much enlarged by Sarmiento's
+visit to the colonies, during the administration of Gasca.
+Having conceived the design of compiling a history of the ancient
+Peruvian institutions, he visited Cuzco, as he tells us, in 1550,
+and there drew from the natives themselves the materials for his
+narrative.  His position gave him access to the most authentic
+sources of knowledge, and from the lips of the Inca nobles, the
+best instructed of the conquered race, he gathered the traditions
+of their national history and institutions.  The quipus formed,
+as we have seen, an imperfect system of mnemonics, requiring
+constant attention, and much inferior to the Mexican
+hieroglyphics.  It was only by diligent instruction that they
+were made available to historical purposes; and this instruction
+was so far neglected after the Conquest, that the ancient annals
+of the country would have perished with the generation which was
+the sole depositary of them, had it not been for the efforts of a
+few intelligent scholars, like Sarmiento, who saw the importance,
+at this critical period, of cultivating an intercourse with the
+natives, and drawing from them their hidden stores of
+information.
+To give still further authenticity to his work, Sarmiento
+travelled over the country, examined the principal objects of
+interest with his own eyes, and thus verified the accounts of the
+natives as far as possible by personal observation.  The result
+of these labors was his work entitled, "Relacion de la sucesion y
+govierno de las Yngas Senores naturales que fueron de las
+Provincias del Peru y otras cosas tocantes a aquel Reyno, para el
+Iltmo. Senor Dn Juan Sarmiento, Presidente del Consejo R1 de
+Indias."
+
+It is divided into chapters, and embraces about four hundred
+folio pages in manuscript.  The introductory portion of the work
+is occupied with the traditionary tales of the origin and early
+period of the Incas; teeming, as usual, in the antiquities of a
+barbarous people, with legendary fables of the most wild and
+monstrous character.  Yet these puerile conceptions afford an
+inexhaustible mine for the labors of the antiquarian, who
+endeavours to unravel the allegorical web which a cunning
+priesthood had devised as symbolical of those mysteries of
+creation that it was beyond their power to comprehend.  But
+Sarmiento happily confines himself to the mere statement of
+traditional fables, without the chimerical ambition to explain
+them.
+From this region of romance, Sarmiento passes to the institutions
+of the Peruvians, describes their ancient polity, their religion,
+their progress in the arts, especially agriculture; and presents,
+in short, an elaborate picture of the civilization which they
+reached under the Inca dynasty.  This part of his work, resting,
+as it does, on the best authority, confirmed in many instances by
+his own observation, is of unquestionable value, and is written
+with an apparent respect for truth, that engages the confidence
+of the reader. The concluding portion of the manuscript is
+occupied with the civil history of the country.  The reigns of
+the early Incas, which lie beyond the sober province of history,
+he despatches with commendable brevity. But on the three last
+reigns, and fortunately of the greatest princes who occupied the
+Peruvian throne, he is more diffuse.  This was comparatively firm
+ground for the chronicler, for the events were too recent to be
+obscured by the vulgar legends that gather like moss round every
+incident of the older time.  His account stops with the Spanish
+invasion; for this story, Sarmiento felt, might be safely left to
+his contemporaries who acted a part in it, but whose taste and
+education had qualified them but indifferently for exploring the
+antiquities and social institutions of the natives.
+
+Sarmiento's work is composed in a simple, perspicuous style,
+without that ambition of rhetorical display too common with his
+countrymen.  He writes with honest candor, and while he does
+ample justice to the merits and capacity of the conquered races,
+he notices with indignation the atrocities of the Spaniards and
+the demoralizing tendency of the Conquest.  It may be thought,
+indeed, that he forms too high an estimate of the attainments of
+the nation under the Incas.  And it is not improbable, that,
+astonished by the vestiges it afforded of an original
+civilization, he became enamoured of his subject, and thus
+exhibited it in colors somewhat too glowing to the eye of the
+European.  But this was an amiable failing, not too largely
+shared by the stern Conquerors, who subverted the institutions of
+the country, and saw little to admire in it, save its gold.  It
+must be further admitted, that Sarmiento has no design to impose
+on his reader, and that he is careful to distinguish between what
+he reports on hearsay, and what on personal experience.  The
+Father of History himself does not discriminate between these two
+things more carefully.
+
+Neither is the Spanish historian to be altogether vindicated from
+the superstition which belongs to his time; and we often find him
+referring to the immediate interposition of Satan those effects
+which might quite as well be charged on the perverseness of man.
+But this was common to the age, and to the wisest men in it; and
+it is too much to demand of a man to be wiser than his
+generation.  It is sufficient praise of Sarmiento, that, in an
+age when superstition was too often allied with fanaticism, he
+seems to have had no tincture of bigotry in his nature.  His
+heart opens with benevolent fulness to the unfortunate native;
+and his language, while it is not kindled into the religious glow
+of the missionary, is warmed by a generous ray of philanthropy
+that embraces the conquered, no less than the conquerors, as his
+brethren.
+Notwithstanding the great value of Sarmiento's work for the
+information it affords of Peru under the Incas, it is but little
+known, has been rarely consulted by historians, and still remains
+among the unpublished manuscripts which lie, like uncoined
+bullion, in the secret chambers of the Escurial.
+The other authority to whom I have alluded, the Licentiate Polo
+de Ondegardo, was a highly respectable jurist, whose name appears
+frequently in the affairs of Peru.  I find no account of the
+period when he first came into the country.  But he was there on
+the arrival of Gasca, and resided at Lima under the usurpation of
+Gonzalo Pizarro.  When the artful Cepeda endeavoured to secure
+the signatures of the inhabitants to the instrument proclaiming
+the sovereignty of his chief, we find Ondegardo taking the lead
+among those of his profession in resisting it.  On Gasca's
+arrival, he consented to take a commission in his army.  At the
+close of the rebellion he was made corregidor of La Plata, and
+subsequently of Cuzco, in which honorable station he seems to
+have remained several years.  In the exercise of his magisterial
+functions, he was brought into familiar intercourse with the
+natives, and had ample opportunity for studying their laws and
+ancient customs.  He conducted himself with such prudence and
+moderation, that he seems to have won the confidence not only of
+his countrymen but of the Indians; while the administration was
+careful to profit by his large experience in devising measures
+for the better government of the colony.
+
+The Relaciones, so often cited in this History, were prepared at
+the suggestion of the viceroys, the first being addressed to the
+Marques de Canete, in 1561, and the second, ten years later, to
+the Conde de Nieva.  The two cover about as much ground as
+Sarmiento's manuscript; and the second memorial, written so long
+after the first, may be thought to intimate the advancing age of
+the author, in the greater carelessness and diffuseness of the
+composition.
+
+As these documents are in the nature of answers to the
+interrogatories propounded by government, the range of topics
+might seem to be limited within narrower bounds than the modern
+historian would desire.  These queries, indeed, had particular
+reference to the revenues, tributes, - the financial
+administration, in short, of the Incas; and on these obscure
+topics the communication of Ondegardo is particularly full.  But
+the enlightened curiosity of government embraced a far wider
+range; and the answers necessarily implied an acquaintance with
+the domestic policy of the Incas, with their laws, social habits,
+their religion, science, and arts, in short, with all that make
+up the elements of civilization.  Ondegardo's memoirs, therefore,
+cover the whole ground of inquiry for the philosophic historian.
+In the management of these various subjects, Ondegardo displays
+both acuteness and erudition.  He never shrinks from the
+discussion, however difficult; and while he gives his conclusions
+with an air of modesty, it is evident that he feels conscious of
+having derived his information through the most authentic
+channels.  He rejects the fabulous with disdain; decides on the
+probabilities of such facts as he relates, and candidly exposes
+the deficiency of evidence.  Far from displaying the simple
+enthusiasm of the well-meaning but credulous missionary, he
+proceeds with the cool and cautious step of a lawyer accustomed
+to the conflict of testimony and the uncertainty of oral
+tradition.  This circumspect manner of proceeding, and the
+temperate character of his judgments, entitle Ondegardo to much
+higher consideration as an authority than most of his countrymen
+who have treated of Indian antiquities.
+There runs through his writings a vein of humanity, shown
+particularly in his tenderness to the unfortunate natives, to
+whose ancient civilization he does entire, but not extravagant,
+justice; while, like Sarmiento, he fearlessly denounces the
+excesses of his own countrymen, and admits the dark reproach they
+had brought on the honor of the nation.  But while this censure
+forms the strongest ground for condemnation of the Conquerors,
+since it comes from the lips of a Spaniard like themselves, it
+proves, also, that Spain in this age of violence could send forth
+from her bosom wise and good men who refused to make common cause
+with the licentious rabble around them.  Indeed, proof enough is
+given in these very memorials of the unceasing efforts of the
+colonial government, from the good viceroy Mendoza downwards, to
+secure protection and the benefit of a mild legislation to the
+unfortunate natives. But the iron Conquerors, and the colonist
+whose heart softened only to the touch of gold, presented a
+formidable barrier to improvement.
+Ondegardo's writings are honorably distinguished by freedom from
+that superstition which is the debasing characteristic of the
+times; a superstition shown in the easy credit given to the
+marvellous, and this equally whether in heathen or in Christian
+story; for in the former the eye of credulity could discern as
+readily the direct interposition of Satan, as in the latter the
+hand of the Almighty.  It is this ready belief in a spiritual
+agency, whether for good or for evil, which forms one of the most
+prominent features in the writings of the sixteenth century.
+Nothing could be more repugnant to the true spirit of
+philosophical inquiry, or more irreconcilable with rational
+criticism.  Far from betraying such weakness, Ondegardo writes in
+a direct and business-like manner, estimating things for what
+they are worth by the plain rule of common-sense.  He keeps the
+main object of his argument ever in view, without allowing
+himself, like the garrulous chroniclers of the period, to be led
+astray into a thousand rambling episodes that bewilder the reader
+and lead to nothing.
+
+Ondegardo's memoirs deal not only with the antiquities of the
+nation, but with its actual condition, and with the best means
+for redressing the manifold evils to which it was subjected under
+the stern rule of its conquerors.  His suggestions are replete
+with wisdom, and a merciful policy, that would reconcile the
+interests of government with the prosperity and happiness of its
+humblest vassal.  Thus, while his contemporaries gathered light
+from his suggestions as to the present condition of affairs, the
+historian of later times is no less indebted to him for
+information in respect to the past.  His manuscript was freely
+consulted by Herrera, and the reader, as he peruses the pages of
+the learned historian of the Indies, is unconsciously enjoying
+the benefit of the researches of Ondegardo.  His valuable
+Relaciones thus had their uses for future generations, though
+they have never been admitted to the honors of the press.  The
+copy in my possession, like that of Sarmiento's manuscript, for
+which I am indebted to that industrious bibliographer, Mr. Rich,
+formed part of the magnificent collection of Lord Kingsborough, -
+a name ever to be held in honor by the scholar for his
+indefatigable efforts to illustrate the antiquities of America.
+
+Ondegardo's manuscripts, it should be remarked, do not bear his
+signature.  But they contain allusions to several actions of the
+writer's life, which identify them, beyond any reasonable doubt,
+as his production. In the archives of Simancas is a duplicate
+copy of the first memorial, Relacion Primera, though, like the
+one in the Escurial, without its author's name. Munoz assigns it
+to the pen of Gabriel de Rojas, a distinguished cavalier of the
+Conquest.  This is clearly an error; for the author of the
+manuscript identifies himself with Ondegardo, by declaring, in
+his reply to the fifth interrogatory, that he was the person who
+discovered the mummies of the Incas in Cuzco; an act expressly
+referred, both by Acosta and Garcilasso, to the Licentiate Polo
+de Ondegardo, when corregidor of that city. - Should the savans
+of Madrid hereafter embrace among the publications of valuable
+manuscripts these Relaciones, they should be careful not to be
+led into an error here, by the authority of a critic like Munoz,
+whose criticism is rarely at fault.
+
+
+
+
+Book II: Discovery Of Peru
+
+
+
+
+Chapter I
+
+Ancient And Modern Science. - Art Of Navigation. - Maritime
+Discovery. - Spirit Of The Spaniards. - Possessions In The New
+World. - Rumors Concerning Peru.
+
+
+Whatever difference of opinion may exist as to the comparative
+merit of the ancients and the moderns in the arts, in poetry,
+eloquence, and all that depends on imagination, there can be no
+doubt that in science the moderns have eminently the advantage.
+It could not be otherwise.  In the early ages of the world, as in
+the early period of life, there was the freshness of a morning
+existence, when the gloss of novelty was on every thing that met
+the eye; when the senses, not blunted by familiarity, were more
+keenly alive to the beautiful, and the mind, under the influence
+of a healthy and natural taste, was not perverted by
+philosophical theory; when the simple was necessarily connected
+with the beautiful, and the epicurean intellect, sated by
+repetition, had not begun to seek for stimulants in the fantastic
+and capricious.  The realms of fancy were all untravelled, and
+its fairest flowers had not been gathered, nor its beauties
+despoiled by the rude touch of those who affected to cultivate
+them.  The wing of genius was not bound to the earth by the cold
+and conventional rules of criticism, but was permitted to take
+its flight far and wide over the broad expanse of creation.
+But with science it was otherwise.  No genius could suffice for
+the creation of facts, - hardly for their detection.  They were
+to be gathered in by painful industry; to be collected from
+careful observation and experiment.  Genius, indeed, might
+arrange and combine these facts into new forms, and elicit from
+their combinations new and important inferences; and in this
+process might almost rival in originality the creations of the
+poet and the artist.  But if the processes of science are
+necessarily slow, they are sure.  There is no retrograde movement
+in her domain.  Arts may fade, the Muse become dumb, a moral
+lethargy may lock up the faculties of a nation, the nation itself
+may pass away and leave only the memory of its existence, but the
+stores of science it has garnered up will endure for ever.  As
+other nations come upon the stage, and new forms of civilization
+arise, the monuments of art and of imagination, productions of an
+older time, will lie as an obstacle in the path of improvement.
+They cannot be built upon; they occupy the ground which the new
+aspirant for immortality would cover.  The whole work is to be
+gone over again, and other forms of beauty - whether higher or
+lower in the scale of merit, but unlike the past - must arise to
+take a place by their side.  But, in science, every stone that
+has been laid remains as the foundation for another.  The coming
+generation takes up the work where the preceding left it.  There
+is no retrograde movement.  The individual nation may recede, but
+science still advances.  Every step that has been gained makes
+the ascent easier for those who come after.  Every step carries
+the patient inquirer after truth higher and higher towards
+heaven, and unfolds to him, as he rises, a wider horizon, and new
+and more magnificent views of the universe.
+
+Geography partook of the embarrassments which belonged to every
+other department of science in the primitive ages of the world.
+The knowledge of the earth could come only from an extended
+commerce; and commerce is founded on artificial wants or an
+enlightened curiosity, hardly compatible with the earlier
+condition of society.  In the infancy of nations, the different
+tribes, occupied with their domestic feuds, found few occasions
+to wander beyond the mountain chain or broad stream that formed
+the natural boundary of their domains.  The Phoenicians, it is
+true, are said to have sailed beyond the Pillars of Hercules, and
+to have launched out on the great western ocean.  But the
+adventures of these ancient voyagers belong to the mythic legends
+of antiquity, and ascend far beyond the domain of authentic
+record.
+The Greeks, quick and adventurous, skilled in mechanical art, had
+many of the qualities of successful navigators, and within the
+limits of their little inland sea ranged fearlessly and freely.
+But the conquests of Alexander did more to extend the limits of
+geographical science, and opened an acquaintance with the remote
+countries of the East.  Yet the march of the conqueror is slow in
+comparison with the movements of the unencumbered traveller.  The
+Romans were still less enterprising than the Greeks, were less
+commercial in their character.  The contributions to geographical
+knowledge grew with the slow acquisitions of empire.  But their
+system was centralizing in its tendency; and instead of taking an
+outward direction and looking abroad for discovery, every part of
+the vast imperial domain turned towards the capital as its head
+and central point of attraction.  The Roman conqueror pursued his
+path by land, not by sea.  But the water is the great highway
+between nations, the true element for the discoverer.  The Romans
+were not a maritime people.  At the close of their empire,
+geographical science could hardly be said to extend farther than
+to an acquaintance with Europe, - and this not its more northern
+division, - together with a portion of Asia and Africa; while
+they had no other conception of a world beyond the western waters
+than was to be gathered from the fortunate prediction of the
+poet. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Seneca's well-known prediction, in his Medea, is,
+perhaps, the most remarkable random prophecy on record.  For it
+is not a simple extension of the boundaries of the known parts of
+the globe that is so confidently announced, but the existence of
+a New World across the waters, to be revealed in coming ages
+
+"Quibus Oceanus
+Vincula rerum laxet, et ingens
+Pateat tellus, Typhisque Novos
+Detegat Orbes."
+
+It was the lucky hit of the philosopher rather than the poet.]
+Then followed the Middle Ages; the dark ages, as they are called,
+though in their darkness were matured those seeds of knowledge,
+which, in fulness of time, were to spring up into new and more
+glorious forms of civilization. The organization of society
+became more favorable to geographical science. Instead of one
+overgrown, lethargic empire, oppressing every thing by its
+colossal weight, Europe was broken up into various independent
+communities, many of which, adopting liberal forms of government,
+felt all the impulses natural to freemen; and the petty republics
+on the Mediterranean and the Baltic sent forth their swarms of
+seamen in a profitable commerce, that knit together the different
+countries scattered along the great European waters.
+But the improvements which took place in the art of navigation,
+the more accurate measurement of time, and, above all, the
+discovery of the polarity of the magnet, greatly advanced the
+cause of geographical knowledge.  Instead of creeping timidly
+along the coast, or limiting his expeditions to the narrow basins
+of inland waters, the voyager might now spread his sails boldly
+on the deep, secure of a guide to direct his bark unerringly
+across the illimitable waste.  The consciousness of this powered
+thought to travel in a new direction; and the mariner began to
+look with earnestness for another path to the Indian
+Spice-islands than that by which the Eastern caravans had
+traversed the continent of Asia.  The nations on whom the spirit
+of enterprise, at this crisis, naturally descended, were Spain
+and Portugal, placed, as they were, on the outposts of the
+European continent, commanding the great theatre of future
+discovery.
+
+Both countries felt the responsibility of their new position.
+The crown of Portugal was constant in its efforts, through the
+fifteenth century, to find a passage round the southern point of
+Africa into the Indian Ocean; though so timid was the navigation,
+that every fresh headland became a formidable barrier; and it was
+not till the latter part of the century that the adventurous Diaz
+passed quite round the Stormy Cape, as he termed it, but which
+John the Second, with happier augury, called the Cape of Good
+Hope. But, before Vasco de Gama had availed himself of this
+discovery to spread his sails in the Indian seas, Spain entered
+on her glorious career, and sent Columbus across the western
+waters.
+
+The object of the great navigator was still the discovery of a
+route to India, but by the west instead of the east.  He had no
+expectation of meeting with a continent in his way, and, after
+repeated voyages, he remained in his original error, dying, as is
+well known, in the conviction that it was the eastern shore of
+Asia which he had reached.   It was the same object which
+directed the nautical enterprises of those who followed in the
+Admiral's track; and the discovery of a strait into the Indian
+Ocean was the burden of every order from the government, and the
+design of many an expedition to different points of the new
+continent, which seemed to stretch its leviathan length along
+from one pole to the other.  The discovery of an Indian passage
+is the true key to the maritime movements of the fifteenth and
+the first half of the sixteenth centuries.  It was the great
+leading idea that gave the character to the enterprise of the
+age.
+
+It is not easy at this time to comprehend the impulse given to
+Europe by the discovery of America.  It was not the gradual
+acquisition of some border territory, a province or a kingdom
+that had been gained, but a New World that was now thrown open to
+the European.  The races of animals, the mineral treasures, the
+vegetable forms, and the varied aspects of nature, man in the
+different phases of civilization, filled the mind with entirely
+new sets of ideas, that changed the habitual current of thought
+and stimulated it to indefinite conjecture.  The eagerness to
+explore the wonderful secrets of the new hemisphere became so
+active, that the principal cities of Spain were, in a manner,
+depopulated, as emigrants thronged one after another to take
+their chance upon the deep. *2 It was a world of romance that was
+thrown open; for, whatever might be the luck of the adventurer,
+his reports on his return were tinged with a coloring of romance
+that stimulated still higher the sensitive fancies of his
+countrymen, and nourished the chimerical sentiments of an age of
+chivalry.  They listened with attentive ears to tales of Amazons
+which seemed to realize the classic legends of antiquity, to
+stories of Patagonian giants, to flaming pictures of an El
+Dorado, where the sands sparkled with gems, and golden pebbles as
+large as birds' eggs were dragged in nets out of the rivers.
+
+[Footnote 2: The Venetian ambassador, Andrea Navagiero, who
+travelled through Spain in 1525, near the period of the
+commencement of our narrative, notices the general fever of
+emigration.  Seville, in particular, the great port of
+embarkation, was so stripped of its inhabitants, he says, "that
+the city was left almost to the women." Viaggio fatto in Spagna,
+(Vinegia, 1563.) fol. 15.]
+
+Yet that the advtenturers were no impostors, but dupes, too easy
+dupes of their own credulous fancies, is shown by the extravagant
+character of their enterprises; by expeditions in search of the
+magical Fountain of Health, of the golden Temple of Doboyba, of
+the golden sepulchres of Zenu; for gold was ever floating before
+their distempered vision, and the name of Castilla del Oro,
+Golden Castile, the most unhealthy and unprofitable region of the
+Isthmus, held out a bright promise to the unfortunate settler,
+who too frequently, instead of gold, found there only his grave.
+
+In this realm of enchantment, all the accessories served to
+maintain the illusion.  The simple natives, with their
+defenceless bodies and rude weapons were no match for the
+European warrior armed to the teeth in mail.  The odds were as
+great as those found in any legend of chivalry, where the lance
+of the good knight overturned hundreds at a touch.  The perils
+that lay in the discoverer's path, and the sufferings he had to
+sustain, were scarcely inferior to those that beset the
+knight-errant.  Hunger and thirst and fatigue, the deadly
+effluvia of the morass with its swarms of venomous insects, the
+cold of mountain snows, and the scorching sun of the tropics,
+these were the lot of every cavalier who came to seek his
+fortunes in the New World.  It was the reality of romance.  The
+life of the Spanish adventurer was one chapter more - and not the
+least remarkable - in the chronicles of knight-errantry.
+
+The character of the warrior took somewhat of the exaggerated
+coloring shed over his exploits.  Proud and vainglorious, swelled
+with lofty anticipations of his destiny, and an invincible
+confidence in his own resources, no danger could appall and no
+toil could tire him.  The greater the danger, indeed, the higher
+the charm; for his soul revelled in excitement, and the
+enterprise without peril wanted that spur of romance which was
+necessary to rouse his energies into action.  Yet in the motives
+of action meaner influences were strangely mingled with the
+loftier, the temporal with the spiritual.  Gold was the incentive
+and the recompense, and in the pursuit of it his inflexible
+nature rarely hesitated as to the means. His courage was sullied
+with cruelty, the cruelty that flowed equally - strange as it may
+seem - from his avarice and his religion; religion as it was
+understood in that age, - the religion of the Crusader.  It was
+the convenient cloak for a multitude of sins, which covered them
+even from himself.  The Castilian, too proud for hypocrisy,
+committed more cruelties in the name of religion than were ever
+practised by the pagan idolater or the fanatical Moslem.  The
+burning of the infidel was a sacrifice acceptable to Heaven, and
+the conversion of those who survived amply atoned for the foulest
+offences.  It is a melancholy and mortifying consideration, that
+the most uncompromising spirit of intolerance - the spirit of the
+Inquisitor at home, and of the Crusader abroad - should have
+emanated from a religion which preached peace upon earth and
+good-will towards man!
+
+What a contrast did these children of Southern Europe present to
+the Anglo-Saxon races who scattered themselves along the great
+northern division of the western hemisphere!  For the principle
+of action with these latter was not avarice, nor the more
+specious pretext of proselytism; but independence, - independence
+religious and political.  To secure this, they were content to
+earn a bare subsistence by a life of frugality and toil.  They
+asked nothing from the soil, but the reasonable returns of their
+own labor.  No golden visions threw a deceitful halo around their
+path, and beckoned them onwards through seas of blood to the
+subversion of an unoffending dynasty. They were content with the
+slow but steady progress of their social polity. They patiently
+endured the privations of the wilderness, watering the tree of
+liberty with their tears and with the sweat of their brow, till
+it took deep root in the land and sent up its branches high
+towards the heavens; while the communities of the neighbouring
+continent, shooting up into the sudden splendors of a tropical
+vegetation, exhibited, even in their prime, the sure symptoms of
+decay.
+
+It would seem to have been especially ordered by Providence that
+the discovery of the two great divisions of the American
+hemisphere should fall to the two races best fitted to conquer
+and colonize them.  Thus the northern section was consigned to
+the Anglo-Saxon race, whose orderly, industrious habits found an
+ample field for development under its colder skies and on its
+more rugged soil; while the southern portion, with its rich
+tropical products and treasures of mineral wealth, held out the
+most attractive bait to invite the enterprise of the Spaniard.
+How different might have been the result, if the bark of Columbus
+had taken a more northerly direction, as he at one time
+meditated, and landed its band of adventurers on the shores of
+what is now Protestant America!
+
+Under the pressure of that spirit of nautical enterprise which
+filled the maritime communities of Europe in the sixteenth
+century, the whole extent of the mighty continent, from Labrador
+to Terra del Fuego, was explored in less than thirty years after
+its discovery; and in 1521, the Portuguese Maghellan, sailing
+under the Spanish flag, solved the problem of the strait, and
+found a westerly way to the long sought Spice-islands of India, -
+greatly to the astonishment of the Portuguese, who, sailing from
+the opposite direction, there met their rivals, face to face, at
+the antipodes.  But while the whole eastern coast of the American
+continent had been explored, and the central portion of it
+colonized, - even after the brilliant achievement of the Mexican
+conquest, - the veil was not yet raised that hung over the golden
+shores of the Pacific.
+
+Floating rumors had reached the Spaniards, from time to time, of
+countries in the far west, teeming with the metal they so much
+coveted; but the first distinct notice of Peru was about the year
+1511, when Vasco Nunez de Balboa, the discoverer of the Southern
+Sea, was weighing some gold which he had collected from the
+natives.  A young barbarian chieftain, who was present, struck
+the scales with his fist, and, scattering the glittering metal
+around the apartment, exclaimed, - "If this is what you prize so
+much that you are willing to leave your distant homes, and risk
+even life itself for it, I can tell you of a land where they eat
+and drink out of golden vessels, and gold is as cheap as iron is
+with you." It was not long after this startling intelligence that
+Balboa achieved the formidable adventure of scaling the mountain
+rampart of the isthmus which divides the two mighty oceans from
+each other; when, armed with sword and buckler, he rushed into
+the waters of the Pacific, and cried out, in the true chivalrous
+vein, that "he claimed this unknown sea with all that it
+contained for the king of Castile, and that he would make good
+the claim against all, Christian or infidel, who dared to gain
+say it"! *3 All the broad continent and sunny isles washed by the
+waters of the Southern Ocean!  Little did the bold cavalier
+comprehend the full import of his magnificent vaunt.
+
+[Footnote 3: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 1. lib. 10, cap. 2. -
+Quintana, Vidas de Espanoles Celebres, (Madrid, 1830,) tom. II.
+p. 44.]
+
+On this spot he received more explicit tidings of the Peruvian
+empire, heard proofs recounted of its civilization, and was shown
+drawings of the llama, which, to the European eye, seemed a
+species of the Arabian camel. But, although he steered his
+caravel for these golden realms, and even pushed his discoveries
+some twenty leagues south of the Gulf of St. Michael, the
+adventure was not reserved for him.  The illustrious discoverer
+was doomed to fall a victim to that miserable jealousy with which
+a little spirit regards the achievements of a great one.
+
+The Spanish colonial domain was broken up into a number of petty
+governments, which were dispensed sometimes to court favorites,
+though, as the duties of the post, at this early period, were of
+an arduous nature, they were more frequently reserved for men of
+some practical talent and enterprise.  Columbus, by virtue of his
+original contract with the Crown, had jurisdiction over the
+territories discovered by himself, embracing some of the
+principal islands, and a few places on the continent.  This
+jurisdiction differed from that of other functionaries, inasmuch
+as it was hereditary; a privilege found in the end too
+considerable for a subject, and commuted, therefore, for a title
+and a pension.  These colonial governments were multiplied with
+the increase of empire, and by the year 1524, the period at which
+our narrative properly commences, were scattered over the
+islands, along the Isthmus of Darien, the broad tract of Terra
+Firma, and the recent conquests of Mexico.  Some of these
+governments were of no great extent. Others, like that of Mexico,
+were of the dimensions of a kingdom; and most had an indefinite
+range for discovery assigned to them in their immediate
+neighbourhood, by which each of the petty potentates might
+enlarge his territorial sway, and enrich his followers and
+himself.  This politic arrangement best served the ends of the
+Crown, by affording a perpetual incentive to the spirit of
+enterprise.  Thus living on their own little domains at a long
+distance from the mother country, these military rulers held a
+sort of vice-regal sway, and too frequently exercised it in the
+most oppressive and tyrannical manner; oppressive to the native,
+and tyrannical towards their own followers.  It was the natural
+consequence, when men, originally low in station, and unprepared
+by education for office, were suddenly called to the possession
+of a brief, but in its nature irresponsible, authority.  It was
+not till after some sad experience of these results, that
+measures were taken to hold these petty tyrants in check by means
+of regular tribunals, or Royal Audiences, as they were termed,
+which, composed of men of character and learning, might interpose
+the arm of the law, or, at least, the voice of remonstrance, for
+the protection of both colonist and native.
+
+Among the colonial governors, who were indebted for their
+situation to their rank at home, was Don Pedro Arias de Avila, or
+Pedrarias, as usually called.  He was married to a daughter of
+Dona Beatriz de Bobadilla, the celebrated Marchioness of Moya,
+best known as the friend of Isabella the Catholic.  He was a man
+of some military experience and considerable energy of character.
+But, as it proved, he was of a malignant temper; and the base
+qualities, which might have passed unnoticed in the obscurity of
+private life, were made conspicuous, and perhaps created in some
+measure, by sudden elevation to power; as the sunshine, which
+operates kindly on a generous soil, and stimulates it to
+production, calls forth from the unwholesome marsh only foul and
+pestilent vapors.  This man was placed over the territory of
+Castilla del Oro, the ground selected by Nunez de Balboa for the
+theatre of his discoveries.  Success drew on this latter the
+jealousy of his superior, for it was crime enough in the eyes of
+Pedrarias to deserve too well.  The tragical history of this
+cavalier belongs to a period somewhat earlier than that with
+which we are to be occupied.  It has been traced by abler hands
+than mine, and, though brief, forms one of the most brilliant
+passages in the annals of the American conquerors. *4
+
+[Footnote 4: The memorable adventures of Vasco Nunez de Balboa
+have been recorded by Quintana, (Espanoles Celebres, tom II.) and
+by Irving in his Companions of Columbus. - It is rare that the
+life of an individual has formed the subject of two such elegant
+memorials, produced at nearly the same time, and in different
+languages, without any communication between the authors.]
+But though Pedrarias was willing to cut short the glorious career
+of his rival, he was not insensible to the important consequences
+of his discoveries.  He saw at once the unsuitableness of Darien
+for prosecuting expeditions on the Pacific, and, conformably to
+the original suggestion of Balboa, in 1519, he caused his rising
+capital to be transferred from the shores of the Atlantic to the
+ancient site of Panama, some distance east of the present city of
+that name. *5 This most unhealthy spot, the cemetery of many an
+unfortunate colonist, was favorably situated for the great object
+of maritime enterprise; and the port, from its central position,
+afforded the best point of departure for expeditions, whether to
+the north or south, along the wide range of undiscovered coast
+that lined the Southern Ocean.  Yet in this new and more
+favorable position, several years were suffered to elapse before
+the course of discovery took the direction of Peru.  This was
+turned exclusively towards the north, or rather west, in
+obedience to the orders of government, which had ever at heart
+the detection of a strait that, as was supposed, must intersect
+some part or other of the long-extended Isthmus. Armament after
+armament was fitted out with this chimerical object; and
+Pedrarias saw his domain extending every year farther and farther
+without deriving any considerable advantage from his
+acquisitions.  Veragua, Costa Rica, Nicaragua, were successively
+occupied; and his brave cavaliers forced a way across forest and
+mountain and warlike tribes of savages, till, at Honduras, they
+came in collision with the companions of Cortes, the Conquerors
+of Mexico, who had descended from the great northern plateau on
+the regions of Central America, and thus completed the survey of
+this wild and mysterious land.
+
+[Footnote 5: The Court gave positive instructions to Pedrarias to
+make a settlement in the Gulf of St. Michael, in obedience to the
+suggestion of Vasco Nunez, that it would be the most eligible
+site for discovery and traffic in the South Sea.  "El asiento que
+se oviere de hacer en el golfo de S. Miguel en la mar del sur
+debe ser en el puerto que mejor se hallare y mas convenible para
+la contratacion de aquel golfo, porque segund lo que Vasco Nunez
+escribe, seria muy necessario que alli haya algunos navios, asi
+para descubrir las cosas del golfo; y de la comarca del, como
+para la contratacion de rescates de las otras cosas necesarias al
+buen provoimiento de aquello; e para que estos navios aprovechen
+es menester que se hagan alla." Capitulo de Carta escrita por el
+Rey Catolico a Pedrarias Davila, ap. Navarrete, Coleccion de los
+Viages y Descubrimientos, (Madrid, 1829.) tom. III.  No. 3.]
+It was not till 1522 that a regular expedition was despatched in
+the direction south of Panama, under the conduct of Pascual de
+Andagoya, a cavalier of much distinction in the colony.  But that
+officer penetrated only to the Puerto de Pinas, the limit of
+Balboa's discoveries, when the bad state of his health compelled
+him to reembark and abandon his enterprise at its commencement.
+*6
+
+[Footnote 6: According to Montesinos, Andagoya received a severe
+injury by a fall from his horse, while showing off the
+high-mettled animal to the wondering eyes of the natives.
+(Annales del Peru, Ms., ano 1524.) But the Adelantado, in a
+memorial of his own discoveries, drawn up by himself, says
+nothing of this unlucky feat of horsemanship, but imputes his
+illness to his having fallen into the water, an accident by which
+he was near being drowned, so that it was some years before he
+recovered from the effects of it; a mode of accounting for his
+premature return, more soothing to his vanity, probably, than the
+one usually received.  This document, important as coming from
+the pen of one of the primitive discoverers, is preserved in the
+Indian Archives of Seville, and was published by Navarrete,
+Coleccion, tom. III. No. 7.]
+
+Yet the floating rumors of the wealth and civilization of a
+mighty nation at the South were continually reaching the ears and
+kindling the dreamy imaginations of the colonists; and it may
+seem astonishing that an expedition in that direction should have
+been so long deferred.  But the exact position and distance of
+this fairy realm were matter of conjecture. The long tract of
+intervening country was occupied by rude and warlike races; and
+the little experience which the Spanish navigators had already
+had of the neighbouring coast and its inhabitants, and still
+more, the tempestuous character of the seas - for their
+expeditions had taken place at the most unpropitious seasons of
+the year - enhanced the apparent difficulties of the undertaking,
+and made even their stout hearts shrink from it.
+Such was the state of feeling in the little community of Panama
+for several years after its foundation.  Meanwhile, the dazzling
+conquest of Mexico gave a new impulse to the ardor of discovery,
+and, in 1524, three men were found in the colony, in whom the
+spirit of adventure triumphed over every consideration of
+difficulty and danger that obstructed the prosecution of the
+enterprise.  One among them was selected as fitted by his
+character to conduct it to a successful issue.  That man was
+Francisco Pizarro; and as he held the same conspicuous post in
+the Conquest of Peru that was occupied by Cortes in that of
+Mexico, it will be necessary to take a brief review of his early
+history.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter II
+
+Francisco Pizarro. - His Early History. - First Expedition To The
+South. - Distresses Of The Voyagers. - Sharp Encounters. - Return
+To Panama. - Almagro's Expedition.
+
+1524-1525.
+
+
+Francisco Pizarro was born at Truxillo, a city of Estremadura, in
+Spain. The period of his birth is uncertain; but probably it was
+not far from 1471. *1 He was an illegitimate child, and that his
+parents should not have taken pains to perpetuate the date of his
+birth is not surprising.  Few care to make a particular record of
+their transgressions.  His father, Gonzalo Pizarro, was a colonel
+of infantry, and served with some distinction in the Italian
+campaigns under the Great Captain, and afterwards in the wars of
+Navarre.  His mother, named Francisca Gonzales, was a person of
+humble condition in the town of Truxillo. *2
+
+[Footnote 1: The few writers who venture to assign the date of
+Pizarro's birth do it in so vague and contradictory a manner as
+to inspire us with but little confidence in their accounts.
+Herrera, it is true, says positively, that he was sixty-three
+years old at the time of his death, in 1541.  (Hist. General,
+dec. 6, lib. 10, cap. 6.) This would carry back the date of his
+birth only to 1478.  But Garcilasso de la Vega affirms that he
+was more than fifty years old in 1525.  (Com. Real., Parte 2,
+lib. 1, cap. 1.) This would place his birth before 1475.  Pizarro
+y Orellana, who, as a kinsman of the Conqueror, may be supposed
+to have had better means of information, says he was fifty-four
+years of age at the same date of 1525.  (Varones Ilustres del
+Nuevo Mundo, (Madrid, 1639,) p. 128.) But at the period of his
+death he calls him nearly eighty years old!  (p. 185.) Taking
+this latter as a round exaggeration for effect in the particular
+connection in which it is used, and admitting the accuracy of the
+former statement, the epoch of his birth will conform to that
+given in the text.  This makes him somewhat late in life to set
+about the conquest of an empire.  But Columbus, when he entered
+on his career, was still older.]
+
+[Footnote 2: Xerez, Conquista del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+179. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 1. - Pizarro y
+Orellana, Varones Ilustres, p. 128.]
+
+But little is told of Francisco's early years, and that little
+not always deserving of credit.  According to some, he was
+deserted by both his parents, and left as a foundling at the door
+of one of the principal churches of the city.  It is even said
+that he would have perished, had he not been nursed by a sow. *3
+This is a more discreditable fountain of supply than that
+assigned to the infant Romulus.  The early history of men who
+have made their names famous by deeds in after-life, like the
+early history of nations, affords a fruitful field for invention.
+
+[Footnote 3: "Nacio en Truxillo, i echaronlo a la puerta de la
+Iglesia, mamo una Puerca ciertos Dias, no se hallando quien le
+quisiese dar leche." Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 144.]
+
+It seems certain that the young Pizarro received little care from
+either of his parents, and was suffered to grow up as nature
+dictated.  He was neither taught to read nor write, and his
+principal occupation was that of a swineherd.  But this torpid
+way of life did not suit the stirring spirit of Pizarro, as he
+grew older, and listened to the tales, widely circulated and so
+captivating to a youthful fancy, of the New World.  He shared in
+the popular enthusiasm, and availed himself of a favorable moment
+to abandon his ignoble charge, and escape to Seville, the port
+where the Spanish adventurers embarked to seek their fortunes in
+the West.  Few of them could have turned their backs on their
+native land with less cause for regret than Pizarro. *4
+
+[Footnote 4: According to the Comendador Pizarro y Orellana,
+Francis Pizarro served, while quite a stripling, with his father,
+in the Italian wars; and afterwards, under Columbus and other
+illustrious discoverers, in the New World, whose successes the
+author modestly attributes to his kinsman's valor, as a principal
+cause!  Varones Ilustres, p. 187.]
+
+In what year this important change in his destiny took place we
+are not informed.  The first we hear of him in the New World is
+at the island of Hispaniola, in 1510, where he took part in the
+expedition to Uraba in Terra Firma, under Alonzo de Ojeda, a
+cavalier whose character and achievements find no parallel but in
+the pages of Cervantes.  Hernando Cortes, whose mother was a
+Pizarro, and related, it is said, to the father of Francis, was
+then in St. Domingo, and prepared to accompany Ojeda's
+expedition, but was prevented by a temporary lameness.  Had he
+gone, the fall of the Aztec empire might have been postponed for
+some time longer, and the sceptre of Montezuma have descended in
+peace to his posterity.  Pizarro shared in the disastrous
+fortunes of Ojeda's colony, and, by his discretion, obtained so
+far the confidence of his commander, as to be left in charge of
+the settlement, when the latter returned for supplies to the
+islands.  The lieutenant continued at his perilous post for
+nearly two months, waiting deliberately until death should have
+thinned off the colony sufficiently to allow the miserable
+remnant to be embarked in the single small vessel that remained
+to it. *5
+
+[Footnote 5: Pizarro y Orellana, Varones Ilustres, pp. 121, 128.
+- Herrera, Hist. Gen., dec. 1, lib. 7, cap. 14. - Montesinos,
+Annales, Ms., ane 1510.]
+
+After this, we find him associated with Balboa, the discoverer of
+the Pacific, and cooperating with him in establishing the
+settlement at Darien. He had the glory of accompanying this
+gallant cavalier in his terrible march across the mountains, and
+of being among the first Europeans, therefore, whose eyes were
+greeted with the long-promised vision of the Southern Ocean.
+After the untimely death of his commander, Pizarro attached
+himself to the fortunes of Pedrarias, and was employed by that
+governor in several military expeditions, which, if they afforded
+nothing else, gave him the requisite training for the perils and
+privations that lay in the path of the future Conqueror of Peru.
+
+In 1515, he was selected, with another cavalier named Morales, to
+cross the Isthmus and traffic with the natives on the shores of
+the Pacific.  And there, while engaged in collecting his booty of
+gold and pearls from the neighbouring islands, as his eye ranged
+along the shadowy line of coast till it faded in the distance,
+his imagination may have been first fired with the idea of, one
+day, attempting the conquest of the mysterious regions beyond the
+mountains.  On the removal of the seat of government across the
+Isthmus to Panama, Pizarro accompanied Pedrarias, and his name
+became conspicuous among the cavaliers who extended the line of
+conquest to the north over the martial tribes of Veragua.  But
+all these expeditions, whatever glory they may have brought him,
+were productive of very little gold, and, at the age of fifty,
+the captain Pizarro found himself in possession only of a tract
+of unhealthy land in the neigbourhood of the capital, and of such
+repartimientos of the natives as were deemed suited to his
+military services. *6 The New World was a lottery, where the
+great prizes were so few that the odds were much against the
+player; yet in the game he was content to stake health, fortune,
+and, too often, his fair fame.
+
+[Footnote 6: "Teniendo su casa, i Hacienda, i Repartimiento de
+Indios como uno de los Principales de la Tierra; porque siempre
+lo fue." Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 79.]
+
+Such was Pizarro's situation when, in 1522, Andagoya returned
+from his unfinished enterprise to the south of Panama, bringing
+back with him more copious accounts than any hitherto received of
+the opulence and grandeur of the countries that lay beyond. *7 It
+was at this time, too, that the splendid achievements of Cortes
+made their impression on the public mind, and gave a new impulse
+to the spirit of adventure.  The southern expeditions became a
+common topic of speculation among the colonists of Panama.  But
+the region of gold, as it lay behind the mighty curtain of the
+Cordilleras, was still veiled in obscurity.  No idea could be
+formed of its actual distance; and the hardships and difficulties
+encountered by the few navigators who had sailed in that
+direction gave a gloomy character to the undertaking, which had
+hitherto deterred the most daring from embarking in it.  There is
+no evidence that Pizarro showed any particular alacrity in the
+cause.  Nor were his own funds such as to warrant any expectation
+of success without great assistance from others.  He found this
+in two individuals of the colony, who took too important a part
+in the subsequent transactions not to be particularly noticed.
+
+[Footnote 7: Andagoya says that he obtained, while at Biru, very
+minute accounts of the empire of the Incas, from certain
+itinerant traders who frequented that country.  "En esta
+provincia supe y hube relacion, ansi de los senores como de
+mercaderes e interpretes que ellos tenian, de toda la costa de
+todo lo que despues se ha visto hasta el Cuzco, particularmente
+de cada provincia la manera y gente della, porque estos
+alcanzaban por via de mercaduria mucha tierra." Navarrete,
+Coleccion, tom. III. No 7.]
+
+One of them, Diego de Almagro, was a soldier of fortune, somewhat
+older, it seems probable, than Pizarro; though little is known of
+his birth, and even the place of it is disputed.  It is supposed
+to have been the town of Almagro in New Castile, whence his own
+name, for want of a better source, was derived; for, like
+Pizarro, he was a foundling. *8 Few particulars are known of him
+till the present period of our history; for he was one of those
+whom the working of turbulent times first throws upon the
+surface, - less fortunate, perhaps, than if left in their
+original obscurity.  In his military career, Almagro had earned
+the reputation of a gallant soldier.  He was frank and liberal in
+his disposition, somewhat hasty and ungovernable in his passions,
+but, like men of a sanguine temperament, after the first sallies
+had passed away, not difficult to be appeased.  He had, in short,
+the good qualities and the defects incident to an honest nature,
+not improved by the discipline of early education or
+self-control.
+
+[Footnote 8: "Decia el que hera de Almagro," says Pedro Pizarro,
+who knew him well.  Relacion del Descubrimiento y Conquista de
+los Reynos del Peru, Ms. - See also Zarate. Conq. del Peru, lib.
+1, cap. 1. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 141. - Pizarro y
+Orellana, Varones Ilustres, p. 211.
+
+The last writer admits that Almagro's parentage is unknown; but
+adds that the character of his early exploits infers an
+illustrious descent. - This would scarcely pass for evidence with
+the College of Heralds.]
+
+The other member of the confederacy was Hernando de Luque, a
+Spanish ecclesiastic, who exercised the functions of vicar at
+Panama, and had formerly filled the office of schoolmaster in the
+Cathedral of Darien.  He seems to have been a man of singular
+prudence and knowledge of the world; and by his respectable
+qualities had acquired considerable influence in the little
+community to which he belonged, as well as the control of funds,
+which made his cooperation essential to the success of the
+present enterprise.
+It was arranged among the three associates, that the two
+cavaliers should contribute their little stock towards defraying
+the expenses of the armament, but by far the greater part of the
+funds was to be furnished by Luque. Pizarro was to take command
+of the expedition, and the business of victualling and equipping
+the vessels was assigned to Almagro.  The associates found no
+difficulty in obtaining the consent of the governor to their
+undertaking. After the return of Andagoya, he had projected
+another expedition, but the officer to whom it was to be
+intrusted died.  Why he did not prosecute his original purpose,
+and commit the affair to an experienced captain like Pizarro,
+does not appear.  He was probably not displeased that the burden
+of the enterprise should be borne by others, so long as a good
+share of the profits went into his own coffers.  This he did not
+overlook in his stipulations. *9
+
+[Footnote 9: "Asi que estos tres companeros ya dichos Acordaron
+de yr a conquistar esta provincia ya dicha.  Pues consultandolo
+con Pedro Arias de Avila que a la sazon hera governador en tierra
+firme.  Vino en ello haziendo compania con los dichos companeros
+con condicion que Pedro Arias no havia de contribuir entonces con
+ningun dinero ni otra cosa sino de lo que se hallase en la tierra
+de lo que a el le cupiese por virtud de la compania de alli se
+pagasen los gastos que a el le cupiesen.  Los tres companeros
+vinieron en ello por aver esta licencia porque de otra manera no
+la alcanzaran." (Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.) Andagoya,
+however, affirms that the governor was interested equally with
+the other associates in the adventure, each taking a fourth part
+on himself.  (Navarrete, Coleccion, tom. III. No. 7.) But
+whatever was the original interest of Pedrarias, it mattered
+little, as it was surrendered before any profits were realized
+from the expedition.]
+Thus fortified with the funds of Luque, and the consent of the
+governor, Almagro was not slow to make preparations for the
+voyage.  Two small vessels were purchased, the larger of which
+had been originally built by Balboa, for himself, with a view to
+this same expedition.  Since his death, it had lain dismantled in
+the harbour of Panama.  It was now refitted as well as
+circumstances would permit, and put in order for sea, while the
+stores and provisions were got on board with an alacrity which
+did more credit, as the event proved, to Almagro's zeal than to
+his forecast.
+
+There was more difficulty in obtaining the necessary complement
+of hands; for a general feeling of distrust had gathered round
+expeditions in this direction, which could not readily be
+overcome.  But there were many idle hangers-on in the colony, who
+had come out to mend their fortunes, and were willing to take
+their chance of doing so, however desperate.  From such materials
+as these, Almagro assembled a body of somewhat more than a
+hundred men; *10 and every thing being ready, Pizarro assumed the
+command, and, weighing anchor, took his departure from the little
+port of Panama, about the middle of November, 1524.  Almagro was
+to follow in a second vessel of inferior size, as soon as it
+could be fitted out. *11
+
+[Footnote 10: Herrera, the most popular historian of these
+transactions, estimates the number of Pizarro's followers only at
+eighty.  But every other authority which I have consulted raises
+them to over a hundred.  Father Naharro, a contemporary, and
+resident at Lima even allows a hundred and twenty-nine.  Relacion
+sumaria de la entrada de los Espanoles en el Peru, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 11: There is the usual discrepancy among authors about
+the date of this expedition.  Most fix it at 1525.  I have
+conformed to Xerez, Pizarro's secretary, whose narrative was
+published ten years after the voyage, and who could hardly have
+forgotten the date of so memorable an event, in so short an
+interval of time.  (See his Conquista del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom.
+III. p. 179.)
+
+The year seems to be settled by Pizarro's Capitulacion with the
+Crown, which I had not examined till after the above was written.
+This instrument, dated July, 1529, speaks of his first expedition
+as having taken place about five years previous.  (See Appendix,
+No. VII.)]
+
+The time of year was the most unsuitable that could have been
+selected for the voyage; for it was the rainy season, when the
+navigation to the south, impeded by contrary winds, is made
+doubly dangerous by the tempests that sweep over the coast.  But
+this was not understood by the adventurers. After touching at the
+Isle of Pearls, the frequent resort of navigators, at a few
+leagues' distance from Panama, Pizarro held his way across the
+Gulf of St. Michael, and steered almost due south for the Puerto
+de Pinas, a headland in the province of Biruquete, which marked
+the limit of Andagoya's voyage. Before his departure, Pizarro had
+obtained all the information which he could derive from that
+officer in respect to the country, and the route he was to
+follow. But the cavalier's own experience had been too limited to
+enable him to be of much assistance.
+
+Doubling the Puerto de Pinas, the little vessel entered the river
+Biru, the misapplication of which name is supposed by some to
+have given rise to that of the empire of the Incas. *12 After
+sailing up this stream for a couple of leagues, Pizarro came to
+anchor, and disembarking his whole force except the sailors,
+proceeded at the head of it to explore the country.  The land
+spread out into a vast swamp, where the heavy rains had settled
+in pools of stagnant water, and the muddy soil afforded no
+footing to the traveller. This dismal morass was fringed with
+woods, through whose thick and tangled undergrowth they found it
+difficult to penetrate; and emerging from them, they came out on
+a hilly country, so rough and rocky in its character, that their
+feet were cut to the bone, and the weary soldier, encumbered with
+his heavy mail or thick-padded doublet of cotton, found it
+difficult to drag one foot after the other.  The heat at times
+was oppressive; and, fainting with toil and famished for want of
+food, they sank down on the earth from mere exhaustion.  Such was
+the ominous commencement of the expedition to Peru.
+
+[Footnote 12: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1. cap. 1. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 3, lib. 6, cap. 13.]
+
+Pizarro, however, did not lose heart.  He endeavoured to revive
+the spirits of his men, and besought them not to be discouraged
+by difficulties which a brave heart would be sure to overcome,
+reminding them of the golden prize which awaited those who
+persevered.  Yet it was obvious that nothing was to be gained by
+remaining longer in this desolate region.  Returning to their
+vessel, therefore, it was suffered to drop down the river and
+proceed along its southern course on the great ocean.
+
+After coasting a few leagues, Pizarro anchored off a place not
+very inviting in its appearance, where he took in a supply of
+wood and water. Then, stretching more towards the open sea, he
+held on in the same direction towards the south.  But in this he
+was baffled by a succession of heavy tempests, accompanied with
+such tremendous peals of thunder and floods of rain as are found
+only in the terrible storms of the tropics.  The sea was lashed
+into fury, and, swelling into mountain billows, threatened every
+moment to overwhelm the crazy little bark, which opened at every
+seam.  For ten days the unfortunate voyagers were tossed about by
+the pitiless elements, and it was only by incessant exertions -
+the exertions of despair - that they preserved the ship from
+foundering.  To add to their calamities, their provisions began
+to fail, and they were short of water, of which they had been
+furnished only with a small number of casks; for Almagro had
+counted on their recruiting their scanty supplies, from time to
+time, from the shore. Their meat was wholly consumed, and they
+were reduced to the wretched allowance of two ears of Indian corn
+a day for each man.
+
+Thus harassed by hunger and the elements, the battered voyagers
+were too happy to retrace their course and regain the port where
+they had last taken in supplies of wood and water.  Yet nothing
+could be more unpromising than the aspect of the country.  It had
+the same character of low, swampy soil, that distinguished the
+former landing-place; while thick-matted forests, of a depth
+which the eye could not penetrate, stretched along the coast to
+an interminable length.  It was in vain that the wearied
+Spaniards endeavoured to thread the mazes of this tangled
+thicket, where the creepers and flowering vines, that shoot up
+luxuriant in a hot and humid atmosphere, had twined themselves
+round the huge trunks of the forest-trees, and made a network
+that could be opened only with the axe.  The rain, in the mean
+time, rarely slackened, and the ground, strewed with leaves and
+saturated with moisture, seemed to slip away beneath their feet.
+
+Nothing could be more dreary and disheartening than the aspect of
+these funereal forests; where the exhalations from the
+overcharged surface of the ground poisoned the air, and seemed to
+allow no life, except that, indeed, of myriads of insects, whose
+enamelled wings glanced to and fro, like sparks of fire, in every
+opening of the woods.  Even the brute creation appeared
+instinctively to have shunned the fatal spot, and neither beast
+nor bird of any description was seen by the wanderers.  Silence
+reigned unbroken in the heart of these dismal solitudes; at
+least, the only sounds that could be heard were the plashing of
+the rain-drops on the leaves, and the tread of the forlorn
+adventurers. *13
+
+[Footnote 13: Xerez, Conq del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 180.
+- Relacion del Primer.  Descub., Ms. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms.,
+ano 1515. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 1. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 1, cap. 7. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 3, lib. 6, cap. 13.]
+
+Entirely discouraged by the aspect of the country, the Spaniards
+began to comprehend that they had gained nothing by changing
+their quarters from sea to shore, and they felt the most serious
+apprehensions of perishing from famine in a region which afforded
+nothing but such unwholesome berries as they could pick up here
+and there in the woods.  They loudly complained of their hard
+lot, accusing their commander as the author of all their
+troubles, and as deluding them with promises of a fairy land,
+which seemed to recede in proportion as they advanced.  It was of
+no use, they said, to contend against fate, and it was better to
+take their chance of regaining the port of Panama in time to save
+their lives, than to wait where they were to die of hunger.
+
+But Pizarro was prepared to encounter much greater evils than
+these, before returning to Panama, bankrupt in credit, an object
+of derision as a vainglorious dreamer, who had persuaded others
+to embark in an adventure which he had not the courage to carry
+through himself.  The present was his only chance.  To return
+would be ruin.  He used every argument, therefore, that mortified
+pride or avarice could suggest to turn his followers from their
+purpose; represented to them that these were the troubles that
+necessarily lay in the path of the discoverer; and called to mind
+the brilliant successes of their countrymen in other quarters,
+and the repeated reports, which they had themselves received, of
+the rich regions along this coast, of which it required only
+courage and constancy on their part to become the masters.  Yet,
+as their present exigencies were pressing, he resolved to send
+back the vessel to the Isle of Pearls, to lay in a fresh stock of
+provisions for his company, which might enable them to go forward
+with renewed confidence.  The distance was not great, and in a
+few days they would all be relieved from their perilous position.
+The officer detached on this service was named Montenegro; and
+taking with him nearly half the company, after receiving
+Pizarro's directions, he instantly weighed anchor, and steered
+for the Isle of Pearls.
+On the departure of his vessel, the Spanish commander made an
+attempt to explore the country, and see if some Indian settlement
+might not be found, where he could procure refreshments for his
+followers.  But his efforts were vain, and no trace was visible
+of a human dwelling; though, in the dense and impenetrable
+foliage of the equatorial regions, the distance of a few rods
+might suffice to screen a city from observation.  The only means
+of nourishment left to the unfortunate adventurers were such
+shell-fish as they occasionally picked up on the shore, or the
+bitter buds of the palm-tree, and such berries and unsavoury
+herbs as grew wild in the woods.  Some of these were so
+poisonous, that the bodies of those who ate them swelled up and
+were tormented with racking pains.  Others, preferring famine to
+this miserable diet, pined away from weakness and actually died
+of starvation.  Yet their resolute leader strove to maintain his
+own cheerfulness and to keep up the drooping spirits of his men.
+He freely shared with them his scanty stock of provisions, was
+unwearied in his endeavours to procure them sustenance, tended
+the sick, and ordered barracks to be constructed for their
+accommodation, which might, at least, shelter them from the
+drenching storms of the season.  By this ready sympathy with his
+followers in their sufferings, he obtained an ascendency over
+their rough natures, which the assertion of authority, at least
+in the present extremity, could never have secured to him.
+
+Day after day, week after week, had now passed away, and no
+tidings were heard of the vessel that was to bring relief to the
+wanderers.  In vain did they strain their eyes over the distant
+waters to catch a glimpse of their coming friends.  Not a speck
+was to be seen in the blue distance, where the canoe of the
+savage dared not venture, and the sail of the white man was not
+yet spread.  Those who had borne up bravely at first now gave way
+to despondency, as they felt themselves abandoned by their
+countrymen on this desolate shore.  They pined under that sad
+feeling which "maketh the heart sick." More than twenty of the
+little band had already died, and the survivors seemed to be
+rapidly following. *14
+
+[Footnote 14: Ibid., ubi supra. - Relacion del Primer.  Descub.,
+Ms. - Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ubi supra.]
+
+At this crisis reports were brought to Pizarro of a light having
+been seen through a distant opening in the woods.  He hailed the
+tidings with eagerness, as intimating the existence of some
+settlement in the neighbourhood; and, putting himself at the head
+of a small party, went in the direction pointed out, to
+reconnoitre.  He was not disappointed, and, after extricating
+himself from a dense wilderness of underbrush and foliage, he
+emerged into an open space, where a small Indian village was
+planted.  The timid inhabitants, on the sudden apparition of the
+strangers, quitted their huts in dismay; and the famished
+Spaniards, rushing in, eagerly made themselves masters of their
+contents.  These consisted of different articles of food, chiefly
+maize and cocoanuts.  The supply, though small, was too
+seasonable not to fill them with rapture.
+
+The astonished natives made no attempt at resistance.  But,
+gathering more confidence as no violence was offered to their
+persons, they drew nearer the white men, and inquired, "Why they
+did not stay at home and till their own lands, instead of roaming
+about to rob others who had never harmed them?" *15 Whatever may
+have been their opinion as to the question of right, the
+Spaniards, no doubt, felt then that it would have been wiser to
+do so. But the savages wore about their persons gold ornaments of
+some size, though of clumsy workmanship.  This furnished the best
+reply to their demand.  It was the golden bait which lured the
+Spanish adventurer to forsake his pleasant home for the trials of
+the wilderness.  From the Indians Pizarro gathered a confirmation
+of the reports he had so often received of a rich country lying
+farther south; and at the distance of ten days' journey across
+the mountains, they told him, there dwelt a mighty monarch whose
+dominions had been invaded by another still more powerful, the
+Child of the Sun. *16 It may have been the invasion of Quito that
+was meant, by the valiant Inca Huayna Capac, which took place
+some years previous to Pizarro's expedition.
+
+[Footnote 15: "Porque decian a los Castellanos, que por que no
+sembraban. i cogian, sin andar tomando los Bastimentos agenos,
+pasando tantos trabajos?" Herrera, Hist. General, loc. cit.]
+
+[Footnote 16: "Dioles noticia el viejo por medio del lengua, como
+diez soles de alli habia un Rey muy poderoso yendo por espesas
+montanas, y que otro mas poderoso hijo del sol habia venido de
+milagro a quitarle el Reino sobre que tenian mui sangrientas
+batallas." (Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1525.) The conquest of
+Quito by Huayna Capac took place more than thirty years before
+this period in our history.  But the particulars of this
+revolution, its time or precise theatre, were, probably, but very
+vaguely comprehended by the rude nations in the neighbourhood of
+Panama: and their allusion to it in an unknown dialect was as
+little comprehended by the Spanish voyagers, who must have
+collected their information from signs much more than words.]
+At length, after the expiration of more than six weeks, the
+Spaniards beheld with delight the return of the wandering bark
+that had borne away their comrades, and Montenegro sailed into
+port with an ample supply of provisions for his famishing
+countrymen.  Great was his horror at the aspect presented by the
+latter, their wild and haggard countenances and wasted frames, -
+so wasted by hunger and disease, that their old companions found
+it difficult to recognize them.  Montenegro accounted for his
+delay by incessant head winds and bad weather; and he himself had
+also a doleful tale to tell of the distress to which he and his
+crew had been reduced by hunger, on their passage to the Isle of
+Pearls. - It is minute incidents like these with which we have
+been occupied, that enable one to comprehend the extremity of
+suffering to which the Spanish adventurer was subjected in the
+prosecution of his great work of discovery.
+
+Revived by the substantial nourishment to which they had so long
+been strangers, the Spanish cavaliers, with the buoyancy that
+belongs to men of a hazardous and roving life, forgot their past
+distresses in their eagerness to prosecute their enterprise.
+Reembarking therefore on board his vessel, Pizarro bade adieu to
+the scene of so much suffering, which he branded with the
+appropriate name of Puerto de la Hambre, the Port of Famine, and
+again opened his sails to a favorable breeze that bore him
+onwards towards the south.
+
+Had he struck boldly out into the deep, instead of hugging the
+inhospitable shore, where he had hitherto found so little to
+recompense him, he might have spared himself the repetition of
+wearisome and unprofitable adventures, and reached by a shorter
+route the point of his destination.  But the Spanish mariner
+groped his way along these unknown coasts, landing at every
+convenient headland, as if fearful lest some fruitful region or
+precious mine might be overlooked, should a single break occur in
+the line of survey.  Yet it should be remembered, that, though
+the true point of Pizarro's destination is obvious to us,
+familiar with the topography of these countries, he was wandering
+in the dark, feeling his way along, inch by inch, as it were,
+without chart to guide him, without knowledge of the seas or of
+the bearings of the coast, and even with no better defined idea
+of the object at which he aimed than that of a land, teeming with
+gold, that lay somewhere at the south!  It was a hunt after an El
+Dorado; on information scarcely more circumstantial or authentic
+than that which furnished the basis of so many chimerical
+enterprises in this land of wonders.  Success only, the best
+argument with the multitude, redeemed the expeditions of Pizarro
+from a similar imputation of extravagance.
+
+Holding on his southerly course under the lee of the shore,
+Pizarro, after a short run, found himself abreast of an open
+reach of country, or at least one less encumbered with wood,
+which rose by a gradual swell, as it receded from the coast.  He
+landed with a small body of men, and, advancing a short distance
+into the interior, fell in with an Indian hamlet.  It was
+abandoned by the inhabitants, who, on the approach of the
+invaders, had betaken themselves to the mountains; and the
+Spaniards, entering their deserted dwellings, found there a good
+store of maize and other articles of food, and rude ornaments of
+gold of considerable value.  Food was not more necessary for
+their bodies than was the sight of gold, from time to time, to
+stimulate their appetite for adventure.  One spectacle, however,
+chilled their blood with horror.  This was the sight of human
+flesh, which they found roasting before the fire, as the
+barbarians had left it, preparatory to their obscene repast.  The
+Spaniards, conceiving that they had fallen in with a tribe of
+Caribs, the only race in that part of the New World known to be
+cannibals, retreated precipitately to their vessel. *17 They were
+not steeled by sad familiarity with the spectacle, like the
+Conquerors of Mexico.
+
+[Footnote 17: "I en las Ollas de la comida, que estaban al Fuego,
+entre la Carne, que sacaban, havia Pies i Manos de Hombres, de
+donde conocieron, que aquellos Indios eran Caribes." Herrera,
+Hist. General dec. 3, lib. 8, cap. 11.]
+
+The weather, which had been favorable, new set in tempestuous,
+with heavy squalls, accompanied by incessant thunder and
+lightning, and the rain, as usual in these tropical tempests,
+descended not so much in drops as in unbroken sheets of water.
+The Spaniards, however, preferred to take their chance on the
+raging element rather than remain in the scene of such brutal
+abominations.  But the fury of the storm gradually subsided, and
+the little vessel held on her way along the coast, till, coming
+abreast of a bold point of land named by Pizarro Punta Quemada,
+he gave orders to anchor.  The margin of the shore was fringed
+with a deep belt of mangrove-trees, the long roots of which,
+interlacing one another, formed a kind of submarine lattice-work
+that made the place difficult of approach.  Several avenues,
+opening through this tangled thicket, led Pizarro to conclude
+that the country must be inhabited, and he disembarked, with the
+greater part of his force, to explore the interior.
+
+He had not penetrated more than a league, when he found his
+conjecture verified by the sight of an Indian town of larger size
+than those he had hitherto seen, occupying the brow of an
+eminence, and well defended by palisades.  The inhabitants, as
+usual, had fled; but left in their dwellings a good supply of
+provisions and some gold trinkets, which the Spaniards made no
+difficulty of appropriating to themselves.  Pizarro's flimsy bark
+had been strained by the heavy gales it had of late encountered,
+so that it was unsafe to prosecute the voyage further without
+more thorough repairs than could be given to her on this desolate
+coast.  He accordingly determined to send her back with a few
+hands to be careened at Panama, and meanwhile to establish his
+quarters in his present position, which was so favorable for
+defence. But first he despatched a small party under Montenegro
+to reconnoitre the country, and, if possible, to open a
+communication with the natives.
+The latter were a warlike race.  They had left their habitations
+in order to place their wives and children in safety.  But they
+had kept an eye on the movements of the invaders, and, when they
+saw their forces divided, they resolved to fall upon each body
+singly before it could communicate with the other.  So soon,
+therefore, as Montenegro had penetrated through the defiles of
+the lofty hills, which shoot out like spurs of the Cordilleras
+along this part of the coast, the Indian warriors, springing from
+their ambush, sent off a cloud of arrows and other missiles that
+darkened the air, while they made the forest ring with their
+shrill war-whoop.  The Spaniards, astonished at the appearance of
+the savages, with their naked bodies gaudily painted, and
+brandishing their weapons as they glanced among the trees and
+straggling underbrush that choked up the defile, were taken by
+surprise and thrown for a moment into disarray.  Three of their
+number were killed and several wounded.  Yet, speedily rallying,
+they returned the discharge of the assailants with their
+cross-bows, - for Pizarro's troops do not seem to have been
+provided with muskets on this expedition, - and then gallantly
+charging the enemy, sword in hand, succeeded in driving them back
+into the fastnesses of the mountains.  But it only led them to
+shift their operations to another quarter, and make an assault on
+Pizarro before he could be relieved by his lieutenant.
+
+Availing themselves of their superior knowledge of the passes,
+they reached that commander's quarters long before Montenegro,
+who had commenced a countermarch in the same direction.  And
+issuing from the woods, the bold savages saluted the Spanish
+garrison with a tempest of darts and arrows, some of which found
+their way through the joints of the harness and the quilted mail
+of the cavaliers.  But Pizarro was too well practised a soldier
+to be off his guard.  Calling his men about him, he resolved not
+to abide the assault tamely in the works, but to sally out, and
+meet the enemy on their own ground.  The barbarians, who had
+advanced near the defences, fell back as the Spaniards burst
+forth with their valiant leader at their head.  But, soon
+returning with admirable ferocity to the charge, they singled out
+Pizarro, whom, by his bold bearing and air of authority, they
+easily recognized as the chief; and, hurling at him a storm of
+missiles, wounded him, in spite of his armour, in no less than
+seven places. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Xerez, Conq. del
+Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 180. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 1, cap. 1. - Balboa, Hist. du Perou, chap. 15.]
+
+Driven back by the fury of the assault directed against his own
+person, the Spanish commander retreated down the slope of the
+hill, still defending himself as he could with sword and buckler,
+when his foot slipped and he fell.  The enemy set up a fierce
+yell of triumph, and some of the boldest sprang forward to
+despatch him.  But Pizarro was on his feet in an instant, and,
+striking down two of the foremost with his strong arm, held the
+rest at bay till his soldiers could come to the rescue.  The
+barbarians, struck with admiration at his valor, began to falter,
+when Montenegro luckily coming on the ground at the moment, and
+falling on their rear, completed their confusion; and, abandoning
+the field, they made the best of their way into the recesses of
+the mountains.  The ground was covered with their slain; but the
+victory was dearly purchased by the death of two more Spaniards
+and a long list of wounded.
+
+A council of war was then called.  The position had lost its
+charm in the eyes of the Spaniards, who had met here with the
+first resistance they had yet experienced on their expedition.
+It was necessary to place the wounded in some secure spot, where
+their injuries could be attended to.  Yet it was not safe to
+proceed farther, in the crippled state of their vessel. On the
+whole, it was decided to return and report their proceedings to
+the governor; and, though the magnificent hopes of the
+adventurers had not been realized, Pizarro trusted that enough
+had been done to vindicate the importance of the enterprise, and
+to secure the countenance of Pedrarias for the further
+prosecution of it. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 3, lib. 8, cap. 11. -
+Xerez, ubi supra.]
+
+Yet Pizarro could not make up his mind to present himself, in the
+present state of the undertaking, before the governor.  He
+determined, therefore, to be set on shore with the principal part
+of his company at Chicama, a place on the main land, at a short
+distance west of Panama.  From this place, which he reached
+without any further accident, he despatched the vessel, and in it
+his treasurer, Nicolas de Ribera, with the gold he had collected,
+and with instructions to lay before the governor a full account
+of his discoveries, and the result of the expedition.
+
+While these events were passing, Pizarro's associate, Almagro,
+had been busily employed in fitting out another vessel for the
+expedition at the port of Panama.  It was not till long after his
+friend's departure that he was prepared to follow him.  With the
+assistance of Luque, he at length succeeded in equipping a small
+caravel and embarking a body of between sixty and seventy
+adventurers, mostly of the lowest order of the colonists.  He
+steered in the track of his comrade, with the intention of
+overtaking him as soon as possible.  By a signal previously
+concerted of notching the trees, he was able to identify the
+spots visited by Pizarro, - Puerto de Pinas, Puerto de la Hambre,
+Pueblo Quemado, - touching successively at every point of the
+coast explored by his countrymen, though in a much shorter time.
+At the last-mentioned place he was received by the fierce natives
+with the same hostile demonstrations as Pizarro, though in the
+present encounter the Indians did not venture beyond their
+defences.  But the hot blood of Almagro was so exasperated by
+this check, that he assaulted the place and carried it sword in
+hand, setting fire to the outworks and dwellings, and driving the
+wretched inhabitants into the forests.
+
+His victory cost him dear.  A wound from a javelin on the head
+caused an inflammation in one of his eyes, which, after great
+anguish, ended in the loss of it.  Yet the intrepid adventurer
+did not hesitate to pursue his voyage, and, after touching at
+several places on the coast, some of which rewarded him with a
+considerable booty in gold, he reached the mouth of the Rio de
+San Juan, about the fourth degree of north latitude.  He was
+struck with the beauty of the stream, and with the cultivation on
+its borders, which were sprinkled with Indian cottages showing
+some skill in their construction, and altogether intimating a
+higher civilization than any thing he had yet seen.
+
+Still his mind was filled with anxiety for the fate of Pizarro
+and his followers.  No trace of them had been found on the coast
+for a long time, and it was evident they must have foundered at
+sea, or made their way back to Panama.  This last he deemed most
+probable; as the vessel might have passed him unnoticed under the
+cover of the night, or of the dense fogs that sometimes hang over
+the coast.
+
+Impressed with this belief, he felt no heart to continue his
+voyage of discovery, for which, indeed, his single bark, with its
+small complement of men, was altogether inadequate.  He proposed,
+therefore, to return without delay.  On his way, he touched at
+the Isle of Pearls, and there learned the result of his friend's
+expedition, and the place of his present residence. Directing his
+course, at once, to Chicama, the two cavaliers soon had the
+satisfaction of embracing each other, and recounting their
+several exploits and escapes.  Almagro returned even better
+freighted with gold than his confederate, and at every step of
+his progress he had collected fresh confirmation of the existence
+of some great and opulent empire in the South. The confidence of
+the two friends was much strengthened by their discoveries; and
+they unhesitatingly pledged themselves to one another to die
+rather than abandon the enterprise. *20
+
+[Footnote 20: Xerez, ubi supra. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms.
+- Zarate, Conq. del Peru, loc. cit. - Balboa, Hist. du Perou,
+chap. 15. - Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms. - Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 3, lib. 8, cap. 13. - Levinus Apollonius, fol. 12.
+- Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 108.]
+
+The best means of obtaining the levies requisite for so
+formidable an undertaking - more formidable, as it now appeared
+to them, than before - were made the subject of long and serious
+discussion.  It was at length decided that Pizarro should remain
+in his present quarters, inconvenient and even unwholesome as
+they were rendered by the humidity of the climate, and the
+pestilent swarms of insects that filled the atmosphere.  Almagro
+would pass over to Panama, lay the case before the governor, and
+secure, if possible, his good-will towards the prosecution of the
+enterprise.  If no obstacle were thrown in their way from this
+quarter, they might hope, with the assistance of Luque, to raise
+the necessary supplies; while the results of the recent
+expedition were sufficiently encouraging to draw adventurers to
+their standard in a community which had a craving for excitement
+that gave even danger a charm, and which held life cheap in
+comparison with gold.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter III
+
+The Famous Contract. - Second Expedition. - Ruiz Explores The
+Coast. - Pizarro's Sufferings In The Forests. - Arrival Of New
+Recruits. - Fresh Discoveries And Disasters. - Pizarro On The
+Isle Of Gallo.
+
+1526-1527.
+
+
+On his arrival at Panama, Almagro found that events had taken a
+turn less favorable to his views than he had anticipated.
+Pedrarias, the governor, was preparing to lead an expedition in
+person against a rebellious officer in Nicaragua; and his temper,
+naturally not the most amiable, was still further soured by this
+defection of his lieutenant, and the necessity it imposed on him
+of a long and perilous march.  When, therefore, Almagro appeared
+before him with the request that he might be permitted to raise
+further levies to prosecute his enterprise, the governor received
+him with obvious dissatisfaction, listened coldly to the
+narrative of his losses, turned an incredulous ear to his
+magnificent promises for the future, and bluntly demanded an
+account of the lives, which had been sacrificed by Pizarro's
+obstinacy, but which, had they been spared, might have stood him
+in good stead in his present expedition to Nicaragua.  He
+positively declined to countenance the rash schemes of the two
+adventurers any longer, and the conquest of Peru would have been
+crushed in the bud, but for the efficient interposition of the
+remaining associate, Fernando de Luque.
+
+This sagacious ecclesiastic had received a very different
+impression from Almagro's narrative, from that which had been
+made on the mind of the irritable governor.  The actual results
+of the enterprise in gold and silver, thus far, indeed, had been
+small, - forming a mortifying contrast to the magnitude of their
+expectations.  But, in another point of view, they were of the
+last importance; since the intelligence which the adventurers had
+gained in every successive stage of their progress confirmed, in
+the strongest manner, the previous accounts, received from
+Andagoya and others, of a rich Indian empire at the south, which
+might repay the trouble of conquering it as well as Mexico had
+repaid the enterprise of Cortes.  Fully entering, therefore, into
+the feelings of his military associates, he used all his
+influence with the governor to incline him to a more favorable
+view of Almagro's petition; and no one in the little community of
+Panama exercised greater influence over the councils of the
+executive than Father Luque, for which he was indebted no less to
+his discretion and acknowledged sagacity than to his professional
+station.
+
+But while Pedrarias, overcome by the arguments or importunity of
+the churchman, yielded a reluctant assent to the application, he
+took care to testify his displeasure with Pizarro, on whom he
+particularly charged the loss of his followers, by naming Almagro
+as his equal in command in the proposed expedition.  This
+mortification sunk deep into Pizarro's mind.  He suspected his
+comrade, with what reason does not appear, of soliciting this
+boon from the governor.  A temporary coldness arose between them,
+which subsided, in outward show, at least, on Pizarro's
+reflecting that it was better to have this authority conferred on
+a friend than on a stranger, perhaps an enemy. But the seeds of
+permanent distrust were left in his bosom, and lay waiting for
+the due season to ripen into a fruitful harvest of discord. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 180.
+- Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1526. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 3 lib. 8, cap. 12.]
+
+Pedrarias had been originally interested in the enterprise, at
+least, so far as to stipulate for a share of the gains, though he
+had not contributed, as it appears, a single ducat towards the
+expenses.  He was at length, however, induced to relinquish all
+right to a share of the contingent profits.  But, in his manner
+of doing so, he showed a mercenary spirit, better becoming a
+petty trader than a high officer of the Crown.  He stipulated
+that the associates should secure to him the sum of one thousand
+pesos de oro in requital of his goodwill, and they eagerly closed
+with his proposal, rather than be encumbered with his
+pretensions.  For so paltry a consideration did he resign his
+portion of the rich spoil of the Incas! *2 But the governor was
+not gifted with the eye of a prophet.  His avarice was of that
+short-sighted kind which defeats itself.  He had sacrificed the
+chivalrous Balboa just as that officer was opening to him the
+conquest of Peru, and he would now have quenched the spirit of
+enterprise, that was taking the same direction, in Pizarro and
+his associates.
+
+[Footnote 2: Such is Oviedo's account, who was present at the
+interview between the governor and Almagro, when the terms of
+compensation were discussed.  The dialogue, which is amusing
+enough, and well told by the old Chronicler, may be found
+translated in Appendix, No. 5.  Another version of the affair is
+given in the Relacion, often quoted by me, of one of the Peruvian
+conquerors, in which Pedrarias is said to have gone out of the
+partnership voluntarily, from his disgust at the unpromising
+state of affairs.  "Vueltos con la dicha gente a Panama,
+destrozados y gastados que ya no tenian haciendas para tornar con
+provisiones y gentes que todo lo habian gastado, el dicho
+Pedrarias de Avila les dijo, que ya el no queria mas hacer
+compania con ellos en los gastos de la armada, que si ellos
+querian volver a su costa, que lo hiciesen; y ansi como gente que
+habia perdido todo lo que tenia y tanto habia trabajado,
+acordaron de tornar a proseguir su jornada y dar fin a las vidas
+y haciendas que les quedaba, o descubrir aquella tierra, y
+ciertamente ellos tubieron grande constancia y animo." Relacion
+del Primer.  Descub., Ms.]
+
+Not long after this, in the following year, he was succeeded in
+his government by Don Pedro de los Rios, a cavalier of Cordova.
+It was the policy of the Castilian Crown to allow no one of the
+great colonial officers to occupy the same station so long as to
+render himself formidable by his authority. *3 It had, moreover,
+many particular causes of disgust with Pedrarias.  The
+functionary they sent out to succeed him was fortified with ample
+instructions for the good of the colony, and especially of the
+natives, whose religious conversion was urged as a capital
+object, and whose personal freedom was unequivocally asserted, as
+loyal vassals of the Crown.  It is but justice to the Spanish
+government to admit that its provisions were generally guided by
+a humane and considerate policy, which was as regularly
+frustrated by the cupidity of the colonist, and the capricious
+cruelty of the conqueror. The few remaining years of Pedrarias
+were spent in petty squabbles, both of a personal and official
+nature; for he was still continued in office, though in one of
+less consideration than that which he had hitherto filled.  He
+survived but a few years, leaving behind him a reputation not to
+be envied, of one who united a pusillanimous spirit with
+uncontrollable passions; who displayed, notwithstanding, a
+certain energy of character, or, to speak more correctly, an
+impetuosity of purpose, which might have led to good results had
+it taken a right direction.  Unfortunately, his lack of
+discretion was such, that the direction he took was rarely of
+service to his country or to himself.
+
+[Footnote 3: This policy is noticed by the sagacious Martyr.  "De
+mutandis namque plaerisque gubernatoribus, ne longa nimis imperii
+assuetudine insolescant, cogitatur, qui praecipue non fuerint
+prouinciarum domitores. de hisce ducibus namque alia ratio
+ponderatur." (De Orbe Novo, (Parisiis, 1587,) p. 498.) One cannot
+but regret that the philosopher, who took so keen an interest in
+the successive revelations of the different portions of the New
+World, should have died before the empire of the Incas was
+disclosed to Europeans.  He lived to learn and to record the
+wonders of
+
+"Rich Mexico, the seat of Montezuma
+Not Cuzco in Peru, the richer seat of
+Atabalipa."]
+
+Having settled their difficulties with the governor, and obtained
+his sanction to their enterprise, the confederates lost no time
+in making the requisite preparations for it.  Their first step
+was to execute the memorable contract which served as the basis
+of their future arrangements; and, as Pizarro's name appears in
+this, it seems probable that that chief had crossed over to
+Panama so soon as the favorable disposition of Pedrarias had been
+secured. *4 The instrument, after invoking in the most solemn
+manner the names of the Holy Trinity and Our Lady the Blessed
+Virgin, sets forth, that, whereas the parties have full authority
+to discover and subdue the countries and provinces lying south of
+the Gulf, belonging to the empire of Peru, and as Fernando de
+Luque had advanced the funds for the enterprise in bars of gold
+of the value of twenty thousand pesos, they mutually bind
+themselves to divide equally among them the whole of the
+conquered territory.  This stipulation is reiterated over and
+over again, particularly with reference to Luque, who, it is
+declared, is to be entitled to one third of all lands,
+repartimientos, treasures of every kind, gold, silver, and
+precious stones, - to one third even of all vassals, rents, and
+emoluments arising from such grants as may be conferred by the
+Crown on either of his military associates, to be held for his
+own use, or for that of his heirs, assigns, or legal
+representative.
+
+[Footnote 4: In opposition to most authorities, - but not to the
+judicious Quintana, - I have conformed to Montesinos, in placing
+the execution of the contract at the commencement of the second,
+instead of the first, expedition. This arrangement coincides with
+the date of the instrument itself, which, moreover, is reported
+in extenso by no ancient writer whom I have consulted except
+Montesinos.]
+
+The two captains solemnly engage to devote themselves exclusively
+to the present undertaking until it is accomplished; and, in case
+of failure in their part of the covenant, they pledge themselves
+to reimburse Luque for his advances, for which all the property
+they possess shall be held responsible, and this declaration is
+to be a sufficient warrant for the execution of judgment against
+them, in the same manner as if it had proceeded from the decree
+of a court of justice.
+
+The commanders, Pizarro and Almagro, made oath, in the name of
+God and the Holy Evangelists, sacredly to keep this covenant,
+swearing it on the missal, on which they traced with their own
+hands the sacred emblem of the cross.  To give still greater
+efficacy to the compact, Father Luque administered the sacrament
+to the parties, dividing the consecrated wafer into three
+portions, of which each one of them partook; while the
+by-standers, says an historian, were affected to tears by this
+spectacle of the solemn ceremonial with which these men
+voluntarily devoted themselves to a sacrifice that seemed little
+short of insanity. *5
+
+[Footnote 5: This singular instrument is given at length by
+Montesinos. (Annales, Ms., ano 1526.) It may be found in the
+original in Appendix, No. 6.]
+
+The instrument, which was dated March 10, 1526, was subscribed by
+Luque, and attested by three respectable citizens of Panama, one
+of whom signed on behalf of Pizarro, and the other for Almagro;
+since neither of these parties, according to the avowal of the
+instrument, was able to subscribe his own name. *6
+
+
+[Footnote 6: For some investigation of the fact, which has been
+disputed by more than one, of Pizarro's ignorance of the art of
+writing, see Book 4, chap. 5, of this History.]
+
+Such was the singular compact by which three obscure individuals
+coolly carved out and partitioned among themselves, an empire of
+whose extent, power, and resources, of whose situation, of whose
+existence, even, they had no sure or precise knowledge.  The
+positive and unhesitating manner in which they speak of the
+grandeur of this empire, of its stores of wealth, so conformable
+to the event, but of which they could have really known so
+little, forms a striking contrast with the general skepticism and
+indifference manifested by nearly every other person, high and
+low, in the community of Panama. *7
+
+[Footnote 7: The epithet of loco or "madman" was punningly
+bestowed on Father Luque, for his spirited exertions in behalf of
+the enterprise; Padre Luque o loco, says Oviedo of him, as if it
+were synonymous.  Historia de las Indias Islas e Tierra Firme del
+Mar Oceano, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8 cap. 1.]
+
+The religious tone of the instrument is not the least remarkable
+feature in it, especially when we contrast this with the
+relentless policy, pursued by the very men who were parties to
+it, in their conquest of the country. "In the name of the Prince
+of Peace," says the illustrious historian of America, "they
+ratified a contract of which plunder and bloodshed were the
+objects." *8 The reflection seems reasonable.  Yet, in
+criticizing what is done, as well as what is written, we must
+take into account the spirit of the times. *9 The invocation of
+Heaven was natural, where the object of the undertaking was, in
+part, a religious one.  Religion entered, more or less, into the
+theory, at least, of the Spanish conquests in the New World.
+That motives of a baser sort mingled largely with these higher
+ones, and in different proportions according to the character of
+the individual, no one will deny.  And few are they that have
+proposed to themselves a long career of action without the
+intermixture of some vulgar personal motive, - fame, honors, or
+emolument.  Yet that religion furnishes a key to the American
+crusades, however rudely they may have been conducted, is evident
+from the history of their origin; from the sanction openly given
+to them by the Head of the Church; from the throng of
+self-devoted missionaries, who followed in the track of the
+conquerors to garner up the rich harvest of souls; from the
+reiterated instructions of the Crown, the great object of which
+was the conversion of the natives; from those superstitious acts
+of the iron-hearted soldiery themselves, which, however they may
+be set down to fanaticism, were clearly too much in earnest to
+leave any ground for the charge of hypocrisy. It was indeed a
+fiery cross that was borne over the devoted land, scathing and
+consuming it in its terrible progress; but it was still the
+cross, the sign of man's salvation, the only sign by which
+generations and generations yet unborn were to be rescued from
+eternal perdition.
+
+[Footnote 8: Robertson, America, vol. III. p. 5.]
+
+[Footnote 9: "A perfect judge will read each work of wit
+With the same spirit that its author writ,"
+
+says the great bard of Reason.  A fair criticism will apply the
+same rule to action as to writing, and, in the moral estimate of
+conduct, will take largely into account the spirit of the age
+which prompted it.]
+
+It is a remarkable fact, which has hitherto escaped the notice of
+the historian, that Luque was not the real party to this
+contract.  He represented another, who placed in his hands the
+funds required for the undertaking.  This appears from an
+instrument signed by Luque himself and certified before the same
+notary that prepared the original contract.  The instrument
+declares that the whole sum of twenty thousand pesos advanced for
+the expedition was furnished by the Licentiate Gaspar de
+Espinosa, then at Panama; that the vicar acted only as his agent
+and by his authority; and that, in consequence, the said Espinosa
+and no other was entitled to a third of all the profits and
+acquisitions resulting from the conquest of Peru. This
+instrument, attested by three persons, one of them the same who
+had witnessed the original contract, was dated on the 6th of
+August, 1531. *10 The Licentiate Espinosa was a respectable
+functionary, who had filled the office of principal alcalde in
+Darien, and since taken a conspicuous part in the conquest and
+settlement of Tierra Firme.  He enjoyed much consideration for
+his personal character and station; and it is remarkable that so
+little should be known of the manner in which the covenant, so
+solemnly made, was executed in reference to him.  As in the case
+of Columbus, it is probable that the unexpected magnitude of the
+results was such as to prevent a faithful adherence to the
+original stipulation; and yet, from the same consideration, one
+can hardly doubt that the twenty thousand pesos of the bold
+speculator must have brought him a magnificent return.  Nor did
+the worthy vicar of Panama, as the history will show hereafter,
+go without his reward.
+
+[Footnote 10: The instrument making this extraordinary disclosure
+is cited at length in a manuscript entitled Noticia General del
+Peru, Tierra Firme y Chili, by Francisco Lopez de Caravantes, a
+fiscal officer in these colonies. The Ms., formerly preserved in
+the library of the great college of Cuenca at Salamanca, is now
+to be found in her Majesty's library at Madrid.  The passage is
+extracted by Quintana, Espanoles Celebres, tom. II. Apend. No. 2,
+nota.]
+
+Having completed these preliminary arrangements, the three
+associates lost no time in making preparations for the voyage.
+Two vessels were purchased, larger and every way better than
+those employed on the former occasion.  Stores were laid in, as
+experience dictated, on a larger scale than before, and
+proclamation was made of "an expedition to Peru." But the call
+was not readily answered by the skeptical citizens of Panama.  Of
+nearly two hundred men who had embarked on the former cruise, not
+more than three fourths now remained. *11 This dismal mortality,
+and the emaciated, poverty-stricken aspect of the survivors,
+spoke more eloquently than the braggart promises and magnificent
+prospects held out by the adventurers. Still there were men in
+the community of such desperate circumstances, that any change
+seemed like a chance of bettering their condition.  Most of the
+former company also, strange to say, felt more pleased to follow
+up the adventure to the end than to abandon it, as they saw the
+light of a better day dawning upon them.  From these sources the
+two captains succeeded in mustering about one hundred and sixty
+men, making altogether a very inadequate force for the conquest
+of an empire.  A few horses were also purchased, and a better
+supply of ammunition and military stores than before, though
+still on a very limited scale.  Considering their funds, the only
+way of accounting for this must be by the difficulty of obtaining
+supplies at Panama, which, recently founded, and on the remote
+coast of the Pacific, could be approached only by crossing the
+rugged barrier of mountains, which made the transportation of
+bulky articles extremely difficult.  Even such scanty stock of
+materials as it possessed was probably laid under heavy
+contribution, at the present juncture, by the governor's
+preparations for his own expedition to the north.
+
+[Footnote 11: "Con ciento i diez Hombres salio de Panama, i fue
+donde estaba el Capitan Picarro con otros cinquenta de los
+primeros ciento; diez, que con el salieron, i de los setenta, que
+el Capitan Almagro llevo, quando le fue a buscar, que los ciento
+i treinta ia eran muertos.  Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia,
+tom. III. p. 180.]
+
+Thus indifferently provided, the two captains, each in his own
+vessel, again took their departure from Panama, under the
+direction of Bartholomew Ruiz, a sagacious and resolute pilot,
+well experienced in the navigation of the Southern Ocean.  He was
+a native of Moguer, in Andalusia, that little nursery of nautical
+enterprise, which furnished so many seamen for the first voyages
+of Columbus.  Without touching at the intervening points of the
+coast, which offered no attraction to the voyagers, they stood
+farther out to sea, steering direct for the Rio de San Juan, the
+utmost limit reached by Almagro.  The season was better selected
+than on the former occasion, and they were borne along by
+favorable breezes to the place of their destination, which they
+reached without accident in a few days.  Entering the mouth of
+the river, they saw the banks well lined with Indian habitations;
+and Pizarro, disembarking, at the head of a party of soldiers,
+succeeded in surprising a small village and carrying off a
+considerable booty of gold ornaments found in the dwellings,
+together with a few of the natives. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: Ibid., pp. 180, 181. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria,
+Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib 1, cap. 1. - Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 3, lib. 8, cap. 13.]
+
+Flushed with their success, the two chiefs were confident that
+the sight of the rich spoil so speedily obtained could not fail
+to draw adventurers to their standard in Panama; and, as they
+felt more than ever the necessity of a stronger force to cope
+with the thickening population of the country which they were now
+to penetrate, it was decided that Almagro should return with the
+treasure and beat up for reinforcements, while the pilot Ruiz, in
+the other vessel, should reconnoitre the country towards the
+south, and obtain such information as might determine their
+future movements.  Pizarro, with the rest of the force, would
+remain in the neighbourhood of the river, as he was assured by
+the Indian prisoners, that not far in the interior was an open
+reach of country, where he and his men could find comfortable
+quarters.  This arrangement was instantly put in execution.  We
+will first accompany the intrepid pilot in his cruise towards the
+south.
+
+Coasting along the great continent, with his canvas still spread
+to favorable winds, the first place at which Ruiz cast anchor was
+off the little island of Gallo, about two degrees north.  The
+inhabitants, who were not numerous, were prepared to give him a
+hostile reception, - for tidings of the invaders had preceded
+them along the country, and even reached this insulated spot.  As
+the object of Ruiz was to explore, not to conquer, he did not
+care to entangle himself in hostilities with the natives; so,
+changing his purpose of landing, he weighed anchor, and ran down
+the coast as far as what is now called the Bay of St. Matthew.
+The country, which, as he advanced, continued to exhibit evidence
+of a better culture as well as of a more dense population than
+the parts hitherto seen, was crowded, along the shores, with
+spectators, who gave no signs of fear or hostility.  They stood
+gazing on the vessel of the white men as it glided smoothly into
+the crystal waters of the bay, fancying it, says an old writer,
+some mysterious being descended from the skies.
+
+Without staying long enough on this friendly coast to undeceive
+the simple people, Ruiz, standing off shore, struck out into the
+deep sea; but he had not sailed far in that direction, when he
+was surprised by the sight of a vessel, seeming in the distance
+like a caravel of considerable size, traversed by a large sail
+that carried it sluggishly over the waters.  The old navigator
+was not a little perplexed by this phenomenon, as he was
+confident no European bark could have been before him in these
+latitudes, and no Indian nation, yet discovered, not even the
+civilized Mexican, was acquainted with the use of sails in
+navigation.  As he drew near, he found it was a large vessel, or
+rather raft, called balsa by the natives, consisting of a number
+of huge timbers of a light, porous wood, tightly lashed together,
+with a frail flooring of reeds raised on them by way of deck.
+Two masts or sturdy poles, erected in the middle of the vessel,
+sustained a large square-sail of cotton, while a rude kind of
+rudder and a movable keel, made of plank inserted between the
+logs, enabled the mariner to give a direction to the floating
+fabric, which held on its course without the aid of oar or
+paddle. *13 The simple architecture of this craft was sufficient
+for the purposes of the natives, and indeed has continued to
+answer them to the present day; for the balsa, surmounted by
+small thatched huts or cabins, still supplies the most commodious
+means for the transportation of passengers and luggage on the
+streams and along the shores of this part of the South American
+continent.
+
+[Footnote 13: "Traia sus manteles y antenas de muy fina madera y
+velas de algodon del mismo talle de manera que los nuestros
+navios." Relacion de los Primeros Descubrimientos de F. Pizarro y
+Diego de Almagro, sacada del Codice, No. 120 de la Biblioteca
+Imperial de Vienna, Ms]
+
+On coming alongside, Ruiz found several Indians, both men and
+women, on board, some with rich ornaments on their persons,
+besides several articles wrought with considerable skill in gold
+and silver, which they were carrying for purposes of traffic to
+the different places along the coast.  But what most attracted
+his attention was the woollen cloth of which some of their
+dresses were made.  It was of a fine texture, delicately
+embroidered with figures of birds and flowers, and dyed in
+brilliant colors.  He also observed in the boat a pair of
+balances made to weigh the precious metals. *14 His astonishment
+at these proofs of ingenuity and civilization, so much higher
+than any thing he had ever seen in the country, was heightened by
+the intelligence which he collected from some of these Indians.
+Two of them had come from Tumbez, a Peruvian port, some degrees
+to the south; and they gave him to understand, that in their
+neighbourhood the fields were covered with large flocks of the
+animals from which the wool was obtained, and that gold and
+silver were almost as common as wood in the palaces of their
+monarch. The Spaniards listened greedily to reports which
+harmonized so well with their fond desires.  Though half
+distrusting the exaggeration, Ruiz resolved to detain some of the
+Indians, including the natives of Tumbez, that they might repeat
+the wondrous tale to his commander, and at the same time, by
+learning the Castilian, might hereafter serve as interpreters
+with their countrymen.  The rest of the party he suffered to
+proceed without further interruption on their voyage.  Then
+holding on his course, the prudent pilot, without touching at any
+other point of the coast, advanced as far as the Punta de Pasado,
+about half a degree south, having the glory of being the first
+European who, sailing in this direction on the Pacific, had
+crossed the equinoctial line.  This was the limit of his
+discoveries; on reaching which he tacked about, and standing away
+to the north, succeeded, after an absence of several weeks, in
+regaining the spot where he had left Pizarro and his comrades.
+*15
+
+[Footnote 14: In a short notice of this expedition, written
+apparently at the time of it, or soon after, a minute
+specification is given of the several articles found in the
+balsa; among them are mentioned vases and mirrors of burnished
+silver, and curious fabrics both cotton and woollen.  "Espejos
+guarnecidos de la dicha plata, y tasas y otras vasijas para
+beber, trahian muchas mantas de lana y de algodon, y camisas y
+aljubas y alcaceres y alaremes, y otras muchas ropas, todo lo mas
+de ello muy labrado de labores muy ricas de colores de grana y
+carmisi y azul y amarillo, y de todas otras colores de diversas
+maneras de labores y figuras de aves y animales, y Pescados, y
+arbolesas y trahian unos pesos chiquitos de pesar oro como
+hechura de Romana, y otras muchas cosas.' Relacion sacada de la
+Biblioteca Imperial de Vienna, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 15: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+181. - Relacion sacada de la Biblioteca Imperial de Vienna, Ms. -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 3, lib. 8, cap. 13.
+
+One of the authorities speaks of his having been sixty days on
+this cruise.  I regret not to be able to give precise dates of
+the events in these early expeditions.  But chronology is a thing
+beneath the notice of these ancient chroniclers, who seem to
+think that the date of events, so fresh in their own memory, must
+be so in that of every one else.]
+
+It was high time; for the spirits of that little band had been
+sorely tried by the perils they had encountered.  On the
+departure of his vessels, Pizarro marched into the interior, in
+the hope of finding the pleasant champaign country which had been
+promised him by the natives.  But at every step the forests
+seemed to grow denser and darker, and the trees towered to a
+height such as he had never seen, even in these fruitful regions,
+where Nature works on so gigantic a scale. *16 Hill continued to
+rise above hill, as he advanced, rolling onward, as it were, by
+successive waves to join that colossal barrier of the Andes,
+whose frosty sides, far away above the clouds, spread out like a
+curtain of burnished silver, that seemed to connect the heavens
+with the earth.
+
+[Footnote 16: "Todo era montanas, con arboles hasta el cielo!"
+Herrera Hist. General, ubi supra.]
+
+On crossing these woody eminences, the forlorn adventurers would
+plunge into ravines of frightful depth, where the exhalations of
+a humid soil steamed up amidst the incense of sweet-scented
+flowers, which shone through the deep glooms in every conceivable
+variety of color.  Birds, especially of the parrot tribe, mocked
+this fantastic variety of nature with tints as brilliant as those
+of the vegetable world.  Monkeys chattered in crowds above their
+heads, and made grimaces like the fiendish spirits of these
+solitudes; while hideous reptiles, engendered in the slimy depths
+of the pools, gathered round the footsteps of the wanderers.
+Here was seen the gigantic boa, coiling his unwieldy folds about
+the trees, so as hardly to be distinguished from their trunks,
+till he was ready to dart upon his prey; and alligators lay
+basking on the borders of the streams, or, gliding under the
+waters, seized their incautious victim before he was aware of
+their approach. *17 Many of the Spaniards perished miserably in
+this way, and others were waylaid by the natives, who kept a
+jealous eye on their movements, and availed themselves of every
+opportunity to take them at advantage.  Fourteen of Pizarro's men
+were cut off at once in a canoe which had stranded on the bank of
+a stream. *18
+
+[Footnote 17: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+[Footnote 18: Ibid., loc. cit. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap.
+108. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms]
+
+Famine came in addition to other troubles, and it was with
+difficulty that they found the means of sustaining life on the
+scanty fare of the forest, - occasionally the potato, as it grew
+without cultivation, or the wild cocoa-nut, or, on the shore, the
+salt and bitter fruit of the mangrove; though the shore was less
+tolerable than the forest, from the swarms of mosquitos which
+compelled the wretched adventurers to bury their bodies up to
+their very faces in the sand.  In this extremity of suffering,
+they thought only of return; and all schemes of avarice and
+ambition - except with Pizarro and a few dauntless spirits - were
+exchanged for the one craving desire to return to Panama.
+
+It was at this crisis that the pilot Ruiz returned with the
+report of his brilliant discoveries; and, not long after, Almagro
+sailed into port with his vessel laden with refreshments, and a
+considerable reinforcement of volunteers.  The voyage of that
+commander had been prosperous.  When he arrived at Panama, he
+found the government in the hands of Don Pedro de los Rios; and
+he came to anchor in the harbour, unwilling to trust himself on
+shore, till he had obtained from Father Luque some account of the
+dispositions of the executive.  These were sufficiently
+favorable; for the new governor had particular instructions fully
+to carry out the arrangements made by his predecessor with the
+associates.  On learning Almagro's arrival, he came down to the
+port to welcome him, professing his willingness to afford every
+facility for the execution of his designs.  Fortunately, just
+before this period, a small body of military adventurers had come
+to Panama from the mother country, burning with desire to make
+their fortunes in the New World. They caught much more eagerly
+than the old and wary colonists at the golden bait held out to
+them; and with their addition, and that of a few supernumerary
+stragglers who hung about the town, Almagro found himself at the
+head of a reinforcement of at least eighty men, with which,
+having laid in a fresh supply of stores, he again set sail for
+the Rio de San Juan.
+The arrival of the new recruits all eager to follow up the
+expedition, the comfortable change in their circumstances
+produced by an ample supply of refreshments, and the glowing
+pictures of the wealth that awaited them in the south, all had
+their effect on the dejected spirits of Pizarro's followers.
+Their late toils and privations were speedily forgotten, and,
+with the buoyant and variable feelings incident to a freebooter's
+life, they now called as eagerly on their commander to go forward
+in the voyage, as they had before called on him to abandon it.
+Availing themselves of the renewed spirit of enterprise, the
+captains embarked on board their vessels, and, under the guidance
+of the veteran pilot, steered in the same track he had lately
+pursued.
+
+But the favorable season for a southern course, which in these
+latitudes lasts but a few months in the year, had been suffered
+to escape.  The breezes blew steadily towards the north, and a
+strong current, not far from shore, set in the same direction.
+The winds frequently rose into tempests, and the unfortunate
+voyagers were tossed about, for many days, in the boiling surges,
+amidst the most awful storms of thunder and lightning, until, at
+length, they found a secure haven in the island of Gallo, already
+visited by Ruiz.  As they were now too strong in numbers to
+apprehend an assault, the crews landed, and, experiencing no
+molestation from the natives, they continued on the island for a
+fortnight, refitting their damaged vessels, and recruiting
+themselves after the fatigues of the ocean.  Then, resuming their
+voyage, the captains stood towards the south until they reached
+the Bay of St. Matthew. As they advanced along the coast, they
+were struck, as Ruiz had been before, with the evidences of a
+higher civilization constantly exhibited in the general aspect of
+the country and its inhabitants.  The hand of cultivation was
+visible in every quarter.  The natural appearance of the coast,
+too, had something in it more inviting; for, instead of the
+eternal labyrinth of mangrove-trees, with their complicated roots
+snarled into formidable coils under the water, as if to waylay
+and entangle the voyager, the low margin of the sea was covered
+with a stately growth of ebony, and with a species of mahogany,
+and other hard woods that take the most brilliant and variegated
+polish.  The sandal-wood, and many balsamic trees of unknown
+names, scattered their sweet odors far and wide, not in an
+atmosphere tainted with vegetable corruption, but on the pure
+breezes of the ocean, bearing health as well as fragrance on
+their wings.  Broad patches of cultivated land intervened,
+disclosing hill-sides covered with the yellow maize and the
+potato, or checkered, in the lower levels, with blooming
+plantations of cacao. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+181. - Relacion sacada de la Biblioteca Imperial de Vienna, Ms. -
+Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano
+1526. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1. cap. 1. - Relacion del
+Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+The villages became more numerous; and, as the vessels rode at
+anchor off the port of Tacamez, the Spaniards saw before them a
+town of two thousand houses or more, laid out into streets, with
+a numerous population clustering around it in the suburbs. *20
+The men and women displayed many ornaments of gold and precious
+stones about their persons, which may seem strange, considering
+that the Peruvian Incas claimed a monopoly of jewels for
+themselves and the nobles on whom they condescended to bestow
+them.  But, although the Spaniards had now reached the outer
+limits of the Peruvian empire, it was not Peru, but Quito, and
+that portion of it but recently brought under the sceptre of the
+Incas, where the ancient usages of the people could hardly have
+been effaced under the oppressive system of the American despots.
+The adjacent country was, moreover, particularly rich in gold,
+which, collected from the washings of the streams, still forms
+one of the staple products of Barbacoas.  Here, too, was the fair
+River of Emeralds, so called from the quarries of the beautiful
+gem on its borders, from which the Indian monarchs enriched their
+treasury. *21
+
+[Footnote 20: Pizarro's secretary speaks of one of the towns as
+containing 3,000 houses.  "En esta Tierra havia muchos
+Mantenimientos, i la Gente tenia mui buena orden de vivir, los
+Pueblos con sus Calles, i Placas: Pueblo havia que tenia mas de
+tres mil Casas, i otros havia menores." Conq. del Peru, ap.
+Barcia, tom. III. p. 181.]
+
+[Footnote 21: Stevenson, who visited this part of the coast early
+in the present century, is profuse in his description of its
+mineral and vegetable treasures.  The emerald mine in the
+neighbourhood of Las Esmeraldas, once so famous, is now placed
+under the ban of a superstition, more befitting the times of the
+Incas.  "I never visited it," says the traveller, "owing to the
+superstitious dread of the natives, who assured me that it was
+enchanted, and guarded by an enormous dragon, which poured forth
+thunder and lightning on those who dared to ascend the river."
+Residence in South America, vol. II. p. 406.]
+
+The Spaniards gazed with delight on these undeniable evidences of
+wealth, and saw in the careful cultivation of the soil a
+comfortable assurance that they had at length reached the land
+which had so long been seen in brilliant, though distant,
+perspective before them.  But here again they were doomed to be
+disappointed by the warlike spirit of the people, who, conscious
+of their own strength, showed no disposition to quail before the
+invaders.  On the contrary, several of their canoes shot out,
+loaded with warriors, who, displaying a gold mask as their
+ensign, hovered round the vessels with looks of defiance, and,
+when pursued, easily took shelter under the lee of the land. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: "Salieron a los dichos navios quatorce canoas
+grandes con muchos Indios dos armados de oro y plata, y trahian
+en la una canoa o en estandarte y encima de el un bolto de un
+mucho desio de oro, y dieron una suelta a los navios por
+avisarlos en manera que no los pudiese enojar, y asi dieron
+vuelta acia a su pueblo, y los navios no los pudieron tomar
+porque se metieron en los baxos junto a la tierra." Relacion
+sacada de la Biblioteca Imperial de Vienna, Ms.]
+
+A more formidable body mustered along the shore, to the number,
+according to the Spanish accounts, of at least ten thousand
+warriors, eager, apparently, to come to close action with the
+invaders.  Nor could Pizarro, who had landed with a party of his
+men in the hope of a conference with the natives, wholly prevent
+hostilities; and it might have gone hard with the Spaniards,
+hotly pressed by their resolute enemy so superior in numbers, but
+for a ludicrous accident reported by the historians as happening
+to one of the cavaliers. This was a fall from his horse, which so
+astonished the barbarians, who were not prepared for this
+division of what seemed one and the same being into two, that,
+filled with consternation, they fell back, and left a way open
+for the Christians to regain their vessels! *23
+
+[Footnote 23: "Al tiempo del romper los unos con los otros, uno
+de aquellos de caballo cayo del caballo abajo; y como los Indios
+vieron dividirse aquel animal en dos partes, teniendo por cierto
+que todo era una cosa, fue tanto el miedo que tubieron que
+volvieron las espaldas dando voces a los suyos, diciendo, que se
+habia hecho dos haciendo admiracion dello: lo cual no fue sin
+misterio; porque a no acaecer esto se presume, que mataran todos
+los cristianos." (Relacion del Primer.  Descub., Ms.) This way of
+accounting for the panic of the barbarians is certainly quite as
+credible as the explanation, under similar circumstances,
+afforded by the apparition of the militant apostle St. James, so
+often noticed by the historians of these wars.]
+A council of war was now called.  It was evident that the forces
+of the Spaniards were unequal to a contest with so numerous and
+well-appointed a body of natives; and, even if they should
+prevail here, they could have no hope of stemming the torrent
+which must rise against them in their progress - for the country
+was becoming more and more thickly settled, and towns and hamlets
+started into view at every new headland which they doubled.  It
+was better, in the opinion of some, - the faint-hearted, - to
+abandon the enterprise at once, as beyond their strength.  But
+Almagro took a different view of the affair.  "To go home," he
+said, "with nothing done, would be ruin, as well as disgrace.
+There was scarcely one but had left creditors at Panama, who
+looked for payment to the fruits of this expedition.  To go home
+now would be to deliver themselves at once into their hands.  It
+would be to go to prison.  Better to roam a freeman, though in
+the wilderness, than to lie bound with fetters in the dungeons of
+Panama. *24 The only course for them," he concluded, "was the one
+lately pursued.  Pizarro might find some more commodious place
+where he could remain with part of the force, while he himself
+went back for recruits to Panama.  The story they had now to tell
+of the riches of the land, as they had seen them with their own
+eyes, would put their expedition in a very different light, and
+could not fail to draw to their banner as many volunteers as they
+needed."
+
+[Footnote 24: "No era bien bolver pobres, a pedir limosna, i
+morir en las Carceles, los que tenian deudas." Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 2.]
+
+
+But this recommendation, however judicious, was not altogether to
+the taste of the latter commander, who did not relish the part,
+which constantly fell to him, of remaining behind in the swamps
+and forests of this wild country.  "It is all very well," he said
+to Almagro, "for you, who pass your time pleasantly enough,
+careering to and fro in your vessel, or snugly sheltered in a
+land of plenty at Panama; but it is quite another matter for
+those who stay behind to droop and die of hunger in the
+wilderness" *25 To this Almagro retorted with some heat,
+professing his own willingness to take charge of the brave men
+who would remain with him, if Pizarro declined it. The
+controversy assuming a more angry and menacing tone, from words
+they would have soon come to blows, as both, laying their hands
+on their swords, were preparing to rush on each other, when the
+treasurer Ribera, aided by the pilot Ruiz, succeeded in pacifying
+them.  It required but little effort on the part of these cooler
+counsellors to convince the cavaliers of the folly of a conduct
+which must at once terminate the expedition in a manner little
+creditable to its projectors.  A reconciliation consequently took
+place, sufficient, at least in outward show, to allow the two
+commanders to act together in concert.  Almagro's plan was then
+adopted; and it only remained to find out the most secure and
+convenient spot for Pizarro's quarters.
+
+[Footnote 25: "Como iba, i venia en los Navios, adonde no le
+faltaba Vitualla, no padecia la miseria de la hambre, i otras
+angustias que tenian, i ponian a todos en estrema congoja."
+(Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 2.) The cavaliers
+of Cortes and Pizarro however doughty their achievements,
+certainly fell short of those knights-errant, commemorated by
+Hudibras, who,
+
+"As some think,
+Of old did neither eat nor drink;
+Because, when thorough deserts vast
+And regions desolate they past,
+Unless they grazed, there's not one word
+Of their provision on record;
+Which made some confidently write,
+They had no stomachs but to fight."]
+
+Several days were passed in touching at different parts of the
+coast, as they retraced their course; but everywhere the natives
+appeared to have caught the alarm, and assumed a menacing, and
+from their numbers a formidable, aspect.  The more northerly
+region, with its unwholesome fens and forest, where nature wages
+a war even more relentless than man, was not to be thought of.
+In this perplexity, they decided on the little island of Gallo,
+as being, on the whole, from its distance from the shore, and
+from the scantiness of its population, the most eligible spot for
+them in their forlorn and destitute condition. *26
+
+[Footnote 26: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Relacion
+sacada de la Biblioteca Imperial de Vienna, Ms. - Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 1. -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 2.]
+
+It was singularly unfortunate, that Pizarro, instead of striking
+farther south, should have so long clung to the northern shores
+of the continent. Dampier notices them as afflicted with
+incessant rain; while the inhospitable forest and the
+particularly ferocious character of the natives continued to make
+these regions but little known down to his time.  See his Voyages
+and Adventures, (London, 1776,) vol. I. chap. 14.]
+
+But no sooner was the resolution of the two captains made known,
+than a feeling of discontent broke forth among their followers,
+especially those who were to remain with Pizarro on the island.
+"What!" they exclaimed, "were they to be dragged to that obscure
+spot to die by hunger?  The whole expedition had been a cheat and
+a failure, from beginning to end.  The golden countries, so much
+vaunted, had seemed to fly before them as they advanced; and the
+little gold they had been fortunate enough to glean had all been
+sent back to Panama to entice other fools to follow their
+example.  What had they got in return for all their sufferings?
+The only treasures they could boast were their bows and arrows,
+and they were now to be left to die on this dreary island,
+without so much as a rood of consecrated ground to lay their
+bones in!" *27
+
+[Footnote 27: "Miserablemente morir adonde aun no havia lugar
+Sagrado, para sepultura de sus cuerpos." Herrera, Hist General,
+dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 3.]
+
+In this exasperated state of feeling, several of the soldiers
+wrote back to their friends, informing them of their deplorable
+condition, and complaining of the cold-blooded manner in which
+they were to be sacrificed to the obstinate cupidity of their
+leaders.  But the latter were wary enough to anticipate this
+movement, and Almagro defeated it by seizing all the letters in
+the vessels, and thus cutting off at once the means of
+communication with their friends at home.  Yet this act of
+unscrupulous violence, like most other similar acts, fell short
+of its purpose; for a soldier named Sarabia had the ingenuity to
+evade it by introducing a letter into a ball of cotton, which was
+to be taken to Panama as a specimen of the products of the
+country, and presented to the governor's lady. *28
+
+[Footnote 28: "Metieron en un ovillo de algodon una carta firmada
+de muchos en que sumariamente daban cuenta de las hambres,
+muertes y desnudez que padecian, y que era cosa de risa todo,
+pues las riquezas se habian convertido en flechas, y no havia
+otra cosa." Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1527.]
+
+The letter, which was signed by several of the disaffected
+soldiery besides the writer, painted in gloomy colors the
+miseries of their condition, accused the two commanders of being
+the authors of this, and called on the authorities of Panama to
+interfere by sending a vessel to take them from the desolate
+spot, while some of them might still be found surviving the
+horrors of their confinement.  The epistle concluded with a
+stanza, in which the two leaders were stigmatized as partners in
+a slaughter-house; one being employed to drive in the cattle for
+the other to butcher.  The verses, which had a currency in their
+day among the colonists to which they were certainly not entitled
+by their poetical merits, may be thus rendered into corresponding
+doggerel:
+
+"Look out, Senor Governor,
+For the drover while he's near;
+Since he goes home to get the sheep
+For the butcher, who stays here." *29
+
+[Footnote 29: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+181. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Balboa, Hist. du Perou,
+chap. 15.
+
+"Al fin de la peticion que hacian en la carta al Governador puso
+Juan de Sarabia, natural de Trujillo, esta cuarteta: -
+
+Pues Senor Gobernador,
+Mirelo bien por entero
+que alla va el recogedor,
+y aca queda el carnicero"
+
+Montesinos, Annales Ms., ane 1527.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter IV
+
+Indignation Of The Governor. - Stern Resolution Of Pizarro. -
+Prosecution Of The Voyage. - Brilliant Aspect Of Tumbez. -
+Discoveries Along The Coast. - Return To Panama. - Pizarro
+Embarks For Spain.
+
+1527-1528.
+
+
+Not long after Almagro's departure, Pizarro sent off the
+remaining vessel, under the pretext of its being put in repair at
+Panama.  It probably relieved him of a part of his followers,
+whose mutinous spirit made them an obstacle rather than a help in
+his forlorn condition, and with whom he was the more willing to
+part from the difficulty of finding subsistence on the barren
+spot which he now occupied.
+
+Great was the dismay occasioned by the return of Almagro and his
+followers, in the little community of Panama; for the letter,
+surreptitiously conveyed in the ball of cotton, fell into the
+hands for which it was intended, and the contents soon got abroad
+with the usual quantity of exaggeration.  The haggard and
+dejected mien of the adventurers, of itself, told a tale
+sufficiently disheartening, and it was soon generally believed
+that the few ill-fated survivors of the expedition were detained
+against their will by Pizarro, to end their days with their
+disappointed leader on his desolate island.
+
+Pedro de los Rios, the governor, was so much incensed at the
+result of the expedition, and the waste of life it had occasioned
+to the colony, that he turned a deaf ear to all the applications
+of Luque and Almagro for further countenance in the affair; he
+derided their sanguine anticipations of the future, and finally
+resolved to send an officer to the isle of Gallo, with orders to
+bring back every Spaniard whom he should find still living in
+that dreary abode.  Two vessels were immediately despatched for
+the purpose, and placed under charge of a cavalier named Tafur, a
+native of Cordova.
+Meanwhile Pizarro and his followers were experiencing all the
+miseries which might have been expected from the character of the
+barren spot on which they were imprisoned.  They were, indeed,
+relieved from all apprehensions of the natives, since these had
+quitted the island on its occupation by the white men; but they
+had to endure the pains of hunger even in a greater degree than
+they had formerly experienced in the wild woods of the
+neighbouring continent.  Their principal food was crabs and such
+shell-fish as they could scantily pick up along the shores.
+Incessant storms of thunder and lightning, for it was the rainy
+season, swept over the devoted island, and drenched them with a
+perpetual flood.  Thus, half-naked, and pining with famine, there
+were few in that little company who did not feel the spirit of
+enterprise quenched within them, or who looked for any happier
+termination of their difficulties than that afforded by a return
+to Panama.  The appearance of Tafur, therefore, with his two
+vessels, well stored with provisions, was greeted with all the
+rapture that the crew of a sinking wreck might feel on the
+arrival of some unexpected succour; and the only thought, after
+satisfying the immediate cravings of hunger, was to embark and
+leave the detested isle for ever.
+
+But by the same vessel letters came to Pizarro from his two
+confederates, Luque and Almagro, beseeching him not to despair in
+his present extremity, but to hold fast to his original purpose.
+To return under the present circumstances would be to seal the
+fate of the expedition; and they solemnly engaged, if he would
+remain firm at his post, to furnish him in a short time with the
+necessary means for going forward. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 182.
+- Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 2. - Montesinos, Annales,
+Ms., ano 1527. - Herrera, Hist. General dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 3.
+- Naharro Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+
+A ray of hope was enough for the courageous spirit of Pizarro.
+It does not appear that he himself had entertained, at any time,
+thoughts of returning.  If he had, these words of encouragement
+entirely banished them from his bosom, and he prepared to stand
+the fortune of the cast on which he had so desperately ventured.
+He knew, however, that solicitations or remonstrances would avail
+little with the companions of his enterprise; and he probably did
+not care to win over the more timid spirits who, by perpetually
+looking back, would only be a clog on his future movements.  He
+announced his own purpose, however, in a laconic but decided
+manner, characteristic of a man more accustomed to act than to
+talk, and well calculated to make an impression on his rough
+followers.
+
+Drawing his sword, he traced a line with it on the sand from east
+to west.  Then turning towards the south, "Friends and comrades!"
+he said, "on that side are toil, hunger, nakedness, the drenching
+storm, desertion, and death; on this side, ease and pleasure.
+There lies Peru with its riches; here, Panama and its poverty.
+Choose, each man, what best becomes a brave Castilian.  For my
+part, I go to the south." So saying, he stepped across the line.
+*2 He was followed by the brave pilot Ruiz; next by Pedro de
+Candia, a cavalier, born, as his name imports, in one of the
+isles of Greece.  Eleven others successively crossed the line,
+thus intimating their willingness to abide the fortunes of their
+leader, for good or for evil. *3 Fame, to quote the enthusiastic
+language of an ancient chronicler, has commemorated the names of
+this little band, "who thus, in the face of difficulties
+unexampled in history, with death rather than riches for their
+reward, preferred it all to abandoning their honor, and stood
+firm by their leader as an example of loyalty to future ages." *4
+
+[Footnote 2: "Obedeciola Pizarro y antes que se egecutase saco un
+Punal, y con notable animo hizo con la punta una raya de Oriente
+a Poniente; y senalando al medio dia, que era la parte de su
+noticia, y derrotero dijo: camaradas y amigos esta parte es la de
+la muerte, de los trabajos, de las hambres, de la desnudez, de
+los aguaceros, y desamparos; la otra la del gusto: Por aqui se ba
+a Panama a ser pobres, por alla al Peru a ser ricos. Escoja el
+que fuere buen Castellano lo que mas bien le estubiere.  Diciendo
+esto paso la raya: siguieronle Barthome Ruiz natural de Moguer,
+Pedro de Candi Griego, natural de Candia." Montesinos, Annales,
+Ms., ano 1527.]
+
+[Footnote 3: The names of these thirteen faithful companions are
+preserved in the convention made with the Crown two years later,
+where they are suitably commemorated for their loyalty.  Their
+names should not be omitted in a history of the Conquest of Peru.
+They were "Bartolome Ruiz, Cristoval de Peralta, Pedro de Candia,
+Domingo de Soria Luce, Nicolas de Ribera, Francisco de Cuellar,
+Alonso de Molina, Pedro Alcon, Garcia de Jerez, Anton de Carrion,
+Alonso Briceno, Martin de Paz, Joan de la Torre."]
+
+[Footnote 4: "Estos fueron los trece de la fama.  Estos los que
+cercados de los mayores trabajos que pudo el Mundo ofrecer a
+hombres, y los que estando mas para esperar la muerte que las
+riquezas que se les prometian, todo lo pospusieron a la honra, y
+siguieron a su capitan y caudillo para egemplo de lealtad en lo
+futuro." Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1527.]
+
+
+But the act excited no such admiration in the mind of Tafur, who
+looked on it as one of gross disobedience to the commands of the
+governor, and as little better than madness, involving the
+certain destruction of the parties engaged in it.  He refused to
+give any sanction to it himself by leaving one of his vessels
+with the adventurers to prosecute their voyage, and it was with
+great difficulty that he could be persuaded even to allow them a
+part of the stores which he had brought for their support.  This
+had no influence on their determination, and the little party,
+bidding adieu to their returning comrades, remained unshaken in
+their purpose of abiding the fortunes of their commander. *5
+
+[Footnote 5: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 2. -
+Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1527. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria,
+Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 3.]
+
+There is something striking to the imagination in the spectacle
+of these few brave spirits, thus consecrating themselves to a
+daring enterprise, which seemed as far above their strength as
+any recorded in the fabulous annals of knight-errantry.  A
+handful of men, without food, without clothing, almost without
+arms, without knowledge of the land to which they were bound,
+without vessel to transport them, were here left on a lonely rock
+in the ocean with the avowed purpose of carrying on a crusade
+against a powerful empire, staking their lives on its success.
+What is there in the legends of chivalry that surpasses it?  This
+was the crisis of Pizarro's fate.  There are moments in the lives
+of men, which, as they are seized or neglected, decide their
+future destiny. *6 Had Pizarro faltered from his strong purpose,
+and yielded to the occasion, now so temptingly presented, for
+extricating himself and his broken band from their desperate
+position, his name would have been buried with his fortunes, and
+the conquest of Peru would have been left for other and more
+successful adventurers.  But his constancy was equal to the
+occasion, and his conduct here proved him competent to the
+perilous post he had assumed, and inspired others with a
+confidence in him which was the best assurance of success.
+
+[Footnote 6: This common sentiment is expressed with uncommon
+beauty by the fanciful Boiardo, where he represents Rinaldo as
+catching Fortune, under the guise of the fickle fairy Morgana, by
+the forelock.  The Italian reader may not be displeased to
+refresh his memory with it.
+
+"Chi cerca in questo mondo aver tesoro,
+O diletto, e piacere, honore, e stato,
+Ponga la mano a questa chioma d'oro,
+Ch'lo porto in fronte, e lo faro beato;
+Ma quando ha in destro si fatto lavoro
+Non prenda indugio, che'l tempo passato
+Perduto e tutto, e non ritorna mai,
+Ed io mi volto, e lui lascio con guai."
+
+Orlando, Innamorato, lib. 2, canto 8.]
+
+In the vessel that bore back Tafur and those who seceded from the
+expedition the pilot Ruiz was also permitted to return, in order
+to cooperate with Luque and Almagro in their application for
+further succour.
+Not long after the departure of the ships, it was decided by
+Pizarro to abandon his present quarters, which had little to
+recommend them, and which, he reflected, might now be exposed to
+annoyance from the original inhabitants, should they take courage
+and return, on learning the diminished number of the white men.
+The Spaniards, therefore, by his orders, constructed a rude boat
+or raft, on which they succeeded in transporting themselves to
+the little island of Gorgona, twenty-five leagues to the north of
+their present residence.  It lay about five leagues from the
+continent, and was uninhabited.  It had some advantages over the
+isle of Gallo; for it stood higher above the sea, and was
+partially covered with wood, which afforded shelter to a species
+of pheasant, and the hare or rabbit of the country, so that the
+Spaniards, with their crossbows, were enabled to procure a
+tolerable supply of game.  Cool streams that issued from the
+living rock furnished abundance of water, though the drenching
+rains that fell, without intermission, left them in no danger of
+perishing by thirst.  From this annoyance they found some
+protection in the rude huts which they constructed; though here,
+as in their former residence, they suffered from the no less
+intolerable annoyance of venomous insects, which multiplied and
+swarmed in the exhalations of the rank and stimulated soil.  In
+this dreary abode Pizarro omitted no means by which to sustain
+the drooping spirits of his men. Morning prayers were duly said,
+and the evening hymn to the Virgin was regularly chanted; the
+festivals of the church were carefully commemorated, and every
+means taken by their commander to give a kind of religious
+character to his enterprise, and to inspire his rough followers
+with a confidence in the protection of Heaven, that might support
+them in their perilous circumstances. *7
+
+[Footnote 7: "Cada Manana daban gracias a Dios: a las tardes
+decian la Salve, i otras Oraciones, por las Horas: sabian las
+Fiestas, i enian cuenta con los Viernes, i Domingos." Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 3.]
+
+In these uncomfortable quarters, their chief employment was to
+keep watch on the melancholy ocean, that they might hail the
+first signal of the anticipated succour.  But many a tedious
+month passed away, and no sign of it appeared.  All around was
+the same wide waste of waters, except to the eastward, where the
+frozen crest of the Andes, touched with the ardent sun of the
+equator, glowed like a ridge of fire along the whole extent of
+the great continent.  Every speck in the distant horizon was
+carefully noticed, and the drifting timber or masses of sea-weed,
+heaving to and fro on the bosom of the waters, was converted by
+their imaginations into the promised vessel; till, sinking under
+successive disappointments, hope gradually gave way to doubt, and
+doubt settled into despair. *8
+
+[Footnote 8: "Al cabo de muchos Dias aguardando, estaban tan
+angustiados, que los salages, que se hacian bien dentro de la
+Mar, les parecia, que era el Navio." Herrera, Hist General, dec.
+3, lib. 10, cap. 4.]
+
+Meanwhile the vessel of Tafur had reached the port of Panama.
+The tidings which she brought of the inflexible obstinacy of
+Pizarro and his followers filled the governor with indignation.
+He could look on it in no other light than as an act of suicide,
+and steadily refused to send further assistance to men who were
+obstinately bent on their own destruction.  Yet Luque and Almagro
+were true to their engagements.  They represented to the
+governor, that, if the conduct of their comrade was rash, it was
+at least in the service of the Crown, and in prosecuting the
+great work of discovery. Rios had been instructed, on his taking
+the government, to aid Pizarro in the enterprise; and to desert
+him now would be to throw away the remaining chance of success,
+and to incur the responsibility of his death and that of the
+brave men who adhered to him.  These remonstrances, at length, so
+far operated on the mind of that functionary, that he reluctantly
+consented that a vessel should be sent to the island of Gorgona,
+but with no more hands than were necessary to work her, and with
+positive instructions to Pizarro to return in six months and
+report himself at Panama, whatever might be the future results of
+his expedition.
+
+Having thus secured the sanction of the executive, the two
+associates lost no time in fitting out a small vessel with stores
+and a supply of arms and ammunition, and despatched it to the
+island.  The unfortunate tenants of this little wilderness, who
+had now occupied it for seven months, *9 hardly dared to trust
+their senses when they descried the white sails of the friendly
+bark coming over the waters.  And although, when the vessel
+anchored off the shore, Pizarro was disappointed to find that it
+brought no additional recruits for the enterprise, yet he greeted
+it with joy, as affording the means of solving the great problem
+of the existence of the rich southern empire, and of thus opening
+the way for its future conquest.  Two of his men were so ill,
+that it was determined to leave them in the care of some of the
+friendly Indians who had continued with him through the whole of
+his sojourn, and to call for them on his return.  Taking with him
+the rest of his hardy followers and the natives of Tumbez, he
+embarked, and, speedily weighing anchor, bade adieu to the
+"Hell," as it was called by the Spaniards, which had been the
+scene of so much suffering and such undaunted resolution. *10
+
+[Footnote 9: "Estubieron con estos trabajos con igualdad de animo
+siete meses" Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1527.]
+
+[Footnote 10: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+182. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1527. - Naharro, Relacion
+Sumaria, Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 4. -
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+Every heart was now elated with hope, as they found themselves
+once more on the waters, under the guidance of the good pilot
+Ruiz, who, obeying the directions of the Indians, proposed to
+steer for the land of Tumbez, which would bring them at once into
+the golden empire of the Incas, - the El Dorado, of which they
+had been so long in pursuit.  Passing by the dreary isle of
+Gallo, which they had such good cause to remember, they stood
+farther out to sea until they made Point Tacumez, near which they
+had landed on their previous voyage.  They did not touch at any
+part of the coast, but steadily held on their way, though
+considerably impeded by the currents, as well as by the wind,
+which blew with little variation from the south.  Fortunately,
+the wind was light, and, as the weather was favorable, their
+voyage, though slow, was not uncomfortable.  In a few days, they
+came in sight of Point Pasado, the limit of the pilot's former
+navigation; and, crossing the line, the little bark entered upon
+those unknown seas which had never been ploughed by European keel
+before.  The coast, they observed, gradually declined from its
+former bold and rugged character, gently sloping towards the
+shore, and spreading out into sandy plains, relieved here and
+there by patches of uncommon richness and beauty; while the white
+cottages of the natives glistening along the margin of the sea,
+and the smoke that rose among the distant hills, intimated the
+increasing population of the country.
+At length, after the lapse of twenty days from their departure
+from the island, the adventurous vessel rounded the point of St.
+Helena, and glided smoothly into the waters of the beautiful gulf
+of Guayaquil.  The country was here studded along the shore with
+towns and villages, though the mighty chain of the Cordilleras,
+sweeping up abruptly from the coast, left but a narrow strip of
+emerald verdure, through which numerous rivulets, spreading
+fertility around them, wound their way into the sea.
+
+The voyagers were now abreast of some of the most stupendous
+heights of this magnificent range; Chimborazo, with its broad
+round summit, towering like the dome of the Andes, and Cotopaxi,
+with its dazzling cone of silvery white, that knows no change
+except from the action of its own volcanic fires; for this
+mountain is the most terrible of the American volcanoes, and was
+in formidable activity at no great distance from the period of
+our narrative. Well pleased with the signs of civilization that
+opened on them at every league of their progress, the Spaniards,
+at length, came to anchor, off the island of Santa Clara, lying
+at the entrance of the bay of Tumbez. *11
+
+[Footnote 11: According to Garcilasso, two years elapsed between
+the departure from Gorgona and the arrival at Tumbez.  (Com.
+Real., Parte 2, hb. 1, cap. 11.) Such gross defiance of
+chronology is rather uncommon even in the narratives of these
+transactions, where it is as difficult to fix a precise date,
+amidst the silence, rather than the contradictions, of
+contemporary statements, as if the events had happened before the
+deluge.]
+The place was uninhabited, but was recognized by the Indians on
+board, as occasionally resorted to by the warlike people of the
+neighbouring isle of Puna, for purposes of sacrifice and worship.
+The Spaniards found on the spot a few bits of gold rudely wrought
+into various shapes, and probably designed as offerings to the
+Indian deity.  Their hearts were cheered, as the natives assured
+them they would see abundance of the same precious metal in their
+own city of Tumbez.
+
+The following morning they stood across the bay for this place.
+As they drew near, they beheld a town of considerable size, with
+many of the buildings apparently of stone and plaster, situated
+in the bosom of a fruitful meadow, which seemed to have been
+redeemed from the sterility of the surrounding country be careful
+and minute irrigation.  When at some distance from shore, Pizarro
+saw standing towards him several large balsas, which were found
+to be filled with warriors going on an expedition against the
+island of Puna.  Running alongside of the Indian flotilla, he
+invited some of the chiefs to come on board of his vessel.  The
+Peruvians gazed with wonder on every object which met their eyes,
+and especially on their own countrymen, whom they had little
+expected to meet there.  The latter informed them in what manner
+they had fallen into the hands of the strangers, whom they
+described as a wonderful race of beings, that had come thither
+for no harm, but solely to be made acquainted with the country
+and its inhabitants.  This account was confirmed by the Spanish
+commander, who persuaded the Indians to return in their balsas
+and report what they had learned to their townsmen, requesting
+them at the same time to provide his vessel with refreshments, as
+it was his desire to enter into a friendly intercourse with the
+natives.
+The people of Tumbez were gathered along the shore, and were
+gazing with unutterable amazement on the floating castle, which,
+now having dropped anchor, rode lazily at its moorings in their
+bay.  They eagerly listened to the accounts of their countrymen,
+and instantly reported the affair to the curaca or ruler of the
+district, who, conceiving that the strangers must be beings of a
+superior order, prepared at once to comply with their request. It
+was not long before several balsas were seen steering for the
+vessel laden with bananas, plantains, yuca, Indian corn, sweet
+potatoes, pine-apples, cocoa-nuts, and other rich products of the
+bountiful vale of Tumbez.  Game and fish, also, were added, with
+a number of llamas, of which Pizarro had seen the rude drawings
+belonging to Balboa, but of which till now he had met with no
+living specimen.  He examined this curious animal, the Peruvian
+sheep, - or, as the Spaniards called it, the "little camel" of
+the Indians, - with much interest, greatly admiring the mixture
+of wool and hair which supplied the natives with the materials
+for their fabrics.
+At that time there happened to be at Tumbez an Inca noble, or
+orejon, - for so, as I have already noticed, men of his rank were
+called by the Spaniards, from the huge ornaments of gold attached
+to their ears.  He expressed great curiosity to see the wonderful
+strangers, and had, accordingly, come out with the balsas for the
+purpose.  It was easy to perceive from the superior quality of
+his dress, as well as from the deference paid to him by the
+others, that he was a person of consideration, and Pizarro
+received him with marked distinction.  He showed him the
+different parts of the ship, explaining to him the uses of
+whatever engaged his attention, and answering his numerous
+queries, as well as he could, by means of the Indian
+interpreters.  The Peruvian chief was especially desirous of
+knowing whence and why Pizarro and his followers had come to
+these shores. The Spanish captain replied, that he was the vassal
+of a great prince, the greatest and most powerful in the world,
+and that he had come to this country to assert his master's
+lawful supremacy over it.  He had further come to rescue the
+inhabitants from the darkness of unbelief in which they were now
+wandering.  They worshipped an evil spirit, who would sink their
+souls into everlasting perdition; and he would give them the
+knowledge of the true and only God, Jesus Christ, since to
+believe on him was eternal salvation. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: The text abridges somewhat the discourse of the
+military polemic; which is reported at length by Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 4. - See also Montesinos, Annales,
+Ms., ano 1527 - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Naharro, Relacion
+Sumaria, Ms - Relacion del Primer. Descub. Ms.]
+
+The Indian prince listened with deep attention and apparent
+wonder; but answered nothing.  It may be, that neither he nor his
+interpreters had any very distinct ideas of the doctrines thus
+abruptly revealed to them.  It may be that he did not believe
+there was any other potentate on earth greater than the Inca;
+none, at least, who had a better right to rule over his
+dominions.  And it is very possible he was not disposed to admit
+that the great luminary whom he worshipped was inferior to the
+God of the Spaniards. But whatever may have passed in the
+untutored mind of the barbarian, he did not give vent to it, but
+maintained a discreet silence, without any attempt to controvert
+or to convince his Christian antagonist.
+
+He remained on board the vessel till the hour of dinner, of which
+he partook with the Spaniards, expressing his satisfaction at the
+strange dishes, and especially pleased with the wine, which he
+pronounced far superior to the fermented liquors of his own
+country.  On taking leave, he courteously pressed the Spaniards
+to visit Tumbez, and Pizarro dismissed him with the present,
+among other things, of an iron hatchet, which had greatly excited
+his admiration; for the use of iron, as we have seen, was as
+little known to the Peruvians as to the Mexicans.
+
+On the day following, the Spanish captain sent one of his own
+men, named Alonso de Molina, on shore, accompanied by a negro who
+had come in the vessel from Panama, together with a present for
+the curaca of some swine and poultry, neither of which were
+indigenous to the New World.  Towards evening his emissary
+returned with a fresh supply of fruits and vegetables, that the
+friendly people sent to the vessel.  Molina had a wondrous tale
+to tell.  On landing, he was surrounded by the natives, who
+expressed the greatest astonishment at his dress, his fair
+complexion, and his long beard.  The women, especially,
+manifested great curiosity in respect to him, and Molina seemed
+to be entirely won by their charms and captivating manners.  He
+probably intimated his satisfaction by his demeanour, since they
+urged him to stay among them, promising in that case to provide
+him with a beautiful wife.
+
+Their surprise was equally great at the complexion of his sable
+companion.  They could not believe it was natural, and tried to
+rub off the imaginary dye with their hands.  As the African bore
+all this with characteristic good-humor, displaying at the same
+time his rows of ivory teeth, they were prodigiously delighted.
+*13 The animals were no less above their comprehension; and, when
+the cock crew, the simple people clapped their hands, and
+inquired what he was saying. *14 Their intellects were so
+bewildered by sights so novel, that they seemed incapable of
+distinguishing between man and brute.
+
+[Footnote 13: "No se cansaban de mirarle, hacianle labar, para
+ver si se le quitaba la Tinta negra, i el lo hacia de buena gana,
+riendose, i mostrando sus Dientes blancos." Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 5.]
+
+[Footnote 14: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+Molina was then escorted to the residence of the curaca, whom he
+found living in much state, with porters stationed at his doors,
+and with a quantity of gold and silver vessels, from which he was
+served.  He was then taken to different parts of the Indian city,
+saw a fortress built of rough stone, and, though low, spreading
+over a large extent of ground. *15 Near this was a temple; and
+the Spaniard's description of its decorations, blazing with gold
+and silver, seemed so extravagant, that Pizarro, distrusting his
+whole account, resolved to send a more discreet and trustworthy
+emissary on the following day. *16
+
+[Footnote 15: "Cerca del solia estar una fortaleza muy fuerte y
+de linda obra, hecha por los Yngas reyes del Cuzco y senores de
+todo el Peru. . . . . .  Ya esta el edificio desta fortaleza muy
+gastado y deshecho: mas no para que dexe de dar muestra de lo
+mucho que fue." Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 4.]
+
+[Footnote 16: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Herrera, Hist.
+General, loc. cit - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1 cap. 2.]
+
+The person selected was Pedro de Candia, the Greek cavalier
+mentioned as one of the first who intimated his intention to
+share the fortunes of his commander.  He was sent on shore,
+dressed in complete mail as became a good knight, with his sword
+by his side, and his arquebuse on his shoulder.  The Indians were
+even more dazzled by his appearance than by Molina's, as the sun
+fell brightly on his polished armour, and glanced from his
+military weapons. They had heard much of the formidable arquebuse
+from their townsmen who had come in the vessel, and they besought
+Candia "to let it speak to them." He accordingly set up a wooden
+board as a target, and, taking deliberate aim, fired off the
+musket.  The flash of the powder and the startling report of the
+piece, as the board, struck by the ball, was shivered into
+splinters, filled the natives with dismay.  Some fell on the
+ground, covering their faces with their hands, and others
+approached the cavalier with feelings of awe, which were
+gradually dispelled by the assurance they received from the
+smiling expression of his countenance. *17
+
+[Footnote 17: It is moreover stated that the Indians, desirous to
+prove still further the superhuman nature of the Spanish
+cavalier, let loose on him a tiger - a jaguar probably - which
+was caged in the royal fortress.  But Don Pedro was a good
+Catholic, and he gently laid the cross which he wore round his
+neck on the animal's back, who, instantly forgetting his
+ferocious nature, crouched at the cavalier's feet, and began to
+play round him in innocent gambols.  The Indians, now more amazed
+than ever, nothing doubted of the sanctity of their guest, and
+bore him in triumph on their shoulders to the temple. - This
+credible anecdote is repeated, without the least qualification or
+distrust, by several contemporary writers.  (See Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 3, lib. 10,
+cap. 5. - Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 54. - Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 2, lib. 1, cap. 12.) This last author may have had
+his version from Candia's own son, with whom he tells us he was
+brought up at school.  It will no doubt find as easy admission
+with those of the present day, who conceive that the age of
+miracles has not yet past]
+
+They then showed him the same hospitable attentions which they
+had paid to Molina; and his description of the marvels of the
+place, on his return, fell nothing short of his predecessor's.
+The fortress, which was surrounded by a triple row of wall, was
+strongly garrisoned.  The temple he described as literally
+tapestried with plates of gold and silver.  Adjoining this
+structure was a sort of convent appropriated to the Inca's
+destined brides, who manifested great curiosity to see him.
+Whether this was gratified is not clear; but Candia described the
+gardens of the convent, which he entered, as glowing with
+imitations of fruits and vegetables all in pure gold and silver!
+*18 He had seen a number of artisans at work, whose sole business
+seemed to be to furnish these gorgeous decorations for the
+religious houses.
+
+[Footnote 18: "Que habia visto un jardin donde las yerbas eran de
+oro imitando en un todo a las naturales, arboles con frutas de lo
+mismo, y otras muchas cosas a este modo, con que aficiono
+grandemente a sus companeros a esta conquista." Montesinos,
+Annales, ano 1527.]
+
+
+The reports of the cavalier may have been somewhat over-colored.
+*19 It was natural that men coming from the dreary wilderness, in
+which they had been buried the last six months, should have been
+vividly impressed by the tokens of civilization which met them on
+the Peruvian coast.  But Tumbez was a favorite city of the
+Peruvian princes.  It was the most important place on the
+northern borders of the empire, contiguous to the recent
+acquisition of Quito. The great Tupac Yupanqui had established a
+strong fortress there, and peopled it with a colony of mitimaes.
+The temple, and the house occupied by the Virgins of the Sun, had
+been erected by Huayna Capac, and were liberally endowed by that
+Inca, after the sumptuous fashion of the religious establishments
+of Peru.  The town was well supplied with water by numerous
+aqueducts, and the fruitful valley in which it was embosomed, and
+the ocean which bathed its shores, supplied ample means of
+subsistence to a considerable population.  But the cupidity of
+the Spaniards, after the Conquest, was not slow in despoiling the
+place of its glories; and the site of its proud towers and
+temples, in less than half a century after that fatal period, was
+to be traced only by the huge mass of ruins that encumbered the
+ground. *20
+
+[Footnote 19: The worthy knight's account does not seem to have
+found favor with the old Conqueror, so often cited in these
+pages, who says, that, when they afterwards visited Tumbez, the
+Spaniards found Candia's relation a lie from beginning to end,
+except, indeed, in respect to the temple; though the veteran
+acknowledges that what was deficient in Tumbez was more than made
+up by the magnificence of other places in the empire not then
+visited.  "Lo cual fue mentira; porque despues que todos los
+Espanoles entramos en ella, se vio por vista de ojos haber
+mentido en todo, salvo en lo del templo, que este era cosa de
+ver, aunque mucho mas de lo que aquel encarecio, lo que falto en
+esta ciudad, se hallo despues en otras que muchas leguas mas
+adelante se descubrieron." Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 20: Cieza de Leon, who crossed this part of the country
+in 1548, mentions the wanton manner in which the hand of the
+Conqueror had fallen on the Indian edifices, which lay in ruin,
+even at that early period.  Cronica, cap. 67.]
+
+The Spaniards were nearly mad with joy, says an old writer, at
+receiving these brilliant tidings of the Peruvian city.  All
+their fond dreams were now to be realized, and they had at length
+reached the realm which had so long flitted in visionary splendor
+before them.  Pizarro expressed his gratitude to Heaven for
+having crowned his labors with so glorious a result; but he
+bitterly lamented the hard fate which, by depriving him of his
+followers, denied him, at such a moment, the means of availing
+himself of his success. Yet he had no cause for lamentation; and
+the devout Catholic saw in this very circumstance a providential
+interposition which prevented the attempt at conquest, while such
+attempts would have been premature.  Peru was not yet torn
+asunder by the dissensions of rival candidates for the throne;
+and, united and strong under the sceptre of a warlike monarch,
+she might well have bid defiance to all the forces that Pizarro
+could muster.  "It was manifestly the work of Heaven," exclaims a
+devout son of the Church, "that the natives of the country should
+have received him in so kind and loving a spirit, as best fitted
+to facilitate the conquest; for it was the Lord's hand which led
+him and his followers to this remote region for the extension of
+the holy faith, and for the salvation of souls." *21
+
+[Footnote 21: "I si le recibiesen con amor, hiciese su Mrd. lo
+que mas conveniente le pareciese al efecto de su conquista:
+porque tenia entendido, que el haverlos traido Dios era para que
+su santa fe se dilatase i aquellas almas se salvasen." Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+
+Having now collected all the information essential to his object,
+Pizarro, after taking leave of the natives of Tumbez, and
+promising a speedy return, weighed anchor, and again turned his
+prow towards the south.  Still keeping as near as possible to the
+coast, that no place of importance might escape his observation,
+he passed Cape Blanco, and, after sailing about a degree and a
+half, made the port of Payta.  The inhabitants, who had notice of
+his approach, came out in their balsas to get sight of the
+wonderful strangers, bringing with them stores of fruits, fish,
+and vegetables, with the same hospitable spirit shown by their
+countrymen at Tumbez.
+After staying here a short time, and interchanging presents of
+trifling value with the natives, Pizarro continued his cruise;
+and, sailing by the sandy plains of Sechura for an extent of near
+a hundred miles, he doubled the Punta de Aguja, and swept down
+the coast as it fell off towards the east, still carried forward
+by light and somewhat variable breezes.  The weather now became
+unfavorable, and the voyagers encountered a succession of heavy
+gales, which drove them some distance out to sea, and tossed them
+about for many days.  But they did not lose sight of the mighty
+ranges of the Andes, which, as they proceeded towards the south,
+were still seen, at nearly the same distance from the shore,
+rolling onwards, peak after peak, with their stupendous surges of
+ice, like some vast ocean, that had been suddenly arrested and
+frozen up in the midst of its wild and tumultuous career.  With
+this landmark always in view, the navigator had little need of
+star or compass to guide his bark on her course.
+
+As soon as the tempest had subsided, Pizarro stood in again for
+the continent, touching at the principal points as he coasted
+along.  Everywhere he was received with the same spirit of
+generous hospitality; the natives coming out in their balsas to
+welcome him, laden with their little cargoes of fruits and
+vegetables, of all the luscious varieties that grow in the tierra
+caliente.  All were eager to have a glimpse of the strangers, the
+"Children of the Sun," as the Spaniards began already to be
+called, from their fair complexions, brilliant armour, and the
+thunderbolts which they bore in their hands. *22 The most
+favorable reports, too, had preceded them, of the urbanity and
+gentleness of their manners, thus unlocking the hearts of the
+simple natives, and disposing them to confidence and kindness.
+The iron-hearted soldier had not yet disclosed the darker side of
+his character. He was too weak to do so.  The hour of Conquest
+had not yet come.
+
+[Footnote 22: "Que resplandecian como el Sol. LIamabanles hijos
+del Sol por esto." Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1528.]
+
+In every place Pizarro received the same accounts of a powerful
+monarch who ruled over the land, and held his court on the
+mountain plains of the interior, where his capital was depicted
+as blazing with gold and silver, and displaying all the profusion
+of an Oriental satrap.  The Spaniards, except at Tumbez, seem to
+have met with little of the precious metals among the natives on
+the coast.  More than one writer asserts that they did not covet
+them, or, at least, by Pizarro's orders, affected not to do so.
+He would not have them betray their appetite for gold, and
+actually refused gifts when they were proffered! *23 It is more
+probable that they saw little display of wealth, except in the
+embellishments of the temples and other sacred buildings, which
+they did not dare to violate.  The precious metals, reserved for
+the uses of religion and for persons of high degree, were not
+likely to abound in the remote towns and hamlets on the coast.
+
+[Footnote 23: Pizarro wished the natives to understand, says
+Father Naharro, that their good alone, and not the love of gold,
+had led him to their distant land!  "Sin haver querido recibir el
+oro, plata i perlas que les ofrecieron, a fin de que conociesen
+no era codicia, sino deseo de su bien el que les habia traido de
+tan lejas tierras a las suyas." Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+Yet the Spaniards met with sufficient evidence of general
+civilization and power to convince them that there was much
+foundation for the reports of the natives.  Repeatedly they saw
+structures of stone and plaster, and occasionally showing
+architectural skill in the execution, if not elegance of design.
+Wherever they cast anchor, they beheld green patches of
+cultivated country redeemed from the sterility of nature, and
+blooming with the variegated vegetation of the tropics; while a
+refined system of irrigation, by means of aqueducts and canals,
+seemed to be spread like a net-work over the surface of the
+country, making even the desert to blossom as the rose.  At many
+places where they landed they saw the great road of the Incas
+which traversed the sea-coast, often, indeed, lost in the
+volatile sands, where no road could be maintained, but rising
+into a broad and substantial causeway, as it emerged on a firmer
+soil.  Such a provision for internal communication was in itself
+no slight monument of power and civilization.
+
+Still beating to the south, Pizarro passed the site of the future
+flourishing city of Truxillo, founded by himself some years
+later, and pressed on till he rode off the port of Santa.  It
+stood on the banks of a broad and beautiful stream; but the
+surrounding country was so exceedingly arid that it was
+frequently selected as a burial-place by the Peruvians, who found
+the soil most favorable for the preservation of their mummies.
+So numerous, indeed, were the Indian guacas, that the place might
+rather be called the abode of the dead than of the living. *24
+
+[Footnote 24: "Lo que mas me admiro, quando passe por este valle,
+fue ver la muchedumbre que tienen de sepolturas: y que por todas
+las sierras y secadales en los altos del valle: ay numero grande
+de apartados, hechos a su usanca, todo cubiertas de huessos de
+muertos.  De manera que lo que ay en este valle mas que ver, es
+las sepolturas de los muertos, y los campos que labraron siendo
+vivos." Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 70.]
+
+Having reached this point, about the ninth degree of southern
+latitude, Pizarro's followers besought him not to prosecute the
+voyage farther.  Enough and more than enough had been done, they
+said, to prove the existence and actual position of the great
+Indian empire of which they had so long been in search.  Yet,
+with their slender force, they had no power to profit by the
+discovery.  All that remained, therefore, was to return and
+report the success of their enterprise to the governor at Panama.
+Pizarro acquiesced in the reasonableness of this demand.  He had
+now penetrated nine degrees farther than any former navigator in
+these southern seas, and, instead of the blight which, up to this
+hour, had seemed to hang over his fortunes, he could now return
+in triumph to his countrymen.  Without hesitation, therefore, he
+prepared to retrace his course, and stood again towards the
+north.
+On his way, he touched at several places where he had before
+landed. At one of these, called by the Spaniards Santa Cruz, he
+had been invited on shore by an Indian woman of rank, and had
+promised to visit her on his return.  No sooner did his vessel
+cast anchor off the village where she lived, than she came on
+board, followed by a numerous train of attendants. Pizarro
+received her with every mark of respect, and on her departure
+presented her with some trinkets which had a real value in the
+eyes of an Indian princess.  She urged the Spanish commander and
+his companions to return the visit, engaging to send a number of
+hostages on board, as security for their good treatment.  Pizarro
+assured her that the frank confidence she had shown towards them
+proved that this was unnecessary.  Yet, no sooner did he put off
+in his boat, the following day, to go on shore, than several of
+the principal persons in the place came along-side of the ship to
+be received as hostages during the absence of the Spaniards, - a
+singular proof of consideration for the sensitive apprehensions
+of her guests.
+Pizarro found that preparations had been made for his reception
+in a style of simple hospitality that evinced some degree of
+taste.  Arbours were formed of luxuriant and wide-spreading
+branches, interwoven with fragrant flowers and shrubs that
+diffused a delicious perfume through the air.  A banquet was
+provided, teeming with viands prepared in the style of the
+Peruvian cookery, and with fruits and vegetables of tempting hue
+and luscious to the taste, though their names and nature were
+unknown to the Spaniards. After the collation was ended, the
+guests were entertained with music and dancing by a troop of
+young men and maidens simply attired, who exhibited in their
+favorite national amusement all the agility and grace which the
+supple limbs of the Peruvian Indians so well qualified them to
+display.  Before his departure, Pizarro stated to his kind host
+the motives of his visit to the country, in the same manner as he
+had done on other occasions, and he concluded by unfurling the
+royal banner of Castile, which he had brought on shore,
+requesting her and her attendants to raise it in token of their
+allegiance to his sovereign.  This they did with great
+good-humor, laughing all the while, says the chronicler, and
+making it clear that they had a very imperfect conception of the
+serious nature of the ceremony.  Pizarro was contented with this
+outward display of loyalty, and returned to his vessel well
+satisfied with the entertainment he had received, and meditating,
+it may be, on the best mode of repaying it, hereafter, by the
+subjugation and conversion of the country.
+
+The Spanish commander did not omit to touch also at Tumbez, on
+his homeward voyage.  Here some of his followers, won by the
+comfortable aspect of the place and the manners of the people,
+intimated a wish to remain, conceiving, no doubt, that it would
+be better to live where they would be persons of consequence than
+to return to an obscure condition in the community of Panama.
+One of these men was Alonso de Molina, the same who had first
+gone on shore at this place, and been captivated by the charms of
+the Indian beauties.  Pizarro complied with their wishes,
+thinking it would not be amiss to find, on his return, some of
+his own followers who would be instructed in the language and
+usages of the natives.  He was also allowed to carry back in his
+vessel two or three Peruvians, for the similar purpose of
+instructing them in the Castilian.  One of them, a youth named by
+the Spaniards Felipillo, plays a part of some importance in the
+history of subsequent events.
+
+On leaving Tumbez, the adventurers steered directly for Panama,
+touching only, on their way, at the ill-fated island of Gorgona
+to take on board their two companions who were left there too ill
+to proceed with them.  One had died, and, receiving the other,
+Pizarro and his gallant little band continued their voyage; and,
+after an absence of at least eighteen months, found themselves
+once more safely riding at anchor in the harbour of Panama. *25
+
+[Footnote 25: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Montesinos, Annales,
+Ms., ano 1528. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 4, lib. 2,
+cap. 6, 7. - Relacion del Primer. Descub. Ms.]
+
+The sensation caused by their arrival was great, as might have
+been expected.  For there were few, even among the most sanguine
+of their friends, who did not imagine that they had long since
+paid for their temerity, and fallen victims to the climate or the
+natives, or miserably perished in a watery grave.  Their joy was
+proportionably great, therefore, as they saw the wanderers now
+returned, not only in health and safety, but with certain tidings
+of the fair countries which had so long eluded their grasp.  It
+was a moment of proud satisfaction to the three associates, who,
+in spite of obloquy, derision, and every impediment which the
+distrust of friends or the coldness of government could throw in
+their way, had persevered in their great enterprise until they
+had established the truth of what had been so generally denounced
+as a chimera.  It is the misfortune of those daring spirits who
+conceive an idea too vast for their own generation to comprehend,
+or, at least, to attempt to carry out, that they pass for
+visionary dreamers. Such had been the fate of Luque and his
+associates.  The existence of a rich Indian empire at the south,
+which, in their minds, dwelling long on the same idea and alive
+to all the arguments in its favor, had risen to the certainty of
+conviction, had been derided by the rest of their countrymen as a
+mere mirage of the fancy, which, on nearer approach, would melt
+into air; while the projectors, who staked their fortunes on the
+adventure, were denounced as madmen.  But their hour of triumph,
+their slow and hard-earned triumph, had now arrived.
+
+Yet the governor, Pedro de los Rios, did not seem, even at this
+moment, to be possessed with a conviction of the magnitude of the
+discovery, - or, perhaps, he was discouraged by its very
+magnitude.  When the associates, now with more confidence,
+applied to him for patronage in an undertaking too vast for their
+individual resources, he coldly replied, "He had no desire to
+build up other states at the expense of his own; nor would he be
+led to throw away more lives than had already been sacrificed by
+the cheap display of gold and silver toys and a few Indian
+sheep!" *26
+
+[Footnote 26: "No entendia de despoblar su Governacion, para que
+se fuesen a poblar nuevas Tierras, muriendo en tal demanda mas
+Gente de la que havia muerto, cebar do a los Hombres con la
+muestra de las Ovejas, Oro, i Plata, que havian traido." Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 4, lib 3, cap. 1.]
+
+Sorely disheartened by this repulse from the only quarter whence
+effectual aid could be expected, the confederates, without funds,
+and with credit nearly exhausted by their past efforts, were
+perplexed in the extreme. Yet to stop now, - what was it but to
+abandon the rich mine which their own industry and perseverance
+had laid open, for others to work at pleasure?  In this extremity
+the fruitful mind of Luque suggested the only expedient by which
+they could hope for success.  This was to apply to the Crown
+itself. No one was so much interested in the result of the
+expedition.  It was for the government, indeed, that discoveries
+were to be made, that the country was to be conquered.  The
+government alone was competent to provide the requisite means,
+and was likely to take a much broader and more liberal view of
+the matter than a petty colonial officer.
+
+But who was there qualified to take charge of this delicate
+mission? Luque was chained by his professional duties to Panama;
+and his associates, unlettered soldiers, were much better fitted
+for the business of the camp than of the court.  Almagro, blunt,
+though somewhat swelling and ostentatious in his address, with a
+diminutive stature and a countenance naturally plain, now much
+disfigured by the loss of an eye, was not so well qualified for
+the mission as his companion in arms, who, possessing a good
+person and altogether a commanding presence, was plausible, and,
+with all his defects of education, could, where deeply
+interested, be even eloquent in discourse. The ecclesiastic,
+however, suggested that the negotiation should be committed to
+the Licentiate Corral, a respectable functionary, then about to
+return on some public business to the mother country.  But to
+this Almagro strongly objected.  No one, he said, could conduct
+the affair so well as the party interested in it.  He had a high
+opinion of Pizarro's prudence, his discernment of character, and
+his cool, deliberate policy. *27 He knew enough of his comrade to
+have confidence that his presence of mind would not desert him,
+even in the new, and therefore embarrassing, circumstances in
+which he would be placed at court.  No one, he said, could tell
+the story of their adventures with such effect, as the man who
+had ben the chief actor in them. No one could so well paint the
+unparalleled sufferings and sacrifices which they had
+encountered; no other could tell so forcibly what had been done,
+what yet remained to do, and what assistance would be necessary
+to carry it into execution.  He concluded, with characteristic
+frankness, by strongly urging his confederate to undertake the
+mission.
+
+[Footnote 27: "E por pura importunacion de Almagro cupole a
+Pizarro, por que siempre Almagro le tubo respeto, e deseo
+honrarle." Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias Ms, Parte 3. lib. 8, cap.
+1.]
+
+Pizarro felt the force of Almagro's reasoning, and, though with
+undisguised reluctance, acquiesced in a measure which was less to
+his taste than an expedition to the wilderness.  But Luque came
+into the arrangement with more difficulty.  "God grant, my
+children," exclaimed the ecclesiastic, "that one of you may not
+defraud the other of his blessing!" *28 Pizarro engaged to
+consult the interests of his associates equally with his own.
+But Luque, it is clear, did not trust Pizarro.
+
+[Footnote 28: "Plegue a Dios, Hijos, que no os hurteis la
+bendicion el uno al otro que yo todavia holgaria, que a lo menos
+fuerades entrambos." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 4. lib. 3, cap.
+1.]
+
+There was some difficulty in raising the funds necessary for
+putting the envoy in condition to make a suitable appearance at
+court; so low had the credit of the confederates fallen, and so
+little confidence was yet placed in the result of their splendid
+discoveries.  Fifteen hundred ducats were at length raised; and
+Pizarro, in the spring of 1528, bade adieu to Panama, accompanied
+by Pedro de Candia. *29 He took with him, also, some of the
+natives, as well as two or three llamas, various nice fabrics of
+cloth, with many ornaments and vases of gold and silver, as
+specimens of the civilization of the country, and vouchers for
+his wonderful story.
+
+[Footnote 29: "Juntaronle mil y quinientos pesos de oro, que dio
+de buena voluntad Dn Fernando de Luque." Montesinos, Annales,
+Ms., ano 1528."]
+
+Of all the writers on ancient Peruvian history, no one has
+acquired so wide celebrity, or been so largely referred to by
+later compilers, as the Inca Garcilasso de la Vega.  He was born
+at Cuzco, in 1540; and was a mestizo, that is, of mixed descent,
+his father being European, and his mother Indian.  His father,
+Garcilasso de la Vega, was one of that illustrious family whose
+achievements, both in arms and letters, shed such lustre over the
+proudest period of the Castilian annals.  He came to Peru, in the
+suite of Pedro de Alvarado, soon after the country had been
+gained by Pizarro. Garcilasso attached himself to the fortunes of
+this chief, and, after his death, to those of his brother
+Gonzalo, - remaining constant to the latter, through his
+rebellion, up to the hour of his rout at Xaquixaguana, when
+Garcilasso took the same course with most of his faction, and
+passed over to the enemy.  But this demonstration of loyalty,
+though it saved his life, was too late to redeem his credit with
+the victorious party; and the obloquy which he incurred by his
+share in the rebellion threw a cloud over his subsequent
+fortunes, and even over those of his son, as it appears, in after
+years.
+
+The historian's mother was of the Peruvian blood royal.  She was
+niece of Huayna Capac, and granddaughter of the renowned Tupac
+Inca Yupanqui. Garcilasso, while he betrays obvious satisfaction
+that the blood of the civilized European flows in his veins,
+shows himself not a little proud of his descent from the royal
+dynasty of Peru; and this he intimated by combining with his
+patronymic the distinguishing title of the Peruvian princes, -
+subscribing himself always Garcilasso Inca de la Vega.
+His early years were passed in his native land, where he was
+reared in the Roman Catholic faith, and received the benefit of
+as good an education as could be obtained amidst the incessant
+din of arms and civil commotion. In 1560, when twenty years of
+age, he left America, and from that time took up his residence in
+Spain.  Here he entered the military service, and held a
+captain's commission in the war against the Moriscos, and,
+afterwards, under Don John of Austria.  Though he acquitted
+himself honorably in his adventurous career, he does not seem to
+have been satisfied with the manner in which his services were
+requited by the government.  The old reproach of the father's
+disloyalty still clung to the son, and Garcilasso assures us that
+this circumstance defeated all his efforts to recover the large
+inheritance of landed property belonging to his mother, which had
+escheated to the Crown.  "Such were the prejudices against me,"
+says he, "that I could not urge my ancient claims or
+expectations; and I left the army so poor and so much in debt,
+that I did not care to show myself again at court; but was
+obliged to withdraw into an obscure solitude, where I lead a
+tranquil life for the brief space that remains to me, no longer
+deluded by the world or its vanities."
+
+The scene of this obscure retreat was not, however, as the reader
+might imagine from this tone of philosophic resignation, in the
+depths of some rural wilderness, but in Cordova, once the gay
+capital of Moslem science, and still the busy haunt of men.  Here
+our philosopher occupied himself with literary labors, the more
+sweet and soothing to his wounded spirit, that they tended to
+illustrate the faded glories of his native land, and exhibit them
+in their primitive splendor to the eyes of his adopted
+countrymen.  "And I have no reason to regret," he says in his
+Preface to his account of Florida, "that Fortune has not smiled
+on me, since this circumstance has opened a literary career
+which, I trust, will secure to me a wider and more enduring fame
+than could flow from any worldly prosperity."
+
+In 1609, he gave to the world the First Part of his great work,
+the Commentarios Reales, devoted to the history of the country
+under the Incas; and in 1616, a few months before his death, he
+finished the Second Part, embracing the story of the Conquest,
+which was published at Cordova the following year.  The
+chronicler, who thus closed his labors with his life, died at the
+ripe old age of seventy-six.  He left a considerable sum for the
+purchase of masses for his soul, showing that the complaints of
+his poverty are not to be taken literally.  His remains were
+interred in the cathedral church of Cordova, in a chapel which
+bears the name of Garcilasso; and an inscription was placed on
+his monument, intimating the high respect in which the historian
+was held both for his moral worth and his literary attainments.
+The First Part of the Commentarios Reales is occupied, as already
+noticed, with the ancient history of the country, presenting a
+complete picture of its civilization under the Incas, - far more
+complete than has been given by any other writer.  Garcilasso's
+mother was but ten years old at the time of her cousin
+Atahuallpa's accession, or rather usurpation, as it is called by
+the party of Cuzco.  She had the good fortune to escape the
+massacre which, according to the chronicler, befell most of her
+kindred, and with her brother continued to reside in their
+ancient capital after the Conquest.  Their conversations
+naturally turned to the good old times of the Inca rule, which,
+colored by their fond regrets, may be presumed to have lost
+nothing as seen through the magnifying medium of the past.  The
+young Garcilasso listened greedily to the stories which recounted
+the magnificence and prowess of his royal ancestors, and though
+he made no use of them at the time, they sunk deep into his
+memory, to be treasured up for a future occasion.  When he
+prepared, after the lapse of many years, in his retirement at
+Cordova, to compose the history of his country, he wrote to his
+old companions and schoolfellows, of the Inca family, to obtain
+fuller information than he could get in Spain on various matters
+of historical interest.  He had witnessed in his youth the
+ancient ceremonies and usages of his countrymen, understood the
+science of their quipus, and mastered many of their primitive
+traditions.  With the assistance he now obtained from his
+Peruvian kindred, he acquired a familiarity with the history of
+the great Inca race, and of their national institutions, to an
+extent that no person could have possessed, unless educated in
+the midst of them, speaking the same language, and with the same
+Indian blood flowing in his veins.  Garcilasso, in short, was the
+representative of the conquered race; and we might expect to find
+the lights and shadows of the picture disposed under his pencil,
+so as to produce an effect very different from that which they
+had hitherto exhibited under the hands of the Conquerors.
+
+Such, to a certain extent, is the fact; and this circumstance
+affords a means of comparison which would alone render his works
+of great value in arriving at just historic conclusions.  But
+Garcilasso wrote late in life, after the story had been often
+told by Castilian writers.  He naturally deferred much to men,
+some of whom enjoyed high credit on the score both of their
+scholarship and their social position.  His object, he professes,
+was not so much to add any thing new of his own, as to correct
+their errors and the misconceptions into which they had been
+brought by their ignorance of the Indian languages and the usages
+of his people.  He does, in fact, however, go far beyond this;
+and the stores of information which he has collected have made
+his work a large repository, whence later laborers in the same
+field have drawn copious materials.  He writes from the fulness
+of his heart, and illuminates every topic that he touches with a
+variety and richness of illustration, that leave little to be
+desired by the most importunate curiosity.  The difference
+between reading his Commentaries and the accounts of European
+writers is the difference that exists between reading a work in
+the original and in a bald translation.  Garcilasso's writings
+are an emanation from the Indian mind.
+
+Yet his Commentaries are open to a grave objection, - and one
+naturally suggested by his position.  Addressing himself to the
+cultivated European, he was most desirous to display the ancient
+glories of his people, and still more of the Inca race, in their
+most imposing form.  This, doubtless, was the great spur to his
+literary labors, for which previous education, however good for
+the evil time on which he was cast, had far from qualified him.
+Garcilasso, therefore, wrote to effect a particular object.  He
+stood forth as counsel for his unfortunate countrymen, pleading
+the cause of that degraded race before the tribunal of posterity.
+The exaggerated tone of panegyric consequent on this becomes
+apparent in every page of his work.  He pictures forth a state of
+society, such as an Utopian philosopher would hardly venture to
+depict.  His royal ancestors became the types of every imaginary
+excellence, and the golden age is revived for a nation, which,
+while the war of proselytism is raging on its borders, enjoys
+within all the blessings of tranquillity and peace.  Even the
+material splendors of the monarchy, sufficiently great in this
+land of gold, become heightened, under the glowing imagination of
+the Inca chronicler, into the gorgeous illusions of a fairy tale.
+
+Yet there is truth at the bottom of his wildest conceptions, and
+it would be unfair to the Indian historian to suppose that he did
+not himself believe most of the magic marvels which he describes.
+There is no credulity like that of a Christian convert, - one
+newly converted to the faith.  From long dwelling in the darkness
+of paganism, his eyes, when first opened to the light of truth,
+have not acquired the power of discriminating the just
+proportions of objects, of distinguishing between the real and
+the imaginary. Garcilasso was not a convert, indeed, for he was
+bred from infancy in the Roman Catholic faith.  But he was
+surrounded by converts and neophytes, - by those of his own
+blood, who, after practising all their lives the rites of
+paganism, were now first admitted into the Christian fold.  He
+listened to the teachings of the missionary, learned from him to
+give implicit credit to the marvellous legends of the Saints, and
+the no less marvellous accounts of his own victories in his
+spiritual warfare for the propagation of the faith. Thus early
+accustomed to such large drafts on his credulity, his reason lost
+its heavenly power of distinguishing truth from error, and he
+became so familiar with the miraculous, that the miraculous was
+no longer a miracle.
+Yet, while large deductions are to be made on this account from
+the chronicler's reports, there is always a germ of truth which
+it is not difficult to detect, and even to disengage from the
+fanciful covering which envelopes it; and after every allowance
+for the exaggerations of national vanity, we shall find an
+abundance of genuine information in respect to the antiquities of
+his country, for which we shall look in vain in any European
+writer.
+
+Garcilasso's work is the reflection of the age in which he lived.
+It is addressed to the imagination, more than to sober reason.
+We are dazzled by the gorgeous spectacle it perpetually exhibits,
+and delighted by the variety of amusing details and animated
+gossip sprinkled over its pages.  The story of the action is
+perpetually varied by discussions on topics illustrating its
+progress, so as to break up the monotony of the narrative, and
+afford an agreeable relief to the reader.  This is true of the
+First Part of his great work.  In the Second there was no longer
+room for such discussion.  But he has supplied the place by
+garrulous reminiscences, personal anecdotes, incidental
+adventures, and a host of trivial details, - trivial in the eyes
+of the pedant, - which historians have been too willing to
+discard, as below the dignity of history.  We have the actors in
+this great drama in their private dress, become acquainted with
+their personal habits, listen to their familiar sayings, and, in
+short, gather up those minutiae which in the aggregate make up so
+much of life, and not less of character.
+
+It is this confusion of the great and the little, thus artlessly
+blended together, that constitutes one of the charms of the old
+romantic chronicle, - not the less true that, in this respect, it
+approaches nearer to the usual tone of romance.  It is in such
+writings that we may look to find the form and pressure of the
+age.  The worm-eaten state-papers, official correspondence,
+public records, are all serviceable, indispensable, to history.
+They are the framework on which it is to repose; the skeleton of
+facts which gives it its strength and proportions.  But they are
+as worthless as the dry bones of the skeleton, unless clothed
+with the beautiful form and garb of humanity, and instinct with
+the spirit of the age. - Our debt is large to the antiquarian,
+who with conscientious precision lays broad and deep the
+foundations of historic truth; and no less to the philosophic
+annalist who exhibits man in the dress of public life, - man in
+masquerade; but our gratitude must surely not be withheld from
+those, who, like Garcilasso de la Vega, and many a romancer of
+the Middle Ages, have held up the mirror - distorted though it
+may somewhat be - to the interior of life, reflecting every
+object, the great and the mean, the beautiful and the deformed,
+with their natural prominence and their vivacity of coloring, to
+the eye of the spectator.  As a work of art, such a production
+may be thought to be below criticism.  But, although it defy the
+rules of art in its composition, it does not necessarily violate
+the principles of taste; for it conforms in its spirit to the
+spirit of the age in which it was written.  And the critic, who
+coldly condemns it on the severe principles of art, will find a
+charm in its very simplicity, that will make him recur again and
+again to its pages, while more correct and classical compositions
+are laid aside and forgotten.
+
+I cannot dismiss this notice of Garcilasso, though already long
+protracted, without some allusion to the English translation of
+his Commentaries.  It appeared in James the Second's reign, and
+is the work of Sir Paul Rycaut, Knight.  It was printed at
+London, in 1688, in folio, with considerable pretension in its
+outward dress, well garnished with wood-cuts, and a frontispiece
+displaying the gaunt and rather sardonic features, not of the
+author, but his translator.  The version keeps pace with the
+march of the original, corresponding precisely in books and
+chapters, and seldom, though sometimes, using the freedom, so
+common in these ancient versions, of abridgment and omission.
+Where it does depart from the original, it is rather from
+ignorance than intention.  Indeed, as far as the plea of
+ignorance will avail him, the worthy knight may urge it stoutly
+in his defence.  No one who reads the book will doubt his limited
+acquaintance with his own tongue, and no one who compares it with
+the original will deny his ignorance of the Castilian.  It
+contains as many blunders as paragraphs, and most of them such as
+might shame a schoolboy.  Yet such are the rude charms of the
+original, that this ruder version of it has found considerable
+favor with readers; and Sir Paul Rycaut's translation, old as it
+is, may still be met with in many a private, as well as public
+library.
+
+
+
+
+Book III: Conquest Of Peru
+
+
+
+
+Chapter I
+
+Pizarro's Reception At Court. - His Capitulation With The Crown.
+- He Visits His Birthplace. - Returns To The New World. -
+Difficulties With Almagro. - His Third Expedition. - Adventures
+On The Coast. - Battles In The Isle Of Puna.
+
+1528-1531.
+
+
+Pizarro and his officer, having crossed the Isthmus, embarked at
+Nombre de Dios for the old country, and, after a good passage,
+reached Seville early in the summer of 1528.  There happened to
+be at that time in port a person well known in the history of
+Spanish adventure as the Bachelor Enciso.  He had taken an active
+part in the colonization of Tierra Firme, and had a pecuniary
+claim against the early colonists of Darien, of whom Pizarro was
+one.  Immediately on the landing of the latter, he was seized by
+Enciso's orders, and held in custody for the debt.  Pizarro, who
+had fled from his native land as a forlorn and houseless
+adventurer, after an absence of more than twenty years, passed,
+most of them, in unprecedented toil and suffering, now found
+himself on his return the inmate of a prison.  Such was the
+commencement of those brilliant fortunes which, as he had
+trusted, awaited him at home.  The circumstance excited general
+indignation; and no sooner was the Court advised of his arrival
+in the country, and the great purpose of his mission, than orders
+were sent for his release, with permission to proceed at once on
+his journey.
+
+Pizarro found the emperor at Toledo, which he was soon to quit,
+in order to embark for Italy.  Spain was not the favorite
+residence of Charles the Fifth, in the earlier part of his reign.
+He was now at that period of it when he was enjoying the full
+flush of his triumphs over his gallant rival of France, whom he
+had defeated and taken prisoner at the great battle of Pavia; and
+the victor was at this moment preparing to pass into Italy to
+receive the imperial crown from the hands of the Roman Pontiff.
+Elated by his successes and his elevation to the German throne,
+Charles made little account of his hereditary kingdom, as his
+ambition found so splendid a career thrown open to it on the wide
+field of European politics.  He had hitherto received too
+inconsiderable returns from his transatlantic possessions to give
+them the attention they deserved.  But, as the recent acquisition
+of Mexico and the brilliant anticipations in respect to the
+southern continent were pressed upon his notice, he felt their
+importance as likely to afford him the means of prosecuting his
+ambitious and most expensive enterprises.
+Pizarro, therefore, who had now come to satisfy the royal eyes,
+by visible proofs, of the truth of the golden rumors which, from
+time to time, had reached Castile, was graciously received by the
+emperor.  Charles examined the various objects which his officer
+exhibited to him with great attention.  He was particularly
+interested by the appearance of the llama, so remarkable as the
+only beast of burden yet known on the new continent; and the fine
+fabrics of woollen cloth, which were made from its shaggy sides,
+gave it a much higher value, in the eyes of the sagacious
+monarch, than what it possessed as an animal for domestic labor.
+But the specimens of gold and silver manufacture, and the
+wonderful tale which Pizarro had to tell of the abundance of the
+precious metals, must have satisfied even the cravings of royal
+cupidity.
+
+[See Pizarro And Charles V: Pizarro describes to Charles V of
+Spain the tempting riches of Peru]
+
+Pizarro, far from being embarrassed by the novelty of his
+situation, maintained his usual self-possession, and showed that
+decorum and even dignity in his address which belong to the
+Castilian.  He spoke in a simple and respectful style, but with
+the earnestness and natural eloquence of one who had been an
+actor in the scenes he described, and who was conscious that the
+impression he made on his audience was to decide his future
+destiny.  All listened with eagerness to the account of his
+strange adventures by sea and land, his wanderings in the
+forests, or in the dismal and pestilent swamps on the sea-coast,
+without food, almost without raiment, with feet torn and bleeding
+at every step, with his few companions becoming still fewer by
+disease and death, and yet pressing on with unconquerable spirit
+to extend the empire of Castile, and the name and power of her
+sovereign; but when he painted his lonely condition on the
+desolate island, abandoned by the government at home, deserted by
+all but a handful of devoted followers, his royal auditor, though
+not easily moved, was affected to tears.  On his departure from
+Toledo, Charles commended the affairs of his vassal in the most
+favorable terms to the consideration of the Council of the
+Indies. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Conq. i. Pob. del Piru, Ms.
+
+"Hablaba tan bien en la materia, que se llevo los aplausos y
+atencion en Toledo donde el Emperador estaba diole audiencia con
+mucho gusto, tratolo amoroso, y oyole tierno, especialmente
+cuando le hizo relacion de su consistencia y de los trece
+compaeros en la Isla en medio de tantos trabajos." Montesinos,
+Annales, Ms., ao 1528.]
+
+There was at this time another man at court, who had come there
+on a similar errand from the New World, but whose splendid
+achievements had already won for him a name that threw the rising
+reputation of Pizarro comparatively into the shade.  This man was
+Hernando Cortes, the Conqueror of Mexico.  He had come home to
+lay an empire at the feet of his sovereign, and to demand in
+return the redress of his wrongs, and the recompense of his great
+services.  He was at the close of his career, as Pizarro was at
+the commencement of his; the Conqueror of the North and of the
+South; the two men appointed by Providence to overturn the most
+potent of the Indian dynasties, and to open the golden gates by
+which the treasures of the New World were to pass into the
+coffers of Spain.
+
+Notwithstanding the emperor's recommendation, the business of
+Pizarro went forward at the tardy pace with which affairs are
+usually conducted in the court of Castile.  He found his limited
+means gradually sinking under the expenses incurred by his
+present situation, and he represented, that, unless some measures
+were speedily taken in reference to his suit, however favorable
+they might be in the end, he should be in no condition to profit
+by them. The queen, accordingly, who had charge of the business,
+on her husband's departure, expedited the affair, and on the
+twenty-sixth of July, 1529, she executed the memorable
+Capitulation, which defined the powers and privileges of Pizarro.
+
+The instrument secured to that chief the right of discovery and
+conquest in the province of Peru, or New Castile, - as the
+country was then called in the same manner as Mexico had received
+the name of New Spain, - for the distance of two hundred leagues
+south of Santiago.  He was to receive the titles and rank of
+Governor and Captain-General of the province, together with those
+of Adelantado, and Alguacil Mayor, for life; and he was to have a
+salary of seven hundred and twenty-five thousand maravedis, with
+the obligation of maintaining certain officers and military
+retainers, corresponding with the dignity of his station.  He was
+to have the right to erect certain fortresses, with the absolute
+government of them; to assign encomiendas of Indians, under the
+limitations prescribed by law; and, in fine, to exercise nearly
+all the prerogatives incident to the authority of a viceroy.
+
+His associate, Almagro, was declared commander of the fortress of
+Tumbez, with an annual rent of three hundred thousand maravedis,
+and with the further rank and privileges of an hidalgo.  The
+reverend Father Luque received the reward of his services in the
+Bishopric of Tumbez, and he was also declared Protector of the
+Indians of Peru.  He was to enjoy the yearly stipend of a
+thousand ducats, - to be derived, like the other salaries and
+gratuities in this instrument, from the revenues of the conquered
+territory.
+Nor were the subordinate actors in the expedition forgotten.
+Ruiz received the title of Grand Pilot of the Southern Ocean,
+with a liberal provision; Candia was placed at the head of the
+artillery; and the remaining eleven companions on the desolate
+island were created hidalgos and cavalleros, and raised to
+certain municipal dignities, - in prospect.
+Several provisions of a liberal tenor were also made, to
+encourage emigration to the country.  The new settlers were to be
+exempted from some of the most onerous, but customary taxes, as
+the alcabala, or to be subject to them only in a mitigated form.
+The tax on the precious metals drawn from mines was to be
+reduced, at first, to one tenth, instead of the fifth imposed on
+the same metals when obtained by barter or by rapine.
+
+It was expressly enjoined on Pizarro to observe the existing
+regulations for the good government and protection of the
+natives; and he was required to carry out with him a specified
+number of ecclesiastics, with whom he was to take counsel in the
+conquest of the country, and whose efforts were to be dedicated
+to the service and conversion of the Indians; while lawyers and
+attorneys, on the other hand, whose presence was considered as
+boding ill to the harmony of the new settlements, were strictly
+prohibited from setting foot in them.
+
+Pizarro, on his part, was bound, in six months from the date of
+the instrument, to raise a force, well equipped for the service,
+of two hundred and fifty men, of whom one hundred might be drawn
+from the colonies; and the government engaged to furnish some
+trifling assistance in the purchase of artillery and military
+stores.  Finally, he was to be prepared, in six months after his
+return to Panama, to leave that port and embark on his
+expedition. *2
+
+[Footnote 2: This remarkable document, formerly in the archives
+of Simancas, and now transferred to the Archivo General de las
+Indias in Seville, was transcribed for the rich collection of the
+late Don Martin Fernandez de Navarrete, to whose kindness I am
+indebted for a copy of it. - It will be found printed entire, in
+the original, in Appendix, No. 7.]
+
+Such are some of the principal provisions of this Capitulation,
+by which the Castilian government, with the sagacious policy
+which it usually pursued on the like occasions, stimulated the
+ambitious hopes of the adventurer by high-sounding titles, and
+liberal promises of reward contingent on his success, but took
+care to stake nothing itself on the issue of the enterprise.  It
+was careful to reap the fruits of his toil, but not to pay the
+cost of them.
+
+A circumstance, that could not fail to be remarked in these
+provisions, was the manner in which the high and lucrative posts
+were accumulated on Pizarro, to the exclusion of Almagro, who, if
+he had not taken as conspicuous a part in personal toil and
+exposure, had, at least, divided with him the original burden of
+the enterprise, and, by his labors in another direction, had
+contributed quite as essentially to its success.  Almagro had
+willingly conceded the post of honor to his confederate; but it
+had been stipulated, on Pizarro's departure for Spain, that,
+while he solicited the office of Governor and Captain-General for
+himself, he should secure that of Adelantado for his companion.
+In like manner, he had engaged to apply for the see of Tumbez for
+the vicar of Panama, and the office of Alguacil Mayor for the
+pilot Ruiz.  The bishopric took the direction that was concerted,
+for the soldier could scarcely claim the mitre of the prelate;
+but the other offices, instead of their appropriate distribution,
+were all concentred in himself. Yet it was in reference to his
+application for his friends, that Pizarro had promised on his
+departure to deal fairly and honorably by them all. *3
+
+
+[Footnote 3: "Al fin se capitulo, que Francisco Picarro negociase
+la Governacion para si: i para Diego de Almagro, el
+Adelantamiento: i para Hernando de Luque, el Obispado: i para
+Bartolome Ruiz, el Alguacilazgo Maior: i Mercedes para los que
+quedaban vivos, de los trece Comapaeros, afirmando siempre
+Francisco Picarro, que todo lo queria para ellos, i prometiendo,
+que negociaria lealmente, i sin ninguna cautela." Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 4, lib. 3, cap. 1.]
+
+It is stated by the military chronicler, Pedro Pizarro, that his
+kinsman did, in fact, urge the suit strongly in behalf of
+Almagro; but that he was refused by the government, on the ground
+that offices of such paramount importance could not be committed
+to different individuals.  The ill effects of such an arrangement
+had been long since felt in more than one of the Indian colonies,
+where it had led to rivalry and fatal collision. *4 Pizarro,
+therefore, finding his remonstrances unheeded, had no alternative
+but to combine the offices in his own person, or to see the
+expedition fall to the ground.  This explanation of the affair
+has not received the sanction of other contemporary historians.
+The apprehensions expressed by Luque, at the time of Pizarro's
+assuming the mission, of some such result as actually occurred,
+founded, doubtless, on a knowledge of his associate's character,
+may warrant us in distrusting the alleged vindication of his
+conduct, and our distrust will not be diminished by familiarity
+with his subsequent career. Pizarro's virtue was not of a kind to
+withstand temptation, - though of a much weaker sort than that
+now thrown in his path.
+
+[Footnote 4: "Y don Francisco Picarro pidio conforme a lo que
+llevava capitulado y hordenado con sus compaeros ya dicho, y en
+el consejo se le rrespondio que no avia lugar de dar governacion
+a dos compaeros, a caussa de que en santa marta se avia dado
+ansi a dos compaeros y el uno avia muerto al otro . . . . . .
+Pues pedido, como digo, muchas vezes por don Francisco Picarro se
+les hiziese la merced a ambos compaeros, se le rrespondio la
+pidiesse parassi sino que se daria a otro, y visto que no avia
+lugar lo que pedia y queria pedio se le hiziese la merced a el, y
+ansi se le hizo." Descub. y Conq. Ms.]
+
+The fortunate cavalier was also honored with the habit of St.
+Jago; *5 and he was authorized to make an important innovation in
+his family escutcheon, - for by the father's side he might claim
+his armorial bearings. The black eagle and the two pillars
+emblazoned on the royal arms were incorporated with those of the
+Pizarros; and an Indian city, with a vessel in the distance on
+the waters, and the llama of Peru, revealed the theatre and the
+character of his exploits; while the legend announced, that
+"under the auspices of Charles, and by the industry, the genius,
+and the resources of Pizarro, the country had been discovered and
+reduced to tranquillity," - thus modestly intimating both the
+past and prospective services of the Conqueror. *6
+
+[Footnote 5: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 182.
+- Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 1. -
+Caro de Torres, Historia de las Ordenes Militares, (ed. Madrid,
+1629,) p. 113.]
+
+[Footnote 6: "Caroli Caesaris auspicio, et labore, ingenio, ac
+impensa Ducis Picarro inventa, et pacata.' Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 4 lib. 6, cap. 5.]
+
+These arrangements having been thus completed to Pizarro's
+satisfaction, he left Toledo for Truxillo, his native place, in
+Estremadura, where he thought he should be most likely to meet
+with adherents for his new enterprise, and where it doubtless
+gratified his vanity to display himself in the palmy, or at least
+promising, state of his present circumstances.  If vanity be ever
+pardonable, it is certainly in a man who, born in an obscure
+station in life, without family, interest, or friends to back
+him, has carved out his own fortunes in the world, and, by his
+own resources, triumphed over all the obstacles which nature and
+accident had thrown in his way.  Such was the condition of
+Pizarro, as he now revisited the place of his nativity, where he
+had hitherto been known only as a poor outcast, without a home to
+shelter, a father to own him, or a friend to lean upon.  But he
+now found both friends and followers, and some who were eager to
+claim kindred with him, and take part in his future fortunes.
+Among these were four brothers. Three of them, like himself, were
+illegitimate; one of whom, named Francisco Martin de Alcantara,
+was related to him by the mother's side; the other two, named
+Gonzalo and Juan Pizarro, were descended from the father.  "They
+were all poor, and proud as they were poor," says Oviedo, who had
+seen them; "and their eagerness for gain was in proportion to
+their poverty." *7
+
+[Footnote 7: "Trujo tres o cuatro hermanos suyos tan soberbios
+como pobres, e tan sin hacienda como deseosos de alcanzarla."
+Hist. de las Indias Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap 1.]
+
+The remaining and eldest brother, named Hernando, was a
+legitimate son, - "legitimate," continues the same caustic
+authority, "by his pride, as well as by his birth." His features
+were plain, even disagreeably so; but his figure was good.  He
+was large of stature, and, like his brother Francis, had on the
+whole an imposing presence. *8 In his character, he combined some
+of the worst defects incident to the Castilian.  He was jealous
+in the extreme; impatient not merely of affront, but of the least
+slight, and implacable in his resentment.  He was decisive in his
+measures, and unscrupulous in their execution.  No touch of pity
+had power to arrest his arm.  His arrogance was such, that he was
+constantly wounding the self-love of those with whom he acted;
+thus begetting an ill-will which unnecessarily multiplied
+obstacles in his path.  In this he differed from his brother
+Francis, whose plausible manners smoothed away difficulties, and
+conciliated confidence and cooperation in his enterprises.
+Unfortunately, the evil counsels of Hernando exercised an
+influence over his brother which more than compensated the
+advantages derived from his singular capacity for business.
+
+[Footnote 8: Oviedo's portrait of him is by no means flattering.
+He writes like one too familiar with the original.  "E de todos
+ellos el Hernando Pizarro solo era legitimo, e mas legitimado en
+la soberbia, hombre de alta estatura e grueso, la lengua e labios
+gordos, e la punta de la nariz con sobrada carne e encendida, y
+este fue el desavenidor y estorbador del sosiego de todos y en
+especial de los dos viejos companeros Francisco Pizarro e Diego
+de Almagro." Hist de las Indias, Ms., ubi supra.]
+
+Notwithstanding the general interest which Pizarro's adventures
+excited in his country, that chief did not find it easy to comply
+with the provisions of the Capitulation in respect to the amount
+of his levies.  Those who were most astonished by his narrative
+were not always most inclined to take part in his fortunes.  They
+shrunk from the unparalleled hardships which lay in the path of
+the adventurer in that direction; and they listened with visible
+distrust to the gorgeous pictures of the golden temples and
+gardens of Tumbez, which they looked upon as indebted in some
+degree, at least, to the coloring of his fancy, with the obvious
+purpose of attracting followers to his banner.  It is even said
+that Pizarro would have found it difficult to raise the necessary
+funds, but for the seasonable aid of Cortes, a native of
+Estremadura like himself, his companion in arms in early days,
+and, according to report, his kinsman. *9 No one was in a better
+condition to hold out a helping hand to a brother adventurer,
+and, probably, no one felt greater sympathy in Pizarro's
+fortunes, or greater confidence in his eventual success, than the
+man who had so lately trod the same career with renown.
+
+[Footnote 9: Pizarro y Orellana, Varones Ilustres, p. 143.]
+The six months allowed by the Capitulation had elapsed, and
+Pizarro had assembled somewhat less than his stipulated
+complement of men, with which he was preparing to embark in a
+little squadron of three vessels at Seville; but, before they
+were wholly ready, he received intelligence that the officers of
+the Council of the Indies proposed to inquire into the condition
+of the vessels, and ascertain how far the requisitions had been
+complied with.
+
+Without loss of time, therefore, Pizarro, afraid, if the facts
+were known, that his enterprise might be nipped in the bud,
+slipped his cables, and crossing the bar of San Lucar, in
+January, 1530, stood for the isle of Gomera, - one of the
+Canaries, - where he ordered his brother Hernando, who had charge
+of the remaining vessels, to meet him.
+
+Scarcely had he gone, before the officers arrived to institute
+the search.  But when they objected the deficiency of men, they
+were easily - perhaps willingly - deceived by the pretext that
+the remainder had gone forward in the vessel with Pizarro.  At
+all events, no further obstacles were thrown in Hernando's way,
+and he was permitted, with the rest of the squadron, to join his
+brother, according to agreement, at Gomera.
+After a prosperous voyage, the adventurers reached the northern
+coast of the great southern continent, and anchored off the port
+of Santa Marta. Here they received such discouraging reports of
+the countries to which they were bound, of forests teeming with
+insects and venomous serpents, of huge alligators that swarmed on
+the banks of the streams, and of hardships and perils such as
+their own fears had never painted, that several of Pizarro's men
+deserted; and their leader, thinking it no longer safe to abide
+in such treacherous quarters, set sail at once for Nombre de
+Dios.
+Soon after his arrival there, he was met by his two associates,
+Luque and Almagro, who had crossed the mountains for the purpose
+of hearing from his own lips the precise import of the
+capitulation with the Crown.  Great, as might have been expected,
+was Almagro's discontent at learning the result of what he
+regarded as the perfidious machinations of his associate.  "Is it
+thus," he exclaimed, "that you have dealt with the friend who
+shared equally with you in the trials, the dangers, and the cost
+of the enterprise; and this, notwithstanding your solemn
+engagements on your departure to provide for his interests as
+faithfully as your own?  How could you allow me to be thus
+dishonored in the eyes of the world by so paltry a compensation,
+which seems to estimate my services as nothing in comparison with
+your own?" *10
+
+[Footnote 10: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 4, lib. 7, cap. 9. -
+Pedro Pizarro Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+Pizarro, in reply, assured his companion that he had faithfully
+urged his suit, but that the government refused to confide powers
+which intrenched so closely on one another to different hands.
+He had no alternative, but to accept all himself or to decline
+all; and he endeavoured to mitigate Almagro's displeasure by
+representing that the country was large enough for the ambition
+of both, and that the powers conferred on himself were, in fact,
+conferred on Almagro, since all that he had would ever be at his
+friend's disposal, as if it were his own.  But these honeyed
+words did not satisfy the injured party; and the two captains
+soon after returned to Panama with feelings of estrangement, if
+not hostility, towards one another, which did not augur well for
+their enterprise.
+
+Still, Almagro was of a generous temper, and might have been
+appeased by the politic concessions of his rival, but for the
+interference of Hernando Pizarro, who, from the first hour of
+their meeting, showed little respect for the veteran, which,
+indeed, the diminutive person of the latter was not calculated to
+inspire, and who now regarded him with particular aversion as an
+impediment to the career of his brother.
+
+Almagro's friends - and his frank and liberal manners had secured
+him many - were no less disgusted than himself with the
+overbearing conduct of this new ally.  They loudly complained
+that it was quite enough to suffer from the perfidy of Pizarro,
+without being exposed to the insults of his family, who had now
+come over with him to fatten on the spoils of conquest which
+belonged to their leader.  The rupture soon proceeded to such a
+length, that Almagro avowed his intention to prosecute the
+expedition without further cooperation with his partner, and
+actually entered into negotiations for the purchase of vessels
+for that object.  But Luque, and the Licentiate Espinosa, who had
+fortunately come over at that time from St. Domingo, now
+interposed to repair a breach which must end in the ruin of the
+enterprise, and the probable destruction of those most interested
+in its success.  By their mediation, a show of reconciliation was
+at length effected between the parties, on Pizarro's assurance
+that he would relinquish the dignity of Adelantado in favor of
+his rival, and petition the emperor to confirm him in the
+possession of it; - an assurance, it may be remarked, not easy to
+reconcile with his former assertion in respect to the avowed
+policy of the Crown in bestowing this office.  He was, moreover,
+to apply for a distinct government for his associate, so soon as
+he had become master of the country assigned to himself; and was
+to solicit no office for either of his own brothers, until
+Almagro had been first provided for.  Lastly, the former contract
+in regard to the division of the spoil into three equal shares
+between the three original associates was confirmed in the most
+explicit manner.  The reconciliation thus effected among the
+parties answered the temporary purpose of enabling them to go
+forward in concert in the expedition.  But it was only a thin
+scar that had healed over the wound, which, deep and rankling
+within, waited only fresh cause of irritation to break out with a
+virulence more fatal than ever. *11
+
+[Footnote 11: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1529. -
+Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib.
+1, cap. 3. - Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8,
+cap. 1.
+
+There seems to have been little good-will, at bottom, between any
+of the confederates; for Father Luque wrote to Oviedo that both
+of his partners had repaid his services with ingratitude. -
+"Padre Luque, companero de estos Capitanes, con cuya hacienda
+hicieron ellos sus hechos, puesto que el uno e el otro se lo
+pagaron con ingratitud segun a mi me lo escribio el mismo electo
+de su mano." Ibid., loc. cit.]
+
+No time was now lost in preparing for the voyage.  It found
+little encouragement, however, among the colonists of Panama, who
+were too familiar with the sufferings on the former expeditions
+to care to undertake another, even with the rich bribe that was
+held out to allure them.  A few of the old company were content
+to follow out the adventure to its close; and some additional
+stragglers were collected from the province of Nicaragua, - a
+shoot, it may be remarked, from the colony of Panama.  But
+Pizarro made slender additions to the force brought over with him
+from Spain, though this body was in better condition, and, in
+respect to arms, ammunition, and equipment generally, was on a
+much better footing than his former levies. The whole number did
+not exceed one hundred and eighty men, with twenty-seven horses
+for the cavalry.  He had provided himself with three vessels, two
+of them of a good size, to take the place of those which he had
+been compelled to leave on the opposite side of the Isthmus at
+Nombre de Dios; an armament small for the conquest of an empire,
+and far short of that prescribed by the capitulation with the
+Crown.  With this the intrepid chief proposed to commence
+operations, trusting to his own successes, and the exertions of
+Almagro, who was to remain behind, for the present, to muster
+reinforcements. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: The numerical estimates differ, as usual.  I
+conform to the statement of Pizarro's secretary, Xerez, Conq. del
+Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 182.]
+
+On St. John the Evangelist's day, the banners of the company and
+the royal standard were consecrated in the cathedral church of
+Panama; a sermon was preached before the little army by Fray Juan
+de Vargas, one of the Dominicans selected by the government for
+the Peruvian mission; and mass was performed, and the sacrament
+administered to every soldier previous to his engaging in the
+crusade against the infidel. *13 Having thus solemnly invoked the
+blessing of Heaven on the enterprise, Pizarro and his followers
+went on board their vessels, which rode at anchor in the Bay of
+Panama, and early in January, 1531, sallied forth on his third
+and last expedition for the conquest of Peru.
+
+[Footnote 13: "El qual haviendo hecho bendecir en la Iglesia
+mayor las banderas i estandarte real dia de San Juan Evangelista
+de dicho ano de 1530, i que todos los soldados confesasen i
+comulgasen en el convento de Nuestra Senora de la Merced, dia de
+los Inocentes en la misa cantada que se celebro con toda
+solemnidad i sermon que predico el P. Presentdo Fr. Juan de
+Vargas, uno de los 5 religiosos que en cumplimiento de la
+obediencia de sus prelados i orden del Emperador pasaban a la
+conquista." Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+
+It was his intention to steer direct for Tumbez, which held out
+so magnificent a show of treasure on his former voyage.  But head
+winds and currents, as usual, baffled his purpose, and after a
+run of thirteen days, much shorter than the period formerly
+required for the same distance, his little squadron came to
+anchor in the Bay of St. Matthew, about one degree north; and
+Pizarro, after consulting with his officers, resolved to
+disembark his forces and advance along the coast, while the
+vessels held their course at a convenient distance from the
+shore.
+
+The march of the troops was severe and painful in the extreme;
+for the road was constantly intersected by streams, which,
+swollen by the winter rains, widened at their mouths into
+spacious estuaries.  Pizarro, who had some previous knowledge of
+the country, acted as guide as well as commander of the
+expedition.  He was ever ready to give aid where it was needed,
+encouraging his followers to ford or swim the torrents as they
+best could, and cheering the desponding by his own buoyant and
+courageous spirit.
+At length they reached a thick-settled hamlet, or rather town, in
+the province of Coaque.  The Spaniards rushed on the place, and
+the inhabitants, without offering resistance, fled in terror to
+the neighbouring forests, leaving their effects - of much greater
+value than had been anticipated - in the hands of the invaders.
+"We fell on them, sword in hand," says one of the Conquerors,
+with some naivete; "for, if we had advised the Indians of our
+approach, we should never have found there such store of gold and
+precious stones." *14 The natives, however, according to another
+authority, stayed voluntarily; "for, as they had done no harm to
+the white men, they flattered themselves none would be offered to
+them, but that there would be only an interchange of good offices
+with the strangers," *15 - an expectation founded, it may be, on
+the good character which the Spaniards had established for
+themselves on their preceding visit, but in which the simple
+people now found themselves most unpleasantly deceived.
+
+[Footnote 14: "Pues llegados a este pueblo de Coaque dieron de
+supito sin savello la gente del porque si estuvieran avisados.
+No se tomara la cantidad de oro y esmeraldas que en el se
+tomaron." Pedro Pizarre, Descub. y Conq., Ms]
+
+[Footnote 15: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 4, lib. 7, cap. 9.]
+Rushing into the deserted dwellings, the invaders found there,
+besides stuffs of various kinds, and food most welcome in their
+famished condition, a large quantity of gold and silver wrought
+into clumsy ornaments, together with many precious stones; for
+this was the region of the esmeraldas, or emeralds, where that
+valuable gem was most abundant.  One of these jewels that fell
+into the hands of Pizarro, in this neighbourhood, was as large as
+a pigeon's egg.  Unluckily, his rude followers did not know the
+value of their prize; and they broke many of them in pieces by
+pounding them with hammers. *16 They were led to this
+extraordinary proceeding, it is said, by one of the Dominican
+missionaries, Fray Reginaldo de Pedraza, who assured them that
+this was the way to prove the true emerald, which could not be
+broken.  It was observed that the good father did not subject his
+own jewels to this wise experiment; but, as the stones, in
+consequence of it, fell in value, being regarded merely as
+colored glass, he carried back a consider able store of them to
+Panama. *17
+
+[Footnote 16: Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 4.
+
+"A lo que se ha entendido en las esmeraldas ovo gran hierro y
+torpedad en algunas Personas por no conoscellas.  Aunque quieren
+decir que algunos que las conoscieron las guardaron.  Pero
+ffinalmente muchos vbieron esmeraldas de mucho valor; vnos las
+provavan en yunques, dandolas con martillos, diziendo que si hera
+esmeralda no se quebraria; otros las despreciaban, diziendo que
+era vidrio." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 17: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 4, lib. 7, cap. 9.]
+
+The gold and silver ornaments rifled from the dwellings were
+brought together and deposited in a common heap; when a fifth was
+deducted for the Crown, and Pizarro distributed the remainder in
+due proportions among the officers and privates of his company.
+This was the usage invariably observed on the like occasions
+throughout the Conquest.  The invaders had embarked in a common
+adventure.  Their interest was common, and to have allowed every
+one to plunder on his own account would only have led to
+insubordination and perpetual broils.  All were required,
+therefore, on pain of death, to contribute whatever they
+obtained, whether by bargain or by rapine, to the general stock;
+and all were too much interested in the execution of the penalty
+to allow the unhappy culprit, who violated the law, any chance of
+escape. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: "Los Espanoles las rrecoxeron y juntaron el oro y
+la plata, porque asi estava mandado y hordenado sopena de la vida
+el que otra cossa hiziese, porque todos lo avian de traet a
+monton para que de alli el governador lo rrepartiese, dando a
+cada uno confforme a su persona y meritos de servicios; y esta
+horden se guardo en toda esta tierra en la conquista della, y al
+que se le hallara oro o plata escondido muriera por ello, y deste
+medio nadie oso escondello." Pedro Pizarro, Descub y Conq., Ms.]
+Pizarro, with his usual policy, sent back to Panama a large
+quantity of the gold, no less than twenty thousand castellanos in
+value, in the belief that the sight of so much treasure, thus
+speedily acquired, would settle the doubts of the wavering, and
+decide them on joining his banner. *19 He judged right.  As one
+of the Conquerors piously expresses it, "It pleased the Lord that
+we should fall in with the town of Coaque, that the riches of the
+land might find credit with the people, and that they should
+flock to it." *20
+
+[Footnote 19: The booty was great, indeed, if, as Pedro Pizarro,
+one of the Conquerors present, says, it amounted in value to
+200,000 gold castellanos. "Aqui se hallo mucha chaquira de oro y
+de plata, muchas coronas hechas de oro a manera de imperiales, y
+otras muchas piezas en que se avaleo montar mas de dozientos mill
+castellanos." (Descub. y Conq., Ms.) Naharro, Montesinos, and
+Herrera content themselves with stating that he sent back 20,000
+castellanos in the vessels to Panama.]
+
+[Footnote 20: "Fueron a dar en vn pueblo que se dezia Coaque que
+fue nuestro Senor servido tapasen con el, porque con lo que en el
+se hallo se acredito la tierra y vino gente a ella." Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub y Conq., Ms.]
+
+Pizarro, having refreshed his men, continued his march along the
+coast, but no longer accompanied by the vessels, which had
+returned for recruits to Panama.  The road, as he advanced, was
+checkered with strips of sandy waste, which, drifted about by the
+winds, blinded the soldiers, and afforded only treacherous
+footing for man and beast.  The glare was intense; and the rays
+of a vertical sun beat fiercely on the iron mail and the thick
+quilted doublets of cotton, till the fainting troops were almost
+suffocated with the heat.  To add to their distresses, a strange
+epidemic broke out in the little army.  It took the form of
+ulcers, or rather hideous warts of great size, which covered the
+body, and when lanced, as was the case with some, discharged such
+a quantity of blood as proved fatal to the sufferer.  Several
+died of this frightful disorder, which was so sudden in its
+attack, and attended with such prostration of strength, that
+those who lay down well at night were unable to lift their hands
+to their heads in the morning. *21 The epidemic, which made its
+first appearance during this invasion, and which did not long
+survive it, spread over the country, sparing neither native nor
+white man. *22 It was one of those plagues from the vial of
+wrath, which the destroying angel, who follows in the path of the
+conqueror, pours out on the devoted nations.
+
+[Footnote 21: Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1530.]
+
+[Footnote 22: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 1, cap. 15.]
+The Spaniards rarely experienced on their march either resistance
+or annoyance from the inhabitants, who, instructed by the example
+of Coaque, fled with their effects into the woods and
+neighbouring mountains.  No one came out to welcome the strangers
+and offer the rites of hospitality, as on their last visit to the
+land.  For the white men were no longer regarded as good beings
+that had come from heaven, but as ruthless destroyers, who,
+invulnerable to the assaults of the Indians, were borne along on
+the backs of fierce animals, swifter than the wind, with weapons
+in their hands, that scattered fire and desolation as they went.
+Such were the stories now circulated of the invaders, which,
+preceding them everywhere on their march, closed the hearts, if
+not the doors, of the natives against them.  Exhausted by the
+fatigue of travel and by disease, and grievously disappointed at
+the poverty of the land, which now offered no compensation for
+their toils, the soldiers of Pizarro cursed the hour in which
+they had enlisted under his standard, and the men of Nicaragua,
+in particular, says the old chronicler, calling to mind their
+pleasant quarters in their luxurious land, sighed only to return
+to their Mahometan paradise. *23
+
+[Footnote 23: Aunque ellos no ninguno por aver venido, porque
+como avian dexado el paraiso de mahoma que hera Nicaragua y
+hallaron la isla alzada y falta de comidas y la mayor parte de la
+gente enfferma y no oro ni plata como atras avian hallado,
+algunos y todos se holgaran de volver de adonde avian venido."
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+At this juncture the army was gladdened by the sight of a vessel
+from Panama, which brought some supplies, together with the royal
+treasurer, the veedor or inspector, the comptroller, and other
+high officers appointed by the Crown to attend the expedition.
+They had been left in Spain by Pizarro, in consequence of his
+abrupt departure from the country; and the Council of the Indies,
+on learning the circumstance, had sent instructions to Panama to
+prevent the sailing of his squadron from that port.  But the
+Spanish government, with more wisdom, countermanded the order,
+only requiring the functionaries to quicken their own departure,
+and take their place without loss of time in the expedition.
+
+The Spaniards in their march along the coast had now advanced as
+far as Puerto Viejo.  Here they were soon after joined by another
+small reinforcement of about thirty men, under an officer named
+Belalcazar, who subsequently rose to high distinction in this
+service.  Many of the followers of Pizarro would now have halted
+at this spot and established a colony there. But that chief
+thought more of conquering than of colonizing, at least for the
+present; and he proposed, as his first step, to get possession of
+Tumbez, which he regarded as the gate of the Peruvian empire.
+Continuing his march, therefore, to the shores of what is now
+called the Gulf of Guayaquil, he arrived off the little island of
+Puna, lying at no great distance from the Bay of Tumbez.  This
+island, he thought, would afford him a convenient place to encamp
+until he was prepared to make his descent on the Indian city.
+
+The dispositions of the islanders seemed to favor his purpose.
+He had not been long in their neighbourhood, before a deputation
+of the natives, with their cacique at their head, crossed over in
+their balsas to the main land to welcome the Spaniards to their
+residence.  But the Indian interpreters of Tumbez, who had
+returned with Pizarro from Spain, and continued with the camp,
+put their master on his guard against the meditated treachery of
+the islanders, whom they accused of designing to destroy the
+Spaniards by cutting the ropes that held together the floats, and
+leaving those upon them to perish in the waters.  Yet the
+cacique, when charged by Pizarro with this perfidious scheme,
+denied it with such an air of conscious innocence, that the
+Spanish commander trusted himself and his followers, without
+further hesitation, to his conveyance, and was transported in
+safety to the shores of Puna.
+Here he was received in a hospitable manner, and his troops were
+provided with comfortable quarters.  Well satisfied with his
+present position, Pizarro resolved to occupy it until the
+violence of the rainy season was passed, when the arrival of the
+reinforcements he expected would put him in better condition for
+marching into the country of the Inca.
+The island, which lies in the mouth of the river of Guayaquil,
+and is about eight leagues in length by four in breadth, at the
+widest part, was at that time partially covered with a noble
+growth of timber.  But a large portion of it was subjected to
+cultivation, and bloomed with plantations of cacao, of the sweet
+potato, and the different products of a tropical clime, evincing
+agricultural knowledge as well as industry in the population.
+They were a warlike race; but had received from their Peruvian
+foes the appellation of "perfidious." It was the brand fastened
+by the Roman historians on their Carthaginian enemies, - with
+perhaps no better reason. The bold and independent islanders
+opposed a stubborn resistance to the arms of the Incas; and,
+though they had finally yielded, they had been ever since at
+feud, and often in deadly hostility, with their neighbours of
+Tumbez.
+The latter no sooner heard of Pizarro's arrival on the island,
+than, trusting, probably, to their former friendly relations with
+him, they came over in some number to the Spanish quarters.  The
+presence of their detested rivals was by no means grateful to the
+jealous inhabitants of Puna, and the prolonged residence of the
+white men on their island could not be otherwise than burdensome.
+In their outward demeanour they still maintained the same show of
+amity; but Pizarro's interpreters again put him on his guard
+against the proverbial perfidy of their hosts.  With his
+suspicions thus roused, the Spanish commander was informed that a
+number of the chiefs had met together to deliberate on a plan of
+insurrection.  Not caring to wait for the springing of the mine,
+he surrounded the place of meeting with his soldiers and made
+prisoners of the suspected chieftains.  According to one
+authority, they confessed their guilt. *24 This is by no means
+certain.  Nor is it certain that they meditated an insurrection.
+Yet the fact is not improbable in itself; though it derives
+little additional probability from the assertion of the hostile
+interpreters.  It is certain, however, that Pizarro was satisfied
+of the existence of a conspiracy; and, without further
+hesitation, he abandoned his wretched prisoners, ten or twelve in
+number, to the tender mercies of their rivals of Tumbez, who
+instantly massacred them before his eyes. *25
+
+[Footnote 24: Xeres, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+183.]
+
+[Footnote 25: "Y el marques don Francisco Picarro, por tenellos
+por amigos y estuviesen de paz quando alla passasen, les dio
+algunos principales los quales ellos matavan en presencia de los
+espanoles, cortandoles las cavezas por el cogote." Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+Maddened by this outrage, the people of Puna sprang to arms, and
+threw themselves at once, with fearful yells and the wildest
+menaces of despair, on the Spanish camp.  The odds of numbers
+were greatly in their favor, for they mustered several thousand
+warriors.  But the more decisive odds of arms and discipline were
+on the side of their antagonists; and, as the Indians rushed
+forward in a confused mass to the assault, the Castilians coolly
+received them on their long pikes, or swept them down by the
+volleys of their musketry. Their ill-protected bodies were easily
+cut to pieces by the sharp sword of the Spaniard; and Hernando
+Pizarro, putting himself at the head of the cavalry, charged
+boldly into the midst, and scattered them far and wide over the
+field, until, panic-struck by the terrible array of steel-clad
+horsemen, and the stunning reports and the flash of fire-arms,
+the fugitives sought shelter in the depths of their forests.  Yet
+the victory was owing, in some degree, at least, - if we may
+credit the Conquerors, - to the interposition of Heaven; for St.
+Michael and his legions were seen high in the air above the
+combatants, contending with the arch-enemy of man, and cheering
+on the Christians by their example! *26
+
+[Footnote 26: The city of San Miguel was so named by Pizarro to
+commemorate the event, - and the existence of such a city may be
+considered by some as establishing the truth of the miracle. -
+"En la batalla de Puna vieron muchos, ya de los Indios, ya de los
+nuestros, que habia en el aire otros dos campos, uno acaudillado
+por el Arcangel Sn Miguel con espada y rodela, y otro por Luzbel
+y sus secuaces; mas apenas cantaron los Castellanos la victoria
+huyeron los diablos, y formando un gran torvellino de viento se
+oyeron en el aire unas terribles voces que decian, Vencistenos!
+Miguel vencistenos!  De aqui torno Dn Francisco Pizarro tanta
+devocion al sto Arcangel, que prometio llamar la primera ciudad
+que fundase de su nombre; cumpliolo asi como veremos adelante."
+Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1530.]
+
+Not more than three or four Spaniards fell in the fight; but many
+were wounded, and among them Hernando Pizarro, who received a
+severe injury in the leg from a javelin.  Nor did the war end
+here; for the implacable islanders, taking advantage of the cover
+of night, or of any remissness on the part of the invaders, were
+ever ready to steal out of their fastnesses and spring on their
+enemy's camp, while, by cutting off his straggling parties, and
+destroying his provisions, they kept him in perpetual alarm.
+In this uncomfortable situation, the Spanish commander was
+gladdened by the appearance of two vessels off the island.  They
+brought a reinforcement consisting of a hundred volunteers
+besides horses for the cavalry.  It was commanded by Hernando de
+Soto, a captain afterwards famous as the discoverer of the
+Mississippi, which still rolls its majestic current over the
+place of his burial, - a fitting monument for his remains, as it
+is of his renown. *27
+[See Fernando de Soto: A Captain famous as the discoverer of
+Mississippi.]
+
+[Footnote 27: The transactions in Puna are given at more or less
+length by Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Conq. i Pob. del Peru,
+Ms. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Montesinos, Annales,
+Ms., ubi supra. - Relacion del Primer.  Descub., Ms. - Xerez,
+Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. pp. 182, 183.]
+
+This reinforcement was most welcome to Pizarro, who had been long
+discontented with his position on an island, where he found
+nothing to compensate the life of unintermitting hostility which
+he was compelled to lead.  With these recruits, he felt himself
+in sufficient strength to cross over to the continent, and resume
+military operations on the proper theatre for discovery and
+conquest.  From the Indians of Tumbez he learned that the country
+had been for some time distracted by a civil war between two sons
+of the late monarch, competitors for the throne.  This
+intelligence he regarded as of the utmost importance, for he
+remembered the use which Cortes had made of similar dissensions
+among the tribes of Anahuac.  Indeed, Pizarro seems to have had
+the example of his great predecessor before his eyes on more
+occasions than this.  But he fell far short of his model; for,
+notwithstanding the restraint he sometimes put upon himself, his
+coarser nature and more ferocious temper often betrayed him into
+acts most repugnant to sound policy, which would never have been
+countenanced by the Conqueror of Mexico.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter II
+
+Peru At The Time Of The Conquest. - Reign Of Huayna Capac. - The
+Inca Brothers. - Contest For The Empire. - Triumph And Cruelties
+Of Atahuallpa.
+
+
+Before accompanying the march of Pizarro and his followers into
+the country of the Incas, it is necessary to make the reader
+acquainted with the critical situation of the kingdom at that
+time.  For the Spaniards arrived just at the consummation of an
+important revolution, - at a crisis most favorable to their views
+of conquest, and but for which, indeed, the conquest, with such a
+handful of soldiers, could never have been achieved.
+In the latter part of the fifteenth century died Tupac Inca
+Yupanqui, one of the most renowned of the "Children of the Sun,"
+who, carrying the Peruvian arms across the burning sands of
+Atacama, penetrated to the remote borders of Chili, while in the
+opposite direction he enlarged the limits of the empire by the
+acquisition of the southern provinces of Quito.  The war in this
+quarter was conducted by his son Huayna Capac, who succeeded his
+father on the throne, and fully equalled him in military daring
+and in capacity for government.
+Under this prince, the whole of the powerful state of Quito,
+which rivalled that of Peru itself in wealth and refinement, was
+brought under the sceptre of the Incas; whose empire received, by
+this conquest, the most important accession yet made to it since
+the foundation of the dynasty of Manco Capac.  The remaining days
+of the victorious monarch were passed in reducing the independent
+tribes on the remote limits of his territory, and, still more, in
+cementing his conquests by the introduction of the Peruvian
+polity.  He was actively engaged in completing the great works of
+his father, especially the high-roads which led from Quito to the
+capital.  He perfected the establishment of posts, took great
+pains to introduce the Quichua dialect throughout the empire,
+promoted a better system of agriculture, and in fine, encouraged
+the different branches of domestic industry and the various
+enlightened plans of his predecessors for the improvement of his
+people. Under his sway, the Peruvian monarchy reached its most
+palmy state; and under both him and his illustrious father it was
+advancing with such rapid strides in the march of civilization as
+would soon have carried it to a level with the more refined
+despotisms of Asia, furnishing the world, perhaps, with higher
+evidence of the capabilities of the American Indian than is
+elsewhere to be found on the great western continent. - But other
+and gloomier destinies were in reserve for the Indian races.
+
+The first arrival of the white men on the South American shores
+of the Pacific was about ten years before the death of Huayna
+Capac, when Balboa crossed the Gulf of St. Michael, and obtained
+the first clear report of the empire of the Incas.  Whether
+tidings of these adventurers reached the Indian monarch's ears is
+doubtful.  There is no doubt, however, that he obtained the news
+of the first expedition under Pizarro and Almagro, when the
+latter commander penetrated as far as the Rio de San Juan, about
+the fourth degree north.  The accounts which he received made a
+strong impression on the mind of Huayna Capac.  He discerned in
+the formidable prowess and weapons of the invaders proofs of a
+civilization far superior to that of his own people. He intimated
+his apprehension that they would return, and that at some day,
+not far distant, perhaps, the throne of the Incas might be shaken
+by these strangers, endowed with such incomprehensible powers. *1
+To the vulgar eye, it was a little speck on the verge of the
+horizon; but that of the sagacious monarch seemed to descry in it
+the dark thunder-cloud, that was to spread wider and wider till
+it burst in fury on his nation!
+
+[Footnote 1: Sarmiento, an honest authority, tells us he had this
+from some of the Inca lords who heard it, Relacion, Ms., cap.
+65.]
+
+There is some ground for believing thus much.  But other
+accounts, which have obtained a popular currency, not content
+with this, connect the first tidings of the white men with
+predictions long extant in the country, and with supernatural
+appearances, which filled the hearts of the whole nation with
+dismay.  Comets were seen flaming athwart the heavens.
+Earthquakes shook the land; the moon was girdled with rings of
+fire of many colors; a thunderbolt fell on one of the royal
+palaces and consumed it to ashes; and an eagle, chased by several
+hawks, was seen, screaming in the air, to hover above the great
+square of Cuzco, when, pierced by the talons of his tormentors,
+the king of birds fell lifeless in the presence of many of the
+Inca nobles, who read in this an augury of their own destruction!
+Huayna Capac himself, calling his great officers around him, as
+he found he was drawing near his end, announced the subversion of
+his empire by the race of white and bearded strangers, as the
+consummation predicted by the oracles after the reign of the
+twelfth Inca, and he enjoined it on his vassals not to resist the
+decrees of Heaven, but to yield obedience to its messengers. *2
+
+[Footnote 2: A minute relation of these supernatural occurrences
+is given by the Inca Garcilasso de la Vega, (Com. Real., Parte 1,
+lib. 9, cap. 14,) whose situation opened to him the very best
+sources of information, which is more than counterbalanced by the
+defects in his own character as an historian, - his childish
+credulity, and his desire to magnify and mystify every thing
+relating to his own order, and, indeed, his nation.  His work is
+the source of most of the facts - and the falsehoods - that have
+obtained circulation in respect to the ancient Peruvians.
+Unfortunately, at this distance of time, it is not always easy to
+distinguish the one from the other.]
+Such is the report of the impressions made by the appearance of
+the Spaniards in the country, reminding one of the similar
+feelings of superstitious terror occasioned by their appearance
+in Mexico.  But the traditions of the latter land rest on much
+higher authority than those of the Peruvians, which, unsupported
+by contemporary testimony, rest almost wholly on the naked
+assertion of one of their own nation, who thought to find,
+doubtless, in the inevitable decrees of Heaven, the best apology
+for the supineness of his countrymen.
+
+It is not improbable that rumors of the advent of a strange and
+mysterious race should have spread gradually among the Indian
+tribes along the great table-land of the Cordilleras, and should
+have shaken the hearts of the stoutest warriors with feelings of
+undefined dread, as of some impending calamity.  In this state of
+mind, it was natural that physical convulsions, to which that
+volcanic country is peculiarly subject, should have made an
+unwonted impression on their minds; and that the phenomena, which
+might have been regarded only as extraordinary, in the usual
+seasons of political security, should now be interpreted by the
+superstitious soothsayer as the handwriting on the heavens, by
+which the God of the Incas proclaimed the approaching downfall of
+their empire.
+
+Huayna Capac had, as usual with the Peruvian princes, a multitude
+of concubines, by whom he left a numerous posterity.  The heir to
+the crown, the son of his lawful wife and sister, was named
+Huascar. *3 At the period of the history at which we are now
+arrived, he was about thirty years of age.  Next to the
+heir-apparent, by another wife, a cousin of the monarch's, came
+Manco Capac, a young prince who will occupy an important place in
+our subsequent story.  But the best-beloved of the Inca's
+children was Atahuallpa.  His mother was the daughter of the last
+Scyri of Quito, who had died of grief, it was said, not long
+after the subversion of his kingdom by Huayna Capac. The princess
+was beautiful, and the Inca, whether to gratify his passion, or,
+as the Peruvians say, willing to make amends for the ruin of her
+parents, received her among his concubines.  The historians of
+Quito assert that she was his lawful wife; but this dignity,
+according to the usages of the empire, was reserved for maidens
+of the Inca blood.
+
+[Footnote 3: Huascar, in the Quichua dialect, signifies "a
+cable." The reason of its being given to the heir apparent is
+remarkable.  Huayna Capac celebrated the birth of the prince by a
+festival, in which he introduced a massive gold chain for the
+nobles to hold in their hands as they performed their national
+dances.  The chain was seven hundred feet in length, and the
+links nearly as big round as a man's wrist!  (See Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 14. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1,
+lib. 9, cap. 1.) The latter writer had the particulars, he tells
+us, from his old Inca uncle, - who seems to have dealt largely in
+the marvellous; not too largely for his audience, however, as the
+story has been greedily circulated by most of the Castilian
+writers, both of that and of the succeeding age.]
+The latter years of Huayna Capac were passed in his new kingdom
+of Quito.  Atahuallpa was accordingly brought up under his own
+eye, accompanied him, while in his tender years, in his
+campaigns, slept in the same tent with his royal father, and ate
+from the same plate. *4 The vivacity of the boy, his courage and
+generous nature, won the affections of the old monarch to such a
+degree, that he resolved to depart from the established usages of
+the realm, and divide his empire between him and his elder
+brother Huascar.  On his death-bed, he called the great officers
+of the crown around him, and declared it to be his will that the
+ancient kingdom of Quito should pass to Atahuallpa, who might be
+considered as having a natural claim on it, as the dominion of
+his ancestors.  The rest of the empire he settled on Huascar; and
+he enjoined it on the two brothers to acquiesce in this
+arrangement, and to live in amity with each other.  This was the
+last act of the heroic monarch; doubtless, the most impolitic of
+his whole life.  With his dying breath he subverted the
+fundamental laws of the empire; and, while he recommended harmony
+between the successors to his authority, he left in this very
+division of it the seeds of inevitable discord. *5
+
+[Footnote 4: "Atabalipa era bien quisto de los Capitanes viejos
+de su Padre y de los Soldados, porque andubo en la guerra en su
+ninez y porque andubo en la guerra en su niez porque el en vida
+le mostro tanto amor que no le dejaba comer otra cosa que lo que
+el le daba de su plato." Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 66.]
+
+[Footnote 5: Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 1, lib. 8,
+cap. 9. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 12. - Sarmiento,
+Relacion, Ms., cap. 65. - Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom.
+III. p. 201.]
+
+His death took place, as seems probable, at the close of 1525,
+not quite seven years before Pizarro's arrival at Puna. *6 The
+tidings of his decease spread sorrow and consternation throughout
+the land; for, though stern and even inexorable to the rebel and
+the long-resisting foe, he was a brave and magnanimous monarch,
+and legislated with the enlarged views of a prince who regarded
+every part of his dominions as equally his concern.  The people
+of Quito, flattered by the proofs which he had given of
+preference for them by his permanent residence in that country,
+and his embellishment of their capital, manifested unfeigned
+sorrow at his loss; and his subjects at Cuzco, proud of the glory
+which his arms and his abilities had secured for his native land,
+held him in no less admiration; *7 while the more thoughtful and
+the more timid, in both countries, looked with apprehension to
+the future, when the sceptre of the vast empire, instead of being
+swayed by an old and experienced hand, was to be consigned to
+rival princes, naturally jealous of one another, and, from their
+age, necessarily exposed to the unwholesome influence of crafty
+and ambitious counsellors.  The people testified their regret by
+the unwonted honors paid to the memory of the deceased Inca.  His
+heart was retained in Quinto, and his body, embalmed after the
+fashion of the country, was transported to Cuzco, to take its
+place in the great temple of the Sun, by the side of the remains
+of his royal ancestors.  His obsequies were celebrated with
+sanguinary splendor in both the capitals of his far-extended
+empire; and several thousand of the imperial concubines, with
+numerous pages and officers of the palace, are said to have
+proved their sorrow, or their superstition, by offering up their
+own lives, that they might accompany their departed lord to the
+bright mansions of the Sun. *8.
+
+[Footnote 6: The precise date of this event, though so near the
+time of the Conquest, is matter of doubt.  Balboa, a contemporary
+with the Conquerors, and who wrote at Quito, where the Inca died,
+fixes it at 1525.  (Hist. du Perou, chap. 14.) Velasco, another
+inhabitant of the same place, after an investigation of the
+different accounts, comes to the like conclusion. (Hist. de
+Quito, tom. I. p. 232.) Dr. Robertson, after telling us that
+Huayna Capac died in 1529, speaks again of this event as having
+happened in 1527. (Conf. America, vol. III. pp. 25, 381.) Any
+one, who has been bewildered by the chronological snarl of the
+ancient chronicles, will not be surprised at meeting occasionally
+with such inconsistencies in a writer who is obliged to take them
+as his guides.]
+
+[Footnote 7: One cannot doubt this monarch's popularity with the
+female part of his subjects, at least, if, as the historian of
+the Incas tells us, "he was never known to refuse a woman, of
+whatever age or degree she might be, any favor that she asked of
+him"!  Com. Real. Parte 1, lib. 8, cap. 7.]
+
+[Footnote 8: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 65. - Herrera, Hist.
+General dec. 5, lib. 3, cap. 17.]
+
+For nearly five years after the death of Huayna Capac, the royal
+brothers reigned, each over his allotted portion of the empire,
+without distrust of one another, or, at least, without collision.
+It seemed as if the wish of their father was to be completely
+realized, and that the two states were to maintain their
+respective integrity and independence as much as if they had
+never been united into one.  But, with the manifold causes for
+jealousy and discontent, and the swarms of courtly sycophants,
+who would find their account in fomenting these feelings, it was
+easy to see that this tranquil state of things could not long
+endure.  Nor would it have endured so long, bur for the more
+gentle temper of Huascar, the only party who had ground for
+complaint.  He was four or five years older than his brother, and
+was possessed of courage not to be doubted; but he was a prince
+of a generous and easy nature, and perhaps, if left to himself,
+might have acquiesced in an arrangement which, however
+unpalatable, was the will of his deified father.  But Atahuallpa
+was of a different temper.  Warlike, ambitious, and daring, he
+was constantly engaged in enterprises for the enlargement of his
+own territory, though his crafty policy was scrupulous not to aim
+at extending his acquisitions in the direction of his royal
+brother.  His restless spirit, however, excited some alarm at the
+court of Cuzco, and Huascar, at length, sent an envoy to
+Atahuallpa, to remonstrate with him on his ambitious enterprises,
+and to require him to render him homage for his kingdom of Quito.
+
+This is one statement.  Other accounts pretend that the immediate
+cause of rupture was a claim instituted by Huascar for the
+territory of Tumebamba, held by his brother as part of his
+patrimonial inheritance.  It matters little what was the
+ostensible ground of collision between persons placed by
+circumstances in so false a position in regard to one another,
+that collision must, at some time or other, inevitably occur.
+
+The commencement, and, indeed, the whole course, of hostilities
+which soon broke out between the rival brothers are stated with
+irreconcilable, and, considering the period was so near to that
+of the Spanish invasion, with unaccountable discrepancy.  By some
+it is said, that, in Atahuallpa's first encounter with the troops
+of Cuzco, he was defeated and made prisoner near Tumebamba, a
+favorite residence of his father in the ancient territory of
+Quito, and in the district of Canaris.  From this disaster he
+recovered by a fortunate escape from confinement, when, regaining
+his capital, he soon found himself at the head of a numerous
+army, led by the most able and experienced captains in the
+empire.  The liberal manners of the young Atahuallpa had endeared
+him to the soldiers, with whom, as we have seen, he served more
+than one campaign in his father's lifetime.  These troops were
+the flower of the great army of the Inca, and some of them had
+grown gray in his long military career, which had left them at
+the north, where they readily transferred their allegiance to the
+young sovereign of Quito.  They were commanded by two officers of
+great consideration, both possessed of large experience in
+military affairs, and high in the confidence of the late Inca.
+One of them was named Quizquiz; the other, who was the maternal
+uncle of Atahuallpa, was called Chalicuchima.
+
+With these practised warriors to guide him, the young monarch put
+himself at the head of his martial array, and directed his march
+towards the south.  He had not advanced farther than Ambato,
+about sixty miles distant from his capital, when he fell in with
+a numerous host, which had been sent against him by his brother,
+under the command of a distinguished chieftain, of the Inca
+family.  A bloody battle followed, which lasted the greater part
+of the day; and the theatre of combat was the skirts of the
+mighty Chimborazo. *9
+
+
+[Footnote 9: Garcilasso denies that anything but insignificant
+skirmishes took place before the decisive action fought on the
+plains of Cusco, But the Licentiate Sarmiento, who gathered his
+accounts of these events, as he tells us, from the actors in
+them, walked over the field of battle at Ambato, when the ground
+was still covered with the bones of the slain.  "Yo he pasado por
+este Pueblo y he visto el Lugar donde dicen que esta Batalla se
+dio y cierto segun hay la osamenta devienon aun de morir mas
+gente de la que cuentan." Relacion, Ms., cap. 69.]
+
+The battle ended favorably for Atahuallpa, and the Peruvians were
+routed with great slaughter, and the loss of their commander.
+The prince of Quito availed himself of his advantage to push
+forward his march until he arrived before the gates of Tumebamba,
+which city, as well as the whole district of Canaris, though an
+ancient dependency of Quito, had sided with his rival in the
+contest.  Entering the captive city like a conqueror, he put the
+inhabitants to the sword, and razed it with all its stately
+edifices, some of which had been reared by his own father, to the
+ground.  He carried on the same war of extermination, as he
+marched through the offending district of Canaris.  In some
+places, it is said, the women and children came out, with green
+branches in their hands, in melancholy procession, to deprecate
+his wrath; but the vindictive conqueror, deaf to their
+entreaties, laid the country waste with fire and sword, sparing
+no man capable of bearing arms who fell into his hands. *10
+
+[Footnote 10: "Cuentan muchos Indios a quien yo lo oi, que por
+amansar su ira, mandaron a un escuadron grande de ninos y a otro
+de hombres de toda edad, que saliesen hasta las ricas andas donde
+venia con gran pompa, llevando en las manos ramos verdes y ojas
+de palma, y que le pidiesen la gracia y amistad suya para el
+pueblo, sin mirar la injuria pasada, y que en tantos clamores se
+lo suplicaron, y con tanta humildad, que bastara quebrantar
+corazones de piedra, mas poca impresion hicieron en el cruel de
+Atabalipa, porque dicen que mando a sus capitanes y gentes que
+matasen a todos aquellos que habian venido, lo cual fue hecho, no
+perdonando sino a algunos ninos y a las mugeres sagradas del
+Templo." Sarmiento, Relacion Ms. cap. 70.]
+The fate of Canaris struck terror into the hearts of his enemies,
+and one place after another opened its gates to the victor, who
+held on his triumphant march towards the Peruvian capital.  His
+arms experienced a temporary check before the island of Puna,
+whose bold warriors maintained the cause of his brother.  After
+some days lost before this place, Atahuallpa left the contest to
+their old enemies, the people of Tumbez, who had early given in
+their adhesion to him, while he resumed his march and advanced as
+far as Caxamalca, about seven degrees south.  Here he halted with
+a detachment of the army, sending forward the main body under the
+command of his two generals, with orders to move straight upon
+Cuzco.  He preferred not to trust himself farther in the enemy's
+country, where a defeat might be fatal.  By establishing his
+quarters at Caxamalca, he would be able to support his generals,
+in case of a reverse, or, at worst, to secure his retreat on
+Quito, until he was again in condition to renew hostilities.
+The two commanders, advancing by rapid marches, at length crossed
+the Apurimac river, and arrived within a short distance of the
+Peruvian capital. - Meanwhile, Huascar had not been idle.  On
+receiving tidings of the discomfiture of his army at Ambato, he
+made every exertion to raise levies throughout the country.  By
+the advice, it is said, of his priests - the most incompetent
+advisers in times of danger - he chose to await the approach of
+the enemy in his own capital; and it was not till the latter had
+arrived within a few leagues of Cuzco, that the Inca, taking
+counsel of the same ghostly monitors, sallied forth to give him
+battle.
+
+The two armies met on the plains of Quipaypan, in the
+neighbourhood of the Indian metropolis.  Their numbers are stated
+with the usual discrepancy; but Atahuallpa's troops had
+considerably the advantage in discipline and experience, for many
+of Huascar's levies had been drawn hastily together from the
+surrounding country.  Both fought, however, with the desperation
+of men who felt that everything was at stake.  It was no longer a
+contest for a province, but for the possession of an empire.
+Atahuallpa's troops, flushed with recent success, fought with the
+confidence of those who relied on their superior prowess; while
+the loyal vassals of the Inca displayed all the self-devotion of
+men who held their own lives cheap in the service of their
+master.
+
+The fight raged with the greatest obstinacy from sunrise to
+sunset; and the ground was covered with heaps of the dying and
+the dead, whose bones lay bleaching on the battle-field long
+after the conquest by the Spaniards.  At length, fortune declared
+in favor of Atahuallpa; or rather, the usual result of superior
+discipline and military practice followed.  The ranks of the Inca
+were thrown into irretrievable disorder, and gave way in all
+directions.  The conquerors followed close on the heels of the
+flying.  Huascar himself, among the latter, endeavoured to make
+his escape with about a thousand men who remained round his
+person.  But the royal fugitive was discovered before he had left
+the field; his little party was enveloped by clouds of the enemy,
+and nearly every one of the devoted band perished in defence of
+their Inca. Huascar was made prisoner, and the victorious chiefs
+marched at once on his capital, which they occupied in the name
+of their sovereign. *11
+
+[Footnote 11: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 77. - Oviedo, Hist. de
+las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 9. - Xerez, Conq. del
+Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 202. - Zarate. Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 1, cap. 12. - Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 70. - Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+These events occurred in the spring of 1532, a few months before
+the landing of the Spaniards.  The tidings of the success of his
+arms and the capture of his unfortunate brother reached
+Atahuallpa at Caxamalca.  He instantly gave orders that Huascar
+should be treated with the respect due to his rank, but that he
+should be removed to the strong fortress of Xauxa, and held there
+in strict confinement.  His orders did not stop here, - if we are
+to receive the accounts of Garcilasso de la Vega, himself of the
+Inca race, and by his mother's side nephew of the great Huayna
+Capac.
+According to this authority, Atahuallpa invited the Inca nobles
+throughout the country to assemble at Cuzco, in order to
+deliberate on the best means of partitioning the empire between
+him and his brother.  When they had met in the capital, they were
+surrounded by the soldiery of Quito, and butchered without mercy.
+The motive for this perfidious act was to exterminate the whole
+of the royal family, who might each one of them show a better
+title to the crown than the illegitimate Atahuallpa.  But the
+massacre did not end here.  The illegitimate offspring, like
+himself, half-brothers of the monster, ali, in short, who had any
+of the Inca blood in their veins, were involved in it; and with
+an appetite for carnage unparalleled in the annals of the Roman
+Empire or of the French Republic, Atahuallpa ordered all the
+females of the blood royal, his aunts, nieces, and cousins, to be
+put to death, and that, too, with the most refined and lingering
+tortures.  To give greater zest to his revenge, many of the
+executions took place in the presence of Huascar himself, who was
+thus compelled to witness the butchery of his own wives and
+sisters, while, in the extremity of anguish, they in vain called
+on him to protect them! *12
+
+[Footnote 12: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 9, cap. 35 -
+39.
+
+"A las Mugeres, Hermanas, Tias, Sobrinas, Primas Hermanas, y
+Madrastras de Atahuallpa, colgavan de los Arboles, y de muchas
+Horcas mui altas que hicieron: a unas colgaron de los cabellos, a
+otras por debajo de los bracos, y a otras de otras maneras feas,
+que por la honestidad se callan: davanles sus hijuelos, que los
+tuviesen en bracos, tenianlos hasta que se les caian, y se
+aporreavan" (Ibid., cap. 37.) The variety of torture shows some
+invention in the writer, or, more probably, in the writer's
+uncle, the ancient Inca, the raconteur of these Blue beard
+butcheries.]
+
+Such is the tale told by the historian of the Incas, and received
+by him, as he assures us, from his mother and uncle, who, being
+children at the time, were so fortunate as to be among the few
+that escaped the massacre of their house. *13 And such is the
+account repeated by many a Castilian writer since, without any
+symptom of distrust.  But a tissue of unprovoked atrocities like
+these is too repugnant to the principles of human nature, - and,
+indeed, to common sense, to warrant our belief in them on
+ordinary testimony.
+
+[Footnote 13: "Las crueldades, que Atahuallpa en los de la Sangre
+Real hico, dire de Relacion de mi Madre, y de un Hermano suio,
+que se llamo Don Fernando Huallpa Tupac Inca Yupanqui, que
+entonces eran Ninos de menos de diez Anos." Ibid., Parte 1, lib.
+9, cap. 14.]
+
+The annals of semi-civilized nations unhappily show that there
+have been instances of similar attempts to extinguish the whole
+of a noxious race, which had become the object of a tyrant's
+jealousy; though such an attempt is about as chimerical as it
+would be to extirpate any particular species of plant, the seeds
+of which had been borne on every wind over the country. But, if
+the attempt to exterminate the Inca race was actually made by
+Atahuallpa, how comes it that so many of the pure descendants of
+the blood royal - nearly six hundred in number - are admitted by
+the historian to have been in existence seventy years after the
+imputed massacre? *14 Why was the massacre, instead of being
+limited to the legitimate members of the royal stock, who could
+show a better title to the crown than the usurper, extended to
+all, however remotely, or in whatever way, connected with the
+race?  Why were aged women and young maidens involved in the
+proscription, and why were they subjected to such refined and
+superfluous tortures, when it is obvious that beings so impotent
+could have done nothing to provoke the jealousy of the tyrant?
+Why, when so many were sacrificed from some vague apprehension of
+distant danger, was his rival Huascar, together with his younger
+brother Manco Capac, the two men from whom the conqueror had most
+to fear, suffered to live?  Why, in short, is the wonderful tale
+not recorded by others before the time of Garcilasso, and nearer
+by half a century to the events themselves? *15
+
+[Footnote 14: This appears from a petition for certain
+immunities, forwarded to Spain in 1603, and signed by five
+hundred and sixty-seven Indians of the royal Inca race.  (Ibid.,
+Parte 3, lib. 9, cap. 40.) Oviedo says that Huayna Capac left a
+hundred sons and daughters, and that most of them were alive at
+the time of his writing.  "Tubo cien hijos y hijas, y la mayor
+parte de ellos son vivos." Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3,
+lib. 8, cap. 9.]
+
+[Footnote 15: I have looked in vain for some confirmation of this
+story in Oviedo, Sarmiento, Xerez, Cieza de Leon, Zarate, Pedro
+Pizarro, Gomara, - all living at the time, and having access to
+the best sources of information; and all, it may be added,
+disposed to do stern justice to the evil qualities of the Indian
+monarch.]
+
+That Atahuallpa may have been guilty of excesses, and abused the
+rights of conquest by some gratuitous acts of cruelty, may be
+readily believed; for no one, who calls to mind his treatment of
+the Canaris, - which his own apologists do not affect to deny,
+*16 - will doubt that he had a full measure of the vindictive
+temper which belongs to
+
+'Those souls of fire, and Children of the Sun,
+With whom revenge was virtue."
+
+But there is a wide difference between this and the monstrous and
+most unprovoked atrocities imputed to him; implying a diabolical
+nature not to be admitted on the evidence of an Indian partisan,
+the sworn foe of his house, and repeated by Castilian
+chroniclers, who may naturally seek, by blazoning the enormities
+of Atahuallpa, to find some apology for the cruelty of their
+countrymen towards him.
+
+[Footnote 16: No one of the apologists of Atahuallpa goes quite
+so far as Father Velasco, who, in the over-flowings of his
+loyalty for a Quito monarch, regards his massacre of the Canares
+as a very fair retribution for their offences.  "Si les auteurs
+dont je viens de parler sietaient trouves dans les memes
+circonstances qu'Atahuallpa et avaient eprouve autant d'offenses
+graves et de trahisons, je ne croirai jamais qu'ils eussent agi
+autrement"!  Hist. de Quito, tom. I p. 253.]
+
+The news of the great victory was borne on the wings of the wind
+to Caxamalca; and loud and long was the rejoicing, not only in
+the camp of Atahuallpa, but in the town and surrounding country;
+for all now came in, eager to offer their congratulations to the
+victor, and do him homage.  The prince of Quito no longer
+hesitated to assume the scarlet borla, the diadem of the Incas.
+His triumph was complete.  He had beaten his enemies on their own
+ground; had taken their capital; had set his foot on the neck of
+his rival, and won for himself the ancient sceptre of the
+Children of the Sun. But the hour of triumph was destined to be
+that of his deepest humiliation. Atahuallpa was not one of those
+to whom, in the language of the Grecian bard, "the Gods are
+willing to reveal themselves." *17 He had not read the
+handwriting on the heavens.  The small speck, which the
+clear-sighted eye of his father had discerned on the distant
+verge of the horizon, though little noticed by Atahuallpa, intent
+on the deadly strife with his brother, had now risen high towards
+the zenith, spreading wider and wider, till it wrapped the skies
+in darkness, and was ready to burst in thunders on the devoted
+nation.
+[Footnote 17: v. 161.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter III
+
+The Spaniards Land At Tumbez. - Pizarro Reconnoitres The Country.
+- Foundation Of San Miguel. - March Into The Interior. - Embassy
+From The Inca. - Adventures On The March - Reach The Foot Of The
+Andes.
+
+1532.
+
+
+We left the Spaniards at the island of Puna, preparing to make
+their descent on the neighbouring continent at Tumbez.  This port
+was but a few leagues distant, and Pizarro, with the greater part
+of his followers, passed over in the ships, while a few others
+were to transport the commander's baggage and the military stores
+on some of the Indian balsas.  One of the latter vessels which
+first touched the shore was surrounded, and three persons who
+were on the raft were carried off by the natives to the adjacent
+woods and there massacred.  The Indians then got possession of
+another of the balsas, containing Pizarro's wardrobe; but, as the
+men who defended it raised loud cries for help, they reached the
+ears of Hernando Pizarro, who, with a small body of horse, had
+effected a landing some way farther down the shore. A broad tract
+of miry ground, overflowed at high water, lay between him and the
+party thus rudely assailed by the natives.  The tide was out, and
+the bottom was soft and dangerous.  With little regard to the
+danger, however, the bold cavalier spurred his horse into the
+slimy depths, and followed by his men, with the mud up to their
+saddle-girths, they plunged forward until they came into the
+midst of the marauders, who, terrified by the strange apparition
+of the horsemen, fled precipitately, without show of fight, to
+the neighbouring forests.
+
+This conduct of the natives of Tumbez is not easy to be
+explained; considering the friendly relations maintained with the
+Spaniards on their preceding visit, and lately renewed in the
+island of Puna.  But Pizarro was still more astonished, on
+entering their town, to find it not only deserted, but, with the
+exception of a few buildings, entirely demolished.  Four or five
+of the most substantial private dwellings, the great temple, and
+the fortress - and these greatly damaged, and wholly despoiled of
+their interior decorations - alone survived to mark the site of
+the city, and attest its former splendor. *1 The scene of
+desolation filled the conquerors with dismay; for even the raw
+recruits, who had never visited the coast before, had heard the
+marvelous stories of the golden treasures of Tumbez, and they had
+confidently looked forward to them as an easy spoil after all
+their fatigues. But the gold of Peru seemed only like a deceitful
+phantom, which, after beckoning them on through toil and danger,
+vanished the moment they attempted to grasp it.
+
+[Footnote 1: Xerez, Conq del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 185.
+"Aunque lo del templo del Sol en quien ellos adoran era cosa de
+ver, porque tenian grandes edificios, y todo el por de dentro y
+de fuera pintado de grandes pinturas y ricos matizes de colores,
+porque los hay en aquella tierra." Relacion del Primer. Descub.,
+Ms.]
+
+Pizarro despatched a small body of troops in pursuit of the
+fugitives; and, after some slight skirmishing, they got
+possession of several of the natives, and among them, as it
+chanced, the curaca of the place.  When brought before the
+Spanish commander, he exonerated himself from any share in the
+violence offered to the white men, saying that it was done by a
+lawless party of his people, without his knowledge at the time;
+and he expressed his willingness to deliver them up to
+punishment, if they could be detected.  He explained the
+dilapidated condition of the town by the long wars carried on
+with the fierce tribes of Puna, who had at length succeeded in
+getting possession of the place, and driving the inhabitants into
+the neighbouring woods and mountains.  The Inca, to whose cause
+they were attached, was too much occupied with his own feuds to
+protect them against their enemies.
+
+Whether Pizarro gave any credit to the cacique's exculpation of
+himself may be doubted.  He dissembled his suspicions, however,
+and, as the Indian lord promised obedience in his own name, and
+that of his vassals, the Spanish general consented to take no
+further notice of the affair.  He seems now to have felt for the
+first time, in its full force, that it was his policy to gain the
+good-will of the people among whom he had thrown himself in the
+face of such tremendous odds.  It was, perhaps, the excesses of
+which his men had been guilty in the earlier stages of the
+expedition that had shaken the confidence of the people of
+Tumbez, and incited them to this treacherous retaliation.
+
+Pizarro inquired of the natives who now, under promise of
+impunity, came into the camp, what had become of his two
+followers that remained with them in the former expedition.  The
+answers they gave were obscure and contradictory.  Some said,
+they had died of an epidemic; others, that they had died of an
+epidemic; others, that they had perished in the war with Puna;
+and others intimated, that they had lost their lives in
+consequence of some outrage attempted on the Indian women.  It
+was impossible to arrive at the truth.  The last account was not
+the least probable.  But, whatever might be the cause, there was
+no doubt they had both perished.
+
+This intelligence spread an additional gloom over the Spaniards;
+which was not dispelled by the flaming pictures now given by the
+natives of the riches of the land, and of the state and
+magnificence of the monarch in his distant capital among the
+mountains.  Nor did they credit the authenticity of a scroll of
+paper, which Pizarro had obtained from an Indian, to whom it had
+been delivered by one of the white men left in the country.
+"Know, whoever you may be," said the writing, "that may chance to
+set foot in this country, that it contains more gold and silver
+than there is iron in Biscay." This paper, when shown to the
+soldiers, excited only their ridicule, as a device of their
+captain to keep alive their chimerical hopes. *2
+
+[Footnote 2: For the account of the transactions in Tumbez, see
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Oviedo, Hist. de las
+Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 1. - Relacion del Primer.
+Descub., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 4, lib. 9 cap. 1, 2.
+- Xerez, Conq. de Peru, ap Barcia tom. III. p. 185.]
+
+Pizarro now saw that it was not politic to protract his stay in
+his present quarters, where a spirit of disaffection would soon
+creep into the ranks of his followers, unless their spirits were
+stimulated by novelty or a life of incessant action.  Yet he felt
+deeply anxious to obtain more particulars than he had hitherto
+gathered of the actual condition of the Peruvian empire, of its
+strength and resources, of the monarch who ruled over it, and of
+his present situation.  He was also desirous, before taking any
+decisive step for penetrating the country, to seek out some
+commodious place for a settlement, which might afford him the
+means of a regular communication with the colonies, and a place
+of strength, on which he himself might retreat in case of
+disaster.
+
+[See Peruvian Settlement: pizarro was desirous of seeking out
+some commodius place for a settlement.]
+
+He decided, therefore, to leave part of his company at Tumbez,
+including those who, from the state of their health, were least
+able to take the field, and with the remainder to make an
+excursion into the interior, and reconnoitre the land, before
+deciding on any plan of operations.  He set out early in May,
+1532; and, keeping along the more level regions himself, sent a
+small detachment under the command of Hernando de Soto to explore
+the skirts of the vast sierra.
+
+He maintained a rigid discipline on the march, commanding his
+soldiers to abstain from all acts of violence, and punishing
+disobedience in the most prompt and resolute manner. *3 The
+natives rarely offered resistance.  When they did so, they were
+soon reduced, and Pizarro, far from vindictive measures, was open
+to the first demonstrations of submission.  By this lenient and
+liberal policy, he soon acquired a name among the inhabitants
+which effaced the unfavorable impressions made of him in the
+earlier part of the campaign.  The natives, as he marched through
+the thick-settled hamlets which sprinkled the level region of
+between the Cordilleras and the ocean, welcomed him with rustic
+hospitality, providing good quarters for his troops, and abundant
+supplies, which cost but little in the prolific soil of the
+tierra caliente.  Everywhere Pizarro made proclamation that he
+came in the name of the Holy Vicar of God and of the sovereign of
+Spain, requiring the obedience of the inhabitants as true
+children of the Church, and vassals of his lord and master.  And
+as the simple people made no opposition to a formula, of which
+they could not comprehend a syllable, they were admitted as good
+subjects of the Crown of Castile, and their act of homage - or
+what was readily interpreted as such - was duly recorded and
+attested by the notary. *4
+
+[Footnote 3: "Mando el Gobernador por eregon e so graves penas
+que no le fuese hecha fuerza ni descortesia e que se les hiciese
+muv buen tratamiento por los Espanoles e sus criados." Oviedo,
+Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 2.]
+
+[Footnote 4: "E mandabales notificar o dar a entender con las
+lenguas el requerimiento que su Magestad manda que se les haga a
+los Indios para traellos en conocimiento de nuestra Santa fe
+catolica, y requiriendoles con la paz, e que obedezcan a la
+Iglesia e Apostolica de Roma, e en lo temporal den la obediencia
+a su Magestad e a los Reyes sus succesores en los regnos de
+Castilla i de Leon; respondieron que asi lo querian e harian,
+guardarian e cumplirian enteramente; e el Gobernador los recibio
+por tales vasallos de sus Magestades por auto publico de
+notarios.' Ibid., Ms., ubi supra.]
+At the expiration of some three or four weeks spent in
+reconnoitring the country, Pizarro came to the conclusion that
+the most eligible site for his new settlement was in the rich
+valley of Tangarala, thirty leagues south of Tumbez, traversed by
+more than one stream that opens a communication with the ocean.
+To this spot, accordingly, he ordered the men left at Tumbez to
+repair at once in their vessels; and no sooner had they arrived,
+than busy preparations were made for building up the town in a
+manner suited to the wants of the colony.  Timber was procured
+from the neighbouring woods. Stones were dragged from their
+quarries, and edifices gradually rose, some of which made
+pretensions to strength, if not to elegance.  Among them were a
+church, a magazine for public stores, a hall of justice, and a
+fortress. A municipal government was organized, consisting of
+regidores, alcaldes, and the usual civic functionaries.  The
+adjacent territory was parcelled out among the residents, and
+each colonist had a certain number of the natives allotted to
+assist him in his labors; for, as Pizarro's secretary remarks,
+"it being evident that the colonists could not support themselves
+without the services of the Indians, the ecclesiastics and the
+leaders of the expedition all agreed that a repartimiento of the
+natives would serve the cause of religion, and tend greatly to
+their spiritual welfare, since they would thus have the
+opportunity of being initiated in the true faith." *5
+
+[Footnote 5: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y. Conq., Ms. - Conq. i. Pob.
+del Peru, Ms. - Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 55. - Relacion del
+Primer. Descub., Ms.
+
+"Porque los Vecinos, sin aiuda i servicios de los Naturales no se
+podian sostener, ni poblarse el Pueblo . . . . . . A esta causa,
+con acuerdo de el Religioso, i de los Oficiales que les parecio
+convenir asi al servicio de Dios, i bien de los Naturales, el
+Governador deposito los Caciques, i Indios en los Vecinos de este
+Pueblo, porque los aiudasen a sostener, i los Christianos los
+doctrinasen en nuestra Santa Fe, conforme a los Mandamientos de
+su Magestad." Xerez Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+187.]
+Having made these arrangements with such conscientious regard to
+the welfare of the benighted heathen, Pizarro gave his infant
+city the name of San Miguel, in acknowledgment of the service
+rendered him by that saint in his battles with the Indians of
+Puna.  The site originally occupied by the settlement was
+afterward found to be so unhealthy, that it was abandoned for
+another on the banks of the beautiful Piura.  The town is still
+of some note for its manufactures, though dwindled from its
+ancient importance; but the name of San Miguel de Piura, which it
+bears, still commemorates the foundation of the first European
+colony in the empire of the Incas.
+Before quitting the new settlement, Pizarro caused the gold and
+silver ornaments which he had obtained in different parts of the
+country to be melted down into one mass, and a fifth to be
+deducted for the Crown.  The remainder, which belonged to the
+troops, he persuaded them to relinquish for the present; under
+the assurance of being repaid from the first spoils that fell
+into their hands. *6 With these funds, and other articles
+collected in the course of the campaign, he sent back the vessels
+to Panama.  The gold was applied to paying off the ship-owners,
+and those who had furnished the stores for the expedition.  That
+he should so easily have persuaded his men to resign present
+possession for a future contingency is proof that the spirit of
+enterprise was renewed in their bosoms in all its former vigor,
+and that they looked forward with the same buoyant confidence to
+the results.
+
+[Footnote 6: "E sacado el quinto para su Magestad, lo restante
+que pertenecio al Egercito de la Conquista, el Gobernador le tomo
+prestado de los companeros para se lo pagal del primer oro que se
+obiese." Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms. Parte 3, lib. 8, cap.
+2.]
+
+In his late tour of observation, the Spanish commander had
+gathered much important intelligence in regard to the state of
+the kingdom.  He had ascertained the result of the struggle
+between the Inca brothers, and that the victor now lay with his
+army encamped at the distance of only ten or twelve days' journey
+from San Miguel.  The accounts he heard of the opulence and power
+of that monarch, and of his great southern capital, perfectly
+corresponded with the general rumors before received; and
+contained, therefore, something to stagger the confidence, as
+well as to stimulate the cupidity, of the invaders.
+
+Pizarro would gladly have seen his little army strengthened by
+reinforcements, however small the amount; and on that account
+postponed his departure for several weeks.  But no reinforcement
+arrived; and, as he received no further tidings from his
+associates, he judged that longer delay would, probably, be
+attended with evils greater than those to be encountered on the
+march; that discontents would inevitably spring up in a life of
+inaction, and the strength and spirits of the soldier sink under
+the enervating influence of a tropical climate.  Yet the force at
+his command, amounting to less than two hundred soldiers in all,
+after reserving fifty for the protection of the new settlement,
+seemed but a small one for the conquest of an empire.  He might,
+indeed, instead of marching against the Inca, take a southerly
+direction towards the rich capital of Cuzco.  But this would only
+be to postpone the hour of reckoning.  For in what quarter of the
+empire could he hope to set his foot, where the arm of its master
+would not reach him?  By such a course, moreover, he would show
+his own distrust of himself. He would shake that opinion of his
+invincible prowess, which he had hitherto endeavoured to impress
+on the natives, and which constituted a great secret of his
+strength; which, in short, held sterner sway over the mind than
+the display of numbers and mere physical force.  Worse than all,
+such a course would impair the confidence of his troops in
+themselves and their reliance on himself.  This would be to palsy
+the arm of enterprise at once.  It was not to be thought of.
+
+But while Pizarro decided to march into the interior, it is
+doubtful whether he had formed any more definite plan of action.
+We have no means of knowing his intentions, at this distance of
+time, otherwise than as they are shown by his actions.
+Unfortunately, he could not write, and he has left no record,
+like the inestimable Commentaries of Cortes, to enlighten us as
+to his motives.  His secretary, and some of his companions in
+arms, have recited his actions in detail; but the motives which
+led to them they were not always so competent to disclose.
+
+It is possible that the Spanish general, even so early as the
+period of his residence at San Miguel, may have meditated some
+daring stroke, some effective coup-de-main, which, like that of
+Cortes, when he carried off the Aztec monarch to his quarters,
+might strike terror into the hearts of the people, and at once
+decide the fortunes of the day.  It is more probable, however,
+that he now only proposed to present himself before the Inca, as
+the peaceful representative of a brother monarch, and, by these
+friendly demonstrations, disarm any feeling of hostility, or even
+of suspicion.  When once in communication with the Indian prince,
+he could regulate his future course by circumstances.
+
+On the 24th of September, 1532, five months after landing at
+Tumbez, Pizarro marched out at the head of his little body of
+adventurers from the gates of San Miguel, having enjoined it on
+the colonists to treat their Indian vassals with humanity, and to
+conduct themselves in such a manner as would secure the good-will
+of the surrounding tribes.  Their own existence, and with it the
+safety of the army and the success of the undertaking, depended
+on this course.  In the place were to remain the royal treasurer,
+the veedor, or inspector of metals, and other officers of the
+crown; and the command of the garrison was intrusted to the
+contador, Antonio Navarro. *7 Then putting himself at the head of
+his troops, the chief struck boldly into the heart of the country
+in the direction where, as he was informed, lay the camp of the
+Inca.  It was a daring enterprise, thus to venture with a handful
+of followers into the heart of a powerful empire, to present
+himself, face to face, before the Indian monarch in his own camp,
+encompassed by the flower of his victorious army!  Pizarro had
+already experienced more than once the difficulty of maintaining
+his ground against the rude tribes of the north, so much inferior
+in strength and numbers to the warlike legions of Peru.  But the
+hazard of the game, as I have already more than once had occasion
+to remark, constituted its great charm with the Spaniard.  The
+brilliant achievements of his countrymen, on the like occasions,
+with means so inadequate, inspired him with confidence in his own
+good star, and this confidence was one source of his success.
+Had he faltered for a moment, had he stopped to calculate
+chances, he must inevitably have failed; for the odds were too
+great to be combated by sober reason.  They were only to be met
+triumphantly by the spirit of the knight-errant.
+
+
+[Footnote 7: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Oviedo, Hist. de las
+Indias, Ms., Barcia, tom. III. p. 187. - Pedro Parte 3, lib. 8,
+cap. 10. Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - ]
+
+After crossing the smooth waters of the Piura, the little army
+continued to advance over a level district intersected by streams
+that descended from the neighbouring Cordilleras.  The face of
+the country was shagged over with forests of gigantic growth, and
+occasionally traversed by ridges of barren land, that seemed like
+shoots of the adjacent Andes, breaking up the surface of the
+region into little sequestered valleys of singular loveliness.
+The soil, though rarely watered by the rains of heaven, was
+naturally rich, and wherever it was refreshed with moisture, as
+on the margins of the streams, it was enamelled with the
+brightest verdure.  The industry of the inhabitants, moreover,
+had turned these streams to the best account, and canals and
+aqueducts were seen crossing the low lands in all directions, and
+spreading over the country, like a vast network, diffusing
+fertility and beauty around them.  The air was scented with the
+sweet odors of flowers, and everywhere the eye was refreshed by
+the sight of orchards laden with unknown fruits, and of fields
+waving with yellow grain and rich in luscious vegetables of every
+description that teem in the sunny clime of the equator. The
+Spaniards were among a people who had carried the refinements of
+husbandry to a greater extent than any yet found on the American
+continent; and, as they journeyed through this paradise of
+plenty, their condition formed a pleasing contrast to what they
+had before endured in the dreary wilderness of the mangroves.
+
+Everywhere, too, they were received with confiding hospitality by
+the simple people; for which they were no doubt indebted, in a
+great measure, to their own inoffensive deportment.  Every
+Spaniard seemed to be aware, that his only chance of success lay
+in conciliating the good opinion of the inhabitants, among whom
+he had so recklessly cast his fortunes.  In most of the hamlets,
+and in every place of considerable size, some fortress was to be
+found, or royal caravansary, destined for the Inca on his
+progresses, the ample halls of which furnished abundant
+accommodations for the Spaniards; who were thus provided with
+quarters along their route at the charge of the very government
+which they were preparing to overturn. *8
+
+[Footnote 8: Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8,
+cap. 4. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Conq. i Pob. del Piru,
+Ms. - Relacion del Primer.  Descub., Ms.]
+
+On the fifth day after leaving San Miguel, Pizarro halted in one
+of these delicious valleys, to give his troops repose, and to
+make a more complete inspection of them.  Their number amounted
+in all to one hundred and seventy-seven, of which sixty-seven
+were cavalry.  He mustered only three arquebusiers in his whole
+company, and a few crossbow-men, altogether not exceeding twenty.
+*9 The troops were tolerably well equipped, and in good
+condition.  But the watchful eye of their commander noticed with
+uneasiness, that, notwithstanding the general heartiness in the
+cause manifested by his followers, there were some among them
+whose countenances lowered with discontent, and who, although
+they did not give vent to it in open murmurs, were far from
+moving with their wonted alacrity.  He was aware, that, if this
+spirit became contagious, it would be the ruin of the enterprise;
+and he thought it best to exterminate the gangrene at once, and
+at whatever cost, than to wait until it had infected the whole
+system.  He came to an extraordinary resolution.
+
+[Footnote 9: There is less discrepancy in the estimate of the
+Spanish force here than usual.  The paucity of numbers gave less
+room for it.  No account carries them as high as two hundred.  I
+have adopted that of the Secretary Xerez, (Conq. del Peru, ap.
+Barcia, tom. III. p. 187,) who has been followed by Oviedo,
+(Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 1, cap 3,) and by the
+judicious Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 1, cap 2.]
+
+Calling his men together, he told them that "a crisis had now
+arrived in their affairs, which it demanded all their courage to
+meet.  No man should think of going forward in the expedition,
+who could not do so with his whole heart, or who had the least
+misgiving as to its success.  If any repented of his share in it,
+it was not too late to turn back.  San Miguel was but poorly
+garrisoned, and he should be glad to see it in greater strength.
+Those who chose might return to this place, and they should be
+entitled to the same proportion of lands and Indian vassals as
+the present residents.  With the rest, were they few or many, who
+chose to take their chance with him, he should pursue the
+adventure to the end." *10
+
+[Footnote 10: "Que todos los que quiriesen bolverse a la ciudad
+de San Miguel y avecindarse alli demas de los vecinos que alli
+quedaban el los depositaria repartimientos de Indios con que se
+sortubiesen como lo habia hecho con los otros vecinos; e que con
+los Espanoles quedasen, pocos o muchos, iria a conquistar e
+pacificar la tierra en demanda y persecucion del camino que
+llevaba." Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias.  Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8,
+cap. 3.]
+
+It was certainly a remarkable proposal for a commander, who was
+ignorant of the amount of disaffection in his ranks, and who
+could not safely spare a single man from his force, already far
+too feeble for the undertaking. Yet, by insisting on the wants of
+the little colony of San Miguel, he afforded a decent pretext for
+the secession of the malecontents, and swept away the barrier of
+shame which might have still held them in the camp.
+Notwithstanding the fair opening thus afforded, there were but
+few, nine in all, who availed themselves of the general's
+permission.  Four of these belonged to the infantry, and five to
+the horse.  The rest loudly declared their resolve to go forward
+with their brave leader; and, if there were some whose voices
+were faint amidst the general acclamation, they, at least,
+relinquished the right of complaining hereafter, since they had
+voluntarily rejected the permission to return. *11 This stroke of
+policy in their sagacious captain was attended with the best
+effects.  He had winnowed out the few grains of discontent,
+which, if left to themselves, might have fermented in secret till
+the whole mass had swelled into mutiny.  Cortes had compelled his
+men to go forward heartily in his enterprise, by burning their
+vessels, and thus cutting off the only means of retreat.
+Pizarro, on the other hand, threw open the gates to the
+disaffected and facilitated their departure.  Both judged right,
+under their peculiar circumstances, and both were perfectly
+successful.
+
+[Footnote 11: Ibid., Ms., loc. cit. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 5, lib. 1. cap. 2. - Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom.
+III. p. 187.]
+
+Feeling himself strengthened, instead of weakened, by his loss,
+Pizarro now resumed his march, and, on the second day, arrived
+before a place called Zaran, situated in a fruitful valley among
+the mountains.  Some of the inhabitants had been drawn off to
+swell the levies of Atahuallpa.  The Spaniards had repeated
+experience on their march of the oppressive exactions of the
+Inca, who had almost depopulated some of the valleys to obtain
+reinforcements for his army.  The curaca of the Indian town,
+where Pizarro now arrived, received him with kindness and
+hospitality, and the troops were quartered as usual in one of the
+royal tambos or caravansaries, which were found in all the
+principal places. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+Yet the Spaniards saw no signs of their approach to the royal
+encampment, though more time had already elapsed than was
+originally allowed for reaching it.  Shortly before entering
+Zaran, Pizarro had heard that a Peruvian garrison was established
+in a place called Caxas, lying among the hills, at no great
+distance from his present quarters.  He immediately despatched a
+small party under Hernando de Soto in that direction, to
+reconnoitre the ground, and bring him intelligence of the actual
+state of things, at Zaran, where he would halt until his
+officer's return.
+
+Day after day passed on, and a week had elapsed before tidings
+were received of his companions, and Pizarro was becoming
+seriously alarmed for their fate, when on the eighth morning Soto
+appeared, bringing with him an envoy from the Inca himself.  He
+was a person of rank, and was attended by several followers of
+inferior condition.  He had met the Spaniards at Caxas, and now
+accompanied them on their return, to deliver his sovereign's
+message, with a present to the Spanish commander.  The present
+consisted of two fountains, made of stone, in the form of
+fortresses; some fine stuffs of woollen embroidered with gold and
+silver; and a quantity of goose-flesh, dried and seasoned in a
+peculiar manner, and much used as a perfume, in a pulverized
+state, by the Peruvian nobles. *13 The Indian ambassador came
+charged also with his master's greeting to the strangers, whom
+Atahu allpa welcomed to his country, and invited to visit him in
+his camp among the mountains. *14
+
+[Footnote 13: "Dos Fortalecas a manera de Fuente, figuradas en
+Piedra, con que beba, i dos cargas de Patos secos, desollados,
+para que hechos polvos, se sahume con ellos, porque asi se usa
+entre los Senores de su Tierra: i que le embiaba a decir, que el
+tiene voluntad de ser su Amigo, i esperalle de Paz en Caxamalca."
+Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 189.]
+
+[Footnote 14: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Oviedo, Hist.
+de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 3. - Relacion del
+Primer. Descub., Ms. - Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom.
+III. p. 189.
+
+Garcilasso de la Vega tells us that Atahuallpa's envoy addressed
+the Spanish commander in the most humble and deprecatory manner,
+as Son of the Sun and of the great God Viracocha.  He adds, that
+he was loaded with a prodigious present of all kinds of game,
+living and dead, gold and silver vases, emeralds, turquoises,
+&c., &c, enough to furnish out the finest chapter of the Arabian
+Nights.  (Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 1, cap. 19.) It is
+extraordinary that none of the Conquerors who had a quick eye for
+these dainties, should allude to them.  One cannot but suspect
+that the "old uncle" was amusing himself at his young nephew's
+expense; and, as it has proved, at the expense of most of his
+readers, who receive the Inca's fairy tales as historic facts.]
+
+Pizarro well understood that the Inca's object in this diplomatic
+visit was less to do him courtesy, than to inform himself of the
+strength and condition of the invaders.  But he was well pleased
+with the embassy, and dissembled his consciousness of its real
+purpose.  He caused the Peruvian to be entertained in the best
+manner the camp could afford, and paid him the respect, says one
+of the Conquerors, due to the ambassador of so great a monarch.
+*15 Pizarro urged him to prolong his visit for some days, which
+the Indian envoy declined, but made the most of his time while
+there, by gleaning all the information he could in respect to the
+uses of every strange article which he saw, as well as the object
+of the white men's visit to the land, and the quarter whence they
+came.
+
+[Footnote 15: "I mando, que le diesen de comer a el, i a los que
+con el venian, i todo lo que huviesen menester, i fuesen bien
+aposentados, como Embajadores de tan Gran Senor." Xerez, Conq.
+del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 189.]
+
+The Spanish captain satisfied his curiosity in all these
+particulars. The intercourse with the natives, it may be here
+remarked, was maintained by means of two of the youths who had
+accompanied the Conquerors on their return home from their
+preceding voyage.  They had been taken by Pizarro to Spain, and,
+as much pains had been bestowed on teaching them the Castilian,
+they now filled the office of interpreters, and opened an easy
+communication with their countrymen.  It was of inestimable
+service; and well did the Spanish commander reap the fruits of
+his forecast. *16
+
+[Footnote 16: "Los Indios de la tierra se entendian muy bien con
+los Espanoles, porque aquellos mochachos Indios que en el
+decubrimiento de la tierra Pizarro truxo a Espana, entendian muy
+bien nuestra lengua, y los tenia alli, con los cuales se entendia
+muy bien con todos los naturales de la tierra.  (Relacion del
+Primer.  Descub., Ms.) Yet it is a proof of the ludicrous
+blunders into which the Conquerors were perpetually falling, that
+Pizarro's secretary constantly confounds the Inca's name with
+that of his capital.  Huayna Capac, he always styles "old Cuzco,"
+and his son Huasca. "young Cuzco."]
+
+On the departure of the Peruvian messenger, Pizarro presented him
+with a cap of crimson cloth, some cheap but showy ornaments of
+glass, and other toys, which he had brought for the purpose from
+Castile.  He charged the envoy to tell his master, that the
+Spaniards came from a powerful prince, who dwelt far beyond the
+waters; that they had heard much of the fame of Atahuallpa's
+victories, and were come to pay their respects to him, and to
+offer their services by aiding him with their arms against his
+enemies; and he might be assured, they would not halt on the
+road, longer than was necessary, before presenting themselves
+before him.
+
+Pizarro now received from Soto a full account of his late
+expedition. That chief, on entering Caxas, found the inhabitants
+mustered in hostile array, as if to dispute his passage.  But the
+cavalier soon convinced them of his pacific intentions, and,
+laying aside their menacing attitude, they received the Spaniards
+with the same courtesy which had been shown them in most places
+on their march.
+
+Here Soto found one of the royal officers, employed in collecting
+the tribute for the government.  From this functionary he learned
+that the Inca was quartered with a large army at Caxamalca, a
+place of considerable size on the other side of the Cordillera,
+where he was enjoying the luxury of the warm baths, supplied by
+natural springs, for which it was then famous, as it is at the
+present day.  The cavalier gathered, also, much important
+information in regard to the resources and the general policy of
+government, the state maintained by the Inca, and the stern
+severity with which obedience to the law was everywhere enforced.
+He had some opportunity of observing this for himself, as, on
+entering the village, he saw several Indians hanging dead by
+their heels, having been executed for some violence offered to
+the Virgins of the Sun, of whom there was a convent in the
+neighbourhood. *17
+
+[Footnote 17: "A la entrada del Pueblo havia ciertos Indios
+ahorcados de los pies: i supo de este Principal, que Atabalipa
+los mando matar, porque uno de ellos entro en la Casa de las
+Mugeres a dormir con una: al qual, i a todos los Porteros que
+consintieron, ahorco." Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, ton.
+III. p. 188.]
+
+From Caxas, De Soto had passed to the adjacent town of
+Guancabamba, much larger, more populous, and better built than
+the preceding.  The houses, instead of being made of clay baked
+in the sun, were many of them constructed of solid stone, so
+nicely put together, that it was impossible to detect the line of
+junction.  A river, which passed through the town, was traversed
+by a bridge, and the high road of the Incas, which crossed this
+district, was far superior to that which the Spaniards had seen
+on the sea-board.  It was raised in many places, like a causeway,
+paved with heavy stone flags, and bordered by trees that afforded
+a grateful shade to the passenger, while streams of water were
+conducted through aqueducts along the sides to slake his thirst.
+At certain distances, also, they noticed small houses, which,
+they were told, were for the accommodation of the traveller, who
+might thus pass, without inconvenience, from one end of the
+kingdom to the other. *18 In another quarter they beheld one of
+those magazines destined for the army, filled with grain, and
+with articles of clothing; and at the entrance of the town was a
+stone building, occupied by a public officer, whose business it
+was to collect the tolls or duties on various commodities brought
+into the place, or carried out of it. *19 - These accounts of De
+Soto not only confirmed all that the Spaniards had heard of the
+Indian empire, but greatly raised their ideas of its resources
+and domestic policy.  They might well have shaken the confidence
+of hearts less courageous.
+
+[Footnote 18: "Van por este camino canos de agua de donde los
+caminantes beben, traidos de sus nacimientos de otras partes, y a
+cada jornada una Casa a manera de Venta donde se aposentan los
+que van e vienen.' Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms. Parte 3, lib.
+8, cap. 3.]
+
+[Footnote 19: "A la entrada de este Camino en el Pueblo de Cajas
+esta una casa al principio de una puente donde reside una guarda
+que recibe el Portazgo de todos los que van e vienen, e paganlo
+en la misma cosa que llevan, y ninguno puede sacar carga del
+Pueblo sino la mete, y esta costumbre es alli antigua." Oviedo,
+Hist. de las Indias, Ms, ubi supra.]
+
+Pizarro, before leaving his present quarters, despatched a
+messenger to San Miguel with particulars of his movements,
+sending, at the same time, the articles received from the Inca,
+as well as those obtained at different places on the route.  The
+skill shown in the execution of some of these fabrics excited
+great admiration, when sent to Castile.  The fine woollen cloths,
+especially, with their rich embroidery, were pronounced equal to
+silk, from which it was not easy to distinguish them.  It was
+probably the delicate wool of the vicuna, none of which had then
+been seen in Europe. *20
+
+[Footnote 20: "Piezas de lana de la tierra, que era cosa mucho de
+ver segun su primer e gentileza, e no se sabian determinar si era
+seda o lana segun su fineza con muchas labores i figuras de oro
+de martillo de tal manera asentado en la ropa que era cosa de
+marabillar." Oviendo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3 lib. 8,
+cap. 4.]
+
+Pizarro, having now acquainted himself with the most direct route
+to Caxamalca, - the Caxamalca of the present day, - resumed his
+march, taking a direction nearly south.  The first place of any
+size at which he halted was Motupe, pleasantly situated in a
+fruitful valley, among hills of no great elevation, which cluster
+round the base of the Cordilleras.  The place was deserted by its
+curaca, who, with three hundred of its warriors, had gone to join
+the standard of their Inca.  Here the general, notwithstanding
+his avowed purpose to push forward without delay, halted four
+days.  The tardiness of his movements can be explained only by
+the hope, which he may have still entertained, of being joined by
+further reinforcements before crossing the Cordilleras.  None
+such appeared, however; and advancing across a country in which
+tracts of sandy plain were occasionally relieved by a broad
+expanse of verdant meadow, watered by natural streams and still
+more abundantly by those brought through artificial channels, the
+troops at length arrived at the borders of a river.  It was broad
+and deep, and the rapidity of the current opposed more than
+ordinary difficulty to the passage. Pizarro, apprehensive lest
+this might be disputed by the natives on the opposite bank,
+ordered his brother Hernando to cross over with a small
+detachment under cover of night, and secure a safe landing for
+the rest of the troops.  At break of day Pizarro made
+preparations for his own passage, by hewing timber in the
+neighboring woods, and constructing a sort of floating bridge, on
+which before nightfall the whole company passed in safety, the
+horses swimming, being led by the bridle.  It was a day of severe
+labor, and Pizarro took his own share in it freely, like a common
+soldier, having ever a word of encouragement to say to his
+followers.
+On reaching the opposite side, they learned from their comrades
+that the people of the country, instead of offering resistance,
+had fled in dismay. One of them, having been taken and brought
+before Hernando Pizarro, refused to answer the questions put to
+him respecting the Inca and his army; till, being put to the
+torture, he stated that Atahuallpa was encamped, with his whole
+force, in three separate divisions, occupying the high grounds
+and plains of Caxamalca.  He further stated, that the Inca was
+aware of the approach of the white men and of their small number,
+and that he was purposely decoying them into his own quarters,
+that he might have them more completely in his power.
+
+This account, when reported by Hernando to his brother, caused
+the latter much anxiety.  As the timidity of the peasantry,
+however, gradually wore off, some of them mingled with the
+troops, and among them the curaca or principal person of the
+village.  He had himself visited the royal camp, and he informed
+the general that Atahuallpa lay at the strong town of
+Guamachucho, twenty leagues or more south of Caxamalca, with an
+army of at least fifty thousand men.
+
+These contradictory statements greatly perplexed the chieftain;
+and he proposed to one of the Indians who had borne him company
+during a great part of the march, to go as a spy into the Inca's
+quarters, and bring him intelligence of his actual position, and,
+as far as he could learn them, of his intentions towards the
+Spaniards.  But the man positively declined this dangerous
+service, though he professed his willingness to go as an
+authorized messenger of the Spanish commander.
+
+Pizarro acquiesced in this proposal, and instructed his envoy to
+assure the Inca that he was advancing with all convenient speed
+to meet him.  He was to acquaint the monarch with the uniformly
+considerate monarch with the uniformly considerate conduct of the
+Spaniards towards his subjects, in their progress through the
+land, and to assure him that they were now coming in full
+confidence of finding in him the same amicable feelings towards
+themselves. The emissary was particularly instructed to observe
+if the strong passes on the road were defended, or if any
+preparations of a hostile character were to be discerned.  This
+last intelligence he was to communicate to the general by means
+of two or three nimble-footed attendants, who were to accompany
+him on his mission. *21
+
+[Footnote 21: Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms.  Parte 3, lib. 8,
+cap. 4. - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Relacion del Primer,
+Descub., Ms. - Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap Barcia, tom. III. p.
+190]
+
+Having taken this precaution, the wary commander again resumed
+his march, and at the end of three days reached the base of the
+mountain rampart, behind which lay the ancient town of Caxamalca.
+Before him rose the stupendous Andes, rock piled upon rock, their
+skirts below dark with evergreen forests, varied here and there
+by terraced patches of cultivated garden, with the peasant's
+cottage clinging to their shaggy sides, and their crests of snow
+glittering high in the heavens, - presenting altogether such a
+wild chaos of magnificence and beauty as no other mountain
+scenery in the world can show. Across this tremendous rampart,
+through a labyrinth of passes, easily capable of defence by a
+handful of men against an army, the troops were now to march. To
+the right ran a broad and level road, with its border of friendly
+shades, and wide enough for two carriages to pass abreast. It was
+one of the great routes leading to Cuzco, and seemed by its
+pleasant and easy access to invite the wayworn soldier to choose
+it in preference to the dangerous mountain defiles.  Many were
+accordingly of opinion that the army should take this course, and
+abandon the original destination of Caxamalca.  But such was not
+the decision of Pizarro.
+
+The Spaniards had everywhere proclaimed their purpose, he said,
+to visit the Inca in his camp.  This purpose had been
+communicated to the Inca himself. To take an opposite direction
+now would only be to draw on them the imputation of cowardice,
+and to incur Atahuallpa's contempt.  No alternative remained but
+to march straight across the sierra to his quarters.  "Let every
+one of you," said the bold cavalier, "take heart and go forward
+like a good soldier, nothing daunted by the smallness of your
+numbers.  For in the greatest extremity God ever fights for his
+own; and doubt not he will humble the pride of the heathen, and
+bring him to the knowledge of the true faith, the great end and
+object of the Conquest." *22
+
+[Footnote 22: "Que todos se animasen y esforzasen a hacer como de
+ellos esperaba y como buenos espanoles lo suelen hacer, e que no
+les pusiese temor la multitud que se decia que habia de gente ni
+el poco numero de los cristianos, que aunque menos fuesen e mayor
+el egercito contrario, la ayuda de Dios es mucho mayor, y en las
+mayores necesidades socorre y faborece a los suyos para
+desbaratar y abajar la soberbia de los infieles e traerlos en
+conocimiento de nuestra Sta fe catolica." Ovieda, Hist. de las
+Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 4.]
+
+Pizarro, like Cortes, possessed a good share of that frank and
+manly eloquence which touches the heart of the soldier more than
+the parade of rhetoric or the finest flow of elocution.  He was a
+soldier himself, and partook in all the feelings of the soldier,
+his joys, his hopes, and his disappointments.  He was not raised
+by rank and education above sympathy with the humblest of his
+followers.  Every chord in their bosoms vibrated with the same
+pulsations as his own, and the conviction of this gave him a
+mastery over them.  "Lead on," they shouted, as he finished his
+brief but animating address, "lead on wherever you think best.
+We will follow with good-will, and you shall see that we can do
+our duty in the cause of God and the King!" *23 There was no
+longer hesitation.  All thoughts were now bent on the instant
+passage of the Cordilleras.
+
+[Footnote 23: 'Todos digeron que fuese por el Camino que quisiese
+i viese que mas convenia, que todos le seguirian con buena
+voluntad e obra al tiempo del efecto, y veria lo que cada uno de
+ellos haria en servicio de Dios e de su Magestad." Ibid., Ms,
+loc. cit.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter IV
+
+Severe Passage Of The Andes. - Embassies From Atahuallpa. - The
+Spaniards Reach Caxamalca. - Embassy To The Inca. - Interview
+With The Inca. - Despondency Of The Spaniards
+
+1532.
+
+
+That night Pizarro held a council of his principal officers, and
+it was determined that he should lead the advance, consisting of
+forty horse and sixty foot, and reconnoitre the ground; while the
+rest of the company, under his brother Hernando, should occupy
+their present position till they received further orders.
+
+At early dawn the Spanish general and his detachment were under
+arms, and prepared to breast the difficulties of the sierra.
+These proved even greater than had been foreseen.  The path had
+been conducted in the most judicious manner round the rugged and
+precipitous sides of the mountains, so as best to avoid the
+natural impediments presented by the ground.  But it was
+necessarily so steep, in many places, that the cavalry were
+obliged to dismount, and, scrambling up as they could, to lead
+their horses by the bridle.  In many places too, where some huge
+crag or eminence overhung the road, this was driven to the very
+verge of the precipice; and the traveller was compelled to wind
+along the narrow ledge of rock, scarcely wide enough for his
+single steed, where a misstep would precipitate him hundreds,
+nay, thousands, of feet into the dreadful abyss!  The wild passes
+of the sierra, practicable for the half-naked Indian, and even
+for the sure and circumspect mule, - an animal that seems to have
+been created for the roads of the Cordilleras, - were formidable
+to the man-at-arms encumbered with his panoply of mail.  The
+tremendous fissures or quebradas, so frightful in this mountain
+chain, yawned open, as if the Andes had been split asunder by
+some terrible convulsion, showing a broad expanse of the
+primitive rock on their sides, partially mantled over with the
+spontaneous vegetation of ages; while their obscure depths
+furnished a channel for the torrents, that, rising in the heart
+of the sierra, worked their way gradually into light, and spread
+over the savannas and green valleys of the tierra caliente on
+their way to the great ocean.
+
+Many of these passes afforded obvious points of defence; and the
+Spaniards, as they entered the rocky defiles, looked with
+apprehension lest they might rouse some foe from his ambush.
+This apprehension was heightened, as, at the summit of a steep
+and narrow gorge, in which they were engaged, they beheld a
+strong work, rising like a fortress, and frowning, as it were, in
+gloomy defiance on the invaders.  As they drew near this building
+which was of solid stone, commanding an angle of the road, they
+almost expected to see the dusky forms of the warriors rise over
+the battlements, and to receive their tempest of missiles on
+their bucklers; for it was in so strong a position, that a few
+resolute men might easily have held there an army at bay.  But
+they had the satisfaction to find the place untenanted, and their
+spirits were greatly raised by the conviction that the Indian
+monarch did not intend to dispute their passage, when it would
+have been easy to do so with success.
+
+Pizarro now sent orders to his brother to follow without delay;
+and, after refreshing his men, continued his toilsome ascent, and
+before nightfall reached an eminence crowned by another fortress,
+of even greater strength than the preceding.  It was built of
+solid masonry, the lower part excavated from the living rock, and
+the whole work executed with skill not inferior to that of the
+European architect. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: "Tan ancha la Cerca como qualquier Fortaleca de
+Espana, con sus Puertas: que si en esta Tierra oviese los
+Maestros, i Herramientas de Espana, no pudiera ser mejor labrada
+la Cerca." Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 192.]
+
+Here Pizarro took up his quarters for the night.  Without waiting
+for the arrival of the rear, on the following morning he resumed
+his march, leading still deeper into the intricate gorges of the
+sierra.  The climate had gradually changed, and the men and
+horses, especially the latter, suffered severely from the cold,
+so long accustomed as they had been to the sultry climate of the
+tropics. *2 The vegetation also had changed its character; and
+the magnificent timber which covered the lower level of the
+country had gradually given way to the funereal forest of pine,
+and, as they rose still higher, to the stunted growth of
+numberless Alpine plants, whose hardy natures found a congenial
+temperature in the icy atmosphere of the more elevated regions.
+These dreary solitudes seemed to be nearly abandoned by the brute
+creation as well as by man.  The light-footed vicuna, roaming in
+its native state, might be sometimes seen looking down from some
+airy cliff, where the foot of the hunter dared not venture.  But
+instead of the feathered tribes whose gay plumage sparkled in the
+deep glooms of the tropical forests, the adventurers now beheld
+only the great bird of the Andes, the loathsome condor, who,
+sailing high above the clouds, followed with doleful cries in the
+track of the army, as if guided by instinct in the path of blood
+and carnage.
+
+[Footnote 2: "Es tanto el frio que hace en esta Sierra, que como
+los Caballos venian hechos al calor, que en los Valles hacia,
+algunos de ellos se resfriaron." Ibid., p. 191.]
+
+At length they reached the crest of the Cordillera, where it
+spreads out into a bold and bleak expanse, with scarce the
+vestige of vegetation, except what is afforded by the pajonal, a
+dried yellow grass, which, as it is seen from below, encircling
+the base of the snow-covered peaks, looks, with its brilliant
+straw-color lighted up in the rays of an ardent sun, like a
+setting of gold round pinnacles of burnished silver.  The land
+was sterile, as usual in mining districts, and they were drawing
+near the once famous gold quarries on the way to Caxamalca;
+
+"Rocks rich in gems, and mountains big with mines,
+That on the high equator ridgy rise."
+
+Here Pizarro halted for the coming up of the rear.  The air was
+sharp and frosty; and the soldiers, spreading their tents,
+lighted fires, and, huddling round them, endeavoured to find some
+repose after their laborious march. *3
+
+
+[Footnote 3: "E aposentaronse los Espanoles en sus toldos o
+pabellones de algodon de la tierra que llevaban, e haciendo
+fuegos para defenderse del mucho frio que en aquella Sierra
+hacen, porque sin ellos no se pudieron valer sin padecer mucho
+trabajo; y segun a los cristianos les parecio, y aun como era lo
+cierto, no podia haber mas frio en parte de Espana en invierno.
+Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 4.]
+
+They had not been long in these quarters, when a messenger
+arrived, one of those who had accompanied the Indian envoy sent
+by Pizarro to Atahuallpa. He informed the general that the road
+was free from enemies, and that an embassy from the Inca was on
+its way to the Castilian camp.  Pizarro now sent back to quicken
+the march of the rear, as he was unwilling that the Peruvian
+envoy should find him with his present diminished numbers.  The
+rest of the army were not far distant, and not long after reached
+the encampment.
+In a short time the Indian embassy also arrived, which consisted
+of one of the Inca nobles and several attendants, bringing a
+welcome present of llamas to the Spanish commander.  The Peruvian
+bore, also, the greetings of his master, who wished to know when
+the Spaniards would arrive at Caxamalca, that he might provide
+suitable refreshments for them.  Pizarro learned that the Inca
+had left Guamachucho, and was now lying with a small force in the
+neighbourhood of Caxamalca, at a place celebrated for its natural
+springs of warm water.  The Peruvian was an intelligent person,
+and the Spanish commander gathered from him many particulars
+respecting the late contests which had distracted the empire.
+
+As the envoy vaunted in lofty terms the military prowess and
+resources of his sovereign, Pizarro thought it politic to show
+that it had no power to overawe him.  He expressed his
+satisfaction at the triumphs of Atahuallpa, who, he acknowledged,
+had raised himself high in the rank of Indian warriors. But he
+was as inferior, he added with more policy than politeness, to
+the monarch who ruled over the white men, as the petty curacas of
+the country were inferior to him.  This was evident from the ease
+with which a few Spaniards had overrun this great continent,
+subduing one nation after another, that had offered resistance to
+their arms.  He had been led by the fame of Atahuallpa to visit
+his dominions, and to offer him his services in his wars; and, if
+he were received by the Inca in the same friendly spirit with
+which he came, he was willing, for the aid he could render him,
+to postpone awhile his passage across the country to the opposite
+seas.  The Indian, according to the Castilian accounts, listened
+with awe to this strain of glorification from the Spanish
+commander.  Yet it is possible that the envoy was a better
+diplomatist than they imagined; and that he understood it was
+only the game of brag at which he was playing with his more
+civilized antagonist. *4
+
+[Footnote 4: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 193.
+- Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 5.]
+
+On the succeeding morning, at an early hour, the troops were
+again on their march, and for two days were occupied in threading
+the airy defiles of the Cordilleras.  Soon after beginning their
+descent on the eastern side, another emissary arrived from the
+Inca, bearing a message of similar import to the preceding, and a
+present, in like manner, of Peruvian sheep.  This was the same
+noble that had visited Pizarro in the valley.  He now came in
+more state, quaffing chicha - the fermented juice of the maize -
+from golden goblets borne by his attendants, which sparkled in
+the eyes of the rapacious adventurers. *5
+
+[Footnote 5: "Este Embajardor traia servicio de Senor, i cinco, o
+seis Vasos de Oro fino, con que bebia, i con ellos daba a beber a
+los Espanoles de la Chicha que traia." Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap.
+Barcia, tom III. p 193. - Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., ubi
+supra.
+
+The latter author, in this part of his work, has done little more
+than make a transcript of that of Xerez.  His indorsement of
+Pizarro's secretary, however, is of value, from the fact that,
+with less temptation to misstate or overstate, he enjoyed
+excellent opportunities for information.]
+While he was in the camp, the Indian messenger, originally sent
+by Pizarro to the Inca, returned, and no sooner did he behold the
+Peruvian, and the honorable reception which he met with from the
+Spaniards, than he was filled with wrath, which would have vented
+itself in personal violence, but for the interposition of the
+by-standers.  It was hard, he said, that this Peruvian dog should
+be thus courteously treated, when he himself had nearly lost his
+life on a similar mission among his countrymen.  On reaching the
+Inca's camp, he had been refused admission to his presence, on
+the ground that he was keeping a fast and could not be seen.
+They had paid no respect to his assertion that he came as an
+envoy from the white men, and would, probably, not have suffered
+him to escape with life, if he had not assured them that any
+violence offered to him would be retaliated in full measure on
+the persons of the Peruvian envoys, now in the Spanish quarters.
+There was no doubt, he continued, of the hostile intentions of
+Atahuallpa; for he was surrounded with a powerful army, strongly
+encamped about a league from Caxamalca, while that city was
+entirely evacuated by its inhabitants.
+To all this the Inca's envoy coolly replied, that Pizarro's
+messenger might have reckoned on such a reception as he had
+found, since he seemed to have taken with him no credentials of
+his mission.  As to the Inca's fast, that was true; and, although
+he would doubtless have seen the messenger, had he known there
+was one from the strangers, yet it was not safe to disturb him at
+these solemn seasons, when engaged in his religious duties.  The
+troops by whom he was surrounded were not numerous, considering
+that the Inca was at that time carrying on an important war; and
+as to Caxamalca, it was abandoned by the inhabitants in order to
+make room for the white men, who were so soon to occupy it. *6
+
+[Footnote 6: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 194.
+- Oviedo Hist. de las Indias, Ms., ubi supra.]
+
+This explanation, however plausible, did not altogether satisfy
+the general; for he had too deep a conviction of the cunning of
+Atahuallpa, whose intentions towards the Spaniards he had long
+greatly distrusted.  As he proposed, however, to keep on friendly
+relations with the monarch for the present, it was obviously not
+his cue to manifest suspicion.  Affecting, therefore, to give
+full credit to the explanation of the envoy, he dismissed him
+with reiterated assurances of speedily presenting himself before
+the Inca.
+
+The descent of the sierra, though the Andes are less precipitous
+on their eastern side than towards the west, was attended with
+difficulties almost equal to those of the upward march; and the
+Spaniards felt no little satisfaction, when, on the seventh day,
+they arrived in view of the valley of Caxamalca, which, enamelled
+with all the beauties of cultivation, lay unrolled like a rich
+and variegated carpet of verdure, in strong contrast with the
+dark forms of the Andes, that rose up everywhere around it.  The
+valley is of an oval shape, extending about five leagues in
+length by three in breadth.  It was inhabited by a population of
+a superior character to any which the Spaniards had met on the
+other side of the mountains, as was argued by the superior style
+of their attire, and the greater cleanliness and comfort visible
+both in their persons and dwellings. *7 As far as the eye could
+reach, the level tract exhibited the show of a diligent and
+thrifty husbandry.  A broad river rolled through the meadows,
+supplying facilities for copious irrigation by means of the usual
+canals and subterraneous aqueducts.  The land, intersected by
+verdant hedge-rows, was checkered with patches of various
+cultivation; for the soil was rich, and the climate, if less
+stimulating than that of the sultry regions of the coast, was
+more favorable to the hardy products of the temperate latitudes.
+Below the adventurers, with its white houses glittering in the
+sun, lay the little city of Caxamalca, like a sparkling gem on
+the dark skirts of the sierra.  At the distance of about a league
+farther, across the valley, might be seen columns of vapor rising
+up towards the heavens, indicating the place of the famous hot
+baths, much frequented by the Peruvian princes.  And here, too,
+was a spectacle less grateful to the eyes of the Spaniards; for
+along the slope of the hills a white cloud of pavilions was seen
+covering the ground, as thick as snow-flakes, for the space,
+apparently, of several miles.  "It filled us all with amazement,"
+exclaims one of the Conquerors, "to behold the Indians occupying
+so proud a position!  So many tents, so well appointed, as were
+never seen in the Indies till now The spectacle caused something
+like confusion and even fear in the stoutest bosom.  But it was
+too late to turn back, or to betray the least sign of weakness,
+since the natives in our own company would, in such case, have
+been the first to rise upon us.  So, with as bold a countenance
+as we could, after coolly surveying the ground, we prepared for
+our entrance into Caxamalca." *8
+
+[Footnote 7: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+195.]
+
+[Footnote 8: "Y eran tantas las tiendas que parecian, que cierto
+nos puso harto espanto, porque no pensabamos que Indios pudiesen
+tener tan soberbia estancia, ni tantas tiendas, ni tan a punto,
+lo cual hasta alli en las Indias nunca se vio, que nos causo a
+todos los Espanoles harta confusion y temor; aunque no convenia
+mostrarse, ni menos volver atras, porque si alguna flaqueza en
+nosotros sintieran, los mismos Indios que llevabamos nos mataran,
+y ansi con animoso semblante, despues de haber muy bien atalayado
+el pueblo y tiendas que he dicho, abajamos por el valle abajo, y
+entramos en el pueblo de Cajamalca." Relacion del Primer.
+Descub., Ms.]
+
+What were the feelings of the Peruvian monarch we are not
+informed, when he gazed on the martial cavalcade of the
+Christians, as, with banners streaming, and bright panoplies
+glistening in the rays of the evening sun, it emerged from the
+dark depths of the sierra, and advanced in hostile array over the
+fair domain, which, to this period, had never been trodden by
+other foot than that of the red man.  It might be, as several of
+the reports had stated, that the Inca had purposely decoyed the
+adventurers into the heart of his populous empire, that he might
+envelope them with his legions, and the more easily become master
+of their property and persons. *9 Or was it from a natural
+feeling of curiosity, and relying on their professions of
+friendship, that he had thus allowed them, without any attempt at
+resistance, to come into his presence?  At all events, he could
+hardly have felt such confidence in himself, as not to look with
+apprehension, mingled with awe, on the mysterious strangers, who,
+coming from an unknown world, and possessed of such wonderful
+gifts, had made their way across mountain and valley, in spite of
+every obstacle which man and nature had opposed to them.
+
+[Footnote 9: This was evidently the opinion of the old Conqueror,
+whose imperfect manuscript forms one of the best authorities for
+this portion of our narrative.  "Teniendonos en muy poco, y no
+haciendo cuenta que 190 hombres le habian de ofender.  dio lugar
+y consintio que pasasemos por aquel paso y por otros muchos tan
+malos como el, porque realmente, a lo que despues se supo y
+averiguo, su intencion era vernos y preguntarnos, de donde
+veniamos?  y quien nos habia hechado alli?  y que queriamos?
+Porque era muy sabio y discreto, y aunque sin luz ni escriptura,
+amigo de saber y de sotil entendimiento; y despues de holgadose
+con nosotros, tomarnos los caballos y las cosas que a el mas le
+aplacian, y sacrificar a los demas." Relacion del Primer.
+Descub., Ms.]
+
+Pizarro, meanwhile, forming his little corps into three
+divisions, now moved forward, at a more measured pace, and in
+order of battle, down the slopes that led towards the Indian
+city.  As he drew near, no one came out to welcome him; and he
+rode through the streets without meeting with a living thing, or
+hearing a sound, except the echoes, sent back from the deserted
+dwellings, of the tramp of the soldiery.
+
+It was a place of considerable size, containing about ten
+thousand inhabitants, somewhat more, probably, than the
+population assembled at this day within the walls of the modern
+city of Caxamalca. *10 The houses, for the most part, were built
+of clay, hardened in the sun; the roofs thatched, or of timber.
+Some of the more ambitious dwellings were of hewn stone; and
+there was a convent in the place, occupied by the Virgins of the
+Sun, and a temple dedicated to the same tutelar deity, which last
+was hidden in the deep embowering shades of a grove on the skirts
+of the city.  On the quarter towards the Indian camp was a square
+- if square it might be called, which was almost triangular in
+form - of an immense size, surrounded by low buildings.  These
+consisted of capacious halls, with wide doors or opening
+communicating with the square.  They were probably intended as a
+sort of barracks for the Inca's soldiers. *11 At the end of the
+plaza, looking towards the country, was a fortress of stone, with
+a stairway leading from the city, and a private entrance from the
+adjoining suburbs.  There was still another fortress on the
+rising ground which commanded the town, built of hewn stone, and
+encompassed by three circular walls, - or rather one and the same
+wall, which wound up spirally around it.  It was a place of great
+strength, and the workmanship showed a better knowledge of
+masonry, and gave a higher impression of the architectural
+science of the people, than any thing the Spaniards had yet seen.
+*12
+
+[Footnote 10: According to Stevenson, this population, which is
+of a very mixed character, amounts, or did amount some thirty
+years ago, to about seven thousand.  That sagacious traveller
+gives an animated description of the city, in which he resided
+some time, and which he seems to have regarded with peculiar
+predilection.  Yet it does not hold probably the relative rank at
+the present day, that it did in that of the Incas.  Residence in
+South America, vol. II. p. 131.]
+
+[Footnote 11: Carta de Hern. Pizarro, ap. Oviedo, Hist. de las
+Indias, Ms. Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 15. - Xerez Conq. del Peru, ap.
+Barcia, tom III. p. 195.]
+
+[Footnote 12: "Fuercas son, que entre Indios no se han visto
+tales." Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 195. -
+Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+It was late in the afternoon of the fifteenth of November, 1532,
+when the Conquerors entered the city of Caxamalca.  The weather,
+which had been fair during the day, now threatened a storm, and
+some rain mingled with hail - for it was unusually cold - began
+to fall. *13 Pizarro, however, was so anxious to ascertain the
+dispositions of the Inca, that he determined to send an embassy,
+at once, to his quarters.  He selected for this, Hernando de Soto
+with fifteen horse, and, after his departure, conceiving that the
+number was too small, in case of any unfriendly demonstrations by
+the Indians, he ordered his brother Hernando to follow with
+twenty additional troopers.  This captain and one other of his
+party have left us an account of the excursion. *14
+
+[Footnote 13: "Desde a poco rato comenco a llover, i caer
+granico." (Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 195.)
+Caxamalca, in the Indian tongue, signifies "place of frost"; for
+the temperature, though usually bland and genial, is sometimes
+affected by frosty winds from the east, very pernicious to
+vegetation.  Stervenson, Residence in South America, vol. II. p.
+129.]
+
+[Footnote 14: Carta de Hern. Pizarro, Ms.  The Letter of Hernando
+Pizarro, addressed to the Royal Audience of St. Domingo, gives a
+full account of the extraordinary events recorded in this and the
+ensuing chapter, in which that cavalier took a prominent part.
+Allowing for the partialities incident to a chief actor in the
+scenes he describes, no authority can rank higher.  The
+indefatigable Oviedo, who resided in St. Domingo, saw its
+importance, and fortunately incorporated the document in his
+great work, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 15. -
+The anonymous author of the Relacion del Primer.  Descub., Ms.,
+was also detached on this service.]
+Between the city and the imperial camp was a causeway, built in a
+substantial manner across the meadow land that intervened.  Over
+this the cavalry galloped at a rapid pace, and, before they had
+gone a league, they came in front of the Peruvian encampment,
+where it spread along the gentle slope of the mountains.  The
+lances of the warriors were fixed in the ground before their
+tents, and the Indian soldiers were loitering without, gazing
+with silent astonishment at the Christians cavalcade, as with
+clangor of arms and shrill blast of trumpet it swept by, like
+some fearful apparition, on the wings of the wind.
+
+The party soon came to a broad but shallow stream, which, winding
+through the meadow, formed a defence for the Inca's position.
+Across it was a wooden bridge; but the cavaliers, distrusting its
+strength, preferred to dash through the waters, and without
+difficulty gained the opposite bank. A battalion of Indian
+warriors was drawn up under arms on the farther side of the
+bridge, but they offered no molestation to the Spaniards; and
+these latter had strict orders from Pizarro - scarcely necessary
+in their present circumstances - to treat the natives with
+courtesy.  One of the Indians pointed out the quarter occupied by
+the Inca. *15
+
+[Footnote 15: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Carta de Hern
+Pizarro, Ms.]
+
+It was an open court-yard, with a light building or
+pleasure-house in the centre, having galleries running around it,
+and opening in the rear on a garden.  The walls were covered with
+a shining plaster, both white and colored, and in the area before
+the edifice was seen a spacious tank or reservoir of stone, fed
+by aqueducts that supplied it with both warm and cold water. *16
+A basin of hewn stone - it may be of a more recent construction -
+still bears, on the spot, the name of the "Inca's bath." *17 The
+court was filled with Indian nobles, dressed in gayly ornamented
+attire, in attendance on the monarch, and with women of the royal
+household.  Amidst this assembly it was not difficult to
+distinguish the person of Atahuallpa, though his dress was
+simpler than that of his attendants.  But he wore on his head the
+crimson borla or fringe, which, surrounding the forehead, hung
+down as low as the eyebrow.  This was the well-known badge of
+Peruvian sovereignty, and had been assumed by the monarch only
+since the defeat of his brother Huascar. He was seated on a low
+stool or cushion, somewhat after the Morisco or Turkish fashion,
+and his nobles and principal officers stood around him, with
+great ceremony, holding the stations suited to their rank. *18
+[Footnote 16: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia. tom. III. p.
+202.
+
+"Y al estanque venian dos canos de agua, uno caliente y otro
+frio, y alli se templava la una con la otra, para quando el Senor
+se queria banar o sus mugeres que otra persona no osava entrar en
+el so pena de la vida." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y. Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 17: Stevenson, Residence in South America, vol. II. p.
+164.]
+
+[Footnote 18: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+196. - Carta de Hern. Pizarro, Ms.
+
+The appearance of the Peruvian monarch is described in simple but
+animated style by the Conqueror so often quoted, one of the
+party.  "Llegados al patio de la dicha casa que tenia delante
+della, vimos estar en medio de gran muchedumbre de Indios
+asentado aquel gran Senor Atabalica (de quien tanta noticia, y
+tantas cosas nos habian dicho) con una corona en la cabeza, y una
+borla que le salia della, y le cubria toda la frente, la cual era
+la insinia real, sentado en una sillecita muy baja del suelo,
+como los turcos y moros acostumbran sentarse, el cual estaba con
+tanta magestad y aparato cual nunca se ha visto jamas, porque
+estaba cercado de mas de seiscientos Senores de su tierra."
+Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+The Spaniards gazed with much interest on the prince, of whose
+cruelty and cunning they had heard so much, and whose valor had
+secured to him the possession of the empire.  But his countenance
+exhibited neither the fierce passions nor the sagacity which had
+been ascribed to him; and, though in his bearing he showed a
+gravity and a calm consciousness of authority well becoming a
+king, he seemed to discharge all expression from his features,
+and to discover only the apathy so characteristic of the American
+races.  On the present occasion, this must have been in part, at
+least, assumed.  For it is impossible that the Indian prince
+should not have contemplated with curious interest a spectacle so
+strange, and, in some respects, appalling, as that of these
+mysterious strangers, for which no previous description could
+have prepared him.
+
+Hernando Pizarro and Soto, with two or three only of their
+followers, slowly rode up in front of the Inca; and the former,
+making a respectful obeisance, but without dismounting, informed
+Atahuallpa that he came as an ambassador from his brother, the
+commander of the white men, to acquaint the monarch with their
+arrival in his city of Caxamalca.  They were the subjects of a
+mighty prince across the waters, and had come, he said, drawn
+thither by the report of his great victories, to offer their
+services, and to impart to him the doctrines of the true faith
+which they professed; and he brought an invitation from the
+general to Atahuallpa that the latter would be pleased to visit
+the Spaniards in their present quarters. quarter.
+To all this the Inca answered not a word; nor did he make even a
+sign of acknowledgment that he comprehended it; though it was
+translated for him by Felipillo, one of the interpreters already
+noticed.  He remained silent, with his eyes fastened on the
+ground; but one of his nobles, standing by his side, answered,
+"It is well." *19 This was an embarrassing situation for the
+Spaniards, who seemed to be as wide from ascertaining the real
+disposition of the Peruvian monarch towards themselves, as when
+the mountains were between them.
+
+[Footnote 19: "Las cuales por el oidas, con ser su inclinacion
+pereguntarnos y saber de donde veniamos, y que queriamos, y ver
+nuestras personas y caballos, tubo tanta serenidad en el rostro,
+y tanta gravedad en su persona, que no quiso responder palabra a
+lo que se le decia, salvo que un Senor de aquellos que estaban
+par de el respondia: bien esta." Relacion del Primer. Descub.,
+Ms.]
+
+In a courteous and respectful manner, Hernando Pizarro again
+broke the silence by requesting the Inca to speak to them
+himself, and to inform them what was his pleasure. *20 To this
+Atahuallpa condescended to reply, while a faint smile passed over
+his features, - "Tell your captain that I am keeping a fast,
+which will end to-morrow morning.  I will then visit him, with my
+chieftains.  In the mean time, let him occupy the public
+buildings on the square, and no other, till I come, when I will
+order what shall be done." *21
+
+[Footnote 20: "Visto por el dicho Hernando Pizarro que el no
+hablaba y que aquella tercera persona respondia de suyo, torno le
+a suplicar, que el hablase por su boca, y le respondiese lo que
+quisiese." Ibid., Ms., ubi supra.]
+
+[Footnote 21: "El cual a esto volvio la cabeza a mirarle
+sonriendose y le dijo: Decid a ese Capitan que os embia aca; que
+yo estoy en ayuno, y le acabo manana por la manana, que en
+bebiendo una vez, yo ire con algunos destos principales mios a
+verme con el, que en tanto el se aposente en esas casas que estan
+en la plaza que son comunes a todos, y que no entren en otra
+ninguna hasta que Yo vaya, que Yo mandare lo que se ha de hacer."
+Ibid., Ms., ubi supra.
+
+In this singular interview I have followed the account of the
+cavalier who accompanied Hernando Pizarro, in preference to the
+latter, who represents himself as talking in a lordly key, that
+savours too much of the vaunt of the hidalgo.]
+
+Soto, one of the party present at this interview, as before
+noticed, was the best mounted and perhaps the best rider in
+Pizarro's troop.  Observing that Atahuallpa looked with some
+interest on the fiery steed that stood before him, champing the
+bit and pawing the ground with the natural impatience of a
+war-horse, the Spaniard gave him the rein, and, striking his iron
+heel into his side, dashed furiously over the plain; then,
+wheeling him round and round, displayed all the beautiful
+movements of his charger, and his own excellent horsemanship.
+Suddenly checking him in full career, he brought the animal
+almost on his haunches, so near the person of the Inca, that some
+of the foam that flecked his horse's sides was thrown on the
+royal garments.  But Atahuallpa maintained the same marble
+composure as before, though several of his soldiers, whom De Soto
+passed in the course, were so much disconcerted by it, that they
+drew back in manifest terror, an act of timidity for which they
+paid dearly, if, as the Spaniards assert, Atahuallpa caused them
+to be put to death that same evening for betraying such unworthy
+weakness to the strangers. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Relacion del
+Primer. Descub., Ms.
+
+"I algunos Indios, con miedo, se desviaron de la Carrera, por lo
+qual Atabalipa los hico luego matar." (Zarate, Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 2, cap. 4.) - Xerez states that Atahuallpa confessed this
+himself, in conversation with the Spaniards after he was taken
+prisoner. - Soto's charger might well have made the Indians
+start, if, as Balboa says, he took twenty feet at a leap, and
+this with a knight in armour on his back!  Hist. du Perou, chap.
+22.]
+Refreshments were now offered by the royal attendants to the
+Spaniards, which they declined, being unwilling to dismount.
+They did not refuse, however, to quaff the sparkling chicha from
+golden vases of extraordinary size, presented to them by the
+dark-eyed beauties of the harem. *23 Taking then a respectful
+leave of the Inca, the cavaliers rode back to Caxamalca, with
+many moody speculations on what they had seen; on the state and
+opulence of the Indian monarch; on the strength of his military
+array, their excellent appointments, and the apparent discipline
+in their ranks, - all arguing a much higher degree of
+civilization, and consequently of power, than any thing they had
+witnessed in the lower regions of the country.  As they
+contrasted all this with their own diminutive force, too far
+advanced, as they now were, for succour to reach them, they felt
+they had done rashly in throwing themselves into the midst of so
+formidable an empire, and were filled with gloomy forebodings of
+the result. *24 Their comrades in the camp soon caught the
+infectious spirit of despondency, which was not lessened as night
+came on, and they beheld the watch-fires of the Peruvians
+lighting up the sides of the mountains, and glittering in the
+darkness, "as thick," says one who saw them, "as the stars of
+heaven." *25
+
+[Footnote 23: Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms. - Xerez, Conq.
+del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 196.]
+
+[Footnote 24: "Hecho esto y visto y atalayado la grandeza del
+ejercito, y las tiendas que era bien de ver, nos bolvimos a donde
+el dicho capitan nos estaba esperando, harto espantados de lo que
+habiamos visto, habiendo y tomando entre nosotros muchos acuerdos
+y opiniones de lo que se debia hacer, estando todos con mucho
+temor por ser tan pocos, y estar tan metidos en la tierra donde
+no podiamos ser socorridos." (Relacion del Primer.  Descub., Ms.)
+Pedro Pizarro is honest enough to confirm this account of the
+consternation of the Spaniards.  (Descub. y Conq., Ms.) Fear was
+a strange sensation for the Castilian cavalier.  But if he did
+not feel some touch of it on that occasion, he must have been
+akin to that doughty knight who, as Charles V. pronounced, "never
+could have snuffed a candle with his fingers."]
+
+[Footnote 25: "Hecimos la guardia en la plaza, de donde se vian
+los fuegos del ejercito de los Indios, lo cual era cosa
+espantable, que como estaban en una ladera la mayor parte, y tan
+juntos unos de otros, no pa recia sino un cielo muy estrellado."
+Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms]
+
+Yet there was one bosom in that little host which was not touched
+with the feeling either of fear or dejection.  That was
+Pizarro's, who secretly rejoiced that he had now brought matters
+to the issue for which he had so long panted.  He saw the
+necessity of kindling a similar feeling in his followers, or all
+would be lost.  Without unfolding his plans, he went round among
+his men, beseeching them not to show faint hearts at this crisis,
+when they stood face to face with the foe whom they had been so
+long seeking. "They were to rely on themselves, and on that
+Providence which had carried them safe through so many fearful
+trials.  It would not now desert them; and if numbers, however
+great, were on the side of their enemy, it mattered little when
+the arm of Heaven was on theirs." *26 The Spanish cavalier acted
+under the combined influence of chivalrous adventure and
+religious zeal.  The latter was the most effective in the hour of
+peril; and Pizarro, who understood well the characters he had to
+deal with, by presenting the enterprise as a crusade, kindled the
+dying embers of enthusiasm in the bosoms of his followers, and
+restored their faltering courage.
+
+[Footnote 26: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+197. - Nanarro Relacion Sumaria, Ms]
+
+
+He then summoned a council of his officers, to consider the plan
+of operations, or rather to propose to them the extraordinary
+plan on which he had himself decided.  This was to lay an
+ambuscade for the Inca, and take him prisoner in the face of his
+whole army!  It was a project full of peril, - bordering, as it
+might well seem, on desperation.  But the circumstances of the
+Spaniards were desperate.  Whichever way they turned, they were
+menaced by the most appalling dangers; and better was it bravely
+to confront the danger, than weakly to shrink from it, when there
+was no avenue for escape.
+To fly was now too late.  Whither could they fly?  At the first
+signal of retreat, the whole army of the Inca would be upon them.
+Their movements would be anticipated by a foe far better
+acquainted with the intricacies of the sierra than themselves;
+the passes would be occupied, and they would be hemmed in on all
+sides; while the mere fact of this retrograde movement would
+diminish the confidence and with it the effective strength of his
+own men, while it doubled that of his enemy.
+
+Yet to remain long inactive in his present position seemed almost
+equally perilous.  Even supposing that Atahuallpa should
+entertain friendly feelings towards the Christians, they could
+not confide in the continuance of such feelings.  Familiarity
+with the white men would soon destroy the idea of any thing
+supernatural, or even superior, in their natures.  He would feel
+contempt for their diminutive numbers.  Their horses, their arms
+and showy appointments, would be an attractive bait in the eye of
+the barbaric monarch, and when conscious that he had the power to
+crush their possessors, he would not be slow in finding a pretext
+for it.  A sufficient one had already occurred in the high-handed
+measures of the Conquerors, on their march through his dominions.
+
+But what reason had they to flatter themselves that the Inca
+cherished such a disposition towards them?  He was a crafty and
+unscrupulous prince, and, if the accounts they had repeatedly
+received on their march were true, had ever regarded the coming
+of the Spaniards with an evil eye.  It was scarcely possible he
+should do otherwise.  His soft messages had only been intended to
+decoy them across the mountains, where, with the aid of his
+warriors, he might readily overpower them.  They were entangled
+in the toils which the cunning monarch had spread for them.
+
+Their only remedy, then, was to turn the Inca's arts against
+himself; to take him, if possible, in his own snare.  There was
+no time to be lost; for any day might bring back the victorious
+legions who had recently won his battles at the south, and thus
+make the odds against the Spaniards far greater than now.
+
+Yet to encounter Atahuallpa in the open field would be attended
+with great hazard; and even if victorious, there would be little
+probability that the person of the Inca, of so much importance,
+would fall into the hands of the victors.  The invitation he had
+so unsuspiciously accepted to visit them in their quarters
+afforded the best means for securing this desirable prize. Nor
+was the enterprise so desperate, considering the great advantages
+afforded by the character and weapons of the invaders, and the
+unexpectedness of the assault.  The mere circumstance of acting
+on a concerted plan would alone make a small number more than a
+match for a much larger one.  But it was not necessary to admit
+the whole of the Indian force into the city before the attack;
+and the person of the Inca once secured, his followers, astounded
+by so strange an event, were they few or many, would have no
+heart for further resistance; - and with the Inca once in his
+power, Pizarro might dictate laws to the empire.
+
+In this daring project of the Spanish chief, it was easy to see
+that he had the brilliant exploit of Cortes in his mind, when he
+carried off the Aztec monarch in his capital.  But that was not
+by violence, at least not by open violence, - and it received the
+sanction, compulsory though it were, of the monarch himself.  It
+was also true that the results in that case did not altogether
+justify a repetition of the experiment; since the people rose in
+a body to sacrifice both the prince and his kidnappers.  Yet this
+was owing, in part, at least, to the indiscretion of the latter.
+The experiment in the outset was perfectly successful; and, could
+Pizarro once become master of the person of Atahuallpa, he
+trusted to his own discretion for the rest.  It would, at least,
+extricate him from his present critical position, by placing in
+his power an inestimable guaranty for his safety; and if he could
+not make his own terms with the Inca at once, the arrival of
+reinforcements from home would, in all probability, soon enable
+him to do so.
+
+Pizarro having concerted his plans for the following day, the
+council broke up, and the chief occupied himself with providing
+for the security of the camp during the night.  The approaches to
+the town were defended; sentinels were posted at different
+points, especially on the summit of the fortress, where they were
+to observe the position of the enemy, and to report any movement
+that menaced the tranquillity of the night.  After these
+precautions, the Spanish commander and his followers withdrew to
+their appointed quarters, - but not to sleep.  At least, sleep
+must have come late to those who were aware of the decisive plan
+for the morrow; that morrow which was to be the crisis of their
+fate, - to crown their ambitious schemes with full success, or
+consign them to irretrievable ruin!
+
+
+
+
+Chapter V
+
+Desperate Plan Of Pizarro. - Atahuallpa Visits The Spaniards. -
+Horrible Massacre. - The Inca A Prisoner. - Conduct Of The
+Conquerors. - Splendid Promises Of The Inca - Death Of Huascar.
+
+1532.
+
+
+The clouds of the evening had passed away, and the sun rose
+bright on the following morning, the most memorable epoch in the
+annals of Peru.  It was Saturday, the sixteenth of November,
+1532.  The loud cry of the trumpet called the Spaniards to arms
+with the first streak of dawn; and Pizarro, briefly acquainting
+them with the plan of the assault, made the necessary
+dispositions.
+
+The plaza, as mentioned in the preceding chapter, was defended on
+its three sides by low ranges of buildings, consisting of
+spacious halls with wide doors or vomitories opening into the
+square.  In these halls he stationed his cavalry in two
+divisions, one under his brother Hernando, the other under De
+Soto.  The infantry he placed in another of the buildings,
+reserving twenty chosen men to act with himself as occasion might
+require Pedro de Candia, with a few soldiers and the artillery, -
+comprehending under this imposing name two small pieces of
+ordnance, called falconets, - he established in the fortress. All
+received orders to wait at their posts till the arrival of the
+Inca. After his entrance into the great square, they were still
+to remain under cover, withdrawn from observation, till the
+signal was given by the discharge of a gun, when they were to cry
+their war-cries, to rush out in a body from their covert, and,
+putting the Peruvians to the sword, bear off the person of the
+Inca.  The arrangement of the immense halls, opening on a level
+with the plaza, seemed to be contrived on purpose for a coup de
+theatre.  Pizarro particularly inculcated order and implicit
+obedience, that in the hurry of the moment there should be no
+confusion. Every thing depended on their acting with concert,
+coolness, and celerity. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Relacion del
+Primer. Descub., Ms. - Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia tom.
+III. p. 197. - Carta de Hern. Pizarro, Ms. - Oviedo, Hist. de las
+Indias Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap 7]
+
+The chief next saw that their arms were in good order; and that
+the breastplates of their horses were garnished with bells, to
+add by their noise to the consternation of the Indians.
+Refreshments were, also, liberally provided, that the troops
+should be in condition for the conflict.  These arrangements
+being completed, mass was performed with great solemnity by the
+ecclesiastics who attended the expedition; the God of battles was
+invoked to spread his shield over the soldiers who were fighting
+to extend the empire of the Cross; and all joined with enthusiasm
+in the chant, "Exsurge, Domine," "Rise, O Lord!  and judge thine
+own cause." *2 One might have supposed them a company of martyrs,
+about to lay down their lives in defence of their faith, instead
+of a licentious band of adventurers, meditating one of the most
+atrocious acts of perfidy on the record of history!  Yet,
+whatever were the vices of the Castilian cavalier, hypocrisy was
+not among the number.  He felt that he was battling for the
+Cross, and under this conviction, exalted as it was at such a
+moment as this into the predominant impulse, he was blind to the
+baser motives which mingled with the enterprise.  With feelings
+thus kindled to a flame of religious ardor, the soldiers of
+Pizarro looked forward with renovated spirits to the coming
+conflict; and the chieftain saw with satisfaction, that in the
+hour of trial his men would be true to their leader and
+themselves.
+
+[Footnote 2: "Los Eclesiasticos i Religiosos se ocuparon toda
+aquella noche en oracion, pidiendo a Dios el mas conveniente
+suceso a su sagrado servicio, exaltacion de la fe e salvacion de
+tanto numero de almas, derramando muchas lagrimas i sangre en las
+disciplinas que tomaron.  Francisco Pizarro animo a los soldados
+con una mui cristiana platica que les hizo: con que, i
+asegurarles los Eclesiasticos de parte de Dios i de su Madre
+Santisima la vitoria, amanecieron todos mui deseosos de dar la
+batalla, diciendo a voces, Exsurge Domine et judica causam tuam."
+Naharro Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+
+It was in the day before any movement was visible in the Peruvian
+camp, where much preparation was making to approach the Christian
+quarters with due state and ceremony.  A message was received
+from Atahuallpa, informing the Spanish commander that he should
+come with his warriors fully armed, in the same manner as the
+Spaniards had come to his quarters the night preceding. This was
+not an agreeable intimation to Pizarro, though he had no reason,
+probably, to expect the contrary.  But to object might imply
+distrust, or, perhaps, disclose, in some measure, his own
+designs.  He expressed his satisfaction, therefore, at the
+intelligence, assuring the Inca, that, come as he would, he would
+be received by him as a friend and brother. *3
+
+[Footnote 3: "El governador respondio: Di a tu Senor, que venga
+en hora buena como quisiere, que de la manera que viniere lo
+recebire como Amigo, i Hermano." Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap.
+Barcia, tom. III. p. 197. - Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms.,
+Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 7. - Carta de Hern. Pizarro, Ms.]
+
+It was noon before the Indian procession was on its march, when
+it was seen occupying the great causeway for a long extent.  In
+front came a large body of attendants, whose office seemed to be
+to sweep away every particle of rubbish from the road.  High
+above the crowd appeared the Inca, borne on the shoulders of his
+principal nobles, while others of the same rank marched by the
+sides of his litter, displaying such a dazzling show of ornaments
+on their persons, that, in the language of one of the Conquerors,
+"they blazed like the sun." *4 But the greater part of the Inca's
+forces mustered along the fields that lined the road, and were
+spread over the broad meadows as far as the eye could reach. *5
+
+[Footnote 4: "Hera tanta la pateneria que traian d'oro y plata
+que hera cossa estrana lo que Reluzia con el Sol.' Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 5: To the eye of the old Conqueror so often quoted, the
+number of Peruvian warriors appeared not less than 50,000; "mas
+de cin cuenta mil que tenia de guerra' (Relacion del Primer.
+Descub., Ms.) To Pizarro's secretary, as they lay encamped along
+the hills, they seemed about 30,000.  (Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap.
+Barcia, tom. III. p. 196.) However gratifying to the imagination
+to repose on some precise number, it is very rare that one can do
+so with safety, in estimating the irregular and tumultuous levies
+of a barbarian host.]
+
+When the royal procession had arrived within half a mile of the
+city, it came to a halt; and Pizarro saw with surprise that
+Atahuallpa was preparing to pitch his tents, as if to encamp
+there.  A messenger soon after arrived, informing the Spaniards
+that the Inca would occupy his present station the ensuing night,
+and enter the city on the following morning.
+This intelligence greatly disturbed Pizarro, who had shared in
+the general impatience of his men at the tardy movements of the
+Peruvians.  The troops had been under arms since daylight, the
+cavalry mounted, and the infantry at their post, waiting in
+silence the coming of the Inca.  A profound stillness reigned
+throughout the town, broken only at intervals by the cry of the
+sentinel from the summit of the fortress, as he proclaimed the
+movements of the Indian army.  Nothing, Pizarro well knew, was so
+trying to the soldier as prolonged suspense, in a critical
+situation like the present; and he feared lest his ardor might
+evaporate, and be succeeded by that nervous feeling natural to
+the bravest soul at such a crisis, and which, if not fear, is
+near akin to it. *6 He returned an answer, therefore, to
+Atahuallpa, deprecating his change of purpose; and adding that he
+had provided every thing for his entertainment, and expected him
+that night to sup with him. *7
+
+[Footnote 6: Pedro Pizarro says that an Indian spy reported to
+Atahuallpa, that the white men were all huddled together in the
+great halls on the square, in much consternation, llenos de
+miedo, which was not far from the truth, adds the cavalier.
+(Descub. y Conq., Ms.)]
+
+[Footnote 7: Pedro Pizarro, Descub.  y Conq., Ms.
+
+"Asentados sus toldos envio a decir al gobernador que ya era
+tarde, que el queria dormir alli, que por la manana vernia: el
+gobernador le envio a decir que le rogaba que viniese luego,
+porque le esperaba a cenar, e que no habia de cenar, hasta que
+fuese." Carta de Hern. Pizarro, Ms.]
+This message turned the Inca from his purpose; and, striking his
+tents again, he resumed his march, first advising the general
+that he should leave the greater part of his warriors behind, and
+enter the place with only a few of them, and without arms, *8 as
+he preferred to pass the night at Caxamalca. At the same time he
+ordered accommodations to be provided for himself and his retinue
+in one of the large stone buildings, called, from a serpent
+sculptured on the walls, "the House of the Serpent." *9 - No
+tidings could have been more grateful to the Spaniards.  It
+seemed as if the Indian monarch was eager to rush into the snare
+that had been spread for him!  The fanatical cavalier could not
+fail to discern in it the immediate finger of Providence.
+
+[Footnote 8: "El queria vernir luego, e que venia sin armas.  E
+luego Atabaliva se movio para venir, e dejo alli la gente con las
+armas, e llevo consigo hasta cinco o seis mil indios sin armas,
+salvo que debajo de las camisetas traian unas porras pequenas, e
+hondas, e bolsas con piedras." Carta de Hern. Pizarro Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 9: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap Barcia, tom. III. p. 197.]
+It is difficult to account for this wavering conduct of
+Atahuallpa, so different from the bold and decided character
+which history ascribes to him. There is no doubt that he made his
+visit to the white men in perfect good faith; though Pizarro was
+probably right in conjecturing that this amiable disposition
+stood on a very precarious footing.  There is as little reason to
+suppose that he distrusted the sincerity of the strangers; or he
+would not thus unnecessarily have proposed to visit them unarmed.
+His original purpose of coming with all his force was doubtless
+to display his royal state, and perhaps, also, to show greater
+respect for the Spaniards; but when he consented to accept their
+hospitality, and pass the night in their quarters, he was willing
+to dispense with a great part of his armed soldiery, and visit
+them in a manner that implied entire confidence in their good
+faith.  He was too absolute in his own empire easily to suspect;
+and he probably could not comprehend the audacity with which a
+few men, like those now assembled in Caxamalca, meditated an
+assault on a powerful monarch in the midst of his victorious
+army.  He did not know the character of the Spaniard.
+It was not long before sunset, when the van of the royal
+procession entered the gates of the city.  First came some
+hundreds of the menials, employed to clear the path from every
+obstacle, and singing songs of triumph as they came, "which, in
+our ears," says one of the Conquerors, "sounded like the songs of
+hell"! *10 Then followed other bodies of different ranks, and
+dressed in different liveries.  Some wore a showy stuff,
+checkered white and red, like the squares of a chess-board. *11
+Others were clad in pure white, bearing hammers or maces of
+silver or copper; *12 and the guards, together with those in
+immediate attendance on the prince, were distinguished by a rich
+azure livery, and a profusion of gay ornaments, while the large
+pendants attached to the ears indicated the Peruvian noble.
+
+[Footnote 10: Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 11: "Blanca y colorada como las casas de un ajedrez."
+Ibid., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 12: "Con martillos en las manos de cobre y plata."
+Ibid., Ms.]
+
+Elevated high above his vassals came the Inca Atahuallpa, borne
+on a sedan or open litter, on which was a sort of throne made of
+massive gold of inestimable value. *13 The palanquin was lined
+with the richly colored plumes of tropical birds, and studded
+with shining plates of gold and silver. *14 The monarch's attire
+was much richer than on the preceding evening.  Round his neck
+was suspended a collar of emeralds of uncommon size and
+brilliancy. *15 His short hair was decorated with golden
+ornaments, and the imperial borla encircled his temples.  The
+bearing of the Inca was sedate and dignified; and from his lofty
+station he looked down on the multitudes below with an air of
+composure, like one accustomed to command.
+
+[Footnote 13: "El asiento que traia sobre las andas era un tablon
+de oro que peso un quintal de oro segun dicen los historiadores
+25,000 pesos o ducados." Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 14: "Luego venia mucha Gente con Armaduras, Patenas, i
+Coronas do oro i Plata: entre estos venia Atabaliba, en una
+Litera, aforrada de Pluma de Papagaios, de muchas colores,
+guarnecida de chapas de Oro, i Plata." Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap.
+Barcia, tom. III. p. 198.]
+
+[Footnote 15: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.
+
+"Venia la persona de Atabalica, la cual traian ochenta Senores en
+hombros todos bestidos de una librea azul muy rica, y el bestido
+su persona muy ricamente con su corona en la cabeza, y al cuello
+un collar de emeraldas grandes." Relacion del Primer. Descub.,
+Ms.]
+
+As the leading files of the procession entered the great square,
+larger, says an old chronicler, than any square in Spain, they
+opened to the right and left for the royal retinue to pass.
+Every thing was conducted with admirable order.  The monarch was
+permitted to traverse the plaza in silence, and not a Spaniard
+was to be seen.  When some five or six thousand of his people had
+entered the place, Atahuallpa halted, and, turning round with an
+inquiring look, demanded, "Where are the strangers?"
+
+At this moment Fray Vicente de Valverde, a Dominican friar,
+Pizarro's chaplain, and afterward Bishop of Cuzco, came forward
+with his breviary, or, as other accounts say, a Bible, in one
+hand, and a crucifix in the other, and, approaching the Inca,
+told him, that he came by order of his commander to expound to
+him the doctrines of the true faith, for which purpose the
+Spaniards had come from a great distance to his country.  The
+friar then explained, as clearly as he could, the mysterious
+doctrine of the Trinity, and, ascending high in his account,
+began with the creation of man, thence passed to his fall, to his
+subsequent redemption by Jesus Christ, to the crucifixion, and
+the ascension, when the Saviour left the Apostle Peter as his
+Vicegerent upon earth.  This power had been transmitted to the
+successors of the Apostle, good and wise men, who, under the
+title of Popes, held authority over all powers and potentates on
+earth.  One of the last of these Popes had commissioned the
+Spanish emperor, the most mighty monarch in the world, to conquer
+and convert the natives in this western hemisphere; and his
+general, Francisco Pizarro, had now come to execute this
+important mission. The friar concluded with beseeching the
+Peruvian monarch to receive him kindly; to abjure the errors of
+his own faith, and embrace that of the Christians now proffered
+to him, the only one by which he could hope for salvation; and,
+furthermore, to acknowledge himself a tributary of the Emperor
+Charles the Fifth, who, in that even, would aid and protect him
+as his loyal vassal. *16
+
+[Footnote 16: Montesinos says that Valverde read to the Inca the
+regular formula used by the Spaniards in their Conquests.
+(Annales, Ms., ano 1533.) But that address, though absurd enough,
+did not comprehend the whole range of theology ascribed to the
+chaplain on this occasion.  Yet it is not impossible. But I have
+followed the report of Fray Naharro, who collected his
+information from the actors in the tragedy, and whose minuter
+statement is corroborated by the more general testimony of both
+the Pizarros and the secretary Xerez.]
+
+Whether Atahuallpa possessed himself of every link in the curious
+chain of argument by which the monk connected Pizarro with St.
+Peter, may be doubted.  It is certain, however, that he must have
+had very incorrect notions of the Trinity, if, as Garcilasso
+states, the interpreter Felipillo explained it by saying, that
+"the Christians believed in three Gods and one God, and that made
+four." *17 But there is no doubt he perfectly comprehended that
+the drift of the discourse was to persuade him to resign his
+sceptre and acknowledge the supremacy of another.
+
+[Footnote 17: "Por dezir Dios trino y uno dixo Dios tres y uno
+son quatre sumando los numeros por darse a entender." Com. Real.,
+Parte 2, lib. 1, cap. 23.]
+
+The eyes of the Indian monarch flashed fire, and his dark brow
+grew darker as he replied, - "I will be no man's tributary.  I am
+greater than any prince upon earth.  Your emperor may be a great
+prince; I do not doubt it, when I see that he has sent his
+subjects so far across the waters; and I am willing to hold him
+as a brother.  As for the Pope of whom you speak, he must be
+crazy to talk of giving away countries which do not belong to
+him.  For my faith," he continued, "I will not change it Your own
+God, as you say, was put to death by the very men whom he
+created.  But mine," he concluded, pointing to his Deity, - then,
+alas!  sinking in glory behind the mountains, - "my God still
+lives in the heavens, and looks down on his children." *18
+
+[Footnote 18: See Appendix, No. 8, where the reader will find
+extracts in the original from several contemporary Mss., relating
+to the capture of Atahuallpa.]
+
+He then demanded of Valverde by what authority he had said these
+things. The friar pointed to the book which he held, as his
+authority.  Atahuallpa, taking it, turned over the pages a
+moment, then, as the insult he had received probably flashed
+across his mind, he threw it down with vehemence, and exclaimed,
+- "Tell your comrades that they shall give me an account of their
+doings in my land.  I will not go from here, till they have made
+me full satisfaction for all the wrongs they have committed." *19
+
+[Footnote 19: Some accounts describe him as taxing the Spaniards
+in much more unqualified terms.  (See Appendix, No. 8.) but
+language is not likely to be accurately reported in such seasons
+of excitement. - According to some authorities, Atahuallpa let
+the volume drop by accident.  (Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano
+1533. - Balboa, Hist. du Perou, chap. 22.) But the testimony, as
+far as we have it, of those present, concurs in representing it
+as stated in the text.  And, if he spoke with the heat imputed to
+him, this act would only be in keeping.]
+
+The friar, greatly scandalized by the indignity offered to the
+sacred volume, stayed only to pick it up, and, hastening to
+Pizarro, informed him of what had been done, exclaiming, at the
+same time, - "Do you not see, that, while we stand here wasting
+our breath in talking with this dog, full of pride as he is, the
+fields are filling with Indians?  Set on, at once; I absolve
+you." *20 Pizarro saw that the hour had come.  He waved a white
+scarf in the air, the appointed signal.  The fatal gun was fired
+from the fortress. Then, springing into the square, the Spanish
+captain and his followers shouted the old war-cry of "St. Jago
+and at them." It was answered by the battle-cry of every Spaniard
+in the city, as, rushing from the avenues of the great halls in
+which they were concealed, they poured into the plaza, horse and
+foot, each in his own dark column, and threw themselves into the
+midst of the Indian crowd. The latter, taken by surprise, stunned
+by the report of artillery and muskets, the echoes of which
+reverberated like thunder from the surrounding buildings, and
+blinded by the smoke which rolled in sulphurous volumes along the
+square, were seized with a panic.  They knew not whither to fly
+for refuge from the coming ruin Nobles and commoners, - all were
+trampled down under the fierce charge of the cavalry, who dealt
+their blows, right and left, without sparing; while their swords,
+flashing through the thick gloom, carried dismay into the hearts
+of the wretched natives, who now, for the first time, saw the
+horse and his rider in all their terrors.  They made no
+resistance, - as, indeed, they had no weapons with which to make
+it. Every avenue to escape was closed, for the entrance to the
+square was choked up with the dead bodies of men who had perished
+in vain efforts to fly; and, such was the agony of the survivors
+under the terrible pressure of their assailants, that a large
+body of Indians, by their convulsive struggles, burst through the
+wall of stone and dried clay which formed part of the boundary of
+the plaza!  It fell, leaving an opening of more than a hundred
+paces, through which multitudes now found their way into the
+country, still hotly pursued by the cavalry, who, leaping the
+fallen rubbish, hung on the rear of the fugitives, striking them
+down in all directions. *21
+
+[Footnote 20: "Visto esto por el Frayle y lo poco que
+aprovechaban sus palabras, tomo su libro, y abajo su cabeza, y
+fuese para donde estaba el dicho Pizarro, casi corriendo, y
+dijole: No veis lo que pasa: para que estais en comedimientos y
+requerimientos con este perro lleno de soberbia que vienen los
+campos llenos de Indios?  Salid a el, - que yo os absuelvo."
+(Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.) The historian should be slow
+in ascribing conduct so diabolical to Father Valverde, without
+evidence.  Two of the Conquerors present, Pedro Pizarro and
+Xerez, simply state that the monk reported to his commander the
+indignity offered to the sacred volume.  but Hernando Pizarro and
+the author of the Relacion del Primer. Descub., both
+eyewitnesses, and Naharro, Zarate, Gomara, Balboa, Herrera, the
+Inca Titucussi Yupanqui, all of whom obtained their information
+from persons who were eyewitnesses, state the circumstances, with
+little variation, as in the text.  Yet Oviedo indorses the
+account of Xerez, and Garcilasso de la Vega insists on Valverde's
+innocence of any attempt to rouse the passion of his comrades.]
+
+[Footnote 21: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Xerez, Conq.
+del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 198. - Carta de Hern. Pizarro,
+Ms. - Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3. lib. 8, cap. 7.
+- Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 2, cap. 5. - Instruccion del Inga Titucussi Yupanqui, Ms.]
+
+
+Meanwhile the fight, or rather massacre, continued hot around the
+Inca, whose person was the great object of the assault.  His
+faithful nobles, rallying about him, threw themselves in the way
+of the assailants, and strove, by tearing them from their
+saddles, or, at least, by offering their own bosoms as a mark for
+their vengeance, to shield their beloved master. It is said by
+some authorities, that they carried weapons concealed under their
+clothes.  If so, it availed them little, as it is not pretended
+that they used them.  But the most timid animal will defend
+itself when at bay. That they did not so in the present instance
+is proof that they had no weapons to use. *22 Yet they still
+continued to force back the cavaliers, clinging to their horses
+with dying grasp, and, as one was cut down, another taking the
+place of his fallen comrade with a loyalty truly affecting.
+
+[Footnote 22: The author of the Relacion del Primero
+Descubrimiento speaks of a few as having bows and arrows, and of
+others as armed with silver and copper mallets or maces, which
+may, however, have been more for ornament than for service in
+fight. - Pedro Pizarro and some later writers say that the
+Indians brought thongs with them to bind the captive white men. -
+Both Hernando Pizarro and the secretary Xerez agree that their
+only arms were secreted under their clothes; but as they do not
+pretend that these were used, and as it was announced by the Inca
+that he came without arms, the assertion may well be doubted, -
+or rather discredited.  All authorities without exception, agree
+that no attempt was made at resistance.]
+The Indian monarch, stunned and bewildered, saw his faithful
+subjects falling round him without fully comprehending his
+situation.  The litter on which he rode heaved to and fro, as the
+mighty press swayed backwards and forwards; and he gazed on the
+overwhelming ruin, like some forlorn mariner, who, tossed about
+in his bark by the furious elements, sees the lightning's flash
+and hears the thunder bursting around him with the consciousness
+that he can do nothing to avert his fate.  At length, weary with
+the work of destruction, the Spaniards, as the shades of evening
+grew deeper, felt afraid that the royal prize might, after all,
+elude them; and some of the cavaliers made a desperate attempt to
+end the affray at once by taking Atahuallpa's life.  But Pizarro,
+who was nearest his person, called out with Stentorian voice,
+"Let no one, who values his life, strike at the Inca"; *23 and,
+stretching out his arm to shield him, received a wound on the
+hand from one of his own men, - the only wound received by a
+Spaniards in the action. *24
+
+[Footnote 23: "El marquez dio bozes diciendo.  Nadie hiera al
+indio so pena de la vida." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 24: Whatever discrepancy exists among the Castilian
+accounts in other respects, all concur in this remarkable fact, -
+that no Spaniard, except their general, received a wound on that
+occasion. Pizarro saw in this a satisfactory argument for
+regarding the Spaniards, this day, as under the especial
+protection of Providence.  See Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia,
+tom. III. p. 199.]
+
+The struggle now became fiercer than ever round the royal litter.
+It reeled more and more, and at length, several of the nobles who
+supported it having been slain, it was overturned, and the Indian
+prince would have come with violence to the ground, had not his
+fall been broken by the efforts of Pizarro and some other of the
+cavaliers, who caught him in their arms.  The imperial borla was
+instantly snatched from his temples by a soldier named Estete,
+*25 and the unhappy monarch, strongly secured, was removed to a
+neighbouring building, where he was carefully guarded.
+
+[Footnote 25: Miguel Estete, who long retained the silken diadem
+as a trophy of the exploit, according to Garcilasso de la Vega,
+(Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 1, cap. 27,) an indifferent authority
+for any thing in this part of his history.  This popular writer,
+whose work, from his superior knowledge of the institutions of
+the country, has obtained greater credit, eve in what relates to
+the Conquest, than the reports of the Conquerors themselves, has
+indulged in the romantic vein to an unpardonable extent, in his
+account of the capture of Atahuallpa.  According to him, the
+Peruvian monarch treated the invaders from the first with supreme
+deference, as descendants of Viracocha, predicted by his oracles
+as to come and rule over the land.  But if this flattering homage
+had been paid by the Inca, it would never have escaped the notice
+of the Conquerors.  Garcilasso had read the Commentaries of
+Cortes, as he somewhere tells us; and it is probable that that
+general's account, well founded, it appears, of a similar
+superstition among the Aztecs suggested to the historian the idea
+of a corresponding sentiment in the Peruvians, which, while it
+flattered the vanity of the Spaniards, in some degree vindicated
+his own countrymen from the charge of cowardice, incurred by
+their too ready submission; for, however they might be called on
+to resist men, it would have been madness to resist the decrees
+of Heaven. Yet Garcilasso's romantic version has something in it
+so pleasing to the imagination, that it has even found favor with
+the majority of readers.  The English student might have met with
+a sufficient corrective in the criticism of the sagacious and
+skeptical Robertson.]
+
+All attempt at resistance now ceased.  The fate of the Inca soon
+spread over town and country.  The charm which might have held
+the Peruvians together was dissolved.  Every man thought only of
+his own safety.  Even the soldiery encamped on the adjacent
+fields took the alarm, and, learning the fatal tidings, were seen
+flying in every direction before their pursuers, who in the heat
+of triumph showed no touch of mercy.  At length night, more
+pitiful than man, threw her friendly mantle over the fugitives,
+and the scattered troops of Pizarro rallied once more at the
+sound of the trumpet in the bloody square of Caxamalca.
+
+The number of slain is reported, as usual, with great
+discrepancy. Pizarro's secretary says two thousand natives fell.
+*26 A descendant of the Incas - a safer authority than Garcilasso
+- swells the number to ten thousand. *27 Truth is generally found
+somewhere between the extremes.  The slaughter was incessant, for
+there was nothing to check it.  That there should have been no
+resistance will not appear strange, when we consider the fact,
+that the wretched victims were without arms, and that their
+senses must have been completely overwhelmed by the strange and
+appalling spectacle which burst on them so unexpectedly.  "What
+wonder was it," said an ancient Inca to a Spaniard, who repeats
+it, "what wonder that our countrymen lost their wits, seeing
+blood run like water, and the Inca, whose person we all of us
+adore, seized and carried off by a handful of men?" *28 Yet
+though the massacre was incessant, it was short in duration.  The
+whole time consumed by it, the brief twilight of the tropics, did
+not much exceed half an hour; a short period, indeed, - yet long
+enough to decide the fate of Peru, and to subvert the dynasty of
+the Incas.
+
+[Footnote 26: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+199.]
+
+[Footnote 27: "Los mataron a todos con los Cavallos con espadas
+con arcabuzes como quien mata ovejas - sin hacerles nadie
+resistencia que no se escaparon de mas de diez mil, doscientos,"
+Instruc. del Inga Titucussi, Ms.
+
+This document, consisting of two hundred folio pages, is signed
+by a Peruvian Inca, grandson of the great Huayna Capac, and
+nephew, consequently, of Atahuallpa.  It was written in 1570, and
+designed to set forth to his Majesty Philip II. the claims of
+Titucussi and the members of his family to the royal bounty.  In
+the course of the Memorial, the writer takes occasion to
+recapitulate some of the principal events in the latter years of
+the empire; and though sufficiently prolix to tax even the
+patience of Philip II., it is of much value as an historical
+document, coming from one of the royal race of Peru.]
+
+[Footnote 28: Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1532.
+
+According to Naharro, the Indians were less astounded by the wild
+uproar caused by the sudden assault of the Spaniards, though
+"this was such that it seemed as if the very heavens were
+falling," than by a terrible apparition which appeared in the air
+during the onslaught.  It consisted of a woman and a child, and,
+at their side, a horseman all clothed in white on a milk-white
+charger, - doubtless the valiant St. James, - who, with his sword
+glancing lightning, smote down the infidel host, and rendered
+them incapable of resistance.  This miracle the good father
+reports on the testimony of three of his Order, who were present
+in the action, and who received it from numberless of the
+natives.  Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+
+That night Pizarro kept his engagement with the Inca, since he
+had Atahuallpa to sup with him.  The banquet was served in one of
+the halls facing the great square, which a few hours before had
+been the scene of slaughter, and the pavement of which was still
+encumbered with the dead bodies of the Inca's subjects.  The
+captive monarch was placed next his conqueror.  He seemed like
+one who did not yet fully comprehend the extent of his calamity.
+If he did, he showed an amazing fortitude.  "It is the fortune of
+war," he said; *29 and, if we may credit the Spaniards, he
+expressed his admiration of the adroitness with which they had
+contrived to entrap him in the midst of his own troops. *30 He
+added, that he had been made acquainted with the progress of the
+white men from the hour of their landing; but that he had been
+led to undervalue their strength from the insignificance of their
+numbers.  He had no doubt he should be easily able to overpower
+them, on their arrival at Caxamalca, by his superior strength;
+and, as he wished to see for himself what manner of men they
+were, he had suffered them to cross the mountains, meaning to
+select such as he chose for his own service, and, getting
+possession of their wonderful arms and horses, put the rest to
+death. *31
+
+[Footnote 29: "Diciendo que era uso de Guerra vencer, i ser
+vencido." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 2, cap. 12.]
+
+[Footnote 30: "Haciendo admiracion de la traza que tenia hecha."
+Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 31: "And in my opinion," adds the Conqueror who reports
+the speech, "he had good grounds for believing he could do this,
+since nothing but the miraculous interposition of Heaven could
+have saved us." Ibid., Ms.]
+
+
+That such may have been Atahuallpa's purpose is not improbable.
+It explains his conduct in not occupying the mountain passes,
+which afforded such strong points of defence against invasion.
+But that a prince so astute, as by the general testimony of the
+Conquerors he is represented to have been, should have made so
+impolitic a disclosure of his hidden motives is not so probable.
+The intercourse with the Inca was carried on chiefly by means of
+the interpreter Felipillo, or little Philip, as he was called,
+from his assumed Christian name, - a malicious youth, as it
+appears, who bore no good-will to Atahuallpa, and whose
+interpretations were readily admitted by the Conquerors, eager to
+find some pretext for their bloody reprisals.
+Atahuallpa, as elsewhere notice, was, at this time, about thirty
+years of age.  He was well made, and more robust than usual with
+his countrymen. His head was large, and his countenance might
+have been called handsome, but that his eyes, which were
+bloodshot, gave a fierce expression to his features.  He was
+deliberate in speech, grave in manner, and towards his own people
+stern even to severity; though with the Spaniards he showed
+himself affable, sometimes even indulging in sallies of mirth.
+*32
+
+[Footnote 32: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+203.]
+
+Pizarro paid every attention to his royal captive, and
+endeavoured to lighten, if he could not dispel, the gloom which,
+in spite of his assumed equanimity, hung over the monarch's brow.
+He besought him not to be case down by his reverses, for his lot
+had only been that of every prince who had resisted the white
+men.  They had come into the country to proclaim the gospel, the
+religion of Jesus Christ; and it was no wonder they had
+prevailed, when his shield was over them.  Heaven had permitted
+that Atahuallpa's pride should be humbled, because of his hostile
+intentions towards the Spaniards, and the insults he had offered
+to the sacred volume. But he bade the Inca take courage and
+confide in him, for the Spaniards were a generous race, warring
+only against those who made war on them, and showing grace to all
+who submitted! *33 - Atahuallpa may have thought the massacre of
+that day an indifferent commentary on this vaunted lenity.
+
+[Footnote 33: "Nosotros vsamos de piedad con nuestros Enemigos
+vencidos, i no hacemos Guerra, sino a los que nos la hacen, i
+pudiendolos destruir no lo hacemos, antes los perdona mos."
+Ibid., tom. III. p. 199.]
+
+Before retiring for the night, Pizarro briefly addressed his
+troops on their present situation.  When he had ascertained that
+not a man was wounded, he bade them offer up thanksgivings to
+Providence for so great a miracle; without its care, they could
+never have prevailed so easily over the host of their enemies;
+and he trusted their lives had been reserved for still greater
+things.  But if they would succeed, they had much to do for
+themselves.  They were in the heart of a powerful kingdom,
+encompassed by foes deeply attached to their own sovereign.  They
+must be ever on their guard, therefore, and be prepared at any
+hour to be roused from their slumbers by the call of the trumpet.
+*34 - Having then posted his sentinels, placed a strong guard
+over the apartment of Atahuallpa, and taken all the precautions
+of a careful commander, Pizarro withdrew to repose; and, if he
+could really feel, that, in the bloody scenes of the past day, he
+had been fighting only the good fight of the Cross, he doubtless
+slept sounder than on the night preceding the seizure of the
+Inca.
+
+[Footnote 34: Ibid., ubi supra. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. i.
+Conq., Ms.]
+
+On the following morning, the first commands of the Spanish chief
+were to have the city cleansed of its impurities; and the
+prisoners, of whom there were many in the camp, were employed to
+remove the dead, and give them decent burial.  His next care was
+to despatch a body of about thirty horse to the quarters lately
+occupied by Atahuallpa at the baths, to take possession of the
+spoil, and disperse the remnant of the Peruvian forces which
+still hung about the place.
+
+Before noon, the party which he had detached on this service
+returned with a large troop of Indians, men and women, among the
+latter of whom were many of the wives and attendants of the Inca.
+The Spaniards had met with no resistance; since the Peruvian
+warriors, though so superior in number, excellent in
+appointments, and consisting mostly of able-bodied young men, -
+for the greater part of the veteran forces were with the Inca's
+generals at the south, - lost all heart from the moment of their
+sovereign's captivity.  There was no leader to take his place;
+for they recognized no authority but that of the Child of the
+Sun, and they seemed to be held by a sort of invisible charm near
+the place of his confinement; while they gazed with superstitious
+awe on the white men, who could achieve so audacious an
+enterprise. *35
+
+[Footnote 35: From this time, says Ondegardo, the Spaniards, who
+hitherto had been designated as the "men with beards," barbudos,
+were called by the natives, from their fair-complexioned deity,
+Viracochas.  The people of Cuzco, who bore no goodwill to the
+captive Inca, "looked upon the strangers," says the author, "as
+sent by Viracocha himself." (Rel. Prim., Ms.) It reminds us of a
+superstition, or rather an amiable fancy, among the ancient
+Greeks, that "the stranger came from Jupiter."]
+
+The number of Indian prisoners was so great, that some of the
+Conquerors were for putting them all to death, or, at least,
+cutting off their hands, to disable them from acts of violence,
+and to strike terror into their countrymen. *36 The proposition,
+doubtless, came from the lowest and most ferocious of the
+soldiery.  But that it should have been made at all shows what
+materials entered into the composition of Pizarro's company.  The
+chief rejected it at once, as no less impolitic than inhuman, and
+dismissed the Indians to their several homes, with the assurance
+that none should be harmed who did not offer resistance to the
+white men.  A sufficient number, however, were retained to wait
+on the Conquerors, who were so well provided, in this respect,
+that the most common soldier was attended by a retinue of menials
+that would have better suited the establishment of a noble. *37
+
+[Footnote 36: "Algunos fueron de opinion, que matasen a todos los
+Hombres de Guerra, o les cortasen las manos." Xerez, Hist. del
+Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 200.]
+
+[Footnote 37: "Cada Espanol de los que alli ivan tomaron para si
+mui gran cantidad tanto que como andava todo a rienda suelta
+havia Espanol que tenia docientas piezas de Indios Indias de
+servicio." Conq. i. Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+The Spaniards had found immense droves of llamas under the care
+of their shepherds in the neighbourhood of the baths, destined
+for the consumption of the Court.  Many of them were now suffered
+to roam abroad among their native mountains; though Pizarro
+caused a considerable number to be reserved for the use of the
+army.  And this was no small quantity, if, as one of the
+Conquerors says, a hundred and fifty of the Peruvian sheep were
+frequently slaughtered in a day. *38 Indeed, the Spaniards were
+so improvident in their destruction of these animals, that, in a
+few years, the superb flocks, nurtured with so much care by the
+Peruvian government, had almost disappeared from the land. *39
+
+[Footnote 38: "Se matan cada Dia, ciento i cinquenta." Xerez,
+Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 202.]
+
+[Footnote 39: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 80. - Ondegardo, Rel.
+Seg., Ms.
+
+"Hasta que los destruian todos sin haver Espanol ni Justicia que
+lo defendiese ni amparase." Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+The party sent to pillage the Inca's pleasure house brought back
+a rich booty in gold and silver, consisting chiefly of plate for
+the royal table, which greatly astonished the Spaniards by their
+size and weight.  These, as well as some large emeralds obtained
+there, together with the precious spoils found on the bodies of
+the Indian nobles who had perished in the massacre, were placed
+in safe custody, to be hereafter divided.  In the city of
+Caxamalca, the troops also found magazines stored with goods,
+both cotton and woollen, far superior to any they had seen, for
+fineness of texture, and the skill with which the various colors
+were blended.  They were piled from the floors to the very roofs
+of the buildings, and in such quantity, that, after every soldier
+had provided himself with what he desired, it made no sensible
+diminution of the whole amount. *40
+
+[Footnote 40: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+200.
+
+There was enough, says the anonymous Conqueror, for several
+ship-loads. "Todas estas cosas de tiendas y ropas de lana y
+algodon eran en tan gran cantidad, que a mi parecer fueran
+menester muchos navios en que supieran." Relacion del Primer.
+Descub., Ms.]
+
+Pizarro would now gladly have directed his march on the Peruvian
+capital. But the distance was great, and his force was small.
+This must have been still further crippled by the guard required
+for the Inca, and the chief feared to involve himself deeper in a
+hostile empire so populous and powerful, with a prize so precious
+in his keeping.  With much anxiety, therefore, he looked for
+reinforcements from the colonies; and he despatched a courier to
+San Miguel, to inform the Spaniards there of his recent
+successes, and to ascertain if there had been any arrival from
+Panama. Meanwhile he employed his men in making Caxamalca a more
+suitable residence for a Christian host, by erecting a church,
+or, perhaps, appropriating some Indian edifice to this use, in
+which mass was regularly performed by the Dominican fathers, with
+great solemnity.  The dilapidated walls of the city were also
+restored in a more substantial manner than before, and every
+vestige was soon effaced of the hurricane that had so recently
+swept over it.
+
+It was not long before Atahuallpa discovered, amidst all the show
+of religious zeal in his Conquerors, a lurking appetite more
+potent in most of their bosoms than either religion or ambition.
+This was the love of gold. He determined to avail himself of it
+to procure his own freedom.  The critical posture of his affairs
+made it important that this should not be long delayed. His
+brother Huascar, ever since his defeat, had been detained as a
+prisoner, subject to the victor's orders.  He was now at
+Andamarca, at no great distance from Caxamalca; and Atahuallpa
+feared, with good reason, that, when his own imprisonment was
+known, Huascar would find it easy to corrupt his guards, make his
+escape, and put himself at the head of the contested empire,
+without a rival to dispute it.
+
+In the hope, therefore, to effect his purpose by appealing to the
+avarice of his keepers, he one day told Pizarro, that, if he
+would set him free, he would engage to cover the floor of the
+apartment on which they stood with gold.  Those present listened
+with an incredulous smile; and, as the Inca received no answer,
+he said, with some emphasis, that "he would not merely cover the
+floor, but would fill the room with gold as high as he could
+reach"; and, standing on tiptoe, he stretched out his hand
+against the wall. All stared with amazement; while they regarded
+it as the insane boast of a man too eager to procure his liberty
+to weigh the meaning of his words.  Yet Pizarro was sorely
+perplexed.  As he had advanced into the country, much that he had
+seen, and all that he had heard, had confirmed the dazzling
+reports first received of the riches of Peru.  Atahuallpa himself
+had given him the most glowing picture of the wealth of the
+capital, where the roofs of the temples were plated with gold,
+while the walls were hung with tapestry and the floors inlaid
+with tiles of the same precious metal.  There must be some
+foundation for all this.  At all events, it was safe to accede to
+the Inca's proposition; since, by so doing, he could collect, at
+once, all the gold at his disposal, and thus prevent its being
+purloined or secreted by the natives.  He therefore acquiesced in
+Atahuallpa's offer, and, drawing a red line along the wall at the
+height which the Inca had indicated, he caused the terms of the
+proposal to be duly recorded by the notary.  The apartment was
+about seventeen feet broad, by twenty-two feet long, and the line
+round the walls was nine feet from the floor. *41 This space was
+to be filled with gold; but it was understood that the gold was
+not to be melted down into ingots, but to retain the original
+form of the articles into which it was manufactured, that the
+Inca might have the benefit of the space which they occupied.  He
+further agreed to fill an adjoining room of smaller dimensions
+twice full with silver, in like manner; and he demanded two
+months to accomplish all this. *42
+
+[Footnote 41: I have adopted the dimensions given by the
+secretary Xerez, (Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 202.)
+According to Hernando Pizarro, the apartment was nine feet high,
+but thirty-five feet long by seventeen or eighteen feet wide.
+(Carta, Ms.) The most moderate estimate is large enough.
+Stevenson says that they still show "a large room, part of the
+old palace, and now the residence of the Cacique Astopilca, where
+the ill-fated Inca was kept a prisoner"; and he adds that the
+line traced on the wall is still visible.  (Residence in South
+America, vol. II. p. 163.) Peru abounds in remains as ancient as
+the Conquest; and it would not be surprising that the memory of a
+place so remarkable as this should be preserved, - though any
+thing but a memorial to be cherished by the Spaniards.]
+
+[Footnote 42: The facts in the preceding paragraph are told with
+remarkable uniformity by the ancient chroniclers.  (Conf. Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Carta de Hern. Pizarro, Ms. -
+Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, ubi supra. - Naharro, Relacion
+Sumaria, Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 2, cap. 6. - Gomara,
+Hist. de las Ind., cap. 114. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5,
+lib. 2, cap. 1.)
+
+Both Naharro and Herrera state expressly that Pizarro promised
+the Inca his liberation on fulfilling the compact.  This is not
+confirmed by the other chroniclers, who, however, do not intimate
+that the Spanish general declined the terms.  And as Pizarro, by
+all accounts, encouraged his prisoner to perform his part of the
+contract, it must have been with the understanding implied, if
+not expressed, that he would abide by the other.  It is most
+improbable that the Inca would have stripped himself of his
+treasures, if he had not so understood it.]
+
+No sooner was this arrangement made, than the Inca despatched
+couriers to Cuzco and the other principal places in the kingdom,
+with orders that the gold ornaments and utensils should be
+removed from the royal palaces, and from the temples and other
+public buildings, and transported without loss of time to
+Caxamalca.  Meanwhile he continued to live in the Spanish
+quarters, treated with the respect due to his rank, and enjoying
+all the freedom that was compatible with the security of his
+person.  Though not permitted to go abroad, his limbs were
+unshackled, and he had the range of his own apartments under the
+jealous surveillance of a guard, who knew too well the value of
+the royal captive to be remiss.  He was allowed the society of
+his favorite wives, and Pizarro took care that his domestic
+privacy should not be violated.  His subjects had free access to
+their sovereign, and every day he received visits from the Indian
+nobles, who came to bring presents, and offer condolence to their
+unfortunate master.  On such occasions, the most potent of these
+great vassals never ventured into his presence, without first
+stripping off their sandals, and bearing a load on their backs in
+token of reverence.  The Spaniards gazed with curious eyes on
+these acts of homage, or rather of slavish submission, on the one
+side, and on the air of perfect indifference with which they were
+received, as a matter of course, on the other; and they conceived
+high ideas of the character of a prince who, even in his present
+helpless condition, could inspire such feelings of awe in his
+subjects.  The royal levee was so well attended, and such
+devotion was shown by his vassals to the captive monarch, as did
+not fail, in the end, to excite some feelings of distrust in his
+keepers. *43
+
+[Footnote 43: Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms. - Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru lib. 2, cap. 6.]
+
+Pizarro did not neglect the opportunity afforded him of
+communicating the truths of revelation to his prisoner, and both
+he and his chaplain, Father Valverde, labored in the same good
+work.  Atahuallpa listened with composure and apparent attention.
+But nothing seemed to move him so much as the argument with which
+the military polemic closed his discourse, - that it could not be
+the true God whom Atahuallpa worshipped, since he had suffered
+him to fall into the hands of his enemies.  The unhappy monarch
+assented to the force of this, acknowledging that his Deity had
+indeed deserted him in his utmost need. *44
+
+[Footnote 44: "I mas dijo Atabalipa, que estaba espantado de lo
+que el Governador le havia dicho: que bien conocia que aquel que
+hablaba en su Idolo, no es Dios verdadero pues tan poco le
+aiudo." Xerez Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 203.]
+
+Yet his conduct towards his brother Huascar, at this time, too
+clearly proves, that, whatever respect he may have shown for the
+teachers, the doctrines of Christianity had made little
+impression on his heart.  No sooner had Huascar been informed of
+the capture of his rival, and of the large ransom he had offered
+for his deliverance, than, as the latter had foreseen, he made
+every effort to regain his liberty, and sent, or attempted to
+send, a message to the Spanish commander, that he would pay a
+much larger ransom than that promised by Atahuallpa, who, never
+having dwelt in Cuzco, was ignorant of the quantity of treasure
+there, and where it was deposited.
+Intelligence of all this was secretly communicated to Atahuallpa
+by the persons who had his brother in charge; and his jealousy,
+thus roused, was further heightened by Pizarro's declaration,
+that he intended to have Huascar brought to Caxamalca, where he
+would himself examine into the controversy, and determine which
+of the two had best title to the sceptre of the Incas. Pizarro
+perceived, from the first, the advantages of a competition which
+would enable him, by throwing his sword into the scale he
+preferred, to give it a preponderance.  The party who held the
+sceptre by his nomination would henceforth be a tool in his
+hands, with which to work his pleasure more effectually than he
+could well do in his own name.  It was the game, as every reader
+knows, played by Edward the First in the affairs of Scotland, and
+by many a monarch, both before and since, - and though their
+examples may not have been familiar to the unlettered soldier,
+Pizarro was too quick in his perceptions to require, in this
+matter, at least, the teachings of history.
+Atahuallpa was much alarmed by the Spanish commander's
+determination to have the suit between the rival candidates
+brought before him; for he feared, that, independently of the
+merits of the case, the decision would be likely to go in favor
+of Huascar, whose mild and ductile temper would make him a
+convenient instrument in the hands of his conquerors.  Without
+further hesitation, he determined to remove this cause of
+jealousy for ever, by the death of his brother.
+
+His orders were immediately executed, and the unhappy prince was
+drowned, as was commonly reported, in the river of Andamarca,
+declaring with his dying breath that the white men would avenge
+his murder, and that his rival would not long survive him. *45 -
+Thus perished the unfortunate Huascar, the legitimate heir of the
+throne of the Incas, in the very morning of life, and the
+commencement of his reign; a reign, however, which had been long
+enough to call forth the display of many excellent and amiable
+qualities, though his nature was too gentle to cope with the bold
+and fiercer temper of his brother.  Such is the portrait we have
+of him from the Indian and Castilian chroniclers, though the
+former, it should be added, were the kinsmen of Huascar, and the
+latter certainly bore no goodwill to Atahuallpa. *46
+
+[Footnote 45: Both the place and the manner of Huascar's death
+are reported with much discrepancy by the historians.  All agree
+in the one important fact, that he died a violent death at the
+instigation of his brother.  Conf. Herrera, Hist. General, dec.
+5, lib. 3, cap. 2. - Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III.
+p. 204. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Naharro, Relacion
+Sumaria, Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 2, cap. 6. - Instruc.
+del Inga Titucussi, Ms.]
+
+
+[Footnote 46: Both Garcillaso de la Vega and Titucussi Yupanqui
+were descendants from Huayna Capac, of the pure Peruvian stock,
+the natural enemies, therefore, of their kinsman of Quito, whom
+they regarded as a usurper.  Circumstances brought the Castilians
+into direct collision with Atahuallpa, and it was natural they
+should seek to darken his reputation by contrast with the fair
+character of his rival.]
+
+That prince received the tidings of Huascar's death with every
+mark of surprise and indignation.  He immediately sent for
+Pizarro, and communicated the event to him with expressions of
+the deepest sorrow.  The Spanish commander refused, at first, to
+credit the unwelcome news, and bluntly told the Inca, that his
+brother could not be dead, and that he should be answerable for
+his life. *47 To this Atahuallpa replied by renewed assurances of
+the fact, adding that the deed had been perpetrated, without his
+privity, by Huascar's keepers, fearful that he might take
+advantage of the troubles of the country to make his escape.
+Pizarro, on making further inquiries, found that the report of
+his death was but too true.  That it should have been brought
+about by Atahuallpa's officers, without his express command,
+would only show, that, by so doing, they had probably anticipated
+their master's wishes.  The crime, which assumes in our eyes a
+deeper dye from the relation of the parties, had not the same
+estimation among the Incas, in whose multitudinous families the
+bonds of brotherhood must have sat loosely, - much too loosely to
+restrain the arm of the despot from sweeping away any obstacle
+that lay in his path.
+
+[Footnote 47: "Sabido esto por el Gobernador, mostro, que el
+pesaba mucho: i dijo que era mentira, que no le havian muerto,
+que lo trujesen luego vivo: i sino, que el mandaria matar a
+Atabalipa." Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 204.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter VI
+
+Gold Arrives For The Ransom. - Visit To Pachacamac. - Demolition
+Of The Idol. - The Inca's Favorite General. - The Inca's Life In
+Confinement. - Envoy's Conduct In Cuzco. - Arrival Of Almagro.
+
+1533.
+
+
+Several weeks had now passed since Atahuallpa's emissaries had
+been despatched for the gold and silver that were to furnish his
+ransom to the Spaniards.  But the distances were great, and the
+returns came in slowly. They consisted, for the most part, of
+massive pieces of plate, some of which weighed two or three
+arrobas, - a Spanish weight of twenty-five pounds.  On some days,
+articles of the value of thirty or forty thousand pesos de oro
+were brought in, and, occasionally, of the value of fifty or even
+sixty thousand pesos.  The greedy eyes of the Conquerors gloated
+on the shining heaps of treasure, which were transported on the
+shoulders of the Indian porters, and, after being carefully
+registered, were placed in safe deposit under a strong guard.
+They now began to believe that the magnificent promises of the
+Inca would be fulfilled.  But, as their avarice was sharpened by
+the ravishing display of wealth, such as they had hardly dared to
+imagine, they became more craving and impatient.  They made no
+allowance for the distance and the difficulties of the way, and
+loudly inveighed against the tardiness with which the royal
+commands were executed.  They even suspected Atahuallpa of
+devising this scheme only to gain a pretext for communicating
+with his subjects in distant places, and of proceeding as
+dilatorily as possible, in order to secure time for the execution
+of his plans.  Rumors of a rising among the Peruvians were
+circulated, and the Spaniards were in apprehension of some
+general and sudden assault on their quarters.  Their new
+acquisitions gave them additional cause for solicitude; like a
+miser, they trembled in the midst of their treasures. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 2, sap. 6. - Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom.
+III. p. 204.]
+
+Pizarro reported to his captive the rumors that were in
+circulation among the soldiers, naming, as one of the places
+pointed out for the rendezvous of the Indians, the neighbouring
+city of Guamachucho.  Atahuallpa listened with undisguised
+astonishment, and indignantly repelled the charge, as false from
+beginning to end.  "No one of my subjects," said he, "would dare
+to appear in arms, or to raise his finger, without my orders.
+You have me," he continued, "in your power.  Is not my life at
+your disposal?  And what better security can you have for my
+fidelity?" He then represented to the Spanish commander, that the
+distances of many of the places were very great; that to Cuzco,
+the capital, although a message might be sent by post, through a
+succession of couriers, in five days from Caxamalca, it would
+require weeks for a porter to travel over the same ground, with a
+heavy load on his back.  "But that you may be satisfied I am
+proceeding in good faith," he added, "I desire you will send some
+of your own people to Cuzco.  I will give them a safe-conduct,
+and, when there, they can superintend the execution of the
+commission, and see with their own eyes that no hostile movements
+are intended." It was a fair offer, and Pizarro, anxious to get
+more precise and authentic information of the state of the
+country, gladly availed himself of it. *2
+
+[Footnote 2: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Xerez, Conq.
+del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. pp. 203, 204. - Naharro, Relacion
+Sumaria, Ms.]
+
+Before the departure of these emissaries, the general had
+despatched his brother Hernando with about twenty horse and a
+small body of infantry to the neighbouring town of Guamachucho,
+in order to reconnoitre the country, and ascertain if there was
+any truth in the report of an armed force having assembled there.
+Hernando found every thing quiet, and met with a kind reception
+from the natives.  But before leaving the place, he received
+further orders from his brother to continue his march to
+Pachacamac, a town situated on the coast, at least a hundred
+leagues distant from Caxamalca. It was consecrated as the seat of
+the great temple of the deity of that name, whom the Peruvians
+worshipped as the Creator of the world.  It is said that they
+found there altars raised to this god, on their first occupation
+of the country; and, such was the veneration in which he was held
+by the natives, that the Incas, instead of attempting to abolish
+his worship, deemed it more prudent to sanction it conjointly
+with that of their own deity, the Sun. Side by side, the two
+temples rose on the heights that overlooked the city of
+Pachacamac, and prospered in the offerings of their respective
+votaries. "It was a cunning arrangement," says an ancient writer,
+"by which the great enemy of man secured to himself a double
+harvest of souls." *3
+
+[Footnote 3: "El demonio Pachacama alegre con este concierto,
+afirman que mostraua en sus respuestas gran contento: pues con lo
+vno y lo otro era el seruido, y quedauan las animas de los
+simples malauenturados presas en su poder." Cieza de Leon,
+Cronica, cap. 72.]
+
+But the temple of Pachacamac continued to maintain its
+ascendency; and the oracles delivered from its dark and
+mysterious shrine, were held in no less repute among the natives
+of Tavantinsuyu, (or "the four quarters of the world," as Peru
+under the Incas was called,) than the oracles of Delphi obtained
+among the Greeks.  Pilgrimages were made to the hallowed spot
+from the most distant regions, and the city of Pachacamac became
+among the Peruvians what Mecca was among the Mahometans, or
+Cholula with the people of Anahuac.  The shrine of the deity,
+enriched by the tributes of the pilgrims, gradually became one of
+the most opulent in the land, and Atahuallpa, anxious to collect
+his ransom as speedily as possible, urged Pizarro to send a
+detachment in that direction, to secure the treasures before they
+could be secreted by the priests of the temple.
+
+It was a journey of considerable difficulty.  Two thirds of the
+route lay along the table-land of the Cordilleras, intersected
+occasionally by crests of the mountain range, that imposed no
+slight impediment to their progress.  Fortunately, much of the
+way, they had the benefit of the great road to Cuzco, and
+"nothing in Christendom," exclaims Hernando Pizarro, "equals the
+magnificence of this road across the sierra." *4 In some places,
+the rocky ridges were so precipitous, that steps were cut in them
+for the travellers; and though the sides were protected by heavy
+stone balustrades or parapets, it was with the greatest
+difficulty that the horses were enabled to scale them.  The road
+was frequently crossed by streams, over which bridges of wood and
+sometimes of stone were thrown; though occasionally, along the
+declivities of the mountains, the waters swept down in such
+furious torrents, that the only method of passing them was by the
+swinging bridges of osier, of which, till now, the Spaniards had
+had little experience.  They were secured on either bank to heavy
+buttresses of stone.  But as they were originally designed for
+nothing heavier than the foot-passenger and the llama, and, as
+they had something exceedingly fragile in their appearance, the
+Spaniards hesitated to venture on them with their horses.
+Experience, however, soon showed they were capable of bearing a
+much greater weight; and though the traveller, made giddy by the
+vibration of the long avenue, looked with a reeling brain into
+the torrent that was tumbling at the depth of a hundred feet or
+more below him, the whole of the cavalry effected their passage
+without an accident.  At these bridges, it may be remarked, they
+found persons stationed whose business it was to collect toll for
+the government from all travellers. *5
+
+[Footnote 4: "El camino de las sierras es cosa de ver, porque en
+verdad en tierra tan fragosa en la cristiandad no se han visto
+tan hermosos caminos, toda la mayor parte de calzada." Carta,
+Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 5: "Todos los arroyos tienen puentes de piedra o de
+madera: en un rio grande, que era muy caudaloso e muy grande, que
+pasamos dos veces, hallamos puentes de red, que es cosa
+maravillosa de ver; pasamos por ellas los caballos; tienen en
+cada pasaje dos puentes, la una por donde pasa la gente comun, la
+otra por donde pasa el senor de la tierra o sus capitanes: esta
+tienen siempre cerrada e indios que la guardan; estos indios
+cobran portazgo de los que pasan." Carta de Hern.  Pizarro, Ms. -
+Also Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+The Spaniards were amazed by the number as well as magnitude of
+the flocks of llamas which they saw browsing on the stunted
+herbage that grows in the elevated regions of the Andes.  Some
+times they were gathered in inclosures, but more usually were
+roaming at large under the conduct of their Indian shepherds; and
+the Conquerors now learned, for the first time, that these
+animals were tended with as much care, and their migrations as
+nicely regulated, as those of the vast flocks of merinos in their
+own country. *6
+
+[Footnote 6: A comical blunder has been made by the printer, in
+M. Ter naux-Compans's excellent translation of Xerez, in the
+account of this expedition.  "On trouve sur toute la route
+beaucoup de porcs, de lamas." (Relation de la Conquete du Perou,
+p. 157.) The substitution of porcs for parcs might well lead the
+reader into the error of supposing that swine existed in Peru
+before the Conquest.]
+
+The table-land and its declivities were thickly sprinkled with
+hamlets and towns, some of them of considerable size; and the
+country in every direction bore the marks of a thrifty husbandry.
+Fields of Indian corn were to be seen in all its different
+stages, from the green and tender ear to the yellow ripeness of
+harvest time.  As they descended into the valleys and deep
+ravines that divided the crests of the Cordilleras, they were
+surrounded by the vegetation of a warmer climate, which delighted
+the eye with the gay livery of a thousand bright colors, and
+intoxicated the senses with its perfumes.  Everywhere the natural
+capacities of the soil were stimulated by a minute system of
+irrigation, which drew the fertilizing moisture from every stream
+and rivulet that rolled down the declivities of the Andes; while
+the terraced sides of the mountains were clothed with gardens and
+orchards that teemed with fruits of various latitudes.  The
+Spaniards could not sufficiently admire the industry with which
+the natives had availed themselves of the bounty of Nature, or
+had supplied the deficiency where she had dealt with a more
+parsimonious hand.
+
+Whether from the commands of the Inca, or from the awe which
+their achievements had spread throughout the land, the Conquerors
+were received, in every place through which they passed, with
+hospitable kindness.  Lodgings were provided for them, with ample
+refreshments from the well-stored magazines, distributed at
+intervals along the route.  In many of the towns the inhabitants
+came out to welcome them with singing and dancing; and, when they
+resumed their march, a number of able-bodied porters were
+furnished to carry forward their baggage. *7
+
+[Footnote 7: Carta de Hern.  Pizarro, Ms. - Estete, ap. Barcia,
+tom. III. pp. 206, 207. - Relacion del Primer.  Descub., Ms.
+
+Both the last-cited author and Miguel Estete, the royal veedor or
+inspector, accompanied Hernando Pizarro on this expedition, and,
+of course, were eyewitnesses, like himself, of what they relate.
+Estete's narrative is incorporated by the secretary Xerez in his
+own.]
+
+At length, after some weeks of travel, severe even with all these
+appliances, Hernando Pizarro arrived before the city of
+Pachacamac.  It was a place of considerable population, and the
+edifices were, many of them, substantially built.  The temple of
+the tutelar deity consisted of a vast stone building, or rather
+pile of buildings, which, clustering around a conical hill, had
+the air of a fortress rather than a religious establishment.
+But, though the walls were of stone, the roof was composed of a
+light thatch, as usual in countries where rain seldom or never
+falls, and where defence, consequently, is wanted chiefly against
+the rays of the sun.
+
+Presenting himself at the lower entrance of the temple, Hernando
+Pizarro was refused admittance by the guardians of the portal.
+But, exclaiming that "he had come too far to be stayed by the arm
+of an Indian priest," he forced his way into the passage, and,
+followed by his men, wound up the gallery which led to an area on
+the summit of the mount, at one end of which stood a sort of
+chapel.  This was the sanctuary of the dread deity.  The door was
+garnished with ornaments of crystal, and with turquoises and bits
+of coral. *8 Here again the Indians would have dissuaded Pizarro
+from violating the consecrated precincts, when, at that moment,
+the shock of an earthquake, that made the ancient walls tremble
+to their foundation, so alarmed the natives, both those of
+Pizarro's own company and the people of the place, that they fled
+in dismay, nothing doubting that their incensed deity would bury
+the invaders under the ruins, or consume them with his
+lightnings.  But no such terror found its way into the breast of
+the Conquerors, who felt that here, at least, they were fighting
+the good fight of the Faith.
+
+[Footnote 8: "Esta puerta era muy tejida de diversas cosas de
+corales y turquesas y cristales y otras cosas." Relacion del
+Primer. Descub., Ms]
+
+Tearing open the door, Pizarro and his party entered.  But
+instead of a hall blazing, as they had fondly imagined, with gold
+and precious stones, offerings of the worshippers of Pachacamac,
+they found themselves in a small and obscure apartment, or rather
+den, from the floor and sides of which steamed up the most
+offensive odors, - like those of a slaughter-house.  It was the
+place of sacrifice.  A few pieces of gold and some emeralds were
+discovered on the ground, and, as their eyes became accommodated
+to the darkness, they discerned in the most retired corner of the
+room the figure of the deity.  It was an uncouth monster, made of
+wood, with the head resembling that of a man.  This was the god,
+through whose lips Satan had breathed forth the far-famed oracles
+which had deluded his Indian votaries! *9
+
+[Footnote 9: "Aquel era Pachacama, el cual les sanaba de sus
+enfermedades, y a lo que alli se entendio, el Demonio aparecia en
+aquella cueba a aquellos sacerdotes y hablaba con ellos, y estos
+entraban con las peticiones y ofrendas de los que venian en
+romeria, que es cierto que del todo el Senorio de Atabalica iban
+alli, como los Moros y Turcos van a la casa de Meca." Relacion
+del Primer. Descub., Ms. - Also Estete, ap. Barcia, tom III. p.
+209.]
+
+Tearing the idol from its recess, the indignant Spaniards dragged
+it into the open air, and there broke it into a hundred
+fragments.  The place was then purified, and a large cross, made
+of stone and plaster, was erected on the spot.  In a few years
+the walls of the temple were pulled down by the Spanish settlers,
+who found there a convenient quarry for their own edifices. But
+the cross still remained spreading its broad arms over the ruins.
+It stood where it was planted in the very heart of the stronghold
+of Heathendom; and, while all was in ruins around it, it
+proclaimed the permanent triumphs of the Faith.
+
+The simple natives, finding that Heaven had no bolts in store for
+the Conquerors, and that their god had no power to prevent the
+profanation of his shrine, came in gradually and tendered their
+homage to the strangers, whom they now regarded with feelings of
+superstitious awe.  Pizarro profited by this temper to wean them,
+if possible, from their idolatry; and though no preacher himself,
+as he tells us, he delivered a discourse as edifying, doubtless,
+as could be expected from the mouth of a soldier; *10 and, in
+conclusion, he taught them the sign of the cross, as an
+inestimable talisman to secure them against the future
+machinations of the Devil. *11
+
+[Footnote 10: "E a falta de predicador les nice mi sermon,
+diciendo el engano en que vivian." Carta de Hern.  Pizarro, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 11: Ibid., Ms. - Relacion del Primer.  Descub., Ms. -
+Estete, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 209.]
+
+But the Spanish commander was not so absorbed in his spiritual
+labors as not to have an eye to those temporal concerns for which
+he came into this quarter.  He now found, to his chagrin, that he
+had come somewhat too late; and that the priests of Pachacamac,
+being advised of his mission, had secured much the greater part
+of the gold, and decamped with it before his arrival. A quantity
+was afterwards discovered buried in the grounds adjoining. *12
+Still the amount obtained was considerable, falling little short
+of eighty thousand castellanos, a sum which once would have been
+deemed a compensation for greater fatigues than they had
+encountered.  But the Spaniards had become familiar with gold;
+and their imaginations, kindled by the romantic adventures in
+which they had of late been engaged, indulged in visions which
+all the gold of Peru would scarcely have realized.
+
+[Footnote 12: "Y andando los tiepos el capitan Rodrigo Orgonez, y
+Francisco de Godoy, y otros sacaron gra summa de oro y plata de
+los enterramientos. Y aun se presume y tiene por cierto, que ay
+mucho mas: pero como no se sabe donde esta enterrado, se pierde."
+Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 72.]
+
+One prize, however, Hernando obtained by his expedition, which
+went far to console him for the loss of his treasure.  While at
+Pachacamac, he learned that the Indian commander Challcuchima lay
+with a large force in the neighbourhood of Xauxa, a town of some
+strength at a considerable distance among the mountains.  This
+man, who was nearly related to Atahuallpa, was his most
+experienced general, and together with Quizquiz, now at Cuzco,
+had achieved those victories at the south which placed the Inca
+on the throne. From his birth, his talents, and his large
+experience, he was accounted second to no subject in the kingdom.
+Pizarro was aware of the importance of securing his person.
+Finding that the Indian noble declined to meet him on his return,
+he determined to march at once on Xauxa and take the chief in his
+own quarters.  Such a scheme, considering the enormous disparity
+of numbers, might seem desperate even for Spaniards.  But success
+had given them such confidence, that they hardly condescended to
+calculate chances.
+The road across the mountains presented greater difficulties than
+those on the former march.  To add to the troubles of the
+cavalry, the shoes of their horses were worn out, and their hoofs
+suffered severely on the rough and stony ground.  There was no
+iron at hand, nothing but gold and silver. In the present
+emergency they turned even these to account; and Pizarro caused
+the horses of the whole troop to be shod with silver.  The work
+was done by the Indian smiths, and it answered so well, that in
+this precious material they found a substitute for iron during
+the remainder of the march. *13
+
+[Footnote 13: "Hicieron hacer herrage de herraduras e clavos para
+sus Caballos de Plata, los cuales hicieron los cien Indios
+fundidores muy buenos e cuantos quisieron de ellos, con el cual
+herrage andubieron dos meses." (Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms.,
+Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 16.) The author of the Relacion del Primero
+Descubrimento, Ms., says they shod the horses with silver and
+copper.  And another of the Peruvian Conquerors assures us they
+used gold and silver.  (Relatione d'un Capitano Spagnuolo, ap
+Ramusio, Navigationi et Viaggi, Venetia, 1565, tom. III. fol.
+376.) All agree in the silver.]
+
+Xauxa was a large and populous place; though we shall hardly
+credit the assertion of the Conquerors, that a hundred thousand
+persons assembled habitually in the great square of the city. *14
+The Peruvian commander was encamped, it was said, with an army of
+five-and-thirty thousand men at only a few miles' distance from
+the town With some difficulty he was persuaded to an interview
+with Pizarro.  The latter addressed him courteously, and urged
+his return with him to the Castilian quarters in Caxamalca,
+representing it as the command of the Inca.  Ever since the
+capture of his master, Challcuchima had remained uncertain what
+course to take.  The capture of the Inca in this sudden and
+mysterious manner by a race of beings who seemed to have dropped
+from the clouds, and that too in the very hour of his triumph,
+had entirely bewildered the Peruvian chief.  He had concerted no
+plan for the rescue of Atahuallpa, nor, indeed, did he know
+whether any such movement would be acceptable to him.  He now
+acquiesced in his commands, and was willing, at all events, to
+have a personal interview with his sovereign. Pizarro gained his
+end without being obliged to strike a single blow to effect it.
+The barbarian, when brought into contact with the white man,
+would seem to have been rebuked by his superior genius, in the
+same manner as the wild animal of the forest is said to quail
+before the steady glance of the hunter.
+
+[Footnote 14: "Era mucha la Gente de aquel Pueblo, i de sus
+Comarcas, que al parecer de los Espanoles, se juntaban cada Dia
+en la Placa Principal cien mil Personas." Estete, ap. Barcia,
+tom. III. p. 230.]
+
+Challcuchima came attended by a numerous retinue.  He was borne
+in his sedan on the shoulders of his vassals; and, as he
+accompanied the Spaniards on their return through the country,
+received everywhere from the inhabitants the homage paid only to
+the favorite of a monarch.  Yet all this pomp vanished on his
+entering the presence of the Inca, whom he approached with his
+feet bare, while a light burden, which he had taken from one of
+the attendants, was laid on his back.  As he drew near, the old
+warrior, raising his hands to heaven, exclaimed, - "Would that I
+had been here! - this would not then have happened"; then,
+kneeling down, he kissed the hands and feet of his royal master,
+and bathed them with his tears.  Atahuallpa, on his part,
+betrayed not the least emotion, and showed no other sign of
+satisfaction at the presence of his favorite counsellor, than by
+simply bidding him welcome.  The cold demeanour of the monarch
+contrasted strangely with the loyal sensibility of the subject.
+*15
+
+[Footnote 15: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.
+
+"The like of it," exclaims Estete. "was never before seen since
+the Indies were discovered." Ibid., p. 231.]
+
+The rank of the Inca placed him at an immeasurable distance above
+the proudest of his vassals; and the Spaniards had repeated
+occasion to admire the ascendency which, even in his present
+fallen fortunes, he maintained over his people, and the awe with
+which they approached him.  Pedro Pizarro records an interview,
+at which he was present, between Atahuallpa and one of his great
+nobles, who had obtained leave to visit some remote part of the
+country on condition of returning by a certain day.  He was
+detained somewhat beyond the appointed time, and, on entering the
+presence with a small propitiatory gift for his sovereign, his
+knees shook so violently, that it seemed, says the chronicler, as
+if he would have fallen to the ground.  His master, however,
+received him kindly, and dismissed him without a word of rebuke.
+*16
+
+[Footnote 16: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. Conq., Ms.]
+
+Atahuallpa in his confinement continued to receive the same
+respectful treatment from the Spaniards as hitherto.  They taught
+him to play with dice, and the more intricate game of chess, in
+which the royal captive became expert, and loved to be guile with
+it the tedious hours of his imprisonment. Towards his own people
+he maintained as far as possible his wonted state and ceremonial.
+He was attended by his wives and the girls of his harem, who, as
+was customary, waited on him at table and discharged the other
+menial offices about his person.  A body of Indian nobles were
+stationed in the antechamber, but never entered the presence
+unbidden; and when they did enter it, they submitted to the same
+humiliating ceremonies imposed on the greatest of his subjects.
+The service of his table was gold and silver plate.  His dress,
+which he often changed, was composed of the wool of the vicuna
+wrought into mantles, so fine that it had the appearance of silk.
+He sometimes exchanged these for a robe made of the skins of
+bats, as soft and sleek as velvet.  Round his head he wore the
+llautu, a woollen turban or shawl of the most delicate texture,
+wreathed in folds of various bright colors; and he still
+continued to encircle his temples with the borla, the crimson
+threads of which, mingled with gold, descended so as partly to
+conceal his eyes The image of royalty had charms for him, when
+its substance had departed.  No garment or utensil that had once
+belonged to the Peruvian sovereign could ever be used by another.
+When he laid it aside, it was carefully deposited in a chest,
+kept for the purpose, and afterwards burned.  It would have been
+sacrilege to apply to vulgar uses that which had been consecrated
+by the touch of the Inca. *17
+
+[Footnote 17: This account of the personal habits of Atahuallpa
+is taken from Pedro Pizarro, who saw him often in his
+confinement.  As his curious narrative is little known, I have
+extracted the original in Appendix, No. 9.]
+
+Not long after the arrival of the party from Pachacamac, in the
+latter part of May, the three emissaries returned from Cuzco.
+They had been very successful in their mission.  Owing to the
+Inca's order, and the awe which the white men now inspired
+throughout the country, the Spaniards had everywhere met with a
+kind reception.  They had been carried on the shoulders of the
+natives in the hamacas, or sedans, of the country; and, as they
+had travelled all the way to the capital on the great imperial
+road, along which relays of Indian carriers were established at
+stated intervals, they performed this journey of more than six
+hundred miles, not only without inconvenience, but with the most
+luxurious ease.  They passed through many populous towns, and
+always found the simple natives disposed to venerate them as
+beings of a superior nature.  In Cuzco they were received with
+public festivities, were sumptuously lodged, and had every want
+anticipated by the obsequious devotion of the inhabitants.
+
+Their accounts of the capital confirmed all that Pizarro had
+before heard of the wealth and population of the city.  Though
+they had remained more than a week in this place, the emissaries
+had not seen the whole of it. The great temple of the Sun they
+found literally covered with plates of gold. They had entered the
+interior and beheld the royal mummies, seated each in his
+gold-embossed chair, and in robes profusely covered with
+ornaments.  The Spaniards had the grace to respect these, as they
+had been previously enjoined by the Inca; but they required that
+the plates which garnished the walls should be all removed.  The
+Peruvians most reluctantly acquiesced in the commands of their
+sovereign to desecrate the national temple, which every
+inhabitant of the city regarded with peculiar pride and
+veneration.  With less reluctance they assisted the Conquerors in
+stripping the ornaments from some of the other edifices, where
+the gold, however, being mixed with a large proportion of alloy,
+was of much less value. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: Rel. d'un Capitano Spagn., ap. Ramusio, tom. III.
+fol. 375. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 5, lib. 2, cap. 12, 13.]
+
+The number of plates they tore from the temple of the Sun was
+seven hundred; and though of no great thickness, probably, they
+are compared in size to the lid of a chest, ten or twelve inches
+wide. *19 A cornice of pure gold encircled the edifice, but so
+strongly set in the stone, that it fortunately defied the efforts
+of the spoilers.  The Spaniards complained of the want of
+alacrity shown by the Indians in the work of destruction, and
+said that there were other parts of the city containing buildings
+rich in gold and silver which they had not been allowed to see.
+In truth, their mission, which, at best, was a most ungrateful
+one, had been rendered doubly annoying by the manner in which
+they had executed it.  The emissaries were men of a very low
+stamp, and, puffed up by the honors conceded to them by the
+natives, they looked on themselves as entitled to these, and
+contemned the poor Indians as a race immeasurably beneath the
+European.  They not only showed the most disgusting rapacity, but
+treated the highest nobles with wanton insolence. They even went
+so far, it is said, as to violate the privacy of the convents,
+and to outrage the religious sentiments of the Peruvians by their
+scandalous amours with the Virgins of the Sun.  The people of
+Cuzco were so exasperated, that they would have laid violent
+hands on them, but for their habitual reverence for the Inca, in
+whose name the Spaniards had come there.  As it was, the Indians
+collected as much gold as was necessary to satisfy their unworthy
+visitors, and got rid of them as speedily as possible. *20 It was
+a great mistake in Pizarro to send such men. There were persons,
+even in his company, who, as other occasions showed, had some
+sense of self-respect, if not respect for the natives.
+
+[Footnote 19: "I de las Chapas de oro, que esta Casa tenia,
+quitaron setecientas Planchas . . . . . a manera de Tablas de
+Caxas de a tres, i a quatro palmos de largo." Xerez, Conq. del
+Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 232.]
+[Footnote 20: Herrera, Hist. General, ubi supra.]
+
+The messengers brought with them, besides silver, full two
+hundred cargas or loads of gold. *21 This was an important
+accession to the contributions of Atahuallpa; and, although the
+treasure was still considerably below the mark prescribed, the
+monarch saw with satisfaction the time drawing nearer for the
+completion of his ransom.
+
+[Footnote 21: So says Pizarro's secretary.  "I vinieron docientas
+cargas de Oro, i veinte i cinco de Plata." (Xerez, Conq. del
+Peru, ap. Barcia, ubi supra.) A load, he says, was brought by
+four Indians "Cargas de Paligueres, que las traen quatro Indios."
+The meaning of paligueres - not a Spanish word - is doubtful.
+Ternaux-Compans supposes, ingeniously enough, that it may have
+something of the same meaning with palanquin, to which it bears
+some resemblance]
+
+Not long before this, an event had occurred which changed the
+condition of the Spaniards, and had an unfavorable influence on
+the fortunes of the Inca.  This was the arrival of Almagro at
+Caxamalca, with a strong reinforcement.  That chief had
+succeeded, after great efforts, in equipping three vessels, and
+assembling a body of one hundred and fifty men, with which he
+sailed from Panama, the latter part of the preceding year.  On
+his voyage, he was joined by a small additional force from
+Nicaragua, so that his whole strength amounted to one hundred and
+fifty foot and fifty horse, well provided with the munitions of
+war.  His vessels were steered by the old pilot Ruiz; but after
+making the Bay of St. Matthew, he crept slowly along the coast,
+baffled as usual by winds and currents, and experiencing all the
+hardships incident to that protracted navigation.  From some
+cause or other, he was not so fortunate as to obtain tidings of
+Pizarro; and so disheartened were his followers, most of whom
+were raw adventurers, that, when arrived at Puerto Viejo, they
+proposed to abandon the expedition, and return at once to Panama.
+Fortunately, one of the little squadron which Almagro had sent
+forward to Tumbez brought intelligence of Pizarro and of the
+colony he had planted at San Miguel.  Cheered by the tidings, the
+cavalier resumed his voyage, and succeeded, at length, towards
+the close of December, 1532, in bringing his whole party safe to
+the Spanish settlement.
+
+He there received the account of Pizarro's march across the
+mountains, his seizure of the Inca, and, soon afterwards, of the
+enormous ransom offered for his liberation.  Almagro and his
+companions listened with undisguised amazement to this account of
+his associate, and of a change in his fortunes so rapid and
+wonderful that it seemed little less than magic.  At the same
+time, he received a caution from some of the colonists not to
+trust himself in the power of Pizarro, who was known to bear him
+no goodwill.
+Not long after Almagro's arrival at San Miguel, advices were sent
+of it to Caxamalca, and a private note from his secretary Perez
+informed Pizarro that his associate had come with no purpose of
+cooperating with him, but with the intention to establish an
+independent government.  Both of the Spanish captains seem to
+have been surrounded by mean and turbulent spirits, who sought to
+embroil them with each other, trusting, doubtless, to find their
+own account in the rupture.  For once, however, their malicious
+machinations failed.
+
+Pizarro was overjoyed at the arrival of so considerable a
+reinforcement, which would enable him to push his fortunes as he
+had desired, and go forward with the conquest of the country.  He
+laid little stress on the secretary's communication, since,
+whatever might have been Almagro's original purpose, Pizarro knew
+that the richness of the vein he had now opened in the land would
+be certain to secure his cooperation in working it.  He had the
+magnanimity, therefore, - for there is something magnanimous in
+being able to stifle the suggestions of a petty rivalry in
+obedience to sound policy, -to send at once to his ancient
+comrade, and invite him, with many assurances of friendship, to
+Caxamalca.  Almagro, who was of a frank and careless nature,
+received the communication in the spirit in which it was made,
+and, after some necessary delay, directed his march into the
+interior.  But before leaving San Miguel, having become
+acquainted with the treacherous conduct of his secretary, he
+recompensed his treason by hanging him on the spot. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Xerez, Conq.
+del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. pp. 204, 205. - Relacion Sumaria,
+Ms. - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms - Relacion del Primer. Descub.
+Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 3, cap. 1.]
+
+Almagro reached Caxamalca about the middle of February, 1533.
+The soldiers of Pizarro came out to welcome their countrymen, and
+the two captains embraced each other with every mark of cordial
+satisfaction.  All past differences were buried in oblivion, and
+they seemed only prepared to aid one another in following up the
+brilliant career now opened to them in the conquest of an empire.
+
+There was one person in Caxamalca on whom this arrival of the
+Spaniards produced a very different impression from that made on
+their own countrymen. This was the Inca Atahuallpa.  He saw in
+the new-comers only a new swarm of locusts to devour his unhappy
+country; and he felt, that, with his enemies thus multiplying
+around him, the chances were diminished of recovering his
+freedom, or of maintaining it, if recovered. A little
+circumstance, insignificant in itself, but magnified by
+superstition into something formidable, occurred at this time to
+cast an additional gloom over his situation.
+
+A remarkable appearance, somewhat of the nature of a meteor, or
+it may have been a comet, was seen in the heavens by some
+soldiers and pointed out to Atahuallpa.  He gazed on it with
+fixed attention for some minutes, and then exclaimed, with a
+dejected air, that "a similar sign had been seen in the skies a
+short time before the death of his father Huayna Capac." *23 From
+this day a sadness seemed to take possession of him, as he looked
+with doubt and undefined dread to the future. - Thus it is, that,
+in seasons of danger, the mind, like the senses, becomes morbidly
+acute in its perceptions; and the least departure from the
+regular course of nature, that would have passed unheeded in
+ordinary times, to the superstitious eye seems pregnant with
+meaning, as in some way or other connected with the destiny of
+the individual.
+
+[Footnote 23: Rel. d'un Capitano Spagn., ap. Ramusio, tom. III.
+fol. 377 - Ciez de Leon, Cronica, cap. 65.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter VII
+
+Immense Amount Of Treasure. - Its Division Among The Troops -
+Rumors Of A Rising. - Trial Of The Inca. - His Execution -
+Reflections.
+
+1533.
+
+
+The arrival of Almagro produced a considerable change in
+Pizarro's prospects, since it enabled him to resume active
+operations, and push forward his conquests in the interior.  The
+only obstacle in his way was the Inca's ransom, and the Spaniards
+had patiently waited, till the return of the emissaries from
+Cuzco swelled the treasure to a large amount, though still below
+the stipulated limit.  But now their avarice got the better of
+their forbearance, and they called loudly for the immediate
+division of the gold. To wait longer would only be to invite the
+assault of their enemies, allured by a bait so attractive.  While
+the treasure remained uncounted, no man knew its value, nor what
+was to be his own portion.  It was better to distribute it at
+once, and let every one possess and defend his own.  Several,
+moreover, were now disposed to return home, and take their share
+of the gold with them, where they could place it in safety But
+these were few, while much the larger part were only anxious to
+leave their present quarters, and march at once to Cuzco. More
+gold, they thought, awaited them in that capital, than they could
+get here by prolonging their stay; while every hour was precious,
+to prevent the inhabitants from secreting their treasures, of
+which design they had already given indication.
+
+Pizarro was especially moved by the last consideration; and he
+felt, that, without the capital, he could not hope to become
+master of the empire. Without further delay, the division of the
+treasure was agreed upon.
+Yet, before making this, it was necessary to reduce the whole to
+ingots of a uniform standard, for the spoil was composed of an
+infinite variety of articles, in which the gold was of very
+different degrees of purity.  These articles consisted of
+goblets, ewers, salvers, vases of every shape and size, ornaments
+and utensils for the temples and the royal palaces, tiles and
+plates for the decoration of the public edifices, curious
+imitations of different plants and animals.  Among the plants,
+the most beautiful was the Indian corn, in which the golden ear
+was sheathed in its broad leaves of silver, from which hung a
+rich tassel of threads of the same precious metal. A fountain was
+also much admired, which sent up a sparkling jet of gold, while
+birds and animals of the same material played in the waters at
+its base.  The delicacy of the workmanship of some of these, and
+the beauty and ingenuity of the design, attracted the admiration
+of better judges than the rude Conquerors of Peru. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Relatione de Pedro Sancho, ap. Ramusio, Viaggi, tom.
+III. fol. 399. - Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+233. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 2, cap. 7.
+
+Oviedo saw at St. Domingo the articles which Ferdinand Pizarro
+was bearing to Castile; and he expatiates on several beautifully
+wrought vases, richly chased, of very fine gold, and measuring
+twelve inches in height and thirty round.  Hist. de las Indias,
+Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 16.]
+
+Before breaking up these specimens of Indian art, it was
+determined to send a quantity, which should be deducted from the
+royal fifth, to the Emperor.  It would serve as a sample of the
+ingenuity of the natives, and would show him the value of his
+conquests.  A number of the most beautiful articles was selected,
+to the amount of a hundred thousand ducats, and Hernando Pizarro
+was appointed to be the bearer of them to Spain.  He was to
+obtain an audience of Charles, and, at the same time that he laid
+the treasures before him, he was to give an account of the
+proceedings of the Conquerors, and to seek a further augmentation
+of their powers and dignities.
+No man in the army was better qualified for this mission, by his
+address and knowledge of affairs, than Hernando Pizarro; no one
+would be so likely to urge his suit with effect at the haughty
+Castilian court.  But other reasons influenced the selection of
+him at the present juncture.
+
+His former jealousy of Almagro still rankled in his bosom, and he
+had beheld that chief's arrival at the camp with feelings of
+disgust, which he did not care to conceal.  He looked on him as
+coming to share the spoils of victory, and defraud his brother of
+his legitimate honors. Instead of exchanging the cordial greeting
+proffered by Almagro at their first interview, the arrogant
+cavalier held back in sullen silence.  His brother Francis was
+greatly displeased at a conduct which threatened to renew their
+ancient feud, and he induced Hernando to accompany him to
+Almagro's quarters, and make some acknowledgment for his
+uncourteous behaviour. *2 But, notwithstanding this show of
+reconciliation, the general thought the present a favorable
+opportunity to remove his brother from the scene of operations,
+where his factious spirit more than counterbalanced his eminent
+services. *3
+
+[Footnote 2: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 2, cap. 3.]
+
+[Footnote 3: According to Oviedo it was agreed that Hernando
+should have a share, much larger than he was entitled to, of the
+Inca's ransom, in the hope that he would feel so rich as never to
+desire to return again to Peru. "Trabajaron de le embiar rico por
+quitarle de entre ellos, y porque yendo muy rico como fue no
+tubiese voluntad de tornar a aquellas partes." Hist. de las
+Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8 cap. 16.]
+
+The business of melting down the plate was intrusted to the
+Indian goldsmiths, who were thus required to undo the work of
+their own hands.  They toiled day and night, but such was the
+quantity to be recast, that it consumed a full month.  When the
+whole was reduced to bars of a uniform standard, they were nicely
+weighed, under the superintendence of the royal inspectors.  The
+total amount of the gold was found to be one million, three
+hundred and twenty-six thousand, five hundred and thirty-nine
+pesos de oro, which, allowing for the greater value of money in
+the sixteenth century, would be equivalent, probably, at the
+present time, to near three millions and a half of pounds
+sterling, or somewhat less than fifteen millions and a half of
+dollars. *4 The quantity of silver was estimated at fifty-one
+thousand six hundred and ten marks.  History affords no parallel
+of such a booty - and that, too, in the most convertible form, in
+ready money, as it were - having fallen to the lot of a little
+band of military adventurers, like the Conquerors of Peru.  The
+great object of the Spanish expeditions in the New World was
+gold.  It is remarkable that their success should have been so
+complete.  Had they taken the track of the English, the French,
+or the Dutch, on the shores of the northern continent, how
+different would have been the result!  It is equally worthy of
+remark, that the wealth thus suddenly acquired, by diverting them
+from the slow but surer and more permanent sources of national
+prosperity, has in the end glided from their grasp, and left them
+among the poorest of the nations of Christendom.
+
+[Footnote 4: Acta de Reparticion del Rescate de Atahuallpa, Ms -
+Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 232.
+
+In reducing the sums mentioned in this work, I have availed
+myself -as I before did, in the History of the Conquest of Mexico
+- of the labors of Senor Clemencin, formerly Secretary of the
+Royal Academy of History at Madrid.  This eminent scholar, in the
+sixth volume of the Memoirs of the Academy, prepared wholly by
+himself, has introduced an elaborate essay on the value of the
+currency in the reign of Ferdinand and Isabella.  Although this
+period - the close of the fifteenth century - was somewhat
+earlier than that of the Conquest of Peru, yet his calculations
+are sufficiently near the truth for our purpose, since the
+Spanish currency had not as yet been much affected by that
+disturbing cause, - the influx of the precious metals from the
+New World.
+
+In inquiries into the currency of a remote age, we may consider,
+in the first place, the specific value of the coin, - that is,
+the value which it derives from the weight, purity, &c., of the
+metal, circumstances easily determined.  In the second place, we
+may inquire into the commercial or comparative worth of the
+money, - that is, the value founded on a comparison of the
+differences between the amount of commodities which the same sum
+would purchase formerly, and at the present time.  The last
+inquiry is attended with great embarrassment, from the difficulty
+of finding any one article which may be taken as the true
+standard of value.  Wheat, from its general cultivation and use,
+has usually been selected by political economists as this
+standard; and Clemencin has adopted it in his calculations.
+Assuming wheat as the standard, he has endeavoured to ascertain
+the value of the principal coins in circulation, at the time of
+the "Catholic Kings." He makes no mention in his treatise of the
+peso de oro, by which denomination the sums in the early part of
+the sixteenth century were more frequently expressed than by any
+other.  But he ascertains both the specific and the commercial
+value of the castellano, which several of the old writers, as
+Oviedo, Herrera, and Xerez, concur in stating as precisely
+equivalent to the peso de oro.  From the results of his
+calculations, it appears that the specific value of the
+castellano, as stated by him in reals, is equal to three dollars
+and seven cents of our own currency, while the commercial value
+is nearly four times as great, or eleven dollars sixty-seven
+cents, equal to two pounds twelve shillings and sixpence
+sterling.  By adopting this as the approximate value of the peso
+de oro, in the early part of the sixteenth century, the reader
+may easily compute for himself the value, at that period, of the
+sums mentioned in these pages; most of which are expressed in
+that denomination.
+I have been the more particular in this statement, since, in my
+former work, I confined myself to the commercial value of the
+money, which, being much greater than the specific value, founded
+on the quality and weight of the metal, was thought by an
+ingenious correspondent to give the reader an exaggerated
+estimate of the sums mentioned in the history.  But it seems to
+me that it is only this comparative or commercial value with
+which the reader has any concern, indicating what amount of
+commodities any given sum represents, that he may thus know the
+real worth of that sum; - thus adopting the principle, though
+conversely stated, of the old Hudibrastic maxim, -
+"What is worth in anything,
+But so much money as 't will bring."]
+
+A new difficulty now arose in respect to the division of the
+treasure. Almagro's followers claimed to be admitted to a share
+of it; which, as they equalled, and, indeed, somewhat exceeded in
+number Pizarro's company, would reduce the gains of these last
+very materially.  "We were not here, it is true," said Almagro's
+soldiers to their comrades, "at the seizure of the Inca, but we
+have taken our turn in mounting guard over him since his capture,
+have helped you to defend your treasures, and now give you the
+means of going forward and securing your conquests.  It is a
+common cause," they urged, "in which all are equally embarked,
+and the gains should be shared equally between us."
+
+But this way of viewing the matter was not at all palatable to
+Pizarro's company, who alleged that Atahuallpa's contract had
+been made exclusively with them; that they had seized the Inca,
+had secured the ransom, had incurred, in short, all the risk of
+the enterprise, and were not now disposed to share the fruits of
+it with every one who came after them. - There was much force, it
+could not be denied, in this reasoning, and it was finally
+settled between the leaders, that Almagro's followers should
+resign their pretensions for a stipulated sum of no great amount,
+and look to the career now opened to them for carving out their
+fortunes for themselves.
+
+This delicate affair being this harmoniously adjusted, Pizarro
+prepared, with all solemnity, for a division of the imperial
+spoil.  The troops were called together in the great square, and
+the Spanish commander, "with the fear of God before his eyes,"
+says the record, "invoked the assistance of Heaven to do the work
+before him conscientiously and justly." *5 The appeal may seem
+somewhat out of place at the distribution of spoil so
+unrighteously acquired; yet, in truth, considering the magnitude
+of the treasure, and the power assumed by Pizarro to distribute
+it according to the respective deserts of the individuals, there
+were few acts of his life involving a heavier responsibility.  On
+his present decision might be said to hang the future fortunes of
+each one of his followers, - poverty or independence during the
+remainder of his days.
+
+[Footnote 5: "Segun Dios Nuestro Senor a diere a entender
+teniendo su conciencia y para lo mejor hazer pedia el ayuda de
+Dios Nuestro Senor, e imboco el auxilio divino." Acta de
+Reparticion del Rescate, Ms.]
+
+The royal fifth was first deducted, including the remittance
+already sent to Spain.  The share appropriated by Pizarro
+amounted to fifty-seven thousand two hundred and twenty-two pesos
+of gold, and two thousand three hundred and fifty marks of
+silver.  He had besides this the great chair or throne of the
+Inca, of solid gold, and valued at twenty-five thousand pesos de
+oro.  To his brother Hernando were paid thirty-one thousand and
+eighty pesos of gold, and two thousand three hundred and fifty
+marks of silver.  De Soto received seventeen thousand seven
+hundred and forty pesos of gold, and seven hundred and
+twenty-four marks of silver Most of the remaining cavalry, sixty
+in number, received each eight thousand eight hundred and eighty
+pesos of gold, and three hundred and sixty-two marks of silver,
+though some had more, and a few considerably less.  The infantry
+mustered in all one hundred and five men. Almost one fifth of
+them were allowed, each, four thousand four hundred and forty
+pesos of gold, and one hundred and eighty marks of silver, half
+of the compensation of the troopers.  The remainder received one
+fourth part less; though here again there were exceptions, and
+some were obliged to content themselves with a much smaller share
+of the spoil. *6
+
+[Footnote 6: The particulars of the distribution are given in the
+Acta de Reparticion del Rescate, an instrument drawn up and
+signed by the royal notary.  The document, which as therefore of
+unquestionable authority, is among the Mss. selected for me from
+the collection of Munoz.]
+
+The new church of San Francisco, the first Christian temple in
+Peru, was endowed with two thousand two hundred and twenty pesos
+of gold.  The amount assigned to Almagro's company was not
+excessive, if it was not more than twenty thousand pesos; *7 and
+that reserved for the colonists of San Miguel, which amounted
+only to fifteen thousand pesos, was unaccountably small. *8 There
+were among them certain soldiers, who at an early period of the
+expedition, as the reader may remember abandoned the march, and
+returned to San Miguel.  These, certainly, had little claim to be
+remembered in the division of booty.  But the greater part of the
+colony consisted of invalids, men whose health had been broken by
+their previous hardships, but who still, with a stout and willing
+heart, did good service in their military post on the sea-coast.
+On what grounds they had forfeited their claims to a more ample
+remuneration, it is not easy to explain.
+
+
+[Footnote 7: "Se diese a la gente que vino con el Capital Diego
+de Almagro para ayuda a pagar sus deudas y fletes y suplir
+algunas necesidades que traian veinte mil pesos." (Acta de
+Reparticion del Rescate, Ms.) Herrera says that 100,000 pesos
+were paid to Almagro's men.  (Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 2, cap.
+3.) But it is not so set down in the instrument.]
+
+[Footnote 8: "En treinta personas que quedaron en la ciudad de
+san Miguel de Piura dolientes y otros que no vinieron ni se
+hallaron en la prision de Atagualpa y toma del oro porque algunos
+son pobres y otros tienen necesidad senalaba 15,000 ps de oro
+para los repartir S. Senoria entre las dichas personas." Ibid.,
+Ms.]
+
+Nothing is said, in the partition, of Almagro himself, who, by
+the terms of the original contract, might claim an equal share of
+the spoil with his associate.  As little notice is taken of
+Luque, the remaining partner.  Luque himself, was, indeed, no
+longer to be benefited by worldly treasure.  He had died a short
+time before Almagro's departure from Panama; *9 too soon to learn
+the full success of the enterprise, which, but for his exertions,
+must have failed; too soon to become acquainted with the
+achievements and the crimes of Pizarro.  But the Licentiate
+Espinosa, whom he represented, and who, it appears, had advanced
+the funds for the expedition, was still living at St. Domingo,
+and Luque's pretensions were explicitly transferred to him.  Yet
+it is unsafe to pronounce, at this distance of time, on the
+authority of mere negative testimony; and it must be admitted to
+form a strong presumption in favor of Pizarro's general equity in
+the distribution, that no complaint of it has reached us from any
+of the parties present, nor from contemporary chroniclers. *10
+
+[Footnote 9: Montesinos, Annales, Ms. ano 1533.]
+
+[Footnote 10: The "Spanish Captain," several times cited, who
+tells us he was one of the men appointed to guard the treasure,
+does indeed complain that a large quantity of gold vases and
+other articles remained undivided, a palpable injustice, he
+thinks, to the honest Conquerors, who had earned all by their
+hardships.  (Rel. d'un Capitano Spagn., ap. Ramusio, tom. III.
+fol. 378, 379.) The writer, throughout his Relation, shows a full
+measure of the coarse and covetous spirit which marked the
+adventurers of Peru.]
+
+The division of the ransom being completed by the Spaniards,
+there seemed to be no further obstacle to their resuming active
+operations, and commencing the march to Cuzco.  But what was to
+be done with Atahuallpa?  In the determination of this question,
+whatever was expedient was just. *11 To liberate him would be to
+set at large the very man who might prove their most dangerous
+enemy; one whose birth and royal station would rally round him
+the whole nation, place all the machinery of government at his
+control, and all its resources, - one, in short, whose bare word
+might concentrate all the energies of his people against the
+Spaniards, and thus delay for a long period, if not wholly
+defeat, the conquest of the country.  Yet to hold him in
+captivity was attended with scarcely less difficulty; since to
+guard so important a prize would require such a division of their
+force as must greatly cripple its strength, and how could they
+expect, by any vigilance, to secure their prisoner against rescue
+in the perilous passes of the mountains?
+
+[Footnote 11: 'Y esto tenia por justo, pues era provechoso." It
+is the sentiment imputed to Pizarro by Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 5, lib 3, cap. 4.]
+
+The Inca himself now loudly demanded his freedom.  The proposed
+amount of the ransom had, indeed, not been fully paid.  It may be
+doubted whether it ever would have been, considering the
+embarrassments thrown in the way by the guardians of the temples,
+who seemed disposed to secrete the treasures, rather than despoil
+these sacred depositories to satisfy the cupidity of the
+strangers.  It was unlucky, too, for the Indian monarch, that
+much of the gold, and that of the best quality, consisted of flat
+plates or tiles, which, however valuable, lay in a compact form
+that did little towards swelling the heap.  But an immense amount
+had been already realized, and it would have been a still greater
+one, the Inca might allege, but for the impatience of the
+Spaniards.  At all events, it was a magnificent ransom, such as
+was never paid by prince or potentate before.
+
+These considerations Atahuallpa urged on several of the
+cavaliers, and especially on Hernando de Soto, who was on terms
+of more familiarity with him than Pizarro.  De Soto reported
+Atahuallpa's demands to his leader; but the latter evaded a
+direct reply.  He did not disclose the dark purposes over which
+his mind was brooding. *12 Not long afterward he caused the
+notary to prepare an instrument, in which he fully acquitted the
+Inca of further obligation in respect to the ransom.  This he
+commanded to be publicly proclaimed in the camp, while at the
+same time he openly declared that the safety of the Spaniards
+required, that the Inca should be detained in confinement until
+they were strengthened by additional reinforcements. *13
+
+[Footnote 12: "I como no ahondaban los designios que tenia le
+replicaban; pero el respondia, que iba mirando en ello." Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 3, cap. 4.]
+
+[Footnote 13: "Fatta quella fusione, il Governatore fece vn atto
+innanzi al notaro nel quale liberaua il Cacique Atabalipa et
+l'absolueua della promessa et parola che haueua oata a gli
+Spagnuoli che lo presero della casa d'oro c'haueua lor cocessa,
+il quale fece publicar publicamete a suon di trombe nella piazza
+di quella citta di Caxamalca." (Pedro Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio,
+tom. III. fol. 399.) The authority is unimpeachable, - for any
+fact, at least, that makes against the Conquerors, - since the
+Relatione was by one of Pizarro's own secretaries, and was
+authorized under the hands of the general and his great
+officers.]
+
+Meanwhile the old rumors of a meditated attack by the natives
+began to be current among the soldiers.  They were repeated from
+one to another, gaining something by every repetition.  An
+immense army, it was reported, was mustering at Quito, the land
+of Atahuallpa's birth, and thirty thousand Caribs were on their
+way to support it. *14 The Caribs were distributed by the early
+Spaniards rather indiscriminately over the different parts of
+America, being invested with peculiar horrors as a race of
+cannibals.
+
+[Footnote 14: "De la Gente Natural de Quito vienen docientos mil
+Hombres de Guerra, i treinta mil Caribes, que comen Carne
+Humana." Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 233. -
+See also Pedro Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, ubi supra.]
+
+It was not easy to trace the origin of these rumors.  There was
+in the camp a considerable number of Indians, who belonged to the
+party of Huascar, and who were, of course, hostile to Atahuallpa.
+But his worst enemy was Felipillo, the interpreter from Tumbez,
+already mentioned in these pages. This youth had conceived a
+passion, or, as some say, had been detected in an intrigue with,
+one of the royal concubines. *15 The circumstance had reached the
+ears of Atahuallpa, who felt himself deeply outraged by it.
+"That such an insult should have been offered by so base a person
+was an indignity," he said, "more difficult to bear than his
+imprisonment"; *16 and he told Pizarro, "that, by the Peruvian
+law, it could be expiated, not by the criminal's own death alone,
+but by that of his whole family and kindred." *17 But Felipillo
+was too important to the Spaniards to be dealt with so summarily;
+nor did they probably attach such consequence to an offence
+which, if report be true, they had countenanced by their own
+example. *18 Felipillo, however, soon learned the state of the
+Inca's feelings towards himself, and from that moment he regarded
+him with deadly hatred.  Unfortunately, his malignant temper
+found ready means for its indulgence.
+
+[Footnote 15: "Pues estando asi atravesose in demonio de una
+lengua que se dezia ffelipillo uno de los muchachos que el
+marquez avia llevado a Espana que al presente hera lengua y
+andava enamorado de una muger de Atabalipa." Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms.
+
+The amour and the malice of Felipillo, which, Quintana seems to
+think, rest chiefly on Garcilasso's authority, (see Espanoles
+Celebres, tom. II. p. 210, nota,) are stated very explicitly by
+Zarate, Naharro, Gomara, Balboa, all contemporaneous, though not,
+like Pedro Pizarro, personally present in the army.]
+
+[Footnote 16: "Diciendo que sentia mas aquel desacato, que su
+prision." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 2, cap. 7.]
+
+[Footnote 17: Ibid., loc. cit.]
+
+[Footnote 18: "E le habian tomado sus mugeres e repartidolas en
+su presencia e usaban de ellas de sus adulterios." Oviedo, Hist.
+de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 22.]
+
+The rumors of a rising among the natives pointed to Atahuallpa as
+the author of it.  Challcuchima was examined on the subject, but
+avowed his entire ignorance of any such design, which he
+pronounced a malicious slander. Pizarro next laid the matter
+before the Inca himself, repeating to him the stories in
+circulation, with the air of one who believed them.  "What
+treason is this," said the general, "that you have meditated
+against me, - me, who have ever treated you with honor, confiding
+in your words, as in those of a brother?" "You jest," replied the
+Inca, who, perhaps, did not feel the weight of this confidence;
+"you are always jesting with me.  How could I or my people think
+of conspiring against men so valiant as the Spaniards?  Do not
+jest with me thus, I beseech you." *19 "This," continues
+Pizarro's secretary, "he said in the most composed and natural
+manner, smiling all the while to dissemble his falsehood, so that
+we were all amazed to find such cunning in a barbarian." *20
+
+[Footnote 19: "Burlaste conmigo?  siempre me hablas cosas de
+burlas?  Que parte somos Yo, i toda mi Gente, para enojar a tan
+valientes Hombres como vosotros?  No me digas esas burlas."
+Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 234.]
+
+[Footnote 20: "De que los Espanoles que se las han oido, estan
+espantados de ver en vn Hombre Barbaro tanta prudencia." Ibid.,
+loc. cit.]
+
+But it was not with cunning, but with the consciousness of
+innocence, as the event afterwards proved, that Atahuallpa thus
+spoke to Pizarro.  He readily discerned, however, the causes,
+perhaps the consequences, of the accusation.  He saw a dark gulf
+opening beneath his feet; and he was surrounded by strangers, on
+none of whom he could lean for counsel or protection.  The life
+of the captive monarch is usually short; and Atahuallpa might
+have learned the truth of this, when he thought of Huascar
+Bitterly did he now lament the absence of Hernando Pizarro, for,
+strange as it may seem, the haughty spirit of this cavalier had
+been touched by the condition of the royal prisoner, and he had
+treated him with a deference which won for him the peculiar
+regard and confidence of the Indian.  Yet the latter lost no time
+in endeavouring to efface the general's suspicions, and to
+establish his own innocence.  "Am I not," said he to Pizarro, "a
+poor captive in your hands? How could I harbour the designs you
+impute to me, when I should be the first victim of the outbreak?
+And you little know my people, if you think that such a movement
+would be made without my orders; when the very birds in my
+dominions," said he, with somewhat of an hyper bole, "would
+scarcely venture to fly contrary to my will." *21
+
+[Footnote 21: "Pues si Yo no lo quiero, ni las Aves bolaran en mi
+Tierra.' Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 2 cap. 7.]
+
+But these protestations of innocence had little effect on the
+troops; among whom the story of a general rising of the natives
+continued to gain credit every hour.  A large force, it was said,
+was already gathered at Guamachucho, not a hundred miles from the
+camp, and their assault might be hourly expected.  The treasure
+which the Spaniards had acquired afforded a tempting prize, and
+their own alarm was increased by the apprehension of losing it.
+The patroles were doubled.  The horses were kept saddled and
+bridled.  The soldiers slept on their arms; Pizarro went the
+rounds regularly to see that every sentinel was on his post.  The
+little army, in short, was in a state of preparation for instant
+attack.
+
+Men suffering from fear are not likely to be too scrupulous as to
+the means of removing the cause of it.  Murmurs, mingled with
+gloomy menaces, were now heard against the Inca, the author of
+these machinations.  Many began to demand his life as necessary
+to the safety of the army.  Among these, the most vehement were
+Almagro and his followers.  They had not witnessed the seizure of
+Atahuallpa.  They had no sympathy with him in his fallen state.
+They regarded him only as an incumbrance, and their desire now
+was to push their fortunes in the country, since they had got so
+little of the gold of Caxamalca.  They were supported by
+Riquelme, the treasurer, and by the rest of the royal officers.
+These men had been left at San Miguel by Pizarro, who did not
+care to have such officia spies on his movements.  But they had
+come to the camp with Almagro, and they loudly demanded the
+Inca's death, as indispensable to the tranquillity of the
+country, and the interests of the Crown. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Relacion del
+Primer. Descub., Ms. - Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III.
+fol. 100.
+
+These cavaliers were all present in the camp.]
+
+To these dark suggestions Pizarro turned - or seemed to turn - an
+unwilling ear, showing visible reluctance to proceed to extreme
+measures with his prisoner. *23 There were some few, and among
+others Hernando de Soto, who supported him in these views, and
+who regarded such measures as not at all justified by the
+evidence of Atahuallpa's guilt.  In this state of things, the
+Spanish commander determined to send a small detachment to
+Guamachucho, to reconnoitre the country and ascertain what ground
+there was for the rumors of an insurrection.  De Soto was placed
+at the head of the expedition, which, as the distance was not
+great, would occupy but a few days.
+
+[Footnote 23: "Aunque contra voluntad del dicho Gobernador, que
+nunca estubo bien en ello." Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms. -
+So also Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Ped. Sancho, Rel.,
+ap Ramusio, ubi supra.]
+
+After that cavalier's departure, the agitation among the
+soldiers, instead of diminishing, increased to such a degree,
+that Pizarro, unable to resist their importunities, consented to
+bring Atahuallpa to instant trial. It was but decent, and
+certainly safer, to have the forms of a trial.  A court was
+organized, over which the two captains, Pizarro and Almagro, were
+to preside as judges.  An attorney-general was named to prosecute
+for the Crown, and counsel was assigned to the prisoner.
+
+The charges preferred against the Inca, drawn up in the form of
+interrogatories, were twelve in number.  The most important were,
+that he had usurped the crown and assassinated his brother
+Huascar; that he had squandered the public revenues since the
+conquest of the country by the Spaniards, and lavished them on
+his kindred and his minions, that he was guilty of idolatry, and
+of adulterous practices, indulging openly in a plurality of
+wives; finally, that he had attempted to excite an insurrection
+against the Spaniards. *24
+
+[Footnote 24: The specification of the charges against the Inca
+is given by Garcilasso de la Vega.  (Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 1,
+cap. 37.) One could have wished to find them specified by some of
+the actors in the tragedy.  But Garcilasso had access to the best
+sources of information, and where there was no motive for
+falsehood, as in the present instance, his word may probably be
+taken. - The fact of a process being formally instituted against
+the Indian monarch is explicitly recognized by several
+contemporary writers, by Gomara, Oviedo, and Pedro Sancho.
+Oviedo characterizes it as "a badly contrived and worse written
+document, devised by a factious and unprincipled priest, a clumsy
+notary without conscience, and others of the like stamp, who were
+all concerned in this villany." (Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte
+3, lib. 8, cap. 22.) Most authorities agree in the two principal
+charges, - the assassination of Huascar, and the conspiracy
+against the Spaniards.]
+These charges, most of which had reference to national usages, or
+to the personal relations of the Inca, over which the Spanish
+conquerors had clearly no jurisdiction, are so absurd, that they
+might well provoke a smile, did they not excite a deeper feeling.
+The last of the charges was the only one of moment in such a
+trial; and the weakness of this may be inferred from the care
+taken to bolster it up with the others.  The mere specification
+of the articles must have been sufficient to show that the doom
+of the Inca was already sealed.
+
+A number of Indian witnesses were examined, and their testimony,
+filtrated through the interpretation of Felipillo, received, it
+is said, when necessary, a very different coloring from that of
+the original.  The examination was soon ended, and "a warm
+discussion," as we are assured by one of Pizarro's own
+secretaries, "took place in respect to the probable good or evil
+that would result from the death of Atahuallpa." *25 It was a
+question of expediency He was found guilty, - whether of all the
+crime alleged we are not informed, - and he was sentenced to be
+burnt alive in the great square of Caxamalca.  The sentence was
+to be carried into execution that very night. They were not even
+to wait for the return of De Soto, when the information he would
+bring would go far to establish the truth or the falsehood of the
+reports respecting the insurrection of the natives.  It was
+desirable to obtain the countenance of Father Valverde to these
+proceedings, and a copy of the judgment was submitted to the
+friar for his signature, which he gave without hesitation,
+declaring, that, "in his opinion, the Inca, at all events,
+deserved death." *26
+
+[Footnote 25: "Doppo l'essersi molto disputato, et ragionato del
+danno et vtile che saria potuto auuenire per il viuere o morire
+di Atabalipa, fu risoluto che si facesse giustitia di lui." (Ped.
+Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 400.) It is the
+language of a writer who may be taken as the mouthpiece of
+Pizarro himself.  According to him, the conclave, which agitated
+this "question of expediency," consisted of the "officers of the
+Crown and those of the army, a certain doctor learned in the law,
+that chanced to be with them, and the reverend Father Vicente de
+Valverde."]
+
+[Footnote 26: "Respondio, que firmaria, que era bastante, para
+que el Inga fuese condenado a muerte, porque aun en lo exterior
+quisieron justificar su intento." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5,
+lib. 3, cap. 4]
+
+Yet there were some few in that martial conclave who resisted
+these high-handed measures.  They considered them as a poor
+requital of all the favors bestowed on them by the Inca, who
+hitherto had received at their hands nothing but wrong.  They
+objected to the evidence as wholly insufficient; and they denied
+the authority of such a tribunal to sit in judgment on a
+sovereign prince in the heart of his own dominions.  If he were
+to be tried, he should be sent to Spain, and his cause brought
+before the Emperor, who alone had power to determine it.
+
+But the great majority - and they were ten to one - overruled
+these objections, by declaring there was no doubt of Atahuallpa's
+guilt, and they were willing to assume the responsibility of his
+punishment.  A full account of the proceedings would be sent to
+Castile, and the Emperor should be informed who were the loyal
+servants of the Crown, and who were its enemies. The dispute ran
+so high, that for a time it menaced an open and violent rupture;
+till, at length, convinced that resistance was fruivless, the
+weaker party, silenced, but not satisfied, contented themselves
+with entering a written protest against these proceedings, which
+would leave an indelible stain on the names of all concerned in
+them. *27
+
+[Footnote 27: Garcilasso has preserved the names of some of those
+who so courageously, though ineffectually, resisted the popular
+cry for the Inca s blood.  (Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 1, cap.
+37.) They were doubtless correct in denying the right of such a
+tribunal to sit in judgment on an independent prince, like the
+Inca of Peru; but not so correct in supposing that their master,
+the Emperor, had a better right.  Vattel (Book II. ch. 4.)
+especially animadverts on this pretended trial of Atahuallpa, as
+a manifest outrage on the law of nations.]
+
+When the sentence was communicated to the Inca, he was greatly
+overcome by it.  He had, indeed, for some time, looked to such an
+issue as probable, and had been heard to intimate as much to
+those about him.  But the probability of such an event is very
+different from its certainty, - and that, too, so sudden and
+speedy.  For a moment, the overwhelming conviction of it unmanned
+him, and he exclaimed, with tears in his eyes, - "What ave I
+done, or my children, that I should meet such fate?  And from
+your hands, too," said he, addressing Pizarro; "you, who have met
+with friendship and kindness from my people, with whom I have
+shared my treasures, who have received nothing but benefits from
+my hands!" In the most piteous tones, he then implored that his
+life might be spared, promising any guaranty that might be
+required for the safety of every Spaniard in the army, -
+promising double the ransom he had already paid, if time were
+only given him to obtain it. *28
+
+[Footnote 28: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 3, cap. 4. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 2, cap. 7.]
+
+An eyewitness assures us that Pizarro was visibly affected, as he
+turned away from the Inca, to whose appeal he had no power to
+listen, in opposition to the voice of the army, and to his own
+sense of what was due to the security of the country. *29
+Atahuallpa, finding he had no power to turn his Conqueror from
+his purpose, recovered his habitual self-possession, and from
+that moment submitted himself to his fate with the courage of an
+Indian warrior.
+
+[Footnote 29: "I myself," says Pedro Pizarro, "saw the general
+weep." "Yo vide llorar al marques de pesar por no podelle dar la
+vida porque cierto temio los requirimientos y e rriezgo que avia
+en la tierra si se soltava." Descub. y Conq., Ms]
+
+The doom of the Inca was proclaimed by sound of trumqet in the
+great square of Caxamalca; and, two hours after sunset, the
+Spanish soldiery assembled by torch-light in the plaza to witness
+the execution of the sentence.  It was on the twenty-ninth of
+August, 1533.  Atahuallpa was led out chained hand and foot, -
+for he had been kept in irons ever since the great excitement had
+prevailed in the army respecting an assault.  Father Vicente de
+Valverde was at his side, striving to administer consolation,
+and, if possible, to persuade him at this last hour to abjure his
+superstition and embrace the religion of his Conquerors.  He was
+willing to save the soul of his victim from the terrible
+expiation in the next world, to which he had so cheerfully
+consigned his mortal part in this.
+
+During Atahuallpa's confinement, the friar had repeatedly
+expounded to him the Christian doctrines, and the Indian monarch
+discovered much acuteness in apprehending the discourse of his
+teacher.  But it had not carried conviction to his mind, and
+though he listened with patience, he had shown no disposition to
+renounce the faith of his fathers.  The Dominican made a last
+appeal to him in this solemn hour; and, when Atahuallpa was bound
+to the stake, with the fagots that were to kindle his funeral
+pile lying around him, Valverde, holding up the cross, besought
+him to embrace it and be baptized, promising that, by so doing,
+the painful death to which he had been sentenced should be
+commuted for the milder form of the garrote, - a mode of
+punishment by strangulation, used for criminals in Spain. *30
+
+[Footnote 30: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+234. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Conq. i Pob. del
+Piru, Ms. - Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 400.
+
+The garrote is a mode of execution by means of a noose drawn
+round the criminal's neck, to the back part of which a stick is
+attached.  By twisting this stick, the noose is tightened and
+suffocation is produced.  This was the mode, probably, of
+Atahuallpa execution.  In Spain, instead of the cord, an iron
+collar is substituted, which, by means of a screw is compressed
+round the throat of the sufferer.]
+
+The unhappy monarch asked if this were really so, and, on its
+being confirmed by Pizarro, he consented to abjure his own
+religion, and receive baptism.  The ceremony was performed by
+Father Valverde, and the new convert received the name of Juan de
+Atahuallpa, - the name of Juan being conferred in honor of John
+the Baptist, on whose day the event took place. *31
+
+[Footnote 31: Velasco, Hist. de Quito, tom. I. p. 372.]
+
+Atahuallpa expressed a desire that his remains might be
+transported to Quito, the place of his birth, to be preserved
+with those of his maternal ancestors.  Then turning to Pizarro,
+as a last request, he implored him to take compassion on his
+young children, and receive them under his protection. Was there
+no other one in that dark company who stood grimly around him, to
+whom he could look for the protection of his offspring?  Perhaps
+he thought there was no other so competent to afford it, and that
+the wishes so solemnly expressed in that hour might meet with
+respect even from his Conqueror. Then, recovering his stoical
+bearing, which for a moment had been shaken, he submitted himself
+calmly to his fate, - while the Spaniards, gathering around,
+muttered their credos for the salvation of his soul! *32 Thus by
+the death of a vile malefactor perished the last of the Incas!
+
+[Footnote 32: "Ma quando se lo vidde appressare per douer esser
+morto, disse che raccomandaua al Gouernatore i suoi piccioli
+figliuoli che volesse tenersegli appresso, & con queste valme
+parole, & dicendo per l'anima sua li Soagnuoli che erano all
+intorno il Credo, fu subito affogato." Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap.
+Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 399. Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia,
+tom. III. p. 234. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. -
+Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. -
+Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib.
+2, cap. 7.]
+
+The death of Atahuallpa has many points of resemblance with that
+of Caupolican, the great Araucanian chief, as described in the
+historical epic of Ercilla.  Both embraced the religion of their
+conquerors at the stake, though Caupolican was so far less
+fortunate than the Peruvian monarch, that his conversion did not
+save him from the tortures of a most agonizing death. He was
+impaled and shot with arrows.  The spirited verses reflect so
+faithfully the character of these early adventurers, in which the
+fanaticism of the Crusader was mingled with the cruelty of the
+conqueror, and they are so germane to the present subject, that I
+would willingly quote the passage were it not too long.  See La
+Araucana, Parte 2, canto 24.]
+I have already spoken of the person and the qualities of
+Atahuallpa. He had a handsome countenance, though with an
+expression somewhat too fierce to be pleasing.  His frame was
+muscular and well-proportioned; his air commanding; and his
+deportment in the Spanish quarters had a degree of refinement,
+the more interesting that it was touched with melancholy.  He is
+accused of having been cruel in his wars, and bloody in his
+revenge. *33 It may be true, but the pencil of an enemy would be
+likely to overcharge the shadows of the portrait.  He is allowed
+to have been bold, high-minded, and liberal. *34 All agree that
+he showed singular penetration and quickness of perception.  His
+exploits as a warrior had placed his valor beyond dispute. The
+best homage to it is the reluctance shown by the Spaniards to
+restore him to freedom.  They dreaded him as an enemy, and they
+had done him too many wrongs to think that he could be their
+friend.  Yet his conduct towards them from the first had been
+most friendly; and they repaid it with imprisonment, robbery, and
+death.
+
+[Footnote 33: "Thus he paid the penalty of his errors and
+cruelties," says Xerez, "for he was the greatest butcher, as all
+agree, that the world ever saw; making nothing of razing a whole
+town to the ground for the most trifling offence, and massacring
+a thousand persons for the fault of one!" (Conq. del Peru, ap.
+Barcia, tom. III. p. 234.) Xerez was the private secretary of
+Pizarro.  Sancho, who, on the departure of Xerez for Spain,
+succeeded him in the same office, pays a more decent tribute to
+the memory of the Inca, who, he trusts, "is received into glory,
+since he died penitent for his sins, and in the true faith of a
+Christian." Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 399.]
+
+[Footnote 34: "El hera muy regalado, y muy Senor," says Pedro
+Pizarro. (Descub. y Conq., Ms.) "Mui dispuesto, sabio, animoso,
+franco," says Gomara. (Hist. de las Ind., cap. 118.)]
+
+The body of the Inca remained on the place of execution through
+the night.  The following morning it was removed to the church of
+San Francisco, where his funeral obsequies were performed with
+great solemnity.  Pizarro and the principal cavaliers went into
+mourning, and the troops listened with devout attention to the
+service of the dead from the lips of Father Valverde. *35 The
+ceremony was interrupted by the sound of loud cries and wailing,
+as of many voices at the doors of the church.  These were
+suddenly thrown open, and a number of Indian women, the wives and
+sisters of the deceased, rushing up the great aisle, surrounded
+the corpse.  This was not the way, they cried, to celebrate the
+funeral rites of an Inca; and they declared their intention to
+sacrifice themselves on his tomb, and bear him company to the
+land of spirits.  The audience, outraged by this frantic
+behaviour, told the intruders that Atahuallpa had died in the
+faith of a Christian, and that the God of the Christians abhorred
+such sacrifices.  They then caused the women to be excluded from
+the church, and several, retiring to their own quarters, laid
+violent hands on themselves, in the vain hope of accompanying
+their beloved lord to the bright mansions of the Sun. *36
+
+[Footnote 35: The secretary Sancho seems to think that the
+Peruvians must have regarded these funeral honors as an ample
+compensation to Atahuallpa for any wrongs he may have sustained,
+since they at once raised him to a level with the Spaniards!
+Ibid., loc. cit.]
+
+[Footnote 36: Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.
+
+See Appendix, No. 10, where I have cited in the original several
+of the contemporary notices of Atahuallpa's execution, which
+being in manuscript are not very accessible, even to Spaniards.]
+
+Atahuallpa's remains, notwithstanding his request, were laid in
+the cemetery of San Francisco. *37 But from thence, as is
+reported, after the Spaniards left Caxamalca, they were secretly
+removed, and carried, as he had desired, to Quito.  The colonists
+of a later time supposed that some treasures might have been
+buried with the body.  But, on excavating the ground, neither
+treasure nor remains were to be discovered. *38
+
+[Footnote 37: "Oi dicen los indios que esta su sepulcro junto a
+una Cruz de Piedra Blanca que esta en el Cementerio del Convento
+de Sn Francisco." Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1533.]
+
+[Footnote 38: Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8,
+cap. 22.
+
+According to Stevenson, "In the chapel belonging to the common
+gaol, which was formerly part of the palace, the altar stands on
+the stone on which Atahuallpa was placed by the Spaniards and
+strangled, and under which he was buried." (Residence in South
+America, vol. II. p. 163.) Montesinos, who wrote more than a
+century after the Conquest, tells us that "spots of blood were
+still visible on a broad flagstone, in the prison of Caxamalca,
+on which Atahuallpa was beheaded." (Annales, Ms., ano 1533.) -
+Ignorance and credulity could scarcely go farther.]
+
+A day or two after these tragic events, Hernando de Soto returned
+from his excursion.  Great was his astonishment and indignation
+at learning what had been done in his absence.  He sought out
+Pizarro at once, and found him, says the chronicler, "with a
+great felt hat, by way of mourning, slouched over his eyes," and
+in his dress and demeanour exhibiting all the show of sorrow. *39
+"You have acted rashly," said De Soto to him bluntly; "Atahuallpa
+has been basely slandered.  There was no enemy as Guamachucho; no
+rising among the natives.  I have met with nothing on the road
+but demonstrations of good-will, and all is quiet.  If it was
+necessary to bring the Inca to trial, he should have been taken
+to Castile and judged by the Emperor.  I would have pledged
+myself to see him safe on board the vessel." *40 Pizarro
+confessed that he had been precipitate, and said that he had been
+deceived by Riquelme, Valverde, and the others.  These charges
+soon reached the ears of the treasurer and the Dominican, who, in
+their turn, exculpated themselves, and upbraided Pizarro to his
+face, as the only one responsible for the deed.  The dispute ran
+high; and the parties were heard by the by-standers to give one
+another the lie! *41 This vulgar squabble among the leaders, so
+soon after the event, is the best commentary on the iniquity of
+their own proceedings and the innocence of the Inca.
+
+[Footnote 39: "Hallaronle monstrando mucho centimiento con un
+gran sombrero de fieltro puesto en la cabeza por luto e muy
+calado sobre los ojos." Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte
+3, lib. 8, cap. 22.]
+
+[Footnote 40: Ibid., Ms., ubi supra. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y
+Conq., Ms. - See Appendix, no. 10.]
+
+[Footnote 41: This remarkable account is given by Oviedo, not in
+the body of his narrative, but in one of those supplementary
+chapters, which he makes the vehicle of the most miscellaneous,
+yet oftentimes important gossip, respecting the great
+transactions of his history.  As he knew familiarly the leaders
+in these transactions, the testimony which he collected, somewhat
+at random, is of high authority.  The reader will find Oviedo's
+account of the Inca's death extracted, in the original, among the
+other notices of this catastrophe in Appendix, No. 10]
+
+The treatment of Atahuallpa, from first to last, forms
+undoubtedly one of the darkest chapters in Spanish colonial
+history.  There may have been massacres perpetrated on a more
+extended scale, and executions accompanied with a greater
+refinement of cruelty.  But the blood-stained annals of the
+Conquest afford no such example of cold-hearted and systematic
+persecution, not of an enemy, but of one whose whole deportment
+had been that of a friend and a benefactor.
+
+From the hour that Pizarro and his followers had entered within
+the sphere of Atahuallpa's influence, the hand of friendship had
+been extended to them by the natives.  Their first act, on
+crossing the mountains, was to kidnap the monarch and massacre
+his people.  The seizure of his person might be vindicated, by
+those who considered the end as justifying the means, on the
+ground that it was indispensable to secure the triumphs of the
+Cross. But no such apology can be urged for the massacre of the
+unarmed and helpless population, - as wanton as it was wicked.
+
+The long confinement of the Inca had been used by the Conquerors
+to wring from him his treasures with the hard gripe of avarice.
+During the whole of this dismal period, he had conducted himself
+with singular generosity and good faith.  He had opened a free
+passage to the Spaniards through every part of his empire; and
+had furnished every facility for the execution of their plans.
+When these were accomplished, and he remained an encumbrance on
+their hands, notwithstanding their engagement, expressed or
+implied, to release him, - and Pizarro, as we have seen, by a
+formal act acquitted his captive of any further obligation on the
+score of the ransom, - he was arraigned before a mock tribunal,
+and, under pretences equally false and frivolous, was condemned
+to an excruciating death.  From first to last, the policy of the
+Spanish conquerors towards their unhappy victim is stamped with
+barbarity and fraud.
+
+It is not easy to acquit Pizarro of being in a great degree
+responsible for this policy.  His partisans have labored to show,
+that it was forced on him by the necessity of the case, and that
+in the death of the Inca, especially, he yielded reluctantly to
+the importunities of others. *42 But weak as is this apology, the
+historian who has the means of comparing the various testimony of
+the period will come to a different conclusion.  To him it will
+appear, that Pizarro had probably long felt the removal of
+Atahuallpa as essential to the success of his enterprise.  He
+foresaw the odium that would be incurred by the death of his
+royal captive without sufficient grounds; while he labored to
+establish these, he still shrunk from the responsibility of the
+deed, and preferred to perpetrate it in obedience to the
+suggestions of others, rather than his own.  Like many an
+unprincipled politician, he wished to reap the benefit of a bad
+act, and let others take the blame of it.
+
+[Footnote 42: "Contra su voluntad sentencio a muerte a
+Atabalipa." (Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.) "Contra
+voluntad del dicho Gobernador." (Relacion del Primer. Descub.,
+Ms.) "Ancora che molto li dispiacesse di venir a questo atto."
+(Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 399.) Even Oviedo
+seems willing to admit it possible that Pizarro may have been
+somewhat deceived by others.  "Que tambien se puede creer que era
+enganado." Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 22.]
+
+Almagro and his followers are reported by Pizarro's secretaries
+to have first insisted on the Inca's death.  They were loudly
+supported by the treasurer and the royal officers, who considered
+it as indispensable to the interests of the Crown; and, finally,
+the rumors of a conspiracy raised the same cry among the
+soldiers, and Pizarro, with all his tenderness for his prisoner,
+could not refuse to bring him to trial. - The form of a trial was
+necessary to give an appearance of fairness to the proceedings.
+That it was only form is evident from the indecent haste with
+which it was conducted, - the examination of evidence, the
+sentence, and the execution, being all on the same day.  The
+multiplication of the charges, designed to place the guilt of the
+accused on the strongest ground, had, from their very number, the
+opposite effect, proving only the determination to convict him.
+If Pizarro had felt the reluctance to his conviction which he
+pretended, why did he send De Soto, Atahuallpa's best friend,
+away, when the inquiry was to be instituted?  Why was the
+sentence so summarily executed, as not to afford opportunity, by
+that cavalier's return, of disproving the truth of the principal
+charge, - the only one, in fact, with which the Spaniards had any
+concern?  The solemn farce of mourning and deep sorrow affected
+by Pizarro, who by these honors to the dead would intimate the
+sincere regard he had entertained for the living, was too thin a
+veil to impose on the most credulous.
+
+It is not intended by these reflections to exculpate the rest of
+the army, and especially its officers, from their share in the
+infamy of the transaction.  But Pizarro, as commander of the
+army, was mainly responsible for its measures.  For he was not a
+man to allow his own authority to be wrested from his grasp, or
+to yield timidly to the impulses of others.  He did not even
+yield to his own.  His whole career shows him, whether for good
+or for evil, to have acted with a cool and calculating policy.
+A story has been often repeated, which refers the motives of
+Pizarro's conduct, in some degree at least, to personal
+resentment.  The Inca had requested one of the Spanish soldiers
+to write the name of God on his nail. This the monarch showed to
+several of his guards successively, and, as they read it, and
+each pronounced the same word, the sagacious mind of the
+barbarian was delighted with what seemed to him little short of a
+miracle, - to which the science of his own nation afforded no
+analogy.  On showing the writing to Pizarro, that chief remained
+silent; and the Inca, finding he could not read, conceived a
+contempt for the commander who was even less informed than his
+soldiers.  This he did not wholly conceal, and Pizarro, aware of
+the cause of it, neither forgot nor forgave it. *43 The anecdote
+is reported not on the highest authority.  It may be true; but it
+is unnecessary to look for the motives of Pizarro's conduct in
+personal pique, when so many proofs are to be discerned of a dark
+and deliberate policy.
+
+[Footnote 43: The story is to be found in Garcilasso de la Vega,
+(Com. Real., Parte 2, cap. 38,) and in no other writer of the
+period, so far as I am aware.]
+
+
+Yet the arts of the Spanish chieftain failed to reconcile his
+countrymen to the atrocity of his proceedings.  It is singular to
+observe the difference between the tone assumed by the first
+chroniclers of the transaction, while it was yet fresh, and that
+of those who wrote when the lapse of a few years had shown the
+tendency of public opinion.  The first boldly avow the deed as
+demanded by expediency, if not necessity; while they deal in no
+measured terms of reproach with the character of their
+unfortunate victim. *44 The latter, on the other hand, while they
+extenuate the errors of the Inca, and do justice to his good
+faith, are unreserved in their condemnation of the Conquerors, on
+whose conduct, they say, Heaven set the seal of its own
+reprobation, by bringing them all to an untimely and miserable
+end. *45 The sentence of contemporaries has been fully ratified
+by that of posterity; *46 and the persecution of Atahuallpa is
+regarded with justice as having left a stain, never to be
+effaced, on the Spanish arms in the New World.
+
+[Footnote 44: I have already noticed the lavish epithets heaped
+by Xerez on the Inca's cruelty.  This account was printed in
+Spain, in 1534, the year after the execution.  "The proud
+tyrant," says the other secretary, Sancho, "would have repaid the
+kindness and good treatment he had received from the governor and
+every one of us with the same coin with which he usually paid his
+own followers, without any fault on their part, - by putting them
+to death." (Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 399.)
+"He deserved to die," says the old Spanish Conqueror before
+quoted, "and all the country was rejoiced that he was put out of
+the way." Rel. d'un Capitano Spagn., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol.
+377.]
+
+[Footnote 45: "Las demostraciones que despues se vieron bien
+manifiestan lo mui injusta que fue, . . . . puesto que todos
+quantos entendieron en ella tuvieron despues mui desastradas
+muertes." (Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms.) Gomara uses nearly the
+same language. "No ai que reprehender a los que le mataron, pues
+el tiempo, i sus pecados los castigaron despues; ca todos ellos
+acabaron mal." (Hist. de las Ind., cap. 118.) According to the
+former writer, Felipillo paid the forfeit of his crimes sometime
+afterwards, - being hanged by Almagro on the expedition to Chili,
+- when, as "some say, he confessed having perverted testimony
+given in favor of Atahuallpa's innocence, directly against that
+monarch." Oviedo, usually ready enough to excuse the excesses of
+his countrymen, is unqualified in his condemnation of this whole
+proceeding, (see Appendix, No. 10,) which, says another
+contemporary, "fills every one with pity who has a spark of
+humanity in his bosom." Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 46: The most eminent example of this is given by
+Quintana in his memoir of Pizarro, (Espanoles Celebres, tom.
+II.,) throughout which the writer, rising above the mists of
+national prejudice, which too often blind the eyes of his
+countrymen, holds the scale of historic criticism with an
+impartial hand, and deals a full measure of reprobation to the
+actors in these dismal scenes.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter VIII
+
+Disorders In Peru. - March To Cuzco. - Encounter With The
+Natives. - Challcuchima Burnt. - Arrival In Cuzco. - Description
+Of The City. - Treasure Found There.
+
+1533-1534.
+
+
+The Inca of Peru was its sovereign in a peculiar sense.  He
+received an obedience from his vassals more implicit than that of
+any despot; for his authority reached to the most secret conduct,
+- to the thoughts of the individual.  He was reverenced as more
+than human. *1 He was not merely the head of the state, but the
+point to which all its institutions converged, as to a common
+centre, - the keystone of the political fabric, which must fall
+to pieces by its own weight when that was withdrawn.  So it fared
+on the death of Atahuallpa. *2 His death not only left the throne
+vacant, without any certain successor, but the manner of it
+announced to the Peruvian people that a hand stronger than that
+of their Incas had now seized the sceptre, and that the dynasty
+of the Children of the Sun had passed away for ever.
+
+[Footnote 1: "Such was the awe in which the Inca was held," says
+Pizarro, "that it was only necessary for him to intimate his
+commands to that effect, and a Peruvian would at once jump down a
+precipice, hang himself, or put an end to his life in any way
+that was prescribed." Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 2: Oviedo tells us, that the Inca's right name was
+Atabaliva, and that the Spaniards usually misspelt it, because
+they thought much more of getting treasure for themselves, than
+they did of the name of the person who owned it.  (Hist. de las
+Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 16.) Nevertheless, I have
+preferred the authority of Garcilasso, who, a Peruvian himself,
+and a near kinsman of the Inca, must be supposed to have been
+well informed.  His countrymen, he says, pretended that the cocks
+imported into Peru by the Spaniards, when they crowed, uttered
+the name of Atahuallpa; "and I and the other Indian boys," adds
+the historian, "when we were at school, used to mimic them." Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 9, cap. 23.]
+The natural consequences of such a conviction followed.  The
+beautiful order of the ancient institutions was broken up, as the
+authority which controlled it was withdrawn.  The Indians broke
+out into greater excesses from the uncommon restraint to which
+they had been before subjected. Villages were burnt, temples and
+palaces were plundered, and the gold they contained was scattered
+or secreted.  Gold and silver acquired an importance in the eyes
+of the Peruvian, when he saw the importance attached to them by
+his conquerors.  The precious metals, which before served only
+for purposes of state or religious decoration, were now hoarded
+up and buried in caves and forests.  The gold and silver
+concealed by the natives were affirmed greatly to exceed in
+quantity that which fell into the hands of the Spaniards. *3 The
+remote provinces now shook off their allegiance to the Incas.
+Their great captains, at the head of distant armies, set up for
+themselves.  Ruminavi, a commander on the borders of Quito,
+sought to detach that kingdom from the Peruvian empire, and to
+reassert its ancient independence.  The country, in short, was in
+that state, in which old things are passing away, and the new
+order of things has not yet been established.  It was in a state
+of revolution.
+
+[Footnote 3: "That which the Inca gave the Spaniards, said some
+of the Indian nobles to Benalcazar, the conqueror of Quito, was
+but as a kernel of corn, compared with the heap before him."
+(Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8 cap. 22.) See
+also Pedro Pizarro Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Relacion del Primer.
+Descub., Ms.]
+
+The authors of the revolution, Pizarro and his followers,
+remained meanwhile at Caxamalca.  But the first step of the
+Spanish commander was to name a successor to Atahuallpa.  It
+would be easier to govern under the venerated authority to which
+the homage of the Indians had been so long paid; and it was not
+difficult to find a successor.  The true heir to the crown was a
+second son of Huayna Capac, named Manco, a legitimate brother of
+the unfortunate Huascar.  But Pizarro had too little knowledge of
+the dispositions of this prince; and he made no scruple to prefer
+a brother of Atahuallpa, and to present him to the Indian nobles
+as their future Inca. We know nothing of the character of the
+young Toparca, who probably resigned himself without reluctance
+to a destiny which, however humiliating in some points of view,
+was more exalted than he could have hoped to obtain in the
+regular course of events.  The ceremonies attending a Peruvian
+coronation were observed, as well as time would allow; the brows
+of the young Inca were encircled with the imperial borla by the
+hands of his conqueror, and he received the homage of his Indian
+vassals.  They were the less reluctant to pay it, as most of
+those in the camp belonged to the faction of Quito.
+All thoughts were now eagerly turned towards Cuzco, of which the
+most glowing accounts were circulated among the soldiers, and
+whose temples and royal palaces were represented as blazing with
+gold and silver.  With imaginations thus excited, Pizarro and his
+entire company, amounting to almost five hundred men, of whom
+nearly a third, probably, were cavalry, took their departure
+early in September from Caxamalca, - a place ever memorable as
+the theatre of some of the most strange and sanguinary scenes
+recorded in history.  All set forward in high spirits, - the
+soldiers of Pizarro from the expectation of doubling their
+present riches, and Almagro's followers from the prospect of
+sharing equally in the spoil with "the first conquerors." *4 The
+young Inca and the old chief Challcuchima accompanied the march
+in their litters, attended by a numerous retinue of vassals, and
+moving in as much state and ceremony as if in the possession of
+real power. *5
+
+[Footnote 4: The "first conquerors," according to Garcilasso,
+were held in especial honor by those who came after them, though
+they were, on the whole, men of less consideration and fortune
+than the later adventurers.  Com. Real., Parte 1 lib. 7, cap. 9.]
+
+[Footnote 5: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Ped. Sancho Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III.
+fol. 400.]
+
+Their course lay along the great road of the Incas, which
+stretched across the elevated regions of the Cordilleras, all the
+way to Cuzco.  It was of nearly a uniform breadth, though
+constructed with different degrees of care, according to the
+ground. *6 Sometimes it crossed smooth and level valleys, which
+offered of themselves little impediment to the traveller; at
+other times, it followed the course of a mountain stream that
+flowed round the base of some beetling cliff, leaving small space
+for the foothold; at others, again, where the sierra was so
+precipitous that it seemed to preclude all further progress, the
+road, accommodated to the natural sinuosities of the ground,
+wound round the heights which it would have been impossible to
+scale directly. *7
+
+[Footnote 6: "Va todo el camino de una traza y anchura hecho a
+mano." Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 7: "En muchas partes viendo lo que esta adelante,
+parece cosa impossible poderlo pasar." Ibid., Ms.]
+
+But although managed with great address, it was a formidable
+passage for the cavalry.  The mountain was hewn into steps, but
+the rocky ledges cut up the hoofs of the horses; and, though the
+troopers dismounted and led them by the bridle, they suffered
+severely in their efforts to keep their footing. *8 The road was
+constructed for man and the light-footed llama; and the only
+heavy beast of burden at all suited to it was the sagacious and
+sure-footed mule, with which the Spanish adventurers were not
+then provided.  It was a singular chance that Spain was the land
+of the mule; and thus the country was speedily supplied with the
+very animal which seems to have been created for the difficult
+passes of the Cordilleras.
+
+[Footnote 8: Ped. Sancho, Rel. ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 404.]
+Another obstacle, often occurring, was the deep torrents that
+rushed down in fury from the Andes.  They were traversed by the
+hanging bridges of osier, whose frail materials were after a time
+broken up by the heavy tread of the cavalry, and the holes made
+in them added materially to the dangers of the passage.  On such
+occasions, the Spaniards contrived to work their way across the
+rivers on rafts, swimming their horses by the bridle. *9
+
+[Footnote 9: Ibid., ubi supra. - Relacion del Primer. Descub.,
+Ms.]
+
+All along the route they found post-houses for the accommodation
+of the royal couriers, established at regular intervals; and
+magazines of grain and other commodities, provided in the
+principal towns for the Indian armies. The Spaniards profited by
+the prudent forecast of the Peruvian government.
+Passing through several hamlets and towns of some note, the
+principal of which were Guamachucho and Guanuco, Pizarro, after a
+tedious march, came in sight of the rich valley of Xauxa.  The
+march, though tedious, had been attended with little suffering,
+except in crossing the bristling crests of the Cordilleras, which
+occasionally obstructed their path, - a rough setting to the
+beautiful valleys, that lay scattered like gems along this
+elevated region.  In the mountain passes they found some
+inconvenience from the cold; since, to move more quickly, they
+had disencumbered themselves of all superfluous baggage, and were
+even unprovided with tents. *10 The bleak winds of the mountains
+penetrated the thick harness of the soldiers; but the poor
+Indians, more scantily clothed and accustomed to a tropical
+climate, suffered most severely.  The Spaniard seemed to have a
+hardihood of body, as of soul, that rendered him almost
+indifferent to climate.
+
+[Footnote 10: "La notte dormirono tutti in quella campagna senza
+coperto alcuno, sopra la neue, ne pur hebber souuenimento di
+legne ne da man giare." Ped. Sancho, Rel. ap. Ramusio, tom. III.
+fol. 401.]
+
+On the march they had not been molested by enemies.  But more
+than once they had seen vestiges of them in smoking hamlets and
+ruined bridges. Reports, from time to time, had reached Pizarro
+of warriors on his track; and small bodies of Indians were
+occasionally seen like dusky clouds on the verge of the horizon,
+which vanished as the Spaniards approached.  On reaching Xauxa,
+however, these clouds gathered into one dark mass of warriors,
+which formed on the opposite bank of the river that flowed
+through the valley.
+The Spaniards advanced to the stream, which, swollen by the
+melting of the snows, was now of considerable width, though not
+deep.  The bridge had been destroyed; but the Conquerors, without
+hesitation, dashing boldly in, advanced, swimming and wading, as
+they best could, to the opposite bank.  The Indians, disconcerted
+by this decided movement, as they had relied on their watery
+defences, took to flight, after letting off an impotent volley of
+missiles.  Fear gave wings to the fugitives; but the horse and
+his rider were swifter, and the victorious pursuers took bloody
+vengeance on their enemy for having dared even to meditate
+resistance.
+
+Xauxa was a considerable town.  It was the place already noticed
+as having been visited by Hernando Pizarro.  It was seated in the
+midst of a verdant valley, fertilized by a thousand little rills,
+which the thrifty Indian husbandman drew from the parent river
+that rolled sluggishly through the meadows.  There were several
+capacious buildings of rough stone in the town, and a temple of
+some note in the times of the Incas.  But the strong arm of
+Father Valverde and his countrymen soon tumbled the heathen
+deities from their pride of place, and established, in their
+stead, the sacred effigies of the Virgin and Child.
+
+Here Pizarro proposed to halt for some days, and to found a
+Spanish colony.  It was a favorable position, he thought, for
+holding the Indian mountaineers in check, while, at the same
+time, it afforded an easy communication with the sea-coast.
+Meanwhile he determined to send forward De Soto, with a
+detachment of sixty horse, to reconnoitre the country in advance,
+and to restore the bridges where demolished by the enemy. *11
+
+[Footnote 11: Carta de la Justicia y Regi miento de la Ciudad de
+Xauja, Ms - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq. Ms. - Conq. i Pob. del
+Piru, Ms - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5 lib. 4, cap. 10. -
+Relacion de Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+That active cavalier set forward at once, but found considerable
+impediments to his progress.  The traces of an enemy became more
+frequent as he advanced.  The villages were burnt, the bridges
+destroyed, and heavy rocks and trees strewed in the path to
+impede the march of the cavalry.  As he drew near to Bilcas, once
+an important place, though now effaced from the map, he had a
+sharp encounter with the natives, in a mountain defile, which
+cost him the lives of two or three troopers.  The loss was light;
+but any loss was felt by the Spaniards, so little accustomed, as
+they had been of late, to resistance.
+
+Still pressing forward, the Spanish captain crossed the river
+Abancay, and the broad waters of the Apurimac; and, as he drew
+near the sierra of Vilcaconga, he learned that a considerable
+body of Indians lay in wait for him in the dangerous passes of
+the mountains.  The sierra was several leagues from Cuzco; and
+the cavalier, desirous to reach the further side of it before
+nightfall, incautiously pushed on his wearied horses.  When he
+was fairly entangled in its rocky defiles, a multitude of armed
+warriors, springing, as it seemed, from every cavern and thicket
+of the sierra, filled the air with their war-cries, and rushed
+down, like one of their own mountain torrents, on the invaders,
+as they were painfully tolling up the steeps.  Men and horses
+were overturned in the fury of the assault, and the foremost
+files, rolling back on those below, spread ruin and consternation
+in their ranks. De Soto in vain endeavoured to restore order,
+and, if possible, to charge the assailants. The horses were
+blinded and maddened by the missiles, while the desperate
+natives, clinging to their legs, strove to prevent their ascent
+up the rocky pathway.  De Soto saw, that, unless he gained a
+level ground which opened at some distance before him, all must
+be lost.  Cheering on his men with the old battle-cry, that
+always went to the heart of a Spaniard, he struck his spurs deep
+into the sides of his wearied charger, and, gallantly supported
+by his troop, broke through the dark array of warriors, and,
+shaking them off to the right and left, at length succeeded in
+placing himself on the broad level.
+
+Here both parties paused, as if by mutual consent, for a few
+moments. A little stream ran through the plain, at which the
+Spaniards watered their horses; *12 and the animals, having
+recovered wind, De Soto and his men made a desperate charge on
+their assailants.  The undaunted Indians sustained the shock with
+firmness; and the result of the combat was still doubtful, when
+the shades of evening, falling thicker around them, separated the
+combatants.
+
+[Footnote 12: Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol.
+405.]
+
+Both parties then withdrew from the field, taking up their
+respective stations within bow-shot of each other, so that the
+voices of the warriors on either side could be distinctly heard
+in the stillness of the night.  But very different were the
+reflections of the two hosts.  The Indians, exulting in their
+temporary triumph, looked with confidence to the morrow to
+complete it.  The Spaniards, on the other hand, were
+proportionably discouraged.  They were not prepared for this
+spirit of resistance in an enemy hitherto so tame. Several
+cavaliers had fallen; one of them by a blow from a Peruvian
+battle-axe, which clove his head to the chin, attesting the power
+of the weapon, and of the arm that used it. *13 Several horses,
+too, had been killed; and the loss of these was almost as
+severely felt as that of their riders, considering the great cost
+and difficulty of transporting them to these distant regions.
+Few either of the men or horses escaped without wounds, and the
+Indian allies suffered still more severely.
+
+[Footnote 13: Ibid., loc cit.]
+
+It seemed probable, from the pertinacity and a certain order
+maintained in the assault, that it was directed by some leader of
+military experience; perhaps the Indian commander Quizquiz, who
+was said to be hanging round the environs of Cuzco with a
+considerable force.
+
+Notwithstanding the reasonable cause of apprehension for the
+morrow, De Soto, like a stout-hearted cavalier, as he was, strove
+to keep up the spirits of his followers.  If they had beaten off
+the enemy when their horses were jaded, and their own strength
+nearly exhausted, how much easier it would be to come off
+victorious when both were restored by a night's rest; and he told
+them to "trust in the Almighty, who would never desert his
+faithful followers in their extremity." The event justified De
+Soto's confidence in this seasonable succour.
+
+From time to time, on his march, he had sent advices to Pizarro
+of the menacing state of the country, till his commander,
+becoming seriously alarmed, was apprehensive that the cavalier
+might be over powered by the superior numbers of the enemy.  He
+accordingly detached Almagro, with nearly all the remaining
+horse, to his support, - unencumbered by infantry, that he might
+move the lighter.  That efficient leader advanced by forced
+marches, stimulated by the tidings which met him on the road; and
+was so fortunate as to reach the foot of the sierra of Vilcaconga
+the very night of the engagement.
+
+There hearing of the encounter, he pushed forward without
+halting, though his horses were spent with travel.  The night was
+exceedingly dark, and Almagro, afraid of stumbling on the enemy's
+bivouac, and desirous to give De Soto information of his
+approach, commanded his trumpets to sound, till the notes,
+winding through the defiles of the mountains, broke the slumbers
+of his countrymen, sounding like blithest music in their ears.
+They quickly replied with their own bugles, and soon had the
+satisfaction to embrace their deliverers. *14
+
+[Footnote 14: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, sec. 3, lib. 5, cap. 3.]
+
+Great was the dismay of the Peruvian host, when the morning light
+discovered the fresh reinforcement of the ranks of the Spaniards.
+There was no use in contending with an enemy who gathered
+strength from the conflict, and who seemed to multiply his
+numbers at will.  Without further attempt to renew the fight,
+they availed themselves of a thick fog, which hung over the lower
+slopes of the hills, to effect their retreat, and left the passes
+open to the invaders.  The two cavaliers then continued their
+march until they extricated their forces from the sierra, when,
+taking up a secure position, they proposed to await there the
+arrival of Pizarro. *15
+
+[Footnote 15: The account of De Soto's affair with the natives is
+given in more or less detail, by Ped. Sancho Rel., ap. Ramusio,
+tom. III. fol. 405, - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms., - Relacion del
+Primer. Descub., Ms., -Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms, -
+parties al present in the army.]
+
+The commander-in-chief, meanwhile, lay at Xauxa, where he was
+greatly disturbed by the rumors which reached him of the state of
+the country.  His enterprise, thus far, had gone forward so
+smoothly, that he was no better prepared than his lieutenant to
+meet with resistance from the natives.  He did not seem to
+comprehend that the mildest nature might at last be roused by
+oppression; and that the massacre of their Inca, whom they
+regarded with such awful veneration, would be likely, if any
+thing could do it, to wake them from their apathy.
+
+The tidings which he now received of the retreat of the Peruvians
+were most welcome; and he caused mass to be said, and
+thanksgivings to be offered up to Heaven, "which had shown itself
+thus favorable to the Christians throughout this mighty
+enterprise." The Spaniard was ever a Crusader.  He was, in the
+sixteenth century, what Coeur de Lion and his brave knights were
+in the twelfth, with this difference; the cavalier of that day
+fought for the Cross and for glory, while gold and the Cross were
+the watchwords of the Spaniard.  The spirit of chivalry had waned
+somewhat before the spirit of trade; but the fire of religious
+enthusiasm still burned as bright under the quilted mail of the
+American Conqueror, as it did of yore under the iron panoply of
+the soldier of Palestine.
+
+It seemed probable that some man of authority had organized, or
+at least countenanced, this resistance of the natives, and
+suspicion fell on the captive chief Challcuchima, who was accused
+of maintaining a secret correspondence with his confederate,
+Quizquiz.  Pizarro waited on the Indian noble, and, charging him
+with the conspiracy, reproached him, as he had formerly done his
+royal master, with ingratitude towards the Spaniards, who had
+dealt with him so liberally.  He concluded by the assurance,
+that, if he did not cause the Peruvians to lay down their arms,
+and tender their submission at once, he should be burnt alive, so
+soon as they reached Almagro's quarters. *16
+
+[Footnote 16: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Ped. Sancho,
+Rel., ap Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 406.]
+
+The Indian chief listened to the terrible menace with the utmost
+composure.  He denied having had any communication with his
+countrymen, and said, that, in his present state of confinement,
+at least, he could have no power to bring them to submission.  He
+then remained doggedly silent, and Pizarro did not press the
+matter further. *17 But he placed a strong guard over his
+prisoner, and caused him to be put in irons.  It was an ominous
+proceeding, and had been the precursor of the death of
+Atahuallpa.
+
+[Footnote 17: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+Before quitting Xauxa, a misfortune befell the Spaniards in the
+death of their creature, the young Inca Toparca.  Suspicion, of
+course, fell on Challcuchima, now selected as the scape-goat for
+all the offences of his nation. *18 It was a disappointment to
+Pizarro, who hoped to find a convenient shelter for his future
+proceedings under this shadow of royalty. *19
+
+[Footnote 18: It seems, from the language of the letter addressed
+to the Emperor by the municipality of Xauxa, that the troops
+themselves were far from being convinced of Challcuchima's guilt.
+"Publico fue, aunque dello no ubo averiguacion in certenidad, que
+el capitan Chaliconiman le abia dado ierbas o a beber con que
+murio." Carta de la Just. v Reg. de Xauja, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 19: According to Velasco, Toparsa, whom, however, he
+calls by another name, tore off the diadem bestowed on him by
+Pizarro, with disdain, and died in a few weeks of chagrin.
+(Hist. de Quito, tom. I. p. 377.) This writer, a Jesuit of Quito,
+seems to feel himself bound to make out as good a case for
+Atahuallpa and his family, as if he had been expressly retained
+in their behalf.  His vouchers - when he condescends to give any
+- too rarely bear him out in his statements to inspire us with
+much confidence in his correctness.]
+
+The general considered it most prudent not to hazard the loss of
+his treasures by taking them on the march, and he accordingly
+left them at Xauxa, under a guard of forty soldiers, who remained
+there in garrison.  No event of importance occurred on the road,
+and Pizarro, having effected a junction with Almagro, their
+united forces soon entered the vale of Xaquixaguana, about five
+leagues from Cuzco.  This was one of those bright spots, so often
+found embosomed amidst the Andes, the more beautiful from
+contrast with the savage character of the scenery around it.  A
+river flowed through the valley, affording the means of
+irrigating the soil, and clothing it in perpetual verdure; and
+the rich and flowering vegetation spread out like a cultivated
+garden.  The beauty of the place and its delicious coolness
+commended it as a residence for the Peruvian nobles, and the
+sides of the hills were dotted with their villas, which afforded
+them a grateful retreat in the heats of summer. *20 Yet the
+centre of the valley was disfigured by a quagmire of some extent,
+occasioned by the frequent overflowing of the waters; but the
+industry of the Indian architects had constructed a solid
+causeway, faced with heavy stone, and connected with the great
+road, which traversed the whole breadth of the morass. *21
+
+[Footnote 20: "Auia en este valle muy sumptuosos aposentos y
+ricos adonde los senores del Cuzco salian a tomar sus plazeres y
+solazes.' Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 91.]
+
+[Footnote 21: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+In this valley Pizarro halted for several days, while he
+refreshed his troops from the well-stored magazines of the Incas.
+His first act was to bring Challcuchima to trial; if trial that
+could be called, where sentence may be said to have gone hand in
+hand with accusation.  We are not informed of the nature of the
+evidence.  It was sufficient to satisfy the Spanish captains of
+the chieftain's guilt.  Nor is it at all incredible that
+Challcuchima should have secretly encouraged a movement among the
+people, designed to secure his country's freedom and his own.  He
+was condemned to be burnt alive on the spot.  "Some thought it a
+hard measure," says Herrera; "but those who are governed by
+reasons of state policy are apt to shut their eyes against every
+thing else." *22 Why this cruel mode of execution was so often
+adopted by the Spanish Conquerors is not obvious; unless it was
+that the Indian was an infidel, and fire, from ancient date,
+seems to have been considered the fitting doom of the infidel, as
+the type of that inextinguishable flame which awaited him in the
+regions of the damned.
+
+[Footnote 22: Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 6 cap. 3.]
+
+Father Valverde accompanied the Peruvian chieftain to the stake.
+He seems always to have been present at this dreary moment,
+anxious to profit by it, if possible, to work the conversion of
+the victim.  He painted in gloomy colors the dreadful doom of the
+unbeliever, to whom the waters of baptism could alone secure the
+ineffable glories of paradise. *23 It does not appear that he
+promised any commutation of punishment in this world.  But his
+arguments fell on a stony heart, and the chief coldly replied, he
+"did not understand the religion of the white men." *24 He might
+be pardoned for not comprehending the beauty of a faith which, as
+it would seem, had borne so bitter fruits to him.  In the midst
+of his tortures, he showed the characteristic courage of the
+American Indian, whose power of endurance triumphs over the power
+of persecution in his enemies, and he died with his last breath
+invoking the name of Pachacamac.  His own followers brought the
+fagots to feed the flames that consumed him. *25
+
+[Footnote 23: Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol.
+406.]
+
+[Footnote 24: Ibid., loc. cit.]
+
+[Footnote 25: Ibid. loc. cit. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq.,
+Ms.
+
+The Ms. of the old Conqueror is so much damaged in this part of
+it that much of his account is entirely effaced.]
+
+Soon after this tragic event, Pizarro was surprised by a visit
+from a Peruvian noble, who came in great state, attended by a
+numerous and showy retinue.  It was the young prince Manco,
+brother of the unfortunate Huascar, and the rightful successor to
+the crown.  Being brought before the Spanish commander, he
+announced his pretensions to the throne, and claimed the
+protection of the strangers.  It is said he had meditated
+resisting them by arms, and had encouraged the assaults made on
+them on their march; but, finding resistance ineffectual, he had
+taken this politic course, greatly to the displeasure of his more
+resolute nobles.  However this may be, Pizarro listened to his
+application with singular contentment, for he saw in this new
+scion of the true royal stock, a more effectual instrument for
+his purposes than he could have found in the family of Quito,
+with whom the Peruvians had but little sympathy.  He received the
+young man, therefore, with great cordiality, and did not hesitate
+to assure him that he had been sent into the country by his
+master, the Castilian sovereign, in order to vindicate the claims
+of Huascar to the crown, and to punish the usurpation of his
+rival. *26
+
+[Footnote 26: Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 406.
+- Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+Taking with him the Indian prince, Pizarro now resumed his march.
+It was interrupted for a few hours by a party of the natives, who
+lay in wait for him in the neighbouring sierra.  A sharp skirmish
+ensued, in which the Indians behaved with great spirit, and
+inflicted some little injury on the Spaniards; but the latter, at
+length, shaking them off, made good their passage through the
+defile, and the enemy did not care to follow them into the open
+country.
+It was late in the afternoon when the Conquerors came in sight of
+Cuzco. *27 The descending sun was streaming his broad rays full
+on the imperial city, where many an altar was dedicated to his
+worship.  The low ranges of buildings, showing in his beams like
+so many lines of silvery light, filled up the bosom of the valley
+and the lower slopes of the mountains, whose shadowy forms hung
+darkly over the fair city, as if to shield it from the menaced
+profanation.  It was so late, that Pizarro resolved to defer his
+entrance till the following morning.
+
+[Footnote 27: "Y dos horas antes que el Sol se pusiese, llegaron
+a vista de la ciudad del Cuzco.  "Relacion del Primer. Descub.,
+Ms]
+
+That night vigilant guard was kept in the camp, and the soldiers
+slept on their arms.  But it passed away without annoyance from
+the enemy, and early on the following day, November 15, 1533,
+Pizarro prepared for his entrance into the Peruvian capital. *28
+
+[Footnote 28: The chronicles differ as to the precise date.
+There can be no better authorities than Pedro Sancho's narrative
+and the Letter of the Magistrates of Xauxa, which have followed
+in the text]
+
+The little army was formed into three divisions, of which the
+centre, or "battle," as it was called, was led by the general.
+The suburbs were thronged with a countless multitude of the
+natives, who had flocked from the city and the surrounding
+country to witness the showy, and, to them, startling pageant.
+All looked with eager curiosity on the strangers, the fame of
+whose terrible exploits had spread to the remotest parts of the
+empire.  They gazed with astonishment on their dazzling arms and
+fair complexions, which seemed to proclaim them the true Children
+of the Sun; and they listened with feelings of mysterious dread,
+as the trumpet sent forth its prolonged notes through the streets
+of the capital, and the solid ground shook under the heavy tramp
+of the cavalry.
+
+The Spanish commander rode directly up the great square.  It was
+surrounded by low piles of buildings, among which were several
+palaces of the Incas.  One of these, erected by Huayna Capac, was
+surmounted by a tower, while the ground-floor was occupied by one
+or more immense halls, like those described in Caxamalca, where
+the Peruvian nobles held their fetes in stormy weather.  These
+buildings afforded convenient barracks for the troops, though,
+during the first few weeks, they remained under their tents in
+the open plaza, with their horses picketed by their side, ready
+to repulse any insurrection of the inhabitants. *29
+
+[Footnote 29: Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 407.
+- Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 7, cap. 10. - Relacion
+del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+The capital of the Incas, though falling short of the El Dorado
+which had engaged their credulous fancies, astonished the
+Spaniards by the beauty of its edifices, the length and
+regularity of its streets, and the good order and appearance of
+comfort, even luxury, visible in its numerous population. It far
+surpassed all they had yet seen in the New World.  The population
+of the city is computed by one of the Conquerors at two hundred
+thousand inhabitants, and that of the suburbs at as many more.
+*30 This account is not confirmed, as far as I have seen, by any
+other writer.  But however it may be exaggerated, it is certain
+that Cuzco was the metropolis of a great empire, the residence of
+the Court and the chief nobility; frequented by the most skilful
+mechanics and artisans of every description, who found a demand
+for their ingenuity in the royal precincts; while the place was
+garrisoned by a numerous soldiery, and was the resort, finally,
+of emigrants from the most distant provinces.  The quarters
+whence this motley population came were indicated by their
+peculiar dress, and especially their head-gear, so rarely found
+at all on the American Indian, which, with its variegated colors,
+gave a picturesque effect to the groups and masses in the
+streets.  The habitual order and decorum maintained in this
+multifarious assembly showed the excellent police of the capital,
+where the only sounds that disturbed the repose of the Spaniards
+were the noises of feasting and dancing, which the natives, with
+happy insensibility, constantly prolonged to a late hour of the
+night. *31
+
+[Footnote 30: "Esta ciudad era muy grande i mui populosa de
+grandes edificios i comarcas, quando los Eespanoles entraron la
+primera vex en ella havia gran cantidad de gente, seria pueblo de
+mas de 40 mill. vecinos solamente lo que tomaba la ciudad, que
+arravalles i comarca en deredor del Cuzco a 10 o 12 leguas creo
+yo que havia docientos mill. Indios porque esto era lo mas
+poblado de todos estos reinos." (Conq. i Pob. del Peru, Ms.) The
+vecino or "householder" is computed, usually, as representing
+five individuals. - Yet Father Valverde, in a letter written a
+few years after tis, speaks of the city as having only three or
+four thousand houses at the time of its occupation, and the
+suburbs as having nineteen or twenty thousand.  (Cart al
+Emperador, Ms., 20 de Marzo, 1539.) It is possible that he took
+into the account only the better kind of houses, not considering
+the mud huts, or rather hovels, which made so large a part of a
+Peruvian town, as deserving notice.]
+
+[Footnote 31: "Heran tantos los atambores que de noche se oian
+por todas cartes bailando y cantando y belendo que toda la mayor
+parte de la noche se les pasava en esto cotidianamente." Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+The edifices of the better sort - and they were very numerous -
+were of stone, or faced with stone. *32 Among the principal were
+the royal residences; as each sovereign built a new palace for
+himself, covering, though low, a large extent of ground.  The
+walls were sometimes stained of painted with gaudy tints, and the
+gates, we are assured, were sometimes of colored marble. *33 In
+the delicacy of the stone-work," says another of the Conquerors,
+"the natives far excelled the Spaniards, though the roofs of
+their dwellings, instead of tiles, were only of thatch, but put
+together with the nicest art." *34 The sunny climate of Cuzco did
+not require a very substantial material for defence against the
+weather.
+
+[Footnote 32: "La maggior parte di queste case sono di pietra, et
+l'altre hano la meta della facciata di pietra." Ped. Sancho,
+Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 413.]
+
+[Footnote 33: The buildings were usually of freestone.  There may
+have been porphyry from the neighbouring mountains mixed with
+this, which the Spaniards mistook for marble.]
+
+[Footnote 34: "Todo labrado de piedra muy prima, que cierto toda
+la canteria desta cibdad hace gran ventaja a la de Espana, aunque
+carecen de teja que todas las casas sino es la fortaleza, que era
+hecha de azoteas son cubiertas de paja, aunque tan primamente
+puesta, que parece bien." Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+The most important building was the fortress, planted on a solid
+rock, that rose boldly above the city.  It was built of hewn
+stone, so finely wrought that it was impossible to detect the
+line of junction between the blocks; and the approaches to it
+were defended by three semicircular parapets, composed of such
+heavy masses of rock, that it bore resemblance to the kind of
+work known to architects as the Cyclopean.  The fortress was
+raised to a height rare in Peruvian architecture; and from the
+summit of the tower the eye of the spectator ranged over a
+magnificent prospect, in which the wild features of the mountain
+scenery, rocks, woods, and waterfalls, were mingled with the rich
+verdure of the valley, and the shining city filling up the
+foreground, - all blended in sweet harmony under the deep azure
+of a tropical sky.
+
+The streets were long and narrow.  They were arranged with
+perfect regularity, crossing one another at right angles; and
+from the great square diverged four principal streets connecting
+with the high roads of the empire. The square itself, and many
+parts of the city, were paved with a fine pebble. *35 Through the
+heart of the capital ran a river of pure water, if it might not
+be rather termed a canal, the banks or sides of which, for the
+distance of twenty leagues, were faced with stone *36 Across this
+stream, bridges, constructed of similar broad flags, were thrown,
+at intervals, so as to afford an easy communication between the
+different quarters of the capital. *37
+[Footnote 35: Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III., ubi
+supra.
+
+A passage in the Letter of the Municipality of Xauxa is worth
+quoting, as confirming on the best authority some of the
+interesting particulars mentioned in the text.  'Esta cibdad es
+la mejor e maior que en la tierra se ha visto, i aun en Yndias; e
+decimos a V. M. ques tan hermosa i de tan buenos edeficios que en
+Espana seria muy de ver; tiene las calles por mucho concierto en
+pedradas i por medio dellas un cano enlosado. la plaza es hecha
+en cuadra i empedrada de quijas pequenas todas, todas las mas de
+las casas son de Senores Principales hechas de canteria. esta en
+una ladera de un zerro en el cual sobre el pueblo esta una
+fortaleza mui bien obrada de canteria, tan de ver que por
+Espanoles que han andado Reinos estranos, dicen no haver visto
+otro edeficio igual al della." Carta de la Just. y Reg. de Xauja,
+Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 36: "Un rio, el cual baja por medio de la cibdad y
+desde que nace, mas de veinte leguas por aquel valle abajo donde
+hay muchas poblaciones, va enlosado todo por el suelo, y las
+varrancas de una parte y de otra hechas de canteria labrada, cosa
+nunca vista, ni oida." Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 37: The reader will find a few repetitions in this
+chapter of what I have already said, in the Introduction, of
+Cuzco under the Incas. But the facts here stated are for the most
+part drawn from other sources, and some repetition was
+unavoidable in order to give a distinct image of the capital.]
+The most sumptuous edifice in Cuzco, in the times of the Incas,
+was undoubtedly the great temple dedicated to the Sun, which,
+studded with gold plates, as already noticed, was surrounded by
+convents and dormitories for the priests, with their gardens and
+broad parterres sparkling with gold.  The exterior ornaments had
+been already removed by the Conquerors, - all but the frieze of
+gold, which, imbedded in the stones, still encircled the
+principal building.  It is probable that the tales of wealth, so
+greedily circulated among the Spaniards, greatly exceeded the
+truth.  If they did not, the natives must have been very
+successful in concealing their treasures from the invaders.  Yet
+much still remained, not only in the great House of the Sun, but
+in the inferior temples which swarmed in the capital.
+
+Pizarro, on entering Cuzco, had issued an order forbidding any
+soldier to offer violence to the dwellings of the inhabitants.
+*38 But the palaces were numerous, and the troops lost no time in
+plundering them of their contents, as well as in despoiling the
+religious edifices.  The interior decorations supplied them with
+considerable booty.  They stripped off the jewels and rich
+ornaments that garnished the royal mummies in the temple of
+Coricancha.  Indignant at the concealment of their treasures,
+they put the inhabitants, in some instances, to the torture, and
+endeavoured to extort from them a confession of their
+hiding-places. *39 They invaded the repose of the sepulchres, in
+which the Peruvians often deposited their valuable effects, and
+compelled the grave to give up its dead.  No place was left
+unexplored by the rapacious Conquerors, and they occasionally
+stumbled on a mine of wealth that rewarded their labors.
+
+[Footnote 38: "Pues mando el marquez dar vn pregon que ningun
+espanol fuese a entrar en las casas de los naturales o tomalles
+nada." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 39: Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap 123.]
+
+In a cavern near the city they found a number of vases of pure
+gold, richly embossed with the figures of serpents, locusts, and
+other animals. Among the spoil were four golden llamas and ten or
+twelve statues of women, some of gold, others of silver, "which
+merely to see," says one of the Conquerors, with some naivete,
+"was truly a great satisfaction." The gold was probably thin, for
+the figures were all as large as life; and several of them, being
+reserved for the royal fifth, were not recast, but sent in their
+original form to Spain. *40 The magazines were stored with
+curious commodities; richly tinted robes of cotton and
+feather-work, gold sandals, and slippers of the same material,
+for the women, and dresses composed entirely of beads of gold.
+*41 The grain and other articles of food, with which the
+magazines were filled, were held in contempt by the Conquerors,
+intent only on gratifying their lust for gold. *42 The time came
+when the grain would have been of far more value.
+
+[Footnote 40: "Et fra l'altre cose singolari, era veder quattro
+castrati di fin oro molto grandi, et 10 o 12 statue di done,
+della grandezza delle done di quel paese tutte d'oro fino, cosi
+belle et ben fatte come se fossero viue. . . . . . Queste furono
+date nel quinto che toccaua a S. M." (Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap.
+Ramusio, tom. III fol.409.) "Muchas estatuas y figuras de oro y
+plata enteras, hecha la forma toda de una muger, y del tamano
+della, muy bien labradas." Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 41: "Avia ansi mismo miscmo otras muchas plumas de
+diferentes colores para este efecto de hacer rropas que vestian
+los senores y senoras y no otto otro en los tiempos de sus
+fiestas; avia tambien mantas hechas de chaquira, de oro, y de
+plata, que heran vnas quentecitas muy delicadas, que parecia cosa
+de espanto ver su hechura." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 42: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.]
+
+Yet the amount of treasure in the capital did not equal the
+sanguine expectations that had been formed by the Spaniards.  But
+the deficiency was supplied by the plunder which they had
+collected at various places on their march.  In one place, for
+example, they met with ten planks or bars of solid silver, each
+piece being twenty feet in length, one foot in breadth, and two
+or three inches thick.  They were intended to decorate the
+dwelling of an Inca noble. *43
+
+[Footnote 43: "Pues andando yo buscando mahiz o otras cosas para
+comer, acaso entre en vn buhio donde halle estos tablones de
+plata que tengo dicho que heran hasta diez y de largo tenian
+veinte pies y de anchor de vno y de gordor de tres dedos, di
+noticia dello al marquez y el y todos los demas que con e.
+estavan entraron a vello." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+The whole mass of treasure was brought into a common heap, as in
+Caxamalca; and after some of the finer specimens had been
+deducted for the Crown, the remainder was delivered to the Indian
+goldsmiths to be melted down into ingots of a uniform standard.
+The division of the spoil was made on the same principle as
+before.  There were four hundred and eighty soldiers, including
+the garrison of Xauxa, who were each to receive a share, that of
+the cavalry being double that of the infantry.  The amount of
+booty is stated variously by those present at the division of it.
+According to some, it considerably exceeded the ransom of
+Atahuallpa.  Others state it as less. Pedro Pizarro says that
+each horseman got six thousand pesos de oro, and each one of the
+infantry half that sum; *44 though the same discrimination was
+made by Pizarro as before, in respect to the rank of the parties,
+and their relative services.  But Sancho, the royal notary, and
+secretary of the commander, estimates the whole amount as far
+less, - not exceeding five hundred and eighty thousand and two
+hundred pesos de oro, and two hundred and fifteen thousand marks
+of silver. *45 In the absence of the official returns, it is
+impossible to determine which is correct.  But Sancho's narrative
+is countersigned, it may be remembered, by Pizarro and the royal
+treasurer Riquelme, and doubtless, therefore, shows the actual
+amount for which the Conquerors accounted to the Crown.
+
+[Footnote 44: Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 45: Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol.
+409.]
+
+Whichever statement we receive, the sum, combined with that
+obtained at Caxamalca, might well have satisfied the cravings of
+the most avaricious. The sudden influx of so much wealth, and
+that, too, in so transferable a form, among a party of reckless
+adventures little accustomed to the possession of money, had its
+natural effect.  It supplied them with the means of gaming, so
+strong and common a passion with the Spaniards, that it may be
+considered a national vice.  Fortunes were lost and won in a
+single day, sufficient to render the proprietors independent for
+life; and many a desperate gamester, by an unlucky throw of the
+dice or turn of the cards, saw himself stripped in a few hours of
+the fruits of years of toil, and obliged to begin over again the
+business of rapine.  Among these, one in the cavalry service is
+mentioned, named Leguizano, who had received as his share of the
+booty the image of the Sun, which, raised on a plate of burnished
+gold, spread over the walls in a recess of the great temple, and
+which, for some reason or other, - perhaps because of its
+superior fineness, - was not recast like the other ornaments.
+This rich prize the spendthrift lost in a single night; whence it
+came to be a proverb in Spain, Juega el Sol antes que amanezca,
+"Play away the Sun before sunrise." *46
+
+[Footnote 46: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1 lib. 3, cap. 20]
+The effect of such a surfeit of the precious metals was instantly
+felt on prices.  The most ordinary articles were only to be had
+for exorbitant sums.  A quire of paper sold for ten pesos de oro;
+a bottle of wine, for sixty; a sword, for forty or fifty; a
+cloak, for a hundred, - sometimes more; a pair of shoes cost
+thirty or forty pesos de oro, and a good horse could not be had
+for less than twenty-five hundred. *47 Some brought a still
+higher price.  Every article rose in value, as gold and silver,
+the representatives of all, declined.  Gold and silver, in short,
+seemed to be the only things in Cuzco that were not wealth.  Yet
+there were some few wise enough to return contented with their
+present gains to their native country.  Here their riches brought
+them consideration and competence, and, while they excited the
+envy of their countrymen, stimulated them to seek their own
+fortunes in the like path of adventure.
+
+[Footnote 47: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+233.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter IX
+
+New Inca Crowned. - Municipal Regulations. - Terrible March Of
+Alvarado. - Interview With Pizarro. - Foundation Of Lima. -
+Hernando Pizarro Reaches Spain. - Sensation At Court. - Feuds Of
+Almagro And The Pizarros.
+
+1534-1535.
+
+
+The first care of the Spanish general, after the division of the
+booty, was to place Manco on the throne, and to obtain for him
+the recognition of his countrymen.  He, accordingly, presented
+the young prince to them as their future sovereign, the
+legitimate son of Huayna Capac, and the true heir of the Peruvian
+sceptre.  The annunciation was received with enthusiasm by the
+people, attached to the memory of his illustrious father, and
+pleased that they were still to have a monarch rule over them of
+the ancient line of Cuzco.
+
+Every thing was done to maintain the illusion with the Indian
+population.  The ceremonies of a coronation were studiously
+observed.  The young prince kept the prescribed fasts and vigils;
+and on the appointed day, the nobles and the people, with the
+whole Spanish soldiery, assembled in the great square of Cuzco to
+witness the concluding ceremony.  Mass was publicly performed by
+Father Valverde, and the Inca Manco received the fringed diadem
+of Peru, not from the hand of the high-priest of his nation, but
+from his Conqueror, Pizarro.  The Indian lords then tendered
+their obeisance in the customary form; after which the royal
+notary read aloud the instrument asserting the supremacy of the
+Castilian Crown, and requiring the homage of all present to its
+authority.  This address was explained by an interpreter, and the
+ceremony of homage was performed by each one of the parties
+waving the royal banner of Castile twice or thrice with his
+hands.  Manco then pledged the Spanish commander in a golden
+goblet of the sparkling chicha; and, the latter having cordially
+embraced the new monarch, the trumpets announced the conclusion
+of the ceremony. *1 But it was not the note of triumph, but of
+humiliation; for it proclaimed that the armed foot of the
+stranger was in the halls of the Peruvian Incas; that the
+ceremony of coronation was a miserable pageant; that their prince
+himself was but a puppet in the hands of his Conqueror; and that
+the glory of the Children of the Sun had departed for ever!
+
+[Footnote 1: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Ped. Sancho,
+Rel., ap Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 407.]
+
+Yet the people readily gave in to the illusion, and seemed
+willing to accept this image of their ancient independence.  The
+accession of the young monarch was greeted by all the usual fetes
+and rejoicings.  The mummies of his royal ancestors, with such
+ornaments as were still left to them, were paraded in the great
+square.  They were attended each by his own numerous retinue, who
+performed all the menial offices, as if the object of them were
+alive and could feel their import.  Each ghostly form took its
+seat at the banquet-table - now, alas! stripped of the
+magnificent service with which it was wont to blaze at these high
+festivals - and the guests drank deep to the illustrious dead.
+Dancing succeeded the carousal, and the festivities, prolonged to
+a late hour, were continued night after night by the giddy
+population, as if their conquerors had not been intrenched in the
+capital! *2 - What a contrast to the Aztecs in the conquest of
+Mexico!
+
+[Footnote 2: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms
+
+"Luego por la manana iba al enterramiento donde estaban cada uno
+por orden embalsamados como es dicho, y asentados en sus sillas,
+y con mucha veneracion y respeto, todos por orden los sacaban de
+alli y los trahian a la ciudad, teniendo cada uno su litera, y
+hombres con su librea, que le trujesen, y ansi desta manera todo
+el servicio y aderezos como si estubiera vivo." Relacion del
+Primer. Descub, Ms.]
+
+Pizarro's next concern was to organize a municipal government for
+Cuzco, like those in the cities of the parent country.  Two
+alcaldes were appointed, and eight regidores, among which last
+functionaries were his brothers Gonzalo and Juan.  The oaths of
+office were administered with great solemnity, on the
+twenty-fourth of March, 1534, in presence both of Spaniards and
+Peruvians, in the public square; as if the general were willing
+by this ceremony to intimate to the latter, that, while they
+retained the semblance of their ancient institutions, the real
+power was henceforth vested in their conquerors. *3 He invited
+Spaniards to settle in the place by liberal grants of land and
+houses, for which means were afforded by the numerous palaces and
+public buildings of the Incas; and many a cavalier, who had been
+too poor in his own country to find a place to rest in, now saw
+himself the proprietor of a spacious mansion that might have
+entertained the retinue of a prince. *4 From this time, says an
+old chronicler, Pizarro, who had hitherto been distinguished by
+his military title of "Captain-General," was addressed by that of
+"Governor." *5 Both had been bestowed on him by the royal grant.
+[Footnote 3: Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 409.
+- Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1534. - Actto de la fundacion del
+Cuzco, Ms.
+
+This instrument, which belongs to the collection of Munoz,
+records not only the names of the magistrates, but of the vecinos
+who formed the first population of the Christian capital.]
+
+[Footnote 4: Actto de la fundacion del Cuzco, Ms. - Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1,
+lib. 7, cap. 9, et seq.
+
+When a building was of immense size, as happened with some of the
+temples and palaces, it was assigned to two or even three of the
+Conquerors, who each took his share of it.  Garcilasso, who
+describes the city as it was soon after the Conquest,
+commemorates with sufficient prolixity the names of the cavaliers
+among whom the buildings were distributed.]
+
+[Footnote 5: Montesinos, Annales, ano 1534.]
+
+Nor did the chief neglect the interests of religion.  Father
+Valverde, whose nomination as Bishop of Cuzco not long afterwards
+received the Papal sanction, prepared to enter on the duties of
+his office.  A place was selected for the cathedral of his
+diocese, facing the plaza.  A spacious monastery subsequently
+rose on the ruins of the gorgeous House of the Sun; its walls
+were constructed of the ancient stones; the altar was raised on
+the spot where shone the bright image of the Peruvian deity, and
+the cloisters of the Indian temple were trodden by the friars of
+St. Dominic. *6 To make the metamorphosis more complete, the
+House of the Virgins of the Sun was replaced by a Roman Catholic
+nunnery. *7 Christian churches and monasteries gradually
+supplanted the ancient edifices, and such of the latter as were
+suffered to remain, despoiled of their heathen insignia, were
+placed under the protection of the Cross.
+
+[Footnote 6: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 3, cap. 20;
+lib. 6, cap. 21. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 7: Ulloa, Voyage to S. America, book 7, ch. 12.
+
+"The Indian nuns," says the author of the Relacion del Primer.
+Descub., "lived chastely and in a holy manner." - "Their chastity
+was all a feint," says Pedro Pizarro, "for they had constant
+amours with the attendants on the temple." (Descub. y Conq., Ms.)
+- What is truth? - In statements so contradictory, we may accept
+the most favorable to the Peruvian.  The prejudices of the
+Conqueror certainly did not lie on that side.]
+The Fathers of St. Dominic, the Brethren of the Order of Mercy,
+and other missionaries, now busied themselves in the good work of
+conversion. We have seen that Pizarro was required by the Crown
+to bring out a certain number of these holy men in his own
+vessels; and every succeeding vessel brought an additional
+reinforcement of ecclesiastics.  They were not all like the
+Bishop of Cuzco, with hearts so seared by fanaticism as to be
+closed against sympathy with the unfortunate natives. *8 They
+were, many of them, men of singular humility, who followed in the
+track of the conqueror to scatter the seeds of spiritual truth,
+and, with disinterested zeal, devoted themselves to the
+propagation of the Gospel.  Thus did their pious labors prove
+them the true soldiers of the Cross, and showed that the object
+so ostentatiously avowed of carrying its banner among the heathen
+nations was not an empty vaunt.
+
+[Footnote 8: Such, however, it is but fair to Valverde to state,
+is not the language applied to him by the rude soldiers of the
+Conquest.  The municipality of Xauxa, in a communication to the
+Court, extol the Dominican as an exemplary and learned divine,
+who had afforded much serviceable consolation to his countrymen.
+"Es persona de mucho exemplo i Doctrina i con quien todos los
+Espanoles an tenido mucho consuelo." (Carta de la Just. y Reg. de
+Xauxa, Ms.) And yet this is not incompatible with a high degree
+of insensibility to the natural rights of the natives.]
+
+The effort to Christianize the heathen is an honorable
+characteristic of the Spanish conquests.  The Puritan, with equal
+religious zeal, did comparatively little for the conversion of
+the Indian, content, as it would seem, with having secured to
+himself the inestimable privilege of worshipping God in his own
+way.  Other adventurers who have occupied the New World have
+often had too little regard for religion themselves, to be very
+solicitous about spreading it among the savages.  But the Spanish
+missionary, from first to last, has shown a keen interest in the
+spiritual welfare of the natives. Under his auspices, churches on
+a magnificent scale have been erected, schools for elementary
+instruction founded, and every rational means taken to spread the
+knowledge of religious truth, while he has carried his solitary
+mission into remote and almost inaccessible regions, or gathered
+his Indian disciples into communities, like the good Las Casas in
+Cumana, or the Jesuits in California and Paraguay.  At all times,
+the courageous ecclesiastic has been ready to lift his voice
+against the cruelty of the conqueror, and the no less wasting
+cupidity of the colonist; and when his remonstrances, as was too
+often the case, have proved unavailing, he has still followed to
+bind up the broken-hearted, to teach the poor Indian resignation
+under his lot, and light up his dark intellect with the
+revelation of a holier and happier existence. - In reviewing the
+blood-stained records of Spanish colonial history, it is but
+fair, and at the same time cheering, to reflect, that the same
+nation which sent forth the hard-hearted conqueror from its bosom
+sent forth the missionary to do the work of beneficence, and
+spread the light of Christian civilization over the farthest
+regions of the New World.
+
+While the governor, as we are henceforth to style him, lay at
+Cuzco, he received repeated accounts of a considerable force in
+the neighbourhood, under the command of Atahuallpa's officer,
+Quizquiz.  He accordingly detached Almagro, with a small body of
+horse and a large Indian force under the Inca Manco to disperse
+the enemy, and, if possible, to capture their leader.  Manco was
+the more ready to take part in the expedition, as the enemy were
+soldiers of Quito, who, with their commander, bore no good-will
+to himself.
+Almagro, moving with his characteristic rapidity, was not long in
+coming up with the Indian chieftain.  Several sharp encounters
+followed, as the army of Quito fell back on Xauxa, near which a
+general engagement decided the fate of the war by the total
+discomfiture of the natives. Quizquiz fled to the elevated plains
+of Quito, where he still held out with undaunted spirit against a
+Spanish force in that quarter, till at length his own soldiers,
+wearied by these long and ineffectual hostilities, massacred
+their commander in cold blood. *9 Thus fell the last of the two
+great officers of Atahuallpa, who, if their nation had been
+animated by a spirit equal to their own, might long have
+successfully maintained their soil against the invader.
+
+[Footnote 9: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte
+3, lib. 8, cap. 20. - Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap Ramusio, tom. III.
+fol. 408. - Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+Some time before this occurrence, the Spanish governor, while in
+Cuzco, received tidings of an event much more alarming to him
+than any Indian hostilities.  This was the arrival on the coast
+of a strong Spanish force, under command of Don Pedro de
+Alvarado, the gallant officer who had served under Cortes with
+such renown in the war of Mexico.  That cavalier, after forming a
+brilliant alliance in Spain, to which he was entitled by his
+birth and military rank, had returned to his government of
+Guatemala, where his avarice had been roused by the magnificent
+reports he daily received of Pizarro's conquests.  These
+conquests, he learned, had been confined to Peru; while the
+northern kingdom of Quito, the ancient residence of Atahuallpa,
+and, no doubt, the principal depository of his treasures, yet
+remained untouched. Affecting to consider this country as falling
+without the governor's jurisdiction, he immediately turned a
+large fleet, which he had intended for the Spice Islands, in the
+direction of South America; and in March, 1534, he landed in the
+bay of Caraques, with five hundred followers, of whom half were
+mounted, and all admirably provided with arms and ammunition.  It
+was the best equipped and most formidable array that had yet
+appeared in the southern seas. *10
+
+
+[Footnote 10: The number is variously reported by historians.
+But from a egal investigation made in Guatemala, it appears that
+the whole force amounted to 500, of which 230 were cavalry. -
+Informacion echa en Santiago, Set. 15, 1536 Ms.]
+
+Although manifestly an invasion of the territory conceded to
+Pizarro by the Crown, the reckless cavalier determined to march
+at once on Quito. With the assistance of an Indian guide, he
+proposed to take the direct route across the mountains, a passage
+of exceeding difficulty, even at the most favorable season.
+
+After crossing the Rio Dable, Alvarado's guide deserted him, so
+that he was soon entangled in the intricate mazes of the sierra;
+and, as he rose higher and higher into the regions of winter, he
+became surrounded with ice and snow, for which his men taken from
+the warm countries of Guatemala, were but ill prepared.  As the
+cold grew more intense, many of them were so benumbed, that it
+was with difficulty they could proceed. The infantry, compelled
+to make exertions, fared best.  Many of the troopers were frozen
+stiff in their saddles.  The Indians, still more sensible to the
+cold, perished by hundreds.  As the Spaniards huddled round their
+wretched bivouacs, with such scanty fuel as they could glean, and
+almost without food, they waited in gloomy silence the approach
+of morning.  Yet the morning light, which gleamed coldly on the
+cheerless waste, brought no joy to them.  It only revealed more
+clearly the extent of their wretchedness.  Still struggling on
+through the winding Puertos Nevados, or Snowy Passes, their track
+was dismally marked by fragments of dress, broken harness, golden
+ornaments, and other valuables plundered on their march, - by the
+dead bodies of men, or by those less fortunate, who were left to
+die alone in the wilderness.  As for the horses, their carcasses
+were not suffered long to cumber the ground, as they were quickly
+seized and devoured half raw by the starving soldiers, who, like
+the famished condors, now hovering in troops above their heads,
+greedily banqueted on the most offensive offal to satisfy the
+gnawings of hunger.
+Alvarado, anxious to secure the booty which had fallen into his
+hands at an earlier part of his march, encouraged every man to
+take what gold he wanted from the common heap, reserving only the
+royal fifth.  But they only answered, with a ghastly smile of
+derision, "that food was the only gold for them." Yet in this
+extremity, which might seem to have dissolved the very ties of
+nature, there are some affecting instances recorded of
+self-devotion; of comrades who lost their lives in assisting
+others, and of parents and husbands (for some of the cavaliers
+were accompanied by their wives) who, instead of seeking their
+own safety, chose to remain and perish in the snows with the
+objects of their love.
+
+To add to their distress, the air was filled for several days
+with thick clouds of earthy particles and cinders, which blinded
+the men, and made respiration exceedingly difficult. *11 This
+phenomenon, it seems probable, was caused by an eruption of the
+distant Cotopaxi, which, about twelve leagues southeast of Quito,
+rears up its colossal and perfectly symmetrical cone far above
+the limits of eternal snow, - the most beautiful and the most
+terrible of the American volcanoes. *12 At the time of Alvarado's
+expedition, it was in a state of eruption, the earliest instance
+of the kind on record, though doubtless not the earliest. *13
+Since that period, it has been in frequent commotion, sending up
+its sheets of flame to the height of half a mile, spouting forth
+cataracts of lava that have overwhelmed towns and villages in
+their career, and shaking the earth with subterraneous thunders,
+that, at the distance of more than a hundred leagues, sounded
+like the reports of artillery! *14 Alvarado's followers,
+unacquainted with the cause of the phenomenon, as they wandered
+over tracts buried in snow, - the sight of which was strange to
+them, - in an atmosphere laden with ashes, became bewildered by
+this confusion of the elements, which Nature seemed to have
+contrived purposely for their destruction.  Some of these men
+were the soldiers of Cortes, steeled by many a painful march, and
+many a sharp encounter with the Aztecs.  But this war of the
+elements, they now confessed, was mightier than all.
+
+[Footnote 11: "It began to rain earthy particles from the
+heavens," says Oviedo, "that blinded the men and horses, so that
+the trees and bushes were full of dirt." Hist. de las Indias,
+Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 20.]
+
+[Footnote 12: Garcilasso says the shower of ashes came from the
+"volcano of Quito." (Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 2, cap. 2.) Cieza
+de Leon only says from one of the volcanoes in that region.
+(Cronica, cap. 41.) Neither of them specify the name.  Humboldt
+accepts the common opinion, that Cotopaxi was intended.
+Researches, I. 123.]
+
+[Footnote 13: A popular tradition among the natives states, that
+a large fragment of porphyry near the base of the cone was thrown
+out in an eruption, which occurred at the moment of Atahuallpa's
+death. - But such tradition will hardly pass for history.]
+
+[Footnote 14: A minute account of this formidable mountain is
+given by M. de Humboldt, (Researches, I. 118, et seq.,) and more
+circumstantially by Condamine.  (Voyage a l'Equateur, pp. 48 - 56
+156 - 160.) The latter philosopher would have attempted to scale
+the almost perpendicular walls of the volcano, but no one was
+hardy enough to second him.]
+
+At length, Alvarado, after sufferings, which even the most hardy,
+probably, could have endured but a few days longer, emerged from
+the Snowy Pass, and came on the elevated table-land, which
+spreads out, at the height of more than nine thousand feet above
+the ocean, in the neighbourhood of Riobamba.  But one fourth of
+his gallant army had been left to feed the condor in the
+wilderness, besides the greater part, at least two thousand, of
+his Indian auxiliaries.  A great number of his horses, too, had
+perished; and the men and horses that escaped were all of them
+more or less injured by the cold and the extremity of suffering.
+- Such was the terrible passage of the Puertos Nevados, which I
+have only briefly noticed as an episode to the Peruvian conquest,
+but the account of which, in all its details, though it occupied
+but a few weeks in duration, would give one a better idea of the
+difficulties encountered by the Spanish cavaliers, than volumes
+of ordinary narrative. *15
+
+[Footnote 15: By far the most spirited and thorough record of
+Alvarado's march is given by Herrera, who has borrowed the pen of
+Livy describing the Alpine march of Hannibal.  (Hist. General,
+dec. 5, lib. 6, cap. 1, 2, 7, 8, 9.) See also Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms., - Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte
+3, lib. 8, cap. 20, - and Carta de Pedro de Alvarado al
+Emperador, San Miguel, 15 de Enero, 1535, Ms.
+
+Alvarado, in the letter above cited, which is preserved in the
+Munoz collection, explains to the Emperor the grounds of his
+expedition, with no little effrontery.  In this document he
+touches very briefly on the march, being chiefly occupied by the
+negotiations with Almagro, and accompanying his remarks with many
+dark suggestions as to the policy pursued by the Conquerors]
+
+As Alvarado, after halting some time to restore his exhausted
+troops, began his march across the broad plateau, he was
+astonished by seeing the prints of horses' hoofs on the soil.
+Spaniards, then, had been there before him, and, after all his
+toil and suffering, others had forestalled him in the enterprise
+against Quito!  It is necessary to say a few words in explanation
+of this.
+
+When Pizarro quitted Caxamalca, being sensible of the growing
+importance of San Miguel, the only port of entry then in the
+country, he despatched a person in whom he had great confidence
+to take charge of it. This person was Sebastian Benalcazar, a
+cavalier who afterwards placed his name in the first rank of the
+South American conquerors, for courage, capacity, - and cruelty.
+But this cavalier had hardly reached his government, when, like
+Alvarado, he received such accounts of the riches of Quito, that
+he determined, with the force at his command, though without
+orders, to undertake its reduction.
+
+At the head of about a hundred and forty soldiers, horse and
+foot, and a stout body of Indian auxiliaries, he marched up the
+broad range of the Andes, to where it spreads out into the
+table-land of Quito, by a road safer and more expeditious than
+that taken by Alvarado.  On the plains of Riobamba, he
+encountered the Indian general Ruminavi.  Several engagements
+followed, with doubtful success, when, in the end, science
+prevailed where courage was well matched, and the victorious
+Benalcazar planted the standard of Castile on the ancient towers
+of Atahuallpa.  The city, in honor of his general, Francis
+Pizarro, he named San Francisco del Quito. But great was his
+mortification on finding that either the stories of its riches
+had been fabricated, or that these riches were secreted by the
+natives.  The city was all that he gained by his victories, - the
+shell without the pearl of price which gave it its value.  While
+devouring his chagrin, as he best could, the Spanish captain
+received tidings of the approach of his superior, Almagro. *16
+
+[Footnote 16: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 4, cap. 11, 18; lib. 6, cap. 5, 6. -
+Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 19. -
+Carta de Benalcazar, Ms.]
+
+No sooner had the news of Alvarado's expedition reached Cuzco,
+than Almagro left the place with a small force for San Miguel,
+proposing to strengthen himself by a reinforcement from that
+quarter, and to march at once against the invaders.  Greatly was
+he astonished, on his arrival in that city, to learn the
+departure of its commander.  Doubting the loyalty of his motives,
+Almagro, with the buoyancy of spirit which belongs to youth,
+though in truth somewhat enfeebled by the infirmities of age, did
+not hesitate to follow Benalcazar at once across the mountains.
+With his wonted energy, the intrepid veteran, overcoming all the
+difficulties of his march, in a few weeks placed himself and his
+little company on the lofty plains which spread around the Indian
+city of Riobamba; though in his progress he had more than one hot
+encounter with the natives, whose courage and perseverance formed
+a contrast sufficiently striking to the apathy of the Peruvians.
+But the fire only slumbered in the bosom of the Peruvian.  His
+hour had not yet come.
+
+At Riobamba, Almagro was soon joined by the commander of San
+Miguel, who disclaimed, perhaps sincerely, any disloyal intent in
+his unauthorized expedition.  Thus reinforced, the Spanish
+captain coolly awaited the coming of Alvarado.  The forces of the
+latter, though in a less serviceable condition, were much
+superior in number and appointments to those of his rival.  As
+they confronted each other on the broad plains of Riobamba, it
+seemed probable that a fierce struggle must immediately follow,
+and the natives of the country have the satisfaction to see their
+wrongs avenged by the very hands that inflicted them.  But it was
+Almagro's policy to avoid such an issue.
+
+Negotiations were set on foot, in which each party stated his
+claims to the country.  Meanwhile Alvarado's men mingled freely
+with their countrymen in the opposite army, and heard there such
+magnificent reports of the wealth and wonders of Cuzco, that many
+of them were inclined to change their present service for that of
+Pizarro.  Their own leader, too, satisfied that Quito held out no
+recompense worth the sacrifices he had made, and was like to
+make, by insisting on his claim, became now more sensible of the
+rashness of a course which must doubtless incur the censure of
+his sovereign.  In this temper, it was not difficult for them to
+effect an adjustment of difficulties; and it was agreed, as the
+basis of it, that the governor should pay one hundred thousand
+pesos de oro to Alvarado, in consideration of which the latter
+was to resign to him his fleet, his forces, and all his stores
+and munitions.  His vessels, great and small, amounted to twelve
+in number, and the sum he received, though large, did not cover
+his expenses.  This treaty being settled, Alvarado proposed,
+before leaving the country, to have an interview with Pizarro.
+*17
+
+[Footnote 17: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Naharro, Relacion
+Sumaria, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 6, cap. 8 - 10. - Oviedo, Hist. de
+las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap 20. - Carta de Benalcazar,
+Ms.
+
+The amount of the bonus paid to Alvarado is stated very
+differently by writers.  But both that cavalier and Almagro, in
+their letters to the Emperor, which have hitherto been unknown to
+historians, agree in the sum given in the text.  Alvarado
+complains that he had no choice but to take it, although it was
+greatly to his own loss, and, by defeating his expedition, as he
+modestly intimates, to the loss of the Crown.  (Carta de Alvarado
+al Emperador, Ms.) - Almagro, however, states that the sum paid
+was three times as much as the armament was worth; "a sacrifice,"
+he adds, "which he made to preserve peace, never dear at any
+price." - Strange sentiment for a Castilian conqueror!  Carta de
+Diego de Almagro al Emperador, Ms., Oct. 15, 1534.]
+
+The governor, meanwhile, had quitted the Peruvian capital for the
+sea-coast, from his desire to repel any invasion that might be
+attempted in that direction by Alvarado, with whose real
+movements he was still unacquainted.  He left Cuzco in charge of
+his brother Juan, a cavalier whose manners were such as, he
+thought, would be likely to gain the good-will of the native
+population.  Pizarro also left ninety of his troops, as the
+garrison of the capital, and the nucleus of his future colony.
+Then, taking the Inca Manco with him, he proceeded as far as
+Xauxa.  At this place he was entertained by the Indian prince
+with the exhibition of a great national hunt, - such as has been
+already described in these pages, - in which immense numbers of
+wild animals were slaughtered, and the vicunas, and other races
+of Peruvian sheep, which roam over the mountains, driven into
+inclosures and relieved of their delicate fleeces. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: Carta de la Just. y Reg. de Xauja, Ms. - Relacion
+del Primer. Descub., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib.
+6, cap. 16. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1534.
+
+At this place, the author of the Relacion del Primer
+Descubrimiento del Peru, the Ms. so often quoted in these pages,
+abruptly terminates his labors. He is a writer of sense and
+observation; and, though he has his share of the national
+tendency to exaggerate and overcolor, he writes like one who
+means to be honest, and who has seen what he describes.
+
+At Xauxa, also, the notary Pedro Sancho ends his Relacion, which
+embraces a much shorter period than the preceding narrative, but
+which is equally authentic.  Coming from the secretary of
+Pizarro, and countersigned by that general himself, this
+Relation, indeed, may be regarded as of the very highest
+authority.  And yet large deductions must obviously be made for
+the source whence it springs; for it may be taken as Pizarro's
+own account of his doings, some of which stood much in need of
+apology.  It must be added, in justice both to the general and to
+his secretary, that the Relation does not differ substantially
+from other contemporary accounts, and that the attempt to varnish
+over the exceptionable passages in the conduct of the Conquerors
+is not obtrusive.
+
+For the publication of this journal, we are indebted to Ramusio,
+whose enlightened labors have preserved to us more than one
+contemporary production of value, though in the form of
+translation]
+
+The Spanish governor then proceeded to Pachacamac, where he
+received the grateful intelligence of the accommodation with
+Alvarado; and not long afterward he was visited by that cavalier
+himself, previously to his embarkation.
+
+The meeting was conducted with courtesy and a show, at least, of
+good-will, on both sides, as there was no longer real cause for
+jealousy between the parties; and each, as may be imagined,
+looked on the other with no little interest, as having achieved
+such distinction in the bold path of adventure.  In the
+comparison, Alvarado had somewhat the advantage; for Pizarro,
+though of commanding presence, had not the brilliant exterior,
+the free and joyous manner, which, no less than his fresh
+complexion and sunny locks, had won for the conqueror of
+Guatemala, in his campaigns against the Aztecs, the sobriquet of
+Tonatiuh, or "Child of the Sun."
+
+Blithe were the revels that now rang through the ancient city of
+Pachacamac; where, instead of songs, and of the sacrifices so
+often seen there in honor of the Indian deity, the walls echoed
+to the noise of tourneys and Moorish tilts of reeds, with which
+the martial adventurers loved to recall the sports of their
+native land.  When these were concluded, Alvarado reembarked for
+his government of Guatemala, where his restless spirit soon
+involved him in other enterprises that cut short his adventurous
+career.  His expedition to Peru was eminently characteristic of
+the man.  It was founded in injustice, conducted with rashness,
+and ended in disaster. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Carta Francisco Pizarro al Senor de
+Molina, Ms.
+
+Alvarado died in 1541, of an injury received from a horse which
+rolled down on him as he was attempting to scale a precipitous
+hill in New Galicia. In the same year, by a singular coincidence,
+perished his beautiful wife, at her own residence in Guatemala,
+which was overwhelmed by a torrent from the adjacent mountains.]
+
+The reduction of Peru might now be considered as, in a manner,
+accomplished.  Some barbarous tribes in the interior, it is true,
+still held out, and Alonso de Alvarado, a prudent and able
+officer, was employed to bring them into subjection.  Benalcazar
+was still at Quito, of which he was subsequently appointed
+governor by the Crown.  There he was laying deeper the foundation
+of the Spanish power, while he advanced the line of conquest
+still higher towards the north.  But Cuzco, the ancient capital
+of the Indian monarchy, had submitted.  The armies of Atahuallpa
+had been beaten and scattered.  The empire of the Incas was
+dissolved; and the prince who now wore the Peruvian diadem was
+but the shadow of a king, who held his commission from his
+conqueror.
+
+The first act of the governor was to determine on the site of the
+future capital of this vast colonial empire.  Cuzco, withdrawn
+among the mountains, was altogether too far removed from the
+sea-coast for a commercial people. The little settlement of San
+Miguel lay too far to the north.  It was desirable to select some
+more central position, which could be easily found in one of the
+fruitful valleys that bordered the Pacific. Such was that of
+Pachacamac, which Pizarro now occupied.  But, on further
+examination, he preferred the neighbouring valley of Rimac, which
+lay to the north, and which took its name, signifying in the
+Quichua tongue "one who speaks," from a celebrated idol, whose
+shrine was much frequented by the Indians for the oracles it
+delivered.  Through the valley flowed a broad stream, which, like
+a great artery, was made, as usual by the natives, to supply a
+thousand finer veins that meandered through the beautiful
+meadows.
+
+On this river Pizarro fixed the site of his new capital, at
+somewhat less than two leagues' distance from its mouth, which
+expanded into a commodious haven for the commerce that the
+prophetic eye of the founder saw would one day - and no very
+distant one - float on its waters.  The central situation of the
+spot recommended it as a suitable residence for the Peruvian
+viceroy, whence he might hold easy communication with the
+different parts of the country, and keep vigilant watch over his
+Indian vassals.  The climate was delightful, and, though only
+twelve degrees south of the line, was so far tempered by the cool
+breezes that generally blow from the Pacific, or from the
+opposite quarter down the frozen sides of the Cordilleras, that
+the heat was less than in corresponding latitudes on the
+continent.  It never rained on the coast; but this dryness was
+corrected by a vaporous cloud, which, through the summer months,
+hung like a curtain over the valley, sheltering it from the rays
+of a tropical sun, and imperceptibly distilling a refreshing
+moisture, that clothed the fields in the brightest verdure.
+
+The name bestowed on the infant capital was Ciudad de los Reyes,
+or City of the Kings, in honor of the day, being the sixth of
+January, 1535, - the festival of Epiphany, - when it was said to
+have been founded, or more probably when its site was determined,
+as its actual foundation seems to have been twelve days later.
+*20 But the Castilian name ceased to be used even within the
+first generation, and was supplanted by that of Lima, into which
+the original Indian name of Rimac was corrupted by the Spaniards.
+*21
+
+[Footnote 20: So says Quintana, who follows in this what he
+pronounces a sure authority, Father Bernabe Cobo, in his book
+entitled Fundacion de Lima. Espanoles Celebres, tom. II. p. 250,
+nota.]
+
+[Footnote 21: The Mss. of the old Conquerors show how, from the
+very first, the name of Lima superseded the original Indian
+title. "Y el marquez se passo a Lima y fundo la ciudad de los
+rreyes que agora es." (Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.)
+"Asimismo ordenaron que se pasasen el pueblo que tenian en Xauxa
+poblado a este Valle de Lima donde agora es esta ciudad de los i
+aqui se poblo." Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+The city was laid out on a very regular plan.  The streets were
+to be much wider than usual in Spanish towns, and perfectly
+straight, crossing one another at right angles, and so far
+asunder as to afford ample space for gardens to the dwellings,
+and for public squares.  It was arranged in a triangular form,
+having the river for its base, the waters of which were to be
+carried, by means of stone conduits, through all the principal
+streets, affording facilities for irrigating the grounds around
+the houses.
+No sooner had the governor decided on the site and on the plan of
+the city, than he commenced operations with his characteristic
+energy.  The Indians were collected from the distance of more
+than a hundred miles to aid in the work.  The Spaniards applied
+themselves with vigor to the task, under the eye of their chief.
+The sword was exchanged for the tool of the artisan. The camp was
+converted into a hive of diligent laborers; and the sounds of war
+were succeeded by the peaceful hum of a busy population. The
+plaza, which was extensive, was to be surrounded by the
+cathedral, the palace of the viceroy, that of the municipality,
+and other public buildings; and their foundations were laid on a
+scale, and with a solidity, which defied the assaults of time,
+and, in some instances, even the more formidable shock of
+earthquakes, that, at different periods, have laid portions of
+the fair capital in ruins. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: Montesinos, Annales, Ms. ano 1535. - Conq. i Pob.
+del Piru, Ms.
+
+The remains of Pizarro's palace may still be discerned in the
+Callejon de Petateros, says Stevenson, who gives the best account
+of Lima to be found in any modern book of travels which I have
+consulted. Residence in South America, vol II. chap. 8.]
+
+While these events were going on, Almagro, the Marshal, as he is
+usually termed by chroniclers of the time, had gone to Cuzco,
+whither he was sent by Pizarro to take command of that capital.
+He received also instructions to undertake, either by himself or
+by his captains, the conquest of the countries towards the south,
+forming part of Chili. Almagro, since his arrival at Caxamalca,
+had seemed willing to smother his ancient feelings of resentment
+towards his associate, or, at least, to conceal the expression of
+them, and had consented to take command under him in obedience to
+the royal mandate.  He had even, in his despatches, the
+magnanimity to make honorable mention of Pizarro, as one anxious
+to promote the interests of government.  Yet he did not so far
+trust his companion, as to neglect the precaution of sending a
+confidential agent to represent his own services, when Hernando
+Pizarro undertook his mission to the mother-country.
+
+That cavalier, after touching at St. Domingo, had arrived without
+accident at Seville, in January, 1534.  Besides the royal fifth,
+he took with him gold, to the value of half a million of pesos,
+together with a large quantity of silver, the property of private
+adventurers, some of whom, satisfied with their gains, had
+returned to Spain in the same vessel with himself.  The
+custom-house was filled with solid ingots, and with vases of
+different forms, imitations of animals, flowers, fountains, and
+other objects, executed with more or less skill, and all of pure
+gold, to the astonishment of the spectators, who flocked from the
+neighbouring country to gaze on these marvellous productions of
+Indian art. *23 Most of the manufactured articles were the
+property of the Crown; and Hernando Pizarro, after a short stay
+at Seville, selected some of the most gorgeous specimens, and
+crossed the country to Calatayud, where the emperor was holding
+the cortes of Aragon.
+
+[Footnote 23: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, ib. 6, cap. 13. -
+Lista de todo lo que Hernando Pizarro trajo del Peru, ap. Mss. de
+Munoz.]
+
+Hernando was instantly admitted to the royal presence, and
+obtained a gracious audience.  He was more conversant with courts
+than either of his brothers, and his manners, when in situations
+that imposed a restraint on the natural arrogance of his temper,
+were graceful and even attractive. In a respectful tone, he now
+recited the stirring adventures of his brother and his little
+troop of followers, the fatigues they had endured, the
+difficulties they had overcome, their capture of the Peruvian
+Inca, and his magnificent ransom.  He had not to tell of the
+massacre of the unfortunate prince, for the tragic event, which
+had occurred since his departure from the country, was still
+unknown to him.  The cavalier expatiated on the productiveness of
+the soil, and on the civilization of the people, evinced by their
+proficiency in various mechanic arts; in proof of which he
+displayed the manufactures of wool and cotton, and the rich
+ornaments of gold and silver.  The monarch's eyes sparkled with
+delight as he gazed on these last.  He was too sagacious not to
+appreciate the advantages of a conquest which secured to him a
+country so rich in agricultural resources.  But the returns from
+these must necessarily be gradual and long deferred; and he may
+be excused for listening with still greater satisfaction to
+Pizarro's tales of its mineral stores; for his ambitious projects
+had drained the imperial treasury, and he saw in the golden tide
+thus unexpectedly poured in upon him the immediate means of
+replenishing it.
+
+Charles made no difficulty, therefore, in granting the petitions
+of the fortunate adventurer.  All the previous grants to Francis
+Pizarro and his associates were confirmed in the fullest manner;
+and the boundaries of the governor's jurisdiction were extended
+seventy leagues further towards the south.  Nor did Almagro's
+services, this time, go unrequited.  He was empowered to discover
+and occupy the country for the distance of two hundred leagues,
+beginning at the southern limit of Pizarro's territory. *24
+Charles, in proof, still further, of his satisfaction, was
+graciously pleased to address a letter to the two commanders, in
+which he complimented them on their prowess, and thanked them for
+their services. This act of justice to Almagro would have been
+highly honorable to Hernando Pizarro, considering the unfriendly
+relations in which they stood to each other, had it not been made
+necessary by the presence of the marshal's own agents at court,
+who, as already noticed, stood ready to supply any deficiency in
+the statements of the emissary.
+
+[Footnote 24: The country to be occupied received the name of New
+Toledo, in the royal grant, as the conquests of Pizarro had been
+designated by that of New Castile.  But the present attempt to
+change the Indian name was as ineffectual as the former, and the
+ancient title of Chili still designates that narrow strip of
+fruitful land between the Andes and the ocean, which stretches to
+the south of the great continent.]
+
+In this display of the royal bounty, the envoy, as will readily
+be believed, did not go without his reward.  He was lodged as an
+attendant of the Court; was made a knight of Santiago, the most
+prized of the chivalric orders in Spain; was empowered to equip
+an armament, and to take command of it; and the royal officers at
+Seville were required to aid him in his views and facilitate his
+embarkation for the Indies. *25
+
+[Footnote 25: Ibid., loc. cit.]
+
+The arrival of Hernando Pizarro in the country, and the reports
+spread by him and his followers, created a sensation among the
+Spaniards such as had not been felt since the first voyage of
+Columbus.  The discovery of the New World had filled the minds of
+men with indefinite expectations of wealth, of which almost every
+succeeding expedition had proved the fallacy.  The conquest of
+Mexico, though calling forth general admiration as a brilliant
+and wonderful exploit, had as yet failed to produce those golden
+results which had been so fondly anticipated.  The splendid
+promises held out by Francis Pizarro on his recent visit to the
+country had not revived the confidence of his countrymen, made
+incredulous by repeated disappointment.  All that they were
+assured of was the difficulties of the enterprise; and their
+distrust of its results was sufficiently shown by the small
+number of followers, and those only of the most desperate stamp,
+who were willing to take their chance in the adventure.
+
+But now these promises were realized.  It was no longer the
+golden reports that they were to trust; but the gold itself,
+which was displayed in such profusion before them.  All eyes were
+now turned towards the West. The broken spendthrift saw in it the
+quarter where he was to repair his fortunes as speedily as he had
+ruined them.  The merchant, instead of seeking the precious
+commodities of the East, looked in the opposite direction, and
+counted on far higher gains, where the most common articles of
+life commanded so exorbitant prices.  The cavalier, eager to win
+both gold and glory at the point of his lance, thought to find a
+fair field for his prowess on the mountain plains of the Andes.
+Ferdinand Pizarro found that his brother had judged rightly in
+allowing as many of his company as chose to return home,
+confident that the display of their wealth would draw ten to his
+banner for every one that quitted it.
+
+In a short time that cavalier saw himself at the head of one of
+the most numerous and well-appointed armaments, probably, that
+had left the shores of Spain since the great fleet of Ovando, in
+the time of Ferdinand and Isabella.  It was scarcely more
+fortunate than this.  Hardly had Ferdinand put to sea, when a
+violent tempest fell on the squadron, and compelled him to return
+to port and refit.  At length he crossed the ocean, and reached
+the little harbour of Nombre de Dios in safety.  But no
+preparations had been made for his coming, and, as he was
+detained here some time before he could pass the mountains, his
+company suffered greatly from scarcity of food.  In their
+extremity, the most unwholesome articles were greedily devoured,
+and many a cavalier spent his little savings to procure himself a
+miserable subsistence.  Disease, as usual, trod closely in the
+track of famine, and numbers of the unfortunate adventurers,
+sinking under the unaccustomed heats of the climate, perished on
+the very threshold of discovery.
+
+It was the tale often repeated in the history of Spanish
+enterprise. A few, more lucky than the rest, stumble on some
+unexpected prize, and hundreds, attracted by their success, press
+forward in the same path.  But the rich spoil which lay on the
+surface has been already swept away by the first comers, and
+those who follow are to win their treasure by long-protracted and
+painful exertion. - Broken in spirit and in fortune, many
+returned in disgust to their native shores, while others remained
+where they were, to die in despair.  They thought to dig for
+gold; but they dug only their graves.
+
+Yet it fared not thus with all Pizarro's company.  Many of them,
+crossing the Isthmus with him to Panama, came in time to Peru,
+where, in the desperate chances of its revolutionary struggles,
+some few arrived at posts of profit and distinction.  Among those
+who first reached the Peruvian shore was an emissary sent by
+Almagro's agents to inform him of the important grant made to him
+by the Crown.  The tidings reached him just as he was making his
+entry into Cuzco, where he was received with all respect by Juan
+and Gonzalo Pizarro, who, in obedience to their brother's
+commands, instantly resigned the government of the capital into
+the marshal's hands.  But Almagro was greatly elated on finding
+himself now placed by his sovereign in a command that made him
+independent of the man who had so deeply wronged him; and he
+intimated that in the exercise of his present authority he
+acknowledged no superior.  In this lordly humor he was confirmed
+by several of his followers, who insisted that Cuzco fell to the
+south of the territory ceded to Pizarro, and consequently came
+within that now granted to the marshal.  Among these followers
+were several of Alvarado's men, who, though of better condition
+than the soldiers of Pizarro, were under much worse discipline,
+and had acquired, indeed, a spirit of unbridled license under
+that unscrupulous chief. *26 They now evinced little concern for
+the native population of Cuzco; and, not content with the public
+edifices, seized on the dwellings of individuals, where it suited
+their convenience, appropriating their contents without ceremony,
+- showing as little respect, in short, for person or property, as
+if the place had been taken by storm. *27
+
+[Footnote 26: In point of discipline, they presented a remarkable
+contrast to the Conquerors of Peru, if we may take the word of
+Pedro Pizarro, who assures us that his comrades would not have
+plucked so much as an ear of corn without leave from their
+commander.  "Que los que pasamos con el Marquez a la conquista no
+ovo hombre que osase tomar vna mazorca de mahiz sin licencia."
+Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 27: "Se entraron de paz en la ciudad del Cuzco i los
+salieron todos los naturales a rescibir i les tomaron la Ciudad
+con todo quanto havia de dentro llenas las casas de mucha ropa i
+algunas oro i plata i otras muchas cosas, i las que no estaban
+bien llenas las enchian de lo que tomaban de las demas casas de
+la dicha ciudad, sin pensar que en ello hacian ofensa alguna
+Divina ni humana, i porquesta es una cosa larga i casi
+incomprehensible, la dexase al juicio de quien mas entiende
+aunque en el dano rescebido por parte de los naturales cerca
+deste articulo yo se harto por mis pecados que no quisiera saber
+ni haver visto." Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+While these events were passing in the ancient Peruvian capital,
+the governor was still at Lima, where he was greatly disturbed by
+the accounts he received of the new honors conferred on his
+associate.  He did not know that his own jurisdiction had been
+extended seventy leagues further to the south, and he entertained
+the same suspicion with Almagro, that the capital of the Incas
+did not rightly come within his present limits.  He saw all the
+mischief likely to result from this opulent city falling into the
+hands of his rival, who would thus have an almost indefinite
+means of gratifying his own cupidity, and that of his followers.
+He felt, that, under the present circumstances, it was not safe
+to allow Almagro to anticipate the possession of power, to which,
+as yet, he had no legitimate right; for the despatches containing
+the warrant for it still remained with Hernando Pizarro, at
+Panama, and all that had reached Peru was a copy of a garbled
+extract.
+
+Without loss of time, therefore, he sent instructions to Cuzco
+for his brothers to resume the government, while he defended the
+measure to Almagro on the ground, that, when he should hereafter
+receive his credentials, it would be unbecoming to be found
+already in possession of the post.  He concluded by urging him to
+go forward without delay in his expedition to the south.
+
+But neither the marshal nor his friends were pleased with the
+idea of so soon relinquishing the authority which they now
+considered as his right.  The Pizarros, on the other hand, were
+pertinacious in reclaiming it.  The dispute grew warmer and
+warmer.  Each party had its supporters; the city was split into
+factions; and the municipality, the soldiers, and even the Indian
+population, took sides in the struggle for power.  Matters were
+proceeding to extremity, menacing the capital with violence and
+bloodshed, when Pizarro himself appeared among them. *28
+
+[Footnote 28: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera Hist.
+General, dec. 5, lib. 7, cap. 6 - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+On receiving tidings of the fatal consequences of his mandates,
+he had posted in all haste to Cuzco, where he was greeted with
+undisguised joy by the natives, as well as by the more temperate
+Spaniards, anxious to avert the impending storm.  The governor's
+first interview was with Almagro, whom he embraced with a seeming
+cordiality in his manner; and, without any show of resentment,
+inquired into the cause of the present disturbances.  To this the
+marshal replied, by throwing the blame on Pizarro's brothers;
+but, although the governor reprimanded them with some asperity
+for their violence, it was soon evident that his sympathies were
+on their side, and the dangers of a feud between the two
+associates seemed greater than ever.  Happily, it was postponed
+by the intervention of some common friends, who showed more
+discretion than their leaders.  With their aid a reconciliation
+was at length affected, on the grounds substantially of their
+ancient compact.
+
+It was agreed that their friendship should be maintained
+inviolate; and, by a stipulation that reflects no great credit on
+the parties, it was provided that neither should malign nor
+disparage the other, especially in their despatches to the
+emperor; and that neither should hold communication with the
+government without the knowledge of his confederate; lastly, that
+both the expenditures and the profits of future discovery should
+be shared equally by the associates.  The wrath of Heaven was
+invoked by the most solemn imprecations on the head of whichever
+should violate this compact, and the Almighty was implored to
+visit the offender with loss of property and of life in this
+world, and with eternal perdition in that to come! *29 The
+parties further bound themselves to the observance of this
+contract by a solemn oath taken on the sacrament, as it was held
+in the hands of Father Bartolome de Segovia, who concluded the
+ceremony by performing mass.  The whole proceeding, and the
+articles of agreement, were carefully recorded by the notary in
+an instrument bearing date June 12, 1535, and attested by a long
+list of witnesses. *30
+
+[Footnote 29: "E suplicamos a su infinita bondad que a qualquier
+de nos que fuere en contrario de lo asi convenido, con todo rigor
+de justicia permita la perdicion de su anima, tin y mal
+acavamiento de su vida, destruicion y perdimientos de su familia,
+honrras y hacienda." Capitulacion entre Pizarro y Almagro 12 de
+Junio, 1535, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 30: This remarkable document, the original of which is
+preserves in the archives of Simancas, may be found entire in the
+Castilian, 10 Appendix, No. 11.]
+
+Thus did these two ancient comrades, after trampling on the ties
+of friendship and honor, hope to knit themselves to each other by
+the holy bands of religion.  That it should have been necessary
+to resort to so extraordinary a measure might have furnished them
+with the best proof of its inefficacy.
+
+Not long after this accommodation of their differences, the
+marshal raised his standard for Chili; and numbers, won by his
+popular manners, and by his liberal largesses, - liberal to
+prodigality, - eagerly joined in the enterprise, which they
+fondly trusted would lead even to greater riches than they had
+found in Peru.  Two Indians, Paullo Topa, a brother of the Inca
+Manco, and Villac Umu, the high-priest of the nation, were sent
+in advance, with three Spaniards, to prepare the way for the
+little army.  A detachment of a hundred and fifty men, under an
+officer named Saavedra, next followed. Almagro remained behind to
+collect further recruits; but before his levies were completed,
+he began his march, feeling himself insecure, with his diminished
+strength, in the neighbourhood of Pizarro! *31 The remainder of
+his forces, when mustered, were to follow him.
+
+[Footnote 31: "El Adelantado Almagro despues que se vido en el
+Cuzco descarnado de su jente temio al Marquez no le prendiese por
+las alteraciones pasadas que havia tenido con sus hermanos como
+ya hemos dicho, i dicen que por ser avisado dello tomo la posta i
+se fue al pueblo de Paria donde estava su Capitan Saavedra."
+Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+Thus relieved of the presence of his rival, the governor returned
+without further delay to the coast, to resume his labors in the
+settlement of the country.  Besides the principal city of "The
+Kings,' he established others along the Pacific, destined to
+become hereafter the flourishing marts of commerce.  The most
+important of these, in honor of his birthplace, he named
+Truxillo, planting it on a site already indicated by Almagro. *32
+He made also numerous repartimientos both of lands and Indians
+among his followers, in the usual manner of the Spanish
+Conquerors; *33 - though here the ignorance of the real resources
+of the country led to very different results from what he had
+intended, as the territory smallest in extent, not unfrequently,
+from the hidden treasures in its bosom, turned out greatest in
+value. *34
+
+[Footnote 32: Carta de F. Pizarro a Molina, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 33: I have before me two copies of grants of
+encomiendas by Pizarro, the one dated at Xauxa, 1534, the other
+at Cuzco, 1539. - They emphatically enjoin on the colonist the
+religious instruction of the natives under his care, as well as
+kind and considerate usage.  How ineffectual were the
+recommendations may be inferred from the lament of the anonymous
+contemporary often cited, that "from this time forth, the pest of
+personal servitude was established among the Indians, equally
+disastrous to body and soul of both the master and the slave."
+(Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.) This honest burst of indignation,
+not to have been expected in the rude Conqueror, came probably
+from an ecclesiastic.]
+
+[Footnote 34: "El Marques hizo encomiendas en los Espanoles, las
+quales fueron por noticias que ni el sabia lo que dava ni nadie
+lo que rescebia sino a tiento ya poco mas o menos, y asi muchos
+que pensaron que se les dava pocos se hallaron con mucho y al
+contrario" Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.]
+
+But nothing claimed so much of Pizarro's care as the rising
+metropolis of Lima; and, so eagerly did he press forward the
+work, and so well was he seconded by the multitude of laborers at
+his command, that he had the satisfaction to see his young
+capital, with its stately edifices and its pomp of gardens,
+rapidly advancing towards completion.  It is pleasing to
+contemplate the softer features in the character of the rude
+soldier, as he was thus occupied with healing up the ravages of
+war, and laying broad the foundations of an empire more civilized
+than that which he had overthrown. This peaceful occupation
+formed a contrast to the life of incessant turmoil in which he
+had been hitherto engaged.  It seemed, too, better suited to his
+own advancing age, which naturally invited to repose.  And, if we
+may trust his chroniclers, there was no part of his career in
+which he took greater satisfaction.  It is certain there is no
+part which has been viewed with greater satisfaction by
+posterity; and, amidst the woe and desolation which Pizarro and
+his followers brought on the devoted land of the Incas, Lima, the
+beautiful City of the Kings, still survives as the most glorious
+work of his creation, the fairest gem on the shores of the
+Pacific.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter X
+
+Escape Of The Inca. - Return Of Hernando Pizarro. - Rising Of The
+Peruvians. - Siege And Burning Of Cuzco. - Distresses Of The
+Spaniards. - Storming Of The Fortress. - Pizarro's Dismay. - The
+Inca Raises The Siege.
+
+1535-1536.
+
+
+While the absence of his rival Almagro relieved Pizarro from all
+immediate disquietude from that quarter, his authority was
+menaced in another, where he had least expected it.  This was
+from the native population of the country.  Hitherto the
+Peruvians had shown only a tame and submissive temper, that
+inspired their conquerors with too much contempt to leave room
+for apprehension.  They had passively acquiesced in the
+usurpation of the invaders; had seen one monarch butchered,
+another placed on the vacant throne, their temples despoiled of
+their treasures, their capital and country appropriated and
+parcelled out among the Spaniards, but, with the exception of an
+occasional skirmish in the mountain passes, not a blow had been
+struck in defence of their rights. Yet this was the warlike
+nation which had spread its conquests over so large a part of the
+continent!
+
+In his career, Pizarro, though he scrupled at nothing to effect
+his object, had not usually countenanced such superfluous acts of
+cruelty as had too often stained the arms of his countrymen in
+other parts of the continent, and which, in the course of a few
+years, had exterminated nearly a whole population in Hispaniola.
+He had struck one astounding blow, by the seizure of Atahuallpa;
+and he seemed willing to rely on this to strike terror into the
+natives.  He even affected some respect for the institutions of
+the country, and had replaced the monarch he had murdered by
+another of the legitimate line.  Yet this was but a pretext.  The
+kingdom had experienced a revolution of the most decisive kind.
+Its ancient institutions were subverted.  Its heaven-descended
+aristocracy was levelled almost to the condition of the peasant.
+The people became the serfs of the Conquerors.  Their dwellings
+in the capital - at least, after the arrival of Alvarado's
+officers - were seized and appropriated.  The temples were turned
+into stables; the royal residences into barracks for the troops.
+The sanctity of the religious houses was violated.  Thousands of
+matrons and maidens, who, however erroneous their faith, lived in
+chaste seclusion in the conventual establishments, were now
+turned abroad, and became the prey of a licentious soldiery. *1 A
+favorite wife of the young Inca was debauched by the Castilian
+officers.  The Inca, himself treated with contemptuous
+indifference, found that he was a poor dependant, if not a tool,
+in the hands of his conquerors. *2
+
+[Footnote 1: So says the author of the Conquista i Poblacion del
+Piru, a contemporary writer, who describes what he saw himself as
+well as what he gathered from others.  Several circumstances,
+especially the honest indignation he expresses at the excesses of
+the Conquerors, lead one to suppose he may have been an
+ecclesiastic, one of the good men who attended the cruel
+expedition on an errand of love and mercy.  It is to be hoped
+that his credulity leads him to exaggerate the misdeeds of his
+countrymen.
+
+According to him, there were full six thousand women of rank,
+living in the convents of Cuzco, served each by fifteen or twenty
+female attendants, most of whom, that did not perish in the war,
+suffered a more melancholy fate, as the victims of prostitution.
+- The passage is so remarkable, and the Ms. so rare, that I will
+cite it in the original.
+
+"De estas senoras del Cuzco es cierto de tener grande sentimiento
+el que tuviese alguna humanidad en el pecho, que en tiempo de la
+prosperidad del Cuzco quando los Espanoles entraron en el havia
+grand cantidad de senoras que tenian sus casas i sus asientos mui
+quietas i sosegadas i vivian mui politicamente i como mui buenas
+mugeres, cada senora acompanada con quince o veinte mugeres que
+tenia de servicio en su casa bien traidas i aderezadas, i no
+salian menos desto i con grand onestidad i gravedad i atavio a su
+usanza, i es a la cantidad destas senoras principales creo yo que
+en el . . . . . que avia mas de seis mil sin las de servicio que
+creo yo que eran mas de veinte mil mugeres sin las de servicio i
+mamaconas que eran las que andavan como beatas i dende a dos anos
+casi no se allava en el Cuzco i su tierra sino cada qual i qual
+porque muchas murieron en la guerra que huvo i las otras vinieron
+las mas a ser malas mugeres.  Senor perdone a quien fue la causa
+desto i aquien no lo remedia pudiendo." Conq. i Pob del Piru,
+Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 2: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+Yet the Inca Manco was a man of a lofty spirit and a courageous
+heart; such a one as might have challenged comparison with the
+bravest of his ancestors in the prouder days of the empire.
+Stung to the quick by the humiliations to which he was exposed,
+he repeatedly urged Pizarro to restore him to the real exercise
+of power, as well as to the show of it. But Pizarro evaded a
+request so incompatible with his own ambitious schemes, or,
+indeed, with the policy of Spain, and the young Inca and his
+nobles were left to brood over their injuries in secret, and
+await patiently the hour of vengeance.
+
+The dissensions among the Spaniards themselves seemed to afford a
+favorable opportunity for this.  The Peruvian chiefs held many
+conferences together on the subject, and the high-priest Villac
+Umu urged the necessity of a rising so soon as Almagro had
+withdrawn his forces from the city.  It would then be
+comparatively easy, by assaulting the invaders on their several
+posts, scattered as they were over the country, to overpower them
+by superior numbers, and shake off their detested yoke before the
+arrival of fresh reinforcements should rivet it for ever on the
+necks of his countrymen.  A plan for a general rising was formed,
+and it was in conformity to it that the priest was selected by
+the Inca to bear Almagro company on the march, that he might
+secure the cooperation of the natives in the country, and then
+secretly return - as in fact he did - to take a part in the
+insurrection.
+
+To carry their plans into effect, it became necessary that the
+Inca Manco should leave the city and present himself among his
+people.  He found no difficulty in withdrawing from Cuzco, where
+his presence was scarcely heeded by the Spaniards, as his nominal
+power was held in little deference by the haughty and confident
+Conquerors.  But in the capital there was a body of Indian allies
+more jealous of his movements.  These were from the tribe of the
+Canares, a warlike race of the north, too recently reduced by the
+Incas to have much sympathy with them or their institutions.
+There were about a thousand of this people in the place, and, as
+they had conceived some suspicion of the Inca's purposes, they
+kept an eye on his movements, and speedily reported his absence
+to Juan Pizarro.
+
+That cavalier, at the head of a small body of horse, instantly
+marched in pursuit of the fugitive, whom he was so fortunate as
+to discover in a thicket of reeds, in which he sought to conceal
+himself, at no great distance from the city.  Manco was arrested,
+brought back a prisoner to Cuzco, and placed under a strong guard
+in the fortress.  The conspiracy seemed now at an end; and
+nothing was left to the unfortunate Peruvians but to bewail their
+ruined hopes, and to give utterance to their disappointment in
+doleful ballads, which rehearsed the captivity of their Inca, and
+the downfall of his royal house. *3
+[Footnote 3: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 5, lib. 8, cap. 1, 2. - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 2, cap. 3.]
+
+While these things were in progress, Hernando Pizarro returned to
+Ciudad de los Reyes, bearing with him the royal commission for
+the extension of his brother's powers, as well as of those
+conceded to Almagro.  The envoy also brought the royal patent
+conferring on Francisco Pizarro the title of Marques de los
+Atavillos, - a province in Peru.  Thus was the fortunate
+adventurer placed in the ranks of the proud aristocracy of
+Castile, few of whose members could boast - if they had the
+courage to boast - their elevation from so humble an origin, as
+still fewer could justify it by a show of greater services to the
+Crown.
+
+The new marquess resolved not to forward the commission, at
+present, to the marshal, whom he designed to engage still deeper
+in the conquest of Chili, that his attention might be diverted
+from Cuzco, which, however, his brother assured him, now fell,
+without doubt, within the newly extended limits of his own
+territory.  To make more sure of this important prize, he
+despatched Hernando to take the government of the capital into
+his own hands, as the one of his brothers on whose talents and
+practical experience he placed greatest reliance.
+
+Hernando, notwithstanding his arrogant bearing towards his
+countrymen, had ever manifested a more than ordinary sympathy
+with the Indians.  He had been the friend of Atahuallpa; to such
+a degree, indeed, that it was said, if he had been in the camp at
+the time, the fate of that unhappy monarch would probably have
+been averted.  He now showed a similar friendly disposition
+towards his successor, Manco.  He caused the Peruvian prince to
+be liberated from confinement, and gradually admitted him into
+some intimacy with himself. The crafty Indian availed himself of
+his freedom to mature his plans for the rising, but with so much
+caution, that no suspicion of them crossed the mind of Hernando.
+Secrecy and silence are characteristic of the American, almost as
+invariably as the peculiar color of his skin.  Manco disclosed to
+his conqueror the existence of several heaps of treasure, and the
+places where they had been secreted; and, when he had thus won
+his confidence, he stimulated his cupidity still further by an
+account of a statue of pure gold of his father Huayna Capac,
+which the wily Peruvian requested leave to bring from a secret
+cave in which it was deposited, among the neighbouring Andes.
+Hernando, blinded by his avarice, consented to the Inca's
+departure.
+He sent with him two Spanish soldiers, less as a guard than to
+aid him in the object of his expedition.  A week elapsed, and yet
+he did not return, nor were there any tidings to be gathered of
+him.  Hernando now saw his error, especially as his own
+suspicions were confirmed by the unfavorable reports of his
+Indian allies.  Without further delay, he despatched his brother
+Juan, at the head of sixty horse, in quest of the Peruvian
+prince, with orders to bring him back once more a prisoner to his
+capital.
+
+That cavalier, with his well-armed troops, soon traversed the
+environs of Cuzco without discovering any vestige of the
+fugitive.  The country was remarkably silent and deserted, until,
+as he approached the mountain range that hems in the valley of
+Yucay, about six leagues from the city, he was met by the two
+Spaniards who had accompanied Manco.  They informed Pizarro that
+it was only at the point of the sword he could recover the Inca,
+for the country was all in arms, and the Peruvian chief at its
+head was preparing to march on the capital.  Yet he had offered
+no violence to their persons, but had allowed them to return in
+safety.
+
+The Spanish captain found this story fully confirmed when he
+arrived at the river Yucay, on the opposite bank of which were
+drawn up the Indian battalions to the number of many thousand
+men, who, with their young monarch at their head, prepared to
+dispute his passage.  It seemed that they could not feel their
+position sufficiently strong, without placing a river, as usual,
+between them and their enemy.  The Spaniards were not checked by
+this obstacle.  The stream, though deep, was narrow; and plunging
+in, they swam their horses boldly across, amidst a tempest of
+stones and arrows that rattled thick as hail on their harness,
+finding occasionally some crevice or vulnerable point, - although
+the wounds thus received only goaded them to more desperate
+efforts.  The barbarians fell back as the cavaliers made good
+their landing; but, without allowing the latter time to form,
+they returned with a spirit which they had hitherto seldom
+displayed, and enveloped them on all sides with their greatly
+superior numbers.  The fight now raged fiercely. Many of the
+Indians were armed with lances headed with copper tempered almost
+to the hardness of steel, and with huge maces and battle-axes of
+the same metal.  Their defensive armour, also, was in many
+respects excellent, consisting of stout doublets of quilted
+cotton, shields covered with skins, and casques richly ornamented
+with gold and jewels, or sometimes made like those of the
+Mexicans, in the fantastic shape of the heads of wild animals,
+garnished with rows of teeth that grinned horribly above the
+visage of the warrior. *4 The whole army wore an aspect of
+martial ferocity, under the control of much higher military
+discipline than the Spaniards had before seen in the country.
+
+[Footnote 4: "Es gente," says Oviedo, "muy belicosa e muy
+diestra; sus armas son picas, e ondas, porras e Alabardas de
+Plata e oro e cobre." (Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8,
+cap. 17.) Xerez has made a good enumeration of the native
+Peruvian arms.  (Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 200.)
+Father Velasco has added considerably to this catalogue.
+According to him they used copper swords, poniards, and other
+European weapons.  (Hist. de Quito, tom. I. pp 178-180.) He does
+not insist on their knowledge of fire-arms before the Conquest!]
+
+The little band of cavaliers, shaken by the fury of the Indian
+assault, were thrown at first into some disorder, but at length,
+cheering on one another with the old war-cry of "St. Jago," they
+formed in solid column, and charged boldly into the thick of the
+enemy.  The latter, incapable of withstanding the shock, gave
+way, or were trampled down under the feet of the horses, or
+pierced by the lances of the riders.  Yet their flight was
+conducted with some order; and they turned at intervals, to let
+off a volley of arrows, or to deal furious blows with their
+pole-axes and war-clubs.  They fought as if conscious that they
+were under the eye of their Inca.
+It was evening before they had entirely quitted the level ground,
+and withdrawn into the fastnesses of the lof y range of hills
+which belt round the beautiful valley of Yucay.  Juan Pizarro and
+his little troop encamped on the level at the base of the
+mountains.  He had gained a victory, as usual, over immense odds;
+but he had never seen a field so well disputed, and his victory
+had cost him the lives of several men and horses, while many more
+had been wounded, and were nearly disabled by the fatigues of the
+day.  But he trusted the severe lesson he had inflicted on the
+enemy, whose slaughter was great, would crush the spirit of
+resistance.  He was deceived.
+
+The following morning, great was his dismay to see the passes of
+the mountains filled up with dark lines of warriors, stretching
+as far as the eye could penetrate into the depths of the sierra,
+while dense masses of the enemy were gathered like thunderclouds
+along the slopes and summits, as if ready to pour down in fury on
+the assailants.  The ground, altogether unfavorable to the
+manoeuvres of cavalry, gave every advantage to the Peruvians, who
+rolled down huge rocks from their elevated position, and sent off
+incessant showers of missiles on the heads of the Spaniards. Juan
+Pizarro did not care to entangle himself further in the perilous
+defile; and, though he repeatedly charged the enemy, and drove
+them back with considerable loss, the second night found him with
+men and horses wearied and wounded, and as little advanced in the
+object of his expedition as on the preceding evening.  From this
+embarrassing position, after a day or two more spent in
+unprofitable hostilities, he was surprised by a summons from his
+brother to return with all expedition to Cuzco, which was now
+besieged by the enemy!
+
+Without delay, he began his retreat, recrossed the valley, the
+recent scene of slaughter, swam the river Yucay, and, by a rapid
+countermarch, closely followed by the victorious enemy, who
+celebrated their success with songs or rather yells of triumph,
+he arrived before nightfall in sight of the capital.
+
+But very different was the sight which there met his eye from
+what he had beheld on leaving it a few days before.  The
+extensive environs, as far as the eye could reach, were occupied
+by a mighty host, which an indefinite computation swelled to the
+number of two hundred thousand warriors. *5 The dusky lines of
+the Indian battalions stretched out to the very verge of the
+mountains; while, all around, the eye saw only the crests and
+waving banners of chieftains, mingled with rich panoplies of
+featherwork, which reminded some few who had served under Cortes
+of the military costume of the Aztecs.  Above all rose a forest
+of long lances and battle-axes edged with copper, which, tossed
+to and fro in wild confusion, glittered in the rays of the
+setting sun, like light playing on the surface of a dark and
+troubled ocean.  It was the first time that the Spaniards had
+beheld an Indian army in all its terrors; such an army as the
+Incas led to battle, when the banner of the Sun was borne
+triumphant over the land.
+
+[Footnote 5: "Pues junta toda la gente quel ynga avia embiado a
+juntar que a lo que se entendio y los indios dixeron fueron
+dozientos mil indios de guerra los que vinieron a poner este
+cerco." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+Yet the bold hearts of the cavaliers, if for a moment dismayed by
+the sight, soon gathered courage as they closed up their files,
+and prepared to open a way for themselves through the
+beleaguering host.  But the enemy seemed to shun the encounter;
+and, falling back at their approach, left a free entrance into
+the capital.  The Peruvians were, probably, not unwilling to draw
+as many victims as they could into the toils, conscious that, the
+greater the number, the sooner they would become sensible to the
+approaches of famine. *6
+
+[Footnote 6: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Conq. i Pob.
+del Piru, Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 8, cap. 4. -
+Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 133.]
+
+Hernando Pizarro greeted his brother with no little satisfaction;
+for he brought an important addition to his force, which now,
+when all were united, did not exceed two hundred, horse and foot,
+*7 besides a thousand Indian auxiliaries; an insignificant
+number, in comparison with the countless multitudes that were
+swarming at the gates.  That night was passed by the Spaniards
+with feelings of the deepest anxiety, as they looked forward with
+natural apprehension to the morrow.  It was early in February
+1536.  when the siege of Cuzco commenced; a siege memorable as
+calling out the most heroic displays of Indian and European
+valor, and bringing the two races in deadlier conflict with each
+other than had yet occurred in the conquest of Peru.
+[Footnote 7: "Y los pocos Espanoles que heramos aun no dozientos
+todos.' Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+The numbers of the enemy seemed no less formidable during the
+night than by the light of day: far and wide their watch-fires
+were to be seen gleaming over valley and hill-top, as thickly
+scattered, says an eyewitness, as "the stars of heaven in a
+cloudless summer night." *8 Before these fires had become pale in
+the light of the morning, the Spaniards were roused by the
+hideous clamor of conch, trumpet, and atabal, mingled with the
+fierce war-cries of the barbarians, as they let off volleys of
+missiles of every description, most of which fell harmless within
+the city.  But others did more serious execution. These were
+burning arrows, and red-hot stones wrapped in cotton that had
+been steeped in some bituminous substance, which, scattering long
+trains of light through the air, fell on the roofs of the
+buildings, and speedily set them on fire. *9 These roofs even of
+the better sort of edifices, were uniformly of thatch, and were
+ignited as easily as tinder.  In a moment the flames burst forth
+from the most opposite quarters of the city.  They quickly
+communicated to the wood-work in the interior of the buildings,
+and broad sheets of flame mingled with smoke rose up towards the
+heavens, throwing a fearful glare over every object.  The
+rarefied atmosphere heightened the previous impetuosity of the
+wind, which, fanning the rising flames, they rapidly spread from
+dwelling to dwelling, till the whole fiery mass, swayed to and
+for by the tempest, surged and roared with the fury of a volcano.
+The heat became intense, and clouds of smoke, gathering like a
+dark pall over the city, produced a sense of suffocation and
+almost blindness in those quarters where it was driven by the
+winds. *10
+
+[Footnote 8: "Pues de noche heran tantos ros fuegos que no
+parecia sino vn cielo muy sereno lleno de estrellas." Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+[Footnote 9: Ibid. Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 10: "I era tanto el humo que casi los oviera de aogar i
+pasaron grand travajo por esta causa i sino fuera porque de la
+una parte de la plaza no havia casas i estava desconorado no
+pudieran escapar porque is por todas partes les diera el humo i
+el calor siendo tan grande pasaron travajo, pero la divina
+providencia lo estorvo." Conq. i. Pob. ded Piru, Ms.]
+The Spaniards were encamped in the great square, partly under
+awnings, and partly in the hall of the Inca Viracocha, on the
+ground since covered by the cathedral.  Three times in the course
+of that dreadful day, the roof of the building was on fire; but,
+although no efforts were made to extinguish it, the flames went
+out without doing much injury.  This miracle was ascribed to the
+Blessed Virgin, who was distinctly seen by several of the
+Christian combatants, hovering over the spot on which was to be
+raised the temple dedicated to her worship. *11
+
+[Footnote 11: The temple was dedicated to Our Blessed Lady of the
+Assumption. The apparition of the Virgin was manifest not only to
+Christian but to Indian warriors, many of whom reported it to
+Garcilasso de la Vega, in whose hands the marvellous rarely loses
+any of its gloss. (Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 2, cap. 25.) It is
+further attested by Father Acosta, who came into the country
+forty years after the event.  (lib. 7, cap. 27.) Both writers
+testify to the seasonable aid rendered by St. James, who with his
+buckler, displaying the device of his Military Order, and armed
+with his flaming sword, rode his white charger into the thick of
+the enemy.  The patron Saint of Spain might always be relied on
+when his presence was needed dignus vindice nodus.]
+Fortunately, the open space around Hernando's little company
+separated them from the immediate scene of conflagration.  It
+afforded a means of preservation similar to that employed by the
+American hunter, who endeavours to surround himself with a belt
+of wasted land, when overtaken by a conflagration in the
+prairies.  All day the fire continued to rage, and at night the
+effect was even more appalling; for by the lurid flames the
+unfortunate Spaniards could read the consternation depicted in
+each others' ghastly countenances, while in the suburbs, along
+the slopes of the surrounding hills, might be seen the throng of
+besiegers, gazing with fiendish exultation on the work of
+destruction.  High above the town to the north, rose the gray
+fortress, which now showed ruddy in the glare, looking grimly
+down on the ruins of the fair city which it was no longer able to
+protect; and in the distance were to be discerned the shadowy
+forms of the An des, soaring up in solitary grandeur into the
+regions of eternal silence, far beyond the wild tumult that raged
+so fearfully at their base.
+
+Such was the extent of the city, that it was several days before
+the fury of the fire was spent.  Tower and temple, hut, palace,
+and hall, went down before it.  Fortunately, among the buildings
+that escaped were the magnificent House of the Sun and the
+neighbouring Convent of the Virgins. Their insulated position
+afforded the means, of which the Indians from motives of piety
+were willing to avail themselves, for their preservation. *12
+Full one half of the capital, so long the chosen seat of Western
+civilization, the pride of the Incas, and the bright abode of
+their tutelar deity, was laid in ashes by the hands of his own
+children. It was some consolation for them to reflect, that it
+burned over the heads of its conquerors, - their trophy and their
+tomb!
+[Footnote 12: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 2, cap. 24.
+Father Valverde, Bishop of Cuzco, who took so signal a part in
+the seizure of Atahuallpa, was absent from the country at this
+period, but returned the following year.  In a letter to the
+emperor, he contrasts the flourishing condition of the capital
+when he left it, and that in which he now found it, despoiled, as
+well as its beautiful suburbs, of its ancient glories. "If I had
+not known the site of the city," he says, "I should not have
+recognized it as the same." The passage is too remarkable to be
+omitted.  The original letter exists in the archives of Simancas.
+- "Certifico a V. M. que si no me acordara del sitio desta Ciudad
+yo no la conosciera, a lo menos por los edificios y Pueblos
+della; porque quando el Gobernador D. Franzisco Pizarro entro
+aqui y entre yo con el estava este valle tan hermoso en edificios
+y poblazion que en torno tenia que era cosa de admiracion vello,
+porque aunque la Ciudad en si no ternia mas de 3 o 4000 casas,
+ternia en torno quasi a vista 19 o 20,000; la fortaleza que
+estava sobre la Ciudad parescia desde a parte una mui gran
+fortaleza de las de Espana: agora la mayor parte de la Ciudad
+esta toda derivada y quemada; la fortaleza no tiene quasi nada
+enhiesso; todos los pueblos de alderredor no tiene sino las
+paredes que por maravilla ai casa cubierta! La cosa que mas
+contentamiento me dio en esta Ciudad fue la Iglesia, que para en
+Indias es harto buena cosa, aunque segun la riqueza a havido en
+esta tierra pudiera ser mas semejante al Templo de Salomon."
+Carta del Obispo F. Vicente de Valverde al Emperador, Ms., 20 de
+Marzo, 1539.]
+
+During the long period of the conflagration, the Spaniards made
+no attempt to extinguish the flames.  Such an attempt would have
+availed nothing. Yet they did not tamely submit to the assaults
+of the enemy, and they sallied forth from time to time to repel
+them.  But the fallen timbers and scattered rubbish of the houses
+presented serious impediments to the movements of horse; and,
+when these were partially cleared away by the efforts of the
+infantry and the Indian allies, the Peruvians planted stakes and
+threw barricades across the path, which proved equally
+embarrassing. *13 To remove them was a work of time and no little
+danger, as the pioneers were exposed to the whole brunt of the
+enemy's archery, and the aim of the Peruvian was sure.  When at
+length the obstacles were cleared away, and a free course was
+opened to the cavalry, they rushed with irresistible impetuosity
+on their foes, who, falling back in confusion, were cut to pieces
+by the riders, or pierced through with their lances.  The
+slaughter on these occasions was great, but the Indians, nothing
+disheartened, usually returned with renewed courage to the attack
+and, while fresh reinforcements met the Spaniards in front,
+others, lying in ambush among the ruins, threw the troops into
+disorder by assailing them on the flanks. The Peruvians were
+expert both with bow and sling; and these encounters,
+notwithstanding the superiority of their arms, cost the Spaniards
+more lives than in their crippled condition they could afford to
+spare, - a loss poorly compensated by that of tenfold the number
+of the enemy.  One weapon, peculiar to South American warfare,
+was used with some effect by the Peruvians.  This was the lasso,
+- a long rope with a noose at the end, which they adroitly threw
+over the rider, or entangled with it the legs of his horse, so as
+to bring them both to the ground. More than one Spaniard fell
+into the hands of the enemy by this expedient. *14
+
+[Footnote 13: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.
+
+"Los Indios ganaron el Cuzco casi todo desta manera que enganando
+la calle hivan haciendo una pared para que los cavallos ni los
+Espanoles no los pudiesen rom per." Conq. i. Pob. del Piru, Ms]
+
+[Footnote 14: Ibid., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib.
+8, cap. 4.]
+Thus harassed, sleeping on their arms, with their horses picketed
+by their side, ready for action at any and every hour, the
+Spaniards had no rest by night or by day.  To add to their
+troubles, the fortress which overlooked the city, and completely
+commanded the great square in which they were quartered, had been
+so feebly garrisoned in their false sense of security, that, on
+the approach of the Peruvians, it had been abandoned without a
+blow in its defence.  It was now occupied by a strong body of the
+enemy, who, from his elevated position, sent down showers of
+missiles, from time to time which added greatly to the annoyance
+of the besieged. Bitterly did their captain now repent the
+improvident security which had led him to neglect a post so
+important.
+
+Their distresses were still further aggravated by the rumors,
+which continually reached their ears, of the state of the
+country.  The rising, it was said, was general throughout the
+land; the Spaniards living on their insulated plantations had all
+been massacred; Lima and Truxillo and the principal cities were
+besieged, and must soon fall into the enemy's hands; the
+Peruvians were in possession of the passes, and all
+communications were cut off, so that no relief was to be expected
+from their countrymen on the coast. Such were the dismal stories,
+(which, however exaggerated, had too much foundation in fact,)
+that now found their way into the city from the camp of the
+besiegers.  And to give greater credit to the rumors, eight or
+ten human heads were rolled into the plaza, in whose
+blood-stained visages the Spaniards recognized with horror the
+lineaments of their companions, who they knew had been dwelling
+in solitude on their estates! *15
+
+[Footnote 15: Ibid., ubi supra. - Conq i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+Overcome by these horrors, many were for abandoning the place at
+once, as no longer tenable, and for opening a passage for
+themselves to the coast with their own good swords.  There was a
+daring in the enterprise which had a charm for the adventurous
+spirit of the Castilian. Better, they said, to perish in a manly
+struggle for life, than to die thus ignominiously, pent up like
+foxes in their holes, to be suffocated by the hunter!
+
+But the Pizarros, De Rojas, and some other of the principal
+cavaliers, refused to acquiesce in a measure which, they said,
+must cover them with dishonor. *16 Cuzco had been the great prize
+for which they had contended; it was the ancient seat of empire,
+and, though now in ashes, would again rise from its ruins as
+glorious as before.  All eyes would be turned on them, as its
+defenders, and their failure, by giving confidence to the enemy,
+might decide the fate of their countrymen throughout the land.
+They were placed in that post as the post of honor, and better
+would it be to die there than to desert it.
+
+[Footnote 16: "Pues Hernando Picarro nunca estuvo en ello y les
+respondia que todos aviamos de morir y no desamparar el cuzco.
+Juntavanse a estas consultas Hernando Picarro y sus hermanos,
+Graviel de Rojas, Hernan Ponce de Leon, el Thesorero Riquelme."
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq, Ms.]
+
+There seemed, indeed, no alternative; for every avenue to escape
+was cut off by an enemy who had perfect knowledge of the country,
+and possession of all its passes.  But this state of things could
+not last long.  The Indian could not, in the long run, contend
+with the white man. The spirit of insurrection would die out of
+itself.  Their great army would melt away, unaccustomed as the
+natives were to the privations incident to a protracted campaign.
+Reinforcements would be daily coming in from the colonies; and,
+if the Castilians would be but true to themselves for a season,
+they would be relieved by their own countrymen, who would never
+suffer them to die like outcasts among the mountains.
+
+The cheering words and courageous bearing of the cavaliers went
+to the hearts of their followers for the soul of the Spaniard
+readily responded to the call of honor, if not of humanity.  All
+now agreed to stand by their leader to the last.  But, if they
+would remain longer in their present position, it was absolutely
+necessary to dislodge the enemy from the fortress; and, before
+venturing on this dangerous service, Hernando Pizarro resolved to
+strike such a blow as should intimidate the besiegers from
+further attempt to molest his present quarters.
+
+He communicated his plan of attack to his officers; and, forming
+his little troop into three divisions, he placed them under
+command of his brother Gonzalo, of Gabriel de Rojas, an officer
+in whom he reposed great confidence, and Hernan Ponce de Leon.
+The Indian pioneers were sent forward to clear away the rubbish,
+and the several divisions moved simultaneously up the principal
+avenues towards the camp of the besiegers. Such stragglers as
+they met in their way were easily cut to pieces, and the three
+bodies, bursting impetuously on the disordered lines of the
+Peruvians, took them completely by surprise.  For some moments
+there was little resistance, and the slaughter was terrible.  But
+the Indians gradually rallied, and, coming into something like
+order, returned to the fight with the courage of men who had long
+been familiar with danger. They fought hand to hand with their
+copper-headed war-clubs and pole-axes, while a storm of darts,
+stones, and arrows rained on the well-defended bodies of the
+Christians.
+
+The barbarians showed more discipline than was to have been
+expected; for which, it is said, they were indebted to some
+Spanish prisoners, from several of whom, the Inca, having
+generously spared their lives, took occasional lessons in the art
+of war.  The Peruvians had, also, learned to manage with some
+degree of skill the weapons of their conquerors; and they were
+seen armed with bucklers, helmets, and swords of European
+workmanship, and even, in a few instances, mounted on the horses
+which they had taken from the white men. *17 The young Inca, in
+particular, accoutred in the European fashion, rode a war-horse
+which he managed with considerable address, and, with a long
+lance in his hand, led on his followers to the attack. - This
+readiness to adopt the superior arms and tactics of the
+Conquerors intimates a higher civilization than that which
+belonged to the Aztec, who, in his long collision with the
+Spaniards, was never so far divested of his terrors for the horse
+as to venture to mount him.
+
+[Footnote 17: Herrera assures us, that the Peruvians even turned
+the fire-arms of their Conquerors against them, compelling their
+prisoners to put the muskets in order, and manufacture powder for
+them.  Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 8, cap. 5, 6]
+
+But a few days or weeks of training were not enough to give
+familiarity with weapons, still less with tactics, so unlike
+those to which the Peruvians had been hitherto accustomed.  The
+fight, on the present occasion, though hotly contested, was not
+of long duration.  After a gallant struggle, in which the natives
+threw themselves fearlessly on the horsemen, endeavouring to tear
+them from their saddles, they were obliged to give way before the
+repeated shock of their charges.  Many were trampled under foot,
+others cut down by the Spanish broadswords, while the
+arquebusiers, supporting the cavalry, kept up a running fire that
+did terrible execution on the flanks and rear of the fugitives.
+At length, sated with slaughter, and trusting that the
+chastisement he had inflicted on the enemy would secure him from
+further annoyance for the present, the Castilian general drew
+back his forces to their quarters in the capital. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Conq. i Pob.
+del Piru, Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 8 cap. 4,
+5.]
+
+His next step was the recovery of the citadel.  It was an
+enterprise of danger.  The fortress, which overlooked the
+northern section of the city, stood high on a rocky eminence, so
+steep as to be inaccessible on this quarter, where it was
+defended only by a single wall.  Towards the open country, it was
+more easy of approach; but there it was protected by two
+semicircular walls, each about twelve hundred feet in length, and
+of great thickness.  They were built of massive stones, or rather
+rocks, put together without cement, so as to form a kind of
+rustic-work.  The level of the ground between these lines of
+defence was raised up so as to enable the garrison to discharge
+its arrows at the assailants, while their own persons were
+protected by the parapet.  Within the interior wall was the
+fortress, consisting of three strong towers, one of great height,
+which, with a smaller one, was now held by the enemy, under the
+command of an Inca noble, a warrior of well-tried valor, prepared
+to defend it to the last extremity.
+
+The perilous enterprise was intrusted by Hernando Pizarro to his
+brother Juan, a cavalier in whose bosom burned the adventurous
+spirit of a knighterrant of romance.  As the fortress was to be
+approached through the mountain passes, it became necessary to
+divert the enemy's attention to another quarter.  A little while
+before sunset Juan Pizarro left the city with a picked corps of
+horsemen, and took a direction opposite to that of the fortress,
+that the besieging army might suppose the object was a foraging
+expedition.  But secretly countermarching in the night, he
+fortunately found the passes unprotected, and arrived before the
+outer wall of the fortress, without giving the alarm to the
+garrison. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+The entrance was through a narrow opening in the centre of the
+rampart; but this was now closed up with heavy stones, that
+seemed to form one solid work with the rest of the masonry.  It
+was an affair of time to dislodge these huge masses, in such a
+manner as not to rouse the garrison. The Indian nations, who
+rarely attacked in the night, were not sufficiently acquainted
+with the art of war even to provide against surprise by posting
+sentinels. When the task was accomplished, Juan Pizarro and his
+gallant troop rode through the gateway, and advanced towards the
+second parapet.
+But their movements had not been conducted so secretly as to
+escape notice, and they now found the interior court swarming
+with warriors, who, as the Spaniards drew near, let off clouds of
+missiles that compelled them to come to a halt.  Juan Pizarro,
+aware that no time was to be lost, ordered one half of his corps
+to dismount, and, putting himself at their head, prepared to make
+a breach as before in the fortifications.  He had been wounded
+some days previously in the jaw, so that, finding his helmet
+caused him pain, he rashly dispensed with it, and trusted for
+protection to his buckler. *20 Leading on his men, he encouraged
+them in the work of demolition, in the face of such a storm of
+stones, javelins, and arrows, as might have made the stoutest
+heart shrink from encountering it.  The good mail of the
+Spaniards did not always protect them; but others took the place
+of such as fell, until a breach was made, and the cavalry,
+pouring in, rode down all who opposed them.
+
+[Footnote 20: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms]
+
+The parapet was now abandoned, and the enemy, hurrying with
+disorderly flight across the inclosure took refuge on a kind of
+platform or terrace, commanded by the principal tower.  Here
+rallying, they shot off fresh volleys of missiles against the
+Spaniards, while the garrison in the fortress hurled down
+fragments of rock and timber on their heads. Juan Pizarro, still
+among the foremost, sprang forward on the terrace, cheering on
+his men by his voice and example, but at this moment he was
+struck by a large stone on the head, not then protected by his
+buckler, and was stretched on the ground.  The dauntless chief
+still continued to animate his followers by his voice, till the
+terrace was carried, and its miserable defenders were put to the
+sword.  His sufferings were then too much for him, and he was
+removed to the town below, where, notwithstanding every exertion
+to save him, he survived the injury but a fortnight, and died in
+great agony. *21 - To say that he was a Pizarro is enough to
+attest his claim to valor.  But it is his praise, that his valor
+was tempered by courtesy.  His own nature appeared mild by
+contrast with the haughty temper of his brothers, and his manners
+made him a favorite of the army. He had served in the conquest of
+Peru from the first, and no name on the roll of its conquerors is
+less tarnished by the reproach of cruelty, or stands higher in
+all the attributes of a true and valiant knight. *22
+[Footnote 21: "Y estando batallando con ellos para echallos de
+alli Joan Picarro se descuido descubrirse la cabeca con la adarga
+y con las muchas pedradas que tiravan le acertaron vna en la
+caveca que le quebraron los cascos y dende a quince dias murio
+desta herida y ansi herido estuvo forcejando con los yndios y
+espanoles hasta que se gano este terrado y ganado le abaxaron al
+Cuzco." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+[Footnote 22: "Hera valiente," says Pedro Pizarro, "y muy
+animoso, gentil hombre, magnanimo y afable." (Descub. y Conq.,
+Ms.) Zarate dismisses him with this brief panegyric: - "Fue gran
+perdida en la Tierra, porque era Juan Picarro mui valiente, i
+experimentado en las Guerras de los Indios, i bien quisto, i
+amado de todos." Conq del Peru, lib. 3, cap. 3.]
+Though deeply sensible to his brother's disaster, Hernando
+Pizarro saw that no time was to be lost in profiting by the
+advantages already gained.  Committing the charge of the town to
+Gonzalo, he put himself at the head of the assailants, and laid
+vigorous siege to the fortresses. One surrendered after a short
+resistance.  The other and more formidable of the two still held
+out under the brave Inca noble who commanded it.  He was a man of
+an athletic frame, and might be seen striding along the
+battlements, armed with a Spanish buckler and cuirass, and in his
+hand wielding a formidable mace, garnished with points or knobs
+of copper. With this terrible weapon he struck down all who
+attempted to force a passage into the fortress.  Some of his own
+followers who proposed a surrender he is said to have slain with
+his own hand.  Hernando prepared to carry the place by escalade.
+Ladders were planted against the walls, but no sooner did a
+Spaniard gain the topmost round, than he was hurled to the ground
+by the strong arm of the Indian warrior.  His activity was equal
+to his strength; and he seemed to be at every point the moment
+that his presence was needed.
+
+The Spanish commander was filled with admiration at this display
+of valor; for he could admire valor even in an enemy.  He gave
+orders that the chief should not be injured, but be taken alive,
+if possible. *23 This was not easy.  At length, numerous ladders
+having been planted against the tower, the Spaniards scaled it on
+several quarters at the same time, and, leaping into the place,
+overpowered the few combatants who still made a show of
+resistance.  But the Inca chieftain was not to be taken; and,
+finding further resistance ineffectual, he sprang to the edge of
+the battlements, and, casting away his war-club, wrapped his
+mantle around him and threw himself headlong from the summit. *24
+He died like an ancient Roman.  He had struck his last stroke for
+the freedom of his country, and he scorned to survive her
+dishonor. - The Castilian commander left a small force in
+garrison to secure his conquest, and returned in triumph to his
+quarters.
+
+[Footnote 23: 'Y mando hernando picarro a los Espanoles que
+subian que no matasen a este yndio sino que se lo tomasen a vida,
+jurando de no matalle si lo avia bivo." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y
+Conq. Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 24: "Visto este orejon que se lo vian ganado y le avian
+ganado y le avian tomado por dos o tres partes el fuerte,
+arrojando las armas se tapo la caveca y el rrostro con la manta y
+se arrojo del cubo abajo mas de cien estados, y ansi se hizo
+pedazos.  A hernando Picarro le peso mucho por no tomalle a
+vida." Ibid., Ms.]
+
+Week after week rolled away, and no relief came to the
+beleaguered Spaniards.  They had long since begun to feel the
+approaches of famine. Fortunately, they were provided with water
+from the streams which flowed through the city.  But, though they
+had well husbanded their resources, their provision were
+exhausted, and they had for some time depended on such scanty
+supplies of grain as they could gather from the ruined magazines
+and dwellings, mostly consumed by the fire, or from the produce
+of some successful foray. *25 This latter resource was attended
+with no little difficulty; for every expedition led to a fierce
+encounter with the enemy, which usually cost the lives of several
+Spaniards, and inflicted a much heavier injury on the Indian
+allies.  Yet it was at least one good result of such loss, that
+it left fewer to provide for.  But the whole number of the
+besieged was so small, that any loss greatly increased the
+difficulties of defence by the remainder.
+[Footnote 25: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 2, cap. 24]
+As months passed away without bringing any tidings of their
+countrymen, their minds were haunted with still gloomier
+apprehensions as to their fate. They well knew that the governor
+would make every effort to rescue them from their desperate
+condition.  That he had not succeeded in this made it probable,
+that his own situation was no better than theirs, or, perhaps, he
+and his followers had already fallen victims to the fury of the
+insurgents. It was a dismal thought, that they alone were left in
+the land, far from all human succour, to perish miserably by the
+hands of the barbarians among the mountains.
+
+Yet the actual state of things, though gloomy in the extreme, was
+not quite so desperate as their imaginations had painted it.  The
+insurrection, it is rue, had been general throughout the country,
+a east that portion of it occupied by the Spaniards It had been
+so well concerted, that it broke out almost simultaneously, and
+the Conquerors, who were living in careless security on their
+estates, had been massacred to the number of several hundreds An
+Indian force had sat down before Xauxa, and a considerable army
+had occupied the valley of Rimac and laid siege to Lima.  But the
+country around that capital was of an open, level character, very
+favorable to the action of cavalry.  Pizarro no sooner saw
+himself menaced by the hostile array, than he sent such a force
+against the Peruvians as speedily put them to flight; and,
+following up his advantage, he inflicted on them such a severe
+chastisement, that, although they still continued to hover in the
+distance and cut off his communications with the interior, they
+did not care to trust themselves on the other side of the Rimac.
+
+The accounts that the Spanish commander now eceived of the state
+of the country filled him with the most serious alarm.  He was
+particularly solicitous for the fate of the garrison at Cuzco,
+and he made repeated efforts to relieve that capital.  Four
+several detachments, amounting to more than four hundred men in
+all, half of them cavalry, were sent by him at different times,
+under some of his bravest officers.  But none of them reached
+their place of destination.  The wily natives permitted them to
+march into the interior of the country, until they were fairly
+entangled in the passes of the Cordilleras.  They then enveloped
+them with greatly superior numbers, and, occupying the heights,
+showered down their fatal missiles on the heads of the Spaniards,
+or crushed them under the weight of fragments of rock which they
+rolled on them from the mountains.  In some instances, the whole
+detachment was cut off to a man.  In others, a few stragglers
+only survived to return and tell the bloody tale to their
+countrymen at Lima. *26
+
+[Footnote 26: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 5. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 8, cap 5. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 2, lib. 2, cap. 28.
+
+According to the historian of the Incas, there fell in these
+expeditions four hundred and seventy Spaniards.  Cieza de Leon
+computes the whole number of Christians who perished in this
+insurrection at seven hundred, many of them, he adds, under
+circumstances of great cruelty. (Cronica, cap. 82.) The estimate,
+considering the spread and spirit of the insurrection, does not
+seem extravagant]
+
+Pizzaro was now filled with consternation.  He had the most
+dismal forebodings of the fate of the Spaniards dispersed
+throughout the country, and even doubted the possibility of
+maintaining his own foothold in it without assistance from
+abroad.  He despatched a vessel to the neighbouring colony at
+Truxillo, urging them to abandon the place, with all their
+effects, and to repair to him at Lima.  The measure was,
+fortunately, not adopted.  Many of his men were for availing
+themselves of the vessels which rode at anchor in the port to
+make their escape from the country at once, and take refuge in
+Panama.  Pizarro would not hearken to so dastardly a counsel,
+which involved the desertion of the brave men in the interior who
+still looked to him for protection.  He cut off the hopes of
+these timid spirits by despatching all the vessels then in port
+on a very different mission.  He sent letters by them to the
+governors of Panama, Nicaragua, Guatemala, and Mexico,
+representing the gloomy state of his affairs, and invoking their
+aid.  His epistle to Alvarado, then established at Guatemala, is
+preserved.  He conjures him by every sentiment of honor and
+patriotism to come to his assistance, and this before it was too
+late.  Without assistance, the Spaniards could no longer maintain
+their footing in Peru, and that great empire would be lost to the
+Castilian Crown.  He finally engages to share with him such
+conquests as they may make with their united arms. *27 - Such
+concessions, to the very man whose absence from the country, but
+a few months before, Pizarro would have been willing to secure at
+almost any price, are sufficient evidence of the extremity of his
+distress.  The succours thus earnestly solicited arrived in time,
+not to quell the Indian insurrection, but to aid him in a
+struggle quite as formidable with his own countrymen.
+
+[Footnote 27: "E crea V. S *a sino somos socorridos se perdera el
+Cusco, ques la cosa mas senalada e de mas importancia que se
+puede descubrir, e luego nos perderemos todos: porque somos pocos
+e tenemos pocas armas, e los Indios estan atrevidos." Carta de
+Francisco Pizarro a D. Pedro de Alvarado, desde la Ciudad le los
+Reyes.  29 de julio, 1536, Ms.]
+It was now August.  More than five months had elapsed since the
+commencement of the siege of Cuzco, yet the Peruvian legions
+still lay encamped around the city.  Peruvian legions still lay
+encamped around the city.  The siege had been protracted much
+beyond what was usual in Indian warfare, and showed the
+resolution of the natives to exterminate the white men.  But the
+Peruvians themselves had for some time been straitened by the
+want of provisions.  It was no easy matter to feed so numerous a
+host; and the obvious resource of the magazines of grain, so
+providently prepared by the Incas, did them but little service,
+since their contents had been most prodigally used, and even
+dissipated, by the Spaniards, on their first occupation of the
+country. *28 The season for planting had now arrived, and the
+Inca well knew, that, if his followers were to neglect it, they
+would be visited by a scourge even more formidable than their
+invaders.  Disbanding the greater part of his forces, therefore,
+he ordered them to withdraw to their homes, and, after the labors
+of the field were over, to return and resume the blockade of the
+capital.  The Inca reserved a considerable force to attend on his
+own person, with which he retired to Tambo, a strongly fortified
+place south of the valley of Yucay, the favorite residence of his
+ancestors.  He also posted a large body as a corps of observation
+in the environs of Cuzco, to watch the movements of the enemy,
+and to intercept supplies.
+[Footnote 28: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim. y Seg., Ms.]
+
+The Spaniards beheld with joy the mighty host which had so long
+encompassed the city, now melting away.  They were not slow in
+profiting by the circumstance, and Hernando Pizarro took
+advantage of the temporary absence to send out foraging parties
+to scour the country, and bring back supplies to his famishing
+soldiers.  In this he was so successful that on one occasion no
+less than two thousand head of cattle - the Peruvian sheep - were
+swept away from the Indian plantations and brought safely to
+Cuzco. *29 This placed the army above all apprehensions on the
+score of want for the present.
+[Footnote 29: "Recoximos hasta dos mil cavezas de ganado." Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+Yet these forays were made at the point of the lance, and many a
+desperate contest ensued, in which the best blood of the Spanish
+chivalry was shed.  The contests, indeed, were not confined to
+large bodies of troops, but skirmishes took place between smaller
+parties, which sometimes took the form of personal combats.  Nor
+were the parties so unequally matched as might have been supposed
+in these single rencontres; and the Peruvian warrior, with his
+sling, his bow, and his lasso, proved no contemptible antagonist
+for the mailed horseman, whom he sometimes even ventured to
+encounter, hand to hand, with his formidable battle-axe.  The
+ground around Cuzco became a battle-field, like the vega of
+Granada, in which Christian and Pagan displayed the
+characteristics of their peculiar warfare; and many a deed of
+heroism was performed, which wanted only the song of the minstrel
+to shed around it a glory like that which rested on the last days
+of the Moslem of Spain. *30
+
+[Footnote 30: Pedro Pizarro recounts several of these deeds of
+arms, in some of which his own prowess is made quite apparent.
+One piece of cruelty recorded by him is little to the credit of
+his commander, Hernando Pizarro, who , he says, after a desperate
+rencontre, caused the right hands of his prisoners to be struck
+off, and sent them in this mutilated condition back to their
+countrymen!  (Descub. Conq., Ms.) Such atrocities are not often
+noticed by the chroniclers; and we may hope they were exceptions
+to the general policy of the Conquerors in this invasion.]
+But Hernando Pizarro was not content to act wholly on the
+defensive; and he meditated a bold stroke, by which at once to
+put an end to the war. This was the capture of the Inca Manco,
+whom he hoped to surprise in his quarters at Tambo.
+
+For this service he selected about eighty of his best-mounted
+cavalry, with a small body of foot, and, making a large detour
+through the less frequented mountain defiles, he arrived before
+Tambo without alarm to the enemy.  He found the place more
+strongly fortified than he had imagined.  The palace, or rather
+fortress, of the Incas stood on a lofty eminence, the steep sides
+of which, on the quarter where the Spaniards approached, were cut
+into terraces, defended by strong walls of stone and sunburnt
+brick. *31 The place was impregnable on this side.  On the
+opposite, it looked towards the Yucay, and the ground descended
+by a gradual declivity towards the plain through which rolled its
+deep but narrow current. *32 This was the quarter on which to
+make the assault.
+
+[Footnote 31: "Tambo tan fortalescido que hera cosa de grima,
+porquel assiento donde Tambo esta es muy fuerte, de andenes muy
+altos y de muy gran canterias fortalescidos" Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 32: "El rio de yucay ques grande por aquella parte va
+muy angosto y hondo." Ibid., Ms.]
+
+Crossing the stream without much difficulty, the Spanish
+commander advanced up the smooth glacis with as little noise as
+possible.  The morning light had hardly broken on the mountains;
+and Pizarro, as he drew near the outer defences, which, as in the
+fortress of Cuzco, consisted of a stone parapet of great strength
+drawn round the inclosure, moved quickly forward, confident that
+the garrison were still buried in sleep.  But thousands of eyes
+were upon him; and as the Spaniards came within bow-shot, a
+multitude of dark forms suddenly rose above the rampart, while
+the Inca, with his lance in hand, was seen on horseback in the
+inclosure, directing the operations of his troops. *33 At the
+same moment the air was darkened with innumerable missiles,
+stones, javelins, and arrows, which fell like a hurricane on the
+troops, and the mountains rang to the wild war-whoop of the
+enemy.  The Spaniards, taken by surprise, and many of them sorely
+wounded, were staggered; and, though they quickly rallied, and
+made two attempts to renew the assault, they were at length
+obliged to fall back, unable to endure the violence of the storm.
+To add to their confusion, the lower level in their rear was
+flooded by the waters, which the natives, by opening the sluices,
+had diverted from the bed of the river, so that their position
+was no longer tenable. *34 A council of war was then held, and it
+was decided to abandon the attack as desperate, and to retreat in
+as good order as possible.
+
+[Footnote 33: "Parecia el Inga a caballo entre su gente, con su
+lanca en la mano." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 8, cap.
+7.]
+[Footnote 34: "Pues hechos dos o tres acometimientos a tomar este
+pueblo tantas vezes nos hizieron bolver dando de manos.  Ansi
+estuvimos todo este dia hasta puesta de sol; os indios sin
+entendello nos hechavan el rrio en el llano donde estavamos, y
+aguardar mas perescieramos aqui todos." Pedro Pizarro Descub. y
+Conq. Ms.]
+
+The day had been consumed in these ineffectual operations; and
+Hernando, under cover of the friendly darkness, sent forward his
+infantry and baggage, taking command of the centre himself, and
+trusting the rear to his brother Gonzalo.  The river was happily
+recrossed without accident, although the enemy, now confident in
+their strength, rushed out of their defences, and followed up the
+retreating Spaniards, whom they annoyed with repeated discharges
+of arrows.  More than once they pressed so closely on the
+fugitives, that Gonzalo and his chivalry were compelled to turn
+and make one of those desperate charges that effectually punished
+their audacity, and stayed the tide of pursuit.  Yet the
+victorious foe still hung on the rear of the discomfited
+cavaliers, till they had emerged from the mountain passes, and
+come within sight of the blackened walls of the capital.  It was
+the last triumph of the Inca. *35
+
+[Footnote 35: Ibid., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib.
+8, cap. 7.]
+
+Among the manuscripts for which I am indebted to the liberality
+of that illustrious Spanish scholar, the lamented Navarrete, the
+most remarkable, in connection with this history, is the work of
+Pedro Pizarro; Relaciones del Descubrimiento y Conquista de los
+Reynos del Peru.  But a single copy of this important document
+appears to have been preserved, the existence of which was but
+little known till it came into the hands of Senor de Navarrete;
+though it did not escape the indefatigable researches of Herrera,
+as is evident from the mention of several incidents, some of them
+having personal relation to Pedro Pizarro himself, which the
+historian of the Indies could have derived through no other
+channel.  The manuscript has lately been given to the public as
+part of the inestimable collection of historical documents now in
+process of publication at Madrid, under auspices which, we may
+trust, will insure its success.  As the printed work did not
+reach me till my present labors were far advanced, I have
+preferred to rely on the manuscript copy for the brief remainder
+of my narrative, as I had been compelled to do for the previous
+portion of it.
+
+Nothing, that I am aware of, is known respecting the author, but
+what is to be gleaned from incidental notices of himself in his
+own history. He was born at Toledo in Estremadura, the fruitful
+province of adventurers to the New World, whence the family of
+Francis Pizarro, to which Pedro was allied, also emigrated.  When
+that chief came over to undertake the conquest of Peru, after
+receiving his commission from the emperor in 1529, Pedro Pizarro,
+then only fifteen years of age, accompanied him in quality of
+page.  For three years he remained attached to the household of
+his commander, and afterwards continued to follow his banner as a
+soldier of fortune.  He was present at most of the memorable
+events of the Conquest, and seems to have possessed in a great
+degree the confidence of his leader, who employed him on some
+difficult missions, in which he displayed coolness and gallantry.
+It is true, we must take the author's own word for all this.  But
+he tells his exploits with an air of honesty, and without any
+extraordinary effort to set them off in undue relief.  He speaks
+of himself in the third person, and, as his manuscript was not
+intended solely for posterity, he would hardly have ventured on
+great misrepresentation, where fraud could so easily have been
+exposed.
+After the Conquest, our author still remained attached to the
+fortunes of his commander, and stood by him through all the
+troubles which ensued; and on the assassination of that chief, he
+withdrew to Arequipa, to enjoy in quiet the repartimiento of
+lands and Indians, which had been bestowed on him as the
+recompense of his services.  He was there on the breaking out of
+the great rebellion under Gonzalo Pizarro.  But he was true to
+his allegiance, and chose rather, as he tells us, to be false to
+his name and his lineage than to his loyalty.  Gonzalo, in
+retaliation, seized his estates, and would have proceeded to
+still further extremities against him, when Pedro Pizarro had
+fallen into his hands at Lima, but for the interposition of his
+lieutenant, the famous Francisco de Carbajal, to whom the
+chronicler had once the good fortune to render an important
+service.  This, Carbajal requited by sparing his life on two
+occasions, - but on the second coolly remarked, "No man has a
+right to a brace of lives; and if you fall into my hands a third
+time, God only can grant you another." Happily, Pizarro did not
+find occasion to put this menace to the test.  After the
+pacification of the country, he again retired to Arequipa; but,
+from the querulous tone of his remarks, it would seem he was not
+fully reinstated in the possessions he had sacrificed by his
+loyal devotion to government.  The last we hear of him is in
+1571, the date which he assigns as that of the completion of his
+history.
+Pedro Pizarro's narrative covers the whole ground of the
+Conquest, from the date of the first expedition that sallied out
+from Panama, to the troubles that ensued on the departure of
+President Gasca.  The first part of the work was gathered from
+the testimony of others, and, of course, cannot claim the
+distinction of rising to the highest class of evidence. But all
+that follows the return of Francis Pizarro from Castile, all, in
+short, which constitutes the conquest of the country, may be said
+to be reported on his own observation, as an eyewitness and an
+actor.  This gives to his narrative a value to which it could
+have no pretensions on the score of its literary execution.
+Pizarro was a soldier, with as little education, probably, as
+usually falls to those who have been trained from youth in this
+rough school, - the most unpropitious in the world to both mental
+and moral progress.  He had the good sense, more over, not to
+aspire to an excellence which he could not reach.  There is no
+ambition of fine writing in his chronicle; there are none of
+those affectations of ornament which only make more glaring the
+beggarly condition of him who assumes them.  His object was
+simply to tell the story of the Conquest, as he had seen it.  He
+was to deal with facts, not with words, which he wisely left to
+those who came into the field after the laborers had quitted it,
+to garner up what they could at second hand.
+Pizarro's situation may be thought to have necessarily exposed
+him to party influences, and thus given an undue bias to his
+narrative.  It is not difficult, indeed, to determine under whose
+banner he had enlisted. He writes like a partisan, and yet like
+an honest one, who is no further warped from a correct judgment
+of passing affairs than must necessarily come from preconceived
+opinions.  There is no management to work a conviction in his
+reader on this side or the other, still less any obvious
+perversion of fact.  He evidently believes what he says, and this
+is the great point to be desired.  We can make allowance for the
+natural influences of his position.  Were he more impartial than
+this, the critic of the present day, by making allowance for a
+greater amount of prejudice and partiality, might only be led
+into error.
+
+Pizarro is not only independent, but occasionally caustic in his
+condemnation of those under whom he acted.  This is particularly
+the case where their measures bear too unfavorably on his own
+interests, or those of the army.  As to the unfortunate natives,
+he no more regards their sufferings than the Jews of old did
+those of the Philistines, whom they considered as delivered up to
+their swords, and whose lands they regarded as their lawful
+heritage.  There is no mercy shown by the hard Conqueror in his
+treatment of the infidel.
+
+Pizarro was the representative of the age in which he lived.  Yet
+it is too much to cast such obloquy on the age.  He represented
+more truly the spirit of the fierce warriors who overturned the
+dynasty of the Incas. He was not merely a crusader, fighting to
+extend the empire of the Cross over the darkened heathen.  Gold
+was his great object; the estimate by which he judged of the
+value of the Conquest; the recompense that he asked for a life of
+toil and danger.  It was with these golden visions, far more than
+with visions of glory, above all, of celestial glory, that the
+Peruvian adventurer fed his gross and worldly imagination.
+Pizarro did not rise above his caste.  Neither did he rise above
+it in a mental view, any more than in a moral.  His history
+displays no great penetration, or vigor and comprehension of
+though.  It is the work of a soldier, telling simply his tale of
+blood.  Its value is, that it is told by him who acted it.  And
+this, to the modern compiler, renders it of higher worth than far
+abler productions at second hand.  It is the rude ore, which,
+submitted to the regular process of purification and refinement,
+may receive the current stamp that fits it for general
+circulation.
+
+Another authority, to whom I have occasionally referred, and
+whose writings still slumber in manuscript, is the Licentiate
+Fernando Montesinos.  He is, in every respect, the opposite of
+the military chronicler who has just come under our notice.  He
+flourished about a century after the Conquest.  Of course, the
+value of his writings as an authority for historical facts must
+depend on his superior opportunities for consulting original
+documents.  For this his advantages were great. He was twice sent
+in an official capacity to Peru, which required him to visit the
+different parts of the country.  These two missions occupied
+fifteen years; so that, while his position gave him access to the
+colonial archives and literary repositories, he was enabled to
+verify his researches, to some extent, by actual observation of
+the country.
+The result was his two historical works, Memorias Antiguas
+Historiales del Peru, and his Annales, sometimes cited in these
+pages. The former is taken up with the early history of the
+country, - very early, it must be admitted, since it goes back to
+the deluge.  The first part of this treatise is chiefly occupied
+with an argument to show the identity of Peru with the golden
+Ophir of Solomon's time!  This hypothesis, by no means original
+with the author, may give no unfair notion of the character of
+his mind.  In the progress of his work he follows down the line
+of Inca princes, whose exploits, and names even, by no means
+coincide with Garcilasso's catalogue; a circumstance, however,
+far from establishing their inaccuracy.  But one will have little
+doubt of the writer's title to this reproach, that reads the
+absurd legends told in the grave tone of reliance by Montesinos,
+who shared largely in the credulity and the love of the
+marvellous which belong to an earlier and less enlightened age.
+
+These same traits are visible in his Annals, which are devoted
+exclusively to the Conquest.  Here, indeed, the author, after his
+cloudy flight, has descended on firm ground, where gross
+violations of truth, or, at least, of probability, are not to be
+expected.  But any one who has occasion to compare his narrative
+with that of contemporary writers will find frequent cause to
+distrust it.  Yet Montesinos has one merit.  In his extensive
+researches, he became acquainted with original instruments, which
+he has occasionally transferred to his own pages, and which it
+would be now difficult to meet elsewhere.
+
+His writings have been commended by some of his learned
+countrymen, as showing diligent research and information.  My own
+experience would not assign them a high rank as historical
+vouchers.  They seem to me entitled to little praise, either for
+the accuracy of their statements, or the sagacity of their
+reflections.  The spirit of cold indifference which they manifest
+to the sufferings of the natives is an odious feature, for which
+there is less apology in a writer of the seventeenth century than
+in one of the primitive Conquerors, whose passions had been
+inflamed by long-protracted hostility.  M. Ternaux-Compans has
+translated the Memorias Antiguas with his usual elegance and
+precision, for his collection of original documents relating to
+the New World.  He speaks in the Preface of doing the same kind
+office to the Annales, at a future time.  I am not aware that he
+has done this; and I cannot but think that the excellent
+translator may find a better subject for his labors in some of
+the rich collection of the Munoz manuscripts in his possession.
+
+
+
+
+Book IV: Civil Wars Of The Conquerors
+
+
+
+
+Chapter I
+
+Almagro's March To Chili. - Suffering Of The Troops. - He Returns
+And Seizes Cuzco. - Action Of Abancay. - Gaspar De Espinosa. -
+Almagro Leaves Cuzco. - Negotiations With Pizarro.
+
+1535-1537.
+
+
+While the events recorded in the preceding chapter were passing,
+the Marshal Almagro was engaged in his memorable expedition to
+Chili.  He had set out, as we have seen, with only part of his
+forces, leaving his lieutenant to follow him with the remainder.
+During the first part of the way, he profited by the great
+military road of the Incas, which stretched across the table-land
+far towards the south.  But as he drew near to Chili, the Spanish
+commander became entangled in the defiles of the mountains, where
+no vestige of a road was to be discerned.  Here his progress was
+impeded by all the obstacles which belong to the wild scenery of
+the Cordilleras; deep and ragged ravines, round whose sides a
+slender sheep-path wound up to a dizzy height over the precipices
+below; rivers rushing in fury down the slopes of the mountains,
+and throwing themselves in stupendous cataracts into the yawning
+abyss; dark forests of pine that seemed to have no end, and then
+again long reaches of desolate table-land, without so much as a
+bush or shrub to shelter the shivering traveller from the blast
+that swept down from the frozen summits of the sierra.
+
+The cold was so intense, that many lost the nails of their
+fingers, their fingers themselves. and sometimes their limbs.
+Others were blinded by the dazzling waste of snow, reflecting the
+rays of a sun made intolerably brilliant in the thin atmosphere
+of these elevated regions. Hunger came, as usual, in the train of
+woes; for in these dismal solitudes no vegetation that would
+suffice for the food of man was visible, and no living thing,
+except only the great bird of the Andes, hovering over their
+heads in expectation of his banquet.  This was too frequently
+afforded by the number of wretched Indians, who, unable, from the
+scantiness of their clothing, to encounter the severity of the
+climate, perished by the way. Such was the pressure of hunger,
+that the miserable survivors fed on the dead bodies of their
+countrymen, and the Spaniards forced a similar sustenance from
+the carcasses of their horses, literally frozen to death in the
+mountain passes. *1 - Such were the terrible penalties which
+Nature imposed on those who rashly intruded on these her solitary
+and most savage haunts.
+
+[Footnote 1: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 10, cap. 1 - 3.
+- Oviedo Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 9, cap. 4. -
+Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+Yet their own sufferings do not seem to have touched the hearts
+of the Spaniards with any feeling of compassion for the weaker
+natives. Their path was everywhere marked by burnt and desolated
+hamlets, the inhabitants of which were compelled to do them
+service as beasts of burden.  They were chained together in gangs
+of ten or twelve, and no infirmity or feebleness of body excused
+the unfortunate captive from his full share of the common toil,
+till he sometimes dropped dead, in his very chains, from mere
+exhaustion! *2 Alvarado's company are accused of having been more
+cruel than Pizarro's; and many of Almagro's men, it may be
+remembered, were recruited from that source. The commander looked
+with displeasure, it is said, on these enormities, and did what
+he could to repress them.  Yet he did not set a good example in
+his own conduct, if it be true that he caused no less than thirty
+Indian chiefs to be burnt alive, for the massacre of three of his
+followers! *3 The heart sickens at the recital of such atrocities
+perpetrated on an unoffending people, or, at least, guilty of no
+other crime than that of defending their own soil too well.
+
+[Footnote 2: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.
+
+The writer must have made one on this expedition, as he speaks
+from personal observation.  The poor natives had at least one
+friend in the Christian camp.  "I si en el Real havia algun
+Espanol que era buen rancheador i cruel i matava muchos Indios
+tenianle por buen hombre i en grand reputacion i el que era
+inclinado a hacer bien i a hacer buenos tratamientos a los
+naturales i los favorecia no era tenido en tan buena estima, he
+apuntado esto que vi con mis ejos i en que por mis pecados anduve
+porque entiendan los que esto leyeren que de la manera que aqui
+digo i con mayores crueldades harto se hizo esta jornada i
+descubrimiento de Chile"]
+
+[Footnote 3: "I para castigarlos por la muerte destos tres
+Espanoles juntolos en un aposento donde estava aposentado i mando
+cavalgar la jente de cavallo i la de apie que guardasen las
+puertas i todos estuviesen apercividos i los prendio i en
+conclusion hizo quemar mas de 30 senores vivos atados cada uno a
+su palo" (Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.) Oviedo, who always shows
+the hard feeling of the colonist, excuses this on the old plea of
+necessity, - fue necesario este castigo, - and adds, that after
+this a Spaniard might send a messenger from one end of the
+country to the other, without fear of injury Hist. de las Indias,
+Ms, Parte 3 lib. 9, cap. 4.]
+
+There is something in the possession of superior strength most
+dangerous, in a moral view, to its possessor.  Brought in contact
+with semi-civilized man, the European, with his endowments and
+effective force so immeasurably superior, holds him as little
+higher than the brute, and as born equally for his service.  He
+feels that he has a natural right, as it were, to his obedience,
+and that this obedience is to be measured, not by the powers of
+the barbarian, but by the will of his conqueror. Resistance
+becomes a crime to be washed out only in the blood of the victim.
+The tale of such atrocities is not confined to the Spaniard.
+Wherever the civilized man and the savage have come in contact,
+in the East or in the West, the story has been too often written
+in blood.
+
+From the wild chaos of mountain scenery the Spaniards emerged on
+the green vale of Coquimbo, about the thirtieth degree of south
+latitude. Here they halted to refresh themselves in its abundant
+plains, after their unexampled sufferings and fatigues.
+Meanwhile Almagro despatched an officer with a strong party in
+advance, to ascertain the character of the country towards the
+south.  Not long after, he was cheered by the arrival of the
+remainder of his forces under his lieutenant Rodrigo de Orgonez.
+This was a remarkable person, and intimately connected with the
+subsequent fortunes of Almagro.
+
+He was a native of Oropesa, had been trained in the Italian wars,
+and held the rank of ensign in the army of the Constable of
+Bourbon at the famous sack of Rome.  It was a good school in
+which to learn his iron trade, and to steel the heart against any
+too ready sensibility to human suffering.  Orgonez was an
+excellent soldier; true to his commander, prompt, fearless, and
+unflinching in the execution of his orders.  His services
+attracted the notice of the Crown, and, shortly after this
+period, he was raised to the rank of Marshal of New Toledo.  Yet
+it may be doubted whether his character did not qualify him for
+an executive and subordinate station rather than for one of
+higher responsibility.
+
+Almagro received also the royal warrant, conferring on him his
+new powers and territorial jurisdiction.  The instrument had been
+detained by the Pizarros to the very last moment.  His troops,
+long since disgusted with their toilsome and unprofitable march,
+were now clamorous to return. Cuzco, they said, undoubtedly fell
+within the limits of his government, and it was better to take
+possession of its comfortable quarters than to wander like
+outcasts in this dreary wilderness.  They reminded their
+commander that thus only could he provide for the interests of
+his son Diego.  This was an illegitimate son of Almagro, on whom
+his father doated with extravagant fondness, justified more than
+usual by the promising character of the youth.
+
+After an absence of about two months, the officer sent on the
+exploring expedition returned, bringing unpromising accounts of
+the southern regions of Chili.  The only land of promise for the
+Castilian was one that teemed with gold. *4 He had penetrated to
+the distance of a hundred leagues, to the limits, probably, of
+the conquests of the Incas on the river Maule. *5 The Spaniards
+had fortunately stopped short of the land of Arauco, where the
+blood of their countrymen was soon after to be poured out like
+water, and which still maintains a proud independence amidst the
+general humiliation of the Indian races around it.
+
+[Footnote 4: It is the language of a Spaniard; "i como no le
+parecio bien la tierra por no ser quajada de oro." Conq. i Pob.
+del Piru, Ms.]
+[Footnote 5: According to Oviedo, a hundred and fifty leagues,
+and very near, as they told him, to the end of the world; cerca
+del fin del mundo. (Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 9,
+cap. 5.) One must not expect to meet with very accurate notions
+of geography in the rude soldiers of America]
+
+Almagro now yielded, with little reluctance, to the renewed
+importunities of the soldiers, and turned his face towards the
+North.  It is unnecessary to follow his march in detail.
+Disheartened by the difficulty of the mountain passage, he took
+the road along the coast, which led him across the great desert
+of Atacama.  In crossing this dreary waste, which stretches for
+nearly a hundred leagues to the northern borders of Chili, with
+hardly a green spot in its expanse to relieve the fainting
+traveller, Almagro and his men experienced as great sufferings,
+though not of the same kind, as those which they had encountered
+in the passes of the Cordilleras.  Indeed, the captain would not
+easily be found at this day, who would venture to lead his army
+across this dreary region. But the Spaniard of the sixteenth
+century had a strength of limb and a buoyancy of spirit which
+raised him to a contempt of obstacles, almost justifying the
+boast of the historian, that "he contended indifferently, at the
+same time, with man, with the elements, and with famine!" *6
+[Footnote 6: "Peleando en un tiempo con los Enemigos, con los
+Elementos, i con la Hambre." Herrera, Hist General, dec. 5, lib.
+10, cap. 2]
+After traversing the terrible desert, Almagro reached the ancient
+town of Arequipa, about sixty leagues from Cuzco.  Here he
+learned with astonishment the insurrection of the Peruvians, and
+further, that the young Inca Manco still lay with a formidable
+force at no great distance from the capital.  He had once been on
+friendly terms with the Peruvian prince, and he now resolved,
+before proceeding farther, to send an embassy to his camp, and
+arrange an interview with him in the neighbourhood of Cuzco.
+
+Almagro's emissaries were well received by the Inca, who alleged
+his grounds of complaint against the Pizarros, and named the vale
+of Yucay as the place where he would confer with the marshal.
+The Spanish commander accordingly resumed his march, and, taking
+one half of his force, whose whole number fell somewhat short of
+five hundred men, he repaired in person to the place of
+rendezvous; while the remainder of his army established their
+quarters at Urcos, about six leagues from the capital. *7
+[Footnote 7: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Conq. i Pob.
+del Piru, Ms. - Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib.
+9, cap. 6]
+The Spaniards in Cuzco, startled by the appearance of this fresh
+body of troops in their neighbourhood, doubted, when they learned
+the quarter whence they came, whether it betided them good or
+evil.  Hernando Pizarro marched out of the city with a small
+force, and, drawing near to Urcos, heard with no little
+uneasiness of Almagro's purpose to insist on his pretensions to
+Cuzco.  Though much inferior in strength to his rival, he
+determined to resist him.
+
+Meanwhile, the Peruvians, who had witnessed the conference
+between the soldiers of the opposite camps, suspected some secret
+understanding between the parties, which would compromise the
+safety of the Inca.  They communicated their distrust to Manco,
+and the latter, adopting the same sentiments, or perhaps, from
+the first, meditating a surprise of the Spaniards, suddenly fell
+upon the latter in the valley of Yucay with a body of fifteen
+thousand men. But the veterans of Chili were too familiar with
+Indian tactics to be taken by surprise.  And though a sharp
+engagement ensued, which lasted more than an hour, in which
+Orgonez had a horse killed under him, the natives were finally
+driven back with great slaughter, and the Inca was so far
+crippled by the blow, that he was not likely for the present to
+give further molestation. *8
+[Footnote 8: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 3, cap. 4. - Conq. i
+Pob. del Piru, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 21.]
+
+Almagro, now joining the division left at Urcos, saw no further
+impediment to his operations on Cuzco.  He sent, at once, an
+embassy to the municipality of the place, requiring the
+recognition of him as its lawful governor, and presenting at the
+same time a copy of his credentials from the Crown.  But the
+question of jurisdiction was not one easy to be settled,
+depending, as it did, on a knowledge of the true parallels of
+latitude, not very likely to be possessed by the rude followers
+of Pizarro.  The royal grant had placed under his jurisdiction
+all the country extending two hundred and seventy leagues south
+of the river of Santiago, situated one degree and twenty minutes
+north of the equator. Two hundred and seventy leagues on the
+meridian, by our measurement, would fall more than a degree short
+of Cuzco, and, indeed, would barely include the city of Lima
+itself.  But the Spanish leagues, of only seventeen and a half to
+a degree, *9 would remove the southern boundary to nearly half a
+degree beyond the capital of the Incas, which would thus fall
+within the jurisdiction of Pizarro. *10 Yet the division-line ran
+so close to the disputed ground, that the true result might
+reasonably be doubted, where no careful scientific observations
+had been made to obtain it; and each party was prompt to assert,
+as they always are in such cases, that its own claim was clear
+and unquestionable. *11
+
+[Footnote 9: "Contando diez i siete leg as i media por grado."
+Herrera Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 3, cap. 5.]
+
+[Footnote 10: The government had endeavoured early to provide
+against any dispute in regard to the limits of the respective
+jurisdictions.  The language of the original grants gave room to
+some misunderstanding; and, as early as 1536, Fray Jomas de
+Berlanga, Bishop of Tierra Firme, had been sent to Lima with full
+powers to determine the question of boundary, by fixing the
+latitude of the river of Santiago, and measuring two hundred and
+seventy leagues south on the meridian.  But Pizarro, having
+engaged Almagro in his Chili expedition, did not care to revive
+the question, and the Bishop returned, re infecta, to his
+diocese, with strong feelings of disgust towards the governor.
+Ibid., dec. 6, lib. 3, cap. 1.]
+[Footnote 11: "All say," says Oviedo, in a letter to the emperor,
+"that Cuzco falls within the territory of Almagro." Oviedo was,
+probably, the best-informed man in the colonies.  Yet this was an
+error.  Carta desde Sto. Domingo, Ms., 25 de Oct. 1539.]
+
+Thus summoned by Almagro, the authorities of Cuzco, unwilling to
+give umbrage to either of the contending chiefs, decided that
+they must wait until they could take counsel - which they
+promised to do at once - with certain pilots better instructed
+than themselves in the position of the Santiago.  Meanwhile, a
+truce was arranged between the parties, each solemnly engaging to
+abstain from hostile measures, and to remain quiet in their
+present quarters.
+
+The weather now set in cold and rainy.  Almagro's soldiers,
+greatly discontented with their position, flooded as it was by
+the waters, were quick to discover that Hernando Pizarro was
+busily employed in strengthening himself in the city, contrary to
+agreement.  They also learned with dismay, that a large body of
+men, sent by the governor from Lima, under command of Alonso de
+Alvarado, was on the march to relieve Cuzco.  They exclaimed that
+they were betrayed, and that the truce had been only an artifice
+to secure their inactivity until the arrival of the expected
+succours.  In this state of excitement, it was not very difficult
+to persuade their commander - too ready to surrender his own
+judgment to the rash advisers around him - to violate the treaty,
+and take possession of the capital. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: According to Zarate, Almagro, on entering the
+capital, found no appearance of the designs imputed to Hernando,
+and exclaimed that "he had been deceived." (Conq. del Peru, lib.
+3, cap. 4.) He was probably easy of faith in the matter.]
+
+Under cover of a dark and stormy night (April 8th, 1537), he
+entered the place without opposition, made himself master of the
+principal church, established strong parties of cavalry at the
+head of the great avenues to prevent surprise, and detached
+Orgonez with a body of infantry to force the dwelling of Hernando
+Pizarro.  That captain was lodged with his brother Gonzalo in one
+of the large halls built by the Incas for public diversions, with
+immense doors of entrance that opened on the plaza.  It was
+garrisoned by about twenty soldiers, who, as the gates were burst
+open, stood stoutly to the defence of their leader.  A smart
+struggle ensued, in which some lives were lost, till at length
+Orgonez, provoked by the obstinate resistance, set fire to the
+combustible roof of the building.  It was speedily in flames, and
+the burning rafters falling on the heads of the inmates, they
+forced their reluctant leader to an unconditional surrender.
+Scarcely had the Spaniards left the building, when the whole roof
+fell in with a tremendous crash. *13
+
+[Footnote 13: Carta de Espinall, Tesorero de N. Toledo, 15 de
+Junio, 1539. - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3,
+lib. 8, cap. 21.]
+Almagro was now master of Cuzco.  He ordered the Pizarros, with
+fifteen or twenty of the principal cavaliers, to be secured and
+placed in confinement.  Except so far as required for securing
+his authority, he does not seem to have been guilty of acts of
+violence to the inhabitants, *14 and he installed one of
+Pizarro's most able officers, Gabriel de Rojas, in the government
+of the city.  The municipality, whose eyes were now open to the
+validity of Almagro's pretensions, made no further scruple to
+recognize his title to Cuzco.
+
+[Footnote 14: So it would appear from the general testimony; yet
+Pedro Pizarro, one of the opposite faction, and among those
+imprisoned by Almagro, complains that that chief plundered them
+of their horses and other property.  Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+The marshal's first step was to send a message to Alonso de
+Alvarado's camp, advising that officer of his occupation of the
+city, and requiring his obedience to him, as its legitimate
+master.  Alvarado was lying, with a body of five hundred men,
+horse and foot, at Xauxa, about thirteen leagues from the
+capital.  He had been detached several months previously for the
+relief of Cuzco; but had, most unaccountably, and, as it proved,
+most unfortunately for the Peruvian capital, remained at Xauxa
+with the alleged motive of protecting that settlement and the
+surrounding country against the insurgents. *15 He now showed
+himself loyal to his commander; and, when Almagro's ambassadors
+reached his camp, he put them in irons, and sent advice of what
+had been done to the governor at Lima.
+[Footnote 15: Pizarro's secretary Picado had an encomienda in
+that neighbourhood, and Alvarado, who was under personal
+obligations to him, remained there, it is said, at his
+instigation.  (Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 8, cap. 7.)
+Alvarado was a good officer, and largely trusted, both before and
+after, by the Pizarros; and we may presume there was some
+explanation of his conduct, of which we are not possessed.]
+Almagro, offended by the detention of his emissaries, prepared at
+once to march against Alonso de Alvarado, and take more effectual
+means to bring him to submission.  His lieutenant, Orgonez,
+strongly urged him before his departure to strike off the heads
+of the Pizarros, alleging, "that, while they lived, his
+commander's life would never be safe"; and concluding with the
+Spanish proverb, "Dead men never bite." *16 But the marshal,
+though he detested Hernando in his heart, shrunk from so violent
+a measure; and, independently of other considerations, he had
+still an attachment for his old associate, Francis Pizarro, and
+was unwilling to sever the ties between them for ever.
+Contenting himself, therefore, with placing his prisoners under
+strong guard in one of the stone buildings belonging to the House
+of the Sun, he put himself at the head of his forces, and left
+the capital in quest of Alvarado.
+
+[Footnote 16: "El muerto no mordia." Ibid., dec. 6, lib. 2, cap.
+8.]
+That officer had now taken up a position on the farther side of
+the Rio de Abancay, where he lay, with the strength of his little
+army, in front of a bridge, by which its rapid waters are
+traversed, while a strong detachment occupied a spot commanding a
+ford lower down the river.  But in this detachment was a cavalier
+of much consideration in the army, Pedro de Lerma, who, from some
+pique against his commander, had entered into treasonable
+correspondence with the opposite party.  By his advice, Almagro,
+on reaching the border of the river, established himself against
+the bridge in face of Alvarado, as if prepared to force a
+passage, thus concentrating his adversary's attention on that
+point.  But, when darkness had set in, he detached a large body
+under Orgonez to pass the ford, and operate in concert with
+Lerma.  Orgonez executed this commission with his usual
+promptness.  The ford was crossed, though the current ran so
+swiftly, that several of his men were swept away by it, and
+perished in the waters.  Their leader received a severe wound
+himself in the mouth, as he was gaining the opposite bank, but,
+nothing daunted, he cheered on his men, and fell with fury on the
+enemy.  He was speedily joined by Lerma, and such of the soldiers
+as he had gained over, and, unable to distinguish friend from
+foe, the enemy's confusion was complete.
+
+Meanwhile, Alvarado, roused by the noise of the attack on this
+quarter, hastened to the support of his officer, when Almagro,
+seizing the occasion, pushed across the bridge, dispersed the
+small body left to defend it, and, falling on Alvarado's rear,
+that general saw himself hemmed in on all sides.  The struggle
+did not last long; and the unfortunate chief, uncertain on whom
+he could rely, surrendered with all his force, - those only
+excepted who had already deserted to the enemy. Such was the
+battle of Abancay, as it was called, from the river on whose
+banks it was fought, on the twelfth of July, 1537.  Never was a
+victory more complete, or achieved with less cost of life; and
+Almagro marched back, with an array of prisoners scarcely
+inferior to his own army in number, in triumph to Cuzco. *17
+
+[Footnote 17: Carta de Francisco Pizarro al Obispo de Tierra
+Firme, Ms., 28 de Agosto, 1539. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq.,
+Ms. - Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., ubi supra. - Conq. i Pob.
+del Piru, Ms. - Carta de Espinall, Ms.]
+
+While the events related in the preceding pages were passing,
+Francisco Pizarro had remained at Lima, anxiously awaiting the
+arrival of the reinforcements which he had requested, to enable
+him to march to the relief of the beleaguered capital of the
+Incas.  His appeal had not been unanswered.  Among the rest was a
+corps of two hundred and fifty men, led by the Licentiate Gaspar
+de Espinosa, one of the three original associates, it may be
+remembered, who engaged in the conquest of Peru.  He had now left
+his own residence at Panama, and came in person, for the first
+time, it would seem, to revive the drooping fortunes of his
+confederates.  Pizarro received also a vessel laden with
+provisions, military stores, and other necessary supplies,
+besides a rich wardrobe for himself, from Cortes, the Conqueror
+of Mexico, who generously stretched forth his hand to aid his
+kinsman in the hour of need. *18
+[Footnote 18: "Fernando Cortes embio con Rodrigo de Grijalva en
+vn proprio Navio suio, desde la Nueva Espana, muchas Armas,
+Tiros, Jaeces, Aderecos, Vestidos de Seda, i vna Ropa de Martas."
+Gomara, Hist de las Ind., cap. 136.]
+
+With a force amounting to four hundred and fifty men, half of
+them cavalry, the governor quitted Lima, and began his march on
+the Inca capital.  He had not advanced far, when he received
+tidings of the return of Almagro, the seizure of Cuzco, and the
+imprisonment of his brothers; and, before he had time to recover
+from this astounding intelligence, he learned the total defeat
+and capture of Alvarado.  Filled with consternation at these
+rapid successes of his rival, he now returned in all haste to
+Lima, which he put in the best posture of defence, to secure it
+against the hostile movements, not unlikely, as he thought, to be
+directed against that capital itself.  Meanwhile, far from
+indulging in impotent sallies of resentment, or in complaints of
+his ancient comrade, he only lamented that Almagro should have
+resorted to these violent measures for the settlement of their
+dispute, and this less - if we may take his word for it - from
+personal considerations than from the prejudice it might do to
+the interests of the Crown. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 2, cap. 7]
+But, while busily occupied with warlike preparations, he did not
+omit to try the effect of negotiation.  He sent an embassy to
+Cuzco, consisting of several persons in whose discretion he
+placed the greatest confidence, with Espinosa at their head, as
+the party most interested in an amicable arrangement.
+
+The licentiate, on his arrival, did not find Almagro in as
+favorable a mood for an accommodation as he could have wished.
+Elated by his recent successes, he now aspired not only to the
+possession of Cuzco, but of Lima itself, as falling within the
+limits of his jurisdiction.  It was in vain that Espinosa urged
+the propriety, by every argument which prudence could suggest, of
+moderating his demands.  His claims upon Cuzco, at least, were
+not to be shaken, and he declared himself ready to peril his life
+in maintaining them.  The licentiate coolly replied by quoting
+the pithy Castilian proverb, El vencido vencido, y el vencidor
+perdido; "The vanquished vanquished, and the victor undone."
+
+What influence the temperate arguments of the licentiate might
+eventually have had on the heated imagination of the soldier is
+doubtful; but unfortunately for the negotiation, it was abruptly
+terminated by the death of Espinosa himself, which took place
+most unexpectedly, though, strange to say, in those times,
+without the imputation of poison. *20 He was a great loss to the
+parties in the existing fermentation of their minds; for he had
+the weight of character which belongs to wise and moderate
+counsels, and a deeper interest than any other man in
+recommending them.
+
+[Footnote 20: Carta de Pizarro al Obispo de Tierra Firme, Ms. -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 2, cap. 13. - Carta de
+Espinall, Ms.]
+The name of Espinosa is memorable in history from his early
+connection with the expedition to Peru, which, but for the
+seasonable, though secret, application of his funds, could not
+then have been compassed.  He had long been a resident in the
+Spanish colonies of Tierra Firme and Panama, where he had served
+in various capacities, sometimes as a legal functionary presiding
+in the courts of justice, *21 and not unfrequently as an
+efficient leader in the early expeditions of conquest and
+discovery.  In these manifold vocations he acquired high
+reputation for probity, intelligence, and courage, and his death
+at the present crisis was undoubtedly the most unfortunate event
+that could befall the country.
+
+[Footnote 21: He incurred some odium as presiding officer in the
+trial and condemnation of the unfortunate Vasco Nunez de Balboa.
+But it must be allowed, that he made great efforts to resist the
+tyrannical proceedings of Pedrarias, and he earnestly recommended
+the prisoner to mercy.  See Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 2, lib.
+2, cap. 21, 22.]
+
+All attempt at negotiation was now abandoned; and Almagro
+announced his purpose to descend to the sea-coast, where he could
+plant a colony and establish a port for himself.  This would
+secure him the means, so essential, of communication with the
+mother-country, and here he would resume negotiations for the
+settlement of his dispute with Pizarro. Before quitting Cuzco, he
+sent Orgonez with a strong force against the Inca, not caring to
+leave the capital exposed in his absence to further annoyance
+from that quarter.
+
+But the Inca, discouraged by his late discomfiture, and unable,
+perhaps, to rally in sufficient strength for resistance,
+abandoned his strong-hold at Tambo, and retreated across the
+mountains.  He was hotly pursued by Orgonez over hill and valley,
+till, deserted by his followers, and with only one of his wives
+to bear him company, the royal fugitive took shelter in the
+remote fastnesses of the Andes. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Conq. i Pob.
+de Piru Ms.]
+
+Before leaving the capital, Orgonez again urged his commander to
+strike off the heads of the Pizarros, and then march at once upon
+Lima. By this decisive step he would bring the war to an issue,
+and for ever secure himself from the insidious machinations of
+his enemies.  But, in the mean time, a new friend had risen up to
+the captive brothers.  This was Diego de Alvarado, brother of
+that Pedro, who, as mentioned in a preceding chapter, had
+conducted the unfortunate expedition to Quito. After his
+brother's departure, Diego had attached himself to the fortunes
+of Almagro, had accompanied him to Chili, and, as he was a
+cavalier of birth, and possessed of some truly noble qualities,
+he had gained deserved ascendency over his commander.  Alvarado
+had frequently visited Hernando Pizarro in his confinement,
+where, to beguile the tediousness of captivity, he amused himself
+with gaming, - the passion of the Spaniard. They played deep, and
+Alvarado lost the enormous sum of eighty thousand gold
+castellanos.  He was prompt in paying the debt, but Hernando
+Pizarro peremptorily declined to receive the money.  By this
+politic generosity, he secured an important advocate in the
+council of Almagro.  It stood him now in good stead.  Alvarado
+represented to the marshal, that such a measure as that urged by
+Orgonez would not only outrage the feelings of his followers, but
+would ruin his fortunes by the indignation it must excite at
+court.  When Almagro acquiesced in these views, as in truth most
+grateful to his own nature, Orgonez, chagrined at his
+determination, declared that the day would come when he would
+repent this mistaken lenity.  "A Pizarro," he said, "was never
+known to forget an injury; and that which they had already
+received from Almagro was too deep for them to forgive."
+Prophetic words!
+
+On leaving Cuzco, the marshal gave orders that Gonzalo Pizarro
+and the other prisoners should be detained in strict custody.
+Hernando he took with him, closely guarded, on his march.
+Descending rapidly towards the coast, he reached the pleasant
+vale of Chincha in the latter part of August.  Here he occupied
+himself with laying the foundations of a town bearing his own
+name, which might serve as a counterpart to the City of the
+Kings, - thus bidding defiance, as it were, to his rival on his
+own borders.  While occupied in this manner, he received the
+unwelcome tidings, that Gonzalo Pizarro, Alonso de Alvarado, and
+the other prisoners, having tampered with their guards, had
+effected their escape from Cuzco, and he soon after heard of
+their safe arrival in the camp of Pizarro.
+
+Chafed by this intelligence, the marshal was not soothed by the
+insinuations of Orgonez, that it was owing to his ill-advised
+lenity; and it might have gone hard with Hernando, but that
+Almagro's attention was diverted by the negotiation which
+Francisco Pizarro now proposed to resume.
+
+After some correspondence between the parties, it was agreed to
+submit the arbitration of the dispute to a single individual,
+Fray Francisco de Bovadilla, a Brother of the Order of Mercy.
+Though living in Lima, and, as might be supposed, under the
+influence of Pizarro, he had a reputation for integrity that
+disposed Almagro to confide the settlement of the question
+exclusively to him.  In this implicit confidence in the friar's
+impartiality, Orgonez, of a less sanguine temper than his chief,
+did not participate. *23
+
+[Footnote 23: Carta de Gutierrez al Emperador, Ms., 10 de Feb.
+1539. - Carta de Espinall, Ms. - Oviedo, Hist. de las Ind., Ms.,
+ubi supra. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6 lib. 2, cap. 8-14. -
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y. Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 3, cap. 8. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+
+An interview was arranged between the rival chiefs.  It took
+place at Mala, November 13th, 1537; but very different was the
+deportment of the two commanders towards each other from that
+which they had exhibited at their former meetings.  Almagro,
+indeed, doffing his bonnet, advanced in his usual open manner to
+salute his ancient comrade; but Pizarro, hardly condescending to
+return the salute, haughtily demanded why the marshal had seized
+upon his city of Cuzco, and imprisoned his brothers.  This led to
+a recrimination on the part of his associate.  The discussion
+assumed the tone of an angry altercation, till Almagro, taking a
+hint - or what he conceived to be such - from an attendant, that
+some treachery was intended, abruptly quitted the apartment,
+mounted his horse, and galloped back to his quarters at Chincha.
+*24 The conference closed, as might have been anticipated from
+the heated temper of their minds when they began it, by widening
+the breach it was intended to heal.  The friar, now left wholly
+to himself, after some deliberation, gave his award.  He decided
+that a vessel, with a skilful pilot on board, should be sent to
+determine the exact latitude of the river of Santiago, the
+northern boundary of Pizarro's territory, by which all the
+measurements were to be regulated. In the mean time, Cuzco was to
+be delivered up by Almagro, and Hernando Pizarro to be set at
+liberty, on condition of his leaving the country in six weeks for
+Spain.  Both parties were to retire within their undisputed
+territories, and to abandon all further hostilities. *25
+
+[Footnote 24: It was said that Gonzalo Pizarro lay in ambush with
+a strong force in the neighbourhood to intercept the marshal, and
+that the latter was warned of his danger by an honorable cavalier
+of the opposite party, who repeated a distich of an old ballad,
+
+"Tiempo es el Caballero
+Tiempo es de andar de aqui."
+
+(Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 3, cap. 4.) Pedro Pizarro
+admits the truth of the design imputed to Gonzalo, which he was
+prevented from putting into execution by the commands of the
+governor, who, the chronicler, with edifying simplicity, or
+assurance, informs us, was a man that scrupulously kept his word.
+"Porque el marquez don Francisco Picarro hera hombre que guardava
+mucho su palabra." Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 25: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Carta de
+Espinall, Ms.]
+This award, as may be supposed, highly satisfactory to Pizarro,
+was received by Almagro's men with indignation and scorn.  They
+had been sold, they cried, by their general, broken, as he was,
+by age and infirmities. Their enemies were to occupy Cuzco and
+its pleasant places, while they were to be turned over to the
+barren wilderness of Charcas.  Little did they dream that under
+this poor exterior were hidden the rich treasures of Potosi.
+They denounced the umpire as a hireling of the governor, and
+murmurs were heard among the troops, stimulated by Orgonez,
+demanding the head of Hernando. Never was that cavalier in
+greater danger.  But his good genius in the form of Alvarado
+again interposed to protect him.  His life in captivity was a
+succession of reprieves. *26
+
+[Footnote 26: Espinall, Almagro's treasurer, denounces the friar
+"as proving himself a very devil" by this award.  (Carta al
+Emperador, Ms.) And Oviedo, a more dispassionate judge, quotes,
+without condemning, a cavalier who told the father, that "a
+sentence so unjust had not been pronounced since the time of
+Pontius Pilate"!  Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap.
+21.]
+Yet his brother, the governor, was not disposed to abandon him to
+his fate.  On the contrary, he was now prepared to make every
+concession to secure his freedom.  Concessions, that politic
+chief well knew, cost little to those who are not concerned to
+abide by them.  After some preliminary negotiation, another
+award, more equitable, or, at all events, more to the
+satisfaction of the discontented party, was given.  The principal
+articles of it were, that, until the arrival of some definitive
+instructions on the point from Castile, the city of Cuzco, with
+its territory, should remain in the hands of Almagro; and that
+Hernando Pizarro should be set at liberty, on the condition,
+above stipulated, of leaving the country in six weeks. - When the
+terms of this agreement were communicated to Orgonez, that
+officer intimated his opinion of them, by passing his finger
+across his throat, and exclaiming, "What has my fidelity to my
+commander cost me!" *27
+
+[Footnote 27: "I tomando la barba con la mano izquierda, con la
+derecha hico senal de cortarse la cabeca, diciendo: Orgonez,
+Orgonez, por el amistad de Don Diego de Almagro te han de cortar
+esta." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 3, cap. 9.]
+
+Almagro, in order to do greater honor to his prisoner, visited
+him in person, and announced to him that he was from that moment
+free.  He expressed a hope, at the same time, that "all past
+differences would be buried in oblivion, and that henceforth they
+should live only in the recollection of then ancient friendship."
+Hernando replied, with apparent cordiality, that "he desired
+nothing better for himself." He then swore in the most solemn
+manner, and pledged his knightly honor, - the latter, perhaps, a
+pledge of quite as much weight in his own mind as the former, -
+that he would faithfully comply with the terms stipulated in the
+treaty. He was next conducted by the marshal to his quarters,
+where he partook of a collation in company with the principal
+officers; several of whom, together with Diego Almagro, the
+general's son, afterward escorted the cavalier to his brother's
+camp, which had been transferred to the neighbouring town of
+Mala.  Here the party received a most cordial greeting from the
+governor, who entertained them with a courtly hospitality, and
+lavished many attentions, in particular, on the son of his
+ancient associate.  In short, such, on their return, was the
+account of their reception, that it left no doubt in the mind of
+Almagro that all was at length amicably settled. *28 - He did not
+know Pizarro.
+
+[Footnote 28: Ibid., loc. cit. - Carta de Descub. y Conq., Ms. -
+Zarate Gutierrez, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro, Conq. del Peru, lib. 3,
+cap. 9.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter II
+
+First Civil War. - Almagro Retreats To Cuzco. - Battle Of Las
+Salinas. - Cruelty Of The Conquerors. - Trial And Execution Of
+Almagro. - His Character.
+
+1537-1538.
+
+
+Scarcely had Almagro's officers left the governor's quarters,
+when the latter, calling his little army together, briefly
+recapitulated the many wrongs which had been done him by his
+rival, the seizure of his capital, the imprisonment of his
+brothers, the assault and defeat of his troops; and he concluded
+with the declaration, - heartily echoed back by his military
+audience, - that the time had now come for revenge.  All the
+while that the negotiations were pending, Pizarro had been busily
+occupied with military preparations.  He had mustered a force
+considerably larger than that of his rival, drawn from various
+quarters, but most of them familiar with service. He now
+declared, that, as he was too old to take charge of the campaign
+himself, he should devolve that duty on his brothers; and he
+released Hernando from all his engagements to Almagro, as a
+measure justified by necessity. That cavalier, with graceful
+pertinacity, intimated his design to abide by the pledges he had
+given, but, at length yielded a reluctant assent to the commands
+of his brother, as to a measure imperatively demanded by his duty
+to the Crown. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 3, cap. 10.]
+The governor's next step was to advise Almagro that the treaty
+was at an end.  At the same time, he warned him to relinquish his
+pretensions to Cuzco, and withdraw into his own territory, or the
+responsibility of the consequences would lie on his own head.
+
+Reposing in his false security, Almagro was now fully awakened to
+the consciousness of the error he had committed; and the warning
+voice of his lieutenant may have risen to his recollection.  The
+first part of the prediction was fulfilled.  And what should
+prevent the latter from being so? To add to his distress, he was
+laboring at this time under a grievous malady, the result of
+early excesses, which shattered his constitution, and made him
+incapable alike of mental and bodily exertion. *2
+
+[Footnote 2: "Cayo enfermo i estuvo malo a punto de muerte de
+bubas i dolores" (Carta de Espinall, Ms.) It was a hard penalty,
+occurring at this crisis, for the sins, perhaps, of earlier days;
+but
+
+"The gods are just, and of our pleasant vices
+Make instruments to scourge us."]
+
+In this forlorn condition, he confided the management of his
+affairs to Orgonez, on whose loyalty and courage he knew he might
+implicitly rely. The first step was to secure the passes of the
+Guaitara, a chain of hills that hemmed in the valley of Zangalla,
+where Almagro was at present established.  But, by some
+miscalculation, the passes were not secured in season; and the
+active enemy, threading the dangerous defiles, effected a passage
+across the sierra, where a much inferior force to his own might
+have taken him at advantage.  The fortunes of Almagro were on the
+wane.
+His thoughts were now turned towards Cuzco, and he was anxious to
+get possession of this capital before the arrival of the enemy.
+Too feeble to sit on horseback, he was obliged to be carried in a
+litter; and, when he reached the ancient town of Bilcas, not far
+from Guamanga, his indisposition was so severe that he was
+compelled to halt and remain there three weeks before resuming
+his march.
+
+The governor and his brothers, in the mean time, after traversing
+the pass of Guaitara, descended into the valley of Ica, where
+Pizarro remained a considerable while, to get his troops into
+order and complete his preparations for the campaign.  Then,
+taking leave of the army, he returned to Lima, committing the
+prosecution of the war, as he had before announced, to his
+younger and more active brothers.  Hernando, soon after quitting
+Ica, kept along the coast as far as Nasca, proposing to penetrate
+the country by a circuitous route in order to elude the enemy,
+who might have greatly embarrassed him in some of the passes of
+the Cordilleras. But unhappily for him, this plan of operations,
+which would have given him such manifest advantage, was not
+adopted by Almagro; and his adversary, without any other
+impediment than that arising from the natural difficulties of the
+march, arrived, in the latter part of April, 1538, in the
+neighbourhood of Cuzco.
+
+But Almagro was already in possession of that capital, which he
+had reached ten days before.  A council of war was held by him
+respecting the course to be pursued.  Some were for making good
+the defence of the city. Almagro would have tried what could be
+done by negotiation.  But Orgonez bluntly replied, - "It is too
+late; you have liberated Hernando Pizarro, and nothing remains
+but to fight him." The opinion of Orgonez finally prevailed, to
+march out and give the enemy battle on the plains.  The marshal,
+still disabled by illness from taking the command, devolved it on
+his trusty lieutenant, who, mustering his forces, left the city,
+and took up a position at Las Salinas, less than a league distant
+from Cuzco. The place received its name from certain pits or vats
+in the ground, used for the preparation of salt, that was
+obtained from a natural spring in the neighbourhood.  It was an
+injudicious choice of ground, since its broken character was most
+unfavorable to the free action of cavalry, in which the strength
+of Almagro's force consisted.  But, although repeatedly urged by
+the officers to advance into the open country, Orgonez persisted
+in his position, as the most favorable for defence, since the
+front was protected by a marsh, and by a little stream that
+flowed over the plain.  His forces amounted in all to about five
+hundred, more than half of them horse.  His infantry was
+deficient in fire-arms, the place of which was supplied by the
+long pike.  He had also six small cannon, or falconets, as they
+were called, which, with his cavalry, formed into two equal
+divisions, he disposed on the flanks of his infantry.  Thus
+prepared, he calmly awaited the approach of the enemy.
+
+It was not long before the bright arms and banners of the
+Spaniards under Hernando Pizarro were seen emerging from the
+mountain passes.  The troops came forward in good order, and like
+men whose steady step showed that they had been spared in the
+march, and were now fresh for action. They advanced slowly across
+the plain, and halted on the opposite border of the little stream
+which covered the front of Orgonez.  Here Hernando, as the sun
+had set, took up his quarters for the night, proposing to defer
+the engagement till daylight. *3
+
+[Footnote 3: Carta de Gutierrez, Ms.  - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y
+Conq., Ms.  - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 4, cap. 1 - 5.
+- Carta de Espinall, Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 3, cap.
+10, 11. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2 lib. 2, cap. 36, 37.]
+
+The rumors of the approaching battle had spread far and wide over
+the country; and the mountains and rocky heights around were
+thronged with multitudes of natives, eager to feast their eyes on
+a spectacle, where, whichever side were victorious, the defeat
+would fall on their enemies. *4 The Castilian women and children,
+too, with still deeper anxiety, had thronged out from Cuzco to
+witness the deadly strife in which brethren and kindred were to
+contend for mastery. *5 The whole number of the combatants was
+insignificant; though not as compared with those usually engaged
+in these American wars It is not, however, the number of the
+players, but the magnitude of the stake, that gives importance
+and interest to the game; and in this bloody game, they were to
+play for the possession of an empire.
+
+[Footnote 4: Herrera, Hist. General, dec 6, lib. 4, cap. 5, 6.]
+[Footnote 5: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+The night passed away in silence, unbroken by the vast assembly
+which covered the surrounding hill-tops.  Nor did the soldiers of
+the hostile camps, although keeping watch within hearing of one
+another, and with the same blood flowing in their veins, attempt
+any communication.  So deadly was the hate in their bosoms! *6
+
+[Footnote 6: "I fue cosa de notar, que se estuvieron toda la
+Noche, sin que nadie de la vna i otra parte pensase en mover
+tratos de Paz: tanta era la ira i aborrecimiento de ambas
+partes." Ibid., cap. 6.]
+
+The sun rose bright, as usual in this beautiful climate, on
+Saturday, the twenty-sixth day of April, 1538. *7 But long before
+his beams were on the plain, the trumpet of Hernando Pizarro had
+called his men to arms. His forces amounted in all to about seven
+hundred.  They were drawn from various quarters, the veterans of
+Pizarro, the followers of Alonso de Alvarado, - many of whom,
+since their defeat, had found their way back to Lima, - and the
+late reinforcement from the isles, most of them seasoned by many
+a toilsome march in the Indian campaigns, and many a hard-fought
+field.  His mounted troops were inferior to those of Almagro; but
+this was more than compensated by the strength of his infantry,
+comprehending a well-trained corps of arquebusiers, sent from St.
+Domingo, whose weapons were of the improved construction recently
+introduced from Flanders.  They were of a large calibre, and
+threw double-headed shot, consisting of bullets linked together
+by an iron chain. It was doubtless a clumsy weapon compared with
+modern fire-arms, but, in hands accustomed to wield it, proved a
+destructive instrument. *8
+[Footnote 7: A church dedicated to Saint Lazarus was afterwards
+erected on the battle-ground, and the bodies of those slain in
+the action were interred within its walls.  This circumstance
+leads Garcilasso to suppose that the battle took place on
+Saturday, the sixth, - the day after the Feast of Saint Lazarus,
+- and not on the twenty-sixth of April, as commonly reported.
+Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 2, cap 38.  See also Montesinos,
+(Annales, Ms., ano 1538,) - an indifferent authority for any
+thing]
+
+[Footnote 8: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 3, cap. 8.  -
+Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 2, cap. 36.]
+
+Hernando Pizarro drew up his men in the same order of battle as
+that presented by the enemy, - throwing his infantry into the
+centre, and disposing his horse on the flanks; one corps of which
+he placed under command of Alonso de Alvarado, and took charge of
+the other himself.  The infantry was headed by his brother
+Gonzalo, supported by Pedro de Valdivia, the future hero of
+Arauco, whose disastrous story forms the burden of romance as
+well as of chronicle. *9
+
+[Footnote 9: The Araucana of Ercilla may claim the merit, indeed,
+- if it be a merit, - of combining both romance and history in
+one.  Surely never did the Muse venture on such a specification
+of details, not merely poetical, but political, geographical, and
+statistical, as in this celebrated Castilian epic.  It is a
+military journal done into rhyme.]
+
+Mass was said, as if the Spaniards were about to fight what they
+deemed the good fight of the faith, instead of imbruing their
+hands in the blood of their countrymen.  Hernando Pizarro then
+made a brief address to his soldiers.  He touched on the personal
+injuries he and his family had received from Almagro; reminded
+his brother's veterans that Cuzco had been wrested from their
+possession; called up the glow of shame on the brows of
+Alvarado's men as he talked of the rout of Abancay, and, pointing
+out the Inca metropolis that sparkled in the morning sunshine, he
+told them that there was the prize of the victor.  They answered
+his appeal with acclamations; and the signal being given, Gonzalo
+Pizarro, heading his battalion of infantry, led it straight
+across the river.  The water was neither broad nor deep, and the
+soldiers found no difficulty in gaining a landing, as the enemy's
+horse was prevented by the marshy ground from approaching the
+borders.  But, as they worked their way across the morass, the
+heavy guns of Orgonez played with effect on the leading files,
+and threw them into disorder.  Gonzalo and Valdivia threw
+themselves into the midst of their followers, menacing some,
+encouraging others, and at length led them gallantly forward to
+the firm ground.  Here the arquebusiers, detaching themselves
+from the rest of the infantry, gained a small eminence, whence,
+in their turn, they opened a galling fire on Orgonez, scattering
+his array of spearmen, and sorely annoying the cavalry on the
+flanks.
+
+Meanwhile, Hernando, forming his two squadrons of horse into one
+column, crossed under cover of this well-sustained fire, and,
+reaching the firm ground, rode at once against the enemy.
+Orgonez, whose infantry was already much crippled, advancing his
+horse, formed the two squadrons into one body, like his
+antagonist, and spurred at full gallop against the assailants.
+The shock was terrible; and it was hailed by the swarms of Indian
+spectators on the surrounding heights with a fiendisn yell of
+triumph, that rose far above the din of battle, till it was lost
+in distant echoes among the mountains. *10
+[Footnote 10: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 4, cap. 6.  -
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.  - Carta de Espinall, Ms.  -
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 3, cap. 11.
+
+Every thing relating to this battle, - the disposition of the
+forces, the character of the ground, the mode of attack, are told
+as variously and confusedly, as if it had been a contest between
+two great armies, instead of a handful of men on either side.  It
+would seem that truth is nowhere so difficult to come at, as on
+the battle-field.]
+
+The struggle was desperate.  For it was not that of the white man
+against the defenceless Indian, but of Spaniard against Spaniard;
+both parties cheering on their comrades with their battle-cries
+of "El Rey y Almagro," or "El Rey y Pizarro," - while they fought
+with a hate, to which national antipathy was as nothing; a hate
+strong in proportion to the strength of the ties that had been
+rent asunder.
+
+In this bloody field well did Orgonez do his duty, fighting like
+one to whom battle was the natural element.  Singling out a
+cavalier, whom, from the color of the sobre-vest on his armour,
+he erroneously supposed to be Hernando Pizarro, he charged him in
+full career, and overthrew him with his lance.  Another he ran
+through in like manner, and a third he struck down with his
+sword, as he was prematurely shouting "Victory!" But while thus
+doing the deeds of a paladin of romance, he was hit by a
+chain-shot from an arquebuse, which, penetrating the bars of his
+visor, grazed his forehead, and deprived him for a moment of
+reason.  Before he had fully recovered, his horse was killed
+under him, and though the fallen cavalier succeeded in
+extricating himself from the stirrups, he was surrounded, and
+soon overpowered by numbers.  Still refusing to deliver up his
+sword, he asked "if there was no knight to whom he could
+surrender." One Fuentes, a menial of Pizarro, presenting himself
+as such, Orgonez gave his sword into his hands, - and the
+dastard, drawing his dagger, stabbed his defenceless prisoner to
+the heart!  His head, then struck off, was stuck on a pike, and
+displayed, a bloody trophy, in the great square of Cuzco, as the
+head of a traitor. *11 Thus perished as loyal a cavalier, as
+decided in council, and as bold in action, as ever crossed to the
+shores of America.
+[Footnote 11: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.  - Herrera
+Hist. General, ubi supra.  - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, ubi supra.]
+The fight had now lasted more than an hour, and the fortune of
+the day was turning against the followers of Almagro.  Orgonez
+being down, their confusion increased.  The infantry, unable to
+endure the fire of the arquebusiers, scattered and took refuge
+behind the stone-walls, that here and there straggled across the
+country.  Pedro de Lerma, vainly striving to rally the cavalry,
+spurred his horse against Hernando Pizarro, with whom he had a
+personal feud.  Pizarro did not shrink from the encounter. The
+lances of both the knights took effect.  That of Hernando
+penetrated the thigh of his opponent, while Lerma's weapon,
+glancing by his adversary's saddle-bow, struck him with such
+force above the groin, that it pierced the joints of his mail,
+slightly wounding the cavalier, and forcing his horse back on his
+haunches.  But the press of the fight soon parted the combatants,
+and, in the turmoil that ensued, Lerma was unhorsed, and left on
+the field covered with wounds. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: Herrera, Hist. General, ubi supra.  - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 2, cap. 36.
+
+Hernando Pizarro wore a surcoat of orange-colored velvet over his
+armour, according to Garcilasso, and before the battle sent
+notice of it to Orgonez, that the latter might distinguish him in
+the melee.  But a knight in Hernando's suite also wore the same
+colors, it appears, which led Orgonez into error.]
+
+There was no longer order, and scarcely resistance, among the
+followers of Almagro.  They fled, making the best of their way to
+Cuzco, and happy was the man who obtained quarter when he asked
+it.  Almagro himself, too feeble to sit so long on his horse,
+reclined on a litter, and from a neighbouring eminence surveyed
+the battle, watching its fluctuations with all the interest of
+one who felt that honor, fortune, life itself, hung on the issue.
+With agony not to be described, he had seen his faithful
+followers, after their hard struggle, borne down by their
+opponents, till, convinced that all was lost, he succeeded in
+mounting a mule, and rode off for a temporary refuge to the
+fortress of Cuzco.  Thither he was speedily followed, taken, and
+brought in triumph to the capital, where, ill as he was, he was
+thrown into irons, and confined in the same in the same apartment
+of the stone building in which he had imprisoned the Pizarros.
+
+The action lasted not quite two hours.  The number of killed,
+variously stated, was probably not less than a hundred and fifty,
+- one of the combatants calls it two hundred, *13 - a great
+number, considering the shortness of the time, and the small
+amount of forces engaged.  No account is given of the wounded.
+Wounds were the portion of the cavalier.  Pedro de Lerma is said
+to have received seventeen, and yet was taken alive from the
+field!  The loss fell chiefly on the followers of Almagro But the
+slaughter was not confined to the heat of the action.  Such was
+the deadly animosity of the parties, that several were murdered
+in cold blood, like Orgonez, after they had surrendered.  Pedro
+de Lerma himself, while lying on his sick couch in the quarters
+of a friend in Cuzco, was visited by a soldier, named Samaniego,
+whom he had once struck for an act of disobedience.  This person
+entered the solitary chamber of the wounded man, took his place
+by his bed-side, and then, upbraiding him for the insult, told
+him that he had come to wash it away in his blood!  Lerma in vain
+assured him, that, when restored to health, he would give him the
+satisfaction he desired.  The miscreant, exclaiming "Now is the
+hour!" plunged his sword into his bosom.  He lived several years
+to vaunt this atrocious exploit, which he proclaimed as a
+reparation to his honor.  It is some satisfaction to know that
+the insolence of this vaunt cost him his life. *14 - Such
+anecdotes, revolting as they are, illustrate not merely the
+spirit of the times, but that peculiarly ferocious spirit which
+is engendered by civil wars, - the most unforgiving in their
+character of any, but wars of religion.
+
+[Footnote 13: "Murieron en esta Batalla de las Salinas casi
+dozientos hombres de vna parte y de otra." (Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms.) Most authorities rate the loss at less.
+The treasurer Espinall, a partisan of Almagro, says they
+massacred a hundred and fifty after the fight, in cold blood.
+"Siguiecon el alcanze la mas cruelmente que en el mundo se ha
+visto, porque matavan a los hombres rendidos e desarmados, e por
+les quitar las armas los mataban si presto no se las quitaban, e
+trayendo a las ancas de un caballo a un Ruy Diaz viniendo rendido
+e desarmado le mataron, i desta manera mataron mas de ciento e
+cinquenta hombres" Carta, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 14: Carta de Espinall, Ms. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 2, lib. 2, cap. 38.
+
+He was hanged for this very crime by the governor of Puerto
+Viejo, about five years after this time, having outraged the
+feelings of that officer and the community by the insolent and
+open manner in which he boasted of his atrocious exploit.]
+
+In the hurry of the flight of one party, and the pursuit by the
+other, all pouring towards Cuzco, the field of battle had been
+deserted. But it soon swarmed with plunderers, as the Indians,
+descending like vultures from the mountains, took possession of
+the bloody ground, and, despoiling the dead, even to the minutest
+article of dress, left their corpses naked on the plain. *15 It
+has been thought strange that the natives should not have availed
+themselves of their superior numbers to fall on the victors after
+they had been exhausted by the battle.  But the scattered bodies
+of the Peruvians were without a leader; they were broken in
+spirits, moreover, by recent reverses, and the Castilians,
+although weakened for the moment by the struggle, were in far
+greater strength in Cuzco than they had ever been before.
+[Footnote 15: "Los Indios viendo la Batalla fenescida, ellos
+tambien se dejaron de la suia, iendo los vnos i los otros a
+desnudar los Espanoles muertos, i aun algunos vivos, que por sus
+heridas no se podian defender, porque como paso el tropel de la
+Gente, siguiendo la Victoria, no huvo quien se lo impidiese; de
+manera que dexaron en cueros a todos los caidos." Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 3, cap. 11]
+
+Indeed, the number of troops now assembled within its walls,
+amounting to full thirteen hundred, composed, as they were, of
+the most discordant materials, gave great uneasiness to Hernando
+Pizarro.  For there were enemies glaring on each other and on him
+with deadly though smothered rancor, and friends, if not so
+dangerous, not the less troublesome from their craving and
+unreasonable demands.  He had given the capital up to pillage,
+and his followers found good booty in the quarters of Almagro's
+officers.  But this did not suffice the more ambitious cavaliers;
+and they clamorously urged their services, and demanded to be
+placed in charge of some expedition, nothing doubting that it
+must prove a golden one.  All were in quest of an El Dorado.
+Hernando Pizarro acquiesced as far as possible in these desires,
+most willing to relieve himself of such importunate creditors.
+The expeditions, it is true, usually ended in disaster; but the
+country was explored by them.  It was the lottery of adventure;
+the prizes were few, but they were splendid; and in the
+excitement of the game, few Spaniards paused to calculate the
+chances of success.
+
+Among those who left the capital was Diego, the son of Almagro.
+Hernando was mindful to send him, with a careful escort, to his
+brother the governor, desirous to remove him at this crisis from
+the neighbourhood of his father. Meanwhile the marshal himself
+was pining away in prison under the combined influence of bodily
+illness and distress of mind. Before the battle of Salinas, it
+had been told to Hernando Pizarro that Almagro was like to die.
+"Heaven forbid," he exclaimed, "that this should come to pass
+before he falls into my hands!" *16 Yet the gods seemed now
+disposed to grant but half of this pious prayer, since his
+captive seemed about to escape him just as he had come into his
+power.  To console the unfortunate chief, Hernando paid him a
+visit in his prison, and cheered him with the assurance that he
+only waited for the governor's arrival to set him at liberty;
+adding, 'that, if Pizarro did not come soon to the capital, he
+himself would assume the responsibility of releasing him, and
+would furnish him with a conveyance to his brother's quarters."
+At the same time, with considerate attention to his comfort, he
+inquired of the marshal "what mode of conveyance would be best
+suited to his state of health." After this he continued to send
+him delicacies from his own table to revive his faded appetite.
+Almagro, cheered by these kind attentions, and by the speedy
+prospect of freedom, gradually mended in health and spirits. *17
+
+[Footnote 16: "Respondia Hernando Pizarro, que no le haria Dios
+tan gran mal, que le dexase morir, sin que le huviese a las
+manos." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6 lib. 4, cap. 5.]
+
+[Footnote 17: Ibid., dec. 6, lib. 4, cap. 9.]
+
+He little dreamed that all this while a process was industriously
+preparing against him.  It had been instituted immediately on his
+capture, and every one, however humble, who had any cause of
+complaint against the unfortunate prisoner, was invited to
+present it.  The summons was readily answered; and many an enemy
+now appeared in the hour of his fallen fortunes, like the base
+reptiles crawling into light amidst the ruins of some noble
+edifice; and more than one, who had received benefits from his
+hands, were willing to court the favor of his enemy by turning on
+their benefactor.  From these loath some sources a mass of
+accusations was collected which spread over four thousand folio
+pages!  Yet Almagro was the idol of his soldiers! *18
+[Footnote 18: "De tal manera que los Escrivanos no se davan
+manos, i ia tenian oscritas mas de dos mil hojas." Ibid., dec. 6,
+lib. 4, cap. 7.
+Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. -
+Carta de Gutierrez, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. -
+Carta de Espinall, Ms.]
+Having completed the process, (July 8th, 1538,) it was not
+difficult to obtain a verdict against the prisoner.  The
+principal charges on which he was pronounced guilty were those of
+levying war against the Crown, and thereby occasioning the death
+of many of his Majesty's subjects; of entering into conspiracy
+with the Inca; and finally, of dispossessing the royal governor
+of the city of Cuzco.  On these charges he was condemned to
+suffer death as a traitor, by being publicly beheaded in the
+great square of the city.  Who were the judges, or what was the
+tribunal that condemned him, we are not informed. Indeed, the
+whole trial was a mockery; if that can be called a trial, where
+the accused himself is not even aware of the accusation.
+
+The sentence was communicated by a friar deputed for the purpose
+to Almagro.  The unhappy man, who all the while had been
+unconsciously slumbering on the brink of a precipice, could not
+at first comprehend the nature of his situation.  Recovering from
+the first shock, "It was impossible," he said, "that such wrong
+could be done him, - he would not believe it." He then besought
+Hernando Pizarro to grant him an interview. That cavalier, not
+unwilling, it would seem, to witness the agony of his captive,
+consented; and Almagro was so humbled by his misfortunes, that he
+condescended to beg for his life with the most piteous
+supplications.  He reminded Hernando of his ancient relations
+with his brother, and the good offices he had rendered him and
+his family in the earlier part of their career.  He touched on
+his acknowledged services to his country, and besought his enemy
+"to spare his gray hairs, and not to deprive him of the shore
+remnant of an existence from which he had now nothing more to
+fear." - To this the other coldly replied, that "he was surprised
+to see Almagro demean himself in a manner so unbecoming a brave
+cavalier; that his fate was no worse than had befallen many a
+soldier before him; and that, since God had given him the grace
+to be a Christian, he should employ his remaining moments in
+making up his account with Heaven!" *19
+[Footnote 19: "I que pues tuvo tanta gracia de Dios, que le hico
+Christiano, ordenase su Alma, i temiese a Dios." Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 6, lib. 5, cap. 1.]
+
+But Almagro was not to be silenced.  He urged the service he had
+rendered Hernando himself.  "This was a hard requital," he said,
+"for having spared his life so recently under similar
+circumstances, and that, too, when he had been urged again and
+again by those around him to take it away." And he concluded by
+menacing his enemy with the vengeance of the emperor, who would
+never suffer this outrage on one who had rendered such signal
+services to the Crown to go unrequited.  It was all in vain; and
+Hernando abruptly closed the conference by repeating, that "his
+doom was inevitable, and he must prepare to meet it." *20
+[Footnote 20: Ibid., ubi supra.
+
+The marshal appealed from the sentence of his judges to the
+Crown, supplicating his conqueror, (says the treasurer Espinall,
+in his letter to the emperor,) in terms that would have touched
+the heart of an infidel. "De la qual el dicho Adelantado apelo
+para ante V. M. i le rogo que por amor de Dios hincado de
+rodillas le otorgase el apelacion, diciendole que mirase sus
+canas e vejez e quanto havia servido a V. M. i qe el havia sido
+el primer escalon para que el 1 sus hermanos subiesen en el
+estado en que estavan, i diciendole otras muchas palabras de
+dolor e compasion que despues de muerto supe que dixo, que a
+qualquier hombre, aunque fuera infiel, moviera a piedad." Carta,
+Ms.]
+
+Almagro, finding that no impression was to be made on his
+iron-hearted conqueror, now seriously addressed himself to the
+settlement of his affairs.  By the terms of the royal grant he
+was empowered to name his successor.  He accordingly devolved his
+office on his son, appointing Diego de Alvarado, on whose
+integrity he had great reliance, administrator of the province
+during his minority.  All his property and possessions in Peru,
+of whatever kind, he devised to his master the emperor, assuring
+him that a large balance was still due to him in his unsettled
+accounts with Pizarro.  By this politic bequest, he hoped to
+secure the monarch's protection for his son, as well as a strict
+scrutiny into the affairs of his enemy.
+
+The knowledge of Almagro's sentence produced a deep sensation in
+the community of Cuzco.  All were amazed at the presumption with
+which one, armed with a little brief authority, ventured to sit
+in judgment on a person of Almagro's station.  There were few who
+did not call to mind some generous or good-natured act of the
+unfortunate veteran.  Even those who had furnished materials for
+the accusation, now startled by the tragic result to which it was
+to lead, were heard to denounce Hernando's conduct as that of a
+tyrant.  Some of the principal cavaliers, and among them Diego de
+Alvarado, to whose intercession, as we have seen Hernando
+Pizarro, when a captive, had owed his own life, waited on that
+commander, and endeavoured to dissuade him from so high-handed
+and atrocious a proceeding.  It was in vain.  But it had the
+effect of changing the mode of execution, which, instead of the
+public square, was now to take place in prison. *21
+
+[Footnote 21: Carta de Espinall, Ms. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms.,
+ano 1538.
+Bishop Valverde, as he assures the emperor, remonstrated with
+Francisco Pizarro in Lima, against allowing violence towards the
+marshal; urging it on him, as an imperative duty, to go himself
+at once to Cuzco, and set him at liberty.  "It was too grave a
+matter," he rightly added, "to trust to a third party." (Carta al
+Emperador, Ms.) The treasurer Espinall, then in Cuzco, made a
+similar ineffectual attempt to turn Hernando from his purpose.]
+
+On the day appointed, a strong corps of arquebusiers was drawn up
+in the plaza.  The guards were doubled over the houses were dwelt
+the principal partisans of Almagro.  The executioner, attended by
+a priest, stealthily entered his prison; and the unhappy man,
+after confessing and receiving the sacrament, submitted without
+resistance to the garrote. Thus obscurely, in the gloomy silence
+of a dungeon, perished the hero of a hundred battles!  His corpse
+was removed to the great square of the city, where, in obedience
+to the sentence, the head was severed from the body. A herald
+proclaimed aloud the nature of the crimes for which he had
+suffered; and his remains, rolled in their bloody shroud, were
+borne to the house of his friend Hernan Ponce de Leon, and the
+next day laid with all due solemnity in the church of Our Lady of
+Mercy.  The Pizarros appeared among the principal mourners.  It
+was remarked, that their brother had paid similar honors to the
+memory of Atahuallpa. *22
+[Footnote 22: Carta de Espinall, Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+loc. cit. - Carta de Valverde al Emperador, Ms. - Carta de
+Gutierrez, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. -
+Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1538.
+The date of Almagro's execution is not given; a strange omission;
+but of little moment, as that event must have followed soon on
+the condemnation.]
+
+Almagro, at the time of his death, was probably not far from
+seventy years of age.  But this is somewhat uncertain; for
+Almagro was a foundling, and his early history is lost in
+obscurity. *23 He had many excellent qualities by nature; and his
+defects, which were not few, may reasonably be palliated by the
+circumstances of his situation.  For what extenuation is not
+authorized by the position of a foundling, - without parents, or
+early friends, or teacher to direct him, - his little bark set
+adrift on the ocean of life, to take its chance among the rude
+billows and breakers, without one friendly hand stretched forth
+to steer or to save it!  The name of "foundling" comprehends an
+apology for much, very much, that is wrong in after life. *24
+
+[Footnote 23: Ante, vol. I. p. 207.]
+
+[Footnote 24: Montesinos, for want of a better pedigree, says, -
+"He was the son of his own great deeds, and such has been the
+parentage of many a famous hero!" (Annales, Ms., ano 1538.) It
+would go hard with a Castilian, if he could not make out
+something like a genealogy, - however shadowy.]
+He was a man of strong passions, and not too well used to control
+them. *25 But he was neither vindictive nor habitually cruel.  I
+have mentioned one atrocious outrage which he committed on the
+natives.  But insensibility to the rights of the Indian he shared
+with many a better-instructed Spaniard.  Yet the Indians, after
+his conviction, bore testimony to his general humanity, by
+declaring that they had no such friend among the white men. *26
+Indeed, far from being vindictive, he was placable, and easily
+yielded to others.  The facility with which he yielded, the
+result of good-natured credulity, made him too often the dupe of
+the crafty; and it showed, certainly, a want of that
+self-reliance which belongs to great strength of character.  Yet
+his facility of temper, and the generosity of his nature, made
+him popular with his followers.  No commander was ever more
+beloved by his soldiers.  His generosity was often carried to
+prodigality.  When he entered on the campaign of Chili, he lent a
+hundred thousand gold ducats to the poorer cavaliers to equip
+themselves, and afterwards gave them up the debt. *27 He was
+profuse to ostentation.  But his extravagance did him no harm
+among the roving spirits of the camp, with whom prodigality is
+apt to gain more favor than a strict and well-regulated economy.
+
+[Footnote 25: "Hera vn hombre muy profano, de muy mala lengua,
+que en enojandose tratava muy mal a todos los que con el andavan
+aunque fuesen cavalleros.  "(Descub. y Conq., Ms.) It is the
+portrait drawn by an enemy.]
+
+[Footnote 26: "Los Indios lloraban amargamente, diciendo, que de
+el nunca recibieron mal tratamiento." Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 6, lib. 5, cap. 1.]
+
+[Footnote 27: If we may credit Herrera, he distributed a hundred
+and eighty roads of silver and twenty of gold among his
+followers!  "Mando sacar de su Posada mas de ciento i ochenta
+cargas de Plata i veinte de Oro, i las repartio." (Dec. 5, lib.
+7, cap. 9.) A load was what a man could easily carry. Such a
+statement taxes our credulity, but it is difficult to set the
+proper limits to one's credulity, in what relates to this land of
+gold.]
+He was a good soldier, careful and judicious in his plans,
+patient and intrepid in their execution.  His body was covered
+with the scars of his battles, till the natural plainness of his
+person was converted almost into deformity.  He must not be
+judged by his closing campaign, when, depressed by disease, he
+yielded to the superior genius of his rival; but by his numerous
+expeditions by land and by water for the conquest of Peru and the
+remote Chili.  Yet it may be doubted whether he possessed those
+uncommon qualities, either as a warrior or as a man, that, in
+ordinary circumstances, would have raised him to distinction.  He
+was one of the three, or, to speak more strictly, of the two
+associates, who had the good fortune and the glory to make one of
+the most splendid discoveries in the Western World.  He shares
+largely in the credit of this with Pizarro; for, when he did not
+accompany that leader in his perilous expeditions, he contributed
+no less to their success by his exertions in the colonies.
+
+Yet his connection with that chief can hardly be considered a
+fortunate circumstance in his career.  A partnership between
+individuals for discovery and conquest is not likely to be very
+scrupulously observed, especially by men more accustomed to
+govern others than to govern themselves.  If causes for discord
+do not arise before, they will be sure to spring up on division
+of the spoil.  But this association was particularly
+ill-assorted.  For the free, sanguine, and confiding temper of
+Almagro was no match for the cool and crafty policy of Pizarro;
+and he was invariably circumvented by his companion, whenever
+their respective interests came in collision.
+
+Still the final ruin of Almagro may be fairly imputed to himself.
+He made two capital blunders.  The first was his appeal to arms
+by the seizure of Cuzco.  The determination of a boundary-line
+was not to be settled by arms. It was a subject for arbitration;
+and, if arbitrators could not be trusted, it should have been
+referred to the decision of the Crown.  But, having once appealed
+to arms, he should not then have resorted to negotiation, - above
+all, to negotiation with Pizarro.  This was his second and
+greatest error.  He had seen enough of Pizarro to know that he
+was not to be trusted.  Almagro did trust him, and he paid for it
+with his life.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter III
+
+Pizarro Revisits Cuzco. - Hernando Returns To Castile. - His long
+Imprisonment. - Commissioner Sent To Peru. - Hostilities With The
+Inca. -Pizarro's Active Administration. - Gonzalo Pizarro.
+
+1539-1540.
+
+
+On the departure of his brother in pursuit of Almagro, the
+Marquess Francisco Pizarro, as we have seen, returned to Lima.
+There he anxiously awaited the result of the campaign; and on
+receiving the welcome tidings of the victory of Las Salinas, he
+instantly made preparations for his march to Cuzco.  At Xauxa,
+however, he was long detained by the distracted state of the
+country, and still longer, as it would seem, by a reluctance to
+enter the Peruvian capital while the trial of Almagro was
+pending.
+
+He was met at Xauxa by the marshal's son Diego, who had been sent
+to the coast by Hernando Pizarro.  The young man was filled with
+the most gloomy apprehensions respecting his father's fate, and
+he besought the governor not to allow his brother to do him any
+violence.  Pizarro, who received Diego with much apparent
+kindness, bade him take heart, as no harm should come to his
+father; *1 adding, that he trusted their ancient friendship would
+soon be renewed.  The youth, comforted by these assurances, took
+his way to Lima, where, by Pizarro's orders, he was received into
+his house, and treated as a son.
+
+[Footnote 1: "I dixo, que no tuviese ninguna pena, porque no
+consentiria, que su Padre fuese muerto." Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 6, lib. 6, cap. 3.]
+The same assurances respecting the marshal's safety were given by
+the governor to Bishop Valverde, and some of the principal
+cavaliers who interested themselves in behalf of the prisoner. *2
+Still Pizarro delayed his march to the capital; and when he
+resumed it, he had advanced no farther than the Rio de Abancay
+when he received tidings of the death of his rival.  He appeared
+greatly shocked by the intelligence, his whole frame was
+agitated, and he remained for some time with his eyes bent on the
+ground, showing signs of strong emotion. *3
+
+[Footnote 2: "Que lo haria asi como lo decia, i que su de seo no
+era otro, sino ver el Reino en paz; i que en lo que tocaba al
+Adelantado, perdiese cuidado, que bolveria a tener el antigua
+amistad con el." Ibid., dec. 6, lib. 4, cap. 9.]
+
+[Footnote 3: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.
+
+He even shed many tears, derramo muchas lagrimas, according to
+Herrera, who evidently gives him small credit for them.  Ibid.,
+dec. 6, lib. 6, cap. 7. - Conf. lib 5 cap. 1.]
+
+Such is the account given by his friends.  A more probable
+version of the matter represents him to have been perfectly aware
+of the state of things at Cuzco.  When the trial was concluded,
+it is said he received a message from Hernando, inquiring what
+was to be done with the prisoner. He answered in a few words: -
+"Deal with him so that he shall give us no more trouble." *4 It
+is also stated that Hernando, afterwards, when laboring under the
+obloquy caused by Almagro's death, shielded himself under
+instructions affirmed to have been received from the governor. *5
+It is quite certain, that, during his long residence at Xauxa,
+the latter was in constant communication with Cuzco; and that had
+he, as Valverde repeatedly urged him, *6 quickened his march to
+that capital, he might easily have prevented the consummation of
+the tragedy. As commander-in-chief, Almagro's fate was in his
+hands; and, whatever his own partisans may affirm of his
+innocence, the impartial judgment of history must hold him
+equally accountable with Hernando for the death of his associate.
+[Footnote 4: "Respondio, que hiciese de manera, que el Adelantado
+no los pusiese en mas alborotos." (Ibid., dec. 6, lib. 6, cap.
+7.) "De todo esto," says Espinall, "fue sabidor el dicho
+Governador Pizarro a lo que mi juicio i el de otros que en ello
+quisieron mirar alcanzo." Carta de Espinall, Ms.]
+[Footnote 5: Ibid., dec. 6, lib. 5, cap. 1.
+
+Herrera's testimony is little short of that of a contemporary,
+since it was derived, he tells us, from the correspondence of the
+Conquerors, and the accounts given him by their own sons.  Lib.
+6, cap. 7.]
+
+[Footnote 6: Carta de Valverde al Emperador, Ms.]
+
+Neither did his subsequent conduct show any remorse for these
+proceedings.  He entered Cuzco, says one who was present there to
+witness it, amidst the flourish of clarions and trumpets, at the
+head of his martial cavalcade, and dressed in the rich suit
+presented him by Cortes, with the proud bearing and joyous mien
+of a conqueror. *7 When Diego de Alvarado applied to him for the
+government of the southern provinces, in the name of the young
+Almagro, whom his father, as we have seen, had consigned to his
+protection, Pizarro answered, that "the marshal, by his
+rebellion, had forfeited all claims to the government." And, when
+he was still further urged by the cavalier, he bluntly broke off
+the conversation by declaring that "his own territory covered all
+on this side of Flanders"! *8 - intimating, no doubt, by this
+magnificent vaunt, that he would endure no rival on this side of
+the water.
+
+[Footnote 7: "En este medio tiempo vino a la dicha cibdad del
+Cuzco el Gobernador D. Franco Pizarro, el qual entro con
+tronpetas i chirimias vestido con ropa de martas que fue e luto
+con que entro." Carta de Espinall, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 8: Carta de Espinall, Ms.
+
+"Mui asperamente le respondio el Governador, diciendo, que su
+Governacion no tenia Termino, i que llegaba hasta Flandes."
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 6, cap. 7.]
+
+In the same spirit, he had recently sent to supersede Benalcazar,
+the conqueror of Quito, who, he was informed, aspired to an
+independent government.  Pizarro's emissary had orders to send
+the offending captain to Lima; but Benalcazar, after pushing his
+victorious career far into the north, had returned to Castile to
+solicit his guerdon from the emperor.
+To the complaints of the injured natives, who invoked his
+protection, he showed himself strangely insensible, while the
+followers of Almagro he treated with undisguised contempt.  The
+estates of the leaders were confiscated, and transferred without
+ceremony to his own partisans. Hernando had made attempts to
+conciliate some of the opposite faction by acts of liberality,
+but they had refused to accept any thing from the man whose hands
+were stained with the blood of their commander. *9 The governor
+held to them no such encouragement; and many were reduced to such
+abject poverty, that, too proud to expose their wretchedness to
+the eyes of their conquerors, they withdrew from the city, and
+sought a retreat among the neighbouring mountains. *10
+
+[Footnote 9: "Avia querido hazer amigos de los principales de
+Chile, y ofrecidoles daria rrepartimientos y no lo avian aceptado
+ni querido." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 10: "Viendolas oy en dia, muertos de ambre, fechos
+pedazos e adeudados, andando por los montes desesperados por no
+parecer ante gentes, porque no tienen otra cosa que se vestir
+sino ropa de los Indios, ni dineros con que lo comprar" Carta de
+Espinall, Ms.]
+
+For his own brothers he provided by such ample repartimientos, as
+excited the murmurs of his adherents.  He appointed Gonzalo to
+the command of a strong force destined to act against the natives
+of Charcas, a hardy people occupying the territory assigned by
+the Crown to Almagro. Gonzalo met with a sturdy resistance, but,
+after some severe fighting, succeeded in reducing the province to
+obedience.  He was recompensed, together with Hernando, who aided
+him in the conquest, by a large grant in the neighbourhood of
+Porco, the productive mines of which had been partially wrought
+under the Incas.  The territory, thus situated, embraced part of
+those silver hills of Potosi which have since supplied Europe
+with such stores of the precious metals.  Hernando comprehended
+the capabilities of the ground, and he began working the mines on
+a more extensive scale than that hitherto adopted, though it does
+not appear that any attempt was then made to penetrate the rich
+crust of Potosi. *11 A few years more were to elapse before the
+Spaniards were to bring to light the silver quarries that lay
+hidden in the bosom of its mountains. *12
+
+[Footnote 11: "Con la quietud," writes Hernando Pizarro to the
+emperor, "questa tierra agora tiene han descubierto i descubren
+cada dia los vecinos muchas minas ricas de oro i plata, de que
+los quintos i rentas reales de V. M. cada dia se le ofrecen i
+hacer casa a todo el Mundo." Carta al Emperador, Ms., de Puerto
+Viejo, 6 de Julii, 1539.]
+[Footnote 12: Carta de Carbajal al Emperador, Ms., del Cuzco, 3
+de Nov. 1539. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Montesinos,
+Annales, Ms., ano 1539.
+
+The story is well known of the manner in which the mines of
+Potosi were discovered by an Indian, who pulled a bush out of the
+ground to the fibres of which a quantity of silver globules was
+attached.  The mine was not registered till 1545.  The account is
+given by Acosta, lib. 4, cap. 6.]
+It was now the great business of Hernando to collect a sufficient
+quantity of treasure to take with him to Castile.  Nearly a year
+had elapsed since Almagro's death; and it was full time that he
+should return and present himself at court, where Diego de
+Alvarado and other friends of the marshal, who had long since
+left Peru, were industriously maintaining the claims of the
+younger Almagro, as well as demanding redress for the wrongs done
+to his father.  But Hernando looked confidently to his gold to
+dispel the accusations against him.
+
+Before his departure, he counselled his brother to beware of the
+"men of Chili," as Almagro's followers were called; desperate
+men, who would stick at nothing, he said, for revenge.  He
+besought the governor not to allow them to consort together in
+any number within fifty miles of his person; if he did, it would
+be fatal to him.  And he concluded by recommending a strong
+body-guard; "for I," he added, "shall not be here to watch over
+you." But the governor laughed at the idle fears, as he termed
+them, of his brother, bidding the latter take no thought of him,
+"as every hair in the heads of Almagro's followers was a guaranty
+for his safety." *13 He did not know the character of his enemies
+so well as Hernando.
+
+[Footnote 13: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 6, cap. 10. -
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 3, cap. 12. - Gomara, Hist de las
+Ind., cap. 142.
+"No consienta vuestra senoria que se junten diez juntos en
+cinquenta leguas alrrededor de adonde vuestra senoria estuviere,
+porque si los dexa juntar le an de matar.  Si a Vuestra Senoria
+matan, yo negociare mal y de vuestra senoria no quedara memoria.
+Estas palabras dixo Hernando Picarro altas que todos le oymos.  Y
+abracando al marquez se partio y se fue." Pedro Pizarro, Descub.
+y Conq., Ms.]
+
+The latter soon after embarked at Lima in the summer of 1539.  He
+did not take the route of Panama, for he had heard that it was
+the intention of the authorities there to detain him.  He made a
+circuitous passage, therefore, by way of Mexico, landed in the
+Bay of Tecoantepec, and was making his way across the narrow
+strip that divides the great oceans, when he was arrested and
+taken to the capital.  But the Viceroy Mendoza did not consider
+that he had a right to detain him, and he was suffered to embark
+at Vera Cruz, and to proceed on his voyage.  Still he did not
+deem it safe to trust himself in Spain without further advices.
+He accordingly put in at one of the Azores, where he remained
+until he could communicate with home.  He had some powerful
+friends at court, and by them he was encouraged to present
+himself before the emperor.  He took their advice, and, shortly
+after, reached the Spanish coast in safety. *14
+[Footnote 14: Carta de Hernando Pizarro al Emperador, Ms. -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 6, cap. 10. - Montesinos,
+Annales, Ms., ano 1539.]
+The Court was at Valladolid; but Hernando, who made his entrance
+into that city, with great pomp and a display of his Indian
+riches, met with a reception colder than he had anticipated. *15
+For this he was mainly indebted to Diego de Alvarado, who was
+then residing there, and who, as a cavalier of honorable
+standing, and of high connections, had considerable influence.
+He had formerly, as we have seen, by his timely interposition,
+more than once saved the life of Hernando; and he had consented
+to receive a pecuniary obligation from him to a large amount.
+But all were now forgotten in the recollection of the wrong done
+to his commander; and, true to the trust reposed in him by that
+chief in his dying hour, he had come to Spain to vindicate the
+claims of the young Almagro.
+[Footnote 15: Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 143.]
+
+But although coldly received at first, Hernando's presence, and
+his own version of the dispute with Almagro, aided by the golden
+arguments which he dealt with no stinted hand, checked the
+current of indignation, and the opinion of his judges seemed for
+a time suspended.  Alvarado, a cavalier more accustomed to the
+prompt and decisive action of a camp than to the tortuous
+intrigues of a court, chafed at the delay, and challenged
+Hernando to settle their quarrel by single combat.  But his
+prudent adversary had no desire to leave the issue to such an
+ordeal; and the affair was speedily terminated by the death of
+Alvarado himself, which happened five days after the challenge.
+An event so opportune naturally suggested the suspicion of
+poison. *16
+
+[Footnote 16: "Pero todo lo atajo la repentina muerte de Diego de
+Alvarado, que sucedio luego en cinco dias, no sin sospecha de
+veneno." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 8, cap. 9.]
+
+But his accusations had not wholly fallen to the ground; and
+Hernando Pizarro had carried measures with too high a hand, and
+too grossly outraged public sentiment, to be permitted to escape.
+He received no formal sentence, but he was imprisoned in the
+strong fortress of Medina del Campo, where he was allowed to
+remain for twenty years, when in 1560, after a generation had
+nearly passed away, and time had, in some measure, thrown its
+softening veil over the past, he was suffered to regain his
+liberty. *17 But he came forth an aged man, bent down with
+infirmities and broken in spirit, - an object of pity, rather
+than indignation.  Rarely has retributive justice been meted out
+in fuller measure to offenders so high in authority, - most
+rarely in Castile. *18
+
+[Footnote 17: This date is established by Quintana, from a legal
+process instituted by Hernando's grandson, in vindication of the
+title of Marquess, in the year 1625.]
+
+[Footnote 18: Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Pizarro y
+Orellana, Varones Ilustres p 341. - Montesinos, Annales, M., ano
+1539. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 142.]
+
+Yet Hernando bore this long imprisonment with an equanimity
+which, had it been founded on principle, might command our
+respect.  He saw brothers and kindred, all on whom he leaned for
+support cut off one after another; his fortune, in part,
+confiscated, while he was involved in expensive litigation for
+the remainder; *19 his fame blighted, his career closed in an
+untimely hour, himself an exile in the heart of his own country;
+- yet he bore it all with the constancy of a courageous spirit.
+Though very old when released, he still survived several years,
+and continued to the extraordinary age of a hundred. *20 He lived
+long enough to see friends, rivals, and foes all called away to
+their account before him.
+
+[Footnote 19: Caro de Torres gives a royal cedula in reference to
+the working of the silver mines of Porco, still owned by Hernando
+Pizarro, in 1555; and another document of nearly the same date,
+noticing his receipt of ten thousand ducats by the fleet from
+Peru.  (Historia de las Ordenes Militares Madrid, 1629, p. 144.)
+Hernando's grandson was created by Philip IV. Marquess of the
+Conquest, Marques de la Conquista, with a liberal pension from
+government.  Pizarro y Orellana, Varones Ilustres, p. 342, and
+Discurso, p. 72.]
+
+[Footnote 20: "Multos da, Jupiter, annos", the greatest boon, in
+Pizarro y Orellana's opinion, that Heaven can confer!  "Diole
+Dios, por todo, el premio mayor desta vida, pues fue tan larga,
+que excedio de cien anos." (Varones Ilustres, p. 342) According
+to the same somewhat partial authority, Hernando died, as he had
+lived, in the odor of sanctity! "Viviendo aprender a morir, y
+saber morir, quando llego la muerte.]
+Hernando Pizarro was in many respects a remarkable character.  He
+was the eldest of the brothers, to whom he was related only by
+the father's side, for he was born in wedlock, of honorable
+parentage on both sides of his house.  In his early years, he
+received a good education, - good for the time.  He was taken by
+his father while quite young, to Italy, and there learned the art
+of war under the Great Captain.  Little is known of his history
+after his return to Spain; but, when his brother had struck out
+for himself his brilliant career of discovery in Peru, Hernando
+consented to take part in his adventures.
+
+He was much deferred to by Francisco, not only as his elder
+brother, but from his superior education and his knowledge of
+affairs.  He was ready in his perceptions, fruitful in resources,
+and possessed of great vigor in action.  Though courageous, he
+was cautious; and his counsels, when not warped by passion, were
+wise and wary.  But he had other qualities, which more than
+counterbalanced the good resulting from excellent parts and
+attainments.  His ambition and avarice were insatiable.  He was
+supercilious even to his equals; and he had a vindictive temper,
+which nothing could appease.  Thus, instead of aiding his brother
+in the Conquest, he was the evil genius that blighted his path.
+He conceived from the first an unwarrantable contempt for
+Almagro, whom he regarded as his brother's rival, instead of what
+he then was, the faithful partner of his fortunes.  He treated
+him with personal indignity, and, by his intrigues at court, had
+the means of doing him sensible injury.  He fell into Almagro's
+hands, and had nearly paid for these wrongs with his life.  This
+was not to be forgiven by Hernando, and he coolly waited for the
+hour of revenge.  Yet the execution of Almagro was a most
+impolitic act; for an evil passion can rarely be gratified with
+impunity.  Hernando thought to buy off justice with the gold of
+Peru.  He had studied human nature on its weak and wicked side,
+and he expected to profit by it.  Fortunately, he was deceived.
+He had, indeed, his revenge; but the hour of his revenge was that
+of his ruin.
+
+The disorderly state of Peru was such as to demand the immediate
+interposition of government.  In the general license that
+prevailed there, the rights of the Indian and of the Spaniard
+were equally trampled under foot.  Yet the subject was one of
+great difficulty; for Pizarro's authority was now firmly
+established over the country, which itself was too remote from
+Castile to be readily controlled at home.  Pizarro, moreover, was
+a man not easy to be approached, confident in his own strength,
+jealous of interference, and possessed of a fiery temper, which
+would kindle into a flame at the least distrust of the
+government.  It would not answer to send out a commission to
+suspend him from the exercise of his authority until his conduct
+could be investigated, as was done with Cortes, and other great
+colonial officers, on whose rooted loyalty the Crown could
+confidently rely.  Pizarro's loyalty sat, it was feared, too
+lightly on him to be a powerful restraint on his movements; and
+there were not wanting those among his reckless followers, who,
+in case of extremity, would be prompt to urge him to throw off
+his allegiance altogether, and set up an independent government
+for himself.
+
+Some one was to be sent out, therefore, who should possess, in
+some sort, a controlling, or, at least, concurrent power with the
+dangerous chief, while ostensibly he should act only in
+subordination to him.  The person selected for this delicate
+mission, was the Licentiate Vaca de Castro, a member of the Royal
+Audience of Valladolid.  He was a learned judge, a man of
+integrity and wisdom, and, though not bred to arms, had so much
+address, and such knowledge of character, as would enable him
+readily to turn the resources of others to his own account.
+
+His commission was guarded in a way which showed the
+embarrassment of the government.  He was to appear before Pizarro
+in the capacity of a royal judge; to consult with him on the
+redress of grievances, especially with reference to the
+unfortunate natives; to concert measures for the prevention of
+future evils; and above all, to possess himself faithfully of the
+condition of the country in all its details, and to transmit
+intelligence of it to the Court of Castile.  But, in case of
+Pizarro's death, he was to produce his warrant as royal governor,
+and as such to claim the obedience of the authorities throughout
+the land. - Events showed the wisdom of providing for this latter
+contingency. *21
+[Footnote 21: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Gomara, Hist.
+de las Ind., cap. 146. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 8,
+cap 9. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms. ano 1540.
+
+This latter writer sees nothing short of a "divine mystery" in
+this forecast of government, so singularly sustained by events.
+"Prevencion del gran espiritu del Rey, no sin misterio." Ubi
+supra.]
+
+The licentiate, thus commissioned, quitted his quiet residence at
+Valladolid, embarked at Seville, in the autumn of 1540, and,
+after a tedious voyage across the Atlantic, he traversed the
+Isthmus, and, encountering a succession of tempests on the
+Pacific, that had nearly sent his frail bark to the bottom, put
+in with her, a mere wreck, at the northerly port of Buenaventura.
+*22 The affairs of the country were in a state to require his
+presence.
+
+[Footnote 22: Or, as the port should rather be called, Mala
+Ventura, as Pedro Pizarro punningly remarks.  "Tuvo tan mal viaje
+en la mar que vbo de desembarcar en la Buena Ventura, aunque yo
+la llamo Mala.  Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+The civil war which had lately distracted the land had left it in
+so unsettled a state, that the agitation continued long after the
+immediate cause had ceased.  This was especially the case among
+the natives.  In the violent transfer of repartimientos, the poor
+Indian hardly knew to whom he was to look as his master.  The
+fierce struggles between the rival chieftains left him equally in
+doubt whom he was to regard as the rulers of the land.  As to the
+authority of a common sovereign, across the waters, paramount
+over all, he held that in still greater distrust; for what was
+the authority which could not command the obedience even of its
+own vassals? *23 The Inca Manco was not slow in taking advantage
+of this state of feeling.  He left his obscure fastnesses in the
+depths of the Andes, and established himself with a strong body
+of followers in the mountain country lying between Cuzco and the
+coast.  From this retreat, he made descents on the neighbouring
+plantations, destroying the houses, sweeping off the cattle, and
+massacring the people.  He fell on travellers, as they were
+journeying singly or in caravans from the coast, and put them to
+death - it is told by his enemies - with cruel tortures. Single
+detachments were sent against him, from time to time, but without
+effect.  Some he eluded, others he defeated; and, on one
+occasion, cut off a party of thirty troopers, to a man. *24
+
+[Footnote 23: "Piensan que les mienten los que aca les dizen que
+ai un gran Senor en Castilla, viendo que aca pelean unos
+capitanes contra otros; y piensan que no ai otro Rei sino aquel
+que venze al otro, porque aca entrellos no se acostumbra que un
+capitan pelee contra otro, estando entrambos debaxo de un Senor"
+Carta de Valverde al Emperador, Ms.]
+[Footnote 24: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib 6, cap. 7. -
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Carta de Espinall, Ms. -
+Carta de Valverde al Emperador, Ms.]
+
+At length, Pizarro found it necessary to send a considerable
+force under his brother Gonzalo against the Inca.  The hardy
+Indian encountered his enemy several times in the rough passes of
+the Cordilleras.  He was usually beaten, and sometimes with heavy
+loss, which he repaired with astonishing facility; for he always
+contrived to make his escape, and so true were his followers,
+that, in defiance of pursuit and ambuscade, he found a safe
+shelter in the secret haunts of the sierra.
+
+Thus baffled, Pizarro determined to try the effect of pacific
+overtures.  He sent to the Inca, both in his own name, and in
+that of the Bishop of Cuzco, whom the Peruvian prince held in
+reverence, to invite him to enter into negotiation. *25 Manco
+acquiesced, and indicated, as he had formerly done with Almagro,
+the valley of Yucay, as the scene of it.  The governor repaired
+thither, at the appointed time, well guarded, and, to propitiate
+the barbarian monarch, sent him a rich present by the hands of an
+African slave.  The slave was met on the route by a party of the
+Inca's men, who, whether with or without their master's orders,
+cruelly murdered him, and bore off the spoil to their quarters.
+Pizarro resented this outrage by another yet more atrocious.
+
+[Footnote 25: The Inca declined the interview with the bishop, on
+the ground that he had seen him pay obeisance by taking off his
+cap to Pizarro.  It proved his inferiority to the latter, he
+said, and that he could never protect him against the governor.
+The passage in which it is related is curious.  "Preguntando a
+indios del inca que anda alzado que si sabe el inca que yo soi
+venido a la tierra en nombre de S. M. para defendellos, dixo que
+mui bien lo sabia; y preguntado que porque no se benia a mi de
+paz, dixo el indio que dezia el inca que porque yo quando vine
+hize la mocha al gobernador, que quiere dezir que le quite el
+Bonete; que no queria venir a mi de paz, que el que no havia de
+venir de paz sino a uno que viniese de castilla que no hiziese la
+mocha al gobernador, porque le paresze a el que este lo podra
+defender por lo que ha hecho y no otro." Carta de Valverde al
+Emperador, Ms]
+
+Among the Indian prisoners was one of the Inca's wives, a young
+and beautiful woman, to whom he was said to be fondly attached.
+The governor ordered her to be stripped naked, bound to a tree,
+and, in presence of the camp, to be scourged with rods, and then
+shot to death with arrows.  The wretched victim bore the
+execution of the sentence with surprising fortitude.  She did not
+beg for mercy, where none was to be found.  Not a complaint,
+scarcely a groan, escaped her under the infliction of these
+terrible torments.  The iron Conquerors were amazed at this power
+of endurance in a delicate woman, and they expressed their
+admiration, while they condemned the cruelty of their commander,
+- in their hearts. *26 Yet constancy under the most excruciating
+tortures that human cruelty can inflict is almost the universal
+characteristic of the American Indian.
+[Footnote 26: At least, we may presume they did so, since they
+openly condemn him in their accounts of the transaction.  I quote
+Pedro Pizarro, not disposed to criticise the conduct of his
+general too severely.  "Se tomo una muger de mango ynga que le
+queria mucho y se guardo, creyendo que por ella saldria de paz.
+Esta muger mando matar al marquez despues en Yncay, haziendola
+varear con varas y flechar con flechas por una burla que mango
+ynga le hizo que aqui contare, y entiendo yo que por esta
+crueldad y otra hermana del ynga que mando matar en Lima quando
+los yndios pusieron cerco sobrella que se llamava Acarpay.  me
+paresce a mi que nuestro senor le castigo en el fin que tuvo."
+Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+Pizarro now prepared, as the most effectual means of checking
+these disorders among the natives, to establish settlements in
+the heart of the disaffected country.  These settlements, which
+received the dignified name of cities, might be regarded in the
+light of military colonies.  The houses were usually built of
+stone, to which were added the various public offices, and
+sometimes a fortress.  A municipal corporation was organized.
+Settlers were invited by the distribution of large tracts of land
+in the neighbourhood, with a stipulated number of Indian vassals
+to each.  The soldiers then gathered there, sometimes accompanied
+by their wives and families; for the women of Castile seem to
+have disdained the impediments of sex, in the ardor of conjugal
+attachment, or, it may be, of romantic adventure.  A populous
+settlement rapidly grew up in the wilderness, affording
+protection to the surrounding territory, and furnishing a
+commercial depot for the country, and an armed force ready at all
+times to maintain public order.
+
+Such a settlement was that now made at Guamanga, midway between
+Cuzco and Lima, which effectually answered its purpose by
+guarding the communications with the coast. *27 Another town was
+founded in the mining district of Charcas, under the appropriate
+name of the Villa de la Plata, the "City of Silver." And Pizarro,
+who journeyed by a circuitous route along the shores of the
+southern sea towards Lima, established the city of Arequipa,
+since arisen to such commercial celebrity.
+
+[Footnote 27: Cieza de Leon notices the uncommon beauty and
+solidity of the buildings at Guamanga.  "La qual han edificado
+las mayores y mejores casas que ay en todo el Peru, todas de
+piedra, ladrillo, y teja, con grandes torres: de manera que no
+falta aposentos.  La placa esta llana y bien grande' Cronica,
+cap. 87.]
+
+Once more in his favorite capital of Lima, the governor found
+abundant occupation in attending to its municipal concerns, and
+in providing for the expansive growth of its population.  Nor was
+he unmindful of the other rising settlements on the Pacific.  He
+encouraged commerce with the remoter colonies north of Peru, and
+took measures for facilitating internal intercourse.  He
+stimulated industry in all its branches, paying great attention
+to husbandry, and importing seeds of the different European
+grains, which he had the satisfaction, in a short time, to see
+thriving luxuriantly in a country where the variety of soil and
+climate afforded a home for almost every product. *28 Above all,
+he promoted the working of the mines, which already began to make
+such returns, that the most common articles of life rose to
+exorbitant prices, while the precious metals themselves seemed
+the only things of little value. But they soon changed hands, and
+found their way to the mother-country, where they rose to their
+true level as they mingled with the general currency of Europe.
+The Spaniards found that they had at length reached the land of
+which they had been so long in search, - the land of gold and
+silver.  Emigrants came in greater numbers to the country, and,
+spreading over its surface, formed in the increasing population
+the most effectual barrier against the rightful owners of the
+soil. *29
+
+[Footnote 28: "I con que ia comencaba a haver en aquellas Tierras
+cosecha de Trigo, Cevada, i otras muchas cosas de Castilla."
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 10, cap. 2.]
+
+[Footnote 29: Carta de Carvajal al Emperador, Ms. - Montesinos,
+Annales, Ms., anos 1539 et 1541. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y
+Conq., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6 lib. 7, cap. 1. -
+Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 76 et alibi.]
+Pizarro, strengthened by the arrival of fresh adventurers, now
+turned his attention to the remoter quarters of the country.
+Pedro de Valdivia was sent on his memorable expedition to Chili;
+and to his own brother Gonzalo the governor assigned the
+territory of Quito, with instructions to explore the unknown
+country towards the east, where, as report said, grew the
+cinnamon.  As this chief, who had hitherto acted but a
+subordinate part in the Conquest, is henceforth to take the most
+conspicuous, it may be well to give some account of him.
+
+Little is known of his early life, for he sprang from the same
+obscure origin with Francisco, and seems to have been as little
+indebted as his elder brother to the fostering care of his
+parents.  He entered early on the career of a soldier; a career
+to which every man in that iron age, whether cavalier or
+vagabond, seems, if left to himself, to have most readily
+inclined.  Here he soon distinguished himself by his skill in
+martial exercises, was an excellent horseman, and, when he came
+to the New World, was esteemed the best lance in Peru. *30
+
+[Footnote 30: The cavalier Pizarro y Orellana has given
+biographical notices of each of the brothers.  It requires no
+witchcraft to detect that the blood of the Pizarros flowed in the
+veins of the writer to his fingers' ends.  Yet his facts are less
+suspicious than his inferences.]
+In talent and in expansion of views, he was inferior to his
+brothers. Neither did he discover the same cool and crafty
+policy; but he was equally courageous, and in the execution of
+his measures quite as unscrupulous.  He had a handsome person,
+with open, engaging features, a free, soldier-like address, and a
+confiding temper, which endeared him to his followers.  His
+spirit was high and adventurous, and, what was equally important,
+he could inspire others with the same spirit, and thus do much to
+insure the success of his enterprises.  He was an excellent
+captain in guerilla warfare, an admirable leader in doubtful and
+difficult expeditions; but he had not the enlarged capacity for a
+great military chief, still less for a civil ruler.  It was his
+misfortune to be called to fill both situations.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter IV
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro's Expedition. - Passage Across The Mountains. -
+Discovers The Napo. - Incredible Sufferings. - Orellana Sails
+Down The Amazon. - Despair Of The Spaniards. - The Survivors
+Return To Quito.
+
+1540-1542.
+
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro received the news of his appointment to the
+government of Quito with undisguised pleasure; not so much for
+the possession that it gave him of this ancient Indian province,
+as for the field that it opened for discovery towards the east, -
+the fabled land of Oriental spices, which had long captivated the
+imagination of the Conquerors.  He repaired to his government
+without delay, and found no difficulty in awakening a kindred
+enthusiasm to his own in the bosoms of his followers.  In a short
+time, he mustered three hundred and fifty Spaniards, and four
+thousand Indians.  One hundred and fifty of his company were
+mounted, and all were equipped in the most thorough manner for
+the undertaking.  He provided, moreover, against famine by a
+large stock of provisions, and an immense drove of swine which
+followed in the rear *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. lib. 8, cap. 6, 7. -
+Garcilasso, Com Real., Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 2. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 1, 2. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap.
+143. - Montesinos, Annales, ano 1539.
+Historians differ as to the number of Gonzalo's forces, - of his
+men, his horses, and his hogs.  The last, according to Herrera,
+amounted to no less than 5000; a goodly supply of bacon for so
+small a troop, since the Indians, doubtless, lived on parched
+corn, coca, which usually formed their only support on the
+longest journeys.]
+
+It was the beginning of 1540, when he set out on this celebrated
+expedition.  The first part of the journey was attended with
+comparatively little difficulty, while the Spaniards were yet in
+the land of the Incas; for the distractions of Peru had not been
+felt in this distant province, where the simple people still
+lived as under the primitive sway of the Children of the Sun.
+But the scene changed as they entered the territory of Quixos,
+where the character of the inhabitants, as well as of the
+climate, seemed to be of another description.  The country was
+traversed by lofty ranges of the Andes, and the adventurers were
+soon entangled in their deep and intricate passes.  As they rose
+into the more elevated regions, the icy winds that swept down the
+sides of the Cordilleras benumbed their limbs, and many of the
+natives found a wintry grave in the wilderness.  While crossing
+this formidable barrier, they experienced one of those tremendous
+earthquakes which, in these volcanic regions, so often shake the
+mountains to their base.  In one place, the earth was rent
+asunder by the terrible throes of Nature, while streams of
+sulphurous vapor issued from the cavity, and a village with some
+hundreds of houses was precipitated into the frightful abyss! *2
+
+[Footnote 2: Zarate states the number with precision at five
+hundred houses. "Sobrevino vn tan gran Terremoto, con temblor, i
+tempestad de Agua, i Relampagos, i Raios, i grandes Truenos, que
+abriendose la Tierra por muchas partes, se hundieron quinientas
+Casas." (Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 2.) There is nothing so
+satisfactory to the mind of the reader as precise numbers; and
+nothing so little deserving of his confidence.]
+On descending the eastern slopes, the climate changed; and, as
+they came on the lower level, the fierce cold was succeeded by a
+suffocating heat, while tempests of thunder and lightning,
+rushing from out the gorges of the sierra, poured on their heads
+with scarcely any intermission day or night, as if the offended
+deities of the place were willing to take vengeance on the
+invaders of their mountain solitudes.  For more than six weeks
+the deluge continued unabated, and the forlorn wanderers, wet,
+and weary with incessant toil, were scarcely able to drag their
+limbs along the soil broken up and saturated with the moisture.
+After some months of toilsome travel, in which they had to cross
+many a morass and mountain stream, they at length reached
+Canelas, the Land of Cinnamon. *3 They saw the trees bearing the
+precious bark, spreading out into broad forests; yet, however
+valuable an article for commerce it might have proved in
+accessible situations, in these remote regions it was of little
+worth to them.  But, from the wandering tribes of savages whom
+they had occasionally met in their path, they learned that at ten
+days' distance was a rich and fruitful land abounding with gold,
+and inhabited by populous nations.  Gonzalo Pizarro had already
+reached the limits originally proposed for the expedition.  But
+this intelligence renewed his hopes, and he resolved to push the
+adventure farther.  It would have been well for him and his
+followers, had they been content to return on their footsteps.
+
+[Footnote 3: Canela is the Spanish for cinnamon.]
+
+Continuing their march, the country now spread out into broad
+savannas terminated by forests, which, as they drew near, seemed
+to stretch on every side to the very verge of the horizon.  Here
+they beheld trees of that stupendous growth seen only in the
+equinoctial regions. Some were so large, that sixteen men could
+hardly encompass them with extended arms! *4 The wood was thickly
+matted with creepers and parasitical vines, which hung in
+gaudy-colored festoons from tree to tree, clothing them in a
+drapery beautiful to the eye, but forming an impenetrable
+network.  At every step of their way, they were obliged to hew
+open a passage with their axes, while their garments, rotting
+from the effects of the drenching rains to which they had been
+exposed, caught in every bush and bramble, and hung about them in
+shreds. *5 Their provisions, spoiled by the weather, had long
+since failed, and the live stock which they had taken with them
+had either been consumed or made their escape in the woods and
+mountain passes.  They had set out with nearly a thousand dogs,
+many of them of the ferocious breed used in hunting down the
+unfortunate natives.  These they now gladly killed, but their
+miserable carcasses furnished a lean banquet for the famishing
+travellers; and, when these were gone, they had only such herbs
+and dangerous roots as they could gather in the forest. *6
+
+[Footnote 4: This, allowing six feet for the spread of a man's
+arms, would be about ninety-six feet in circumference, or
+thirty-two feet in diameter; larger, probably, than the largest
+tree known in Europe.  Yet it falls short of that famous giant of
+the forests mentioned by M. de Humboldt as still flourishing in
+the intendancy of Oaxaca, which, by the exact measurement of a
+traveller in 1839, was found to be a hundred and twelve feet in
+circumference at the height of four feet from the ground.  This
+height may correspond with that of the measurement taken by the
+Spaniards. See a curious and learned article on Forest-trees in
+No. 124 of the North American Review.]
+[Footnote 5: The dramatist Molina, in his play of "Las Amazonas
+en las Indias," has devoted some dozen columns of redondillas to
+an account of the sufferings of his countrymen in the expedition
+to the Amazon.  The poet reckoned confidently on the patience of
+his audience.  The following verses describe the miserable
+condition to which the Spaniards were reduced by the incessant
+rains.
+
+"Sin que el Sol en este tiempo
+Su cara ver nos permita,
+Ni las nubes taberneras
+Cessen de echamos encima
+Dilubios inagotables,
+Que hasta el alma nos bautizan.
+Cayeron los mas enfermos,
+Porque las ropas podridas
+Con el eterno agua va,
+Nos dexo en las carnes vivas."]
+
+[Footnote 6: Capitulacion con Orellana, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 143. -
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 2. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 6, lib. 8, cap. 6, 7. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2,
+lib. 3, cap. 2.
+
+The last writer obtained his information, as he tells us, from
+several who were present in the expedition.  The reader may be
+assured that it has lost nothing is coming through his hands.]
+
+At length the way-worn company came on a broad expanse of water
+formed by the Napo, one of the great tributaries of the Amazon,
+and which, though only a third or fourth rate river in America,
+would pass for one of the first magnitude in the Old World.  The
+sight gladdened their hearts, as, by winding along its banks,
+they hoped to find a safer and more practicable route.  After
+traversing its borders for a considerable distance, closely beset
+with thickets which it taxed their strength to the utmost to
+overcome, Gonzalo and his party came within hearing of a rushing
+noise that sounded like subterranean thunder.  The river, lashed
+into fury, tumbled along over rapids with frightful velocity, and
+conducted them to the brink of a magnificent cataract, which, to
+their wondering fancies, rushed down in one vast volume of foam
+to the depth of twelve hundred feet! *7 The appalling sounds
+which they had heard for the distance of six leagues were
+rendered yet more oppressive to the spirits by the gloomy
+stillness of the surrounding forests.  The rude warriors were
+filled with sentiments of awe.  Not a bark dimpled the waters.
+No living thing was to be seen but the wild tenants of the
+wilderness, the unwieldy boa, and the loathsome alligator basking
+on the borders of the stream. The trees towering in wide-spread
+magnificence towards the heavens, the river rolling on in its
+rocky bed as it had rolled for ages, the solitude and silence of
+the scene, broken only by the hoarse fall of waters, or the faint
+rustling of the woods, - all seemed to spread out around them in
+the same wild and primitive state as when they came from the
+hands of the Creator.
+
+[Footnote 7: "Al cabo de este largo camino hallaron que el rio
+hazia vn salto de una pena de mas de dozientas bracas de alto:
+que hazia tan gran ruydo, que lo oyeron mas de seys leguas antes
+que llegassen a el." (Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, nb. 3,
+cap. 3.) I find nothing to confirm or to confute the account of
+this stupendous cataract in later travellers, not very numerous
+in these wild regions.  The alleged height of the falls, twice
+that of the great cataract of the Tequendama in the Bogota, as
+measured by Humboldt, usually esteemed the highest in America, is
+not so great as that of some of the cascades thrown over the
+precipices in Switzerland.  Yet the estimates of the Spaniards,
+who, in the gloomy state of their feelings, were doubtless keenly
+alive to impressions of the sublime and the terrible, cannot
+safely be relied on.]
+
+For some distance above and below the falls, the bed of the river
+contracted so that its width did not exceed twenty feet.  Sorely
+pressed by hunger, the adventurers determined, at all hazards, to
+cross to the opposite side, in hopes of finding a country that
+might afford them sustenance.  A frail bridge was constructed by
+throwing the huge trunks of trees across the chasm, where the
+cliffs, as if split asunder by some convulsion of nature,
+descended sheer down a perpendicular depth of several hundred
+feet.  Over this airy causeway the men and horses succeeded in
+effecting their passage with the loss of a single Spaniard, who,
+made giddy by heedlessly looking down, lost his footing and fell
+into the boiling surges below.
+
+Yet they gained little by the exchange.  The country wore the
+same unpromising aspect, and the river-banks were studded with
+gigantic trees, or fringed with impenetrable thickets.  The
+tribes of Indians, whom they occasionally met in the pathless
+wilderness, were fierce and unfriendly, and they were engaged in
+perpetual skirmishes with them.  From these they learned that a
+fruitful country was to be found down the river at the distance
+of only a few days' journey, and the Spaniards held on their
+weary way, still hoping and still deceived, as the promised land
+flitted before them, like the rain bow, receding as they
+advanced.
+At length, spent with toil and suffering, Gonzalo resolved to
+construct a bark large enough to transport the weaker part of his
+company and his baggage.  The forests furnished him with timber;
+the shoes of the horses which had died on the road or been
+slaughtered for food, were converted into nails; gum distilled
+from the trees took the place of pitch, and the tattered garments
+of the soldiers supplied a substitute for oakum.  It was a work
+of difficulty; but Gonzalo cheered his men in the task, and set
+an example by taking part in their labors.  At the end of two
+months a brigantine was completed, rudely put together, but
+strong and of sufficient burden to carry half the company, - the
+first European vessel that ever floated on these inland waters.
+
+Gonzalo gave the command to Francisco de Orellana, a cavalier
+from Truxillo, on whose courage and devotion to himself he
+thought he could rely.  The troops now moved forward, still
+following the descending course of the river, while the
+brigantine kept alongside; and when a bold promontory or more
+impracticable country intervened, it furnished timely aid by the
+transportation of the feebler soldiers.  In this way they
+journeyed, for many a wearisome week, through the dreary
+wilderness on the borders of the Napo.  Every scrap of provisions
+had been long since consumed.  The last of their horses had been
+devoured.  To appease the gnawings of hunger, they were fain to
+eat the leather of their saddles and belts.  The woods supplied
+them with scanty sustenance, and they greedily fed upon toads,
+serpents, and such other reptiles as they occasionally found. *8
+
+[Footnote 8: "Yeruas y rayzes, y fruta siluestre, sapos, y
+culebras, y otras malas sauandijas, si las auia por aquellas
+montanas que todo les hazia buen estomago a los Espanoles; que
+peor les yua con la falta de cosas tan viles." Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 4 - Capitulacion con Orellana, Ms -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 8, cap. 7. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 3, 4. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap.
+143.]
+
+They were now told of a rich district, inhabited by a populous
+nation, where the Napo emptied into a still greater river that
+flowed towards the east.  It was, as usual, at the distance of
+several days' journey; and Gonzalo Pizarro resolved to halt where
+he was and send Orellana down in his brigantine to the confluence
+of the waters to procure a stock of provisions, with which he
+might return and put them in condition to resume their march.
+That cavalier, accordingly, taking with him fifty of the
+adventurers, pushed off into the middle of the river, where the
+stream ran swiftly, and his bark, taken by the current, shot
+forward with the speed of an arrow, and was soon out of sight.
+Days and weeks passed away, yet the vessel did not return; and no
+speck was to be seen on the waters, as the Spaniards strained
+their eyes to the farthest point, where the line of light faded
+away in the dark shadows of the foliage on the borders.
+Detachments were sent out, and, though absent several days, came
+back without intelligence of their comrades.  Unable longer to
+endure this suspense, or, indeed, to maintain themselves in their
+present quarters, Gonzalo and his famishing followers now
+determined to proceed towards the junction of the rivers.  Two
+months elapsed before they accomplished this terrible journey, -
+those of them who did not perish on the way, - although the
+distance probably did not exceed two hundred leagues; and they at
+length reached the spot so long desired, where the Napo pours its
+tide into the Amazon, that mighty stream, which, fed by its
+thousand tributaries, rolls on towards the ocean, for many
+hundred miles, through the heart of the great continent, - the
+most majestic of American rivers.
+
+But the Spaniards gathered no tidings of Orellana, while the
+country, though more populous than the region they had left, was
+as little inviting in its aspect, and was tenanted by a race yet
+more ferocious.  They now abandoned the hope of recovering their
+comrades, who they supposed must have miserably perished by
+famine or by the hands of the natives.  But their doubts were at
+length dispelled by the appearance of a white man wandering
+half-naked in the woods, in whose famine-stricken countenance
+they recognized the features of one of their countrymen.  It was
+Sanchez de Vargas, a cavalier of good descent, and much esteemed
+in the army.  He had a dismal tale to tell.
+
+Orellana, borne swiftly down the current of the Napo, had reached
+the point of its confluence with the Amazon in less than three
+days; accomplishing in this brief space of time what had cost
+Pizarro and his company two months.  He had found the country
+altogether different from what had been represented; and, so far
+from supplies for his country men, he could barely obtain
+sustenance for himself.  Nor was it possible for him to return as
+he had come, and make head against the current of the river;
+while the attempt to journey by land was an alternative scarcely
+less formidable.  In this dilemma, an idea flashed across his
+mind.  It was to launch his bark at once on the bosom of the
+Amazon, and descend its waters to its mouth.  He would then visit
+the rich and populous nations that, as report said, lined its
+borders, sail out on the great ocean, cross to the neighbouring
+isles, and return to Spain to claim the glory and the guerdon of
+discovery.  The suggestion was eagerly taken up by his reckless
+companions, welcoming any course that would rescue them from the
+wretchedness of their present existence, and fired with the
+prospect of new and stirring adventure, - for the love of
+adventure was the last feeling to become extinct in the bosom of
+the Castilian cavalier.  They heeded little their unfortunate
+comrades, whom they were to abandon in the wilderness! *9
+
+[Footnote 9: This statement of De Vargas was confirmed by
+Orellana, as appears from the language of the royal grant made to
+that cavalier on his return to Castile.  The document is
+preserved entire in the Munoz collection of Mss.
+
+"Haviendo vos ido con ciertos companeros un rio abajo a buscar
+comida, con la corriente fuistes metidos por el dicho rio mas de
+200 leguas donde no pudistes dar la buelta e por esta necesidad e
+por la mucha noticia que tuvistes de la grandeza e riqueza de la
+tierra, posponiendo vuestro peligro, sin interes ninguno por
+servir a S. M. os aventurastes a saber lo que havia en aquellas
+provincias, e ansi descubristes e hallastes grandes poblaciones."
+Capitulacion con Orellana, Ms.]
+
+This is not the place to record the circumstances of Orellana's
+extraordinary expediton. expedition.  He succeeded in his
+enterprise.  But it is marvellous that he should have escaped
+shipwreck in the perilous and unknown navigation of that river.
+Many times his vessel was nearly dashed to pieces on its rocks
+and in its furious rapids; *10 and he was in still greater peril
+from the warlike tribes on its borders, who fell on his little
+troop whenever he attempted to land, and followed in his wake for
+miles in their canoes.  He at length emerged from the great
+river; and, once upon the sea, Orellana made for the isle of
+Cubagua; thence passing over to Spain, he repaired to court, and
+told the circumstances of his voyage, - of the nations of Amazons
+whom he had found on the banks of the river, the El Dorado which
+report assured him existed in the neighbourhood, and other
+marvels, - the exaggeration rather than the coinage of a
+credulous fancy.  His audience listened with willing ears to the
+tales of the traveller; and in an age of wonders, when the
+mysteries of the East and the West were hourly coming to light,
+they might be excused for not discerning the true line between
+romance and reality. *11
+[Footnote 10: Condamine, who, in 1743, went down the Amazon, has
+often occasion to notice the perils and perplexities in which he
+was involved in the navigation of this river, too difficult, as
+he says, to be undertaken without the guidance of a skilful
+pilot.  See his Relation Abregee d'un Voyage fait dans
+l'Interieur de l'Amerique Meridionale.  (Maestricht, 1778.)]
+
+[Footnote 11: It has not been easy to discern the exact line in
+later times, with all the lights of modern discovery.  Condamine,
+after a careful investigation, considers that there is good
+ground for believing in the existence of a community of armed
+women, once living somewhere in the neighbourhood of the Amazon,
+though they have now disappeared.  It would be hard to disprove
+the fact, but still harder, considering the embarrassments in
+perpetuating such a community, to believe it.  Voyage dans
+l'Amerique Meridionale, p. 99, et seq.]
+
+He found no difficulty in obtaining a commission to conquer and
+colonize the realms he had discovered.  He soon saw himself at
+the head of five hundred followers, prepared to share the perils
+and the profits of his expedition.  But neither he, nor his
+country, was destined to realize these profits.  He died on his
+outward passage, and the lands washed by the Amazon fell within
+the territories of Portugal.  The unfortunate navigator did not
+even enjoy the undivided honor of giving his name to the waters
+he had discovered.  He enjoyed only the barren glory of the
+discovery, surely not balanced by the iniquitous circumstances
+which attended it. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: "His crime is, in some measure, balanced by the
+glory of having ventured upon a navigation of near two thousand
+leagues, through unknown nations, in a vessel hastily
+constructed, with green timber, and by very unskilful hands,
+without provisions, without a compass, or a pilot." (Robertson,
+America, (ed. London, 1796,) vol. III. p. 84.) The historian of
+America does not hold the moral balance with as unerring a hand
+as usual, in his judgment of Orellana's splendid enterprise.  No
+success, however splendid, in the language of one, not too severe
+a moralist,
+
+"Can blazon evil deeds or consecrate a crime."]
+
+One of Orellana's party maintained a stout opposition to his
+proceedings, as repugnant both to humanity and honor.  This was
+Sanchez de Vargas and the cruel commander was revenged on him by
+abandoning him to his fate in the desolate region where he was
+now found by his countrymen. *13
+[Footnote 13: An expedition more remarkable than that of Orellana
+was performed by a delicate female, Madame Godin, who, in 1769,
+attempted to descend the Amazon in an open boat to its mouth.
+She was attended by seven persons, two of them her brothers, and
+two her female domestics. The boat was wrecked, and Madame Godin,
+narrowly escaping with her life, endeavoured with her party to
+accomplish the remainder of her journey on foot.  She saw them
+perish, one after another, of hunger and disease, till she was
+left alone in the howling wilderness.  Still, like Milton's lady
+in Comus, she was permitted to come safely out of all these
+perils, and, after unparalleled sufferings, falling in with some
+friendly Indians, she was conducted by them to a French
+settlement.  Though a young woman, it will not be surprising that
+the hardships and terrors she endured turned her hair perfectly
+white.  The details of the extraordinary story are given in a
+letter to M. de la Condamine by her husband, who tells them in an
+earnest, unaffected way that engages our confidence.  Voyage dans
+l'Amerique Meridionale, p. 329, et seq.]
+The Spaniards listened with horror to the recital of Vargas, and
+their blood almost froze in their veins as they saw themselves
+thus deserted in the heart of this remote wilderness, and
+deprived of their only means of escape from it.  They made an
+effort to prosecute their journey along the banks, but, after
+some toilsome days, strength and spirits failed, and they gave up
+in despair!
+
+Then it was that the qualities of Gonzalo Pizarro, as a fit
+leader in the hour of despondency and danger, shone out
+conspicuous.  To advance farther was hopeless.  To stay where
+they were, without food or raiment, without defence from the
+fierce animals of the forest and the fiercer natives, was
+impossible.  One only course remained; it was to return to Quito.
+But this brought with it the recollection of the past, of
+sufferings which they could too well estimate, - hardly to be
+endured even in imagination.  They were now at least four hundred
+leagues from Quito, and more than a year had elapsed since they
+had set out on their painful pilgrimage.  How could they
+encounter these perils again! *14
+[Footnote 14: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 5. -
+Herrera, Hist. General dec. 6, lib. 8, cap. 8. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 5. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 143.
+
+One must not expect from these wanderers in the wilderness any
+exact computation of time or distance, destitute, as they were,
+of the means of making a correct observation of either.]
+
+Yet there was no alternative.  Gonzalo endeavoured to reassure
+his followers by dwelling on the invincible constancy they had
+hitherto displayed; adjuring them to show themselves still worthy
+of the name of Castilians.  He reminded them of the glory they
+would for ever acquire by their heroic achievement, when they
+should reach their own country.  He would lead them back, he
+said, by another route, and it could not be but that they should
+meet somewhere with those abundant regions of which they had os
+so often heard.  It was something, at least, that every step
+would take them nearer home; and as, at all events, it was
+clearly the only course now left, they should prepare to meet it
+like men.  The spirit would sustain the body; and difficulties
+encountered in the right spirit were half vanquished already!
+
+The soldiers listened eagerly to his words of promise and
+encouragement.  The confidence of their leader gave life to the
+desponding.  They felt the force of his reasoning, and, as they
+lent a willing ear to his assurances, the pride of the old
+Castilian honor revived in their bosoms, and every one caught
+somewhat of the generous enthusiasm of their commander.  He was,
+in truth, entitled to their devotion.  From the first hour of the
+expedition, he had freely borne his part in its privations.  Far
+from claiming the advantage of his position, he had taken his lot
+with the poorest soldier; ministering to the wants of the sick,
+cheering up the spirits of the desponding, sharing his stinted
+allowance with his famished followers, bearing his full part in
+the toil and burden of the march, ever showing himself their
+faithful comrade, no less than their captain.  He found the
+benefit of this conduct in a trying hour like the present.
+
+I will spare the reader the recapitulation of the sufferings
+endured by the Spaniards on their retrograde march to Quito.
+They took a more northerly route than that by which they had
+approached the Amazon; and, if it was attended with fewer
+difficulties, they experienced yet greater distresses from their
+greater inability to overcome them.  Their only nourishment was
+such scanty fare as they could pick up in the forest, or happily
+meet with in some forsaken Indian settlement, or wring by
+violence from the natives.  Some sickened and sank down by the
+way, for there was none to help them.  Intense misery had made
+them selfish; and many a poor wretch was abandoned to his fate,
+to die alone in the wilderness, or, more probably, to be
+devoured, while living, by the wild animals which roamed over it.
+
+At length, in June, 1542, after somewhat more than a year
+consumed in their homeward march, the way-worn company came on
+the elevated plains in the neighbourhood of Quito.  But how
+different their aspect from that which they had exhibited on
+issuing from the gates of the same capital, two years and a half
+before, with high romantic hope and in all the pride of military
+array!  Their horses gone, their arms broken and rusted, the
+skins of wild animals instead of clothes hanging loosely about
+their limbs, their long and matted locks streaming wildly down
+their shoulders, their faces burned and blackened by the tropical
+sun, their bodies wasted by famine and sorely disfigured by
+scars, - it seemed as if the charnel-house had given up its dead,
+as, with uncertain step, they glided slowly onwards like a troop
+of dismal spectres!  More than half of the four thousand Indians
+who had accompanied the expedition had perished, and of the
+Spaniards only eighty, and many of these irretrievably broken in
+constitution, returned to Quito. *15
+
+[Footnote 15: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 5. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 143.
+- Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 15. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 3, cap. 14.
+
+The last historian, in dismissing his account of the expedition,
+passes a panegyric on the courage and constancy of his
+countrymen, which we must admit to be well deserved.
+
+"Finalmente, Goncalo Picarro entro en el Quito, triunfando del
+valor, i sufrimiento, i de la constancia, recto, e immutable
+vigor del animo, pues Hombres Humanos no se hallan haver tanto
+sufrido ni padecido tantas desventuras.' Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+The few Christian inhabitants of the place, with their wives and
+children, came out to welcome their countrymen.  They ministered
+to them all the relief and refreshment in their power; and, as
+they listened to the sad recital of their sufferings, they
+mingled their tears with those of the wanderers.  The whole
+company then entered the capital, where their first act - to
+their credit be it mentioned - was to go in a body to the church,
+and offer up thanksgivings to the Almighty for their miraculous
+preservation through their long and perilous pilgrimage. *16 Such
+was the end of the expedition to the Amazon; an expedition which,
+for its dangers and hardships, the length of their duration, and
+the constancy with which they were endured, stands, perhaps,
+unmatched in the annals of American discovery.
+
+[Footnote 16: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 5.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter V
+
+The Almagro Faction. - Their Desperate Condition. - Conspiracy
+Against Francisco Pizarro. - Assassination Of Pizarro. - Acts Of
+The Conspirators. - Pizarro's Character
+
+1541.
+
+
+When Gonzalo Pizarro reached Quito, he received tidings of an
+event which showed that his expedition to the Amazon had been
+even more fatal to his interests than he had imagined.  A
+revolution had taken place during his absence, which had changed
+the whole condition of things in Peru.
+In a preceding chapter we have seen, that, when Hernando Pizarro
+returned to Spain, his brother the marquess repaired to Lima,
+where he continued to occupy himself with building up his infant
+capital, and watching over the general interests of the country.
+While thus employed, he gave little heed to a danger that hourly
+beset his path, and this, too, in despite of repeated warnings
+from more circumspect friends.
+
+After the execution of Almagro, his followers, to the number of
+several hundred, remained scattered through the country; but,
+however scattered, still united by a common sentiment of
+indignation against the Pizarros, the murderers, as they regarded
+them, of their leader.  The governor was less the object of these
+feelings than his brother Hernando, as having been less
+instrumental in the perpetration of the deed.  Under these
+circumstances, it was clearly Pizarro's policy to do one of two
+things; to treat the opposite faction either as friends, or as
+open enemies.  He might conciliate the most factious by acts of
+kindness, efface the remembrance of past injury, if he could, by
+present benefits; in short, prove to them that his quarrel had
+been with their leader, not with themselves, and that it was
+plainly for their interest to come again under his banner.  This
+would have been the most politic, as well as the most magnanimous
+course; and, by augmenting the number of his adherents, would
+have greatly strengthened his power in the land.  But, unhappily,
+he had not the magnanimity to pursue it.  It was not in the
+nature of a Pizarro to forgive an injury, or the man whom he had
+injured.  As he would not, therefore, try to conciliate Almagro's
+adherents, it was clearly the governor's policy to regard them as
+enemies, - not the less so for being in disguise, - and to take
+such measures as should disqualify them for doing mischief.  He
+should have followed the counsel of his more prudent brother
+Hernando, and distributed them in different quarters, taking care
+that no great number should assemble at any one point, or, above
+all, in the neighbourhood of his own residence.
+
+But the governor despised the broken followers of Almagro too
+heartily to stoop to precautionary measures.  He suffered the son
+of his rival to remain in Lima, where his quarters soon became
+the resort of the disaffected cavaliers.  The young man was well
+known to most of Almagro's soldiers, having been trained along
+with them in the camp under his father's eye, and, now that his
+parent was removed, they naturally transferred their allegiance
+to the son who survived him.
+
+That the young Almagro, however, might be less able to maintain
+this retinue of unprofitable followers, he was deprived by
+Pizarro of a great part of his Indians and lands, while he was
+excluded from the government of New Toledo, which had been
+settled on him by his father's testament. *1 Stripped of all
+means of support, without office or employment of any kind, the
+men of Chili, for so Almagro's adherents continued to be called,
+were reduced to the utmost distress.  So poor were they, as is
+the story of the time, that twelve cavaliers, who lodged in the
+same house, could muster only one cloak among them all; and, with
+the usual feeling of pride that belongs to the poor hidalgo,
+unwilling to expose their poverty, they wore this cloak by turns,
+those who had no right to it remaining at home. *2 Whether true
+or not, the anecdote well illustrates the extremity to which
+Almagro's faction was reduced.  And this distress was rendered
+yet more galling by the effrontery of their enemies, who,
+enriched by their forfeitures, displayed before their eyes all
+the insolent bravery of equipage and apparel that could annoy
+their feelings.
+
+[Footnote 1: Carta de Almagro, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 2: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 8, cap. 6.]
+Men thus goaded by insult and injury were too dangerous to be
+lightly regarded.  But, although Pizarro received various
+intimations intended to put him on his guard, he gave no heed to
+them.  "Poor devils!" he would exclaim, speaking with
+contemptuous pity of the men of Chili; "they have had bad luck
+enough.  We will not trouble them further." *3 And so little did
+he consider them, that he went freely about, as usual, riding
+without attendants to all parts of the town and to its immediate
+environs. *4
+
+[Footnote 3: Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 144.]
+
+[Footnote 4: Garcilasso, Com Real., Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 6.]
+News now reached the colony of the appointment of a judge by the
+Crown to take cognizance of the affairs of Peru.  Pizarro,
+although alarmed by the intelligence, sent orders to have him
+well entertained on his landing, and suitable accommodations
+prepared for him on the route. The spirits of Almagro's followers
+were greatly raised by the tidings. They confidently looked to
+this high functionary for the redress of their wrongs; and two of
+their body, clad in suits of mourning, were chosen to go to the
+north, where the judge was expected to land, and to lay their
+grievances before him.
+
+But months elapsed, and no tidings came of his arrival, till, at
+length, a vessel, coming into port, announced that most of the
+squadron had foundered in the heavy storms on the coast, and that
+the commissioner had probably perished with them.  This was
+disheartening intelligence to the men of Chili, whose "miseries,"
+to use the words of their young leader, "had become too grievous
+to be borne." *5 Symptoms of disaffection had already begun
+openly to manifest themselves.  The haughty cavaliers did not
+always doff their bonnets, on meeting the governor in the street;
+and on one occasion, three ropes were found suspended from the
+public gallows, with labels attached to them, bearing the names
+of Pizarro, Velasquez the judge, and Picado the governor's
+secretary. *6 This last functionary was peculiarly odious to
+Almagro and his followers.  As his master knew neither how to
+read nor write, all his communications passed through Picado's
+hands; and, as the latter was of a hard and arrogant nature,
+greatly elated by the consequence which his position gave him, he
+exercised a mischievous influence on the governor's measures.
+Almagro's poverty-stricken followers were the objects of his open
+ridicule, and he revenged the insult now offered him by riding
+before their young leader's residence, displaying a tawdry
+magnificence in his dress, sparkling with gold and silver, and
+with the inscription, "For the Men of Chili," set in his bonnet.
+It was a foolish taunt; but the poor cavaliers who were the
+object of it, made morbidly sensitive by their sufferings, had
+not the philosophy to despise it. *7
+
+[Footnote 5: "My sufferings," says Almagro, in his letter to the
+Royal Audience of Panama, "were enough to unsettle my reason."
+See his Letter in the original, Appendix, No. 12.]
+
+[Footnote 6: "Hizo Picado el secreptario del Marquez mucho dano a
+muchos, porque el marquez don Francisco Picarro como no savia ler
+ni escrivir fiavase del y no hacia mas de lo que el le aconsejava
+y ansi hizo este mucho mal en estos rreinos, porque el que no
+andava a su voluntad sirviendole aunque tuviese meritos le
+destruya y este Picado fue causa de que los de Chile tomasen mas
+odio al marquez por donde le mataron.  Porque queria este que
+todos lo reverenciasen, y los de chile no hazian caso del, y por
+esta causa los perseguia este mucho, y ansi vinieron a hazer lo
+que hizieron los de Chile." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. -
+Also Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 6.]
+
+[Footnote 7: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 6. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 6, lib. 10, cap. 2.]
+
+At length, disheartened by the long protracted coming of Vaca de
+Castro, and still more by the recent reports of his loss,
+Almagro's faction, despairing of redress from a legitimate
+authority, determined to take it into their own hands.  They came
+to the desperate resolution of assassinating Pizarro.  The day
+named for this was Sunday, the twenty-sixth of June, 1541.  The
+conspirators, eighteen or twenty in number, were to assemble in
+Almagro's house, which stood in the great square next to the
+cathedral, and, when the governor was returning from mass, they
+were to issue forth and fall on him in the street.  A white flag,
+unfurled at the same time from an upper window in the house, was
+to be the signal for the rest of their comrades to move to the
+support of those immediately engaged in the execution of the
+deed. *8
+[Footnote 8: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Montesinos,
+Annales, Ms., ano 1541. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap.
+6.]
+
+These arrangements could hardly have been concealed from Almagro,
+since his own quarters were to be the place of rendezvous.  Yet
+there is no good evidence of his having taken part in the
+conspiracy. *9 He was, indeed, too young to make it probable that
+he took a leading part in it. He is represented by contemporary
+writers to have given promise of many good qualities, though,
+unhappily, he was not placed in a situation favorable for their
+development.  He was the son of an Indian woman of Panama; but
+from early years had followed the troubled fortunes of his
+father, to whom he bore much resemblance in his free and generous
+nature, as well as in the violence of his passions.  His youth
+and inexperience disqualified him from taking the lead in the
+perplexing circumstances in which he was placed, and made him
+little more than a puppet in the hands of others. *10
+
+[Footnote 9: Yet this would seem to be contradicted by Almagro's
+own letter to the audience of Panama, in which he states, that,
+galled by intolerable injuries, he and his followers had resolved
+to take the remedy into their own hands, by entering the
+governor's house and seizing his person.  (See the original in
+Appendix, No. 12.) It is certain, however, that in the full
+accounts we have of the affair by writers who had the best means
+of information, we do not find Almagro's name mentioned as one
+who took an active part in the tragic drama.  His own letter
+merely expresses that it was his purpose to have taken part in it
+with the further declaration, that it was simply to seize, not to
+slay, Pizarro; - a declaration that no one who reads the history
+of the transaction will be very ready to credit.]
+
+[Footnote 10: "Mancebo virtuoso, i de grande Animo, i bien
+ensenado: i especialmente se havia exercitado mucho en cavalgar a
+Caballo, de ambas sillas, lo qual hacia con mucha gracia, i
+destreca, i tambien en escrevir, i leer, lo qual hacia mas
+liberalmente, i mejor de lo que requeria su Profesion.  De este
+tenia cargo, como Aio, Juan de Herrada." Zarate, Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 4, cap. 6.]
+
+The most conspicuous of his advisers was Juan de Herrada, or
+Rada, as his name is more usually spelt, - a cavalier of
+respectable family, but who, having early enlisted as a common
+soldier, had gradually risen to the highest posts in the army by
+his military talents.  At this time he was well advanced in
+years; but the fires of youth were not quenched in his bosom, and
+he burned with desire to avenge the wrongs done to his ancient
+commander.  The attachment which he had ever felt for the elder
+Almagro he seems to have transferred in full measure to his son;
+and it was apparently with reference to him, even more than to
+himself, that he devised this audacious plot, and prepared to
+take the lead in the execution of it.
+
+There was one, however, in the band of conspirators who felt some
+compunctions of conscience at the part he was acting, and who
+relieved his bosom by revealing the whole plot to his confessor.
+The latter lost no time in reporting it to Picado, by whom in
+turn it was communicated to Pizarro.  But, strange to say, it
+made little more impression on the governor's mind than the vague
+warnings he had so frequently received. "It is a device of the
+priest," said he; "he wants a mitre." *11 Yet he repeated the
+story to the judge Velasquez, who, instead of ordering the
+conspirators to be seized, and the proper steps taken for
+learning the truth of the accusation, seemed to be possessed with
+the same infatuation as Pizarro; and he bade the governor be
+under no apprehension, "for no harm should come to him, while the
+rod of justice," not a metaphorical badge of authority in
+Castile, "was in his hands." *12 Still, to obviate every
+possibility of danger, it was deemed prudent for Pizarro to
+abstain from going to mass on Sunday, and to remain at home on
+pretence of illness.
+
+[Footnote 11: "Pues un dia antes un sacerdote clerigo llamado
+Benao fue de noche y avisso a Picado el secreptario y dixole
+manana Domingo quando el marquez saliere a misa tienen concertado
+los de Chile de matar al marquez y a vos y a sus amigos.  Esto me
+a dicho vno en confision para que os venga a avisar.  Pues savido
+esto Picado se fue luego y lo conto al marquez y el le
+rrespondio.  Ese clerigo obispado quiere." Pedro Pizarro, Descub.
+y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 12: "El Juan Velazquez le dixo.  No tema vuestra
+senoria que mientras yo tuviere esta vara en la mano nadie se
+atrevera." Pedro Pizarro, Descub, y Conq., Ms.]
+
+On the day appointed, Rada and his companions met in Almagro's
+house, and waited with anxiety for the hour when the governor
+should issue from the church.  But great was their consternation,
+when they learned that he was not there, but was detained at
+home, as currently reported, by illness.  Little doubting that
+their design was discovered, they felt their own ruin to be the
+inevitable consequence, and that, too, without enjoying the
+melancholy consolation of having struck the blow for which they
+had incurred it.  Greatly perplexed, some were for disbanding, in
+the hope that Pizarro might, after all, be ignorant of their
+design.  But most were for carrying it into execution at once, by
+assaulting him in his own house.  The question was summarily
+decided by one of the party, who felt that in this latter course
+lay their only chance of safety.  Throwing open the doors, he
+rushed out, calling on his comrades "to follow him, or he would
+proclaim the purpose for which they had met." There was no longer
+hesitation, and the cavaliers issued forth, with Rada at their
+head, shouting, as they went, "Long live the king!  Death to the
+tyrant!" *13
+[Footnote 13: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 10, cap. 6. -
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 4, cap. 8. - Naharro, Rel. Sumaria, Ms. - Carta del Maestro,
+Martin de Arauco, Ms., 15 de Julio, 1541.]
+
+It was the hour of dinner, which, in this primitive age of the
+Spanish colonies, was at noon.  Yet numbers, roused by the cries
+of the assailants, came out into the square to inquire the cause.
+"They are going to kill the marquess," some said very coolly;
+others replied, "It is Picado." No one stirred in their defence.
+The power of Pizarro was not seated in the hearts of his people.
+
+As the conspirators traversed the plaza, one of the party made a
+circuit to avoid a little pool of water that lay in their path.
+"What!" exclaimed Rada, "afraid of wetting your feet, when you
+are to wade up to your knees in blood!" And he ordered the man to
+give up the enterprise and go home to his quarters.  The anecdote
+is characteristic. *14
+[Footnote 14: "Gomez Perez por haver alli agua derramada de una
+acequia, rodeo algun tanto por no mojarse; reparo en ello Juan de
+Rada, y entrandose atrevido por e agua le dijo: i Bamos a
+banarnos en sangre humana, y rehusais mojaros los pies en agua?
+Ea volveos.  hizolo volver y no asistio al hecho.' Montesinos,
+Annales, Ms., ano 1541.]
+The governor's palace stood on the opposite side of the square.
+It was approached by two courtyards.   The entrance to the outer
+one was protected by a massive gate, capable of being made good
+against a hundred men or more.  But it was left open, and the
+assailants, hurrying through to the inner court, still shouting
+their fearful battle-cry, were met by two domestics loitering in
+the yard.  One of these they struck down.  The other, flying in
+all haste towards the house, called out, "Help, help! the men of
+Chili are all coming to murder the marquess!"
+
+Pizarro at this time was at dinner, or, more probably, had just
+dined.  He was surrounded by a party of friends, who had dropped
+in, it seems, after mass, to inquire after the state of his
+health, some of whom had remained to partake of his repast.
+Among these was Don Martinez de Alcantara, Pizarro's half-brother
+by the mother's side, the judge Velasquez, the bishop elect of
+Quito, and several of the principal cavaliers in the place, to
+the number of fifteen or twenty.  Some of them, alarmed by the
+uproar in the court-yard, left the saloon, and, running down to
+the first landing on the stairway, inquired into the cause of the
+disturbance.  No sooner were they informed of it by the cries of
+the servant, than they retreated with precipitation into the
+house; and, as they had no mind to abide the storm unarmed, or at
+best imperfectly armed, as most of them were, they made their way
+to the a corridor that overlooked the gardens, into which they
+easily let themselves down without injury.  Velasquez, the judge,
+the better to have the use of his hands in the descent, held his
+rod of office in his mouth, thus taking care, says a caustic old
+chronicler, not to falsify his assurance, that "no harm should
+come to Pizarro while the rod of justice was in his hands"! *15
+[Footnote 15: "En lo qual no paresce haver quebrantado su
+palabra, porque despues huiendo (como adelante se dira) al
+tiempo, que quisieron matar al Marques, se hecho de vna Ventana
+abajo, a la Huerta, llevando la Vara en la boca." Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 7.
+
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria,
+Ms. - Carta del Maestro, Martin de Arauco, Ms. - Carta de Fray
+Vicente de Valverde a la Audiencia de Panama, Ms., desde Tumbez,
+15 Nov. 1541. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 145.]
+
+Meanwhile, the marquess, learning the nature of the tumult,
+called out to Francisco de Chaves, an officer high in his
+confidence, and who was in the outer apartment opening on the
+staircase, to secure the door, while he and his brother Alcantara
+buckled on their armour.  Had this order, coolly given, been as
+coolly obeyed, it would have saved them all, since the entrance
+could easily have been maintained against a much larger force,
+till the report of the cavaliers who had fled had brought support
+to Pizarro.  But unfortunately, Chaves, disobeying his commander,
+half opened the door, and attempted to enter into a parley with
+the conspirators.  The latter had now reached the head of the
+stairs, and cut short the debate by running Chaves through the
+body, and tumbling his corpse down into the area below.  For a
+moment they were kept at bay by the attendants of the slaughtered
+cavalier, but these too, were quickly despatched; and Rada and
+his companions, entering the apartment, hurried across it,
+shouting out, "Where is the marquess?  Death to the tyrant!"
+Martinez de Alcantara, who in the adjoining room was assisting
+his brother to buckle on his mail, no sooner saw that the
+entrance to the antechamber had been gained, than he sprang to
+the doorway of the apartment, and, assisted by two young men,
+pages of Pizarro, and by one or two cavaliers in attendance,
+endeavoured to resist the approach of the assailants.  A
+desperate struggle now ensued.  Blows were given on both sides,
+some of which proved fatal, and two of the conspirators were
+slain, while Alcantara and his brave companions were repeatedly
+wounded.
+At length, Pizarro, unable, in the hurry of the moment, to adjust
+the fastenings of his cuirass threw it away, and enveloping one
+arm in his cloak, with the other seized his sword, and sprang to
+his brother's assistance.  It was too late; for Alcantara was
+already staggering under the loss of blood, and soon fell to the
+ground.  Pizarro threw himself on his invaders, like a lion
+roused in his lair, and dealt his blows with as much rapidity and
+force, as if age had no power to stiffen his limbs. "What ho!" he
+cried, "traitors!  have you come to kill me in my own house?" The
+conspirators drew back for a moment, as two of their body fell
+under Pizarro's sword; but they quickly rallied, and, from their
+superior numbers, fought at great advantage by relieving one
+another in the assault.  Still the passage was narrow, and the
+struggle lasted for some minutes, till both of Pizarro's pages
+were stretched by his side, when Rada, impatient of the delay,
+called out, "Why are we so long about it? Down with the tyrant!"
+and taking one of his companions, Narvaez, in his arms, he thrust
+him against the marquess.  Pizarro, instantly grappling with his
+opponent, ran him through with his sword.  But at that moment he
+received a wound in the throat, and reeling, he sank on the
+floor, while the swords of Rada and several of the conspirators
+were plunged into his body.  "Jesu!" exclaimed the dying man and,
+tracing a cross with his finger on the bloody floor, he bent down
+his head to kiss it, when a stroke, more friendly than the rest,
+put an end to his existence. *16
+[See Assassination Of Pizarro: He traced a cross with his finger
+on the bloody floor and bent his head down to kiss it, when a
+stroke, more friendly than the rest, put an end to his
+existence.]
+
+[Footnote 16: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 8. - Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 10, cap. 6. - Carta de la
+Justicia y Regimiento de la Ciudad de los Reyes, Ms., 15 de
+Julio, 1541. - Carta del Maestro, Martin de Arauco, Ms. - Carta
+de Fray Vicente Valverde, desde Tumbez, Ms. - Gomara, Hist. de
+las Ind., ubi supra. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1541.
+
+Pizarro y Orellana seems to have no doubt that his slaughtered
+kinsman died in the odor of sanctity. - "Alli le acabaron los
+traidores enemigos, dandole cruelissimas heridas, con que acabo
+el Julio Cesar Espanol, estando tan en si que pidiendo confession
+con gran acto de contricion, haziendo la senal de la Cruz con su
+misma sangre, y besandola murio." Varones Ilustres, p. 186.
+
+According to one authority, the mortal blow was given by a
+soldier named Borregan, who, when Pizarro was down, struck him on
+the back of the head with a water-jar, which he had snatched from
+the table.  (Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 10, cap. 6.)
+Considering the hurry and confusion of the scene, the different
+narratives of the catastrophe, though necessarily differing in
+minute details have a remarkable agreement with one another.]
+
+The conspirators, having accomplished their bloody deed, rushed
+into the street, and, brandishing their dripping weapons, shouted
+out, "The tyrant is dead!  The laws are restored!  Long live our
+master the emperor, and his governor, Almagro!" The men of Chili,
+roused by the cheering cry, now flocked in from every side to
+join the banner of Rada, who soon found himself at the head of
+nearly three hundred followers, all armed and prepared to support
+his authority.  A guard was placed over the houses of the
+principal partisans of the late governor, and their persons were
+taken into custody.  Pizarro's house, and that of his secretary
+Picado, were delivered up to pillage, and a large booty in gold
+and silver was found in the former.  Picado himself took refuge
+in the dwelling of Riquelme, the treasurer; but his hiding-place
+was detected, - betrayed, according to some accounts, by the
+looks, though not the words, of the treasurer himself, - and he
+was dragged forth and committed to a secure prison. *17 The whole
+city was thrown into consternation, as armed bodies hurried to
+and fro on their several errands, and all who were not in the
+faction of Almagro trembled lest they should be involved in the
+proscription of their enemies.  So great was the disorder, that
+the Brothers of Mercy, turning out in a body, paraded the streets
+in solemn procession, with the host elevated in the air, in hopes
+by the presence of the sacred symbol to calm the passions of the
+multitude.
+
+[Footnote 17: "No se olvidaron de buscar a Antonio Picado, i
+iendo en casa del Tesorero Alonso Riquelme, el mismo iba
+diciendo: No se adonde esta el Senor Picado, i con los ojos le
+mostraba, i le hallaron debaxo de la cama." Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 6, lib. 10, cap. 7.
+
+We find Riquelme's name, soon after this, enrolled among the
+municipality of Lima, showing that he found it convenient to give
+in his temporary adhesion, at least, to Almagro.  Carta de la
+Justicia y Regimiento de la Ciudad de los Reyes, Ms.]
+
+But no other violence was offered by Rada and his followers than
+to apprehend a few suspected persons, and to seize upon horses
+and arms wherever they were to be found.  The municipality was
+then summoned to recognize the authority of Almagro; the
+refractory were ejected without ceremony from their offices, and
+others of the Chili faction were substituted.  The claims of the
+new aspirant were fully recognized; and young Almagro, parading
+the streets on horseback, and escorted by a well-armed body of
+cavaliers, was proclaimed by sound of trumpet governor and
+captain-general of Peru.
+
+Meanwhile, the mangled bodies of Pizarro and his faithful
+adherents were left weltering in their blood.  Some were for
+dragging forth the governor's corpse to the market-place, and
+fixing his head upon a gibbet. But Almagro was secretly prevailed
+on to grant the entreaties of Pizarro's friends, and allow his
+interment.  This was stealthily and hastily performed, in the
+fear of momentary interruption.  A faithful attendant and his
+wife, with a few black domestics, wrapped the body in a cotton
+cloth and removed it to the cathedral.  A grave was hastily dug
+in an obscure corner, the services were hurried through, and, in
+secrecy, and in darkness dispelled only by the feeble glimmering
+of a few tapers furnished by these humble menials, the remains of
+Pizarro, rolled in their bloody shroud, were consigned to their
+kindred dust.  Such was the miserable end of the Conqueror of
+Peru, - of the man who but a few hours before had lorded it over
+the land with as absolute a sway as was possessed by its
+hereditary Incas.  Cut off in the broad light of day, in the
+heart of his own capital, in the very midst of those who had been
+his companions in arms and shared with him his triumphs and his
+spoils, he perished like a wretched outcast.  "There was none
+even," in the expressive language of the chronicler "to say, God
+forgive him!" *18
+
+[Footnote 18: "Murio pidiendo confesion, i haciendo la Cruz, sin
+que nadie lijese, Dios te perdone." Gomara, Hist de las Ind.,
+cap. 144.
+Ms. de Caravantes. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 8. -
+Carta del Maestro, Martin de Arauco, Ms. - Carta de Fray Vicente
+Valverde, desde Tumbez, Ms.]
+
+A few years later, when tranquillity was restored to the country,
+Pizarro's remains were placed in a sumptuous coffin and deposited
+under a monument in a conspicuous part of the cathedral.  And in
+1607, when time had thrown its friendly mantle over the past, and
+the memory of his errors and his crimes was merged in the
+consideration of the great services he had rendered to the Crown
+by the extension of her colonial empire, his bones were removed
+to the new cathedral, and allowed to repose side by side with
+those of Mendoza, the wise and good viceroy of Peru. *19
+[Footnote 19: "Sus huesos encerrados en una caxa guarnecida de
+terciopelo morado con passamanos de oro que yo he visto." Ms. de
+Caravantes.]
+Pizarro was, probably, not far from sixty-five years of age at
+the time of his death; though this, it must be added, is but
+loose conjecture, since there exists no authentic record of the
+date of his birth. *20 He was never married; but by an Indian
+princess of the Inca blood, daughter of Atahuallpa and
+granddaughter of the great Huayna Capac, he had two children, a
+son and a daughter.  Both survived him; but the son did not live
+to manhood.  Their mother, after Pizarro's death, wedded a
+Spanish cavalier, named Ampuero, and removed with him to Spain.
+Her daughter Francisca accompanied her, and was there
+subsequently married to her uncle Hernando Pizarro, then a
+prisoner in the Mota del Medina.  Neither the title nor estates
+of the Marquess Francisco descended to his illegitimate
+offspring.  But in the third generation, in the reign of Philip
+the Fourth, the title was revived in favor of Don Juan Hernando
+Pizarro, who, out of gratitude for the services of his ancestor,
+was created Marquess of the Conquest, Marques de la Conquista,
+with a liberal pension from government.  His descendants, bearing
+the same title of nobility, are still to be found, it is said, at
+Truxillo, in the ancient province of Estremadura, the original
+birthplace of the Pizarros. *21
+
+[Footnote 20: Ante, Book 2, chap. 2, note 1.]
+
+[Footnote 21: Ms. de Caravantes. - Quintana, Espanoles Celebres,
+tom. II., p. 417.
+
+See also the Discurso, Legal y Politico, annexed by Pizarro y
+Orellana to his bulky tome, in which that cavalier urges the
+claims of Pizarro.  It is in the nature of a memorial to Philip
+IV in behalf of Pizarro's descendants, in which the writer, after
+setting forth the manifold services of the Conqueror, shows how
+little his posterity had profited by the magnificent grants
+conferred on him by the Crown.  The argument of the Royal
+Counsellor was not without its effect.]
+Pizarro's person has been already described.  He was tall in
+stature, well-proportioned, and with a countenance not
+unpleasing.  Bred in camps, with nothing of the polish of a
+court, he had a soldier-like bearing, and the air of one
+accustomed to command.  But though not polished, there was no
+embarrassment or rusticity in his address, which, where it served
+his purpose, could be plausible and even insinuating.  The proof
+of it is the favorable impression made by him, on presenting
+himself, after his second expedition - stranger as he was to all
+its forms and usages - at the punctilious court of Castile.
+
+Unlike many of his countrymen, he had no passion for ostentatious
+dress, which he regarded as an incumbrance.  The costume which he
+most affected on public occasions was a black cloak, with a white
+hat, and shoes of the same color; the last, it is said, being in
+imitation of the Great Captain, whose character he had early
+learned to admire in Italy, but to which his own, certainly, bore
+very faint resemblance. *22
+[Footnote 22: Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 144. - Zarate,
+Conq. del Peru. lib. 4, cap. 9.
+
+The portrait of Pizarro, in the viceregal palace at Lima,
+represents him in a citizen's dress, with a sable cloak, - the
+capa y espada of a Spanish gentleman.  Each panel in the spacious
+sala de los Vireyes was reserved for the portrait of a viceroy.
+The long file is complete, from Pizarro to Pezuela; and it is a
+curious fact, noticed by Stevenson, that the last panel was
+exactly filled when the reign of the viceroys was abruptly
+terminated by the Revolution.  (Residence in South America, vol.
+I. p. 228.) It is a singular coincidence that the same thing
+should have occurred at Venice, where, if my memory serves me,
+the last niche reserved for the effigies of its doges was just
+filled, when the ancient aristocracy was overturned.]
+He was temperate in eating, drank sparingly, and usually rose an
+hour before dawn.  He was punctual in attendance to business, and
+shrunk from no toil.  He had, indeed, great powers of patient
+endurance.  Like most of his nation, he was fond of play, and
+cared little for the quality of those with whom he played;
+though, when his antagonist could not afford to lose, he would
+allow himself, it is said, to be the loser; a mode of conferring
+an obligation much commended by a Castilian writer, for its
+delicacy. *23
+[Footnote 23: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 9.]
+Though avaricious, it was in order to spend and not to hoard.
+His ample treasures, more ample than those, probably, that ever
+before fell to the lot of an adventurer, *24 were mostly
+dissipated in his enterprises, his architectural works, and
+schemes of public improvement, which, in a country where gold and
+silver might be said to have lost their value from their
+abundance, absorbed an incredible amount of money.  While he
+regarded the whole country, in a manner, as his own, and
+distributed it freely among his captains, it is certain that the
+princely grant of a territory with twenty thousand vassals, made
+to him by the Crown, was never carried into effect; nor did his
+heirs ever reap the benefit of it. *25
+
+[Footnote 24: "Hallo, i tuvo mas Oro, i Plata, que otro ningun
+Espanol de quantos han pasado a Indias, ni que ninguno de quantos
+Capitanes han sido por el Mundo." Gomara Hist. de las Ind., cap.
+144.]
+
+[Footnote 25: Ms. de Caravantes. - Pizarro y Orellana, Discurso
+Leg. y Pol., ap. Varones Ilust.  Gonzalo Pizarro, when taken
+prisoner by President Gasca, challenged him to point out any
+quarter of the country in which the royal grant had been carried
+into effect by a specific assignment of land to his brother.  See
+Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 36.]
+To a man possessed of the active energies of Pizarro, sloth was
+the greatest evil.  The excitement of play was in a manner
+necessary to a spirit accustomed to the habitual stimulants of
+war and adventure.  His uneducated mind had no relish for more
+refined, intellectual recreation. The deserted foundling had
+neither been taught to read nor write.  This has been disputed by
+some, but it is attested by unexceptionable authorities. *26
+Montesinos says, indeed, that Pizarro, on his first voyage, tried
+to learn to read; but the impatience of his temper prevented it,
+and he contented himself with learning to sign his name. *27 But
+Montesinos was not a contemporary historian.  Pedro Pizarro, his
+companion in arms, expressly tells us he could neither read nor
+write; *28 and Zarate, another contemporary, well acquainted with
+the Conquerors, confirms this statement, and adds, that Pizarro
+could not so much as sign his name. *29 This was done by his
+secretary - Picado, in his latter years - while the governor
+merely made the customary rubrica or flourish at the sides of his
+name.  This is the case with the instruments I have examined, in
+which his signature, written probably by his secretary, or his
+title of Marques, in later life substituted for his name, is
+garnished with a flourish at the ends, executed in as bungling a
+manner as if done by the hand of a ploughman.  Yet we must not
+estimate this deficiency as we should in this period of general
+illumination, - general, at least, in our own fortunate country.
+Reading and writing, so universal now, in the beginning of the
+sixteenth century might be regarded in the light of
+accomplishments; and all who have occasion to consult the
+autograph memorials of that time will find the execution of them,
+even by persons of the highest rank, too often such as would do
+little credit to a schoolboy of the present day.
+
+[Footnote 26: Even so experienced a person as Munoz seems to have
+fallen into this error.  On one of Pizarro's letters I find the
+following copy of an autograph memorandum by this eminent
+scholar: - Carta de Francisco Pizarro, su letra i buena letra.]
+
+[Footnote 27: "En este viage trato Pizarro de aprender a leer; no
+le dio su viveza lugar a ello; contentose solo con saber firmar,
+de lo que se veia Almagro, y decia, que firmar sin saber leer era
+lo mismo que recibir herida, sin poder darla.  En adelante firmo
+siempre Pizarro por si, y por Almagro su Secretario." Montesinos,
+Annales, Ms., ano 1525.]
+[Footnote 28: "Porque el marquez don Francisco Picarro como no
+savia ler ni escrivir." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms]
+
+[Footnote 29: "Siendo personas," says the author, speaking both
+of Pizarro and Almagro, "no solamente, no leidas, pero que de
+todo punto no sabian leer, ni aun firmar, que en ellos fue cosa
+de gran defecto. . . . . . Fue el Marques tan confiado de sus
+Criados, i Amigos, que todos los Despachos, que hacia, asi de
+Governacion, como de Repartimientos de Indios, libraba ha ciendo
+el dos senales, en medio de las quales Antonio Picado, su
+Secretario, firmaba el nombre de Francisco Picarro." Zarate,
+Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 9.]
+
+Though bold in action and not easily turned from his purpose,
+Pizarro was slow in arriving at a decision.  This gave him an
+appearance of irresolution foreign to his character. *30 Perhaps
+the consciousness of this led him to adopt the custom of saying
+'No," at first, to applicants for favor; and afterwards, at
+leisure, to revise his judgment, and grant what seemed to him
+expedient.  He took the opposite course from his comrade Almagro,
+who, it was observed, generally said "Yes," but too often failed
+to keep his promise.  This was characteristic of the careless and
+easy nature of the latter, governed by impulse rather than
+principle. *31
+[Footnote 30: This tardiness of resolve has even led Herrera to
+doubt his resolution altogether; a judgment certainly
+contradicted by the whole tenor of his history.  "Porque aunque
+era astuto, i recatado, por la maior parte fue de animo suspenso,
+i no mui resoluto." Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 7, cap. 13.]
+
+[Footnote 31: "Tenia por costumbre de quando algo le pedian dezir
+siempre de no. esto dezia el que hazia por no faltar su palabra,
+y no obstante que dezia no, correspondia con hazer lo que le
+pedian no aviendo inconvenimente. . . . . . Don Diego de Almagro
+hera a la contra que a todos dezia si, y con pocos lo cumplia."
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+It is hardly necessary to speak of the courage of a man pledged
+to such a career as that of Pizarro.  Courage, indeed, was a
+cheap quality among the Spanish adventurers, for danger was their
+element.  But he possessed something higher than mere animal
+courage, in that constancy of purpose which was rooted too deeply
+in his nature to be shaken by the wildest storms of fortune.  It
+was this inflexible constancy which formed the key to his
+character, and constituted the secret of his success.  A
+remarkable evidence of it was given in his first expedition,
+among the mangroves and dreary marshes of Choco.  He saw his
+followers pining around him under the blighting malaria, wasting
+before an invisible enemy, and unable to strike a stroke in their
+own defence.  Yet his spirit did not yield, nor did he falter in
+his enterprise.
+
+There is something oppressive to the imagination in this war
+against nature.  In the struggle of man against man, the spirits
+are raised by a contest conducted on equal terms; but in a war
+with the elements, we feel, that, however bravely we may contend,
+we can have no power to control. Nor are we cheered on by the
+prospect of glory in such a contest; for, in the capricious
+estimate of human glory, the silent endurance of privations,
+however painful, is little, in comparison with the ostentatious
+trophies of victory.  The laurel of the hero - alas for humanity
+that it should be so!  - grows best on the battle-field.
+This inflexible spirit of Pizarro was shown still more strongly,
+when, in the little island of Gallo, he drew the line on the
+sand, which was to separate him and his handful of followers from
+their country and from civilized man.  He trusted that his own
+constancy would give strength to the feeble, and rally brave
+hearts around him for the prosecution of his enterprise.  He
+looked with confidence to the future, and he did not
+miscalculate.  This was heroic, and wanted only a nobler motive
+for its object to constitute the true moral sublime.
+
+Yet the same feature in his character was displayed in a manner
+scarcely less remarkable, when, landing on the coast and
+ascertaining the real strength and civilization of the Incas, he
+persisted in marching into the interior at the head of a force of
+less than two hundred men.  In this he undoubtedly proposed to
+himself the example of Cortes, so contagious to the adventurous
+spirits of that day, and especially to Pizarro, engaged, as he
+was, in a similar enterprise.  Yet the hazard assumed by Pizarro
+was far greater than that of the Conqueror of Mexico, whose force
+was nearly three times as large, while the terrors of the Inca
+name - however justified by the result - were as widely spread as
+those of the Aztecs.
+It was doubtless in imitation of the same captivating model, that
+Pizarro planned the seizure of Atahuallpa.  But the situations of
+the two Spanish captains were as dissimilar as the manner in
+which their acts of violence were conducted.  The wanton massacre
+of the Peruvians resembled that perpetrated by Alvarado in
+Mexico, and might have been attended with consequences as
+disastrous, if the Peruvian character had been as fierce as that
+of the Aztecs. *32 But the blow which roused the latter to
+madness broke the tamer spirits of the Peruvians.  It was a bold
+stroke, which left so much to chance, that it scarcely merits the
+name of policy.
+[Footnote 32: See Conquest of Mexico, Book 4, chap 8.]
+
+When Pizarro landed in the country, he found it distracted by a
+contest for the crown.  It would seem to have been for his
+interest to play off one party against the other, throwing his
+own weight into the scale that suited him.  Instead of this, he
+resorted to an act of audacious violence which crushed them both
+at a blow.  His subsequent career afforded no scope for the
+profound policy displayed by Cortes, when he gathered conflicting
+nations under his banner, and directed them against a common foe.
+Still less did he have the opportunity of displaying the tactics
+and admirable strategy of his rival.  Cortes conducted his
+military operations on the scientific principles of a great
+captain at the head of a powerful host.  Pizarro appears only as
+an adventurer, a fortunate knight-errant.  By one bold stroke, he
+broke the spell which had so long held the land under the
+dominion of the Incas. The spell was broken, and the airy fabric
+of their empire, built on the superstition of ages, vanished at a
+touch.  This was good fortune, rather than the result of policy.
+
+Pizarro was eminently perfidious.  Yet nothing is more opposed to
+sound policy.  One act of perfidy fully established becomes the
+ruin of its author.  The man who relinquishes confidence in his
+good faith gives up the best basis for future operations.  Who
+will knowingly build on a quicksand?  By his perfidious treatment
+of Almagro, Pizarro alienated the minds of the Spaniards.  By his
+perfidious treatment of Atahuallpa, and subsequently of the Inca
+Manco, he disgusted the Peruvians.  The name of Pizarro became a
+by-word for perfidy.  Almagro took his revenge in a civil war;
+Manco in an insurrection which nearly cost Pizarro his dominion.
+The civil war terminated in a conspiracy which cost him his life.
+Such were the fruits of his policy.  Pizarro may be regarded as a
+cunning man; but not, as he has been often eulogized by his
+countrymen, as a politic one.
+When Pizarro obtained possession of Cuzco, he found a country
+well advanced in the arts of civilization; institutions under
+which the people lived in tranquillity and personal safety; the
+mountains and the uplands whitened with flocks; the valleys
+teeming with the fruits of a scientific husbandry; the granaries
+and warehouses filled to overflowing; the whole land rejoicing in
+its abundance; and the character of the nation, softened under
+the influence of the mildest and most innocent form of
+superstition, well prepared for the reception of a higher and a
+Christian civilization. But, far from introducing this, Pizarro
+delivered up the conquered races to his brutal soldiery; the
+sacred cloisters were abandoned to their lust; the towns and
+villages were given up to pillage; the wretched natives were
+parcelled out like slaves, to toil for their conquerors in the
+mines; the flocks were scattered, and wantonly destroyed; the
+granaries were dissipated; the beautiful contrivances for the
+more perfect culture of the soil were suffered to fall into
+decay; the paradise was converted into a desert.  Instead of
+profiting by the ancient forms of civilization, Pizarro preferred
+to efface every vestige of them from the land, and on their ruin
+to erect the institutions of his own country.  Yet these
+institutions did little for the poor Indian, held in iron
+bondage.  It was little to him that the shores of the Pacific
+were studded with rising communities and cities, the marts of a
+flourishing commerce.  He had no share in the goodly heritage.
+He was an alien in the land of his fathers.
+The religion of the Peruvian, which directed him to the worship
+of that glorious luminary which is the best representative of the
+might and beneficence of the Creator, is perhaps the purest form
+of superstition that has existed among men.  Yet it was much,
+that, under the new order of things, and through the benevolent
+zeal of the missionaries, some glimmerings of a nobler faith were
+permitted to dawn on his darkened soul. Pizarro, himself, cannot
+be charged with manifesting any overweening solicitude for the
+propagation of the Faith.  He was no bigot, like Cortes.  Bigotry
+is the perversion of the religious principle; but the principle
+itself was wanting in Pizarro.  The conversion of the heathen was
+a predominant motive with Cortes in his expedition.  It was not a
+vain boast.  He would have sacrificed his life for it at any
+time; and more than once, by his indiscreet zeal, he actually did
+place his life and the success of his enterprise in jeopardy.  It
+was his great purpose to purify the land from the brutish
+abominations of the Aztecs, by substituting the religion of
+Jesus.  This gave to his expedition the character of a crusade.
+It furnished the best apology for the Conquest, and does more
+than all other considerations towards enlisting our sympathies on
+the side of the conquerors.
+
+But Pizarro's ruling motives, so far as they can be scanned by
+human judgment, were avarice and ambition.  The good
+missionaries, indeed, followed in his train to scatter the seeds
+of spiritual truth, and the Spanish government, as usual,
+directed its beneficent legislation to the conversion of the
+natives.  But the moving power with Pizarro and his followers was
+the lust of gold.  This was the real stimulus to their toil, the
+price of perfidy, the true guerdon of their victories.  This gave
+a base and mercenary character to their enterprise; and when we
+contrast the ferocious cupidity of the conquerors with the mild
+and inoffensive manners of the conquered, our sympathies, the
+sympathies even of the Spaniard, are necessarily thrown into the
+scale of the Indian. *33
+
+[Footnote 33: The following vigorous lines of Southey condense,
+in a small compass, the most remarkable traits of Pizarro.  The
+poet's epitaph may certainly be acquitted of the imputation,
+generally well deserved, of flattery towards the subject of it.
+
+"For A Column At Truxillo.
+
+"Pizarro here was born; a greater name
+The list of Glory boasts not.  Toil and Pain,
+Famine, and hostile Elements, and Hosts
+Embattled, failed to check him in his course,
+Not to be wearied, not to be deterred,
+Not to be overcome.  A mighty realm
+He overran, and with relentless arm
+Slew or enslaved its unoffending sons,
+And wealth and power and fame were his rewards.
+There is another world, beyond the grave,
+According to their deeds where men are judged.
+O Reader!  if thy daily bread be earned
+By daily labor, - yea, however low,
+However wretched, be thy lot assigned,
+Thank thou, with deepest gratitude, the God
+Who made thee, that thou art not such as he."]
+
+But as no picture is without its lights, we must not, in justice
+to Pizarro, dwell exclusively on the darker features of his
+portrait.  There was no one of her sons to whom Spain was under
+larger obligations for extent of empire; for his hand won for her
+the richest of the Indian jewels that once sparkled in her
+imperial diadem.  When we contemplate the perils he braved, the
+sufferings he patiently endured, the incredible obstacles he
+overcame, the magnificent results he effected with his single
+arm, as it were, unaided by the government, - though neither a
+good, nor a great man in the highest sense of that term, it is
+impossible not to regard him as a very extraordinary one.
+
+Nor can we fairly omit to notice, in extenuation of his errors,
+the circumstances of his early life; for, like Almagro, he was
+the son of sin and sorrow, early cast upon the world to seek his
+fortunes as he might. In his young and tender age he was to take
+the impression of those into whose society he was thrown.  And
+when was it the lot of the needy outcast to fall into that of the
+wise and the virtuous?  His lot was cast among the licentious
+inmates of a camp, the school of rapine, whose only law was the
+sword, and who looked on the wretched Indian and his heritage as
+their rightful spoil.
+
+Who does not shudder at the thought of what his own fate might
+have been, trained in such a school?  The amount of crime does
+not necessarily show the criminality of the agent.  History,
+indeed, is concerned with the former, that it may be recorded as
+a warning to mankind; but it is He alone who knoweth the heart,
+the strength of the temptation, and the means of resisting it,
+that can determine the measure of the guilt
+
+
+
+
+Chapter VI
+
+Movements Of The Conspirators. - Advance Of Vaca De Castro -
+Proceedings Of Almagro. - Progress Of The Governor. - The Forces
+Approach Each Other.  - Bloody Plains Of Chupas.  - Conduct Of
+Vaca De Castro.
+
+1541-1543.
+
+
+The first step of the conspirators, after securing possession of
+the capital, was to send to the different cities, proclaiming the
+revolution which had taken place, and demanding the recognition
+of the young Almagro as governor of Peru.  Where the summons was
+accompanied by a military force, as at Truxillo and Arequipa, it
+was obeyed without much cavil.  But in other cities a colder
+assent was given, and in some the requisition was treated with
+contempt.  In Cuzco, the place of most importance next to Lima, a
+considerable number of the Almagro faction secured the ascendency
+of their party; and such of the magistracy as resisted were
+ejected from their offices to make room for others of a more
+accommodating temper.  But the loyal inhabitants of the city,
+dissatisfied with this proceeding, privately sent to one of
+Pizarro's captains, named Alvarez de Holguin, who lay with a
+considerable force in the neighbourhood; and that officer,
+entering the place, soon dispossessed the new dignitaries of
+their honors, and restored the ancient capital to its allegiance.
+
+The conspirators experienced a still more determined opposition
+from Alonso de Alvarado. one of the principal captains of
+Pizarro, - defeated, as the reader will remember, by the elder
+Almagro at the bridge of Abancay, - and now lying in the north
+with a corps of about two hundred men, as good troops as any in
+the land.  That officer, on receiving tidings of his general's
+assassination, instantly wrote to the Licentiate Vaca de Castro,
+advising him of the state of affairs in Peru, and urging him to
+quicken his march towards the south. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 13. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 10, cap. 7. - Declaracion de
+Uscategui, Ms. - Carta del Maestro, Martin de Arauco, Ms. - Carta
+de Fray Vicente Valverde, desde Tumbez, Ms.]
+
+This functionary had been sent out by the Spanish Crown, as
+noticed in a preceding chapter, to cooperate with Pizarro in
+restoring tranquillity to the country, with authority to assume
+the government himself, in case of that commander's death.  After
+a long and tempestuous voyage, he had landed, in the spring of
+1541, at the port of Buena Ventura, and, disgusted with the
+dangers of the sea, preferred to continue his wearisome journey
+by land.  But so enfeebled was he by the hardships he had
+undergone, that it was full three months before he reached
+Popayan, where he received the astounding tidings of the death of
+Pizarro.  This was the contingency which had been provided for,
+with such judicious forecast, in his instructions.  Yet he was
+sorely perplexed by the difficulties of his situation.  He was a
+stranger in the land, with a very imperfect knowledge of the
+country, without an armed force to support him, without even the
+military science which might be supposed necessary to avail
+himself of it.  He knew nothing of the degree of Almagro's
+influence, or of the extent to which the insurrection had spread,
+- nothing, in short, of the dispositions of the people among whom
+he was cast.
+
+In such an emergency, a feebler spirit might have listened to the
+counsels of those who advised to return to Panama, and stay there
+until he had mustered a sufficient force to enable him to take
+the field against the insurgents with advantage.  But the
+courageous heart of Vaca de Castro shrunk from a step which would
+proclaim his incompetency to the task assigned him.  He had
+confidence in his own resources, and in the virtue of the
+commission under which he acted.  He relied, too, on the habitual
+loyalty of the Spaniards; and, after mature deliberation, he
+determined to go forward, and trust to events for accomplishing
+the objects of his mission.
+
+He was confirmed in this purpose by the advices he now received
+from Alvarado; and without longer delay, he continued his march
+towards Quito. Here he was well received by Gonzalo Pizarro's
+lieutenant, who had charge of the place during his commander's
+absence on his expedition to the Amazon.  The licentiate was also
+joined by Benalcazar, the conqueror of Quito, who brought a small
+reinforcement, and offered personally to assist him in the
+prosecution of his enterprise.  He now displayed the royal
+commission, empowering him, on Pizarro's death, to assume the
+government. That contingency had arrived, and Vaca de Castro
+declared his purpose to exercise the authority conferred on him.
+At the same time, he sent emissaries to the principal cities,
+requiring their obedience to him as the lawful representative of
+the Crown, - taking care to employ discreet persons on the
+mission, whose character would have weight with the citizens.  He
+then continued his march slowly towards the south. *2
+[Footnote 2: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 10, cap. 4. -
+Carta de Benalcazar al Emperador, desde Cali, Ms., 20 Septiembre,
+1542.
+Benalcazar urged Vaca de Castro to assume only the title of
+Judge, and not that of Governor, which would conflict with the
+pretensions of Almagro to that part of the country known as New
+Toledo and bequeathed to him by his father "Porque yo le avise
+muchas veces no entrase en la tierra como Governador, sino como
+Juez de V. M que venia a desagraviar a los agraviados, porque
+todos lo rescibirian de buena gana." Ubi supra.]
+He was willing by his deliberate movements to give time for his
+summons to take effect, and for the fermentation caused by the
+late extraordinary events to subside.  He reckoned confidently on
+the loyalty which made the Spaniard unwilling, unless in cases of
+the last extremity, to come into collision with the royal
+authority; and, however much this popular sentiment might be
+disturbed by temporary gusts of passion, he trusted to the
+habitual current of their feelings for giving the people a right
+direction.  In this he did not miscalculate; for so deep-rooted
+was the principle of loyalty in the ancient Spaniard, that ages
+of oppression and misrule could alone have induced him to shake
+off his allegiance.  Sad it is, but not strange, that the length
+of time passed under a bad government has not qualified him for
+devising a good one.
+
+While these events were passing in the north, Almagro's faction
+at Lima was daily receiving new accessions of strength.  For, in
+addition to those who, from the first, had been avowedly of his
+father's party, there were many others who, from some cause or
+other, had conceived a disgust for Pizarro, and who now willingly
+enlisted under the banner of the chief that had overthrown him.
+
+The first step of the young general, or rather of Rada, who
+directed his movements, was to secure the necessary supplies for
+the troops, most of whom, having long been in indigent
+circumstances, were wholly unprepared for service.  Funds to a
+considerable amount were raised, by seizing on the moneys of the
+Crown in the hands of the treasurer. Pizarro's secretary, Picado,
+was also drawn from his prison, and interrogated as to the place
+where his master's treasures were deposited. But, although put to
+the torture, he would not - or, as is probable, could not - give
+information on the subject; and the conspirators, who had a long
+arrear of injuries to settle with him, closed their proceedings
+by publicly beheading him in the great square of Lima. *3
+
+[Footnote 3: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Carta de
+Barrio Nuevo, Ms. - Carta de Fray Vicente Valverde, desde Tumbez,
+Ms.]
+
+Valverde, Bishop of Cuzco, as he himself assures us, vainly
+interposed in his behalf.  It is singular, that, the last time
+this fanatical prelate appears on the stage, it should be in the
+benevolent character of a supplicant for mercy. *4 Soon
+afterwards, he was permitted, with the judge, Velasquez, and some
+other adherents of Pizarro, to embark from the port of Lima.  We
+have a letter from him, dated at Tumbez, in November, 1541;
+almost immediately after which he fell into the hands of the
+Indians, and with his companions was massacred at Puna.  A
+violent death not unfrequently closed the stormy career of the
+American adventurer.  Valverde was a Dominican friar, and, like
+Father Olmedo in the suite of Cortes, had been by his commander's
+side throughout the whole of his expedition.  But he did not
+always, like the good Olmedo, use his influence to stay the
+uplifted hand of the warrior.  At least, this was not the mild
+aspect in which he presented himself at the terrible massacre of
+Caxamalca.  Yet some contemporary accounts represent him, after
+he had been installed in his episcopal office, as unwearied in
+his labors to convert the natives, and to ameliorate their
+condition; and his own correspondence with the government, after
+that period, shows great solicitude for these praiseworthy
+objects.  Trained in the severest school of monastic discipline,
+which too often closes the heart against the common charities of
+life, he could not, like the benevolent Las Casas, rise so far
+above its fanatical tenets as to regard the heathen as his
+brother, while in the state of infidelity; and, in the true
+spirit of that school, he doubtless conceived that the sanctity
+of the end justified the means, however revolting in themselves.
+Yet the same man, who thus freely shed the blood of the poor
+native to secure the triumph of his faith, would doubtless have
+as freely poured out his own in its defence.  The character was
+no uncommon one in the sixteenth century. *5
+[Footnote 4: "Siendo informado que andavan ordenando la muerte a
+Antonio Picado secretario del Marques que tenian preso, fui a Don
+Diego e a eu Capitan General Joan de Herrada e a todos sus
+capitanes, i les puse delante el servicio de Dios i de S. M. i
+que bastase en lo fecho por respeto de Dios, humillandome a sus
+pies porque no lo matasen: i no basto que luego dende a pocos
+dias lo sacaron a la plaza desta cibdad donde le cortaron la
+cabeza." Carta de Fray Vicente de Valverde, desde Tumbez, Ms]
+[Footnote 5: "Quel Senor obispo Fray Vicente de Balverde como
+persona que jamas ha tenido fin ni zelo al servicio de Dios ni de
+S. M. ni menos en la conversion de los naturales en los poner e
+dotrinar en las cosas de nuestra santa fee catholica, ni menos en
+entender en la paz e sosiego destos reynos, sino a sus intereses
+propios dando mal ejemplo a todos." (Carta de Almagro a la
+Audiencia de Panama, Ms. , 8 de Nov. 1541.) The writer, it must
+be remembered was his personal enemy.]
+
+Almagro's followers, having supplied themselves with funds, made
+as little scruple to appropriate to their own use such horses and
+arms, of every description, as they could find in the city.  And
+this they did with the less reluctance, as the inhabitants for
+the most part testified no good-will to their cause.  While thus
+employed, Almagro received intelligence that Holguin had left
+Cuzco with a force of near three hundred men, with which he was
+preparing to effect a junction with Alvarado in the north.  It
+was important to Almagro's success that he should defeat this
+junction.  If to procrastinate was the policy of Vaca de Castro,
+it was clearly that of Almagro to quicken operations, and to
+bring matters to as speedy an issue as possible; to march at once
+against Holguin, whom he might expect easily to overcome with his
+superior numbers; then to follow up the stroke by the still
+easier defeat of Alvarado, when the new governor would be, in a
+manner, at his mercy.  It would be easy to beat these several
+bodies in detail, which, once united, would present formidable
+odds.  Almagro and his party had already arrayed themselves
+against the government by a proceeding too atrocious, and which
+struck too directly at the royal authority, for its perpetrators
+to flatter themselves with the hopes of pardon.  Their only
+chance was boldly to follow up the blow, and, by success, to
+place themselves in so formidable an attitude as to excite the
+apprehensions of government.  The dread of its too potent vassal
+might extort terms that would never be conceded to his prayers.
+
+But Almagro and his followers shrunk from this open collision
+with the Crown.  They had taken up rebellion because it lay in
+their path, not because they had wished it.  They had meant only
+to avenge their personal wrongs on Pizarro, and not to defy the
+royal authority.  When, therefore, some on the more resolute, who
+followed things fearlessly to their consequences, proposed to
+march at once against Vaca de Castro, and, by striking at the
+head, settle the contest by a blow, it was almost universally
+rejected; and it was not till after long debate that it was
+finally determined to move against Holguin, and cut off his
+communication with Alonso de Alvarado.
+
+Scarcely had Almagro commenced his march on Xauxa, where he
+proposed to give battle to his enemy, than he met with a severe
+misfortune in the death of Juan de Rada.  He was a man somewhat
+advanced in years; and the late exciting scenes, in which he had
+taken the principal part, had been too much for a frame greatly
+shattered by a life of extraordinary hardship.  He was thrown
+into a fever, of which he soon after died.  By his death, Almagro
+sustained an inestimable loss; for, besides his devoted
+attachment to his young leader, he was, by his large experience,
+and his cautious though courageous character, better qualified
+than any other cavalier in the army to conduct him safely through
+the stormy sea on which he had led him to embark.
+
+Among the cavaliers of highest consideration after Rada's death,
+the two most aspiring were Christoval de Sotelo, and Garcia de
+Alvarado; both possessed of considerable military talent, but the
+latter marked by a bold, presumptuous manner, which might remind
+one of his illustrious namesake, who achieved much higher renown
+under the banner of Cortes. Unhappily, a jealousy grew up between
+these two officers; that jealousy, so common among the Spaniards,
+that it may seem a national characteristic; an impatience of
+equality, founded on a false principle of honor, which has ever
+been the fruitful source of faction among them, whether under a
+monarchy or a republic.
+
+This was peculiarly unfortunate for Almagro, whose inexperience
+led him to lean for support on others, and who, in the present
+distracted state of his council, knew scarcely where to turn for
+it.  In the delay occasioned by these dissensions, his little
+army did not reach the valley of Xauxa till after the enemy had
+passed it.  Almagro followed close, leaving behind his baggage
+and artillery that he might move the lighter. But the golden
+opportunity was lost.  The rivers, swollen by autumnal rains,
+impeded his pursuit; and, though his light troops came up with a
+few stragglers of the rear-guard, Holguin succeeded in conducting
+his forces through the dangerous passes of the mountains, and in
+effecting a junction with Alonso de Alvarado, near the northern
+seaport of Huaura.
+Disappointed in his object, Almagro prepared to march on Cuzco, -
+the capital, as he regarded it, of his own jurisdiction, - to get
+possession of that city, and there make preparations to meet his
+adversary in the field.  Sotelo was sent forward with a small
+corps in advance.  He experienced no opposition from the now
+defenceless citizens; the government of the place was again
+restored to the hands of the men of Chili, and their young leader
+soon appeared at the head of his battalions, and established his
+winter-quarters in the Inca capital.
+
+Here, the jealousy of the rival captains broke out into an open
+feud. It was ended by the death of Sotelo, treacherously
+assassinated in his own apartment by Garcia de Alvarado.
+Almagro, greatly outraged by this atrocity, was the more
+indignant, as he felt himself too weak to punish the offender.
+He smothered his resentment for the present, affecting to treat
+the dangerous officer with more distinguished favor.  But
+Alvarado was not the dupe of this specious behaviour.  He felt
+that he had forfeited the confidence of his commander.  In
+revenge, he laid a plot to betray him; and Almagro, driven to the
+necessity of self-defence, imitated the example of his officer,
+by entering his house with a party of armed men, who, laying
+violent hands on the insurgent, slew him on the spot. *6
+[Footnote 6: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 10 - 14. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap.
+147.
+Declaracion de Uscategui, Ms. - Carta de Barrio Nuevo, Ms. -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6 lib. 10, cap. 13; dec. 7 lib. 3
+cap. 1, 5.]
+This irregular proceeding was followed by the best consequences.
+The seditious schemes of Alvarado perished with him.  The seeds
+of insubordination were eradicated, and from that moment Almagro
+experienced only implicit obedience and the most loyal support
+from his followers. From that hour, too, his own character seemed
+to be changed; he relied far less on others than on himself, and
+developed resources not to have been anticipated in one of his
+years; for he had hardly reached the age of twenty-two. *7 From
+this time he displayed an energy and forecast, which proved him,
+in despite of his youth, not unequal to the trying emergencies of
+the situation in which it was his unhappy lot to be placed.
+[Footnote 7: "Hico mas que su edad requeria, porque seria de edad
+de veinte i dos anos." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 20.]
+He instantly set about providing for the wants of his men, and
+strained every nerve to get them in good fighting order for the
+approaching campaign.  He replenished his treasury with a large
+amount of silver which he drew from the mines of La Plata
+Saltpetre, obtained in abundance in the neighbourhood of Cuzco,
+furnished the material for gunpowder.  He caused cannon, some of
+large dimensions, to be cast under the superintendence of Pedro
+de Candia, the Greek, who, it may be remembered, had first come
+into the country with Pizarro, and who, with a number of his
+countrymen, - Levantines, as they were called, - was well
+acquainted with this manufacture.  Under their care, fire-arms
+were made, together with cuirasses and helmets, in which silver
+was mingled with copper, *8 and of so excellent a quality, that
+they might vie, says an old soldier of the time, with those from
+the workshops of Milan. *9 Almagro received a seasonable supply,
+moreover, from a source scarcely to have been expected.  This was
+from Manco, the wandering Inca, who, detesting the memory of
+Pizarro, transferred to the young Almagro the same friendly
+feelings which he had formerly borne to his father; heightened,
+it may be, by the consideration that Indian blood flowed in the
+veins of the young commander.  From this quarter Almagro obtained
+a liberal supply of swords, spears, shields, and arms and armour
+of every description, chiefly taken by the Inca at the memorable
+siege of Cuzco.  He also received the gratifying assurance, that
+the latter would support him with a detachment of native troops
+when he opened the campaign.
+
+[Footnote 8: "Y demas de esto hico armas para la Gente de su
+Real, que no las tenia, de pasta de Plata, i Cobre, mezclado, de
+que salen mui buenos Coseletes: haviendo corregido, demas de
+esto, todas las armas de la Tierra; de manera, que el que menos
+Armas tenia entre su Gente, era Cota, i Coracinas, o Coselete, i
+Celadas de la mesma Pasta, que los Indios hacen diestramente, por
+muestras de las Milan." Zarate, Conq. de Peru, lib. 4, cap. 14.]
+
+[Footnote 9: "Hombres de armas con tan buenas celadas borgonesas
+como se hacen en Milan." Carta de Ventura Beltran al Emperador,
+Ms desde Vilcas, 8 Octubre, 1542.]
+
+Before making a final appeal to arms, however, Almagro resolved
+to try the effect of negotiation with the new governor.  In the
+spring, or early in the summer, of 1542, he sent an embassy to
+the latter, then at Lima, in which he deprecated the necessity of
+taking arms against an officer of the Crown.  His only desire, he
+said, was to vindicate his own rights; to secure the possession
+of New Toledo, the province bequeathed to him by his father, and
+from which he had been most unjustly excluded by Pizarro.  He did
+not dispute the governor's authority over New Castile, as the
+country was designated which had been assigned to the marquess;
+and he concluded by proposing that each party should remain
+within his respective territory until the determination of the
+Court of Castile could be made known to them.  To this
+application, couched in respectful terms, Almagro received no
+answer.
+
+Frustrated in his hopes of a peaceful accommodation, the young
+captain now saw that nothing was left but the arbitrament of
+arms. Assembling his troops, preparatory to his departure from
+the capital, he made them a brief address.  He protested that the
+step which he and his brave companions were about to take was not
+an act of rebellion against the Crown.  It was forced on them by
+the conduct of the governor himself. The commission of that
+officer gave him no authority over the territory of New Toledo,
+settled on Almagro's father, and by his father bequeathed to him.
+If Vaca de Castro, by exceeding the limits of his authority,
+drove him to hostilities, the blood spilt in the quarrel would
+lie on the head of that commander, not on his.  "In the
+assassination of Pizarro," he continued, "we took that justice
+into our own hands which elsewhere was denied us.  It is the same
+now, in our contest with the royal governor. We are as
+true-hearted and loyal subjects of the Crown as he is." And he
+concluded by invoking his soldiers to stand by him heart and hand
+in the approaching contest, in which they were all equally
+interested with himself.
+
+The appeal was not made to an insensible audience.  There were
+few among them who did not feel that their fortunes were
+indissolubly connected with those of their commander; and while
+they had little to expect from the austere character of the
+governor, they were warmly attached to the person of their young
+chief, who, with all the popular qualities of his father, excited
+additional sympathy from the circumstances of his age and his
+forlorn condition.  Laying their hands on the cross, placed on an
+altar raised for the purpose, the officers and soldiers severally
+swore to brave every peril with Almagro, and remain true to him
+to the last.
+
+In point of numbers, his forces had not greatly strengthened
+since his departure from Lima.  He mustered but little more than
+five hundred in all; but among them were his father's veterans,
+well seasoned by many an Indian campaign.  He had about two
+hundred horse, many of them clad in complete mail, a circumstance
+not too common in these wars, where a stuffed doublet of cotton
+was often the only panoply of the warrior.  His infantry, formed
+of pikemen and arquebusiers, was excellently armed.  But his
+strength lay in his heavy ordnance, consisting of sixteen pieces,
+eight large and eight smaller guns, or falconets, as they were
+called, forming, says one who saw it, a beautiful park of
+artillery, that would have made a brave show on the citadel of
+Burgos. *10 The little army, in short, though not imposing from
+its numbers, was under as good discipline, and as well appointed,
+as any that ever fought on the fields of Peru; much better than
+any which Almagro's own father or Pizarro ever led into the field
+and won their conquests with.  Putting himself at the head of his
+gallant company, the chieftain sallied forth from the walls of
+Cuzco about midsummer, in 1542, and directed his march towards
+the coast in expectation of meeting the enemy. *11
+
+[Footnote 10: "El artilleria hera suficiente para hazer bateria
+en el castillo de Burgos." Dicho del Capitan Francisco de
+Carvajal sobre la pregunta 38 de la informacion hecha en el Cuzco
+en 1543, a favor de Vaca de Castro, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 11: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Declaracion
+de Uscategui, Ms. - Garcilasso, Com. Real, Real., Parte 2, lib.
+2, cap. 13. - Carta del Cabildo de Arequipa al Emperador, San
+Joan de la Frontera, Ms., 24 de Sep. 1542 - Herrera, Hist.
+General, dez lib. 3, cap. 1, 2.]
+While the events detailed in the preceding pages were passing,
+Vaca de Castro, whom we left at Quito in the preceding year, was
+advancing slowly towards the south.  His first act, after leaving
+that city, showed his resolution to enter into no compromise with
+the assassins of Pizarro. Benalcazar, the distinguished officer
+whom I have mentioned as having early given in his adherence to
+him, had protected one of the principal conspirators, his
+personal friend, who had come into his power, and had facilitated
+his escape.  The governor, indignant at the proceeding, would
+listen to no explanation, but ordered the offending officer to
+return to his own district of Popayan.  It was a bold step, in
+the precarious state of his own fortunes.
+
+As the governor pursued his march, he was well received by the
+people on the way; and when he entered the city of San Miguel, he
+was welcomed with loyal enthusiasm by the inhabitants, who
+readily acknowledged his authority though they showed little
+alacrity to take their chance with him in the coming struggle.
+
+After lingering a long time in each of these places, he resumed
+his march and reached the camp of Alonso de Alvarado at Huaura,
+early in 1542. Holguin had established his quarters at some
+little distance from his rival; for a jealousy had sprung up, as
+usual, between these two captains, who both aspired to the
+supreme command of Captain-General of the army. The office of
+governor, conferred on Vaca de Castro, might seem to include that
+of commander-in-chief of the forces.  But De Castro was a
+scholar, bred to the law; and, whatever authority he might
+arrogate to himself in civil matters, the two captains imagined
+that the military department he would resign into the hands of
+others.  They little knew the character of the man.
+
+Though possessed of no more military science than belonged to
+every cavalier in that martial age, the governor knew that to
+avow his ignorance, and to resign the management of affairs into
+the hands of others, would greatly impair his authority, if not
+bring him into contempt with the turbulent spirits among whom he
+was now thrown.  He had both sagacity and spirit, and trusted to
+be able to supply his own deficiencies by the experience of
+others.  His position placed the services of the ablest men in
+the country at his disposal, and with the aid of their counsels
+he felt quite competent to decide on his plan of operations, and
+to enforce the execution of it.  He knew, moreover, that the only
+way to allay the jealousy of the two parties in the present
+crisis was to assume himself the office which was the cause of
+their dissension.
+Still he approached his ambitious officers with great caution;
+and the representations, which he made through some judicious
+persons who had the most intimate access to them, were so
+successful, that both were in a short time prevailed on to
+relinquish their pretensions in his favor. Holguin, the more
+unreasonable of the two, then waited on him in his rival's
+quarters, where the governor had the further satisfaction to
+reconcile him to Alonso de Alvarado.  It required some address,
+as their jealousy of each other had proceeded to such lengths
+that a challenge had passed between them.
+
+Harmony being thus restored, the licentiate passed over to
+Holguin's camp, where he was greeted with salvoes of artillery,
+and loud acclamations of "Viva el Rey" from the loyal soldiery.
+Ascending a platform covered with velvet, he made an animated
+harangue to the troops; his commission was read aloud by the
+secretary; and the little army tendered their obedience to him as
+the representative of the Crown.
+Vaca de Castro's next step was to send off the greater part of
+his force, in the direction of Xauxa, while, at the head of a
+small corps, he directed his march towards Lima.  Here he was
+received with lively demonstrations of joy by the citizens, who
+were generally attached to the cause of Pizarro, the founder and
+constant patron of their capital. Indeed, the citizens had lost
+no time after Almagro's departure in expelling his creatures from
+the municipality, and reasserting their allegiance.  With these
+favorable dispositions towards himself, the governor found no
+difficulty in obtaining a considerable loan of money from the
+wealthier inhabitants.  But he was less successful, at first, in
+his application for horses and arms, since the harvest had been
+too faithfully gleaned, already, by the men of Chili.  As,
+however, he prolonged his stay some time in the capital, he
+obtained important supplies, before he left it, both of arms and
+ammunition, while he added to his force by a considerable body of
+recruits. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: Declaracion de Uscategui, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 1,
+cap. 1. - Carta de Barrio Nuevo, Ms. - Carta de Benalcazar al
+Emperador, Ms.]
+As he was thus employed, he received tidings that the enemy had
+left Cuzco, and was on his march towards the coast.  Quitting Los
+Reyes, therefore, with his trusty followers, Vaca de Castro
+marched at once to Xauxa, the appointed place of rendezvous.
+Here he mustered his forces, and found that they amounted to
+about seven hundred men.  The cavalry, in which lay his strength,
+was superior in numbers to that of his antagonist, but neither so
+well mounted or armed.  It included many cavaliers of birth, and
+well-tried soldiers, besides a number who, having great interests
+at stake, as possessed of large estates in the country, had left
+them at the call of government, to enlist under its banners. *13
+His infantry, besides pikes, was indifferently well supplied with
+fire-arms; but he had nothing to show in the way of artillery
+except three or four ill-mounted falconets.  Yet, notwithstanding
+these deficiencies, the royal army, if so insignificant a force
+can deserve that name, was so far superior in numbers to that of
+his rival, that the one might be thought, on the whole, to be no
+unequal match for the other. *14
+
+[Footnote 13: The Municipality of Arequipa, most of whose members
+were present in the army, stoutly urge their claims to a
+compensation for thus promptly leaving their estates, and taking
+up arms at the call of government.  Without such reward, they
+say, their patriotic example will not often be followed.  The
+document, which is important for its historical details, may be
+found in the Castilian, in Appendix, No. 13.]
+[Footnote 14: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 15. - Carta de Barrio Nuevo, Ms
+Carbajal notices the politic manner in which his commander bribed
+recruits into his service, - paying them with promises and fair
+words when ready money failed him.  "Dando a unos dineros, e a
+otros armas i caballos, i a otros palabras, i a otros promesas, i
+a otros graziosas respuestas de lo que con el negoziaban para
+tenerlos a todos muy conttentos i presttos en el servicio de S.
+M. quando fuese menestter." Dicho del Capitan Francisco de
+Carbajal sobre la informacion hecha en el Cuzco en 1543, favor de
+Vaca de Castro, Ms.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter VI
+
+
+The reader, familiar with the large masses employed in European
+warfare, may smile at the paltry forces of the Spaniards.  But in
+the New World, where a countless host of natives went for little,
+five hundred well-trained Europeans were regarded as a formidable
+body.  No army, up to the period before us, had ever risen to a
+thousand.  Yet it is not numbers, as I have already been led to
+remark, that give importance to a conflict; but the consequences
+that depend on it, - the magnitude of the stake, and the skill
+and courage of the players.  The more limited the means, even,
+the greater may be the science shown in the use of them; until,
+forgetting the poverty of the materials, we fix our attention on
+the conduct of the actors, and the greatness of the results.
+While at Xauxa, Vaca de Castro received an embassy from Gonzalo
+Pizarro, returned from his expedition from the "Land of
+Cinnamon," in which that chief made an offer of his services in
+the approaching contest. The governor's answer showed that he was
+not wholly averse to an accommodation with Almagro, provided it
+could be effected without compromising the royal authority.  He
+was willing, perhaps, to avoid the final trial by battle, when he
+considered, that, from the equality of the contending forces, the
+issue must be extremely doubtful.  He knew that the presence of
+Pizarro in the camp, the detested enemy of the Almagrians, would
+excite distrust in their bosoms that would probably baffle every
+effort at accommodation.  Nor is it likely that the governor
+cared to have so restless a spirit introduced into his own
+councils.  He accordingly sent to Gonzalo, thanking him for the
+promptness of his support, but courteously declined it, while he
+advised him to remain in his province, and repose after the
+fatigues of his wearisome expedition.  At the same time, he
+assured him that he would not fail to call for his services when
+occasion required it. - The haughty cavalier was greatly
+disgusted by the repulse. *15
+
+[Footnote 15: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 15.]
+
+The governor now received such an account of Almagro's movements
+as led him to suppose that he was preparing to occupy Guamanga, a
+fortified place of considerable strength, about thirty leagues
+from Xauxa. *16 Anxious to secure this post, he broke up his
+encampment, and by forced marches, conducted in so irregular a
+manner as must have placed him in great danger if his enemy had
+been near to profit by it, he succeeded in anticipating Almagro,
+and threw himself into the place while his antagonist was at
+Bilcas, some ten leagues distant.
+
+[Footnote 16: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 85.]
+
+At Guamanga, Vaca de Castro received another embassy from
+Almagro, of similar import with the former.  The young chief
+again deprecated the existence of hostilities between brethren of
+the same family, and proposed an accommodation of the quarrel on
+the same basis as before.  To these proposals the governor now
+condescended to reply.  It might be thought, from his answer,
+that he felt some compassion for the youth and inexperience of
+Almagro, and that he was willing to distinguish between him and
+the principal conspirators, provided he could detach him from
+their interests.  But it is more probable that he intended only
+to amuse his enemy by a show of negotiation, while he gained time
+for tampering with the fidelity of his troops.
+
+He insisted that Almagro should deliver up to him all those
+immediately implicated in the death of Pizarro, and should then
+disband his forces.  On these conditions the government would
+pass over his treasonable practices, and he should be reinstated
+in the royal favor. Together with this mission, Vaca de Castro,
+it is reported, sent a Spaniard, disguised as an Indian, who was
+instructed to communicate with certain officers in Almagro's
+camp, and prevail on them, if possible, to abandon his cause and
+return to their allegiance.  Unfortunately, the disguise of the
+emissary was detected.  He was seized, put to the torture, and,
+having confessed the whole of the transaction, was hanged as a
+spy.
+Almagro laid the proceeding before his captains.  The terms
+proffered by the governor were such as no man with a particle of
+honor in his nature could entertain for a moment; and Almagro's
+indignation, as well as that of his companions, was heightened by
+the duplicity of their enemy, who could practise such insidious
+arts, while ostensibly engaged in a fair and open negotiation.
+Fearful, perhaps, lest the tempting offers of their antagonist
+might yet prevail over the constancy of some of the weaker
+spirits among them, they demanded that all negotiation should be
+broken off, and that they should be led at once against the
+enemy. *17
+[Footnote 17: Dicho del Capitan Francisco de Carbajal sobre la
+informacion hecha en el Cuzco en 1543, a favor de Vaca de Castro,
+Ms. - Zarate, Conq del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 16. - Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 7, lib. 3, cap. 8. - Carta de Ventura Beltran, Ms.
+- Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 149]
+The governor, meanwhile, finding the broken country around
+Guamanga unfavorable for his cavalry, on which he mainly relied,
+drew off his forces to the neighbouring lowlands, known as the
+Plains of Chupas.  It was the tempestuous season of the year, and
+for several days the storm raged wildly among the hills, and,
+sweeping along their sides into the valley, poured down rain,
+sleet, and snow on the miserable bivouacs of the soldiers, till
+they were drenched to the skin and nearly stiffened by the cold.
+*18 At length, on the sixteenth of September, 1542, the scouts
+brought in tidings that Almagro's troops were advancing, with the
+intention, apparently, of occupying the highlands around Chupas.
+The war of the elements had at last subsided, and was succeeded
+by one of those brilliant days which are found only in the
+tropics.  The royal camp was early in motion, as Vaca de Castro,
+desirous to secure the heights that commanded the valley,
+detached a body of arquebusiers on that service, supported by a
+corps of cavalry, which he soon followed with the rest of the
+forces.  On reaching the eminence, news was brought that the
+enemy had come to a halt, and established himself in a strong
+position at less than a league's distance.
+
+[Footnote 18: "Tuvieron tan gran tempestad de agua, Truenos, i
+Nieve, que pensaron perecer; i amaneciendo con dia claro, i
+sereno" Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 3, cap. 8.]
+
+It was now late in the afternoon, and the sun was not more than
+two hours above the horizon.  The governor hesitated to begin the
+action when they must so soon be overtaken by night.  But Alonso
+de Alvarado assured him that "now was the time, for the spirits
+of his men were hot for fight, and it was better to take the
+benefit of it than to damp their ardor by delay." The governor
+acquiesced, exclaiming at the same time, - "O for the might of
+Joshua, to stay the sun in his course!" *19 He then drew up his
+little army in order of battle, and made his dispositions for the
+attack.
+[Footnote 19: "Yasi Vaca de Castro signio su parescer, temiendo
+toda via la falta del Dia, i dijo, que quisiera tener el poder de
+Josue, para detener el Sol." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap.
+18.]
+In the centre he placed his infantry, consisting of arquebusiers
+and pikemen, constituting the battle, as it was called.  On the
+flanks, he established his cavalry, placing the right wing,
+together with the royal standard, under charge of Alonso de
+Alvarado, and the left under Holguin, supported by a gallant body
+of cavaliers.  His artillery, too insignificant to be of much
+account, was also in the centre.  He proposed himself to lead the
+van, and to break the first lance with the enemy; but from this
+chivalrous display he was dissuaded by his officers, who reminded
+him that too much depended on his life to have it thus wantonly
+exposed.  The governor contented himself, therefore, with heading
+a body of reserve, consisting of forty horse, to act on any
+quarter as occasion might require.  This corps, comprising the
+flower of his chivalry, was chiefly drawn from Alvarado's troop,
+greatly to the discontent of that captain.  The governor himself
+rode a coal-black charger, and wore a rich surcoat of brocade
+over his mail, through which the habit and emblems of the
+knightly order of St. James, conferred on him just before his
+departure from Castile, were conspicuous. *20 It was a point of
+honor with the chivalry of the period to court danger by
+displaying their rank in the splendor of their military attire
+and the caparisons of their horses.
+[Footnote 20: "I visto esto por el dicho senor Governador, mando
+dar al arma a mui gran priesa, i mando a este testigo que sacase
+toda la gente al campo, i el se entro en su tienda a se armar, i
+dende a poco salio della encima de un cavallo morcillo rabicano
+armado en blanco i con una ropa de brocado encima de las armas
+con el abito de Santiago en los pechos." Dicho del Capitan
+Francisco de Carbajal sobre la informacion hecha en e Cuzco en
+1543, a favor de Vaca de Castro, Ms.]
+
+Before commencing the assault, Vaca de Castro addressed a few
+remarks to his soldiers, in order to remove any hesitation that
+some might yet feel, who recollected the displeasure shown by the
+emperor to the victors as well as the vanquished after the battle
+of Salinas.  He told them that their enemies were rebels.  They
+were in arms against him, the representative of the Crown, and it
+was his duty to quell this rebellion and punish the authors of
+it.  He then caused the law to be read aloud, proclaiming the
+doom of traitors.  By this law, Almagro and his followers had
+forfeited their lives and property, and the governor promised to
+distribute the latter among such of his men as showed the best
+claim to it by their conduct in the battle.  This last politic
+promise vanquished the scruples of the most fastidious; and,
+having completed his dispositions in the most judicious and
+soldier-like manner, Vaca de Castro gave the order to advance.
+*21
+
+[Footnote 21: The governor's words, says Carbajal, who witnessed
+their effect, stirred the heart of the troops, so that they went
+to the battle as to a ball.  "En pocas palabras comprehendio tan
+grandes cosas que la gente de S. M. covro tan grande animo con
+ellas, que tan determinadamente se partieron de alli para ir a
+los enemigos como si fueron a fiestas donde estuvieran
+convidados." Dicho del Capitan Francisco de Carbajal, sobre la
+informacion hecha en el Cuzco en 1543, a favor de Vaca de Castro,
+Ms.]
+As the forces turned a spur of the hills which had hitherto
+screened them from their enemies, they came in sight of the
+latter, formed along the crest of a gentle eminence, with their
+snow-white banners, the distinguishing color of the Almagrians,
+floating above their heads, and their bright arms flinging back
+the broad rays of the evening sun. Almagro's disposition of his
+troops was not unlike that of his adversary. In the centre was
+his excellent artillery, covered by his arquebusiers and
+spearmen; while his cavalry rode on the flanks.  The troops on
+the left he proposed to lead in person.  He had chosen his
+position with judgment, as the character of the ground gave full
+play to his guns, which opened an effective fire on the
+assailants as they drew near.  Shaken by the storm of shot, Vaca
+de Castro saw the difficulty of advancing in open view of the
+hostile battery.  He took the counsel, therefore, of Francisco de
+Carbajal, who undertook to lead the forces by a circuitous, but
+safer, route.  This is the first occasion on which the name of
+this veteran appears in these American wars, where it was
+afterwards to acquire a melancholy notoriety.  He had come to the
+country after the campaigns of forty years in Europe, where he
+had studied the art of war under the Great Captain, Gonsalvo de
+Cordova.  Though now far advanced in age, he possessed all the
+courage and indomitable energy of youth, and well exemplified the
+lessons he had studied under his great commander.
+Taking advantage of a winding route that sloped round the
+declivity of the hills, he conducted the troops in such a manner,
+that, until they approached quite near the enemy, they were
+protected by the intervening ground.  While thus advancing, they
+were assailed on the left flank by the Indian battalions under
+Paullo, the Inca Manco's brother; but a corps of musketeers,
+directing a scattering fire among them, soon rid the Spaniards of
+this annoyance.  When, at length, the royal troops, rising above
+the hill, again came into view of Almagro's lines, the artillery
+opened on them with fatal effect.  It was but for a moment,
+however, as, from some unaccountable cause, the guns were pointed
+at such an angle, that, although presenting an obvious mark, by
+far the greater part of the shot passed over their heads.
+Whether this was the result of treachery, or merely of
+awkwardness, is uncertain.  The artillery was under charge of the
+engineer, Pedro de Candia.  This man, who, it may be remembered,
+was one of the thirteen that so gallantly stood by Pizarro in the
+island of Gallo, had fought side by side with his leader through
+the whole of the Conquest.  He had lately, however, conceived
+some disgust with him, and had taken part with the faction of
+Almagro.  The death of his old commander, he may perhaps have
+thought, had settled all their differences, and he was now
+willing to return to his former allegiance.  At least, it is
+said, that, at this very time, he was in correspondence with Vaca
+de Castro.  Almagro himself seems to have had no doubt of his
+treachery. For, after remonstrating in vain with him on his
+present conduct, he ran him through the body, and the unfortunate
+cavalier fell lifeless on the field.  Then, throwing himself on
+one of the guns, Almagro gave it a new direction, and that so
+successfully, that, when it was discharged, it struck down
+several of the cavalry. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 17-19. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 3, cap. 11. - Dicho del
+Capitan Francisco de Carbajal sobre la informacion hecha en el
+Cuzco en 1543, a favor de Vaca de Castro, Ms. - Carta del Cabildo
+de Arequipa al Emperador, Ms. - Carta de Ventura Beltran, Ms. -
+Declaracion de Uscategui, Ms. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap.
+149.
+
+According to Garcilasso, whose guns usually do more execution
+than those of any other authority, seventeen men were killed by
+this wonderful shot.  See Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 16.]
+The firing now took better effect, and by one volley a whole file
+of the royal infantry was swept off, and though others quickly
+stepped in to fill up the ranks, the men, impatient of their
+sufferings, loudly called on the troopers, who had halted for a
+moment, to quicken their advance. *23 This delay had been caused
+by Carbajal's desire to bring his own guns to bear on the
+opposite columns.  But the design was quickly abandoned; the
+clumsy ordnance was left on the field, and orders were given to
+the cavalry to charge; the trumpets sounded, and, crying their
+war-cries, the bold cavaliers struck their spurs into their
+steeds, and rode at full speed against the enemy.
+
+[Footnote 23: The officers drove the men according to Zarate, at
+the point of their swords, to take the places of their fallen
+comrades.  "Porque vn tiro llevo toda vna hilera, e hico abrir el
+Escuadron, i los Capitanes pusieron gran diligencia en hacerlo
+cerrar, amenacando de muerte a los Soldados, con las Espadas
+desenvainadas, i se cerro." Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 1.]
+
+Well had it been for Almagro, if he had remained firm on the post
+which gave him such advantage.  But from a false point of honor,
+he thought it derogatory to a brave knight passively to await the
+assault, and, ordering his own men to charge, the hostile
+squadrons, rapidly advancing against each other, met midway on
+the plain.  The shock was terrible.  Horse and rider reeled under
+the force of it.  The spears flew into shivers; *24 and the
+cavaliers, drawing their swords, or wielding their maces and
+battle-axes, - though some of the royal troopers were armed only
+with a common axe, - dealt their blows with all the fury of civil
+hate.  It was a fearful struggle, not merely of man against man,
+but, to use the words of an eyewitness, of brother against
+brother, and friend against friend. *25 No quarter was asked; for
+the wrench that had been strong enough to tear asunder the
+dearest ties of kindred left no hold for humanity.  The excellent
+arms of the Almagrians counterbalanced the odds of numbers; but
+the royal partisans gained some advantage by striking at the
+horses instead of the mailed bodies of their antagonists.
+[Footnote 24: "Se encontraron de suerte, que casi todas las
+lancas quebraron, quedando muchos muertos, i caidos de ambas
+partes." (Ibid., ubi supra.) Zarate writes on this occasion with
+the spirit and strength of Thucydides.  He was not present, but
+came into the country the following year, when he gleaned the
+particulars of the battle from the best informed persons there,
+to whom his position gave him ready access.]
+[Footnote 25: It is the language of the Conquerors themselves,
+who, in their letter to the Emperor, compare the action to the
+great battle of Ravenna.  "Fue tan renida i porfiada, que despues
+de la de Rebena, no se ha visto entre tan poca gente mas cruel
+batalla, donde hermanos a hermanos, ni deudos a deudos, ni amigos
+a amigos no se davan vida uno a otro." Carta de Cabildo de
+Arequipa al Emperador. Ms.]
+
+The infantry, meanwhile, on both sides, kept up a sharp
+cross-fire from their arquebuses, which did execution on the
+ranks of the cavaliers, as well as on one another.  But Almagro's
+battery of heavy guns, now well directed, mowed down the
+advancing columns of foot.  The latter, staggering, began to fall
+back from the terrible fire, when Francisco de Carbajal, throwing
+himself before them, cried out, "Shame on you, my men! Do you
+give way now?  I am twice as good a mark for the enemy as any of
+you!" He was a very large man; and, throwing off his steel helmet
+and cuirass, that he might have no advantage over his followers,
+he remained lightly attired in his cotton doublet, when, swinging
+his partisan over his head, he sprang boldly forward through
+blinding volumes of smoke and a tempest of musket-balls, and,
+supported by the bravest of his troops, overpowered the gunners,
+and made himself master of their pieces.
+
+The shades of night had now, for some time, been coming thicker
+and thicker over the field.  But still the deadly struggle went
+on in the darkness, as the red and white badges intimated the
+respective parties, and their war-cries rose above the din, -
+"Vaca de Castro y el Rey," - "Almagro y el Rey," - while both
+invoked the aid of their military apostle St. James.  Holguin,
+who commanded the royalists on the left, pierced through by two
+musket-balls, had been slain early in the action.  He had made
+himself conspicuous by a rich sobrevest of white velvet over his
+armour.  Still a gallant band of cavaliers maintained the fight
+so valiantly on that quarter, that the Almagrians found it
+difficult to keep their ground. *26
+
+[Footnote 26: The battle was so equally contested, says Beltran,
+one of Vaca de Castro's captains, that it was long doubtful on
+which side victory was to incline.  "I la batalla estuvo mui gran
+rato en peso sin conoscerse vitoria de la una parte a la otra."
+Carta de Ventura Beltran, Ms.]
+It fared differently on the right, where Alonso de Alvarado
+commanded.  He was there encountered by Almagro in person, who
+fought worthy of his name.  By repeated charges on his opponent,
+he endeavoured to bear down his squadrons, so much worse mounted
+and worse armed than his own.  Alvarado resisted with
+undiminished courage; but his numbers had been thinned, as we
+have seen, before the battle, to supply the governor's reserve,
+and, fairly overpowered by the superior strength of his
+adversary, who had already won two of the royal banners, he was
+slowly giving ground.  "Take, but kill not!" shouted the generous
+young chief, who felt himself sure of victory. *27
+
+[Footnote 27: "Gritaba, Victoria; i decia, Prender i no matar."
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 3, cap. 11.]
+
+But at this crisis, Vaca de Castro, who, with his reserve, had
+occupied a rising ground that commanded the field of action, was
+fully aware that the time had now come for him to take part in
+the struggle.  He had long strained his eyes through the gloom to
+watch the movements of the combatants, and received constant
+tidings how the fight was going.  He no longer hesitated, but,
+calling on his men to follow, led off boldly into the thickest of
+the melee to the support of his stouthearted officer.  The
+arrival of a new corps on the field, all fresh for action, gave
+another turn to the tide. *28 Alvarado's men took heart and
+rallied.  Almagro's, though driven back by the fury of the
+assault, quickly returned against their assailants.  Thirteen of
+Vaca de Castro's cavaliers fell dead from their saddles.  But it
+was the last effort of the Almagrians.  Their strength, though
+not their spirit, failed them.  They gave way in all directions,
+and, mingling together in the darkness, horse, foot, and
+artillery, they trampled one another down, as they made the best
+of their way from the press of their pursuers.  Almagro used
+every effort to stay them.  He performed miracles of valor, says
+one who witnessed them; but he was borne along by the tide, and,
+though he seemed to court death, by the freedom with which he
+exposed his person to danger yet he escaped without a wound.
+
+[Footnote 28: The letter of the municipality of Arequipa gives
+the governor credit for deciding the fate of the day by this
+movement, and the writers express their "admiration of the
+gallantry and courage he displayed, so little to have been
+expected from his age and profession." See the original in
+Appendix, No. 13.]
+
+Others there were of his company, and among them a young cavalier
+named Geronimo de Alvarado, who obstinately refused to quit the
+field; and shouting out, - "We slew Pizarro!  we killed the
+tyrant!" they threw themselves on the lances of their conquerors,
+preferring death on the battle-field to the ignominious doom of
+the gibbet. *29
+
+[Footnote 29: "Se arrojaron en los Enemigos, como desesperados,
+hiriendo a todas partes, diciendo cada vno por su nombre: Yo soi
+Fulano, que mate al Marques; i asi anduvieron hasta, que los
+hicieron pedacos.' Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 19.]
+
+It was nine o'clock when the battle ceased, though the firing was
+heard at intervals over the field at a much later hour, as some
+straggling party of fugitives were overtaken by their pursuers.
+Yet many succeeded in escaping in the obscurity of night, while
+some, it is said, contrived to elude pursuit in a more singular
+way; tearing off the badges from the corpses of their enemies,
+they assumed them for themselves, and, mingling in the ranks as
+followers of Vaca de Castro, joined in the pursuit.
+That commander, at length, fearing some untoward accident, and
+that the fugitives, should they rally again under cover of the
+darkness, might inflict some loss on their pursuers, caused his
+trumpets to sound, and recalled his scattered forces under their
+banners.  All night they remained under arms on the field, which,
+so lately the scene of noisy strife, was now hushed in silence,
+broken only by the groans of the wounded and the dying.  The
+natives, who had hung, during the fight, like a dark cloud, round
+the skirts of the mountains, contemplating with gloomy
+satisfaction the destruction of their enemies, now availed
+themselves of the obscurity to descend, like a pack of famished
+wolves, upon the plains, where they stripped the bodies of the
+slain, and even of the living, but disabled wretches, who had in
+vain dragged themselves into the bushes for concealment.  The
+following morning, Vaca de Castro gave orders that the wounded -
+those who had not perished in the cold damps of the night -
+should be committed to the care of the surgeons, while the
+priests were occupied with administering confession and
+absolution to the dying.  Four large graves or pits were dug, in
+which the bodies of the slain - the conquerors and the conquered
+- were heaped indiscriminately together.  But the remains of
+Alvarez de Holguin and several other cavaliers of distinction
+were transported to Guamanga, where they were buried with the
+solemnities suited to their rank; and the tattered banners won
+from their vanquished countrymen waved over their monuments, the
+melancholy trophies of their victory.
+
+The number of killed is variously reported, - from three hundred
+to five hundred on both sides. *30 The mortality was greatest
+among the conquerors, who suffered more from the cannon of the
+enemy before the action, than the latter suffered in the rout
+that followed it.  The number of wounded was still greater; and
+full half of the survivors of Almagro's party were made
+prisoners.  Many, indeed, escaped from the field to the
+neighbouring town of Guamanga, where they took refuge in the
+churches and monasteries.  But their asylum was not respected,
+and they were dragged forth and thrown into prison. Their brave
+young commander fled with a few followers only to Cuzco, where he
+was instantly arrested by the magistrates whom he had himself
+placed over the city. *31
+
+[Footnote 30: Zarate estimates the number at three hundred.
+Uscategui, who belonged to the Almagrian party, and Garcilasso,
+both rate it as high as five hundred.]
+
+[Footnote 31: The particulars of the action are gathered from
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Carta de Ventura Beltran,
+Ms. - Zarate, Zarate Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 17-20.  -
+Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Dicho del Capitan Francisco de
+Carbajal sobre la informacion hecha en el Cuzco en 1543 a favor
+de Vaca de Castro, Ms. - Carta del Cabildo de Arequipa al
+Emperador, Ms. - Carta de Barrio Nuevo, Ms. - Gomara, Hist. de
+las Ind., cap. 149. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 3,
+cap. 15-18. - Declaracion de Uscategui, Ms.
+
+Many of these authorities were personally present on the field;
+and it is rare that the details of a battle are drawn from more
+authentic testimony.  The student of history will not be
+surprised that in these details there should be the greatest
+discrepancy.]
+
+At Guamanga, Vaca de Castro appointed a commission, with the
+Licentiate de la Gama at its head, for the trial of the
+prisoners; and justice was not satisfied, till forty had been
+condemned to death, and thirty others - some of them with the
+loss of one or more of their members - sent into banishment. *32
+Such severe reprisals have been too common with the Spaniards in
+their civil feuds.  Strange that they should so blindly plunge
+into these, with this dreadful doom for the vanquished!
+[Footnote 32: Declaracion de Uscategui, Ms. - Carta de Ventura
+Beltran, Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 21.
+
+The loyal burghers of Arequipa seem to have been well contented
+with these executions.  "If night had not overtaken us," they
+say, alluding to the action, in their letter to the emperor,
+"your Majesty would have had no reason to complain; but what was
+omitted then is made up now, since the governor goes on
+quartering every day some one or other of the traitors who
+escaped from the field." See the original in Appendix, No. 13.]
+From the scene of this bloody tragedy, the governor proceeded to
+Cuzco, which he entered at the head of his victorious battalions,
+with all the pomp and military display of a conqueror.  He
+maintained a corresponding state in his way of living, at the
+expense of a sneer from some, who sarcastically contrasted this
+ostentatious profusion with the economical reforms he
+subsequently introduced into the finances. *33 But Vaca de Castro
+was sensible of the effect of this outward show on the people
+generally, and disdained no means of giving authority to his
+office.  His first act was to determine the fate of his prisoner,
+Almagro. A council of war was held.  Some were for sparing the
+unfortunate chief, in consideration of his youth, and the strong
+cause of provocation he had received.  But the majority were of
+opinion that such mercy could not be extended to the leader of
+the rebels, and that his death was indispensable to the permanent
+tranquillity of the country.
+
+[Footnote 33: Herrera, Hist. General, dec 7, lib. 4, cap. 1.]
+When led to execution in the great square of Cuzco, - the same
+spot where his father had suffered but a few years before, -
+Almagro exhibited the most perfect composure, though, as the
+herald proclaimed aloud the doom of the traitor, he indignantly
+denied that he was one.  He made no appeal for mercy to his
+judges, but simply requested that his bones might be laid by the
+side of his father's.  He objected to having his eyes bandaged,
+as was customary on such occasions, and, after confession, he
+devoutly embraced the cross, and submitted his neck to the stroke
+of the executioner.  His remains, agreeably to his request, were
+transported to the monastery of La Merced, where they were
+deposited side by side with those of his unfortunate parent. *34
+
+[Footnote 34: Pedro Pizarro, Descub.  y Conq., Ms. - Zarate,
+Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 21. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms.
+- Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 6, cap. 1.]
+
+There have been few names, indeed, in the page of history, more
+unfortunate than that of Almagro.  Yet the fate of the son
+excites a deeper sympathy than that of the father; and this, not
+merely on account of his youth, and the peculiar circumstances of
+his situation.  He possessed many of the good qualities of the
+elder Almagro, with a frank and manly nature, in which the
+bearing of the soldier was somewhat softened by the refinement of
+a better education than is to be found in the license of a camp.
+His career, though short, gave promise of considerable talent,
+which required only a fair field for its development. But he was
+the child of misfortune, and his morning of life was overcast by
+clouds and tempests.  If his character, naturally benignant,
+sometimes showed the fiery sparkles of the vindictive Indian
+temper, some apology may be found, not merely in his blood, but
+in the circumstances of his situation.  He was more sinned
+against than sinning; and, if conspiracy could ever find a
+justification, it must be in a case like his, where, borne down
+by injuries heaped on his parent and himself, he could obtain no
+redress from the only quarter whence he had a right to look for
+it. With him, the name of Almagro became extinct, and the faction
+of Chili, so long the terror of the land, passed away for ever.
+
+While these events were occurring in Cuzco, the governor learned
+that Gonzalo Pizarro had arrived at Lima, where he showed himself
+greatly discontented with the state of things in Peru.  He loudly
+complained that the government of the country, after his
+brother's death, had not been placed in his hands; and, as
+reported by some, he was now meditating schemes for getting
+possession of it.  Vaca de Castro well knew that there would be
+no lack of evil counsellors to urge Gonzalo to this desperate
+step; and, anxious to extinguish the spark of insurrection before
+it had been fanned by these turbulent spirits into a flame, he
+detached a strong body to Lima to secure that capital.  At the
+same time he commanded the presence of Gonzalo Pizarro in Cuzco.
+
+That chief did not think it prudent to disregard the summons; and
+shortly after entered the Inca capital, at the head of a
+well-armed body of cavaliers.  He was at once admitted into the
+governor's presence, when the latter dismissed his guard,
+remarking that he had nothing to fear from a brave and loyal
+knight like Pizarro.  He then questioned him as to his late
+adventures in Canelas, and showed great sympathy for his
+extraordinary sufferings.  He took care not to alarm his jealousy
+by any allusion to his ambitious schemes, and concluded by
+recommending him, now that the tranquillity of the country was
+reestablished, to retire and seek the repose he so much needed,
+on his valuable estates at Charcas.  Gonzalo Pizarro, finding no
+ground opened for a quarrel with the cool and politic governor,
+and probably feeling that he was, at least not now, in sufficient
+strength to warrant it, thought it prudent to take the advice,
+and withdrew to La Plata, where he busied himself in working
+those rich mines of silver that soon put him in condition for a
+more momentous enterprise than any he had yet attempted. *35
+
+[Footnote 35: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 4, cap. 1; lib. 6, cap 3. - Zarate,
+Conq. del Peru lib. 1, cap. 22.]
+
+Thus rid of his formidable competitor, Vaca de Castro occupied
+himself with measures for the settlement of the country.  He
+began with his army, a part of which he had disbanded.  But many
+cavaliers still remained, pressing their demands for a suitable
+recompense for their services.  These they were not disposed to
+undervalue, and the governor was happy to rid himself of their
+importunities by employing them on distant expeditions, among
+which was the exploration of the country watered by the great Rio
+de la Plata.  The boiling spirits of the high-mettled cavaliers,
+without some such vent, would soon have thrown the whole country
+again into a state of fermentation.
+
+His next concern was to provide laws for the better government of
+the colony.  He gave especial care to the state of the Indian
+population; and established schools for teaching them
+Christianity.  By various provisions, he endeavoured to secure
+them from the exactions of their conquerors, and he encouraged
+the poor natives to transfer their own residence to the
+communities of the white men.  He commanded the caciques to
+provide supplies for the tambos, or houses for the accommodation
+of travellers, which lay in their neighbourhood, by which
+regulation he took away from the Spaniards a plausible apology
+for rapine, and greatly promoted facility of intercourse.  He was
+watchful over the finances, much dilapidated in the late
+troubles, and in several instances retrenched what he deemed
+excessive repartimientos among the Conquerors.  This last act
+exposed him to much odium from the objects of it.  But his
+measures were so just and impartial, that he was supported by
+public opinion. *36
+[Footnote 36: Ibid., ubi supra. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7,
+lib. 6, cap. 2.]
+
+Indeed, Vaca de Castro's conduct, from the hour of his arrival in
+the country, had been such as to command respect, and prove him
+competent to the difficult post for which he had been selected.
+Without funds, without troops, he had found the country, on his
+landing, in a state of anarchy; yet, by courage and address, he
+had gradually acquired sufficient strength to quell the
+insurrection.  Though no soldier, he had shown undaunted spirit
+and presence of mind in the hour of action, and made his military
+preparations with a forecast and discretion that excited the
+admiration of the most experienced veterans.
+
+If he may be thought to have abused the advantages of victory by
+cruelty towards the conquered, it must be allowed that he was not
+influenced by any motives of a personal nature.  He was a lawyer,
+bred in high notions of royal prerogative.  Rebellion he looked
+upon as an unpardonable crime; and, if his austere nature was
+unrelenting in the exaction of justice, he lived in an iron age,
+when justice was rarely tempered by mercy.
+
+In his subsequent regulations for the settlement of the country,
+he showed equal impartiality and wisdom.  The colonists were
+deeply sensible of the benefits of his administration, and
+afforded the best commentary on his services by petitioning the
+Court of Castile to continue him in the government of Peru. *37
+Unfortunately, such was not the policy of the Crown.
+
+[Footnote 37: "I asi lo escrivieron al Rei la Ciudad del Cuzco,
+la Villa de la Plata, i otras Comunidades, suplicandole, que los
+dexase por Governador a Vaca de Castro, como Persona, que
+procedia con rectitud, i que ia entendia el Govierno de aquellos
+Reinos." Herrera, Ibid., loc. cit.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter VII
+
+Abuses By The Conquerors. - Code For The Colonies. - Great
+Excitement In Peru. - Blasco Nunez The Viceroy. - His Severe
+Policy. - Opposed By Gonzalo Pizarro.
+
+1543-1544.
+
+
+Before continuing the narrative of events in Peru, we must turn
+to the mother-country, where important changes were in progress
+in respect to the administration of the colonies.
+
+Since his accession to the Crown, Charles the Fifth had been
+chiefly engrossed by the politics of Europe, where a theatre was
+opened more stimulating to his ambition than could be found in a
+struggle with the barbarian princes of the New World.  In this
+quarter, therefore, an empire almost unheeded, as it were, had
+been suffered to grow up, until it had expanded into dimensions
+greater than those of his European dominions, and destined soon
+to become far more opulent.  A scheme of government had, it is
+true, been devised, and laws enacted from time to time for the
+regulation of the colonies.  But these laws were often
+accommodated less to the interests of the colonies themselves,
+than to those of the parent country; and, when contrived in a
+better spirit, they were but imperfectly executed; for the voice
+of authority, however loudly proclaimed at home, too often died
+away in feeble echoes before it had crossed the waters.
+This state of things, and, indeed, the manner in which the
+Spanish territories in the New World had been originally
+acquired, were most unfortunate both for the conquered races and
+their masters.  Had the provinces gained by the Spaniards been
+the fruit of peaceful acquisition, - of barter and negotiation, -
+or had their conquest been achieved under the immediate direction
+of government, the interests of the natives would have been more
+carefully protected.  From the superior civilization of the
+Indians in the Spanish American colonies, they still continued
+after the Conquest to remain on the ground, and to mingle in the
+same communities, with the white men; in this forming an obvious
+contrast to the condition of our own aborigines, who, shrinking
+from the contact of civilization, have withdrawn, as the latter
+has advanced, deeper and deeper into the heart of the wilderness.
+But the South American Indian was qualified by his previous
+institutions for a more refined legislation than could be adapted
+to the wild hunters of the forest; and, had the sovereign been
+there in person to superintend his conquests, he could never have
+suffered so large a portion of his vassals to be wantonly
+sacrificed to the cupidity and cruelty of the handful of
+adventurers who subdued them.
+But, as it was, the affair of reducing the country was committed
+to the hands of irresponsible individuals, soldiers of fortune,
+desperate adventurers, who entered on conquest as a game, which
+they were to play in the most unscrupulous manner, with little
+care but to win it.  Receiving small encouragement from the
+government, they were indebted to their own valor for success;
+and the right of conquest, they conceived, extinguished every
+existing right in the unfortunate natives.  The lands, the
+persons, of the conquered races were parcelled out and
+appropriated by the victors as the legitimate spoils of victory;
+and outrages were perpetrated every day, at the contemplation of
+which humanity shudders.
+
+These outrages, though nowhere perpetrated on so terrific a scale
+as in the islands, where, in a few years, they had nearly
+annihilated the native population, were yet of sufficient
+magnitude in Peru to call down the vengeance of Heaven on the
+heads of their authors; and the Indian might feel that this
+vengeance was not long delayed, when he beheld his oppressors,
+wrangling over their miserable spoil, and turning their swords
+against each other.  Peru, as already mentioned, was subdued by
+adventurers, for the most part, of a lower and more ferocious
+stamp than those who followed the banner of Cortes.  The
+character of the followers partook, in some measure, of that of
+the leaders in their respective enterprises.  It was a sad
+fatality for the Incas; for the reckless soldiers of Pizarro were
+better suited to contend with the fierce Aztec than with the more
+refined and effeminate Peruvian.  Intoxicated by the unaccustomed
+possession of power, and without the least notion of the
+responsibilities which attached to their situation as masters of
+the land, they too often abandoned themselves to the indulgence
+of every whim which cruelty or caprice could dictate.  Not
+unfrequently, says an unsuspicious witness, I have seen the
+Spaniards, long after the Conquest, amuse themselves by hunting
+down the natives with bloodhounds for mere sport, or in order to
+train their dogs to the game! *1 The most unbounded scope was
+given to licentiousness.  The young maiden was torn without
+remorse from the arms of her family to gratify the passion of her
+brutal conqueror. *2 The sacred houses of the Virgins of the Sun
+were broken open and violated, and the cavalier swelled his harem
+with a troop of Indian girls, making it seem that the Crescent
+would have been a much more fitting symbol for his banner than
+the immaculate Cross. *3
+
+[Footnote 1: "Espanoles hai que crian perros carniceros i los
+avezan a matar Indios, lo qual procuran a las veces por
+pasatiempo, i ver si lo hacen bien los perros." Relacion que dio
+el Provisor Morales sobre las cosas que convenian provarse en el
+Peru, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 2: "Que los Justicias dan cedulas de Anaconas que por
+otros terminos los hacen esclavos e vivir contra su voluntad,
+diciendo: Por la presente damos licencia a vos Fulano, para que
+os podais servir de tal Indio o de tal India e lo podais tomar e
+sacar donde quiera que lo hallaredes." Rel. del Provisor Morales,
+Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 3: "Es general el vicio del amancebamiento con Indias,
+i algunos tienen cantidad dellas como en serrallo." Ibid., Ms.]
+
+But the dominant passion of the Spaniard was the lust of gold.
+For this he shrunk from no toil himself, and was merciless in his
+exactions of labor from his Indian slave.  Unfortunately, Peru
+abounded in mines which too well repaid this labor; and human
+life was the item of least account in the estimate of the
+Conquerors.  Under his Incas, the Peruvian was never suffered to
+be idle; but the task imposed on him was always proportioned to
+his strength.  He had his seasons of rest and refreshment, and
+was well protected against the inclemency of the weather.  Every
+care was shown for his personal safety.  But the Spaniards, while
+they taxed the strength of the native to the utmost, deprived him
+of the means of repairing it, when exhausted.  They suffered the
+provident arrangements of the Incas to fall into decay.  The
+granaries were emptied; the flocks were wasted in riotous living.
+They were slaughtered to gratify a mere epicurean whim, and many
+a llama was destroyed solely for the sake of the brains, - a
+dainty morsel, much coveted by the Spaniards. *4 So reckless was
+the spirit of destruction after the Conquest, says Ondegardo, the
+wise governor of Cuzco, that in four years more of these animals
+perished than in four hundred, in the times of the Incas. *5 The
+flocks, once so numerous over the broad table-lands, were now
+thinned to a scanty number, that sought shelter in the fastnesses
+of the Andes.  The poor Indian, without food, without the warm
+fleece which furnished him a defence against the cold, now
+wandered half-starved and naked over the plateau.  Even those who
+had aided the Spaniards in the conquest fared no better; and many
+an Inca noble roamed a mendicant over the lands where he once
+held rule, and if driven, perchance, by his necessities, to
+purloin something from the superfluity of his conquerors, he
+expiated it by a miserable death. *6
+[Footnote 4: "Muchos Espanoles han muerto i matan increible
+cantidad de ovejas por comer solo los sesos, hacer pasteles del
+tuetano i candelas de la grasa.  De ai hambre general." Ibid.,
+Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 5: "Se puede afirmar que hicieron mas dano los
+Espanoles en solos quatro anos que el Inga en quatrocientos."
+Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 6: "Ahora no tienen que comer ni donde sembrar, i asi
+van a hurtallo como solian, delito por que han aorcado a muchos."
+Rel. del Provisor Morales, Ms.
+
+This, and some of the preceding citations, as the reader will
+see, have been taken from the Ms. of the Bachelor Luis de
+Morales, who lived eighteen or twenty years in Cuzco; and, in
+1541, about the time of Vaca de Castro's coming to Peru, prepared
+a Memorial for the government, embracing a hundred and nine
+chapters.  It treats of the condition of the country, and the
+remedies which suggested themselves to the benevolent mind of its
+author.  The emperor's notes on the margin show that it received
+attention at court.  There is no reason, as far as I am aware, to
+distrust the testimony of the writer, and Munoz has made some
+sensible extracts from it for his inestimable collection.]
+
+It is true, there were good men, missionaries, faithful to their
+calling, who wrought hard in the spiritual conversion of the
+native, and who, touched by his misfortunes, would gladly have
+interposed their arm to shield him from his oppressors. *7 But
+too often the ecclesiastic became infected by the general spirit
+of licentiousness; and the religious fraternities, who led a life
+of easy indulgence on the lands cultivated by their Indian
+slaves, were apt to think less of the salvation of their souls
+than of profiting by the labor of their bodies. *8
+
+[Footnote 7: Father Naharro notices twelve missionaries, some of
+his own order, whose zealous labors and miracles for the
+conversion of the Indians he deems worthy of comparison with
+those of the twelve Apostles of Christianity.  It is a pity that
+history, while it has commemorated the names of so many
+persecutors of the poor heathen, should have omitted those of
+their benefactors.
+
+"Tomo su divina Magestad por instrumento 12 solos religiosos
+pobres, descalzos i desconocidos, 5 del orden de la Merced, 4 de
+Predicadores, i 3 de San Francisco, obraron lo mismo que los 12
+apostolos en la conversion de todo el universo mundo." Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+[Footnote 8: "Todos los conventos de Dominicos i Mercenarios
+tienen repartimientos.  Ninguno dellos ha dotrinado ni convertido
+un Indio. Procuran sacar dellos quanto pueden, trabajarles en
+grangerias; con esto i con otras limosnas enriquecen.  Mal
+egemplo.  Ademas convendra no pasen frailes sino precediendo
+diligente examen de vida i dotrina." (Relacion de las cosas que
+S. M. deve proveer para los reynos del Peru, embiada desde los
+Reyes a la Corte por el Licenciado Martel Santoyo, de quien va
+firmada en principios de 1542, Ms.) This statement of the
+licentiate shows a different side of the picture from that above
+quoted from Father Naharro. Yet they are not irreconcilable.
+Human nature has both its lights and its shadows.]
+
+Yet still there were not wanting good and wise men in the
+colonies, who, from time to time, raised the voice of
+remonstrance against these abuses, and who carried their
+complaints to the foot of the throne.  To the credit of the
+government, it must also be confessed, that it was solicitous to
+obtain such information as it could, both from its own officers,
+and from commissioners deputed expressly for the purpose, whose
+voluminous communications throw a flood of light on the internal
+condition of the country, and furnish the best materials for the
+historian. *9 But it was found much easier to get this
+information than to profit by it.
+[Footnote 9: I have several of these Memorials or Relaciones, as
+they are called, in my possession, drawn up by residents in
+answer to queries propounded by government.  These queries, while
+their great object is to ascertain the nature of existing abuses,
+and to invite the suggestion of remedies, are often directed to
+the laws and usages of the ancient Incas. The responses,
+therefore, are of great value to the historical inquirer. The
+most important of these documents in my possession is that by
+Ondegardo, governor of Cuzco, covering near four hundred folio
+pages, once forming part of Lord Kingsborough's valuable
+collection.  It is impossible to peruse those elaborate and
+conscientious reports without a deep conviction of the pains
+taken by the Crown to ascertain the nature of the abuses in the
+domestic government of the colonies, and their honest purpose to
+amend them.  Unfortunately, in this laudable purpose they were
+not often seconded by the colonist themselves.]
+
+In 1541, Charles the Fifth, who had been much occupied by the
+affairs of Germany, revisited his ancestral dominions, where his
+attention was imperatively called to the state of the colonies.
+Several memorials in relation to it were laid before him; but no
+one pressed the matter so strongly on the royal conscience as Las
+Casas, afterwards Bishop of Chiapa.  This good ecclesiastic,
+whose long life had been devoted to those benevolent labors which
+gained him the honorable title of Protector of the Indians, had
+just completed his celebrated treatise on the Destruction of the
+Indies, the most remarkable record, probably, to be found, of
+human wickedness, but which, unfortunately, loses much of its
+effect from the credulity of the writer, and his obvious tendency
+to exaggerate.
+In 1542, Las Casas placed his manuscript in the hands of his
+royal master.  That same year, a council was called at
+Valladolid, composed chiefly of jurists and theologians, to
+devise a system of laws for the regulation of the American
+colonies.
+
+Las Casas appeared before this body, and made an elaborate
+argument, of which a part only has been given to the public.  He
+there assumes, as a fundamental proposition, that the Indians
+were by the law of nature free; that, as vassals of the Crown,
+they had a right to its protection, and should be declared free
+from that time, without exception and for ever. *10 He sustains
+this proposition by a great variety of arguments, comprehending
+the substance of most that has been since urged in the same cause
+by the friends of humanity.  He touches on the ground of
+expediency, showing, that, without the interference of
+government, the Indian race must be gradually exterminated by the
+systematic oppression of the Spaniards.  In conclusion, he
+maintains, that, if the Indians, as it was pretended, would not
+labor unless compelled, the white man would still find it for his
+interest to cultivate the soil; and that if he should not be able
+to do so, that circumstance would give him no right over the
+Indian, since God does not allow evil that good may come of it.
+*11 - This lofty morality, it will be remembered, was from the
+lips of a Dominican, in the sixteenth century, one of the order
+that founded the Inquisition, and in the very country where the
+fiery tribunal was then in most active operation! *12
+
+[Footnote 10: The perpetual emancipation of the Indians is urged
+in the most emphatic manner by another bishop, also a Dominican,
+but bearing certainly very little resemblance to Las Casas.  Fray
+Valverde makes this one of the prominent topics in a
+communication, already cited, to the government, the general
+scope of which must be admitted to do more credit to his humanity
+than some of the passages recorded of him in history. - "A V. M.
+representaran alla los conquistadores muchos servicios, dandolos
+por causa para que los dexen servir de los indios como de
+esclavos: V. M. se los tiene mui bien pagados en los provechos
+que han avido desta tierra, y no los ha de pagar con hazer a sus
+vasallos esclavos." Carta de Valverde al Emperador, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 11: "La loi de Dieu detend de faire le mal pour qu'il
+en resulte du bien." Oeuvres de Las Casas, eveque de Chiapa,
+trad.  par Llorente, (Paris, 1822,) tom.  l. p. 251.]
+
+[Footnote 12: It is a curious coincidence, that this argument of
+Las Casas should have been first published - in a translated
+form, indeed - by a secretary of the Inquisition, Llorente.  The
+original still remains in Ms. It is singular that these volumes,
+containing the views of this great philanthropist on topics of
+such interest to humanity, should not have been more freely
+consulted, or at least cited, by those who have since trod in his
+footsteps.  They are an arsenal from which many a serviceable
+weapon for the good cause might be borrowed.]
+
+The arguments of Las Casas encountered all the opposition
+naturally to be expected from indifference, selfishness, and
+bigotry.  They were also resisted by some persons of just and
+benevolent views in his audience, who, while they admitted the
+general correctness of his reasoning, and felt deep sympathy for
+the wrongs of the natives, yet doubted whether his scheme of
+reform was not fraught with greater evils than those it was
+intended to correct.  For Las Casas was the uncompromising friend
+of freedom.  He intrenched himself strongly on the ground of
+natural right; and, like some of the reformers of our own day,
+disdained to calculate the consequences of carrying out the
+principle to its full and unqualified extent.  His earnest
+eloquence, instinct with the generous love of humanity, and
+fortified by a host of facts, which it was not easy to assail,
+prevailed over his auditors.  The result of their deliberations
+was a code of ordinances, which, however, far from being limited
+to the wants of the natives, had particular reference to the
+European population, and the distractions of the country.  It was
+of general application to all the American colonies.  It will be
+necessary here only to point out some of the provisions having
+immediate reference to Peru.
+
+The Indians were declared true and loyal vassals of the Crown,
+and their freedom as such was fully recognized.  Yet, to maintain
+inviolate the guaranty of the government to the Conquerors, it
+was decided, that those lawfully possessed of slaves might still
+retain them; but, at the death of the present proprietors, they
+were to revert to the Crown.
+It was provided, however, that slaves, in any event, should be
+forfeited by all those who had shown themselves unworthy to hold
+them by neglect or ill-usage; by all public functionaries, or
+such as had held offices under the government; by ecclesiastics
+and religious corporations; and lastly, - a sweeping clause, - by
+all who had taken a criminal part in the feuds of Almagro and
+Pizarro.
+
+It was further ordered, that the Indians should be moderately
+taxed; that they should not be compelled to labor where they did
+not choose, and that where, from particular circumstances, this
+was made necessary, they should receive a fair compensation.  It
+was also decreed, that, as the repartimientos of land were often
+excessive, they should in such cases be reduced; and that, where
+proprietors had been guilty of a notorious abuse of their slaves,
+their estates should be forfeited altogether.
+As Peru had always shown a spirit of insubordination, which
+required a more vigorous interposition of authority than was
+necessary in the other colonies, it was resolved to send a
+viceroy to that country, who should display a state, and be armed
+with powers, that might make him a more fitting representative of
+the sovereign.  He was to be accompanied by a Royal Audience,
+consisting of four judges, with extensive powers of jurisdiction,
+both criminal and civil, who, besides a court of justice, should
+constitute a sort of council to advise with and aid the viceroy.
+The Audience of Panama was to be dissolved, and the new tribunal,
+with the vice-king's court, was to be established at Los Reyes,
+or Lima, as it now began to be called, - henceforth the
+metropolis of the Spanish empire on the Pacific. *13
+
+[Footnote 13: The provisions of this celebrated code are to be
+found, with more or less - generally less - accuracy, in the
+various contemporary writers.  Herrera gives them in extenso.
+Hist. General, dec 7 lib. 6, cap. 5.]
+
+Such were some of the principal features of this remarkable code,
+which, touching on the most delicate relations of society, broke
+up the very foundations of property, and, by a stroke of the pen,
+as it were, converted a nation of slaves into freemen.  It would
+have required, we may suppose, but little forecast to divine,
+that in the remote regions of America, and especially in Peru,
+where the colonists had been hitherto accustomed to unbounded
+license, a reform, so salutary in essential points, could be
+enforced thus summarily only at the price of a revolution. - Yet
+the ordinances received the sanction of the emperor that same
+year, and in November, 1543, were published at Madrid. *14
+[Footnote 14: Las Casas pressed the matter home on the royal
+conscience, by representing that the Papal See conceded the right
+of conquest to the Spanish sovereigns on the exclusive condition
+of converting the heathen, and that the Almighty would hold him
+accountable for the execution of this trust.  Oeuvres de Las
+Casas, ubi supra.]
+
+No sooner was their import known than it was conveyed by numerous
+letters to the colonists, from their friends in Spain.  The
+tidings flew like wild-fire over the land, from Mexico to Chili.
+Men were astounded at the prospect of the ruin that awaited them.
+In Peru, particularly, there was scarcely one that could hope to
+escape the operation of the law.  Few there were who had not
+taken part, at some time or other, in the civil feuds of Almagro
+and Pizarro; and still fewer of those that remained that would
+not be entangled in some one or other of the insidious clauses
+that seemed spread out, like a web, to ensnare them.
+
+The whole country was thrown into commotion.  Men assembled
+tumultuously in the squares and public places, and, as the
+regulations were made known, they were received with universal
+groans and hisses.  "Is this the fruit," they cried, "of all our
+toil?  Is it for this that we have poured out our blood like
+water?  Now that we are broken down by hardships and sufferings,
+to be left at the end of our campaigns as poor as at the
+beginning!  Is this the way government rewards our services in
+winning for it an empire?  The government has done little to aid
+us in making the conquest, and for what we have we may thank our
+own good swords; and with these same swords," they continued,
+warming into menace, "we know how to defend it." Then, stripping
+up his sleeve, the war-worn veteran bared his arm, or, exposing
+his naked bosom, pointed to his scars, as the best title to his
+estates. *15
+
+[Footnote 15: Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Pedro de Valdivia, Ms.,
+desde Los Reyes, 31 de Oct., 1538. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib.
+5, cap. 1. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 6, cap.  10,
+11.
+
+Benalcazar, in a letter to Charles the Fifth, indulges in a
+strain of invective against the ordinances, which, by stripping
+the planters of their Indian slaves, must inevitably reduce the
+country to beggary Benalcazar was a conqueror, and one of the
+most respectable of his caste. His argument is a good specimen of
+the reasoning of his party on this subject, and presents a
+decided counterblast to that of Las Casas.  Carta de Benalcazar
+al Emperador, Ms., desde Cali. 20 de Diciembre, 1544.]
+The governor, Vaca de Castro, watched the storm thus gathering
+from all quarters, with the deepest concern.  He was himself in
+the very heart of disaffection; for Cuzco, tenanted by a mixed
+and lawless population, was so far removed into the depths of the
+mountains, that it had much less intercourse with the parent
+country, and was consequently much less under her influence, than
+the great towns on the coast.  The people now invoked the
+governor to protect them against the tyranny of the Court; but he
+endeavoured to calm the agitation by representing, that by these
+violent measures they would only defeat their own object.  He
+counselled them to name deputies to lay their petition before the
+Crown, stating the impracticability of the present scheme of
+reform, and praying for the repeal of it; and he conjured them to
+wait patiently for the arrival of the viceroy, who might be
+prevailed on to suspend the ordinances till further advices could
+be received from Castile.
+
+But it was not easy to still the tempest; and the people now
+eagerly looked for some one whose interests and sympathies might
+lie with theirs, and whose position in the community might afford
+them protection.  The person to whom they naturally turned in
+this crisis was Gonzalo Pizarro, the last in the land of that
+family who had led the armies of the Conquest, - a cavalier whose
+gallantry and popular manners had made him always a favorite with
+the people.  He was now beset with applications to interpose in
+their behalf with the government, and shield them from the
+oppressive ordinances.
+
+But Gonzalo Pizarro was at Charcas, busily occupied in exploring
+the rich veins of Potosi, whose silver fountains, just brought
+into light, were soon to pour such streams of wealth over Europe.
+Though gratified with this appeal to his protection, the cautious
+cavalier was more intent on providing for the means of enterprise
+than on plunging prematurely into it; and, while he secretly
+encouraged the malecontents, he did not commit himself by taking
+part in any revolutionary movement.  At the same period, he
+received letters from Vaca de Castro, - whose vigilant eye
+watched all the aspects of the time, - cautioning Gonzalo and his
+friends not to be seduced, by any wild schemes of reform, from
+their allegiance.  And, to check still further these disorderly
+movements, he ordered his alcaldes to arrest every man guilty of
+seditious language, and bring him at once to punishment.  By this
+firm yet temperate conduct the minds of the populace were
+overawed, and there was a temporary lull in the troubled waters,
+while all looked anxiously for the coming of the viceroy. *16
+[Footnote 16: Ibid., ubi supra. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, ubi
+supra. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Carta de Gonzalo
+Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms. - Montesinos, Annales Ms., ano 1543.]
+
+The person selected for this critical post was a knight of Avila,
+named Blasco Nunez Vela.  He was a cavalier of ancient family,
+handsome in person, though now somewhat advanced in years, and
+reputed brave and devout.  He had filled some offices of
+responsibility to the satisfaction of Charles the Fifth, by whom
+he was now appointed to this post in Peru. The selection did no
+credit to the monarch's discernment.
+
+It may seem strange that this important place should not have
+been bestowed on Vaca de Castro, already on the spot, and who had
+shown himself so well qualified to fill it.  But ever since that
+officer's mission to Peru, there had been a series of
+assassinations, insurrections, and civil wars, that menaced the
+wretched colony with ruin; and though his wise administration had
+now brought things into order, the communication with the Indies
+was so tardy, that the results of his policy were not yet fully
+disclosed.  As it was designed, moreover, to make important
+innovations in the government, it was thought better to send some
+one who would have no personal prejudices to encounter, from the
+part he had already taken, and who, coming directly from the
+Court, and clothed with extraordinary powers, might present
+himself with greater authority than could one who had become
+familiar to the people in an inferior capacity.  The monarch,
+however, wrote a letter with his own hand to Vaca de Castro, in
+which he thanked that officer for his past services, and directed
+him, after aiding the new viceroy with the fruits of his large
+experience, to return to Castile, and take his seat in the Royal
+Council.  Letters of a similar complimentary kind were sent to
+the loyal colonists who had stood by the governor in the late
+troubles of the country.  Freighted with these testimonials, and
+with the ill-starred ordinances, Blasco Nunez embarked at San
+Lucar, on the 3d of November, 1543.  He was attended by the four
+judges of the Audience, and by a numerous retinue, that he might
+appear in the state befitting his distinguished rank. *17
+
+[Footnote 17: Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 6, cap. 9. - Fernandez, Hist. del
+Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 6. - Zarate, Ms.]
+
+About the middle of the following January, 1544, the viceroy,
+after a favorable passage, landed at Nombre de Dios.  He found
+there a vessel laden with silver from the Peruvian mines, ready
+to sail for Spain.  His first act was to lay an embargo on it for
+the government, as containing the proceeds of slave labor.  After
+this extraordinary measure, taken in opposition to the advice of
+the Audience, he crossed the Isthmus to Panama.  Here he gave
+sure token of his future policy, by causing more than three
+hundred Indians, who had been brought by their owners from Peru,
+to be liberated and sent back to their own country.  This
+high-handed measure created the greatest sensation in the city,
+and was strongly resisted by the judges of the Audience.  They
+besought him not to begin thus precipitately to execute his
+commission, but to wait till his arrival in the colony, when he
+should have taken time to acquaint himself somewhat with the
+country, and with the temper of the people.  But Blasco Nunez
+coldly replied, that "he had come, not to tamper with the laws,
+nor to discuss their merits, but to execute them, - and execute
+them he would, to the letter, whatever might be the consequence."
+*18 This answer, and the peremptory tone in which it was
+delivered, promptly adjourned the debate; for the judges saw that
+debate was useless with one who seemed to consider all
+remonstrance as an attempt to turn him from his duty, and whose
+ideas of duty precluded all discretionary exercise of authority,
+even where the public good demanded it.
+
+[Footnote 18: "Estas y otras cosas le dixo el Licenciado Carate:
+que no fueron al gusto del Virey: antes se enojo mucho por ello,
+y respondio con alguna aspereza: jurando, que auia de executar
+las ordenancas come en ellas se contenia: sin esperar para ello
+terminos algunos, ni dilaciones." Fernandez, Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 1. cap. 6.]
+
+Leaving the Audience, as one of its body was ill at Panama, the
+viceroy proceeded on his way, and, coasting down the shores of
+the Pacific, on the fourth of March he disembarked at Tumbez.  He
+was well received by the loyal inhabitants; his authority was
+publicly proclaimed, and the people were overawed by the display
+of a magnificence and state such as had not till then been seen
+in Peru.  He took an early occasion to intimate his future line
+of policy by liberating a number of Indian slaves on the
+application of their caciques.  He then proceeded by land towards
+the south, and showed his determination to conform in his own
+person to the strict letter of the ordinances, by causing his
+baggage to be carried by mules, where it was practicable; and
+where absolutely necessary to make use of Indians, he paid them
+fairly for their services. *19
+[Footnote 19: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 2. -
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, ubi supra. - Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro
+a Valdivia, Ms. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1544.]
+
+The whole country was thrown into consternation by reports of the
+proceedings of the viceroy, and of his conversations, most
+unguarded, which were eagerly circulated, and, no doubt, often
+exaggerated.  Meetings were again called in the cities.
+Discussions were held on the expediency of resisting his further
+progress, and a deputation of citizens from Cuzco, who were then
+in Lima, strongly urged the people to close the gates of that
+capital against him.  But Vaca de Castro had also left Cuzco for
+the latter city, on the earliest intimation of the viceroy's
+approach, and, with some difficulty, he prevailed on the
+inhabitants not to swerve from their loyalty, but to receive
+their new ruler with suitable honors, and trust to his calmer
+judgment for postponing the execution of the law till the case
+could be laid before the throne.
+
+But the great body of the Spaniards, after what they had heard,
+had slender confidence in the relief to be obtained from this
+quarter.  They now turned with more eagerness than ever towards
+Gonzalo Pizarro; and letters and addresses poured in upon him
+from all parts of the country, inviting him to take on himself
+the office of their protector.  These applications found a more
+favorable response than on the former occasion.
+There were, indeed, many motives at work to call Gonzalo into
+action. It was to his family, mainly, that Spain was indebted for
+this extension of her colonial empire; and he had felt deeply
+aggrieved that the government of the colony should be trusted to
+other hands than his.  He had felt this on the arrival of Vaca de
+Castro, and much more so when the appointment of a viceroy proved
+it to be the settled policy of the Crown to exclude his family
+from the management of affairs.  His brother Hernando still
+languished in prison, and he himself was now to be sacrificed as
+the principal victim of the fatal ordinances.  For who had taken
+so prominent a part in the civil war with the elder Almagro?  And
+the viceroy was currently reported - it may have been scandal -
+to have intimated that Pizarro would be dealt with accordingly.
+*20 Yet there was no one in the country who had so great a stake,
+who had so much to lose by the revolution.  Abandoned thus by the
+government, he conceived that it was now time to take care of
+himself.
+
+[Footnote 20: "It was not fair," the viceroy said, "that the
+country should remain longer in the hands of muleteers and
+swineherds, (alluding to the origin of the Pizarros,) and he
+would take measures to restore it to the Crown."
+
+"Que asi me la havia de cortar a mi i a todos los que havian
+seido notablemente, como el decia, culpados en la batalla de las
+Salinas i en las diferencias de Almagro, i que una tierra como
+esta no era justo que estuviese en poder de gente tan vaxa que
+llamava el a los desta tierra porqueros i arrieros, sino que
+estuviese toda en la Corona real." Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a
+Valdi via, Ms.]
+
+Assembling together some eighteen or twenty cavaliers in whom he
+most trusted, and taking a large amount of silver, drawn from the
+mines, he accepted the invitation to repair to Cuzco.  As he
+approached this capital, he was met by a numerous body of the
+citizens, who came out to welcome him, making the air ring with
+their shouts, as they saluted him with the title of
+Procurator-General of Peru.  The title was speedily confirmed by
+the municipality of the city, who invited him to head a
+deputation to Lima, in order to state their grievances to the
+viceroy, and solicit the present suspension of the ordinances.
+
+But the spark of ambition was kindled in the bosom of Pizarro.
+He felt strong in the affections of the people; and, from the
+more elevated position in which he now stood, his desires took a
+loftier and more unbounded range.  Yet, if he harboured a
+criminal ambition in his breast, he skilfully veiled it from
+others, - perhaps from himself.  The only object he professed to
+have in view was the good of the people; *21 a suspicious phrase,
+usually meaning the good of the individual.  He now demanded
+permission to raise and organize an armed force, with the further
+title of Captain-General.  His views were entirely pacific; but
+it was not safe, unless strongly protected, to urge them on a
+person of the viceroy's impatient and arbitrary temper.  It was
+further contended by Pizarro's friends, that such a force was
+demanded, to rid the country of their old enemy, the Inca Manco,
+who hovered in the neighbouring mountains with a body of
+warriors, ready, at the first opportunity, to descend on the
+Spaniards.  The municipality of Cuzco hesitated, as well it
+might, to confer powers so far beyond its legitimate authority.
+But Pizarro avowed his purpose, in case of refusal, to decline
+the office of Procurator; and the efforts of his partisans,
+backed by those of the people, at length silenced the scruples of
+the magistrates, who bestowed on the ambitious chief the military
+command to which he aspired.  Pizarro accepted it with the modest
+assurance, that he did so "purely from regard to the interests of
+the king, of the Indies, and, above all, of Peru"! *22
+
+[Footnote 21: "Diciendo que no queria nada para si, sino para el
+beneficio universal, i que por todos havia de poner todas sus
+fuercas." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 7, cap. 20.]
+
+[Footnote 22: "Acepte lo por ver que en ello hacia servicio a
+Dios i a S. M. l gran bien a esta tierra i generalmente a todas
+las Indias." Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms.
+
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, ib. 7, cap. 19, 20. - Zarate,
+Conq del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 4, 8. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 8. - Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia,
+Ms. - Montesinoe Annales, Ms., ano 1544.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter VIII
+
+The Viceroy Arrives At Lima. - Gonzalo Pizarro Marches From
+Cuzco. - Death Of The Inca Manco. - Rash Conduct Of The Viceroy.
+- Seized And Deposed By The Audience. - Gonzalo Proclaimed
+Governor Of Peru.
+
+1544.
+
+
+While the events recorded in the preceding pages were in
+progress, Blasco Nunez had been journeying towards Lima.  But the
+alienation which his conduct had already caused in the minds of
+the colonists was shown in the cold reception which he
+occasionally experienced on the route, and in the scanty
+accommodations provided for him and his retinue.  In one place
+where he took up his quarters, he found an ominous inscription
+over the door: - "He that takes my property must expect to pay
+for it with his life." *1 Neither daunted, nor diverted from his
+purpose, the inflexible viceroy held on his way towards the
+capital, where the inhabitants, preceded by Vaca de Castro and
+the municipal authorities, came out to receive him.  He entered
+in great state, under a canopy of crimson cloth, embroidered with
+the arms of Spain, and supported by stout poles or staves of
+solid silver, which were borne by the members of the
+municipality.  A cavalier, holding a mace, the emblem of
+authority, rode before him; and after the oaths of office were
+administered in the council-chamber, the procession moved towards
+the cathedral, where Te Deum was sung, and Blasco Nunez was
+installed in his new dignity of viceroy of Peru. *2
+[Footnote 1: "A quien me viniere a quitar mi hacienda, quitarle
+he la vida." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 7, cap. 18.]
+
+[Footnote 2: "Entro en la cibdad de Lima a 17 de Mayo de 1544:
+saliole a recibir todo el pueblo a pie y a caballo dos tiros de
+ballesta del pueblo, y a la entrada de la cibdad estaba un arco
+triunfal de verde con las Armas de Espana, y las de la misma
+cibdad; estaban le esperando el Regimiento y Justicia, y
+oficiales del Rey con ropas largas, hasta en pies de carmesi, y
+un palio del mesmo carmesi aforrado en lo mesmo, con ocho baras
+guarnecidas de plata y tomaronle debajo todos a pie, cada Regidor
+y justicia con una bara del palio, y el Virrey en su caballo con
+las mazas delante tomaronle juramento en un libro misal, y juro
+de las guardar y cumplir todas sus libertades y provisiones de S.
+M.; y luego fueron desta manera hasta la iglesia, salieron los
+clerigos con la cruz a la puerta y le metieron dentro cantando Te
+deum laudamus, y despues que obo dicho su oracion, fue con el
+cabildo y toda la ciudad a su palacio donde fue recebido y hizo
+un parlamento breve en que contento a toda la gente." Relacion de
+los sucesos del Peru desde que entro el virrey Blasco Nunez
+acaecidos en mar y tierra, Ms.]
+
+His first act was to proclaim his determination in respect to the
+ordinances.  He had no warrant to suspend their execution.  He
+should fulfil his commission; but he offered to join the
+colonists in a memorial to the emperor, soliciting the repeal of
+a code which he now believed would be for the interests neither
+of the country nor of the Crown. *3 With this avowed view of the
+subject, it may seem strange that Blasco Nunez should not have
+taken the responsibility of suspending the law until his
+sovereign could be assured of the inevitable consequences of
+enforcing it. The pacha of a Turkish despot, who had allowed
+himself this latitude for the interests of his master, might,
+indeed, have reckoned on the bowstring.  But the example of
+Mendoza, the prudent viceroy of Mexico, who adopted this course
+in a similar crisis, and precisely at the same period, showed its
+propriety under existing circumstances.  The ordinances were
+suspended by him till the Crown could be warned of the
+consequences of enforcing them, - and Mexico was saved from
+revolution. *4 But Blasco Nunez had not the wisdom of Mendoza.
+
+[Footnote 3: "Porque llanamente el confesaba, que asi para su
+Magestad como para aquellos Reinos, eran perjudiciales." Zarate,
+Conq. de Peru lib. 5, cap. 5.]
+
+[Footnote 4: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap.
+2-5.]
+The public apprehension was now far from being allayed.  Secret
+cabals were formed in Lima, and communications held with the
+different towns.  No distrust, however, was raised in the breast
+of the viceroy, and, when informed of the preparations of Gonzalo
+Pizarro, he took no other step than to send a message to his
+camp, announcing the extraordinary powers with which he was
+himself invested, and requiring that chief to disband his forces.
+He seemed to think that a mere word from him would be sufficient
+to dissipate rebellion.  But it required more than a breath to
+scatter the iron soldiery of Peru.
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro, meanwhile, was busily occupied in mustering his
+army.  His first step was to order from Guamanga sixteen pieces
+of artillery sent there by Vaca de Castro, who, in the present
+state of excitement, was unwilling to trust the volatile people
+of Cuzco with these implements of destruction.  Gonzalo, who had
+no scruples as to Indian labor, appropriated six thousand of the
+natives to the service of transporting this train of ordnance
+across the mountains. *5
+[Footnote 5: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 8.]
+
+By his exertions and those of his friends, the active chief soon
+mustered a force of nearly four hundred men, which, if not very
+imposing in the outset, he conceived would be swelled, in his
+descent to the coast, by tributary levies from the towns and
+villages on the way.  All his own funds were expended in
+equipping his men and providing for the march; and, to supply
+deficiencies, he made no scruple - since, to use his words, it
+was for the public interest - to appropriate the moneys in the
+royal treasury.  With this seasonable aid, his troops, well
+mounted and thoroughly equipped, were put in excellent fighting
+order; and, after making them a brief harangue, in which he was
+careful to insist on the pacific character of his enterprise,
+somewhat at variance with its military preparations, Gonzalo
+Pizarro sallied forth from the gates of the capital.
+
+Before leaving it, he received an important accession of strength
+in the person of Francisco de Carbajal, the veteran who performed
+so conspicuous a part in the battle of Chupas.  He was at Charcas
+when the news of the ordinances reached Peru and he instantly
+resolved to quit the country and return to Spain, convinced that
+the New World would be no longer the land for him, - no longer
+the golden Indies.  Turning his effects into money, he prepared
+to embark them on board the first ship that offered.  But no
+opportunity occurred, and he could have little expectation now of
+escaping the vigilant eye of the viceroy.  Yet, though solicited
+by Pizarro to take command under him in the present expedition,
+the veteran declined, saying, he was eighty years old, and had no
+wish but to return home, and spend his few remaining days in
+quiet. *6 Well had it been for him, had he persisted in his
+refusal.  But he yielded to the importunities of his friend; and
+the short space that yet remained to him of life proved long
+enough to brand his memory with perpetual infamy.
+[Footnote 6: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 7, cap. 22.]
+Soon after quitting Cuzco, Pizarro learned the death of the Inca
+Manco.  He was massacred by a party of Spaniards, of the faction
+of Almagro, who, on the defeat of their young leader, had taken
+refuge in the Indian camp.  They, in turn, were all slain by the
+Peruvians.  It is impossible to determine on whom the blame of
+the quarrel should rest, since no one present at the time has
+recorded it. *7
+
+[Footnote 7: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Garcilasso Com
+Real., Parte 2, lib. 4, cap. 7]
+
+The death of Manco Inca, as he was commonly called, is an event
+not to be silently passed over in Peruvian history; for he was
+the last of his race that may be said to have been animated by
+the heroic spirit of the ancient Incas.  Though placed on the
+throne by Pizarro, far from remaining a mere puppet in his hands,
+Manco soon showed that his lot was not to be cast with that of
+his conquerors.  With the ancient institutions of his country
+lying a wreck around him, he yet struggled bravely, like
+Guatemozin, the last of the Aztecs, to uphold her tottering
+fortunes, or to bury his oppressors under her ruins.  By the
+assault on his own capital of Cuzco, in which so large a portion
+of it was demolished, he gave a check to the arms of Pizarro,
+and, for a season, the fate of the Conquerors trembled in the
+balance.  Though foiled, in the end, by the superior science of
+his adversary, the young barbarian still showed the same
+unconquerable spirit as before.  He withdrew into the fastnesses
+of his native mountains, whence sallying forth as occasion
+offered, he fell on the caravan of the traveller, or on some
+scattered party of the military; and, in the event of a civil
+war, was sure to throw his own weight into the weaker scale, thus
+prolonging the contest of his enemies, and feeding his revenge by
+the sight of their calamities.  Moving lightly from spot to spot,
+he eluded pursuit amidst the wilds of the Cordilleras; and,
+hovering in the neighbourhood of the towns, or lying in ambush on
+the great thoroughfares of the country, the Inca Manco made his
+name a terror to the Spaniards.  Often did they hold out to him
+terms of accommodation; and every succeeding ruler down to Blasco
+Nunez, bore instructions from the Crown to employ every art to
+conciliate the formidable warrior.  But Manco did not trust the
+promises of the white man; and he chose rather to maintain his
+savage independence in the mountains with the few brave spirits
+around him, than to live a slave in the land which had once owned
+the sway of his ancestors.
+
+The death of the Inca removed one of the great pretexts for
+Gonzalo Pizarro's military preparations, but it had little
+influence on him, as may be readily imagined.  He was much more
+sensible to the desertion of some of his followers, which took
+place early on the march.  Several of the cavaliers of Cuzco,
+startled by his unceremonious appropriation of the public moneys,
+and by the belligerent aspect of affairs, now for the first time
+seemed to realize that they were in the path of rebellion.  A
+number of these, including some principal men of the city,
+secretly withdrew from the army, and, hastening to Lima, offered
+their services to the viceroy. The troops were disheartened by
+this desertion, and even Pizarro for a moment faltered in his
+purpose, and thought of retiring with some fifty followers to
+Charcas, and there making his composition with government. But a
+little reflection, aided by the remonstrances of the courageous
+Carbajal, who never turned his back on an enterprise which he had
+once assumed, convinced him that he had gone too far to recede, -
+that his only safety was to advance.
+
+He was reassured by more decided manifestations, which he soon
+after received, of the public opinion.  An officer named Puelles,
+who commanded at Guanuco, joined him, with a body of horse with
+which he had been intrusted by the viceroy.  This defection was
+followed by that of others, and Gonzalo, as he descended the
+sides of the table-land, found his numbers gradually swelled to
+nearly double the amount with which he had left the Indian
+capital.
+
+As he traversed with a freer step the bloody field of Chupas,
+Carbajal pointed out the various localities of the battle-ground,
+and Pizarro might have found food for anxious reflection, as he
+meditated on the fortunes of a rebel.  At Guamanga he was
+received with open arms by the inhabitants, many of whom eagerly
+enlisted under his banner; for they trembled for their property,
+as they heard from all quarters of the inflexible temper of the
+viceroy. *8
+
+[Footnote 8: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 14,
+16. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 9, 10. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 8, cap. 5-9. - Carta de Gonzalo
+Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms. - Relacion de los Sucesos del Peru, Ms]
+
+That functionary began now to be convinced that he was in a
+critical position.  Before Puelles's treachery, above noticed,
+had been consummated, the viceroy had received some vague
+intimation of his purpose.  Though scarcely crediting it, he
+detached one of his company, named Diaz, with a force to
+intercept him.  But, although that cavalier undertook the mission
+with alacrity, he was soon after prevailed on to follow the
+example of his comrade, and, with the greater part of the men
+under his command, went over to the enemy.  In the civil feuds of
+this unhappy land, parties changed sides so lightly, that
+treachery to a commander had almost ceased to be a stain on the
+honor of a cavalier.  Yet all, on whichever side they cast their
+fortunes, loudly proclaimed their loyalty to the Crown.
+
+Thus betrayed by his own men, by those apparently most devoted to
+his service, Blasco Nunez became suspicious fell on some who were
+most deserving of his confidence.  Among these was his
+predecessor, Vaca de Castro.  That officer had conducted himself,
+in the delicate situation in which he had been placed, with his
+usual discretion, and with perfect integrity and honor.  He had
+frankly communicated with the viceroy, and well had it been for
+Blasco Nunez, if he had known how to profit by it. But he was too
+much puffed up by the arrogance of office, and by the conceit of
+his own superior wisdom, to defer much to the counsels of his
+experienced predecessor.  The latter was now suspected by the
+viceroy of maintaining a secret correspondence with his enemies
+at Cuzco, - a suspicion which seems to have had no better
+foundation than the personal friendship which Vaca de Castro was
+known to entertain for these individuals.  But, with Blasco
+Nunez, to suspect was to be convinced; and he ordered De Castro
+to be placed under arrest, and confined on board of a vessel
+lying in the harbour.  This high-handed measure was followed by
+the arrest and imprisonment of several other cavaliers, probably
+on grounds equally frivolous. *9
+
+[Footnote 9: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 3. - Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte
+1, lib. 1, cap. 10.]
+
+He now turned his attention towards the enemy.  Notwithstanding
+his former failure, he still did not altogether despair of
+effecting something by negotiation, and he sent another embassy,
+having the bishop of Lima at its head, to Gonzalo Pizarro's camp,
+with promises of a general amnesty, and some proposals of a more
+tempting character to the commander.  But this step, while it
+proclaimed his own weakness, had no better success than the
+preceding. *10
+
+[Footnote 10: Loaysa, the bishop, was robbed of his despatches,
+and not even allowed to enter the camp, lest his presence should
+shake the constancy of the soldiers.  (See Relacion de los
+Sucesos del Peru, Ms.) The account occupies more space than it
+deserves in most of the authorities.]
+
+The viceroy now vigorously prepared for war.  His first care was
+to put the capital in a posture of defence, by strengthening its
+fortifications, and throwing barricades across the streets.  He
+ordered a general enrolment of the citizens, and called in levies
+from the neighbouring towns, - a call not very promptly answered.
+A squadron of eight or ten vessels was got ready in the port to
+act in concert with the land forces.  The bells were taken from
+the churches, and used in the manufacture of muskets; *11 and
+funds were procured from the fifths which had accumulated in the
+royal treasury.  The most extravagant bounty was offered to the
+soldiers, and prices were paid for mules and horses, which showed
+that gold, or rather silver, was the commodity of least value in
+Peru. *12 By these efforts, the active commander soon assembled a
+force considerably larger than that of his adversary.  But how
+could he confide in it?
+
+[Footnote 11: "Hico hacer gran Copia de Arcabuces, asi de Hierro,
+como de Fundicion, de ciertas Campanas de la Iglesia Maior, que
+para ello quito." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 6.]
+
+[Footnote 12: Blasco Nunez paid, according to Zarate, who had the
+means of knowing, twelve thousand ducats for thirty-five mules. -
+"El Visorrei les mando comprar, de la Hacienda Real, treinta i
+cinco Machos, en que hiciesen la Jornada, que costaron mas de
+doce mil ducados." (Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 10.) The
+South-American of our day might well be surprised at such prices
+for animals since so abundant in his country.]
+While these preparations were going forward, the judges of the
+Audience arrived at Lima.  They had shown, throughout their
+progress, no great respect either for the ordinances, or the will
+of the viceroy; for they had taxed the poor natives as freely and
+unscrupulously as any of the Conquerors.  We have seen the entire
+want of cordiality subsisting between them and their principal in
+Panama.  It became more apparent, on their landing at Lima.  They
+disapproved of his proceedings in every particular; of his
+refusal to suspend the ordinances, - although, in fact, he had
+found no opportunity, of late, to enforce them; of his
+preparations for defence, declaring that he ought rather trust to
+the effect of negotiation; and, finally, of his imprisonment of
+so many loyal cavaliers, which they pronounced an arbitrary act,
+altogether beyond the bounds of his authority; and they did not
+scruple to visit the prison in person, and discharge the captives
+from their confinement. *13
+
+[Footnote 13: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap.
+10. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 8, cap. 2, 10. - Carta
+de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms.]
+
+This bold proceeding, while it conciliated the good-will of the
+people, severed, at once, all relations with the viceroy.  There
+was in the Audience a lawyer, named Cepeda, a cunning, ambitious
+man, with considerable knowledge in the way of his profession,
+and with still greater talent for intrigue.  He did not disdain
+the low arts of a demagogue to gain the favor of the populace,
+and trusted to find his own account in fomenting a
+misunderstanding with Blasco Nunez.  The latter, it must be
+confessed, did all in his power to aid his counsellor in this
+laudable design.
+
+A certain cavalier in the place, named Suarez de Carbajal, who
+had long held an office under government, fell under the
+viceroy's displeasure, on suspicion of conniving at the secession
+of some of his kinsmen, who had lately taken part with the
+malecontents.  The viceroy summoned Carbajal to attend him at his
+palace, late at night; and when conducted to his presence, he
+bluntly charged him with treason.  The latter stoutly denied the
+accusation, in tones as haughty as those of his accuser.  The
+altercation grew warm, until, in the heat of passion, Blasco
+Nunez struck him with his poniard.  In an instant, the
+attendants, taking this as a signal, plunged their swords into
+the body of the unfortunate man, who fell lifeless on the floor.
+*14
+
+[Footnote 14: "He struck him in the bosom with his dagger, as
+some say, but the viceroy denies it." - So says Zarate, in the
+printed copy of his history.  (Lib. 5, cap. 11.) In the original
+manuscript of this work, still extant at Simancas, he states the
+fact without any qualification at all.  "Luego el dicho Virrei
+echo mano a una daga, i arremetio con el, i le dio una punalada,
+i a grandes voces mando que le matasen." (Zarate, Ms.) This was
+doubtless his honest conviction, when on the pot soon after the
+event occurred.  The politic historian thought it prudent to
+qualify his remark before publication. - "They say," says another
+contemporary, familiar with these events and friendly to the
+viceroy, "that he gave him several wounds with his dagger." And
+he makes no attempt to refute the charge.  (Relacion de los
+Sucesos del Peru, Ms.) Indeed, this version of the story seems to
+have been generally received at the time by those who had the
+best means of knowing the truth.]
+
+Greatly alarmed for the consequences of his rash act, - for
+Carbajal was much beloved in Lima, - Blasco Nunez ordered the
+corpse of the murdered man to be removed by a private stairway
+from the house, and carried to the cathedral, where, rolled in
+his bloody cloak, it was laid in a grave hastily dug to receive
+it.  So tragic a proceeding, known to so many witnesses, could
+not long be kept secret.  Vague rumors of the fact explained the
+mysterious disappearance of Carbajal.  The grave was opened, and
+the mangled remains of the slaughtered cavalier established the
+guilt of the viceroy. *15
+
+[Footnote 15: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, ubi supra.]
+
+From this hour Blasco Nunez was held in universal abhorrence; and
+his crime, in this instance, assumed the deeper dye of
+ingratitude, since the deceased was known to have had the
+greatest influence in reconciling the citizens early to his
+government.  No one knew where the blow would fall next, or how
+soon he might himself become the victim of the ungovernable
+passions of the viceroy.  In this state of things, some looked to
+the Audience, and yet more to Gonzalo Pizarro, to protect them.
+That chief was slowly advancing towards Lima, from which, indeed,
+he was removed but a few days' march.  Greatly perplexed, Blasco
+Nunez now felt the loneliness of his condition.  Standing aloof,
+as it were, from his own followers, thwarted by the Audience,
+betrayed by his soldiers, he might well feel the consequences of
+his misconduct.  Yet there seemed no other course for him, but
+either to march out and meet the enemy, or to remain in Lima and
+defend it.  He had placed the town in a posture of defence, which
+argued this last to have been his original purpose.  But he felt
+he could no longer rely on his troops, and he decided on a third
+course, most unexpected.
+
+This was to abandon the capital, and withdraw to Truxillo, about
+eighty leagues distant.  The women would embark on board the
+squadron, and, with the effects of the citizens, be transported
+by water.  The troops, with the rest of the inhabitants, would
+march by land, laying waste the country as they proceeded.
+Gonzalo Pizarro, when he arrived at Lima, would find it without
+supplies for his army, and thus straitened, he would not care to
+take a long march across a desert in search of his enemy. *16
+
+[Footnote 16: Ibid., lib. 5, cap. 12. - Fernandez, Parte 1, lib.
+1, cap. 18.]
+
+What the viceroy proposed to effect by this movement is not
+clear, unless it were to gain time; and yet the more time he had
+gained, thus far, the worse it had proved for him.  But he was
+destined to encounter a decided opposition from the judges.  They
+contended that he had no warrant for such an act, and that the
+Audience could not lawfully hold its sessions out of the capital.
+Blasco Nunez persisted in his determination, menacing that body
+with force, if necessary.  The judges appealed to the citizens to
+support them in resisting such an arbitrary measure.  They
+mustered a force for their own protection, and that same day
+passed a decree that the viceroy should be arrested.
+
+Late at night, Blasco Nunez was informed of the hostile
+preparations of the judges.  He instantly summoned his followers,
+to the number of more than two hundred, put on his armour, and
+prepared to march out at the head of his troops against the
+Audience.  This was the true course; for in a crisis like that in
+which he was placed, requiring promptness and decision, the
+presence of the leader is essential to insure success.  But,
+unluckily, he yielded to the remonstrances of his brother and
+other friends, who dissuaded him from rashly exposing his life in
+such a venture.
+
+What Blasco Nunez neglected to do was done by the judges.  They
+sallied forth at the head of their followers, whose number,
+though small at first, they felt confident would be swelled by
+volunteers as they advanced.  Rushing forward, they cried out, -
+"Liberty!  Liberty!  Long live the king and the Audience!" It was
+early dawn, and the inhabitants, startled from their slumbers,
+ran to the windows and balconies, and, learning the object of the
+movement, some snatched up their arms and joined in it, while the
+women, waving their scarfs and kerchiefs, cheered on the assault.
+
+When the mob arrived before the viceroy's palace, they halted for
+a moment, uncertain what to do Orders were given to fire on them
+from the windows, and a volley passed over their heads.  No one
+was injured; and the greater part of the viceroy's men, with most
+of the officers, - including some of those who had been so
+anxious for his personal safety, - now openly joined the
+populace.  The palace was then entered, and abandoned to pillage.
+Blasco Nunez, deserted by all but a few faithful adherents, made
+no resistance.  He surrendered to the assailants, was led before
+the judges, and by them was placed in strict confinement.  The
+citizens, delighted with the result, provided a collation for the
+soldiers; and the affair ended without the loss of a single life.
+Never was there so bloodless a revolution. *17
+
+[Footnote 17: Relacion de los Sucesos del Ms. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Peru, Ms. - Relacion Anonima, Conq., Ms. - Fernandez,
+Hist del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 19. - Zarate, Conq. del
+Peru, lib. 5, cap. 11. - Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valvidia, Ms.
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro devoutly draws a conclusion from this, that the
+revolution was clearly brought about by the hand of God for the
+good of the land.  "E hizose sin que muriese un hombre, ni fuese
+herido, somo obra que Dios la guiava para el bien desta tierra."
+Carta, Ms., ubi supra.]
+The first business of the judges was to dispose of the prisoner.
+He was sent, under a strong guard, to a neighbouring island, till
+some measures could be taken respecting him.  He was declared to
+be deposed from his office; a provisional government was
+established, consisting of their own body, with Cepeda at its
+head, as president; and its first act was to pronounce the
+detested ordinances suspended, till instructions could be
+received from Court.  It was also decided to send Blasco Nunez
+back to Spain with one of their own body, who should explain to
+the emperor the nature of the late disturbances, and vindicate
+the measures of the Audience.  This was soon put in execution.
+The Licentiate Alvarez was the person selected to bear the
+viceroy company; and the unfortunate commander, after passing
+several days on the desolate island, with scarcely any food, and
+exposed to all the inclemencies of the weather, took his
+departure for Panama. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms. - Relacion
+de los Sucesos del Peru, Ms.
+
+The story of the seizure of the viceroy is well told by the
+writer of the last Ms., who seems here, at least, not unduly
+biased in favor of Blasco Nunez, though a partisan.]
+
+A more formidable adversary yet remained in Gonzalo Pizarro, who
+had now advanced to Xauxa, about ninety miles from Lima.  Here he
+halted, while numbers of the citizens prepared to join his
+banner, choosing rather to take service under him than to remain
+under the self-constituted authority of the Audience.  The
+judges, meanwhile, who had tasted the sweets of office too short
+a time to be content to resign them, after considerable delay,
+sent an embassy to the Procurator.  They announced to him the
+revolution that had taken place, and the suspension of the
+ordinances.  The great object of his mission had been thus
+accomplished; and, as a new government was now organized, they
+called on him to show his obedience to it, by disbanding his
+forces, and withdrawing to the unmolested enjoyment of his
+estates.  It was a bold demand, - though couched in the most
+courteous and complimentary phrase, - to make of one in Pizarro's
+position.  It was attempting to scare away the eagle just ready
+to stoop on his prey.  If the chief had faltered, however, he
+would have been reassured by his lion-hearted lieutenant.  "Never
+show faint heart," exclaimed the latter, "when you are so near
+the goal.  Success has followed every step of your path.  You
+have now only to stretch forth your hand, and seize the
+government.  Every thing else will follow." - The envoy who
+brought the message from the judges was sent back with the
+answer, that "the people had called Gonzalo Pizarro to the
+government of the country, and, if the Audience did not at once
+invest him with it, the city should be delivered up to pillage."
+*19
+
+[Footnote 19: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 13.
+
+It required some courage to carry the message of the Audience to
+Gonzalo and his desperate followers.  The historian Zarate, the
+royal comptroller, was the envoy; not much, as it appears, to his
+own satisfaction.  He escaped, however, unharmed, and has made a
+full report of the affair in his chronicle.]
+
+The bewildered magistrates were thrown into dismay by this
+decisive answer.  Yet loth to resign, they took counsel in their
+perplexity of Vaca de Castro, still detained on board of one of
+the vessels.  But that commander had received too little favor at
+the hands of his successors to think it necessary to peril his
+life on their account by thwarting the plans of Pizarro.  He
+maintained a discreet silence, therefore, and left the matter to
+the wisdom of the Audience.
+
+Meanwhile, Carbajal was sent into the city to quicken their
+deliberations.  He came at night, attended only by a small party
+of soldiers, intimating his contempt of the power of the judges.
+His first act was to seize a number of cavaliers, whom he dragged
+from their beds, and placed under arrest.  They were men of
+Cuzco, the same already noticed as having left Pizarro's ranks
+soon after his departure from that capital. While the Audience
+still hesitated as to the course they should pursue, Carbajal
+caused three of his prisoners, persons of consideration and
+property, to be placed on the backs of mules, and escorted out of
+town to the suburbs, where, with brief space allowed for
+confession, he hung them all on the branches of a tree.  He
+superintended the execution himself, and tauntingly complimented
+one of his victims, by telling him, that, "in consideration of
+his higher rank, he should have the privilege of selecting the
+bough on which to be hanged!" *20 The ferocious officer would
+have proceeded still further in his executions, it is said, had
+it not been for orders received from his leader.  But enough was
+done to quicken the perceptions of the Audience as to their
+course, for they felt their own lives suspended by a thread in
+such unscrupulous hands.  Without further delay, therefore, they
+sent to invite Gonzalo Pizarro to enter the city, declaring that
+the security of the country and the general good required the
+government to be placed in his hands. *21
+
+[Footnote 20: "Le queria dar su muerte con una preeminencia
+senalada, que escogiese en qual de las Ramas de aquel Arbol
+queria que le colgasen." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 13.
+- See also Relacion Anonima, Ms. - Fernandez, Parte 1, lib. 1,
+cap. 25.]
+
+[Footnote 21: According to Gonzalo Pizarro, the Audience gave
+this invitation in obedience to the demands of the
+representatives of the cities. - "Y a esta sazon llegue yo a
+Lima, i todos los procuradores de las cibdades destos reynos
+suplicaron al Audiencia me hiciesen Governador para resistir los
+robos e fuerzas que Blasco Nunez andava faciendo, i para tener la
+tierra en justicia hasta que S. M. proveyese lo que mas a su real
+servicio convenia.  Los Oydores visto que asi convenia al
+servicio de Dios i al de S. M. i al bien destos reynos," &c.
+(Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms.) But Gonzalo's account
+of himself must be received with more than the usual grain of
+allowance.  His letter, which is addressed to Valdivia, the
+celebrated conqueror of Chili, contains a full account of the
+rise and progress of his rebellion.  It is the best vindication,
+therefore, to be found of himself, and, as a counterpoise to the
+narratives of his enemies, is of inestimable value to the
+historian.]
+That chief had now advanced within half a league of the capital,
+which soon after, on the twenty-eighth of October, 1544, he
+entered in battle-array.  His whole force was little short of
+twelve hundred Spaniards, besides several thousand Indians, who
+dragged his heavy guns in the advance. *22 Then came the files of
+spearmen and arquebusiers, making a formidable corps of infantry
+for a colonial army; and lastly, the cavalry, at the head of
+which rode Pizarro himself, on a powerful charger, gayly
+caparisoned.  The rider was in complete mail, over which floated
+a richly embroidered surcoat, and his head was protected by a
+crimson cap, highly ornamented, - his showy livery setting off
+his handsome, soldierlike person to advantage. *23 Before him was
+borne the royal standard of Castile; for every one, royalist or
+rebel, was careful to fight under that sign.  This emblem of
+loyalty was supported on the right by a banner, emblazoned with
+the arms of Cuzco, and by another on the left, displaying the
+armorial bearings granted by the Crown to the Pizarros.  As the
+martial pageant swept through the streets of Lima, the air was
+rent with acclamations from the populace, and from the spectators
+in the balconies. The cannon sounded at intervals, and the bells
+of the city - those that the viceroy had spared - rang out a
+joyous peal, as if in honor of a victory!
+
+[Footnote 22: He employed twelve thousand Indians on this
+service, says the writer of the Relacion Anonima, Ms.  But this
+author, although living in the colonies at the time, talks too
+much at random to gain our implicit confidence.]
+
+[Footnote 23: "Y el armado y con una capa de grana cubierta con
+muchas guarniciones de oro e con sayo de brocado sobre las
+armas." Relacion de los Sucesos del Peru, Ms. - Also Zarate,
+Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 13.]
+The oaths of office were duly administered by the judges of the
+Royal Audience, and Gonzalo Pizarro was proclaimed Governor and
+Captain-General of Peru, till his Majesty's pleasure could be
+known in respect to the government.  The new ruler then took up
+his quarters in the palace of his brother, - where the stains of
+that brother's blood were not yet effaced. Fetes, bull-fights,
+and tournaments graced the ceremony of inauguration, and were
+prolonged for several days, while the giddy populace of the
+capital abandoned themselves to jubilee, as if a new and more
+auspicious order of things had commenced for Peru! *24
+
+[Footnote 24: For the preceding pages relating to Gonzalo
+Pizarro, see Relacion Anonima, Ms. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 25. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub y Conq., Ms. -
+Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms. - Zarate, loc. cit. -
+Herrera, Hist General, dec. 7, lib. 8, cap. 16-19. - Relacion de
+los Sucesos del Peru, Ms. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1544.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter IX
+
+Measures Of Gonzalo Pizarro. - Escape Of Vaca De Castro.
+Reappearance Of The Viceroy. - His Disastrous Retreat. - Defeat
+And Death Of The Viceroy. - Gonzalo Pizarro Lord Of Peru.
+
+1544-1546.
+
+
+The first act of Gonzalo Pizarro was to cause those persons to be
+apprehended who had taken the most active part against him in the
+late troubles.  Several he condemned to death; but afterwards
+commuted the sentence, and contented himself with driving them
+into banishment and confiscating their estates. *1 His next
+concern was to establish his authority on a firm basis.  He
+filled the municipal government of Lima with his own partisans.
+He sent his lieutenants to take charge of the principal cities.
+He caused galleys to be built at Arequipa to secure the command
+of the seas; and brought his forces into the best possible
+condition, to prepare for future emergencies.
+
+[Footnote 1: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.
+
+The honest soldier, who tells us this, was more true to his king
+than to his kindred.  At least, he did not attach himself to
+Gonzalo's party, and was among those who barely escaped hanging
+on this occasion.  He seems to have had little respect for his
+namesake.]
+
+The Royal Audience existed only in name; for its powers were
+speedily absorbed by the new ruler, who desired to place the
+government on the same footing as under the marquess, his brother
+Indeed, the Audience necessarily fell to pieces, from the
+position of its several members. Alvarez had been sent with the
+viceroy to Castile.  Cepeda, the most aspiring of the court, now
+that he had failed in his own schemes of ambition, was content to
+become a tool in the hands of the military chief who had
+displaced him.  Zarate, a third judge, who had, from the first,
+protested against the violent measures of his colleagues, was
+confined to his house by a mortal illness; *2 and Tepeda, the
+remaining magistrate, Gonzalo now proposed to send back to
+Castile with such an account of the late transactions as should
+vindicate his own conduct in the eyes of the emperor.  This step
+was opposed by Carbajal, who bluntly told his commander that "he
+had gone too far to expect favor from the Crown; and that he had
+better rely for his vindication on his pikes and muskets.'" *3
+[Footnote 2: Zarate, the judge, must not be confounded with
+Zarate, the historian, who went out to Peru with the Court of
+Audience, as contador real, royal comptroller, - having before
+filled the office of secretary of the royal council in Spain.]
+
+[Footnote 3: Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 172. - Garcilasso,
+Com Real., Parte 2, lib. 4, cap. 21.]
+
+But the ship which was to transport Tepeda was found to have
+suddenly disappeared from the port.  It was the same in which
+Vaca de Castro was confined; and that officer, not caring to
+trust to the forbearance of one whose advances, on a former
+occasion, he had so unceremoniously repulsed, and convinced,
+moreover, that his own presence could profit nothing in a land
+where he held no legitimate authority, had prevailed on the
+captain to sail with him to Panama.  He then crossed the Isthmus,
+and embarked for Spain.  The rumors of his coming had already
+preceded him, and charges were not wanting against him from some
+of those whom he had offended by his administration.  He was
+accused of having carried measures with a high hand, regardless
+of the rights, both of the colonist and of the native; and, above
+all, of having embezzled the public moneys, and of returning with
+his coffers richly freighted to Castile.  This last was an
+unpardonable crime.
+
+No sooner had the governor set foot in his own country than he
+was arrested, and hurried to the fortress of Arevalo; and, though
+he was afterwards removed to better quarters, where he was
+treated with the indulgence due to his rank, he was still kept a
+prisoner of state for twelve years, when the tardy tribunals of
+Castile pronounced a judgment in his favor.  He was acquitted of
+every charge that had been brought against him, and, so far from
+peculation, was proved to have returned home no richer than he
+went.  He was released from confinement, reinstated in his honors
+and dignities, took his seat anew in the royal council, and Vaca
+de Castro enjoyed, during the remainder of his days, the
+consideration to which he was entitled by his deserts. *4 The
+best eulogium on the wisdom of his administration was afforded by
+the troubles brought on the colonies by that of his successor.
+The nation became gradually sensible of the value of his
+services; though the manner in which they were requited by the
+government must be allowed to form a cold commentary on the
+gratitude of princes.
+
+[Footnote 4: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 15. - Relacion
+Anonima, Ms. - Relacion de los Sucesos del Peru, Ms. -
+Montesinos, Annales Ms., ano 1545. - Fernandez, Hist del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 28]
+Gonzalo Pizarro was doomed to experience a still greater
+disappointment than that caused by the escape of Vaca de Castro,
+in the return of Blasco Nunez.  The vessel which bore him from
+the country had hardly left the shore, when Alvarez, the judge,
+whether from remorse at the part which he had taken, or
+apprehensive of the consequences of carrying back the viceroy to
+Spain, presented himself before that dignitary, and announced
+that he was no longer a prisoner.  At the same time he excused
+himself for the part he had taken, by his desire to save the life
+of Blasco Nunez, and extricate him from his perilous situation.
+He now placed the vessel at his disposal, and assured him it
+should take him wherever he chose.
+
+The viceroy, whatever faith he may have placed in the judge's
+explanation, eagerly availed himself of his offer.  His proud
+spirit revolted at the idea of returning home in disgrace,
+foiled, as he had been, in every object of his mission.  He
+determined to try his fortune again in the land, and his only
+doubt was, on what point to attempt to rally his partisans around
+him.  At Panama he might remain in safety, while he invoked
+assistance from Nicaragua, and other colonies at the north.  But
+this would be to abandon his government at once; and such a
+confession of weakness would have a bad effect on his followers
+in Peru. He determined, therefore, to direct his steps towards
+Quito, which, while it was within his jurisdiction, was still
+removed far enough from the theatre of the late troubles to give
+him time to rally, and make head against his enemies.
+
+In pursuance of this purpose, the viceroy and his suite
+disembarked at Tumbez, about the middle of October, 1544.  On
+landing, he issued a manifesto setting forth the violent
+proceedings of Gonzalo Pizarro and his followers, whom he
+denounced as traitors to their prince, and he called on all true
+subjects in the colony to support him in maintaining the royal
+authority.  The call was not unheeded; and volunteers came in,
+though tardily, from San Miguel, Puerto Viejo, and other places
+on the coast, cheering the heart of the viceroy with the
+conviction that the sentiment of loyalty was not yet extinct in
+the bosoms of the Spaniards.
+But, while thus occupied, he received tidings of the arrival of
+one of Pizarro's captains on the coast, with a force superior to
+his own. Their number was exaggerated; but Blasco Nunez, without
+waiting to ascertain the truth, abandoned his position at Tumbez,
+and, with as much expedition as he could make across a wild and
+mountainous country half-buried in snow, he marched to Quito.
+But this capital, situated at the northern extremity of his
+province, was not a favorable point for the rendezvous of his
+followers; and, after prolonging his stay till he had received
+assurance from Benalcazar, the loyal commander at Popayan, that
+he would support him with all his strength in the coming
+conflict, he made a rapid countermarch to the coast, and took up
+his position at the town of San Miguel.  This was a spot well
+suited to his purposes, as lying on the great high road along the
+shores of the Pacific, besides being the chief mart for
+commercial intercourse with Panama and the north.
+Here the viceroy erected his standard, and in a few weeks found
+himself at the head of a force amounting to nearly five hundred
+in all, horse and foot, ill provided with arms and ammunition,
+but apparently zealous in the cause.  Finding himself in
+sufficient strength to commence active operations, he now sallied
+forth against several of Pizarro's captains in the neighbourhood,
+over whom he obtained some decided advantages, which renewed his
+confidence, and flattered him with the hopes of reestablishing
+his ascendency in the country. *5
+
+[Footnote 5: Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms. - Zarate,
+Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 14, 15. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 7, lib. 8, cap. 19, 20. - Relacion Anonima, Ms. - Fernandez,
+Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 23. - Relacion de los
+Sucesos del Peru, Ms.
+
+The author of the document last cited notices the strong feeling
+for the Crown existing in several of the cities; and mentions
+also the rumor of a meditated assault on Cuzco by the Indians. -
+The writer belonged to the discomfited party of Blasco Nunez; and
+the facility with which exiles credit reports in their own favor
+is proverbial.]
+
+During this time, Gonzalo Pizarro was not idle.  He had watched
+with anxiety the viceroy's movements; and was now convinced that
+it was time to act, and that, if he would not be unseated
+himself, he must dislodge his formidable rival.  He accordingly
+placed a strong garrison under a faithful officer in Lima, and,
+after sending forward a force of some six hundred men by land to
+Truxillo, he embarked for the same port himself, on the 4th of
+March, 1545, the very day on which the viceroy had marched from
+Quito.
+
+At Truxillo, Pizarro put himself at the head of his little army,
+and moved without loss of time against San Miguel.  His rival,
+eager to bring their quarrel to an issue, would fain have marched
+out to give him battle; but his soldiers, mostly young and
+inexperienced levies, hastily brought together, were intimidated
+by the name of Pizarro.  They loudly insisted on being led into
+the upper country, where they would be reinforced by Benalcazar;
+and their unfortunate commander, like the rider of some
+unmanageable steed, to whose humors he is obliged to submit, was
+hurried away in a direction contrary to his wishes.  It was the
+fate of Blasco Nunez to have his purposes baffled alike by his
+friends and his enemies.
+On arriving before San Miguel, Gonzalo Pizarro found, to his
+great mortification, that his antagonist had left it.  Without
+entering the town, he quickened his pace, and, after traversing a
+valley of some extent, reached the skirts of a mountain chain,
+into which Blasco Nunez had entered but a few hours before.  It
+was late in the evening; but Pizarro, knowing the importance of
+despatch, sent forward Carbajal with a party of light troops to
+overtake the fugitives.  That captain succeeded in coming up with
+their lonely bivouac among the mountains at midnight, when the
+weary troops were buried in slumber.  Startled from their repose
+by the blast of the trumpet, which, strange to say, their enemy
+had incautiously sounded, *6 the viceroy and his men sprang to
+their feet, mounted their horses, grasped their arquebuses, and
+poured such a volley into the ranks of their assailants, that
+Carbajal, disconcerted by his reception, found it prudent, with
+his inferior force, to retreat.  The viceroy followed, till,
+fearing an ambuscade in the darkness of the night, he withdrew,
+and allowed his adversary to rejoin the main body of the army
+under Pizarro.
+
+[Footnote 6: "Mas Francisco Caruajal q los vua siguiendo, llego
+quatro horas de la noche a dode estauan: y con vna Trompeta que
+lleuaua les toco arma: y sentido por el Virey se leuanto luego el
+primero." Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1 lib. 1, cap. 40.]
+
+This conduct of Carbajal, by which he allowed the game to slip
+through his hands, from mere carelessness, is inexplicable.  It
+forms a singular exception to the habitual caution and vigilance
+displayed in his military career.  Had it been the act of any
+other captain, it would have cost him his head.  But Pizarro,
+although greatly incensed, set too high a value on the services
+and well-tried attachment of his lieutenant, to quarrel with him.
+Still it was considered of the last importance to overtake the
+enemy, before he had advanced much farther to the north, where
+the difficulties of the ground would greatly embarrass the
+pursuit. Carbajal, anxious to retrieve his error, was accordingly
+again placed at the head of a corps of light troops, with
+instructions to harass the enemy's march, cut off his stores, and
+keep him in check, if possible, till the arrival of Pizarro. *7
+
+[Footnote 7: Ibid., ubi supra. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7,
+lib. 9, cap. 22. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., lib. 9, cap. 26.]
+
+But the viceroy had profited by the recent delay to gain
+considerably on his pursuers.  His road led across the valley of
+Caxas, a broad, uncultivated district, affording little
+sustenance for man or beast.  Day after day, his troops held on
+their march through this dreary region, intersected with
+barrancas and rocky ravines that added incredibly to their toil.
+Their principal food was the parched corn, which usually formed
+the nourishment of the travelling Indians, though held of much
+less account by the Spaniards; and this meagre fare was
+reinforced by such herbs as they found on the way-side, which,
+for want of better utensils, the soldiers were fain to boil in
+their helmets. *8 Carbajal, mean while, pressed on them so close,
+that their baggage, ammunition, and sometimes their mules, fell
+into his hands.  The indefatigable warrior was always on their
+track, by day and by night, allowing them scarcely any repose.
+They spread no tent, and lay down in their arms, with their
+steeds standing saddled beside them; and hardly had the weary
+soldier closed his eyes, when he was startled by the cry that the
+enemy was upon him. *9
+[Footnote 8: "Caminando, pues, comiendo algunas Jervas, que
+cocian en las Celadas, quando paraban a dar aliento a los
+Caballos." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 9, cap 24.]
+
+[Footnote 9: "I sin que en todo el camino los vnos, ni los otros,
+quitasen las Sillas a los Caballos, aunque en este caso estaba
+mas alerta la Gente del Visorei, porque si algun pequeno rato de
+la Noche reposaban, era vestidos, i teniendo siempre los Caballos
+del Cabestro, sin esperar a poner Toldos, ni a aderecar las otras
+formas, que se suelen tener para atar los Caballos de Noche."
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 29.]
+At length, the harassed followers of Blasco Nunez reached the
+depoblado, or desert of Paltos, which stretches towards the north
+for many a dreary league.  The ground, intersected by numerous
+streams, has the character of a great quagmire, and men and
+horses floundered about in the stagnant waters, or with
+difficulty worked their way over the marsh, or opened a passage
+through the tangled underwood that shot up in rank luxuriance
+from the surface.  The wayworn horses, without food, except such
+as they could pick up in the wilderness, were often spent with
+travel, and, becoming unserviceable, were left to die on the
+road, with their hamstrings cut, that they might be of no use to
+the enemy; though more frequently they were despatched to afford
+a miserable banquet to their masters. *10 Many of the men now
+fainted by the way from mere exhaustion, or loitered in the
+woods, unable to keep up with the march. And woe to the straggler
+who fell into the hands of Carbajal, at least if he had once
+belonged to the party of Pizarro.  The mere suspicion of treason
+sealed his doom with the unrelenting soldier. *11
+
+[Footnote 10: "I en cansandose el Caballo, le desjarretaba, i le
+dexaba, porque sus contrarios no se aprovechasen de el." Ibid.,
+loc. cit.]
+[Footnote 11: "Had it not been for Gonzalo Pizarro's
+interference," says Fernandez, "many more would have been hung up
+by his lieutenant, who pleasantly quoted the old Spanish proverb,
+- 'The fewer of our enemies the better.'" De los enemigos, los
+menos.  Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 40.]
+
+The sufferings of Pizarro and his troop were scarcely less than
+those of the viceroy; though they were somewhat mitigated by the
+natives of the country, who, with ready instinct, discerned which
+party was the strongest, and, of course, the most to be feared.
+But, with every alleviation, the chieftain's sufferings were
+terrible.  It was repeating the dismal scenes of the expedition
+to the Amazon.  The soldiers of the Conquest must be admitted to
+have purchased their triumphs dearly.
+Yet the viceroy had one source of disquietude, greater, perhaps,
+than any arising from physical suffering.  This was the distrust
+of his own followers.  There were several of the principal
+cavaliers in his suite whom he suspected of being in
+correspondence with the enemy, and even of designing to betray
+him into their hands.  He was so well convinced of this, that he
+caused two of these officers to be put to death on the march; and
+their dead bodies, as they lay by the roadside, meeting the eye
+of the soldier, told him that there were others to be feared in
+these frightful solitudes besides the enemy in his rear. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: "Los afligidos Soldados, que por el cansancio de
+los Caballos iban a pie con terrible angustia, por la persecucion
+de los Enemigos, que iban cerca, i por la fatiga de la hambre,
+quando vieron los Cuerpos de los dos Capitanes muertos en aquel
+camino quedaron atonitos." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib.
+9, cap. 25.]
+
+Another cavalier, who held the chief command under the viceroy,
+was executed, after a more formal investigation of his case, at
+the first place where the army halted.  At this distance of time,
+it is impossible to determine how far the suspicions of Blasco
+Nunez were founded on truth. The judgments of contemporaries are
+at variance. *13 In times of political ferment, the opinion of
+the writer is generally determined by the complexion of his
+party.  To judge from the character of Blasco Nunez, jealous and
+irritable, we might suppose him to have acted without sufficient
+cause.  But this consideration is counterbalanced by that of the
+facility with which his followers swerved from their allegiance
+to their commander, who seems to have had so light a hold on
+their affections, that they were shaken off by the least reverse
+of fortune. Whether his suspicions were well or ill founded, the
+effect was the same on the mind of the viceroy.  With an enemy in
+his rear whom he dared not fight, and followers whom he dared not
+trust, the cup of his calamities was nearly full.
+
+[Footnote 13: Fernandez, who held a loyal pen, and one
+sufficiently friendly to the viceroy, after stating that the
+officers, whom the latter put to death, had served him to that
+time with their lives and fortunes, dismisses the affair with the
+temperate reflection, that men formed different judgments on it.
+"Sobre estas muertes uuo en el Peru varios y contrarios juyzios y
+opiniones, de culpa y de su descargo." (Hist. del Peru, Parte 1,
+lib. 1, cap. 41.) Gomara says, more unequivocally, "All condemned
+it." (Hist. de las Ind., cap. 167.) The weight of opinion seems
+to have been against the viceroy.]
+
+At length, he issued forth on firm ground, and, passing through
+Tomebamba, Blasco Nunez reentered his northern capital of Quito.
+But his reception was not so cordial as that which he had before
+experienced.  He now came as a fugitive, with a formidable enemy
+in pursuit; and he was soon made to feel that the surest way to
+receive support is not to need it.
+
+Shaking from his feet the dust of the disloyal city, whose
+superstitious people were alive to many an omen that boded his
+approaching ruin, *14 the unfortunate commander held on his way
+towards Pastos, in the jurisdiction of Benalcazar.  Pizarro and
+his forces entered Quito not long after, disappointed, that, with
+all his diligence, the enemy still eluded his pursuit.  He halted
+only to breathe his men, and, declaring that "he would follow up
+the viceroy to the North Sea but he would overtake him," *15 he
+resumed his march.  At Pastos, he nearly accomplished his object.
+His advance-guard came up with Blasco Nunez as the latter was
+halting on the opposite bank of a rivulet.  Pizarro's men,
+fainting from toil and heat, staggered feebly to the water-side,
+to slake their burning thirst, and it would have been easy for
+the viceroy's troops, refreshed by repose, and superior in number
+to their foes, to have routed them.  But Blasco Nunez could not
+bring his soldiers to the charge.  They had fled so long before
+their enemy, that the mere sight of him filled their hearts with
+panic, and they would have no more thought of turning against him
+than the hare would turn against the hound that pursues her.
+Their safety, they felt, was to fly, not to fight, and they
+profited by the exhaustion of their pursuers only to quicken
+their retreat.
+[Footnote 14: Some of these omens recorded by the historian - as
+the howling of dogs - were certainly no miracles.  "En esta
+lamentable, i angustiosa partida, muchos afirmaron, haver visto
+por el Aire muchos Cometas, i que quadrillas de Perros andaban
+por las Calles, dando grandes i temerosos ahullidos, i los
+Hombres andaban asombrados, i fuera de si." Herrera Hist.
+General, dec. 7, lib. 10, cap. 4.]
+
+[Footnote 15: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro continued the chase some leagues beyond Pastos;
+when, finding himself carried farther than he desired into the
+territories of Benalcazar, and not caring to encounter this
+formidable captain at disadvantage, he came to a halt, and,
+notwithstanding his magnificent vaunt about the North Sea,
+ordered a retreat, and made a rapid countermarch on Quito.  Here
+he found occupation in repairing the wasted spirits of his
+troops, and in strengthening himself with fresh reinforcements,
+which much increased his numbers; though these were again
+diminished by a body that he detached under Carbajal to suppress
+an insurrection, which he now learned had broken out in the
+south.  It was headed by Diego Centeno, one of his own officers,
+whom he had established in La Plata, the inhabitants of which
+place had joined in the revolt and raised the standard for the
+Crown.  With the rest of his forces, Pizarro resolved to remain
+at Quito, waiting the hour when the viceroy would reenter his
+dominions; as the tiger crouches by some spring in the
+wilderness, patiently waiting the return of his victims.
+
+Meanwhile Blasco Nunez had pushed forward his retreat to Popayan,
+the capital of Benalcazar's province.  Here he was kindly
+received by the people; and his soldiers, reduced by desertion
+and disease to one fifth of their original number, rested from
+the unparalleled fatigues of a march which had continued for more
+than two hundred leagues. *16 It was not long before he was
+joined by Cabrera, Benalcazar's lieutenant, with a stout
+reinforcement, and, soon after, by that chieftain himself.  His
+whole force now amounted to near four hundred men, most of them
+in good condition, and well trained in the school of American
+warfare.  His own men were sorely deficient both in arms and
+ammunition; and he set about repairing the want by building
+furnaces for manufacturing arquebuses and pikes. *17 - One
+familiar with the history of these times is surprised to see the
+readiness with which the Spanish adventurers turned their hands
+to various trades and handicrafts usually requiring a long
+apprenticeship. They displayed the dexterity so necessary to
+settlers in a new country, where every man must become in some
+degree his own artisan.  But this state of things, however
+favorable to the ingenuity of the artist, is not very propitious
+to the advancement of the art; and there can be little doubt that
+the weapons thus made by the soldiers of Blasco Nunez were of the
+most rude and imperfect construction.
+
+[Footnote 16: This retreat of Blasco Nunez may undoubtedly
+compare, if not in duration, at least in sharpness of suffering,
+with any expedition in the New World, - save, indeed, that of
+Gonzalo Pizarro himself to the Amazon.  The particulars of it may
+be found, with more or less amplification, in Zarate, Conq. del
+Peru, lib. 5, cap. 19, 29. - Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia,
+Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 9, cap. 20-26. -
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 40, et seq. -
+Relacion de los Sucesos del Peru, Ms - Relacion Anonima, Ms. -
+Montesions, Annales, Ms., ano 1545.]
+
+[Footnote 17: "Proveio, que se tragese alli todo el hierro que se
+pudo haver en la Provincia, i busco Maestros, hico aderecar
+Fraguas, i en breve tiempo se forjaron en ellas docien tos
+Arcabuces, con todos sus aparejos." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib.
+5, cap 34.]
+
+As week after week rolled away, Gonzalo Pizarro, though fortified
+with the patience of a Spanish soldier, felt uneasy at the
+protracted stay of Blasco Nunez in the north, and he resorted to
+stratagem to decoy him from his retreat.  He marched out of Quito
+with the greater part of his forces, pretending that he was going
+to support his lieutenant in the south, while he left a garrison
+in the city under the command of Puelles, the same officer who
+had formerly deserted from the viceroy.  These tidings he took
+care should be conveyed to the enemy's camp.  The artifice
+succeeded as he wished.  Blasco Nunez and his followers,
+confident in their superiority over Puelles, did not hesitate for
+a moment to profit by the supposed absence of Pizarro.
+Abandoning Popayan, the viceroy, early in January, 1546, moved by
+rapid marches towards the south.  But before he reached the place
+of his destination, he became apprised of the snare into which he
+had been drawn.  He communicated the fact to his officers; but he
+had already suffered so much from suspense, that his only desire
+now was, to bring his quarrel with Pizarro to the final
+arbitrament of arms.
+That chief, meanwhile, had been well informed, through his
+spies,of the viceroy's movements.  On learning the departure of
+the latter from Popayan, he had reentered Quito, joined his
+forces with those of Puelles, and, issuing from the capital, had
+taken up a strong position about three leagues to the north, on a
+high ground that commanded a stream, across which the enemy must
+pass.  It was not long before the latter came in sight, and
+Blasco Nunez, as night began to fall, established himself on the
+opposite bank of the rivulet.  It was so near to the enemy's
+quarters, that the voices of the sentinels could be distinctly
+heard in the opposite camps, and they did not fail to salute one
+another with the epithet of "traitors." In these civil wars, as
+we have seen, each party claimed for itself the exclusive merit
+of loyalty. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: "Que se llegaron a hablar los Corredores de ambas
+partes, Ilamandose Traidores los vnos a los otros, fundando, que
+cada vno sustentaba la voz del Rei, i asi estuvieron toda aquella
+noche aguardando." Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+But Benalcazar soon saw that Pizarro's position was too strong to
+be assailed with any chance of success.  He proposed, therefore,
+to the viceroy, to draw off his forces secretly in the night;
+and, making a detour round the hills, to fall on the enemy's
+rear, where he would be at least prepared to receive them.  The
+counsel was approved; and, no sooner were the two hosts shrouded
+from each other's eyes by the darkness, than, leaving his
+camp-fires burning to deceive the enemy, Blasco Nunez broke up
+his quarters, and began his circuitous march in the direction of
+Quito. But either he had been misinformed, or his guides misled
+him; for the roads proved so impracticable, that he was compelled
+to make a circuit of such extent, that dawn broke before he drew
+near the point of attack. Finding that he must now abandon the
+advantage of a surprise, he pressed forward to Quito, where he
+arrived with men and horses sorely fatigued by a night-march of
+eight leagues, from a point which, by the direct route, would not
+have exceeded three.  It was a fatal error on the eve of an
+engagement. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: For the preceding pages, see Zarate, Conq. del
+Peru, lib. 5, cap. 34, 35. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 167.
+- Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms. - Montesinos, Annales,
+Ms., ano 1546. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap.
+50-52.
+
+Herrera, in his account of these transactions, has fallen into a
+strange confusion of dates, fixing the time of the viceroy's
+entry into Quito on the 10th of January, and that of his battle
+with Pizarro nine days later (Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 1, cap
+1.) This last event, which, by the testimony of Fernandez, was on
+the eighteenth of the month, was by the agreement of such
+contemporary authorities as I have consulted, - as stated in the
+text, - on the evening of the same day in which the viceroy
+entered Quito.  Herrera, though his work is arranged on the
+chronological system of annals, is by no means immaculate as to
+his dates.  Quintana has exposed several glaring anachronisms of
+the historian in the earlier period of the Peruvian conquest.
+See his Espanoles Celebres, tom. II. Appendix, No. 7.]
+
+He found the capital nearly deserted by the men.  They had all
+joined the standard of Pizarro; for they had now caught the
+general spirit of disaffection, and looked upon that chief as
+their protector from the oppressive ordinances.  Pizarro was the
+representative of the people. Greatly moved at this desertion,
+the unhappy viceroy, lifting his hands to heaven, exclaimed, -
+"Is it thus, Lord, that thou abandonest thy servants?" The women
+and children came out, and in vain offered him food, of which he
+stood obviously in need, asking him, at the same time, "Why he
+had come there to die?" His followers, with more indifference
+than their commander, entered the houses of the inhabitants, and
+unceremoniously appropriated whatever they could find to appease
+the cravings of appetite.
+Benalcazar, who saw the temerity of giving battle, in their
+present condition, recommended the viceroy to try the effect of
+negotiation, and offered himself to go to the enemy's camp, and
+arrange, if possible, terms of accommodation with Pizarro.  But
+Blasco Nunez, if he had desponded for a moment, had now recovered
+his wonted constancy, and he proudly replied, - "There is no
+faith to be kept with traitors.  We have come to fight, not to
+parley; and we must do our duty like good and loyal cavaliers.  I
+will do mine," he continued, "and be assured I will be the first
+man to break a lance with the enemy." *20
+
+[Footnote 20: "Yo os prometo, que la primera laca que se rompa en
+los enemigos, sea la mia (y assi lo cumplio).  Fernandez, Hist.
+del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 53.]
+
+He then called his troops together, and addressed to them a few
+words preparatory to marching "You are all brave men," he said,
+"and loyal to your sovereign.  For my own part, I hold life as
+little in comparison with my duty to my prince.  Yet let us not
+distrust our success; the Spaniard, in a good cause, has often
+overcome greater odds than these.  And we are fighting for the
+right; it is the cause of God, - the cause of God," *21 he
+concluded, and the soldiers, kindled by his generous ardor,
+answered him with huzzas that went to the heart of the
+unfortunate commander, little accustomed of late to this display
+of enthusiasm.
+
+[Footnote 21: "Que de Dios es la causa, de Dios es la causa, de
+Dios es la causa." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 35.]
+
+It was the eighteenth of January, 1546, when Blasco Nunez marched
+out at the head of his array, from the ancient city of Quito.  He
+had proceeded but a mile, *22 when he came in view of the enemy
+formed along the crest of some high lands, which by a gentle
+swell, rose gradually from the plains of Anaquito.  Gonzalo
+Pizarro, greatly chagrined on ascertaining the departure of the
+viceroy, early in the morning, had broken up his camp, and
+directed his march on the capital, fully resolved that his enemy
+should not escape him.
+
+[Footnote 22: "Un quarto de legua de la ciudad." Carta de Gonzalo
+Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms.]
+
+The viceroy's troops, now coming to a halt, were formed in order
+of battle.  A small body of arquebusiers was stationed in the
+advance to begin the fight.  The remainder of that corps was
+distributed among the spearmen, who occupied the centre,
+protected on the flanks by the horse drawn up in two nearly equal
+squadrons.  The cavalry amounted to about one hundred and forty,
+being little inferior to that on the other side, though the whole
+number of the viceroy's forces, being less than four hundred, did
+not much exceed the half of his rival's.  On the right, and in
+front of the royal banner, Blasco Nunez, supported by thirteen
+chosen cavaliers, took his station, prepared to head the attack.
+
+Pizarro had formed his troops in a corresponding manner with that
+of his adversary.  They mustered about seven hundred in all, well
+appointed, in good condition, and officered by the best knights
+in Peru. *23 As, notwithstanding his superiority of numbers,
+Pizarro did not seem inclined to abandon his advantageous
+position, Blasco Nunez gave orders to advance. The action
+commenced with the arquebusiers, and in a few moments the dense
+clouds of smoke, rolling over the field, obscured every object;
+for it was late in the day when the action began, and the light
+was rapidly fading.
+[Footnote 23: The amount of the numbers on both sides is
+variously given, as usual, making, however, more than the usual
+difference in the relative proportions, since the sum total is so
+small.  I have conformed to the statements of the best-instructed
+writers.  Pizarro estimates his adversary's force at four hundred
+and fifty men, and his own at only six hundred; an estimate, it
+may be remarked, that does not make the given in the text any
+less credible.]
+
+The infantry, now levelling their pikes, advanced under cover of
+the smoke, and were soon hotly engaged with the opposite files of
+spearmen. Then came the charge of the cavalry, which -
+notwithstanding they were thrown into some disorder by the fire
+of Pizarro's arquebusiers, far superior in number to their own -
+was conducted with such spirit that the enemy's horse were
+compelled to reel and fall back before it.  But it was only to
+recoil with greater violence, as, like an overwhelming wave,
+Pizarro's troopers rushed on their foes, driving them along the
+slope, and bearing down man and horse in indiscriminate ruin.
+Yet these, in turn, at length rallied, cheered on by the cries
+and desperate efforts of their officers.  The lances were
+shivered, and they fought hand to hand with swords and
+battle-axes mingled together in wild confusion.  But the struggle
+was of no long duration; for, though the numbers were nearly
+equal, the viceroy's cavalry, jaded by the severe march of the
+previous night, *24 were no match for their antagonists.  The
+ground was strewn with the wreck of their bodies; and horses and
+riders, the dead and the dying, lay heaped on one another.
+Cabrera, the brave lieutenant of Benalcazar, was slain, and that
+commander was thrown under his horse's feet, covered with wounds,
+and left for dead on the field.  Alvarez, the judge, was mortally
+wounded.  Both he and his colleague Cepeda were in the action,
+though ranged on opposite sides, fighting as if they had been
+bred to arms, not to the peaceful profession of the law.
+
+[Footnote 24: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 35.]
+
+Yet Blasco Nunez and his companions maintained a brave struggle
+on the right of the field.  The viceroy had kept his word by
+being the first to break his lance against the enemy, and by a
+well-directed blow had borne a cavalier, named Alonso de
+Montalvo, clean out of his saddle.  But he was at length
+overwhelmed by numbers, and, as his companions, one after
+another, fell by his side, he was left nearly unprotected.  He
+was already wounded, when a blow on the head from the battle-axe
+of a soldier struck him from his horse, and he fell stunned on
+the ground.  Had his person been known, he might have been taken
+alive, but he wore a sobre-vest of Indian cotton over his armour,
+which concealed the military order of St. James, and the other
+badges of his rank. *25
+
+[Footnote 25: He wore this dress, says Garcilasso de la Vega,
+that he might fare no better than a common soldier, but take his
+chance with the rest.  (Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 4, cap. 34.)
+Pizarro gives him credit for no such magnanimous intent.
+According to him, the viceroy assumed this disguise, that, his
+rank being unknown, he might have the better chance for escape. -
+It must be confessed that this is the general motive for a
+disguise.  "I Blasco Nunez puso mucha diligencia por poder huirse
+si pudiera, porque venia vestido con una camiseta de Yndios por
+no ser conocido, i no quiso Dios porque pagase quantos males por
+su causa se havian hecho." Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia.
+Ms.]
+
+His person, however, was soon recognized by one of Pizarro's
+followers, who, not improbably, had once followed the viceroy's
+banner. The soldier immediately pointed him out to the Licentiate
+Carbajal.  This person was the brother of the cavalier whom, as
+the reader may remember, Blasco Nunez had so rashly put to death
+in his palace at Lima.  The licentiate had afterwards taken
+service under Pizarro, and, with several of his kindred, was
+pledged to take vengeance on the viceroy.  Instantly riding up,
+he taunted the fallen commander with the murder of his brother,
+and was in the act of dismounting to despatch him with his own
+hand, when Puelles remonstrating on this, as an act of
+degradation, commanded one of his attendants, a black slave, to
+cut off the viceroy's head.  This the fellow executed with a
+single stroke of his sabre, while the wretched man, perhaps then
+dying of his wounds, uttered no word, but with eyes imploringly
+turned up towards heaven, received the fatal blow. *26 The head
+was then borne aloft on a pike, and some were brutal enough to
+pluck out the grey hairs from the beard and set them in their
+caps, as grisly trophies of their victory. *27 The fate of the
+day was now decided.  Yet still the infantry made a brave stand,
+keeping Pizarro's horse at bay with their bristling array of
+pikes.  But their numbers were thinned by the arquebusiers; and,
+thrown into disorder, they could no longer resist the onset of
+the horse, who broke into their column, and soon scattered and
+drove them off the ground.  The pursuit was neither long nor
+bloody; for darkness came on, and Pizarro bade his trumpets
+sound, to call his men together under their banners.
+
+[Footnote 26: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap.
+54. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 35.
+
+"Mando a un Negro que traia, que le cortase la Cabeca, i en todo
+esto no se conocio flaqueca en el Visorrei, ni hablo palabra, ni
+hico mas movimiento, que alcar los ojos al Cielo, dando muestras
+de mucha Christiandad, i constancia." Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 8, lib. 1, cap. 3.]
+
+[Footnote 27: "Aviendo algunos capitanes y personas arrancado y
+pelado algunas de sus blancas y leales baruas, para traer por
+empresa, y Jua de la Torre las traxo despues publicamente en la
+gorra por la ciudad de los Reyes." Fernandez, Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 54.]
+Though the action lasted but a short time, nearly one third of
+the viceroy's troops had perished.  The loss of their opponents
+was inconsiderable. *28 Several of the vanquished cavaliers took
+refuge in the churches of Quito.  But they were dragged from the
+sanctuary, and some - probably those who had once espoused the
+cause of Pizarro - were led to execution, and others banished to
+Chili.  The greater part were pardoned by the conqueror.
+Benalcazar, who recovered from his wounds, was permitted to
+return to his government, on condition of no more bearing arms
+against Pizarro.  His troops were invited to take service under
+the banner of the victor, who, however, never treated them with
+the confidence shown to his ancient partisans.  He was greatly
+displeased at the indignities offered to the viceroy; whose
+mangled remains he caused to be buried with the honors due to his
+rank in the cathedral of Quito.  Gonzalo Pizarro, attired in
+black, walked as chief mourner in the procession. - It was usual
+with the Pizarros, as we have seen, to pay these obituary honors
+to their victims. *29
+
+[Footnote 28: The estimates of killed and wounded in this action
+are as discordant as usual.  Some carry the viceroy's loss to two
+hundred, while Gonzalo Pizarro rates his own at only seven killed
+and but a few wounded. But how rarely is that a faithful bulletin
+is issued by the parties engaged in the action!]
+
+[Footnote 29: For the accounts of the battle of Anaquito, rather
+summarily despatched by most writers, see Carta de Gonzalo
+Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 170. -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 1, cap. 1 - 3. - Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5,
+cap. 35. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1546. - Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 2, lib. 4, cap. 33-35. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 53, 54.
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro seems to regard the battle as a sort of judicial
+trial by combat, in which Heaven, by the result, plainly
+indicated the right.  His remarks are edifying.  "Por donde
+parecera claramente que Nuestro Senor fue servido este se viniese
+a meter en las manos para quitarnos de tantos cuidados, i que
+pagase quantos males havia fecho en la tierra, la qual quedo tan
+asosegada i tan en paz i servicio de S. M. como lo estuvo en
+tiempo del Marques mi hermano." Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a
+Valdivia, Ms.]
+
+Such was the sad end of Blasco Nunez Vela, first viceroy of Peru.
+It was less than two years since he had set foot in the country,
+a period of unmitigated disaster and disgrace.  His misfortunes
+may be imputed partly to circumstances, and partly to his own
+character.  The minister of an odious and oppressive law, he was
+intrusted with no discretionary power in the execution of it. *30
+Yet every man may, to a certain extent, claim the right to such a
+power; since, to execute a commission, which circumstances show
+must certainly defeat the object for which it was designed, would
+be absurd.  But it requires sagacity to determine the existence
+of such a contingency, and moral courage to assume the
+responsibility of acting on it.  Such a crisis is the severest
+test of character.  To dare to disobey from a paramount sense of
+duty, is a paradox that a little soul can hardly comprehend.
+Unfortunately, Blasco Nunez was a pedantic martinet, a man of
+narrow views, who could not feel himself authorized under any
+circumstances to swerve from the letter of the law.  Puffed up by
+his brief authority, moreover, he considered opposition to the
+ordinances as treason to himself; and thus, identifying himself
+with his commission, he was prompted by personal feelings, quite
+as much as by those of a public and patriotic nature.
+
+[Footnote 30: Garcilasso's reflections on this point are
+commendably tolerant.  "Assi acabo este buen cauallero, por
+querer porfiar tanto en la execucion de lo que ni a su Rey ni a
+aquel Reyno conuenia: donde se causaron tantas muertes y danos de
+Espanoles, y de Yndios: aunque no tuuo tanta culpa como se la
+atribuye, porque lleuo preciso mandato de lo que hizo." Com. Rean
+Parte 2, lib. 4, cap. 34.]
+
+Neither was the viceroy's character of a kind that tended to
+mitigate the odium of his measures, and reconcile the people to
+their execution. It afforded a strong contrast to that of his
+rival, Pizarro, whose frank, chivalrous bearing, and generous
+confidence in his followers, made him universally popular,
+blinding their judgments, and giving to the worse the semblance
+of the better cause.  Blasco Nunez, on the contrary, irritable
+and suspicious, placed himself in a false position with all whom
+he approached; for a suspicious temper creates an atmosphere of
+distrust around it that kills every kindly affection.  His first
+step was to alienate the members of the Audience who were sent to
+act in concert with him.  But this was their fault as well as
+his, since they were as much too lax, as he was too severe, in
+the interpretation of the law. *31 He next alienated and outraged
+the people whom he was appointed to govern.  And, lastly, he
+disgusted his own friends, and too often turned them into
+enemies; so that, in his final struggle for power and for
+existence, he was obliged to rely on the arm of the stranger.
+Yet in the catalogue of his qualities we must not pass in silence
+over his virtues.  There are two to the credit of which he is
+undeniably entitled, - a loyalty, which shone the brighter amidst
+the general defection around him, and a constancy under
+misfortune, which might challenge the respect even of his
+enemies. But with the most liberal allowance for his merits, it
+can scarcely be doubted that a person more incompetent to the
+task assigned him could not have been found in Castile. *32
+
+[Footnote 31: Blasco Nunez characterized the four judges of the
+Audience in a manner more concise than complimentary, - a boy, a
+madman, a booby, and a dunce!  "Decia muchas veces Blasco Nunez,
+que le havian dado el Emperador, i su Consejo de Indias vn Moco,
+un Loco, un Necio, vn Tonto por Oidores, que asi lo havian hecho
+como ellos eran.  Moco era Cepeda, i llamaba Loco a Juan Alvarez,
+i Necio a Tejada, que no sabia Latin." Gomara, Hist. de las Ind.,
+cap. 171.]
+
+[Footnote 32: The account of Blasco Nunez Vela rests chiefly on
+the authority of loyal writers, some of whom wrote after their
+return to Castile.  They would, therefore, more naturally lean to
+the side of the true representative of the Crown, than to that of
+the rebel.  Indeed, the only voice raised decidedly in favor of
+Pizarro is his own, - a very suspicious authority.  Yet, with all
+the prestiges in his favor, the administration of Blasco Nunez,
+from universal testimony, was a total failure.  And there is
+little to interest us in the story of the man, except his
+unparalleled misfortunes and the firmness with which he bore
+them.]
+
+The victory of Anaquito was received with general joy in the
+neighbouring capital; all the cities of Peru looked on it as
+sealing the downfall of the detested ordinances, and the name of
+Gonzalo Pizarro was sounded from one end of the country to the
+other as that of its deliverer. That chief continued to prolong
+his stay in Quito during the wet season, dividing his time
+between the licentious pleasures of the reckless adventurer and
+the cares of business that now pressed on him as ruler of the
+state.  His administration was stained with fewer acts of
+violence than might have been expected from the circumstances of
+his situation.  So long as Carbajal, the counsellor in whom he
+unfortunately placed greatest reliance, was absent, Gonzalo
+sanctioned no execution, it was observed, but according to the
+forms of law. *33 He rewarded his followers by new grants of
+land, and detached several on expeditions, to no greater
+distance, however, than would leave it in his power readily to
+recall them.  He made various provisions for the welfare of the
+natives, and some, in particular, for instructing them in the
+Christian faith.  He paid attention to the faithful collection of
+the royal dues, urging on the colonists that they should deport
+themselves so as to conciliate the good-will of the Crown, and
+induce a revocation of the ordinances.  His administration in
+short, was so conducted, that even the austere Gasca, his
+successor, allowed "it was a good government, - for a tyrant."
+*34
+[Footnote 33: "Nunca Picarro, en ausencia de Francisco de
+Carvajal, su Maestre de Campo, mato, ni consintio matar Espanol,
+sin que todos, los mas de su Consejo, lo aprobasen: i entonces
+con Proceso en forma de Derecho, i confesados primero." Gomara,
+Hist. de las Ind., cap. 172.]
+[Footnote 34: Ibid., ubi supra. - Fernandez gives a less
+favorable picture of Gonzalo's administration.  (Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 54; lib. 2, cap. 13.) Fernandez wrote at
+the instance of the Court; Gomara, though present at court, wrote
+to please himself.  The praise of Gomara is less suspicious than
+the censure of Fernandez.]
+
+At length, in July, 1546, the new governor bade adieu to Quito,
+and, leaving there a sufficient garrison under his officer
+Puelles, began his journey to the south.  It was a triumphal
+progress, and everywhere he was received on the road with
+enthusiasm by the people.  At Truxillo, the citizens came out in
+a body to welcome him, and the clergy chanted anthems in his
+honor, extolling him as the "victorious prince," and imploring
+the Almighty "to lengthen his days, and give him honor." *35 At
+Lima, it was proposed to clear away some of the buildings, and
+open a new street for his entrance, which might ever after bear
+the name of the victor.  But the politic chieftain declined this
+flattering tribute, and modestly preferred to enter the city by
+the usual way.  A procession was formed of the citizens, the
+soldiers, and the clergy, and Pizarro made his entry into the
+capital with two of his principal captains on foot, holding the
+reins of his charger, while the archbishop of Lima, and the
+bishops of Cuzco, Quito, and Bogota, the last of whom had lately
+come to the city to be consecrated, rode by his side.  The
+streets were strewn with boughs, the walls of the houses hung
+with showy tapestries, and triumphal arches were thrown over the
+way in honor of the victor.  Every balcony, veranda, and
+house-top was crowded with spectators, who sent up huzzas, loud
+and long, saluting the victorious soldier with the titles of
+"Liberator, and Protector of the people." The bells rang out
+their joyous peal, as on his former entrance into the capital;
+and amidst strains of enlivening music, and the blithe sounds of
+jubilee, Gonzalo held on his way to the palace of his brother.
+Peru was once more placed under the dynasty of the Pizarros. *36
+
+[Footnote 35: "Victorioso Principe, hagate Dios dichoso, l
+bienaventurado, el te mantenga, i te conserve." Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 8, lib. 2, cap. 9.]
+
+[Footnote 36: For an account of this pageant, see Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 2,
+cap. 9. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 5. - Carta de
+Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms.]
+
+Deputies came from different parts of the country, tendering the
+congratulations of their respective cities; and every one eagerly
+urged his own claims to consideration for the services he had
+rendered in the revolution.  Pizarro, at the same time, received
+the welcome intelligence of the success of his arms in the south.
+Diego Centeno, as before stated, had there raised the standard of
+rebellion, or rather, of loyalty to his sovereign.  He had made
+himself master of La Plata, and the spirit of insurrection had
+spread over the broad province of Charcas.  Carbajal, who had
+been sent against him from Quito, after repairing to Lima, had
+passed at once to Cuzco, and there, strengthening his forces, had
+descended by rapid marches on the refractory district.  Centeno
+did not trust himself in the field against this formidable
+champion.  He retreated with his troops into the fastnesses of
+the sierra.  Carbajal pursued, following on his track with the
+pertinacity of a bloodhound; over mountain and moor, through
+forests and dangerous ravines, allowing him no respite, by day or
+by night.  Eating, drinking, sleeping in his saddle, the veteran,
+eighty years of age, saw his own followers tire one after
+another, while he urged on the chase, like the wild huntsman of
+Burger, as if endowed with an unearthly frame, incapable of
+fatigue!  During this terrible pursuit, which continued for more
+than two hundred leagues over a savage country, Centeno found
+himself abandoned by most of his followers.  Such of them as fell
+into Carbajal's hands were sent to speedy execution; for that
+inexorable chief had no mercy on those who had been false to
+their party. *37 At length, Centeno, with a handful of men,
+arrived on the borders of the Pacific, and there, separating from
+one another, they provided, each in the best way he could, for
+their own safety.  Their leader found an asylum in a cave in the
+mountains, where he was secretly fed by an Indian curaca, till
+the time again came for him to unfurl the standard of revolt. *38
+
+[Footnote 37: Poblando los arboles con sus cuerpos, "peopling the
+trees with heir bodies," says Fernandez, strongly; alluding to
+the manner in which the ferocious officer hung up his captives on
+the branches.]
+[Footnote 38: For the expedition of Carbajal, see Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 8, lib. 1, cap. 9, et seq. - Zarate, Conq. del
+Peru, lib. 6, cap. 1. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 4,
+cap. 28, 29, 36, 39. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib.
+2, cap. 1, et seq. - Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms.
+
+It is impossible to give, in a page or two, any adequate idea of
+the hairbreadth escapes and perilous risks of Carbajal, not only
+from the enemy, but from his own men, whose strength he
+overtasked in the chase. They rival those of the renowned
+Scanderbeg, or our own Kentucky hero, Colonel Boone.  They were,
+indeed, far more wonderful than theirs, since the Spanish captain
+had reached an age when the failing energies usually crave
+repose.  But the veteran's body seems to have been as insensible
+as his soul.]
+
+Carbajal, after some further decisive movements, which fully
+established the ascendency of Pizarro over the south, returned in
+triumph to La Plata.  There he occupied himself with working the
+silver mines of Potosi, in which a vein, recently opened,
+promised to make richer returns than any yet discovered in Mexico
+or Peru; *39 and he was soon enabled to send large remittances to
+Lima, deducting no stinted commission for himself, - for the
+cupidity of the lieutenant was equal to his cruelty.
+[Footnote 39: The vein now discovered at Potosi was so rich, that
+the other mines were comparatively deserted in order to work
+this.  (Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 6, cap 4) The effect of the
+sudden influx of wealth was such, according to Garcilasso, that
+in ten years from this period an iron horseshoe, in that quarter,
+came to be worth nearly its weight in silver.  Com. Real., Parte
+1, lib. 8, cap. 24.]
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro was now undisputed master of Peru.  From Quito to
+the northern confines of Chili, the whole country acknowledged
+his authority. His fleet rode triumphant on the Pacific, and gave
+him the command of every city and hamlet on its borders.  His
+admiral, Hinojosa, a discreet and gallant officer, had secured
+him Panama, and, marching across the Isthmus, had since obtained
+for him the possession of Nombre de Dios, - the principal key of
+communication with Europe.  His forces were on an excellent
+footing, including the flower of the warriors who had fought
+under his brother, and who now eagerly rallied under the name of
+Pizarro; while the tide of wealth that flowed in from the mines
+of Potosi supplied him with the resources of an European monarch.
+
+The new governor now began to assume a state correspondent with
+his full-blown fortunes.  He was attended by a body-guard of
+eighty soldiers. He dined always in public, and usually with not
+less than a hundred guests at table.  He even affected, it was
+said, the more decided etiquette of royalty, giving his hand to
+be kissed, and allowing no one, of whatever rank, to be seated in
+his presence. *40 But this is denied by others.  It would not be
+strange that a vain man like Pizarro, with a superficial,
+undisciplined mind, when he saw himself thus raised from an
+humble condition to the highest post in the land, should be
+somewhat intoxicated by the possession of power, and treat with
+superciliousness those whom he had once approached with
+deference.  But one who had often seen him in his prosperity
+assures us, that it was not so, and that the governor continued
+to show the same frank and soldierlike bearing as before his
+elevation, mingling on familiar terms with his comrades, and
+displaying the same qualities which had hitherto endeared him to
+the people. *41
+[Footnote 40: "Traia Guarda de ochenta Alabarderos, i otros
+muchos de Caballo, que le acompanaban, i ia en su presencia
+ninguno se sentaba, i a mui pocos quitaba la Gorra." Zarate,
+Conq. del Peru lib 6 cap. 5.]
+[Footnote 41: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 4, cap. 42.
+Garcilasso had opportunities of personal acquaintance with
+Gonzalo's manner of living; for, when a boy, he was sometimes
+admitted, as he tells us, to a place at his table.  This
+courtesy, so rare from the Conquerors to any of the Indian race,
+was not lost on the historian of the Incas, who has depicted
+Gonzalo Pizarro in more favorable colors than most of his own
+countrymen.]
+
+However this may be, it is certain there were not wanting those
+who urged him to throw off his allegiance to the Crown, and set
+up an independent government for himself.  Among these was his
+lieutenant, Carbajal, whose daring spirit never shrunk from
+following things to their consequences.  He plainly counselled
+Pizarro to renounce his allegiance at once.  "In fact, you have
+already done so," he said.  "You have been in arms against a
+viceroy, have driven him from the country, beaten and slain him
+in battle.  What favor, or even mercy, can you expect from the
+Crown? You have gone too far either to halt, or to recede.  You
+must go boldly on, proclaim yourself king; the troops, the
+people, will support you." And he concluded, it is said, by
+advising him to marry the Coya, the female representative of the
+Incas, that the two races might henceforth repose in quiet under
+a common sceptre! *42
+
+[Footnote 42: Ibid., Parte 2, lib. 4, cap. 40. - Gomara, Hist. de
+las Ind., cap. 172 - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1. lib. 2,
+cap. 13.
+The poet Molina has worked up this scene between Carbajal and his
+commander with good effect, in his Amazonas en las Indias, where
+he uses something of a poet's license in the homage he pays to
+the modest merits of Gonzalo.  Julius Caesar himself was not more
+magnanimous.
+"Sepa mi Rey, sepa Espana,
+Que muero por no ofenderla,
+Tan facil de conservarla,
+Que pierdo por no agraviarla,
+Quanto infame en poseerla,
+Una Corona ofrecida."
+
+Among the biographical notices of the writers on Spanish colonial
+affairs, the name of Herrera, who has done more for this vast
+subject than any other author, should certainly not be omitted.
+His account of Peru takes its proper place in his great work, the
+Historia General de las Indias, according to the chronological
+plan on which that history is arranged.  But as it suggests
+reflections not different in character from those suggested by
+other portions of the work, I shall take the liberty to refer the
+reader to the Postscript to Book Third of the Conquest of Mexico,
+for a full account of these volumes and their learned author.
+Another chronicler, to whom I have been frequently indebted in
+the progress of the narrative, is Francisco Lopez de Gomara.  The
+reader will also find a notice of this author in the Conquest of
+Mexico, Vol. III., Book 5, Postscript.  But as the remarks on his
+writings are there confined to his Cronica de Nueva Espana, it
+may be well to add here some reflections on his greater work,
+Historia de las Indias, in which the Peruvian story bears a
+conspicuous part.
+
+The "History of the Indies" is intended to give a brief view of
+the whole range of Spanish conquest in the islands and on the
+American continent, as far as had been achieved by the middle of
+the sixteenth century.  For this account, Gomara, though it does
+not appear that he ever visited the New World, was in a situation
+that opened to him the best means of information.  He was well
+acquainted with the principal men of the time, and gathered the
+details of their history from their own lips; while, from his
+residence at court, he was in possession of the state of opinion
+there, and of the impression made by passing events on those most
+competent to judge of them.  He was thus enabled to introduce
+into his work many interesting particulars, not to be found in
+other records of the period.  His range of inquiry extended
+beyond the mere doings of the Conquerors, and led him to a survey
+of the general resources of the countries he describes, and
+especially of their physical aspect and productions.  The conduct
+of his work, no less than its diction, shows the cultivated
+scholar, practised in the art of composition.  Instead of the
+naivete, engaging, but childlike, of the old military
+chroniclers, Gomara handles his various topics with the shrewd
+and piquant criticism of a man of the world; while his
+descriptions are managed with a comprehensive brevity that forms
+the opposite to the longwinded and rambling paragraphs of the
+monkish annalist.  These literary merits, combined with the
+knowledge of the writer's opportunities for information, secured
+his productions from the oblivion which too often awaits the
+unpublished manuscript; and he had the satisfaction to see them
+pass into more than one edition in his own day. Yet they do not
+bear the highest stamp of authenticity.  The author too readily
+admits accounts into his pages which are not supported by
+contemporary testimony.  This he does, not from credulity, for
+his mind rather leans in an opposite direction, but from a want,
+apparently, of the true spirit of historic conscientiousness.
+The imputation of carelessness in his statements - to use a
+temperate phrase - was brought against Gomara in his own day; and
+Garcilasso tells us, that, when called to account by some of the
+Peruvian cavaliers for misstatements which bore hard on
+themselves, the historian made but an awkward explanation.  This
+is a great blemish on his productions, and renders them of far
+less value to the modern compiler, who seeks for the well of
+truth undefiled, than many an humbler but less unscrupulous
+chronicle.
+There is still another authority used in this work, Gonzalo
+Fernandez de Oviedo, of whom I have given an account elsewhere;
+and the reader curious in the matter will permit me to refer him
+for a critical notice of his life and writings to the Conquest of
+Mexico, Book 4, Postscript. - His account of Peru is incorporated
+into his great work, Natural e General Historia de las Indias,
+Ms., where it forms the forty-sixth and forty-seventh books.  It
+extends from Pizarro's landing at Tumbez to Almagro's return from
+Chili, and thus covers the entire portion of what may be called
+the conquest of the country.  The style of its execution,
+corresponding with that of the residue of the work to which it
+belongs, affords no ground for criticism different from that
+already passed on the general character of Oviedo's writings.
+
+This eminent person was at once a scholar and a man of the world.
+Living much at court, and familiar with persons of the highest
+distinction in Castile, he yet passed much of his time in the
+colonies, and thus added the fruits of personal experience to
+what he had gained from the reports of others.  His curiosity was
+indefatigable, extending to every department of natural science,
+as well as to the civil and personal history of the colonists.
+He was, at once, their Pliny and their Tacitus.  His works abound
+in portraitures of character, sketched with freedom and
+animation. His reflections are piquant, and often rise to a
+philosophic tone, which discards the usual trammels of the age;
+and the progress of the story is varied by a multiplicity of
+personal anecdotes, that give a rapid insight into the characters
+of the parties.
+
+With his eminent qualifications, and with a social position that
+commanded respect, it is strange that so much of his writings -
+the whole of his great Historia de las Indias, and his curious
+Quincuagenas - should be so long suffered to remain in
+manuscript.  This is partly chargeable to the caprice of fortune;
+for the History was more than once on the eve of publication, and
+is even now understood to be prepared for the press.  Yet it has
+serious defects, which may have contributed to keep it in its
+present form.  In its desultory and episodical style of
+composition, it resembles rather notes for a great history, than
+history itself.  It may be regarded in the light of commentaries,
+or as illustrations of the times.  In that view his pages are of
+high worth, and have been frequently resorted to by writers who
+have not too scrupulously appropriated the statements of the old
+chronicler, with slight acknowledgments to their author.
+
+It is a pity that Oviedo should have shown more solicitude to
+tell what was new, than to ascertain how much of it was strictly
+true.  Among his merits will scarcely be found that of historical
+accuracy.  And yet we may find an apology for this, to some
+extent, in the fact, that his writings, as already intimated, are
+not so much in the nature of finished compositions, as of loose
+memoranda, where every thing, rumor as well as fact, - even the
+most contradictory rumors, - are all set down at random, forming
+a miscellaneous heap of materials, of which the discreet
+historian may avail himself to rear a symmetrical fabric on
+foundations of greater strength and solidity.
+
+Another author worthy of particular note is Pedro Cieza de Leon.
+His Cronica del Peru should more properly be styled an Itinerary,
+or rather Geography, of Peru.  It gives a minute topographical
+view of the country at the time of the Conquest; of its provinces
+and towns, both Indian and Spanish; its flourishing sea-coast;
+its forests, valleys, and interminable ranges of mountains in the
+interior; with many interesting particulars of the existing
+population, - their dress, manners, architectural remains, and
+public works, while, scattered here and there, may be found
+notices of their early history and social polity.  It is, in
+short, a lively picture of the country in its physical and moral
+relations, as it met the eye at the time of the Conquest, and in
+that transition period when it was first subjected to European
+influences.  The conception of a work, at so early a period, on
+this philosophical plan, reminding us of that of Malte-Brun in
+our own time, - parva componere magnis, - was, of itself,
+indicative of great comprehensiveness of mind in its author.  It
+was a task of no little difficulty, where there was yet no
+pathway opened by the labors of the antiquarian; no hints from
+the sketch-book of the traveller, or the measurements of the
+scientific explorer.  Yet the distances from place to place are
+all carefully jotted down by the industrious compiler, and the
+bearings of the different places and their peculiar features are
+exhibited with sufficient precision, considering the nature of
+the obstacles he had to encounter.  The literary execution of the
+work, moreover, is highly respectable, sometimes even rich and
+picturesque; and the author describes the grand and beautiful
+scenery of the Cordilleras with a sensibility to its charms, not
+often found in the tasteless topographer, still less often in the
+rude Conqueror.
+
+Cieza de Leon came to the New World, as he informs us, at the
+early age of thirteen.  But it is not till Gasca's time that we
+find his name enrolled among the actors in the busy scenes of
+civil strife, when he accompanied the president in his campaign
+against Gonzalo Pizarro.  His Chronicle, or, at least, the notes
+for it, was compiled in such leisure as he could snatch from his
+more stirring avocations; and after ten years from the time he
+undertook it, the First Part - all we have - was completed in
+1550, when the author had reached only the age of thirty-two. It
+appeared at Seville in 1553, and the following year at Antwerp;
+while an Italian translation, printed at Rome, in 1555, attested
+the rapid celebrity of the work.  The edition of Antwerp - the
+one used by me in this compilation - is in the duodecimo form,
+exceedingly well printed, and garnished with wood-cuts, in which
+Satan, - for the author had a full measure of the ancient
+credulity, - with his usual bugbear accompaniments, frequently
+appears in bodily presence.  In the Preface, Cieza announces his
+purpose to continue the work in three other parts, illustrating
+respectively the ancient history of the country under the Incas,
+its conquest by the Spaniards, and the civil wars which ensued.
+He even gives, with curious minuteness, the contents of the
+several books of the projected history.  But the First Part, as
+already noticed, was alone completed; and the author, having
+returned to Spain, died there in 1560, at the premature age of
+forty-two, without having covered any portion of the magnificent
+ground-plan which he had thus confidently laid out.  The
+deficiency is much to be regretted, considering the talent of the
+writer, and his opportunities for personal observation.  But he
+has done enough to render us grateful for his labors.  By the
+vivid delineation of scenes and scenery, as they were presented
+fresh to his own eyes, he has furnished us with a background to
+the historic picture, - the landscape, as it were, in which the
+personages of the time might be more fitly portrayed.  It would
+have been impossible to exhibit the ancient topography of the
+land so faithfully at a subsequent period, when old things had
+passed away, and the Conqueror, breaking down the landmarks of
+ancient civilization, had effaced many of the features even of
+the physical aspect of the country, as it existed under the
+elaborate culture of the Incas.]
+
+The advice of the bold counsellor was, perhaps, the most politic
+that could have been given to Pizarro under existing
+circumstances.  For he was like one who had heedlessly climbed
+far up a dizzy precipice, - too far to descend safely, while he
+had no sure hold where he was.  His only chance was to climb
+still higher, till he had gained the summit.  But Gonzalo Pizarro
+shrunk from the attitude, in which this placed him, of avowed
+rebellion.  Notwithstanding the criminal course into which he had
+been, of late, seduced, the sentiment of loyalty was too deeply
+implanted in his bosom to be wholly eradicated.  Though in arms
+against the measures and ministers of his sovereign, he was not
+prepared to raise the sword against that sovereign himself. He,
+doubtless, had conflicting emotions in his bosom; like Macbeth,
+and many a less noble nature,
+
+"Would not play false,
+And yet would wrongly win."
+
+And however grateful to his vanity might be the picture of the
+air-drawn sceptre thus painted to his imagination, he had not the
+audacity - we may, perhaps, say, the criminal ambition - to
+attempt to grasp it.
+Even at this very moment, when urged to this desperate extremity,
+he was preparing a mission to Spain, in order to vindicate the
+course he had taken, and to solicit an amnesty for the past, with
+a full confirmation of his authority, as successor to his brother
+in the government of Peru. - Pizarro did not read the future with
+the calm, prophetic eye of Carbajal.
+
+
+
+
+Book V: Settlement Of The Country
+
+
+
+
+Chapter I
+
+Great Sensation In Spain. - Pedro De La Gasca. - His Early Life.
+- His Mission To Peru. - His Politic Conduct. - His Offers To
+Pizarro. - Gains The Fleet.
+
+1545-1547.
+
+
+While the important revolution detailed in the preceding pages
+was going forward in Peru, rumors of it, from time to time, found
+their way to the mother-country; but the distance was so great,
+and opportunities for communication so rare, that the tidings
+were usually very long behind the occurrence of the events to
+which they related.  The government heard with dismay of the
+troubles caused by the ordinances and the intemperate conduct of
+the viceroy; and it was not long before it learned that this
+functionary was deposed and driven from his capital, while the
+whole country, under Gonzalo Pizarro, was arrayed in arms against
+him.  All classes were filled with consternation at this alarming
+intelligence; and many that had before approved the ordinances
+now loudly condemned the ministers, who, without considering the
+inflammable temper of the people, had thus rashly fired a train
+which menaced a general explosion throughout the colonies. *1 No
+such rebellion, within the memory of man, had occurred in the
+Spanish empire.  It was compared with the famous war of the
+comunidades, in the beginning of Charles the Fifth's reign.  But
+the Peruvian insurrection seemed the more formidable of the two.
+The troubles of Castile, being under the eye of the Court, might
+be the more easily managed; while it was difficult to make the
+same power felt on the remote shores of the Indies.  Lying along
+the distant Pacific, the principle of attraction which held Peru
+to the parent country was so feeble, that this colony might, at
+any time, with a less impulse than that now given to it, fly from
+its political orbit.  It seemed as if the fairest of its jewels
+was about to fall from the imperial diadem!
+
+[Footnote 1: "Que aquello era contra una cedula que tenian del
+Emperador que les daba el repartimiento de los indios de su vida,
+y del hijo mayor, y no teniendo hijos a sus mugeres, con
+mandarles espresamente que se casasen como lo habian ya hecho los
+mas de ellos; y que tambien era contra otra cedula real que
+ninguno podia ser despojado de sus indios sin ser primero oido a
+justicia y condenado." Historia de Don Pedro Gasca, Obispo de
+Siguenza.  Ms.]
+
+Such was the state of things in the summer of 1545, when Charles
+the Fifth was absent in Germany, occupied with the religious
+troubles of the empire.  The government was in the hands of his
+son, who, under the name of Philip the Second, was soon to sway
+the sceptre over the largest portion of his father's dominions,
+and who was then holding his court at Valladolid.  He called
+together a council of prelates, jurists, and military men of
+greatest experience, to deliberate on the measures to be pursued
+for restoring order in the colonies.  All agreed in regarding
+Pizarro's movement in the light of an audacious rebellion; and
+there were few, at first, who were not willing to employ the
+whole strength of government to vindicate the honor of the Crown,
+- to quell the insurrection, and bring the authors of it to
+punishment. *2
+[Footnote 2: Ms. de Caravantes. - Hist. de Don Pedro Gasca, Ms.
+One of this council was the great Duke of Alva, of such gloomy
+celebrity afterwards in the Netherlands.  We may well believe his
+voice was for coercion.]
+
+But, however desirable this might appear, a very little
+reflection showed that it was not easy to be done, if, indeed, it
+were practicable. The great distance of Peru required troops to
+be transported not merely across the ocean, but over the broad
+extent of the great continent.  And how was this to be effected,
+when the principal posts, the keys of communication with the
+country, were in the hands of the rebels, while their fleet rode
+in the Pacific, the mistress of its waters, cutting off all
+approach to the coast?  Even if a Spanish force could be landed
+in Peru, what chance would it have, unaccustomed, as it would be,
+to the country and the climate, of coping with the veterans of
+Pizarro, trained to war in the Indies and warmly attached to the
+person of their commander? The new levies thus sent out might
+become themselves infected with the spirit of insurrection, and
+cast off their own allegiance. *3
+[Footnote 3: "Ventilose la forma del remedio de tan grave caso en
+que huvo dos opiniones; la una de imbiar un gran soldado con
+fuerza de gente a la demostracion de este castigo; la otra que se
+llevase el negocio por prudentes y suaves medios, por la
+imposibilidad y falto de dinero para llevar gente, cavallos,
+armas, municiones y vastimentos, y para sustentarlos en tierra
+firme y pasarlos al Piru." Ms. de Caravantes.]
+Nothing remained, therefore, but to try conciliatory measures.
+The government, however mortifying to its pride, must retrace its
+steps.  A free grace must be extended to those who submitted, and
+such persuasive arguments should be used, and such politic
+concessions made, as would convince the refractory colonists that
+it was their interest, as well as their duty, to return to their
+allegiance.
+
+But to approach the people in their present state of excitement,
+and to make those concessions without too far compromising the
+dignity and permanent authority of the Crown, was a delicate
+matter, for the success of which they must rely wholly on the
+character of the agent.  After much deliberation, a competent
+person, as it was thought, was found in an ecclesiastic, by the
+name of Pedro de la Gasca, - a name which, brighter by contrast
+with the gloomy times in which it first appeared, still shines
+with undiminished splendor after the lapse of ages.
+
+Pedro de la Gasca was born, probably, towards the close of the
+fifteenth century, in a small village in Castile, named Barco de
+Avila. He came, both by father and mother's side, from an ancient
+and noble lineage; ancient indeed, if, as his biographers
+contend, he derived his descent from Casca, one of the
+conspirators against Julius Caesar! *4 Having the misfortune to
+lose his father early in life, he was placed by his uncle in the
+famous seminary of Alcala de Henares, founded by the great
+Ximenes.  Here he made rapid proficiency in liberal studies,
+especially in those connected with his profession, and at length
+received the degree of Master of Theology.
+
+[Footnote 4: "Pasando a Espana vinieron a tierra de Avila y quedo
+del nombre dellos el lugar y familia de Gasca; mudandose por la
+afinidad de la pronunciacion, que hay entre las dos letras
+consonantes c. y. g. el nombre de Casca en Gasca." Hist. de Don
+Pedro Gasca, Ms.
+
+Similarity of name is a peg quite strong enough to hang a
+pedigree upon in Castile.]
+
+The young man, however, discovered other talents than those
+demanded by his sacred calling.  The war of the comunidades was
+then raging in the country; and the authorities of his college
+showed a disposition to take the popular side.  But Gasca,
+putting himself at the head of an armed force, seized one of the
+gates of the city, and, with assistance from the royal troops,
+secured the place to the interests of the Crown.  This early
+display of loyalty was probably not lost on his vigilant
+sovereign *5
+[Footnote 5: This account of the early history of Gasca I have
+derived chiefly from a manuscript biographical notice written in
+1465, during the prelate's life.  The name of the author, who
+speaks apparently from personal knowledge, is not given: but it
+seems to be the work of a scholar, and is written with a certain
+pretension to elegance.  The original Ms. forms part of the
+valuable collection of Don Pascual de Gayangos of Madrid.  It is
+of much value for the light it throws on the early career of
+Gasca, which has been passed over in profound silence by
+Castilian historians.  It is to be regretted that the author did
+not continue his labors beyond the period when the subject of
+them received his appointment to the Peruvian mission.]
+
+From Alcala, Gasca was afterwards removed to Salamanca; where he
+distinguished himself by his skill in scholastic disputation, and
+obtained the highest academic honors in that ancient university,
+the fruitful nursery of scholarship and genius.  He was
+subsequently intrusted with the management of some important
+affairs of an ecclesiastical nature, and made a member of the
+Council of the Inquisition.
+
+In this latter capacity he was sent to Valencia, about 1540, to
+examine into certain alleged cases of heresy in that quarter of
+the country.  These were involved in great obscurity; and,
+although Gasca had the assistance of several eminent jurists in
+the investigation, it occupied him nearly two years.  In the
+conduct of this difficult matter, he showed so much penetration,
+and such perfect impartiality, that he was appointed by the
+Cortes of Valencia to the office of visitador of that kingdom; a
+highly responsible post, requiring great discretion in the person
+who filled it, since it was his province to inspect the condition
+of the courts of justice and of finance, throughout the land,
+with authority to reform abuses.  It was proof of extraordinary
+consideration, that it should have been bestowed on Gasca; since
+it was a departure from the established usage - and that in a
+nation most wedded to usage - to confer the office on any but a
+subject of the Aragonese crown. *6
+[Footnote 6: "Era tanta la opinion que en Valencia tenian de la
+integridad y prudencia de Gasca, que en las Cortes de Monzon los
+Estados de aquel Reyno le pidieron por Visitador contra la
+costumbre y fuero de aquel Reyno, que no puede serlo sino fuere
+natural de la Corona de Araugon, y consintiendo que aquel fuero
+se derogase el Emperador lo concedio a instancia y peticion
+dellos." Hist. de Don Pedro Gasca Ms.]
+Gasca executed the task assigned to him with independence and
+ability.  While he was thus occupied, the people of Valencia were
+thrown into consternation by a meditated invasion of the French
+and the Turks, who, under the redoubtable Barbarossa, menaced the
+coast and the neighbouring Balearic isles.  Fears were generally
+entertained of a rising of the Morisco population; and the
+Spanish officers who had command in that quarter, being left
+without the protection of a navy, despaired of making head
+against the enemy.  In this season of general panic, Gasca alone
+appeared calm and self-possessed.  He remonstrated with the
+Spanish commanders on their unsoldierlike despondency; encouraged
+them to confide in the loyalty of the Moriscos; and advised the
+immediate erection of fortifications along the shores for their
+protection.  He was, in consequence, named one of a commission to
+superintend these works, and to raise levies for defending the
+sea-coast; and so faithfully was the task performed, that
+Barbarossa, after some ineffectual attempts to make good his
+landing, was baffled at all points, and compelled to abandon the
+enterprise as hopeless.  The chief credit of this resistance must
+be assigned to Gasca, who superintended the construction of the
+defences, and who was enabled to contribute a large part of the
+requisite funds by the economical reforms he had introduced into
+the administration of Valencia. *7
+
+[Footnote 7: "Que parece cierto," says his enthusiastic
+biographer, "que por disposicion Divina vino a hallarse Gasca
+entonces en la Ciudad de Valencia, para remedio de aquel Reyno y
+Islas de Mallorca y Menorca e lviza, segun la orden, prevencion y
+diligencia que en la defensa contra las armadas del Turco y
+Francia tuvo, y las provisiones que para ello hizo." Hist. de Don
+Pedro Gasca, Ms.]
+
+It was at this time, the latter part of the year 1545, that the
+council of Philip selected Gasca as the person most competent to
+undertake the perilous mission to Peru. *8 His character, indeed,
+seemed especially suited to it.  His loyalty had been shown
+through his whole life.  With great suavity of manners he
+combined the most intrepid resolution.  Though his demeanour was
+humble, as beseemed his calling, it was far from abject; for he
+was sustained by a conscious rectitude of purpose, that impressed
+respect on all with whom he had intercourse.  He was acute in his
+perceptions, had a shrewd knowledge of character, and, though
+bred to the cloister, possessed an acquaintance with affairs, and
+even with military science, such as was to have been expected
+only from one reared in courts and camps.
+
+[Footnote 8: "Finding a lion would not answer, they sent a lamb,"
+says Gomara; - "Finalmente, quiso embiar una Oveja, pues un Leon
+no aprovecho; y asi escogio al Licenciado Pedro Gasca." Hist. de
+las Ind., cap. 174.]
+Without hesitation, therefore, the council unanimously
+recommended him to the emperor, and requested his approbation of
+their proceedings. Charles had not been an inattentive observer
+of Gasca's course.  His attention had been particularly called to
+the able manner in which he had conducted the judicial process
+against the heretics of Valencia. *9 The monarch saw, at once,
+that he was the man for the present emergency; and he immediately
+wrote to him, with his own hand, expressing his entire
+satisfaction at the appointment, and intimating his purpose to
+testify his sense of his worth by preferring him to one of the
+principal sees then vacant.
+
+[Footnote 9: Gasca made what the author calls una breve y copyosa
+relacion of the proceedings to the emperor in Valencia; and the
+monarch was so intent on the inquiry, that he devoted the whole
+afternoon to it, notwithstanding his son Philip was waiting for
+him to attend a fiesta! irrefragable proof, as the writer
+conceives, of his zeal for the faith. -"Queriendo entender muy de
+raizo todo lo que pasaba, como Principe tan zeloso que era de las
+cosas de la religion." Hist. de Don Pedro Gasca, Ms.]
+
+Gasca accepted the important mission now tendered to him without
+hesitation; and, repairing to Madrid, received the instructions
+of the government as to the course to be pursued.  They were
+expressed in the most benign and conciliatory tone, perfectly in
+accordance with the suggestions of his own benevolent temper. *10
+But, while he commended the tone of the instructions, he
+considered the powers with which he was to be intrusted as wholly
+incompetent to their object.  They were conceived in the jealous
+spirit with which the Spanish government usually limited the
+authority of its great colonial officers, whose distance from
+home gave peculiar cause for distrust.  On every strange and
+unexpected emergency, Gasca saw that he should be obliged to send
+back for instructions.  This must cause delay, where promptitude
+was essential to success.  The Court, moreover, as he represented
+to the council, was, from its remoteness from the scene of
+action, utterly incompetent to pronounce as to the expediency of
+the measures to be pursued.  Some one should be sent out in whom
+the king could implicitly confide, and who should be invested
+with powers competent to every emergency; powers not merely to
+decide on what was best, but to carry that decision into
+execution; and he boldly demanded that he should go not only as
+the representative of the sovereign, but clothed with all the
+authority of the sovereign himself.  Less than this would defeat
+the very object for which he was to be sent.  "For myself," he
+concluded, "I ask neither salary nor compensation of any kind.  I
+covet no display of state or military array.  With my stole and
+breviary I trust to do the work that is committed to me. *11
+Infirm as I am in body, the repose of my own home would have been
+more grateful to me than this dangerous mission; but I will not
+shrink from it at the bidding of my sovereign, and if, as is very
+probable, I may not be permitted again to see my native land, I
+shall, at least, be cheered by the consciousness of having done
+my best to serve its interests." *12
+
+[Footnote 10: These instructions, the patriarchal tone of which
+is highly creditable to the government, are given in extenso in
+the Ms. of Caravantes, and in no other work which I have
+consulted.]
+
+[Footnote 11: "De suerte que juzgassen que la mas fuerca que
+lleuaua, era su abito de clerigo y breuiario." Fernandez, Hist.
+del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 16.]
+
+[Footnote 12: Ms. de Caravantes. - Hist. del Don Pedro Gasca, Ms.
+- Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 16, 17.
+
+Though not for himself, Gasca did solicit one favor of the
+emperor, - the appointment of his brother, an eminent jurist, to
+a vacant place on the bench of one of the Castilian tribunals]
+
+The members of the council, while they listened with admiration
+to the disinterested avowal of Gasca, were astounded by the
+boldness of his demands.  Not that they distrusted the purity of
+his motives, for these were above suspicion.  But the powers for
+which he stipulated were so far beyond those hitherto delegated
+to a colonial viceroy, that they felt they had no warrant to
+grant them.  They even shrank from soliciting them from the
+emperor, and required that Gasca himself should address the
+monarch, and state precisely the grounds on which demands so
+extraordinary were founded.
+
+Gasca readily adopted the suggestion, and wrote in the most full
+and explicit manner to his sovereign, who had then transferred
+his residence to Flanders.  But Charles was not so tenacious, or,
+at least, so jealous, of authority, as his ministers.  He had
+been too long in possession of it to feel that jealousy; and,
+indeed, many years were not to elapse, before, oppressed by its
+weight, he was to resign it altogether into the hands of his son.
+His sagacious mind, moreover, readily comprehended the
+difficulties of Gasca's position.  He felt that the present
+extraordinary crisis was to be met only by extraordinary
+measures.  He assented to the force of his vassal's arguments,
+and, on the sixteenth of February, 1546, wrote him another letter
+expressive of his approbation, and intimated his willingness to
+grant him powers as absolute as those he had requested.
+Gasca was to be styled President of the Royal Audience.  But,
+under this simple title, he was placed at the head of every
+department in the colony, civil, military, and judicial.  He was
+empowered to make new repartimientos, and to confirm those
+already made.  He might declare war, levy troops, appoint to all
+offices, or remove from them, at pleasure.  He might exercise the
+royal prerogative of pardoning offences, and was especially
+authorized to grant an amnesty to all, without exception,
+implicated in the present rebellion.  He was, moreover, to
+proclaim at once the revocation of the odious ordinances.  These
+two last provisions might be said to form the basis of all his
+operations.
+
+Since ecclesiastics were not to be reached by the secular arm,
+and yet were often found fomenting troubles in the colonies,
+Gasca was permitted to banish from Peru such as he thought fit.
+He might even send home the viceroy, if the good of the country
+required it.  Agreeably to his own suggestion, he was to receive
+no specified stipend; but he had unlimited orders on the
+treasuries both of Panama and Peru.  He was furnished with
+letters from the emperor to the principal authorities, not only
+in Peru, but in Mexico and the neighbouring colonies, requiring
+their countenance and support; and, lastly, blank letters,
+bearing the royal signature, were delivered to him, which he was
+to fill up at his pleasure. *13
+
+[Footnote 13: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 6. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 1, cap. 6. - Ms. de Caravantes. -
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 17, 18. -
+Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 174. - Hist. de Don Pedro Gasca,
+Ms.]
+
+While the grant of such unbounded powers excited the warmest
+sentiments of gratitude in Gasca towards the sovereign who could
+repose in him so much confidence, it seems - which is more
+extra-ordinary - not to have raised corresponding feelings of
+envy in the courtiers.  They knew well that it was not for
+himself that the good ecclesiastic had solicited them.  On the
+contrary, some of the council were desirous that he should be
+preferred to the bishopric, as already promised him, before his
+departure; conceiving that he would thus go with greater
+authority than as an humble ecclesiastic, and fearing, moreover,
+that Gasca himself, were it omitted, might feel some natural
+disappointment.  But the president hastened to remove these
+impressions.  "The honor would avail me little," he said, "where
+I am going; and it would be manifestly wrong to appoint me to an
+office in the Church, while I remain at such a distance that I
+cannot discharge the duties of it.  The consciousness of my
+insufficiency," he continued, "should I never return, would lie
+heavy on my soul in my last moments." *14 The politic reluctance
+to accept the mitre has passed into a proverb.  But there was no
+affectation here; and Gasca's friends, yielding to his arguments,
+forbore to urge the matter further.
+
+[Footnote 14: "Especialmente, si alla muriesse o le matassen: que
+entoces de nada le podria ser buena, sino para partir desta vida,
+con mas congoxa y pena de la poca cuenta que daua de la prouision
+que auia aceptado." Fernandez, Hist. de Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2,
+cap. 18.]
+
+The new president now went forward with his preparations.  They
+were few and simple; for he was to be accompanied by a slender
+train of followers, among whom the most conspicuous was Alonso de
+Alvarado, the gallant officer who, as the reader may remember,
+long commanded under Francisco Pizarro.  He had resided of late
+years at court; and now at Gasca's request accompanied him to
+Peru, where his presence might facilitate negotiations with the
+insurgents, while his military experience would prove no less
+valuable in case of an appeal to arms. *15 Some delay necessarily
+occurred in getting ready his little squadron, and it was not
+till the 26th of May, 1546, that the president and his suite
+embarked at San Lucar for the New World.
+
+[Footnote 15: From this cavalier descended the noble house of the
+counts of Villamor in Spain.  Ms. de Caravantes.]
+
+After a prosperous voyage, and not a long one for that day, he
+landed, about the middle of July, at the port of Santa Martha.
+Here he received the astounding intelligence of the battle of
+Anaquito, of the defeat and death of the viceroy, and of the
+manner in which Gonzalo Pizarro had since established his
+absolute rule over the land.  Although these events had occurred
+several months before Gasca's departure from Spain, yet, so
+imperfect was the intercourse, no tidings of them had then
+reached that country.
+
+They now filled the president with great anxiety as he reflected
+that the insurgents, after so atrocious an act as the slaughter
+of the viceroy, might well despair of grace, and become reckless
+of consequences.  He was careful, therefore, to have it
+understood, that the date of his commission was subsequent to
+that of the fatal battle, and that it authorized an entire
+amnesty of all offences hitherto committed against the
+government. *16
+
+[Footnote 16: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+21]
+Yet, in some points of view, the death of Blasco Nunez might be
+regarded as an auspicious circumstance for the settlement of the
+country. Had he lived till Gasca's arrival, the latter would have
+been greatly embarrassed by the necessity of acting in concert
+with a person so generally detested in the colony, or by the
+unwelcome alternative of sending him back to Castile.  The
+insurgents, moreover, would, in all probability, be now more
+amenable to reason, since all personal animosity might naturally
+be buried in the grave of their enemy.
+
+The president was much embarrassed by deciding in what quarter he
+should attempt to enter Peru.  Every port was in the hands of
+Pizarro, and was placed under the care of his officers, with
+strict charge to intercept any communications from Spain, and to
+detain such persons as bore a commission from that country until
+his pleasure could be known respecting them.  Gasca, at length,
+decided on crossing over to Nombre de Dios, then held with a
+strong force by Hernan Mexia, an officer to whose charge Gonzalo
+had committed this strong gate to his dominions, as to a person
+on whose attachment to his cause he could confidently rely.
+
+Had Gasca appeared off this place in a menacing attitude, with a
+military array, or, indeed, with any display of official pomp
+that might have awakened distrust in the commander, he would
+doubtless have found it no easy matter to effect a landing.  But
+Mexia saw nothing to apprehend in the approach of a poor
+ecclesiastic, without an armed force, with hardly even a retinue
+to support him, coming solely, as it seemed, on an errand of
+mercy.  No sooner, therefore, was he acquainted with the
+character of the envoy and his mission, than he prepared to
+receive him with the honors due to his rank, and marched out at
+the head of his soldiers, together with a considerable body of
+ecclesiastics resident in the place.  There was nothing in the
+person of Gasca, still less in his humble clerical attire and
+modest retinue, to impress the vulgar spectator with feelings of
+awe or reverence.  Indeed, the poverty-stricken aspect, as it
+seemed, of himself and his followers, so different from the usual
+state affected by the Indian viceroys, excited some merriment
+among the rude soldiery, who did not scruple to break their
+coarse jests on his appearance, in hearing of the president
+himself. *17 "If this is the sort of governor his Majesty sends
+over to us," they exclaimed, "Pizarro need not trouble his head
+much about it."
+
+[Footnote 17: "Especialmente muchos de los soldados, que estauan
+desacatados, y decian palabras feas, y desuergocadas.  A lo qual
+el Presidente (viendo que era necessario) hazia las orejas
+sordas." Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 23.]
+
+Yet the president, far from being ruffled by this ribaldry, or
+from showing resentment to its authors, submitted to it with the
+utmost humility, and only seemed the more grateful to his own
+brethren, who, by their respectful demeanour, appeared anxious to
+do him honor.
+But, however plain and unpretending the manners of Gasca, Mexia,
+on his first interview with him, soon discovered that he had no
+common man to deal with.  The president, after briefly explaining
+the nature of his commission, told him that he had come as a
+messenger of peace; and that it was on peaceful measures he
+relied for his success.  He then stated the general scope of his
+commission, his authority to grant a free pardon to all, without
+exception, who at once submitted to government, and, finally, his
+purpose to proclaim the revocation of the ordinances.  The
+objects of the revolution were thus attained.  To contend longer
+would be manifest rebellion, and that without a motive; and he
+urged the commander by every principle of loyalty and patriotism
+to support him in settling the distractions of the country, and
+bringing it back to its allegiance.
+The candid and conciliatory language of the president, so
+different from the arrogance of Blasco Nunez, and the austere
+demeanour of Vaca de Castro, made a sensible impression on Mexia.
+He admitted the force of Gasca's reasoning, and flattered himself
+that Gonzalo Pizarro would not be insensible to it.  Though
+attached to the fortunes of that leader, he was loyal in heart,
+and, like most of the party, had been led by accident, rather
+than by design, into rebellion; and now that so good an
+opportunity occurred to do it with safety, he was not unwilling
+to retrace his steps, and secure the royal favor by thus early
+returning to his allegiance. This he signified to the president,
+assuring him of his hearty cooperation in the good work of
+reform. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: Ibid., ubi supra. - Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a
+Valdivia, Ms. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1546. - Zarate,
+Conq. del Peru lib. 6, cap. 6. - Herrera, Hist General, dec. 8,
+lib. 2, cap. 5]
+
+This was an important step for Gasca.  It was yet more important
+for him to secure the obedience of Hinojosa, the governor of
+Panama, in the harbour of which city lay Pizarro's navy,
+consisting of two-and-twenty vessels.  But it was not easy to
+approach this officer.  He was a person of much higher character
+than was usually found among the reckless adventurers in the New
+World.  He was attached to the interests of Pizarro, and the
+latter had requited him by placing him in command of his armada
+and of Panama, the key to his territories on the Pacific.
+The president first sent Mexia and Alonso de Alvarado to prepare
+the way for his own coming, by advising Hinojosa of the purport
+of his mission.  He soon after followed, and was received by that
+commander with every show of outward respect.  But while the
+latter listened with deference to the representations of Gasca,
+they failed to work the change in him which they had wrought in
+Mexia; and he concluded by asking the president to show him his
+powers, and by inquiring whether they gave him authority to
+confirm Pizarro in his present post, to which he was entitled no
+less by his own services than by the general voice of the people.
+This was an embarrassing question.  Such a concession would have
+been altogether too humiliating to the Crown; but to have openly
+avowed this at the present juncture to so stanch an adherent of
+Pizarro might have precluded all further negotiation.  The
+president evaded the question, therefore, by simply stating, that
+the time had not yet come for him to produce his powers, but that
+Hinojosa might be assured they were such as to secure an ample
+recompense to every loyal servant of his country. *19
+[Footnote 19: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+25. - Zarate Conq. del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 7. - Ms. de
+Caravantes.]
+Hinojosa was not satisfied; and he immediately wrote to Pizarro,
+acquainting him with Gasca's arrival and with the object of his
+mission, at the same time plainly intimating his own conviction
+that the president had no authority to confirm him in the
+government.  But before the departure of the ship, Gasca secured
+the services of a Dominican friar, who had taken his passage on
+board for one of the towns on the coast. This man he intrusted
+with manifestoes, setting forth the purport of his visit, and
+proclaiming the abolition of the ordinances, with a free pardon
+to all who returned to their obedience.  He wrote, also, to the
+prelates and to the corporations of the different cities.  The
+former he requested to cooperate with him in introducing a spirit
+of loyalty and subordination among the people, while he intimated
+to the towns his purpose to confer with them hereafter, in order
+to devise some effectual measures for the welfare of the country.
+These papers the Dominican engaged to distribute, himself, among
+the principal cities of the colony and he faithfully kept his
+word, though, as it proved, at no little hazard of his life.  The
+seeds thus scattered might many of them fall on barren ground.
+But the greater part, the president trusted, would take root in
+the hearts of the people; and he patiently waited for the
+harvest.
+
+Meanwhile, though he failed to remove the scruples of Hinojosa,
+the courteous manners of Gasca, and his mild, persuasive
+discourse, had a visible effect on other individuals with whom he
+had daily intercourse. Several of these, and among them some of
+the principal cavaliers in Panama, as well as in the squadron,
+expressed their willingness to join the royal cause, and aid the
+president in maintaining it.  Gasca profited by their assistance
+to open a communication with the authorities of Guatemala and
+Mexico, whom he advised of his mission, while he admonished them
+to allow no intercourse to be carried on with the insurgents on
+the coast of Peru.  He, at length, also prevailed on the governor
+of Panama to furnish him with the means of entering into
+communication with Gonzalo Pizarro himself; and a ship was
+despatched to Lima, bearing a letter from Charles the Fifth,
+addressed to that chief, with an epistle also from Gasca.
+
+The emperor's communication was couched in the most condescending
+and even conciliatory terms.  Far from taxing Gonzalo with
+rebellion, his royal master affected to regard his conduct as in
+a manner imposed on him by circumstances, especially by the
+obduracy of the viceroy Nunez in denying the colonists the
+inalienable right of petition.  He gave no intimation of an
+intent to confirm Pizarro in the government, or, indeed, to
+remove him from it; but simply referred him to Gasca as one who
+would acquaint him with the royal pleasure, and with whom he was
+to cooperate in restoring tranquillity to the country.
+
+Gasca's own letter was pitched on the same politic key.  He
+remarked, however, that the exigencies which had hitherto
+determined Gonzalo's line of conduct existed no longer.  All that
+had been asked was conceded. There was nothing now to contend
+for; and it only remained for Pizarro and his followers to show
+their loyalty and the sincerity of their principles by obedience
+to the Crown.  Hitherto, the president said, Pizarro had been in
+arms against the viceroy; and the people had supported him as
+against a common enemy.  If he prolonged the contest, that enemy
+must be his sovereign.  In such a struggle, the people would be
+sure to desert him; and Gasca conjured him, by his honor as a
+cavalier, and his duty as a loyal vassal, to respect the royal
+authority, and not rashly provoke a contest which must prove to
+the world that his conduct hitherto had been dictated less by
+patriotic motives than by selfish ambition.
+This letter, which was conveyed in language the most courteous
+and complimentary to the subject of it, was of great length.  It
+was accompanied by another much more concise, to Cepeda, the
+intriguing lawyer, who, as Gasca knew, had the greatest influence
+over Pizarro, in the absence of Carbajal, then employed in
+reaping the silver harvest from the newly discovered mines of
+Potosi. *20 In this epistle, Gasca affected to defer to the
+cunning politician as a member of the Royal Audience, and he
+conferred with him on the best manner of supplying a vacancy in
+that body.  These several despatches were committed to a
+cavalier, named Paniagua, a faithful adherent of the president,
+and one of those who had accompanied him from Castile.  To this
+same emissary he also gave manifestoes and letters, like those
+intrusted to the Dominican, with orders secretly to distribute
+them in Lima, before he quitted that capital. *21
+
+[Footnote 20: "El Licenciado Cepeda que tengo yo agora por
+teniente, de quien yo hago mucho caso i le quiero mucho." Carta
+de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 21: The letters noticed in the text may be found in
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 7, and Fernandez, Hist. del
+Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 29, 30.  The president's letter
+covers several pages.  Much of it is taken up with historic
+precedents and illustrations, to show the folly, as well as
+wickedness, of a collision with the imperial authority. The
+benignant tone of this homily may be inferred from its concluding
+sentence; "Nuestro senor por su infinita bodad alumbre a vuestra
+merced, y a todos los demas para que acierten a hazer en este
+negocio lo que couiene a sus almas, honras, vidas y haziendas: y
+guarde en su sancto servicio la Illustre persona de vuestra
+merced."]
+
+Weeks and months rolled away, while the president still remained
+at Panama, where, indeed, as his communications were jealously
+cut off with Peru, he might be said to be detained as a sort of
+prisoner of state. Meanwhile, both he and Hinojosa were looking
+with anxiety for the arrival of some messenger from Pizarro, who
+should indicate the manner in which the president's mission was
+to be received by that chief.  The governor of Panama was not
+blind to the perilous position in which he was himself placed,
+nor to the madness of provoking a contest with the Court of
+Castile.  But he had a reluctance - not too often shared by the
+cavaliers of Peru - to abandon the fortunes of the commander who
+had reposed in him so great confidence.  Yet he trusted that this
+commander would embrace the opportunity now offered, of placing
+himself and the country in a state of permanent security.
+
+Several of the cavaliers who had given in their adhesion to
+Gasca, displeased by this obstinacy, as they termed it, of
+Hinojosa, proposed to seize his person and then get possession of
+the armada.  But the president at once rejected this offer.  His
+mission, he said, was one of peace, and he would not stain it at
+the outset by an act of violence.  He even respected the scruples
+of Hinojosa; and a cavalier of so honorable a nature, he
+conceived, if once he could be gained by fair means, would be
+much more likely to be true to his interests, than if overcome
+either by force or fraud.  Gasca thought he might safely abide
+his time.  There was policy, as well as honesty, in this; indeed,
+they always go together.
+Meantime, persons were occasionally arriving from Lima and the
+neighbouring places, who gave accounts of Pizarro, varying
+according to the character and situation of the parties.  Some
+represented him as winning all hearts by his open temper and the
+politic profusion with which, though covetous of wealth, he
+distributed repartimientos and favors among his followers.
+Others spoke of him as carrying matters with a high hand, while
+the greatest timidity and distrust prevailed among the citizens
+of Lima.  All agreed that his power rested on too secure a basis
+to be shaken; and that, if the president should go to Lima, he
+must either consent to be come Pizarro's instrument and confirm
+him in the government, or forfeit his own life. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+27. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 2, cap. 7. - Ms. de
+Caravantes.]
+It was undoubtedly true, that Gonzalo, while he gave attention,
+as his friends say, to the public business, found time for free
+indulgence in those pleasures which wait on the soldier of
+fortune in his hour of triumph.  He was the object of flattery
+and homage; courted even by those who hated him.  For such as did
+not love the successful chieftain had good cause to fear him; and
+his exploits were commemorated in romances or ballads, as
+rivalling - it was not far from truth - those of the most doughty
+paladins of chivalry. *23
+
+[Footnote 23: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+32.]
+Amidst this burst of adulation, the cup of joy commended to
+Pizarro's lips had one drop of bitterness in it that gave its
+flavor to all the rest; for, notwithstanding his show of
+confidence, he looked with unceasing anxiety to the arrival of
+tidings that might assure him in what light his conduct was
+regarded by the government at home.  This was proved by his
+jealous precautions to guard the approaches to the coast, and to
+detain the persons of the royal emissaries.  He learned,
+therefore, with no little uneasiness, from Hinojosa, the landing
+of President Gasca, and the purport of his mission.  But his
+discontent was mitigated, when he understood that the new envoy
+had come without military array, without any of the ostentatious
+trappings of office to impose on the minds of the vulgar, but
+alone, as it were, in the plain garb of an humble missionary. *24
+Pizarro could not discern, that under this modest exterior lay a
+moral power, stronger than his own steel-clad battalions, which,
+operating silently on public opinion, - the more sure that it was
+silent, - was even now undermining his strength, like a
+subterraneous channel eating away the foundations of some stately
+edifice, that stands secure in its pride of place!
+
+[Footnote 24: Gonzalo, in his letter to Valdivia, speaks of Gasca
+as a clergyman of a godly reputation, who, without recompense, in
+the true spirit of a missionary, had come over to settle the
+affairs of the country.  "Dicen ques mui buen christiano i hombre
+de buena vida i clerigo, i dicen que viene a estas partes con
+buena intencion i no quiso salario ninguno del Rey sino venir
+para poner paz en estos reynos con sus cristiandades." Carta de
+Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms.]
+
+But, although Gonzalo Pizarro could not foresee this result, he
+saw enough to satisfy him that it would be safest to exclude the
+president from Peru.  The tidings of his arrival, moreover,
+quickened his former purpose of sending an embassy to Spain to
+vindicate his late proceedings, and request the royal
+confirmation of his authority.  The person placed at the head of
+this mission was Lorenzo de Aldana, a cavalier of discretion as
+well as courage, and high in the confidence of Pizarro, as one of
+his most devoted partisans.  He had occupied some important posts
+under that chief, one secret of whose successes was the sagacity
+he showed in the selection of his agents.
+
+Besides Aldana and one or two cavaliers, the bishop of Lima was
+joined in the commission, as likely, from his position, to have a
+favorable influence on Gonzalo's fortunes at court.  Together
+with the despatches for the government, the envoys were intrusted
+with a letter to Gasca from the inhabitants of Lima; in which,
+after civilly congratulating the president on his arrival, they
+announce their regret that he had come too late.  The troubles of
+the country were now settled by the overthrow of the viceroy, and
+the nation was reposing in quiet under the rule of Pizarro.  An
+embassy, they stated, was on its way to Castile, not to solicit
+pardon, for they had committed no crime, *25 but to petition the
+emperor to confirm their leader in the government, as the man in
+Peru best entitled to it by his virtues. *26 They expressed the
+conviction that Gasca's presence would only serve to renew the
+distractions of the country, and they darkly intimated that his
+attempt to land would probably cost him his life. - The language
+of this singular document was more respectful than might be
+inferred from its import.  It was dated the 14th of October,
+1546, and was subscribed by seventy of the principal cavaliers in
+the city.  It was not improbably dictated by Cepeda, whose hand
+is visible in most of the intrigues of Pizarro's little court.
+It is also said, - the authority is somewhat questionable, - that
+Aldana received instructions from Gonzalo secretly to offer a
+bribe of fifty thousand pesos de oro to the president, to prevail
+on him to return to Castile; and in case of his refusal, some
+darker and more effectual way was to be devised to rid the
+country of his presence. *27
+
+[Footnote 25: "Porque perdo ninguno de nosotros le pide, porque
+no entendemos que emos errado, sino seruido a su Magestad:
+conseruado nuestro derecho; que por sus leyes Reales a sus
+vasallos es permitido." Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib.
+2, cap. 33.]
+
+[Footnote 26: "Porque el por sus virtudes es muy amado de todos:
+y tenido por padre del Peru." Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+[Footnote 27: Ibid., loc. cit. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 8,
+lib. 2, cap. 10. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 8. -
+Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 177. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms.,
+ano 1546.
+
+Pizarro, in his letter to Valdivia, notices this remonstrance to
+Gasca, who, with all his reputation as a saint, was as deep as
+any man in Spain, and had now come to send him home, as a reward,
+no doubt, of his faithful services.  "But I and the rest of the
+cavaliers," he concludes, "have warned him not to set foot here."
+"Y agora que yo tenia puesta esta tierra en sosiego embiava su
+parte al de la Gasca que aunque arriba digo que dicen ques un
+santo, es un hombre mas manoso que havia en toda Espana e mas
+sabio; e asi venia por presidente e Governador, e todo quanto el
+quiera; e para poderme embiar a mi a Espana, i a cabo de dos anos
+que andavamos fuera de nuestras casas queria el Rey darme este
+pago, mas yo con todos los cavalleros deste Reyno le embiavamos a
+decir que se vaya, sino que haremos con el como con Blasco
+Nunez." Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms.]
+
+Aldana, fortified with his despatches, sped swiftly on his voyage
+to Panama.  Through him the governor learned the actual state of
+feeling in the councils of Pizarro; and he listened with regret
+to the envoy's conviction, that no terms would be admitted by
+that chief or his companions, that did not confirm him in the
+possession of Peru. *28
+[Footnote 28: With Aldana's mission to Castile Gonzalo Pizarro
+closes the important letter, so often cited in these pages, and
+which may be supposed to furnish the best arguments for his own
+conduct.  It is a curious fact, that Valdivia, the conqueror of
+Chili, to whom the epistle is addressed, soon after this openly
+espoused the cause of Gasca, and his troops formed part of the
+forces who contended with Pizarro, not long afterwards, at
+Huarina.  Such was the friend on whom Gonzalo relied!]
+
+Aldana was soon admitted to an audience by the president.  It was
+attended with very different results from what had followed from
+the conferences with Hinojosa; for Pizarro's envoy was not armed
+by nature with that stubborn panoply which had hitherto made the
+other proof against all argument.  He now learned with surprise
+the nature of Gasca's powers, and the extent of the royal
+concessions to the insurgents.  He had embarked with Gonzalo
+Pizarro on a desperate venture, and he found that it had proved
+successful.  The colony had nothing more, in reason, to demand;
+and, though devoted in heart to his leader, he did not feel bound
+by any principle of honor to take part with him, solely to
+gratify his ambition, in a wild contest with the Crown that must
+end in inevitable ruin.  He consequently abandoned his mission to
+Castile, probably never very palatable to him, and announced his
+purpose to accept the pardon proffered by government, and support
+the president in settling the affairs of Peru. He subsequently
+wrote, it should be added, to his former commander in Lima,
+stating the course he had taken, and earnestly recommending the
+latter to follow his example.
+
+The influence of this precedent in so important a person as
+Aldana, aided, doubtless, by the conviction that no change was
+now to be expected in Pizarro, while delay would be fatal to
+himself, at length prevailed over Hinojosa's scruples, and he
+intimated to Gasca his willingness to place the fleet under his
+command.  The act was performed with great pomp and ceremony.
+Some of Pizarro's stanchest partisans were previously removed
+from the vessels; and on the nineteenth of November, 1546,
+Hinojosa and his captains resigned their commissions into the
+hands of the president.  They next took the oaths of allegiance
+to Castile; a free pardon for all past offences was proclaimed by
+the herald from a scaffold erected in the great square of the
+city; and the president, greeting them as true and loyal vassals
+of the Crown, restored their several commissions to the
+cavaliers.  The royal standard of Spain was then unfurled on
+board the squadron, and proclaimed that this strong-hold of
+Pizarro's power had passed away from him for ever. *29
+
+[Footnote 29: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 9. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1,
+lib. 2, cap. 38, 42. - Gomara, Hist. de las Indias, cap. 178. -
+Ms. de Caravantes.
+Garcilasso de la Vega, - whose partiality for Gonzalo Pizarro
+forms a wholesome counterpoise to the unfavorable views taken of
+his conduct by most other writers, - in his notice of this
+transaction, seems disposed to allow little credit to that
+loyalty which is shown by the sacrifice of a benefactor.  Com.
+Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 4.]
+
+The return of their commissions to the insurgent captains was a
+politic act in Gasca.  It secured the services of the ablest
+officers in the country, and turned against Pizarro the very arm
+on which he had most leaned for support.  Thus was this great
+step achieved, without force or fraud, by Gasca's patience and
+judicious forecast.  He was content to bide his time; and he now
+might rely with well-grounded confidence on the ultimate success
+of his mission.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter II
+
+Gasca Assembles His Forces. - Defection Of Pizarro's Followers. -
+He Musters His Levies. - Agitation In Lima. - He Abandons The
+City. - Gasca Sails From Panama. - Bloody Battle Of Huarina.
+
+1547.
+
+
+No sooner was Gasca placed in possession of Panama and the fleet,
+than he entered on a more decisive course of policy than he had
+been hitherto allowed to pursue.  He made levies of men, and drew
+together supplies from all quarters.  He took care to discharge
+the arrears already due to the soldiers, and promised liberal pay
+for the future; for, though mindful that his personal charges
+should cost little to the Crown, he did not stint his expenditure
+when the public good required it.  As the funds in the treasury
+were exhausted, he obtained loans on the credit of the government
+from the wealthy citizens of Panama, who, relying on his good
+faith, readily made the necessary advances.  He next sent letters
+to the authorities of Guatemala and Mexico, requiring their
+assistance in carrying on hostilities, if necessary, against the
+insurgents; and he despatched a summons, in like manner, to
+Benalcazar, in the provinces north of Peru, to meet him, on his
+landing in that country, with his whole available force.
+
+The greatest enthusiasm was shown by the people of Panama in
+getting the little navy in order for his intended voyage; and
+prelates and commanders did not disdain to prove their loyalty by
+taking part in the good work, along with the soldiers and
+sailors. *1 Before his own departure, however, Gasca proposed to
+send a small squadron of four ships under Aldana, to cruise off
+the port of Lima, with instructions to give protection to those
+well affected to the royal cause, and receive them, if need be,
+on board his vessels.  He was also in trusted with authenticated
+copies of the president's commission, to be delivered to Gonzalo
+Pizarro, that the chief might feel, there was yet time to return
+before the gates of mercy were closed against him. *2
+
+[Footnote 1: "Y ponia sus fuercas con tanta llaneza y obediencia,
+que los Obispos y clerigos y los capitanes y mas principales
+personas eran los que primero echauan mano, y tirauan de las
+gumenas y cables de los nauios, para los sacar a la costa."
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 70.]
+
+[Footnote 2: Ibid., ubi supra. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano
+1546. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 178. - Zarate, Conq. del
+Peru, lib. 6, cap. 9. - Herrera, Hist General, dec. 8, lib. 3,
+cap. 3.]
+
+While these events were going on, Gasca's proclamations and
+letters were doing their work in Peru.  It required but little
+sagacity to perceive that the nation at large, secured in the
+protection of person and property, had nothing to gain by
+revolution.  Interest and duty, fortunately, now lay on the same
+side; and the ancient sentiment of loyalty, smothered for a time,
+but not extinguished, revived in the breasts of the people.
+Still this was not manifested, at once, by any overt act; for,
+under a strong military rule, men dared hardly think for
+themselves, much less communicate their thoughts to one another.
+But changes of public opinion, like changes in the atmosphere
+that come on slowly and imperceptibly, make themselves more and
+more widely felt, till, by a sort of silent sympathy, they spread
+to the remotest corners of the land.  Some intimations of such a
+change of sentiment at length found their way to Lima, although
+all accounts of the president's mission had been jealously
+excluded from that capital.  Gonzalo Pizarro himself became
+sensible of these symptoms of disaffection, though almost too
+faint and feeble, as yet, for the most experienced eye to descry
+in them the coming tempest.
+
+Several of the president's proclamations had been forwarded to
+Gonzalo by his faithful partisans; and Carbajal, who had been
+summoned from Potosi, declared they were "more to be dreaded than
+the lances of Castile." *3 Yet Pizarro did not, for a moment,
+lose his confidence in his own strength; and with a navy like
+that now in Panama at his command, he felt he might bid defiance
+to any enemy on his coasts.  He had implicit confidence in the
+fidelity of Hinojosa.
+
+[Footnote 3: "Que eran mas de temer aquellas cartas que a las
+lacas del Rey de Castilla." Fernandez, Hist. del Peru Parte 1,
+lib. 2, cap. 45.]
+It was at this period that Paniagua arrived off the port with
+Gasca's despatches to Pizarro, consisting of the emperor's letter
+and his own. They were instantly submitted by that chieftain to
+his trusty counsellors, Carbajal and Cepeda, and their opinions
+asked as to the course to be pursued.  It was the crisis of
+Pizarro's fate.
+
+Carbajal, whose sagacious eye fully comprehended the position in
+which they stood, was in favor of accepting the royal grace on
+the terms proposed; and he intimated his sense of their
+importance by declaring, that "he would pave the way for the
+bearer of them into the capital with ingots of gold and silver."
+*4 Cepeda was of a different way of thinking. He was a judge of
+the Royal Audience; and had been sent to Peru as the immediate
+counsellor of Blasco Nunez.  But he had turned against the
+viceroy, had encountered him in battle, and his garments might be
+said to be yet wet with his blood!  What grace was there, then,
+for him?  Whatever respect might be shown to the letter of the
+royal provisions, in point of fact, he must ever live under the
+Castilian rule a ruined man.  He accordingly strongly urged the
+rejection of Gasca's offers.  "They will cost you your
+government," he said to Pizarro; "the smooth-tongued priest is
+not so simple a person as you take him to be.  He is deep and
+politic. *5 He knows well what promises to make; and, once master
+of the country, he will know, too, how to keep them."
+
+[Footnote 4: "Y le enladrillen los caminos por do viniere con
+barras de plata, y tejos de Oro." Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte
+2, lib. 5, cap. 5.]
+[Footnote 5: "Que no lo embiauan por hombre sencillo y llano,
+sino de grandes cautelas, astucias, falsedades y enganos." Ibid.,
+loc. cit.]
+Carbajal was not shaken by the arguments or the sneers of his
+companions; and as the discussion waxed warm, Cepeda taxed his
+opponent with giving counsel suggested by fears for his own
+safety - a foolish taunt, sufficiently disproved by the whole
+life of the doughty old warrior.  Carbajal did not insist further
+on his own views, however, as he found them unwelcome to Pizarro,
+and contented himself with coolly remarking, that "he had,
+indeed, no relish for rebellion; but he had as long a neck for a
+halter, he believed, as any of his companions; and as he could
+hardly expect to live much longer, at any rate, it was, after
+all, of little moment to him." *6
+
+[Footnote 6: "Por lo demas, quado acaezca otra cosa, ya yo he
+viuido muchos anos, y tengo tan bue palmo de pescueco para la
+soga, como cada uno de vuesas mercedes." Ibid., loc. cit.]
+
+Pizarro, spurred on by a fiery ambition that overleaped every
+obstacle, *7 did not condescend to count the desperate chances of
+a contest with the Crown.  He threw his own weight into the scale
+with Cepeda.  The offer of grace was rejected; and he thus cast
+away the last tie which held him to his country, and, by the act,
+proclaimed himself a rebel. *8
+[Footnote 7: "Loca y luciferina soberuia," as Fernandez
+characterizes the aspiring temper of Gonzalo.  Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 15.]
+[Footnote 8: Ms. de Caravantes.
+
+According to Garcilasso, Paniagua was furnished with secret
+instructions by the president, empowering him, in case he judged
+it necessary to the preservation of the royal authority, to
+confirm Pizarro in the government, "it being little matter if the
+Devil ruled there, provided the country remained to the Crown!"
+The fact was so reported by Paniagua, who continued in Peru after
+these events.  (Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 5.) This is
+possible.  But it is more probable that a credulous gossip, like
+Garcilasso, should be in error, than that Charles the Fifth
+should have been prepared to make such an acknowledgment of his
+imbecility, or that the man selected for Gasca's confidence
+should have so indiscreetly betrayed his trust.]
+
+It was not long after the departure of Paniagua, that Pizarro
+received tidings of the defection of Aldana and Hinojosa, and of
+the surrender of the fleet, on which he had expended an immense
+sum, as the chief bulwark of his power.  This unwelcome
+intelligence was followed by accounts of the further defection of
+some of the principal towns in the north, and of the
+assassination of Puelles, the faithful lieutenant to whom he had
+confided the government of Quito.  It was not very long, also,
+before he found his authority assailed in the opposite quarter at
+Cuzco; for Centeno, the loyal chieftain who, as the reader may
+remember, had been driven by Carbajal to take refuge in a cave
+near Arequipa, had issued from his concealment after remaining
+there a year, and, on learning the arrival of Gasca, had again
+raised the royal standard.  Then collecting a small body of
+followers, and falling on Cuzco by night, he made himself master
+of that capital, defeated the garrison who held it, and secured
+it for the Crown.  Marching soon after into the province of
+Charcas, the bold chief allied himself with the officer who
+commanded for Pizarro in La Plata; and their combined forces, to
+the number of a thousand, took up a position on the borders of
+Lake Titicaca, where the two cavaliers coolly waited an
+opportunity to take the field against their ancient commander.
+Gonzalo Pizarro, touched to the heart by the desertion of those
+in whom he most confided, was stunned by the dismal tidings of
+his losses coming so thick upon him.  Yet he did not waste his
+time in idle crimination or complaint; but immediately set about
+making preparations to meet the storm with all his characteristic
+energy.  He wrote, at once, to such of his captains as he
+believed still faithful, commanding them to be ready with their
+troops to march to his assistance at the shortest notice. He
+reminded them of their obligations to him, and that their
+interests were identical with his own.  The president's
+commission, he added, had been made out before the news had
+reached Spain of the battle of Anaquito, and could never cover a
+pardon to those concerned in the death of the viceroy. *9
+
+[Footnote 9: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 11, 13. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte
+1, lib. 2, cap. 45, 59. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1547.]
+
+Pizarro was equally active in enforcing his levies in the
+capital, and in putting them in the best fighting order.  He soon
+saw himself at the head of a thousand men, beautifully equipped,
+and complete in all their appointments; "as gallant an array,"
+says an old writer, "though so small in number, as ever trod the
+plains of Italy," - displaying in the excellence of their arms,
+their gorgeous uniforms, and the caparisons of their horses, a
+magnificence that could be furnished only by the silver of Peru.
+*10 Each company was provided with a new stand of colors,
+emblazoned with its peculiar device.  Some bore the initials and
+arms of Pizarro, and one or two of these were audaciously
+surmounted by a crown, as if to intimate the rank to which their
+commander might aspire. *11
+[Footnote 10: "Mil Hombres tan bien armados i aderecados, como se
+han visto en Italia, en la maior prosperidad, porque ninguno
+havia, demas de las Armas, que no llevase Calcas, i Jubon de
+Seda, i muchos de Tela de Oro, i de Brocado, i otros bordados, i
+recamados de Oro, i Plata, con mucha Chaperia de Oro por los
+Sombreros, i especialmente por Frascos, i Caxas de Arcubuces."
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 11.]
+[Footnote 11: Ibid., ubi supra.
+
+Some writers even assert that Pizarro was preparing for his
+coronation at this time, and that he had actually despatched his
+summons to the different towns to send their deputies to assist
+at it.  "Queria spresurar su coronacion, y para ello despacho
+cartas a todas las ciudades del Peru." (Montesinos, Annales, Ms.,
+ano 1547.) But it is hardly probable he could have placed so
+blind a confidence in the colonists at this crisis, as to have
+meditated so rash a step.  The loyal Castilian historians are not
+slow to receive reports to the discredit of the rebel.]
+Among the leaders most conspicuous on this occasion was Cepeda,
+"who," in the words of a writer of his time, "had exchanged the
+robe of the licentiate for the plumed casque and mailed harness
+of the warrior." *12 But the cavalier to whom Pizarro confided
+the chief care of organizing his battalions was the veteran
+Carbajal, who had studied the art of war under the best captains
+of Europe, and whose life of adventure had been a practical
+commentary on their early lessons.  It was on his arm that
+Gonzalo most leaned in the hour of danger; and well had it been
+for him, if he had profited by his counsels at an earlier period.
+[Footnote 12: "El qual en este tiempo, oluidado de lo que
+conuenia a sus letras, y profession, y officio de Oydor; salio en
+calcas jubon, y cuera, de muchos recamados: y gorra con plumas."
+Fernandez Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2 cap. 62.]
+
+It gives one some idea of the luxurious accommodations of
+Pizarro's forces, that he endeavoured to provide each of his
+musketeers with a horse.  The expenses incurred by him were
+enormous.  The immediate cost of his preparations, we are told,
+was not less than half a million of pesos de oro; and his pay to
+the cavaliers, and, indeed, to the common soldiers, in his little
+army, was on an extravagant scale, nowhere to be met with but on
+the silver soil of Peru. *13
+[Footnote 13: Ibid., ubi supra. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 6,
+cap. 11. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 3, cap. 5. -
+Montesinos, Annales, ano 1547.]
+
+When his own funds were exhausted, he supplied the deficiency by
+fines imposed on the rich citizens of Lima as the price of
+exemption from service, by forced loans, and various other
+schemes of military exaction. *14 From this time, it is said, the
+chieftain's temper underwent a visible change. *15 He became more
+violent in his passions, more impatient of control, and indulged
+more freely in acts of cruelty and license.  The desperate cause
+in which he was involved made him reckless of consequences.
+Though naturally frank and confiding, the frequent defection of
+his followers filled him with suspicion.  He knew not in whom to
+confide.  Every one who showed himself indifferent to his cause,
+or was suspected of being so, was dealt with as an open enemy.
+The greatest distrust prevailed in Lima.  No man dared confide in
+his neighbour.  Some concealed their effects; others contrived to
+elude the vigilance of the sentinels, and hid themselves in the
+neighbouring woods and mountains. *16 No one was allowed to enter
+or leave the city without a license.  All commerce, all
+intercourse, with other places was cut off.  It was long since
+the fifths belonging to the Crown had been remitted to Castile;
+as Pizarro had appropriated them to his own use.  He now took
+possession of the mints, broke up the royal stamps, and issued a
+debased coin, emblazoned with his own cipher. *17 It was the most
+decisive act of sovereignty.
+
+[Footnote 14: Fernandez, Parte 1, lib. 2 cap. 62. - Montesinos,
+Annales Ms., ano 1547.]
+
+[Footnote 15: Gomara, Hist. de las Ind. cap. 172.]
+
+[Footnote 16: "Andaba la Gente tan asombrada con el temor de la
+muerte, que no se podian entender, ni tenian animo para huir, i
+algunos, que hallaron mejor aparejo, se escondieron por los
+Canaverales, i Cuevas, enterrando sus Haciendas." Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 15.]
+[Footnote 17: Rel. Anonima, Ms. - Montesinos Annales, Ms., ano
+1547. "Assi mismo echo Gozalo Picarro a toda la plata que gastaua
+y destribuya su marca, que era una G. rebuelta en una P. y
+pregono que so pena de muerte, todos recibiessen por plata fina
+la que tuuiesse aquella marca: sin ensayo, ni otra diligencia
+alguna.  Y desta suerte hizo passar mucha plata de ley baja por
+fina." Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 62.]
+
+At this gloomy period, the lawyer Cepeda contrived a solemn
+farce, the intent of which was to give a sort of legal sanction
+to the rebel cause in the eyes of the populace.  He caused a
+process to be prepared against Gasca, Hinojosa, and Aldana, in
+which they were accused of treason against the existing
+government of Peru, were convicted, and condemned to death.  This
+instrument he submitted to a number of jurists in the capital,
+requiring their signatures.  But they had no mind thus inevitably
+to implicate themselves, by affixing their names to such a paper;
+and they evaded it by representing, that it would only serve to
+cut off all chance, should any of the accused be so disposed, of
+their again embracing the cause they had deserted.  Cepeda was
+the only man who signed the document. Carbajal treated the whole
+thing with ridicule.  "What is the object of your process?" said
+he to Cepeda.  "Its object," replied the latter, "is to prevent
+delay, that, if taken at any time, the guilty party may be at
+once led to execution." "I cry you mercy," retorted Carbajal; "I
+thought there must be some virtue in the instrument, that would
+have killed them outright.  Let but one of these same traitors
+fall into my hands, and I will march him off to execution,
+without waiting for the sentence of a court, I promise you!" *18
+
+[Footnote 18: "Riose mucho entonces Caruajal y dixo; que segu
+auia hecho la instancia, que auia entendido, que la justicia como
+rayo, auia de yr luego a justiciarlos.  Y dezia que si el los
+tuuiesse presos, no se le daria vn clauo por su sentecia, ni
+firmas." (Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 55.) Among the jurists in
+Lima who thus independently resisted Cepeda's requisition to sign
+the paper was the Licentiate Polo Ondegardo, a man of much
+discretion, and one of the best authorities for the ancient
+institutions of the Incas.]
+
+While this paper war was going on, news was brought that Aldana's
+squadron was off the port of Callao.  That commander had sailed
+from Panama, the middle of February, 1547.  On his passage down
+the coast he had landed at Truxillo, where the citizens welcomed
+him with enthusiasm, and eagerly proclaimed their submission to
+the royal authority.  He received, at the same time, messages
+from several of Pizarro's officers in the interior, intimating
+their return to their duty, and their readiness to support the
+president.  Aldana named Caxamalca as a place of rendezvous,
+where they should concentrate their forces, and wait the landing
+of Gasca.  He then continued his voyage towards Lima.
+No sooner was Pizarro informed of his approach, than, fearful
+lest it might have a disastrous effect in seducing his followers
+from their fidelity, he marched them about a league out of the
+city, and there encamped.  He was two leagues from the coast, and
+he posted a guard on the shore, to intercept all communication
+with the vessels.  Before leaving the capital, Cepeda resorted to
+an expedient for securing the inhabitants more firmly, as he
+conceived, in Pizarro's interests.  He caused the citizens to be
+assembled, and made them a studied harangue, in which he
+expatiated on the services of their governor, and the security
+which the country had enjoyed under his rule.  He then told them
+that every man was at liberty to choose for himself; to remain
+under the protection of their present ruler, or, if they
+preferred, to transfer their allegiance to his enemy.  He invited
+them to speak their minds, but required every one who would still
+continue under Pizarro to take an oath of fidelity to his cause,
+with the assurance, that, if any should be so false hereafter as
+to violate this pledge, he should pay for it with his life. *19
+There was no one found bold enough - with his head thus in the
+lion's mouth - to swerve from his obedience to Pizarro; and every
+man took the oath prescribed, which was administered in the most
+solemn and imposing form by the licentiate.  Carbajal, as usual,
+made a jest of the whole proceeding. "How long," he asked his
+companion, "do you think these same oaths will stand?  The first
+wind that blows off the coast after we are gone will scatter them
+in air!" His prediction was soon verified.
+
+[Footnote 19: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Fernandez,
+Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 61. - Montesinos, Annales,
+Ms., ano 1547. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 11, 14.]
+
+Meantime, Aldana anchored off the port, where there was no vessel
+of the insurgents to molest him.  By Cepeda's advice, some four
+or five had been burnt a short time before, during the absence of
+Carbajal, in order to cut off all means by which the inhabitants
+could leave the place.  This was deeply deplored by the veteran
+soldier on his return.  "It was destroying," he said, "the
+guardian angels of Lima." *20 And certainly, under such a
+commander, they might now have stood Pizarro in good stead but
+his star was on the wane.
+
+[Footnote 20: "Entre otras cosas dixo a Goncalo Picarro vuesa
+Senoria mando quemar cinco angeles que tenia en su puerto para
+guarda y defensa de la costa del Peru." Garcilasso, Parte 2, lit.
+5, cap. 6.]
+
+The first act of Aldana was to cause the copy of Gasca's powers,
+with which he had been intrusted, to be conveyed to his ancient
+commander, by whom it was indignantly torn in pieces.  Aldana
+next contrived, by means of his agents, to circulate among the
+citizens, and even the soldiers of the camp, the president's
+manifestoes.  They were not long in producing their effect.  Few
+had been at all aware of the real purport of Gasca's mission, of
+the extent of his powers, or of the generous terms offered by
+government.  They shrunk from the desperate course into which
+they had been thus unwarily seduced, and they sought only in what
+way they could, with least danger, extricate themselves from
+their present position, and return to their allegiance.  Some
+escaped by night from the camp, eluded the vigilance of the
+sentinels, and effected their retreat on board the vessels.  Some
+were taken, and found no quarter at the hands of Carbajal and his
+merciless ministers.  But, where the spirit of disaffection was
+abroad, means of escape were not wanting.
+
+As the fugitives were cut off from Lima and the neighbouring
+coast, they secreted themselves in the forests and mountains, and
+watched their opportunity for making their way to Truxillo and
+other ports at a distance; and so contagious was the example,
+that it not unfrequently happened that the very soldiers sent in
+pursuit of the deserters joined with them.  Among those that fled
+was the Licentiate Carbajal, who must not be confounded with his
+military namesake.  He was the same cavalier whose brother had
+been put to death in Lima by Blasco Nunez, and who revenged
+himself, as we have seen, by imbruing his own hands in the blood
+of the viceroy.  That a person thus implicated should trust to
+the royal pardon showed that no one need despair of it; and the
+example proved most disastrous to Pizarro. *21
+
+[Footnote 21: Pedro Pizarro, Descub.  y Conq., Ms. - Gomara,
+Hist. de las Ind., cap. 180. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte
+1, lib. 2, cap. 63, 65. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 6, cap.
+15, 16.]
+
+Carbajal, who made a jest of every thing, even of the misfortunes
+which pinched him the sharpest, when told of the desertion of his
+comrades, amused himself by humming the words of a popular ditty:
+-
+"The wind blows the hairs off my head, mother:
+Two at a time, it blows them away!" *22
+
+[Footnote 22: "Estos mis Cabellicos, Madre,
+Dos a dos me los lleva el Aire."
+Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap 180.]
+
+But the defection of his followers made a deeper impression on
+Pizarro, and he was sorely distressed as he beheld the gallant
+array, to which he had so confidently looked for gaining his
+battles, thus melting away like a morning mist.  Bewildered by
+the treachery of those in whom he had most trusted, he knew not
+where to turn, nor what course to take.  It was evident that he
+must leave his present dangerous quarters without loss of time.
+But whither should he direct his steps?  In the north, the great
+towns had abandoned his cause, and the president was already
+marching against him; while Centeno held the passes of the south,
+with a force double his own.  In this emergency, he at length
+resolved to occupy Arequipa, a seaport still true to him, where
+he might remain till he had decided on some future course of
+operations.
+
+After a painful but rapid march, Gonzalo arrived at this place,
+where he was speedily joined by a reinforcement that he had
+detached for the recovery of Cuzco.  But so frequent had been the
+desertions from both companies, - though in Pizarro's corps these
+had greatly lessened since the departure from the neighbourhood
+of Lima, - that his whole number did not exceed five hundred men,
+less than half of the force which he had so recently mustered in
+the capital.  To such humble circumstances was the man now
+reduced, who had so lately lorded it over the land with unlimited
+sway!  Still the chief did not despond.  He had gathered new
+spirit from the excitement of his march and his distance from
+Lima; and he seemed to recover his former confidence, as he
+exclaimed, - "It is misfortune that teaches us who are our
+friends.  If but ten only remain true to me, fear not but I will
+again be master of Peru!" *23
+
+[Footnote 23: "Aunque siempre dijo: que con diez Amigos que le
+quedasen, havia de conservarse, i conquistar de nuevo el Peru:
+tanta era su sana,sana o su sobervia." Ibid., loc cit.]
+
+No sooner had the rebel forces withdrawn from the neighbourhood
+of Lima, than the inhabitants of that city, little troubled, as
+Carbajal had predicted, by their compulsory oaths of allegiance
+to Pizarro, threw open their gates to Aldana, who took possession
+of this important place in the name of the president.  That
+commander, meanwhile, had sailed with his whole fleet from
+Panama, on the tenth of April, 1547.  The first part of his
+voyage was prosperous; but he was soon perplexed by contrary
+currents, and the weather became rough and tempestuous.  The
+violence of the storm continuing day after day, the sea was
+lashed into fury, and the fleet was tossed about on the billows,
+which ran mountain high, as if emulating the wild character of
+the region they bounded.  The rain descended in torrents, and the
+lightning was so incessant, that the vessels, to quote the lively
+language of the chronicler, "seemed to be driving through seas of
+flame!" *24 The hearts of the stoutest mariners were filled with
+dismay. They considered it hopeless to struggle against the
+elements, and they loudly demanded to return to the continent,
+and postpone the voyage till a more favorable season of the year.
+
+[Footnote 24: "Y los truenos y relapagos eran tantos y tales; que
+siempre parecia que estauan en llamas, y que sobre ellos venian
+Rayos (que en todas aquellas partes caen muchos)." (Fernandez,
+Hist del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 71.) The vivid coloring of
+the old chronicler shows that he had himself been familiar with
+these tropics tempests on the Pacific.]
+But the president saw in this the ruin of his cause, as well as
+of the loyal vassals who had engaged, on his landing, to support
+it.  "I am willing to die," he said, "but not to return"; and,
+regardless of the remonstrances of his more timid followers he
+insisted on carrying as much sail as the ships could possibly
+bear, at every interval of the storm. *25 Meanwhile, to divert
+the minds of the seamen from their present danger, Gasca amused
+them by explaining some of the strange phenomena exhibited by the
+ocean in the tempest, which had filled their superstitious minds
+with mysterious dread. *26
+
+[Footnote 25: "Y con lo poco que en aquella sazon, el Presidente
+estimaua la vida si no auia de hazer la jornada: y el gran desseo
+que tenia de hazeria se puso cotra ellos diziendo, que qual
+quiera que le tocasse en abaxar vela, le costaria la vida."
+Fernandez, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 71.]
+[Footnote 26: The phosphoric lights, sometimes seen in a storm at
+sea, were observed to hover round the masts and rigging of the
+president's vessel; and he amused the seamen, according to
+Fernandez, by explaining the phenomenon, and telling the fables
+to which they had given rise in ancient mythology. - This little
+anecdote affords a key to Gasca's popularity with even the
+humblest classes.]
+
+Signals had been given for the ships to make the best of their
+way, each for itself, to the island of Gorgona.  Here they
+arrived, one after another, with but a single exception, though
+all more or less shattered by the weather.  The president waited
+only for the fury of the elements to spend itself when he again
+embarked, and, on smoother waters, crossed over to Manta.  From
+this place he soon after continued his voyage to Tumbez, and
+landed at that port on the thirteenth of June.  He was everywhere
+received with enthusiasm, and all seemed anxious to efface the
+remembrance of the past by professions of future fidelity to the
+Crown.  Gasca received, also, numerous letters of congratulation
+from cavaliers in the interior, most of whom had formerly taken
+service under Pizarro.  He made courteous acknowledgments for
+their offers of assistance, and commanded them to repair to
+Caxamalca, the general place of rendezvous.
+To this same spot he sent Hinojosa, so soon as that officer had
+disembarked with the land forces from the fleet, ordering him to
+take command of the levies assembled there, and then join him at
+Xauxa.  Here he determined to establish his head-quarters.  It
+lay in a rich and abundant territory, and by its central position
+afforded a point for acting with greatest advantage against the
+enemy.
+
+He then moved forward, at the head of a small detachment of
+cavalry, along the level road on the coast.  After halting for a
+short time in that loyal city, he traversed the mountain range on
+the southeast, and soon entered the fruitful valley of Xauxa.
+There he was presently joined by reinforcements from the north,
+as well as from the principal places on the coast; and, not long
+after his arrival, received a message from Centeno, informing him
+that he held the passes by which Gonzalo Pizarro was preparing to
+make his escape from the country, and that the insurgent chief
+must soon fall into his hands.
+The royal camp was greatly elated by these tidings.  The war,
+then, was at length terminated, and that without the president
+having been called upon so much as to lift his sword against a
+Spaniard.  Several of his counsellors now advised him to disband
+the greater part of his forces, as burdensome and no longer
+necessary.  But the president was too wise to weaken his strength
+before he had secured the victory.  He consented, however, to
+countermand the requisition for levies from Mexico and the
+adjoining colonies, as now feeling sufficiently strong in the
+general loyalty of the country.  But, concentrating his forces at
+Xauxa, he established his quarters in that town, as he had first
+intended, resolved to await there tidings of the operations in
+the south.  The result was different from what he had expected.
+*27
+
+[Footnote 27: For the preceding pages, see Pedro Pizarro, Descub.
+y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 1. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 3, cap. 14, et seq. - Fernandez,
+Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 71-77. - Ms. de Caravantes.
+
+This last writer, who held an important post in the department of
+colonial finance, had opportunities of information which have
+enabled him to furnish several particulars not to be met with
+elsewhere, respecting the principal actors in these turbulent
+times.  His work, still in manuscript, which formerly existed in
+the archives of the University of Salamanca, has been transferred
+to the King's library at Madrid.]
+Pizarro, meanwhile, whom we left at Arequipa, had decided, after
+much deliberation, to evacuate Peru, and pass into Chili.  In
+this territory, beyond the president's jurisdiction, he might
+find a safe retreat.  The fickle people, he thought, would soon
+weary of their new ruler; and he would then rally in sufficient
+strength to resume active operations for the recovery of his
+domain.  Such were the calculations of the rebel chieftain.  But
+how was he to effect his object, while the passes among the
+mountains, where his route lay, were held by Centeno with a force
+more than double his own?  He resolved to try negotiation; for
+that captain had once served under him, and had, indeed, been
+most active in persuading Pizarro to take on himself the office
+of procurator.  Advancing, accordingly, in the direction of Lake
+Titicaca, in the neighbourhood of which Centeno had pitched his
+camp, Gonzalo despatched an emissary to his quarters to open a
+negotiation.  He called to his adversary's recollection the
+friendly relations that had once subsisted between them; and
+reminded him of one occasion in particular, in which he had
+spared his life, when convicted of a conspiracy against himself.
+He harboured no sentiments of unkindness, he said, for Centeno's
+recent conduct, and had not now come to seek a quarrel with him.
+His purpose was to abandon Peru; and the only favor he had to
+request of his former associate was to leave him a free passage
+across the mountains.
+
+To this communication Centeno made answer in terms as courtly as
+those of Pizarro himself, that he was not unmindful of their
+ancient friendship.  He was now ready to serve his former
+commander in any way not inconsistent with honor, or obedience to
+his sovereign.  But he was there in arms for the royal cause, and
+he could not swerve from his duty.  If Pizarro would but rely on
+his faith, and surrender himself up, he pledged his knightly word
+to use all his interest with the government, to secure as
+favorable terms for him and his followers as had been granted to
+the rest of their countrymen - Gonzalo listened to the smooth
+promises of his ancient comrade with bitter scorn depicted in his
+countenance, and, snatching the letter from his secretary, cast
+it away from him with indignation.  There was nothing left but an
+appeal to arms. *28
+[Footnote 28: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 16. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 7.]
+He at once broke up his encampment, and directed his march on the
+borders of Lake Titicaca, near which lay his rival.  He resorted,
+however, to stratagem, that he might still, if possible, avoid an
+encounter.  He sent forward his scouts in a different direction
+from that which he intended to take, and then quickened his march
+on Huarina.  This was a small town situated on the southeastern
+extremity of Lake Titicaca, the shores of which, the seat of the
+primitive civilization of the Incas, were soon to resound with
+the murderous strife of their more civilized conquerors!
+
+But Pizarro's movements had been secretly communicated to
+Centeno, and that commander, accordingly, changing his ground,
+took up a position not far from Huarina, on the same day on which
+Gonzalo reached this place. The videttes of the two camps came in
+sight of each other that evening, and the rival forces, lying on
+their arms, prepared for action on the following morning.
+
+It was the twenty-sixth of October, 1547, when the two
+commanders, having formed their troops in order of battle,
+advanced to the encounter on the plains of Huarina.  The ground,
+defended on one side by a bold spur of the Andes, and not far
+removed on the other from the waters of Titicaca, was an open and
+level plain, well suited to military manoeuvres. It seemed as if
+prepared by Nature as the lists for an encounter.
+Centeno's army amounted to about a thousand men.  His cavalry
+consisted of near two hundred and fifty, well equipped and
+mounted.  Among them were several gentlemen of family, some of
+whom had once followed the banners of Pizarro, the whole forming
+an efficient corps, in which rode some of the best lances of
+Peru.  His arquebusiers were less numerous, not exceeding a
+hundred and fifty, indifferently provided with ammunition. The
+remainder, and much the larger part of Centeno's army, consisted
+of spearmen, irregular levies hastily drawn together, and
+possessed of little discipline. *29
+
+[Footnote 29: In the estimate of Centeno's forces, - which
+ranges, in the different accounts, from seven hundred to twelve
+hundred, - I have taken the intermediate number of a thousand
+adopted by Zarate, as, on the whole, more probable than either
+extreme.]
+
+This corps of infantry formed the centre of his line, flanked by
+the arquebusiers in two nearly equal divisions, while his cavalry
+were also disposed in two bodies on the right and left wings.
+Unfortunately, Centeno had been for the past week ill of a
+pleurisy, - so ill, indeed, that on the preceding day he had been
+bled several times.  He was now too feeble to keep his saddle,
+but was carried in a litter, and when he had seen his men formed
+in order, he withdrew to a distance from the field, unable to
+take part in the action.  But Solano, the militant bishop of
+Cuzco, who, with several of his followers, took part in the
+engagement, - a circumstance, indeed, of no strange occurrence, -
+rode along the ranks with the crucifix in his hand, bestowing his
+benediction on the soldiers, and exhorting each man to do his
+duty.
+
+Pizarro's forces were less than half of his rival's, not
+amounting to more than four hundred and eighty men.  The horse
+did not muster above eighty-five in all, and he posted them in a
+single body on the right of his battalion.  The strength of his
+army lay in his arquebusiers, about three hundred and fifty in
+number.  It was an admirable corps, commanded by Carbajal, by
+whom it had been carefully drilled.  Considering the excellence
+of its arms, and its thorough discipline, this little body of
+infantry might be considered as the flower of the Peruvian
+soldiery, and on it Pizarro mainly relied for the success of the
+day. *30 The remainder of his force, consisting of pikemen, not
+formidable for their numbers, though, like the rest of the
+infantry, under excellent discipline, he distributed on the left
+of his musketeers, so as to repel the enemy's horse.
+
+[Footnote 30: Flor de la milicia del Peru, says Garcilasso de la
+Vega, who compares Carbajal to an expert chess-player, disposing
+his pieces in such a manner as must infallibly secure him the
+victory.  Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 18.]
+
+Pizarro himself had charge of the cavalry, taking his place, as
+usual, in the foremost rank.  He was superbly accoutred.  Over
+his shining mail he wore a sobre-vest of slashed velvet of a rich
+crimson color, and he rode a high-mettled charger, whose gaudy
+caparisons, with the showy livery of his rider, made the fearless
+commander the most conspicuous object in the field.
+
+His lieutenant, Carbajal, was equipped in a very different style.
+He wore armour of proof of the most homely appearance, but strong
+and serviceable; and his steel bonnet, with its closely barred
+visor of the same material, protected his head from more than one
+desperate blow on that day.  Over his arms he wore a surcoat of a
+greenish color, and he rode an active, strong-boned jennet,
+which, though capable of enduring fatigue, possessed neither
+grace nor beauty.  It would not have been easy to distinguish the
+veteran from the most ordinary cavalier.
+The two hosts arrived within six hundred paces of each other,
+when they both halted.  Carbajal preferred to receive the attack
+of the enemy, rather than advance further; for the ground he now
+occupied afforded a free range for his musketry, unobstructed by
+the trees or bushes that were sprinkled over some other parts of
+the field.  There was a singular motive, in addition, for
+retaining his present position.  The soldiers were encumbered,
+some with two, some with three, arquebuses each, being the arms
+left by those who, from time to time, had deserted the camp. This
+uncommon supply of muskets, however serious an impediment on a
+march, might afford great advantage to troops waiting an assault;
+since, from the imperfect knowledge as well as construction of
+fire-arms at that day, much time was wasted in loading them. *31
+
+[Footnote 31: Garcilasso, Com. Real., ubi supra.
+
+The historian's father - of the same name with himself - was one
+of the few noble cavaliers who remained faithful to Gonzalo
+Pizarro, in the wane of his fortunes.  He was present at the
+battle of Huarina; and the particulars which he gave his son
+enabled the latter to supply many deficiencies in the reports of
+historians.]
+
+Preferring, therefore, that the enemy should begin the attack,
+Carbajal came to a halt, while the opposite squadron, after a
+short respite, continued their advance a hundred paces farther.
+Seeing that they then remained immovable, Carbajal detached a
+small party of skirmishers to the front, in order to provoke
+them; but it was soon encountered by a similar party of the
+enemy, and some shots were exchanged, though with little damage
+to either side.  Finding this manoeuvre fail, the veteran ordered
+his men to advance a few paces, still hoping to provoke his
+antagonist to the charge.  This succeeded.  "We lose honor,"
+exclaimed Centeno's soldiers; who, with a bastard sort of
+chivalry, belonging to undisciplined troops, felt it a disgrace
+to await an assault.  In vain their officers called out to them
+to remain at their post.  Their commander was absent, and they
+were urged on by the cries of a frantic friar, named Domingo
+Ruiz, who, believing the Philistines were delivered into their
+hands, called out, - "Now is the time!  Onward, onward, fall on
+the enemy!" *32 There needed nothing further and the men rushed
+forward in tumultuous haste, the pikemen carrying their levelled
+weapons so heedlessly as to interfere with one another, and in
+some instances to wound their comrades.  The musketeers, at the
+same time, kept up a disorderly fire as they advanced, which,
+from their rapid motion and the distance, did no execution.
+
+[Footnote 32: "A las manos, a las manos; a ellos, a ellos."
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 79.]
+
+Carbajal was well pleased to see his enemies thus wasting their
+ammunition.  Though he allowed a few muskets to be discharged, in
+order to stimulate his opponents the more, he commanded the great
+body of his infantry to reserve their fire till every shot could
+take effect.  As he knew the tendency of marksmen to shoot above
+the mark, he directed his men to aim at the girdle, or even a
+little below it; adding, that a shot that fell short might still
+do damage, while one that passed a hair's breadth above the head
+was wasted. *33
+
+[Footnote 33: Garcilasso, Com. Real., ubi supra.]
+
+The veteran's company stood calm and unmoved, as Centeno's
+rapidly advanced; but when the latter had arrived within a
+hundred paces of their antagonists, Carbajal gave the word to
+fire.  An instantaneous volley ran along the line, and a tempest
+of balls was poured into the ranks of the assailants, with such
+unerring aim, that more than a hundred fell dead on the field,
+while a still greater number were wounded.  Before they could
+recover from their disorder, Carbajal's men, snatching up their
+remaining pieces, discharged them with the like dreadful effect
+into the thick of the enemy.  The confusion of the latter was now
+complete.  Unable to sustain the incessant shower of balls which
+fell on them from the scattering fire kept up by the
+arquebusiers, they were seized with a panic, and fled, scarcely
+making a show of further fight, from the field.
+But very different was the fortune of the day in the cavalry
+combat. Gonzalo Pizarro had drawn up his troop somewhat in the
+rear of Carbajal's right, in order to give the latter a freer
+range for the play of his musketry.  When the enemy's horse on
+the left galloped briskly against him, Pizarro, still favoring
+Carbajal, - whose fire, moreover, inflicted some loss on the
+assailants, - advanced but a few rods to receive the charge.
+Centeno's squadron, accordingly, came thundering on in full
+career, and, notwithstanding the mischief sustained from their
+enemy's musketry, fell with such fury on their adversaries as to
+overturn them, man and horse, in the dust; "riding over their
+prostrate bodies," says the historian, "as if they had been a
+flock of sheep!" *34 The latter, with great difficulty recovering
+from the first shock, attempted to rally and sustain the fight on
+more equal terms.
+
+[Footnote 34: "Los de Diego Centeno, como yuan con la pujanca de
+vna zariera larga, lleuaron a los de Goncalo Picarro de
+encuentro, y los tropellaron como si fueran ouejas, y cayeron
+cauallos y caualleros." Ibid., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 19]
+
+Yet the chief could not regain the ground he had lost.  His men
+were driven back at all points.  Many were slain, many more
+wounded, on both sides, and the ground was covered with the dead
+bodies of men and horses. But the loss fell much the most heavily
+on Pizarro's troop; and the greater part of those who escaped
+with life were obliged to surrender as prisoners.  Cepeda, who
+fought with the fury of despair, received a severe cut from a
+sabre across the face, which disabled him and forced him to
+yield. *35 Pizarro, after seeing his best and bravest fall around
+him, was set upon by three or four cavaliers at once.
+Disentangling himself from the melee, he put spurs to his horse,
+and the noble animal, bleeding from a severe wound across the
+back, outstripped all his pursuers except one, who stayed him by
+seizing the bridle.  It would have gone hard with Gonzalo, but,
+grasping a light battle-axe, which hung by his side, he dealt
+such a blow on the head of his enemy's horse that he plunged
+violently, and compelled his rider to release his hold.  A number
+of arquebusiers, in the mean time, seeing Pizarro's distress,
+sprang forward to his rescue, slew two of his assailants who had
+now come up with him, and forced the others to fly in their turn.
+*36
+
+[Footnote 35: Cepeda's wound laid open his nose, leaving so
+hideous a scar that he was obliged afterwards to cover it with a
+patch, as Garcilasso tells us, who frequently saw him in Cuzco.]
+
+[Footnote 36: According to most authorities, Pizarro's horse was
+not only wounded but slain in the fight, and the loss was
+supplied by his friend Garcilasso de la Vega, who mounted him on
+his own.  This timely aid to the rebel did no service to the
+generous cavalier in after times, but was urged against him by
+his enemies as a crime.  The fact is stoutly denied by his son,
+the historian, who seems anxious to relieve his father from this
+honorable imputation, which threw a cloud over both their
+fortunes Ibid. Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 23]
+
+The rout of the cavalry was complete, and Pizarro considered the
+day as lost, as he heard the enemy's trumpet sending forth the
+note of victory.  But the sounds had scarcely died away, when
+they were taken up by the opposite side.  Centeno's infantry had
+been discomfited, as we have seen, and driven off the ground.
+But his cavalry on the right had charged Carbajal's left,
+consisting of spearmen mingled with arquebusiers.  The horse rode
+straight against this formidable phalanx.  But they were unable
+to break through the dense array of pikes, held by the steady
+hands of troops who stood firm and fearless on their post; while,
+at the same time, the assailants were greatly annoyed by the
+galling fire of the arquebusiers in the rear of the spearmen.
+Finding it impracticable to make a breach, the horsemen rode
+round the flanks in much disorder, and finally joined themselves
+with the victorious squadron of Centeno's cavalry in the rear.
+Both parties now attempted another charge on Carbajal's
+battalion.  But his men facing about with the promptness and
+discipline of well-trained soldiers, the rear was converted into
+the front.  The same forest of spears was presented to the
+attack; while an incessant discharge of balls punished the
+audacity of the cavaliers, who, broken and completely dispirited
+by their ineffectual attempt, at length imitated the example of
+the panic-struck foot, and abandoned the field.
+Pizarro and a few of his comrades still fit for action followed
+up the pursuit for a short distance only, as, indeed, they were
+in no condition themselves, nor sufficiently strong in numbers,
+long to continue it.  The victory was complete, and the insurgent
+chief took possession of the deserted tents of the enemy, where
+an immense booty was obtained in silver; *37 and where he also
+found the tables spread for the refreshment of Centeno's soldiers
+after their return from the field.  So confident were they of
+success!  The repast now served the necessities of their
+conquerors.  Such is the fortune of war!  It was, indeed, a most
+decisive action; and Gonzalo Pizarro, as he rode over the field
+strewed with the corpses of his enemies, was observed several
+times to cross himself and exclaim, - "Jesu!  what a victory!"
+
+[Footnote 37: The booty amounted to no less than one million four
+hundred thousand pesos, according to Fernandez.  'El saco que vuo
+fue grande: que se dixo ser de mas de vn millon y quatrocietos
+mil pesos." (Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 79.) The
+amount is, doubtless, grossly exaggerated.  But we get to be so
+familiar with the golden wonders of Peru, that, like the reader
+of the "Arabian Nights," we become of too easy faith to resort to
+the vulgar standard of probability]
+
+No less than three hundred and fifty of Centeno's followers were
+killed, and the number of wounded was even greater.  More than a
+hundred of these are computed to have perished from exposure
+during the following night; for, although the climate in this
+elevated region is temperate, yet the night winds blowing over
+the mountains are sharp and piercing, and many a wounded wretch,
+who might have been restored by careful treatment, was chilled by
+the damps, and found a stiffened corpse at sunrise.  The victory
+was not purchased without a heavy loss on the part of the
+conquerors, a hundred or more of whom were left on the field.
+Their bodies lay thick on that part of the ground occupied by
+Pizarro's cavalry, where the fight raged hottest.  In this narrow
+space were found, also, the bodies of more than a hundred horses,
+the greater part of which, as well as those of their riders,
+usually slain with them, belonged to the victorious army.  It was
+the most fatal battle that had yet been fought on the
+blood-stained soil of Peru. *38
+
+[Footnote 38: "La mas sangrienta batalla que vuo en el Peru."
+Ibid., loc. cit.
+
+In the accounts of this battle there are discrepancies, as usual,
+which the historian must reconcile as he can.  But on the whole,
+there is a general conformity in the outline and in the prominent
+points.  All concur in representing it as the bloodiest fight
+that had yet occurred between the Spaniards in Peru, and all
+assign to Carbajal the credit of the victory. - For authorities,
+besides Garcilasso and Fernandez, repeatedly quoted, see Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.  (He was present in the action.) -
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap 3. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec 8, lib. 4, cap. 2. - Gomara, Hist de las Indias, cap. 181. -
+Montesi nos, Annales, Ms., ano 1547]
+
+The glory of the day - the melancholy glory - must be referred
+almost wholly to Carbajal and his valiant squadron.  The
+judicious arrangements of the old warrior, with the thorough
+discipline and unflinching courage of his followers, retrieved
+the fortunes of the fight, when it was nearly lost by the
+cavalry, and secured the victory.
+
+Carbajal, proof against all fatigue, followed up the pursuit with
+those of his men that were in condition to join him.  Such of the
+unhappy fugitives as fell into his hands - most of whom had been
+traitors to the cause of Pizarro - were sent to instant
+execution.  The laurels he had won in the field against brave men
+in arms, like himself, were tarnished by cruelty towards his
+defenceless captives.  Their commander, Centeno, more fortunate,
+made his escape.  Finding the battle lost, he quitted his litter,
+threw himself upon his horse, and, notwithstanding his illness,
+urged on by the dreadful doom that awaited him, if taken, he
+succeeded in making his way into the neighbouring sierra.  Here
+he vanished from his pursuers, and, like a wounded stag, with the
+chase close upon his track, he still contrived to elude it, by
+plunging into the depths of the forests, till, by a circuitous
+route, he miraculously succeeded in effecting his escape to Lima.
+The bishop of Cuzco, who went off in a different direction, was
+no less fortunate.  Happy for him that he did not fall into the
+hands of the ruthless Carbajal, who, as the bishop had once been
+a partisan of Pizarro, would, to judge from the little respect he
+usually showed those of his cloth, have felt as little
+compunction in sentencing him to the gibbet as if he had been the
+meanest of the common file. *39
+
+[Footnote 39: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Fernandez,
+Hist.del Peru, ubi supra. - Zarate, lib.  7, cap. 3. -
+Garcilasso, Com Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 21, 22]
+
+On the day following the action, Gonzalo Pizarro caused the
+bodies of the soldiers, still lying side by side on the field
+where they had been so lately engaged together in mortal strife,
+to be deposited in a common sepulchre.  Those of higher rank -
+for distinctions of rank were not to be forgotten in the grave -
+were removed to the church of the village of Huarina, which gave
+its name to the battle.  There they were interred with all
+fitting solemnity.  But in later times they were transported to
+the cathedral church of La Paz, "The City of Peace," and laid
+under a mausoleum erected by general subscription in that
+quarter.  For few there were who had not to mourn the loss of
+some friend or relative on that fatal day.
+
+The victor now profited by his success to send detachments to
+Arequipa, La Plata, and other cities in that part of the country,
+to raise funds and reinforcements for the war.  His own losses
+were more than compensated by the number of the vanquished party
+who were content to take service under his banner.  Mustering his
+forces, he directed his march to Cuzco, which capital, though
+occasionally seduced into a display of loyalty to the Crown, had
+early manifested an attachment to his cause.
+Here the inhabitants were prepared to receive him in triumph,
+under arches thrown across the streets, with bands of music, and
+minstrelsy commemorating his successes.  But Pizarro, with more
+discretion, declined the honors of an ovation while the country
+remained in the hands of his enemies.  Sending forward the main
+body of his troops, he followed on foot, attended by a slender
+retinue of friends and citizens, and proceeded at once to the
+cathedral, where thanksgivings were offered up, and Te Deum was
+chanted in honor of his victory.  He then withdrew to his
+residence, announcing his purpose to establish his quarters, for
+the present, in the venerable capital of the Incas. *40
+
+[Footnote 40: Ibid., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 27. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 3.
+
+Garcilasso de la Vega, who was a boy at the time, witnessed
+Pizarro's entry into Cuzco.  He writes, therefore, from memory;
+though after an interval of many years.  In consequence of his
+father's rank, he had easy access to the palace of Pizarro; and
+this portion of his narrative may claim the consideration due not
+merely to a contemporary, but to an eyewitness.]
+
+All thoughts of a retreat into Chili were abandoned; for his
+recent success had kindled new hopes in his bosom, and revived
+his ancient confidence.  He trusted that it would have a similar
+effect on the vacillating temper of those whose fidelity had been
+shaken by fears for their own safety, and their distrust of his
+ability to cope with the president.  They would now see that his
+star was still in the ascendant. Without further apprehensions
+for the event, he resolved to remain in Cuzco, and there quietly
+await the hour when a last appeal to arms should decide which of
+the two was to remain master of Peru.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter III
+
+Dismay In Gasca's Camp. - His Winter Quarters. - Resumes His
+March. - Crosses The Apurimac. - Pizarro's Conduct In Cuzco. - He
+Encamps Near The City. - Rout Of Xaquixa Guana.
+
+1547-1548.
+
+
+While the events recorded in the preceding chapter were passing,
+President Gasca had remained at Xauxa, awaiting further tidings
+from Centeno, little doubting that they would inform him of the
+total discomfiture of the rebels.  Great was his dismay,
+therefore, on learning the issue of the fatal conflict at
+Huarina, - that the royalists had been scattered far and wide
+before the sword of Pizarro, while their commander had vanished
+like an apparition, *1 leaving the greatest uncertainty as to his
+fate.
+
+[Footnote 1: "Y salio a la Ciudad de los Reyes, sin que Carbajal,
+ni alguno de los suyos supiesse por donde fue, sino que parecio
+encantamiento." Garcilasso, Com. Real. Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 22.]
+The intelligence spread general consternation among the soldiers,
+proportioned to their former confidence; and they felt it was
+almost hopeless to contend with a man who seemed protected by a
+charm that made him invincible against the greatest odds.  The
+president, however sore his disappointment, was careful to
+conceal it, while he endeavoured to restore the spirits of his
+followers.  "They had been too sanguine," he said, "and it was in
+this way that Heaven rebuked their presumption.  Yet it was but
+in the usual course of events, that Providence, when it designed
+to humble the guilty, should allow him to reach as high an
+elevation as possible, that his fall might be the greater!"
+
+But while Gasca thus strove to reassure the superstitious and the
+timid, he bent his mind, with his usual energy, to repair the
+injury which the cause had sustained by the defeat at Huarina.
+He sent a detachment under Alvarado to Lima, to collect such of
+the royalists as had fled thither from the field of battle, and
+to dismantle the ships of their cannon, and bring them to the
+camp.  Another body was sent to Guamanga, about sixty leagues
+from Cuzco, for the similar purpose of protecting the fugitives,
+and also of preventing the Indian caciques from forwarding
+supplies to the insurgent army in Cuzco.  As his own forces now
+amounted to considerably more than any his opponent could bring
+against him, Gasca determined to break up his camp without
+further delay, and march on the Inca capital *2
+
+[Footnote 2: Gasca, according to Ondegardo, supported his army,
+during his stay at Xauxa, from the Peruvian granaries in the
+valley, as he found a quantity of maize still remaining in them
+sufficient for several years' consumption.  It is passing strange
+that these depositaries should have been so long respected by the
+hungry Conquerors. - "Cuando el Senor Presidente Gasca passo con
+la gente de castigo de Gonzalo Pizarro por el Valle de Jauja,
+estuvo alli siete semanas a lo que me acuerdo, se hallaron en
+deposito maiz de cuatro y de tres y de dos anos mas de 15,000
+hanegas junto al camino, e alli comio la gente." Ondegardo, Rel.
+Seg., Ms.]
+Quitting Xauxa, December 29, 1547, he passed through Guamanga,
+and after a severe march, rendered particularly fatiguing by the
+inclement state of the weather and the badness of the roads, he
+entered the province of Andaguaylas.  It was a fair and fruitful
+country, and since the road beyond would take him into the depths
+of a gloomy sierra, scarcely passable in the winter snows, Gasca
+resolved to remain in his present quarters until the severity of
+the season was mitigated.  As many of the troops had already
+contracted diseases from exposure to the incessant rains, he
+established a camp hospital; and the good president personally
+visited the quarters of the sick, ministering to their wants, and
+winning their hearts by his sympathy. *3
+
+[Footnote 3: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 4. - Fernandez,
+Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 82-85. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Cieza de Leon, cap. 90]
+
+Meanwhile, the royal camp was strengthened by the continual
+arrival of reinforcements; for notwithstanding the shock that was
+caused throughout the country by the first tidings of Pizarro's
+victory, a little reflection convinced the people that the right
+was the strongest, and must eventually prevail.  There came,
+also, with these levies, several of the most distinguished
+captains in the country.  Centeno, burning to retrieve his late
+disgrace, after recovering from his illness, joined the camp with
+his followers from Lima.  Benalcazar, the conqueror of Quito,
+who, as the reader will remember, had shared in the defeat of
+Blasco Nunez in the north, came with another detachment; and was
+soon after followed by Valdivia, the famous conqueror of Chili,
+who, having returned to Peru to gather recruits for his
+expedition, had learned the state of the country, and had thrown
+himself, without hesitation, into the same scale with the
+president, though it brought him into collision with his old
+friend and comrade, Gonzalo Pizarro.  The arrival of this last
+ally was greeted with general rejoicing by the camp; for
+Valdivia, schooled in the Italian wars, was esteemed the most
+accomplished soldier in Peru; and Gasca complimented him by
+declaring "he would rather see him than a reinforcement of eight
+hundred men!" *4
+
+[Footnote 4: At least, so says Valdivia in his letter to the
+emperor.  "I dixo publico que estimara mas mi persona que a los
+mejores ochocientos hombres de guerra que l pudieran venir
+aquella hora." Carta de Valdivia, Ms.]
+
+Besides these warlike auxiliaries, the president was attended by
+a train of ecclesiastics and civilians, such as was rarely found
+in the martial fields of Peru.  Among them were the bishops of
+Quito, Cuzco, and Lima, the four judges of the new Audience, and
+a considerable number of churchmen and monkish missionaries. *5
+However little they might serve to strengthen his arm in battle,
+their presence gave authority and something of a sacred character
+to the cause, which had their effect on the minds of the
+soldiers.
+
+[Footnote 5: Zarate, Ms.]
+
+The wintry season now began to give way before the mild influence
+of spring, which makes itself early felt in these tropical, but
+from their elevation temperate, regions; and Gasca, after nearly
+three months' detention in Andaguaylas, mustered his levies for
+the final march upon Cuzco. *6 Their whole number fell little
+short of two thousand, - the largest European force yet assembled
+in Peru.  Nearly half were provided with fire-arms; and infantry
+was more available than horse in the mountain countries which
+they were to traverse.  But his cavalry was also numerous, and he
+carried with him a train of eleven heavy guns.  The equipment and
+discipline of the troops were good; they were well provided with
+ammunition and military stores; and were led by officers whose
+names were associated with the most memorable achievements in the
+New World.  All who had any real interest in the weal of the
+country were to be found, in short, under the president's banner,
+making a striking contrast to the wild and reckless adventurers
+who now swelled the ranks of Pizarro.
+[Footnote 6: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 90.
+
+The old chronicler, or rather geographer, Cieza de Leon, was
+present in the campaign, he tells us; so that his testimony,
+always good, becomes for the remaining events of more than usual
+value]
+
+Gasca, who did not affect a greater knowledge of military affairs
+than he really possessed, had given the charge of his forces to
+Hinojosa, naming the Marshal Alvarado as second in command.
+Valdivia, who came after these dispositions had been made,
+accepted a colonel's commission, with the understanding that he
+was to be consulted and employed in all matters of moment. *7 -
+Having completed his arrangements, the president broke up his
+camp in March, 1548, and moved upon Cuzco.
+
+[Footnote 7: Valdivia, indeed, claims to have had the whole
+command intrusted to him by Gasca "Luego me dio el autoridad toda
+que traia de parte de V. M. para en los casos ocantes a la
+guerra, i me encargo todo el exercito, i le puso baxo de mi mano
+rogando i pidiendo por merced de su parte a todos aquellos
+caballeros capitanes e gente de guerra, i de la de V. M.
+mandandoles me obedesciesen en todo lo que les mandase acerca de
+la guerra, i cumpliesen mis mandamientos como los suyos." (Carta
+de Valdivia, Ms.) But other authorities state it, with more
+probability, as given in the text.  Valdivia, it must be
+confessed, loses nothing from modesty. The whole of his letter to
+the emperor is written in a strain of self-glorification, rarely
+matched even by a Castilian hidalgo.]
+The first obstacle to his progress was the river Abancay, the
+bridge over which had been broken down by the enemy.  But as
+there was no force to annoy them on the opposite bank, the army
+was not long in preparing a new bridge, and throwing it across
+the stream, which in this place had nothing formidable in its
+character.  The road now struck into the heart of a mountain
+region, where woods, precipices, and ravines were mingled
+together in a sort of chaotic confusion, with here and there a
+green and sheltered valley, glittering like an island of verdure
+amidst the wild breakers of a troubled ocean!  The bold peaks of
+the Andes, rising far above the clouds, were enveloped in snow,
+which descending far down their sides, gave a piercing coldness
+to the winds that swept over their surface, until men and horses
+were benumbed and stiffened under their influence.  The roads, in
+these regions, were in some places so narrow and broken, as to be
+nearly impracticable for cavalry.  The cavaliers were compelled
+to dismount; and the president, with the rest, performed the
+journey on foot, so hazardous, that, even in later times, it has
+been no uncommon thing for the sure-footed mule to be
+precipitated, with its cargo of silver, thousands of feet down
+the sheer sides of a precipice. *8
+[Footnote 8: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 91.]
+
+By these impediments of the ground, the march was so retarded,
+that the troops seldom accomplished more than two leagues a day.
+*9 Fortunately, the distance was not great; and the president
+looked with more apprehension to the passage of the Apurimac,
+which he was now approaching. This river, one of the most
+formidable tributaries of the Amazon, rolls its broad waters
+through the gorges of the Cordilleras, that rise up like an
+immense rampart of rock on either side, presenting a natural
+barrier which it would be easy for an enemy to make good against
+a force much superior to his own.  The bridges over this river,
+as Gasca learned before his departure from Andaguaylas, had been
+all destroyed by Pizarro.  The president, accordingly, had sent
+to explore the banks of the stream, and determine the most
+eligible spot for reestablishing communications with the opposite
+side.
+
+[Footnote 9: Ms. de Caravantes 2 L 2]
+
+The place selected was near the Indian village of Cotapampa,
+about nine leagues from Cuzco; for the river, though rapid and
+turbulent from being compressed within more narrow limits, was
+here less than two hundred paces in width; a distance, however,
+not inconsiderable.  Directions had been given to collect
+materials in large quantities in the neighbourhood of this spot
+as soon as possible; and at the same time, in order to perplex
+the enemy and compel him to divide his forces, should he be
+disposed to resist, materials in smaller quantities were
+assembled on three other points of the river.  The officer
+stationed in the neighbourhood of Cotapampa was instructed not to
+begin to lay the bridge, till the arrival of a sufficient force
+should accelerate the work, and insure its success.
+
+The structure in question, it should be remembered, was one of
+those suspension bridges formerly employed by the Incas, and
+still used in crossing the deep and turbulent rivers of South
+America.  They are made of osier withes, twisted into enormous
+cables, which, when stretched across the water, are attached to
+heavy blocks of masonry, or, where it will serve, to the natural
+rock.  Planks are laid transversely across these cables, and a
+passage is thus secured, which, notwithstanding the light and
+fragile appearance of the bridge, as it swings at an elevation
+sometimes of several hundred feet above the abyss, affords a
+tolerably safe means of conveyance for men, and even for such
+heavy burdens as artillery. *10
+
+[Footnote 10: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+86, 87. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 5. - Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Ms. de Caravantes. - Carta de
+Valdivia, Ms. - Relacion del Lic. Gasca, Ms.]
+
+Notwithstanding the peremptory commands of Gasca, the officer
+intrusted with collecting the materials for the bridge was so
+anxious to have the honor of completing the work himself, that he
+commenced it at once.  The president, greatly displeased at
+learning this, quickened his march, in order to cover the work
+with his whole force.  But, while toiling through the mountain
+labyrinth, tidings were brought him that a party of the enemy had
+demolished the small portion of the bridge already made, by
+cutting the cables on the opposite bank.  Valdivia, accordingly,
+hastened forward at the head of two hundred arquebusiers, while
+the main body of the army followed with as much speed as
+practicable.
+That officer, on reaching the spot, found that the interruption
+had been caused by a small party of Pizarro's followers, not
+exceeding twenty in number assisted by a stronger body of
+Indians.  He at once caused balsas, broad and clumsy barks, or
+rather rafts, of the country, to be provided, and by this means
+passed his men over, without opposition to the other side of the
+river.  The enemy, disconcerted by the arrival of such a force,
+retreated and made the best of their way to report the affair to
+their commander at Cuzco.  Meanwhile, Valdivia, who saw the
+importance of every moment in the present crisis, pushed forward
+the work with the greatest vigor.  Through all that night his
+weary troops continued the labor, which was already well
+advanced, when the president and his battalions, emerging from
+the passes of the Cordilleras, presented themselves at sunrise on
+the opposite bank.
+
+Little time was given for repose, as all felt assured that the
+success of their enterprise hung on the short respite now given
+them by the improvident enemy.  The president, with his principal
+officers, took part in the labor with the common soldiers; *11
+and before ten o'clock in the evening, Gasca had the satisfaction
+to see the bridge so well secured, that the leading files of the
+army, unencumbered by their baggage, might venture to cross it.
+A short time sufficed to place several hundred men on the other
+bank.  But here a new difficulty, not less formidable than that
+of the river, presented itself to the troops.  The ground rose up
+with an abrupt, almost precipitous, swell from the river-side,
+till, in the highest peaks, it reached an elevation of several
+thousand feet.  This steep ascent, though not to its full height,
+indeed, was now to be surmounted.  The difficulties of the
+ground, broken up into fearful chasms and water-courses, and
+tangled with thickets, were greatly increased by the darkness of
+the night; and the soldiers, as they toiled slowly upward, were
+filled with apprehension, akin to fear, from the uncertainty
+whether each successive step might not bring them into an
+ambuscade, for which the ground was so favorable.  More than
+once, the Spaniards were thrown into a panic by false reports
+that the enemy were upon them.  But Hinojosa and Valdivia were at
+hand to rally their men, and cheer them on, until, at length,
+before dawn broke, the bold cavaliers and their followers placed
+themselves on the highest point traversed by the road, where they
+waited the arrival of the president.  This was not long delayed;
+and in the course of the following morning, the royalists were
+already in sufficient strength to bid defiance to their enemy.
+
+[Footnote 11: "La gente que estaua, de la vna parte y de la otra,
+todos tirauan y trabajauan al poner, y apretar de las Criznejas:
+sin que el Presidente ni Obispos, ni otra persona quisiesse tener
+preuilegio para dexar de trabajar." Fernandez, Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 87.]
+The passage of the river had been effected with less loss than
+might have been expected, considering the darkness of the night,
+and the numbers that crowded over the aerial causeway.  Some few,
+indeed, fell into the water, and were drowned; and more than
+sixty horses, in the attempt to swim them across the river, were
+hurried down the current, and dashed against the rocks below. *12
+It still required time to bring up the heavy train of ordnance
+and the military wagons; and the president encamped on the strong
+ground which he now occupied, to await their arrival, and to
+breathe his troops after their extraordinary efforts.  In these
+quarters we must leave him, to acquaint the reader with the state
+of things in the insurgent army, and with the cause of its
+strange remissness in guarding the passes of the Apurimac. *13
+
+[Footnote 12: "Aquel dia pasaron mas de quatrocientos Hombres,
+Ilevando los Caballos a nado, encima de illos atadas sus armas, i
+arcabuces, caso que se perdieron mas de sesenta Caballos, que con
+la corriente grande se desataron, i luego daban en vnas penas,
+donde se hacian pedacos, sin darles lugar el impetu del rio, a
+que pudiesen nadar." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 5. -
+Gomara, Hist. de las Indias, cap. 184.]
+[Footnote 13: Ibid., ubi supra. - Fernandez Hist del Peru, Parte
+1, lib. 2, cap. 87. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 5. -
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Ms. de Caravantes. - Carta
+de Valdivia, Ms. - Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 91. - Relacion
+del Lic. Gasca, Ms.]
+From the time of Pizarro's occupation of Cuzco, he had lived in
+careless luxury in the midst of his followers, like a soldier of
+fortune in the hour of prosperity; enjoying the present, with as
+little concern for the future as if the crown of Peru were
+already fixed irrevocably upon his head.  It was otherwise with
+Carbajal.  He looked on the victory at Huarina as the
+commencement, not the close, of the struggle for empire; and he
+was indefatigable in placing his troops in the best condition for
+maintaining their present advantage.  At the first streak of
+dawn, the veteran might be seen mounted on his mule, with the
+garb and air of a common soldier, riding about in the different
+quarters of the capital, sometimes superintending the manufacture
+of arms, or providing military stores, and sometimes drilling his
+men, for he was most careful always to maintain the strictest
+discipline. *14 His restless spirit seemed to find no pleasure
+but in incessant action; living, as he had always done, in the
+turmoil of military adventure, he had no relish for any thing
+unconnected with war, and in the city saw only the materials for
+a well-organized camp.
+
+[Footnote 14: "Andaua siempre en vna mula crescida de color entre
+pardo y bermejo, yo no le vi en otra caualgadura en todo el
+tiempo que estuuo en el Cozco antes de la batalla de Sacsahuana.
+Era tan contino y diligete en solicitar lo que a su exercito
+conuenia, que a todas horas del dia y de la roche le topauan sus
+soldados haziendo su oficio, y los agenos." Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 5 cap. 27.]
+
+With these feelings, he was much dissatisfied at the course taken
+by his younger leader, who now professed his intention to abide
+where he was, and, when the enemy advanced, to give him battle.
+Carbajal advised a very different policy.  He had not that full
+confidence, it would seem, in the loyalty of Pizarro's partisans,
+at least, not of those who had once followed the banner of
+Centeno.  These men some three hundred in number, had been in a
+manner compelled to take service under Pizarro.  They showed no
+heartiness in the cause, and the veteran strongly urged his
+commander to disband them at once; since it was far better to go
+to battle with a few faithful followers than with a host of the
+false and faint-hearted.
+But Carbajal thought, also, that his leader was not sufficiently
+strong in numbers to encounter his opponent, supported as he was
+by the best captains of Peru.  He advised, accordingly, that he
+should abandon Cuzco, carrying off all the treasure, provisions,
+and stores of every kind from the city, which might, in any way,
+serve the necessities of the royalists.  The latter, on their
+arrival, disappointed by the poverty of a place where they had
+expected to find so much booty, would become disgusted with the
+service.  Pizzaro, meanwhile, might take refuge with his men in
+the neighbouring fastnesses, where, familiar with the ground, it
+would be easy to elude the enemy; and if the latter persevered in
+the pursuit, with numbers diminished by desertion, it would not
+be difficult in the mountain passes to find an opportunity for
+assailing him at advantage. - Such was the wary counsel of the
+old warrior.  But it was not to the taste of his fiery commander,
+who preferred to risk the chances of a battle, rather than turn
+his back on a foe.
+
+Neither did Pizarro show more favor to a proposition, said to
+have been made by the Licentiate Cepeda, - that he should avail
+himself of his late success to enter into negotiations with
+Gasca.  Such advice, from the man who had so recently resisted
+all overtures of the president, could only have proceeded from a
+conviction, that the late victory placed Pizarro on a
+vantage-ground for demanding terms far better than would have
+been before conceded to him.  It may be that subsequent
+experience had also led him to distrust the fidelity of Gonzalo's
+followers, or, possibly, the capacity of their chief to conduct
+them through the present crisis.  Whatever may have been the
+motives of the slippery counsellor, Pizarro gave little heed to
+the suggestion, and even showed some resentment, as the matter
+was pressed on him.  In every contest, with Indian or European,
+whatever had been the odds, he had come off victorious.  He was
+not now for the first time to despond; and he resolved to remain
+in Cuzco, and hazard all on the chances of a battle.  There was
+something in the hazard itself captivating to his bold and
+chivalrous temper.  In this, too, he was confirmed by some of the
+cavaliers who had followed him through all his fortunes; reckless
+young adventurers, who, like himself, would rather risk all on a
+single throw of the dice, than adopt the cautious, and, as it
+seemed to them, timid, policy of graver counsellors.  It was by
+such advisers, then, that Pizarro's future course was to be
+shaped. *15
+
+[Footnote 15: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 27. -
+Gomara, Hist. de las Indias, cap. 182. - Fernandez, Hist. del
+Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 88.
+
+"Finalmente, Goncalo Pizarro dixo que queria prouar su ventura:
+pues siempre auia sido vencedor, y lamas vencido." Ibid., ubi
+supra.]
+Such was the state of affairs in Cuzco, when Pizarro's soldiers
+returned with the tidings, that a detachment of the enemy had
+crossed the Apurimac, and were busy in reestablishing the bridge.
+Carbajal saw at once the absolute necessity of maintaining this
+pass.  "It is my affair," he said; "I claim to be employed on
+this service.  Give me but a hundred picked men, and I will
+engage to defend the pass against an army, and bring back the
+chaplain - the name by which the president was known in the rebel
+camp - a prisoner to Cuzco." *16 "I cannot spare you, father,"
+said Gonzalo, addressing him by this affectionate epithet, which
+he usually applied to his aged follower, *17 "I cannot spare you
+so far from my own person"; and he gave the commission to Juan de
+Acosta, a young cavalier warmly attached to his commander, and
+who had given undoubted evidence of his valor on more than one
+occasion, but who, as the event proved, was signally deficient in
+the qualities demanded for so critical an undertaking as the
+present.  Acosta, accordingly, was placed at the head of two
+hundred mounted musketeers, and, after much wholesome counsel
+from Carbajal, set out on his expedition.
+
+[Footnote 16: "Paresceme vuestra Senoria se vaya a la vuelta del
+Collao y me deje cien hombres, los que yo escojiere, que yo me
+ire a vista deste capellan, que ansi llamaba el al presidente."
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 17: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 31]
+But he soon forgot the veteran's advice, and moved at so dull a
+pace over the difficult roads, that, although the distance was
+not more than nine leagues, he found, on his arrival, the bridge
+completed, and so large a body of the enemy already crossed, that
+he was in no strength to attack them.  Acosta did, indeed,
+meditate an ambuscade by night; but the design was betrayed by a
+deserter, and he contented himself with retreating to a safe
+distance, and sending for a further reinforcement from Cuzco.
+Three hundred men were promptly detached to his support; but when
+they arrived, the enemy was already planted in full force on the
+crest of the eminence. The golden opportunity was irrecoverably
+lost; and the disconsolate cavalier rode back in all haste to
+report the failure of his enterprise to his commander in Cuzco.
+*18
+
+[Footnote 18: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Fernandez,
+Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 88.
+
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 5. - Carta de Valdivia, Ms.
+Valdivia's letter to the emperor, dated at Concepcion, was
+written about two years after the events above recorded.  It is
+chiefly taken up with his Chilian conquests, to which his
+campaign under Gasca, on his visit to Peru, forms a kind of
+brilliant episode.  This letter, the original of which is
+preserved in Simancas, covers about seventy folio pages in the
+copy belonging to me.  It is one of that class of historical
+documents, consisting of the despatches and correspondence of the
+colonial governors, which, from the minuteness of the details and
+the means of information possessed by the writers, are of the
+highest worth.  The despatches addressed to the Court,
+particularly, may compare with the celebrated Relazioni made by
+the Venetian ambassadors to their republic, and now happily in
+the course of publication, at Florence, under the editorial
+auspices of the learned Alberi.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter III
+
+Dismay In Gasca's Camp. - His Winter Quarters. - Resumes His
+March. - Crosses The Apurimac. - Pizarro's Conduct In Cuzco. - He
+Encamps Near The City. - Rout Of Xaquixa Guana.
+
+1547-1548.
+
+
+While the events recorded in the preceding chapter were passing,
+President Gasca had remained at Xauxa, awaiting further tidings
+from Centeno, little doubting that they would inform him of the
+total discomfiture of the rebels.  Great was his dismay,
+therefore, on learning the issue of the fatal conflict at
+Huarina, - that the royalists had been scattered far and wide
+before the sword of Pizarro, while their commander had vanished
+like an apparition, *1 leaving the greatest uncertainty as to his
+fate.
+
+[Footnote 1: "Y salio a la Ciudad de los Reyes, sin que Carbajal,
+ni alguno de los suyos supiesse por donde fue, sino que parecio
+encantamiento." Garcilasso, Com. Real. Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 22.]
+The intelligence spread general consternation among the soldiers,
+proportioned to their former confidence; and they felt it was
+almost hopeless to contend with a man who seemed protected by a
+charm that made him invincible against the greatest odds.  The
+president, however sore his disappointment, was careful to
+conceal it, while he endeavoured to restore the spirits of his
+followers.  "They had been too sanguine," he said, "and it was in
+this way that Heaven rebuked their presumption.  Yet it was but
+in the usual course of events, that Providence, when it designed
+to humble the guilty, should allow him to reach as high an
+elevation as possible, that his fall might be the greater!"
+
+But while Gasca thus strove to reassure the superstitious and the
+timid, he bent his mind, with his usual energy, to repair the
+injury which the cause had sustained by the defeat at Huarina.
+He sent a detachment under Alvarado to Lima, to collect such of
+the royalists as had fled thither from the field of battle, and
+to dismantle the ships of their cannon, and bring them to the
+camp.  Another body was sent to Guamanga, about sixty leagues
+from Cuzco, for the similar purpose of protecting the fugitives,
+and also of preventing the Indian caciques from forwarding
+supplies to the insurgent army in Cuzco.  As his own forces now
+amounted to considerably more than any his opponent could bring
+against him, Gasca determined to break up his camp without
+further delay, and march on the Inca capital *2
+
+[Footnote 2: Gasca, according to Ondegardo, supported his army,
+during his stay at Xauxa, from the Peruvian granaries in the
+valley, as he found a quantity of maize still remaining in them
+sufficient for several years' consumption.  It is passing strange
+that these depositaries should have been so long respected by the
+hungry Conquerors. - "Cuando el Senor Presidente Gasca passo con
+la gente de castigo de Gonzalo Pizarro por el Valle de Jauja,
+estuvo alli siete semanas a lo que me acuerdo, se hallaron en
+deposito maiz de cuatro y de tres y de dos anos mas de 15,000
+hanegas junto al camino, e alli comio la gente." Ondegardo, Rel.
+Seg., Ms.]
+Quitting Xauxa, December 29, 1547, he passed through Guamanga,
+and after a severe march, rendered particularly fatiguing by the
+inclement state of the weather and the badness of the roads, he
+entered the province of Andaguaylas.  It was a fair and fruitful
+country, and since the road beyond would take him into the depths
+of a gloomy sierra, scarcely passable in the winter snows, Gasca
+resolved to remain in his present quarters until the severity of
+the season was mitigated.  As many of the troops had already
+contracted diseases from exposure to the incessant rains, he
+established a camp hospital; and the good president personally
+visited the quarters of the sick, ministering to their wants, and
+winning their hearts by his sympathy. *3
+
+[Footnote 3: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 4. - Fernandez,
+Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 82-85. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Cieza de Leon, cap. 90]
+
+Meanwhile, the royal camp was strengthened by the continual
+arrival of reinforcements; for notwithstanding the shock that was
+caused throughout the country by the first tidings of Pizarro's
+victory, a little reflection convinced the people that the right
+was the strongest, and must eventually prevail.  There came,
+also, with these levies, several of the most distinguished
+captains in the country.  Centeno, burning to retrieve his late
+disgrace, after recovering from his illness, joined the camp with
+his followers from Lima.  Benalcazar, the conqueror of Quito,
+who, as the reader will remember, had shared in the defeat of
+Blasco Nunez in the north, came with another detachment; and was
+soon after followed by Valdivia, the famous conqueror of Chili,
+who, having returned to Peru to gather recruits for his
+expedition, had learned the state of the country, and had thrown
+himself, without hesitation, into the same scale with the
+president, though it brought him into collision with his old
+friend and comrade, Gonzalo Pizarro.  The arrival of this last
+ally was greeted with general rejoicing by the camp; for
+Valdivia, schooled in the Italian wars, was esteemed the most
+accomplished soldier in Peru; and Gasca complimented him by
+declaring "he would rather see him than a reinforcement of eight
+hundred men!" *4
+
+[Footnote 4: At least, so says Valdivia in his letter to the
+emperor.  "I dixo publico que estimara mas mi persona que a los
+mejores ochocientos hombres de guerra que l pudieran venir
+aquella hora." Carta de Valdivia, Ms.]
+
+Besides these warlike auxiliaries, the president was attended by
+a train of ecclesiastics and civilians, such as was rarely found
+in the martial fields of Peru.  Among them were the bishops of
+Quito, Cuzco, and Lima, the four judges of the new Audience, and
+a considerable number of churchmen and monkish missionaries. *5
+However little they might serve to strengthen his arm in battle,
+their presence gave authority and something of a sacred character
+to the cause, which had their effect on the minds of the
+soldiers.
+
+[Footnote 5: Zarate, Ms.]
+
+The wintry season now began to give way before the mild influence
+of spring, which makes itself early felt in these tropical, but
+from their elevation temperate, regions; and Gasca, after nearly
+three months' detention in Andaguaylas, mustered his levies for
+the final march upon Cuzco. *6 Their whole number fell little
+short of two thousand, - the largest European force yet assembled
+in Peru.  Nearly half were provided with fire-arms; and infantry
+was more available than horse in the mountain countries which
+they were to traverse.  But his cavalry was also numerous, and he
+carried with him a train of eleven heavy guns.  The equipment and
+discipline of the troops were good; they were well provided with
+ammunition and military stores; and were led by officers whose
+names were associated with the most memorable achievements in the
+New World.  All who had any real interest in the weal of the
+country were to be found, in short, under the president's banner,
+making a striking contrast to the wild and reckless adventurers
+who now swelled the ranks of Pizarro.
+[Footnote 6: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 90.
+
+The old chronicler, or rather geographer, Cieza de Leon, was
+present in the campaign, he tells us; so that his testimony,
+always good, becomes for the remaining events of more than usual
+value]
+
+Gasca, who did not affect a greater knowledge of military affairs
+than he really possessed, had given the charge of his forces to
+Hinojosa, naming the Marshal Alvarado as second in command.
+Valdivia, who came after these dispositions had been made,
+accepted a colonel's commission, with the understanding that he
+was to be consulted and employed in all matters of moment. *7 -
+Having completed his arrangements, the president broke up his
+camp in March, 1548, and moved upon Cuzco.
+
+[Footnote 7: Valdivia, indeed, claims to have had the whole
+command intrusted to him by Gasca "Luego me dio el autoridad toda
+que traia de parte de V. M. para en los casos ocantes a la
+guerra, i me encargo todo el exercito, i le puso baxo de mi mano
+rogando i pidiendo por merced de su parte a todos aquellos
+caballeros capitanes e gente de guerra, i de la de V. M.
+mandandoles me obedesciesen en todo lo que les mandase acerca de
+la guerra, i cumpliesen mis mandamientos como los suyos." (Carta
+de Valdivia, Ms.) But other authorities state it, with more
+probability, as given in the text.  Valdivia, it must be
+confessed, loses nothing from modesty. The whole of his letter to
+the emperor is written in a strain of self-glorification, rarely
+matched even by a Castilian hidalgo.]
+The first obstacle to his progress was the river Abancay, the
+bridge over which had been broken down by the enemy.  But as
+there was no force to annoy them on the opposite bank, the army
+was not long in preparing a new bridge, and throwing it across
+the stream, which in this place had nothing formidable in its
+character.  The road now struck into the heart of a mountain
+region, where woods, precipices, and ravines were mingled
+together in a sort of chaotic confusion, with here and there a
+green and sheltered valley, glittering like an island of verdure
+amidst the wild breakers of a troubled ocean!  The bold peaks of
+the Andes, rising far above the clouds, were enveloped in snow,
+which descending far down their sides, gave a piercing coldness
+to the winds that swept over their surface, until men and horses
+were benumbed and stiffened under their influence.  The roads, in
+these regions, were in some places so narrow and broken, as to be
+nearly impracticable for cavalry.  The cavaliers were compelled
+to dismount; and the president, with the rest, performed the
+journey on foot, so hazardous, that, even in later times, it has
+been no uncommon thing for the sure-footed mule to be
+precipitated, with its cargo of silver, thousands of feet down
+the sheer sides of a precipice. *8
+[Footnote 8: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 91.]
+
+By these impediments of the ground, the march was so retarded,
+that the troops seldom accomplished more than two leagues a day.
+*9 Fortunately, the distance was not great; and the president
+looked with more apprehension to the passage of the Apurimac,
+which he was now approaching. This river, one of the most
+formidable tributaries of the Amazon, rolls its broad waters
+through the gorges of the Cordilleras, that rise up like an
+immense rampart of rock on either side, presenting a natural
+barrier which it would be easy for an enemy to make good against
+a force much superior to his own.  The bridges over this river,
+as Gasca learned before his departure from Andaguaylas, had been
+all destroyed by Pizarro.  The president, accordingly, had sent
+to explore the banks of the stream, and determine the most
+eligible spot for reestablishing communications with the opposite
+side.
+
+[Footnote 9: Ms. de Caravantes 2 L 2]
+
+The place selected was near the Indian village of Cotapampa,
+about nine leagues from Cuzco; for the river, though rapid and
+turbulent from being compressed within more narrow limits, was
+here less than two hundred paces in width; a distance, however,
+not inconsiderable.  Directions had been given to collect
+materials in large quantities in the neighbourhood of this spot
+as soon as possible; and at the same time, in order to perplex
+the enemy and compel him to divide his forces, should he be
+disposed to resist, materials in smaller quantities were
+assembled on three other points of the river.  The officer
+stationed in the neighbourhood of Cotapampa was instructed not to
+begin to lay the bridge, till the arrival of a sufficient force
+should accelerate the work, and insure its success.
+
+The structure in question, it should be remembered, was one of
+those suspension bridges formerly employed by the Incas, and
+still used in crossing the deep and turbulent rivers of South
+America.  They are made of osier withes, twisted into enormous
+cables, which, when stretched across the water, are attached to
+heavy blocks of masonry, or, where it will serve, to the natural
+rock.  Planks are laid transversely across these cables, and a
+passage is thus secured, which, notwithstanding the light and
+fragile appearance of the bridge, as it swings at an elevation
+sometimes of several hundred feet above the abyss, affords a
+tolerably safe means of conveyance for men, and even for such
+heavy burdens as artillery. *10
+
+[Footnote 10: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+86, 87. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 5. - Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Ms. de Caravantes. - Carta de
+Valdivia, Ms. - Relacion del Lic. Gasca, Ms.]
+
+Notwithstanding the peremptory commands of Gasca, the officer
+intrusted with collecting the materials for the bridge was so
+anxious to have the honor of completing the work himself, that he
+commenced it at once.  The president, greatly displeased at
+learning this, quickened his march, in order to cover the work
+with his whole force.  But, while toiling through the mountain
+labyrinth, tidings were brought him that a party of the enemy had
+demolished the small portion of the bridge already made, by
+cutting the cables on the opposite bank.  Valdivia, accordingly,
+hastened forward at the head of two hundred arquebusiers, while
+the main body of the army followed with as much speed as
+practicable.
+That officer, on reaching the spot, found that the interruption
+had been caused by a small party of Pizarro's followers, not
+exceeding twenty in number assisted by a stronger body of
+Indians.  He at once caused balsas, broad and clumsy barks, or
+rather rafts, of the country, to be provided, and by this means
+passed his men over, without opposition to the other side of the
+river.  The enemy, disconcerted by the arrival of such a force,
+retreated and made the best of their way to report the affair to
+their commander at Cuzco.  Meanwhile, Valdivia, who saw the
+importance of every moment in the present crisis, pushed forward
+the work with the greatest vigor.  Through all that night his
+weary troops continued the labor, which was already well
+advanced, when the president and his battalions, emerging from
+the passes of the Cordilleras, presented themselves at sunrise on
+the opposite bank.
+
+Little time was given for repose, as all felt assured that the
+success of their enterprise hung on the short respite now given
+them by the improvident enemy.  The president, with his principal
+officers, took part in the labor with the common soldiers; *11
+and before ten o'clock in the evening, Gasca had the satisfaction
+to see the bridge so well secured, that the leading files of the
+army, unencumbered by their baggage, might venture to cross it.
+A short time sufficed to place several hundred men on the other
+bank.  But here a new difficulty, not less formidable than that
+of the river, presented itself to the troops.  The ground rose up
+with an abrupt, almost precipitous, swell from the river-side,
+till, in the highest peaks, it reached an elevation of several
+thousand feet.  This steep ascent, though not to its full height,
+indeed, was now to be surmounted.  The difficulties of the
+ground, broken up into fearful chasms and water-courses, and
+tangled with thickets, were greatly increased by the darkness of
+the night; and the soldiers, as they toiled slowly upward, were
+filled with apprehension, akin to fear, from the uncertainty
+whether each successive step might not bring them into an
+ambuscade, for which the ground was so favorable.  More than
+once, the Spaniards were thrown into a panic by false reports
+that the enemy were upon them.  But Hinojosa and Valdivia were at
+hand to rally their men, and cheer them on, until, at length,
+before dawn broke, the bold cavaliers and their followers placed
+themselves on the highest point traversed by the road, where they
+waited the arrival of the president.  This was not long delayed;
+and in the course of the following morning, the royalists were
+already in sufficient strength to bid defiance to their enemy.
+
+[Footnote 11: "La gente que estaua, de la vna parte y de la otra,
+todos tirauan y trabajauan al poner, y apretar de las Criznejas:
+sin que el Presidente ni Obispos, ni otra persona quisiesse tener
+preuilegio para dexar de trabajar." Fernandez, Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 87.]
+The passage of the river had been effected with less loss than
+might have been expected, considering the darkness of the night,
+and the numbers that crowded over the aerial causeway.  Some few,
+indeed, fell into the water, and were drowned; and more than
+sixty horses, in the attempt to swim them across the river, were
+hurried down the current, and dashed against the rocks below. *12
+It still required time to bring up the heavy train of ordnance
+and the military wagons; and the president encamped on the strong
+ground which he now occupied, to await their arrival, and to
+breathe his troops after their extraordinary efforts.  In these
+quarters we must leave him, to acquaint the reader with the state
+of things in the insurgent army, and with the cause of its
+strange remissness in guarding the passes of the Apurimac. *13
+
+[Footnote 12: "Aquel dia pasaron mas de quatrocientos Hombres,
+Ilevando los Caballos a nado, encima de illos atadas sus armas, i
+arcabuces, caso que se perdieron mas de sesenta Caballos, que con
+la corriente grande se desataron, i luego daban en vnas penas,
+donde se hacian pedacos, sin darles lugar el impetu del rio, a
+que pudiesen nadar." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 5. -
+Gomara, Hist. de las Indias, cap. 184.]
+[Footnote 13: Ibid., ubi supra. - Fernandez Hist del Peru, Parte
+1, lib. 2, cap. 87. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 5. -
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Ms. de Caravantes. - Carta
+de Valdivia, Ms. - Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 91. - Relacion
+del Lic. Gasca, Ms.]
+From the time of Pizarro's occupation of Cuzco, he had lived in
+careless luxury in the midst of his followers, like a soldier of
+fortune in the hour of prosperity; enjoying the present, with as
+little concern for the future as if the crown of Peru were
+already fixed irrevocably upon his head.  It was otherwise with
+Carbajal.  He looked on the victory at Huarina as the
+commencement, not the close, of the struggle for empire; and he
+was indefatigable in placing his troops in the best condition for
+maintaining their present advantage.  At the first streak of
+dawn, the veteran might be seen mounted on his mule, with the
+garb and air of a common soldier, riding about in the different
+quarters of the capital, sometimes superintending the manufacture
+of arms, or providing military stores, and sometimes drilling his
+men, for he was most careful always to maintain the strictest
+discipline. *14 His restless spirit seemed to find no pleasure
+but in incessant action; living, as he had always done, in the
+turmoil of military adventure, he had no relish for any thing
+unconnected with war, and in the city saw only the materials for
+a well-organized camp.
+
+[Footnote 14: "Andaua siempre en vna mula crescida de color entre
+pardo y bermejo, yo no le vi en otra caualgadura en todo el
+tiempo que estuuo en el Cozco antes de la batalla de Sacsahuana.
+Era tan contino y diligete en solicitar lo que a su exercito
+conuenia, que a todas horas del dia y de la roche le topauan sus
+soldados haziendo su oficio, y los agenos." Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 5 cap. 27.]
+
+With these feelings, he was much dissatisfied at the course taken
+by his younger leader, who now professed his intention to abide
+where he was, and, when the enemy advanced, to give him battle.
+Carbajal advised a very different policy.  He had not that full
+confidence, it would seem, in the loyalty of Pizarro's partisans,
+at least, not of those who had once followed the banner of
+Centeno.  These men some three hundred in number, had been in a
+manner compelled to take service under Pizarro.  They showed no
+heartiness in the cause, and the veteran strongly urged his
+commander to disband them at once; since it was far better to go
+to battle with a few faithful followers than with a host of the
+false and faint-hearted.
+But Carbajal thought, also, that his leader was not sufficiently
+strong in numbers to encounter his opponent, supported as he was
+by the best captains of Peru.  He advised, accordingly, that he
+should abandon Cuzco, carrying off all the treasure, provisions,
+and stores of every kind from the city, which might, in any way,
+serve the necessities of the royalists.  The latter, on their
+arrival, disappointed by the poverty of a place where they had
+expected to find so much booty, would become disgusted with the
+service.  Pizzaro, meanwhile, might take refuge with his men in
+the neighbouring fastnesses, where, familiar with the ground, it
+would be easy to elude the enemy; and if the latter persevered in
+the pursuit, with numbers diminished by desertion, it would not
+be difficult in the mountain passes to find an opportunity for
+assailing him at advantage. - Such was the wary counsel of the
+old warrior.  But it was not to the taste of his fiery commander,
+who preferred to risk the chances of a battle, rather than turn
+his back on a foe.
+
+Neither did Pizarro show more favor to a proposition, said to
+have been made by the Licentiate Cepeda, - that he should avail
+himself of his late success to enter into negotiations with
+Gasca.  Such advice, from the man who had so recently resisted
+all overtures of the president, could only have proceeded from a
+conviction, that the late victory placed Pizarro on a
+vantage-ground for demanding terms far better than would have
+been before conceded to him.  It may be that subsequent
+experience had also led him to distrust the fidelity of Gonzalo's
+followers, or, possibly, the capacity of their chief to conduct
+them through the present crisis.  Whatever may have been the
+motives of the slippery counsellor, Pizarro gave little heed to
+the suggestion, and even showed some resentment, as the matter
+was pressed on him.  In every contest, with Indian or European,
+whatever had been the odds, he had come off victorious.  He was
+not now for the first time to despond; and he resolved to remain
+in Cuzco, and hazard all on the chances of a battle.  There was
+something in the hazard itself captivating to his bold and
+chivalrous temper.  In this, too, he was confirmed by some of the
+cavaliers who had followed him through all his fortunes; reckless
+young adventurers, who, like himself, would rather risk all on a
+single throw of the dice, than adopt the cautious, and, as it
+seemed to them, timid, policy of graver counsellors.  It was by
+such advisers, then, that Pizarro's future course was to be
+shaped. *15
+
+[Footnote 15: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 27. -
+Gomara, Hist. de las Indias, cap. 182. - Fernandez, Hist. del
+Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 88.
+
+"Finalmente, Goncalo Pizarro dixo que queria prouar su ventura:
+pues siempre auia sido vencedor, y lamas vencido." Ibid., ubi
+supra.]
+Such was the state of affairs in Cuzco, when Pizarro's soldiers
+returned with the tidings, that a detachment of the enemy had
+crossed the Apurimac, and were busy in reestablishing the bridge.
+Carbajal saw at once the absolute necessity of maintaining this
+pass.  "It is my affair," he said; "I claim to be employed on
+this service.  Give me but a hundred picked men, and I will
+engage to defend the pass against an army, and bring back the
+chaplain - the name by which the president was known in the rebel
+camp - a prisoner to Cuzco." *16 "I cannot spare you, father,"
+said Gonzalo, addressing him by this affectionate epithet, which
+he usually applied to his aged follower, *17 "I cannot spare you
+so far from my own person"; and he gave the commission to Juan de
+Acosta, a young cavalier warmly attached to his commander, and
+who had given undoubted evidence of his valor on more than one
+occasion, but who, as the event proved, was signally deficient in
+the qualities demanded for so critical an undertaking as the
+present.  Acosta, accordingly, was placed at the head of two
+hundred mounted musketeers, and, after much wholesome counsel
+from Carbajal, set out on his expedition.
+
+[Footnote 16: "Paresceme vuestra Senoria se vaya a la vuelta del
+Collao y me deje cien hombres, los que yo escojiere, que yo me
+ire a vista deste capellan, que ansi llamaba el al presidente."
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 17: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 31]
+But he soon forgot the veteran's advice, and moved at so dull a
+pace over the difficult roads, that, although the distance was
+not more than nine leagues, he found, on his arrival, the bridge
+completed, and so large a body of the enemy already crossed, that
+he was in no strength to attack them.  Acosta did, indeed,
+meditate an ambuscade by night; but the design was betrayed by a
+deserter, and he contented himself with retreating to a safe
+distance, and sending for a further reinforcement from Cuzco.
+Three hundred men were promptly detached to his support; but when
+they arrived, the enemy was already planted in full force on the
+crest of the eminence. The golden opportunity was irrecoverably
+lost; and the disconsolate cavalier rode back in all haste to
+report the failure of his enterprise to his commander in Cuzco.
+*18
+
+[Footnote 18: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Fernandez,
+Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 88.
+
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 5. - Carta de Valdivia, Ms.
+Valdivia's letter to the emperor, dated at Concepcion, was
+written about two years after the events above recorded.  It is
+chiefly taken up with his Chilian conquests, to which his
+campaign under Gasca, on his visit to Peru, forms a kind of
+brilliant episode.  This letter, the original of which is
+preserved in Simancas, covers about seventy folio pages in the
+copy belonging to me.  It is one of that class of historical
+documents, consisting of the despatches and correspondence of the
+colonial governors, which, from the minuteness of the details and
+the means of information possessed by the writers, are of the
+highest worth.  The despatches addressed to the Court,
+particularly, may compare with the celebrated Relazioni made by
+the Venetian ambassadors to their republic, and now happily in
+the course of publication, at Florence, under the editorial
+auspices of the learned Alberi.]
+
+The only question now to be decided was as to the spot where
+Gonzalo Pizarro should give battle to his enemies.  He determined
+at once to abandon the capital, and wait for his opponents in the
+neighbouring valley of Xaquixaguana.  It was about five leagues
+distant, and the reader may remember it as the place where
+Francis Pizarro burned the Peruvian general Challcuchima, on his
+first occupation of Cuzco.  The valley, fenced round by the lofty
+rampart of the Andes, was, for the most part, green and
+luxuriant, affording many picturesque points of view; and, from
+the genial temperature of the climate, had been a favorite summer
+residence of the Indian nobles, many of whose pleasure-houses
+still dotted the sides of the mountains.  A river, or rather
+stream, of no great volume, flowed through one end of this
+inclosure, and the neighbouring soil was so wet and miry as to
+have the character of a morass.
+
+Here the rebel commander arrived, after a tedious march over
+roads not easily traversed by his train of heavy wagons and
+artillery.  His forces amounted in all to about nine hundred men,
+with some half-dozen pieces of ordnance.  It was a well-appointed
+body, and under excellent discipline, for it had been schooled by
+the strictest martinet in the Peruvian service.  But it was the
+misfortune of Pizarro that his army was composed, in part, at
+least, of men on whose attachment to his cause he could not
+confidently rely.  This was a deficiency which no courage nor
+skill in the leader could supply.
+
+On entering the valley, Pizarro selected the eastern quarter of
+it, towards Cuzco, as the most favorable spot for his encampment.
+It was crossed by the stream above mentioned, and he stationed
+his army in such a manner, that, while one extremity of the camp
+rested on a natural barrier formed by the mountain cliffs that
+here rose up almost perpendicularly, the other was protected by
+the river.  While it was scarcely possible, therefore, to assail
+his flanks, the approaches in front were so extremely narrowed by
+these obstacles, that it would not be easy to overpower him by
+numbers in that direction.  In the rear, his communications
+remained open with Cuzco, furnishing a ready means for obtaining
+supplies.  Having secured this strong position, he resolved
+patiently to wait the assault of the enemy. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: Carta de Valdivia, Ms. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 33, 34. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq.,
+Ms. - Gomara, Hist. de las Indias, cap. 185. - Fernandez, Hist.
+del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 88.]
+
+Meanwhile, the royal army had been toiling up the steep sides of
+the Cordilleras, until, at the close of the third day, the
+president had the satisfaction to find himself surrounded by his
+whole force, with their guns and military stores.  Having now
+sufficiently refreshed his men, he resumed his march, and all
+went forward with the buoyant confidence of bringing their
+quarrel with the tyrant, as Pizarro was called, to a speedy
+issue.
+
+Their advance was slow, as in the previous part of the march, for
+the ground was equally embarrassing.  It was not long, however,
+before the president learned that his antagonist had pitched his
+camp in the neighbouring valley of Xaquixaguana.  Soon afterward,
+two friars, sent by Gonzalo himself, appeared in the army, for
+the ostensible purpose of demanding a sight of the powers with
+which Gasca was intrusted.  But as their conduct gave reason to
+suspect they were spies, the president caused the holy men to be
+seized, and refused to allow them to return to Pizarro. By an
+emissary of his own, whom he despatched to the rebel chief, he
+renewed the assurance of pardon already given him, in case he
+would lay down his arms and submit.  Such an act of generosity,
+at this late hour, must be allowed to be highly creditable to
+Gasca, believing, as he probably did, that the game was in his
+own hands. - It is a pity that the anecdote does not rest on the
+best authority. *20
+[Footnote 20: The fact is not mentioned by any of the parties
+present at these transactions.  It is to be found, with some
+little discrepancy of circumstances, in Gomara (Hist. de las
+Indias, cap. 185) and Zarate (Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 6);
+and their positive testimony maybe thought by most readers to
+outweigh the negative afforded by the silence of other
+contemporaries.]
+
+After a march of a couple of days, the advanced guard of the
+royalists came suddenly on the outposts of the insurgents, from
+whom they had been concealed by a thick mist, and a slight
+skirmish took place between them.  At length, on the morning of
+the eighth of April, the royal army, turning the crest of the
+lofty range that belts round the lovely valley of Xaquixaguana,
+beheld far below on the opposite side the glittering lines of the
+enemy, with their white pavilions, looking like clusters of wild
+fowl nestling among the cliffs of the mountains.  And still
+further off might be descried a host of Indian warriors, showing
+gaudily in their variegated costumes; for the natives, in this
+part of the country, with little perception of their true
+interests, manifested great zeal in the cause of Pizarro.
+
+Quickening their step, the royal army now hastily descended the
+steep sides of the sierra; and notwithstanding every effort of
+their officers, they moved in so little order, each man picking
+his way as he could, that the straggling column presented many a
+vulnerable point to the enemy; and the descent would not have
+been accomplished without considerable loss, had Pizarro's cannon
+been planted on any of the favorable positions which the ground
+afforded.  But that commander, far from attempting to check the
+president's approach, remained doggedly in the strong position he
+had occupied, with the full confidence that his adversaries would
+not hesitate to assail it, strong as it was, in the same manner
+as they had done at Huarina. *21
+
+[Footnote 21: "Salio a Xaquixaguana con toda su gente y alli nos
+aguardo en un llano junto a un cerro alto por donde bajabamos; y
+cierto nuestro Senor le cego el entendimiento, porque si nos
+aguardaran al pie de la bajada, hicieran mucho dano a nosotros.
+Retiraronse a un llano junto a una cienaga, creyendo que nuestro
+campo alli les acometiera y con la ventaja que nos tenian del
+puesto nos vencieran." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. -
+Carta de Valdivia, Ms. - Relacion del Lic. Gasca, Ms.]
+Yet he did not omit to detach a corps of arquebusiers to secure a
+neighbouring eminence or spur of the Cordilleras, which in the
+hands of the enemy might cause some annoyance to his own camp,
+while it commanded still more effectually the ground soon to be
+occupied by the assailants. But his manoeuvre was noticed by
+Hinojosa; and he defeated it by sending a stronger detachment of
+the royal musketeers, who repulsed the rebels, and, after a short
+skirmish, got possession of the heights.  Gasca's general
+profited by this success to plant a small battery of cannon on
+the eminence, from which, although the distance was too great for
+him to do much execution, he threw some shot into the hostile
+camp.  One ball, indeed, struck down two men, one of them
+Pizarro's page, killing a horse, at the same time, which he held
+by the bridle; and the chief instantly ordered the tents to be
+struck, considering that they afforded too obvious a mark for the
+artillery. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: "Porq. muchas pelotas dieron en medio de la gente,
+y una dellas mato juto a Goncalo Pizarro vn criado suyo que se
+estaua armando; y mato otro hombre y vn cauallo; que puso grande
+alteracion en el campo, y abatieron todas las tiedas y toldos."
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 89. - Carta de
+Valdivia, Ms. - Relacion del Lic. Gasca. Ms]
+Meanwhile, the president's forces had descended into the valley,
+and as they came on the plain were formed into line by their
+officers.  The ground occupied by the army was somewhat lower
+than that of their enemy, whose shot, as discharged, from time to
+time, from his batteries, passed over their heads.  Information
+was now brought by a deserter, one of Centeno's old followers,
+that Pizarro was getting ready for a night attack.  The
+president, in consequence, commanded his whole force to be drawn
+up in battle array, prepared, at any instant, to repulse the
+assault.  But if such were meditated by the insurgent chief, he
+abandoned it, - and, as it is said, from a distrust of the
+fidelity of some of the troops, who, under cover of the darkness,
+he feared, would go over to the opposite side.  If this be true,
+he must have felt the full force of Carbajal's admonition, when
+too late to profit by it.  The unfortunate commander was in the
+situation of some bold, high-mettled cavalier, rushing to battle
+on a war-horse whose tottering joints threaten to give way under
+him at every step, and leave his rider to the mercy of his
+enemies!
+
+The president's troops stood to their arms the greater part of
+the night, although the air from the mountains was so keen, that
+it was with difficulty they could hold their lances in their
+hands. *23 But before the rising sun had kindled into a glow the
+highest peaks of the sierra, both camps were in motion, and
+busily engaged in preparations for the combat. The royal army was
+formed into two battalions of infantry, one to attack the enemy
+in front, and the other, if possible, to operate on his flank.
+These battalions were protected by squadrons of horse on the
+wings and in the rear, while reserves both of horse and
+arquebusiers were stationed to act as occasion might require.
+The dispositions were made in so masterly a manner, as to draw
+forth a hearty eulogium from old Carbajal, who exclaimed, "Surely
+the Devil or Valdivia must be among them!" and undeniable
+compliment to the latter, since the speaker was ignorant of that
+commander's presence in the camp. *24
+
+[Footnote 23: "I asi estuvo el Campo toda la Noche en Arma,
+desarmadas las Tiendas, padesciendo mui gran frio que no podian
+tener las Lancas en las manos." Zarate, Conq. de Peru, lib. 7,
+cap. 6.]
+
+[Footnote 24: "Y assi quando vio Francisco de Caruajal el campo
+Real; pareciendole que los esquadrones venian bie ordenados dixo,
+Valdiuia esta en la tierra, y rige el campo, o el diablo."
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 89. - Relacion
+del Lic. Gasca, Ms - Carta de Valdivia, Ms. - Gomara, Hist. de
+las Indias, cap. 185. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 6. -
+Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 34. - Pedro Pizarro
+Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+Gasca, leaving the conduct of the battle to his officers,
+withdrew to the rear with his train of clergy and licentiates,
+the last of whom did not share in the ambition of their rebel
+brother, Cepeda, to break a lance in the field.
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro formed his squadron in the same manner as he had
+done on the plains of Huarina; except that the increased number
+of his horse now enabled him to cover both flanks of his
+infantry.  It was still on his fire-arms, however, that he
+chiefly relied.  As the ranks were formed, he rode among them,
+encouraging his men to do their duty like brave cavaliers, and
+true soldiers of the Conquest.  Pizarro was superbly armed, as
+usual, and wore a complete suit of mail, of the finest
+manufacture, which, as well as his helmet, was richly inlaid with
+gold. *25 He rode a chestnut horse of great strength and spirit,
+and as he galloped along the line, brandishing his lance, and
+displaying his easy horsemanship, he might be thought to form no
+bad personification of the Genius of Chivalry. To complete his
+dispositions, he ordered Cepeda to lead up the infantry; for the
+licentiate seems to have had a larger share in the conduct of his
+affairs of late, or at least in the present military
+arrangements, than Carbajal.  The latter, indeed, whether from
+disgust at the course taken by his leader, or from a distrust,
+which, it is said, he did not affect to conceal, of the success
+of the present operations, disclaimed all responsibility for
+them, and chose to serve rather as a private cavalier than as a
+commander. *26 Yet Cepeda, as the event showed, was no less
+shrewd in detecting the coming ruin.
+
+[Footnote 25: "Iba mui galan, i gentil hombre sobre vn poderoso
+caballo castano, armado de Cota, i Coracinas ricas, con vna sobre
+ropa de Raso bien golpeada, i vn Capacete de Oro en la cabeca,
+con su barbote de lo mismo." Gomara, Hist. de as Indias, cap.
+185.]
+
+[Footnote 26: "Porque el Maesse de campo Francisco de Caruajal,
+como hombre desdenado de que Goncalo Picarro no huuiesse querido
+seguir su parecer y consejo (dandose ya por vencido), no quiso
+hazer oficio de Maesse de campo, como solia, y assi fue a ponerse
+en el esquadron con su compania, como vno de los capitanes de
+ynfanteria." Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5 cap. 35.]
+
+When he had received his orders from Pizarro, he rode forward as
+if to select the ground for his troops to occupy; and in doing so
+disappeared for a few moments behind a projecting cliff.  He soon
+reappeared, however, and was seen galloping at full speed across
+the plain.  His men looked with astonishment, yet not distrusting
+his motives, till, as he continued his course direct towards the
+enemy's lines, his treachery became apparent.  Several pushed for
+ward to overtake him, and among them a cavalier, better mounted
+than Cepeda.  The latter rode a horse of no great strength or
+speed, quite unfit for this critical manoeuvre of his master. The
+animal, was, moreover, encumbered by the weight of the caparisons
+with which his ambitious rider had loaded him, so that, on
+reaching a piece of miry ground that lay between the armies, his
+pace was greatly retarded. *27 Cepeda's pursuers rapidly gained
+on him, and the cavalier above noticed came, at length, so near
+as to throw a lance at the fugitive, which, wounding him in the
+thigh, pierced his horse's flank, and they both came headlong to
+the ground.  It would have fared ill with the licentiate, in this
+emergency, but fortunately a small party of troopers on the other
+side, who had watched the chase, now galloped briskly forward to
+the rescue, and, beating off his pursuers, they recovered Cepeda
+from the mire, and bore him to the president's quarters.
+
+[Footnote 27: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+He was received by Gasca with the greatest satisfaction, - so
+great, that, according to one chronicler, he did not disdain to
+show it by saluting the licentiate on the cheek. *28 The anecdote
+is scarcely reconcilable with the characters and relations of the
+parties, or with the president's subsequent conduct.  Gasca,
+however, recognized the full value of his prize, and the effect
+which his desertion at such a time must have on the spirits of
+the rebels.  Cepeda's movement, so unexpected by his own party,
+was the result of previous deliberation, as he had secretly given
+assurance, it is said, to the prior of Arequipa, then in the
+royal camp, that, if Gonzalo Pizarro could not be induced to
+accept the pardon offered him, he would renounce his cause. *29
+The time selected by the crafty counsellor for doing so was that
+most fatal to the interests of his commander.
+
+[Footnote 28: "Gasca abraco, i beso en el carrillo a Cepeda,
+aunque lo llevaba encenagado, teniendo por vencido a Picarro, con
+su falta." Gomara, Hist. de las Indias, cap. 185.]
+
+[Footnote 29: "Ca, segun parecio, Cepeda le huvo avisado con Fr.
+Antonio de Castro, Prior de Santo Domingo en Arequipa, que si
+Picarro no quisiesse concierto ninguno, el se pasaria al servicio
+del Emperador a tiempo que le deshiciese." Ibid ubi supra.]
+
+The example of Cepeda was contagious.  Garcilasso de la Vega,
+father of the historian, a cavalier of old family, and probably
+of higher consideration than any other in Pizarro's party, put
+spurs to his horse, at the same time with the licentiate, and
+rode over the enemy.  Ten or a dozen of the arquebusiers followed
+in the same direction, and succeeded in placing themselves under
+the protection of the advanced guard of the royalists.
+
+Pizarro stood aghast at this desertion, in so critical a
+juncture, of those in whom he had most trusted.  He was, for a
+moment, bewildered.  The very ground on which he stood seemed to
+be crumbling beneath him.  With this state of feeling among his
+soldiers, he saw that every minute of delay was fatal.  He dared
+not wait for the assault, as he had intended, in his strong
+position, but instantly gave the word to advance.  Gasca's
+general, Hinojosa, seeing the enemy in motion, gave similar
+orders to his own troops.  Instantly the skirmishers and
+arquebusiers on the flanks moved rapidly forward, the artillery
+prepared to open their fire, and "the whole army," says the
+president in his own account of the affair, "advanced with steady
+step and perfect determination." *30
+[Footnote 30: "Visto por Gonzalo Pizarro Caravajal su Maestre de
+Campo que se les iva gente procuraron de caminar en su orden
+hacia el campo de S. M. i que viendo esto los lados i sobre
+salientes del exercito real se empezaron a llegar a ellos i a
+disparar en ellos i que lo mesmo hizo la artilleria, i todo el
+campo con paso bien concertado i entera determinacion se llego a
+ellos' Relacion del Lic. Gasca, Ms.]
+But before a shot was fired, a column of arquebusiers, composed
+chiefly of Centeno's followers, abandoned their post, and marched
+directly over to the enemy.  A squadron of horse, sent in pursuit
+of them, followed their example.  The president instantly
+commanded his men to halt, unwilling to spill blood
+unnecessarily, as the rebel host was like to fall to pieces of
+itself.
+
+Pizarro's faithful adherents were seized with a panic, as they
+saw themselves and their leader thus betrayed into the enemy's
+hands.  Further resistance was useless.  Some threw down their
+arms, and fled in the direction of Cuzco.  Others sought to
+escape to the mountains; and some crossed to the opposite side,
+and surrendered themselves prisoners, hoping it was not too late
+to profit by the promises of grace.  The Indian allies, on seeing
+the Spaniards falter, had been the first to go off the ground.
+*31
+
+[Footnote 31: "Los Indios que tenian los enemigos que diz que
+eran mucha cantidad huyeron mui a furia." (Relacion del Lic.
+Gasca, Ms.) For the particulars of the battle, more or less
+minute, see Carta de Valdivia, Ms. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 35. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. -
+Gomara, Hist. de las Indias, cap. 185. - Fernandez, Hist. del
+Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 90. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7,
+cap. 7. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 4, cap. 16.]
+Pizarro, amidst the general wreck, found himself left with only a
+few cavaliers who disdained to fly.  Stunned by the unexpected
+reverse of fortune, the unhappy chief could hardly comprehend his
+situation.  "What remains for us?" said he to Acosta, one of
+those who still adhered to him. "Fall on the enemy, since nothing
+else is left," answered the lion-hearted soldier, "and die like
+Romans!' "Better to die like Christians," replied his commander;
+and, slowly turning his horse, he rode off in the direction of
+the royal army. *32
+
+[Footnote 32: "Goncalo Picarro boluiendo el rostro, a Juan de
+Acosta, que estaua cerca del, le dixo, que hare mos hermano Juan?
+Acosta presumiendo mas de valiente que de discreto respondio,
+Senor arremetamos, y muramos como los antiguos Romanos.  Goncalo
+Picarro dixo mejor es morir como Cristianos." Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 36. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib.
+7, cap. 7.]
+
+He had not proceeded far, when he was met by an officer, to whom,
+after ascertaining his name and rank, Pizarro delivered up his
+sword, and yielded himself prisoner.  The officer, overjoyed at
+his prize, conducted him, at once, to the president's quarters.
+Gasca was on horseback, surrounded by his captains, some of whom,
+when they recognized the person of the captive, had the grace to
+withdraw, that they might not witness his humiliation. *33 Even
+the best of them, with a sense of right on their side, may have
+felt some touch of compunction at the thought that their
+desertion had brought their benefactor to this condition.
+
+[Footnote 33: Garcilasso, Com. Real., ubi supra.]
+
+Pizarro kept his seat in his saddle, but, as he approached, made
+a respectful obeisance to the president, which the latter
+acknowledged by a cold salute.  Then, addressing his prisoner in
+a tone of severity, Gasca abruptly inquired, - "Why he had thrown
+the country into such confusion; - raising the banner of revolt;
+killing the viceroy; usurping the government; and obstinately
+refusing the offers of grace that had been repeatedly made him?"
+
+Gonzalo attempted to justify himself by referring the fate of the
+viceroy to his misconduct, and his own usurpation, as it was
+styled, to the free election of the people, as well as that of
+the Royal Audience. "It was my family," he said, "who conquered
+the country; and, as their representative here, I felt I had a
+right to the government." To this Gasca replied, in a still
+severer tone, "Your brother did, indeed, conquer the land; and
+for this the emperor was pleased to raise both him and you from
+the dust.  He lived and died a true and loyal subject; and it
+only makes your ingratitude to your sovereign the more heinous."
+Then, seeing his prisoner about to reply, the president cut short
+the conference, ordering him into close confinement.  He was
+committed to the charge of Centeno, who had sought the office,
+not from any unworthy desire to gratify his revenge, - for he
+seems to have had a generous nature, - but for the honorable
+purpose of ministering to the comfort of the captive. Though held
+in strict custody by this officer, therefore, Pizarro was treated
+with the deference due to his rank, and allowed every indulgence
+by his keeper, except his freedom. *34
+
+[Footnote 34: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+90.
+Historians, of course, report the dialogue between Gasca and his
+prisoner with some variety.  See Gomara, Hist. de las Indias,
+cap. 185. - Garcilasso, Com. Real Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 36.
+Relacion del Lic. Gasca, Ms.]
+
+In this general wreck of their fortunes, Francisco de Carbajal
+fared no better than his chief.  As he saw the soldiers deserting
+their posts and going over to the enemy, one after another, he
+coolly hummed the words of his favorite old ballad, -
+
+"The wind blows the hairs off my head, mother!"
+
+But when he found the field nearly empty, and his stout-hearted
+followers vanished like a wreath of smoke, he felt it was time to
+provide for his own safety.  He knew there could be no favor for
+him and, putting spurs to his horse, he betook himself to flight
+with all the speed he could make. He crossed the stream that
+flowed, as already mentioned, by the camp, but, in scaling the
+opposite bank, which was steep and stony, his horse, somewhat
+old, and oppressed by the weight of his rider, who was large and
+corpulent, lost his footing and fell with him into the water.
+Before he could extricate himself, Carbajal was seized by some of
+his own followers, who hoped, by such a prize, to make their
+peace with the victor, and hurried off towards the president's
+quarters.
+
+The convoy was soon swelled by a number of the common file from
+the royal army, some of whom had long arrears to settle with the
+prisoner; and, not content with heaping reproaches and
+imprecations on his head, they now threatened to proceed to acts
+of personal violence, which Carbajal, far from deprecating,
+seemed rather to court, as the speediest way of ridding himself
+of life. *35 When he approached the president's quarters,
+Centeno, who was near, rebuked the disorderly rabble, and
+compelled them to give way.  Carbajal, on seeing this, with a
+respectful air demanded to whom he was indebted for this
+courteous protection.  To which his ancient comrade replied, "Do
+you not know me? - Diego Centeno!" "I crave your pardon," said
+the veteran, sarcastically alluding to his long flight in the
+Charcas, and his recent defeat at Huarina; "it is so long since I
+have seen any thing but your back, that I had forgotten your
+face!" *36
+
+[Footnote 35: "Luego llevaron antel dicho Licenciado Caravajal
+Maestre de campo del dicho Pizarro i tan cercado de gentes que
+del havian sido ofendidas que le querian matar, el qual diz que
+mostrava que olgara que le mataran alli." Relacion del Lic.
+Gasca, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 36: "Diego Centeno reprehendia mucho a los que le
+offendian. Por lo qual Caruajal le miro, y le dixo, Senor quien
+es vuestra merced que tanta merced me haze? a lo qual Centeno
+respondio, Que no conoce vuestra merced a Diego Centeno?  Dixo
+entonces Caruajal, Por Dios senor que como siempre vi a vuestra
+merced de espaldas, que agora teniendo le de cara, no le conocia'
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 90.]
+Among the president's suite was the martia bishop of Cuzco, who,
+it will be remembered, had shared with Centeno in the disgrace of
+his defeat. His brother had been taken by Carbajal, in his flight
+from the field, and instantly hung up by that fierce chief, who,
+as we have had more than one occasion to see, was no respecter of
+persons.  The bishop now reproached him with his brother's
+murder, and, incensed by his cool replies, was ungenerous enough
+to strike the prisoner on the face.  Carbajal made no attempt at
+resistance.  Nor would he return a word to the queries put to him
+by Gasca; but, looking haughtily round on the circle, maintained
+a contemptuous silence.  The president, seeing that nothing
+further was to be gained from his captive, ordered him, together
+with Acosta, and the other cavaliers who had surrendered, into
+strict custody, until their fate should be decided. *37
+
+[Footnote 37: Ibid., ubi supra.
+
+It is but fair to state that Garcilasso, who was personally
+acquainted with the bishop of Cuzco, doubts the fact of the
+indecorous conduct imputed to him by Fernandez, as inconsistent
+with the prelate's character.  Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap.
+39.]
+
+Gasca's next concern was to send an officer to Cuzco, to restrain
+his partisans from committing excesses in consequence of the late
+victory, - if victory that could be called, where not a blow had
+been struck.  Every thing belonging to the vanquished, their
+tents, arms, ammunition, and military stores, became the property
+of the victors.  Their camp was well victualled, furnishing a
+seasonable supply to the royalists, who had nearly expended their
+own stock of provisions.  There was, moreover, considerable booty
+in the way of plate and money; for Pizarro's men, as was not
+uncommon in those turbulent times, went, many of them, to the war
+with the whole of their worldly wealth, not knowing of any safe
+place in which to bestow it.  An anecdote is told of one of
+Gasca's soldiers, who, seeing a mule running over the field, with
+a large pack on his back, seized the animal, and mounted him,
+having first thrown away the burden, supposing it to contain
+armour, or something of little worth.  Another soldier, more
+shrewd, picked up the parcel, as his share of the spoil, and
+found it contained several thousand gold ducats!  It was the
+fortune of war. *38
+
+[Footnote 38: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 8.]
+
+Thus terminated the battle, or rather rout, of Xaquixaguana.  The
+number of killed and wounded - for some few perished in the
+pursuit - was not great; according to most accounts, not
+exceeding fifteen killed on the rebel side, and one only on that
+of the royalists!  and that one, by the carelessness of a
+comrade. *39 Never was there a cheaper victory; so bloodless a
+termination of a fierce an bloody rebellion!  It was gained not
+so much by the strength of the victors as by the weakness of the
+vanquished.  They fell to pieces of their own accord, because
+they had no sure ground to stand on.  The arm, not nerved by the
+sense of right, became powerless in the hour of battle.  It was
+better that they should thus be overcome by moral force than by a
+brutal appeal to arms.  Such a victory was more in harmony with
+the beneficent character of the conqueror and of his cause.  It
+was the triumph of order; the best homage to law and justice.
+
+[Footnote 39: "Temiose que en esta batalla muriria mucha gente de
+ambas partes por haver en ellas mill i quatrocientos arcabuceros
+i seiscientos de caballo i mucho numero de piqueros i diez i ocho
+piezas de artilleria, pero plugo a Dios que solo murio un hombre
+del campo de S. M. i quince de los contrarios como esta dicho."
+Relacion del Lic. Gasca, Ms.
+The Ms. above referred to is supposed by Munoz to have been
+written by Gasca, or rather dictated by him to his secretary.
+The original is preserved at Simancas, without date, and in the
+character of the sixteenth century.  It is principally taken up
+with the battle, and the events immediately connected with it;
+and although very brief, every sentence is of value as coming
+from so high a source.  Alcedo, in his Biblioteca Americana, Ms.,
+gives the title of a work from Gasca's pen, which would seem to
+be an account of his own administration, Historia de Peru, y de
+su Pacificacion, 1576, fol. - I have never met with the work, or
+with any other allusion to it.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter IV
+
+Execution Of Carbajal. - Gonzalo Pizarro Beheaded. - Spoils Of
+Victory. - Wise Reforms By Gasca. - He Returns To Spain. - His
+Death And Character.
+
+1548-1550.
+
+
+It was now necessary to decide on the fate of the prisoners; and
+Alonso de Alvarado, with the Licentiate Cianca, one of the new
+Royal Audience, was instructed to prepare the process.  It did
+not require a long time.  The guilt of the prisoners was too
+manifest, taken, as they had been, with arms in their hands.
+They were all sentenced to be executed, and their estates were
+confiscated to the use of the Crown. Gonzalo Pizarro was to be
+beheaded, and Carbajal to be drawn and quartered.  No mercy was
+shown to him who had shown none to others.  There was some talk
+of deferring the execution till the arrival of the troops in
+Cuzco; but the fear of disturbances from those friendly to
+Pizarro determined the president to carry the sentence into
+effect the following day, on the field of battle. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: The sentence passed upon Pizarro is given at length
+in the manuscript copy of Zarate's History, to which I have had
+occasion more than once to refer.  The historian omitted it in
+his printed work, but the curious reader may find it entire,
+cited in the original, in Appendix, No. 14.]
+
+When his doom was communicated to Carbajal, he heard it with his
+usual indifference.  "They can but kill me," he said, as if he
+had already settled the matter in his own mind. *2 During the
+day, many came to see him in his confinement; some to upbraid him
+with his cruelties; but most, from curiosity to see the fierce
+warrior who had made his name so terrible through the land.  He
+showed no unwillingness to talk with them, thought it was in
+those sallies of caustic humor in which he usually indulged at
+the expense of his hearer.  Among these visiters was a cavalier
+of no note, whose life, it appears, Carbajal had formerly spared,
+when in his power.  This person expressed to the prisoner his
+strong desire to serve him; and as he reiterated his professions,
+Carbajal cut them short by exclaiming, - "And what service can
+you do me?  Can you set me free?  If you cannot do that, you can
+do nothing.  If I spared your life, as you say, it was probably
+because I did not think it worth while to take it."
+[Footnote 2: 'Basta matar." Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1,
+lib. 2, cap. 91.]
+
+Some piously disposed persons urged him to see a priest, if it
+were only to unburden his conscience before leaving the world.
+"But of what use would that be?" asked Carbajal.  "I have nothing
+that lies heavy on my conscience, unless it be, indeed, the debt
+of half a real to a shopkeeper in Seville, which I forgot to pay
+before leaving the country!" *3
+[Footnote 3: "En esso no tengo que confessar: porque juro a tal,
+que no tengo otro cargo, si no medio rea que deuo en Seuilla a
+vna bodegonera de la puerta del Arenal, del tiempo que passe a
+Indias." Ibid., ubi supra.]
+He was carried to execution on a hurdle, or rather in a basket,
+drawn by two mules.  His arms were pinioned, and, as they forced
+his bulky body into this miserable conveyance, he exclaimed, -
+"Cradles for infants, and a cradle for the old man too, it
+seems!" *4 Notwithstanding the disinclination he had manifested
+to a confessor, he was attended by several ecclesiastics on his
+way to the gallows; and one of them repeatedly urged him to give
+some token of penitence at this solemn hour, if it were only by
+repeating the Pater Noster and Ave Maria.  Carbajal, to rid
+himself of the ghostly father's importunity, replied by coolly
+repeating the words, "Pater Noster," "Ave Maria"!  He then
+remained obstinately silent.  He died, as he had lived, with a
+jest, or rather a scoff, upon his lips. *5
+
+[Footnote 4: "Nino en cuna, y viejo en cuna" Ibid., loc. cit.]
+[Footnote 5: "Murio como gentil, porque dicen, que yo no le quise
+ver, que unsi le di la palabra de no velle; mas a la postrer vez
+que me hablo llevandole a matar le decia el sacerdote que con el
+iba, que se encomendase a Dios y dijese el Pater Noster y el Ave
+Maria, y dicen que dijo Pater Noster, Ave Maria y que no dijo
+otra palabra." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq Ms.]
+
+Francisco de Carbajal was one of the most extraordinary
+characters of these dark and turbulent times; the more
+extraordinary from his great age; for, at the period of his
+death, he was in his eighty-fourth year; - an age when the bodily
+powers, and, fortunately, the passions, are usually blunted;
+when, in the witty words of the French moralist, "We flatter
+ourselves we are leaving our vices, whereas it is our vices that
+are leaving us." *6 But the fires of youth glowed fierce and
+unquenchable in the bosom of Carbajal.
+
+[Footnote 6: I quote from memory, but believe the reflection may
+be found in that admirable digest of worldly wisdom, The
+Characters of La Bruyere.]
+The date of his birth carries us back towards the middle of the
+fifteenth century, before the times of Ferdinand and Isabella.
+He was of obscure parent age, and born, as it is said, at
+Arevalo.  For forty years he served in the Italian wars, under
+the most illustrious captains of the day, Gonsalvo de Cordova,
+Navarro, and the Colonnas.  He was an ensign at the battle of
+Ravenna; witnessed the capture of Francis the First at Pavia; and
+followed the banner of the ill-starred Bourbon at the sack of
+Rome.  He got no gold for his share of the booty, on this
+occasion, but simply the papers of a notary's office, which,
+Carbajal shrewdly thought, would be worth gold to him.  And so it
+proved; for the notary was fain to redeem them at a price which
+enabled the adventurer to cross the seas to Mexico, and seek his
+fortune in the New World.  On the insurrection of the Peruvians,
+he was sent to the support of Francis Pizarro, and was rewarded
+by that chief with a grant of land in Cuzco.  Here he remained
+for several years, busily employed in increasing his substance;
+for the love of lucre was a ruling passion in his bosom.  On the
+arrival of Vaca de Castro, we find him doing good service under
+the royal banner; and at the breaking out of the great rebellion
+under Gonzalo Pizarro, he converted his property into gold, and
+prepared to return to Castile.  He seemed to have a presentiment
+that to remain where he was would be fatal.  But, although he
+made every effort to leave Peru, he was unsuccessful, for the
+viceroy had laid an embargo on the shipping. *7 He remained in
+the country, therefore, and took service, as we have seen, though
+reluctantly, under Pizarro.  It was his destiny.
+
+[Footnote 7: Pedro Pizarro bears testimony to Carbajal's
+endeavours to leave the country, in which he was aided, though
+ineffectually, by the chronicler, who was, at that time, in the
+most friendly relations with him.  Civil war parted these ancient
+comrades; but Carbajal did not forget his obligations to Pedro
+Pizarro, which he afterwards repaid by exempting him on two
+different occasions from the general doom of the prisoners who
+fell into his hands.]
+
+The tumultuous life on which he now entered roused all the
+slumbering passions of his soul, which lay there, perhaps
+unconsciously to himself; cruelty, avarice, revenge.  He found
+ample exercise for them in the war with his countrymen; for civil
+war is proverbially the most sanguinary and ferocious of all.
+The atrocities recorded of Carbajal, in his new career, and the
+number of his victims, are scarcely credible.  For the honor of
+humanity, we may trust the accounts are greatly exaggerated; but
+that he should have given rise to them at all is sufficient to
+consign his name to infamy. *8
+
+[Footnote 8: Out of three hundred and forty executions, according
+to Fernandez, three hundred were by Carbajal.  (Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 91.) Zarate swells the number of these
+executions to five hundred. (Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 1.) The
+discrepancy shows how little we can confide in the accuracy of
+such estimates.]
+
+He even took a diabolical pleasure, it is said, in amusing
+himself with the sufferings of his victims, and in the hour of
+execution would give utterance to frightful jests, that made them
+taste more keenly the bitterness of death!  He had a sportive
+vein, if such it could be called, which he freely indulged on
+every occasion.  Many of his sallies were preserved by the
+soldiery; but they are, for the most part, of a coarse, repulsive
+character, flowing from a mind familiar with the weak and wicked
+side of humanity, and distrusting every other.  He had his jest
+for every thing, - for the misfortunes of others, and for his
+own.  He looked on life as a farce, - though he too often made it
+a tragedy.
+
+Carbajal must be allowed one virtue; that of fidelity to his
+party. This made him less tolerant of perfidy in others.  He was
+never known to show mercy to a renegade.  This undeviating
+fidelity, though to a bad cause, may challenge something like a
+feeling of respect, where fidelity was so rare. *9
+
+[Footnote 9: Fidelity, indeed, is but one of many virtues claimed
+for Carbajal by Garcilasso, who considers most of the tales of
+cruelty and avarice circulated of the veteran, as well as the
+hardened levity imputed to him in his latter moments, as
+inventions of his enemies.  The Inca chronicler was a boy when
+Gonzalo and his chivalry occupied Cuzco; and the kind treatment
+he experienced from them, owing, doubtless, to his father's
+position in the rebel army, he has well repaid by depicting their
+portraits in the favorable colors in which they appeared to his
+young imagination.  But the garrulous old man has recorded
+several individual instances of atrocity in the career of
+Carbajal, which form but an indifferent commentary on the
+correctness of his general assertions in respect to his
+character.]
+
+As a military man, Carbajal takes a high rank among the soldiers
+of the New World.  He was strict, even severe, in enforcing
+discipline, so that he was little loved by his followers.
+Whether he had the genius for military combinations requisite for
+conducting war on an extended scale may be doubted; but in the
+shifts and turns of guerilla warfare he was unrivalled.  Prompt,
+active, and persevering, he was insensible to danger or fatigue,
+and, after days spent in the saddle, seemed to attach little
+value to the luxury of a bed. *10
+
+[Footnote 10: "Fue maior sufridor de trabajos, que requeria su
+edad, porque a maravilla se quitaba las Armas de Dia, ni de
+Noche, i quando era necesario, tampoco se acostaba, ni dormia mas
+de quanto recostado en vna Silla, se le cansaba la mano en que
+arrimaba la Cabeca." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 14.]
+
+He knew familiarly every mountain pass, and, such were the
+sagacity and the resources displayed in his roving expeditions,
+that he was vulgarly believed to be attended by a familiar. *11
+With a character so extraordinary, with powers prolonged so far
+beyond the usual term of humanity, and passions so fierce in one
+tottering on the verge of the grave, it was not surprising that
+many fabulous stories should be eagerly circulated respecting
+him, and that Carbajal should be clothed with mysterious terrors
+as a sort of supernatural being, - the demon of the Andes!
+
+[Footnote 11: Pedro Pizarro, who seems to have entertained
+feelings not unfriendly to Carbajal, thus sums up his character
+in a few words.  "Era mui lenguaz: hablaba muy discreptamente y a
+gusto de los que le oian: era hombre sagaz, cruel, bien entendido
+en la guerra. . . . . . Este Carbajal era tan sabio que decian
+tenia familiar." Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+Very different were the circumstances attending the closing scene
+of Gonzalo Pizarro.  At his request, no one had been allowed to
+visit him in his confinement.  He was heard pacing his tent
+during the greater part of the day, and when night came, having
+ascertained from Centeno that his execution was to take place on
+the following noon, he laid himself down to rest.  He did not
+sleep long, however, but soon rose, and continued to traverse his
+apartment, as if buried in meditation, till dawn He then sent for
+a confessor, and remained with him till after the hour of noon,
+taking little or no refreshment.  The officers of justice became
+impatient; but their eagerness was sternly rebuked by the
+soldiery, many of whom, having served under Gonzalo's banner,
+were touched with pity for his misfortunes.
+When the chieftain came forth to execution, he showed in his
+dress the same love of magnificence and display as in happier
+days.  Over his doublet he wore a superb cloak of yellow velvet,
+stiff with gold embroidery, while his head was protected by a cap
+of the same materials, richly decorated, in like manner, with
+ornaments of gold. *12 In this gaudy attire he mounted his mule,
+and the sentence was so far relaxed that his arms were suffered
+to remain unshackled.  He was escorted by a goodly number of
+priests and friars, who held up the crucifix before his eyes,
+while he carried in his own hand an image of the Virgin.  She had
+ever been the peculiar object of Pizarro's devotion; so much so,
+that those who knew him best in the hour of his prosperity were
+careful, when they had a petition, to prefer it in the name of
+the blessed Mary.
+
+[Footnote 12: "Al tiempo que lo mataron, dio al Verdugo toda la
+Ropa, que traia que era mui rica, i de mucho valor, porque tenia
+vna Ropa de Armas de Terciopelo amarillo, casi toda cubierta de
+Chaperia de Oro i vn Chapeo de la misma forma.' Zarate, Conq. del
+Peru, lib 7 cap. 8.]
+Pizarro's lips were frequently pressed to the emblem of his
+divinity, while his eyes were bent on the crucifix in apparent
+devotion, heedless of the objects around him.  On reaching the
+scaffold, he ascended it with a firm step, and asked leave to
+address a few words to the soldiery gathered round it.  "There
+are many among you," said he, "who have grown rich on my
+brother's bounty, and my own.  Yet, of all my riches, nothing
+remains to me but the garments I have on; and even these are not
+mine, but the property of the executioner.  I am without means,
+therefore, to purchase a mass for the welfare of my soul; and I
+implore you, by the remembrance of past benefits, to extend this
+charity to me when I am gone, that it may be well with you in the
+hour of death." A profound silence reigned throughout the martial
+multitude, broken only by sighs and groans, as they listened to
+Pizarro's request; and it was faithfully responded to, since,
+after his death, masses were said in many of the towns for the
+welfare of the departed chieftain.
+
+Then, kneeling down before a crucifix placed on a table, Pizarro
+remained for some minutes absorbed in prayer; after which,
+addressing the soldier who was to act as the minister of justice,
+he calmly bade him "do his duty with a steady hand." He refused
+to have his eyes bandaged, and, bending forward his neck,
+submitted it to the sword of the executioner, who struck off the
+head with a single blow, so true that the body remained for some
+moments in the same erect posture as in life. *13 The head was
+taken to Lima, where it was set in a cage or frame, and then
+fixed on a gibbet by the side of Carbajal's.  On it was placed a
+label, bearing, - "This is the head of the traitor Gonzalo
+Pizarro, who rebelled in Peru against his sovereign, and battled
+in the cause of tyranny and treason against the royal standard in
+the valley of Xaquixaguana." *14 His large estates, including the
+rich mines in Potosi, were confiscated; his mansion in Lima was
+razed to the ground, the place strewed with salt, and a store
+pillar set up, with an inscription interdicting any one from
+building on a spot which had been profaned by the residence of a
+traitor.
+[Footnote 13: "The executioner," says Garcilasso, with a simile
+more expressive than elegant, "did his work as cleanly as if he
+had been slicing off a head of lettuce!" "De vn reues le corto la
+cabeca con tanta facilidad, como si fuera vna hoja de lechuga, y
+se quedo con ella en la mano, y tardo el cuerpo algun espacio en
+caer en el suelo." Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap.
+43.]
+
+[Footnote 14: "Esta es la cabeza del traidor de Gonzalo Pizarro
+que se hizo justicia del en el valle de Aquixaguana, donde dio la
+batalla campal contra el estandarte real queriendo defender su
+traicion e tirania: ninguno sea osado de la quitar de aqui so
+pena de muerte natural." Zarate, Ms.]
+
+Gonzalo's remains were not exposed to the indignities inflicted
+on Carbajal's, whose quarters were hung in chains on the four
+great roads leading to Cuzco.  Centeno saved Pizarro's body from
+being stripped, by redeeming his costly raiment from the
+executioner, and in this sumptuous shroud it was laid in the
+chapel of the convent of Our Lady of Mercy in Cuzco.  It was the
+same spot where, side by side, lay the bloody remains of the
+Almagros, father and son, who in like manner had perished by the
+hand of justice, and were indebted to private charity for their
+burial. All these were now con signed "to the same grave," says
+the historian, with some bitterness, "as if Peru could not afford
+land enough for a burial-place to its conquerors." *15
+
+[Footnote 15: "Y las sepolturas vna sola auiendo de ser tres: que
+aun la tierra parece que les falto para auer los de cubrir."
+Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 43.
+
+For the tragic particulars of the preceding pages, see Ibid, cap.
+39-43. - Relacion del Lic. Gasca, Ms - Carta de Valdivia, Ms. -
+Ms. de Caravantes. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. -
+Gomara, Hist. de las Indias, cap 186. - Fernandez, Hist. del
+Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 91. - Zarate Conq. del Peru, lib. 7,
+cap. 8. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 4, cap. 16.]
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro had reached only his forty-second year at the
+time of his death, - being just half the space allotted to his
+follower Carbajal. He was the youngest of the remarkable family
+to whom Spain was indebted for the acquisition of Peru.  He came
+over to the country with his brother Francisco, on the return of
+the latter from his visit to Castile.  Gonzalo was present in all
+the remarkable passages of the Conquest.  He witnessed the
+seizure of Atahuallpa, took an active part in suppressing the
+insurrection of the Incas, and especially in the reduction of
+Charcas.  He afterwards led the disastrous expedition to the
+Amazon; and, finally, headed he memorable rebellion which ended
+so fatally to himself.  There are but few men whose lives abound
+in such wild and romantic adventure, and, for the most part,
+crowned with success.  The space which he occupies in the page of
+history is altogether disproportioned to his talents.  It may be
+in some measure ascribed to fortune, but still more to those
+showy qualities which form a sort of substitute for mental
+talent, and which secured his popularity with the vulgar.
+
+He had a brilliant exterior; excelled in all martial exercises;
+rode well, fenced well, managed his lance to perfection, was a
+first-rate marksman with the arquebuse, and added the
+accomplishment of being an excellent draughtsman.  He was bold
+and chivalrous, even to temerity; courted adventure, and was
+always in the front of danger.  He was a knighterrant, in short,
+in the most extravagant sense of the term, and, "mounted on his
+favorite charger," says one who had often seen him, "made no more
+account of a squadron of Indians than of a swarm of flies." *16
+[Footnote 16: "Quando Goncalo Pizarro, que aya gloria, se veya en
+su zaynillo, no hazia mas caso de esquadrones de Yndios, que si
+fueran de moscas." Garcilasso, Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 43.]
+
+While thus, by his brilliant exploits and showy manners, he
+captivated the imaginations of his countrymen, he won their
+hearts no less by his soldier-like frankness, his trust in their
+fidelity, - too often abused, - and his liberal largesses; for
+Pizarro, though avaricious of the property of others, was, like
+the Roman conspirator, prodigal of his own. This was his portrait
+in happier days, when his heart had not been corrupted by
+success; for tha some change was wrought on him by his prosperity
+is well attested.  His head was made giddy by his elevation; and
+it is proof of a want of talent equal to his success, that he
+knew not how to profit by it.  Obeying the dictates of his own
+rash judgment, he rejected the warnings of his wisest
+counsellors, and relied with blind confidence on his destiny.
+Garcilasso imputes this to the malignant influence of the stars.
+*17 But the superstitious chronicler might have better explained
+it by a common principle of human nature; by the presumption
+nourished by success; the insanity, as the Roman, or rather
+Grecian, proverb calls it, with which the gods afflict men when
+they design to ruin them. *18
+
+[Footnote 17: "Dezian que no era falta de ontendimiento, pues lo
+tenia bastante, sino que deuia de ser sobra de influencia de
+signos y planetas, que le cegauan y forcauan a que pusiesse la
+garganta al cuchillo." Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2 lib. 5,
+cap. 33.]
+
+[Footnote 18:  Eurip. Fragmenta]
+
+Gonzalo was without education, except such as he had picked up in
+the rough school of war.  He had little even of that wisdom which
+springs from natural shrewdness and insight into character.  In
+all this he was inferior to his elder brothers, although he fully
+equalled them in ambition.  Had he possessed a tithe of their
+sagacity, he would not have madly persisted in rebellion, after
+the coming of the president. Before this period, he represented
+the people.  Their interests and his were united.  He had their
+support, for he was contending for the redress of their wrongs.
+When these were redressed by the government, there was nothing to
+contend for.  From that time, he was battling only for himself
+The people had no part nor interest in the contest.  Without a
+common sympathy to bind them together, was it strange that they
+should fall off from him, like leaves in winter, and leave him
+exposed, a bare and sapless trunk, to the fury of the tempest?
+
+Cepeda, more criminal than Pizarro, since he had both superior
+education and intelligence, which he employed only to mislead his
+commander, did not long survive him.  He had come to the country
+in an office of high responsibility.  His first step was to
+betray the viceroy whom he was sent to support; his next was to
+betray the Audience with whom he should have acted; and lastly,
+he betrayed the leader whom he most affected to serve.  His whole
+career was treachery to his own government. His life was one long
+perfidy.
+
+After his surrender, several of the cavaliers, disgusted at his
+cold-blooded apostasy, would have persuaded Gasca to send him to
+execution along with his commander; but the president refused, in
+consideration of the signal service he had rendered the Crown by
+his defection.  He was put under arrest, however, and sent to
+Castile.  There he was arraigned for high-treason.  He made a
+plausible defence, and as he had friends at court, it is not
+improbable he would have been acquitted; but, before the trial
+was terminated, he died in prison.  It was the retributive
+justice not always to be found in the affairs of this world. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: The cunning lawyer prepared so plausible an
+argument in his own justification, that Yllescas, the celebrated
+historian of the Popes, declares that no one who read the paper
+attentively, but must rise from the perusal of it with an entire
+conviction of the writer's innocence, and of his unshaken loyalty
+to the Crown.  See the passage quoted by Garcilasso Com. Real.,
+Parte 2, lib. 6, cap. 10]
+
+Indeed, it so happened, that several of those who had been most
+forward to abandon the cause of Pizarro survived their commander
+but a short time.  The gallant Centeno, and the Licentiate
+Carbajal, who deserted him near Lima, and bore the royal standard
+on the field of Xaquixaguana, both died within a year after
+Pizarro.  Hinojosa was assassinated but two years later in La
+Plata; and his old comrade Valdivia, after a series of brilliant
+exploits in Chili, which furnished her most glorious theme to the
+epic Muse of Castile, was cut off by the invincible warriors of
+Arauco.  The Manes of Pizarro were amply avenged.
+
+Acosta, and three or four other cavaliers who surrendered with
+Gonzalo, were sent to execution on the same day with their chief;
+and Gasca, on the morning following the dismal tragedy, broke up
+his quarters and marched with his whole army to Cuzco, where he
+was received by the politic people with the same enthusiasm which
+they had so recently shown to his rival.  He found there a number
+of the rebel army who had taken refuge in the city after their
+late defeat, where they were immediately placed under arrest.
+Proceedings, by Gasca's command, were instituted against them.
+The principal cavaliers, to the number of ten or twelve, were
+executed; others were banished or sent to the galleys.  The same
+rigorous decrees were passed against such as had fled and were
+not yet taken, and the estates of all were confiscated.  The
+estates of the rebels supplied a fund for the recompense of the
+loyal. *20 The execution of justice may seem to have been severe;
+but Gasca was willing that the rod should fall heavily on those
+who had so often rejected his proffers of grace.  Lenity was
+wasted on a rude, licentious soldiery, who hardly recognized the
+existence of government, unless they felt its rigor
+[Footnote 20: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Fernandez,
+Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 91. - Carta de Valdivia,
+Ms.  - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib 7, cap 8. - Relacion del Lic.
+Gasca, Ms]
+
+A new duty now devolved on the president, - that of rewarding his
+faithful followers, - not less difficult, as it proved, than that
+of punishing the guilty.  The applicants were numerous; since
+every one who had raised a finger in behalf of the government
+claimed his reward.  They urged their demands with a clamorous
+importunity which perplexed the good president, and consumed
+every moment of his time.
+
+Disgusted with this unprofitable state of things, Gasca resolved
+to rid himself of the annoyance at once, by retiring to the
+valley of Guaynarima, about twelve leagues distant from the city,
+and there digesting, in quiet, a scheme of compensation, adjusted
+to the merits of the parties.  He was accompanied only by his
+secretary, and by Loaysa, now archbishop of Lima, a man of sense,
+and well acquainted with the affairs of the country.  In this
+seclusion the president remained three months, making a careful
+examination into the conflicting claims, and apportioning the
+forfeitures among the parties according to their respective
+services. The repa??timientos, it should be remarked, were
+usually granted only for life, and, on the death of the
+incumbent, reverted to the Crown, to be reassigned or retained at
+its pleasure.
+
+When his arduous task was completed, Gasca determined to withdraw
+to Lima, leaving the instrument of partition with the archbishop,
+to be communicated to the army.  Notwithstanding all the care
+that had been taken for an equitable adjustment, Gasca was aware
+that it was impossible to satisfy the demands of a jealous and
+irritable soldiery, where each man would be likely to exaggerate
+his own deserts, while he underrated those of his comrades; and
+he did not care to expose himself to importunities and complaints
+that could serve no other purpose than to annoy him.
+On his departure, the troops were called together by the
+archbishop in the cathedral, to learn the contents of the
+schedule intrusted to him. A discourse was first preached by a
+worthy Dominican, the prior of Arequipa, in which the reverend
+father expatiated on the virtue of contentment, the duty of
+obedience, and the folly, as well as wickedness, of an attempt to
+resist the constituted authorities, topics, in short, which he
+conceived might best conciliate the good-will and conformity of
+his audience.
+
+A letter from the president was then read from the pulpit.  It
+was addressed to the officers and soldiers of the army.  The
+writer began with briefly exposing the difficulties of his task,
+owing to the limited amount of the gratuities, and the great
+number and services of the claimants.  He had given the matter
+the most careful consideration, he said, and endeavoured to
+assign to each his share, according to his deserts, without
+prejudice or partiality.  He had, no doubt, fallen into errors,
+but he trusted his followers would excuse them, when they
+reflected that he had done according to the best of his poor
+abilities; and all, he believed, would do him the justice to
+acknowledge he had not been influenced by motives of personal
+interest.  He bore emphatic testimony to the services they had
+rendered to the good cause, and concluded with the most
+affectionate wishes for their future prosperity and happiness.
+The letter was dated at Guaynarima, August 17, 1548, and bore the
+simple signature of the Licentiate Gasca. *21
+
+[Footnote 21: Ms. de Caravantes - Pedro Pizzarro, Descub. y
+Conq., Ms. - Peru, Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 9. -
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap 92.]
+
+The archbishop next read the paper containing the president's
+award. The annual rent of the estates to be distributed amounted
+to a hundred and thirty thousand pesos ensayados; *22 a large
+amount, considering the worth of money in that day, - in any
+other country than Peru, where money was a drug. *23
+
+[Footnote 22: The peso ensayado, according to Garcilasso, was one
+fifth more in value than the Castilian ducat. Com. Real., Parte
+2, lib. 6, cap. 3.]
+
+[Footnote 23: "Entre los cavalleros capitanes y soldados que le
+ayudaron en esta ocasion repartio el Presidente Pedro de la Gasca
+135,000 pesos ensayados de renta que estaban vacos, y no un
+millon y tantos mil pesos, como dize Diego Fernandez, que
+escrivio en Palencia estas alteraciones, y de quien lo tomo
+Antonio de Herrera: y porque esta ocasion fue la segunda en que
+los benemeritos del Piru fundan con razon los servicios de sus
+pasados, porque mediante esta batalla aseguro la corona de
+Castilla las provincias mas ricas que tiene en America, pondre
+sus nombres para que se conserbe con certeza su memoria como
+pareze en el auto original que proveyo en el asiento de
+Guainarima cerca de la ciudad del Cuzco en diez y siete de Agosto
+de 1548, que esta en los archivos del govierno." Ms. de
+Caravantes.
+
+The sum mentioned in the text, as thus divided among the army,
+falls very far short of the amount stated by Garcilasso,
+Fernandez, Zarate, and, indeed, every other writer on the
+subject, none of whom estimate it at less than a million of
+pesos.  But Caravantes, from whom I have taken it, copies the
+original act of partition preserved in the royal archives.  Yet
+Garcilasso de la Vega ought to have been well informed of the
+value of these estates, which, according to him, far exceeded the
+estimate given in the schedule.  Thus, for instance, Hinojosa, he
+says, obtained from the share of lands and rich mines assigned to
+him from the property of Gonzalo Pizarro no less than 200,000
+pesos annually, while Aldana, the Licentiate Carbajal, and
+others, had estates which yielded them from 10,000 to 50,000
+pesos.  (Ibid., ubi supra.) It is impossible to reconcile these
+monstrous discrepancies.  No sum seems to have been too large for
+the credulity of the ancient chronicler; and the imagination of
+the reader is so completely bewildered by the actual riches of
+this El Dorado, that it is difficult to adjust his faith by any
+standard of probability.]
+
+The repartimientos thus distributed varied in value from one
+hundred to thirty-five hundred pesos of yearly rent; all,
+apparently, graduated with the nicest precision to the merits of
+the parties.  The number of pensioners was about two hundred and
+fifty; for the fund would not have sufficed for general
+distribution, nor were the services of the greater part deemed
+worthy of such a mark of consideration. *24
+
+[Footnote 24: Caravantes has transcribed from the original act a
+full catalogue of the pensioners, with the amount of the sums set
+against each of their names.]
+
+The effect produced by the document, on men whose minds were
+filled with the most indefinite expectations, was just such as
+had been anticipated by the president.  It was received with a
+general murmur of disapprobation.  Even those who had got more
+than they expected were discontented, on comparing their
+condition with that of their comrades, whom they thought still
+better remunerated in proportion to their deserts. They
+especially inveighed against the preference shown to the old
+partisans of Gonzalo Pizarro - as Hinojosa, Centeno, and Aldana -
+over those who had always remained loyal to the Crown.  There was
+some ground for such a preference; for none had rendered so
+essential services in crushing the rebellion; and it was these
+services that Gasca proposed to recompense.  To reward every man
+who had proved himself loyal, simply for his loyalty, would have
+frittered away the donative into fractions that would be of
+little value to any. *25
+
+[Footnote 25: The president found an ingenious way of
+remunerating several of his followers, by bestowing on them the
+hands of the rich widows of the cavaliers who had perished in the
+war.  The inclinations of the ladies do not seem to have been
+always consulted in this politic arrangement.  See Garci lasen,
+Com. Real., Parte 2 lib. 6 cap. 3.]
+
+It was in vain, however, that the archbishop, seconded by some of
+the principal cavaliers, endeavoured to infuse a more contented
+spirit into the multitude.  They insisted that the award should
+be rescinded, and a new one made on more equitable principles;
+threatening, moreover, that, if this were not done by the
+president, they would take the redress of the matter into their
+own hands.  Their discontent, fomented by some mischievous
+persons who thought to find their account in it, at length
+proceeded so far as to menace a mutiny; and it was not suppressed
+till the commander of Cuzco sentenced one of the ringleaders to
+death, and several others to banishment.  The iron soldiery of
+the Conquest required an iron hand to rule them.
+
+Meanwhile, the president had continued his journey towards Lima;
+and on the way was everywhere received by the people with an
+enthusiasm, the more grateful to his heart that he felt he had
+deserved it.  As he drew near the capital, the loyal inhabitants
+prepared to give him a magnificent reception.  The whole
+population came forth from the gates, led by the authorities of
+the city, with Aldana as corregidor at their head.  Gasca rode on
+a mule, dressed in his ecclesiastical robes.  On his right, borne
+on a horse richly caparisoned, was the royal seal, in a box
+curiously chased and ornamented.  A gorgeous canopy of brocade
+was supported above his head by the officers of the municipality,
+who, in their robes of crimson velvet, walked bareheaded by his
+side.  Gay troops of dancers, clothed in fantastic dresses of
+gaudy-colored silk, followed the procession, strewing flowers and
+chanting verses as they went, in honor of the president.  They
+were designed as emblematical of the different cities of the
+colony; and they bore legends or mottoes in rhyme on their caps,
+intimating their loyal devotion to the Crown, and evincing much
+more loyalty in their composition, it may be added, than poetical
+merit. *26 In this way, without beat of drum, or noise of
+artillery, or any of the rude accompaniments of war, the good
+president made his peaceful entry into the City of the Kings,
+while the air was rent with the acclamations of the people, who
+hailed him as their "Father and Deliverer, the Saviour of their
+country.!" *27
+
+[Footnote 26: Fernandez has collected these flowers of colonial
+poesy, which prove that the old Conquerors were much more expert
+with the sword than with the pen. Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib.
+2, cap. 93.]
+[Footnote 27: "Fue recibimiento mui solemne, con universal
+alegria del Pueblo, por verse libre de Tiranos; i toda la Gente,
+a voces, bendecia al Presidente, i le llamaban: Padre,
+Restaurador, i Pacificador, dando gracias a Dios, por haver
+vengado las injurias hechas a su Divina Magestad." Herrera, Hist
+General, dec. 8, lib. 4, cap. 17.]
+But, however grateful was this homage to Gasca's heart, he was
+not a man to waste his time in idle vanities.  He now thought
+only by what means he could eradicate the seeds of disorder which
+shot up so readily in this fruitful soil, and how he could place
+the authority of the government on a permanent basis.  By virtue
+of his office, he presided over the Royal Audience, the great
+judicial, and, indeed, executive tribunal of the colony; and he
+gave great despatch to the business, which had much accumulated
+during the late disturbances.  In the unsettled state of
+property, there was abundant subject for litigation; but,
+fortunately, the new Audience was composed of able, upright
+judges, who labored diligently with their chief to correct the
+mischief caused by the misrule of their predecessors.
+
+Neither was Gasca unmindful of the unfortunate natives; and he
+occupied himself earnestly with that difficult problem, - the
+best means practicable of ameliorating their condition.  He sent
+a number of commissioners, as visitors, into different parts of
+the country, whose business it was to inspect the encomiendas,
+and ascertain the manner in which the Indians were treated, by
+conversing not only with the proprietors, but with the natives
+themselves.  They were also to learn the nature and extent of the
+tributes paid in former times by the vassals of the Incas. *28
+
+[Footnote 28: "El Presidente Gasca mando visitar todas las
+provincias y repartimientos deste reyno, nombrando para ello
+personas de autoridad y de quien se tenia entendido que tenian
+conoscimiento de la tierra que se les encargavan, que ha de ser
+la principal calidad, que se ha buscar en la persona, a quien se
+comete semejante negocio despues que sea Cristiana: lo segundo se
+les dio instruccion de lo que hauian de averiguar, que fueron
+muchas cosas: el numero, las haciendas, los tratos y grangerias,
+la calidad de la gente y de sus tierras y comarca y lo que davan
+de tributo." Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.]
+
+In this way, a large amount of valuable information was obtained,
+which enabled Gasca, with the aid of a council of ecclesiastics
+and jurists, to digest a uniform system of taxation for the
+natives, lighter even than that imposed on them by the Peruvian
+princes.  The president would gladly have relieved the conquered
+races from the obligations of personal service; but, on mature
+consideration, this was judged impracticable in the present state
+of the country, since the colonists, more especially in the
+tropical regions, looked to the natives for the performance of
+labor, and the latter, it was found from experience, would not
+work at all, unless compelled to do so.  The president, however,
+limited the amount of service to be exacted with great precision,
+so that it was in the nature of a moderate personal tax.  No
+Peruvian was to be required to change his place of residence,
+from the climate to which he had been accustomed, to another; a
+fruitful source of discomfort, as well as of disease, in past
+times.  By these various regulations, the condition of the
+natives, though not such as had been contemplated by the sanguine
+philanthropy of Las Casas, was improved far more than was
+compatible with the craving demands of the colonists; and all the
+firmness of the Audience was required to enforce provisions so
+unpalatable to the latter.  Still they were enforced.  Slavery,
+in its most odious sense, was no longer tolerated in Peru.  The
+term "slave" was not recognized as having relation to her
+institutions; and the historian of the Indies makes the proud
+boast, - it should have been qualified by the limitations I have
+noticed, - that every Indian vassal might aspire to the rank of a
+freeman. *29
+[Footnote 29: "El Presidente, i el Audiencia dieron tales
+oraenes, que este negocio se asento, de manera, que para adelante
+no se platico mas este nombre de Esclavos, sino que la libertad
+fue general por todo el Reino." Herrera, Hist. Gen., dec. 8, lib.
+5, cap. 7.]
+
+Besides these reforms, Gasca introduced several in the municipal
+government of the cities, and others yet more important in the
+management of the finances, and in the mode of keeping the
+accounts.  By these and other changes in the internal economy of
+the colony, he placed the administration on a new basis, and
+greatly facilitated the way for a more sure and orderly
+government by his successors.  As a final step, to secure the
+repose of the country after he was gone, he detached some of the
+more aspiring cavaliers on distant expeditions, trusting that
+they would draw off the light and restless spirits, who might
+otherwise gather together and disturb the public tranquillity; as
+we sometimes see the mists which have been scattered by the
+genial influence of the sun become condensed, and settle into a
+storm, on his departure. *30
+
+[Footnote 30: Ms. de Caravantes. - Gomara, Hist. de las Indians,
+cap. 187. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+93-95. - Zarate.  Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 10.]
+
+Gasca had been now more than fifteen months in Lima and nearly
+three years had elapsed since his first entrance into Peru.  In
+that time, he had accomplished the great objects of his mission.
+When he landed, he found the colony in a state of anarchy, or
+rather organized rebellion under a powerful and popular chief.
+He came without funds or forces to support him.  The former he
+procured through the credit which he established in his good
+faith; the latter he won over by argument and persuasion from the
+very persons to whom they had been confided by his rival.  Thus
+he turned the arms of that rival against himself.  By a calm
+appeal to reason he wrought a change in the hearts of the people;
+and, without costing a drop of blood to a single loyal subject,
+he suppressed a rebellion which had menaced Spain with the loss
+of the wealthiest of her provinces.  He had punished the guilty,
+and in their spoils found the means to recompense the faithful.
+He had, moreover, so well husbanded the resources of the country,
+that he was enabled to pay off the large loan he had negotiated
+with the merchants of the colony, for the expenses of the war,
+exceeding nine hundred thousand pesos de oro. *31 Nay, more, by
+his economy he had saved a million and a half of ducats for the
+government, which for some years had received nothing from Peru;
+and he now proposed to carry back this acceptable treasure to
+swell the royal coffers. *32 All this had been accomplished
+without the cost of outfit or salary, or any charge to the Crown
+except that of his own frugal expenditure. *33 The country was
+now in a state of tranquillity Gasca felt that his work was done;
+and that he was free to gratify his natural longing to return to
+his native land.
+
+[Footnote 31: "Recogio tanta sema de dinero, que pago novecientos
+mil pesos de Oro, que se hallo haver gastado, desde el Dia que
+entro en Panama, hasta que se acabo la Guerra, los quales tomo
+prestados." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 5, cap. 7. -
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 10.]
+
+[Footnote 32: "Aviendo pagado el Presidente las costas de la
+guerra que fueron muchas, remitio a S. M y lo llevo consigo
+264,422 marcos de plata, que a seis ducados valieron 1 millon
+588,332 ducados" Ms. de Caravantes.]
+[Footnote 33: "No tubo ni quiso salario el Presidente Gasca sino
+cedula para que a un mayordomo suyo diosen los Oficiales reales
+lo necesario de la real Hacienda, que como pareze de los
+quadernos de su gasto fue muy moderado." (Ms. de Caravantes.)
+Gasca, it appears, was most exact in keeping the accounts of his
+disbursements for the expenses of himself and household, from the
+time he embarked for the colonies.]
+
+Before his departure, he arranged a distribution of those
+repartimientos which had lapsed to the Crown during the past year
+by the death of the incumbents.  Life was short in Peru; since
+those who lived by the sword, if they did not die by the sword,
+too often fell early victims to the hardships incident to their
+adventurous career.  Many were the applicants for the new bounty
+of government; and, as among them were some of those who had been
+discontented with the former partition, Gasca was assailed by
+remonstrances, and sometimes by reproaches couched in no very
+decorous or respectful language.  But they had no power to
+disturb his equanimity; he patiently listened, and replied to all
+in the mild tone of expostulation best calculated to turn away
+wrath; "by this victory over himself," says an old writer,
+"acquiring more real glory, than by all his victories over his
+enemies." *34
+
+[Footnote 34: "En lo qual hizo mas que en vencer y ganar todo
+aquel Ympe rio: porque fue vencerse assi proprio." Garcilasso,
+Com. Real Parte 2, lib. 6, cap. 7.]
+
+An incident occurred on the eve of his departure, touching in
+itself, and honorable to the parties concerned.  The Indian
+caciques of the neighbouring country, mindful of the great
+benefits he had rendered their people, presented him with a
+considerable quantity of plate in token of their gratitude.  But
+Gasca refused to receive it, though in doing so he gave much
+concern to the Peruvians who feared they had unwittingly fallen
+under his displeasure.
+
+Many of the principal colonists, also, from the same wish to show
+their sense of his important services, sent to him, after he had
+embarked, a magnificent donative of fifty thousand gold
+castellanos.  "As he had taken leave of Peru," they said, "there
+could be no longer any ground for declining it." But Gasca was as
+decided in his rejection of this present, as he had been of the
+other.  "He had come to the country," he remarked, "to serve the
+king, and to secure the blessings of peace to the inhabitants;
+and now that, by the favor of Heaven, he had been permitted to
+accomplish this, he would not dishonor the cause by any act that
+might throw suspicion on the purity of his motives."
+Notwithstanding his refusal, the colonists contrived to secrete
+the sum of twenty thousand castellanos on board of his vessel,
+with the idea, that, once in his own country, with his mission
+concluded, the president's scruples would be removed.  Gasca did,
+indeed, accept the donative; for he felt that it would be
+ungracious to send it back; but it was only till he could
+ascertain the relatives of the donors, when he distributed it
+among the most needy. *35
+
+[Footnote 35: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+95.]
+    Having now settled all his affairs, the president committed
+the government, until the arrival of a viceroy, to his faithful
+partners of the Royal Audience, and in January, 1150, he embarked
+with the royal treasure on board of a squadron for Panama.  He
+was accompanied to the shore by a numerous crowd of the
+inhabitants, cavaliers and common people, persons of all ages and
+conditions, who followed to take their last look of their
+benefactor, and watch with straining eyes the vessel that bore
+him away from their land.
+
+His voyage was prosperous, and early in March the president
+reached his destined port.  He stayed there only till he could
+muster horses and mules sufficient to carry the treasure across
+the mountains; for he knew that this part of the country abounded
+in wild, predatory spirits, who would be sorely tempted to some
+act of violence by a knowledge of the wealth which he had with
+him.  Pushing forward, therefore, he crossed the rugged Isthmus,
+and, after a painful march, arrived in safety at Nombre de Dios.
+
+The event justified his apprehensions.  He had been gone but
+three days, when a ruffian horde, after murdering the bishop of
+Guatemala, broke into Panama with the design of inflicting the
+same fate on the president, and of seizing the booty.  No sooner
+were the tidings communicated to Gasca, than, with his usual
+energy, he levied a force and prepared to march to the relief of
+the invaded capital.  But Fortune - or, to speak more correctly
+Providence - favored him here, as usual; and, on the eve of his
+departure, he learned that the marauders had been met by the
+citizens, and discomfited with great slaughter.  Disbanding his
+forces, therefore, he equipped a fleet of nineteen vessels to
+transport himself and the royal treasure to Spain, where he
+arrived in safety, entering the harbour of Seville after a little
+more than four years from the period when he had sailed from the
+same port. *36
+
+[Footnote 36: Ms. de Caravantes. - Gomara, Hist. de las Indias,
+cap. 183. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru Parte 2, lib 1, cap. 10. -
+Zarate Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 13. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 8, lib. 6. cap. 17. 2, lib 1, cap. 10. - Zarate Conq.]
+
+Great was the sensation throughout the country caused by his
+arrival. Men could hardly believe that results so momentous had
+been accomplished in so short a time by a single individual, - a
+poor ecclesiastic, who, unaided by government, had, by his own
+strength, as it were, put down a rebellion which had so long set
+the arms of Spain at defiance!
+The emperor was absent in Flanders.  He was overjoyed on learning
+the complete success of Gasca's mission; and not less satisfied
+with the tidings of the treasure he had brought with him; for the
+exchequer, rarely filled to overflowing, had been exhausted by
+the recent troubles in Germany.  Charles instantly wrote to the
+president, requiring his presence at court, that he might learn
+from his own lips the particulars of his expedition.  Gasca,
+accordingly, attended by a numerous retinue of nobles and
+cavaliers, - for who does not pay homage to him whom the king
+delighteth to honor? - embarked at Barcelona, and, after a
+favorable voyage, joined the Court in Flanders.
+
+He was received by his royal master, who fully appreciated his
+services, in a manner most grateful to his feelings; and not long
+afterward he was raised to the bishopric of Palencia, - a mode of
+acknowledgment best suited to his character and deserts.  Here he
+remained till 1561, when he was promoted to the vacant see of
+Siguenza.  The rest of his days he passed peacefully in the
+discharge of his episcopal functions; honored by his sovereign,
+and enjoying the admiration and respect of his countrymen. *37
+
+[Footnote 37: Ibid., ubi supra. - Ms. de Caravantes. - Gomara,
+Hist. de as Indias, cap. 182. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte
+2, lib. 1 cap. 10. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru lib. 7, cap. 13.]
+
+In his retirement, he was still consulted by the government in
+matters of importance relating to the Indies.  The disturbances
+of that unhappy land were renewed, though on a much smaller scale
+than before, soon after the president's departure.  They were
+chiefly caused by discontent with the repartimientos, and with
+the constancy of the Audience in enforcing the benevolent
+restrictions as to the personal services of the natives.  But
+these troubles subsided, after a very few years, under the wise
+rule of the Mendozas, - two successive viceroys of that
+illustrious house which has given so many of its sons to the
+service of Spain.  Under their rule, the mild yet determined
+policy was pursued, of which Gasca had set the example.  The
+ancient distractions of the country were permanently healed.
+With peace, prosperity returned within the borders of Peru; and
+the consciousness of the beneficent results of his labors may
+have shed a ray of satisfaction, as it did of glory, over the
+evening of the president's life.
+
+That life was brought to a close in November 1567, at an age,
+probably, not far from the one fixed by the sacred writer as the
+term of human existence. *38 He died at Valladolid, and was
+buried in the church of Santa Maria Magdalena, in that city,
+which he had built and liberally endowed.  His monument,
+surmounted by the sculptured effigy of a priest in his sacerdotal
+robes, is still to be seen there, attracting the admiration of
+the traveller by the beauty of its execution.  The banners taken
+from Gonzalo Pizarro on the field of Xaquixaguana were suspended
+over his tomb, as the trophies of his memorable mission to Peru.
+*39 The banners have long since mouldered into dust, with the
+remains of him who slept beneath them; but the memory of his good
+deeds will endure for ever. *40
+[Footnote 38: I have met with no account of the year in which
+Gasca was born; but an inscription on his portrait in the
+sacristy of St. Mary Magdalene at Valladolid, from which the
+engraving prefixed to this volume is taken, states that he died
+in 1567, at the age of seventy-one.  This is perfectly consistent
+with the time of life at which he had probably arrived when we
+find him a collegiate at Salamanca, in the year 1522.]
+[Footnote 39: "Murio en Valladolid, donde mando enterrar su
+cuerpo en la Iglesia de la advocacion de la Magdalena, que hizo
+edificar en aquella ciudad, donde se pusieron las vanderas que
+gano a Gonzalo Pizarro." Ms. de Caravantes.]
+
+[Footnote 40: The memory of his achievements has not been left
+entirely to the care of the historian.  It is but a few years
+since the character and administration of Gasca formed the
+subject of an elaborate panegyric from one of the most
+distinguished statesmen in the British parliament.  (See Lord
+Brougham's speech on the maltreatment of the North American
+colonies, February, 1838.) The enlightened Spaniard of our day,
+who contemplates with sorrow the excesses committed by his
+countrymen of the sixteenth century in the New World, may feel an
+honest pride, that in this company of dark spirits should be
+found one to whom the present generation may turn as to the
+brightest model of integrity and wisdom.]
+
+Gasca was plain in person, and his countenance was far from
+comely. He was awkward and ill-proportioned; for his limbs were
+too long for his body, - so that when he rode, he appeared to be
+much shorter than he really was. *41 His dress was humble, his
+manners simple, and there was nothing imposing in his presence.
+But, on a nearer intercourse, there was a charm in his discourse
+that effaced every unfavorable impression produced by his
+exterior, and won the hearts of his hearers.
+[Footnote 41: "Era muy pequeno de cuerpo con estrana hechura, que
+de la cintura abaxo tenia tanto cuerpo, como qualquiera hombre
+alto, y de la cintura al hombro no tenia vna tercia.  Andando a
+cauallo parescia a vn mas pequeno de lo que era, porque todo era
+piernas: de rostro era muy feo: pero lo que la naturaleza le nego
+de las dotes del cuerpo, se los doblo en los del animo."
+Garcilasso, Com. Real, Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 2.]
+The president's character may be thought to have been
+sufficiently portrayed in the history already given of his life.
+It presented a combination of qualities which generally serve to
+neutralize each other, but which were mixed in such proportions
+in him as to give it additional strength.  He was gentle, yet
+resolute; by nature intrepid, yet preferring to rely on the
+softer arts of policy.  He was frugal in his personal
+expenditure, and economical in the public; yet caring nothing for
+riches on his own account, and never stinting his bounty when the
+public good required it.  He was benevolent and placable, yet
+could deal sternly with the impenitent offender; lowly in his
+deportment, yet with a full measure of that self-respect which
+springs from conscious rectitude of purpose; modest and
+unpretending, yet not shrinking from the most difficult
+enterprises; deferring greatly to others, yet, in the last
+resort, relying mainly on himself; moving with deliberation, -
+patiently waiting his time; but, when that came, bold, prompt,
+and decisive.
+
+Gasca was not a man of genius, in the vulgar sense of that term.
+At least, no one of his intellectual powers seems to have
+received an extraordinary development, beyond what is found in
+others.  He was not a great writer, nor a great orator, nor a
+great general.  He did not affect to be either.  He committed the
+care of his military matters to military men; of ecclesiastical,
+to the clergy; and his civi and judicial concerns he reposed on
+the members of the Audience.  He was not one of those little
+great men who aspire to do every thing themselves, under the
+conviction that nothing can be done so well by others.  But the
+president was a keen judge of character.  Whatever might be the
+office, he selected the best man for it.  He did more.  He
+assured himself of the fidelity of his agents, presided at their
+deliberations; dictated a general line of policy, and thus
+infused a spirit of unity into their plans, which made all move
+in concert to the accomplishment of one grand result.
+A distinguishing feature of his mind was his common sense, - the
+best substitute for genius in a ruler who has the destinies of
+his fellow-men at his disposal, and more indispensable than
+genius itself.  In Gasca, the different qualities were blended in
+such harmony, that there was no room for excess.  They seemed to
+regulate each other.  While his sympathy with mankind taught him
+the nature of their wants, his reason suggested to what extent
+these were capable of relief, as well as the best mode of
+effecting it.  He did not waste his strength on illusory schemes
+of benevolence, like Las Casas, on the one hand; nor did he
+countenance the selfish policy of the colonists, on the other.
+He aimed at the practicable, - the greatest good practicable.
+
+In accomplishing his objects, he disclaimed force equally with
+fraud. He trusted for success to his power over the convictions
+of his hearers; and the source of this power was the confidence
+he inspired in his own integrity.  Amidst all the calumnies of
+faction, no imputation was ever cast on the integrity of Gasca.
+*42 No wonder that a virtue so rare should be of high price in
+Peru.
+
+[Footnote 42: "Fue tan recatado y estremado en esta virtud, que
+puesto que de muchos quedo mal quisto, quando del Peru se partio
+para Espana, por el repartimiento que hizo: con todo esso, jamas
+nadie dixo del, ni sospecho; que en esto ni otra cosa, se vuiesse
+mouido por codicia." Fernandez, Hist. de Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2
+cap. 95]
+
+There are some men whose characters have been so wonderfully
+adapted to the peculiar crisis in which they appeared, that they
+seem to have been specially designed for it by Providence.  Such
+was Washington in our own country, and Gasca in Peru We can
+conceive of individuals with higher qualities, at least with
+higher intellectual qualities, than belonged to either of these
+great men.  But it was the wonderful conformity of their
+characters to the exigencies of their situation, the perfect
+adaptation of the means to the end, that constituted the secret
+of their success; that enabled Gasca so gloriously to crush
+revolution, and Washington still more gloriously to achieve it.
+
+Gasca's conduct on his first coming to the colonies affords the
+best illustration of his character.  Had he come backed by a
+military array, or even clothed in the paraphernalia of
+authority, every heart and hand would have been closed against
+him.  But the humble ecclesiastic excited no apprehension; and
+his enemies were already disarmed, before he had begun his
+approaches.  Had Gasca, impatient of Hinojosa's tardiness,
+listened to the suggestions of those who advised his seizure, he
+would have brought his cause into jeopardy by this early display
+of violence.  But he wisely chose to win over his enemy by
+operating on his conviction.
+In like manner, he waited his time for making his entry into
+Peru. He suffered his communications to do their work in the
+minds of the people, and was careful not to thrust in the sickle
+before the harvest was ripe.  In this way, wherever he went,
+every thing was prepared for his coming; and when he set foot in
+Peru, the country was already his own.
+After the dark and turbulent spirits with which we have been
+hitherto occupied, it is refreshing to dwell on a character like
+that of Gasca.  In the long procession which has passed in review
+before us, we have seen only the mail-clad cavalier, brandishing
+his bloody lance, and mounted on his warhorse, riding over the
+helpless natives, or battling with his own friends and brothers;
+fierce, arrogant, and cruel, urged on by the lust of gold, or the
+scarce more honorable love of a bastard glory.  Mingled with
+these qualities, indeed, we have seen sparkles of the chivalrous
+and romantic temper which belongs to the heroic age of Spain.
+But, with some honorable exceptions, it was the scum of her
+chivalry that resorted to Peru, and took service under the banner
+of the Pizarros.  At the close of this long array of iron
+warriors, we behold the poor and humble missionary coming into
+the land on an errand of mercy, and everywhere proclaiming the
+glad tidings of peace.  No warlike trumpet heralds his approach,
+nor is his course to be tracked by the groans of the wounded and
+the dying.  The means he employs are in perfect harmony with his
+end.  His weapons are argument and mild persuasion.  It is the
+reason ne would conquer, not the body.  He wins his way by
+conviction, not by violence.  It is a moral victory to which he
+aspires, more potent, and happily more permanent, than that of
+the blood-stained conqueror.  As he thus calmly, and
+imperceptibly, as it were, comes to his great results, he may
+remind us of the slow, insensible manner in which Nature works
+out her great changes in the material world, that are to endure
+when the ravages of the hurricane are passed away and forgotten.
+
+With the mission of Gasca terminates the history of the Conquest
+of Peru.  The Conquest, indeed, strictly terminates with the
+suppression of the Peruvian revolt, when the strength, if not the
+spirit, of the Inca race was crushed for ever.  The reader,
+however, might feel a natural curiosity to follow to its close
+the fate of the remarkable family who achieved the Conquest.  Nor
+would the story of the invasion itself be complete without some
+account of the civil wars which grew out of it; which serve,
+moreover, as a moral commentary on preceding events, by showing
+that the indulgence of fierce, unbridled passions is sure to
+recoil, sooner or later, even in this life, on the heads of the
+guilty.
+It is true, indeed, that the troubles of the country were renewed
+on the departure of Gasca.  The waters had been too fearfully
+agitated to be stilled, at once, into a calm; but they gradually
+subsided, under the temperate rule of his successors, who wisely
+profited by his policy and example.  Thus the influence of the
+good president remained after he was withdrawn from the scene of
+his labors, and Peru, hitherto so distracted, continued to enjoy
+as large a share of repose as any portion of the colonial empire
+of Spain.  With the benevolent mission of Gasca, then, the
+historian of the Conquest may be permitted to terminate his
+labors, - with feelings not unlike those of the traveller, who
+having long journeyed among the dreary forests and dangerous
+defiles of the mountains, a length emerges on some pleasant
+landscape smiling in tranquillity and peace.
+Augustin de Zarate - a highly respectable authority, frequently
+cited in the later portion of this work - was Contador de
+Mercedes, Comptroller of Accounts, for Castile.  This office he
+filled for fifteen years; after which he was sent by the
+government to Peru to examine into the state of the colonial
+finances, which had been greatly deranged by the recent troubles,
+and to bring them, if possible, into order.
+
+Zarate went out accordingly in the train of the viceroy Blasco
+Nunez, and found himself, through the passions of his imprudent
+leader, entangled, soon after his arrival, in the inextricable
+meshes of civil discord.  In the struggle which ensued, he
+remained with the Royal Audience; and we find him in Lima, on the
+approach of Gonzalo Pizarro to that capital, when Zarate was
+deputed by the judges to wait on the insurgent chief, and require
+him to disband his troops and withdraw to his own estates.  The
+historian executed the mission, for which he seems to have had
+little relish, and which certainly was not without danger.  From
+this period, we rarely hear of him in the troubled scenes that
+ensued.  He probably took no further part in affairs than was
+absolutely forced on him by circumstances; but the unfavorable
+bearing of his remarks on Gonzalo Pizarro intimates, that,
+however he may have been discontented with the conduct of the
+viceroy, he did not countenance, for a moment, the criminal
+ambition of his rival.  The times were certainly unpropitious to
+the execution of the financial reforms for which Zarate had come
+to Peru.  But he showed so much real devotion to the interests of
+the Crown, that the emperor, on his return, signified his
+satisfaction by making him Superintendent of the Finances in
+Flanders.
+
+Soon after his arrival in Peru, he seems to have conceived the
+idea of making his countrymen at home acquainted with the
+stirring events passing in the colony, which, moreover, afforded
+some striking passages for the study of the historian.  Although
+he collected notes and diaries, as he tells us, for this purpose,
+he did not dare to avail himself of them till his return to
+Castile.  "For to have begun the history in Peru," he says,
+"would have alone been enough to put my life in jeopardy; since a
+certain commander, named Francisco de Carbajal, threatened to
+take vengeance on any one who should be so rash as to attempt the
+relation of his exploits, - far less deserving, as they were, to
+be placed on record, than to be consigned to eternal oblivion."
+In this same commander, the reader will readily recognize the
+veteran lieutenant of Gonzalo Pizarro.
+On his return home, Zarate set about the compilation of his work.
+His first purpose was to confine it to the events that followed
+the arrival of Blasco Nunez; but he soon found, that, to make
+these intelligible, he must trace the stream of history higher up
+towards its sources.  He accordingly enlarged his plan, and,
+beginning with the discovery of Peru, gave an entire view of the
+conquest and subsequent occupation of the country, bringing the
+narrative down to the close of Gasca's mission.  For the earlier
+portion of the story, he relied on the accounts of persons who
+took a leading part in the events.  He disposes more summarily of
+this portion than of that in which he himself was both a
+spectator and an actor; where his testimony, considering the
+advantages his position gave him for information, is of the
+highest value.
+Alcedo in his Biblioteca Americana, Ms., speaks of Zarate's work
+as "containing much that is good, but as not entitled to the
+praise of exactness." He wrote under the influence of party heat,
+which necessarily operates to warp the fairest mind somewhat from
+its natural bent.  For this we must make allowance, in perusing
+accounts of conflicting parties. But there is no intention,
+apparently, to turn the truth aside in support of his own cause;
+and his access to the best sources of knowledge often supplies us
+with particulars not within the reach of other chroniclers. His
+narrative is seasoned, moreover, with sensible reflections and
+passing comments, that open gleams of light into the dark
+passages of that eventful period.  Yet the style of the author
+can make but moderate pretensions to the praise of elegance or
+exactness; while the sentences run into that tedious,
+interminable length which belongs to the garrulous compositions
+of the regular thoroughbred chronicler of the olden time.
+The personalities, necessarily incident, more or less, to such a
+work, led its author to shrink from publication, at least during
+his life. By the jealous spirit of the Castilian cavalier,
+"censure," he says, "however light, is regarded with indignation,
+and even praise is rarely dealt out in a measure satisfactory to
+the subject of it." And he expresses his conviction that those do
+wisely, who allow their accounts of their own times to repose in
+the quiet security of manuscript, till the generation that is to
+be affected by them has passed away.  His own manuscript,
+however, was submitted to the emperor; and it received such
+commendation from this royal authority, that Zarate, plucking up
+a more courageous spirit, consented to give it to the press.  It
+accordingly appeared at Antwerp, in 1555, in octavo; and a second
+edition was printed in folio, at Seville, in 1577.  It has since
+been incorporated in Barcia's valuable collection; and, whatever
+indignation or displeasure it may have excited among
+contemporaries, who smarted under the author's censure, or felt
+themselves defrauded of their legitimate guerdon, Zarate's work
+has taken a permanent rank among the most respectable authorities
+for a history of the time.
+
+The name of Zarate naturally suggests that of Fernandez, for both
+were laborers in the same field of history.  Diego Fernandez de
+Palencia, or Palentino, as he is usually called, from the place
+of his birth came over to Peru, and served as a private in the
+royal army raised to quell the insurrections that broke out after
+Gasca's return to Castile Amidst his military occupations, he
+found leisure to collect materials for a history of the period,
+to which he was further urged by the viceroy, Mendoza, Marques de
+Canete, who bestowed on him, as he tells us, the post of
+Chronicler of Peru.  This mark of confidence in his literary
+capacity intimates higher attainments in Fernandez than might be
+inferred from the humble station that he occupied.  With the
+fruits of his researches the soldier-chronicler returned to
+Spain, and, after a time, completed his narrative of the
+insurrection of Giron.
+
+The manuscript was seen by the President of the Council of the
+Indies, and he was so much pleased with its execution, that he
+urged the author to write the account, in like manner, of Gonzalo
+Pizarro's rebellion, and of the administration of Gasca.  The
+historian was further stimulated, as he mentions in his
+dedication to Philip the Second, by the promise of a guerdon from
+that monarch, on the completion of his labors; a very proper, as
+well as politic, promise, but which inevitably suggests the idea
+of an influence not altogether favorable to severe historic
+impartiality.  Nor will such an inference be found altogether at
+variance with truth; for while the narrative of Fernandez
+studiously exhibits the royal cause in the most favorable aspect
+to the reader, it does scanty justice to the claims of the
+opposite party.  It would not be meet, indeed, that an apology
+for rebellion should be found in the pages of a royal pensioner;
+but there are always mitigating circumstances, which, however we
+may condemn the guilt, may serve to lessen our indignation
+towards the guilty.  These circumstances are not to be found in
+the pages of Fernandez.  It is unfortunate for the historian of
+such events, that it is so difficult to find one disposed to do
+even justice to the claims of the unsuccessful rebel.  Yet the
+Inca Garcilasso has not shrunk from this, in the case of Gonzalo
+Pizarro; and even Gomara, though living under the shadow, or
+rather in the sunshine, of the Court, has occasionally ventured a
+generous protest in his behalf.
+
+The countenance thus afforded to Fernandez from the highest
+quarter opened to him the best fountains of intelligence, - at
+least, on the government side of the quarrel.  Besides personal
+communication with the royalist leaders, he had access to their
+correspondence, diaries, and official documents.  He
+industriously profited by his opportunities; and his narrative,
+taking up the story of the rebellion from its birth, continues it
+to its final extinction, and the end of Gasca's administration.
+Thus the First Part of his work, as it was now called, was
+brought down to the commencement of the Second, and the whole
+presented a complete picture of the distractions of the nation,
+till a new order of things was introduced, and tranquillity was
+permanently established throughout the country.
+
+The diction is sufficiently plain, not aspiring to rhetorical
+beauties beyond the reach of its author, and out of keeping with
+the simple character of a chronicle.  The sentences are arranged
+with more art than in most of the unwieldy compositions of the
+time; and, while there is no attempt at erudition or philosophic
+speculation, the current of events flows on in an orderly manner,
+tolerably prolix, it is true, but leaving a clear and
+intelligible impression on the mind of the reader.  No history of
+that period compares with it in the copiousness of its details;
+and it has accordingly been resorted to by later compilers, as an
+inexhaustible reservoir for the supply of their own pages; a
+circumstance that may be thought of itself to bear no slight
+testimony to the general fidelity, as well as fulness, of the
+narrative. - The Chronicle of Fernandez, thus arranged in two
+parts, under the general title of Historia del Peru, was given to
+the world in the author's lifetime, at Seville, in 1571, in one
+volume, folio, being the edition used in the preparation of this
+work.
+
+Appendix
+
+No. I
+
+Description Of The Royal Progresses Of The Incas; Extracted From
+Sarmiento's Relacion, Ms.
+
+[The original manuscript, which was copied for Lord
+Kingsborough's valuable collection, is in the Library of the
+Escurial.]
+
+Quando en tiempo de paz salian los Yngas a visitar su Reyno, cuen
+tan que iban por el con gran majestad, sentados en ricas andas
+armadas sobre unos palos lisos largos, de manera escelente,
+engastadas en oro y argenteria, y de las andas salian dos arcos
+altos hechos de oro, engastados en piedras preciosas: caian unas
+mantas algo largas por todas las andas, de tal manera que las
+cubrian todas, y sino era queriendo el que iba dentro, no podia
+ser visto, ni alzaban las mantas si no era cuando entraba y
+salia, tanta era su estimacion; y para que le entrase aire, y el
+pudiese ver el camino, havia en las mantas hechos algunos
+agujeros hechos por todas partes.  En estas andas habia riqueza,
+y en algunas estaba esculpido el Sol y la luna, y en otras unas
+culebras grandes ondadas y unos como bastones que las
+atravesaban.  Esto trahian por encima por armas, y estas andas
+las llevaban en ombros de los Senores, los mayores y mas
+principales del Reyno, y aquel que mas con ellas andaba, aquel se
+tenia por mas onrado y por mas faborecido.  En rededor de las
+andas, a la ila, iba la guardia del Rey con los arqueros y
+alabarderos, y delante iban cinco mil honderos, y detras venian
+otros tantos Lanceros con sus Capitanes, y por los lados del
+camino y por el mesmo camino iban corredores fides, descubriendo
+lo que habia, y avisando la ida del Senor; y acudia tanta gente
+por lo ver, que parecia que todos los cerros y laderas estaba
+lleno de ella, y todos le davan las vendiciones alzando alaridos,
+y grita grande a su usanza, llamandole, Ancha atunapa indichiri
+campa capalla apatuco pacha camba bolla Yulley, que en nuestra
+lengua dira "Muy grande y poderoso Senor, hijo del Sol, tu solo
+eres Senor, todo el mundo te oya en verdad," y sin esto le decian
+otras cosas mas altas, tanto que poco faltaba para le adorar por
+Dios.  Todo el camino iban Yndios llimpiandolo, de tal manera que
+ni yerba ni piedra no parecia, sino todo limpio y barrido.
+Andaba cada dia cuatro leguas, o lo que el queria, paraba lo que
+era servido, para entender el estado de su Reyno, oia alegremente
+a los que con quejas le venian, remediando, y castigando a quien
+hacia injusticias; los que con ellos iban no se desmandaban a
+nada ni salian un paso del camino.  Los naturales proveian a lo
+necesario, sin lo cual lo havia tan cumplido en los depositos,
+que sobraba, y ninguna cosa faltaba.  Por donde iba, salian
+muchos hombres y mujeres y muchachos a servir personalmente en lo
+que les era mandalo, y para llebar las cargas, los de un pueblo
+las llebaban hasta otro, de donde los unos las tomaban y los
+otros las dejaban, y como era un dia, y cuando mucho dos, no lo
+sentian, ni de ello recivian agravio ninguno.  Pues yendo el
+Senor de esta manera, caminaba por su tierra el tiempo que le
+placia, viendo por sus ojos lo que pasaba, y proveyendo lo que
+entendia que convenia, que todo era cosas grandes e importantes;
+lo cual hecho, daba la buelta al Cuzco, principal Ciudad de todo
+su imperio.
+
+No. II.
+
+Account Of The Great Road Made By The Incas Over The Plateau,
+From Quito To Cuzco; Extracted From Sarmiento's Relacion, Ms.
+
+Una de las cosas de que yo mas me admire, contemplando y notando
+las cosas de estos Reynos, fue pensar como y de que manera se
+pudieron hacer caminos tan grandes y sovervios como por el vemos,
+y que fuerzas de hombres bastaran a lo hacer, y con que
+herramientas y instrumentos pudieron allanar los montes y
+quebrantar las penas para hacerlos tan anchos y buenos como
+estan; por que me parece que si el Emperador quisiese mandar
+hacer otro camino Real como el que ba del Quito al Cuzco o sale
+del Cuzco para ir a Chile, ciertamte creo, con todo su poder,
+para ello no fuese poderoso, ni fuerzas de hombres lo pudiesen
+hacer, sino fuese con la orden tan grande que para ello los Yngas
+mandaron que hubiese: por que si fuera Camino de cinquenta
+leguas, o de ciento, o de doscientas, es de creer que aunque la
+tierra fuera mas aspera, no se tu biera en mucho con buena
+diligencia hacerlo; mas estos eran tan largos que havia alguno
+que tenia mas de mil y cien leguas, todo hechado por sierras tan
+grandes y espantosas que por algunas partes mirando abajo se
+quitaba la vista, y algunas de estas Sierras derechas y llenas de
+pie dras, tanto que era menester cavar por las laderas en pena
+viva para hacer el camino ancho y llano, todo lo qual hacian con
+fuego y con sus picos; por otras lugares havia subidas tan altas
+y asperas, que hacian desde lo bajo escalones para poder subir
+por ellos a lo mas alto, haciendo entre medias de ellos algunos
+descansos anchos para el reposo de la gente; en otros lugares
+havia montones de nieve que eran mas de temer, y estos no en un
+lugar sino en muchas partes, y no asi como quiera sino que no ba
+ponderado ni encarecido como ello es, ni como lo bemos, y por
+estas nieves y por donde havia montanas, de arboles y cespedes lo
+hacian llano y empedrado si menester fuese.  Los que leyeren este
+Libro y hubieren estado en el Peru, miren el Camino que ba desde
+Lima a Xauxa por las Sierras tan asperas de Guayacoire y por las
+montanas nevadas de Pavacaca, y entenderan los que a ellos lo
+oyeren si es mas lo que ellos vieron que no lo que yo escrivo.
+No. III.
+
+Policy Observed By The Incas In Their Conquests; Taken From
+Sarmiento's Relacion, Ms
+
+Una de las cosas de que mas se tiene embidia a estos Senores, es
+entender quan bien supieron conquistar tan grandes tierras y
+ponerlas con su prudencia en tanta razon como los Espanoles las
+hallaron quando por ellos fue descubierto este Reyno, y de que
+esto sea asi muchas vezes me acuerdo yo estando en alguna
+Provincia indomita fuera de estos Reynos oir luego a los mesmos
+Espanoles yo aseguro que si los Yngas anduvieran por aqui que
+otra cosa fuera esto, es decir no conquistaran los Yngas esto
+como lo otro porque supieran servir y tributar, por manera que
+quanto a esto, conozida esta la ventaja que nos hacen pues con su
+orden las gentes vivian con ella y crecian en multiplicacion, y
+de las Provincias esteriles hacian fertiles y abundantes en tanta
+manera y por tan galana orden como se dira, siempre procuraron de
+hacer por bien las cosas y no por mal en el comienzo de los
+negocios, despues algunos Yngas hicieron grandes castigos en
+muchas partes, pero antes todos afirman que fue grande con la
+benevolencia y amicicia que procuraban el atraer a su servicio
+estas gentes, ellos salian del Cuzco con su gente y aparato de
+guerra y caminaban con gran concierto hasta cerca de donde havian
+de ir, y querian conquistar, donde muy bastante mente se
+informaban del poder que tenian los enemigos y de las ayudas que
+podrian tener y de que parte les podrian venir favores y por que
+Camino, y esto entendido por ellos, procuraban por las vias a
+ellos posibles estorvar que no fuesen socorridos ora con dones
+grandes que hacian ora con resistencias que ponian, entendiendo
+sin esto de mandar hacer sus fuertes, los quales eran en Cerro o
+ladera hechos en ellos ciertas Cercas altas y largas, con su
+puerta cada una, porque perdida la una pudiesen pasarse a la otra
+y de la otra hasta lo mas alto, y embiaban esanchas de los
+Confederados para marcar la tierra y ver los caminos y conocer
+del arte qe estaban aguardando y por donde havia mas
+mantenimiento, saviendo por el camino que havian de llevar y la
+orden con que havian de ir, embiabales mensageros propios con los
+quales les embiaba a decir, que el los queria tener por parientes
+y aliados, por tanto que con buen animo y corazon alegre se
+salieser lo recevir y recevirlo en su Provincia, para que en ella
+le sea dad obediencia como en las demas, y porqe lo hagan con
+voluntad presentes a los Senores naturales, y con esto y con
+otras buenas maneras que tenia entraron en muchas tierras sin
+guerra, en las quales mandaban a la gente de guerra que con el
+iba que no hiciesen dano ni injuria ninguna ni robo ni fuerza, y
+si en tal Provincia no havia mantenimiento mandaba que de otra
+parte se proveyese, porque a los nuebamente venidos a su servicio
+no les pareciese desde luego pesado su mando y conocimiento, y el
+conocerle y aborrecerle fuese en un tiempo, y si en alguna de
+estas Provincias no havia ganado mandaba luego que les diese por
+quenta tantas mil Cavezas, lo qual mandaban que mirasen mucho y
+con ello multiplicasen para proberse de Lana para sus Ropas, y
+que no fuesen osados de comer ni matar ninguna cria por los anos
+y tiempo que les senalaba, y si havia ganado y tenian de otra
+cosa falta era lo mismo, y si estaban en Collados y arenales bien
+les hacian entender con buenas palabras que hiciesen Pueblos y
+Casas en lo mas llano de las Sierras y laderas, y como muchos no
+eran diestros en cultibar las tierras abecavanles como lo havian
+de hacer imponiendoles en que supiesen sacar acequias y regar con
+ellas los Campos, en todo los havian de proveer tan
+concertadamente que quando entraba por amistad alguno de los
+Yngas en Provincias de estas, en brebe tiempo quedaba tal que
+parecia otra y los naturales le daban la obediencia consintiendo
+que sus delegados quedasen en ellos, y lo mismo los Mitimaes; en
+otras muchas que entraron de guerra y por fuerza de armas
+mandabase que en los mantenimientos y Casas de los enemigos se
+hiciese poco dano, diciendoles el Senor, presto seran estos
+nuestros como los que ya lo son; como esto tenian conocido,
+procuraban q. la guerra fuese la mas liviana que ser pudiese, no
+embargante que en muchos lugares se dieron grandes batallas,
+porque todavia los naturales de ellos querian conservarse en la
+livertad antigua sin perder sus costumbres y Religion por tomar
+otras estranas, mas durando la guerra siempre havian los Yngas lo
+mejor, y vencidos no los destruian de nuebo, antes mandaban
+restituhir los Presos si algunos havia y el despojo y ponerlos en
+posesion de sus haciendas y senorio, amonestandoles que no
+quieran ser locos en tener contra su Persona Real competencias ni
+dejar su amistad, antes querian ser sus amigos como lo son los
+Comarcanos suyos, y diciendoles esto, dabanles algunas mugeres
+hermosas y presas ricas de Lana o de metal de oro, con estas
+dadivas y buenas palabras havia las voluntades de todos, de tal
+manera que sin ningun temor los huidos a los montes se <illeg> a
+sus Casas y todos dejaban las armas y el que mas veces veia al
+Ynga se tenia por mas bien aventurado y dichoso. Los senorios
+nunca los tiraban a los naturales, a todos mandaban unos y otros
+que por Dios adorasen el Sol; sus demas religiones y costumbres
+no se las prohivian, pero mandabanles que se governasen por las
+Leyes y costumbres que se governaban en el Cuzco y que todos
+hablasen en la Lengua general, y puesto Governador por el Senor
+con guarniciones de gente de guerra, parten para lo de adelante;
+y si estas Provincias eran grandes, luego se entendia en edificar
+Templo del Sol y colocar las mugeres que ponian en los demas y
+hacer Palacios para los Senores, y cobraban para los tributos que
+havian de pagar sin llevarles nada demasiado ni agraviarles en
+cosa ninguna, encaminandoles en su policia y en que supiesen
+hacer edificios y traer ropas largas y vivir concertadamente en
+sus Pueblos, a los quales si algo les faltaba de que tubiesen
+necesidad eran provehidos y ensenados como lo havian de sembrar y
+beneficiar, de tal manera se hacia esto que sabemos en muchos
+Lugares que no havia maiz tenello despues sobrado, y en todo lo
+demas andaban como salvages mal vestidos y descalsos, y desde que
+conocieron a estos Senores usaron de Camisetas lares y mantas y
+las mugeres lo mismo y de otras buenas cosas, tanto que para
+siempre habra memoria de todo ello; y en el Collao y en otras
+partes mando pasar Mitimaes a la Sierra de los Andes para que
+sembrasen maiz y coca y otras frutas y raizes de todos los
+Pueblos la cantidad combeniente, los quales con sus mugeres
+vivian siempre en aquella parte donde sembraban y cojian tanto de
+lo que digo que se sentia poco la falta por traer mucho de estas
+partes y no haver Pueblo ninguno por pequeno que fuese que no
+tubiese de estos Mitimaes.  Adelante trataremos quantas suertes
+havia de estos Mitimaes y hacian los unos y entendian los otros.
+
+No. IV.
+
+Extract From The Last Will And Testament Of Mancio Sierra
+Lejesema, Ms.
+[The following is the preamble of the testament of a soldier of
+the Conquest, named Lejesema.  It is in the nature of a death-bed
+confession; and seems intended to relieve the writer's mind, who
+sought to expiate his own sins by this sincere though tardy
+tribute to the merits of the vanquished.  As the work in which it
+appears is rarely to be met with, I have extracted the whole of
+the preamble.]
+
+Verdadera confesion y protestacion en articulo de muerte hecha
+por uno de los primeros espanoles conquistadores del Peru,
+nombrado Mancio Sierra Lejesema, con su testamento otorgado en la
+ciudad del Cuzco el dia 15 de Setiembre de 1589 ante Geronimo
+Sanchez de Quesada escribano publico: la qual la trae el P. Fr.
+Antonio Calancha del orden de hermitanos de San Agustin en la
+cronica de su religion en el lib. 1, cap. 15, folio 98, y es del
+tenor siguiente.
+
+"Primeramente antes de empezar dicho mi testamento, declaro que
+ha muchos anos que yo he deseado tener orden de advertir a la
+Catolica Majestad del Rey Don Felipe, nuestro Senor, viendo cuan
+catolico y cristianisimoes, y cuan zeloso del servicio de Dios
+nuestro Senor, por lo que toca al descargo de mi anima, a causa
+de haber sido yo mucho parte en descubrimiento, conquista, y
+poblacion de estos Reynos, cuando los quitamos a los que eran
+Senores Ingas, y los poseian, y regian como suyos propios, y los
+pusimos debajo de la real corona, que entienda su Majestad
+Catolica que los dichos Ingas los tenian gobernados de tal
+manera, que en todos ellos no habia un Ladron ni hombre vicioso,
+ni hombre holgazan, ni una muger adultera ni mala; ni se permitia
+entre ellos ni gente de mal vivir en lo moral; que los hombres
+tenian sus ocupaciones honestas y provechosas; y que los montes y
+minas, pastes, caza y madera, y todo genero de aprovechamientos
+estaba gobernado y repartido de suerte que cada uno conocia y
+tenia su hacienda sin que otro ninguno se la ocupase o tomase, ni
+sobre ello habian pleytos; y que las cosas de guerra, aunque eran
+muchas, no impedian a las del Comercio, ni estas a las cosas de
+labranza, o cultivar de las tierras, ni otra cosa alguna, y que
+en todo, desde lo mayor hasta lo mas menudo, tenia su orden y
+concierto con mucho acierto: y que los Ingas eran tenidos y
+obecidos y respetados de sus subditos como gente muy capaz y de
+mucho Gobierno, y que lo mismo eran sus Gobernadores y Capitanes,
+y que como en estos hallamos la fuerza y el mando y la
+resistencia para poderlos sugetar e oprimir al servicio de Dios
+nuestro Senor y quitarles su tierra y ponerla debaxo de la real
+corona, fue necesario quitarles totalmente el poder y mando y los
+bienes, como se los quitamos a fuerza de armas: y que mediante
+haberlo permitido Dios nuestro Senor nos fue posible sujetar este
+reyno de tanta multitud de gente y riqueza, y de Senores los
+hicimos Siervos tan sujetos, como se ve: y que entienda su
+Magestad que el intento que me mueve a hacer esta relacion, es
+por descargo de mi conciencia, y por hallarme culpado en ello,
+pues habemos destruido con nuestro mal exemplo gente de tanto
+gobierno como eran estos naturales, y tan quitados de cometer
+delitos ni excesos asi hombres como mugeres, tanto por el Indio
+que tenia cien mil pesos de oro y plata en su casa, y otros
+indios dejaban abierta y puesta una escoba o un palo pequeno
+atravesado en la puerta para senal de que no estaba alli su
+dueno, y con esto segun su costumbre no podia entrar nadie
+adentro, ni tomar cosa de las que alli habia, y cuando ellos
+vieron que nosotros poniamos puertas y llaves en nuestras casas
+entendieron que era de miedo de ellos, porque no nos matasen,
+pero no porque creyesen que ninguno tomase ni hurtase a otro su
+hacienda; y asi cuando vieron que habia entre nosotros ladrones,
+y hombres que incitaban a pecado a sus mugeres y hijas nos
+tubieron en poco, y han venido a tal rotura en ofensa de Dios
+estos naturales por el mal exemplo que les hemos dado en todo,
+que aquel extremo de no hacer cosa mala se ha convertido en que
+hoy ninguna o pocas hacen buenas, y requieren remedio, y esto
+toca a su Magestad, para que descargue su conciencia, y se lo
+advierte, pues no soy parte para mas; y con esto suplico a mi
+Dios me perdone; y mueveme a decirlo porque soy el postrero que
+mueve de todos los descubridores y conquistadores, que como es
+notorio ya no hay ninguno sino yo solo en este reyno, ni fuera de
+el, y con esto hago lo que pued para descargo de mi conciencia."
+No. V.
+
+Translation From Oviedo's Historia General De Las Indias, Ms
+Parte II., Cap. 23.
+
+[This chapter of the gossiping old chronicler describes a
+conversation between the governor of Tierra Firme and Almagro, at
+which the writer was present.  It is told with much spirit; and
+is altogether so curious, from the light it throws on the
+characters of the parties, that I have thought the following
+translation, which has been prepared for me, might not be
+uninteresting to the English reader.]
+
+The Interview between Almagro and Pedrarias, in which the latter
+relinquished his Share of the Profits arising from the Discovery
+of Peru. Translated from Oviedo, Historia General, Ms., Parte
+II., Cap. 23.
+In February, 1527, I had some accounts to settle with Pedrarias,
+and was frequently at his house for the purpose.  While there one
+day, Almagro came in and said to him, - "Your Excellency is of
+course aware that you contracted with Francisco Pizarro, Don
+Fernando de Luque, the schoolmaster, and myself, to fit out an
+expedition for the discovery of Peru.  You have contributed
+nothing for the enterprise, while we have sunk both fortune and
+credit; for our expenses have already amounted to about fifteen
+thousand castellanos de oro.  Pizarro and his followers are now
+in the greatest distress, and require a supply of provisions,
+with a reinforcement of brave recruits.  Unless these are
+promptly raised, we shall be wholly ruined, and our glorious
+enterprise, from which the most brilliant results have been
+justly anticipated, will fall to the ground. An exact account
+will be kept of our expenses, that each may share the profits of
+the discovery in proportion to the amount of his contribution
+towards the outfit.  You have connected yourself with us in the
+adventure, and, from the terms of our contract, have no right to
+waste our time and involve us in ruin.  But if you no longer wish
+to be a member of the partnership, pay down your share of what
+has already been advanced, and leave the affair to us."
+
+To this proposal Pedrarias replied with indignation: - "One would
+really think, from the lofty tone you take, that my power was at
+an end; but if I have not been degraded from my office, you shall
+be punished for your insolence.  You shall be made to answer for
+the lives of the Christians who have perished through Pizarro's
+obstinacy and your own.  A day of reckoning will come for all
+these disturbances and murders, as you shall see, and that before
+you leave Panama."
+
+"I grant," returned Almagro, "that, as there is an almighty
+Judge, before whose tribunal we must appear, it is proper that
+all should render account of the living as well as the dead.
+And, Sir, I shall not shrink from doing so, when I have received
+an account from you, to be immediately sent to Pizarro, of the
+gratitude which our sovereign, the emperor, has been pleased to
+express for our services.  Pay, - if you wish to enjoy the fruits
+of this enterprise; for you neither sweat nor toil for them, and
+have not contributed even a third of the sum you promised when
+the contract was drawn up, - your whole expenditure not exceeding
+two or three paltry pesos.  But if you prefer to leave the
+partnership at once, we will remit one half of what you owe us,
+for our past outlays."
+
+Pedrarias, with a bitter smile, replied, - "It would not ruin
+you, if you were to give me four thousand pesos to dissolve our
+connection."
+"To forward so happy an event," said Almagro, "we will release
+you from your whole debt, although it may prove our ruin; but we
+will trust our fortunes in the hand of God."
+
+Although Pedrarias found himself relieved from the debt incurred
+for the outfit of the expedition, which could not be less than
+four or five thousand pesos, he was not satisfied, but asked,
+"What more will you give me?"
+
+Almagro, much chagrined, said, "I will give three hundred pesos,
+though I swear by God, I have not so much money in the world; but
+I will borrow it to be rid of such an incubus."
+
+"You must give me two thousand."
+
+"Five hundred is the most I will offer."
+
+"You must pay me more than a thousand."
+
+"A thousand pesos, then," cried the captain in a rage, "I will
+give you, though I do not own them; but I will find sufficient
+security for their future payment."
+
+Pedrarias declared himself satisfied with this arrangement; and a
+contract was accordingly drawn up, in which it was agreed, that,
+on the receipt of a thousand pesos, the governor should abandon
+the partnership and give up his share in the profits of the
+expedition.  I was one of the witnesses who signed this
+instrument, in which Pedrarias released and assigned over all his
+interest in Peru to Almagro and his associates, - by this act
+deserting the enterprise, and, by his littleness of soul, for
+feiting the rich treasures which it is well known he might have
+acquired from the golden empire of the Incas.
+
+No. VI.
+
+Contract Between Pizarro, Almagro, And Luque; Extracted From
+Montesinos, Annales, Ms., Ano 1526.
+
+[This memorable contract between three adventurers for the
+discovery and partition of an empire is to be found entire in the
+manuscript history of Montesinos, whose work derives more value
+from the insertion in it of this, and of other original
+documents, than from any merit of its own. This instrument, which
+may be considered as the basis of the operations of Pizarro,
+seems to form a necessary appendage to a history of the Conquest
+of Peru.]
+
+En el nombre de la santisima Trinidad, Padre, Hijo y
+Espiritu-Santo, tres personas distintas y un solo Dios verdadero,
+y de la santisima Virgen nuestra Senora hacemos esta compania. -
+
+Sepan cuantos esta carta de compania vieren como yo don Fernando
+de Luque, clerigo presbitero, vicario de la santa iglesia de
+Panama, de la una parte; y de la otra el capitan Francisco
+Pizarro y Diego de Almagro, vecinos que somos en esta ciudad de
+Panama, decimos: que somos concertados y convenidos de hacer y
+formar compania la cual sea firme y valedera para siempre jamas
+en esta manera: - Que por cuanto nos los dichos capitan Francisco
+Pizarro y Diego de Almagro, tenemos licencia del senor gobernador
+Pedro Arias de Avila para descubrir y conquistar las tierras y
+provincias de los reinos llamados del Peru, que esta, por noticia
+que hay, pasado el golfo y travesia del mar de la otra parte; y
+porque para hacer la dicha conquista y jornada y navios y gente y
+bastimento y otras cosas que son necesarias, no lo podemos nacer
+por no tener dinero y posibilidad tanta cuanta es menester: y vos
+el dicho don Fernando de Luque nos los dais porque esta compania
+la hagamos por iguales partes: somos contentos y convenidos de
+que todos tres hermanablemente, sin que hagan de haber ventaja
+ninguna mas el uno que el otro, ni el otro que el otro de todo lo
+que se descubriere, ganare y conquistare, y poblar en los dichos
+reinos y provincias del Peru.  Y por cuanto vos el dicho D.
+Fernando de Luque nos disteis, y poneis de puesto por vuestra
+parte en esta dicha compania para gastos de la armada y gente que
+se hace para la dicha jornada y conquista del dicho reino del
+Peru, veinte mil pesos en barras de oro y de a cuatrocientos y
+cincuenta maravedis el peso, los cuales los recibimos luego en
+las dichas barras de oro que pasaron de vuestro poder al nuestro
+en presencia del escribano de esta carta, que lo valio y monto; y
+yo Hernando del Castillo doy fe que los vide pesar los dichos
+veinte mil pesos en las dichas barras de oro y lo recibieron en
+mi presencia los dichos Capitan Francisco Pizarro y Diego de
+Almagro, y se dieron por contentos y pagados de ella.  Y nos los
+dichos capitan Francisco Pizarro y Diego de Almagro, ponemos de
+nuestra parte en esta dicha compania la merced que tenemos del
+dicho senor gobernador, y que la dicha conquista y reino que
+descubriremos de la tierra del dicho Peru, que en nombre de S.M.
+nos ha hecho, y las demas mercedes que nos hiciere y acrescentare
+S.M., y los de su consejo de las Indias de aqui adelante, para
+que de todo goceis y hayais vuestra tercera parte, sin que en
+cosa alguna hayamos de tener mas parte cada uno de nos, el uno
+que el otro, sino que hayamos de todo ello partes iguales.  Y mas
+ponemos en esta dicha compania nuestras personas y el haber de
+hacer la dicha conquista y descubrimiento con asistir con ellas
+en la guerra todo el tiempo que se tardare en conquistar y ganar
+y poblar el dicho reino del Peru, sin que por ello hayamos de
+llevar ninguno ventaja y parte mas de la que vos el dicho don
+Fernando de Luque llevaredes, que ha de ser por iguales partes
+todos tres, asi de los aprovechamientos que con nuestras personas
+tuvieremos, y ventajas de las partes que nos cupieren en la
+guerra y en los despojos y ganancias y suertes que en la dicha
+tierra del Peru hu bieremos y gozaremos, y nos cupieren por
+cualquier via y forma que sea, asi a mi el dicho capitan
+Francisco Pizarro como a mi Diego de Almagro, habeis de haber de
+todo ello, y es vuestro, y os lo daremos bien y fielmente, sin
+desfraudaros en cosa alguna de ello, la tercera parte, porque
+desde ahora en lo que Dios nuestro Senor nos diere, decimos y
+confesamos que es vuestro y de vuestros herederos y succesores,
+de quien en esta dicha compania succediere y lo hubiere de haber,
+en vuestro nombre se lo daremos, y le daremos cuenta de todo ello
+a vos, y a vuestros succesores, quieta y pacificamente, sin
+llevar mas parte cada uno de nos, que vos el dicho don Fernando
+de Luque, y quien vuestro poder hubiere y le perteneciere; y asi
+de cualquier dictado y estado de senorio perpetuo, o por tiempo
+senalado que S.M. nos hiciere merced en el dicho reino del Peru,
+asi a mi el dicho capitan Francisco Pizarro, o a mi el dicho
+Diego de Almagro, o a cualquiera de nos, sea vuestro el tercio de
+toda la renta y estado y vasallos que a cada uno de nos se nos
+diere y hiciere merced en cualquiera manera o forma que sea en el
+dicho remo del Peru por via de estado, o renta, repartimiento de
+indios, situaciones, vasallos, seais senor y goceis de la tercia
+parte de ello como nosotros mismos, sin adicion ni condicion
+ninguna, y si la hubiere y alegaremos, yo el dicho capitan
+Francisco Pizarro y Diego de Almagro y en nuestros nombres
+nuestros herederos, que no seamos oidos en juicio ni fuera del, y
+nos damos por condenados en todo y por todo como en esta
+escriptura se contiene para lo pagar y que haya efecto; y yo el
+dicho D. Fernando de Luque hago la dicha compania en la forma y
+manera que de suso esta declarado, y doy los veinte mil pesos de
+buen oro para el dicho descubrimiento y conquista del dicho reino
+del Peru, a perdida o ganancia, como Dios nuestro Senor sea
+servido, y de lo sucedido en el dicho descubrimiento de la dicha
+gobernacion y tierra, he yo de gozar y haber la tercera parte, y
+la otra tercera para el capitan Francisco Pizarro, y la otra
+tercera para Diego de Almagro, sin que el uno lleve mas que el
+otro, asi de estado de senor, como de repartimiento de indios
+perpetuos, como de tierras y solares y heredades; como de
+tesoros, y escondijos encubiertos, como de cualquier riqueza o
+aprovechamiento de oro, plata, perlas, esmeraldas, diamantes y
+rubies, y de cualquier estado y condicion que sea, que los dichos
+capitan Francisco Pizarro y Diego de Almagro hayais y tengais en
+el dicho reino del Peru, me habeis de dar la tercera parte.  Y
+nos el dicho capitan Francisco Pizarro y Diego de Almagro decimos
+que aceptamos la dicha compania y la hacemos con el dicho don
+Fernando de Luque de la forma y manera que lo pide el, y lo
+declara para que todos por iguales partes hayamos en todo y por
+todo, asi de estados perpetuos que S.M. nos hiciese mercedes en
+vasallos o indios o en otras cualesquiera rentas, goce el derecho
+don Fernando de Luque, y haya la dicha tercia parte de todo ello
+enteramente, y goce de ello como cosa suya desde el dia que S.M.
+nos hiciere cualesquiera mercedes como dicho es.  Y para mayor
+verdad y seguridad de esta escriptura de compania, y de todo lo
+en ella contenido, y que os acudiremos y pagaremos nos los dichos
+capitan Francisco Pizarro y Diego de Almagro a vos el dicho
+Fernando de Luque con la tercia parte de todo lo que se hubiere y
+descubriere, y nosotros hubieremos por cualquiera via y forma que
+sea; para mayor fuerza de que lo cumpliremos como en esta
+escriptura se contiene, juramos a Dios nuestro senor y a los
+Santos Evangelios donde mas largamente son escritos y estan en
+este libro Misal, donde pusieron sus manos el dicho capitan
+Francisco Pizarro, y Diego de Almagro, hicieron la senal de la
+cruz en semejanza de esta Dagger con sus dedos de la mano en
+presencia de mi el presente escribano, y dijeron que guardaran y
+cumpliran esta dicha compania y escriptura en todo y por todo,
+como en ello se contiene, sopena de infames y malos cristianos, y
+caer en caso de menos valer, y que Dios se lo demande mal y
+caramente; y dijeron el dicho capitan Francisco Pizarro y Diego
+de Almagro, amen; y asi iuramos y le daremos el tercio de todo lo
+que descubrieremos y conquistaremos y poblaremos en el dicho
+reino y tierra del Peru, y que goce de ello como nuestras
+personas, de todo aquello en que fuere nuestro y tuvieremos parte
+como dicho es en esta dicha escriptura; y nos obligamos de acudir
+con ello a vos el dicho don Fernando de Luque, y a quien en
+vuestro nombre le perteneciere y hubiere de haber, y les daremos
+cuenta con pago de todo ello cada y cuando que se nos pidiere,
+hecho el dicho descubrimiento y conquista y poblacion del dicho
+reino y tierra del Peru; y prometemos que en la dicha conquista y
+descubrimiento nos ocuparemos y trabajaremos con nuestras
+personas sin ocuparnos en otra cosa hasta que se conquiste la
+tierra y se ganare, y si no lo hicieremos seamos castigados por
+todo rigor de justicia por infames y perjuros, seamos obligados a
+volver a vos el dicho don Fernando de Luque los dichos veinte mil
+pesos de oro que de vos recibimos.  Y para lo cumplir y pagar y
+haber por firme todo lo en esta escriptura contenido, cada uno
+por lo que le toca, renunciaron todas y cualesquier leyes y
+ordenamien tos, y pramaticas, y otras cualesquier constituciones,
+ordenanzas que esten fechas en su favor, y cualesquiera de ellos
+para que aunque las pidan y aleguen, que no les valga.  Y valga
+esta escriptura dicha, y todo lo en ella contenido, y traiga
+aparejada y debida ejecucion asi en sus personas como en sus
+bienes, muebles y raices habidos y por haber; y para le cumplir y
+pagar, cada uno por lo que le toca, obligaron sus personas y
+bienes habidos y por haber segun dicho es, y dieron poder
+cumplido a cualesquier justicias y jueces de S. M. para que por
+todo rigor y mas breve remedio de derecho les compelan y apremien
+a lo asi cumplir y pagar, como si lo que dicho es fuese sentencia
+difinitiva de juez competente pasada en cosa juzgada; y
+renunciaron cualesquier leyes y derechos que en su favor hablan,
+especialmente la ley que dice: ue Que general renunciacion de
+leyes no vala: Que es fecha en la ciudad de Panama a diez dias
+del mes de marzo, ano del nacimiento de nuestro Salvador
+Jesucristo de mil quinientos veinte y seis anos: testigos que
+fueron presentes a lo que dicho es Juan de Panes, y Alvaro del
+Quiro y Juan de Vallejo, vecinos de la ciudad de Panama, y firmo
+el dicho D. Fernando de Luque; y porque no saben firmar el dicho
+capitan Francisco Pizarro y Diego de Almagro, firmaron por ellos
+en el registro ue esta carta Juan de Panes y Alvaro del Quiro, a
+los cuales otorgantes yo en presente escribano doy fe que
+conozco.  Don Fernando de Luque. - A su ruego de Francisco
+Pizarro - Juan de Panes; y a su ruego de Diego de Almagro -
+Alvaro del Quiro: E yo Hernando del Castillo, escribano de S. M.
+y escribano publico y del numero de esta ciudad de Panama,
+presente fui al otorgamiento de esta carla, y la fice escribir en
+estas cuatro fojas con esta, y por ende fice aqui este m signo a
+tal en testimonio de verdad.  Hernando del Castillo, escribano
+publico.
+
+No. VII
+
+Capitulation Made By Francis Pizarro With The Queen, Ms. Dated
+Toledo, July 26, 1529.
+
+[For a copy of this document, I am indebted to Don Martin
+Fernandez de Navarrete, late Director of the Roya.  Academy of
+History at Madrid. Though sufficiently long, it is of no less
+importance than the preceding contract, forming, like that, the
+foundation on which the enterprise of Pizarro and his associates
+may be said to have rested.]
+
+La Reina: - Por cuanto vos el capitan Francisco Pizarro, vecino
+de Tierra firme, llamada Castilla del Oro, por vos y en nombre
+del venerable padre D. Fernando de Luque, maestre escuela y
+provisor de la iglesia del Darien, sede vacante, que es en la
+dicha Castilla del Oro, y el capitan Diego de Almagro, vecino de
+la ciudad de Panama, nos hicisteis relacion, que vos e los dichos
+vuestros companeros con deseo de nos servir e del bien e
+acrecentamiento de nuestra corona real, puede haber cinco anos,
+poco mas o menos, que con licencia e parecer de Pedrarias Davila,
+nuestro gobernador e capitan general que fue de la dicha Tierra
+firme, tomastes cargo de ir a conquistar, descubrir e pacificar e
+poblar por la costa del mar del Sur, de la dicha tierra a la
+parte de Levante, a vuestra costa e de los dichos vuestros
+companeros, todo lo mas que por aquella parte pudieredes, e
+hicisteis para ello dos navios e un bergantin en la dicha costa,
+en que asi en esto por se haber de pasar la jarcia e aparejos
+necesarios al dicho viaje e armada desde el Nombre de Dios, que
+es la costa del Norte, a la otra costa del Sur, como con la gente
+e otras cosas necesarias al dicho viaje, e tornar a rehacer la
+dicha armada, gastasteis mucha suma de pesos de oro, e fuistes a
+hacer e hicisteis el dicho descubrimiento, donde pasastes muchos
+peligros e trabajo, a causa de lo cual os dejo toda la gente que
+con vos iba en una isla despoblada con solos trece hombres que no
+vos quisieron dejar, y que con ellos y con el socorro que de
+navios e gente vos hizo el dicho capitan Diego de Almagro,
+pasastes de la dicha isla e descubristes las tierras e provincia
+del Piru e ciudad de Tumbes, en que habeis gastado vos e los
+dichos vuestros companeros mas de treinta mil pesos de oro, e que
+con el deseo que teneis de nos servir querriades continuar la
+dicha conquista e poblacion a vuestra costa e mision, sin que en
+ningun tiempo seamos obligados a vos pagar ni satisfacer los
+gastos que en ello hicieredes, mas de lo que en esta capitulacion
+vos fuese otorgado, e me suplicasteis e pedistes por merced vos
+mandase encomendar la conquista de las dichas tierras, e vos
+concediese e otorgase las mercedes, e con las condiciones que de
+suso seran contenidas; sobre lo cual yo mande tomar con vos el
+asiento y capitulacion siguiente.
+
+Primeramente doy licencia y facultad a vos el dicho capitan
+Francisco Pizarro, para que por nos y en nuestro nombre e de la
+corona real de Castilla, podais continuar el dicho
+descubrimiento, conquista y poblacion de la dicha provincia del
+Peru, fasta ducientas leguas de tierra por la misma costa, las
+cuales dichas ducientas leguas comienzan desde el pueblo que en
+lengua de indios se dice Tenumpuela, e despues le llamasteis
+Santiago, hasta llegar al pueblo de Chincha, que puede haber las
+dichas ducientas leguas de costa, poco mas o menos.
+
+Item: Entendiendo ser cumplidero al servicio de Dios nuestro
+Senor y nuestro, y por honrar vuestra persona, e por vos hacer
+merced, prometemos de vos hacer nuestro gobernador e capitan
+general de toda la dicha provincia del Piru, e tierras y pueblos
+que al presente hay e adelante hubiere en todas las dichas
+ducientas leguas, por todos los dias de vuestra vida, con salario
+de setecientos e veinte y cinco mill maravedis cada ano, contados
+desde el dia que vos hiciesedes a la vela destos nuestros reinos
+para continuar la dicha poblacion e conquista, los cuales vos han
+de ser pagados de las rentas y derechos a nos pertenecientes en
+la dicha tierra que ansi habeis de poblar; del cual salario
+habeis de pagar en cada un ano un alcalde mayor, diez escuderos,
+e treinta peones, e un medico, e un boticario, el cual salario
+vos ha de ser pagado por los nuestros oficiales de la dicha
+tierra.
+
+Otrosi: Vos hacemos merced de titulo de nuestro Adelantado de la
+dicha provincia del Peru, e ansimismo del oficio de alguacil
+mayor della, todo ello por los dias de vuestra vida.
+
+Otrosi: Vos doy licencia para que con parecer y acuerdo de los
+dichos nuestros oficiales podais hacer en las dichas tierras e
+provincias del Peru, hasta cuatro fortalezas, en las partes y
+lugares que mas convengan, paresciendo a vos e a los dichos
+nuestros oficiales ser necesarias para guarda e pacificacion de
+la dicha tierra, e vos hare merced de las tenencias dellas, para
+vos, e para los herederos, e subcesores vuestros, ano en pos de
+otro, con salario de setenta y cinco mill maravedis en cada un
+ano por cada una de las dichas fortalezas, que ansi estuvieren
+hechas, las cuales habeis de hacer a vuestra costa, sin que nos,
+ni los reyes que despues de nos vinieren, seamos obligados a vos
+lo pagar al tiempo que asi lo gastaredes, salvo dende en cinco
+anos despues de acabada la fortaleza, pagandoos en cada un ano de
+los dichos cinco anos la quinta parte de lo que se montare el
+dicho gasto, de los frutos de la dicha tierra.
+Otrosi: Vos hacemos merced para ayuda a vuestra costa de mill
+ducados en cada un ano por los dias de vuestra vida de las rentas
+de las dichas tierras.
+
+Otrosi: Es nuestra merced, acatando la buena vida e doctrina de
+la persona del dicho don Fernando de Luque de le presentar a
+nuestro muy Sancto Padre por obispo de la ciudad de Tumbes, que
+es en la dicha provincia y gobernacion del Peru, con limites e
+diciones que por nos con autoridad apostolica seran senalados; y
+entretanto que vienen las bulas del dicho obispado, le hacemos
+protector universal de todos los indios de dicha provincia, con
+salario de mill ducados en cada un ano, pagado de nuestras rentas
+de la dicha tierra, entretanto que hay diezmos eclesiasticos de
+que se pueda pagar.
+
+Otrosi: Por cuanto nos habedes suplicado por vos en el dicho nom
+bre vos hiciese merced de algunos vasallos en las dichas tierras,
+e al presente lo dejamos de hacer por no tener entera relacion de
+ellas, es nuestra merced que, entretanto que informados provcamos
+en ello lo que a nuestro servicio e a la enmienda e satisfaccion
+de vuestros trabajos e servicios conviene, tengais la veintena
+parte de los pechos que nos tu vieremos en cada un ano en la
+dicha tierra, con tanto que no exceda de mill y quinientos
+ducados, los mill para vos el dicho capitan Pizarro, e los
+quinientos para el dicho Diego de Almagro.
+
+Otrosi: Hacemos merced al dicho capitan Diego de Almagro de la
+tenencia de la fortaleza que hay u obiere en la dicha ciudad de
+Tumbes, que es en la dicha provincia del Peru, con salario de
+cien mill maravedis cada un ano, con mas ducientos mill maravedis
+cada un ano de ayuda de costa, todo pagado de las rentas de la
+dicha tierra, de las cuales ha de gozar desde el dia que vos el
+dicho Francisco Pizarro llegaredes a la dicha tierra, aunque el
+dicho capitan Almagro se quede en Panama, e en otra parte que le
+convenga; e le haremos home hijodalgo, para que goce de las
+honras e preminencias que los homes hijodalgo pueden y deben
+gozar en todas las Indias, islas e tierra firme del mar Oceano.
+
+Otrosi: Mandamos que las dichas haciendas, e tierras, e solares
+que teneis en tierra firme, llamada Castilla del Oro, e vos estan
+dadas como a vecino de ella, las tengais e goceis, e hagais de
+ello lo que quisieredes e por bien tuvieredes, conforme a lo que
+tenemos concedido y otorgado a los vecinos de la dicha tierra
+firme; e en lo que toca a los indios e naborias que teneis e vos
+estan encomendados, es nuestra merced e voluntad e mandamos que
+los tengais e goceis e sirvais de ellos, e que no vos seran
+quitados ni removidos por el tiempo que nuestra voluntad fuere.
+Otrosi: Concedemos a los que fueren a poblar la dicha tierra que
+en los seis anos primeros siguientes desde el dia de la data de
+esta en adelante, que del oro que se cogiere de las minas nos
+paguen el diezmo, y cumplidos los dichos seis anos paguen el
+noveno, e ansi decendiendo en cada un ano hasta llegar al quinto:
+pero del oro e otras cosas que se obieren de rescatar, o
+cabalgadas, o en otra cualquier manera, desde luego nos han de
+pagar el quinto de todo ello.
+
+Otrosi: Franqueamos a los vecinos de la dicha tierra por los
+dichos seis anos, y mas, y cuanto fuere nuestra voluntad, de
+almojarifazgo de todo lo que llevaren para proveimiento e
+provision de sus casas, con tanto que no sea para lo vender; e de
+lo que vendieren ellos, e otras cualesquier personas, mercaderes
+e tratantes, ansimesmo los franqueamos por dos anos tan
+solamente.
+
+Item: Prometemos que por termino de diez anos, e mas adelante
+hasta que otra cosa mandemos en contrario, no impornemos a los
+vecinos de las dichas tierras alcabalas ni otro tributo alguno.
+
+Item: Concedemos a los dichos vecinos e pobladores que les sean
+dados por vos los solares y tierras convenientes a sus personas,
+conforme a lo que se ha hecho e hace en la dicha Isla Espanola; e
+ansimismo os daremos poder para que en nuestro nombre, durante el
+tiempo de vuestra gobernacion, hagais la encomienda de los indios
+de la dicha tierra, guardando en ella las instrucciones e
+ordenanzas que vos seran dadas.
+Item: A suplicacion vuestra hacemos nuestro piloto mayor de la
+mar del Sur a Bartolome Ruiz, con setenta y cinco mill maravedis
+de salario en cada un ano, pagados de la renta de la dicha
+tierra, de los cuales ha de gozar desde el dia que le fuere
+entregado el titulo que de ello le mandaremos dar, e en las
+espaldas se asentara el juramento e solenidad que ha de hacer
+ante vos, e otorgado ante escribano.  Asimismo daremos titulo de
+escribano de numero e del consejo de la dicha ciudad de Tumbes, a
+un hijo de dicho Bartolome Ruiz, siendo habil e suficiente para
+ello.
+Otrosi: Somos contentos e nos place que vos el dicho capitan
+Pizarro, cuanto nuestra merced e voluntad fuere, tengais la
+gobernacion e administracion de los indios de la nuestra isla de
+Flores, que es cerca de Panama, e goceis para vos e para quien
+vos quisieredes, de todos los aprovechamientos que hobiere en la
+dicha isla, asi de tierras como de solares, e montes, e arboles,
+e mineros, e pesqueria de perlas, con tante que seais obligado
+por razon de ello a dar a nos e a los nuestros oficiales de
+Castilla del Oro en cada un ano de los que ansi fuere nuestra
+voluntad que vos la tengais, ducientos mill maravedis, e mas el
+quinto de todo el oro e perlas que en cualquier manera e por
+cualesquier personas se sacare en la dicha isla de Flores, sin
+descuento alguno, con tanto que los dichos indios de la dicha
+isla de Flores no los podais ocupar en la pesqueria de las
+perlas, ni en las minas del oro, ni en otros metales, sino en las
+otras granjerias e aprovechamientos de la dicha tierra, para
+provision e mantenimiento de la dicha vuestra armada, e de las
+que adelante obieredes de hacer para la dicha tierra; e
+permitimos que si vos el dicho Francisco Pizarro llegado a
+Castilla del Oro, dentro de dos meses luego siguientes,
+declarades ante el dicho nuestro gobernador e juez de residencia
+que alli estuviere, que no vos querais encargar de la dicha isla
+de Flores, que en tal caso no seais tenudo e obligado a nos pagar
+por razon de ello las dichas ducientas mill maravedis, e que se
+quede para nos la dicha isla, como agora la tenemos.
+
+Item: Acatando lo mucho que han servido en el dicho viaje e
+descubrimiento Bartolome Ruiz, Cristoval de Peralta, e Pedro de
+Candia, e Domingo de Soria Luce, e Nicolas de Ribera, e Francisco
+de Cuellar, e Alonso de Molina, e Pedro Alcon, e Garcia de Jerez,
+e Anton de Carrion, e Alonso Briceno, e Martin de Paz, e Joan de
+la Torre, e porque vos me los suplicasteis e pedistes por merced,
+es nuestra merced e voluntad de les hacer merced, como por la
+presente vos la hacemos a los que de ellos no son idalgos, que
+sean idalgos notorios de solar conocido en aquellas partes, e que
+en ellas e en todas las nuestras Indias, islas y tierra firme del
+mar Oceano, gocen de las preeminencias e libertades, e otras
+cosas de que gozan, y deben ser guardadas a los hijosdalgo
+notorios de solar conocido dentro nuestros reinos, e a los que de
+los susodichos son idalgos, que sean caballeros de espuelas
+doradas, dando primero la informacion que en tal caso se
+requiere.
+
+Item: Vos hacemos merced de veinte y cinco veguas e otros tantos
+caballos de los que nos tenemos en la isla de Jamaica, e no las
+abiendo cuando las pidieredes, no se mos tenudos al precio de
+ellas, ni de otra cosa por razon de ellas.
+
+Otrosi: Os hacemos merced de trescientos mill maravedis pagados
+en Castilla del Oro para el artilleria e municion que habeis de
+llevar a la dicha provincia del Peru, llevando fe de los nuestros
+oficiales de la casa de Sevilla de las cosas que ansi comprastes,
+e de lo que vos costo contando el interese e cambio de ello, e
+mas os hare merced de otros ducientos ducados pagados en Castilla
+del Oro para ayuda al acarreto de la dicha artilleria e
+municiones e otras cosas vuestras desde el Nombre de Dios so la
+dicha mar del Sur.
+
+Otrosi: Vos daremos licencia, como por la presente vos la damos,
+para que destos nuestros reinos, e del reino de Portugal e islas
+de Cabo Verde, e dende, vos, e quien vuestro poder hubiere,
+quisieredes e por bien tuvieredes, podais pasar e paseis a la
+dicha tierra de vuestra gobernacion cincuenta esclavos negros en
+que haya a lo menos el tercio de hembras, libres de todos
+derechos a nos pertenecientes, con tanto que si los dejaredes e
+parte de ellos en la isla Espanola, San Joan, Cuba, Santiago e en
+Castilla del Oro, e en otra parte alguna los que de ellos ansi
+dejaredes, sean perdidos e aplicados, e por la presente los
+aplicamos a nuestra camara e fisco.
+
+Otrosi: Que hacemos merced y limosna al hospital que se hiciese
+en la dicha tierra, para ayuda al remedio de los pobres que alla
+fueren, de cien mill maravedis librados en las penas aplicadas de
+la camara de la dicha tierra.  Ansimismo a vuestro pedimento e
+consentimiento de los primeros pobladores de la dicha tierra,
+decimos que haremos merced, como por la presente la hacemos, a
+los hospitales de la dicha tierra de los derechos de la escubilla
+e relaves que hubiere en las fundiciones que en ella se hicieren,
+e de ello mandaremos dar nuestra provision en forma.
+Otrosi: Decimos que mandaremos, e por la presente mandamos, que
+hayan e residan en la ciudad de Panama, e donde vos fuere
+mandado, un carpintero e un calafate, e cada uno de ellos tenga
+de salario treinta mill maravedis en cada un ano dende que
+comenzaren a residir en la dicha ciudad, o donde, como dicho es,
+vos les mandaredes; a los cuales les mandaremos pagar por los
+nuestros oficiales de la dicha tierra de vuestra gobernacion
+cuando nuestra merced y voluntad fuere.
+
+Item: Que vos mandaremos dar nuestra provision en forma para que
+en la dicha costa del mar del Sur podais tomar cualesquier navios
+que hub eredes menester, de consentimiento de sus duenos, para
+los viajes que hobieredes de hacer a la dicha tierra, pagando a
+los duenos de los tales navios el flete que justo sea, no
+embargante que otras personas los tengan fletados para otras
+partes.
+
+Ansimismo que mandaremos, e por la presente mandamos e
+defendemos, que destos nuestros reinos no vayan ni pasen a las
+dichas tierras ningunas personas de las prohibidas que no puedan
+pasar a aquellas partes, so las penas contenidas en las leyes e
+ordenanzas e cartas nuestras, que cerca de esto por nos e por los
+reyes catolicos estan dadas; ni letrados ni procuradores para
+usar de sus oficios.
+
+Lo cual que dicho es, e cada cosa e parte de ello vos concedemos,
+con tanto que vos el dicho capitan Pizarro seais tenudo e
+obligado de salir destos nuestros reinos con los navios e
+aparejos e mantenimientos e otras cosas que fueren menester para
+el dicho viaje y poblacion, con ducientos e cincuenta hombres,
+los ciento y cincuenta destos nuestros reinos e otras partes no
+prohibidas, e los ciento restantes podais llevan de las islas e
+tierra firme del mar Oceano, con tanto que de la dicha tierra
+firme llamada Castilla del Oro no saqueis mas de veinte hombres,
+sino fuere de los que en el primero e segundo viaje que vos
+hicisteis a la dicha tierra del Peru se hallaron con vos, porque
+a estos damos licencia que puedan ir con vos libremente; lo cual
+hayais de cumplir desde el dia de la data de esta hasta seis
+meses primeros siguientes: allegado a la dicha Castilla del Oro,
+e allegado a Panama, seais tenudo de pro seguir el dicho viaje, e
+hacer el dicho descubrimiento e poblacion dentr de otros seis
+meses luego siguientes.
+
+Item: Con condicion que cuando salieredes destos nuestros reinos
+e llegaredes a las dichas provincias del Peru hayais de llevar y
+tener con vos a los oficiales de nuestra hacienda, que por nos
+estan e fueren nom brados; e asimismo las personas religiosas o
+eclesiasticas que por nos seran senaladas para instruccion de los
+indios e naturales de aquella provincia a nuestra santa fe
+catolica, con cuyo parecer e no sin ellos habeis de hacer la
+conquista, descubrimiento e poblacion de la dicha tierra, a los
+cuales religiosos habeis de dar e pagar el flete e matalotaje, e
+los otros mantenimientos necesarios conforme a sus personas, todo
+a vuestra costa, sin por ello les llevar cosa alguna durante la
+dicha navegacion, lo cual mucho vos lo encargamos que ansi hagais
+e cumplais, como cosa de servicio de Dios e nuestro, porque de lo
+contrario nos terniamos de vos por deservidos.
+
+Otrosi: Con condicion que en la dicha pacificacion, conquista y
+poblacion e tratamiento de dichos indios en sus personas y
+bienes, seais tenudos e obligados de guardar en todo e por todo
+lo contenido en las or denanzas e instrucciones que para esto
+tenemos fechas, e se hicieren, e vos seran dadas en la nuestra
+carta e provision que vos mandaremos dar para la encomienda de
+los dichos indios.  E cumpliendo vos el dicho capitan Francisco
+Pizarro lo contenido en este asiento, en todo lo que a vos toca e
+incumbe de guardar e cumplir, prometemos, e vos aseguramos por
+nuestra palabra real que agora e de aqui adelante vos mandaremos
+guardar e vos sera guardado todo lo que ansi vos concedemos, e
+facemos merced, a vos e a los pobladores e tratantes en la dicha
+tierra; e para ejecucion y cumplimiento dello, vos mandaremos dar
+nuestras cartas e provisiones particulares que convengan e
+menester sean, obligandoos vos el dicho capitan Pizarro
+primeramente ante escribano publico de guardar e cumplir lo
+contenido en este asiento que a vos toca como dicho es. Fecha en
+Toledo a 26 de jullio de 1529 anos. - Yo La Reina - Por mandado
+de S. M. - Juan Vazquez.
+
+No. VIII
+
+Contemporary Accounts Of Atahuallpa's Seizure.
+
+[As the seizure of the Inca was one of the most memorable, as
+well as foulest, transactions of the Conquest, I have thought it
+might be well to put on record the testimony, fortunately in my
+possession, of several of the parties present on the occasion.]
+
+Relacion del Primer Descubrimiento de la Costa y Mar del Sur, Ms.
+A la hora de las cuatro comienzan a caminar por su calzada
+adelante derecho a donde nosotros estabamos, y a las cinco o poco
+mas llego a la puerta de la ciudad, quedando todos los campos
+cubiertos de gente, y asi comenzaron a entrar por la plaza hasta
+trescientos hombres como mozos despuelas con sus arcos y flechas
+en las manos, cantando un cantar no nada gracioso para los que lo
+oyamos, antes espantoso porque parecia cosa infernal, y dieron
+una vuelta a aquella mezquita amagando al suelo con las manos a
+limpiar lo que por el estaba, de lo cual habia poca necesidad,
+porque los del pueblo le tenian bien barrido para cuando entrase.
+Acabada de dar su vuelta pararon todos juntos, y entro otro
+escuadron de hasta mil hombres con picas sin yerros tostadas las
+puntas, todos de una librea de colores, digo que la de los
+primeros era blanca y colorada, como las casas de un axedrez.
+Entrado el segundo escuadron entro el tercero de otra librea,
+todos con martillos en las manos de cobre y plata, que es una
+arma que ellos tienen, y ansi desta manera entraron en la dicha
+plaza muchos Senores principales que venian en medio de los
+delanteros y de la persona de Atabalipa.  Detras destos en una
+litera muy rica, los cabos de los maderos cubiertos de plata,
+venia la persona de Atabalipa, la cual traian ochenta Senores en
+hombros todos vestidos de una librea azul muy rica, y el vestido
+su persona muy ricamente con su corona en la cabeza, y al cuello
+un collar de esmeraldas grandes y sentado en la litera en una
+silla muy pequena con un coxin muy rico.  En llegando al medio de
+la plaza paro, llevando descubierto el medio cuerpo de fuera; y
+toda la gente de guerra que estaba en la plaza le tenian en
+medio, estando dentro hasta seis o siete mil hombres.  Como el
+vio que ninguna persona salia a el, ni parecia, tubo creido, y
+asi lo confeso el despues de preso, que nos habiamos escondido de
+miedo de ver su poder; y dio una voz y dixo: Donde estan estos?
+A la cual salio del aposento del dicho Gobernador Pizarro el
+Padre Fray Vicente de Valverde de la orden de los Predicadores,
+que despues fue obispo de aquella tierra con la bribia en la mano
+y con el una lengua, y asi juntos llegaron por entre la gente a
+poder hablar con Atabalipa, al cual le comenzo a decir cosas de
+la sagrada escriptura, y que nuestro Senor Jesu-Christo mandaba
+que entre los suyos no hubiese guerra, ni discordia, sino todo
+paz, y que el en su nombre ansi se lo pedia y requeria; pues
+habia quedado de tratar della el dia antes, y de venir solo sin
+gente de guerra.  A las cuales palabras y otras muchas que el
+Frayle le dixo, el estubo callando sin volver respuesta; y
+tornandole a decir que mirase lo que Dios mandaba, lo cual estaba
+en aquel libro que llevaba en la mano escripto, admirandose a mi
+parecer mas de la escriptura, que de lo escripto en ella: le
+pidio el libro, y le abrio y ojeo, mirando el molde y la orden
+del, y despues de visto, le arrojo por entre la gente con mucha
+ira, el rostro muy encarnizado, diciendo: Decildes a esos, que
+vengan aca, que no pasare de aqui hasta que me den cuenta y
+satisfagan y paguen lo que han hecho en la tierra.  Visto esto
+por el Frayle y lo poco que aprovechaban sus palabras, tomo su
+libro, y abajo su cabeza, y fuese para donde estaba el dicho
+Pizarro, casi corriendo, y dijole: No veis lo que pasa: para que
+estais en comedimientos y requerimientos con este perro lleno de
+soberbia, que vienen los campos llenos de Indios?  Salid a el, -
+que yo os absuelvo.  Y ansi acabadas de decir estas palabras que
+fue todo en un instante, tocan las trompetas, y parte de su
+posada con toda la gente de pie, que con el estaba, diciendo:
+Santiago a ellos; y asi salimos todos a aquella voz a una, porque
+todas aquellas casas que salian a la plaza tenian muchas puertas,
+y parece que se habian fecho a aquel proposito.  En arremetiendo
+los de caballo y rompiendo por ellos todo fue uno, que sin matar
+sino solo un negro de nuestra parte, fueron todos desbaratados y
+Atabalipa preso, y la gente puesta en huida, aunque no pudieron
+huir del tropel, porque la puerta por do habian entrado era
+pequena y con la turbacion no podian salir, y visto los traseros
+cuan lejos tenian la acoxida y remedio de huir, arrimaronse dos o
+tres mil dellos a un lienso de pared, y dieron con el a tierra el
+cual salia al campo porque por aquella parte no habia casas y
+ansi tubieron camino ancho para huir; y los escuadrones de gente
+que habian quedado en el campo sin entrar en el pueblo, como
+vieron huir y dar alaridos, los mas dellos fueron desbaratados y
+se pusieron en huida, que era cosa harto de ver, que un valle de
+cuatro o cinco leguas todo iba cuaxado de gente.  En este vino la
+noche muy presto, y la gente se recogio, y Atabalipa se puso en
+una casa de piedra, que era el templo del sol, y asi se paso
+aquella noche con grand regocijo y placer de la vitoria que
+nuestro Senor nos habia dado, poniendo mucho recabdo en hacer
+guardia a la persona de Atabalipa para que no volviesen a
+tomarnosle.  Cierto fue permision de Dios y grand acertamiento
+guiado por su mano, porque si este dia no se prendiera, con la
+soberbia que trahia, aquella noche fueramos todos asolados por
+ser tan pocos, como tengo dicho, y ellos tantos.
+Pedro Pizarro, Descubrimiento y Conquista de los Reynos del Peru,
+Ms.
+Pues despues de aver comido, que acavaria a hora de missa mayor,
+enpeco a levantar su gente y a venirse hazia Caxamalca.  Hechos
+sus esquadrones, que cubrian los campos, y el metido en vnas
+andas enpeco a caminar, viniendo delante del dos mil yndios que
+le barrian el camino por donde venia caminando, y la gente de
+guerra la mitad de vn lado y la mitad de otro por los campos sin
+entrar en camino: traia ansi mesmo al senor de Chincha consigo en
+vnas andas, que parescia a los suyos cossa de admiracion, porque
+ningun yndio, por senor principal que fuese, avia de parescer
+delante del sino fuese con vna carga a cuestas y descalzo: pues
+hera tanta la pateneria que traian d' oro y plata, que hera cossa
+estrana lo que reluzia con el sol: venian ansi mesmo delante de
+Atabalipa muchos yndios cantando y danzando.  Tardose ste senor
+en andar esta media legua que ay dende los banos a donde el
+estava hasta Caxamalca, dende ora de missa mayor, como digo,
+hasta tres oras antes que anochesciese.  Pues llegada la gente a
+la puerta de la plaza, enpe caron a entrar los esquadrones con
+grandes cantares, y ansi entrando ocuparon toda la plaza por
+todas partes.  Visto el marquez don Francisco Picarro que
+Atabalipa venia ya junto a la plaza, embio al padre fr. Vicente
+de Balverde primero obispo del Cuzco, y a Hernando de Aldana vn
+buen soldado, y a don Martinillo lengua, que fuesen a hablar a
+Atabalipa y a requerille de parte de dios y del Rey se subjetase
+a la ley de nuestro Senor Jesucristo y al servicio de S. Mag., y
+que el Marquez le tendria en lugar de hermano, y no consintiria
+le hiziesen enojo ni dano en su tierra.  Pues llegado que fue el
+padre a las andas donde Atabalipa venia, le hablo y le dixo a lo
+que yva, y le predico cossas de nuestra sancta ffee,
+declarandoselas la lengua.  Llevava el padre vn breviario en las
+manos donde leya lo que le predicaba: el Atabalipa se lo pidio, y
+el cerrado se lo dio, y como le tuvo en las manos y no supo
+abrille arrojole al suelo.  Llamo al Aldana que se llegase a el y
+le diese la espada, y el Aldana la saco y se la mostro, pero no
+se la quiso dar.  Pues pasado lo dicho, el Atabalipa les dixo que
+se fuesen para Vellacos ladrones, y que los avia de matar a
+todos.  Pues oydo esto, el padre se bolvio y conto al marquez lo
+que le avia pasado; y el Atabalipa entro en la plaza con todo su
+trono que traya, y el senor de Chincha tras del.  Desque ovieron
+entrado y vieron que no parescia espanol ninguno, pregunto a sus
+capitanes, Donde estan estos cristianos que no parescen?  Ellos
+le dixeron, Senor, estan escondidos de miedo.  Pues visto el
+marquez don Francisco Picarro las dos andas, no conosciendo qual
+hera la de Atabalipa, mando a Joan Picarro su hermano fuese con
+los peones que tenia a la vna, y el yria a la otra.  Pues mandado
+esto, hizieron la sena al Candia, el qual solto el tiro, y en
+soltandolo tocaron las trompetas, y salieron los de acavallo de
+tropel, y el marquez con los de a pie, como esta dicho, tras
+dellos, de manera que con el estruendo del tiro y las trompetas y
+el tropel de los cavallos con los cascaveles los yndios se
+embararon y se cortaron.  Los espanoles dieron en ellos y
+empecaron a matar, y fue tanto el miedo que los yndios ovieron,
+que por huir, no pudiendo salir por la puerta, derribaron vn
+lienzo de vna pared de la cerca de la plaza de largo de mas de
+dos mil passos y de alto de mas de vn estado.  Los de acavallo
+fueron en su seguimiento hasta los banos, donde hizieron grande
+estrago, y hizieran mas sino les anochesciera.  Pues bolviendo a
+don Francisco Picarro y a su hermano, salieron, como estava
+dicho, con la gente de a pie: el marquez fue a dar con las andas
+de Atabalipa, y el hermano con el senor de Chincha, al qual
+mataron alli en las andas; y lo mismo fuera del Atabalipa sino se
+hallara el marquez alli, porque no podian derivalle de las andas,
+que aunque matavan los yndios que las tenian, se metian luego
+otros de Reffresco a sustentallas, y desta manera estuvieron vn
+gran rrato fforcejando y matando indios, y de cansados vn espanol
+tiro vna cuchillada para matalle, y el marquez don Francisco
+Picarro se la rreparo, y del rreparo le hinio en la mano al
+marquez el espanol, queriendo dar al Atabalipa, a cuya caussa el
+marquez dio bozes diciendo: Nadie hiera al indio so pena de la
+vida.  Entendido esto, aguijaron siete o ocho espanoles y asieron
+de vn bordo de las andas y haziendo fuerca las trastornaron a vn
+lado, y ansi fue preso el Atabalipa, y el marquez le llevo a su
+aposento, y alli le puso guardas que le guardavan de dia y de
+noche.  Pues venida la noche, los espanoles se recoxieron todos y
+dieron muchas gracias a nuestro senor por las Mercedes que les
+avia hecho, y muy contentos en tener presso al senor, porque a no
+prendelle no se ganara la tierra como se gano.
+
+Carta de Hernando Pizarro, ap. Oviedo, Historia General de las
+Indias, Ms., lib. 46, cap. 15.
+
+Venia en unas handas, e delante de el hasta trecientos o
+cuatrocientos Yndios con Camisetas de librea limpiando las pajas
+del camino, e cantando, e el en medio de la otra gente que eran
+Caciques e principales, e los mas principales Caciques le traian
+en los hombros; e entrando en la Plaza subieron doce o quince
+Yndios en una fortaleza que alli estaba, e tomaronla a manera de
+posesion con vandera puesta en una lanza: entrando hasta la mitad
+de la Plaza reparo alli: e salio un Fraile Dominico que estaba
+con el Gobernador a hablarle de su parte, que el Gobernador le
+esperaba en su aposento, que le fuese a hablar, e dijole como era
+Sacerdote, e que era embiado por el Emperador para que le
+ensenase las cosas de la fe si quisiesen ser Cristianos, e
+mostroles un libro que llevaba en las manos, e dijole que aquel
+libro era de las cosas de Dios; e el Atabaliva pidio el libro, e
+arrojole en el suelo e dijo: Yo no pasare de aqui hasta que me
+deis todo lo que habeis tomado en mi tierra, que yo bien se quien
+sois vosotros, y en lo que andais: e levantose en las andas, e
+hablo a su gente, e obo murmullo entre ellos llamando a la gente
+que tenian las armas: e el fraile fue al Gobernador e dijole que
+que hacia, que ya no estaba la cosa en tiempo de esperar mas: el
+Gobernador me lo embio a decir: yo tenia concertado con el
+Capitan de la artilleria, que haciendole una sena disparasen los
+tiros, e con la gente que oyendolos saliesen todos a un tiempo; e
+como asi se hizo e como los Yndios estaban sin armas fueron
+desbaratados sin peligro de ningun Cristiano.  Los que traian las
+andas, e los Caciques que venian al rededor del, nunca lo
+desampararon hasta que todos murieron al rededor del: el
+Gobernador salio e tomo a Atabaliva, e por defenderle le dio un
+cristiano una cuchillada en una mano.  La gente siguio el alcance
+hasta donde estaban laos Yndios con armas; no se hallo en ellos
+resistencia alguna, porque ya era recogieronse todos al Pueblo
+donde el Gobernador quedaba.
+
+No. IX
+
+Account Of The Personal Habits Of Atahuallpa; Extracted From The
+Ms. Of Pedro Pizarro.
+
+[This minute account of the appearance and habits of the captive
+Inca is of the most authentic character, coming, as it does, from
+the pen of one who had the best opportunities of personal
+observation, during the monarch's imprisonment by his Conquerors.
+Pizarro's Ms. is among those recently given to the world by the
+learned Academicians Salva and Baranda.]
+
+Este Atabalipa ya dicho hera indio bien dispuesto, de buena
+persona, de medianas carnes, no grueso demasiado, hermosso de
+Rostro y grave en el, los ojos encarnizados, muy temido de los
+suyos.  (Acuerdome que el Senor de Guaylas le pidio licencia para
+yr a ver su tierra, y se la dio, dandole tiempo en que fuese y
+viniese limitado.  Tardose algo mas, y cuando bolvio, estando yo
+presente, llego con vn presente de fruta de la tierra, y llegado
+que fue a su presencia empeco a temblar en tanta manera que no se
+podia tener en los pies.  El Atabalipa alco la caveza vn poquito
+y sonrriendose le hizo sena que se ffuese.) Quando le sacaron a
+matar, toda la gente que avia en la plaza de los naturales, que
+avia harto, se prostraron por tierra, dexandose caer en el suelo
+como Borrachos.  Este indio se servia de sus mugeres por la
+horden que tengo ya dicha, sirviendole vna hermana diez dias o
+ocho con mucha cantidad de hijas de senores que a estas hermanas
+servian, mudandose de ocho a ocho dias. Estas estavan siempre con
+el para serville, que yudio no entrava dond' el estava.  Tenia
+muchos caciques consigo: estos estavan afuera en vn patio, y en
+llamando alguno entrava descalzo y donde el estava; y si venia de
+fuera parte, avia de entrar descalzo y cargado con vna carga; y
+quando su capitan Challicuchima vino con Hernando Picarro y le
+entro a ver, entro asi como digo con vna carga y descalzo y se
+hecho a sus pies, y llorando se los beso.  El Atabalipa con
+Rostro sereno le dixo: Seas bien venido alli, Challicuchima;
+queriendo dezir, Seas bien venido, Challicuchima. Este yndio se
+ponia en la caveza vnos llautos que son vnas trencas hechas de
+lanas de colores, de grosor de medio dedo y de anchor de vno,
+hecho desto vna manera de corona y no con puntas, sino redonda,
+de anchor de vna mano, que encaxava en la caveza, y en la frente
+vna borla cossida en este llauto, de anchor de vna mano, poco
+mas, de lana muy ffina de grana, cortada muy ygual, metida por
+vno canutitos de oro muy sotilmente hasta la mitad: esta lana
+hera hilada, y de los canutos abaxo destorcida, que hera lo que
+caya en la frente; que los canutillos de oro hera quanto tomavan
+todo el llauto ya dicho.  Cayale esta borla hasta encima de las
+cejas, de vn dedo de grosor, que le tomava toda la frente; y
+todos estos senores andavan tresquilados y los orejones conio a
+sobre peine.  Vestian Ropa muy delgada y muy blanda ellos y sus
+hermanas que tenian por mugeres, y sus deudos, orejones
+principales, que se la davan los senores, y todos los demas
+vestian Ropa basta.  Poniase este senor la manta por encima de la
+caveca y atabasela debajo de la barva, tapandose las orejas: esto
+traia el por tapar vna oreja que tenia rompida, que quando le
+prendieron los de Guascar se la quebraron.  Bestiase este senor
+Ropas muy delicadas. Estando vn dia comiendo, questas senoras ya
+dichas le llevavan la comida y se la ponian delante en vnos
+juncos verdes muy delgados y pequenos, estaba sentado este senor
+en vn duo de madera de altor de poco mas de un palmo: este duo
+hera de madera colorada muy linda, y tenianle siempre tapado con
+vna manta muy delgada, aunque stuviese el sentado en el: estos
+juncos ya dichos le tendian siempre delante quando queria comer,
+y alli le ponian todos los manjares en oro, plata y Barro, y el
+que a el apetescia senalava se lo truxesen, y tomandolo vna
+senora destas dichas se lo tenia en la mano mientras comia.  Pues
+estando vn dia desta manera comiendo y yo presente, llevando vna
+tajada del manjar a la boca le cayo vna gota en el vestido que
+tenia puesto, y dando de mano a la yndia se levanto y se entro a
+su aposento a vestir otro vestido, y buelto saco ves tido vna
+camiseta y vna manta (pardo escuro).  Llegandome yo pues a el le
+tente la manta que hera mas blanda que seda, y dixele: Ynga, de
+que es este vestido tan blando?  El me dixo, Es de vnos pajaros
+que andan de noche en Puerto Viejo y en Tumbez, que muerden a los
+indios.  Venido a aclararse dixo, que hera de pelo de
+murcielagos.  Diziendole, que de donde se podria juntar tanto
+murcielago?  dixo, Aquellos perros de Tumbez y Puerto Viejo que
+avian de hazer sino tomar destos para hazer Ropa a mi padre?  Y
+es ansi questos murcielagos de aquellas partes muerden de noche a
+los indios y a espanoles y a cavallos, y sacan tanta sangre ques
+cossa de misterio, y ansi se averiguo ser este vestido de lana de
+murcielagos, y ansi hera la color como dellos del vestido, que en
+Puerto Viejo y en Tumbez y sus comarcas ay gran cantidad dellos
+Pues acontescio vn dia que viniendose a quexar vn indio que vn
+espanol tomava vnos bestidos de Atabalipa, el marquez me mando
+fuesse yo a saver quien hera y llamar al espanol para castigallo.
+El indio me lleva a vn buhio donde avia gran cantidad de petacas,
+porquel espanol ya nera ydo, diciendome que de alli avia tomado
+vn bestido del senor; e yo preguntandole que que tenian aquellas
+petacas, me mostro algunas en que tenian todo aquello que
+Atabalipa avia tocado con las manos, y avia estado de pies, y
+vestidos que el avia deshechado; en vnas los junquillos que le
+hechavan delante a los pies quando comia; en otras los guessos de
+las carnes o aves que comia, que el avia tocado con las manos; en
+otras los maslos de las mazorcas de mahiz que avia tomado en sus
+manos; en otras las rropas que havia deshechado: finalmente todo
+aquello que el avia tocado.  Preguntelee, que para que tenian
+aquello alli? Respondieronme, que para quemallo, porque cada ano
+quemavan todo esto, porque lo que tocavan los senores que heran
+hijos del sol, se avia de quemar y hazer seniza y hechallo por el
+ayre, que nadie avia de tocar a ello; y en guarda desto estava vn
+prencipal con indios que lo guardava y rrecoxia de las mugeres
+que les servian.  Estos senores dormian en el suelo en vnos
+colchones grandes de algodon: tenian vnas ffrecadas grandes de
+lana con que se cubijaban: y no e visto en todo este Piru indio
+semejante a este Atabalipa ni de su ferocidad ni autoridad.
+No. X.
+
+Contemporary Accounts Of The Execution Of Atahuallpa.
+
+[The following notices of the execution of the Inca are from the
+hands of eyewitnesses; for Oviedo, though not present himself,
+collected his particulars from those who were.  I give the
+notices here in the original, as the best authority for the
+account of this dismal tragedy.]
+Pedro Pizarro, Descubrimiento y Conquista de los Reynos del Peru,
+Ms.
+Acordaron pues los officiales y Almagro que Atabalipa muriese,
+tratando entre si que muerto Atabalipa se acababa el auto hecho
+acerca del esoro.  Pues dixeron al Marquez don Francisco Picarro
+que no convenia que Atabalipa biviese; porque si se soltava, S.
+Mag. perderia la tierra y todos los espanoles serian muertos; y a
+la verdad, si esto no fuera tratado con malicia, como esta dicho,
+tenian Razon, porque hera imposible soltandose poder ganar la
+tierra.  Pues el marquez no quiso venir en ello. Visto esto los
+oficiales hizieronle muchos rrequerimientos, poniendole el
+servicio de S. Mag. por delante.  Pues estando asi atravesose vn
+demonio de vna lengua que se dezia ffelipillo, vno de los
+muchachos que el marquez avia llevado a Espana, que al presente
+hera lengua, y andava enamorado de vna muger de Atabalipa, y por
+avella hizo entender al marquez que Atabalipa hazia gran junta de
+gente para matar los espanoles en Caxas. Pues sabido el marquez
+esto prendio a Challicuchima que estava suelto y preguntandole
+por esta gente que dezia la lengua se juntavan, aunque negava y
+dezia que no, el ffelipillo dezia a la contra trastornando las
+palabras dezian a quien se preguntava este casso.  Pues el
+marquez don Francisco Picarro acordo embiar a Soto a Caxas a
+saver si se hazia alli alguna junta de gente, porque cierto el
+marquez no quisiera matalle.  Pues visto Almagro y los oficiales
+la yda de Soto apretaron al marquez con muchos rrequirimientos, y
+la lengua por su parte que ayu dava con sus rretruecos, vinieron
+a convencer al marquez que muriese Atabalipa, porque el marquez
+hera muy zeloso del servicio de S. Mag. y ansi le hizieron temer,
+y contra su voluntad sentencio a muerte a Atabalipa mandando le
+diesen garrote, y despues de muerto le quemasen porque tenia las
+hermanas por mugeres.  Cierto pocas leyes avian leido estos
+senores ni entendido, pues al infiel sin aver sido predicado le
+davan esta sentencia.  Pues el Atabalipa llorava y dezia que no
+le matasen, que no abria yndio en la tierra que se meneasse sin
+su mandado, y que presso le tenian, que de que temian?  y que si
+lo avian por oro y plata, que el daria dos tanto de lo que avia
+mandado.  Yo vide llorar al marques de pesar por no podelle dar
+la vida, porque cierto temio los requirimientos y el rriezgo que
+avia en la tierra si se soltava.  Este Atabalipa avia hecho
+entender a sus mugeres e yndios que si no le quemavan el cuerpo,
+aunque le matassen avia de bolver a ellos, que el sol su padre le
+rresucitaria.  Pues sacandole a dar garrote a la plaza el padre
+fray Vicente de Balverde ya dicho le predico diziendole se
+tornase cristiano: y el dixo que si el se tornava christiano, si
+le quemarian, y dixeronle que no: y dixo que pues no le avian de
+quemar que queria se baptizado, y ansi fray Vicente le baptizo y
+le dieron garrote, y otro dia le enterraron en la en la yglesia
+que en Caxamalca teniamos los espanoles.  Esto se hizo antes que
+Soto bolviese a dar aviso de lo que le hera mandado; y quando
+vino truxo por nueva no aver visto nada ni aver nada, de que al
+marquez le peso mucho de avelle muerto, y al Soto mucho mas,
+porque dezia el, y tenia rrazon, que mejor ffuera embialle a
+Espana, y que el se obligara a ponello en la mar: y cierto esto
+fuera lo mejor que con este indio se pudiera hazer, porque quedar
+en la tierra no convenia: tambien se entendio que no biviera
+muchos dias, aunque le embiara.  porque el hera muy regalado y
+muy senor.
+
+Relacion del Primer Descubrimiento de la Costa y Mar del Sur, Ms.
+Dando forma como se llevaria Atabalipa de camino, y que guardia
+se le pondria, y consultando y tratando si seriamos parte para
+defenderle en aquellos pasos malos y rios si nos le quisiesen
+tomar los suyos: comenzose a decir y a certificar entre los
+Indios, que el mandaba venir grand multitud de gente sobre
+nosotros: esta nueva se fue encendiendo tanto, que se tomo
+informacion de muchos senores de la tierra, que todos a una
+dijeron que era verdad, que el mandaba venir sobre nosotros para
+que le salvasen, y nos matasen si pudiesen, y que estaba toda la
+gente en cierta provincia ayuntada que ya venia de camino.
+Tomada esta informacion, juntaronse el dicho Gobernador, y
+Almagro, y los Oficiales de S. Mag. no estando ahi Hernando
+Pizarro, porque ya era partido para Espana con alguna parte del
+quinto de S. Mag. y a darle noticia y nueva de lo acaecido; y
+resumieronse, aunque contra voluntad del dicho Gobernador, que
+nunca estubo bien en ello, que Atabalipa, pues quebrantaba la
+paz, y queria hacer traicion y traher gentes para matar los
+cristianos, muriese, porque con su muerte cesaria todo, y se
+allanaria la tierra: a lo cual hubo contrarios pareceres, y la
+mas de la gente se puso en defender Almagro, y dando muchas
+razones por que debia morir, el fue muerto, aunque para el no fue
+muerte, sino vida, porque murio cristiano, y es de creer que se
+fue al cielo.  Publicado por toda la tierra su muerte, la gente
+comun, y de pueblos venian donde el dicho Gobernador estaba a dar
+la obediencia a S. Mag.; pero los capitanes y gente de guerra que
+estaban en Xauxa y en el Cuzco, antes se rehicieron, y no
+quisieron venir de paz.  Aqui acaecio la cosa mas estrana que se
+ha visto en el mundo, que yo vi por mis ojos, y fue; que estando
+en la iglesia cantando los oficios de difuntos a Atabalipa,
+presente el cuerpo, llegaron ciertas senoras hermanas y mugeres
+suyas, y otros privados con grand estruendo, tal que impidieron
+el oficio, y dijeron que les hiciesen aquella fiesta muy mayor,
+porque era costumbre cuando el grand senor moria, que todos
+aquellos que bien le querian, se enterrasen vivos con el: a los
+cuales se les respondio, que Atabalipa habia muerto como
+cristiano, y como tal le hacian aquel oficio, que no se habia de
+hacer lo que ellos pedian, que era muy mal hecho y contra
+cristianidad; que se fuesen de alli, y no les estorbasen, y se le
+dejasen enterrar, y ansi se fueron a sus aposentos, y se
+ahorcaron todos ellos y ellos.  Las cosas que pasaron en estos
+dias, y los extremos y llantos de la gente son muy y largas
+prolijas, y por eso diran aqui.
+
+Oviedo, Historia General de las Indias, Ms., lib. 46, cap. 22.
+Cuando el Marques Don Francisco Pizarro tubo preso al gran Rev
+Atabaliva le aconsejaron hombres faltos de buen entendimiento,
+que le matase, o el obo gana, porque como se vieron cargados de
+oro parecioles que muerto aquel Senor lo podian poner mas a su
+salvo en Espana donde quisiesen e dejando la tierra, y que
+asimismo serian mas parte para se sustener en ella sin aquel
+escrupuloso impedimento, que no conservandose la vida de un
+Principe tan grande, e tan temido e acatado de sus naturales, y
+en todas aquellas partes; e la esperiencia ha mostrado cuan mal
+acordado e peor fecho fue todo lo que contra Atabaliva se hizo
+despues de su prision en le quitar la vida, con la cual demas de
+deservirse Dios quitaron al Emperador nuestro Senor, e a los
+mismos Espanoles que en aquellas partes se hallaron, y a los que
+en Espana quedaron, que entonces vivian y a los que aora viven e
+naceran innumerables tesoros, que aquel Principe les diera; e
+ninguno de sus vasallos se mobiera ni alterara como se alteraron
+e revelaron en faltando su Persona.  Notorio es que el Gobernador
+le aseguro la vida, y sin que le diese tal seguro el se le tenia,
+pues ningun Capitan puede disponer sin licencia de su Rey y Senor
+de la Persona del Principe que tiene preso, cuyo es de derecho,
+cuanto mas que Atabaliva dijo al Marques, que si algun Cristiano
+matasen los Yndios, o le hiciesen el menor dano del mundo, que
+creyese que por su mandado lo hacia, y que cuando eso fuese le
+matase o hiciese del lo que quisiese; e que tratandole bien el le
+chaparia las paredes de plata, e le allanaria las Sierras e los
+montes, e le daria a el, e a los Cristianos cuanto oro quisiesen,
+e que desto no tubiese duda alguna; y en pago de sus
+ofrecimientos encendidas pajas se las ponian en los pies
+ardiendo, porque digese que traicion era la que tenia ordenada
+contra los Cristianos, e inventando e fabricando contra el
+falsedades, le levantaron que los queria matar, e todo aquello
+fue rodeado por malos e por la inadvertencia e mal Consejo del
+Gobernador, e comenzaron a le hacer proceso mal compuesto y peor
+escrito, seyendo uno de los Adalides un inquieto, desasosegado e
+deshonesto Clerigo, y un Escribano falto de conciencia, e de mala
+habilidad, y otros tales que en la maldad concurrieron, e asi mal
+fundado el libelo se concluyo a sabor de danados paladares, como
+se dijo en el Capitulo catorce, no acordandose que les habian
+enchido las casas de oro e plata, e le habian tomado sus mugeres
+e repartidolas en su presencia e usaban de ellas en sus
+adulterios, e en lo que les placia a aquellos aquien las dieron;
+y como les parecio a los culpados que tales ofensas no eran de
+olvidar, e que merecian que el Atabaliva les diese la recompensa
+como sus obras eran, asentoseles en el animo un temor e enemistad
+con el entranable; e por salir de tal cuidado e sospecha le
+ordenaron la muerte por aquello que el no hizo ni penso; y de ver
+aquesto algunos Espanoles comedidos aquien pesaba que tan grande
+deservicio se hiciese a Dios y al Emperador nuestro Senor; y
+aunque tan grande ingratitud se perpetraba e tan senalada maldad
+se cometia como matar a un Principe tan grande sin culpa.  E
+viendo que le traian a colacion sus delitos e crueldades pasadas,
+que el habia usado entre sus Yndios y enemigos en el tiempo
+pasado, de lo cual ninguno era Juez, sino Dios; queriendo saber
+la verdad e por excusar tan notorios danos como se esperaban que
+habian de proceder matando aquel Senor se ofrecieron cinco
+hidalgos de ir en persona a saber y ver si venia aquella gente de
+guerra que los falsos inventores e sus mentirosas espias
+publicaban, a dar en los Cristianos; en fin el Gobernador (que
+tambien se puede creer que era enganado) lo obo por bien; e
+fueron el Capitan Hernando de Soto, el Capitan Rodrigo Orgaiz, e
+Pedro Ortiz, e Miguel de Estete, e Lope Velez a ver esos enemigos
+que decian que venian; e el Gobernador les dio una Guia o Espia,
+que decia que sabia donde estaban; e a dos dias de camino se
+despeno la guia de un risco, que lo supo muy bien hacer el Diablo
+para que el dano fuese mayor; pero aquellos cinco de caballo que
+he dicho pasaron adelante hasta que llegaron al lugar donde se
+decian que habian de hallar el egercito contrario, e no hallaron
+hombre de guerra, ni con armas algunas, sino todos de paz; e
+aunque no iban sino esos pocos cristianos que es dicho les
+hicieron mucha fiesta por donde andubieron, e les dieron todo lo
+que les pidieron de lo que tenian para ellos e sus criados, e
+Yndios de servicio que llevaban; por manera que viendo que era
+burla, e muy notoria mentira e falsedad palpable, se tornaron a
+Cajamalca donde el Gobernador estaba; el cual ya habia fecho
+morir al Principe Atabaliva se que la historia lo ha contado; e
+como llegaron al Gobernador hallaronle mostrando mucho
+sentimiento con un gran sombrero de fieltro puesto en la cabeza
+por luto e muy calado sobre los ojos, e le digeron: Senor, muy
+mal lo ha fecho V. Sa, y fuera justo que fueramos atendidos para
+que supierades que es muy gran traicion la que se le levanto a
+Atabaliva, porque ningun hombre de guerra hay en el Campo, ni le
+hallamos, sino todo de paz, e muy buen tratami ento que no se nos
+hizo en todo lo que habemos andado.  El Gobernador respondio e
+les dijo: Ya veo que me han enganado: desde a pocos dias nabida
+esta verdad, e murmurandose de la crueldad que con aque Principe
+se uso, vinieron a malas palabras el Gobernador y fray Vicente de
+Valverde, y el Tesorero Riquelme, e a cada uno de ellos decia que
+e otro lo habia fecho, e se desmintieron unos a otros muchas
+veces, oyendo muchos su rencilla.
+
+No. XI.
+
+Contract Between Pizarro And Almagro, Ms.; Dated At Cuzco June
+12, 1535.
+[This agreement between these two celebrated captains, in which
+they bind themselves by solemn oaths to the observance of what
+would seem to be required by the most common principles of
+honesty and honor, is too characteristic of the men and the times
+to be omitted.  The original exists in the archives at Simancas.]
+
+Nos Dn Francisco Pizarro, Adelantado, Capitan General y
+Governador por S. M. en estos Reynos de la Nueva Castilla, e Dn
+Diego de Almagro, asimismo Governador por S. M. en la provincia
+de Toledo, decimos: que por que mediante la intima amistad y
+compania que entre nosotros con tanto amor ha permanecido, y
+queriendolo Dios Nuestro Senor hacer, ha sido parte y cabsa que
+el Emperador e Rey nuestro Senor haya recevido senalados
+servicios con la conquista, sujecion e poblacion destas
+provincias y tierras, e atrayendo a la conversion y camino de
+nuestra Santa Fee Catolica tanta muchedumbre de infieles, e
+confiando S. M. que durante nuestra amistad y compania su real
+patrimonio sera acrecentado, e asi por tener este intento como
+por los servicios pasados, S. M. Catolica tubo por bien de
+conceder a mi el dicho Dn Francisco Pizarro la go vernacion de
+estos nuebos Reynos, y a mi el dicho Dn Diego de Almagro la
+governacion de la provincia de Toledo, de las quales mercedes que
+de su Real liberalidad hemos recevido, resulta tan nueba
+obligacion, que perpetuamente nuestras vidas y patrimonios, y de
+los que de nos decendieren en su Real servicio se gasten y
+consuman, y para que esto mas seguro y mejor efecto haya y la
+confianza de S. M. por nuestra parte no fallezca Renunciando la
+Ley que cerca de los tales juramentos dispone, prometemos e
+juramos en presencia de Dios Nuestro Senor, ante cuye acatamiento
+estamos, de guardar y cumplir bien y enteramente, y sin cabtela
+ni otro entendimiento alguno lo espresado y contenido en los
+capitulos siguientes, e suplicamos a su infinita bondad que a
+qualquier de nos que fuere en contrario de lo asi convenido, con
+todo rigor de justicia permita la perdicion de su anima, fin y
+mal acavamiento de su vida, destruicion y perdimiento de su
+familia, honrras y hacienda, porque como quebrantador de su fee,
+la qual el uno al otro y el otro nos damos, y ne temerosos de su
+acatamiento, reciva del tal justa venganza: y lo que por parte de
+cada uno de nosotros juramos y prometemos es lo siguiente.
+
+Primeramente que nuestra amistad e compania se conserve mantenga
+para en adelante con aquel amor y voluntad que hasta el dia
+presente entre nosotros ha habido, no la alterando ni
+quebrantando por algunos intereses, cobdicias, ni ambicion de
+qualesquiera honrras e oficios, sino que hermanablemente entre
+nosotros se comunique e seamos parcioneros en todo el bien que
+Dios Nuestro Senor nos quiera hacer.
+
+Otrosi, decimos so cargo del juramento e promesa que hacemos, que
+ninguno de nosotros calumniara ni procurara cosa alguna que en
+dano o menos cabo de su honrra, vida y hacienda al otro pueda
+subceder ni venir, ni dello sera cabsa por vias directas ni
+indirectas por si propio ni por otra persona tacita ni
+espresamente cabsandolo ni permitiendolo, antes procurara todo
+bien y honrra y trabajara de se lo llegar y adquirir, y evitando
+todas perdidas y danos que se le puedan recrecer, no siendo de la
+otra parte avisado.
+
+Otrosi: juramos de mantener, guardar y cumplir lo que entre
+nosotros esta capitulado, a lo qual al presente nos referimos, e
+que por via, causa ni mana alguna ninguno de nosotros verna en
+contrario ni en quevrantamiento dello, ni hara diligencia,
+protestacion ni Reclamacion alguna, e que si alguna oviere fecha,
+se aparta o desiste de ella e la renuncia so cargo del dicho
+juramento.
+
+Otrosi: juramos que juntamente ambos a dos, y no el uno sin el
+otro, informaremos y escriviremos a S. M. las cosas que segun
+nuestro parecer mejor a su Real servicio convengan, suplicandole,
+informandole de todo aquello con que mas su catolica conciencia
+se descargue, y estas provincias y Reynos mas y mejor se
+conserven y goviernen, y que no habra relacion particular por
+ninguno de nosotros hecha en fraude e cabtela y con intento de
+danar y enpecer al otro, procurando para si, posponiendo el
+servicio de Nuestro Senor Dios y de S. M., y en quebrantamiento
+de nuestra amistad y compania, y asimismo no permitira que sea
+hecho por otra qualquier persona, dicho ni comunicado, ni lo
+permita ni consienta, sino que todo se haga manifiestamente entre
+ambos, porque se conozca mejor el celo que de servir a S. M.
+tenemos, pues de nuestra amistad e compania tanta confianza ha
+mostrado.
+
+Yten: juramos que todos los provechos e intereses que se nos
+recrecieren asi de los que yo Dn Francisco Pizarro oviere y
+adquiriere en esta governacion por qualquier vias y cabsas, como
+los otros que yo Dn Diego de Almagro he de haber en la conquista
+y descubrimiento que en hombre y por mandado de S. M. hago, lo
+traeremos manifiestamente a monton y collacion, por manera que la
+compania que en este caso tenemos hecha permanezca, y en ella no
+haya fraude, cabtela ni engano al guno, e que los gastos que por
+ambos e qualquier de nos se obieren de hacer se haga moderada y
+discretamente conforme, y proveyendo a la necesidad que se
+ofreciere evitando lo escesivo y superfluo socorriendo y
+proveyendo a lo necesario.
+
+Todo lo qual segun en la forma que dicho esta, es nuestra
+voluntad de lo asi guardar y cumplir so cargo del juramento que
+asi tenemos fecho, poniendo a Nuestro Senor Dios por juez y a su
+gloriosa Madre Santa Maria con todos los Santos por testigos, y
+por que sea notorio a todos los que aqui juramos y prometemos, lo
+firmamos de nuestros nombres, siendo presentes por testigos el
+Licenciado Hernando Caldera Teniente General de Governador en
+estos Reynos por el dicho Senor Governador, e Francisco Pineda
+Capellan de su Senoria, e Antonio Picado su Secretario, e Antonio
+Tellez de Guzman y el Doctor Diego de Loaisa, el qual dicho
+juramento fue fecho en la gran Cibdad del Cuzco en la casa del
+dicho Governador Dn Diego Dalmagro, estando diciendo misa el
+Padre Bartolome de Segovia Clerigo, despues de dicho el pater
+noster, poniendo los dichos Governadores las manos derechas
+encima del Ara consagrada a 12 de Junio de 1535 anos.  -
+Francisco Pizarro.  - El Adelantado Diego Dalmagro.  - Testigos
+el Licenciado Hernando Caldera - Antonio Tellez de Guzman.
+
+Yo Antonio Picado Escrivano de S. M. doy fee que fui testigo y me
+halle presente al dicho juramento e solenidad fecho por los
+dichos Governadores, y yo saque este traslado del original que
+queda en mi poder como secretario del Senor Governador Dn
+Francisco Pizarro, en fee de lo qual firme aqui nombre.  Fecho en
+la gran Cibdad del Cuzco a 12 dias del mes de Julio de 1535 anos.
+Antonio Picado Escribano de
+
+No. XII
+
+Letter From The Younger Almagro To The Royal Audience Of Panama,
+Ms.; Dated At Los Reyes [Lima], July 14, 1541.
+
+[This document, coming from Almagro himself, is valuable as
+exhibiting the best apology for his conduct, and, with due
+allowance for the writer's position, the best account of his
+proceedings.  The original - which was transcribed by Munoz for
+his collection - is preserved in the archives at Simancas.]
+
+Mui magnificos Senores, - Ya Vs Mrds. havran sabido el estado en
+que he estado despues que fue desta vida el Adelantado Don Diego
+de Almagro mi padre que Dios tenga en el Cielo, i como quede
+debajo de la vara del Marques Don Francisco Pizarro, i creo yo
+que pues son notorias las molestias i malos tratamientos que me
+hicieron i la necesidad en que me tenian a vn rincon de mi casa
+sin tener otro remedio sino el de S. M. a quien ocurri que me lo
+diese como Senor agradecido de quien yo lo esperava pagando los
+servicios tan grandes que mi padre le hizo de tan gran ganancia e
+acrecentamiento para su Real Corona, no hay necesidad de
+contarlas, i por eso no las contare, i dejare lo pasado i vendre
+a dar a Vs Mrds. cuenta de lo presente, e dire que aunque me
+llegava al alma verme tan afligido, acordandome del mandamiento
+que mi padre me dejo que amase el servicio de S. M. i questava en
+poder de mis enemigos; sufria mas de lo que mi juicio bastava, en
+especial ser cada dia quien a mi padre quito la vida, i havian
+escurecido sus servicios por manera que del ni de mi no havia
+memoria; i como la Enemistad quel Marques me tenia e a todos mis
+amigos e criados fuese tan cruel i mortal, i sobre mi sucediese,
+quiso efetualla por la medida con que la uso con mi padre,
+estando siguro en mi casa, gimiendo mi necesidad, esperando el
+remedio i Mercedes que de S. M. era razon que yo alcanzase, mui
+confiado de gozarlas, haciendo a S. M. servicios como yo lo
+deseo; fui informado quel Marques trataba mi prendimiento i fin,
+determinado que no quedase en el mundo quien la muerte de mi
+padre le pidiese, y acordandome que para darsela hallaron
+testigos a su voluntad, asi mismo los hallaron para mi, por
+manera que padre i hijo fueran por vn juicio juzgados.  Por no
+dejar mi vida en alvedrio tan diabolico i desatinado, temiendo la
+muerte, determinado de morir defendiendo mi vida i honra, con los
+criados de mi padre i amigos, acorde de entrar en su casa i
+prenderle para escusar mayores danos, pues el Juez de S. M. ya
+venia i a cada uno hiciera justicia, i el Marques como persona
+culpada en la defensa de su prision e persona armada para ello
+hizo tanto que por desdicha suya fue herido de vna herida de que
+murio luego, i puesto que como hijo de padre a quien el havia
+muerto lo podia recibir por venganza, me peso tan estranamente
+que todos conocieron en mi mui gran diferencia, i por ver que
+estava tan poderoso i acatado como era razon no hovo hombre
+viendolo en mitad del dia que echase mano a espada para ayuda
+suya ni despues hay hombre que por el responda: parece que se
+hizo por juicio de Dios i por su voluntad, porque mi deseo no era
+tan largo que se estendiese a mas de conservar mi vida en tanto
+aquel juez llegava; e como vi el hecho procure antes que la cosa
+mas se encendiese en el pueblo i que cesasen esecucion de
+prisiones de personas que ambas opiniones havian siguido
+questaban afrontadas, i cesasen crueldades, e huviese justicia
+que lo estorvase e castigase, e se tomase cabeza que en nombre de
+S. M. hiciese justicia e governase la tierra, pareciendo a la
+republica e comunidad de su Cibdad e oficiales de S. M. que por
+los servicios de mi padre e por haver el descubierto e ganado
+esta tierra me pertenecia mas justamente que a otro la
+governacion della, me pidieron por Governador i dentro de dos
+horas consultado e negociado con el Cabildo, fui recibido en amor
+i conformidad de toda la republica: Asi quedo todo en paz i tan
+asentados i serenos los animos de todos, que no hovo mudanza, i
+todo esta pacifico, i los pueblos en la misma conformidad i
+justicia que han estado, i con el ayuda de Dios se asentara cada
+dia la paz tan bien que de todos sea obedicida por senora, i S.
+M. sera tambien servido como es razon, como se deve: porque
+acabadas son las opiniones e parcialidades, e yo e todos
+pretendemos la poblacion de la tierra i el descubrimiento della,
+porque los tiempos pasados que se han gastado tan mal con
+alborotos que se han ofrecido, e descuidos que ha habido, agora
+se ganen e se alcancen i cobren, i con este presupuesto esten Vs
+Mrcds. ciertos que esta el Peru en Sosiego,i que las riquezas se
+descubriran e iran a poder de S. M. mas acrecentadas i
+multiplicadas que hasta aqui, ni havra mas pasion ni movimiento
+sino toda quietud, amando el servicio de S. M. i su obidiencia,
+aprovechando sus Reales rentas: Suplico a Vs Mrds. pues el caso
+parece que lo hizo Dios i no los hombres, ni yo lo quise asi como
+Dios lo hizo por su juicio secreto, e como tengo dicho la tierra
+esta sosegada, i todos en paz; Vs Mrds. por el presente manden
+suspender qualquiera novedad, pues la tierra se conservara como
+esta, e sera S. M. mui servido; e despues que toda la gente que
+no tienen vecindades las tengan, e otros vayan a poblar e
+descubrir, podran proveer lo que conviniere, i es tiempo que la
+tierra Espanoles i naturales no reciban mas alteracion, pues no
+pretenden sino sosiego i quietud, i poblar la tierra i servir a
+S. M. porque con este deseo todos estamos i estaremos, i de otra
+manera crean Vs Mrds. que de nuevo la tierra se rebuelve e
+inquieta, porque de las cosas pasadas vnos i otros han pretendido
+cada nvo su fin, e sino descansan de los trabajos que han
+padecido con tantas persecuciones de buena ni de mala perdiendose
+no terna S. M. della cuenta, e los naturales se destruirian e no
+asentaran en sus casas e pereceran mas de los que han perecido; e
+conservar estos e conservar la tierra i los vecinos i moradores
+della todo es vno; i pues en tanta conformidad yo tengo la tierra
+e con voluntad de todos fui eligido por Governador, porque mas
+obidiencia haya, e la justicia mas acatada sea, i entiendan que
+me han de acatar i obedecer en tanto que S. M. otra cosa manda,
+porque de lo pasado yo le embio aviso; Suplico a Vs manden
+despachar desa Audiencia Real vna cedula para que todos me
+obedezcan i tengan por Governador, porque asi mas sosegados
+ternan todos los animos i mas i mejor se hara el servicio de S.
+M. i terna mas paz la tierra, e confundirse han las voluntades
+que se quisieren levantar contra esto; e sino lo mandasen Vs
+Mrds. proveer en tanto que S. M. declara su Real Voluntad, podria
+ser que parte de alguna gente que por aca nunca faltan mas amigos
+de pasiones que de razon, que se levantase algun escandalo de que
+Dios i S. M. fuesen mas deservidos: Nuestro Senor las mui
+magnificas personas de Vs Mrds. guarde tan prosperamente como
+desean: destos Reyes a 14 de julio de 1541 anos. Beso las manos
+de Vs Mrds., Don Diego de Almagro.
+
+No. XIII
+
+Letter From The Municipality Of Arequipa To The Emperor Charles
+The Fifth, Ms.; Dated At San Juan De La Frontera, Sept. 24, 1542.
+
+[The stout burghers of Arequipa gave efficient aid to the royal
+governor, in his contest with the younger Almagro; and their
+letter, signed by the municipality, forms one of the most
+authentic documents for a history of this civil war.  The
+original is in the archives at Simancas.]
+
+S. C. C. M. - Aunque de otros muchos terna V. M. aviso de la
+vitoria que en ventura de V. M. i buena deligencia i animo del
+Governador Vaca de Castro se ovo del tirano Don Diego de Almagro
+e sus se cazes, nosotros el Cabildo i vecino de Arequipa le
+queremos tambien dar, porque como quien se hallo en el peligro,
+podremos contar de la verdad como paso.
+
+Desde Xauxa hicimos relacion a V. M. de todo lo sucedido hasta
+entonses, i de los preparamientos quel Governador tenia proveidos
+para la guerra de alli.  Salio con toda la gente en orden i se
+vino a esta Cibdad de San Joan de la Frontera, donde tuvimos
+nuevas como el traidor de Don Diego de Almagro estava en la
+provincia de Bilcas, que es onze leguas desta Cibdad, que venia
+determinado con su danada intencion a darnos la batalla.  En este
+comedio vino Lope Diaquez del real de los traidores i dio al
+Governador una carta de Don Diego, i otra de doze Capitanes mui
+desvergonzados de fieros i amenazas, i el Governador con zelo de
+que no oviese tantas muertes entre los vasallos de V. M. como
+siempre fue su intento de ganar el juego por mana, acordo de
+tornarles a enbiar al dicho Lope Ydiaquez i a Diego de Mercado
+Fator de la nueva Toledo, para ver si los podian reducir i atraer
+al servicio de V. M. i fueron tan mal rescibidos que quando
+escaparon con las vidas se tuvieron por bien librados. La
+respuesta que les dieron fue que no querian obedecer las
+provisiones reales de V. M. sino darle la batalla, i luego
+alzaron su Real i caminaron para nosotros.  Visto esto el
+Governador saco su Real deste pueblo i camino contra ellos dos
+leguas, donde supo, que los traidores estavan a tres, en un
+asiento fuerte i comodo para su artilleria.  El governador acordo
+de los guardar alli, donde le tomo la voz, porque era llano i
+lugar fuerte al nuestro proposito. Como esto vieron los
+traidores, sabado que se contaron diez i seis de setiembre, se
+levantaron de donde estavan, i caminaron por lo alto de la sierra
+i vinieron una legua de nosotros, i sus corredores vinieron a ver
+nuestro asiento.  Luego el Governador provio que por una media
+loma fuese un Capitan con cinquenta arcabuceros, i otro con
+cinquenta lanzas a tomar lo alto, i sucedio tambien que sin
+ningun riesgo se tomo, i luego todo el exercito de V. M lo subio.
+Visto esto, los enemigos que estarian tres quartos de legua,
+procuraron de buscar campo donde nos dar la batalla, i asi le
+tomaron a su proposito i asentaron su artilleria i concertaron
+sus esquadrones, que eran ducientos i treinta de cavallo, en que
+venian cinquenta hombres de armas: la infanteria eran ducientos
+arcabuzeros i ciento i cinquenta piqueros, todos tan lucidos e
+bien armados, que de Milan no pudieran salir mejor aderezados: el
+artilleria eran seis media culebrinas de diez a doze pies de
+largo, que echavan de bateria una naranja: tenian mas otros seis
+tiros medianos todos de fruslera, tan bien aderezados i con tanta
+municion, que mas parecia artilleria de Ytalia que no de Yndias.
+El Governador vista su desverguenza, la gente mui en orden,
+despues de haver hecho los razonamientos que convenian,
+diciendonos que viesemos la desverguenza que los traidores tenian
+i el gran desacato a la corona Real, camino a ellos, i llegando a
+tiro donde su artilleria podia alcanzar, jugo luego en nosotros,
+que la nuestra por ser mui pequena e ir caminando, no nos podimos
+aprovechar della de ninguna cosa, i asi la dexamos por popa:
+matarnos hian antes que llegasemos a romper con ellos mas de 30
+hombres, i siempre con este dano que rescebiamos, caminamos hasta
+nos poner a tiro de arcabuz, donde de una parte i de otra jugaron
+i se hizo de a mas partes arto dano, i lo mas presto que nos fue
+posible porque su artilleria aun nos echava algunas pelotas en
+nuestros esquadrones, cerramos con ellos, donde duro la battalla
+de lanzas, porras i espadas mas de una grande hora; fue tan
+renida i porfiada que despues de la de Rebena no se ha visto
+entre tan poca gente mas crue batalla, donde hermanos a hermanos,
+ni deudos a deudos, ni amigos a amigos no se davan vida uno a
+otro. Finalmente como llevasemos la justicia de nuestra parte,
+nuestro Senor en ventura de V. M. nos dio vitoria, i en el
+denuedo con que acometio el Governador Baca de Castro el qual
+estava sobresaliente con treinta de cavallo, armado en blanco con
+una ropilla de brocado sobre las armas con su encomienda
+descubierta en los pechos, contra el qual estavan conjurados
+muchos de los traidores, pero el como cavallero se les mostro i
+defendio tan bien, que para hombre de su edad i profesion,
+estamos espantados de lo que hizo i trabajo, i como rompio con
+sus sobresalientes, luego desampararon el campo i conseguimos
+gloriosa vitoria, la qual estuvo harto dudosa, porque si era mos
+en numero ciento mas que ellos, en escoger el campo i artilleria
+i nombres de armas i arcabuzes, nos tenian doblada ventaja.  Fue
+bien sangrienta de entramas partes, i si la noche no cerrara tan
+presto, V. M. quedara bien satisfecho destos traidores, pero lo
+que no se pudo entonses hacer, ahora el Governador lo hace,
+desquartizando cada dia a los que se escaparon: murieron en la
+batalla de los nuestros el capitan Per Alvarez Holguin i otros
+sesenta cavalleros i Hidalgos; i estan eridos de muerte Gomez de
+Tordoya i el Capitan Peranzures i otros mas de ciento.  De los
+traidores murieron ciento e cinquenta, i mas de otros tantos
+eridos; presos estan mas de ciento i cinquenta: Don Diego i otros
+tres capitanes se escaparon: cada ora se traen presos, esperamos
+que un dia se habra Don Diego a las manos, porque los Yndios como
+villanos de Ytalia los matan i traen presos.  V. M. tenga esta
+vitoria en gran servicio, porque puede creer que agora se acabo
+de ganar esta tierra i ponerla debaxo del cetro Real de V. M. i
+que esta ha sido verdadera conquista i pacificacion della, i asi
+es justo que V. M. como gratisimo Principe gratifique i haga
+mercedes a los que se la dieron; i al Governador Baca de Castro
+perpetuarle en ella en entramas governaciones no dividiendo nada
+dellas porque no hai otra batalla, i a los soldados i vecinos que
+en ella se hallaron, remunerarles sus trabajos i perdidas, que
+han rescibido por reducir estos Reinos a la Corona Real de V. M.
+i mandando castigar a los vecinos que oyendo la voz Real de V. M.
+se quedaron en sus casas grangeando sus repartimientos i
+haciendas, porque gran sin justicia seria, Sacra M que bolviendo
+nosotros a nuestras casas pobres i mancos de guerra e mas de un
+ano, hallasemos a los que se quedaron sanos i salvos i ricos, i
+que a ellos no se les diese pena ni a nosotros premio ni
+galardon, esto seria ocasion para que si otra vez oviese otra
+rebelion en esta tierra o en otra, no acudiesen al servicio de V.
+M. como seria razon i somos obligados.  Todos tenemos por cierto,
+quel Governador Baca de Castro lo hara asi, i que en nombre de V.
+M. a los que le han servido hara mercedes, i a los que no
+acudieron a servii a V. M. castigara.  S. C. C. M. Dios todo
+poderoso acreciente la vida de V. M. dandole vitoria contra sus
+enemigos, porque sea acrescentada su santa fee, amen De San Joan
+de la Frontera a 24 de septiembre de 1542 anos.  - Besan las
+manos i pies de V. M. sus leales Vasallos, - Hernando de Silva, -
+Pedro Picarro, - Lucas Martinez, - Gomez de Leon, - Hernando de
+Torre, - Lope de Alarcon, - Juan de Arves, - Juan Flores, - Juan
+Ramirez, - Alonso Buelte, - Melchior de Cervantes, - Martin
+Lopez, - Juan Crespo, - Francisco Pinto, - Alonso Rodriguez
+Picado
+
+No. XIV
+
+Process Containing The Sentence Of Death Passed On Gonzalo
+Pizarro, At Xaquixaguana, April 9, 1548.
+
+[This instrument is taken from the original manuscript of
+Zarate's Chronicle, which is still preserved at Simancas.  Munoz
+has made several extracts from this Ms., showing that Zarate's
+history, in its printed form, underwent considerable alteration,
+both in regard to its facts, and the style of its execution.  The
+printed copy is prepared with more consideration; various
+circumstances, too frankly detailed in the original, are
+suppressed; and the style and disposition of the work show
+altogether a more fastidious and practised hand.  These
+circumstances have led Munoz to suppose that the Chronicle was
+submitted to the revision of some more experienced writer, before
+its publication; and a correspondence which the critic afterwards
+found in the Escurial, between Zarate and Florian d' Ocampo,
+leads to the inference that the latter historian did this kind
+office for the former.  But whatever the published work may have
+gained as a literary composition, as a book of reference and
+authority it falls behind its predecessor, which seems to have
+come without much premeditation from the author, or, at least,
+without much calculation of consequences.  Indeed its obvious
+value for historical uses led Munoz, in a note indorsed on the
+fragments, to intimate his purpose of copying the whole
+manuscript at some future time.]
+
+Vista e entendida por Nos el Mariscal Francisco de Albarado,
+Maestre de Campo deste Real exercito, el Licenciado Andres de
+Cianca, Oidor de S. M. destos Reinos, e subdelegados por el mui
+Ilustre Senor el Licenciado Pedro de la Gazca del Consejo de S.
+M. de la Santa Inquisicion, Presidente destos Reinos e provincias
+del Peru, para lo infra escripto la notoriedad de los muchos
+graves e atroces delitos que Gonzalo Pizarro ha cometido e
+consentido cometer a los que le han seguido, despues que a estos
+Reinos ha venido el Visorrey Blasco Nunez Vela, en deservicio e
+desacato de S. M. e de su preminencia e corona Real, e contra la
+natural obligacion e fidelidad que como su vasallo tenia e devia
+a su Rei e senor natural e de personas particulares, los quales
+por ser tan notorios del dicho no se requiere orden ni tela de
+juicio, mayormente que muchos de los dichos delitos consta por
+confesion del dicho Gonzalo Pizarro e la notoriedad por la
+informacion que se ha tomado, e que combiene para la pacificacion
+destos Reinos e exemplo con brevedad hacer justicia del dicho
+Gonzalo Pizarro.
+
+Fallamos atento lo susodicho junta la dispusicion del derecho,
+qua devemos declarar e declaramos el dicho Gonzalo Pizarro haver
+cometido crimen laesae Majestatis contra la corona Real Despana
+en todos los grados e causas en derecho contenidas despues que a
+estos Reinos vino el Virrey Blasco Nunez Vela, e asi le
+declaramos e condenamos al dicho Gonzalo Pizarro por traidor, e
+haver incurrido el e sus descendientes nacidos despues quel
+cometio este dicho crimen e traicion los por linea masculina
+hasta la segunda generacion, e por la femenina hasta la primera,
+en la infamia e inabilidad e inabilidades, e como a tal
+condenamos al dicho Gonzalo Pizarro en pena de muerte natural, la
+qual le mandamos que sea dada en la forma siguiente: que sea
+sacado de la prision en questa cavallero en una mula de silla
+atados pies e manos e traido publicamente por este Real de S. M.
+con voz de pregonero que manifieste su delito, sea llevado al
+tablado que por nuestro mandado esta fecho en este Real, e alli
+sea apeado e cortada la cabeza por el pescueso, e despues de
+muerta naturalmente, mandamos que la dicha cabeza sea llevada a
+la Ciudad de los Reyes como ciudad mas principa destos Reinos, e
+sea puesta e clavada en el rollo de la dicha Ciudad con un retulo
+de letra gruesa que diga, Esta es la cabeza del traidor de
+Gonzalo Pizarro que se hizo justicia del en el valle de
+Aquixaguan donde dio la batalla campal contra el estandarte Real
+queriendo defende su traicion e tirania; ninguno sea osado de la
+quitar de aqui so pena de muerte natural: e mandamos que las
+casas quel dicho Pizarro tiene en la Cibdad del Cuzco . . . . .
+sean derribadas por los cimientos e aradas de sal, e a donde
+agora es la puerta sea puesto un letrero en un pilar que diga:
+Estas casas eran de Gonzalo Pizarro las quales fueron mandadas
+derrocar por traidor, e ninguna persona sea osado dellas tornar a
+hacer i edificar sin licencia expresa de S. M. so pena de muerte
+natural: e condenamosle mas en perdimiento de todos sus bienes de
+qualquier calidad que sean e le pertenezcan, los quales aplicamos
+a la Camara e Fisco de S. M. e en todas las otras penas que
+contra los tales estan instituidas: e por esta nuestra sentencia
+definitiva juzgamos e asi lo pronunciamos e mandamos en estos
+escritos e por ellos. - Alonso de Albarado; el Lic do Cianca.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Conquest Of Peru, by William H. Prescott
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 1323 ***
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19b916f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #1323 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/1323)
diff --git a/old/1323.txt b/old/1323.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9814e44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/1323.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,32696 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Conquest Of Peru, by William H. Prescott
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
+
+
+Title: The Conquest Of Peru
+
+Author: William H. Prescott
+
+Posting Date: February 23, 2014 [EBook #1323]
+Release Date: May, 1998
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CONQUEST OF PERU ***
+
+(See also #1209, a slightly different version w/o footnotes)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+The Conquest Of Peru
+
+by
+
+William H. Prescott
+
+
+"Congestae cumulantur opes, orbisque rapinas Accipit."
+
+Claudian, In Ruf., lib. i., v. 194.
+
+
+"So color de religion
+Van a buscar plata y oro
+Del encubierto tesoro."
+Lope De Vega, El Nuevo Mundo, Jorn. 1.
+
+Preface
+
+The most brilliant passages in the history of Spanish adventure
+in the New World are undoubtedly afforded by the conquests of
+Mexico and Peru, - the two states which combined with the largest
+extent of empire a refined social polity, and considerable
+progress in the arts of civilization.  Indeed, so prominently do
+they stand out on the great canvas of history, that the name of
+the one, notwithstanding the contrast they exhibit in their
+respective institutions, most naturally suggests that of the
+other; and, when I sent to Spain to collect materials for an
+account of the Conquest of Mexico, I included in my researches
+those relating to the Conquest of Peru.
+
+The larger part of the documents, in both cases, was obtained
+from the same great repository, - the archives of the Royal
+Academy of History at Madrid; a body specially intrusted with the
+preservation of whatever may serve to illustrate the Spanish
+colonial annals.  The richest portion of its collection is
+probably that furnished by the papers of Munoz.  This eminent
+scholar, the historiographer of the Indies, employed nearly fifty
+years of his life in amassing materials for a history of Spanish
+discovery and conquest in America.  For this, as he acted under
+the authority of the government, every facility was afforded him;
+and public offices and private depositories, in all the principal
+cities of the empire, both at home and throughout the wide extent
+of its colonial possessions, were freely opened to his
+inspection.  The result was a magnificent collection of
+manuscripts, many of which he patiently transcribed with his own
+hand.  But he did not live to reap the fruits of his persevering
+industry.  The first volume, relative to the voyages of Columbus,
+was scarcely finished when he died; and his manuscripts, at least
+that portion of them which have reference to Mexico and Peru,
+were destined to serve the uses of another, an inhabitant of that
+New World to which they related.
+
+Another scholar, to whose literary stores I am largely indebted,
+is Don Martin Fernandez de Navarrete, late Director of the Royal
+Academy of History. Through the greater part of his long life he
+was employed in assembling original documents to illustrate the
+colonial annals.  Many of these have been incorporated in his
+great work, "Coleccion de los Viages y Descubrimientos," which,
+although far from being completed after the original plan of its
+author, is of inestimable service to the historian.  In following
+down the track of discovery, Navarrete turned aside from the
+conquests of Mexico and Peru, to exhibit the voyages of his
+countrymen in the Indian seas. His manuscripts, relating to the
+two former countries, he courteously allowed to be copied for me.
+Some of them have since appeared in print, under the auspices of
+his learned coadjutors, Salva and Baranda, associated with him in
+the Academy; but the documents placed in my hands form a most
+important contribution to my materials for the present history.
+
+The death of this illustrious man, which occurred some time after
+the present work was begun, has left a void in his country not
+easy to be filled; for he was zealously devoted to letters, and
+few have done more to extend the knowledge of her colonial
+history.  Far from an exclusive solicitude for his own literary
+projects, he was ever ready to extend his sympathy and assistance
+to those of others.  His reputation as a scholar was enhanced by
+the higher qualities which he possessed as a man, - by his
+benevolence, his simplicity of manners, and unsullied moral
+worth.  My own obligations to him are large; for from the
+publication of my first historical work, down to the last week of
+his life, I have constantly received proofs from him of his
+hearty and most efficient interest in the prosecution of my
+historical labors; and I now the more willingly pay this
+well-merited tribute to his deserts, that it must be exempt from
+all suspicion of flattery.
+
+In the list of those to whom I have been indebted for materials,
+I must, also, include the name of M. Ternaux-Compans, so well
+known by his faithful and elegant French versions of the Munoz
+manuscripts; and that of my friend Don Pascual de Gayangos, who,
+under the modest dress of translation, has furnished a most acute
+and learned commentary on Spanish-Arabian history, - securing for
+himself the foremost rank in that difficult department of
+letters, which has been illumined by the labors of a Masdeu, a
+Casiri, and a Conde.
+
+To the materials derived from these sources, I have added some
+manuscripts of an important character from the library of the
+Escurial. These, which chiefly relate to the ancient institutions
+of Peru, formed part of the splendid collection of Lord
+Kingsborough, which has unfortunately shared the lot of most
+literary collections, and been dispersed, since the death of its
+noble author.  For these I am indebted to that industrious
+bibliographer, Mr. O. Rich, now resident in London.  Lastly, I
+must not omit to mention my obligations, in another way, to my
+friend Charles Folsom, Esq., the learned librarian of the Boston
+Athenaeum; whose minute acquaintance with the grammatical
+structure and the true idiom of our English tongue has enabled me
+to correct many inaccuracies into which I had fallen in the
+composition both of this and of my former works.
+
+From these different sources I have accumulated a large amount of
+manuscripts, of the most various character, and from the most
+authentic sources; royal grants and ordinances, instructions of
+the Court, letters of the Emperor to the great colonial officers,
+municipal records, personal diaries and memoranda, and a mass of
+private correspondence of the principal actors in this turbulent
+drama.  Perhaps it was the turbulent state of the country which
+led to a more frequent correspondence between the government at
+home and the colonial officers.  But, whatever be the cause, the
+collection of manuscript materials in reference to Peru is fuller
+and more complete than that which relates to Mexico; so that
+there is scarcely a nook or corner so obscure, in the path of the
+adventurer, that some light has not been thrown on it by the
+written correspondence of the period.  The historian has rather
+had occasion to complain of the embarras des richesses; for, in
+the multiplicity of contradictory testimony, it is not always
+easy to detect the truth, as the multiplicity of cross-lights is
+apt to dazzle and bewilder the eye of the spectator.
+
+The present History has been conducted on the same general plan
+with that of the Conquest of Mexico.  In an Introductory Book, I
+have endeavoured to portray the institutions of the Incas, that
+the reader may be acquainted with the character and condition of
+that extraordinary race, before he enters on the story of their
+subjugation.  The remaining books are occupied with the narrative
+of the Conquest.  And here, the subject, it must be allowed,
+notwithstanding the opportunities it presents for the display of
+character, strange, romantic incident, and picturesque scenery,
+does not afford so obvious advantages to the historian as the
+Conquest of Mexico.  Indeed, few subjects can present a parallel
+with that, for the purposes either of the historian or the poet.
+The natural development of the story, there, is precisely what
+would be prescribed by the severest rules of art.  The conquest
+of the country is the great end always in the view of the reader.
+From the first landing of the Spaniards on the soil, their
+subsequent adventures, their battles and negotiations, their
+ruinous retreat, their rally and final siege, all tend to this
+grand result, till the long series is closed by the downfall of
+the capital.  In the march of events, all moves steadily forward
+to this consummation.  It is a magnificent epic, in which the
+unity of interest is complete.
+
+In the "Conquest of Peru," the action, so far as it is founded on
+the subversion of the Incas, terminates long before the close of
+the narrative. The remaining portion is taken up with the fierce
+feuds of the Conquerors, which would seem, from their very
+nature, to be incapable of being gathered round a central point
+of interest.  To secure this, we must look beyond the immediate
+overthrow of the Indian empire.  The conquest of the natives is
+but the first step, to be followed by the conquest of the
+Spaniards, - the rebel Spaniards, themselves, - till the
+supremacy of the Crown is permanently established over the
+country.  It is not till this period, that the acquisition of
+this Transatlantic empire can be said to be completed; and, by
+fixing the eye on this remoter point, the successive steps of the
+narrative will be found leading to one great result, and that
+unity of interest preserved which is scarcely less essential to
+historic than dramatic composition.  How far this has been
+effected, in the present work, must be left to the judgment of
+the reader.
+
+No history of the conquest of Peru, founded on original
+documents, and aspiring to the credit of a classic composition,
+like the "Conquest of Mexico" by Solis, has been attempted, as
+far as I am aware, by the Spaniards. The English possess one of
+high value, from the pen of Robertson, whose masterly sketch
+occupies its due space in his great work on America.  It has been
+my object to exhibit this same story, in all its romantic
+details; not merely to portray the characteristic features of the
+Conquest, but to fill up the outline with the coloring of life,
+so as to present a minute and faithful picture of the times.  For
+this purpose, have, in the composition of the work, availed
+myself freely of my manuscript materials, allowed the actors to
+speak as much as possible for themselves, and especially made
+frequent use of their letters; for nowhere is the heart more
+likely to disclose itself, than in the freedom of private
+correspondence.  I have made liberal extracts from these
+authorities in the notes, both to sustain the text, and to put in
+a printed form those productions of the eminent captains and
+statesmen of the time, which are not very accessible to Spaniards
+themselves.
+
+M. Amedee Pichot, in the Preface to the French translation of the
+"Conquest of Mexico," infers from the plan of the composition,
+that I must have carefully studied the writings of his
+countryman, M. de Barante.  The acute critic does me but justice
+in supposing me familiar with the principles of that writer's
+historical theory, so ably developed in the Preface to his "Ducs
+de Bourgogne." And I have had occasion to admire the skillful
+manner in which he illustrates this theory himself, by
+constructing out of the rude materials of a distant time a
+monument of genius that transports us at once into the midst of
+the Feudal Ages, - and this without the incongruity which usually
+attaches to a modern-antique.  In like manner I have attempted to
+seize the characteristic expression of a distant age, and to
+exhibit it in the freshness of life.  But in an essential
+particular, I have deviated from the plan of the French
+historian.  I have suffered the scaffolding to remain after the
+building has been completed.  In other words, I have shown to the
+reader the steps of the process by which I have come to my
+conclusions. Instead of requiring him to take my version of the
+story on trust, I have endeavoured to give him a reason for my
+faith.  By copious citations from the original authorities, and
+by such critical notices of them as would explain to him the
+influences to which they were subjected, I have endeavoured to
+put him in a position for judging for himself, and thus for
+revising, and, if need be reversing, the judgments of the
+historian.  He will, at any rate, by this means, be enabled to
+estimate the difficulty of arriving at truth amidst the conflict
+of testimony; and he will learn to place little reliance on those
+writers who pronounce on the mysterious past with what Fontenelle
+calls "a frightful degree of certainty," - a spirit the most
+opposite to that of the true philosophy of history.
+
+Yet it must be admitted, that the chronicler who records the
+events of an earlier age has some obvious advantages in the store
+of manuscript materials at his command, - the statements of
+friends, rivals, and enemies, furnishing a wholesome counterpoise
+to each other; and also, in the general course of events, as they
+actually occurred, affording the best commentary on the true
+motives of the parties.  The actor, engaged in the heat of the
+strife, finds his view bounded by the circle around him, and his
+vision blinded by the smoke and dust of the conflict; while the
+spectator, whose eyes ranges over the ground from a more distant
+and elevated point, though the individual objects may lose
+somewhat of their vividness, takes in at a glance all the
+operations of the field. Paradoxical as it may appear, truth
+founded on contemporary testimony would seem, after all, as
+likely to be attained by the writer of a later day, as by
+contemporaries themselves.
+
+Before closing these remarks, I may be permitted to add a few of
+a personal nature.  In several foreign notices of my writings,
+the author has been said to be blind; and more than once I have
+had the credit of having lost my sight in the composition of my
+first history.  When I have met with such erroneous accounts, I
+have hastened to correct them.  But the present occasion affords
+me the best means of doing so; and I am the more desirous of
+this, as I fear some of my own remarks, in the Prefaces to my
+former histories, have led to the mistake.
+
+While at the University, I received an injury in one of my eyes,
+which deprived me of the sight of it.  The other, soon after, was
+attacked by inflammation so severely, that, for some time, I lost
+the sight of that also; and though it was subsequently restored,
+the organ was so much disordered as to remain permanently
+debilitated, while twice in my life, since, I have been deprived
+of the use of it for all purposes of reading and writing, for
+several years together.  It was during one of these periods that
+I received from Madrid the materials for the "History of
+Ferdinand and Isabella," and in my disabled condition, with my
+Transatlantic treasures lying around me, I was like one pining
+from hunger in the midst of abundance.  In this state, I resolved
+to make the ear, if possible, do the work of the eye.  I procured
+the services of a secretary, who read to me the various
+authorities; and in time I became so far familiar with the sounds
+of the different foreign languages (to some of which indeed, I
+had been previously accustomed by a residence abroad), that I
+could comprehend his reading without much difficulty.  As the
+reader proceeded, I dictated copious notes; and, when these had
+swelled to a considerable amount, they were read to me
+repeatedly, till I had mastered their contents sufficiently for
+the purposes of composition.  The same notes furnished an easy
+means of reference to sustain the text.
+
+Still another difficulty occurred, in the mechanical labor of
+writing, which I found a severe trial to the eye.  This was
+remedied by means of a writing-case, such as is used by the
+blind, which enabled me to commit my thoughts to paper without
+the aid of sight, serving me equally well in the dark as in the
+light.  The characters thus formed made a near approach to
+hieroglyphics; but my secretary became expert in the art of
+deciphering, and a fair copy - with a liberal allowance for
+unavoidable blunders - was transcribed for the use of the
+printer.  I have described the process with more minuteness, as
+some curiosity has been repeatedly expressed in reference to my
+modus operandi under my privations, and the knowledge of it may
+be of some assistance to others in similar circumstances.
+
+Though I was encouraged by the sensible progress of my work, it
+was necessarily slow.  But in time the tendency to inflammation
+diminished, and the strength of the eye was confirmed more and
+more.  It was at length so far restored, that I could read for
+several hours of the day, though my labors in this way
+necessarily terminated with the daylight.  Nor could I ever
+dispense with the services of a secretary, or with the
+writing-case, for, contrary to the usual experience, I have found
+writing a severer trial to the eye than reading, - a remark,
+however, which does not apply to the reading of manuscript; and
+to enable myself, therefore, to revise my composition more
+carefully, I caused a copy of the "History of Ferdinand and
+Isabella" to be printed for of my own inspection, before it was
+sent to the press for the publication.  Such as I have described
+the preparation of the "Conquest of Mexico"; and, satisfied with
+being raised so nearly to a level with the rest of my species, I
+scarcely envied the superior good fortune of those who could
+prolong their studies into the evening, and the later hours of
+the night.
+
+But a change has again taken place during the last two years.
+The sight of my eye has become gradually dimmed, while the
+sensibility of the nerve has been so far increased, that for
+several weeks of the last year I have not opened a volume, and
+through the whole time I have not had the use of it, on an
+average, for more than an hour a day.  Nor can I cheer myself
+with the delusive expectation, that, impaired as the organ has
+become, from having been tasked, probably, beyond its strength,
+it can ever renew its youth, or be of much service to me
+hereafter in my literary researches.  Whether I shall have the
+heart to enter, as I had proposed, on a new and more extensive
+field of historical labor, with these impediments, I cannot say.
+Perhaps long habit, and a natural desire to follow up the career
+which I have so long pursued, may make this, in a manner,
+necessary, as my past experience has already proved that it is
+practicable.
+
+From this statement - too long, I fear, for his patience - the
+reader, who feels any curiosity about the matter, will understand
+the real extent of my embarrassments in my historical pursuits.
+That they have not been very light will be readily admitted, when
+it is considered that I have had but a limited use of my eye, in
+its best state, and that much of the time I have been debarred
+from the use of it altogether.  Yet the difficulties I have had
+to contend with a very far inferior to those which fall to the
+lot of a blind man.  I know of no historian, now alive, who can
+claim the glory of having overcome such obstacles, but the author
+of "La Conquete de l'Angleterre par les Normands" who, to use his
+own touching and beautiful language, "has made himself the friend
+of darkness"; and who, to a profound philosophy that requires no
+light but that from within, unites a capacity for extensive and
+various research, that might well demand the severest application
+of the student.
+
+The remarks into which I have been led at such length will, I
+trust, not be set down by the reader to an unworthy egotism, but
+to their true source, a desire to correct a misapprehension to
+which I may have unintentionally given rise myself, and which has
+gained me the credit with some - far from grateful to my
+feelings, since undeserved - of having surmounted the
+incalculable obstacles which lie in the path of the blind man.
+
+Boston, April 2 1847
+
+
+
+
+Chapter I
+
+Physical Aspect Of The Country. - Sources Of Peruvian
+Civilization. - Empire Of The Incas. - Royal Family. - Nobility.
+
+
+Of the numerous nations which occupied the great American
+continent at the time of its discovery by the Europeans, the two
+most advanced in power and refinement were undoubtedly those of
+Mexico and Peru.  But, though resembling one another in extent of
+civilization, they differed widely as to the nature of it; and
+the philosophical student of his species may feel a natural
+curiosity to trace the different steps by which these two nations
+strove to emerge from the state of barbarism, and place
+themselves on a higher point in the scale of humanity. - In a
+former work I have endeavoured to exhibit the institutions and
+character of the ancient Mexicans, and the story of their
+conquest by the Spaniards.  The present will be devoted to the
+Peruvians; and, if their history shall be found to present less
+strange anomalies and striking contrasts than that of the Aztecs,
+it may interest us quite as much by the pleasing picture it
+offers of a well-regulated government and sober habits of
+industry under the patriarchal sway of the Incas.
+
+The empire of Peru, at the period of the Spanish invasion,
+stretched along the Pacific from about the second degree north to
+the thirty-seventh degree of south latitude; a line, also, which
+describes the western boundaries of the modern republics of
+Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, and Chili.  Its breadth cannot so easily
+be determined; for, though bounded everywhere by the great ocean
+on the west, towards the east it spread out, in many parts,
+considerably beyond the mountains, to the confines of barbarous
+states, whose exact position is undetermined, or whose names are
+effaced from the map of history. It is certain, however, that its
+breadth was altogether disproportioned to its length. *1
+
+
+[Footnote 1: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 65. - Cieza de Leon,
+Cronica del Peru, (Anvers, 1554,) cap. 41. - Garcilasso de la
+Vega, Commentarios Reales, (Lisboa, 1609,) Parte 1, lib. 1, cap.
+8.
+
+According to the last authority, the empire, in its greatest
+breadth, did not exceed one hundred and twenty leagues.  But
+Garcilasso's geography will not bear criticism.]
+
+The topographical aspect of the country is very remarkable.  A
+strip of land, rarely exceeding twenty leagues in width, runs
+along the coast, and is hemmed in through its whole extent by a
+colossal range of mountains, which, advancing from the Straits of
+Magellan, reaches its highest elevation - indeed, the highest on
+the American continent - about the seventeenth degree south, *2
+and, after crossing the line, gradually subsides into hills of
+inconsiderable magnitude, as it enters the Isthmus of Panama.
+This is the famous Cordillera of the Andes, or "copper
+mountains," *3 as termed by the natives, though they might with
+more reason have been called "mountains of gold." Arranged
+sometimes in a single line, though more frequently in two or
+three lines running parallel or obliquely to each other, they
+seem to the voyager on the ocean but one continuous chain; while
+the huge volcanoes, which to the inhabitants of the table-land
+look like solitary and independent masses, appear to him only
+like so many peaks of the same vast and magnificent range.  So
+immense is the scale on which Nature works in these regions, that
+it is only when viewed from a great distance, that the spectator
+can, in any degree, comprehend the relation of the several parts
+to the stupendous whole. Few of the works of Nature, indeed, are
+calculated to produce impressions of higher sublimity than the
+aspect of this coast, as it is gradually unfolded to the eye of
+the mariner sailing on the distant waters of the Pacific; where
+mountain is seen to rise above mountain, and Chimborazo, with its
+glorious canopy of snow, glittering far above the clouds, crowns
+the whole as with a celestial diadem. *4
+
+[Footnote 2: According to Malte-Brun, it is under the equator
+that we meet with the loftiest summits of this chain.  (Universal
+Geography, Eng. trans., book 86.) But more recent measurements
+have shown this to be between fifteen and seventeen degrees
+south, where the Nevado de Sorata rises to the enormous height of
+25,250 feet, and the Illimani to 24,300.]
+
+[Footnote 3: At least, the word anta, which has been thought to
+furnish the etymology of Andes, in the Peruvian tongue, signified
+"copper." Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 15.]
+
+[Footnote 4: Humboldt, Vues des Cordilleres et Monumens des
+Peuples Indigenes de l'Amerique, (Paris, 1810,) p. 106. -
+Malte-Brun, book 88.
+
+The few brief sketches which M. de Humboldt has given of the
+scenery of the Cordilleras, showing the hand of a great painter,
+as well as of a philosopher, make us regret the more, that he has
+not given the results of his observations in this interesting
+region as minutely as he has done in respect to Mexico.]
+
+The face of the country would appear to be peculiarly unfavorable
+to the purposes both of agriculture and of internal
+communication.  The sandy strip along the coast, where rain
+rarely falls, is fed only by a few scanty streams, that furnish a
+remarkable contrast to the vast volumes of water which roll down
+the eastern sides of the Cordilleras into the Atlantic.  The
+precipitous steeps of the sierra, with its splintered sides of
+porphyry and granite, and its higher regions wrapped in snows
+that never melt under the fierce sun of the equator, unless it be
+from the desolating action of its own volcanic fires, might seem
+equally unpropitious to the labors of the husbandman.  And all
+communication between the parts of the long-extended territory
+might be thought to be precluded by the savage character of the
+region, broken up by precipices, furious torrents, and impassable
+quebradas, - those hideous rents in the mountain chain, whose
+depths the eye of the terrified traveler, as he winds along his
+aerial pathway, vainly endeavours to fathom. *5 Yet the industry,
+we might almost say, the genius, of the Indian was sufficient to
+overcome all these impediments of Nature.
+
+[Footnote 5: "These crevices are so deep," says M. de Humboldt,
+with his usual vivacity of illustration, "that if Vesuvius or the
+Puy de Dome were seated in the bottom of them, they would not
+rise above the level of the ridges of the neighbouring sierra"
+Vues des Cordilleres, p. 9.]
+
+By a judicious system of canals and subterraneous aqueducts, the
+waste places on the coast were refreshed by copious streams, that
+clothed them in fertility and beauty.  Terraces were raised upon
+the steep sides of the Cordillera; and, as the different
+elevations had the effect of difference of latitude, they
+exhibited in regular gradation every variety of vegetable form,
+from the stimulated growth of the tropics, to the temperate
+products of a northern clime; while flocks of llamas - the
+Peruvian sheep - wandered with their shepherds over the broad,
+snow-covered wastes on the crests of the sierra, which rose
+beyond the limits of cultivation.  An industrious population
+settled along the lofty regions of the plateaus, and towns and
+hamlets, clustering amidst orchards and wide-spreading gardens,
+seemed suspended in the air far above the ordinary elevation of
+the clouds. *6 Intercourse was maintained between these numerous
+settlements by means of the great roads which traversed the
+mountain passes, and opened an easy communication between the
+capital and the remotest extremities of the empire.
+
+[Footnote 6: The plains of Quito are at the height of between
+nine and ten thousand feet above the sea.  (See Condamine,
+Journal d'un Voyage a l'Equateur, (Paris, 1751,) p. 48.) Other
+valleys or plateaus in this vast group of mountains reach a still
+higher elevation.]
+
+The source of this civilization is traced to the valley of Cuzco,
+the central region of Peru, as its name implies. *7 The origin of
+the Peruvian empire, like the origin of all nations, except the
+very few which, like our own, have had the good fortune to date
+from a civilized period and people, is lost in the mists of
+fable, which, in fact, have settled as darkly round its history
+as round that of any nation, ancient or modern, in the Old World.
+According to the tradition most familiar to the European scholar,
+the time was, when the ancient races of the continent were all
+plunged in deplorable barbarism; when they worshipped nearly
+every object in nature indiscriminately; made war their pastime,
+and feasted on the flesh of their slaughtered captives.  The Sun,
+the great luminary and parent of mankind, taking compassion on
+their degraded condition, sent two of his children, Manco Capac
+and Mama Oello Huaco, to gather the natives into communities, and
+teach them the arts of civilized life.  The celestial pair,
+brother and sister, husband and wife, advanced along the high
+plains in the neighbourhood of Lake Titicaca, to about the
+sixteenth degree south.  They bore with them a golden wedge, and
+were directed to take up their residence on the spot where the
+sacred emblem should without effort sink into the ground.  They
+proceeded accordingly but a short distance, as far as the valley
+of Cuzco, the spot indicated by the performance of the miracle,
+since there the wedge speedily sank into the earth and
+disappeared for ever.  Here the children of the Sun established
+their residence, and soon entered upon their beneficent mission
+among the rude inhabitants of the country; Manco Capac teaching
+the men the arts of agriculture, and Mama Oello *8 initiating her
+own sex in the mysteries of weaving and spinning.  The simple
+people lent a willing ear to the messengers of Heaven, and,
+gathering together in considerable numbers, laid the foundations
+of the city of Cuzco.  The same wise and benevolent maxims, which
+regulated the conduct of the first Incas, *9 descended to their
+successors, and under their mild sceptre a community gradually
+extended itself along the broad surface of the table-land, which
+asserted its superiority over the surrounding tribes.  Such is
+the pleasing picture of the origin of the Peruvian monarchy, as
+portrayed by Garcilasso de la Vega, the descendant of the Incas,
+and through him made familiar to the European reader. *10
+
+[Footnote 7: "Cuzco, in the language of the Incas," says
+Garcilasso, "signifies navel." Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 1, cap.
+18.]
+
+[Footnote 8: Mama, with the Peruvians, signified "mother."
+(Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 4, cap. 1.) The identity
+of this term with that used by Europeans is a curious
+coincidence.  It is scarcely less so, however, than that of the
+corresponding word, papa, which with the ancient Mexicans denoted
+a priest of high rank; reminding us of the papa, "pope," of the
+Italians. With both, the term seems to embrace in its most
+comprehensive sense the paternal relation, in which it is more
+familiarly employed by most of the nations of Europe.  Nor was
+the use of it limited to modern times, being applied in the same
+way both by Greeks and Romans.]
+
+[Footnote 9: Inca signified king or lord.  Capac meant great or
+powerful. It was applied to several of the successors of Manco,
+in the same manner as the epithet Yupanqui, signifying rich in
+all virtues, was added to the names of several Incas.  (Cieza de
+Leon, Cronica, cap. 41. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib.
+2, cap. 17.) The good qualities commemorated by the cognomens of
+most of the Peruvian princes afford an honorable, though not
+altogether unsuspicious, tribute to the excellence of their
+characters.]
+
+[Footnote 10: Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 9 - 16.]
+
+But this tradition is only one of several current among the
+Peruvian Indians, and probably not the one most generally
+received.  Another legend speaks of certain white and bearded
+men, who, advancing from the shores of lake Titicaca, established
+an ascendency over the natives, and imparted to them the
+blessings of civilization.  It may remind us of the tradition
+existing among the Aztecs in respect to Quetzalcoatl, the good
+deity, who with a similar garb and aspect came up the great
+plateau from the east on a like benevolent mission to the
+natives.  The analogy is the more remarkable, as there is no
+trace of any communication with, or even knowledge of, each other
+to be found in the two nations. *11
+
+[Footnote 11: These several traditions, all of a very puerile
+character, are to be found in Ondegardo, Relacion Segunda, Ms., -
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 1, - Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap.
+105, - Conquista i Poblacion del Piru, Ms., - Declaracion de los
+Presidente e Oydores de la Audiencia Reale del Peru, Ms., - all
+of them authorities contemporary with the Conquest.  The story of
+the bearded white men finds its place in most of their legends.]
+
+The date usually assigned for these extraordinary events was
+about four hundred years before the coming of the Spaniards, or
+early in the twelfth century. *12 But, however pleasing to the
+imagination, and however popular, the legend of Manco Capac, it
+requires but little reflection to show its improbability, even
+when divested of supernatural accompaniments.  On the shores of
+Lake Titicaca extensive ruins exist at the present day, which the
+Peruvians themselves acknowledge to be of older date than the
+pretended advent of the Incas, and to have furnished them with
+the models of their architecture. *13 The date of their
+appearance, indeed, is manifestly irreconcilable with their
+subsequent history.  No account assigns to the Inca dynasty more
+than thirteen princes before the Conquest.  But this number is
+altogether too small to have spread over four hundred years, and
+would not carry back the foundations of the monarchy, on any
+probable computation beyond two centuries and a half, - an
+antiquity not incredible in itself, and which, it may be
+remarked, does not precede by more than half a century the
+alleged foundation of the capital of Mexico.  The fiction of
+Manco Capac and his sister-wife was devised, no doubt, at a later
+period, to gratify the vanity of the Peruvian monarchs, and to
+give additional sanction to their authority by deriving it from a
+celestial origin.
+
+[Footnote 12: Some writers carry back the date 500, or even 550,
+years before the Spanish invasion.  (Balboa, Histoire du Perou,
+chap. 1. - Velasco, Histoire du Royaume de Quito, tom. I. p. 81.
+- Ambo auct. ap. Relations et Memoires Originaux pour servir a
+l'Histoire de la Decouverte de l'Amerique, par Ternaux-Compans,
+(Paris, 1840.)) In the Report of the Royal Audience of Peru, the
+epoch is more modestly fixed at 200 years before the Conquest.
+Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 13: "Otras cosas ay mas que dezir deste Tiaguanaco, que
+passo por no detenerme: concluyedo que yo para mi tengo esta
+antigualla por la mas antigua de todo el Peru.  Y assi se tiene
+que antes q los Ingas reynassen con muchos tiempos estavan hechos
+algunos edificios destos: porque yo he oydo afirmar a Indios, que
+los Ingas hizieron los edificios grandes del Cuzco por la forma
+que vieron tener la muralla o pared que se vee en este pueblo."
+(Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 105.) See also Garcilasso, (Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 3, cap. 1,) who gives an account of these
+remains, on the authority of a Spanish ecclesiastic, which might
+compare, for the marvellous, with any of the legends of his
+order.  Other ruins of similar traditional antiquity are noticed
+by Herrera, (Historia General de los Hechos de los Castellanos en
+las Islas y Tierra Firme del Mar Oceano, (Madrid, 1730,) dec. 6,
+lib. 6, cap. 9.) McCulloch, in some sensible reflections on the
+origin of the Peruvian civilization, adduces, on the authority of
+Garcilasso de la Vega, the famous temple of Pachacamac, not far
+from Lima, as an example of architecture more ancient than that
+of the Incas.  (Researches, Philosophical and Antiquarian,
+concerning the Aboriginal History of America, (Baltimore, 1829,)
+p. 405.) This, if true, would do much to confirm the views in our
+text.  But McCulloh is led into an error by his blind guide,
+Rycaut, the translator of Garcilasso, for the latter does not
+speak of the temple as existing before the time of the Incas, but
+before the time when the country was conquered by the Incas.
+Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 30.]
+
+We may reasonably conclude that there existed in the country a
+race advanced in civilization before the time of the Incas; and,
+in conformity with nearly every tradition, we may derive this
+race from the neighborhood of Lake Titicaca; *14 a conclusion
+strongly confirmed by the imposing architectural remains which
+still endure, after the lapse of so many years, on its borders.
+Who this race were, and whence they came, may afford a tempting
+theme for inquiry to the speculative antiquarian.  But it is a
+land of darkness that lies far beyond the domain of history. *15
+
+[See Antiquities: Artistic handicrafts of the ancient people of
+Peru]
+
+[Footnote 14: Among other authorities for this tradition, see
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 3, 4, - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 5, lib. 3, cap. 6, - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms., - Zarate,
+Historia del Descubrimiento y de la Conquista del Peru, lib. 1,
+cap. 10, ap. Barcia, Historiadores Primitivos de las Indias
+Occidentales, (Madrid, 1749,) tom. 3.
+
+In most, not all, of the traditions, Manco Capac is recognized as
+the name of the founder of the Peruvian monarchy, though his
+history and character are related with sufficient discrepancy.]
+
+[Footnote 15: Mr. Ranking,
+"Who can deep mysteries unriddle,
+As easily as thread a needle,"
+
+finds it "highly probable that the first Inca of Peru was a son
+of the Grand Khan Kublai"!  (Historical Researches on the
+Conquest of Peru, &c., by the Moguls, (London, 1827,) p. 170.)
+The coincidences are curious, though we shall hardly jump at the
+conclusion of the adventurous author.  Every scholar will agree
+with Humboldt, in the wish that "some learned traveller would
+visit the borders of the lake of Titicaca, the district of
+Callao, and the high plains of Tiahuanaco, the theatre of the
+ancient American civilization." (Vues des Cordilleres, p. 199.)
+And yet the architectural monuments of the aborigines, hitherto
+brought to light, have furnished few materials for a bridge of
+communications across the dark gulf that still separates the Old
+World from the New.]
+
+The same mists that hang round the origin of the Incas continue
+to settle on their subsequent annals; and, so imperfect were the
+records employed by the Peruvians, and so confused and
+contradictory their traditions, that the historian finds no firm
+footing on which to stand till within a century of the Spanish
+conquest. *16 At first, the progress of the Peruvians seems to
+have been sow, and almost imperceptible.  By their wise and
+temperate policy, they gradually won over the neighbouring tribes
+to their dominion, as these latter became more and more convinced
+of the benefits of a just and well-regulated government.  As they
+grew stronger, they were enabled to rely more directly on force;
+but, still advancing under cover of the same beneficent pretexts
+employed by their predecessors, they proclaimed peace and
+civilization at the point of the sword.  The rude nations of the
+country, without any principle of cohesion among themselves, fell
+one after another before the victorious arm of the Incas.  Yet it
+was not till the middle of the fifteenth century that the famous
+Topa Inca Yupanqui, grandfather of the monarch who occupied the
+throne at the coming of the Spaniards, led his armies across the
+terrible desert of Atacama, and, penetrating to the southern
+region of Chili, fixed the permanent boundary of his dominions at
+the river Maule.  His son, Huayna Capac, possessed of ambition
+and military talent fully equal to his father's marched along the
+Cordillera towards the north, and, pushing his conquests across
+the equator, added the powerful kingdom of Quito to the empire of
+Peru. *17
+
+[Footnote 16: A good deal within a century, to say truth.
+Garcilasso and Sarmiento, for example, the two ancient
+authorities in highest repute, have scarcely a point of contact
+in their accounts of the earlier Peruvian princes; the former
+representing the sceptre as gliding down in peaceful succession
+from hand to hand, through an unbroken dynasty, while the latter
+garnishes his tale with as many conspiracies, depositions, and
+revolutions, as belong to most barbarous, and, unhappily, most
+civilized communities. When to these two are added the various
+writers, contemporary and of the succeeding age, who have treated
+of the Peruvian annals, we shall find ourselves in such a
+conflict of traditions, that criticism is lost in conjecture.
+Yet this uncertainty as to historical events fortunately does not
+extend to the history of arts and institutions, which were in
+existence on the arrival of the Spaniards.]
+
+[Footnote 17: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 57, 64. - Conq. i.
+Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Velasco, Hist. de Quito, p. 59. - Dec. de la
+Aud. Real., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 7, cap.
+18, 19; lib. 8, cap. 5-8.
+
+The last historian, and, indeed, some others, refer the conquest
+of Chili to Yupanqui, the father of Topa Inca.  The exploits of
+the two monarchs are so blended together by the different
+annalists, as in a manner to confound their personal identity.]
+
+The ancient city of Cuzco, meanwhile, had been gradually
+advancing in wealth and population, till it had become the worthy
+metropolis of a great and flourishing monarchy.  It stood in a
+beautiful valley on an elevated region of the plateau, which,
+among the Alps, would have been buried in eternal snows, but
+which within the tropics enjoyed a genial and salubrious
+temperature. Towards the north it was defended by a lofty
+eminence, a spur of the great Cordillera; and the city was
+traversed by a river, or rather a small stream, over which
+bridges of timber, covered with heavy slabs of stone, furnished
+an easy means of communication with the opposite banks.  The
+streets were long and narrow; the houses low, and those of the
+poorer sort built of clay and reeds.  But Cuzco was the royal
+residence, and was adorned with the ample dwellings of the great
+nobility; and the massy fragments still incorporated in many of
+the modern edifices bear testimony to the size and solidity of
+the ancient. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: Garcilasso, Com. Real., lib. 7, cap. 8-11. - Cieza
+de Leon, Cronica, cap. 92.
+
+"El Cuzco tuuo gran manera y calidad, deuio ser fundada por gente
+de gran ser.  Auia grandes calles, saluo q era angostas, y las
+casas hechas de piedra pura co tan lindas junturas, q illustra el
+antiguedad del edificio, pues estauan piedras tan grades muy bien
+assentadas." (Ibid., ubi supra.) Compare with this Miller's
+account of the city, as existing at the present day.  "The walls
+of many of the houses have remained unaltered for centuries. The
+great size of the stones, the variety of their shapes, and the
+inimitable workmanship they display, give to the city that
+interesting air of antiquity and romance, which fills the mind
+with pleasing though painful veneration." Memoirs of Gen. Miller
+in the Service of the Republic of Peru, (London, 1829, 2d ed.)
+vol. II. p. 225.]
+
+The health of the city was promoted by spacious openings and
+squares, in which a numerous population from the capital and the
+distant country assembled to celebrate the high festivals of
+their religion.  For Cuzco was the "Holy City"; *19 and the great
+temple of the Sun, to which pilgrims resorted from the furthest
+borders of the empire, was the most magnificent structure in the
+New World, and unsurpassed, probably, in the costliness of its
+decorations by any building in the Old.
+
+[Footnote 19: "La Imperial Ciudad de Cozco, que la adoravan los
+Indios, como a Cosa Sagrada." Garcilasso, Com. Real., parte 1,
+lib. 3, cap. 20. - Also Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+Towards the north, on the sierra or rugged eminence already
+noticed, rose a strong fortress, the remains of which at the
+present day, by their vast size, excite the admiration of the
+traveller. *20 It was defended by a single wall of great
+thickness, and twelve hundred feet long on the side facing the
+city, where the precipitous character of the ground was of itself
+almost sufficient for its defence.  On the other quarter, where
+the approaches were less difficult, it was protected by two other
+semicircular walls of the same length as the preceding.  They
+were separated, a considerable distance from one another and from
+the fortress; and the intervening ground was raised so that the
+walls afforded a breastwork for the troops stationed there in
+times of assault.  The fortress consisted of three towers,
+detached from one another.  One was appropriated to the Inca, and
+was garnished with the sumptuous decorations befitting a royal
+residence, rather than a military post.  The other two were held
+by the garrison, drawn from the Peruvian nobles, and commanded by
+an officer of the blood royal; for the position was of too great
+importance to be intrusted to inferior hands.  The hill was
+excavated below the towers, and several subterraneous galleries
+communicated with the city and the palaces of the Inca. *21
+
+[Footnote 20: See, among others, the Memoirs, above cited, of
+Gen. Miller, which contain a minute and very interesting notice
+of modern Cuzco.  (Vol. II. p. 223, et seq.) Ulloa, who visited
+the country in the middle of the last century, is unbounded in
+his expressions of admiration.  Voyage to South America, Eng.
+trans., (London, 1806,) book VII. ch. 12.]
+
+[Footnote 21: Betanzos, Suma y Narracion de los Yngas, Ms., cap.
+12. - Garcilasso, Com Real., Parte 1, iib. 7, cap. 27-29.
+
+The demolition of the fortress, begun immediately after the
+Conquest, provoked the remonstrance of more than one enlightened
+Spaniard, whose voice, however, was impotent against the spirit
+of cupidity and violence.  See Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap.
+48.]
+
+The fortress, the walls, and the galleries were all built of
+stone, the heavy blocks of which were not laid in regular
+courses, but so disposed that the small ones might fill up the
+interstices between the great.  They formed a sort of rustic
+work, being rough-hewn except towards the edges, which were
+finely wrought; and, though no cement was used, the several
+blocks were adjusted with so much exactness and united so
+closely, that it was impossible to introduce even the blade of
+knife between them. *22 Many of these stones were of vast size;
+some of them being full thirty-eight feet long, by eighteen
+broad, and six feet thick. *23
+
+[Footnote 22: Ibid., ubi supra. - Inscripciones, Medallas,
+Templos, Edificios, Antiguedades, y Monumentos del Peru, Ms.
+This manuscript, which formerly belonged to Dr. Robertson, and
+which is now in the British Museum, is the work of some unknown
+author, somewhere probably about the time of Charles III.; a
+period when, as the sagacious scholar to whom I am indebted for a
+copy of it remarks, a spirit of sounder criticism was visible in
+the Castilian historians.]
+
+[Footnote 23: Acosta, Naturall and Morall Historie of the East
+and West Indies, Eng. trans., (London, 1604,) lib. 6, cap. 14. -
+He measured the stones himself. - See also Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., loc. cit.]
+
+We are filled with astonishment, when we consider, that these
+enormous masses were hewn from their native bed and fashioned
+into shape, by a people ignorant of the use of iron; that they
+were brought from quarries, from four to fifteen leagues distant,
+*24 without the aid of beasts of burden; were transported across
+rivers and ravines, raised to their elevated position on the
+sierra, and finally adjusted there with the nicest accuracy,
+without the knowledge of tools and machinery familiar to the
+European.  Twenty thousand men are said to have been employed on
+this great structure, and fifty years consumed in the building.
+*25 However this may be, we see in it the workings of a despotism
+which had the lives and fortunes of its vassals at its absolute
+disposal, and which, however mild in its general character,
+esteemed these vassals, when employed in its service, as lightly
+as the brute animals for which they served as a substitute.
+
+[Footnote 24: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 93. - Ondegardo, Rel.
+Seg., Ms. Many hundred blocks of granite may still be seen, it is
+said, in an unfinished state, in a quarry near Cuzco.]
+
+[Footnote 25: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 48. - Ondegardo,
+Rel. Seg., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 7, cap.
+27, 28.
+
+The Spaniards, puzzled by the execution of so great a work with
+such apparently inadequate means, referred it all, in their
+summary way, to the Devil; an opinion which Garcilasso seems
+willing to indorse.  The author of the Antig y Monumentos del
+Peru, Ms., rejects this notion with becoming gravity.]
+
+The fortress of Cuzco was but part of a system of fortifications
+established throughout their dominions by the Incas.  This system
+formed a prominent feature in their military policy; but before
+entering on this latter, it will be proper to give the reader
+some view of their civil institutions and scheme of government.
+
+The sceptre of the Incas, if we may credit their historian,
+descended in unbroken succession from father to son, through
+their whole dynasty. Whatever we may think of this, it appears
+probable that the right of inheritance might be claimed by the
+eldest son of the Coya, or lawful queen, as she was styled, to
+distinguish her from the host of concubines who shared the
+affections of the sovereign. *26 The queen was further
+distinguished, at least in later reigns, by the circumstance of
+being selected from the sisters of the Inca, an arrangement
+which, however revolting to the ideas of civilized nations, was
+recommended to the Peruvians by its securing an heir to the crown
+of the pure heaven-born race, uncontaminated by any mixture of
+earthly mould. *27
+
+[Footnote 26: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 7. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 26.
+
+Acosta speaks of the eldest brother of the Inca as succeeding in
+preference to the son.  (lib. 6, cap. 12.) He may have confounded
+the Peruvian with the Aztec usage.  The Report of the Royal
+Audience states that a brother succeeded in default of a son.
+Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 27: "Et soror et conjux." - According to Garcilasso the
+heir-apparent always married a sister.  (Com. Real., Parte 1,
+lib. 4, cap. 9.) Ondegardo notices this as an innovation at the
+close of the fifteenth century. (Relacion Primera, Ms.) The
+historian of the Incas, however, is confirmed in his
+extra-ordinary statement by Sarmiento.  Relacion, Ms., cap. 7.]
+In his early years, the royal offspring was intrusted to the care
+of the amautas, or "wise men," as the teachers of Peruvian
+science were called, who instructed him in such elements of
+knowledge as they possessed, and especially in the cumbrous
+ceremonial of their religion, in which he was to take a prominent
+part.  Great care was also bestowed on his military education, of
+the last importance in a state which, with its professions of
+peace and good-will, was ever at war for the acquisition of
+empire.
+
+In this military school he was educated with such of the Inca
+nobles as were nearly of his own age; for the sacred name of Inca
+- a fruitful source of obscurity in their annals - was applied
+indifferently to all who descended by the male line from the
+founder of the monarchy. *28 At the age of sixteen the pupils
+underwent a public examination, previous to their admission to
+what may be called the order of chivalry.  This examination was
+conducted by some of the oldest and most illustrious Incas.  The
+candidates were required to show their prowess in the athletic
+exercises of the warrior; in wrestling and boxing, in running
+such long courses as fully tried their agility and strength, in
+severe fasts of several days' duration, and in mimic combats,
+which, although the weapons were blunted, were always attended
+with wounds, and sometimes with death.  During this trial, which
+lasted thirty days, the royal neophyte fared no better than his
+comrades, sleeping on the bare ground, going unshod, and wearing
+a mean attire, - a mode of life, it was supposed, which might
+tend to inspire him with more sympathy with the destitute.  With
+all this show of impartiality, however, it will probably be doing
+no injustice to the judges to suppose that a politic discretion
+may have somewhat quickened their perceptions of the real merits
+of the heir-apparent.
+
+[Footnote 28: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 26.]
+At the end of the appointed time, the candidates selected as
+worthy of the honors of their barbaric chivalry were presented to
+the sovereign, who condescended to take a principal part in the
+ceremony of inauguration.  He began with a brief discourse, in
+which, after congratulating the young aspirants on the
+proficiency they had shown in martial exercises, he reminded them
+of the responsibilities attached to their birth and station; and,
+addressing them affectionately as "children of the Sun," he
+exhorted them to imitate their great progenitor in his glorious
+career of beneficence to mankind.  The novices then drew near,
+and, kneeling one by one before the Inca, he pierced their ears
+with a golden bodkin; and this was suffered to remain there till
+an opening had been made large enough for the enormous pendants
+which were peculiar to their order, and which gave them, with the
+Spaniards, the name of orejones. *29 This ornament was so massy
+in the ears of the sovereign, that the cartilage was distended by
+it nearly to the shoulder, producing what seemed a monstrous
+deformity in the eyes of the Europeans, though, under the magical
+influence of fashion, it was regarded as a beauty by the natives.
+
+[Footnote 29: From oreja, "ear." - "Los caballeros de la sangre
+Real tenian orejas horadadas, y de ellas colgando grandes rodetes
+de plata y oro: Ilamaronles por esto los orejones los Castellanos
+la primera vez que los vieron." (Montesinos, Memorias Antiguas
+Historiales del Peru, Ms., lib. 2, cap. 6.) The ornament, which
+was in the form of a wheel, did not depend from the ear, but was
+inserted in the gristle of it, and was as large as an orange. "La
+hacen tan ancha como una gran rosca de naranja; los Senores i
+Principales traian aquellas roscas de oro fino en las orejas."
+(Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Also Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte
+1, lib. 1, cap. 22.) "The larger the hole," says one of the old
+Conquerors, "the more of a gentleman!" Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y
+Conq., Ms.]
+
+When this operation was performed, one of the most venerable of
+the nobles dressed the feet of the candidates in the sandals worn
+by the order, which may remind us of the ceremony of buckling on
+the spurs of the Christian knight.  They were then allowed to
+assume the girdle or sash around the loins, corresponding with
+the toga virilis of the Romans, and intimating that they had
+reached the season of manhood.  Their heads were adorned with
+garlands of flowers, which, by their various colors, were
+emblematic of the clemency and goodness that should grace the
+character of every true warrior; and the leaves of an evergreen
+plant were mingled with the flowers, to show that these virtues
+should endure without end. *30 The prince's head was further
+ornamented by a fillet, or tasselled fringe, of a yellow color,
+made of the fine threads of the vicuna wool, which encircled the
+forehead as the peculiar insignia of the heir-apparent.  The
+great body of the Inca nobility next made their appearance, and,
+beginning with those nearest of kin, knelt down before the
+prince, and did him homage as successor to the crown.  The whole
+assembly then moved to the great square of the capital, where
+songs, and dances, and other public festivities closed the
+important ceremonial of the huaracu. *31
+
+[Footnote 30: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 27.]
+
+[Footnote 31: Ibid. Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 24 - 28.
+
+According to Fernandez, the candidates wore white shirts, with
+something like a cross embroidered in front!  (Historia del Peru,
+(Sevilla, 1571,) Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 6.) We may fancy ourselves
+occupied with some chivalrous ceremonial of the Middle Ages.]
+
+The reader will be less surprised by the resemblance which this
+ceremonial bears to the inauguration of a Christian knight in the
+feudal ages, if he reflects that a similar analogy may be traced
+in the institutions of other people more or less civilized; and
+that it is natural that nations, occupied with the one great
+business of war, should mark the period, when the preparatory
+education for it was ended, by similar characteristic ceremonies.
+Having thus honorably passed through his ordeal, the
+heir-apparent was deemed worthy to sit in the councils of his
+father, and was employed in offices of trust at home, or, more
+usually, sent on distant expeditions to practice in the field the
+lessons which he had hitherto studied only on the mimic theatre
+of war.  His first campaigns were conducted under the renowned
+commanders who had grown grey in the service of his father;
+until, advancing in years and experience, he was placed in
+command himself, and, like Huayna Capac, the last and most
+illustrious of his line, carried the banner of the rainbow, the
+armorial ensign of his house, far over the borders, among the
+remotest tribes of the plateau.
+
+The government of Peru was a despotism, mild in its character,
+but in its form a pure and unmitigated despotism.  The sovereign
+was placed at an immeasurable distance above his subjects.  Even
+the proudest of the Inca nobility, claiming a descent from the
+same divine original as himself, could not venture into the royal
+presence, unless barefoot, and bearing a light burden on his
+shoulders in token of homage. *32 As the representative of the
+Sun, he stood at the head of the priesthood, and presided at the
+most important of the religious festivals. *33 He raised armies,
+and usually commanded them in person.  He imposed taxes, made
+laws, and provided for their execution by the appointment of
+judges, whom he removed at pleasure. He was the source from which
+every thing flowed, - all dignity, all power, all emolument.  He
+was, in short, in the well-known phrase of the European despot,
+"himself the state." *34
+
+[Footnote 32: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 11. -
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 7.
+
+"Porque verdaderamente a lo que yo he averiguado toda la
+pretension de los Ingas fue una subjeccion en toda la gente, qual
+yo nunca he oido decir de ninguna otra nacion en tanto grado, que
+por muy principal que un Senor fuese, dende que entrava cerca del
+Cuzco en cierta senal que estava puesta en cada camino de quatro
+que hay, havia dende alli de venir cargado hasta la presencia del
+Inga, y alli dejava la carga y hacia su obediencia." Ondegardo,
+Rel. Prim., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 33: It was only at one of these festivals, and hardly
+authorizes the sweeping assertion of Carli, that the royal and
+sacerdotal authority were blended together in Peru.  We shall
+see, hereafter, the important and independent position occupied
+by the high-priest.  "La Sacerdoce et l'Empire etoient divises au
+Mexique; au lieu qu'i's etoient reunis au Perou, comme au Tibet
+et a la Chine, et comme il le fut a Rome, lorsqu' Auguste jetta
+les fondemens de l'Empire, en y reunissant le Sacerdoce ou la
+dignite de Souverain Pontife." Lettres Americaines, (Paris,
+1788,) trad. Franc., tom I. let. 7.]
+
+[Footnote 34: "Porque el Inga dava a entender que era hijo del
+Sol, con este titulo se hacia adorar, i governava principalmente
+en tanto grado que nadie se le atrevia, i su palabra era ley, i
+nadie osaba ir contra su palabra ni voluntad; aunque obiese de
+matar cient mill Indios, no havia ninguno en su Reino que le
+osase decir que no lo hiciese." Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+The Inca asserted his claims as a superior being by assuming a
+pomp in his manner of living well calculated to impose on his
+people.  His dress was of the finest wool of the vicuna, richly
+dyed, and ornamented with a profusion of gold and precious
+stones.  Round his head was wreathed a turban of many-colored
+folds, called the Ilautu; and a tasselled fringe, like that worn
+by the prince, but of a scarlet color, with two feathers of a
+rare and curious bird, called the coraquenque, placed upright in
+it, were the distinguishing insignia of royalty.  The birds from
+which these feathers were obtained were found in a desert country
+among the mountains; and it was death to destroy or to take them,
+as they were reserved for the exclusive purpose of supplying the
+royal head-gear.  Every succeeding monarch was provided with a
+new pair of these plumes, and his credulous subjects fondly
+believed that only two individuals of the species had ever
+existed to furnish the simple ornament for the diadem of the
+Incas. *35
+
+[Footnote 35: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 114. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 22; lib. 6, cap. 28. - Acosta,
+lib. 6, cap. 12.]
+Although the Peruvian monarch was raised so far above the highest
+of his subjects, he condescended to mingle occasionally with
+them, and took great pains personally to inspect the condition of
+the humbler classes.  He presided at some of the religious
+celebrations, and on these occasions entertained the great nobles
+at his table, when he complimented them, after the fashion of
+more civilized nations, by drinking the health of those whom he
+most delighted to honor. *36
+
+[Footnote 36: One would hardly expect to find among the American
+Indians this social and kindly custom of our Saxon ancestors, -
+now fallen somewhat out of use, in the capricious innovations of
+modern fashion.  Garcilasso is diffuse in his account of the
+forms observed at the royal table.  (Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 6,
+cap. 23.) The only hours of eating were at eight or nine in the
+morning, and at sunset, which took place at nearly the same time,
+in all seasons, in the latitude of Cuzco.  The historian of the
+Incas admits that, though temperate in eating, they indulged
+freely in their cups, frequently prolonging their revelry to a
+late hour of the night.  Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 1.]
+
+But the most effectual means taken by the Incas for communicating
+with their people were their progresses through the empire.
+These were conducted, at intervals of several years, with great
+state and magnificence.  The sedan, or litter, in which they
+travelled, richly emblazoned with gold and emeralds, was guarded
+by a numerous escort.  The men who bore it on their shoulders
+were provided by two cities, specially appointed for the purpose.
+It was a post to be coveted by no one, if, as is asserted, a fall
+was punished with death. *37 They travelled with ease and
+expedition, halting at the tambos, or inns, erected by government
+along the route, and occasionally at the royal palaces, which in
+the great towns afforded ample accommodations to the whole of the
+monarch's retinue.  The noble loads which traversed the
+table-land were lined with people, who swept away the stones and
+stubble from their surface, strewing them with sweet-scented
+flowers, and vying with each other in carrying forward the
+baggage from one village to another.  The monarch halted from
+time to time to listen to the grievances of his subjects, or to
+settle some points which had been referred to his decision by the
+regular tribunals. As the princely train wound its way along the
+mountain passes, every place was thronged with spectators eager
+to catch a glimpse of their sovereign; and, when he raised the
+curtains of his litter, and showed himself to their eyes, the air
+was rent with acclamations as they invoked blessings on his head.
+*38 Tradition long commemorated the spots at which he halted, and
+the simple people of the country held them in reverence as places
+consecrated by the presence of an Inca. *39
+
+[Footnote 37: "In lectica, aureo tabulato constrata, humeris
+ferebant; in summa, ea erat observantia, vt vultum ejus intueri
+maxime incivile putarent, et inter baiulos, quicunque vel leviter
+pede offenso haesitaret, e vestigio interficerent." Levinus
+Apollonius, De Peruviae Regionis Inventione, et Rebus in eadem
+gestis, (Antverpiae, 1567,) fol. 37. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 1, cap. 11.
+
+According to this writer, the litter was carried by the nobles;
+one thousand of whom were specially reserved for the humiliating
+honor.  Ubi supra.]
+
+[Footnote 38: The acclamations must have been potent indeed, if,
+as Sarmiento tells us, they sometimes brought the birds down from
+the sky!  "De esta manera eran tan temidos los Reyes que si
+salian por el Reyno y permitian alzar algun pano de los que iban
+en las andas para dejarse ver de sus vasallos, alzaban tan gran
+alarido que hacian caer las aves de lo alto donde iban volando a
+ser tomadas a manos." (Relacion, Ms., cap. 10.) The same author
+has given in another place a more credible account of the royal
+progresses, which the Spanish reader will find extracted in
+Appendix, No. 1.]
+
+[Footnote 39: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 3, cap. 14;
+lib. 6, cap. 3. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 11.]
+
+The royal palaces were on a magnificent scale, and, far from
+being confined to the capital or a few principal towns, were
+scattered over all the provinces of their vast empire. *40 The
+buildings were low, but covered a wide extent of ground.  Some of
+the apartments were spacious, but they were generally small, and
+had no communication with one another, except that they opened
+into a common square or court.  The walls were made of blocks of
+stone of various sizes, like those described in the fortress of
+Cuzco, rough-hewn, but carefully wrought near the line of
+junction, which was scarcely visible to the eye.  The roofs were
+of wood or rushes, which have perished under the rude touch of
+time, that has shown more respect for the walls of the edifices.
+The whole seems to have been characterized by solidity and
+strength, rather than by any attempt at architectural elegance.
+*41
+
+[Footnote 40: Velasco has given some account of several of these
+palaces situated in different places in the kingdom of Quito.
+Hist. de Quito, tom. I. pp. 195 - 197.]
+
+[Footnote 41: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 44. - Antig. y
+Monumentos de. Peru, Ms. - See, among others, the description of
+the remains still existing of the royal buildings at Callo, about
+ten leagues south of Quito, by Ulloa, Voyage to S. America, book
+6, ch. 11, and since, more carefully, by Humboldt, Vues des
+Cordilleres, p. 197.]
+
+But whatever want of elegance there may have been in the exterior
+of the imperial dwellings, it was amply compensated by the
+interior, in which all the opulence of the Peruvian princes was
+ostentatiously displayed.  The sides of the apartments were
+thickly studded with gold and silver ornaments. Niches, prepared
+in the walls, were filled with images of animals and plants
+curiously wrought of the same costly materials; and even much of
+the domestic furniture, including the utensils devoted to the
+most ordinary menial services, displayed the like wanton
+magnificence! *42 With these gorgeous decorations were mingled
+richly colored stuffs of the delicate manufacture of the Peruvian
+wool, which were of so beautiful a texture, that the Spanish
+sovereigns, with all the luxuries of Europe and Asia at their
+command, did not disdain to use them. *43 The royal household
+consisted of a throng of menials, supplied by the neighboring
+towns and villages, which, as in Mexico, were bound to furnish
+the monarch with fuel and other necessaries for the consumption
+of the palace.
+
+[Footnote 42: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte l, lib. 6, cap. 1.
+"Tanto que todo el servicio de la Casa del Rey asi de cantaras
+para su vino, como de cozina, todo era oro y plata, y esto no en
+un lugar y en una parte lo tenia, sino en muchas." (Sarmiento,
+Relacion, Ms., cap. 11.) See also the flaming accounts of the
+palaces of Bilcas, to the west of Cuzco, by Cieza de Leon, as
+reported to him by Spaniards who had seen them in their glory.
+(Cronica, cap. 89.) The niches are still described by modern
+travellers as to be found in the walls.  (Humboldt, Vues des
+Cordilleres, p. 197.)]
+
+[Footnote 43: "La ropa de la cama toda era de mantas, y frecadas
+de lana de Vicuna, que es tan fina, y tan regalada, que entre
+otras cosas preciadas de aquellas Tierras, se las han traido para
+la cama del Rey Don Phelipe Segundo." Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1. lib 6, cap. 1.]
+
+But the favorite residence of the Incas was at Yucay, about four
+leagues distant from the capital.  In this delicious valley,
+locked up within the friendly arms of the sierra, which sheltered
+it from the rude breezes of the east, and refreshed by gushing
+fountains and streams of running water, they built the most
+beautiful of their palaces.  Here, when wearied with the dust and
+toil of the city, they loved to retreat, and solace themselves
+with the society of their favorite concubines, wandering amidst
+groves and airy gardens, that shed around their soft,
+intoxicating odors, and lulled the senses to voluptuous repose.
+Here, too, they loved to indulge in the luxury of their baths,
+replenished by streams of crystal water which were conducted
+through subterraneous silver channels into basins of gold.  The
+spacious gardens were stocked with numerous varieties of plants
+and flowers that grew without effort in this temperate region of
+the tropics, while parterres of a more extraordinary kind were
+planted by their side, glowing with the various forms of
+vegetable life skilfully imitated in gold and silver!  Among them
+the Indian corn, the most beautiful of American grains, is
+particularly commemorated, and the curious workmanship is noticed
+with which the golden ear was half disclosed amidst the broad
+leaves of silver, and the light tassel of the same material that
+floated gracefully from its top. *44
+
+[Footnote 44: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 26;
+lib. 6, cap. 2 - Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 24. - Cieza de
+Leon, Cronica, cap. 94.
+
+The last writer speaks of a cement, made in part of liquid gold,
+as used in the royal buildings of Tambo, a valley not far from
+Yucay!  (Ubi supra.) We may excuse the Spaniards for demolishing
+such edifices, - if they ever met with them.]
+
+If this dazzling picture staggers the faith of the reader, he may
+reflect that the Peruvian mountains teemed with gold; that the
+natives understood the art of working the mines, to a
+considerable extent; that none of the ore, as well shall see
+hereafter, was converted into coin, and that the whole of it
+passed into the hands of the sovereign for his own exclusive
+benefit, whether for purposes of utility or ornament.  Certain it
+is that no fact is better attested by the Conquerors themselves,
+who had ample means of information, and no motive for
+misstatement. - The Italian poets, in their gorgeous pictures of
+the gardens of Alcina and Morgana, came nearer the truth than
+they imagined.
+Our surprise, however, may reasonably be excited, when we
+consider that the wealth displayed by the Peruvian princes was
+only that which each had amassed individually for himself.  He
+owed nothing to inheritance from his predecessors.  On the
+decease of an Inca, his palaces were abandoned; all his
+treasures, except what were employed in his obsequies, his
+furniture and apparel, were suffered to remain as he left them,
+and his mansions, save one, were closed up for ever.  The new
+sovereign was to provide himself with every thing new for his
+royal state.  The reason of this was the popular belief, that the
+soul of the departed monarch would return after a time to
+reanimate his body on earth; and they wished that he should find
+every thing to which he had been used in life prepared for his
+reception. *45
+
+[Footnote 45: Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 12. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 4.]
+
+When an Inca died, or, to use his own language, "was called home
+to the mansions of his father, the Sun," *46 his obsequies were
+celebrated with great pomp and solemnity.  The bowels were taken
+from the body, and deposited in the temple of Tampu, about five
+leagues from the capital.  A quantity of his plate and jewels was
+buried with them, and a number of his attendants and favorite
+concubines, amounting sometimes, it is said, to a thousand, were
+immolated on his tomb. *47 Some of them showed the natural
+repugnance to the sacrifice occasionally manifested by the
+victims of a similar superstition in India. But these were
+probably the menials and more humble attendants; since the women
+have been known, in more than one instance, to lay violent hands
+on themselves, when restrained from testifying their fidelity by
+this act of conjugal martyrdom.  This melancholy ceremony was
+followed by a general mourning throughout the empire.  At stated
+intervals, for a year, the people assembled to renew the
+expressions of their sorrow; processions were made, displaying
+the banner of the departed monarch; bards and minstrels were
+appointed to chronicle his achievements, and their songs
+continued to be rehearsed at high festivals in the presence of
+the reigning monarch, - thus stimulating the living by the
+glorious example of the dead. *48
+
+[Footnote 46: The Aztecs, also, believed that the soul of the
+warrior who fell in battle went to accompany the Sun in his
+bright progress through the heavens.  (See Conquest of Mexico,
+book 1, chap. 3.)]
+
+[Footnote 47: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Acosta, lib. 5, cap.
+6.
+
+Four thousand of these victims, according to Sarmiento, - we may
+hope it is an exaggeration, - graced the funeral obsequies of
+Huayna Capac, the last of the Incas before the coming of the
+Spaniards.  Relacion, Ms., cap. 65.]
+
+[Footnote 48: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 62. - Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 5. - Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap.
+8.]
+
+The body of the deceased Inca was skilfully embalmed, and removed
+to the great temple of the Sun at Cuzco.  There the Peruvian
+sovereign, on entering the awful sanctuary, might behold the
+effigies of his royal ancestors, ranged in opposite files, - the
+men on the right, and their queens on the left, of the great
+luminary which blazed in refulgent gold on the walls of the
+temple. The bodies, clothed in the princely attire which they had
+been accustomed to wear, were placed on chairs of gold, and sat
+with their heads inclined downward, their hands placidly crossed
+over their bosoms, their countenances exhibiting their natural
+dusky hue, - less liable to change than the fresher coloring of a
+European complexion, - and their hair of raven black, or silvered
+over with age, according to the period at which they died!  It
+seemed like a company of solemn worshippers fixed in devotion, -
+so true were the forms and lineaments to life.  The Peruvians
+were as successful as the Egyptians in the miserable attempt to
+perpetuate the existence of the body beyond the limits assigned
+to it by nature. *49
+
+[Footnote 49: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 29.
+
+The Peruvians secreted these mummies of their sovereigns after
+the Conquest, that they might not be profaned by the insults of
+the Spaniards. Ondegardo, when corregidor of Cuzco, discovered
+five of them, three male and two female.  The former were the
+bodies of Viracocha, of the great Tupac Inca Yupanqui, and of his
+son Huayna Capac.  Garcilasso saw them in 1560.  They were
+dressed in their regal robes, with no insignia but the llautu on
+their heads.  They were in a sitting posture, and, to use his own
+expression, "perfect as life, without so much as a hair or an
+eyebrow wanting." As they were carried through the streets,
+decently shrouded with a mantle, the Indians threw themselves on
+their knees, in sign of reverence, with many tears and groans,
+and were still more touched as they beheld some of the Spaniards
+themselves doffing their caps, in token of respect to departed
+royalty. (Ibid., ubi supra.) The bodies were subsequently removed
+to Lima; and Father Acosta, who saw them there some twenty years
+later, speaks of them as still in perfect preservation.]
+
+They cherished a still stranger illusion in the attentions which
+they continued to pay to these insensible remains, as if they
+were instinct with life.  One of the houses belonging to a
+deceased Inca was kept open and occupied by his guard and
+attendants, with all the state appropriate to royalty.  On
+certain festivals, the revered bodies of the sovereigns were
+brought out with great ceremony into the public square of the
+capital. Invitations were sent by the captains of the guard of
+the respective Incas to the different nobles and officers of the
+court; and entertainments were provided in the names of their
+masters, which displayed all the profuse magnificence of their
+treasures, - and "such a display," says an ancient chronicler,
+"was there in the great square of Cuzco, on this occasion, of
+gold and silver plate and jewels, as no other city in the world
+ever witnessed." *50 The banquet was served by the menials of the
+respective households, and the guests partook of the melancholy
+cheer in the presence of the royal phantom with the same
+attention to the forms of courtly etiquette as if the living
+monarch had presided! *51
+
+[Footnote 50: "Tenemos por muy cierto que ni en Jerusalem, Roma,
+ni en Persia, ni en ninguna parte del mundo por ninguna Republica
+ni Rey de el, se juntaba en un lugar tanta riqueza de Metales de
+oro y Plata y Pedreria como en esta Plaza del Cuzco; quando estas
+fiestas y otras semejantes se hacian." Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms.,
+cap. 27.]
+
+[Footnote 51: Idem, Relacion, Ms., cap. 8, 27. - Ondegardo, Rel.
+Seg., Ms.
+
+It was only, however, the great and good princes that were thus
+honored, according to Sarmiento, "whose souls the silly people
+fondly believed, on account of their virtues, were in heaven,
+although, in truth," as the same writer assures us, "they were
+all the time burning in the flames of hell"! "Digo los que
+haviendo sido en vida buenos y valerosos, generosos con los
+Indios en les hacer mercedes, perdonadores de injurias, porque a
+estos tales canonizaban en su ceguedad por Santos y honrraban sus
+huesos, sin entender que las animas ardian en los Ynfiernos y
+creian que estaban en el Cielo." Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+The nobility of Peru consisted of two orders, the first and by
+far the most important of which was that of the Incas, who,
+boasting a common descent with their sovereign, lived, as it
+were, in the reflected light of his glory. As the Peruvian
+monarchs availed themselves of the right of polygamy to a very
+liberal extent, leaving behind them families of one or even two
+hundred children, *52 the nobles of the blood royal, though
+comprehending only their descendants in the male line, came in
+the course of years to be very numerous. *53 They were divided
+into different lineages, each of which traced its pedigree to a
+different member of the royal dynasty, though all terminated in
+the divine founder of the empire.
+
+[Footnote 52: Garcilasso says over three hundred!  (Com. Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 3, cap. 19.) The fact, though rather startling, is
+not incredible, if, like Huayna Capac, they counted seven hundred
+wives in their seraglio.  See Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 7.]
+
+[Footnote 53: Garcilasso mentions a class of Incas por
+privilegio, who were allowed to possess the name and many of the
+immunities of the blood royal, though only descended from the
+great vassals that first served under the banner of Manco Capac.
+(Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 22.) This important fact, to
+which he often refers, one would be glad to see confirmed by a
+single authority.]
+
+They were distinguished by many exclusive and very important
+privileges; they wore a peculiar dress; spoke a dialect, if we
+may believe the chronicler, peculiar to themselves; *54 and had
+the choicest portion of the public domain assigned for their
+support.  They lived, most of them, at court, near the person of
+the prince, sharing in his counsels, dining at his board, or
+supplied from his table.  They alone were admissible to the great
+offices in the priesthood.  They were invested with the command
+of armies, and of distant garrisons, were placed over the
+provinces, and, in short, filled every station of high trust and
+emolument. *55 Even the laws, severe in their general tenor, seem
+not to have been framed with reference to them; and the people,
+investing the whole order with a portion of the sacred character
+which belonged to the sovereign, held that an Inca noble was
+incapable of crime. *56
+
+[Footnote 54: "Los Incas tuvieron otra Lengua particular, que
+hablavan entre ellos, que no la entendian los demas Indios, ni
+les era licito aprenderla, como Lenguage Divino.  Esta me
+escriven del Peru, que se ha perdido totalmente; porque como
+perecio la Republica particular de los Incas, perecio tambien el
+Lenguage dellos." Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 7, cap.
+1]
+
+[Footnote 55: "Una sola gente hallo yo que era exenta, que eran
+los Ingas del Cuzco y por alli al rededor de ambas parcialidades,
+porque estos no solo no pagavan tributo, pero aun comian de lo
+que traian al Inga de todo el reino, y estos eran por la mayor
+parte los Governadores en todo el reino, y por donde quiera que
+iban se les hacia mucha honrra." Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 56: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte I, lib. 2, cap. 15.]
+The other order of nobility was the Curacas, the caciques of the
+conquered nations, or their descendants.  They were usually
+continued by the government in their places, though they were
+required to visit the capital occasionally, and to allow their
+sons to be educated there as the pledges of their loyalty.  It is
+not easy to define the nature or extent of their privileges.
+They were possessed of more or less power, according to the
+extent of their patrimony, and the number of their vassals.
+Their authority was usually transmitted from father to son,
+though sometimes the successor was chosen by the people. *57 They
+did not occupy the highest posts of state, or those nearest the
+person of the sovereign, like the nobles of the blood. Their
+authority seems to have been usually local, and always in
+subordination to the territorial jurisdiction of the great
+provincial governors, who were taken from the Incas. *58
+
+[Footnote 57: In this event, it seems, the successor named was
+usually presented to the Inca for confirmation.  (Dec. de la Aud.
+Real., Ms.) At other times, the Inca himself selected the heir
+from among the children of the deceased Curaca.  "In short," says
+Ondegardo, "there was no rule of succession so sure, but it might
+be set aside by the supreme will of the sovereign.' Rel. Prim.,
+Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 58: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 4, cap. 10. -
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 11 - Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms. -
+Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 93. - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+It was the Inca nobility, indeed, who constituted the real
+strength of the Peruvian monarchy.  Attached to their prince by
+ties of consanguinity, they had common sympathies and, to a
+considerable extent, common interests with him.  Distinguished by
+a peculiar dress and insignia, as well as by language and blood,
+from the rest of the community, they were never confounded with
+the other tribes and nations who were incorporated into the great
+Peruvian monarchy.  After the lapse of centuries, they still
+retained their individuality as a peculiar people.  They were to
+the conquered races of the country what the Romans were to the
+barbarous hordes of the Empire, or the Normans to the ancient
+inhabitants of the British Isles.  Clustering around the throne,
+they formed an invincible phalanx, to shield it alike from secret
+conspiracy and open insurrection.  Though living chiefly in the
+capital, they were also distributed throughout the country in all
+its high stations and strong military posts, thus establishing
+lines of communication with the court, which enabled the
+sovereign to act simultaneously and with effect on the most
+distant quarters of his empire.  They possessed, moreover, an
+intellectual preeminence, which, no less than their station, gave
+them authority with the people.  Indeed, it may be said to have
+been the principal foundation of their authority.  The crania of
+the Inca race show a decided superiority over the other races of
+the land in intellectual power; *59 and it cannot be denied that
+it was the fountain of that peculiar civilization and social
+polity, which raised the Peruvian monarchy above every other
+state in South America.  Whence this remarkable race came, and
+what was its early history, are among those mysteries that meet
+us so frequently in the annals of the New World, and which time
+and the antiquary have as vet done little to explain.
+
+[Footnote 59: Dr. Morton's valuable work contains several
+engravings of both the Inca and the common Peruvian skull,
+showing that the facial angle in the former, though by no means
+great, was much larger than that in the latter, which was
+singularly flat and deficient in intellectual character.  Crania
+Americana, (Philadelphia, 1829.)]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter II
+
+Orders Of The State. - Provisions For Justice. - Division Of
+Lands. - Revenues And Registers. - Great Roads And Posts. -
+Military Tactics And Policy.
+
+
+If we are surprised at the peculiar and original features of what
+may be called the Peruvian aristocracy, we shall be still more so
+as we descend to the lower orders of the community, and see the
+very artificial character of their institutions, - as artificial
+as those of ancient Sparta, and, though in a different way, quite
+as repugnant to the essential principles of our nature. The
+institutions of Lycurgus, however, were designed for a petty
+state, while those of Peru, although originally intended for
+such, seemed, like the magic tent in the Arabian tale, to have an
+indefinite power of expansion, and were as well suited to the
+most flourishing condition of the empire as to its infant
+fortunes.  In this remarkable accommodation to change of
+circumstances we see the proofs of a contrivance that argues no
+slight advance in civilization.
+
+The name of Peru was not known to the natives.  It was given by
+the Spaniards, and originated, it is said, in a misapprehension
+of the Indian name of "river." *1 However this may be, it is
+certain that the natives had no other epithet by which to
+designate the large collection of tribes and nations who were
+assembled under the sceptre of the Incas, than that of
+Tavantinsuyu, or "four quarters of the world." *2 This will not
+surprise a citizen of the United States, who has no other name by
+which to class himself among nations than what is borrowed from a
+quarter of the globe. *3 The kingdom, conformably to its name,
+was divided into four parts, distinguished each by a separate
+title, and to each of which ran one of the four great roads that
+diverged from Cuzco, the capital or navel of the Peruvian
+monarchy.  The city was in like manner divided into four
+quarters; and the various races, which gathered there from the
+distant parts of the empire, lived each in the quarter nearest to
+its respective province.  They all continued to wear their
+peculiar national costume, so that it was easy to determine their
+origin; and the same order and system of arrangement prevailed in
+the motley population of the capital, as in the great provinces
+of the empire.  The capital, in fact, was a miniature image of
+the empire. *4
+
+[Footnote 1: Pelu, according to Garcilasso, was the Indian name
+for "river," and was given by one of the natives in answer to a
+question put to him by the Spaniards, who conceived it to be the
+name of the country.  (Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 6.) Such
+blunders have led to the names of many places both in North and
+South America.  Montesinos, however, denies that there is such an
+Indian term for "river." (Mem. Antiguas, Ms., lib. 1, cap. 2.)
+According to this writer, Peru was the ancient Ophir, whence
+Solomon drew such stores of wealth; and which, by a very natural
+transition, has in time been corrupted into Phiru, Piru, Peru!
+The first book of the Memorias, consisting of thirty-two
+chapters, is devoted to this precious discovery.]
+
+[Footnote 2: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 11.]
+
+[Footnote 3: Yet an American may find food for his vanity in the
+reflection, that the name of a quarter of the globe, inhabited by
+so many civilized nations, has been exclusively conceded to him.
+- Was it conceded or assumed?]
+
+[Footnote 4: Ibid., parte 1, cap. 9, 10. - Cieza de Leon,
+Cronica, cap. 93.
+
+The capital was further divided into two parts, the Upper and
+Lower town, founded, as pretended, on the different origin of the
+population; a division recognized also in the inferior cities.
+Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+The four great provinces were each placed under a viceroy or
+governor, who ruled over them with the assistance of one or more
+councils for the different departments.  These viceroys resided,
+some portion of their time, at least, in the capital, where they
+constituted a sort of council of state to the Inca. *5 The nation
+at large was distributed into decades, or small bodies of ten;
+and every tenth man, or head of a decade, had supervision of the
+rest, - being required to see that they enjoyed the rights and
+immunities to which they were entitled, to solicit aid in their
+behalf from government, when necessary, and to bring offenders to
+justice.  To this last they were stimulated by a law that imposed
+on them, in case of neglect, the same penalty that would have
+been incurred by the guilty party.  With this law hanging over
+his head, the magistrate of Peru, we may well believe, did not
+often go to sleep on his post. *6
+
+[Footnote 5: Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 15.
+
+For this account of the councils I am indebted to Garcilasso, who
+frequently fills up gaps that have been left by his
+fellow-laborers.  Whether the filling up will, in all cases, bear
+the touch of time, as well as the rest of his work, one may
+doubt.]
+
+[Footnote 6: Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms. - Montesinos, Mem.
+Antiguas, Ms., lib. 2, cap. 6. - Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.
+
+How analogous is the Peruvian to the Anglo-Saxon division into
+hundreds and tithings!  But the Saxon law was more humane, which
+imposed only a fine on the district, in case of a criminal's
+escape.]
+
+The people were still further divided into bodies of fifty, one
+hundred, five hundred, and a thousand, with each an officer
+having general supervision over those beneath, and the higher
+ones possessing, to a certain extent, authority in matters of
+police.  Lastly, the whole empire was distributed into sections
+or departments of ten thousand inhabitants, with a governor over
+each, from the Inca nobility, who had control over the curacas
+and other territorial officers in the district.  There were,
+also, regular tribunals of justice, consisting of magistrates in
+each of the towns or small communities, with jurisdiction over
+petty offences, while those of a graver character were carried
+before superior judges, usually the governors or rulers of the
+districts.  These judges all held their authority and received
+their support from the Crown, by which they were appointed and
+removed at pleasure.  They were obliged to determine every suit
+in five days from the time it was brought before them; and there
+was no appeal from one tribunal to another.  Yet there were
+important provisions for the security of justice. A committee of
+visitors patrolled the kingdom at certain times to investigate
+the character and conduct of the magistrates; and any neglect or
+violation of duty was punished in the most exemplary manner.  The
+inferior courts were also required to make monthly returns of
+their proceedings to the higher ones, and these made reports in
+like manner to the viceroys; so that the monarch, seated in the
+centre of his dominions, could look abroad, as it were, to their
+most distant extremities, and review and rectify any abuses in
+the administration of the law. *7
+
+[Footnote 7: Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms. - Ondegardo, Rel. Prim.
+et Seg., Mss. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+11-14. - Montesinos, Mem. Antiguas, Ms., lib. 2, cap. 6.
+
+The accounts of the Peruvian tribunals by the early authorities
+are very meagre and unsatisfactory.  Even the lively imagination
+of Garcilasso has failed to supply the blank.]
+
+The laws were few and exceedingly severe.  They related almost
+wholly to criminal matters.  Few other laws were needed by a
+people who had no money, little trade, and hardly any thing that
+could be called fixed property.  The crimes of theft, adultery,
+and murder were all capital; though it was wisely provided that
+some extenuating circumstances might be allowed to mitigate the
+punishment. *8 Blasphemy against the Sun, and malediction of the
+Inca, - offences, indeed, of the same complexion, - were also
+punished with death. Removing landmarks, turning the water away
+from a neighbour's land into one's own, burning a house, were all
+severely punished.  To burn a bridge was death. The Inca allowed
+no obstacle to those facilities of communication so essential to
+the maintenance of public order.  A rebellious city or province
+was laid waste, and its inhabitants exterminated.  Rebellion
+against the "Child of the Sun" was the greatest of all crimes. *9
+
+[Footnote 8: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 5, lib. 4, cap 3.
+
+Theft was punished less severely, if the offender had been really
+guilty of it to supply the necessities of life.  It is a singular
+circumstance, that the Peruvian law made no distinction between
+fornication and adultery, both being equally punished with death.
+Yet the law could hardly have been enforced, since prostitutes
+were assigned, or at least allowed, a residence in the suburbs of
+the cities.  See Garcilasso, Com Real., Parte 1, lib. 4, cap.
+34.]
+
+[Footnote 9: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 23.
+
+"I los traidores entre ellos llamava aucaes, i esta palabra es la
+mas abiltada de todas quantas pueden decir aun Indio del Piru,
+que quiere decir traidor a su Senor." (Cong. i Pob. del Piru,
+Ms.) "En las rebeliones y alzamientos se hicieron los castigos
+tan asperos, que algunas veces asolaron las provincias de todos
+los varones de edad sin quedar ninguno." Ondegardo, Rel. Prim.,
+Ms.]
+
+The simplicity and severity of the Peruvian code may be thought
+to infer a state of society but little advanced; which had few of
+those complex interests and relations that grow up in a civilized
+community, and which had not proceeded far enough in the science
+of legislation to economize human suffering by proportioning
+penalties to crimes.  But the Peruvian institutions must be
+regarded from a different point of view from that in which we
+study those of other nations.  The laws emanated from the
+sovereign, and that sovereign held a divine commission, and was
+possessed of a divine nature.  To violate the law was not only to
+insult the majesty of the throne, but it was sacrilege.  The
+slightest offence, viewed in this light, merited death; and the
+gravest could incur no heavier penalty. *10 Yet, in the
+infliction of their punishments, they showed no unnecessary
+cruelty; and the sufferings of the victim were not prolonged by
+the ingenious torments so frequent among barbarous nations. *11
+
+[Footnote 10: "El castigo era riguroso, que por la mayor parte
+era de muerte, por liviano que fuese el delito; porque decian,
+que no los castigavan por el delito que avian hecho, ni por la
+ofensa agena, sino por aver quebrantado el mandamiento, y rompido
+la palabra del Inca, que lo respetavan como a Dios." Garcilasso,
+Com. Real. Parte 1, lib. 2. cap. 12.]
+
+[Footnote 11: One of the punishments most frequent for minor
+offences was to carry a stone on the back.  A punishment attended
+with no suffering but what arises from the disgrace attached to
+it is very justly characterized by McCulloh as a proof of
+sensibility and refinement.  Researches, p. 361.]
+These legislative provisions may strike us as very defective,
+even as compared with those of the semi-civilized races of
+Anahuac, where a gradation of courts, moreover, with the right of
+appeal, afforded a tolerable security for justice.  But in a
+country like Peru, where few but criminal causes were known, the
+right of appeal was of less consequence.  The law was simple, its
+application easy; and, where the judge was honest, the case was
+as likely to be determined correctly on the first hearing as on
+the second.  The inspection of the board of visitors, and the
+monthly returns of the tribunals, afforded no slight guaranty for
+their integrity.  The law which required a decision within five
+days would seem little suited to the complex and embarrassing
+litigation of a modern tribunal.  But, in the simple questions
+submitted to the Peruvian judge, delay would have been useless;
+and the Spaniards, familiar with the evils growing out of
+long-protracted suits, where the successful litigant is too often
+a ruined man, are loud in their encomiums of this swift-handed
+and economical justice. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: The Royal Audience of Peru under Philip II. - there
+cannot be a higher authority - bears emphatic testimony to the
+cheap and efficient administration of justice under the Incas.
+"De suerte que los vicios eran bien castigados y la gente estaba
+bien sujeta y obediente; y aunque en las dichas penas havia
+esceso, redundaba en buen govierno y policia suya, y mediante
+ella eran aumentados. . . . . . Porque los Yndios alababan la
+governacion del Ynga, y aun los Espanoles que algo alcanzan de
+ella, es porque todas las cosas susodichas se de terminaban sin
+hacerles costas" Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms.]
+
+The fiscal regulations of the Incas, and the laws respecting
+property, are the most remarkable features in the Peruvian
+polity.  The whole territory of the empire was divided into three
+parts, one for the Sun, another for the Inca, and the last for
+the people.  Which of the three was the largest is doubtful.  The
+proportions differed materially in different provinces.  The
+distribution, indeed, was made on the same general principle, as
+each new conquest was added to the monarchy; but the proportion
+varied according to the amount of population, and the greater or
+less amount of land consequently required for the support of the
+inhabitants. *13
+
+[Footnote 13: Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 15. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 1.
+
+"Si estas partes fuesen iguales, o qual fuese mayor, yo lo he
+procurado averiguar, y en unas es diferente de otras, y finalmte
+yo tengo entendido que se hacia conforme a la disposicion de la
+tierra y a la calidad de los Indios" Ondegardo, Rel Prim., Ms]
+
+The lands assigned to the Sun furnished a revenue to support the
+temples, and maintain the costly ceremonial of the Peruvian
+worship and the multitudinous priesthood.  Those reserved for the
+Inca went to support the royal state, as well as the numerous
+members of his household and his kindred, and supplied the
+various exigencies of government.  The remainder of the lands was
+divided, per capita, in equal shares among the people.  It was
+provided by law, as we shall see hereafter, that every Peruvian
+should marry at a certain age.  When this event took place, the
+community or district in which he lived furnished him with a
+dwelling, which, as it was constructed of humble materials, was
+done at little cost.  A lot of land was then assigned to him
+sufficient for his own maintenance and that of his wife. An
+additional portion was granted for every child, the amount
+allowed for a son being the double of that for a daughter.  The
+division of the soil was renewed every year, and the possessions
+of the tenant were increased or diminished according to the
+numbers in his family. *14 The same arrangement was observed with
+reference to the curacas, except only that a domain was assigned
+to them corresponding with the superior dignity of their stations
+*15
+
+[Footnote 14: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 2.
+
+The portion granted to each new-married couple, according to
+Garcilasso, was a fanega and a half of land.  A similar quantity
+was added for each male child that was born; and half of the
+quantity for each female.  The fanega was as much land as could
+be planted with a hundred weight of Indian corn. In the fruitful
+soil of Peru, this was a liberal allowance for a family.]
+
+[Footnote 15: Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 3.
+
+It is singular, that while so much is said of the Inca sovereign,
+so little should be said of the Inca nobility, of their estates,
+or the tenure by which they held them.  Their historian tells us,
+that they had the best of the lands, wherever they resided,
+besides the interest which they had in those of the Sun and the
+Inca, as children of the one, and kinsmen of the other.  He
+informs us, also, that they were supplied from the royal table,
+when living at court.  (lib. 6, cap. 3.) But this is very loose
+language. The student of history will learn, on the threshold,
+that he is not to expect precise, or even very consistent,
+accounts of the institutions of a barbarous age and people from
+contemporary annalists.]
+
+A more thorough and effectual agrarian law than this cannot be
+imagined. In other countries where such a law has been
+introduced, its operation, after a time, has given way to the
+natural order of events, and, under the superior intelligence and
+thrift of some and the prodigality of others, the usual
+vicissitudes of fortune have been allowed to take their course,
+and restore things to their natural inequality.  Even the iron
+law of Lycurgus ceased to operate after a time, and melted away
+before the spirit of luxury and avarice. The nearest approach to
+the Peruvian constitution was probably in Judea, where, on the
+recurrence of the great national jubilee, at the close of every
+half-century, estates reverted to their original proprietors.
+There was this important difference in Peru; that not only did
+the lease, if we may so call it, terminate with the year, but
+during that period the tenant had no power to alienate or to add
+to his possessions.  The end of the brief term found him in
+precisely the same condition that he was in at the beginning.
+Such a state of things might be supposed to be fatal to any thing
+like attachment to the soil, or to that desire of improving it,
+which is natural to the permanent proprietor, and hardly less so
+to the holder of a long lease.  But the practical operation of
+the law seems to have been otherwise; and it is probable, that,
+under the influence of that love of order and aversion to change
+which marked the Peruvian institutions, each new partition of the
+soil usually confirmed the occupant in his possession, and the
+tenant for a year was converted into a proprietor for life.
+
+The territory was cultivated wholly by the people.  The lands
+belonging to the Sun were first attended to.  They next tilled
+the lands of the old, of the sick, of the window and the orphan,
+and of soldiers engaged in actual service; in short, of all that
+part of the community who, from bodily infirmity or any other
+cause, were unable to attend to their own concerns. The people
+were then allowed to work on their own ground, each man for
+himself, but with the general obligation to assist his neighbour,
+when any circumstance - the burden of a young and numerous
+family, for example - might demand it. *16 Lastly, they
+cultivated the lands of the Inca.  This was done, with great
+ceremony, by the whole population in a body.  At break of day,
+they were summoned together by proclamation from some
+neighbouring tower or eminence, and all the inhabitants of the
+district, men, women, and children, appeared dressed in their
+gayest apparel, bedecked with their little store of finery and
+ornaments, as if for some great jubilee.  They went through the
+labors of the day with the same joyous spirit, chanting their
+popular ballads which commemorated the heroic deeds of the Incas,
+regulating their movements by the measure of the chant, and all
+mingling in the chorus, of which the word hailli, or "triumph,"
+was usually the burden.  These national airs had something soft
+and pleasing in their character, that recommended them to the
+Spaniards; and many a Peruvian song was set to music by them
+after the Conquest, and was listened to by the unfortunate
+natives with melancholy satisfaction, as it called up
+recollections of the past, when their days glided peacefully away
+under the sceptre of the Incas. *17
+
+[Footnote 16: Garcilasso relates that an Indian was hanged by
+Huayna Capac for tilling a curaca's ground, his near relation,
+before that of the poor. The gallows was erected on the curaca's
+own land.  Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 2.]
+
+[Footnote 17: Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 1-3. - Ondegardo, Rel.
+Seg., Ms.]
+
+A similar arrangement prevailed with respect to the different
+manufactures as to the agricultural products of the country.  The
+flocks of llamas, or Peruvian sheep, were appropriated
+exclusively to the Sun and to the Inca. *18 Their number was
+immense.  They were scattered over the different provinces,
+chiefly in the colder regions of the country, where they were
+intrusted to the care of experienced shepherds, who conducted
+them to different pastures according to the change of season.  A
+large number was every year sent to the capital for the
+consumption of the Court, and for the religious festivals and
+sacrifices.  But these were only the males, as no female was
+allowed to be killed.  The regulations for the care and breeding
+of these flocks were prescribed with the greatest minuteness, and
+with a sagacity which excited the admiration of the Spaniards,
+who were familiar with the management of the great migratory
+flocks of merinos in their own country. *19
+
+[Footnote 18: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.
+
+Yet sometimes the sovereign would recompense some great chief, or
+even some one among the people, who had rendered him a service,
+by the grant of a small number of llamas, - never many.  These
+were not to be disposed of or killed by their owners, but
+descended as common property to their heirs. This strange
+arrangement proved a fruitful source of litigation after the
+Conquest. Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+[Footnote 19: See especially the account of the Licentiate
+Ondegardo, who goes into more detail than any contemporary
+writer, concerning the management of the Peruvian flocks.  Rel.
+Seg., Ms.]
+
+At the appointed season, they were all sheared, and the wool was
+deposited in the public magazines.  It was then dealt out to each
+family in such quantities as sufficed for its wants, and was
+consigned to the female part of the household, who were well
+instructed in the business of spinning and weaving When this
+labor was accomplished, and the family was provided with a coarse
+but warm covering, suited to the cold climate of the mountains, -
+for, in the lower country, cotton, furnished in like manner by
+the Crown, took the place, to a certain extent, of wool, - the
+people were required to labor for the Inca.  The quantity of the
+cloth needed, as well as the peculiar kind and quality of the
+fabric, was first determined at Cuzco.  The work was then
+apportioned among the different provinces.  Officers, appointed
+for the purpose, superintended the distribution of the wool, so
+that the manufacture of the different articles should be
+intrusted to the most competent hands. *20 They did not leave the
+matter here but entered the dwellings, from time to time, and saw
+that the work was faithfully executed. This domestic inquisition
+was not confined to the labors for the Inca.  It included, also,
+those for the several families; and care was taken that each
+household should employ the materials furnished for its own use
+in the manner that was intended, so that no one should be
+unprovided with necessary apparel. *21 In this domestic labor all
+the female part of the establishment was expected to join.
+Occupation was found for all, from the child five years old to
+the aged matron not too infirm to hold a distaff.  No one, at
+least none but the decrepit and the sick, was allowed to eat the
+bread of idleness in Peru.  Idleness was a crime in the eye of
+the law, and, as such, severely punished; while industry was
+publicly commended and stimulated by rewards. *22
+
+[Footnote 20: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim. et Seg., Mss.
+
+The manufacture of cloths for the Inca included those for the
+numerous persons of the blood royal, who wore garments of a finer
+texture than was permitted to any other Peruvian.  Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 6.]
+
+[Footnote 21: Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms - Acosta, lib. 6, cap.
+15.]
+
+[Footnote 22: Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1 lib. 5, cap. 11.]
+
+The like course was pursued with reference to the other
+requisitions of the government.  All the mines in the kingdom
+belonged to the Inca.  They were wrought exclusively for his
+benefit, by persons familiar with this service, and selected from
+the districts where the mines were situated. *23 Every Peruvian
+of the lower class was a husbandman, and, with the exception of
+those already specified, was expected to provide for his own
+support by the cultivation of his land.  A small portion of the
+community, however, was instructed in mechanical arts; some of
+them of the more elegant kind, subservient to the purposes of
+luxury and ornament.  The demand for these was chiefly limited to
+the sovereign and his Court; but the labor of a larger number of
+hands was exacted for the execution of the great public works
+which covered the land.  The nature and amount of the services
+required were all determined at Cuzco by commissioners well
+instructed in the resources of the country, and in the character
+of the inhabitants of different provinces. *24
+
+[Footnote 23: Garcilasso would have us believe that the Inca was
+indebted to the curacas for his gold and silver, which were
+furnished by the great vassals as presents.  (Com. Real., Parte
+1, lib. 5, cap. 7.) This improbable statement is contradicted by
+the Report of the Royal Audience, Ms., by Sarmiento, (Relacion,
+Ms., cap. 15,) and by Ondegardo, (Rel. Prim., Ms.) who all speak
+of the mines as the property of the government, and wrought
+exclusively for its benefit.  From this reservoir the proceeds
+were liberally dispensed in the form of presents among the great
+lords, and still more for the embellishment of the temples.]
+
+[Footnote 24: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 13 -
+16. - Ondegardo, Rel. Prim. et Seg., Mss.]
+
+This information was obtained by an admirable regulation, which
+has scarcely a counterpart in the annals of a semi-civilized
+people.  A register was kept of all the births and deaths
+throughout the country, and exact returns of the actual
+population were made to government every year, by means of the
+quipus, a curious invention, which will be explained hereafter.
+*25 At certain intervals, also, a general survey of the country
+was made, exhibiting a complete view of the character of the
+soil, its fertility, the nature of its products, both
+agricultural and mineral, - in short, of all that constituted the
+physical resources of the empire. *26 Furnished with these
+statistical details, it was easy for the government, after
+determining the amount of requisitions, to distribute the work
+among the respective provinces best qualified to execute it.  The
+task of apportioning the labor was assigned to the local
+authorities, and great care was taken that it should be done in
+such a manner, that, while the most competent hands were
+selected, it should not fall disproportionately heavy on any. *27
+
+[Footnote 25: Montesinos, Mem. Antiguas, Ms., lib. 2, cap. 6. -
+Pedro Pizarro, Relacion del Descubrimiento y Conquista de los
+Reynos del Peru, Ms.
+
+"Cada provincia, en fin del ano, mandava asentar en los quipos,
+por la cuenta de sus nudos, todos los hombres que habian muerto
+en ella en aquel ano, y por el consiguiente los que habian
+nacido, y por principio del ano que entraba, venian con los
+quipos al Cuzco." Sarmiento, Relacion Ms., cap. 16.]
+
+[Footnote 26: Garcilasso, Com. Real. Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 14.]
+
+[Footnote 27: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms. - Sarmiento, Rel., Ms.,
+cap. 15.
+
+"Presupuesta y entendida la dicha division que el Inga tenia
+hecha de su gente, y orden que tenia puesta en el govierno de
+ella, era muy facil haverla en la division y cobranza de los
+dichos tributos; porque era claro y cierto lo que a cada uno
+cabia sin que hubiese desigualdad ni engano." Dec. de la Aud.
+Real., Ms.]
+
+The different provinces of the country furnished persons
+peculiarly suited to different employments, which, as we shall
+see hereafter, usually descended from father to son.  Thus, one
+district supplied those most skilled in working the mines,
+another the most curious workers in metals, or in wood, and so
+on. *28 The artisan was provided by government with the
+materials; and no one was required to give more than a stipulated
+portion of his time to the public service.  He was then succeeded
+by another for the like term; and it should be observed, that all
+who were engaged in the employment of the government - and the
+remark applies equally to agricultural labor - were maintained,
+for the time, at the public expense. *29 By this constant
+rotation of labor, it was intended that no one should be
+overburdened, and that each man should have time to provide for
+the demands of his own household.  It was impossible - in the
+judgment of a high Spanish authority - to improve on the system
+of distribution, so carefully was it accommodated to the
+condition and comfort of the artisan. *30 The security of the
+working classes seems to have been ever kept in view in the
+regulations of the government; and these were so discreetly
+arranged, that the most wearing and unwholesome labors, as those
+of the mines, occasioned no detriment to the health of the
+laborer; a striking contrast to his subsequent condition under
+the Spanish rule. *31
+
+[Footnote 28: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 15. - Ondegardo,
+Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 29: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 5.]
+
+[Footnote 30: "Y tambien se tenia cuenta que el trabajo que
+pasavan fuese moderado, y con el menos riesgo que fuese posible.
+. . . . . . Era tanta la orden que tuvieron estos Indios, que a
+mi parecer aunque mucho se piense en ello Seria dificultoso
+mejorarla conocida su condicion y costumbres." Ondegardo, Rel.
+Prim., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 31: "The working of the mines," says the President of
+the Council of the Indies, "was so regulated that no one felt it
+a hardship, much less was his life shortened by it." (Sarmiento,
+Relacion, Ms., cap. 15) It is a frank admission for a Spaniard.]
+
+A part of the agricultural produce and manufactures was
+transported to Cuzco, to minister to the immediate demands of the
+Inca and his Court.  But far the greater part was stored in
+magazines scattered over the different provinces.  These spacious
+buildings, constructed of stone, were divided between the Sun and
+the Inca, though the greater share seems to have been
+appropriated by the monarch.  By a wise regulation, any
+deficiency in the contributions of the Inca might be supplied
+from the granaries of the Sun. *32 But such a necessity could
+rarely have happened; and the providence of the government
+usually left a large surplus in the royal depositories, which was
+removed to a third class of magazines, whose design was to supply
+the people in seasons of scarcity, and, occasionally, to furnish
+relief to individuals, whom sickness or misfortune had reduced to
+poverty; thus, in a manner, justifying the assertion of a
+Castilian document, that a large portion of the revenues of the
+Inca found its way back again, through one channel or another,
+into the hands of the people. *33 These magazines were found by
+the Spaniards, on their arrival, stored with all the various
+products and manufactures of the country, - with maize, coca,
+quinua, woollen and cotton stuffs of the finest quality, with
+vases and utensils of gold, silver, and copper, in short, with
+every article of luxury or use within the compass of Peruvian
+skill. *34 The magazines of grain, in particular, would
+frequently have sufficed for the consumption of the adjoining
+district for several years. *35 An inventory of the various
+products of the country, and the quarters whence they were
+obtained, was every year taken by the royal officers, and
+recorded by the quipucamayus on their registers, with surprising
+regularity and precision. These registers were transmitted to the
+capital, and submitted to the Inca, who could thus at a glance,
+as it were, embrace the whole results of the national industry,
+and see how far they corresponded with the requisitions of
+government. *36
+
+[Footnote 32: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 34. -
+Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.
+
+"E asi esta parte del Inga no hay duda sino que de todas tres era
+la mayor, y en los depositos se parece bien que yo visite muchos
+en diferentes partes, e son mayores e mas largos que no los de su
+religion sin comparasion." Idem, Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 33: "Todos los dichos tributos y servicios que el Inga
+imponia y llevaba como dicho es eran con color y para efecto del
+govierno y pro comun de todos asi como lo que se ponia en
+depositos todo se combertia y distribuia entre los mismos
+naturales." Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 34: Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 15.
+
+"No podre decir," says one of the Conquerors, "los depositos.
+Vide de rropas y de todos generos de rropas y vestidos que en
+este reino se hacian y vsavan que faltava tiempo para vello y
+entendimiento para comprender tanta cosa, muchos depositos de
+barretas de cobre para las minas y de costales y sogas de vasos
+de palo y platos del oro y plata que aqui se hallo hera cosa
+despanto." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 35: For ten years, sometimes, if we may credit
+Ondegardo, who had every means of knowing.  "E ansi cuando no era
+menester se estaba en los depositos e habia algunas vezes comida
+de diez anos. . . . . . Los cuales todos se hallaron Ilenos
+cuando Ilegaron los Espanoles desto y de todas las cosas
+necesarias para la vida humana" Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 36: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.
+
+"Por tanta orden e cuenta que seria dificultoso creerlo ni darlo
+a entender como ellos lo tienen en su cuenta e por registros e
+por menudo lo manifestaron que se pudiera por estenso." Idem,
+Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+Such are some of the most remarkable features of the Peruvian
+institutions relating to property, as delineated by writers who,
+however contradictory in the details, have a general conformity
+of outline.  These institutions are certainly so remarkable, that
+it is hardly credible they should ever have been enforced
+throughout a great empire, and for a long period of years.  Yet
+we have the most unequivocal testimony to the fact from the
+Spaniards, who landed in Peru in time to witness their operation;
+some of whom, men of high judicial station and character, were
+commissioned by the government to make investigations into the
+state of the country under its ancient rulers.
+
+The impositions on the Peruvian people seem to have been
+sufficiently heavy.  On them rested the whole burden of
+maintaining, not only their own order, but every other order in
+the state.  The members of the royal house, the great nobles,
+even the public functionaries, and the numerous body of the
+priesthood, were all exempt from taxation. *37 The whole duty of
+defraying the expenses of the government belonged to the people.
+Yet this was not materially different from the condition of
+things formerly existing in most parts of Europe, where the
+various privileged classes claimed exemption - not always with
+success, indeed - from bearing part of the public burdens.  The
+great hardship in the case of the Peruvian was, that he could not
+better his condition.  His labors were for others, rather than
+for himself.  However industrious, he could not add a rood to his
+own possessions, nor advance himself one hair's breadth in the
+social scale.  The great and universal motive to honest industry,
+that of bettering one's lot, was lost upon him. The great law of
+human progress was not for him.  As he was born, so he was to
+die.  Even his time he could not properly call his own.  Without
+money, with little property of any kind, he paid his taxes in
+labor. *38 No wonder that the government should have dealt with
+sloth as a crime.  It was a crime against the state, and to be
+wasteful of time was, in a manner, to rob the exchequer.  The
+Peruvian, laboring all his life for others, might be compared to
+the convict in a treadmill, going the same dull round of
+incessant toil, with the consciousness, that, however profitable
+the results to the state, they were nothing to him.
+
+[Footnote 37: Garcilasso. Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 15.]
+
+[Footnote 38: "Solo el trabajo de las personas era el tributo que
+se dava, porque ellos no poseian otra cosa." Ondegardo, Rel.
+Prim., Ms.]
+But this is the dark side of the picture.  If no man could become
+rich in Peru, no man could become poor.  No spendthrift could
+waste his substance in riotous luxury.  No adventurous schemer
+could impoverish his family by the spirit of speculation.  The
+law was constantly directed to enforce a steady industry and a
+sober management of his affairs.  No mendicant was tolerated in
+Peru.  When a man was reduced by poverty or misfortune, (it could
+hardly be by fault,) the arm of the law was stretched out to
+minister relief; not the stinted relief of private charity, nor
+that which is doled out, drop by drop, as it were, from the
+frozen reservoirs of "the parish," but in generous measure,
+bringing no humiliation to the object of it, and placing him on a
+level with the rest of his countrymen. *39
+
+[Footnote 39: "Era tanta la orden que tenia en todos sus Reinos y
+provincias, que no consentia haver ningun Indio pobre ni
+menesteroso, porque havia orden i formas para ello sin que los
+pueblos reciviesen vexacion ni molestia, porque el Inga lo suplia
+de sus tributos." (Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.) The Licentiate
+Ondegardo sees only a device of Satan in these provisions of the
+Peruvian law, by which the old, the infirm, and the poor were
+rendered, in a manner, independent of their children, and those
+nearest of kin, on whom they would naturally have leaned for
+support; no surer way to harden the heart, he considers, than by
+thus disengaging it from the sympathies of humanity; and no
+circumstance has done more, he concludes, to counteract the
+influence and spread of Christianity among the natives.  (Rel.
+Seg., Ms.) The views are ingenious, but, in a country where the
+people had no property, as in Peru, there would seem to be no
+alternative for the supernumeraries, but to receive support from
+government or to starve.]
+
+No man could be rich, no man could be poor, in Peru; but all
+might enjoy, and did enjoy, a competence.  Ambition, avarice, the
+love of change, the morbid spirit of discontent, those passions
+which most agitate the minds of men, found no place in the bosom
+of the Peruvian.  The very condition of his being seemed to be at
+war with change.  He moved on in the same unbroken circle in
+which his fathers had moved before him, and in which his children
+were to follow.  It was the object of the Incas to infuse into
+their subjects a spirit of passive obedience and tranquillity, -
+a perfect acquiescence in the established order of things.  In
+this they fully succeeded.  The Spaniards who first visited the
+country are emphatic in their testimony, that no government could
+have been better suited to the genius of the people; and no
+people could have appeared more contented with their lot, or more
+devoted to their government. *40
+
+[Footnote 40: Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 12, 15. - Sarmiento, Relacion,
+Ms., cap. 10]
+
+Those who may distrust the accounts of Peruvian industry will
+find their doubts removed on a visit to the country.  The
+traveller still meets, especially in the central regions of the
+table-land, with memorials of the past, remains of temples,
+palaces, fortresses, terraced mountains, great military roads,
+aqueducts, and other public works, which, whatever degree of
+science they may display in their execution, astonish him by
+their number, the massive character of the materials, and the
+grandeur of the design. Among them, perhaps the most remarkable
+are the great roads, the broken remains of which are still in
+sufficient preservation to attest their former magnificence.
+There were many of these roads, traversing different parts of the
+kingdom; but the most considerable were the two which extended
+from Quito to Cuzco, and, again diverging from the capital,
+continued in a southern direction towards Chili.
+
+One of these roads passed over the grand plateau, and the other
+along the lowlands on the borders of the ocean.  The former was
+much the more difficult achievement, from the character of the
+country.  It was conducted over pathless sierras buried in snow;
+galleries were cut for leagues through the living rock; rivers
+were crossed by means of bridges that swung suspended in the air;
+precipices were scaled by stairways hewn out of the native bed;
+ravines of hideous depth were filled up with solid masonry; in
+short, all the difficulties that beset a wild and mountainous
+region, and which might appall the most courageous engineer of
+modern times, were encountered and successfully overcome.  The
+length of the road, of which scattered fragments only remain, is
+variously estimated, from fifteen hundred to two thousand miles;
+and stone pillars, in the manner of European milestones, were
+erected at stated intervals of somewhat more than a league, all
+along the route.  Its breadth scarcely exceeded twenty feet. *41
+It was built of heavy flags of freestone, and in some parts, at
+least, covered with a bituminous cement, which time has made
+harder than the stone itself.  In some places, where the ravines
+had been filled up with masonry, the mountain torrents, wearing
+on it for ages, have gradually eaten a way through the base, and
+left the superincumbent mass - such is the cohesion of the
+materials - still spanning the valley like an arch! *42
+
+[Footnote 41: Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms.
+
+"Este camino hecho por valles ondos y por sierras altas, por
+montes de nieve, por tremedales de agua y por pena viva y junto a
+rios furiosos por estas partes y ballano y empedrado por las
+laderas, bien sacado por las sierras, deshechado, por las penas
+socavado, por junto a los Rios sus paredes, entre nieves con
+escalones y descanso, por todas partes limpio barrido
+descombrado, lleno de aposentos, de depositos de tesoros, de
+Templos del Sol, de Postas que havia en este camino." Sarmiento,
+Relacion, Ms., cap. 60.]
+
+[Footnote 42: "On avait comble les vides et les ravins par de
+grandes masses de maconnerie.  Les torrents qui descendent des
+hauteurs apres des pluies abondantes, avaient creuse les endroits
+les moins solides, et s'etaient fraye une voie sous le chemin, le
+laissant ainsi suspendu en l'air comme un pont fait d'une seule
+piece." (Velasco, Hist. de Quito, tom. l. p. 206.) This writer
+speaks from personal observation, having examined and measured
+different parts of the road, in the latter part of the road, in
+the latter part of the last century.  The Spanish scholar will
+find in Appendix, No. 2., an animated description of this
+magnificent work, and of the obstacles encountered in the
+execution of it, in a passage borrowed from Sarmiento, who saw it
+in the days of the Incas.]
+
+Over some of the boldest streams it was necessary to construct
+suspension bridges, as they are termed, made of the tough fibres
+of the maguey, or of the osier of the country, which has an
+extraordinary degree of tenacity and strength.  These osiers were
+woven into cables of the thickness of a man's body.  The huge
+ropes, then stretched across the water, were conducted through
+rings or holes cut in immense buttresses of stone raised on the
+opposite banks of the river, and there secured to heavy pieces of
+timber.  Several of these enormous cables, bound together, formed
+a bridge, which, covered with planks, well secured and defended
+by a railing of the same osier materials on the sides, afforded a
+safe passage for the traveller. The length of this aerial bridge,
+sometimes exceeding two hundred feet, caused it, confined, as it
+was, only at the extremities, to dip with an alarming inclination
+towards the centre, while the motion given to it by the passenger
+occasioned an oscillation still more frightful, as his eye
+wandered over the dark abyss of waters that foamed and tumbled
+many a fathom beneath. Yet these light and fragile fabrics were
+crossed without fear by the Peruvians, and are still retained by
+the Spaniards over those streams which, from the depth or
+impetuosity of the current, would seem impracticable for the
+usual modes of conveyance.  The wider and more tranquil waters
+were crossed on balsas - a kind of raft still much used by the
+natives - to which sails were attached, furnishing the only
+instance of this higher kind of navigation among the American
+Indians. *43
+
+[Footnote 43: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 3, cap. 7.
+A particular account of these bridges, as they are still to be
+seen in different parts of Peru, may be found in Humboldt.  (Vues
+des Cordilleres, p. 230, et seq.) The balsas are described with
+equal minuteness by Stevenson. Residence in America, vol. II. p.
+222. et seq.]
+
+The other great road of the Incas lay through the level country
+between the Andes and the ocean.  It was constructed in a
+different manner, as demanded by the nature of the ground, which
+was for the most part low, and much of it sandy.  The causeway
+was raised on a high embankment of earth, and defended on either
+side by a parapet or wall of clay; and trees and odoriferous
+shrubs were planted along the margin, regaling the sense of the
+traveller with their perfumes, and refreshing him by their
+shades, so grateful under the burning sky of the tropics.  In the
+strips of sandy waste, which occasionally intervened, where the
+light and volatile soil was incapable of sustaining a road, huge
+piles, many of them to be seen at this day, were driven into the
+ground to indicate the route to the traveller. *44
+
+[Footnote 44: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 60. - Relacion del
+Primer Descubrimiento de la Costa y Mar del Sur, Ms.
+
+This anonymous document of one of the early Conquerors contains a
+minute and probably trustworthy account of both the high roads,
+which the writer saw in their glory, and which he ranks among the
+greatest wonders of the world.]
+
+All along these highways, caravansaries, or tambos, as they were
+called, were erected, at the distance of ten or twelve miles from
+each other, for the accommodation, more particularly, of the Inca
+and his suite, and those who journeyed on the public business.
+There were few other travellers in Peru. Some of these buildings
+were on an extensive scale, consisting of a fortress, barracks,
+and other military works, surrounded by a parapet of stone, and
+covering a large tract of ground.  These were evidently destined
+for the accommodation of the imperial armies, when on their march
+across the country. - The care of the great roads was committed
+to the districts through which they passed, and a large number of
+hands was constantly employed under the Incas to keep them in
+repair.  This was the more easily done in a country where the
+mode of travelling was altogether on foot; though the roads are
+said to have been so nicely constructed, that a carriage might
+have rolled over them as securely as on any of the great roads of
+Europe. *45 Still, in a region where the elements of fire and
+water are both actively at work in the business of destruction,
+they must, without constant supervision, have gradually gone to
+decay.  Such has been their fate under the Spanish conquerors,
+who took no care to enforce the admirable system for their
+preservation adopted by the Incas.  Yet the broken portions that
+still survive, here and there, like the fragments of the great
+Roman roads scattered over Europe, bear evidence to their
+primitive grandeur, and have drawn forth the eulogium from a
+discriminating traveller, usually not too profuse in his
+panegyric, that "the roads of the Incas were among the most
+useful and stupendous works ever executed by man." *46
+
+[Footnote 45: Relacion del Primer Descub., Ms. - Cieza de Leon,
+Cronica, cap. 37. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 11. -
+Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 9, cap. 13.]
+
+[Footnote 46: "Cette chaussee, bordee de grandes pierres de
+taille, puet etre comparee aux plus belles routes des Romains que
+j'aie vues en Italie, en France et en Espagne . . . . . . Le
+grand chemin de l'Inca, un des ouvrages les plus utiles, et en
+meme temps des plus gigantesques que les hommes aient execute."
+Humboldt, Vues des Cordilleres, p. 294.]
+
+The system of communication through their dominions was still
+further improved by the Peruvian sovereigns, by the introduction
+of posts, in the same manner as was done by the Aztecs.  The
+Peruvian posts, however, established on all the great routes that
+conducted to the capital, were on a much more extended plan than
+those in Mexico.  All along these routes, small buildings were
+erected, at the distance of less than five miles asunder, *47 in
+each of which a number of runners, or chasquis, as they were
+called, were stationed to carry forward the despatches of
+government. *48 These despatches were either verbal, or conveyed
+by means of quipus, and sometimes accompanied by a thread of the
+crimson fringe worn round the temples of the Inca, which was
+regarded with the same implicit deference as the signet ring of
+an Oriental despot. *49
+
+[Footnote 47: The distance between the posthouses is variously
+stated; most writers not estimating it at more than three fourths
+of a league.  I have preferred the authority of Ondegardo, who
+usually writes with more conscientiousness and knowledge of his
+ground than most of his contemporaries.]
+
+[Footnote 48: The term chasqui, according to Montesinos,
+signifies "one that receives a thing." (Me. Antiguas, Ms., cap.
+7) But Garcilasso, a better authority for his own tongue, says it
+meant "one who makes an exchange." Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 6,
+cap. 8.]
+
+[Footnote 49: "Con vn hilo de esta Borla, entregado a uno de
+aquellos Orejones, governaban la Tierra, i proveian lo que
+querian con maior obediencia, que en ninguna Provincia del Mundo
+se ha visto tener a las Provissiones de su Rei." Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 9.]
+
+The chasquis were dressed in a peculiar livery, intimating their
+profession.  They were all trained to the employment, and
+selected for their speed and fidelity.  As the distance each
+courier had to perform was small, and as he had ample time to
+refresh himself at the stations, they ran over the ground with
+great swiftness, and messages were carried through the whole
+extent of the long routes, at the rate of a hundred and fifty
+miles a day. The office of the chasquis was not limited to
+carrying despatches.  They frequently brought various articles
+for the use of the Court; and in this way, fish from the distant
+ocean, fruits, game, and different commodities from the hot
+regions on the coast, were taken to the capital in good
+condition, and served fresh at the royal table. *50 It is
+remarkable that this important institution should have been known
+to both the Mexicans and the Peruvians without any correspondence
+with one another; and that it should have been found among two
+barbarian nations of the New World, long before it was introduced
+among the civilized nations of Europe. *51
+
+[Footnote 50: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 18. - Dec. de la
+Aud. Real., Ms.
+
+If we may trust Montesinos, the royal table was served with fish,
+taken a hundred leagues from the capital, in twenty-four hours
+after it was drawn from the ocean! (Men. Antiguas, Ms., lib. 2,
+cap. 7.) This is rather too expeditious for any thing but
+rail-cars.]
+
+[Footnote 51: The institution of the Peruvian posts seems to have
+made a great impression on the minds of the Spaniards who first
+visited the country; and ample notices of it may be found in
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 15. - Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms. -
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 5. - Conq. i
+Pob. del Piru, Ms., et auct. plurimis.
+
+The establishment of posts is of old date among the Chinese, and,
+probably, still older among the Persians.  (See Herodotus, Hist.,
+Urania, sec. 98.) It is singular, that an invention designed for
+the uses of a despotic government should have received its full
+application only under a free one. For in it we have the germ of
+that beautiful system of intercommunication, which binds all the
+nations of Christendom together as one vast commonwealth.]
+By these wise contrivances of the Incas, the most distant parts
+of the long-extended empire of Peru were brought into intimate
+relations with each other.  And while the capitals of
+Christendom, but a few hundred miles apart, remained as far
+asunder as if seas had rolled between them, the great capitals
+Cuzco and Quito were placed by the high roads of the Incas in
+immediate correspondence.  Intelligence from the numerous
+provinces was transmitted on the wings of the wind to the
+Peruvian metropolis, the great focus to which all the lines of
+communication converged.  Not an insurrectionary movement could
+occur, not an invasion on the remotest frontier, before the
+tidings were conveyed to the capital, and the imperial armies
+were on their march across the magnificent roads of the country
+to suppress it.  So admirable was the machinery contrived by the
+American despots for maintaining tranquillity throughout their
+dominions!  It may remind us of the similar institutions of
+ancient Rome, when, under the Caesars, she was mistress of half
+the world.
+
+A principal design of the great roads was to serve the purposes
+of military communication.  It formed an important item of their
+military policy, which is quite as well worth studying as their
+municipal.
+
+Notwithstanding the pacific professions of the Incas, and the
+pacific tendency, indeed, of their domestic institutions, they
+were constantly at war. It was by war that their paltry territory
+had been gradually enlarged to a powerful empire.  When this was
+achieved, the capital, safe in its central position, was no
+longer shaken by these military movements, and the country
+enjoyed, in a great degree, the blessings of tranquillity and
+order. But, however tranquil at heart, there is not a reign upon
+record in which the nation was not engaged in war against the
+barbarous nations on the frontier. Religion furnished a plausible
+pretext for incessant aggression, and disguised the lust of
+conquest in the Incas, probably, from their own eyes, as well as
+from those of their subjects.  Like the followers of Mahomet,
+bearing the sword in one hand and the Koran in the other, the
+Incas of Peru offered no alternative but the worship of the Sun
+or war.
+
+It is true, their fanaticism - or their policy - showed itself in
+a milder form than was found in the descendants of the Prophet.
+Like the great luminary which they adored, they operated by
+gentleness more potent than violence. *52 They sought to soften
+the hearts of the rude tribes around them, and melt them by acts
+of condescension and kindness.  Far from provoking hostilities,
+they allowed time for the salutary example of their own
+institutions to work its effect, trusting that their less
+civilized neighbours would submit to their sceptre, from a
+conviction of the blessings it would secure to them.  When this
+course failed, they employed other measures, but still of a
+pacific character; and endeavoured by negotiation, by
+conciliatory treatment, and by presents to the leading men, to
+win them over to their dominion.  In short, they practised all
+the arts familiar to the most subtle politician of a civilized
+land to secure the acquisition of empire.  When all these
+expedients failed, they prepared for war.
+
+[Footnote 52: "Mas se hicieron Senores al za." Ondegardo, Rel.
+Prim., principio por mana, que por fuer- Ms.]
+
+Their levies were drawn from all the different provinces; though
+from some, where the character of the people was particularly
+hardy, more than from others. *53 It seems probable that every
+Peruvian, who had reached a certain age, might be called to bear
+arms.  But the rotation of military service, and the regular
+drills, which took place twice or thrice in a month, of the
+inhabitants of every village, raised the soldiers generally above
+the rank of a raw militia.  The Peruvian army, at first
+inconsiderable, came, with the increase of population, in the
+latter days of the empire, to be very large, so that their
+monarchs could bring into the field, as contemporaries assure us,
+a force amounting to two hundred thousand men.  They showed the
+same skill and respect for order in their military organization,
+as in other things.  The troops were divided into bodies
+corresponding with out battalions and companies, led by officers,
+that rose, in regular gradation, from the lowest subaltern to the
+Inca noble, who was intrusted with the general command. *54
+
+[Footnote 53: Idem, Rel. Prim., Ms. - Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 54: Gomara, Cronica, cap. 195 - Conq. i Pob. del Piru,
+Ms.]
+
+Their arms consisted of the usual weapons employed by nations,
+whether civilized or uncivilized, before the invention of powder,
+- bows and arrows, lances, darts, a short kind of sword, a
+battle-axe or partisan, and slings, with which they were very
+expert.  Their spears and arrows were tipped with copper, or,
+more commonly, with bone, and the weapons of the Inca lords were
+frequently mounted with gold or silver.  Their heads were
+protected by casques made either of wood or of the skins of wild
+animals, and sometimes richly decorated with metal and with
+precious stones, surmounted by the brilliant plumage of the
+tropical birds.  These, of course, were the ornaments only of the
+higher orders.  The great mass of the soldiery were dressed in
+the peculiar costume of their provinces, and their heads were
+wreathed with a sort of turban or roll of different-colored
+cloths, that produced a gay and animating effect.  Their
+defensive armor consisted of a shield or buckler, and a close
+tunic of quilted cotton, in the same manner as with the Mexicans.
+Each company had its particular banner, and the imperial
+standard, high above all, displayed the glittering device of the
+rainbow, - the armorial ensign of the Incas, intimating their
+claims as children of the skies. *55
+
+[Footnote 55: Gomara, Cronica, ubi supra. - Sarmiento, Relacion,
+Ms., cap. 20. - Velasco, Hist. de Quito, tom. I. pp. 176-179.
+
+This last writer gives a minute catalogue of the ancient Peruvian
+arms, comprehending nearly every thing familiar to the European
+soldier, except fire-arms.  - It was judicious in him to omit
+these.]
+
+By means of the thorough system of communication established in
+the country, a short time sufficed to draw the levies together
+from the most distant quarters.  The army was put under the
+direction of some experienced chief, of the blood royal, or, more
+frequently, headed by the Inca in person. The march was rapidly
+performed, and with little fatigue to the soldier; for, all along
+the great routes, quarters were provided for him, at regular
+distances, where he could find ample accommodations.  The country
+is still covered with the remains of military works, constructed
+of porphyry or granite, which tradition assures us were designed
+to lodge the Inca and his army. *56
+
+[Footnote 56: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 11. -
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 60.
+
+Condamine speaks of the great number of these fortified places,
+scattered over the country between Quito and Lima, which he saw
+in his visit to South America in 1737; some of which he has
+described with great minuteness. Memoire sur Quelques Anciens
+Monumens du Perou, du Tems des Incas, ap. Histoire de l'Academie
+Royale des Sciences et de Belles Lettres, (Berlin, 1748,) tom.
+II. p. 438.]
+
+At regular intervals, also, magazines were established, filled
+with grain, weapons, and the different munitions of war, with
+which the army was supplied on its march.  It was the especial
+care of the government to see that these magazines, which were
+furnished from the stores of the Incas, were always well filled.
+When the Spaniards invaded the country, they supported their own
+armies for a long time on the provisions found in them. *57 The
+Peruvian soldier was forbidden to commit any trespass on the
+property of the inhabitants whose territory lay in the line of
+march.  Any violation of this order was punished with death. *58
+The soldier was clothed and fed by the industry of the people,
+and the Incas rightly resolved that he should not repay this by
+violence.  Far from being a tax on the labors of the husbandman,
+or even a burden on his hospitality, the imperial armies
+traversed the country, from one extremity to the other, with as
+little inconvenience to the inhabitants, as would be created by a
+procession of peaceful burghers, or a muster of holiday soldiers
+for a review.
+
+[Footnote 57: "E ansi cuando," says Ondegardo, speaking from his
+own personal knowledge, "el Senor Presidente Gasca passo con la
+gente de castigo de Gonzalo Pizarro por el valle de Jauja, estuvo
+alli siete semanas a lo que me acuerdo, se hallaron en deposito
+maiz de cuatro y de tres y de dos anos mas de 15 hanegas junto al
+camino, e alli comio la gente, y se entendio que si fuera
+menester muchas mas no faltaran en el valle en aquellos
+depositos, conforme a la orden antigua, porque a mi cargo estubo
+el repartirlas y hacer la cuenta para pagarlas." Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 58: Pedro Pizarro, Descub.  y Conq., Ms. - Cieza de
+Leon, Cronica, cap. 44. - Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 14.]
+
+From the moment war was proclaimed, the Peruvian monarch used all
+possible expedition in assembling his forces, that he might
+anticipate the movements of his enemies, and prevent a
+combination with their allies.  It was, however, from the neglect
+of such a principle of combination, that the several nations of
+the country, who might have prevailed by confederated strength,
+fell one after another under the imperial yoke.  Yet, once in the
+field, the Inca did not usually show any disposition to push his
+advantages to the utmost, and urge his foe to extremity.  In
+every stage of the war, he was open to propositions for peace;
+and although he sought to reduce his enemies by carrying off
+their harvests and distressing them by famine, he allowed his
+troops to commit no unnecessary outrage on person or property.
+"We must spare our enemies," one of the Peruvian princes is
+quoted as saying, "or it will be our loss, since they and all
+that belongs to them must soon be ours." *59 It was a wise maxim,
+and, like most other wise maxims, founded equally on benevolence
+and prudence.  The Incas adopted the policy claimed for the
+Romans by their countryman, who tells us that they gained more by
+clemency to the vanquished than by their victories. *60
+
+[Footnote 59: "Mandabase que en los mantenimientos y casas de los
+enemigos se hiciese poco dano, diciendoles el Senor, presto seran
+estos nuestros como los que ya lo son; como esto tenian conocido,
+procuraban que la guerra fuese la mas liviana que ser pudiese."
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 14.]
+
+[Footnote 60: "Plus pene parcendo victis, quam vincendo imperium
+auxisse.' Livy, lib. 30, cap. 42.]
+
+In the same considerate spirit, they were most careful to provide
+for the security and comfort of their own troops; and, when a war
+was long protracted, or the climate proved unhealthy, they took
+care to relieve their men by frequent reinforcements, allowing
+the earlier recruits to return to their homes. *61 But while thus
+economical of life, both in their own followers and in the enemy,
+they did not shrink from sterner measures when provoked by the
+ferocious or obstinate character of the resistance; and the
+Peruvian annals contain more than one of those sanguinary pages
+which cannot be pondered at the present day without a shudder.
+It should be added, that the beneficent policy, which I have been
+delineating as characteristic of the Incas, did not belong to
+all; and that there was more than one of the royal line who
+displayed a full measure of the bold and unscrupulous spirit of
+the vulgar conqueror.
+
+[Footnote 61: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 18.]
+The first step of the government, after the reduction of a
+country, was to introduce there the worship of the Sun.  Temples
+were erected, and placed under the care of a numerous priesthood,
+who expounded to the conquered people the mysteries of their new
+faith, and dazzled them by the display of its rich and stately
+ceremonial. *62 Yet the religion of the conquered was not treated
+with dishonor.  The Sun was to be worshipped above all; but the
+images of their gods were removed to Cuzco and established in one
+of the temples, to hold their rank among the inferior deities of
+the Peruvian Pantheon.  Here they remained as hostages, in some
+sort, for the conquered nation, which would be the less inclined
+to forsake its allegiance, when by doing so it must leave its own
+gods in the hands of its enemies. *63
+
+[Footnote 62: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 14.]
+
+[Footnote 63: Acosta, lib. 5, cap. 12. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 12.]
+
+The Incas provided for the settlement of their new conquests, by
+ordering a census to be taken of the population, and a careful
+survey to be made of the country, ascertaining its products, and
+the character and capacity of its soil. *64 A division of the
+territory was then made on the same principle with that adopted
+throughout their own kingdom; and their respective portions were
+assigned to the Sun, the sovereign, and the people. The amount of
+the last was regulated by the amount of the population, but the
+share of each individual was uniformly the same.  It may seem
+strange, that any people should patiently have acquiesced in an
+arrangement which involved such a total surrender of property.
+But it was a conquered nation that did so, held in awe, on the
+least suspicion of meditating resistance, by armed garrisons, who
+were established at various commanding points throughout the
+country. *65 It is probable, too, that the Incas made no greater
+changes than was essential to the new arrangement, and that they
+assigned estates, as far as possible, to their former
+proprietors.  The curacas, in particular, were confirmed in their
+ancient authority; or, when it was found expedient to depose the
+existing curaca, his rightful heir was allowed to succeed him.
+*66 Every respect was shown to the ancient usages and laws of the
+land, as far as was compatible with the fundamental institutions
+of the Incas.  It must also be remembered, that the conquered
+tribes were, many of them, too little advanced in civilization to
+possess that attachment to the soil which belongs to a cultivated
+nation. *67 But, to whatever it be referred, it seems probable
+that the extraordinary institutions of the Incas were established
+with little opposition in the conquered territories. *68
+
+[Footnote 64: Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 13, 14. - Sarmiento,
+Relacion, Ms., cap. 15.]
+
+[Footnote 65: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 19.]
+
+[Footnote 66: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 2, lib. 3, cap.
+11.]
+
+[Footnote 67: Sarmiento has given a very full and interesting
+account of the singularly humane policy observed by the Incas in
+their conquests, forming a striking contrast with the usual
+course of those scourges of mankind, whom mankind are wise enough
+to requite with higher admiration, even, than it bestows on its
+benefactors.  As Sarmiento, who was President of the Royal
+Council of the Indies, and came into the country soon after the
+Conquest, is a high authority, and as his work, lodged in the
+dark recesses of the Escurial, is almost unknown, I have
+transferred the whole chapter to Appendix, No. 3.]
+
+[Footnote 68: According to Velasco, even the powerful state of
+Quito, sufficiently advanced in civilization to have the law of
+property well recognized by its people, admitted the institutions
+of the Incas "not only without repugnance, but with joy." (Hist.
+de Quito, tom. II. p. 183.) But Velasco, a modern authority,
+believed easily, - or reckoned on his readers' doing so.]
+
+Yet the Peruvian sovereigns did not trust altogether to this show
+of obedience in their new vassals; and, to secure it more
+effectually, they adopted some expedients too remarkable to be
+passed by in silence. - Immediately after a recent conquest, the
+curacas and their families were removed for a time to Cuzco.
+Here they learned the language of the capital, became familiar
+with the manners and usages of the court, as well as with the
+general policy of government, and experienced such marks of favor
+from the sovereign as would be most grateful to their feelings,
+and might attach them most warmly to his person.  Under the
+influence of these sentiments, they were again sent to rule over
+their vassals, but still leaving their eldest sons in the
+capital, to remain there as a guaranty for their own fidelity, as
+well as to grace the court of the Inca. *69
+
+
+[Footnote 69: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 12;
+lib. 7, cap. 2.]
+
+Another expedient was of a bolder and more original character.
+This was nothing less than to revolutionize the language of the
+country.  South America, like North, was broken up into a great
+variety of dialects, or rather languages, having little affinity
+with one another.  This circumstance occasioned great
+embarrassment to the government in the administration of the
+different provinces, with whose idioms they were unacquainted.
+It was determined, therefore, to substitute one universal
+language, the Quichua, - the language of the court, the capital,
+and the surrounding country, - the richest and most comprehensive
+of the South American dialects.  Teachers were provided in the
+towns and villages throughout the land, who were to give
+instruction to all, even the humblest classes; and it was
+intimated at the same time, that no one should be raised to any
+office of dignity or profit, who was unacquainted with this
+tongue.  The curacas and other chiefs, who attended at the
+capital, became familiar with this dialect in their intercourse
+with the Court, and, on their return home, set the example of
+conversing in it among themselves.  This example was imitated by
+their followers, and the Quichua gradually became the language of
+elegance and fashion, in the same manner as the Norman French was
+affected by all those who aspired to any consideration in
+England, after the Conquest.  By this means, while each province
+retained its peculiar tongue, a beautiful medium of communication
+was introduced, which enabled the inhabitants of one part of the
+country to hold intercourse with every other, and the Inca and
+his deputies to communicate with all.  This was the state of
+things on the arrival of the Spaniards.  It must be admitted,
+that history furnishes few examples of more absolute authority
+than such a revolution in the language of an empire, at the
+bidding of a master. *70
+
+[Footnote 70: Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 35; lib. 7, cap. 1, 2.
+- Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms. - Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 55.
+
+"Aun la Criatura no hubiese dejado el Pecho de su Madre quando le
+comenzasen a mostrar la Lengua que havia de saber; y aunque al
+principio fue dificultoso, e muchos se pusieron en no quere
+deprender mas lenguas de las suyas propias, los Reyes pudieron
+tanto que salieron con su intencion y ellos tubieron por bien de
+cumplir su mandado y tan de veras se entendio en ello que en
+tiempo de pocos anos se savia y usaba una lengua en mas de mil y
+doscientas leguas." Ibid., cap. 21.]
+
+Yet little less remarkable was another device of the Incas for
+securing the loyalty of their subjects.  When any portion of the
+recent conquests showed a pertinacious spirit of disaffection, it
+was not uncommon to cause a part of the population, amounting, it
+might be, to ten thousand inhabitants or more, to remove to a
+distant quarter of the kingdom, occupied by ancient vassals of
+undoubted fidelity to the crown.  A like number of these last was
+transplanted to the territory left vacant by the emigrants.  By
+this exchange, the population was composed of two distinct races,
+who regarded each other with an eye of jealousy, that served as
+an effectual check on any mutinous proceeding.  In time, the
+influence of the well-affected prevailed, supported, as they
+were, by royal authority, and by the silent working of the
+national institutions, to which the strange races became
+gradually accustomed.  A spirit of loyalty sprang up by degrees
+in their bosoms, and, before a generation had passed away, the
+different tribes mingled in harmony together as members of the
+same community. *71 Yet the different races continued to be
+distinguished by difference of dress; since, by the law of the
+land, every citizen was required to wear the costume of his
+native province. *72 Neither could the colonist, who had been
+thus unceremoniously transplanted, return to his native district.
+For, by another law, it was forbidden to any one to change his
+residence without license. *73 He was settled for life.  The
+Peruvian government prescribed to every man his local habitation,
+his sphere of action, nay, the very nature and quality of that
+action.  He ceased to be a free agent; it might be almost said,
+that it relieved him of personal responsibility.
+
+[Footnote 71: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms. - Fernandez, Hist. del
+Peru, Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 11.]
+
+[Footnote 72: "This regulation," says Father Acosta, "the Incas
+held to be of great importance to the order and right government
+of the realm." lib. 6, cap. 16.]
+
+[Footnote 73: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+In following out this singular arrangement, the Incas showed as
+much regard for the comfort and convenience of the colonist as
+was compatible with the execution of their design.  They were
+careful that the mitimaes, as these emigrants were styled, should
+be removed to climates most congenial with their own.  The
+inhabitants of the cold countries were not transplanted to the
+warm, nor the inhabitants of the warm countries to the cold. *74
+Even their habitual occupations were consulted, and the fisherman
+was settled in the neighbourhood of the ocean, or the great
+lakes; while such lands were assigned to the husbandman as were
+best adapted to the culture with which he was most familiar. *75
+And, as migration by many, perhaps by most, would be regarded as
+a calamity, the government was careful to show particular marks
+of favor to the mitimaes, and, by various privileges and
+immunities, to ameliorate their condition, and thus to reconcile
+them, if possible, to their lot. *76
+
+[Footnote 74: "Trasmutaban de las tales Provincias la cantidad de
+gente de que de ella parecia convenir que saliese, a los cuales
+mandaban pasar a poblar otra tierra del temple y manera de donde
+salian, si fria fria, si caliente caliente, en donde les daban
+tierras, y campos, y casas, tanto, y mas como dejaron."
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 19.]
+
+[Footnote 75: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 76: The descendants of these mitimaes are still to be
+found in Quito, or were so at the close of the last century,
+according to Velasco, distinguished by this name from the rest of
+the population.  Hist. de Quito, tom.l. p. 175.]
+
+The Peruvian institutions, though they may have been modified and
+matured under successive sovereigns, all bear the stamp of the
+same original, - were all cast in the same mould.  The empire,
+strengthening and enlarging at every successive epoch of its
+history, was, in its latter days, but the development, on a great
+scale, of what it was in miniature at its commencement, as the
+infant germ is said to contain within itself all the
+ramifications of the future monarch of the forest.  Each
+succeeding Inca seemed desirous only to tread in the path, and
+carry out the plans, of his predecessor.  Great enterprises,
+commenced under one, were continued by another, and completed by
+a third.  Thus, while all acted on a regular plan, without any of
+the eccentric or retrograde movements which betray the agency of
+different individuals, the state seemed to be under the direction
+of a single hand, and steadily pursued, as if through one long
+reign, its great career of civilization and of conquest.
+
+The ultimate aim of its institutions was domestic quiet.  But it
+seemed as if this were to be obtained only by foreign war.
+Tranquillity in the heart of the monarchy, and war on its
+borders, was the condition of Peru. By this war it gave
+occupation to a part of its people, and, by the reduction and
+civilization of its barbarous neighbours, gave security to all.
+Every Inca sovereign, however mild and benevolent in his domestic
+rule, was a warrior, and led his armies in person.  Each
+successive reign extended still wider the boundaries of the
+empire.  Year after year saw the victorious monarch return laden
+with spoils, and followed by a throng of tributary chieftains to
+his capital.  His reception there was a Roman triumph.  The whole
+of its numerous population poured out to welcome him, dressed in
+the gay and picturesque costumes of the different provinces, with
+banners waving above their heads, and strewing branches and
+flowers along the path of the conqueror.  The Inca, borne aloft
+in his golden chair on the shoulders of his nobles, moved in
+solemn procession, under the triumphal arches that were thrown
+across the way, to the great temple of the Sun.  There, without
+attendants, - for all but the monarch were excluded from the
+hallowed precincts, - the victorious prince, stripped of his
+royal insignia, barefooted, and with all humility, approached the
+awful shrine, and offered up sacrifice and thanksgiving to the
+glorious Deity who presided over the fortunes of the Incas.  This
+ceremony concluded, the whole population gave itself up to
+festivity; music, revelry, and dancing were heard in every
+quarter of the capital, and illuminations and bonfires
+commemorated the victorious campaign of the Inca, and the
+accession of a new territory to his empire. *77
+
+[Footnote 77: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., Parte 1, lib. 3, cap. 11,
+17; lib. 6 cap. 55. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., cap. 16.]
+
+In this celebration we see much of the character of a religious
+festival. Indeed, the character of religion was impressed on all
+the Peruvian wars.  The life of an Inca was one long crusade
+against the infidel, to spread wide the worship of the Sun, to
+reclaim the benighted nations from their brutish superstitions,
+and impart to them the blessings of a well-regulated government.
+This, in the favorite phrase of our day, was the "mission" of the
+Inca.  It was also the mission of the Christian conqueror who
+invaded the empire of this same Indian potentate.  Which of the
+two executed his mission most faithfully, history must decide.
+
+Yet the Peruvian monarchs did not show a childish impatience in
+the acquisition of empire.  They paused after a campaign, and
+allowed time for the settlement of one conquest before they
+undertook another; and, in this interval, occupied themselves
+with the quiet administration of their kingdom, and with the long
+progresses, which brought them into nearer intercourse with their
+people.  During this interval, also, their new vassals had begun
+to accommodate themselves to the strange institutions of their
+masters.  They learned to appreciate the value of a government
+which raised them above the physical evils of a state of
+barbarism, secured them protection of person, and a full
+participation in all the privileges enjoyed by their conquerors;
+and, as they became more familiar with the peculiar institutions
+of the country, habit, that second nature, attached them the more
+strongly to these institutions, from their very peculiarity.
+Thus, by degrees, and without violence, arose the great fabric of
+the Peruvian empire, composed of numerous independent and even
+hostile tribes, yet, under the influence of a common religion,
+common language, and common government, knit together as one
+nation, animated by a spirit of love for its institutions and
+devoted loyalty to its sovereign.  What a contrast to the
+condition of the Aztec monarchy, on the neighbouring continent,
+which, composed of the like heterogeneous materials, without any
+internal principle of cohesion, was only held together by the
+stern pressure, from without, of physical force! - Why the
+Peruvian monarchy should have fared no better than its rival, in
+its conflict with European civilization, will appear in the
+following pages.
+
+
+
+
+
+Chapter III
+
+Peruvian Religion. - Deities. - Gorgeous Temples. - Festivals. -
+Virgins Of The Sun. - Marriage.
+
+
+It is a remarkable fact, that many, if not most, of the rude
+tribes inhabiting the vast American continent, however disfigured
+their creeds may have been in other respects by a childish
+superstition, had attained to the sublime conception of one Great
+Spirit, the Creator of the Universe, who, immaterial in his own
+nature, was not to be dishonored by an attempt at visible
+representation, and who, pervading all space, was not to be
+circumscribed within the walls of a temple.  Yet these elevated
+ideas, so far beyond the ordinary range of the untutored
+intellect, do not seem to have led to the practical consequences
+that might have been expected; and few of the American nations
+have shown much solicitude for the maintenance of a religious
+worship, or found in their faith a powerful spring of action.
+But, with progress in civilization, ideas more akin to those of
+civilized communities were gradually unfolded; a liberal
+provision was made, and a separate order instituted, for the
+services of religion, which were conducted with a minute and
+magnificent ceremonial, that challenged comparison, in some
+respects, with that of the most polished nations of Christendom.
+This was the case with the nations inhabiting the table-land of
+North America, and with the natives of Bogota, Quito, Peru, and
+the other elevated regions on the great Southern continent.  It
+was, above all, the case with the Peruvians, who claimed a divine
+original for the founders of their empire, whose laws all rested
+on a divine sanction, and whose domestic institutions and foreign
+wars were alike directed to preserve and propagate their faith.
+Religion was the basis of their polity, the very condition, as it
+were, of their social existence.  The government of the Incas, in
+its essential principles, was a theocracy.
+
+Yet, though religion entered so largely into the fabric and
+conduct of the political institutions of the people, their
+mythology, that is, the traditionary legends by which they
+affected to unfold the mysteries of the universe, was exceedingly
+mean and puerile.  Scarce one of their traditions - except the
+beautiful one respecting the founders of their royal dynasty - is
+worthy of note, or throws much light on their own antiquities, or
+the primitive history of man.  Among the traditions of importance
+is one of the deluge, which they held in common with so many of
+the nations in all parts of the globe, and which they related
+with some particulars that bear resemblance to a Mexican legend.
+*1
+
+[Footnote 1: They related, that, after the deluge, seven persons
+issued from a cave where they had saved themselves, and by them
+the earth was repeopled. One of the traditions of the Mexicans
+deduced their descent, and that of the kindred tribes, in like
+manner, from seven persons who came from as many caves in Aztlan.
+(Conf. Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 19; lib. 7, cap. 2. - Ondegardo, Rel.
+Prim., Ms.) The story of the deluge is told by different writers
+with many variations, in some of which it is not difficult to
+detect the plastic hand of the Christian convert.]
+
+Their ideas in respect to a future state of being deserve more
+attention. They admitted the existence of the soul hereafter, and
+connected with this a belief in the resurrection of the body.
+They assigned two distinct places for the residence of the good
+and of the wicked, the latter of which they fixed in the centre
+of the earth.  The good they supposed were to pass a luxurious
+life of tranquillity and ease, which comprehended their highest
+notions of happiness.  The wicked were to expiate their crimes by
+ages of wearisome labor.  They associated with these ideas a
+belief in an evil principle or spirit, bearing the name of Cupay,
+whom they did not attempt to propitiate by sacrifices, and who
+seems to have been only a shadowy personification of sin, that
+exercised little influence over their conduct. *2
+
+[Footnote 2: Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms. - Gomara, Hist. de las
+Ind., cap. 123. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+2, 7.
+
+One might suppose that the educated Peruvians - if I may so speak
+- imagined the common people had no souls, so little is said of
+their opinions as to the condition of these latter in a future
+life, while they are diffuse on the prospects of the higher
+orders, which they fondly believed were to keep pace with their
+condition here.]
+
+It was this belief in the resurrection of the body, which led
+them to preserve the body with so much solicitude, - by a simple
+process, however, that, unlike the elaborate embalming of the
+Egyptians, consisted in exposing it to the action of the cold,
+exceedingly dry, and highly rarefied atmosphere of the mountains.
+*3 As they believed that the occupations in the future world
+would have great resemblance to those of the present, they buried
+with the deceased noble some of his apparel, his utensils, and,
+frequently, his treasures; and completed the gloomy ceremony by
+sacrificing his wives and favorite domestics, to bear him company
+and do him service in the happy regions beyond the clouds. *4
+Vast mounds of an irregular, or, more frequently, oblong shape,
+penetrated by galleries running at right angles to each other,
+were raised over the dead, whose dried bodies or mummies have
+been found in considerable numbers, sometimes erect, but more
+often in the sitting posture, common to the Indian tribes of both
+continents.  Treasures of great value have also been occasionally
+drawn from these monumental deposits, and have stimulated
+speculators to repeated excavations with the hope of similar
+good-fortune.  It was a lottery like that of searching after
+mines, but where the chances have proved still more against the
+adventurers. *5
+
+[Footnote 3: Such, indeed, seems to be the opinion of Garcilasso,
+though some writers speak of resinous and other applications for
+embalming the body.  The appearance of the royal mummies found at
+Cuzco, as reported both by Ondegardo and Garcilasso, makes it
+probable that no foreign substance was employed for their
+preservation.]
+
+[Footnote 4: Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms
+
+The Licentiate says, that this usage continued even after the
+Conquest; and that he had saved the life of more than one
+favorite domestic, who had fled to him for protection, as they
+were about to be sacrificed to the Manes of their deceased lords.
+Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+[Footnote 5: Yet these sepulchral mines have sometimes proved
+worth the digging.  Sarmiento speaks of gold to the value of
+100,000 castellanos, as occasionally buried with the Indian
+lords; (Relacion, Ms., cap. 57;) and Las Casas - not the best
+authority in numerical estimates - says that treasures worth more
+than half a million of ducats had been found, within twenty years
+after the Conquest, in the tombs near Truxillo.  (Oeuvres, ed.
+par Llorente, (Paris, 1822,) tom. II. p. 192.) Baron Humboldt
+visited the sepulchre of a Peruvian prince in the same quarter of
+the country, whence a Spaniard in 1576 drew forth a mass of gold
+worth a million of dollars!  Vues des Cordilleres, p. 29.]
+
+The Peruvians, like so may other of the Indian races,
+acknowledged a Supreme Being, the Creator and Ruler of the
+Universe, whom they adored under the different names of
+Pachacamac and Viracocha. *6 No temple was raised to this
+invisible Being, save one only in the valley which took its name
+from the deity himself, not far from the Spanish city of Lima.
+Even this temple had existed there before the country came under
+the sway of the Incas, and was the great resort of Indian
+pilgrims from remote parts of the land; a circumstance which
+suggests the idea, that the worship of this Great Spirit, though
+countenanced, perhaps, by their accommodating policy, did not
+originate with the Peruvian princes. *7
+
+[Footnote 6: Pachacamac signifies "He who sustains or gives life
+to the universe." The name of the great deity is sometimes
+expressed by both Pachacamac and Viracocha combined.  (See
+Balboa, Hist. du Perou, chap. 6. - Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 21.) An
+old Spaniard finds in the popular meaning of Viracocha, "foam of
+the sea," an argument for deriving the Peruvian civilization from
+some voyager from the Old World.  Conq. i Pob. de. Piru, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 7: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq. Ms. - Sarmiento,
+Relacion, Ms., cap. 27.
+
+Ulloa notices the extensive ruins of brick, which mark the
+probable site of the temple of Pachacamac, attesting by their
+present appearance its ancient magnificence and strength.
+Memoires Philosophiques, Historiques, Physiques, (Paris, 1787,)
+trad. Fr., p. 78.]
+
+The deity whose worship they especially inculcated, and which
+they never failed to establish wherever their banners were known
+to penetrate, was the Sun.  It was he, who, in a particular
+manner, presided over the destinies of man; gave light and warmth
+to the nations, and life to the vegetable world; whom they
+reverenced as the father of their royal dynasty, the founder of
+their empire; and whose temples rose in every city and almost
+every village throughout the land, while his altars smoked with
+burnt offerings, - a form of sacrifice peculiar to the Peruvians
+among the semi-civilized nations of the New World. *8
+
+[Footnote 8: At least, so says Dr. McCulloh; and no better
+authority can be required on American antiquities.  (Researches,
+p. 392.) Might he not have added barbarous nations. also?]
+
+Besides the Sun, the Incas acknowledged various objects of
+worship in some way or other connected with this principal deity.
+Such was the Moon, his sister-wife; the Stars, revered as part of
+her heavenly train, - though the fairest of them, Venus, known to
+the Peruvians by the name of Chasca, or the "youth with the long
+and curling locks," was adored as the page of the Sun, whom he
+attends so closely in his rising and in his setting.  They
+dedicated temples also to the Thunder and Lightning, *9 in whom
+they recognized the Sun's dread ministers, and to the Rainbow,
+whom they worshipped as a beautiful emanation of their glorious
+deity. *10
+
+[Footnote 9: Thunder, Lightning, and Thunderbolt, could be all
+expressed by the Peruvians in one word, Illapa.  Hence some
+Spaniards have inferred a knowledge of the Trinity in the
+natives!  "The Devil stole all he could," exclaims Herrera, with
+righteous indignation.  (Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 4, cap. 5.)
+These, and even rasher conclusions, (see Acosta, lib. 5, cap.
+28,) are scouted by Garcilasso, as inventions of Indian converts,
+willing to please the imaginations of their Christian teachers.
+(Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 5, 6; lib. 3, cap. 21.)
+Imposture, on the one hand, and credulity on the other, have
+furnished a plentiful harvest of absurdities, which has been
+diligently gathered in by the pious antiquary of a later
+generation.]
+
+[Footnote 10: Garcilasso's assertion, that these heavenly bodies
+were objects of reverence as holy things, but not of worship,
+(Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 1, 23,) is contradicted by
+Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms., - Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms., -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 4, cap. 4, - Gomara, Hist.
+de las Ind., cap. 121, - and, I might add, by almost every writer
+of authority whom I have consulted.  It is contradicted, in a
+manner, by the admission of Garcilasso himself, that these
+several objects were all personified by the Indians as living
+beings, and had temples dedicated to them as such, with their
+effigies delineated in the same manner as was that of the Sun in
+his dwelling.  Indeed, the effort of the historian to reduce the
+worship of the Incas to that of the Sun alone is not very
+reconcilable with what he else where says of the homage paid to
+Pachacamac, above all, and to Rimac, the great oracle of the
+common people.  The Peruvian mythology was, probably, not unlike
+that of Hindostan, where, under two, or at most three, principal
+deities, were assembled a host of inferior ones, to whom the
+nation paid religious homage, as personifications of the
+different objects in nature.]
+In addition to these, the subjects of the Incas enrolled among
+their inferior deities many objects in nature, as the elements,
+the winds, the earth, the air, great mountains and rivers, which
+impressed them with ideas of sublimity and power, or were
+supposed in some way or other to exercise a mysterious influence
+over the destinies of man. *11 They adopted also a notion, not
+unlike that professed by some of the schools of ancient
+philosophy, that every thing on earth had its archetype or idea,
+its mother, as they emphatically styled it, which they held
+sacred, as, in some sort, its spiritual essence. *12 But their
+system, far from being limited even to these multiplied objects
+of devotion, embraced within its ample folds the numerous deities
+of the conquered nations, whose images were transported to the
+capital, where the burdensome charges of their worship were
+defrayed by their respective provinces.  It was a rare stroke of
+policy in the Incas, who could thus accommodate their religion to
+their interests. *13
+
+[Footnote 11: Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms.
+
+These consecrated objects were termed huacas, - a word of most
+prolific import; since it signified a temple, a tomb, any natural
+object remarkable for its size or shape, in short, a cloud of
+meanings, which by their contradictory sense have thrown
+incalculable confusion over the writings of historians and
+travellers.]
+
+[Footnote 12: "La orden por donde fundavan sus huacas que ellos
+llamavan a las Idolatrias hera porque decian que todas criava el
+sol i que les dava madre por madre que mostravan a la tierra,
+porque decian que tenia madre, i tenian le echo su vulto i sus
+adoratorios, i al fuego decian que tambien tenia madre i al mais
+i a las otras sementeras i a las ovejas iganado decian que tenian
+madre, i a la chocha ques el brevaje que ellos usan decian que el
+vinagre della hera la madre i lo reverenciavan i llamavan mama
+agua madre del vinagre, i a cada cosa adoravan destas de su
+manera." Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 13: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.
+
+So it seems to have been regarded by the Licentiate Ondegardo.
+"E los Idolos estaban en aq1 galpon grande de la casa del Sol, y
+cada Idolo destos tenia su servicio y gastos y mugeres, y en la
+casa del Sol le iban a hacer reverencia los que venian de su
+provincial para lo qual e sacrificios que se hacian proveian de
+su misma tierra ordinaria e muy abundantemente por la misma orden
+que lo hacian quando estaba en la misma provincia, que daba gran
+autoridad a mi parecer e aun fuerza a estos Ingas que cierto me
+causo gran admiracion." Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+But the worship of the Sun constituted the peculiar care of the
+Incas, and was the object of their lavish expenditure.  The most
+ancient of the many temples dedicated to this divinity was in the
+Island of Titicaca, whence the royal founders of the Peruvian
+line were said to have proceeded.  From this circumstance, this
+sanctuary was held in peculiar veneration.  Every thing which
+belonged to it, even the broad fields of maize, which surrounded
+the temple, and formed part of its domain, imbibed a portion of
+its sanctity. The yearly produce was distributed among the
+different public magazines, in small quantities to each, as
+something that would sanctify the remainder of the store.  Happy
+was the man who could secure even an ear of the blessed harvest
+for his own granary! *14
+
+[Footnote 14: Garcilasso. Com. Real, Parte 1, lib. 3, cap. 25.]
+But the most renowned of the Peruvian temples the pride of the
+capital, and the wonder of the empire, was at Cuzco, where, under
+the munificence of successive sovereigns, it had become so
+enriched, that it received the name of Coricancha, or "the Place
+of Gold." It consisted of a principal building and several
+chapels and inferior edifices, covering a large extent of ground
+in the heart of the city, and completely encompassed by a wall,
+which, with the edifices, was all constructed of stone.  The work
+was of the kind already described in the other public buildings
+of the country, and was so finely executed, that a Spaniard, who
+saw it in its glory, assures us, he could call to mind only two
+edifices in Spain, which, for their workmanship, were at all to
+be compared with it. *15 Yet this substantial, and, in some
+respects, magnificent structure, was thatched with straw!
+
+[Footnote 15: "Tenia este Templo en circuito mas de quatro
+cientos pasos, todo cercado de una muralla fuerte, labrado todo
+el edificio de cantera muy excelente de fina piedra, muy bien
+puesta y asentada, y algunas piedras eran muy grandes y
+soberbias, no tenian mezcla de tierra ni cal, sino con el betun
+que ellos suelen hacer sus edificios, y estan tan bien labradas
+estas piedras que no se les parece mezcla ni juntura ninguna.  En
+toda Espana no he visto cosa que pueda comparar a estas paredes y
+postura de piedra, sino a la torre que llaman la Calahorra que
+esta junto con la puente de Cordoba, y a una obra que vi en
+Toledo, cuando fui a presentar la primera parte de mi Cronica al
+Principe Dn Felipe." Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 24]
+
+The interior of the temple was the most worthy of admiration.  It
+was literally a mine of gold.  On the western wall was emblazoned
+a representation of the deity, consisting of a human countenance,
+looking forth from amidst innumerable rays of light, which
+emanated from it in every direction, in the same manner as the
+sun is often personified with us.  The figure was engraved on a
+massive plate of gold of enormous dimensions, thickly powdered
+with emeralds and precious stones. *16 It was so situated in
+front of the great eastern portal, that the rays of the morning
+sun fell directly upon it at its rising, lighting up the whole
+apartment with an effulgence that seemed more than natural, and
+which was reflected back from the golden ornaments with which the
+walls and ceiling were everywhere incrusted.  Gold, in the
+figurative language of the people, was "the tears wept by the
+sun," *17 and every part of the interior of the temple glowed
+with burnished plates and studs of the precious metal.  The
+cornices, which surrounded the walls of the sanctuary, were of
+the same costly material; and a broad belt or frieze of gold, let
+into the stonework, encompassed the whole exterior of the
+edifice. *18
+
+[Footnote 16: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms - Cieza de Leon, Cronica,
+cap. 44, 92.
+
+"La figura del Sol, muy grande, hecha de oro obrada muy
+primamente engastonada en muchas piedras ricas." Sarmiento,
+Relacion, Ms., cap. 24.]
+
+[Footnote 17: "I al oro asimismo decian que era lagrimas que el
+Sol llorava." Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 18: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 24.  - Antig. y
+Monumentos del Peru, Ms.
+
+"Cercada junto a la techumbre de una plancha de oro de palmo i
+medio de ancho i lo mismo tenian por de dentro en cada bohio o
+casa i aposento." (Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.) "Tenia una cinta
+de planchas de oro de anchor de mas de un palmo enlazadas en las
+piedras." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+Adjoining the principal structure were several chapels of smaller
+dimensions.  One of them was consecrated to the Moon, the deity
+held next in reverence, as the mother of the Incas.  Her effigy
+was delineated in the same manner as that of the Sun, on a vast
+plate that nearly covered one side of the apartment.  But this
+plate, as well as all the decorations of the building, was of
+silver, as suited to the pale, silvery light of the beautiful
+planet. There were three other chapels, one of which was
+dedicated to the host of Stars, who formed the bright court of
+the Sister of the Sun; another was consecrated to his dread
+ministers of vengeance, the Thunder and the Lightning; and a
+third, to the Rainbow, whose many-colored arch spanned the walls
+of the edifice with hues almost as radiant as its own.  There
+were besides several other buildings, or insulated apartments,
+for the accommodation of the numerous priests who officiated in
+the services of the temple. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 24. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 3, cap. 21. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y
+Conq., Ms.]
+
+All the plate, the ornaments, the utensils of every description,
+appropriated to the uses of religion, were of gold or silver.
+Twelve immense vases of the latter metal stood on the floor of
+the great saloon, filled with grain of the Indian corn; *20 the
+censers for the perfumes, the ewers which held the water for
+sacrifice, the pipes which conducted it through subterraneous
+channels into the buildings, the reservoirs that received it,
+even the agricultural implements used in the gardens of the
+temple, were all of the same rich materials.  The gardens, like
+those described, belonging to the royal palaces, sparkled with
+flowers of gold and silver, and various imitations of the
+vegetable kingdom.  Animals, also, were to be found there, -
+among which the llama, with its golden fleece, was most
+conspicuous, - executed in the same style, and with a degree of
+skill, which, in this instance, probably, did not surpass the
+excellence of the material. *21
+
+[Footnote 20: "El bulto del Sol tenian mui grande de oro, i todo
+el servicio desta casa era de plata i oro, i tenian doze horones
+de plata blanca que dos hombres no abrazarian cada uno quadrados,
+i eran mas altos que una buena pica donde hechavan el maiz que
+havian de dar al Sol, segun ellos decian que comiese." Conq. i
+Pob. del Piru, Ms.
+
+The original, as the Spanish reader perceives, says each of these
+silver vases or bins was as high as a good lance, and so large
+that two men with outspread arms could barely encompass them!  As
+this might, perhaps, embarrass even the most accommodating faith,
+I have preferred not to become responsible for any particular
+dimensions.]
+
+[Footnote 21: Levinus Apollonius, fol. 38. - Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 3, cap. 24. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y
+Conq., Ms.
+
+"Tenian un Jardin que los Terrones eran pedazos de oro fino y
+estaban artificiosamente sembrado de maizales los quales eran oro
+asi las Canas de ello como las ojas y mazorcas, y estaban tan
+bien plantados que aunque hiciesen recios bientos no se
+arrancaban.  Sin todo esto tenian hechas mas de veinte obejas de
+oro con sus Corderos y los Pastores con sus ondas y cayados que
+las guardaban hecho de este metal; havia mucha cantidad de
+Tinajas de oro y de Plata y esmeraldas, vasos, ollas y todo
+genero de vasijas todo de oro fino; por otras Paredes tenian
+esculpidas y pintadas otras mayores cosas, en fin era uno de los
+ricos Templos que hubo en el mundo." Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms.,
+cap. 24.]
+
+If the reader sees in this fairy picture only the romantic
+coloring of some fabulous El Dorado, he must recall what has been
+said before in reference to the palaces of the Incas, and
+consider that these "Houses of the Sun," as they were styled,
+were the common reservoir into which flowed all the streams of
+public and private benefaction throughout the empire.  Some of
+the statements, through credulity, and others, in the desire of
+exciting admiration, may be greatly exaggerated; but, in the
+coincidence of contemporary testimony, it is not easy to
+determine the exact line which should mark the measure of our
+skepticism.  Certain it is, that the glowing picture I have given
+is warranted by those who saw these buildings in their pride, or
+shortly after they had been despoiled by the cupidity of their
+countrymen.  Many of the costly articles were buried by the
+natives, or thrown into the waters of the rivers and the lakes;
+but enough remained to attest the unprecedented opulence of these
+religious establishments.  Such things as were in their nature
+portable were speedily removed, to gratify the craving of the
+Conquerors, who even tore away the solid cornices and frieze of
+gold from the great temple, filling the vacant places with the
+cheaper, but - since it affords no temptation to avarice - more
+durable, material of plaster.  Yet even thus shorn of their
+splendor, the venerable edifices still presented an attraction to
+the spoiler, who found in their dilapidated walls an
+inexhaustible quarry for the erection of other buildings.  On the
+very ground once crowned by the gorgeous Coricancha rose the
+stately church of St. Dominic, one of the most magnificent
+structures of the New World.  Fields of maize and lucerne now
+bloom on the spot which glowed with the golden gardens of the
+temple; and the friar chants his orisons within the consecrated
+precincts once occupied by the Children of the Sun. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: Miller's Memoirs, vol. II. pp. 223, 224.]
+
+Besides the great temple of the Sun, there was a large number of
+inferior temples and religious houses in the Peruvian capital and
+its environs, amounting, as is stated, to three or four hundred.
+*23 For Cuzco was a sanctified spot, venerated not only as the
+abode of the Incas, but of all those deities who presided over
+the motley nations of the empire.  It was the city beloved of the
+Sun; where his worship was maintained in its splendor; "where
+every fountain, pathway, and wall," says an ancient chronicler,
+"was regarded as a holy mystery." *24 And unfortunate was the
+Indian noble who, at some period or other of his life, had not
+made his pilgrimage to the Peruvian Mecca.
+
+[Footnote 23: Herrera, Hist. General, dec 5, lib. 4, cap. 8.
+"Havia en aquella ciudad y legua y media de la redonda
+quatrocientos y tantos lugares, donde se hacian sacrificious, y
+se gastava mucha suma de hacienda en ellos." Ondegardo, Rel.
+Prim., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 24: "Que aquella ciudad del Cuzco era casa y morada de
+Dioses, e ansi no habia en toda ella fuente ni paso ni pared que
+no dixesen que tenia misterio." Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+Other temples and religious dwellings were scattered over the
+provinces; and some of them constructed on a scale of
+magnificence, that almost rivalled that of the metropolis.  The
+attendants on these composed an army of themselves.  The whole
+number of functionaries, including those of the sacerdotal order,
+who officiated at the Coricancha alone, was no less than four
+thousand. *25
+
+[Footnote 25: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.
+
+An army, indeed, if, as Cieza de Leon states, the number of
+priests and menials employed in the famous temple of Bilcas, on
+the route to Chili, amounted to 40,000!  (Cronica, cap. 89.)
+Every thing relating to these Houses of the Sun appears to have
+been on a grand scale.  But we may easily believe this a clerical
+error for 4,000.]
+
+At the head of all, both here and throughout the land, stood the
+great High-Priest, or Villac Vmu, as he was called.  He was
+second only to the Inca in dignity, and was usually chosen from
+his brothers or nearest kindred.  He was appointed by the
+monarch, and held his office for life; and he, in turn, appointed
+to all the subordinate stations of his own order.  This order was
+very numerous.  Those members of it who officiated in the House
+of the Sun, in Cuzco, were taken exclusively from the sacred race
+of the Incas.  The ministers in the provincial temples were drawn
+from the families of the curacas; but the office of high-priest
+in each district was reserved for one of the blood royal.  It was
+designed by this regulation to preserve the faith in its purity,
+and to guard against any departure from the stately ceremonial
+which it punctiliously prescribed. *26
+
+[Footnote 26: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 27. - Conq i Pob.
+del Piru, Ms.
+
+It was only while the priests were engaged in the service of the
+temples, that they were maintained, according to Garcilasso, from
+the estates of the Sun.  At other times, they were to get their
+support from their own lands, which, if he is correct, were
+assigned to them in the same manner as to the other orders of the
+nation.  Com Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 8]
+
+The sacerdotal order, though numerous, was not distinguished by
+any peculiar badge or costume from the rest of the nation.
+Neither was it the sole depository of the scanty science of the
+country, nor was it charged with the business of instruction, nor
+with those parochial duties, if they may so be called, which
+bring the priest in contact with the great body of the people, -
+as was the case in Mexico.  The cause of this peculiarity may
+probably be traced to the existence of a superior order, like
+that of the Inca nobles, whose sanctity of birth so far
+transcended all human appointments, that they in a manner
+engrossed whatever there was of religious veneration in the
+people.  They were, in fact, the holy order of the state.
+Doubtless, any of them might, as very many of them did, take on
+themselves the sacerdotal functions; and their own insignia and
+peculiar privileges were too well understood to require any
+further badge to separate them from the people.
+The duties of the priest were confined to ministration in the
+temple. Even here his attendance was not constant, as he was
+relieved after a stated interval by other brethren of his order,
+who succeeded one another in regular rotation.  His science was
+limited to an acquaintance with the fasts and festivals of his
+religion, and the appropriate ceremonies which distinguished
+them.  This, however frivolous might be its character, was no
+easy acquisition; for the ritual of the Incas involved a routine
+of observances, as complex and elaborate as ever distinguished
+that of any nation, whether pagan or Christian.  Each month had
+its appropriate festival, or rather festivals.  The four
+principal had reference to the Sun, and commemorated the great
+periods of his annual progress, the solstices and equinoxes.
+Perhaps the most magnificent of all the national solemnities was
+the feast of Raymi, held at the period of the summer solstice,
+when the Sun, having touched the southern extremity of his
+course, retraced his path, as if to gladden the hearts of his
+chosen people by his presence.  On this occasion, the Indian
+nobles from the different quarters of the country thronged to the
+capital to take part in the great religious celebration.
+
+For three days previous, there was a general fast, and no fire
+was allowed to be lighted in the dwellings.  When the appointed
+day arrived, the Inca and his court, followed by the whole
+population of the city, assembled at early dawn in the great
+square to greet the rising of the Sun.  They were dressed in
+their gayest apparel, and the Indian lords vied with each other
+in the display of costly ornaments and jewels on their persons,
+while canopies of gaudy feather-work and richly tinted stuffs,
+borne by the attendants over their heads, gave to the great
+square, and the streets that emptied into it, the appearance of
+being spread over with one vast and magnificent awning.  Eagerly
+they watched the coming of their deity, and, no sooner did his
+first yellow rays strike the turrets and loftiest buildings of
+the capital, than a shout of gratulation broke forth from the
+assembled multitude, accompanied by songs of triumph, and the
+wild melody of barbaric instruments, that swelled louder and
+louder as his bright orb, rising above the mountain range towards
+the east, shone in full splendor on his votaries. After the usual
+ceremonies of adoration, a libation was offered to the great
+deity by the Inca, from a huge golden vase, filled with the
+fermented liquor of maize or of maguey, which, after the monarch
+had tasted it himself, he dispensed among his royal kindred.
+These ceremonies completed, the vast assembly was arranged in
+order of procession, and took its way towards the Coricancha. *27
+
+[Footnote 27: Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms. - Sarmiento, Relacion,
+Ms., cap. 27.
+
+The reader will find a brilliant, and not very extravagant,
+account of the Peruvian festivals in Marmontel's romance of Les
+Incas.  The French author saw in their gorgeous ceremonial a
+fitting introduction to his own literary pageant Tom. I. chap. 1
+- 4.]
+
+As they entered the street of the sacred edifice, all divested
+themselves of their sandals, except the Inca and his family, who
+did the same on passing through the portals of the temple, where
+none but these august personages were admitted. *28 After a
+decent time spent in devotion, the sovereign, attended by his
+courtly train, again appeared, and preparations were made to
+commence the sacrifice.  This, with the Peruvians, consisted of
+animals, grain, flowers, and sweet-scented gums; sometimes of
+human beings, on which occasions a child or beautiful maiden was
+usually selected as the victim.  But such sacrifices were rare,
+being reserved to celebrate some great public event, as a
+coronation, the birth of a royal heir, or a great victory.  They
+were never followed by those cannibal repasts familiar to the
+Mexicans, and to many of the fierce tribes conquered by the
+Incas.  Indeed, the conquests of these princes might well be
+deemed a blessing to the Indian nations, if it were only from
+their suppression of cannibalism, and the diminution, under their
+rule, of human sacrifices. *29
+
+[Footnote 28: "Ningun Indio comun osaba pasar por la calle del
+Sol calzado; ni ninguno, aunque fuese mui grand Senor, entrava en
+las casas del Sol con zapatos." Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 29: Garcilasso de la Vega flatly denies that the Incas
+were guilty of human sacrifices; and maintains, on the other
+hand, that they uniformly abolished them in every country they
+subdued, where they had previously existed.  (Com. Real., Parte
+1, lib. 2, cap. 9, et alibi.) But in this material fact he is
+unequivocally contradicted by Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 22,
+- Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms., - Montesinos, Mem. Antiguas, Ms.,
+lib. 2, cap. 8, - Balboa, Hist. du Perou, chap. 5, 8, - Cieza de
+Leon, Cronica, cap. 72, - Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms., - Acosta,
+lib. 5, cap. 19, - and I might add, I suspect, were I to pursue
+the inquiry, by nearly every ancient writer of authority; some of
+whom, having come into the country soon after the Conquest, while
+its primitive institutions were in vigor, are entitled to more
+deference in a matter of this kind than Garcilasso himself.  It
+was natural that the descendant of the Incas should desire to
+relieve his race from so odious an imputation; and we must have
+charity for him, if he does show himself, on some occasions,
+where the honor of his country is at stake, "high gravel blind."
+It should be added, in justice to the Peruvian government, that
+the best authorities concur in the admission, that the sacrifices
+were few, both in number and in magnitude, being reserved for
+such extraordinary occasions as those mentioned in the text.]
+
+At the feast of Raymi, the sacrifice usually offered was that of
+the llama; and the priest, after opening the body of his victim,
+sought in the appearances which it exhibited to read the lesson
+of the mysterious future. If the auguries were unpropitious, a
+second victim was slaughtered, in the hope of receiving some more
+comfortable assurance.  The Peruvian augur might have learned a
+good lesson of the Roman, - to consider every omen as favorable,
+which served the interests of his country. *30
+
+[Footnote 30: "Augurque cum esset, dicere ausus est, optimis
+auspiciis ea geri, quae pro reipublicae salute gererentur."
+Cicero, De Senectute.
+
+This inspection of the entrails of animals for the purposes of
+divination is worthy of note, as a most rare, if not a solitary,
+instance of the kind among the nations of the New World, though
+so familiar in the ceremonial of sacrifice among the pagan
+nations of the Old.]
+
+A fire was then kindled by means of a concave mirror of polished
+metal, which, collecting the rays of the sun into a focus upon a
+quantity of dried cotton, speedily set it on fire.  It was the
+expedient used on the like occasions in ancient Rome, at least
+under the reign of the pious Numa.  When the sky was overcast,
+and the face of the good deity was hidden from his worshippers,
+which was esteemed a bad omen, fire was obtained by means of
+friction.  The sacred flame was intrusted to the care of the
+Virgins of the Sun, and if, by any neglect, it was suffered to go
+out in the course of the year, the event was regarded as a
+calamity that boded some strange disaster to the monarchy. *31 A
+burnt offering of the victims was then made on the altars of the
+deity.  This sacrifice was but the prelude to the slaughter of a
+great number of llamas, part of the flocks of the Sun, which
+furnished a banquet not only for the Inca and his Court, but for
+the people, who made amends at these festivals for the frugal
+fare to which they were usually condemned.  A fine bread or cake,
+kneaded of maize flour by the fair hands of the Virgins of the
+Sun, was also placed on the royal board, where the Inca,
+presiding over the feast, pledged his great nobles in generous
+goblets of the fermented liquor of the country, and the long
+revelry of the day was closed at night by music and dancing.
+Dancing and drinking were the favorite pastimes of the Peruvians.
+These amusements continued for several days, though the
+sacrifices terminated on the first. - Such was the great festival
+of Raymi; and the recurrence of this and similar festivities gave
+relief to the monotonous routine of toil prescribed to the lower
+orders of the community. *32
+
+[Footnote 31: "Vigilemque sacraverat ignem, Excubias divum
+aeternas."
+
+Plutarch, in his life of Numa, describes the reflectors used by
+the Romans for kindling the sacred fire, as concave instruments
+of brass, though not spherical like the Peruvian, but of a
+triangular form.]
+
+[Footnote 32: Acosta, lib. 5, cap. 28, 29.  - Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 23.]
+
+In the distribution of bread and wine at this high festival, the
+orthodox Spaniards, who first came into the country, saw a
+striking resemblance to the Christian communion; *33 as in the
+practice of confession and penance, which, in a most irregular
+form, indeed, seems to have been used by the Peruvians, they
+discerned a coincidence with another of the sacraments of the
+Church. *34 The good fathers were fond of tracing such
+coincidences, which they considered as the contrivance of Satan,
+who thus endeavoured to delude his victims by counterfeiting the
+blessed rites of Christianity. *35 Others, in a different vein,
+imagined that they saw in such analogies the evidence, that some
+of the primitive teachers of the Gospel, perhaps an apostle
+himself, had paid a visit to these distant regions, and scattered
+over them the seeds of religious truth. *36 But it seems hardly
+necessary to invoke the Prince of Darkness, or the intervention
+of the blessed saints, to account for coincidences which have
+existed in countries far removed from the light of Christianity
+and in ages, indeed, when its light had not yet risen on the
+world.  It is much more reasonable to refer such casual points of
+resemblance to the general constitution of man, and the
+necessities of his moral nature. *37
+
+[Footnote 33: "That which is most admirable in the hatred and
+presumption of Sathan is, that he not onely counterfeited in
+idolatry and sacrifices, but also in certain ceremonies, our
+sacraments, which Jesus Christ our Lord instituted, and the holy
+Church uses, having especially pretended to imitate, in some
+sort, the sacrament of the communion, which is the most high and
+divine of all others." Acosta, lib. 5, cap. 23.]
+
+[Footnote 34: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 4, cap. 4. -
+Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.
+
+"The father of lies would likewise counterfeit the sacrament of
+Confession, and in his idolatries sought to be honored with
+ceremonies very like to the manner of Christians." Acosta, lib.
+5, cap. 25.]
+
+[Footnote 35: Cieza de Leon, not content with many marvellous
+accounts of the influence and real apparition of Satan in the
+Indian ceremonies, has garnished his volume with numerous
+wood-cuts representing the Prince of Evil in bodily presence with
+the usual accompaniments of tail, claws, &c., as if to reenforce
+the homilies in his text!  The Peruvian saw in his idol a god.
+His Christian conqueror saw in it the Devil.  One may be puzzled
+to decide which of the two might lay claim to the grossest
+superstition.]
+
+[Footnote 36: Piedrahita, the historian of the Muyscas, is
+satisfied that this apostle must have been St. Bartholomew, whose
+travels were known to have been extensive.  (Conq. de Granada,
+Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 3.) The Mexican antiquaries consider St.
+Thomas as having had charge of the mission to the people of
+Anahuac.  These two apostles, then, would seem to have divided
+the New World, at least the civilized portions of it, between
+them.  How they came, whether by Behring's Straits, or directly
+across the Atlantic, we are not informed.  Velasco - a writer of
+the eighteenth century! - has little doubt that they did really
+come.  Hist. de Quito, tom. I. pp. 89, 90.]
+
+[Footnote 37: The subject is illustrated by some examples in the
+"History of the Conquest of Mexico," vol. III., Appendix, No. 1.;
+since the same usages in that country led to precisely the same
+rash conclusions among the Conquerors.]
+
+Another singular analogy with Roman Catholic institutions is
+presented by the Virgins of the Sun, the "elect," as they were
+called, *38 to whom I have already had occasion to refer.  These
+were young maidens, dedicated to the service of the deity, who,
+at a tender age, were taken from their homes, and introduced into
+convents, where they were placed under the care of certain
+elderly matrons, mamaconas, who had grown grey within their
+walls. *39 Under these venerable guides, the holy virgins were
+instructed in the nature of their religious duties.  They were
+employed in spinning and embroidery, and, with the fine hair of
+the vicuna, wove the hangings for the temples, and the apparel
+for the Inca and his household. *40 It was their duty, above all,
+to watch over the sacred fire obtained at the festival of Raymi.
+From the moment they entered the establishment, they were cut off
+from all connection with the world, even with their own family
+and friends.  No one but the Inca, and the Coya or queen, might
+enter the consecrated precincts.  The greatest attention was paid
+to their morals, and visitors were sent every year to inspect the
+institutions, and to report on the state of their discipline. *41
+Woe to the unhappy maiden who was detected in an intrigue!  By
+the stern law of the Incas, she was to be buried alive, her lover
+was to be strangled, and the town or village to which he belonged
+was to be razed to the ground, and "sowed with stones," as if to
+efface every memorial of his existence. *42 One is astonished to
+find so close a resemblance between the institutions to find so
+close a resemblance between the institutions of the American
+Indian, the ancient Roman, and the modern Catholic!  Chastity and
+purity of life are virtues in woman, that would seem to be of
+equal estimation with the barbarian and with the civilized. - Yet
+the ultimate destination of the inmates of these religious houses
+was materially different.
+
+[Footnote 38: Llamavase Casa de Escogidas; porque las escogian. o
+por Linage, o por Hermosura." Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1,
+lib. 4, cap. 1.]
+
+[Footnote 39: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.
+
+The word mamacona signified "matron"; mama, the first half of
+this compound word, as already noticed, meaning "mother." See
+Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 4, cap. 1.]
+
+[Footnote 40: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 41: Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 42: Balboa, Hist. du Perou, chap. 9. - Fernandez, Hist.
+del Peru, Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 11. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 4, cap. 3.
+According to the historian of the Incas, the terrible penalty was
+never incurred by a single lapse on the part of the fair
+sisterhood; though, if it had been, the sovereign, he assures us,
+would have "exacted it to the letter, with as little compunction
+as he would have drowned a puppy." (Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 4,
+cap. 3.) Other writers contend, on the contrary, that these
+Virgins had very little claim to the reputation of Vestals.  (See
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind.,
+cap. 121.) Such imputations are common enough on the inhabitants
+of religious houses, whether pagan or Christian.  They are
+contradicted in the present instance by the concurrent testimony
+of most of those who had the best opportunity of arriving at
+truth, and are made particularly improbable by the superstitious
+reverence entertained for the Incas.]
+
+The great establishment at Cuzco consisted wholly of maidens of
+the royal blood, who amounted, it is said, to no less than
+fifteen hundred.  The provincial convents were supplied from the
+daughters of the curacas and inferior nobles, and, occasionally,
+where a girl was recommended by great personal attractions, from
+the lower classes of the people. *43 The "Houses of the Virgins
+of the Sun" consisted of low ranges of stone buildings, covering
+a large extent of ground, surrounded by high walls, which
+excluded those within entirely from observation.  They were
+provided with every accommodation for the fair inmates, and were
+embellished in the same sumptuous and costly manner as the
+palaces of the Incas, and the temples; for they received the
+particular care of government, as an important part of the
+religious establishment. *44
+
+[Footnote 43: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 4, cap. 1.]
+
+[Footnote 44: Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 4, cap. 5. - Cieza de Leon,
+Cronica, cap. 44.]
+
+Yet the career of all the inhabitants of these cloisters was not
+confined within their narrow walls.  Though Virgins of the Sun,
+they were brides of the Inca, and, at a marriageable age, the
+most beautiful among them were selected for the honors of his
+bed, and transferred to the royal seraglio.  The full complement
+of this amounted in time not only to hundreds, but thousands, who
+all found accommodations in his different palaces throughout the
+country. When the monarch was disposed to lessen the number of
+his establishment, the concubine with whose society he was
+willing to dispense returned, not to her former monastic
+residence, but to her own home; where, however humble might be
+her original condition, she was maintained in great state, and,
+far from being dishonored by the situation she had filled, was
+held in universal reverence as the Inca's bride. *45
+
+[Footnote 45: Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 4, cap.4. - Montesinos, Mem Antiguas, Ms.,
+lib 2, cap. 19.]
+
+The great nobles of Peru were allowed, like their sovereign, a
+plurality of wives.  The people, generally, whether by law, or by
+necessity stronger than law, were more happily limited to one.
+Marriage was conducted in a manner that gave it quite as original
+a character as belonged to the other institutions of the country.
+On an appointed day of the year, all those of a marriageable age
+- which, having reference to their ability to take charge of a
+family, in the males was fixed at not less than twenty-four
+years, and in the women at eighteen or twenty - were called
+together in the great squares of their respective towns and
+villages, throughout the empire.  The Inca presided in person
+over the assembly of his own kindred, and taking the hands of the
+different couples who were to be united, he placed them within
+each other, declaring the parties man and wife.  The same was
+done by the curacas towards all persons of their own or inferior
+degree in their several districts.  This was the simple form of
+marriage in Peru.  No one was allowed to select a wife beyond the
+community to which he belonged, which generally comprehended all
+his own kindred; *46 nor was any but the sovereign authorized to
+dispense with the law of nature - or at least, the usual law of
+nations - so far as to marry his own sister. *47 No marriage was
+esteemed valid without the consent of the parents; and the
+preference of the parties, it is said, was also to be consulted;
+though, considering the barriers imposed by the prescribed age of
+the candidates, this must have been within rather narrow and
+whimsical limits. A dwelling was got ready for the new-married
+pair at the charge of the district, and the prescribed portion of
+land assigned for their maintenance. The law of Peru provided for
+the future, as well as for the present.  It left nothing to
+chance. - The simple ceremony of marriage was followed by general
+festivities among the friends of the parties, which lasted
+several days; and as every wedding took place on the same day,
+and as there were few families who had not some one of their
+members or their kindred personally interested, there was one
+universal bridal jubilee throughout the empire. *48
+
+[Footnote 46: By the strict letter of the law, according to
+Garcilasso, no one was to marry out of his own lineage.  But this
+narrow rule had a most liberal interpretation, since all of the
+same town, and even province, he assures us, were reckoned of kin
+to one another.  Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 4, cap. 8.]
+
+[Footnote 47: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 9.
+This practice, so revolting to our feelings that it might well be
+deemed to violate the law of nature, must not, however, be
+regarded as altogether peculiar to the Incas, since it was
+countenanced by some of the most polished nations of antiquity.]
+
+[Footnote 48: Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte lib. 6, cap. 36. - Dec. de la Aud Real., Ms. - Montesinos,
+Mem Antiguas, Ms., lib. 2, cap. 6.]
+
+The extraordinary regulations respecting marriage under the Incas
+are eminently characteristic of the genius of the government;
+which, far from limiting itself to matters of public concern,
+penetrated into the most private recesses of domestic life,
+allowing no man, however humble, to act for himself, even in
+those personal matters in which none but himself, or his family
+at most, might be supposed to be interested.  No Peruvian was too
+low for the fostering vigilance of government.  None was so high
+that he was not made to feel his dependence upon it in every act
+of his life.  His very existence as an individual was absorbed in
+that of the community.  His hopes and his fears, his joys and his
+sorrows, the tenderest sympathies of his nature, which would most
+naturally shrink from observation, were all to be regulated by
+law.  He was not allowed even to be happy in his own way.  The
+government of the Incas was the mildest, - but the most searching
+of despotisms.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter IV
+
+Education. - Quipus. - Astronomy. - Agriculture. - Aqueducts. -
+Guano. - Important Esculents.
+
+
+"Science was not intended for the people; but for those of
+generous blood.  Persons of low degree are only puffed up by it,
+and rendered vain and arrogant.  Neither should such meddle with
+the affairs of government; for this would bring high offices into
+disrepute, and cause detriment to the state." *1 Such was the
+favorite maxim, often repeated, of Tupac Inca Yupanqi, one of the
+most renowned of the Peruvian sovereigns.  It may seem strange
+that such a maxim should ever have been proclaimed in the New
+World, where popular institutions have been established on a more
+extensive scale than was ever before witnessed; where government
+rests wholly on the people; and education - at least, in the
+great northern division of the continent - is mainly directed to
+qualify the people for the duties of government.  Yet this maxim
+was strictly conformable to the genius of the Peruvian monarchy,
+and may serve as a key to its habitual policy; since, while it
+watched with unwearied solicitude over its subjects, provided for
+their physical necessities, was mindful of their morals, and
+showed, throughout, the affectionate concern of a parent for his
+children, it yet regarded them only as children, who were never
+to emerge from the state of pupilage, to act or to think for
+themselves, but whose whole duty was comprehended in the
+obligation of implicit obedience.
+
+[Footnote 1: "No es licito, que ensenen a los hijos de los
+Plebeios, las Ciencias, que pertenescen a los Generosos, y no
+mas; porque como Gente baja, no se eleven, y ensobervezcan, y
+menoscaben, y apoqueen la Republica: bastales, que aprendan los
+Oficios de sus Padres; que el Mandar, y Governar no es de
+Plebeious, que es hacer agravio al Oficio, y a la Republica,
+encomendarsela a Gente comun." Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1,
+lib. 8, cap. 8.]
+
+Such was the humiliating condition of the people under the Incas,
+while the numerous families of the blood royal enjoyed the
+benefit of all the light of education, which the civilization of
+the country could afford; and, long after the Conquest, the spots
+continued to be pointed out where the seminaries had existed for
+their instruction.  These were placed under the care of the
+amautas, or "wise men," who engrossed the scanty stock of science
+- if science it could be called - possessed by the Peruvians, and
+who were the sole teachers of youth.  It was natural that the
+monarch should take a lively interest in the instruction of the
+young nobility, his own kindred. Several of the Peruvian princes
+are said to have built their palaces in the neighbourhood of the
+schools, in order that they might the more easily visit them and
+listen to the lectures of the amautas, which they occasionally
+reinforced by a homily of their own. *2 In these schools, the
+royal pupils were instructed in all the different kinds of
+knowledge in which their teachers were versed, with especial
+reference to the stations they were to occupy in after-life.
+They studied the laws, and the principles of administering the
+government, in which many of them were to take part.  They were
+initiated in the peculiar rites of their religion, most necessary
+to those who were to assume the sacerdotal functions.  They
+learned also to emulate the achievements of their royal ancestors
+by listening to the chronicles compiled by the amautas.  They
+were taught to speak their own dialect with purity and elegance;
+and they became acquainted with the mysterious science of the
+quipus, which supplied the Peruvians with the means of
+communicating their ideas to one another, and of transmitting
+them to future generations. *3
+
+[Footnote 2: Ibid., Parte 1, lib 7, cap. 10.  The descendant of
+the Incas notices the remains, visible in his day, or two of the
+palaces of his royal ancestors, which had been built in the
+vicinity of the schools, for more easy access to them.]
+
+[Footnote 3: Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 4, cap. 19]
+
+The quipu was a cord about two feet long, composed of different
+colored threads tightly twisted together, from which a quantity
+of smaller threads were suspended in the manner of a fringe.  The
+threads were of different colors and were tied into knots.  The
+word quipu, indeed, signifies a knot. The colors denoted sensible
+objects; as, for instance, white represented silver, and yellow,
+gold.  They sometimes also stood for abstract ideas. Thus, white
+signified peace, and red, war.  But the quipus were chiefly used
+for arithmetical purposes.  The knots served instead of ciphers,
+and could be combined in such a manner as to represent numbers to
+any amount they required. By means of these they went through
+their calculations with great rapidity, and the Spaniards who
+first visited the country bear testimony to their accuracy. *4
+
+[Footnote 4: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Sarmiento, Relacion,
+Ms., cap. 9. - Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 8. - Garcilasso Parte 1, lib.
+6, cap. 8.]
+
+Officers were established in each of the districts, who, under
+the title of quipucamayus, or "keepers of the quipus," were
+required to furnish the government with information on various
+important matters.  One had charge of the revenues, reported the
+quantity of raw material distributed among the laborers, the
+quality and quantity of the fabrics made from it, and the amount
+of stores, of various kinds, paid into the royal magazines.
+Another exhibited the register of births and deaths, the
+marriages, the number of those qualified to bear arms, and the
+like details in reference to the population of the kingdom.
+These returns were annually forwarded to the capital, where they
+were submitted to the inspection of officers acquainted with the
+art of deciphering these mystic records.  The government was thus
+provided with a valuable mass of statistical information, and the
+skeins of many-colored threads, collected and carefully
+preserved, constituted what might be called the national
+archives. *5
+
+[Footnote 5: Ondegardo expresses his astonishment at the variety
+of objects embraced by these simple records, "hardly credible by
+one who had not seen them." "En aquella ciudad se hallaron muchos
+viejos oficiales antiguos del Inga, asi de la religion, como del
+Govierno, y otra cosa que no pudiera creer sino la viera, que por
+hilos y nudos se hallan figuradas las leyes, y estatutos asi de
+lo uno como de lo otro, las sucesiones de los Reyes y tiempo que
+governaron: y hallose lo que todo esto tenian a su cargo que no
+fue poco, y aun tube alguna claridad de los estatutos que en
+tiempo de cada uno se havia: puesto." (Rel. Prim., Ms.) (See also
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 9. - Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 8, -
+Garcilasso, Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 8, 9.) A vestige of the quipus
+is still to be found in some parts of Peru, where the shepherds
+keep the tallies of their numerous flocks by means of this
+ancient arithmetic]
+But, although the quipus sufficed for all the purposes of
+arithmetical computation demanded by the Peruvians, they were
+incompetent to represent the manifold ideas and images which are
+expressed by writing.  Even here, however, the invention was not
+without its use.  For, independently of the direct representation
+of simple objects, and even of abstract ideas, to a very limited
+extent, as above noticed, it afforded great help to the memory by
+way of association.  The peculiar knot or color, in this way,
+suggested what it could not venture to represent; in the same
+manner - to borrow the homely illustration of an old writer - as
+the number of the Commandment calls to mind the Commandment
+itself.  The quipus, thus used, might be regarded as the Peruvian
+system of mnemonics.
+
+Annalists were appointed in each of the principal communities,
+whose business it was to record the most important events which
+occurred in them. Other functionaries of a higher character,
+usually the amautas, were intrusted with the history of the
+empire, and were selected to chronicle the great deeds of the
+reigning Inca, or of his ancestors. *6 The narrative, thus
+concocted, could be communicated only by oral tradition; but the
+quipus served the chronicler to arrange the incidents with
+method, and to refresh his memory. The story, once treasured up
+in the mind, was indelibly impressed there by frequent
+repetition.  It was repeated by the amauta to his pupils, and in
+this way history, conveyed partly by oral tradition, and partly
+by arbitrary signs, was handed down from generation to
+generation, with sufficient discrepancy of details, but with a
+general conformity of outline to the truth.
+
+[Footnote 6: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+The Peruvian quipus were, doubtless, a wretched substitute for
+that beautiful contrivance, the alphabet, which, employing a few
+simple characters as the representatives of sounds, instead of
+ideas, is able to convey the most delicate shades of thought that
+ever passed through the mind of man. The Peruvian invention,
+indeed, was far below that of the hieroglyphics, even below the
+rude picture-writing of the Aztecs; for the latter art, however
+incompetent to convey abstract ideas, could depict sensible
+objects with tolerable accuracy.  It is evidence of the total
+ignorance in which the two nations remained of each other, that
+the Peruvians should have borrowed nothing of the hieroglyphical
+system of the Mexicans, and this, notwithstanding that the
+existence of the maguey plant, agave, in South America might have
+furnished them with the very material used by the Aztecs for the
+construction of their maps. *7
+
+[Footnote 7: Ibid., ubi supra. - Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms. -
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 9.
+
+Yet the quipus must be allowed to bear some resemblance to the
+belts of wampum - made of colored beads strung together - in
+familiar use among the North American tribes, for commemorating
+treaties, and for other purposes.]
+It is impossible to contemplate without interest the struggles
+made by different nations, as they emerge from barbarism, to
+supply themselves with some visible symbols of thought, - that
+mysterious agency by which the mind of the individual may be put
+in communication with the minds of a whole community.  The want
+of such a symbol is itself the greatest impediment to the
+progress of civilization.  For what is it but to imprison the
+thought, which has the elements of immortality, within the bosom
+of its author, or of the small circle who come in contact with
+him, instead of sending it abroad to give light to thousands, and
+to generations yet unborn!  Not only is such a symbol an
+essential element of civilization, but it may be assumed as the
+very criterion of civilization; for the intellectual advancement
+of a people will keep pace pretty nearly with its facilities for
+intellectual communication.
+Yet we must be careful not to underrate the real value of the
+Peruvian system: nor to suppose that the quipus were as awkward
+an instrument, in the hand of a practised native, as they would
+be in ours.  We know the effect of habit in all mechanical
+operations, and the Spaniards bear constant testimony to the
+adroitness and accuracy of the Peruvians in this.  Their skill is
+not more surprising than the facility with which habit enables us
+to master the contents of a printed page, comprehending thousands
+of separate characters, by a single glance, as it were, though
+each character must require a distinct recognition by the eye,
+and that, too, without breaking the chain of thought in the
+reader's mind.  We must not hold the invention of the quipus too
+lightly, when we reflect that they supplied the means of
+calculation demanded for the affairs of a great nation, and that,
+however insufficient, they afforded no little help to what
+aspired to the credit of literary composition.
+The office of recording the national annals was not wholly
+confined to the amautas.  It was assumed in part by the haravecs,
+or poets, who selected the most brilliant incidents for their
+songs or ballads, which were chanted at the royal festivals and
+at the table of the Inca. *8 In this manner, a body of
+traditional minstrelsy grew up, like the British and Spanish
+ballad poetry, by means of which the name of many a rude
+chieftain, that might have perished for want of a chronicler, has
+been borne down the tide of rustic melody to later generations.
+
+[Footnote 8: Dec. de la Aud. Real., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 27.
+
+The word haravec signified "inventor" or "finder"; and in his
+title, as well as in his functions, the minstrel-poet may remind
+us of the Norman trouvere.  Garcilasso has translated one of the
+little lyrical pieces of his countrymen.  It is light and lively;
+but one short specimen affords no basis for general criticism.]
+
+Yet history may be thought not to gain much by this alliance with
+poetry; for the domain of the poet extends over an ideal realm
+peopled with the shadowy forms of fancy, that bear little
+resemblance to the rude realities of life.  The Peruvian annals
+may be deemed to show somewhat of the effects of this union,
+since there is a tinge of the marvellous spread over them down to
+the very latest period, which, like a mist before the reader's
+eye, makes it difficult to distinguish between fact and fiction.
+
+The poet found a convenient instrument for his purposes in the
+beautiful Quichua dialect.  We have already seen the
+extraordinary measures taken by the Incas for propagating their
+language throughout their empire.  Thus naturalized in the
+remotest provinces, it became enriched by a variety of exotic
+words and idioms, which, under the influence of the Court and of
+poetic culture, if I may so express myself, was gradually
+blended, like some finished mosaic made up of coarse and
+disjointed materials, into one harmonious whole. The Quichua
+became the most comprehensive and various, as well as the most
+elegant, of the South American dialects. *9
+
+[Footnote 9: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.
+
+Sarmiento justly laments that his countrymen should have suffered
+this dialect, which might have proved so serviceable in their
+intercourse with the motley tribes of the empire, to fall so much
+out of use as it has done.  "Y con tanto digo que fue harto
+beneficio para los Espaoles haver esta lengua pues podian con
+ella andar por todas partes en algunas de las quales ya se va
+perdiendo." Relacion, Ms., cap. 21.
+
+According to Velasco, the Incas, on arriving with their
+conquering legions at Quito, were astonished to find a dialect of
+the Quichua spoken there, although it was unknown over much of
+the intermediate country; a singular fact, if true.  (Hist. de
+Quito, tom. I. p. 185.) The author, a native of that country, had
+access to some rare sources of information; and his curious
+volumes show an intimate analogy between the science and social
+institutions of the people of Quito and Peru.  Yet his book
+betrays an obvious anxiety to set the pretensions of his own
+country in the most imposing point of view, and he frequently
+hazards assertions with a confidence that is not well calculated
+to secure that of his readers.]
+
+Besides the compositions already noticed, the Peruvians, it is
+said, showed some talent for theatrical exhibitions; not those
+barren pantomimes which, addressed simply to the eye, have formed
+the amusement of more than one rude nation.  The Peruvian pieces
+aspired to the rank of dramatic compositions, sustained by
+character and dialogue, founded sometimes on themes of tragic
+interest, and at others on such as, from their light and social
+character, belong to comedy. *10 Of the execution of these pieces
+we have now no means of judging.  It was probably rude enough, as
+befitted an unformed people.  But, whatever may have been the
+execution, the mere conception of such an amusement is a proof of
+refinement that honorably distinguishes the Peruvian from the
+other American races, whose pastime was war, or the ferocious
+sports that reflect the image of it.
+
+[Footnote 10: Garcilasso, Com. Real., ubi supra.]
+
+The intellectual character of the Peruvians, indeed, seems to
+have been marked rather by a tendency to refinement than by those
+hardier qualities which insure success in the severer walks of
+science.  In these they were behind several of the semi-civilized
+nations of the New World.  They had some acquaintance with
+geography, so far as related to their own empire, which was
+indeed extensive; and they constructed maps with lines raised on
+them to denote the boundaries and localities, on a similar
+principle with those formerly used by the blind.  In astronomy,
+they appear to have made but moderate proficiency.  They divided
+the year into twelve lunar months, each of which, having its own
+name, was distinguished by its appropriate festival. *11 They
+had, also, weeks; but of what length, whether of seven, nine, or
+ten days, is uncertain.  As their lunar year would necessarily
+fall short of the true time, they rectified their calendar by
+solar observations made by means of a number of cylindrical
+columns raised on the high lands round Cuzco, which served them
+for taking azimuths; and, by measuring their shadows, they
+ascertained the exact times of the solstices.  The period of the
+equinoxes they determined by the help of a solitary pillar, or
+gnomon, placed in the centre of a circle, which was described in
+the area of the great temple, and traversed by a diameter that
+was drawn from east to west. When the shadows were scarcely
+visible under the noontide rays of the sun, they said that "the
+god sat with all his light upon the column." *12 Quito, which lay
+immediately under the equator, where the vertical rays of the sun
+threw no shadow at noon, was held in especial veneration as the
+favored abode of the great deity.  The period of the equinoxes
+was celebrated by public rejoicings.  The pillar was crowned by
+the golden chair of the Sun, and, both then and at the solstices,
+the columns were hung with garlands, and offerings of flowers and
+fruits were made, while high festival was kept throughout the
+empire.  By these periods the Peruvians regulated their religious
+rites and ceremonial, and prescribed the nature of their
+agricultural labors.  The year itself took its departure from the
+date of the winter solstice. *13
+
+[Footnote 11: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.
+
+Fernandez, who differs from most authorities in dating the
+commencement of the year from June, gives the names of the
+several months, with their appropriate occupations.  Hist. del
+Peru, Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 10.]
+
+[Footnote 12: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+22-26.
+
+The Spanish conquerors threw down these pillars, as savouring of
+idolatry in the Indians.  Which of the two were best entitled to
+the name of barbarians?]
+
+[Footnote 13: Betanzos, Nar. de los Ingas, Ms., cap. 16. -
+Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 23. - Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 3.
+
+The most celebrated gnomon in Europe, that raised on the dome of
+the metropolitan church of Florence, was erected by the famous
+Toscanelli, - for the purpose of determining the solstices, and
+regulating the festivals of the Church, - about the year 1468;
+perhaps at no very distant date from that of the similar
+astronomical contrivance of the American Indian.  See Tiraboschi,
+Historia della Letteratura Italiana, tom. VI. lib. 2, cap. 2,
+sec. 38.]
+This meagre account embraces nearly all that has come down to us
+of Peruvian astronomy.  It may seem strange that a nation, which
+had proceeded thus far in its observations, should have gone no
+farther; and that, notwithstanding its general advance in
+civilization, it should in this science have fallen so far short,
+not only of the Mexicans, but of the Muyscas, inhabiting the same
+elevated regions of the great southern plateau with themselves.
+These latter regulated their calendar on the same general plan of
+cycles and periodical series as the Aztecs, approaching yet
+nearer to the system pursued by the people of Asia. *14
+
+[Footnote 14: A tolerably meagre account - yet as full, probably,
+as authorities could warrant - of this interesting people has
+been given by Piedrahita, Bishop of Panama, in the first two
+Books of his Historia General de las Conquistas del Nuevo Regno
+de Granada, (Madrid, 1688.) - M. de Humboldt was fortunate in
+obtaining a Ms., composed by a Spanish ecclesiastic resident in
+Santa Fe de Bogota, in relation to the Muysca calendar, of which
+the Prussian philosopher has given a large and luminous analysis.
+Vues des Cordilleres. p. 244.]
+
+It might have been expected that the Incas, the boasted children
+of the Sun, would have made a particular study of the phenomena
+of the heavens, and have constructed a calendar on principles as
+scientific as that of their semi-civilized neighbours.  One
+historian, indeed, assures us that they threw their years into
+cycles of ten, a hundred, and a thousand years, and that by these
+cycles they regulated their chronology. *15 But this assertion -
+not improbable in itself - rests on a writer but little gifted
+with the spirit of criticism, and is counter-balanced by the
+silence of every higher and earlier authority, as well as by the
+absence of any monument, like those found among other American
+nations, to attest the existence of such a calendar.  The
+inferiority of the Peruvians may be, perhaps, in part explained
+by the fact of their priesthood being drawn exclusively from the
+body of the Incas, a privileged order of nobility, who had no
+need, by the assumption of superior learning, to fence themselves
+round from the approaches of the vulgar.  The little true science
+possessed by the Aztec priest supplied him with a key to unlock
+the mysteries of the heavens, and the false system of astrology
+which he built upon it gave him credit as a being who had
+something of divinity in his own nature.  But the Inca noble was
+divine by birth.  The illusory study of astrology, so captivating
+to the unenlightened mind, engaged no share of his attention.
+The only persons in Peru, who claimed the power of reading the
+mysterious future, were the diviners, men who, combining with
+their pretensions some skill in the healing art, resembled the
+conjurors found among many of the Indian tribes.  But the office
+was held in little repute, except among the lower classes, and
+was abandoned to those whose age and infirmity disqualified them
+for the real business of life. *16
+
+[Footnote 15: Montesinos, Mem. Antiguas, Ms., lib. 2, cap. 7.
+"Renovo la computacion de los tiempos, que se iba perdiendo, y se
+contaron en su Reynaldo los anos por 365 dias y seis horas; a los
+anos anadio decadeas de diez anos, a cada diez decadas una
+centuria de 100 anos, y a cada diez centurias una capachoata o
+Jutiphuacan, que son 1000 anos, que quiere decir el grande ano
+del Sol; asi contaban los siglos y los sucesos memorables de sus
+Reyes." Ibid., loc. cit.]
+
+[Footnote 16: "Ansi mismo les hicieron senalar gente para
+hechizeros que tambien es entre ellos, oficio publico y conoscido
+en todos, . . . . . los diputados para ello no lo tenian por
+travajo, por que ninguno podia tener semejante oficio como los
+dichos sino fuesen viejos e viejas, y personas inaviles para
+travajar, como mancos, cojos o contrechos, y gente asi a quien
+faltava las fuerzas para ello." Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+The Peruvians had knowledge of one or two constellations, and
+watched the motions of the planet Venus, to which, as we have
+seen, they dedicated altars.  But their ignorance of the first
+principles of astronomical science is shown by their ideas of
+eclipses, which, they supposed, denoted some great derangement of
+the planet; and when the moon labored under one of these
+mysterious infirmities, they sounded their instruments, and
+filled the air with shouts and lamentations, to rouse her from
+her lethargy.  Such puerile conceits as these form a striking
+contrast with the real knowledge of the Mexicans, as displayed in
+their hieroglyphical maps, in which the true cause of this
+phenomenon is plainly depicted. *17
+
+[Footnote 17: See Codex Tel-Remensis, Part 4, Pl. 22, ap.
+Antiquities of Mexico, vol. I. London, 1829.]
+
+But, if less successful in exploring the heavens, the Incas must
+be admitted to have surpassed every other American race in their
+dominion over the earth.  Husbandry was pursued by them on
+principles that may be truly called scientific.  It was the basis
+of their political institutions.  Having no foreign commerce, it
+was agriculture that furnished them with the means of their
+internal exchanges, their subsistence, and their revenues.  We
+have seen their remarkable provisions for distributing the land
+in equal shares among the people, while they required every man,
+except the privileged orders, to assist in its cultivation.  The
+Inca himself did not disdain to set the example.  On one of the
+great annual festivals, he proceeded to the environs of Cuzco,
+attended by his Court, and, in the presence of all the people,
+turned up the earth with a golden plough, - or an instrument that
+served as such, - thus consecrating the occupation of the
+husbandman as one worthy to be followed by the Children of the
+Sun. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 16.
+
+The nobles, also, it seems, at this high festival, imitated the
+example of their master.  "Pasadas todas las fiestas, en la
+ultima llevavan muchos arados de manos, los quales antiguamente
+heran de oro; i echos los oficios, tomava el Inga an arado i
+comenzava con el a romper la tierra, i lo mismo los demas
+senores, para que de alli adelante en todo su senorio hiciesen lo
+mismo, i sin que el Inga hiciese esto no avia Indio que osase
+romper la tierra, ni pensavan que produjese si el Inga no la
+rompia primero i esto vaste quanto a las fiestas.' Conq. i. Pob.
+del Piru, Ms.]
+
+The patronage of the government did not stop with this cheap
+display of royal condescension, but was shown in the most
+efficient measures for facilitating the labors of the husbandman.
+Much of the country along the sea-coast suffered from want of
+water, as little or no rain fell there, and the few streams, in
+their short and hurried course from the mountains, exerted only a
+very limited influence on the wide extent of territory.  The
+soil, it is true, was, for the most part, sandy and sterile; but
+many places were capable of being reclaimed, and, indeed, needed
+only to be properly irrigated to be susceptible of extraordinary
+production.  To these spots water was conveyed by means of canals
+and subterraneous aqueducts, executed on a noble scale.  They
+consisted of large slabs of freestone nicely fitted together
+without cement, and discharged a volume of water sufficient, by
+means of latent ducts or sluices, to moisten the lands in the
+lower level, through which they passed.  Some of these aqueducts
+were of great length. One that traversed the district of
+Condesuyu measured between four and five hundred miles.  They
+were brought from some elevated lake or natural reservoir in the
+heart of the mountains, and were fed at intervals by other basins
+which lay in their route along the slopes of the sierra.  In this
+descent, a passage was sometimes to be opened through rocks, -
+and this without the aid of iron tools; impracticable mountains
+were to be turned; rivers and marshes to be crossed; in short,
+the same obstacles were to be encountered as in the construction
+of their mighty roads.  But the Peruvians seemed to take pleasure
+in wrestling with the difficulties of nature.  Near Caxamarca, a
+tunnel is still visible, which they excavated in the mountains,
+to give an outlet to the waters of a lake, when these rose to a
+height in the rainy seasons that threatened the country with
+inundation. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 21. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 24. - Stevenson, Narrative of a
+Twenty Years' Residence in S. America, (London, 1829,) vol. I. p.
+412; II. pp. 173, 174.
+
+"Sacauan acequias en cabos y por partes que es cosa estrana
+afirmar lo: porque las echauan por lugares altos y baxos: y por
+laderas de los cabecos y haldas de sierras q estan en los valles:
+y por ellos mismos atrauiessan muchas: unas por una parte, y
+otras por otra, que es gran delectacio caminar por aquellos
+valles: porque parece que se anda entre huertas y florestas
+llenas de frescuras." Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 66.]
+
+Most of these beneficent works of the Incas were suffered to go
+to decay by their Spanish conquerors.  In some spots, the waters
+are still left to flow in their silent, subterraneous channels,
+whose windings and whose sources have been alike unexplored.
+Others, though partially dilapidated, and closed up with rubbish
+and the rank vegetation of the soil, still betray their course by
+occasional patches of fertility.  Such are the remains in the
+valley of Nasca, a fruitful spot that lies between long tracts of
+desert; where the ancient water-courses of the Incas, measuring
+four or five feet in depth by three in width, and formed of large
+blocks of uncemented masonry, are conducted from an unknown
+distance.
+
+The greatest care was taken that every occupant of the land
+through which these streams passed should enjoy the benefit of
+them.  The quantity of water allotted to each was prescribed by
+law; and royal overseers superintended the distribution, and saw
+that it was faithfully applied to the irrigation of the ground.
+*20
+
+[Footnote 20: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Memoirs of
+Gen-Miller, vol II p. 220.]
+
+The Peruvians showed a similar spirit of enterprise in their
+schemes for introducing cultivation into the mountainous parts of
+their domain.  Many of the hills, though covered with a strong
+soil, were too precipitous to be tilled.  These they cut into
+terraces, faced with rough stone, diminishing in regular
+gradation towards the summit; so that, while the lower strip, or
+anden, as it was called by the Spaniards, that belted round the
+base of the mountain, might comprehend hundreds of acres, the
+uppermost was only large enough to accommodate a few rows of
+Indian corn. *21 Some of the eminences presented such a mass of
+solid rock, that, after being hewn into terraces, they were
+obliged to be covered deep with earth, before they could serve
+the purpose of the husbandman.  With such patient toil did the
+Peruvians combat the formidable obstacles presented by the face
+of their country!  Without the use of the tools or the machinery
+familiar to the European, each individual could have done little;
+but acting in large masses, and under a common direction, they
+were enabled by indefatigable perseverance to achieve results, to
+have attempted which might have filled even the European with
+dismay. *22
+
+[Footnote 21: Miller supposes that it was from these andenes that
+the Spaniards gave the name of Andes to the South American
+Cordilleras.  (Memoirs of Gen. Miller, vol II. p. 219.) But the
+name is older than the Conquest, according to Garcilasso, who
+traces it to Anti, the name of a province that lay east of Cuzco.
+(Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 11.) Anta, the word for
+copper, which was found abundant in certain quarters of the
+country, may have suggested the name of the province, if not
+immediately that of the mountains.]
+
+[Footnote 22: Memoirs of Gen. Miller, ubi supra. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real. Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 1.]
+
+In the same spirit of economical husbandry which redeemed the
+rocky sierra from the curse of sterility, they dug below the arid
+soil of the valleys, and sought for a stratum where some natural
+moisture might be found. These excavations, called by the
+Spaniards hoyas, or "pits," were made on a great scale,
+comprehending frequently more than an acre, sunk to the depth of
+fifteen or twenty feet, and fenced round within by a wall of
+adobes, or bricks baked in the sun.  The bottom of the
+excavation, well prepared by a rich manure of the sardines, - a
+small fish obtained in vast quantities along the coast, - was
+planted with some kind of grain or vegetable. *23
+
+[Footnote 23: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 73.
+
+
+The remains of these ancient excavations still excite the wonder
+of the modern traveller.  See Stevenson, Residence in S. America,
+vol. I. p. 359. - Also McCulloh, Researches, p. 358.]
+
+The Peruvian farmers were well acquainted with the different
+kinds of manures, and made large use of them; a circumstance rare
+in the rich lands of the tropics, and probably not elsewhere
+practised by the rude tribes of America.  They made great use of
+guano, the valuable deposit of sea-fowl, that has attracted so
+much attention, of late, from the agriculturists both of Europe
+and of our own country, and the stimulating and nutritious
+properties of which the Indians perfectly appreciated.  This was
+found in such immense quantities on many of the little islands
+along the coast, as to have the appearance of lofty hills, which,
+covered with a white saline incrustation, led the Conquerors to
+give them the name of the sierra nevada, or "snowy mountains."
+
+The Incas took their usual precautions for securing the benefits
+of this important article to the husbandman.  They assigned the
+small islands on the coast to the use of the respective districts
+which lay adjacent to them. When the island was large, it was
+distributed among several districts, and the boundaries for each
+were clearly defined.  All encroachment on the rights of another
+was severely punished.  And they secured the preservation of the
+fowl by penalties as stern as those by which the Norman tyrants
+of England protected their own game.  No one was allowed to set
+foot on the island during the season for breeding, under pain of
+death; and to kill the birds at any time was punished in the like
+manner. *24
+
+[Footnote 24: Acosta, lib. 4, cap. 36. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 3.]
+
+With this advancement in agricultural science, the Peruvians
+might be supposed to have had some knowledge of the plough, in
+such general use among the primitive nations of the eastern
+continent.  But they had neither the iron ploughshare of the Old
+World, nor had they animals for draught, which, indeed, were
+nowhere found in the New.  The instrument which they used was a
+strong, sharp-pointed stake, traversed by a horizontal piece, ten
+or twelve inches from the point, on which the ploughman might set
+his foot and force it into the ground.  Six or eight strong men
+were attached by ropes to the stake, and dragged it forcibly
+along, - pulling together, and keeping time as they moved by
+chanting their national songs, in which they were accompanied by
+the women who followed in their train, to break up the sods with
+their rakes.  The mellow soil offered slight resistance; and the
+laborer, by long practice, acquired a dexterity which enabled him
+to turn up the ground to the requisite depth with astonishing
+facility.  This substitute for the plough was but a clumsy
+contrivance; yet it is curious as the only specimen of the kind
+among the American aborigines, and was perhaps not much inferior
+to the wooden instrument introduced in its stead by the European
+conquerors. *25
+
+[Footnote 25: Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 2.]
+
+It was frequently the policy of the Incas, after providing a
+deserted tract with the means for irrigation, and thus fitting it
+for the labors of the husbandman, to transplant there a colony of
+mitimaes, who brought it under cultivation by raising the crops
+best suited to the soil.  While the peculiar character and
+capacity of the lands were thus consulted, a means of exchange of
+the different products was afforded to the neighbouring
+provinces, which, from the formation of the country, varied much
+more than usual within the same limits.  To facilitate these
+agricultural exchanges, fairs were instituted, which took place
+three times a month in some of the most populous places, where,
+as money was unknown, a rude kind of commerce was kept up by the
+barter of their respective products.  These fairs afforded so
+many holidays for the relaxation of the industrious laborer. *26
+
+[Footnote 26: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 19. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real, Parte 1, lib. 6, cap. 36; lib. 7, cap. 1. - Herrera,
+Hist. General. dec. 5, lib. 4, cap. 3.]
+
+Such were the expedients adopted by the Incas for the improvement
+of their territory; and, although imperfect, they must be allowed
+to show an acquaintance with the principles of agricultural
+science, that gives them some claim to the rank of a civilized
+people.  Under their patient and discriminating culture, every
+inch of good soil was tasked to its greatest power of production;
+while the most unpromising spots were compelled to contribute
+something to the subsistence of the people.  Everywhere the land
+teemed with evidence of agricultural wealth, from the smiling
+valleys along the coast to the terraced steeps of the sierra,
+which, rising into pyramids of verdure, glowed with all the
+splendors of tropical vegetation.
+The formation of the country was particularly favorable, as
+already remarked, to an infinite variety of products, not so much
+from its extent as from its various elevations, which, more
+remarkable, even, than those in Mexico, comprehend every degree
+of latitude from the equator to the polar regions.  Yet, though
+the temperature changes in this region with the degree of
+elevation, it remains nearly the same in the same spots
+throughout the year; and the inhabitant feels none of those
+grateful vicissitudes of season which belong to the temperate
+latitudes of the globe.  Thus, while the summer lies in full
+power on the burning regions of the palm and the cocoa-tree that
+fringe the borders of the ocean, the broad surface of the table
+land blooms with the freshness of perpetual spring, and the
+higher summits of the Cordilleras are white with everlasting
+winter.
+
+The Peruvians turned this fixed variety of climate, if I may so
+say, to the best account by cultivating the productions
+appropriate to each; and they particularly directed their
+attention to those which afforded the most nutriment to man.
+Thus, in the lower level were to be found the cassava-tree and
+the banana, that bountiful plant, which seems to have relieved
+man from the primeval curse - if it were not rather a blessing -
+of toiling for his sustenance. *27 As the banana faded from the
+landscape, a good substitute was found in the maize, the great
+agricultural staple of both the northern and southern divisions
+of the American continent; and which, after its exportation to
+the Old World, spread so rapidly there, as to suggest the idea of
+its being indigenous to it. *28 The Peruvians were well
+acquainted with the different modes of preparing this useful
+vegetable, though it seems they did not use it for bread, except
+at festivals; and they extracted a sort of honey from the stalk,
+and made an intoxicating liquor from the fermented grain, to
+which, like the Aztecs, they were immoderately addicted. *29
+
+[Footnote 27: The prolific properties of the banana are shown by
+M. de Humboldt, who states that its productiveness, as compared
+with that of wheat, is as 133 to 1, and with that of the potato,
+as 44 to 1.  (Essai Politique sur le Royaume de la Nouvelle
+Espagne, Paris, 1827, tom. II. p. 389.) It is a mistake to
+suppose that this plant was not indigenous to South America. The
+banana-leaf has been frequently found in ancient Peruvian tombs.]
+
+[Footnote 28: The misnomer of ble de Turquie shows the popular
+error.  Yet the rapidity of its diffusion through Europe and
+Asia, after the discovery of America, is of itself sufficient to
+show that it could not have been indigenous to the Old World, and
+have so long remained generally unknown there.]
+
+[Footnote 29: Acosta, lib. 4, cap. 16.
+
+The saccharine matter contained in the maize-stalk is much
+greater in tropical countries than in more northern latitudes; so
+that the natives in the former may be seen sometimes sucking it
+like the sugarcane.  One kind of the fermented liquors, sora,
+made from the corn, was of such strength, that the use of it was
+forbidden by the Incas, at least to the common people. Their
+injunctions do not seem to have been obeyed so implicitly in this
+instance as usual.]
+
+The temperate climate of the table-land furnished them with the
+maguey, agave Americana, many of the extraordinary qualities of
+which they comprehended, though not its most important one of
+affording a material for paper.  Tobacco, too, was among the
+products of this elevated region.  Yet the Peruvians differed
+from every other Indian nation to whom it was known, by using it
+only for medicinal purposes, in the form of snuff. *30 They may
+have found a substitute for its narcotic qualities in the coca
+(Erythroxylum Peruvianum), or cuca, as called by the natives.
+This is a shrub which grows to the height of a man.  The leaves
+when gathered are dried in the sun, and, being mixed with a
+little lime, form a preparation for chewing, much like the
+betel-leaf of the East. *31 With a small supply of this cuca in
+his pouch, and a handful of roasted maize, the Peruvian Indian of
+our time performs his wearisome journeys, day after day, without
+fatigue, or, at least, without complaint.  Even food the most
+invigorating is less grateful to him than his loved narcotic.
+Under the Incas, it is said to have been exclusively reserved for
+the noble orders.  If so, the people gained one luxury by the
+Conquest; and, after that period, it was so extensively used by
+them, that this article constituted a most important item of the
+colonial revenue of Spain. *32 Yet, with the soothing charms of
+an opiate, this weed so much vaunted by the natives, when used to
+excess, is said to be attended with all the mischievous effects
+of habitual intoxication. *33
+
+[Footnote 30: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 25.]
+
+[Footnote 31: The pungent leaf of the betel was in like manner
+mixed with lime when chewed.  (Elphinstone, History of India,
+London, 1841, vol. I. p. 331.) The similarity of this social
+indulgence, in the remote East and West, is singular.]
+
+[Footnote 32: Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms. - Acosta, lib. 4, cap.
+22. - Stevenson, Residence in S. America, vol. II. p. 63. - Cieza
+de Leon, Cronica, cap. 96.]
+
+[Footnote 33: A traveller (Poeppig) noticed in the Foreign
+Quarterly Review, (No. 33,) expatiates on the malignant effects
+of the habitual use of the cuca, as very similar to those
+produced on the chewer of opium.  Strange that such baneful
+properties should not be the subject of more frequent comment
+with other writers!  I do not remember to have seen them even
+adverted to.]
+
+Higher up on the slopes of the Cordilleras, beyond the limits of
+the maize and of the quinoa, - a grain bearing some resemblance
+to rice, and largely cultivated by the Indians, - was to be found
+the potato, the introduction of which into Europe has made an era
+in the history of agriculture.  Whether indigenous to Peru, or
+imported from the neighbouring country of Chili, it formed the
+great staple of the more elevated plains, under the Incas, and
+its culture was continued to a height in the equatorial regions
+which reached many thousand feet above the limits of perpetual
+snow in the temperate latitudes of Europe. *34 Wild specimens of
+the vegetable might be seen still higher, springing up
+spontaneously amidst the stunted shrubs that clothed the lofty
+sides of the Cordilleras, till these gradually subsided into the
+mosses and the short yellow grass, pajonal, which, like a golden
+carpet, was unrolled around the base of the mighty cones, that
+rose far into the regions of eternal silence, covered with the
+snows of centuries. *35
+
+[Footnote 34: Malte-Brun, book 86.
+
+The potato, found by the early discoverers in Chili, Peru, New
+Granada, and all along the Cordilleras of South America, was
+unknown in Mexico, - an additional proof of the entire ignorance
+in which the respective nations of the two continents remained of
+one another.  M. de Humboldt, who has bestowed much attention on
+the early history of this vegetable, which has exerted so
+important an influence on European society, supposes that the
+cultivation of it in Virginia, where it was known to the early
+planters, must have been originally derived from the Southern
+Spanish colonies.  Essai Politique, tom. II. p. 462.]
+
+[Footnote 35: While Peru, under the Incas, could boast these
+indigenous products, and many others less familiar to the
+European, it was unacquainted with several of great importance,
+which, since the Conquest, have thriven there as on their natural
+soil.  Such are the olive, the grape, the fig, the apple, the
+orange, the sugar-cane.  None of the cereal grains of the Old
+World were found there.  The first wheat was introduced by a
+Spanish lady of Trujillo, who took great pains to disseminate it
+among the colonists, of which the government, to its credit, was
+not unmindful.  Her name was Maria de Escobar.  History, which is
+so much occupied with celebrating the scourges of humanity,
+should take pleasure in commemorating one of its real
+benefactors.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter V
+
+Peruvian Sheep. - Great Hunts. - Manufactures. - Mechanical
+Skill. - Architecture. - Concluding Reflections.
+
+
+A nation which had made such progress in agriculture might be
+reasonably expected to have made, also, some proficiency in the
+mechanical arts, - especially when, as in the case of the
+Peruvians, their agricultural economy demanded in itself no
+inconsiderable degree of mechanical skill.  Among most nations,
+progress in manufactures has been found to have an intimate
+connection with the progress of husbandry.  Both arts are
+directed to the same great object of supplying the necessaries,
+the comforts, or, in a more refined condition of society, the
+luxuries of life; and when the one is brought to a perfection
+that infers a certain advance in civilization, the other must
+naturally find a corresponding development under the increasing
+demands and capacities of such a state.  The subjects of the
+Incas, in their patient and tranquil devotion to the more humble
+occupations of industry which bound them to their native soil,
+bore greater resemblance to the Oriental nations, as the Hindoos
+and Chinese, than they bore to the members of the great
+Anglo-Saxon family, whose hardy temper has driven them to seek
+their fortunes on the stormy ocean, and to open a commerce with
+the most distant regions of the globe.  The Peruvians, though
+lining a long extent of sea-coast, had no foreign commerce.
+
+They had peculiar advantages for domestic manufacture in a
+material incomparably superior to any thing possessed by the
+other races of the Western continent.  They found a good
+substitute for linen in a fabric which, like the Aztecs, they
+knew how to weave from the tough thread of the maguey. Cotton
+grew luxuriantly on the low, sultry level of the coast, and
+furnished them with a clothing suitable to the milder latitudes
+of the country.  But from the llama and the kindred species of
+Peruvian sheep they obtained a fleece adapted to the colder
+climate of the table-land, "more estimable," to quote the
+language of a well-informed writer, "than the down of the
+Canadian beaver, the fleece of the brebis des Calmoucks, or of
+the Syrian goat." *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Walton, Historical and Descriptive Account of the
+Peruvian Sheep, (London, 1811,) p. 115.  This writer's comparison
+is directed to the wool of the vicuna, the most esteemed of the
+genus for its fleece.]
+
+Of the four varieties of the Peruvian sheep, the llama, the one
+most familiarly known, is the least valuable on account of its
+wool.  It is chiefly employed as a beast of burden, for which,
+although it is somewhat larger than any of the other varieties,
+its diminutive size and strength would seem to disqualify it.  It
+carries a load of little more than a hundred pounds, and cannot
+travel above three or four leagues in a day.  But all this is
+compensated by the little care and cost required for its
+management and its maintenance.  It picks up an easy subsistence
+from the moss and stunted herbage that grow scantily along the
+withered sides and the steeps of the Cordilleras.  The structure
+of its stomach, like that of the camel, is such as to enable it
+to dispense with any supply of water for weeks, nay, months
+together.  Its spongy hoof, armed with a claw or pointed talon to
+enable it to take secure hold on the ice, never requires to be
+shod; and the load laid upon its back rests securely in its bed
+of wool, without the aid of girth or saddle.  The llamas move in
+troops of five hundred or even a thousand, and thus, though each
+individual carries but little, the aggregate is considerable.
+The whole caravan travels on at its regular pace, passing the
+night in the open air without suffering from the coldest
+temperature, and marching in perfect order, and in obedience to
+the voice of the driver.  It is only when overloaded that the
+spirited little animal refuses to stir, and neither blows nor
+caresses can induce him to rise from the ground.  He is as sturdy
+in asserting his rights on this occasion, as he is usually docile
+and unresisting. *2
+
+[Footnote 2: Ibid., p. 23, et seq. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 1, lib. 8, cap. 16. - Acosta, lib. 4, cap. 41.
+
+Llama, according to Garcilasso de la Vega, is a Peruvian word
+signifying "flock." (Ibid., ubi supra.) The natives got no milk
+from their domesticated animals; nor was milk used, I believe, by
+any tribe on the American continent.]
+
+The employment of domestic animals distinguished the Peruvians
+from the other races of the New World.  This economy of human
+labor by the substitution of the brute is an important element of
+civilization, inferior only to what is gained by the substitution
+of machinery for both.  Yet the ancient Peruvians seem to have
+made much less account of it than their Spanish conquerors, and
+to have valued the llama, in common with the other animals of
+that genus, chiefly for its fleece.  Immense herds of these
+"large cattle," as they were called, and of the "smaller cattle,"
+*3 or alpacas, were held by the government, as already noticed,
+and placed under the direction of shepherds, who conducted them
+from one quarter of the country to another, according to the
+changes of the season.  These migrations were regulated with all
+the precision with which the code of the mesta determined the
+migrations of the vast merino flocks in Spain; and the
+Conquerors, when they landed in Peru, were amazed at finding a
+race of animals so similar to their own in properties and habits,
+and under the control of a system of legislation which might seem
+to have been imported from their native land. *4
+
+[Footnote 3: Ganado maior, ganado menor.]
+
+[Footnote 4: The judicious Ondegardo emphatically recommends the
+adoption of many of these regulations by the Spanish government,
+as peculiarly suited to the exigencies of the natives.  "En esto
+de los ganados parescio haber hecho muchas constituciones en
+diferentes tiempos e algunas tan utiles e provechosas para su
+conservacion que conven dria que tambien guardasen agora." Rel.
+Seg., Ms.]
+
+But the richest store of wool was obtained, not from these
+domesticated animals, but from the two other species, the
+huanacos and the vicunas, which roamed in native freedom over the
+frozen ranges of the Cordilleras; where not unfrequently they
+might be seen scaling the snow-covered peaks which no living
+thing inhabits save the condor, the huge bird of the Andes, whose
+broad pinions bear him up in the atmosphere to the height of more
+than twenty thousand feet above the level of the sea. *5 In these
+rugged pastures, "the flock without a fold" finds sufficient
+sustenance in the ychu, a species of grass which is found
+scattered all along the great ridge of the Cordilleras, from the
+equator to the southern limits of Patagonia.  And as these limits
+define the territory traversed by the Peruvian sheep, which
+rarely, if ever, venture north of the line, it seems not
+improbable that this mysterious little plant is so important to
+their existence, that the absence of it is the principal reason
+why they have not penetrated to the northern latitudes of Quito
+and New Granada. *6
+
+[Footnote 5: Malte-Brun, book 86.]
+
+[Footnote 6: Ychu, called in the Flora Peruana Jarava; Class,
+Monandria Digynia.  See Walton, p. 17]
+
+But, although thus roaming without a master over the boundless
+wastes of the Cordilleras, the Peruvian peasant was never allowed
+to hunt these wild animals, which were protected by laws as
+severe as were the sleek herds that grazed on the more cultivated
+slopes of the plateau.  The wild game of the forest and the
+mountain was as much the property of the government, as if it had
+been inclosed within a park, or penned within a fold. *7 It was
+only on stated occasions, at the great hunts, which took place
+once a year, under the personal superintendence of the Inca or
+his principal officers, that the game was allowed to be taken.
+These hunts were not repeated in the same quarter of the country
+oftener than once in four years, that time might be allowed for
+the waste occasioned by them to be replenished.  At the appointed
+time, all those living in the district and its neighbourhood, to
+the number, it might be, of fifty or sixty thousand men, *8 were
+distributed round, so as to form a cordon of immense extent, that
+should embrace the whole country which was to be hunted over.
+The men were armed with long poles and spears, with which they
+beat up game of every description lurking in the woods, the
+valleys, and the mountains, killing the beasts of prey without
+mercy, and driving the others, consisting chiefly of the deer of
+the country, and the huanacos and vicunas, towards the centre of
+the wide-extended circle; until, as this gradually contracted,
+the timid inhabitants of the forest were concentrated on some
+spacious plain, where the eye of the hunter might range freely
+over his victims, who found no place for shelter or escape.
+
+[Footnote 7: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 8: Sometimes even a hundred thousand mustered, when the
+Inca hunted in person, if we may credit Sarmiento.  "De donde
+haviendose ya juntado cinquenta o sesenta mil Personas o cien mil
+si mandado les era." Relacion, Ms., cap. 13.]
+
+The male deer and some of the coarser kind of the Peruvian sheep
+were slaughtered; their skins were reserved for the various
+useful manufactures to which they are ordinarily applied, and
+their flesh, cut into thin slices, was distributed among the
+people, who converted it into charqui, the dried meat of the
+country, which constituted then the sole, as it has since the
+principal, animal food of the lower classes of Peru. *9
+
+[Footnote 9: Ibid., ubi supra.
+
+Charqui; hence, probably, says McCulloh, the term "jerked,"
+applied to the dried beef of South America.  Researches, p. 377.]
+
+But nearly the whole of the sheep, amounting usually to thirty or
+forty thousand, or even a larger number, after being carefully
+sheared, were suffered to escape and regain their solitary haunts
+among the mountains.  The wool thus collected was deposited in
+the royal magazines, whence, in due time, it was dealt out to the
+people.  The coarser quality was worked up into garments for
+their own use, and the finer for the Inca; for none but an Inca
+noble could wear the fine fabric of the vicuna. *10
+
+[Footnote 10: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms. loc. cit. - Cieza de Leon,
+Cronica, cap. 81. - Garcilasso, Com. Real. Parte 1, lib. 6, cap.
+6.]
+
+The Peruvians showed great skill in the manufacture of different
+articles for the royal household from this delicate material,
+which, under the name of vigonia wool, is now familiar to the
+looms of Europe.  It was wrought into shawls, robes, and other
+articles of dress for the monarch, and into carpets, coverlets,
+and hangings for the imperial palaces and the temples.  The cloth
+was finished on both sides alike; *11 the delicacy of the texture
+was such as to give it the lustre of silk; and the brilliancy of
+the dyes excited the admiration and the envy of the European
+artisan. *12 The Peruvians produced also an article of great
+strength and durability by mixing the hair of animals with wool;
+and they were expert in the beautiful feather-work, which they
+held of less account than the Mexicans from the superior quality
+of the materials for other fabrics, which they had at their
+command. *13
+
+[Footnote 11: Acosta, lib. 4, cap. 41.]
+
+[Footnote 12: "Ropas finisimas para los Reyes, que lo eran tanto
+que parecian de sarga de seda y con colores tan perfectos quanto
+se puede afirmar." Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 13]
+
+[Footnote 13: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.
+
+"Ropa finissima para los senores Ingas de lana de las Vicunias.
+Y cierto fue tan prima esta ropa, como auran visto en Espana: por
+alguna que alla fue luego que se gano este reyno.  Los vestidos
+destos Ingas eran camisetas desta opa: vnas pobladas de
+argenteria de oro, otras de esmeraldas y piedras preciosas: y
+algunas de plumas de aues: otras de solamente la manta.  Para
+hazer estas ropas, tuuiero y tienen tan perfetas colores de
+carmesi, azul, amarillo, negro, y de otras suertes: que
+verdaderamente tienen ventaja a las de Espana." Cieza de Leon,
+Cronica, cap. 114.]
+
+The natives showed a skill in other mechanical arts similar to
+that displayed by their manufacturers of cloth.  Every man in
+Peru was expected to be acquainted with the various handicrafts
+essential to domestic comfort. No long apprenticeship was
+required for this, where the wants were so few as among the
+simple peasantry of the Incas.  But, if this were all, it would
+imply but a very moderate advancement in the arts.  There were
+certain individuals, however, carefully trained to those
+occupations which minister to the demands of the more opulent
+classes of society.  These occupations, like every other calling
+and office in Peru, always descended from father to son. *14 The
+division of castes, in this particular, was as precise as that
+which existed in Egypt or Hindostan.  If this arrangement be
+unfavorable to originality, or to the development of the peculiar
+talent of the individual, it at least conduces to an easy and
+finished execution by familiarizing the artist with the practice
+of his art from childhood. *15
+
+
+[Footnote 14: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim. et Seg., Mss. - Garcillaso,
+Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 7, 9, 13.]
+
+[Footnote 15: At least, such was the opinion of the Egyptians,
+who referred to this arrangement of castes as the source of their
+own peculiar dexterity in the arts.  See Diodorus Sic., lib. 1,
+sec. 74.]
+
+The royal magazines and the huacas or tombs of the Incas have
+been found to contain many specimens of curious and elaborate
+workmanship.  Among these are vases of gold and silver,
+bracelets, collars, and other ornaments for the person; utensils
+of every description, some of fine clay, and many more of copper;
+mirrors of a hard, polished stone, or burnished silver, with a
+great variety of other articles made frequently on a whimsical
+pattern, evincing quite as much ingenuity as taste or inventive
+talent. *16 The character of the Peruvian mind led to imitation,
+in fact, rather than invention, to delicacy and minuteness of
+finish, rather than to boldness or beauty of design.
+
+[Footnote 16: Ulloa, Not. Amer., ent. 21. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 114. -
+Condamine, Mem. ap. Hist. de l'Acad. Royale de Berlin, tom. II.
+p. 454-456.
+
+The last writer says, that a large collection of massive gold
+ornaments of very rich workmanship was long preserved in the
+royal treasury of Quito. But on his going there to examine them,
+he learned that they had just been melted down into ingots to
+send to Carthagena, then besieged by the English! The art of war
+can flourish only at the expense of all the other arts.]
+That they should have accomplished these difficult works with
+such tools as they possessed, is truly wonderful.  It was
+comparatively easy to cast and even to sculpture metallic
+substances, both of which they did with consummate skill.  But
+that they should have shown the like facility in cutting the
+hardest substances, as emeralds and other precious stones, is not
+so easy to explain.  Emeralds they obtained in considerable
+quantity from the barren district of Atacames, and this
+inflexible material seems to have been almost as ductile in the
+hands of the Peruvian artist as if it had been made of clay. *17
+Yet the natives were unacquainted with the use of iron, though
+the soil was largely impregnated with it. *18 The tools used were
+of stone, or more frequently of copper.  But the material on
+which they relied for the execution of their most difficult tasks
+was formed by combining a very small portion of tin with copper.
+*19 This composition gave a hardness to the metal which seems to
+have been little inferior to that of steel.  With the aid of it,
+not only did the Peruvian artisan hew into shape porphyry and
+granite, but by his patient industry accomplished works which the
+European would not have ventured to undertake.  Among the remains
+of the monuments of Cannar may be seen movable rings in the
+muzzles of animals, all nicely sculptured of one entire block of
+granite. *20 It is worthy of remark, that the Egyptians, the
+Mexicans, and the Peruvians, in their progress towards
+civilization, should never have detected the use of iron, which
+lay around them in abundance; and that they should each, without
+any knowledge of the other, have found a substitute for it in
+such a curious composition of metals as gave to their tools
+almost the temper of steel; *21 a secret that has been lost - or,
+to speak more correctly, has never been discovered - by the
+civilized European.
+
+[Footnote 17: They had turquoises, also, and might have had
+pearls, but for the tenderness of the Incas, who were unwilling
+to risk the lives of their people in this perilous fishery!  At
+least, so we are assured by Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib.
+8, cap. 23.]
+
+[Footnote 18: "No tenian herramientas de hierro in azero."
+Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib.
+4, cap. 4.]
+
+[Footnote 19: M. de Humboldt brought with him back to Europe one
+of these metallic tools, a chisel, found in a silver mine opened
+by the Incas not far from Cuzco.  On an analysis, it was found to
+contain 0.94 of copper, and 0.06 of tin.  See Vues des
+Cordilleres, p. 117.]
+
+[Footnote 20: "Quoiqu'il en soit," says M. de la Condamine, "nous
+avons vu en quelques autres ruines des ornemens du meme granit,
+qui representoient des mufles d'animaux, dont les narines percees
+portoient des anneaux mobiles de la meme pierre." Mem. ap. Hist.
+de l'Acad.  Royale de Berlin, tom. II. p. 452.]
+
+[Footnote 21: See the History of the Conquest of Mexico, Book 1,
+chap. 5.]
+
+I have already spoken of the large quantity of gold and silver
+wrought into various articles of elegance and utility for the
+Incas; though the amount was inconsiderable, in comparison with
+what could have been afforded by the mineral riches of the land,
+and with what has since been obtained by the more sagacious and
+unscrupulous cupidity of the white man.  Gold was gathered by the
+Incas from the deposits of the streams.  They extracted the ore
+also in considerable quantities from the valley of Curimayo,
+northeast of Caxamarca, as well as from other places; and the
+silver mines of Porco, in particular, yielded them considerable
+returns.  Yet they did not attempt to penetrate into the bowels
+of the earth by sinking a shaft, but simply excavated a cavern in
+the steep sides of the mountain, or, at most, opened a horizontal
+vein of moderate depth.  They were equally deficient in the
+knowledge of the best means of detaching the precious metal from
+the dross with which it was united, and had no idea of the
+virtues of quicksilver, - a mineral not rare in Peru, - as an
+amalgam to effect this decomposition. *22 Their method of
+smelting the ore was by means of furnaces built in elevated and
+exposed situations, where they might be fanned by the strong
+breezes of the mountains.  The subjects of the Incas, in short,
+with all their patient perseverance, did little more than
+penetrate below the crust, the outer rind, as it were, formed
+over those golden caverns which lie hidden in the dark depths of
+the Andes.  Yet what they gleaned from the surface was more than
+adequate for all their demands. For they were not a commercial
+people, and had no knowledge of money. *23 In this they differed
+from the ancient Mexicans, who had an established currency of a
+determinate value.  In one respect, however, they were superior
+to their American rivals, since they made use of weights to
+determine the quantity of their commodities, a thing wholly
+unknown to the Aztecs.  This fact is ascertained by the discovery
+of silver balances, adjusted with perfect accuracy, in some of
+the tombs of the Incas. *24
+
+[Footnote 22: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 8, cap. 25.]
+
+[Footnote 23: Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 5, cap. 7; lib. 6, cap. 8. -
+Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms.
+
+This, which Bonaparte thought so incredible of the little island
+of Loo Choo, was still more extraordinary in a great and
+flourishing empire like Peru; - the country, too, which contained
+within its bowels the treasures that were one day to furnish
+Europe with the basis of its vast metallic currency.]
+
+[Footnote 24: Ulloa, Not. Amer., ent. 21.]
+
+But the surest test of the civilization of a people - at least,
+as sure as any - afforded by mechanical art is to be found in
+their architecture, which presents so noble a field for the
+display of the grand and the beautiful, and which, at the same
+time, is so intimately connected with the essential comforts of
+life.  There is no object on which the resources of the wealthy
+are more freely lavished, or which calls out more effectually the
+inventive talent of the artist.  The painter and the sculptor may
+display their individual genius in creations of surpassing
+excellence, but it is the great monuments of architectural taste
+and magnificence that are stamped in a peculiar manner by the
+genius of the nation.  The Greek, the Egyptian, the Saracen, the
+Gothic, - what a key do their respective styles afford to the
+character and condition of the people!  The monuments of China,
+of Hindostan, and of Central America are all indicative of an
+immature period, in which the imagination has not been
+disciplined by study, and which, therefore, in its best results,
+betrays only the ill-regulated aspirations after the beautiful,
+that belong to a semi-civilized people.
+
+The Peruvian architecture, bearing also the general
+characteristics of an imperfect state of refinement, had still
+its peculiar character; and so uniform was that character, that
+the edifices throughout the country seem to have been all cast in
+the same mould. *25 They were usually built of porphyry or
+granite; not unfrequently of brick.  This, which was formed into
+blocks or squares of much larger dimensions than our brick, was
+made of a tenacious earth mixed up with reeds or tough grass, and
+acquired a degree of hardness with age that made it insensible
+alike to the storms and the more trying sun of the tropics. *26
+The walls were of great thickness, but low, seldom reaching to
+more than twelve or fourteen feet in height.  It is rare to meet
+with accounts of a building that rose to a second story. *27
+
+[Footnote 25: It is the observation of Humboldt.  "Il est
+impossible d'examiner attentivement un seul edifice du temps des
+Incas, sans reconnoitre le meme type dans tous les autres qui
+couvrent le dos des Andes, sur une longueur de plus de quatre
+cent cinquante lieues, depuis mille jusqu'a quatre mille metres
+d'elevation au-dessus du niveau de l'Ocean.  On dirait qu'un seul
+architecte a construit ce grand nombre de monumens." Vues des
+Cordilleres, p. 197.]
+
+[Footnote 26: Ulloa, who carefully examined these bricks,
+suggests that there must have been some secret in their
+composition, - so superior in many respects to our own
+manufacture, - now lost.  Not. Amer., ent. 20.]
+
+[Footnote 27: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+The apartments had no communication with one another, but usually
+opened into a court; and, as they were unprovided with windows,
+or apertures that served for them, the only light from without
+must have been admitted by the doorways.  These were made with
+the sides approaching each other towards the top, so that the
+lintel was considerably narrower than the threshold, a
+peculiarity, also, in Egyptian architecture.  The roofs have for
+the most part disappeared with time.  Some few survive in the
+less ambitious edifices, of a singular bell-shape, and made of a
+composition of earth and pebbles. They are supposed, however, to
+have been generally formed of more perishable materials, of wood
+or straw.  It is certain that some of the most considerable
+stone-buildings were thatched with straw.  Many seem to have been
+constructed without the aid of cement; and writers have contended
+that the Peruvians were unacquainted with the use of mortar, or
+cement of any kind. *28 But a close, tenacious mould, mixed with
+lime, may be discovered filling up the interstices of the granite
+in some buildings; and in others, where the well-fitted blocks
+leave no room for this coarser material, the eye of the antiquary
+has detected a fine bituminous glue, as hard as the rock itself.
+*29
+
+[Footnote 28: Among others, see Acosta, lib. 6, cap. 15. -
+Robertson, History of America, (London, 1796,) vol. III. p. 213.]
+
+[Footnote 29: Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms. - Ulloa, Not. Amer., ent.
+21.
+Humboldt, who analyzed the cement of the ancient structures at
+Cannar, says that it is a true mortar, formed of a mixture of
+pebbles and a clayey marl.  (Vues des Cordilleres, p. 116.)
+Father Velasco is in raptures with an "almost imperceptible kind
+of cement" made of lime and a bituminous substance resembling
+glue, which incorporated with the stones so as to hold them
+firmly together like one solid mass, yet left nothing visible to
+the eye of the common observer.  This glutinous composition,
+mixed with pebbles, made a sort of Macadamized road much used by
+the Incas, as hard and almost as smooth as marble.  Hist. de
+Quito, tom. I. pp. 126-128.]
+
+The greatest simplicity is observed in the construction of the
+buildings, which are usually free from outward ornament; though
+in some the huge stones are shaped into a convex form with great
+regularity, and adjusted with such nice precision to one another,
+that it would be impossible, but for the flutings, to determine
+the line of junction.  In others, the stone is rough, as it was
+taken from the quarry, in the most irregular forms, with the
+edges nicely wrought and fitted to each other.  There is no
+appearance of columns or of arches; though there is some
+contradiction as to the latter point.  But it is not to be
+doubted, that, although they may have made some approach to this
+mode of construction by the greater or less inclination of the
+walls, the Peruvian architects were wholly unacquainted with the
+true principle of the circular arch reposing on its key-stone.
+*30
+
+[Footnote 30: Condamine, Mem. ap. Hist. de l'Acad. Royale de
+Berlin, tom. II. p. 448. - Antig. y Monumentos del Peru, Ms. -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib 4, cap. 4. - Acosta, lib. 6,
+cap. 14. - Ulloa, Voyage to S. America, vol. I. p 469. -
+Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+The architecture of the Incas is characterized, says an eminent
+traveller, "by simplicity, symmetry and solidity." *31 It may
+seem unphilosophical to condemn the peculiar fashion of a nation
+as indicating want of taste, because its standard of taste
+differs from our own.  Yet there is an incongruity in the
+composition of the Peruvian buildings which argues a very
+imperfect acquaintance with the first principles of architecture.
+While they put together their bulky masses of porphyry and
+granite with the nicest art, they were incapable of mortising
+their timbers, and, in their ignorance of iron, knew no better
+way of holding the beams together than tying them with thongs of
+maguey.  In the same incongruous spirit, the building that was
+thatched with straw, and unilluminated by a window, was glowing
+with tapestries of gold and silver!  These are the
+inconsistencies of a rude people, among whom the arts are but
+partially developed.  It might not be difficult to find examples
+of like inconsistency in the architecture and domestic
+arrangements of our Anglo-Saxon, and, at a still later period, of
+our Norman ancestors.
+
+[Footnote 31: "Simplicite, symetrie, et solidite, voila les trois
+caracteres par lesquels se distinguent avantageusement tous les
+edifices peruviens.' Humboldt, Vues des Cordilleres, p. 115.]
+
+Yet the buildings of the Incas were accommodated to the character
+of the climate, and were well fitted to resist those terrible
+convulsions which belong to the land of volcanoes.  The wisdom of
+their plan is attested by the number which still survive, while
+the more modern constructions of the Conquerors have been buried
+in ruins.  The hand of the Conquerors, indeed, has fallen heavily
+on these venerable monuments, and, in their blind and
+superstitious search for hidden treasure, has caused infinitely
+more ruin than time or the earthquake. *32 Yet enough of these
+monuments still remain to invite the researches of the antiquary.
+Those only in the most conspicuous situations have been hitherto
+examined.  But, by the testimony of travellers, many more are to
+be found in the less frequented parts of the country; and we may
+hope they will one day call forth a kindred spirit of enterprise
+to that which has so successfully explored the mysterious
+recesses of Central America and Yucatan.
+
+[Footnote 32: The anonymous author of the Antig. y Monumentos del
+Peru, Ms., gives us, at second hand, one of those golden
+traditions which, in early times, fostered the spirit of
+adventure.  The tradition, in this instance, he thinks well
+entitled to credit.  The reader will judge for himself.
+"It is a well-authenticated report, and generally received, that
+there is a secret hall in the fortress of Cuzco, where an immense
+treasure is concealed, consisting of the statues of all the
+Incas, wrought in gold.  A lady is still living, Dona Maria de
+Esquivel, the wife of the last Inca, who has visited this hall,
+and I have heard her relate the way in which she was carried to
+see it.
+
+"Don Carlos, the lady's husband, did not maintain a style of
+living becoming his high rank.  Dona Maria sometimes reproached
+him, declaring that she had been deceived into marrying a poor
+Indian under the lofty title of Lord or Inca.  She said this so
+frequently, that Don Carlos one night exclaimed, 'Lady!  do you
+wish to know whether I am rich or poor?  You shall see that no
+lord nor king in the world has a larger treasure than I have.'
+Then covering her eyes with a handkerchief he made her turn round
+two or three times, and, taking her by the hand, led her a short
+distance before he removed the bandage.  On opening her eyes,
+what was her amazement!  She had gone not more than two hundred
+paces, and descended a short flight of steps, and she now found
+herself in a large quadrangular hall, where, ranged on benches
+round the walls, she beheld the statues of the Incas, each of the
+size of a boy twelve years old, all of massive gold!  She saw
+also many vessels of gold and silver.  'In fact,' she said, 'it
+was one of the most magnificent treasures in the whole world!'"]
+
+I cannot close this analysis of the Peruvian institutions without
+a few reflections on their general character and tendency, which,
+if they involve some repetition of previous remarks, may, I
+trust, be excused, from my desire to leave a correct and
+consistent impression on the reader.  In this survey, we cannot
+but be struck with the total dissimilarity between these
+institutions and those of the Aztecs, - the other great nation
+who led in the march of civilization on this western continent,
+and whose empire in the northern portion of it was as conspicuous
+as that of the Incas in the south. Both nations came on the
+plateau, and commenced their career of conquest, at dates, it may
+be, not far removed from each other. *33 And it is worthy of
+notice, that, in America, the elevated region along the crests of
+the great mountain ranges should have been the chosen seat of
+civilization in both hemispheres.
+
+[Footnote 33: Ante, chap. 1.]
+
+Very different was the policy pursued by the two races in their
+military career.  The Aztecs, animated by the most ferocious
+spirit, carried on a war of extermination, signalizing their
+triumphs by the sacrifice of hecatombs of captives; while the
+Incas, although they pursued the game of conquest with equal
+pertinacity, preferred a milder policy, substituting negotiation
+and intrigue for violence, and dealt with their antagonists so
+that their future resources should not be crippled, and that they
+should come as friends, not as foes, into the bosom of the
+empire.
+
+Their policy toward the conquered forms a contrast no less
+striking to that pursued by the Aztecs.  The Mexican vassals were
+ground by excessive imposts and military conscriptions.  No
+regard was had to their welfare, and the only limit to oppression
+was the power of endurance.  They were overawed by fortresses and
+armed garrisons, and were made to feel every hour that they were
+not part and parcel of the nation, but held only in subjugation
+as a conquered people.  The Incas, on the other hand, admitted
+their new subjects at once to all the rights enjoyed by the rest
+of the community; and, though they made them conform to the
+established laws and usages of the empire, they watched over
+their personal security and comfort with a sort of parental
+solicitude.  The motley population, thus bound together by common
+interest, was animated by a common feeling of loyalty, which gave
+greater strength and stability to the empire, as it became more
+and more widely extended; while the various tribes who
+successively came under the Mexican sceptre, being held together
+only by the pressure of external force, were ready to fall
+asunder the moment that that force was withdrawn.  The policy of
+the two nations displayed the principle of fear as contrasted
+with the principle of love.
+The characteristic features of their religious systems had as
+little resemblance to each other.  The whole Aztec pantheon
+partook more or less of the sanguinary spirit of the terrible
+war-god who presided over it, and their frivolous ceremonial
+almost always terminated with human sacrifice and cannibal
+orgies.  But the rites of the Peruvians were of a more innocent
+cast, as they tended to a more spiritual worship.  For the
+worship of the Creator is most nearly approached by that of the
+heavenly bodies, which, as they revolve in their bright orbits,
+seem to be the most glorious symbols of his beneficence and
+power.
+
+In the minuter mechanical arts, both showed considerable skill;
+but in the construction of important public works, of roads,
+aqueducts, canals, and in agriculture in all its details, the
+Peruvians were much superior.  Strange that they should have
+fallen so far below their rivals in their efforts after a higher
+intellectual culture, in astronomical science, more especially,
+and in the art of communicating thought by visible symbols.  When
+we consider the greater refinement of the Incas, their
+inferiority to the Aztecs in these particulars can be explained
+only by the fact, that the latter in all probability were
+indebted for their science to the race who preceded them in the
+land, - that shadowy race whose origin and whose end are alike
+veiled from the eye of the inquirer, but who possibly may have
+sought a refuge from their ferocious invaders in those regions of
+Central America the architectural remains of which now supply us
+with the most pleasing monuments of Indian civilization.  It is
+with this more polished race, to whom the Peruvians seem to have
+borne some resemblance in their mental and moral organization,
+that they should be compared.  Had the empire of the Incas been
+permitted to extend itself with the rapid strides with which it
+was advancing at the period of the Spanish conquest, the two
+races might have come into conflict, or, perhaps, into alliance
+with one another.
+
+The Mexicans and Peruvians, so different in the character of
+their peculiar civilization, were, it seems probable, ignorant of
+each other's existence; and it may appear singular, that, during
+the simultaneous continuance of their empires, some of the seeds
+of science and of art, which pass so imperceptibly from one
+people to another, should not have found their way across the
+interval which separated the two nations.  They furnish an
+interesting example of the opposite directions which the human
+mind may take in its struggle to emerge from darkness into the
+light of civilization.
+A closer resemblance - as I have more than once taken occasion to
+notice - may be found between the Peruvian institutions and some
+of the despotic governments of Eastern Asia; those governments
+where despotism appears in its more mitigated form, and the whole
+people, under the patriarchal sway of its sovereign, seem to be
+gathered together like the members of one vast family. Such were
+the Chinese, for example, whom the Peruvians resembled in their
+implicit obedience to authority, their mild yet somewhat stubborn
+temper, their solicitude for forms, their reverence for ancient
+usage, their skill in the minuter manufactures, their imitative
+rather than inventive cast of mind, and their invincible
+patience, which serves instead of a more adventurous spirit for
+the execution of difficult undertakings. *34
+
+[Footnote 34: Count Carli has amused himself with tracing out the
+different points of resemblance between the Chinese and the
+Peruvians.  The emperor of China was styled the son of Heaven or
+of the Sun.  He also held a plough once a year in presence of his
+people, to show his respect for agriculture.  And the solstices
+and equinoxes were noted, to determine the periods of their
+religious festivals.  The coincidences are curious.  Lettres
+Americaines, tom. II. pp. 7, 8.]
+
+A still closer analogy may be found with the natives of Hindostan
+in their division into castes, their worship of the heavenly
+bodies and the elements of nature, and their acquaintance with
+the scientific principles of husbandry.  To the ancient
+Egyptians, also, they bore considerable resemblance in the same
+particulars, as well as in those ideas of a future existence
+which led them to attach so much importance to the permanent
+preservation of the body.
+
+But we shall look in vain in the history of the East for a
+parallel to the absolute control exercised by the Incas over
+their subjects.  In the East, this was founded on physical power,
+- on the external resources of the government.  The authority of
+the Inca might be compared with that of the Pope in the day of
+his might, when Christendom trembled at the thunders of the
+Vatican, and the successor of St. Peter set his foot on the necks
+of princes.  But the authority of the Pope was founded on
+opinion.  His temporal power was nothing.  The empire of the
+Incas rested on both.  It was a theocracy more potent in its
+operation than that of the Jews; for, though the sanction of the
+law might be as great among the latter, the law was expounded by
+a human lawgiver, the servant and representative of Divinity.
+But the Inca was both the lawgiver and the law.  He was not
+merely the representative of Divinity, or, like the Pope, its
+vicegerent, but he was Divinity itself. The violation of his
+ordinance was sacrilege.  Never was there a scheme of government
+enforced by such terrible sanctions, or which bore so
+oppressively on the subjects of it.  For it reached not only to
+the visible acts, but to the private conduct, the words, the very
+thoughts, of its vassals.
+It added not a little to the efficacy of the government, that,
+below the sovereign, there was an order of hereditary nobles of
+the same divine original with himself, who, placed far below
+himself, were still immeasurably above the rest of the community,
+not merely by descent, but, as it would seem, by their
+intellectual nature.  These were the exclusive depositaries of
+power, and, as their long hereditary training made them familiar
+with their vocation, and secured them implicit deference from the
+multitude, they became the prompt and well-practised agents for
+carrying out the executive measures of the administration.  All
+that occurred throughout the wide extent of his empire - such was
+the perfect system of communication - passed in review, as it
+were, before the eyes of the monarch, and a thousand hands, armed
+with irresistible authority, stood ready in every quarter to do
+his bidding.  Was it not, as we have said, the most oppressive,
+though the mildest, of despotisms?
+It was the mildest, from the very circumstance, that the
+transcendent rank of the sovereign, and the humble, nay,
+superstitious, devotion to his will made it superfluous to assert
+this will by acts of violence or rigor. The great mass of the
+people may have appeared to his eyes as but little removed above
+the condition of the brute, formed to minister to his pleasures.
+But, from their very helplessness, he regarded them with feelings
+of commiseration, like those which a kind master might feel for
+the poor animals committed to his charge, or - to do justice to
+the beneficent character attributed to many of the Incas - that a
+parent might feel for his young and impotent offspring. The laws
+were carefully directed to their preservation and personal
+comfort. The people were not allowed to be employed on works
+pernicious to their health, nor to pine - a sad contrast to their
+subsequent destiny - under the imposition of tasks too heavy for
+their powers.  They were never made the victims of public or
+private extortion; and a benevolent forecast watched carefully
+over their necessities, and provided for their relief in seasons
+of infirmity, and for their sustenance in health.  The government
+of the Incas, however arbitrary in form, was in its spirit truly
+patriarchal.
+Yet in this there was nothing cheering to the dignity of human
+nature. What the people had was conceded as a boon, not as a
+right.  When a nation was brought under the sceptre of the Incas,
+it resigned every personal right, even the rights dearest to
+humanity.  Under this extraordinary polity, a people advanced in
+many of the social refinements, well skilled in manufactures and
+agriculture, were unacquainted, as we have seen, with money. They
+had nothing that deserved to be called property.  They could
+follow no craft, could engage in no labor, no amusement, but such
+as was specially provided by law.  They could not change their
+residence or their dress without a license from the government.
+They could not even exercise the freedom which is conceded to the
+most abject in other countries, that of selecting their own
+wives.  The imperative spirit of despotism would not allow them
+to be happy or miserable in any way but that established by law.
+The power of free agency - the inestimable and inborn right of
+every human being - was annihilated in Peru.
+
+The astonishing mechanism of the Peruvian polity could have
+resulted only from the combined authority of opinion and positive
+power in the ruler to an extent unprecedented in the history of
+man.  Yet that it should have so successfully gone into
+operation, and so long endured, in opposition to the taste, the
+prejudices, and the very principles of our nature, is a strong
+proof of a generally wise and temperate administration of the
+government.
+The policy habitually pursued by the Incas for the prevention of
+evils that might have disturbed the order of things is well
+exemplified in their provisions against poverty and idleness.  In
+these they rightly discerned the two great causes of disaffection
+in a populous community.  The industry of the people was secured
+not only by their compulsory occupations at home, but by their
+employment on those great public works which covered every part
+of the country, and which still bear testimony in their decay to
+their primitive grandeur.  Yet it may well astonish us to find,
+that the natural difficulty of these undertakings, sufficiently
+great in itself, considering the imperfection of their tools and
+machinery, was inconceivably enhanced by the politic contrivance
+of government.  The royal edifices of Quito, we are assured by
+the Spanish conquerors, were constructed of huge masses of stone,
+many of which were carried all the way along the mountain roads
+from Cuzco, a distance of several hundred leagues. *35 The great
+square of the capital was filled to a considerable depth with
+mould brought with incredible labor up the steep slopes of the
+Cordilleras from the distant shores of the Pacific Ocean. *36
+Labor was regarded not only as a means, but as an end, by the
+Peruvian law.
+
+[Footnote 35: "Era muy principal intento que la gente no holgase,
+que dava causa a que despues que los Ingas estuvieron en paz
+hacer traer de Quito al Cuzco piedra que venia de provincia en
+provincia para hacer casas para si o pa el Sol en gran cantidad,
+y del Cuzco llevalla a Quito pa el mismo efecto, . . . . . y asi
+destas cosas hacian los Ingas muchas de poco provecho y de
+escesivo travajo en que traian ocupadas las provincias
+ordinariamte, y en fin el travajo era causa de su conservacion."
+Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms. - Also Antig. y Monumentos del Peru,
+Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 36: This was literally gold dust; for Ondegardo states,
+that, when governor of Cuzco, he caused great quantities of gold
+vessels and ornaments to be disinterred from the sand in which
+they had been secreted by the natives.  "Que toda aquella plaza
+del Cuzco le sacaron la tierra propia, y se llevo a otras partes
+por cosa de gran estima, e la hincheron de arena de la costa de
+la mar, como hasta dos palmos y medio en algunas partes, mas
+sembraron por toda ella muchos vasos de oro e plata, y hovejuelas
+y hombrecillos pequenos de lo mismo, lo cual se ha sacado en
+mucha cantidad, que todo lo hemos visto; desta arena estaba toda
+la plaza, quando yo fui a governar aquella Ciudad; e si fue
+verdad que aquella se trajo de ellos, afirman e tienen puestos en
+sus registros, paresceme que sea ansi, que toda la tierra junta
+tubo necesidad de entender en ello, por que la plaza es grande, y
+no tiene numero las cargas que en ella entraron; y la costa por
+lo mas cerca esta mas de nobenta leguas a lo que creo, y cierto
+yo me satisfice, porque todos dicen, que aquel genero de arena,
+no lo hay hasta la costa." Rel. Seg., Ms]
+
+With their manifold provisions against poverty the reader has
+already been made acquainted.  They were so perfect, that, in
+their wide extent of territory, - much of it smitten with the
+curse of barrenness, - no man, however humble, suffered from the
+want of food and clothing.  Famine, so common a scourge in every
+other American nation, so common at that period in every country
+of civilized Europe, was an evil unknown in the dominions of the
+Incas.
+
+The most enlightened of the Spaniards who first visited Peru,
+struck with the general appearance of plenty and prosperity, and
+with the astonishing order with which every thing throughout the
+country was regulated, are loud in their expressions of
+admiration.  No better government, in their opinion, could have
+been devised for the people. Contented with their condition, and
+free from vice, to borrow the language of an eminent authority of
+that early day, the mild and docile character of the Peruvians
+would have well fitted them to receive the teachings of
+Christianity, had the love of conversion, instead of gold,
+animated the breasts of the Conquerors. *37 And a philosopher of
+a later time, warmed by the contemplation of the picture - which
+his own fancy had colored - of public prosperity and private
+happiness under the rule of the Incas, pronounces "the moral man
+in Peru far superior to the European." *38
+
+[Footnote 37: "Y si Dios permitiera que tubieran quien con celo
+de Cristiandad, y no con ramo de codicia, en lo pasado, les
+dieran entera noticia de nuestra sagrada Religion, era gente en
+que bien imprimiera, segun vemos por lo que ahora con la buena
+orden que hay se obra." Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 22.
+
+But the most emphatic testimony to the merits of the people is
+that afforded by Mancio Sierra Lejesema, the last survivor of the
+early Spanish Conquerors, who settled in Peru.  In the preamble
+to his testament, made, as he states, to relieve his conscience,
+at the time of his death, he declares that the whole population,
+under the Incas, was distinguished by sobriety and industry; that
+such things as robbery and theft were unknown; that, far from
+licentiousness, there was not even a prostitute in the country;
+and that every thing was conducted with the greatest order, and
+entire submission to authority.  The panegyric is somewhat too
+unqualified for a whole nation, and may lead one to suspect that
+the stings of remorse for his own treatment of the natives goaded
+the dying veteran into a higher estimate of their deserts than
+was strictly warranted by facts.  Yet this testimony by such a
+man at such a time is too remarkable, as well as too honorable to
+the Peruvians, to be passed over in silence by the historian; and
+I have transferred the document in the original to Appendix, No.
+4.]
+
+[Footnote 38: "Sans doute l'homme moral du Perou etoit infiniment
+plus perfectionne que l'Europeen." Carli, Lettres Americaines,
+tom. I. p. 215.]
+
+Yet such results are scarcely reconcilable with the theory of the
+government I have attempted to analyze.  Where there is no free
+agency, there can be no morality.  Where there is no temptation,
+there can be little claim to virtue.  Where the routine is
+rigorously prescribed by law, the law, and not the man, must have
+the credit of the conduct.  If that government is the best, which
+is felt the least, which encroaches on the natural liberty of the
+subject only so far as is essential to civil subordination, then
+of all governments devised by man the Peruvian has the least real
+claim to our admiration.
+
+It is not easy to comprehend the genius and the full import of
+institutions so opposite to those of our own free republic, where
+every man, however humble his condition, may aspire to the
+highest honors of the state, - may select his own career, and
+carve out his fortune in his own way; where the light of
+knowledge, instead of being concentrated on a chosen few, is shed
+abroad like the light of day, and suffered to fall equally on the
+poor and the rich; where the collision of man with man wakens a
+generous emulation that calls out latent talent and tasks the
+energies to the utmost; where consciousness of independence gives
+a feeling of self-reliance unknown to the timid subjects of a
+despotism; where, in short, the government is made for man, - not
+as in Peru, where man seemed to be made only for the government.
+The New World is the theatre on which these two political
+systems, so opposite in their character, have been carried into
+operation.  The empire of the Incas has passed away and left no
+trace.  The other great experiment is still going on, - the
+experiment which is to solve the problem, so long contested in
+the Old World, of the capacity of man for self-government.  Alas
+for humanity, if it should fail!
+
+The testimony of the Spanish conquerors is not uniform in respect
+to the favorable influence exerted by the Peruvian institutions
+on the character of the people.  Drinking and dancing are said to
+have been the pleasures to which they were immoderately addicted.
+Like the slaves and serfs in other lands, whose position excluded
+them from more serious and ennobling occupations, they found a
+substitute in frivolous or sensual indulgence. Lazy, luxurious,
+and licentious, are the epithets bestowed on them by one of those
+who saw them at the Conquest, but whose pen was not too friendly
+to the Indian. *39 Yet the spirit of independence could hardly be
+strong in a people who had no interest in the soil, no personal
+rights to defend; and the facility with which they yielded to the
+Spanish invader - after every allowance for their comparative
+inferiority - argues a deplorable destitution of that patriotic
+feeling which holds life as little in comparison with freedom.
+
+[Footnote 39: "Heran muy dados a la lujuria y al bever, tenian
+acceso carnal con las hermanas y las mugeres de sus padres como
+no fuesen sus mismas madres, y aun algunos avia que con ellas
+mismas lo hacian y ansi mismo con sus hijas. Estando borrachos
+tocavan algunos en el pecado nefando, emborrachavanse muy a
+menudo, y estando borrachos todo lo que el demonio les traia a la
+voluntad hacian Heran estos orejones muy soberbios y
+presuntuosos.
+
+. . . . . Tenian otras muchas maldades que por ser muchas no las
+digo." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.
+
+These random aspersions of the hard conqueror show too gross an
+ignorance of the institutions of the people to merit much
+confidence as to what is said of their character.]
+
+But we must not judge too hardly of the unfortunate native,
+because he quailed before the civilization of the European.  We
+must not be insensible to the really great results that were
+achieved by the government of the Incas. We must not forget,
+that, under their rule, the meanest of the people enjoyed a far
+greater degree of personal comfort, at least, a greater exemption
+from physical suffering, than was possessed by similar classes in
+other nations on the American continent, - greater, probably,
+than was possessed by these classes in most of the countries of
+feudal Europe.  Under their sceptre, the higher orders of the
+state had made advances in many of the arts that belong to a
+cultivated community.  The foundations of a regular government
+were laid, which, in an age of rapine, secured to its subjects
+the inestimable blessings of tranquillity and safety.  By the
+well-sustained policy of the Incas, the rude tribes of the forest
+were gradually drawn from their fastnesses, and gathered within
+the folds of civilization; and of these materials was constructed
+a flourishing and populous empire, such as was to be found in no
+other quarter of the American continent.  The defects of this
+government were those of over-refinement in legislation, - the
+last defects to have been looked for, certainly, in the American
+aborigines.
+
+Note.  I have not thought it necessary to swell this Introduction
+by an inquiry into the origin of Peruvian civilization, like that
+appended to the history of the Mexican.  The Peruvian history
+doubtless suggests analogies with more than one nation in the
+East, some of which have been briefly adverted to in the
+preceding pages; although these analogies are adduced there not
+as evidence of a common origin, but as showing the coincidences
+which might naturally spring up among different nations under the
+same phase of civilization.  Such coincidences are neither so
+numerous nor so striking as those afforded by the Aztec history.
+The correspondence presented by the astronomical science of the
+Mexicans is alone of more importance than all the rest.  Yet the
+light of analogy, afforded by the institutions of the Incas,
+seems to point, as far as it goes, towards the same direction;
+and as the investigation could present but little substantially
+to confirm, and still less to confute, the views taken in the
+former disquisition, I have not thought it best to fatigue the
+reader with it.
+
+Two of the prominent authorities on whom I have relied in this
+Introductory portion of the work, are Juan de Sarmiento and the
+Licentiate Ondegardo.  Of the former I have been able to collect
+no information beyond what is afforded by his own writings.  In
+the title prefixed to his manuscript, he is styled President of
+the Council of the Indies, a post of high authority, which infers
+a weight of character in the party, and means of information,
+that entitle his opinions on colonial topics to great deference.
+These means of information were much enlarged by Sarmiento's
+visit to the colonies, during the administration of Gasca.
+Having conceived the design of compiling a history of the ancient
+Peruvian institutions, he visited Cuzco, as he tells us, in 1550,
+and there drew from the natives themselves the materials for his
+narrative.  His position gave him access to the most authentic
+sources of knowledge, and from the lips of the Inca nobles, the
+best instructed of the conquered race, he gathered the traditions
+of their national history and institutions.  The quipus formed,
+as we have seen, an imperfect system of mnemonics, requiring
+constant attention, and much inferior to the Mexican
+hieroglyphics.  It was only by diligent instruction that they
+were made available to historical purposes; and this instruction
+was so far neglected after the Conquest, that the ancient annals
+of the country would have perished with the generation which was
+the sole depositary of them, had it not been for the efforts of a
+few intelligent scholars, like Sarmiento, who saw the importance,
+at this critical period, of cultivating an intercourse with the
+natives, and drawing from them their hidden stores of
+information.
+To give still further authenticity to his work, Sarmiento
+travelled over the country, examined the principal objects of
+interest with his own eyes, and thus verified the accounts of the
+natives as far as possible by personal observation.  The result
+of these labors was his work entitled, "Relacion de la sucesion y
+govierno de las Yngas Senores naturales que fueron de las
+Provincias del Peru y otras cosas tocantes a aquel Reyno, para el
+Iltmo. Senor Dn Juan Sarmiento, Presidente del Consejo R1 de
+Indias."
+
+It is divided into chapters, and embraces about four hundred
+folio pages in manuscript.  The introductory portion of the work
+is occupied with the traditionary tales of the origin and early
+period of the Incas; teeming, as usual, in the antiquities of a
+barbarous people, with legendary fables of the most wild and
+monstrous character.  Yet these puerile conceptions afford an
+inexhaustible mine for the labors of the antiquarian, who
+endeavours to unravel the allegorical web which a cunning
+priesthood had devised as symbolical of those mysteries of
+creation that it was beyond their power to comprehend.  But
+Sarmiento happily confines himself to the mere statement of
+traditional fables, without the chimerical ambition to explain
+them.
+From this region of romance, Sarmiento passes to the institutions
+of the Peruvians, describes their ancient polity, their religion,
+their progress in the arts, especially agriculture; and presents,
+in short, an elaborate picture of the civilization which they
+reached under the Inca dynasty.  This part of his work, resting,
+as it does, on the best authority, confirmed in many instances by
+his own observation, is of unquestionable value, and is written
+with an apparent respect for truth, that engages the confidence
+of the reader. The concluding portion of the manuscript is
+occupied with the civil history of the country.  The reigns of
+the early Incas, which lie beyond the sober province of history,
+he despatches with commendable brevity. But on the three last
+reigns, and fortunately of the greatest princes who occupied the
+Peruvian throne, he is more diffuse.  This was comparatively firm
+ground for the chronicler, for the events were too recent to be
+obscured by the vulgar legends that gather like moss round every
+incident of the older time.  His account stops with the Spanish
+invasion; for this story, Sarmiento felt, might be safely left to
+his contemporaries who acted a part in it, but whose taste and
+education had qualified them but indifferently for exploring the
+antiquities and social institutions of the natives.
+
+Sarmiento's work is composed in a simple, perspicuous style,
+without that ambition of rhetorical display too common with his
+countrymen.  He writes with honest candor, and while he does
+ample justice to the merits and capacity of the conquered races,
+he notices with indignation the atrocities of the Spaniards and
+the demoralizing tendency of the Conquest.  It may be thought,
+indeed, that he forms too high an estimate of the attainments of
+the nation under the Incas.  And it is not improbable, that,
+astonished by the vestiges it afforded of an original
+civilization, he became enamoured of his subject, and thus
+exhibited it in colors somewhat too glowing to the eye of the
+European.  But this was an amiable failing, not too largely
+shared by the stern Conquerors, who subverted the institutions of
+the country, and saw little to admire in it, save its gold.  It
+must be further admitted, that Sarmiento has no design to impose
+on his reader, and that he is careful to distinguish between what
+he reports on hearsay, and what on personal experience.  The
+Father of History himself does not discriminate between these two
+things more carefully.
+
+Neither is the Spanish historian to be altogether vindicated from
+the superstition which belongs to his time; and we often find him
+referring to the immediate interposition of Satan those effects
+which might quite as well be charged on the perverseness of man.
+But this was common to the age, and to the wisest men in it; and
+it is too much to demand of a man to be wiser than his
+generation.  It is sufficient praise of Sarmiento, that, in an
+age when superstition was too often allied with fanaticism, he
+seems to have had no tincture of bigotry in his nature.  His
+heart opens with benevolent fulness to the unfortunate native;
+and his language, while it is not kindled into the religious glow
+of the missionary, is warmed by a generous ray of philanthropy
+that embraces the conquered, no less than the conquerors, as his
+brethren.
+Notwithstanding the great value of Sarmiento's work for the
+information it affords of Peru under the Incas, it is but little
+known, has been rarely consulted by historians, and still remains
+among the unpublished manuscripts which lie, like uncoined
+bullion, in the secret chambers of the Escurial.
+The other authority to whom I have alluded, the Licentiate Polo
+de Ondegardo, was a highly respectable jurist, whose name appears
+frequently in the affairs of Peru.  I find no account of the
+period when he first came into the country.  But he was there on
+the arrival of Gasca, and resided at Lima under the usurpation of
+Gonzalo Pizarro.  When the artful Cepeda endeavoured to secure
+the signatures of the inhabitants to the instrument proclaiming
+the sovereignty of his chief, we find Ondegardo taking the lead
+among those of his profession in resisting it.  On Gasca's
+arrival, he consented to take a commission in his army.  At the
+close of the rebellion he was made corregidor of La Plata, and
+subsequently of Cuzco, in which honorable station he seems to
+have remained several years.  In the exercise of his magisterial
+functions, he was brought into familiar intercourse with the
+natives, and had ample opportunity for studying their laws and
+ancient customs.  He conducted himself with such prudence and
+moderation, that he seems to have won the confidence not only of
+his countrymen but of the Indians; while the administration was
+careful to profit by his large experience in devising measures
+for the better government of the colony.
+
+The Relaciones, so often cited in this History, were prepared at
+the suggestion of the viceroys, the first being addressed to the
+Marques de Canete, in 1561, and the second, ten years later, to
+the Conde de Nieva.  The two cover about as much ground as
+Sarmiento's manuscript; and the second memorial, written so long
+after the first, may be thought to intimate the advancing age of
+the author, in the greater carelessness and diffuseness of the
+composition.
+
+As these documents are in the nature of answers to the
+interrogatories propounded by government, the range of topics
+might seem to be limited within narrower bounds than the modern
+historian would desire.  These queries, indeed, had particular
+reference to the revenues, tributes, - the financial
+administration, in short, of the Incas; and on these obscure
+topics the communication of Ondegardo is particularly full.  But
+the enlightened curiosity of government embraced a far wider
+range; and the answers necessarily implied an acquaintance with
+the domestic policy of the Incas, with their laws, social habits,
+their religion, science, and arts, in short, with all that make
+up the elements of civilization.  Ondegardo's memoirs, therefore,
+cover the whole ground of inquiry for the philosophic historian.
+In the management of these various subjects, Ondegardo displays
+both acuteness and erudition.  He never shrinks from the
+discussion, however difficult; and while he gives his conclusions
+with an air of modesty, it is evident that he feels conscious of
+having derived his information through the most authentic
+channels.  He rejects the fabulous with disdain; decides on the
+probabilities of such facts as he relates, and candidly exposes
+the deficiency of evidence.  Far from displaying the simple
+enthusiasm of the well-meaning but credulous missionary, he
+proceeds with the cool and cautious step of a lawyer accustomed
+to the conflict of testimony and the uncertainty of oral
+tradition.  This circumspect manner of proceeding, and the
+temperate character of his judgments, entitle Ondegardo to much
+higher consideration as an authority than most of his countrymen
+who have treated of Indian antiquities.
+There runs through his writings a vein of humanity, shown
+particularly in his tenderness to the unfortunate natives, to
+whose ancient civilization he does entire, but not extravagant,
+justice; while, like Sarmiento, he fearlessly denounces the
+excesses of his own countrymen, and admits the dark reproach they
+had brought on the honor of the nation.  But while this censure
+forms the strongest ground for condemnation of the Conquerors,
+since it comes from the lips of a Spaniard like themselves, it
+proves, also, that Spain in this age of violence could send forth
+from her bosom wise and good men who refused to make common cause
+with the licentious rabble around them.  Indeed, proof enough is
+given in these very memorials of the unceasing efforts of the
+colonial government, from the good viceroy Mendoza downwards, to
+secure protection and the benefit of a mild legislation to the
+unfortunate natives. But the iron Conquerors, and the colonist
+whose heart softened only to the touch of gold, presented a
+formidable barrier to improvement.
+Ondegardo's writings are honorably distinguished by freedom from
+that superstition which is the debasing characteristic of the
+times; a superstition shown in the easy credit given to the
+marvellous, and this equally whether in heathen or in Christian
+story; for in the former the eye of credulity could discern as
+readily the direct interposition of Satan, as in the latter the
+hand of the Almighty.  It is this ready belief in a spiritual
+agency, whether for good or for evil, which forms one of the most
+prominent features in the writings of the sixteenth century.
+Nothing could be more repugnant to the true spirit of
+philosophical inquiry, or more irreconcilable with rational
+criticism.  Far from betraying such weakness, Ondegardo writes in
+a direct and business-like manner, estimating things for what
+they are worth by the plain rule of common-sense.  He keeps the
+main object of his argument ever in view, without allowing
+himself, like the garrulous chroniclers of the period, to be led
+astray into a thousand rambling episodes that bewilder the reader
+and lead to nothing.
+
+Ondegardo's memoirs deal not only with the antiquities of the
+nation, but with its actual condition, and with the best means
+for redressing the manifold evils to which it was subjected under
+the stern rule of its conquerors.  His suggestions are replete
+with wisdom, and a merciful policy, that would reconcile the
+interests of government with the prosperity and happiness of its
+humblest vassal.  Thus, while his contemporaries gathered light
+from his suggestions as to the present condition of affairs, the
+historian of later times is no less indebted to him for
+information in respect to the past.  His manuscript was freely
+consulted by Herrera, and the reader, as he peruses the pages of
+the learned historian of the Indies, is unconsciously enjoying
+the benefit of the researches of Ondegardo.  His valuable
+Relaciones thus had their uses for future generations, though
+they have never been admitted to the honors of the press.  The
+copy in my possession, like that of Sarmiento's manuscript, for
+which I am indebted to that industrious bibliographer, Mr. Rich,
+formed part of the magnificent collection of Lord Kingsborough, -
+a name ever to be held in honor by the scholar for his
+indefatigable efforts to illustrate the antiquities of America.
+
+Ondegardo's manuscripts, it should be remarked, do not bear his
+signature.  But they contain allusions to several actions of the
+writer's life, which identify them, beyond any reasonable doubt,
+as his production. In the archives of Simancas is a duplicate
+copy of the first memorial, Relacion Primera, though, like the
+one in the Escurial, without its author's name. Munoz assigns it
+to the pen of Gabriel de Rojas, a distinguished cavalier of the
+Conquest.  This is clearly an error; for the author of the
+manuscript identifies himself with Ondegardo, by declaring, in
+his reply to the fifth interrogatory, that he was the person who
+discovered the mummies of the Incas in Cuzco; an act expressly
+referred, both by Acosta and Garcilasso, to the Licentiate Polo
+de Ondegardo, when corregidor of that city. - Should the savans
+of Madrid hereafter embrace among the publications of valuable
+manuscripts these Relaciones, they should be careful not to be
+led into an error here, by the authority of a critic like Munoz,
+whose criticism is rarely at fault.
+
+
+
+
+Book II: Discovery Of Peru
+
+
+
+
+Chapter I
+
+Ancient And Modern Science. - Art Of Navigation. - Maritime
+Discovery. - Spirit Of The Spaniards. - Possessions In The New
+World. - Rumors Concerning Peru.
+
+
+Whatever difference of opinion may exist as to the comparative
+merit of the ancients and the moderns in the arts, in poetry,
+eloquence, and all that depends on imagination, there can be no
+doubt that in science the moderns have eminently the advantage.
+It could not be otherwise.  In the early ages of the world, as in
+the early period of life, there was the freshness of a morning
+existence, when the gloss of novelty was on every thing that met
+the eye; when the senses, not blunted by familiarity, were more
+keenly alive to the beautiful, and the mind, under the influence
+of a healthy and natural taste, was not perverted by
+philosophical theory; when the simple was necessarily connected
+with the beautiful, and the epicurean intellect, sated by
+repetition, had not begun to seek for stimulants in the fantastic
+and capricious.  The realms of fancy were all untravelled, and
+its fairest flowers had not been gathered, nor its beauties
+despoiled by the rude touch of those who affected to cultivate
+them.  The wing of genius was not bound to the earth by the cold
+and conventional rules of criticism, but was permitted to take
+its flight far and wide over the broad expanse of creation.
+But with science it was otherwise.  No genius could suffice for
+the creation of facts, - hardly for their detection.  They were
+to be gathered in by painful industry; to be collected from
+careful observation and experiment.  Genius, indeed, might
+arrange and combine these facts into new forms, and elicit from
+their combinations new and important inferences; and in this
+process might almost rival in originality the creations of the
+poet and the artist.  But if the processes of science are
+necessarily slow, they are sure.  There is no retrograde movement
+in her domain.  Arts may fade, the Muse become dumb, a moral
+lethargy may lock up the faculties of a nation, the nation itself
+may pass away and leave only the memory of its existence, but the
+stores of science it has garnered up will endure for ever.  As
+other nations come upon the stage, and new forms of civilization
+arise, the monuments of art and of imagination, productions of an
+older time, will lie as an obstacle in the path of improvement.
+They cannot be built upon; they occupy the ground which the new
+aspirant for immortality would cover.  The whole work is to be
+gone over again, and other forms of beauty - whether higher or
+lower in the scale of merit, but unlike the past - must arise to
+take a place by their side.  But, in science, every stone that
+has been laid remains as the foundation for another.  The coming
+generation takes up the work where the preceding left it.  There
+is no retrograde movement.  The individual nation may recede, but
+science still advances.  Every step that has been gained makes
+the ascent easier for those who come after.  Every step carries
+the patient inquirer after truth higher and higher towards
+heaven, and unfolds to him, as he rises, a wider horizon, and new
+and more magnificent views of the universe.
+
+Geography partook of the embarrassments which belonged to every
+other department of science in the primitive ages of the world.
+The knowledge of the earth could come only from an extended
+commerce; and commerce is founded on artificial wants or an
+enlightened curiosity, hardly compatible with the earlier
+condition of society.  In the infancy of nations, the different
+tribes, occupied with their domestic feuds, found few occasions
+to wander beyond the mountain chain or broad stream that formed
+the natural boundary of their domains.  The Phoenicians, it is
+true, are said to have sailed beyond the Pillars of Hercules, and
+to have launched out on the great western ocean.  But the
+adventures of these ancient voyagers belong to the mythic legends
+of antiquity, and ascend far beyond the domain of authentic
+record.
+The Greeks, quick and adventurous, skilled in mechanical art, had
+many of the qualities of successful navigators, and within the
+limits of their little inland sea ranged fearlessly and freely.
+But the conquests of Alexander did more to extend the limits of
+geographical science, and opened an acquaintance with the remote
+countries of the East.  Yet the march of the conqueror is slow in
+comparison with the movements of the unencumbered traveller.  The
+Romans were still less enterprising than the Greeks, were less
+commercial in their character.  The contributions to geographical
+knowledge grew with the slow acquisitions of empire.  But their
+system was centralizing in its tendency; and instead of taking an
+outward direction and looking abroad for discovery, every part of
+the vast imperial domain turned towards the capital as its head
+and central point of attraction.  The Roman conqueror pursued his
+path by land, not by sea.  But the water is the great highway
+between nations, the true element for the discoverer.  The Romans
+were not a maritime people.  At the close of their empire,
+geographical science could hardly be said to extend farther than
+to an acquaintance with Europe, - and this not its more northern
+division, - together with a portion of Asia and Africa; while
+they had no other conception of a world beyond the western waters
+than was to be gathered from the fortunate prediction of the
+poet. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Seneca's well-known prediction, in his Medea, is,
+perhaps, the most remarkable random prophecy on record.  For it
+is not a simple extension of the boundaries of the known parts of
+the globe that is so confidently announced, but the existence of
+a New World across the waters, to be revealed in coming ages
+
+"Quibus Oceanus
+Vincula rerum laxet, et ingens
+Pateat tellus, Typhisque Novos
+Detegat Orbes."
+
+It was the lucky hit of the philosopher rather than the poet.]
+Then followed the Middle Ages; the dark ages, as they are called,
+though in their darkness were matured those seeds of knowledge,
+which, in fulness of time, were to spring up into new and more
+glorious forms of civilization. The organization of society
+became more favorable to geographical science. Instead of one
+overgrown, lethargic empire, oppressing every thing by its
+colossal weight, Europe was broken up into various independent
+communities, many of which, adopting liberal forms of government,
+felt all the impulses natural to freemen; and the petty republics
+on the Mediterranean and the Baltic sent forth their swarms of
+seamen in a profitable commerce, that knit together the different
+countries scattered along the great European waters.
+But the improvements which took place in the art of navigation,
+the more accurate measurement of time, and, above all, the
+discovery of the polarity of the magnet, greatly advanced the
+cause of geographical knowledge.  Instead of creeping timidly
+along the coast, or limiting his expeditions to the narrow basins
+of inland waters, the voyager might now spread his sails boldly
+on the deep, secure of a guide to direct his bark unerringly
+across the illimitable waste.  The consciousness of this powered
+thought to travel in a new direction; and the mariner began to
+look with earnestness for another path to the Indian
+Spice-islands than that by which the Eastern caravans had
+traversed the continent of Asia.  The nations on whom the spirit
+of enterprise, at this crisis, naturally descended, were Spain
+and Portugal, placed, as they were, on the outposts of the
+European continent, commanding the great theatre of future
+discovery.
+
+Both countries felt the responsibility of their new position.
+The crown of Portugal was constant in its efforts, through the
+fifteenth century, to find a passage round the southern point of
+Africa into the Indian Ocean; though so timid was the navigation,
+that every fresh headland became a formidable barrier; and it was
+not till the latter part of the century that the adventurous Diaz
+passed quite round the Stormy Cape, as he termed it, but which
+John the Second, with happier augury, called the Cape of Good
+Hope. But, before Vasco de Gama had availed himself of this
+discovery to spread his sails in the Indian seas, Spain entered
+on her glorious career, and sent Columbus across the western
+waters.
+
+The object of the great navigator was still the discovery of a
+route to India, but by the west instead of the east.  He had no
+expectation of meeting with a continent in his way, and, after
+repeated voyages, he remained in his original error, dying, as is
+well known, in the conviction that it was the eastern shore of
+Asia which he had reached.   It was the same object which
+directed the nautical enterprises of those who followed in the
+Admiral's track; and the discovery of a strait into the Indian
+Ocean was the burden of every order from the government, and the
+design of many an expedition to different points of the new
+continent, which seemed to stretch its leviathan length along
+from one pole to the other.  The discovery of an Indian passage
+is the true key to the maritime movements of the fifteenth and
+the first half of the sixteenth centuries.  It was the great
+leading idea that gave the character to the enterprise of the
+age.
+
+It is not easy at this time to comprehend the impulse given to
+Europe by the discovery of America.  It was not the gradual
+acquisition of some border territory, a province or a kingdom
+that had been gained, but a New World that was now thrown open to
+the European.  The races of animals, the mineral treasures, the
+vegetable forms, and the varied aspects of nature, man in the
+different phases of civilization, filled the mind with entirely
+new sets of ideas, that changed the habitual current of thought
+and stimulated it to indefinite conjecture.  The eagerness to
+explore the wonderful secrets of the new hemisphere became so
+active, that the principal cities of Spain were, in a manner,
+depopulated, as emigrants thronged one after another to take
+their chance upon the deep. *2 It was a world of romance that was
+thrown open; for, whatever might be the luck of the adventurer,
+his reports on his return were tinged with a coloring of romance
+that stimulated still higher the sensitive fancies of his
+countrymen, and nourished the chimerical sentiments of an age of
+chivalry.  They listened with attentive ears to tales of Amazons
+which seemed to realize the classic legends of antiquity, to
+stories of Patagonian giants, to flaming pictures of an El
+Dorado, where the sands sparkled with gems, and golden pebbles as
+large as birds' eggs were dragged in nets out of the rivers.
+
+[Footnote 2: The Venetian ambassador, Andrea Navagiero, who
+travelled through Spain in 1525, near the period of the
+commencement of our narrative, notices the general fever of
+emigration.  Seville, in particular, the great port of
+embarkation, was so stripped of its inhabitants, he says, "that
+the city was left almost to the women." Viaggio fatto in Spagna,
+(Vinegia, 1563.) fol. 15.]
+
+Yet that the advtenturers were no impostors, but dupes, too easy
+dupes of their own credulous fancies, is shown by the extravagant
+character of their enterprises; by expeditions in search of the
+magical Fountain of Health, of the golden Temple of Doboyba, of
+the golden sepulchres of Zenu; for gold was ever floating before
+their distempered vision, and the name of Castilla del Oro,
+Golden Castile, the most unhealthy and unprofitable region of the
+Isthmus, held out a bright promise to the unfortunate settler,
+who too frequently, instead of gold, found there only his grave.
+
+In this realm of enchantment, all the accessories served to
+maintain the illusion.  The simple natives, with their
+defenceless bodies and rude weapons were no match for the
+European warrior armed to the teeth in mail.  The odds were as
+great as those found in any legend of chivalry, where the lance
+of the good knight overturned hundreds at a touch.  The perils
+that lay in the discoverer's path, and the sufferings he had to
+sustain, were scarcely inferior to those that beset the
+knight-errant.  Hunger and thirst and fatigue, the deadly
+effluvia of the morass with its swarms of venomous insects, the
+cold of mountain snows, and the scorching sun of the tropics,
+these were the lot of every cavalier who came to seek his
+fortunes in the New World.  It was the reality of romance.  The
+life of the Spanish adventurer was one chapter more - and not the
+least remarkable - in the chronicles of knight-errantry.
+
+The character of the warrior took somewhat of the exaggerated
+coloring shed over his exploits.  Proud and vainglorious, swelled
+with lofty anticipations of his destiny, and an invincible
+confidence in his own resources, no danger could appall and no
+toil could tire him.  The greater the danger, indeed, the higher
+the charm; for his soul revelled in excitement, and the
+enterprise without peril wanted that spur of romance which was
+necessary to rouse his energies into action.  Yet in the motives
+of action meaner influences were strangely mingled with the
+loftier, the temporal with the spiritual.  Gold was the incentive
+and the recompense, and in the pursuit of it his inflexible
+nature rarely hesitated as to the means. His courage was sullied
+with cruelty, the cruelty that flowed equally - strange as it may
+seem - from his avarice and his religion; religion as it was
+understood in that age, - the religion of the Crusader.  It was
+the convenient cloak for a multitude of sins, which covered them
+even from himself.  The Castilian, too proud for hypocrisy,
+committed more cruelties in the name of religion than were ever
+practised by the pagan idolater or the fanatical Moslem.  The
+burning of the infidel was a sacrifice acceptable to Heaven, and
+the conversion of those who survived amply atoned for the foulest
+offences.  It is a melancholy and mortifying consideration, that
+the most uncompromising spirit of intolerance - the spirit of the
+Inquisitor at home, and of the Crusader abroad - should have
+emanated from a religion which preached peace upon earth and
+good-will towards man!
+
+What a contrast did these children of Southern Europe present to
+the Anglo-Saxon races who scattered themselves along the great
+northern division of the western hemisphere!  For the principle
+of action with these latter was not avarice, nor the more
+specious pretext of proselytism; but independence, - independence
+religious and political.  To secure this, they were content to
+earn a bare subsistence by a life of frugality and toil.  They
+asked nothing from the soil, but the reasonable returns of their
+own labor.  No golden visions threw a deceitful halo around their
+path, and beckoned them onwards through seas of blood to the
+subversion of an unoffending dynasty. They were content with the
+slow but steady progress of their social polity. They patiently
+endured the privations of the wilderness, watering the tree of
+liberty with their tears and with the sweat of their brow, till
+it took deep root in the land and sent up its branches high
+towards the heavens; while the communities of the neighbouring
+continent, shooting up into the sudden splendors of a tropical
+vegetation, exhibited, even in their prime, the sure symptoms of
+decay.
+
+It would seem to have been especially ordered by Providence that
+the discovery of the two great divisions of the American
+hemisphere should fall to the two races best fitted to conquer
+and colonize them.  Thus the northern section was consigned to
+the Anglo-Saxon race, whose orderly, industrious habits found an
+ample field for development under its colder skies and on its
+more rugged soil; while the southern portion, with its rich
+tropical products and treasures of mineral wealth, held out the
+most attractive bait to invite the enterprise of the Spaniard.
+How different might have been the result, if the bark of Columbus
+had taken a more northerly direction, as he at one time
+meditated, and landed its band of adventurers on the shores of
+what is now Protestant America!
+
+Under the pressure of that spirit of nautical enterprise which
+filled the maritime communities of Europe in the sixteenth
+century, the whole extent of the mighty continent, from Labrador
+to Terra del Fuego, was explored in less than thirty years after
+its discovery; and in 1521, the Portuguese Maghellan, sailing
+under the Spanish flag, solved the problem of the strait, and
+found a westerly way to the long sought Spice-islands of India, -
+greatly to the astonishment of the Portuguese, who, sailing from
+the opposite direction, there met their rivals, face to face, at
+the antipodes.  But while the whole eastern coast of the American
+continent had been explored, and the central portion of it
+colonized, - even after the brilliant achievement of the Mexican
+conquest, - the veil was not yet raised that hung over the golden
+shores of the Pacific.
+
+Floating rumors had reached the Spaniards, from time to time, of
+countries in the far west, teeming with the metal they so much
+coveted; but the first distinct notice of Peru was about the year
+1511, when Vasco Nunez de Balboa, the discoverer of the Southern
+Sea, was weighing some gold which he had collected from the
+natives.  A young barbarian chieftain, who was present, struck
+the scales with his fist, and, scattering the glittering metal
+around the apartment, exclaimed, - "If this is what you prize so
+much that you are willing to leave your distant homes, and risk
+even life itself for it, I can tell you of a land where they eat
+and drink out of golden vessels, and gold is as cheap as iron is
+with you." It was not long after this startling intelligence that
+Balboa achieved the formidable adventure of scaling the mountain
+rampart of the isthmus which divides the two mighty oceans from
+each other; when, armed with sword and buckler, he rushed into
+the waters of the Pacific, and cried out, in the true chivalrous
+vein, that "he claimed this unknown sea with all that it
+contained for the king of Castile, and that he would make good
+the claim against all, Christian or infidel, who dared to gain
+say it"! *3 All the broad continent and sunny isles washed by the
+waters of the Southern Ocean!  Little did the bold cavalier
+comprehend the full import of his magnificent vaunt.
+
+[Footnote 3: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 1. lib. 10, cap. 2. -
+Quintana, Vidas de Espanoles Celebres, (Madrid, 1830,) tom. II.
+p. 44.]
+
+On this spot he received more explicit tidings of the Peruvian
+empire, heard proofs recounted of its civilization, and was shown
+drawings of the llama, which, to the European eye, seemed a
+species of the Arabian camel. But, although he steered his
+caravel for these golden realms, and even pushed his discoveries
+some twenty leagues south of the Gulf of St. Michael, the
+adventure was not reserved for him.  The illustrious discoverer
+was doomed to fall a victim to that miserable jealousy with which
+a little spirit regards the achievements of a great one.
+
+The Spanish colonial domain was broken up into a number of petty
+governments, which were dispensed sometimes to court favorites,
+though, as the duties of the post, at this early period, were of
+an arduous nature, they were more frequently reserved for men of
+some practical talent and enterprise.  Columbus, by virtue of his
+original contract with the Crown, had jurisdiction over the
+territories discovered by himself, embracing some of the
+principal islands, and a few places on the continent.  This
+jurisdiction differed from that of other functionaries, inasmuch
+as it was hereditary; a privilege found in the end too
+considerable for a subject, and commuted, therefore, for a title
+and a pension.  These colonial governments were multiplied with
+the increase of empire, and by the year 1524, the period at which
+our narrative properly commences, were scattered over the
+islands, along the Isthmus of Darien, the broad tract of Terra
+Firma, and the recent conquests of Mexico.  Some of these
+governments were of no great extent. Others, like that of Mexico,
+were of the dimensions of a kingdom; and most had an indefinite
+range for discovery assigned to them in their immediate
+neighbourhood, by which each of the petty potentates might
+enlarge his territorial sway, and enrich his followers and
+himself.  This politic arrangement best served the ends of the
+Crown, by affording a perpetual incentive to the spirit of
+enterprise.  Thus living on their own little domains at a long
+distance from the mother country, these military rulers held a
+sort of vice-regal sway, and too frequently exercised it in the
+most oppressive and tyrannical manner; oppressive to the native,
+and tyrannical towards their own followers.  It was the natural
+consequence, when men, originally low in station, and unprepared
+by education for office, were suddenly called to the possession
+of a brief, but in its nature irresponsible, authority.  It was
+not till after some sad experience of these results, that
+measures were taken to hold these petty tyrants in check by means
+of regular tribunals, or Royal Audiences, as they were termed,
+which, composed of men of character and learning, might interpose
+the arm of the law, or, at least, the voice of remonstrance, for
+the protection of both colonist and native.
+
+Among the colonial governors, who were indebted for their
+situation to their rank at home, was Don Pedro Arias de Avila, or
+Pedrarias, as usually called.  He was married to a daughter of
+Dona Beatriz de Bobadilla, the celebrated Marchioness of Moya,
+best known as the friend of Isabella the Catholic.  He was a man
+of some military experience and considerable energy of character.
+But, as it proved, he was of a malignant temper; and the base
+qualities, which might have passed unnoticed in the obscurity of
+private life, were made conspicuous, and perhaps created in some
+measure, by sudden elevation to power; as the sunshine, which
+operates kindly on a generous soil, and stimulates it to
+production, calls forth from the unwholesome marsh only foul and
+pestilent vapors.  This man was placed over the territory of
+Castilla del Oro, the ground selected by Nunez de Balboa for the
+theatre of his discoveries.  Success drew on this latter the
+jealousy of his superior, for it was crime enough in the eyes of
+Pedrarias to deserve too well.  The tragical history of this
+cavalier belongs to a period somewhat earlier than that with
+which we are to be occupied.  It has been traced by abler hands
+than mine, and, though brief, forms one of the most brilliant
+passages in the annals of the American conquerors. *4
+
+[Footnote 4: The memorable adventures of Vasco Nunez de Balboa
+have been recorded by Quintana, (Espanoles Celebres, tom II.) and
+by Irving in his Companions of Columbus. - It is rare that the
+life of an individual has formed the subject of two such elegant
+memorials, produced at nearly the same time, and in different
+languages, without any communication between the authors.]
+But though Pedrarias was willing to cut short the glorious career
+of his rival, he was not insensible to the important consequences
+of his discoveries.  He saw at once the unsuitableness of Darien
+for prosecuting expeditions on the Pacific, and, conformably to
+the original suggestion of Balboa, in 1519, he caused his rising
+capital to be transferred from the shores of the Atlantic to the
+ancient site of Panama, some distance east of the present city of
+that name. *5 This most unhealthy spot, the cemetery of many an
+unfortunate colonist, was favorably situated for the great object
+of maritime enterprise; and the port, from its central position,
+afforded the best point of departure for expeditions, whether to
+the north or south, along the wide range of undiscovered coast
+that lined the Southern Ocean.  Yet in this new and more
+favorable position, several years were suffered to elapse before
+the course of discovery took the direction of Peru.  This was
+turned exclusively towards the north, or rather west, in
+obedience to the orders of government, which had ever at heart
+the detection of a strait that, as was supposed, must intersect
+some part or other of the long-extended Isthmus. Armament after
+armament was fitted out with this chimerical object; and
+Pedrarias saw his domain extending every year farther and farther
+without deriving any considerable advantage from his
+acquisitions.  Veragua, Costa Rica, Nicaragua, were successively
+occupied; and his brave cavaliers forced a way across forest and
+mountain and warlike tribes of savages, till, at Honduras, they
+came in collision with the companions of Cortes, the Conquerors
+of Mexico, who had descended from the great northern plateau on
+the regions of Central America, and thus completed the survey of
+this wild and mysterious land.
+
+[Footnote 5: The Court gave positive instructions to Pedrarias to
+make a settlement in the Gulf of St. Michael, in obedience to the
+suggestion of Vasco Nunez, that it would be the most eligible
+site for discovery and traffic in the South Sea.  "El asiento que
+se oviere de hacer en el golfo de S. Miguel en la mar del sur
+debe ser en el puerto que mejor se hallare y mas convenible para
+la contratacion de aquel golfo, porque segund lo que Vasco Nunez
+escribe, seria muy necessario que alli haya algunos navios, asi
+para descubrir las cosas del golfo; y de la comarca del, como
+para la contratacion de rescates de las otras cosas necesarias al
+buen provoimiento de aquello; e para que estos navios aprovechen
+es menester que se hagan alla." Capitulo de Carta escrita por el
+Rey Catolico a Pedrarias Davila, ap. Navarrete, Coleccion de los
+Viages y Descubrimientos, (Madrid, 1829.) tom. III.  No. 3.]
+It was not till 1522 that a regular expedition was despatched in
+the direction south of Panama, under the conduct of Pascual de
+Andagoya, a cavalier of much distinction in the colony.  But that
+officer penetrated only to the Puerto de Pinas, the limit of
+Balboa's discoveries, when the bad state of his health compelled
+him to reembark and abandon his enterprise at its commencement.
+*6
+
+[Footnote 6: According to Montesinos, Andagoya received a severe
+injury by a fall from his horse, while showing off the
+high-mettled animal to the wondering eyes of the natives.
+(Annales del Peru, Ms., ano 1524.) But the Adelantado, in a
+memorial of his own discoveries, drawn up by himself, says
+nothing of this unlucky feat of horsemanship, but imputes his
+illness to his having fallen into the water, an accident by which
+he was near being drowned, so that it was some years before he
+recovered from the effects of it; a mode of accounting for his
+premature return, more soothing to his vanity, probably, than the
+one usually received.  This document, important as coming from
+the pen of one of the primitive discoverers, is preserved in the
+Indian Archives of Seville, and was published by Navarrete,
+Coleccion, tom. III. No. 7.]
+
+Yet the floating rumors of the wealth and civilization of a
+mighty nation at the South were continually reaching the ears and
+kindling the dreamy imaginations of the colonists; and it may
+seem astonishing that an expedition in that direction should have
+been so long deferred.  But the exact position and distance of
+this fairy realm were matter of conjecture. The long tract of
+intervening country was occupied by rude and warlike races; and
+the little experience which the Spanish navigators had already
+had of the neighbouring coast and its inhabitants, and still
+more, the tempestuous character of the seas - for their
+expeditions had taken place at the most unpropitious seasons of
+the year - enhanced the apparent difficulties of the undertaking,
+and made even their stout hearts shrink from it.
+Such was the state of feeling in the little community of Panama
+for several years after its foundation.  Meanwhile, the dazzling
+conquest of Mexico gave a new impulse to the ardor of discovery,
+and, in 1524, three men were found in the colony, in whom the
+spirit of adventure triumphed over every consideration of
+difficulty and danger that obstructed the prosecution of the
+enterprise.  One among them was selected as fitted by his
+character to conduct it to a successful issue.  That man was
+Francisco Pizarro; and as he held the same conspicuous post in
+the Conquest of Peru that was occupied by Cortes in that of
+Mexico, it will be necessary to take a brief review of his early
+history.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter II
+
+Francisco Pizarro. - His Early History. - First Expedition To The
+South. - Distresses Of The Voyagers. - Sharp Encounters. - Return
+To Panama. - Almagro's Expedition.
+
+1524-1525.
+
+
+Francisco Pizarro was born at Truxillo, a city of Estremadura, in
+Spain. The period of his birth is uncertain; but probably it was
+not far from 1471. *1 He was an illegitimate child, and that his
+parents should not have taken pains to perpetuate the date of his
+birth is not surprising.  Few care to make a particular record of
+their transgressions.  His father, Gonzalo Pizarro, was a colonel
+of infantry, and served with some distinction in the Italian
+campaigns under the Great Captain, and afterwards in the wars of
+Navarre.  His mother, named Francisca Gonzales, was a person of
+humble condition in the town of Truxillo. *2
+
+[Footnote 1: The few writers who venture to assign the date of
+Pizarro's birth do it in so vague and contradictory a manner as
+to inspire us with but little confidence in their accounts.
+Herrera, it is true, says positively, that he was sixty-three
+years old at the time of his death, in 1541.  (Hist. General,
+dec. 6, lib. 10, cap. 6.) This would carry back the date of his
+birth only to 1478.  But Garcilasso de la Vega affirms that he
+was more than fifty years old in 1525.  (Com. Real., Parte 2,
+lib. 1, cap. 1.) This would place his birth before 1475.  Pizarro
+y Orellana, who, as a kinsman of the Conqueror, may be supposed
+to have had better means of information, says he was fifty-four
+years of age at the same date of 1525.  (Varones Ilustres del
+Nuevo Mundo, (Madrid, 1639,) p. 128.) But at the period of his
+death he calls him nearly eighty years old!  (p. 185.) Taking
+this latter as a round exaggeration for effect in the particular
+connection in which it is used, and admitting the accuracy of the
+former statement, the epoch of his birth will conform to that
+given in the text.  This makes him somewhat late in life to set
+about the conquest of an empire.  But Columbus, when he entered
+on his career, was still older.]
+
+[Footnote 2: Xerez, Conquista del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+179. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 1. - Pizarro y
+Orellana, Varones Ilustres, p. 128.]
+
+But little is told of Francisco's early years, and that little
+not always deserving of credit.  According to some, he was
+deserted by both his parents, and left as a foundling at the door
+of one of the principal churches of the city.  It is even said
+that he would have perished, had he not been nursed by a sow. *3
+This is a more discreditable fountain of supply than that
+assigned to the infant Romulus.  The early history of men who
+have made their names famous by deeds in after-life, like the
+early history of nations, affords a fruitful field for invention.
+
+[Footnote 3: "Nacio en Truxillo, i echaronlo a la puerta de la
+Iglesia, mamo una Puerca ciertos Dias, no se hallando quien le
+quisiese dar leche." Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 144.]
+
+It seems certain that the young Pizarro received little care from
+either of his parents, and was suffered to grow up as nature
+dictated.  He was neither taught to read nor write, and his
+principal occupation was that of a swineherd.  But this torpid
+way of life did not suit the stirring spirit of Pizarro, as he
+grew older, and listened to the tales, widely circulated and so
+captivating to a youthful fancy, of the New World.  He shared in
+the popular enthusiasm, and availed himself of a favorable moment
+to abandon his ignoble charge, and escape to Seville, the port
+where the Spanish adventurers embarked to seek their fortunes in
+the West.  Few of them could have turned their backs on their
+native land with less cause for regret than Pizarro. *4
+
+[Footnote 4: According to the Comendador Pizarro y Orellana,
+Francis Pizarro served, while quite a stripling, with his father,
+in the Italian wars; and afterwards, under Columbus and other
+illustrious discoverers, in the New World, whose successes the
+author modestly attributes to his kinsman's valor, as a principal
+cause!  Varones Ilustres, p. 187.]
+
+In what year this important change in his destiny took place we
+are not informed.  The first we hear of him in the New World is
+at the island of Hispaniola, in 1510, where he took part in the
+expedition to Uraba in Terra Firma, under Alonzo de Ojeda, a
+cavalier whose character and achievements find no parallel but in
+the pages of Cervantes.  Hernando Cortes, whose mother was a
+Pizarro, and related, it is said, to the father of Francis, was
+then in St. Domingo, and prepared to accompany Ojeda's
+expedition, but was prevented by a temporary lameness.  Had he
+gone, the fall of the Aztec empire might have been postponed for
+some time longer, and the sceptre of Montezuma have descended in
+peace to his posterity.  Pizarro shared in the disastrous
+fortunes of Ojeda's colony, and, by his discretion, obtained so
+far the confidence of his commander, as to be left in charge of
+the settlement, when the latter returned for supplies to the
+islands.  The lieutenant continued at his perilous post for
+nearly two months, waiting deliberately until death should have
+thinned off the colony sufficiently to allow the miserable
+remnant to be embarked in the single small vessel that remained
+to it. *5
+
+[Footnote 5: Pizarro y Orellana, Varones Ilustres, pp. 121, 128.
+- Herrera, Hist. Gen., dec. 1, lib. 7, cap. 14. - Montesinos,
+Annales, Ms., ane 1510.]
+
+After this, we find him associated with Balboa, the discoverer of
+the Pacific, and cooperating with him in establishing the
+settlement at Darien. He had the glory of accompanying this
+gallant cavalier in his terrible march across the mountains, and
+of being among the first Europeans, therefore, whose eyes were
+greeted with the long-promised vision of the Southern Ocean.
+After the untimely death of his commander, Pizarro attached
+himself to the fortunes of Pedrarias, and was employed by that
+governor in several military expeditions, which, if they afforded
+nothing else, gave him the requisite training for the perils and
+privations that lay in the path of the future Conqueror of Peru.
+
+In 1515, he was selected, with another cavalier named Morales, to
+cross the Isthmus and traffic with the natives on the shores of
+the Pacific.  And there, while engaged in collecting his booty of
+gold and pearls from the neighbouring islands, as his eye ranged
+along the shadowy line of coast till it faded in the distance,
+his imagination may have been first fired with the idea of, one
+day, attempting the conquest of the mysterious regions beyond the
+mountains.  On the removal of the seat of government across the
+Isthmus to Panama, Pizarro accompanied Pedrarias, and his name
+became conspicuous among the cavaliers who extended the line of
+conquest to the north over the martial tribes of Veragua.  But
+all these expeditions, whatever glory they may have brought him,
+were productive of very little gold, and, at the age of fifty,
+the captain Pizarro found himself in possession only of a tract
+of unhealthy land in the neigbourhood of the capital, and of such
+repartimientos of the natives as were deemed suited to his
+military services. *6 The New World was a lottery, where the
+great prizes were so few that the odds were much against the
+player; yet in the game he was content to stake health, fortune,
+and, too often, his fair fame.
+
+[Footnote 6: "Teniendo su casa, i Hacienda, i Repartimiento de
+Indios como uno de los Principales de la Tierra; porque siempre
+lo fue." Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 79.]
+
+Such was Pizarro's situation when, in 1522, Andagoya returned
+from his unfinished enterprise to the south of Panama, bringing
+back with him more copious accounts than any hitherto received of
+the opulence and grandeur of the countries that lay beyond. *7 It
+was at this time, too, that the splendid achievements of Cortes
+made their impression on the public mind, and gave a new impulse
+to the spirit of adventure.  The southern expeditions became a
+common topic of speculation among the colonists of Panama.  But
+the region of gold, as it lay behind the mighty curtain of the
+Cordilleras, was still veiled in obscurity.  No idea could be
+formed of its actual distance; and the hardships and difficulties
+encountered by the few navigators who had sailed in that
+direction gave a gloomy character to the undertaking, which had
+hitherto deterred the most daring from embarking in it.  There is
+no evidence that Pizarro showed any particular alacrity in the
+cause.  Nor were his own funds such as to warrant any expectation
+of success without great assistance from others.  He found this
+in two individuals of the colony, who took too important a part
+in the subsequent transactions not to be particularly noticed.
+
+[Footnote 7: Andagoya says that he obtained, while at Biru, very
+minute accounts of the empire of the Incas, from certain
+itinerant traders who frequented that country.  "En esta
+provincia supe y hube relacion, ansi de los senores como de
+mercaderes e interpretes que ellos tenian, de toda la costa de
+todo lo que despues se ha visto hasta el Cuzco, particularmente
+de cada provincia la manera y gente della, porque estos
+alcanzaban por via de mercaduria mucha tierra." Navarrete,
+Coleccion, tom. III. No 7.]
+
+One of them, Diego de Almagro, was a soldier of fortune, somewhat
+older, it seems probable, than Pizarro; though little is known of
+his birth, and even the place of it is disputed.  It is supposed
+to have been the town of Almagro in New Castile, whence his own
+name, for want of a better source, was derived; for, like
+Pizarro, he was a foundling. *8 Few particulars are known of him
+till the present period of our history; for he was one of those
+whom the working of turbulent times first throws upon the
+surface, - less fortunate, perhaps, than if left in their
+original obscurity.  In his military career, Almagro had earned
+the reputation of a gallant soldier.  He was frank and liberal in
+his disposition, somewhat hasty and ungovernable in his passions,
+but, like men of a sanguine temperament, after the first sallies
+had passed away, not difficult to be appeased.  He had, in short,
+the good qualities and the defects incident to an honest nature,
+not improved by the discipline of early education or
+self-control.
+
+[Footnote 8: "Decia el que hera de Almagro," says Pedro Pizarro,
+who knew him well.  Relacion del Descubrimiento y Conquista de
+los Reynos del Peru, Ms. - See also Zarate. Conq. del Peru, lib.
+1, cap. 1. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 141. - Pizarro y
+Orellana, Varones Ilustres, p. 211.
+
+The last writer admits that Almagro's parentage is unknown; but
+adds that the character of his early exploits infers an
+illustrious descent. - This would scarcely pass for evidence with
+the College of Heralds.]
+
+The other member of the confederacy was Hernando de Luque, a
+Spanish ecclesiastic, who exercised the functions of vicar at
+Panama, and had formerly filled the office of schoolmaster in the
+Cathedral of Darien.  He seems to have been a man of singular
+prudence and knowledge of the world; and by his respectable
+qualities had acquired considerable influence in the little
+community to which he belonged, as well as the control of funds,
+which made his cooperation essential to the success of the
+present enterprise.
+It was arranged among the three associates, that the two
+cavaliers should contribute their little stock towards defraying
+the expenses of the armament, but by far the greater part of the
+funds was to be furnished by Luque. Pizarro was to take command
+of the expedition, and the business of victualling and equipping
+the vessels was assigned to Almagro.  The associates found no
+difficulty in obtaining the consent of the governor to their
+undertaking. After the return of Andagoya, he had projected
+another expedition, but the officer to whom it was to be
+intrusted died.  Why he did not prosecute his original purpose,
+and commit the affair to an experienced captain like Pizarro,
+does not appear.  He was probably not displeased that the burden
+of the enterprise should be borne by others, so long as a good
+share of the profits went into his own coffers.  This he did not
+overlook in his stipulations. *9
+
+[Footnote 9: "Asi que estos tres companeros ya dichos Acordaron
+de yr a conquistar esta provincia ya dicha.  Pues consultandolo
+con Pedro Arias de Avila que a la sazon hera governador en tierra
+firme.  Vino en ello haziendo compania con los dichos companeros
+con condicion que Pedro Arias no havia de contribuir entonces con
+ningun dinero ni otra cosa sino de lo que se hallase en la tierra
+de lo que a el le cupiese por virtud de la compania de alli se
+pagasen los gastos que a el le cupiesen.  Los tres companeros
+vinieron en ello por aver esta licencia porque de otra manera no
+la alcanzaran." (Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.) Andagoya,
+however, affirms that the governor was interested equally with
+the other associates in the adventure, each taking a fourth part
+on himself.  (Navarrete, Coleccion, tom. III. No. 7.) But
+whatever was the original interest of Pedrarias, it mattered
+little, as it was surrendered before any profits were realized
+from the expedition.]
+Thus fortified with the funds of Luque, and the consent of the
+governor, Almagro was not slow to make preparations for the
+voyage.  Two small vessels were purchased, the larger of which
+had been originally built by Balboa, for himself, with a view to
+this same expedition.  Since his death, it had lain dismantled in
+the harbour of Panama.  It was now refitted as well as
+circumstances would permit, and put in order for sea, while the
+stores and provisions were got on board with an alacrity which
+did more credit, as the event proved, to Almagro's zeal than to
+his forecast.
+
+There was more difficulty in obtaining the necessary complement
+of hands; for a general feeling of distrust had gathered round
+expeditions in this direction, which could not readily be
+overcome.  But there were many idle hangers-on in the colony, who
+had come out to mend their fortunes, and were willing to take
+their chance of doing so, however desperate.  From such materials
+as these, Almagro assembled a body of somewhat more than a
+hundred men; *10 and every thing being ready, Pizarro assumed the
+command, and, weighing anchor, took his departure from the little
+port of Panama, about the middle of November, 1524.  Almagro was
+to follow in a second vessel of inferior size, as soon as it
+could be fitted out. *11
+
+[Footnote 10: Herrera, the most popular historian of these
+transactions, estimates the number of Pizarro's followers only at
+eighty.  But every other authority which I have consulted raises
+them to over a hundred.  Father Naharro, a contemporary, and
+resident at Lima even allows a hundred and twenty-nine.  Relacion
+sumaria de la entrada de los Espanoles en el Peru, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 11: There is the usual discrepancy among authors about
+the date of this expedition.  Most fix it at 1525.  I have
+conformed to Xerez, Pizarro's secretary, whose narrative was
+published ten years after the voyage, and who could hardly have
+forgotten the date of so memorable an event, in so short an
+interval of time.  (See his Conquista del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom.
+III. p. 179.)
+
+The year seems to be settled by Pizarro's Capitulacion with the
+Crown, which I had not examined till after the above was written.
+This instrument, dated July, 1529, speaks of his first expedition
+as having taken place about five years previous.  (See Appendix,
+No. VII.)]
+
+The time of year was the most unsuitable that could have been
+selected for the voyage; for it was the rainy season, when the
+navigation to the south, impeded by contrary winds, is made
+doubly dangerous by the tempests that sweep over the coast.  But
+this was not understood by the adventurers. After touching at the
+Isle of Pearls, the frequent resort of navigators, at a few
+leagues' distance from Panama, Pizarro held his way across the
+Gulf of St. Michael, and steered almost due south for the Puerto
+de Pinas, a headland in the province of Biruquete, which marked
+the limit of Andagoya's voyage. Before his departure, Pizarro had
+obtained all the information which he could derive from that
+officer in respect to the country, and the route he was to
+follow. But the cavalier's own experience had been too limited to
+enable him to be of much assistance.
+
+Doubling the Puerto de Pinas, the little vessel entered the river
+Biru, the misapplication of which name is supposed by some to
+have given rise to that of the empire of the Incas. *12 After
+sailing up this stream for a couple of leagues, Pizarro came to
+anchor, and disembarking his whole force except the sailors,
+proceeded at the head of it to explore the country.  The land
+spread out into a vast swamp, where the heavy rains had settled
+in pools of stagnant water, and the muddy soil afforded no
+footing to the traveller. This dismal morass was fringed with
+woods, through whose thick and tangled undergrowth they found it
+difficult to penetrate; and emerging from them, they came out on
+a hilly country, so rough and rocky in its character, that their
+feet were cut to the bone, and the weary soldier, encumbered with
+his heavy mail or thick-padded doublet of cotton, found it
+difficult to drag one foot after the other.  The heat at times
+was oppressive; and, fainting with toil and famished for want of
+food, they sank down on the earth from mere exhaustion.  Such was
+the ominous commencement of the expedition to Peru.
+
+[Footnote 12: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1. cap. 1. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 3, lib. 6, cap. 13.]
+
+Pizarro, however, did not lose heart.  He endeavoured to revive
+the spirits of his men, and besought them not to be discouraged
+by difficulties which a brave heart would be sure to overcome,
+reminding them of the golden prize which awaited those who
+persevered.  Yet it was obvious that nothing was to be gained by
+remaining longer in this desolate region.  Returning to their
+vessel, therefore, it was suffered to drop down the river and
+proceed along its southern course on the great ocean.
+
+After coasting a few leagues, Pizarro anchored off a place not
+very inviting in its appearance, where he took in a supply of
+wood and water. Then, stretching more towards the open sea, he
+held on in the same direction towards the south.  But in this he
+was baffled by a succession of heavy tempests, accompanied with
+such tremendous peals of thunder and floods of rain as are found
+only in the terrible storms of the tropics.  The sea was lashed
+into fury, and, swelling into mountain billows, threatened every
+moment to overwhelm the crazy little bark, which opened at every
+seam.  For ten days the unfortunate voyagers were tossed about by
+the pitiless elements, and it was only by incessant exertions -
+the exertions of despair - that they preserved the ship from
+foundering.  To add to their calamities, their provisions began
+to fail, and they were short of water, of which they had been
+furnished only with a small number of casks; for Almagro had
+counted on their recruiting their scanty supplies, from time to
+time, from the shore. Their meat was wholly consumed, and they
+were reduced to the wretched allowance of two ears of Indian corn
+a day for each man.
+
+Thus harassed by hunger and the elements, the battered voyagers
+were too happy to retrace their course and regain the port where
+they had last taken in supplies of wood and water.  Yet nothing
+could be more unpromising than the aspect of the country.  It had
+the same character of low, swampy soil, that distinguished the
+former landing-place; while thick-matted forests, of a depth
+which the eye could not penetrate, stretched along the coast to
+an interminable length.  It was in vain that the wearied
+Spaniards endeavoured to thread the mazes of this tangled
+thicket, where the creepers and flowering vines, that shoot up
+luxuriant in a hot and humid atmosphere, had twined themselves
+round the huge trunks of the forest-trees, and made a network
+that could be opened only with the axe.  The rain, in the mean
+time, rarely slackened, and the ground, strewed with leaves and
+saturated with moisture, seemed to slip away beneath their feet.
+
+Nothing could be more dreary and disheartening than the aspect of
+these funereal forests; where the exhalations from the
+overcharged surface of the ground poisoned the air, and seemed to
+allow no life, except that, indeed, of myriads of insects, whose
+enamelled wings glanced to and fro, like sparks of fire, in every
+opening of the woods.  Even the brute creation appeared
+instinctively to have shunned the fatal spot, and neither beast
+nor bird of any description was seen by the wanderers.  Silence
+reigned unbroken in the heart of these dismal solitudes; at
+least, the only sounds that could be heard were the plashing of
+the rain-drops on the leaves, and the tread of the forlorn
+adventurers. *13
+
+[Footnote 13: Xerez, Conq del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 180.
+- Relacion del Primer.  Descub., Ms. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms.,
+ano 1515. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 1. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 1, cap. 7. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 3, lib. 6, cap. 13.]
+
+Entirely discouraged by the aspect of the country, the Spaniards
+began to comprehend that they had gained nothing by changing
+their quarters from sea to shore, and they felt the most serious
+apprehensions of perishing from famine in a region which afforded
+nothing but such unwholesome berries as they could pick up here
+and there in the woods.  They loudly complained of their hard
+lot, accusing their commander as the author of all their
+troubles, and as deluding them with promises of a fairy land,
+which seemed to recede in proportion as they advanced.  It was of
+no use, they said, to contend against fate, and it was better to
+take their chance of regaining the port of Panama in time to save
+their lives, than to wait where they were to die of hunger.
+
+But Pizarro was prepared to encounter much greater evils than
+these, before returning to Panama, bankrupt in credit, an object
+of derision as a vainglorious dreamer, who had persuaded others
+to embark in an adventure which he had not the courage to carry
+through himself.  The present was his only chance.  To return
+would be ruin.  He used every argument, therefore, that mortified
+pride or avarice could suggest to turn his followers from their
+purpose; represented to them that these were the troubles that
+necessarily lay in the path of the discoverer; and called to mind
+the brilliant successes of their countrymen in other quarters,
+and the repeated reports, which they had themselves received, of
+the rich regions along this coast, of which it required only
+courage and constancy on their part to become the masters.  Yet,
+as their present exigencies were pressing, he resolved to send
+back the vessel to the Isle of Pearls, to lay in a fresh stock of
+provisions for his company, which might enable them to go forward
+with renewed confidence.  The distance was not great, and in a
+few days they would all be relieved from their perilous position.
+The officer detached on this service was named Montenegro; and
+taking with him nearly half the company, after receiving
+Pizarro's directions, he instantly weighed anchor, and steered
+for the Isle of Pearls.
+On the departure of his vessel, the Spanish commander made an
+attempt to explore the country, and see if some Indian settlement
+might not be found, where he could procure refreshments for his
+followers.  But his efforts were vain, and no trace was visible
+of a human dwelling; though, in the dense and impenetrable
+foliage of the equatorial regions, the distance of a few rods
+might suffice to screen a city from observation.  The only means
+of nourishment left to the unfortunate adventurers were such
+shell-fish as they occasionally picked up on the shore, or the
+bitter buds of the palm-tree, and such berries and unsavoury
+herbs as grew wild in the woods.  Some of these were so
+poisonous, that the bodies of those who ate them swelled up and
+were tormented with racking pains.  Others, preferring famine to
+this miserable diet, pined away from weakness and actually died
+of starvation.  Yet their resolute leader strove to maintain his
+own cheerfulness and to keep up the drooping spirits of his men.
+He freely shared with them his scanty stock of provisions, was
+unwearied in his endeavours to procure them sustenance, tended
+the sick, and ordered barracks to be constructed for their
+accommodation, which might, at least, shelter them from the
+drenching storms of the season.  By this ready sympathy with his
+followers in their sufferings, he obtained an ascendency over
+their rough natures, which the assertion of authority, at least
+in the present extremity, could never have secured to him.
+
+Day after day, week after week, had now passed away, and no
+tidings were heard of the vessel that was to bring relief to the
+wanderers.  In vain did they strain their eyes over the distant
+waters to catch a glimpse of their coming friends.  Not a speck
+was to be seen in the blue distance, where the canoe of the
+savage dared not venture, and the sail of the white man was not
+yet spread.  Those who had borne up bravely at first now gave way
+to despondency, as they felt themselves abandoned by their
+countrymen on this desolate shore.  They pined under that sad
+feeling which "maketh the heart sick." More than twenty of the
+little band had already died, and the survivors seemed to be
+rapidly following. *14
+
+[Footnote 14: Ibid., ubi supra. - Relacion del Primer.  Descub.,
+Ms. - Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ubi supra.]
+
+At this crisis reports were brought to Pizarro of a light having
+been seen through a distant opening in the woods.  He hailed the
+tidings with eagerness, as intimating the existence of some
+settlement in the neighbourhood; and, putting himself at the head
+of a small party, went in the direction pointed out, to
+reconnoitre.  He was not disappointed, and, after extricating
+himself from a dense wilderness of underbrush and foliage, he
+emerged into an open space, where a small Indian village was
+planted.  The timid inhabitants, on the sudden apparition of the
+strangers, quitted their huts in dismay; and the famished
+Spaniards, rushing in, eagerly made themselves masters of their
+contents.  These consisted of different articles of food, chiefly
+maize and cocoanuts.  The supply, though small, was too
+seasonable not to fill them with rapture.
+
+The astonished natives made no attempt at resistance.  But,
+gathering more confidence as no violence was offered to their
+persons, they drew nearer the white men, and inquired, "Why they
+did not stay at home and till their own lands, instead of roaming
+about to rob others who had never harmed them?" *15 Whatever may
+have been their opinion as to the question of right, the
+Spaniards, no doubt, felt then that it would have been wiser to
+do so. But the savages wore about their persons gold ornaments of
+some size, though of clumsy workmanship.  This furnished the best
+reply to their demand.  It was the golden bait which lured the
+Spanish adventurer to forsake his pleasant home for the trials of
+the wilderness.  From the Indians Pizarro gathered a confirmation
+of the reports he had so often received of a rich country lying
+farther south; and at the distance of ten days' journey across
+the mountains, they told him, there dwelt a mighty monarch whose
+dominions had been invaded by another still more powerful, the
+Child of the Sun. *16 It may have been the invasion of Quito that
+was meant, by the valiant Inca Huayna Capac, which took place
+some years previous to Pizarro's expedition.
+
+[Footnote 15: "Porque decian a los Castellanos, que por que no
+sembraban. i cogian, sin andar tomando los Bastimentos agenos,
+pasando tantos trabajos?" Herrera, Hist. General, loc. cit.]
+
+[Footnote 16: "Dioles noticia el viejo por medio del lengua, como
+diez soles de alli habia un Rey muy poderoso yendo por espesas
+montanas, y que otro mas poderoso hijo del sol habia venido de
+milagro a quitarle el Reino sobre que tenian mui sangrientas
+batallas." (Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1525.) The conquest of
+Quito by Huayna Capac took place more than thirty years before
+this period in our history.  But the particulars of this
+revolution, its time or precise theatre, were, probably, but very
+vaguely comprehended by the rude nations in the neighbourhood of
+Panama: and their allusion to it in an unknown dialect was as
+little comprehended by the Spanish voyagers, who must have
+collected their information from signs much more than words.]
+At length, after the expiration of more than six weeks, the
+Spaniards beheld with delight the return of the wandering bark
+that had borne away their comrades, and Montenegro sailed into
+port with an ample supply of provisions for his famishing
+countrymen.  Great was his horror at the aspect presented by the
+latter, their wild and haggard countenances and wasted frames, -
+so wasted by hunger and disease, that their old companions found
+it difficult to recognize them.  Montenegro accounted for his
+delay by incessant head winds and bad weather; and he himself had
+also a doleful tale to tell of the distress to which he and his
+crew had been reduced by hunger, on their passage to the Isle of
+Pearls. - It is minute incidents like these with which we have
+been occupied, that enable one to comprehend the extremity of
+suffering to which the Spanish adventurer was subjected in the
+prosecution of his great work of discovery.
+
+Revived by the substantial nourishment to which they had so long
+been strangers, the Spanish cavaliers, with the buoyancy that
+belongs to men of a hazardous and roving life, forgot their past
+distresses in their eagerness to prosecute their enterprise.
+Reembarking therefore on board his vessel, Pizarro bade adieu to
+the scene of so much suffering, which he branded with the
+appropriate name of Puerto de la Hambre, the Port of Famine, and
+again opened his sails to a favorable breeze that bore him
+onwards towards the south.
+
+Had he struck boldly out into the deep, instead of hugging the
+inhospitable shore, where he had hitherto found so little to
+recompense him, he might have spared himself the repetition of
+wearisome and unprofitable adventures, and reached by a shorter
+route the point of his destination.  But the Spanish mariner
+groped his way along these unknown coasts, landing at every
+convenient headland, as if fearful lest some fruitful region or
+precious mine might be overlooked, should a single break occur in
+the line of survey.  Yet it should be remembered, that, though
+the true point of Pizarro's destination is obvious to us,
+familiar with the topography of these countries, he was wandering
+in the dark, feeling his way along, inch by inch, as it were,
+without chart to guide him, without knowledge of the seas or of
+the bearings of the coast, and even with no better defined idea
+of the object at which he aimed than that of a land, teeming with
+gold, that lay somewhere at the south!  It was a hunt after an El
+Dorado; on information scarcely more circumstantial or authentic
+than that which furnished the basis of so many chimerical
+enterprises in this land of wonders.  Success only, the best
+argument with the multitude, redeemed the expeditions of Pizarro
+from a similar imputation of extravagance.
+
+Holding on his southerly course under the lee of the shore,
+Pizarro, after a short run, found himself abreast of an open
+reach of country, or at least one less encumbered with wood,
+which rose by a gradual swell, as it receded from the coast.  He
+landed with a small body of men, and, advancing a short distance
+into the interior, fell in with an Indian hamlet.  It was
+abandoned by the inhabitants, who, on the approach of the
+invaders, had betaken themselves to the mountains; and the
+Spaniards, entering their deserted dwellings, found there a good
+store of maize and other articles of food, and rude ornaments of
+gold of considerable value.  Food was not more necessary for
+their bodies than was the sight of gold, from time to time, to
+stimulate their appetite for adventure.  One spectacle, however,
+chilled their blood with horror.  This was the sight of human
+flesh, which they found roasting before the fire, as the
+barbarians had left it, preparatory to their obscene repast.  The
+Spaniards, conceiving that they had fallen in with a tribe of
+Caribs, the only race in that part of the New World known to be
+cannibals, retreated precipitately to their vessel. *17 They were
+not steeled by sad familiarity with the spectacle, like the
+Conquerors of Mexico.
+
+[Footnote 17: "I en las Ollas de la comida, que estaban al Fuego,
+entre la Carne, que sacaban, havia Pies i Manos de Hombres, de
+donde conocieron, que aquellos Indios eran Caribes." Herrera,
+Hist. General dec. 3, lib. 8, cap. 11.]
+
+The weather, which had been favorable, new set in tempestuous,
+with heavy squalls, accompanied by incessant thunder and
+lightning, and the rain, as usual in these tropical tempests,
+descended not so much in drops as in unbroken sheets of water.
+The Spaniards, however, preferred to take their chance on the
+raging element rather than remain in the scene of such brutal
+abominations.  But the fury of the storm gradually subsided, and
+the little vessel held on her way along the coast, till, coming
+abreast of a bold point of land named by Pizarro Punta Quemada,
+he gave orders to anchor.  The margin of the shore was fringed
+with a deep belt of mangrove-trees, the long roots of which,
+interlacing one another, formed a kind of submarine lattice-work
+that made the place difficult of approach.  Several avenues,
+opening through this tangled thicket, led Pizarro to conclude
+that the country must be inhabited, and he disembarked, with the
+greater part of his force, to explore the interior.
+
+He had not penetrated more than a league, when he found his
+conjecture verified by the sight of an Indian town of larger size
+than those he had hitherto seen, occupying the brow of an
+eminence, and well defended by palisades.  The inhabitants, as
+usual, had fled; but left in their dwellings a good supply of
+provisions and some gold trinkets, which the Spaniards made no
+difficulty of appropriating to themselves.  Pizarro's flimsy bark
+had been strained by the heavy gales it had of late encountered,
+so that it was unsafe to prosecute the voyage further without
+more thorough repairs than could be given to her on this desolate
+coast.  He accordingly determined to send her back with a few
+hands to be careened at Panama, and meanwhile to establish his
+quarters in his present position, which was so favorable for
+defence. But first he despatched a small party under Montenegro
+to reconnoitre the country, and, if possible, to open a
+communication with the natives.
+The latter were a warlike race.  They had left their habitations
+in order to place their wives and children in safety.  But they
+had kept an eye on the movements of the invaders, and, when they
+saw their forces divided, they resolved to fall upon each body
+singly before it could communicate with the other.  So soon,
+therefore, as Montenegro had penetrated through the defiles of
+the lofty hills, which shoot out like spurs of the Cordilleras
+along this part of the coast, the Indian warriors, springing from
+their ambush, sent off a cloud of arrows and other missiles that
+darkened the air, while they made the forest ring with their
+shrill war-whoop.  The Spaniards, astonished at the appearance of
+the savages, with their naked bodies gaudily painted, and
+brandishing their weapons as they glanced among the trees and
+straggling underbrush that choked up the defile, were taken by
+surprise and thrown for a moment into disarray.  Three of their
+number were killed and several wounded.  Yet, speedily rallying,
+they returned the discharge of the assailants with their
+cross-bows, - for Pizarro's troops do not seem to have been
+provided with muskets on this expedition, - and then gallantly
+charging the enemy, sword in hand, succeeded in driving them back
+into the fastnesses of the mountains.  But it only led them to
+shift their operations to another quarter, and make an assault on
+Pizarro before he could be relieved by his lieutenant.
+
+Availing themselves of their superior knowledge of the passes,
+they reached that commander's quarters long before Montenegro,
+who had commenced a countermarch in the same direction.  And
+issuing from the woods, the bold savages saluted the Spanish
+garrison with a tempest of darts and arrows, some of which found
+their way through the joints of the harness and the quilted mail
+of the cavaliers.  But Pizarro was too well practised a soldier
+to be off his guard.  Calling his men about him, he resolved not
+to abide the assault tamely in the works, but to sally out, and
+meet the enemy on their own ground.  The barbarians, who had
+advanced near the defences, fell back as the Spaniards burst
+forth with their valiant leader at their head.  But, soon
+returning with admirable ferocity to the charge, they singled out
+Pizarro, whom, by his bold bearing and air of authority, they
+easily recognized as the chief; and, hurling at him a storm of
+missiles, wounded him, in spite of his armour, in no less than
+seven places. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Xerez, Conq. del
+Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 180. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 1, cap. 1. - Balboa, Hist. du Perou, chap. 15.]
+
+Driven back by the fury of the assault directed against his own
+person, the Spanish commander retreated down the slope of the
+hill, still defending himself as he could with sword and buckler,
+when his foot slipped and he fell.  The enemy set up a fierce
+yell of triumph, and some of the boldest sprang forward to
+despatch him.  But Pizarro was on his feet in an instant, and,
+striking down two of the foremost with his strong arm, held the
+rest at bay till his soldiers could come to the rescue.  The
+barbarians, struck with admiration at his valor, began to falter,
+when Montenegro luckily coming on the ground at the moment, and
+falling on their rear, completed their confusion; and, abandoning
+the field, they made the best of their way into the recesses of
+the mountains.  The ground was covered with their slain; but the
+victory was dearly purchased by the death of two more Spaniards
+and a long list of wounded.
+
+A council of war was then called.  The position had lost its
+charm in the eyes of the Spaniards, who had met here with the
+first resistance they had yet experienced on their expedition.
+It was necessary to place the wounded in some secure spot, where
+their injuries could be attended to.  Yet it was not safe to
+proceed farther, in the crippled state of their vessel. On the
+whole, it was decided to return and report their proceedings to
+the governor; and, though the magnificent hopes of the
+adventurers had not been realized, Pizarro trusted that enough
+had been done to vindicate the importance of the enterprise, and
+to secure the countenance of Pedrarias for the further
+prosecution of it. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 3, lib. 8, cap. 11. -
+Xerez, ubi supra.]
+
+Yet Pizarro could not make up his mind to present himself, in the
+present state of the undertaking, before the governor.  He
+determined, therefore, to be set on shore with the principal part
+of his company at Chicama, a place on the main land, at a short
+distance west of Panama.  From this place, which he reached
+without any further accident, he despatched the vessel, and in it
+his treasurer, Nicolas de Ribera, with the gold he had collected,
+and with instructions to lay before the governor a full account
+of his discoveries, and the result of the expedition.
+
+While these events were passing, Pizarro's associate, Almagro,
+had been busily employed in fitting out another vessel for the
+expedition at the port of Panama.  It was not till long after his
+friend's departure that he was prepared to follow him.  With the
+assistance of Luque, he at length succeeded in equipping a small
+caravel and embarking a body of between sixty and seventy
+adventurers, mostly of the lowest order of the colonists.  He
+steered in the track of his comrade, with the intention of
+overtaking him as soon as possible.  By a signal previously
+concerted of notching the trees, he was able to identify the
+spots visited by Pizarro, - Puerto de Pinas, Puerto de la Hambre,
+Pueblo Quemado, - touching successively at every point of the
+coast explored by his countrymen, though in a much shorter time.
+At the last-mentioned place he was received by the fierce natives
+with the same hostile demonstrations as Pizarro, though in the
+present encounter the Indians did not venture beyond their
+defences.  But the hot blood of Almagro was so exasperated by
+this check, that he assaulted the place and carried it sword in
+hand, setting fire to the outworks and dwellings, and driving the
+wretched inhabitants into the forests.
+
+His victory cost him dear.  A wound from a javelin on the head
+caused an inflammation in one of his eyes, which, after great
+anguish, ended in the loss of it.  Yet the intrepid adventurer
+did not hesitate to pursue his voyage, and, after touching at
+several places on the coast, some of which rewarded him with a
+considerable booty in gold, he reached the mouth of the Rio de
+San Juan, about the fourth degree of north latitude.  He was
+struck with the beauty of the stream, and with the cultivation on
+its borders, which were sprinkled with Indian cottages showing
+some skill in their construction, and altogether intimating a
+higher civilization than any thing he had yet seen.
+
+Still his mind was filled with anxiety for the fate of Pizarro
+and his followers.  No trace of them had been found on the coast
+for a long time, and it was evident they must have foundered at
+sea, or made their way back to Panama.  This last he deemed most
+probable; as the vessel might have passed him unnoticed under the
+cover of the night, or of the dense fogs that sometimes hang over
+the coast.
+
+Impressed with this belief, he felt no heart to continue his
+voyage of discovery, for which, indeed, his single bark, with its
+small complement of men, was altogether inadequate.  He proposed,
+therefore, to return without delay.  On his way, he touched at
+the Isle of Pearls, and there learned the result of his friend's
+expedition, and the place of his present residence. Directing his
+course, at once, to Chicama, the two cavaliers soon had the
+satisfaction of embracing each other, and recounting their
+several exploits and escapes.  Almagro returned even better
+freighted with gold than his confederate, and at every step of
+his progress he had collected fresh confirmation of the existence
+of some great and opulent empire in the South. The confidence of
+the two friends was much strengthened by their discoveries; and
+they unhesitatingly pledged themselves to one another to die
+rather than abandon the enterprise. *20
+
+[Footnote 20: Xerez, ubi supra. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms.
+- Zarate, Conq. del Peru, loc. cit. - Balboa, Hist. du Perou,
+chap. 15. - Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms. - Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 3, lib. 8, cap. 13. - Levinus Apollonius, fol. 12.
+- Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 108.]
+
+The best means of obtaining the levies requisite for so
+formidable an undertaking - more formidable, as it now appeared
+to them, than before - were made the subject of long and serious
+discussion.  It was at length decided that Pizarro should remain
+in his present quarters, inconvenient and even unwholesome as
+they were rendered by the humidity of the climate, and the
+pestilent swarms of insects that filled the atmosphere.  Almagro
+would pass over to Panama, lay the case before the governor, and
+secure, if possible, his good-will towards the prosecution of the
+enterprise.  If no obstacle were thrown in their way from this
+quarter, they might hope, with the assistance of Luque, to raise
+the necessary supplies; while the results of the recent
+expedition were sufficiently encouraging to draw adventurers to
+their standard in a community which had a craving for excitement
+that gave even danger a charm, and which held life cheap in
+comparison with gold.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter III
+
+The Famous Contract. - Second Expedition. - Ruiz Explores The
+Coast. - Pizarro's Sufferings In The Forests. - Arrival Of New
+Recruits. - Fresh Discoveries And Disasters. - Pizarro On The
+Isle Of Gallo.
+
+1526-1527.
+
+
+On his arrival at Panama, Almagro found that events had taken a
+turn less favorable to his views than he had anticipated.
+Pedrarias, the governor, was preparing to lead an expedition in
+person against a rebellious officer in Nicaragua; and his temper,
+naturally not the most amiable, was still further soured by this
+defection of his lieutenant, and the necessity it imposed on him
+of a long and perilous march.  When, therefore, Almagro appeared
+before him with the request that he might be permitted to raise
+further levies to prosecute his enterprise, the governor received
+him with obvious dissatisfaction, listened coldly to the
+narrative of his losses, turned an incredulous ear to his
+magnificent promises for the future, and bluntly demanded an
+account of the lives, which had been sacrificed by Pizarro's
+obstinacy, but which, had they been spared, might have stood him
+in good stead in his present expedition to Nicaragua.  He
+positively declined to countenance the rash schemes of the two
+adventurers any longer, and the conquest of Peru would have been
+crushed in the bud, but for the efficient interposition of the
+remaining associate, Fernando de Luque.
+
+This sagacious ecclesiastic had received a very different
+impression from Almagro's narrative, from that which had been
+made on the mind of the irritable governor.  The actual results
+of the enterprise in gold and silver, thus far, indeed, had been
+small, - forming a mortifying contrast to the magnitude of their
+expectations.  But, in another point of view, they were of the
+last importance; since the intelligence which the adventurers had
+gained in every successive stage of their progress confirmed, in
+the strongest manner, the previous accounts, received from
+Andagoya and others, of a rich Indian empire at the south, which
+might repay the trouble of conquering it as well as Mexico had
+repaid the enterprise of Cortes.  Fully entering, therefore, into
+the feelings of his military associates, he used all his
+influence with the governor to incline him to a more favorable
+view of Almagro's petition; and no one in the little community of
+Panama exercised greater influence over the councils of the
+executive than Father Luque, for which he was indebted no less to
+his discretion and acknowledged sagacity than to his professional
+station.
+
+But while Pedrarias, overcome by the arguments or importunity of
+the churchman, yielded a reluctant assent to the application, he
+took care to testify his displeasure with Pizarro, on whom he
+particularly charged the loss of his followers, by naming Almagro
+as his equal in command in the proposed expedition.  This
+mortification sunk deep into Pizarro's mind.  He suspected his
+comrade, with what reason does not appear, of soliciting this
+boon from the governor.  A temporary coldness arose between them,
+which subsided, in outward show, at least, on Pizarro's
+reflecting that it was better to have this authority conferred on
+a friend than on a stranger, perhaps an enemy. But the seeds of
+permanent distrust were left in his bosom, and lay waiting for
+the due season to ripen into a fruitful harvest of discord. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 180.
+- Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1526. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 3 lib. 8, cap. 12.]
+
+Pedrarias had been originally interested in the enterprise, at
+least, so far as to stipulate for a share of the gains, though he
+had not contributed, as it appears, a single ducat towards the
+expenses.  He was at length, however, induced to relinquish all
+right to a share of the contingent profits.  But, in his manner
+of doing so, he showed a mercenary spirit, better becoming a
+petty trader than a high officer of the Crown.  He stipulated
+that the associates should secure to him the sum of one thousand
+pesos de oro in requital of his goodwill, and they eagerly closed
+with his proposal, rather than be encumbered with his
+pretensions.  For so paltry a consideration did he resign his
+portion of the rich spoil of the Incas! *2 But the governor was
+not gifted with the eye of a prophet.  His avarice was of that
+short-sighted kind which defeats itself.  He had sacrificed the
+chivalrous Balboa just as that officer was opening to him the
+conquest of Peru, and he would now have quenched the spirit of
+enterprise, that was taking the same direction, in Pizarro and
+his associates.
+
+[Footnote 2: Such is Oviedo's account, who was present at the
+interview between the governor and Almagro, when the terms of
+compensation were discussed.  The dialogue, which is amusing
+enough, and well told by the old Chronicler, may be found
+translated in Appendix, No. 5.  Another version of the affair is
+given in the Relacion, often quoted by me, of one of the Peruvian
+conquerors, in which Pedrarias is said to have gone out of the
+partnership voluntarily, from his disgust at the unpromising
+state of affairs.  "Vueltos con la dicha gente a Panama,
+destrozados y gastados que ya no tenian haciendas para tornar con
+provisiones y gentes que todo lo habian gastado, el dicho
+Pedrarias de Avila les dijo, que ya el no queria mas hacer
+compania con ellos en los gastos de la armada, que si ellos
+querian volver a su costa, que lo hiciesen; y ansi como gente que
+habia perdido todo lo que tenia y tanto habia trabajado,
+acordaron de tornar a proseguir su jornada y dar fin a las vidas
+y haciendas que les quedaba, o descubrir aquella tierra, y
+ciertamente ellos tubieron grande constancia y animo." Relacion
+del Primer.  Descub., Ms.]
+
+Not long after this, in the following year, he was succeeded in
+his government by Don Pedro de los Rios, a cavalier of Cordova.
+It was the policy of the Castilian Crown to allow no one of the
+great colonial officers to occupy the same station so long as to
+render himself formidable by his authority. *3 It had, moreover,
+many particular causes of disgust with Pedrarias.  The
+functionary they sent out to succeed him was fortified with ample
+instructions for the good of the colony, and especially of the
+natives, whose religious conversion was urged as a capital
+object, and whose personal freedom was unequivocally asserted, as
+loyal vassals of the Crown.  It is but justice to the Spanish
+government to admit that its provisions were generally guided by
+a humane and considerate policy, which was as regularly
+frustrated by the cupidity of the colonist, and the capricious
+cruelty of the conqueror. The few remaining years of Pedrarias
+were spent in petty squabbles, both of a personal and official
+nature; for he was still continued in office, though in one of
+less consideration than that which he had hitherto filled.  He
+survived but a few years, leaving behind him a reputation not to
+be envied, of one who united a pusillanimous spirit with
+uncontrollable passions; who displayed, notwithstanding, a
+certain energy of character, or, to speak more correctly, an
+impetuosity of purpose, which might have led to good results had
+it taken a right direction.  Unfortunately, his lack of
+discretion was such, that the direction he took was rarely of
+service to his country or to himself.
+
+[Footnote 3: This policy is noticed by the sagacious Martyr.  "De
+mutandis namque plaerisque gubernatoribus, ne longa nimis imperii
+assuetudine insolescant, cogitatur, qui praecipue non fuerint
+prouinciarum domitores. de hisce ducibus namque alia ratio
+ponderatur." (De Orbe Novo, (Parisiis, 1587,) p. 498.) One cannot
+but regret that the philosopher, who took so keen an interest in
+the successive revelations of the different portions of the New
+World, should have died before the empire of the Incas was
+disclosed to Europeans.  He lived to learn and to record the
+wonders of
+
+"Rich Mexico, the seat of Montezuma
+Not Cuzco in Peru, the richer seat of
+Atabalipa."]
+
+Having settled their difficulties with the governor, and obtained
+his sanction to their enterprise, the confederates lost no time
+in making the requisite preparations for it.  Their first step
+was to execute the memorable contract which served as the basis
+of their future arrangements; and, as Pizarro's name appears in
+this, it seems probable that that chief had crossed over to
+Panama so soon as the favorable disposition of Pedrarias had been
+secured. *4 The instrument, after invoking in the most solemn
+manner the names of the Holy Trinity and Our Lady the Blessed
+Virgin, sets forth, that, whereas the parties have full authority
+to discover and subdue the countries and provinces lying south of
+the Gulf, belonging to the empire of Peru, and as Fernando de
+Luque had advanced the funds for the enterprise in bars of gold
+of the value of twenty thousand pesos, they mutually bind
+themselves to divide equally among them the whole of the
+conquered territory.  This stipulation is reiterated over and
+over again, particularly with reference to Luque, who, it is
+declared, is to be entitled to one third of all lands,
+repartimientos, treasures of every kind, gold, silver, and
+precious stones, - to one third even of all vassals, rents, and
+emoluments arising from such grants as may be conferred by the
+Crown on either of his military associates, to be held for his
+own use, or for that of his heirs, assigns, or legal
+representative.
+
+[Footnote 4: In opposition to most authorities, - but not to the
+judicious Quintana, - I have conformed to Montesinos, in placing
+the execution of the contract at the commencement of the second,
+instead of the first, expedition. This arrangement coincides with
+the date of the instrument itself, which, moreover, is reported
+in extenso by no ancient writer whom I have consulted except
+Montesinos.]
+
+The two captains solemnly engage to devote themselves exclusively
+to the present undertaking until it is accomplished; and, in case
+of failure in their part of the covenant, they pledge themselves
+to reimburse Luque for his advances, for which all the property
+they possess shall be held responsible, and this declaration is
+to be a sufficient warrant for the execution of judgment against
+them, in the same manner as if it had proceeded from the decree
+of a court of justice.
+
+The commanders, Pizarro and Almagro, made oath, in the name of
+God and the Holy Evangelists, sacredly to keep this covenant,
+swearing it on the missal, on which they traced with their own
+hands the sacred emblem of the cross.  To give still greater
+efficacy to the compact, Father Luque administered the sacrament
+to the parties, dividing the consecrated wafer into three
+portions, of which each one of them partook; while the
+by-standers, says an historian, were affected to tears by this
+spectacle of the solemn ceremonial with which these men
+voluntarily devoted themselves to a sacrifice that seemed little
+short of insanity. *5
+
+[Footnote 5: This singular instrument is given at length by
+Montesinos. (Annales, Ms., ano 1526.) It may be found in the
+original in Appendix, No. 6.]
+
+The instrument, which was dated March 10, 1526, was subscribed by
+Luque, and attested by three respectable citizens of Panama, one
+of whom signed on behalf of Pizarro, and the other for Almagro;
+since neither of these parties, according to the avowal of the
+instrument, was able to subscribe his own name. *6
+
+
+[Footnote 6: For some investigation of the fact, which has been
+disputed by more than one, of Pizarro's ignorance of the art of
+writing, see Book 4, chap. 5, of this History.]
+
+Such was the singular compact by which three obscure individuals
+coolly carved out and partitioned among themselves, an empire of
+whose extent, power, and resources, of whose situation, of whose
+existence, even, they had no sure or precise knowledge.  The
+positive and unhesitating manner in which they speak of the
+grandeur of this empire, of its stores of wealth, so conformable
+to the event, but of which they could have really known so
+little, forms a striking contrast with the general skepticism and
+indifference manifested by nearly every other person, high and
+low, in the community of Panama. *7
+
+[Footnote 7: The epithet of loco or "madman" was punningly
+bestowed on Father Luque, for his spirited exertions in behalf of
+the enterprise; Padre Luque o loco, says Oviedo of him, as if it
+were synonymous.  Historia de las Indias Islas e Tierra Firme del
+Mar Oceano, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8 cap. 1.]
+
+The religious tone of the instrument is not the least remarkable
+feature in it, especially when we contrast this with the
+relentless policy, pursued by the very men who were parties to
+it, in their conquest of the country. "In the name of the Prince
+of Peace," says the illustrious historian of America, "they
+ratified a contract of which plunder and bloodshed were the
+objects." *8 The reflection seems reasonable.  Yet, in
+criticizing what is done, as well as what is written, we must
+take into account the spirit of the times. *9 The invocation of
+Heaven was natural, where the object of the undertaking was, in
+part, a religious one.  Religion entered, more or less, into the
+theory, at least, of the Spanish conquests in the New World.
+That motives of a baser sort mingled largely with these higher
+ones, and in different proportions according to the character of
+the individual, no one will deny.  And few are they that have
+proposed to themselves a long career of action without the
+intermixture of some vulgar personal motive, - fame, honors, or
+emolument.  Yet that religion furnishes a key to the American
+crusades, however rudely they may have been conducted, is evident
+from the history of their origin; from the sanction openly given
+to them by the Head of the Church; from the throng of
+self-devoted missionaries, who followed in the track of the
+conquerors to garner up the rich harvest of souls; from the
+reiterated instructions of the Crown, the great object of which
+was the conversion of the natives; from those superstitious acts
+of the iron-hearted soldiery themselves, which, however they may
+be set down to fanaticism, were clearly too much in earnest to
+leave any ground for the charge of hypocrisy. It was indeed a
+fiery cross that was borne over the devoted land, scathing and
+consuming it in its terrible progress; but it was still the
+cross, the sign of man's salvation, the only sign by which
+generations and generations yet unborn were to be rescued from
+eternal perdition.
+
+[Footnote 8: Robertson, America, vol. III. p. 5.]
+
+[Footnote 9: "A perfect judge will read each work of wit
+With the same spirit that its author writ,"
+
+says the great bard of Reason.  A fair criticism will apply the
+same rule to action as to writing, and, in the moral estimate of
+conduct, will take largely into account the spirit of the age
+which prompted it.]
+
+It is a remarkable fact, which has hitherto escaped the notice of
+the historian, that Luque was not the real party to this
+contract.  He represented another, who placed in his hands the
+funds required for the undertaking.  This appears from an
+instrument signed by Luque himself and certified before the same
+notary that prepared the original contract.  The instrument
+declares that the whole sum of twenty thousand pesos advanced for
+the expedition was furnished by the Licentiate Gaspar de
+Espinosa, then at Panama; that the vicar acted only as his agent
+and by his authority; and that, in consequence, the said Espinosa
+and no other was entitled to a third of all the profits and
+acquisitions resulting from the conquest of Peru. This
+instrument, attested by three persons, one of them the same who
+had witnessed the original contract, was dated on the 6th of
+August, 1531. *10 The Licentiate Espinosa was a respectable
+functionary, who had filled the office of principal alcalde in
+Darien, and since taken a conspicuous part in the conquest and
+settlement of Tierra Firme.  He enjoyed much consideration for
+his personal character and station; and it is remarkable that so
+little should be known of the manner in which the covenant, so
+solemnly made, was executed in reference to him.  As in the case
+of Columbus, it is probable that the unexpected magnitude of the
+results was such as to prevent a faithful adherence to the
+original stipulation; and yet, from the same consideration, one
+can hardly doubt that the twenty thousand pesos of the bold
+speculator must have brought him a magnificent return.  Nor did
+the worthy vicar of Panama, as the history will show hereafter,
+go without his reward.
+
+[Footnote 10: The instrument making this extraordinary disclosure
+is cited at length in a manuscript entitled Noticia General del
+Peru, Tierra Firme y Chili, by Francisco Lopez de Caravantes, a
+fiscal officer in these colonies. The Ms., formerly preserved in
+the library of the great college of Cuenca at Salamanca, is now
+to be found in her Majesty's library at Madrid.  The passage is
+extracted by Quintana, Espanoles Celebres, tom. II. Apend. No. 2,
+nota.]
+
+Having completed these preliminary arrangements, the three
+associates lost no time in making preparations for the voyage.
+Two vessels were purchased, larger and every way better than
+those employed on the former occasion.  Stores were laid in, as
+experience dictated, on a larger scale than before, and
+proclamation was made of "an expedition to Peru." But the call
+was not readily answered by the skeptical citizens of Panama.  Of
+nearly two hundred men who had embarked on the former cruise, not
+more than three fourths now remained. *11 This dismal mortality,
+and the emaciated, poverty-stricken aspect of the survivors,
+spoke more eloquently than the braggart promises and magnificent
+prospects held out by the adventurers. Still there were men in
+the community of such desperate circumstances, that any change
+seemed like a chance of bettering their condition.  Most of the
+former company also, strange to say, felt more pleased to follow
+up the adventure to the end than to abandon it, as they saw the
+light of a better day dawning upon them.  From these sources the
+two captains succeeded in mustering about one hundred and sixty
+men, making altogether a very inadequate force for the conquest
+of an empire.  A few horses were also purchased, and a better
+supply of ammunition and military stores than before, though
+still on a very limited scale.  Considering their funds, the only
+way of accounting for this must be by the difficulty of obtaining
+supplies at Panama, which, recently founded, and on the remote
+coast of the Pacific, could be approached only by crossing the
+rugged barrier of mountains, which made the transportation of
+bulky articles extremely difficult.  Even such scanty stock of
+materials as it possessed was probably laid under heavy
+contribution, at the present juncture, by the governor's
+preparations for his own expedition to the north.
+
+[Footnote 11: "Con ciento i diez Hombres salio de Panama, i fue
+donde estaba el Capitan Picarro con otros cinquenta de los
+primeros ciento; diez, que con el salieron, i de los setenta, que
+el Capitan Almagro llevo, quando le fue a buscar, que los ciento
+i treinta ia eran muertos.  Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia,
+tom. III. p. 180.]
+
+Thus indifferently provided, the two captains, each in his own
+vessel, again took their departure from Panama, under the
+direction of Bartholomew Ruiz, a sagacious and resolute pilot,
+well experienced in the navigation of the Southern Ocean.  He was
+a native of Moguer, in Andalusia, that little nursery of nautical
+enterprise, which furnished so many seamen for the first voyages
+of Columbus.  Without touching at the intervening points of the
+coast, which offered no attraction to the voyagers, they stood
+farther out to sea, steering direct for the Rio de San Juan, the
+utmost limit reached by Almagro.  The season was better selected
+than on the former occasion, and they were borne along by
+favorable breezes to the place of their destination, which they
+reached without accident in a few days.  Entering the mouth of
+the river, they saw the banks well lined with Indian habitations;
+and Pizarro, disembarking, at the head of a party of soldiers,
+succeeded in surprising a small village and carrying off a
+considerable booty of gold ornaments found in the dwellings,
+together with a few of the natives. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: Ibid., pp. 180, 181. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria,
+Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib 1, cap. 1. - Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 3, lib. 8, cap. 13.]
+
+Flushed with their success, the two chiefs were confident that
+the sight of the rich spoil so speedily obtained could not fail
+to draw adventurers to their standard in Panama; and, as they
+felt more than ever the necessity of a stronger force to cope
+with the thickening population of the country which they were now
+to penetrate, it was decided that Almagro should return with the
+treasure and beat up for reinforcements, while the pilot Ruiz, in
+the other vessel, should reconnoitre the country towards the
+south, and obtain such information as might determine their
+future movements.  Pizarro, with the rest of the force, would
+remain in the neighbourhood of the river, as he was assured by
+the Indian prisoners, that not far in the interior was an open
+reach of country, where he and his men could find comfortable
+quarters.  This arrangement was instantly put in execution.  We
+will first accompany the intrepid pilot in his cruise towards the
+south.
+
+Coasting along the great continent, with his canvas still spread
+to favorable winds, the first place at which Ruiz cast anchor was
+off the little island of Gallo, about two degrees north.  The
+inhabitants, who were not numerous, were prepared to give him a
+hostile reception, - for tidings of the invaders had preceded
+them along the country, and even reached this insulated spot.  As
+the object of Ruiz was to explore, not to conquer, he did not
+care to entangle himself in hostilities with the natives; so,
+changing his purpose of landing, he weighed anchor, and ran down
+the coast as far as what is now called the Bay of St. Matthew.
+The country, which, as he advanced, continued to exhibit evidence
+of a better culture as well as of a more dense population than
+the parts hitherto seen, was crowded, along the shores, with
+spectators, who gave no signs of fear or hostility.  They stood
+gazing on the vessel of the white men as it glided smoothly into
+the crystal waters of the bay, fancying it, says an old writer,
+some mysterious being descended from the skies.
+
+Without staying long enough on this friendly coast to undeceive
+the simple people, Ruiz, standing off shore, struck out into the
+deep sea; but he had not sailed far in that direction, when he
+was surprised by the sight of a vessel, seeming in the distance
+like a caravel of considerable size, traversed by a large sail
+that carried it sluggishly over the waters.  The old navigator
+was not a little perplexed by this phenomenon, as he was
+confident no European bark could have been before him in these
+latitudes, and no Indian nation, yet discovered, not even the
+civilized Mexican, was acquainted with the use of sails in
+navigation.  As he drew near, he found it was a large vessel, or
+rather raft, called balsa by the natives, consisting of a number
+of huge timbers of a light, porous wood, tightly lashed together,
+with a frail flooring of reeds raised on them by way of deck.
+Two masts or sturdy poles, erected in the middle of the vessel,
+sustained a large square-sail of cotton, while a rude kind of
+rudder and a movable keel, made of plank inserted between the
+logs, enabled the mariner to give a direction to the floating
+fabric, which held on its course without the aid of oar or
+paddle. *13 The simple architecture of this craft was sufficient
+for the purposes of the natives, and indeed has continued to
+answer them to the present day; for the balsa, surmounted by
+small thatched huts or cabins, still supplies the most commodious
+means for the transportation of passengers and luggage on the
+streams and along the shores of this part of the South American
+continent.
+
+[Footnote 13: "Traia sus manteles y antenas de muy fina madera y
+velas de algodon del mismo talle de manera que los nuestros
+navios." Relacion de los Primeros Descubrimientos de F. Pizarro y
+Diego de Almagro, sacada del Codice, No. 120 de la Biblioteca
+Imperial de Vienna, Ms]
+
+On coming alongside, Ruiz found several Indians, both men and
+women, on board, some with rich ornaments on their persons,
+besides several articles wrought with considerable skill in gold
+and silver, which they were carrying for purposes of traffic to
+the different places along the coast.  But what most attracted
+his attention was the woollen cloth of which some of their
+dresses were made.  It was of a fine texture, delicately
+embroidered with figures of birds and flowers, and dyed in
+brilliant colors.  He also observed in the boat a pair of
+balances made to weigh the precious metals. *14 His astonishment
+at these proofs of ingenuity and civilization, so much higher
+than any thing he had ever seen in the country, was heightened by
+the intelligence which he collected from some of these Indians.
+Two of them had come from Tumbez, a Peruvian port, some degrees
+to the south; and they gave him to understand, that in their
+neighbourhood the fields were covered with large flocks of the
+animals from which the wool was obtained, and that gold and
+silver were almost as common as wood in the palaces of their
+monarch. The Spaniards listened greedily to reports which
+harmonized so well with their fond desires.  Though half
+distrusting the exaggeration, Ruiz resolved to detain some of the
+Indians, including the natives of Tumbez, that they might repeat
+the wondrous tale to his commander, and at the same time, by
+learning the Castilian, might hereafter serve as interpreters
+with their countrymen.  The rest of the party he suffered to
+proceed without further interruption on their voyage.  Then
+holding on his course, the prudent pilot, without touching at any
+other point of the coast, advanced as far as the Punta de Pasado,
+about half a degree south, having the glory of being the first
+European who, sailing in this direction on the Pacific, had
+crossed the equinoctial line.  This was the limit of his
+discoveries; on reaching which he tacked about, and standing away
+to the north, succeeded, after an absence of several weeks, in
+regaining the spot where he had left Pizarro and his comrades.
+*15
+
+[Footnote 14: In a short notice of this expedition, written
+apparently at the time of it, or soon after, a minute
+specification is given of the several articles found in the
+balsa; among them are mentioned vases and mirrors of burnished
+silver, and curious fabrics both cotton and woollen.  "Espejos
+guarnecidos de la dicha plata, y tasas y otras vasijas para
+beber, trahian muchas mantas de lana y de algodon, y camisas y
+aljubas y alcaceres y alaremes, y otras muchas ropas, todo lo mas
+de ello muy labrado de labores muy ricas de colores de grana y
+carmisi y azul y amarillo, y de todas otras colores de diversas
+maneras de labores y figuras de aves y animales, y Pescados, y
+arbolesas y trahian unos pesos chiquitos de pesar oro como
+hechura de Romana, y otras muchas cosas.' Relacion sacada de la
+Biblioteca Imperial de Vienna, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 15: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+181. - Relacion sacada de la Biblioteca Imperial de Vienna, Ms. -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 3, lib. 8, cap. 13.
+
+One of the authorities speaks of his having been sixty days on
+this cruise.  I regret not to be able to give precise dates of
+the events in these early expeditions.  But chronology is a thing
+beneath the notice of these ancient chroniclers, who seem to
+think that the date of events, so fresh in their own memory, must
+be so in that of every one else.]
+
+It was high time; for the spirits of that little band had been
+sorely tried by the perils they had encountered.  On the
+departure of his vessels, Pizarro marched into the interior, in
+the hope of finding the pleasant champaign country which had been
+promised him by the natives.  But at every step the forests
+seemed to grow denser and darker, and the trees towered to a
+height such as he had never seen, even in these fruitful regions,
+where Nature works on so gigantic a scale. *16 Hill continued to
+rise above hill, as he advanced, rolling onward, as it were, by
+successive waves to join that colossal barrier of the Andes,
+whose frosty sides, far away above the clouds, spread out like a
+curtain of burnished silver, that seemed to connect the heavens
+with the earth.
+
+[Footnote 16: "Todo era montanas, con arboles hasta el cielo!"
+Herrera Hist. General, ubi supra.]
+
+On crossing these woody eminences, the forlorn adventurers would
+plunge into ravines of frightful depth, where the exhalations of
+a humid soil steamed up amidst the incense of sweet-scented
+flowers, which shone through the deep glooms in every conceivable
+variety of color.  Birds, especially of the parrot tribe, mocked
+this fantastic variety of nature with tints as brilliant as those
+of the vegetable world.  Monkeys chattered in crowds above their
+heads, and made grimaces like the fiendish spirits of these
+solitudes; while hideous reptiles, engendered in the slimy depths
+of the pools, gathered round the footsteps of the wanderers.
+Here was seen the gigantic boa, coiling his unwieldy folds about
+the trees, so as hardly to be distinguished from their trunks,
+till he was ready to dart upon his prey; and alligators lay
+basking on the borders of the streams, or, gliding under the
+waters, seized their incautious victim before he was aware of
+their approach. *17 Many of the Spaniards perished miserably in
+this way, and others were waylaid by the natives, who kept a
+jealous eye on their movements, and availed themselves of every
+opportunity to take them at advantage.  Fourteen of Pizarro's men
+were cut off at once in a canoe which had stranded on the bank of
+a stream. *18
+
+[Footnote 17: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+[Footnote 18: Ibid., loc. cit. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap.
+108. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms]
+
+Famine came in addition to other troubles, and it was with
+difficulty that they found the means of sustaining life on the
+scanty fare of the forest, - occasionally the potato, as it grew
+without cultivation, or the wild cocoa-nut, or, on the shore, the
+salt and bitter fruit of the mangrove; though the shore was less
+tolerable than the forest, from the swarms of mosquitos which
+compelled the wretched adventurers to bury their bodies up to
+their very faces in the sand.  In this extremity of suffering,
+they thought only of return; and all schemes of avarice and
+ambition - except with Pizarro and a few dauntless spirits - were
+exchanged for the one craving desire to return to Panama.
+
+It was at this crisis that the pilot Ruiz returned with the
+report of his brilliant discoveries; and, not long after, Almagro
+sailed into port with his vessel laden with refreshments, and a
+considerable reinforcement of volunteers.  The voyage of that
+commander had been prosperous.  When he arrived at Panama, he
+found the government in the hands of Don Pedro de los Rios; and
+he came to anchor in the harbour, unwilling to trust himself on
+shore, till he had obtained from Father Luque some account of the
+dispositions of the executive.  These were sufficiently
+favorable; for the new governor had particular instructions fully
+to carry out the arrangements made by his predecessor with the
+associates.  On learning Almagro's arrival, he came down to the
+port to welcome him, professing his willingness to afford every
+facility for the execution of his designs.  Fortunately, just
+before this period, a small body of military adventurers had come
+to Panama from the mother country, burning with desire to make
+their fortunes in the New World. They caught much more eagerly
+than the old and wary colonists at the golden bait held out to
+them; and with their addition, and that of a few supernumerary
+stragglers who hung about the town, Almagro found himself at the
+head of a reinforcement of at least eighty men, with which,
+having laid in a fresh supply of stores, he again set sail for
+the Rio de San Juan.
+The arrival of the new recruits all eager to follow up the
+expedition, the comfortable change in their circumstances
+produced by an ample supply of refreshments, and the glowing
+pictures of the wealth that awaited them in the south, all had
+their effect on the dejected spirits of Pizarro's followers.
+Their late toils and privations were speedily forgotten, and,
+with the buoyant and variable feelings incident to a freebooter's
+life, they now called as eagerly on their commander to go forward
+in the voyage, as they had before called on him to abandon it.
+Availing themselves of the renewed spirit of enterprise, the
+captains embarked on board their vessels, and, under the guidance
+of the veteran pilot, steered in the same track he had lately
+pursued.
+
+But the favorable season for a southern course, which in these
+latitudes lasts but a few months in the year, had been suffered
+to escape.  The breezes blew steadily towards the north, and a
+strong current, not far from shore, set in the same direction.
+The winds frequently rose into tempests, and the unfortunate
+voyagers were tossed about, for many days, in the boiling surges,
+amidst the most awful storms of thunder and lightning, until, at
+length, they found a secure haven in the island of Gallo, already
+visited by Ruiz.  As they were now too strong in numbers to
+apprehend an assault, the crews landed, and, experiencing no
+molestation from the natives, they continued on the island for a
+fortnight, refitting their damaged vessels, and recruiting
+themselves after the fatigues of the ocean.  Then, resuming their
+voyage, the captains stood towards the south until they reached
+the Bay of St. Matthew. As they advanced along the coast, they
+were struck, as Ruiz had been before, with the evidences of a
+higher civilization constantly exhibited in the general aspect of
+the country and its inhabitants.  The hand of cultivation was
+visible in every quarter.  The natural appearance of the coast,
+too, had something in it more inviting; for, instead of the
+eternal labyrinth of mangrove-trees, with their complicated roots
+snarled into formidable coils under the water, as if to waylay
+and entangle the voyager, the low margin of the sea was covered
+with a stately growth of ebony, and with a species of mahogany,
+and other hard woods that take the most brilliant and variegated
+polish.  The sandal-wood, and many balsamic trees of unknown
+names, scattered their sweet odors far and wide, not in an
+atmosphere tainted with vegetable corruption, but on the pure
+breezes of the ocean, bearing health as well as fragrance on
+their wings.  Broad patches of cultivated land intervened,
+disclosing hill-sides covered with the yellow maize and the
+potato, or checkered, in the lower levels, with blooming
+plantations of cacao. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+181. - Relacion sacada de la Biblioteca Imperial de Vienna, Ms. -
+Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano
+1526. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1. cap. 1. - Relacion del
+Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+The villages became more numerous; and, as the vessels rode at
+anchor off the port of Tacamez, the Spaniards saw before them a
+town of two thousand houses or more, laid out into streets, with
+a numerous population clustering around it in the suburbs. *20
+The men and women displayed many ornaments of gold and precious
+stones about their persons, which may seem strange, considering
+that the Peruvian Incas claimed a monopoly of jewels for
+themselves and the nobles on whom they condescended to bestow
+them.  But, although the Spaniards had now reached the outer
+limits of the Peruvian empire, it was not Peru, but Quito, and
+that portion of it but recently brought under the sceptre of the
+Incas, where the ancient usages of the people could hardly have
+been effaced under the oppressive system of the American despots.
+The adjacent country was, moreover, particularly rich in gold,
+which, collected from the washings of the streams, still forms
+one of the staple products of Barbacoas.  Here, too, was the fair
+River of Emeralds, so called from the quarries of the beautiful
+gem on its borders, from which the Indian monarchs enriched their
+treasury. *21
+
+[Footnote 20: Pizarro's secretary speaks of one of the towns as
+containing 3,000 houses.  "En esta Tierra havia muchos
+Mantenimientos, i la Gente tenia mui buena orden de vivir, los
+Pueblos con sus Calles, i Placas: Pueblo havia que tenia mas de
+tres mil Casas, i otros havia menores." Conq. del Peru, ap.
+Barcia, tom. III. p. 181.]
+
+[Footnote 21: Stevenson, who visited this part of the coast early
+in the present century, is profuse in his description of its
+mineral and vegetable treasures.  The emerald mine in the
+neighbourhood of Las Esmeraldas, once so famous, is now placed
+under the ban of a superstition, more befitting the times of the
+Incas.  "I never visited it," says the traveller, "owing to the
+superstitious dread of the natives, who assured me that it was
+enchanted, and guarded by an enormous dragon, which poured forth
+thunder and lightning on those who dared to ascend the river."
+Residence in South America, vol. II. p. 406.]
+
+The Spaniards gazed with delight on these undeniable evidences of
+wealth, and saw in the careful cultivation of the soil a
+comfortable assurance that they had at length reached the land
+which had so long been seen in brilliant, though distant,
+perspective before them.  But here again they were doomed to be
+disappointed by the warlike spirit of the people, who, conscious
+of their own strength, showed no disposition to quail before the
+invaders.  On the contrary, several of their canoes shot out,
+loaded with warriors, who, displaying a gold mask as their
+ensign, hovered round the vessels with looks of defiance, and,
+when pursued, easily took shelter under the lee of the land. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: "Salieron a los dichos navios quatorce canoas
+grandes con muchos Indios dos armados de oro y plata, y trahian
+en la una canoa o en estandarte y encima de el un bolto de un
+mucho desio de oro, y dieron una suelta a los navios por
+avisarlos en manera que no los pudiese enojar, y asi dieron
+vuelta acia a su pueblo, y los navios no los pudieron tomar
+porque se metieron en los baxos junto a la tierra." Relacion
+sacada de la Biblioteca Imperial de Vienna, Ms.]
+
+A more formidable body mustered along the shore, to the number,
+according to the Spanish accounts, of at least ten thousand
+warriors, eager, apparently, to come to close action with the
+invaders.  Nor could Pizarro, who had landed with a party of his
+men in the hope of a conference with the natives, wholly prevent
+hostilities; and it might have gone hard with the Spaniards,
+hotly pressed by their resolute enemy so superior in numbers, but
+for a ludicrous accident reported by the historians as happening
+to one of the cavaliers. This was a fall from his horse, which so
+astonished the barbarians, who were not prepared for this
+division of what seemed one and the same being into two, that,
+filled with consternation, they fell back, and left a way open
+for the Christians to regain their vessels! *23
+
+[Footnote 23: "Al tiempo del romper los unos con los otros, uno
+de aquellos de caballo cayo del caballo abajo; y como los Indios
+vieron dividirse aquel animal en dos partes, teniendo por cierto
+que todo era una cosa, fue tanto el miedo que tubieron que
+volvieron las espaldas dando voces a los suyos, diciendo, que se
+habia hecho dos haciendo admiracion dello: lo cual no fue sin
+misterio; porque a no acaecer esto se presume, que mataran todos
+los cristianos." (Relacion del Primer.  Descub., Ms.) This way of
+accounting for the panic of the barbarians is certainly quite as
+credible as the explanation, under similar circumstances,
+afforded by the apparition of the militant apostle St. James, so
+often noticed by the historians of these wars.]
+A council of war was now called.  It was evident that the forces
+of the Spaniards were unequal to a contest with so numerous and
+well-appointed a body of natives; and, even if they should
+prevail here, they could have no hope of stemming the torrent
+which must rise against them in their progress - for the country
+was becoming more and more thickly settled, and towns and hamlets
+started into view at every new headland which they doubled.  It
+was better, in the opinion of some, - the faint-hearted, - to
+abandon the enterprise at once, as beyond their strength.  But
+Almagro took a different view of the affair.  "To go home," he
+said, "with nothing done, would be ruin, as well as disgrace.
+There was scarcely one but had left creditors at Panama, who
+looked for payment to the fruits of this expedition.  To go home
+now would be to deliver themselves at once into their hands.  It
+would be to go to prison.  Better to roam a freeman, though in
+the wilderness, than to lie bound with fetters in the dungeons of
+Panama. *24 The only course for them," he concluded, "was the one
+lately pursued.  Pizarro might find some more commodious place
+where he could remain with part of the force, while he himself
+went back for recruits to Panama.  The story they had now to tell
+of the riches of the land, as they had seen them with their own
+eyes, would put their expedition in a very different light, and
+could not fail to draw to their banner as many volunteers as they
+needed."
+
+[Footnote 24: "No era bien bolver pobres, a pedir limosna, i
+morir en las Carceles, los que tenian deudas." Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 2.]
+
+
+But this recommendation, however judicious, was not altogether to
+the taste of the latter commander, who did not relish the part,
+which constantly fell to him, of remaining behind in the swamps
+and forests of this wild country.  "It is all very well," he said
+to Almagro, "for you, who pass your time pleasantly enough,
+careering to and fro in your vessel, or snugly sheltered in a
+land of plenty at Panama; but it is quite another matter for
+those who stay behind to droop and die of hunger in the
+wilderness" *25 To this Almagro retorted with some heat,
+professing his own willingness to take charge of the brave men
+who would remain with him, if Pizarro declined it. The
+controversy assuming a more angry and menacing tone, from words
+they would have soon come to blows, as both, laying their hands
+on their swords, were preparing to rush on each other, when the
+treasurer Ribera, aided by the pilot Ruiz, succeeded in pacifying
+them.  It required but little effort on the part of these cooler
+counsellors to convince the cavaliers of the folly of a conduct
+which must at once terminate the expedition in a manner little
+creditable to its projectors.  A reconciliation consequently took
+place, sufficient, at least in outward show, to allow the two
+commanders to act together in concert.  Almagro's plan was then
+adopted; and it only remained to find out the most secure and
+convenient spot for Pizarro's quarters.
+
+[Footnote 25: "Como iba, i venia en los Navios, adonde no le
+faltaba Vitualla, no padecia la miseria de la hambre, i otras
+angustias que tenian, i ponian a todos en estrema congoja."
+(Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 2.) The cavaliers
+of Cortes and Pizarro however doughty their achievements,
+certainly fell short of those knights-errant, commemorated by
+Hudibras, who,
+
+"As some think,
+Of old did neither eat nor drink;
+Because, when thorough deserts vast
+And regions desolate they past,
+Unless they grazed, there's not one word
+Of their provision on record;
+Which made some confidently write,
+They had no stomachs but to fight."]
+
+Several days were passed in touching at different parts of the
+coast, as they retraced their course; but everywhere the natives
+appeared to have caught the alarm, and assumed a menacing, and
+from their numbers a formidable, aspect.  The more northerly
+region, with its unwholesome fens and forest, where nature wages
+a war even more relentless than man, was not to be thought of.
+In this perplexity, they decided on the little island of Gallo,
+as being, on the whole, from its distance from the shore, and
+from the scantiness of its population, the most eligible spot for
+them in their forlorn and destitute condition. *26
+
+[Footnote 26: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Relacion
+sacada de la Biblioteca Imperial de Vienna, Ms. - Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 1. -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 2.]
+
+It was singularly unfortunate, that Pizarro, instead of striking
+farther south, should have so long clung to the northern shores
+of the continent. Dampier notices them as afflicted with
+incessant rain; while the inhospitable forest and the
+particularly ferocious character of the natives continued to make
+these regions but little known down to his time.  See his Voyages
+and Adventures, (London, 1776,) vol. I. chap. 14.]
+
+But no sooner was the resolution of the two captains made known,
+than a feeling of discontent broke forth among their followers,
+especially those who were to remain with Pizarro on the island.
+"What!" they exclaimed, "were they to be dragged to that obscure
+spot to die by hunger?  The whole expedition had been a cheat and
+a failure, from beginning to end.  The golden countries, so much
+vaunted, had seemed to fly before them as they advanced; and the
+little gold they had been fortunate enough to glean had all been
+sent back to Panama to entice other fools to follow their
+example.  What had they got in return for all their sufferings?
+The only treasures they could boast were their bows and arrows,
+and they were now to be left to die on this dreary island,
+without so much as a rood of consecrated ground to lay their
+bones in!" *27
+
+[Footnote 27: "Miserablemente morir adonde aun no havia lugar
+Sagrado, para sepultura de sus cuerpos." Herrera, Hist General,
+dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 3.]
+
+In this exasperated state of feeling, several of the soldiers
+wrote back to their friends, informing them of their deplorable
+condition, and complaining of the cold-blooded manner in which
+they were to be sacrificed to the obstinate cupidity of their
+leaders.  But the latter were wary enough to anticipate this
+movement, and Almagro defeated it by seizing all the letters in
+the vessels, and thus cutting off at once the means of
+communication with their friends at home.  Yet this act of
+unscrupulous violence, like most other similar acts, fell short
+of its purpose; for a soldier named Sarabia had the ingenuity to
+evade it by introducing a letter into a ball of cotton, which was
+to be taken to Panama as a specimen of the products of the
+country, and presented to the governor's lady. *28
+
+[Footnote 28: "Metieron en un ovillo de algodon una carta firmada
+de muchos en que sumariamente daban cuenta de las hambres,
+muertes y desnudez que padecian, y que era cosa de risa todo,
+pues las riquezas se habian convertido en flechas, y no havia
+otra cosa." Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1527.]
+
+The letter, which was signed by several of the disaffected
+soldiery besides the writer, painted in gloomy colors the
+miseries of their condition, accused the two commanders of being
+the authors of this, and called on the authorities of Panama to
+interfere by sending a vessel to take them from the desolate
+spot, while some of them might still be found surviving the
+horrors of their confinement.  The epistle concluded with a
+stanza, in which the two leaders were stigmatized as partners in
+a slaughter-house; one being employed to drive in the cattle for
+the other to butcher.  The verses, which had a currency in their
+day among the colonists to which they were certainly not entitled
+by their poetical merits, may be thus rendered into corresponding
+doggerel:
+
+"Look out, Senor Governor,
+For the drover while he's near;
+Since he goes home to get the sheep
+For the butcher, who stays here." *29
+
+[Footnote 29: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+181. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Balboa, Hist. du Perou,
+chap. 15.
+
+"Al fin de la peticion que hacian en la carta al Governador puso
+Juan de Sarabia, natural de Trujillo, esta cuarteta: -
+
+Pues Senor Gobernador,
+Mirelo bien por entero
+que alla va el recogedor,
+y aca queda el carnicero"
+
+Montesinos, Annales Ms., ane 1527.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter IV
+
+Indignation Of The Governor. - Stern Resolution Of Pizarro. -
+Prosecution Of The Voyage. - Brilliant Aspect Of Tumbez. -
+Discoveries Along The Coast. - Return To Panama. - Pizarro
+Embarks For Spain.
+
+1527-1528.
+
+
+Not long after Almagro's departure, Pizarro sent off the
+remaining vessel, under the pretext of its being put in repair at
+Panama.  It probably relieved him of a part of his followers,
+whose mutinous spirit made them an obstacle rather than a help in
+his forlorn condition, and with whom he was the more willing to
+part from the difficulty of finding subsistence on the barren
+spot which he now occupied.
+
+Great was the dismay occasioned by the return of Almagro and his
+followers, in the little community of Panama; for the letter,
+surreptitiously conveyed in the ball of cotton, fell into the
+hands for which it was intended, and the contents soon got abroad
+with the usual quantity of exaggeration.  The haggard and
+dejected mien of the adventurers, of itself, told a tale
+sufficiently disheartening, and it was soon generally believed
+that the few ill-fated survivors of the expedition were detained
+against their will by Pizarro, to end their days with their
+disappointed leader on his desolate island.
+
+Pedro de los Rios, the governor, was so much incensed at the
+result of the expedition, and the waste of life it had occasioned
+to the colony, that he turned a deaf ear to all the applications
+of Luque and Almagro for further countenance in the affair; he
+derided their sanguine anticipations of the future, and finally
+resolved to send an officer to the isle of Gallo, with orders to
+bring back every Spaniard whom he should find still living in
+that dreary abode.  Two vessels were immediately despatched for
+the purpose, and placed under charge of a cavalier named Tafur, a
+native of Cordova.
+Meanwhile Pizarro and his followers were experiencing all the
+miseries which might have been expected from the character of the
+barren spot on which they were imprisoned.  They were, indeed,
+relieved from all apprehensions of the natives, since these had
+quitted the island on its occupation by the white men; but they
+had to endure the pains of hunger even in a greater degree than
+they had formerly experienced in the wild woods of the
+neighbouring continent.  Their principal food was crabs and such
+shell-fish as they could scantily pick up along the shores.
+Incessant storms of thunder and lightning, for it was the rainy
+season, swept over the devoted island, and drenched them with a
+perpetual flood.  Thus, half-naked, and pining with famine, there
+were few in that little company who did not feel the spirit of
+enterprise quenched within them, or who looked for any happier
+termination of their difficulties than that afforded by a return
+to Panama.  The appearance of Tafur, therefore, with his two
+vessels, well stored with provisions, was greeted with all the
+rapture that the crew of a sinking wreck might feel on the
+arrival of some unexpected succour; and the only thought, after
+satisfying the immediate cravings of hunger, was to embark and
+leave the detested isle for ever.
+
+But by the same vessel letters came to Pizarro from his two
+confederates, Luque and Almagro, beseeching him not to despair in
+his present extremity, but to hold fast to his original purpose.
+To return under the present circumstances would be to seal the
+fate of the expedition; and they solemnly engaged, if he would
+remain firm at his post, to furnish him in a short time with the
+necessary means for going forward. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 182.
+- Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 2. - Montesinos, Annales,
+Ms., ano 1527. - Herrera, Hist. General dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 3.
+- Naharro Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+
+A ray of hope was enough for the courageous spirit of Pizarro.
+It does not appear that he himself had entertained, at any time,
+thoughts of returning.  If he had, these words of encouragement
+entirely banished them from his bosom, and he prepared to stand
+the fortune of the cast on which he had so desperately ventured.
+He knew, however, that solicitations or remonstrances would avail
+little with the companions of his enterprise; and he probably did
+not care to win over the more timid spirits who, by perpetually
+looking back, would only be a clog on his future movements.  He
+announced his own purpose, however, in a laconic but decided
+manner, characteristic of a man more accustomed to act than to
+talk, and well calculated to make an impression on his rough
+followers.
+
+Drawing his sword, he traced a line with it on the sand from east
+to west.  Then turning towards the south, "Friends and comrades!"
+he said, "on that side are toil, hunger, nakedness, the drenching
+storm, desertion, and death; on this side, ease and pleasure.
+There lies Peru with its riches; here, Panama and its poverty.
+Choose, each man, what best becomes a brave Castilian.  For my
+part, I go to the south." So saying, he stepped across the line.
+*2 He was followed by the brave pilot Ruiz; next by Pedro de
+Candia, a cavalier, born, as his name imports, in one of the
+isles of Greece.  Eleven others successively crossed the line,
+thus intimating their willingness to abide the fortunes of their
+leader, for good or for evil. *3 Fame, to quote the enthusiastic
+language of an ancient chronicler, has commemorated the names of
+this little band, "who thus, in the face of difficulties
+unexampled in history, with death rather than riches for their
+reward, preferred it all to abandoning their honor, and stood
+firm by their leader as an example of loyalty to future ages." *4
+
+[Footnote 2: "Obedeciola Pizarro y antes que se egecutase saco un
+Punal, y con notable animo hizo con la punta una raya de Oriente
+a Poniente; y senalando al medio dia, que era la parte de su
+noticia, y derrotero dijo: camaradas y amigos esta parte es la de
+la muerte, de los trabajos, de las hambres, de la desnudez, de
+los aguaceros, y desamparos; la otra la del gusto: Por aqui se ba
+a Panama a ser pobres, por alla al Peru a ser ricos. Escoja el
+que fuere buen Castellano lo que mas bien le estubiere.  Diciendo
+esto paso la raya: siguieronle Barthome Ruiz natural de Moguer,
+Pedro de Candi Griego, natural de Candia." Montesinos, Annales,
+Ms., ano 1527.]
+
+[Footnote 3: The names of these thirteen faithful companions are
+preserved in the convention made with the Crown two years later,
+where they are suitably commemorated for their loyalty.  Their
+names should not be omitted in a history of the Conquest of Peru.
+They were "Bartolome Ruiz, Cristoval de Peralta, Pedro de Candia,
+Domingo de Soria Luce, Nicolas de Ribera, Francisco de Cuellar,
+Alonso de Molina, Pedro Alcon, Garcia de Jerez, Anton de Carrion,
+Alonso Briceno, Martin de Paz, Joan de la Torre."]
+
+[Footnote 4: "Estos fueron los trece de la fama.  Estos los que
+cercados de los mayores trabajos que pudo el Mundo ofrecer a
+hombres, y los que estando mas para esperar la muerte que las
+riquezas que se les prometian, todo lo pospusieron a la honra, y
+siguieron a su capitan y caudillo para egemplo de lealtad en lo
+futuro." Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1527.]
+
+
+But the act excited no such admiration in the mind of Tafur, who
+looked on it as one of gross disobedience to the commands of the
+governor, and as little better than madness, involving the
+certain destruction of the parties engaged in it.  He refused to
+give any sanction to it himself by leaving one of his vessels
+with the adventurers to prosecute their voyage, and it was with
+great difficulty that he could be persuaded even to allow them a
+part of the stores which he had brought for their support.  This
+had no influence on their determination, and the little party,
+bidding adieu to their returning comrades, remained unshaken in
+their purpose of abiding the fortunes of their commander. *5
+
+[Footnote 5: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 2. -
+Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1527. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria,
+Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 3.]
+
+There is something striking to the imagination in the spectacle
+of these few brave spirits, thus consecrating themselves to a
+daring enterprise, which seemed as far above their strength as
+any recorded in the fabulous annals of knight-errantry.  A
+handful of men, without food, without clothing, almost without
+arms, without knowledge of the land to which they were bound,
+without vessel to transport them, were here left on a lonely rock
+in the ocean with the avowed purpose of carrying on a crusade
+against a powerful empire, staking their lives on its success.
+What is there in the legends of chivalry that surpasses it?  This
+was the crisis of Pizarro's fate.  There are moments in the lives
+of men, which, as they are seized or neglected, decide their
+future destiny. *6 Had Pizarro faltered from his strong purpose,
+and yielded to the occasion, now so temptingly presented, for
+extricating himself and his broken band from their desperate
+position, his name would have been buried with his fortunes, and
+the conquest of Peru would have been left for other and more
+successful adventurers.  But his constancy was equal to the
+occasion, and his conduct here proved him competent to the
+perilous post he had assumed, and inspired others with a
+confidence in him which was the best assurance of success.
+
+[Footnote 6: This common sentiment is expressed with uncommon
+beauty by the fanciful Boiardo, where he represents Rinaldo as
+catching Fortune, under the guise of the fickle fairy Morgana, by
+the forelock.  The Italian reader may not be displeased to
+refresh his memory with it.
+
+"Chi cerca in questo mondo aver tesoro,
+O diletto, e piacere, honore, e stato,
+Ponga la mano a questa chioma d'oro,
+Ch'lo porto in fronte, e lo faro beato;
+Ma quando ha in destro si fatto lavoro
+Non prenda indugio, che'l tempo passato
+Perduto e tutto, e non ritorna mai,
+Ed io mi volto, e lui lascio con guai."
+
+Orlando, Innamorato, lib. 2, canto 8.]
+
+In the vessel that bore back Tafur and those who seceded from the
+expedition the pilot Ruiz was also permitted to return, in order
+to cooperate with Luque and Almagro in their application for
+further succour.
+Not long after the departure of the ships, it was decided by
+Pizarro to abandon his present quarters, which had little to
+recommend them, and which, he reflected, might now be exposed to
+annoyance from the original inhabitants, should they take courage
+and return, on learning the diminished number of the white men.
+The Spaniards, therefore, by his orders, constructed a rude boat
+or raft, on which they succeeded in transporting themselves to
+the little island of Gorgona, twenty-five leagues to the north of
+their present residence.  It lay about five leagues from the
+continent, and was uninhabited.  It had some advantages over the
+isle of Gallo; for it stood higher above the sea, and was
+partially covered with wood, which afforded shelter to a species
+of pheasant, and the hare or rabbit of the country, so that the
+Spaniards, with their crossbows, were enabled to procure a
+tolerable supply of game.  Cool streams that issued from the
+living rock furnished abundance of water, though the drenching
+rains that fell, without intermission, left them in no danger of
+perishing by thirst.  From this annoyance they found some
+protection in the rude huts which they constructed; though here,
+as in their former residence, they suffered from the no less
+intolerable annoyance of venomous insects, which multiplied and
+swarmed in the exhalations of the rank and stimulated soil.  In
+this dreary abode Pizarro omitted no means by which to sustain
+the drooping spirits of his men. Morning prayers were duly said,
+and the evening hymn to the Virgin was regularly chanted; the
+festivals of the church were carefully commemorated, and every
+means taken by their commander to give a kind of religious
+character to his enterprise, and to inspire his rough followers
+with a confidence in the protection of Heaven, that might support
+them in their perilous circumstances. *7
+
+[Footnote 7: "Cada Manana daban gracias a Dios: a las tardes
+decian la Salve, i otras Oraciones, por las Horas: sabian las
+Fiestas, i enian cuenta con los Viernes, i Domingos." Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 3.]
+
+In these uncomfortable quarters, their chief employment was to
+keep watch on the melancholy ocean, that they might hail the
+first signal of the anticipated succour.  But many a tedious
+month passed away, and no sign of it appeared.  All around was
+the same wide waste of waters, except to the eastward, where the
+frozen crest of the Andes, touched with the ardent sun of the
+equator, glowed like a ridge of fire along the whole extent of
+the great continent.  Every speck in the distant horizon was
+carefully noticed, and the drifting timber or masses of sea-weed,
+heaving to and fro on the bosom of the waters, was converted by
+their imaginations into the promised vessel; till, sinking under
+successive disappointments, hope gradually gave way to doubt, and
+doubt settled into despair. *8
+
+[Footnote 8: "Al cabo de muchos Dias aguardando, estaban tan
+angustiados, que los salages, que se hacian bien dentro de la
+Mar, les parecia, que era el Navio." Herrera, Hist General, dec.
+3, lib. 10, cap. 4.]
+
+Meanwhile the vessel of Tafur had reached the port of Panama.
+The tidings which she brought of the inflexible obstinacy of
+Pizarro and his followers filled the governor with indignation.
+He could look on it in no other light than as an act of suicide,
+and steadily refused to send further assistance to men who were
+obstinately bent on their own destruction.  Yet Luque and Almagro
+were true to their engagements.  They represented to the
+governor, that, if the conduct of their comrade was rash, it was
+at least in the service of the Crown, and in prosecuting the
+great work of discovery. Rios had been instructed, on his taking
+the government, to aid Pizarro in the enterprise; and to desert
+him now would be to throw away the remaining chance of success,
+and to incur the responsibility of his death and that of the
+brave men who adhered to him.  These remonstrances, at length, so
+far operated on the mind of that functionary, that he reluctantly
+consented that a vessel should be sent to the island of Gorgona,
+but with no more hands than were necessary to work her, and with
+positive instructions to Pizarro to return in six months and
+report himself at Panama, whatever might be the future results of
+his expedition.
+
+Having thus secured the sanction of the executive, the two
+associates lost no time in fitting out a small vessel with stores
+and a supply of arms and ammunition, and despatched it to the
+island.  The unfortunate tenants of this little wilderness, who
+had now occupied it for seven months, *9 hardly dared to trust
+their senses when they descried the white sails of the friendly
+bark coming over the waters.  And although, when the vessel
+anchored off the shore, Pizarro was disappointed to find that it
+brought no additional recruits for the enterprise, yet he greeted
+it with joy, as affording the means of solving the great problem
+of the existence of the rich southern empire, and of thus opening
+the way for its future conquest.  Two of his men were so ill,
+that it was determined to leave them in the care of some of the
+friendly Indians who had continued with him through the whole of
+his sojourn, and to call for them on his return.  Taking with him
+the rest of his hardy followers and the natives of Tumbez, he
+embarked, and, speedily weighing anchor, bade adieu to the
+"Hell," as it was called by the Spaniards, which had been the
+scene of so much suffering and such undaunted resolution. *10
+
+[Footnote 9: "Estubieron con estos trabajos con igualdad de animo
+siete meses" Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1527.]
+
+[Footnote 10: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+182. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1527. - Naharro, Relacion
+Sumaria, Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 4. -
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+Every heart was now elated with hope, as they found themselves
+once more on the waters, under the guidance of the good pilot
+Ruiz, who, obeying the directions of the Indians, proposed to
+steer for the land of Tumbez, which would bring them at once into
+the golden empire of the Incas, - the El Dorado, of which they
+had been so long in pursuit.  Passing by the dreary isle of
+Gallo, which they had such good cause to remember, they stood
+farther out to sea until they made Point Tacumez, near which they
+had landed on their previous voyage.  They did not touch at any
+part of the coast, but steadily held on their way, though
+considerably impeded by the currents, as well as by the wind,
+which blew with little variation from the south.  Fortunately,
+the wind was light, and, as the weather was favorable, their
+voyage, though slow, was not uncomfortable.  In a few days, they
+came in sight of Point Pasado, the limit of the pilot's former
+navigation; and, crossing the line, the little bark entered upon
+those unknown seas which had never been ploughed by European keel
+before.  The coast, they observed, gradually declined from its
+former bold and rugged character, gently sloping towards the
+shore, and spreading out into sandy plains, relieved here and
+there by patches of uncommon richness and beauty; while the white
+cottages of the natives glistening along the margin of the sea,
+and the smoke that rose among the distant hills, intimated the
+increasing population of the country.
+At length, after the lapse of twenty days from their departure
+from the island, the adventurous vessel rounded the point of St.
+Helena, and glided smoothly into the waters of the beautiful gulf
+of Guayaquil.  The country was here studded along the shore with
+towns and villages, though the mighty chain of the Cordilleras,
+sweeping up abruptly from the coast, left but a narrow strip of
+emerald verdure, through which numerous rivulets, spreading
+fertility around them, wound their way into the sea.
+
+The voyagers were now abreast of some of the most stupendous
+heights of this magnificent range; Chimborazo, with its broad
+round summit, towering like the dome of the Andes, and Cotopaxi,
+with its dazzling cone of silvery white, that knows no change
+except from the action of its own volcanic fires; for this
+mountain is the most terrible of the American volcanoes, and was
+in formidable activity at no great distance from the period of
+our narrative. Well pleased with the signs of civilization that
+opened on them at every league of their progress, the Spaniards,
+at length, came to anchor, off the island of Santa Clara, lying
+at the entrance of the bay of Tumbez. *11
+
+[Footnote 11: According to Garcilasso, two years elapsed between
+the departure from Gorgona and the arrival at Tumbez.  (Com.
+Real., Parte 2, hb. 1, cap. 11.) Such gross defiance of
+chronology is rather uncommon even in the narratives of these
+transactions, where it is as difficult to fix a precise date,
+amidst the silence, rather than the contradictions, of
+contemporary statements, as if the events had happened before the
+deluge.]
+The place was uninhabited, but was recognized by the Indians on
+board, as occasionally resorted to by the warlike people of the
+neighbouring isle of Puna, for purposes of sacrifice and worship.
+The Spaniards found on the spot a few bits of gold rudely wrought
+into various shapes, and probably designed as offerings to the
+Indian deity.  Their hearts were cheered, as the natives assured
+them they would see abundance of the same precious metal in their
+own city of Tumbez.
+
+The following morning they stood across the bay for this place.
+As they drew near, they beheld a town of considerable size, with
+many of the buildings apparently of stone and plaster, situated
+in the bosom of a fruitful meadow, which seemed to have been
+redeemed from the sterility of the surrounding country be careful
+and minute irrigation.  When at some distance from shore, Pizarro
+saw standing towards him several large balsas, which were found
+to be filled with warriors going on an expedition against the
+island of Puna.  Running alongside of the Indian flotilla, he
+invited some of the chiefs to come on board of his vessel.  The
+Peruvians gazed with wonder on every object which met their eyes,
+and especially on their own countrymen, whom they had little
+expected to meet there.  The latter informed them in what manner
+they had fallen into the hands of the strangers, whom they
+described as a wonderful race of beings, that had come thither
+for no harm, but solely to be made acquainted with the country
+and its inhabitants.  This account was confirmed by the Spanish
+commander, who persuaded the Indians to return in their balsas
+and report what they had learned to their townsmen, requesting
+them at the same time to provide his vessel with refreshments, as
+it was his desire to enter into a friendly intercourse with the
+natives.
+The people of Tumbez were gathered along the shore, and were
+gazing with unutterable amazement on the floating castle, which,
+now having dropped anchor, rode lazily at its moorings in their
+bay.  They eagerly listened to the accounts of their countrymen,
+and instantly reported the affair to the curaca or ruler of the
+district, who, conceiving that the strangers must be beings of a
+superior order, prepared at once to comply with their request. It
+was not long before several balsas were seen steering for the
+vessel laden with bananas, plantains, yuca, Indian corn, sweet
+potatoes, pine-apples, cocoa-nuts, and other rich products of the
+bountiful vale of Tumbez.  Game and fish, also, were added, with
+a number of llamas, of which Pizarro had seen the rude drawings
+belonging to Balboa, but of which till now he had met with no
+living specimen.  He examined this curious animal, the Peruvian
+sheep, - or, as the Spaniards called it, the "little camel" of
+the Indians, - with much interest, greatly admiring the mixture
+of wool and hair which supplied the natives with the materials
+for their fabrics.
+At that time there happened to be at Tumbez an Inca noble, or
+orejon, - for so, as I have already noticed, men of his rank were
+called by the Spaniards, from the huge ornaments of gold attached
+to their ears.  He expressed great curiosity to see the wonderful
+strangers, and had, accordingly, come out with the balsas for the
+purpose.  It was easy to perceive from the superior quality of
+his dress, as well as from the deference paid to him by the
+others, that he was a person of consideration, and Pizarro
+received him with marked distinction.  He showed him the
+different parts of the ship, explaining to him the uses of
+whatever engaged his attention, and answering his numerous
+queries, as well as he could, by means of the Indian
+interpreters.  The Peruvian chief was especially desirous of
+knowing whence and why Pizarro and his followers had come to
+these shores. The Spanish captain replied, that he was the vassal
+of a great prince, the greatest and most powerful in the world,
+and that he had come to this country to assert his master's
+lawful supremacy over it.  He had further come to rescue the
+inhabitants from the darkness of unbelief in which they were now
+wandering.  They worshipped an evil spirit, who would sink their
+souls into everlasting perdition; and he would give them the
+knowledge of the true and only God, Jesus Christ, since to
+believe on him was eternal salvation. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: The text abridges somewhat the discourse of the
+military polemic; which is reported at length by Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 4. - See also Montesinos, Annales,
+Ms., ano 1527 - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Naharro, Relacion
+Sumaria, Ms - Relacion del Primer. Descub. Ms.]
+
+The Indian prince listened with deep attention and apparent
+wonder; but answered nothing.  It may be, that neither he nor his
+interpreters had any very distinct ideas of the doctrines thus
+abruptly revealed to them.  It may be that he did not believe
+there was any other potentate on earth greater than the Inca;
+none, at least, who had a better right to rule over his
+dominions.  And it is very possible he was not disposed to admit
+that the great luminary whom he worshipped was inferior to the
+God of the Spaniards. But whatever may have passed in the
+untutored mind of the barbarian, he did not give vent to it, but
+maintained a discreet silence, without any attempt to controvert
+or to convince his Christian antagonist.
+
+He remained on board the vessel till the hour of dinner, of which
+he partook with the Spaniards, expressing his satisfaction at the
+strange dishes, and especially pleased with the wine, which he
+pronounced far superior to the fermented liquors of his own
+country.  On taking leave, he courteously pressed the Spaniards
+to visit Tumbez, and Pizarro dismissed him with the present,
+among other things, of an iron hatchet, which had greatly excited
+his admiration; for the use of iron, as we have seen, was as
+little known to the Peruvians as to the Mexicans.
+
+On the day following, the Spanish captain sent one of his own
+men, named Alonso de Molina, on shore, accompanied by a negro who
+had come in the vessel from Panama, together with a present for
+the curaca of some swine and poultry, neither of which were
+indigenous to the New World.  Towards evening his emissary
+returned with a fresh supply of fruits and vegetables, that the
+friendly people sent to the vessel.  Molina had a wondrous tale
+to tell.  On landing, he was surrounded by the natives, who
+expressed the greatest astonishment at his dress, his fair
+complexion, and his long beard.  The women, especially,
+manifested great curiosity in respect to him, and Molina seemed
+to be entirely won by their charms and captivating manners.  He
+probably intimated his satisfaction by his demeanour, since they
+urged him to stay among them, promising in that case to provide
+him with a beautiful wife.
+
+Their surprise was equally great at the complexion of his sable
+companion.  They could not believe it was natural, and tried to
+rub off the imaginary dye with their hands.  As the African bore
+all this with characteristic good-humor, displaying at the same
+time his rows of ivory teeth, they were prodigiously delighted.
+*13 The animals were no less above their comprehension; and, when
+the cock crew, the simple people clapped their hands, and
+inquired what he was saying. *14 Their intellects were so
+bewildered by sights so novel, that they seemed incapable of
+distinguishing between man and brute.
+
+[Footnote 13: "No se cansaban de mirarle, hacianle labar, para
+ver si se le quitaba la Tinta negra, i el lo hacia de buena gana,
+riendose, i mostrando sus Dientes blancos." Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 3, lib. 10, cap. 5.]
+
+[Footnote 14: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+Molina was then escorted to the residence of the curaca, whom he
+found living in much state, with porters stationed at his doors,
+and with a quantity of gold and silver vessels, from which he was
+served.  He was then taken to different parts of the Indian city,
+saw a fortress built of rough stone, and, though low, spreading
+over a large extent of ground. *15 Near this was a temple; and
+the Spaniard's description of its decorations, blazing with gold
+and silver, seemed so extravagant, that Pizarro, distrusting his
+whole account, resolved to send a more discreet and trustworthy
+emissary on the following day. *16
+
+[Footnote 15: "Cerca del solia estar una fortaleza muy fuerte y
+de linda obra, hecha por los Yngas reyes del Cuzco y senores de
+todo el Peru. . . . . .  Ya esta el edificio desta fortaleza muy
+gastado y deshecho: mas no para que dexe de dar muestra de lo
+mucho que fue." Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 4.]
+
+[Footnote 16: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Herrera, Hist.
+General, loc. cit - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1 cap. 2.]
+
+The person selected was Pedro de Candia, the Greek cavalier
+mentioned as one of the first who intimated his intention to
+share the fortunes of his commander.  He was sent on shore,
+dressed in complete mail as became a good knight, with his sword
+by his side, and his arquebuse on his shoulder.  The Indians were
+even more dazzled by his appearance than by Molina's, as the sun
+fell brightly on his polished armour, and glanced from his
+military weapons. They had heard much of the formidable arquebuse
+from their townsmen who had come in the vessel, and they besought
+Candia "to let it speak to them." He accordingly set up a wooden
+board as a target, and, taking deliberate aim, fired off the
+musket.  The flash of the powder and the startling report of the
+piece, as the board, struck by the ball, was shivered into
+splinters, filled the natives with dismay.  Some fell on the
+ground, covering their faces with their hands, and others
+approached the cavalier with feelings of awe, which were
+gradually dispelled by the assurance they received from the
+smiling expression of his countenance. *17
+
+[Footnote 17: It is moreover stated that the Indians, desirous to
+prove still further the superhuman nature of the Spanish
+cavalier, let loose on him a tiger - a jaguar probably - which
+was caged in the royal fortress.  But Don Pedro was a good
+Catholic, and he gently laid the cross which he wore round his
+neck on the animal's back, who, instantly forgetting his
+ferocious nature, crouched at the cavalier's feet, and began to
+play round him in innocent gambols.  The Indians, now more amazed
+than ever, nothing doubted of the sanctity of their guest, and
+bore him in triumph on their shoulders to the temple. - This
+credible anecdote is repeated, without the least qualification or
+distrust, by several contemporary writers.  (See Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 3, lib. 10,
+cap. 5. - Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 54. - Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 2, lib. 1, cap. 12.) This last author may have had
+his version from Candia's own son, with whom he tells us he was
+brought up at school.  It will no doubt find as easy admission
+with those of the present day, who conceive that the age of
+miracles has not yet past]
+
+They then showed him the same hospitable attentions which they
+had paid to Molina; and his description of the marvels of the
+place, on his return, fell nothing short of his predecessor's.
+The fortress, which was surrounded by a triple row of wall, was
+strongly garrisoned.  The temple he described as literally
+tapestried with plates of gold and silver.  Adjoining this
+structure was a sort of convent appropriated to the Inca's
+destined brides, who manifested great curiosity to see him.
+Whether this was gratified is not clear; but Candia described the
+gardens of the convent, which he entered, as glowing with
+imitations of fruits and vegetables all in pure gold and silver!
+*18 He had seen a number of artisans at work, whose sole business
+seemed to be to furnish these gorgeous decorations for the
+religious houses.
+
+[Footnote 18: "Que habia visto un jardin donde las yerbas eran de
+oro imitando en un todo a las naturales, arboles con frutas de lo
+mismo, y otras muchas cosas a este modo, con que aficiono
+grandemente a sus companeros a esta conquista." Montesinos,
+Annales, ano 1527.]
+
+
+The reports of the cavalier may have been somewhat over-colored.
+*19 It was natural that men coming from the dreary wilderness, in
+which they had been buried the last six months, should have been
+vividly impressed by the tokens of civilization which met them on
+the Peruvian coast.  But Tumbez was a favorite city of the
+Peruvian princes.  It was the most important place on the
+northern borders of the empire, contiguous to the recent
+acquisition of Quito. The great Tupac Yupanqui had established a
+strong fortress there, and peopled it with a colony of mitimaes.
+The temple, and the house occupied by the Virgins of the Sun, had
+been erected by Huayna Capac, and were liberally endowed by that
+Inca, after the sumptuous fashion of the religious establishments
+of Peru.  The town was well supplied with water by numerous
+aqueducts, and the fruitful valley in which it was embosomed, and
+the ocean which bathed its shores, supplied ample means of
+subsistence to a considerable population.  But the cupidity of
+the Spaniards, after the Conquest, was not slow in despoiling the
+place of its glories; and the site of its proud towers and
+temples, in less than half a century after that fatal period, was
+to be traced only by the huge mass of ruins that encumbered the
+ground. *20
+
+[Footnote 19: The worthy knight's account does not seem to have
+found favor with the old Conqueror, so often cited in these
+pages, who says, that, when they afterwards visited Tumbez, the
+Spaniards found Candia's relation a lie from beginning to end,
+except, indeed, in respect to the temple; though the veteran
+acknowledges that what was deficient in Tumbez was more than made
+up by the magnificence of other places in the empire not then
+visited.  "Lo cual fue mentira; porque despues que todos los
+Espanoles entramos en ella, se vio por vista de ojos haber
+mentido en todo, salvo en lo del templo, que este era cosa de
+ver, aunque mucho mas de lo que aquel encarecio, lo que falto en
+esta ciudad, se hallo despues en otras que muchas leguas mas
+adelante se descubrieron." Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 20: Cieza de Leon, who crossed this part of the country
+in 1548, mentions the wanton manner in which the hand of the
+Conqueror had fallen on the Indian edifices, which lay in ruin,
+even at that early period.  Cronica, cap. 67.]
+
+The Spaniards were nearly mad with joy, says an old writer, at
+receiving these brilliant tidings of the Peruvian city.  All
+their fond dreams were now to be realized, and they had at length
+reached the realm which had so long flitted in visionary splendor
+before them.  Pizarro expressed his gratitude to Heaven for
+having crowned his labors with so glorious a result; but he
+bitterly lamented the hard fate which, by depriving him of his
+followers, denied him, at such a moment, the means of availing
+himself of his success. Yet he had no cause for lamentation; and
+the devout Catholic saw in this very circumstance a providential
+interposition which prevented the attempt at conquest, while such
+attempts would have been premature.  Peru was not yet torn
+asunder by the dissensions of rival candidates for the throne;
+and, united and strong under the sceptre of a warlike monarch,
+she might well have bid defiance to all the forces that Pizarro
+could muster.  "It was manifestly the work of Heaven," exclaims a
+devout son of the Church, "that the natives of the country should
+have received him in so kind and loving a spirit, as best fitted
+to facilitate the conquest; for it was the Lord's hand which led
+him and his followers to this remote region for the extension of
+the holy faith, and for the salvation of souls." *21
+
+[Footnote 21: "I si le recibiesen con amor, hiciese su Mrd. lo
+que mas conveniente le pareciese al efecto de su conquista:
+porque tenia entendido, que el haverlos traido Dios era para que
+su santa fe se dilatase i aquellas almas se salvasen." Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+
+Having now collected all the information essential to his object,
+Pizarro, after taking leave of the natives of Tumbez, and
+promising a speedy return, weighed anchor, and again turned his
+prow towards the south.  Still keeping as near as possible to the
+coast, that no place of importance might escape his observation,
+he passed Cape Blanco, and, after sailing about a degree and a
+half, made the port of Payta.  The inhabitants, who had notice of
+his approach, came out in their balsas to get sight of the
+wonderful strangers, bringing with them stores of fruits, fish,
+and vegetables, with the same hospitable spirit shown by their
+countrymen at Tumbez.
+After staying here a short time, and interchanging presents of
+trifling value with the natives, Pizarro continued his cruise;
+and, sailing by the sandy plains of Sechura for an extent of near
+a hundred miles, he doubled the Punta de Aguja, and swept down
+the coast as it fell off towards the east, still carried forward
+by light and somewhat variable breezes.  The weather now became
+unfavorable, and the voyagers encountered a succession of heavy
+gales, which drove them some distance out to sea, and tossed them
+about for many days.  But they did not lose sight of the mighty
+ranges of the Andes, which, as they proceeded towards the south,
+were still seen, at nearly the same distance from the shore,
+rolling onwards, peak after peak, with their stupendous surges of
+ice, like some vast ocean, that had been suddenly arrested and
+frozen up in the midst of its wild and tumultuous career.  With
+this landmark always in view, the navigator had little need of
+star or compass to guide his bark on her course.
+
+As soon as the tempest had subsided, Pizarro stood in again for
+the continent, touching at the principal points as he coasted
+along.  Everywhere he was received with the same spirit of
+generous hospitality; the natives coming out in their balsas to
+welcome him, laden with their little cargoes of fruits and
+vegetables, of all the luscious varieties that grow in the tierra
+caliente.  All were eager to have a glimpse of the strangers, the
+"Children of the Sun," as the Spaniards began already to be
+called, from their fair complexions, brilliant armour, and the
+thunderbolts which they bore in their hands. *22 The most
+favorable reports, too, had preceded them, of the urbanity and
+gentleness of their manners, thus unlocking the hearts of the
+simple natives, and disposing them to confidence and kindness.
+The iron-hearted soldier had not yet disclosed the darker side of
+his character. He was too weak to do so.  The hour of Conquest
+had not yet come.
+
+[Footnote 22: "Que resplandecian como el Sol. LIamabanles hijos
+del Sol por esto." Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1528.]
+
+In every place Pizarro received the same accounts of a powerful
+monarch who ruled over the land, and held his court on the
+mountain plains of the interior, where his capital was depicted
+as blazing with gold and silver, and displaying all the profusion
+of an Oriental satrap.  The Spaniards, except at Tumbez, seem to
+have met with little of the precious metals among the natives on
+the coast.  More than one writer asserts that they did not covet
+them, or, at least, by Pizarro's orders, affected not to do so.
+He would not have them betray their appetite for gold, and
+actually refused gifts when they were proffered! *23 It is more
+probable that they saw little display of wealth, except in the
+embellishments of the temples and other sacred buildings, which
+they did not dare to violate.  The precious metals, reserved for
+the uses of religion and for persons of high degree, were not
+likely to abound in the remote towns and hamlets on the coast.
+
+[Footnote 23: Pizarro wished the natives to understand, says
+Father Naharro, that their good alone, and not the love of gold,
+had led him to their distant land!  "Sin haver querido recibir el
+oro, plata i perlas que les ofrecieron, a fin de que conociesen
+no era codicia, sino deseo de su bien el que les habia traido de
+tan lejas tierras a las suyas." Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+Yet the Spaniards met with sufficient evidence of general
+civilization and power to convince them that there was much
+foundation for the reports of the natives.  Repeatedly they saw
+structures of stone and plaster, and occasionally showing
+architectural skill in the execution, if not elegance of design.
+Wherever they cast anchor, they beheld green patches of
+cultivated country redeemed from the sterility of nature, and
+blooming with the variegated vegetation of the tropics; while a
+refined system of irrigation, by means of aqueducts and canals,
+seemed to be spread like a net-work over the surface of the
+country, making even the desert to blossom as the rose.  At many
+places where they landed they saw the great road of the Incas
+which traversed the sea-coast, often, indeed, lost in the
+volatile sands, where no road could be maintained, but rising
+into a broad and substantial causeway, as it emerged on a firmer
+soil.  Such a provision for internal communication was in itself
+no slight monument of power and civilization.
+
+Still beating to the south, Pizarro passed the site of the future
+flourishing city of Truxillo, founded by himself some years
+later, and pressed on till he rode off the port of Santa.  It
+stood on the banks of a broad and beautiful stream; but the
+surrounding country was so exceedingly arid that it was
+frequently selected as a burial-place by the Peruvians, who found
+the soil most favorable for the preservation of their mummies.
+So numerous, indeed, were the Indian guacas, that the place might
+rather be called the abode of the dead than of the living. *24
+
+[Footnote 24: "Lo que mas me admiro, quando passe por este valle,
+fue ver la muchedumbre que tienen de sepolturas: y que por todas
+las sierras y secadales en los altos del valle: ay numero grande
+de apartados, hechos a su usanca, todo cubiertas de huessos de
+muertos.  De manera que lo que ay en este valle mas que ver, es
+las sepolturas de los muertos, y los campos que labraron siendo
+vivos." Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 70.]
+
+Having reached this point, about the ninth degree of southern
+latitude, Pizarro's followers besought him not to prosecute the
+voyage farther.  Enough and more than enough had been done, they
+said, to prove the existence and actual position of the great
+Indian empire of which they had so long been in search.  Yet,
+with their slender force, they had no power to profit by the
+discovery.  All that remained, therefore, was to return and
+report the success of their enterprise to the governor at Panama.
+Pizarro acquiesced in the reasonableness of this demand.  He had
+now penetrated nine degrees farther than any former navigator in
+these southern seas, and, instead of the blight which, up to this
+hour, had seemed to hang over his fortunes, he could now return
+in triumph to his countrymen.  Without hesitation, therefore, he
+prepared to retrace his course, and stood again towards the
+north.
+On his way, he touched at several places where he had before
+landed. At one of these, called by the Spaniards Santa Cruz, he
+had been invited on shore by an Indian woman of rank, and had
+promised to visit her on his return.  No sooner did his vessel
+cast anchor off the village where she lived, than she came on
+board, followed by a numerous train of attendants. Pizarro
+received her with every mark of respect, and on her departure
+presented her with some trinkets which had a real value in the
+eyes of an Indian princess.  She urged the Spanish commander and
+his companions to return the visit, engaging to send a number of
+hostages on board, as security for their good treatment.  Pizarro
+assured her that the frank confidence she had shown towards them
+proved that this was unnecessary.  Yet, no sooner did he put off
+in his boat, the following day, to go on shore, than several of
+the principal persons in the place came along-side of the ship to
+be received as hostages during the absence of the Spaniards, - a
+singular proof of consideration for the sensitive apprehensions
+of her guests.
+Pizarro found that preparations had been made for his reception
+in a style of simple hospitality that evinced some degree of
+taste.  Arbours were formed of luxuriant and wide-spreading
+branches, interwoven with fragrant flowers and shrubs that
+diffused a delicious perfume through the air.  A banquet was
+provided, teeming with viands prepared in the style of the
+Peruvian cookery, and with fruits and vegetables of tempting hue
+and luscious to the taste, though their names and nature were
+unknown to the Spaniards. After the collation was ended, the
+guests were entertained with music and dancing by a troop of
+young men and maidens simply attired, who exhibited in their
+favorite national amusement all the agility and grace which the
+supple limbs of the Peruvian Indians so well qualified them to
+display.  Before his departure, Pizarro stated to his kind host
+the motives of his visit to the country, in the same manner as he
+had done on other occasions, and he concluded by unfurling the
+royal banner of Castile, which he had brought on shore,
+requesting her and her attendants to raise it in token of their
+allegiance to his sovereign.  This they did with great
+good-humor, laughing all the while, says the chronicler, and
+making it clear that they had a very imperfect conception of the
+serious nature of the ceremony.  Pizarro was contented with this
+outward display of loyalty, and returned to his vessel well
+satisfied with the entertainment he had received, and meditating,
+it may be, on the best mode of repaying it, hereafter, by the
+subjugation and conversion of the country.
+
+The Spanish commander did not omit to touch also at Tumbez, on
+his homeward voyage.  Here some of his followers, won by the
+comfortable aspect of the place and the manners of the people,
+intimated a wish to remain, conceiving, no doubt, that it would
+be better to live where they would be persons of consequence than
+to return to an obscure condition in the community of Panama.
+One of these men was Alonso de Molina, the same who had first
+gone on shore at this place, and been captivated by the charms of
+the Indian beauties.  Pizarro complied with their wishes,
+thinking it would not be amiss to find, on his return, some of
+his own followers who would be instructed in the language and
+usages of the natives.  He was also allowed to carry back in his
+vessel two or three Peruvians, for the similar purpose of
+instructing them in the Castilian.  One of them, a youth named by
+the Spaniards Felipillo, plays a part of some importance in the
+history of subsequent events.
+
+On leaving Tumbez, the adventurers steered directly for Panama,
+touching only, on their way, at the ill-fated island of Gorgona
+to take on board their two companions who were left there too ill
+to proceed with them.  One had died, and, receiving the other,
+Pizarro and his gallant little band continued their voyage; and,
+after an absence of at least eighteen months, found themselves
+once more safely riding at anchor in the harbour of Panama. *25
+
+[Footnote 25: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Montesinos, Annales,
+Ms., ano 1528. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 4, lib. 2,
+cap. 6, 7. - Relacion del Primer. Descub. Ms.]
+
+The sensation caused by their arrival was great, as might have
+been expected.  For there were few, even among the most sanguine
+of their friends, who did not imagine that they had long since
+paid for their temerity, and fallen victims to the climate or the
+natives, or miserably perished in a watery grave.  Their joy was
+proportionably great, therefore, as they saw the wanderers now
+returned, not only in health and safety, but with certain tidings
+of the fair countries which had so long eluded their grasp.  It
+was a moment of proud satisfaction to the three associates, who,
+in spite of obloquy, derision, and every impediment which the
+distrust of friends or the coldness of government could throw in
+their way, had persevered in their great enterprise until they
+had established the truth of what had been so generally denounced
+as a chimera.  It is the misfortune of those daring spirits who
+conceive an idea too vast for their own generation to comprehend,
+or, at least, to attempt to carry out, that they pass for
+visionary dreamers. Such had been the fate of Luque and his
+associates.  The existence of a rich Indian empire at the south,
+which, in their minds, dwelling long on the same idea and alive
+to all the arguments in its favor, had risen to the certainty of
+conviction, had been derided by the rest of their countrymen as a
+mere mirage of the fancy, which, on nearer approach, would melt
+into air; while the projectors, who staked their fortunes on the
+adventure, were denounced as madmen.  But their hour of triumph,
+their slow and hard-earned triumph, had now arrived.
+
+Yet the governor, Pedro de los Rios, did not seem, even at this
+moment, to be possessed with a conviction of the magnitude of the
+discovery, - or, perhaps, he was discouraged by its very
+magnitude.  When the associates, now with more confidence,
+applied to him for patronage in an undertaking too vast for their
+individual resources, he coldly replied, "He had no desire to
+build up other states at the expense of his own; nor would he be
+led to throw away more lives than had already been sacrificed by
+the cheap display of gold and silver toys and a few Indian
+sheep!" *26
+
+[Footnote 26: "No entendia de despoblar su Governacion, para que
+se fuesen a poblar nuevas Tierras, muriendo en tal demanda mas
+Gente de la que havia muerto, cebar do a los Hombres con la
+muestra de las Ovejas, Oro, i Plata, que havian traido." Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 4, lib 3, cap. 1.]
+
+Sorely disheartened by this repulse from the only quarter whence
+effectual aid could be expected, the confederates, without funds,
+and with credit nearly exhausted by their past efforts, were
+perplexed in the extreme. Yet to stop now, - what was it but to
+abandon the rich mine which their own industry and perseverance
+had laid open, for others to work at pleasure?  In this extremity
+the fruitful mind of Luque suggested the only expedient by which
+they could hope for success.  This was to apply to the Crown
+itself. No one was so much interested in the result of the
+expedition.  It was for the government, indeed, that discoveries
+were to be made, that the country was to be conquered.  The
+government alone was competent to provide the requisite means,
+and was likely to take a much broader and more liberal view of
+the matter than a petty colonial officer.
+
+But who was there qualified to take charge of this delicate
+mission? Luque was chained by his professional duties to Panama;
+and his associates, unlettered soldiers, were much better fitted
+for the business of the camp than of the court.  Almagro, blunt,
+though somewhat swelling and ostentatious in his address, with a
+diminutive stature and a countenance naturally plain, now much
+disfigured by the loss of an eye, was not so well qualified for
+the mission as his companion in arms, who, possessing a good
+person and altogether a commanding presence, was plausible, and,
+with all his defects of education, could, where deeply
+interested, be even eloquent in discourse. The ecclesiastic,
+however, suggested that the negotiation should be committed to
+the Licentiate Corral, a respectable functionary, then about to
+return on some public business to the mother country.  But to
+this Almagro strongly objected.  No one, he said, could conduct
+the affair so well as the party interested in it.  He had a high
+opinion of Pizarro's prudence, his discernment of character, and
+his cool, deliberate policy. *27 He knew enough of his comrade to
+have confidence that his presence of mind would not desert him,
+even in the new, and therefore embarrassing, circumstances in
+which he would be placed at court.  No one, he said, could tell
+the story of their adventures with such effect, as the man who
+had ben the chief actor in them. No one could so well paint the
+unparalleled sufferings and sacrifices which they had
+encountered; no other could tell so forcibly what had been done,
+what yet remained to do, and what assistance would be necessary
+to carry it into execution.  He concluded, with characteristic
+frankness, by strongly urging his confederate to undertake the
+mission.
+
+[Footnote 27: "E por pura importunacion de Almagro cupole a
+Pizarro, por que siempre Almagro le tubo respeto, e deseo
+honrarle." Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias Ms, Parte 3. lib. 8, cap.
+1.]
+
+Pizarro felt the force of Almagro's reasoning, and, though with
+undisguised reluctance, acquiesced in a measure which was less to
+his taste than an expedition to the wilderness.  But Luque came
+into the arrangement with more difficulty.  "God grant, my
+children," exclaimed the ecclesiastic, "that one of you may not
+defraud the other of his blessing!" *28 Pizarro engaged to
+consult the interests of his associates equally with his own.
+But Luque, it is clear, did not trust Pizarro.
+
+[Footnote 28: "Plegue a Dios, Hijos, que no os hurteis la
+bendicion el uno al otro que yo todavia holgaria, que a lo menos
+fuerades entrambos." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 4. lib. 3, cap.
+1.]
+
+There was some difficulty in raising the funds necessary for
+putting the envoy in condition to make a suitable appearance at
+court; so low had the credit of the confederates fallen, and so
+little confidence was yet placed in the result of their splendid
+discoveries.  Fifteen hundred ducats were at length raised; and
+Pizarro, in the spring of 1528, bade adieu to Panama, accompanied
+by Pedro de Candia. *29 He took with him, also, some of the
+natives, as well as two or three llamas, various nice fabrics of
+cloth, with many ornaments and vases of gold and silver, as
+specimens of the civilization of the country, and vouchers for
+his wonderful story.
+
+[Footnote 29: "Juntaronle mil y quinientos pesos de oro, que dio
+de buena voluntad Dn Fernando de Luque." Montesinos, Annales,
+Ms., ano 1528."]
+
+Of all the writers on ancient Peruvian history, no one has
+acquired so wide celebrity, or been so largely referred to by
+later compilers, as the Inca Garcilasso de la Vega.  He was born
+at Cuzco, in 1540; and was a mestizo, that is, of mixed descent,
+his father being European, and his mother Indian.  His father,
+Garcilasso de la Vega, was one of that illustrious family whose
+achievements, both in arms and letters, shed such lustre over the
+proudest period of the Castilian annals.  He came to Peru, in the
+suite of Pedro de Alvarado, soon after the country had been
+gained by Pizarro. Garcilasso attached himself to the fortunes of
+this chief, and, after his death, to those of his brother
+Gonzalo, - remaining constant to the latter, through his
+rebellion, up to the hour of his rout at Xaquixaguana, when
+Garcilasso took the same course with most of his faction, and
+passed over to the enemy.  But this demonstration of loyalty,
+though it saved his life, was too late to redeem his credit with
+the victorious party; and the obloquy which he incurred by his
+share in the rebellion threw a cloud over his subsequent
+fortunes, and even over those of his son, as it appears, in after
+years.
+
+The historian's mother was of the Peruvian blood royal.  She was
+niece of Huayna Capac, and granddaughter of the renowned Tupac
+Inca Yupanqui. Garcilasso, while he betrays obvious satisfaction
+that the blood of the civilized European flows in his veins,
+shows himself not a little proud of his descent from the royal
+dynasty of Peru; and this he intimated by combining with his
+patronymic the distinguishing title of the Peruvian princes, -
+subscribing himself always Garcilasso Inca de la Vega.
+His early years were passed in his native land, where he was
+reared in the Roman Catholic faith, and received the benefit of
+as good an education as could be obtained amidst the incessant
+din of arms and civil commotion. In 1560, when twenty years of
+age, he left America, and from that time took up his residence in
+Spain.  Here he entered the military service, and held a
+captain's commission in the war against the Moriscos, and,
+afterwards, under Don John of Austria.  Though he acquitted
+himself honorably in his adventurous career, he does not seem to
+have been satisfied with the manner in which his services were
+requited by the government.  The old reproach of the father's
+disloyalty still clung to the son, and Garcilasso assures us that
+this circumstance defeated all his efforts to recover the large
+inheritance of landed property belonging to his mother, which had
+escheated to the Crown.  "Such were the prejudices against me,"
+says he, "that I could not urge my ancient claims or
+expectations; and I left the army so poor and so much in debt,
+that I did not care to show myself again at court; but was
+obliged to withdraw into an obscure solitude, where I lead a
+tranquil life for the brief space that remains to me, no longer
+deluded by the world or its vanities."
+
+The scene of this obscure retreat was not, however, as the reader
+might imagine from this tone of philosophic resignation, in the
+depths of some rural wilderness, but in Cordova, once the gay
+capital of Moslem science, and still the busy haunt of men.  Here
+our philosopher occupied himself with literary labors, the more
+sweet and soothing to his wounded spirit, that they tended to
+illustrate the faded glories of his native land, and exhibit them
+in their primitive splendor to the eyes of his adopted
+countrymen.  "And I have no reason to regret," he says in his
+Preface to his account of Florida, "that Fortune has not smiled
+on me, since this circumstance has opened a literary career
+which, I trust, will secure to me a wider and more enduring fame
+than could flow from any worldly prosperity."
+
+In 1609, he gave to the world the First Part of his great work,
+the Commentarios Reales, devoted to the history of the country
+under the Incas; and in 1616, a few months before his death, he
+finished the Second Part, embracing the story of the Conquest,
+which was published at Cordova the following year.  The
+chronicler, who thus closed his labors with his life, died at the
+ripe old age of seventy-six.  He left a considerable sum for the
+purchase of masses for his soul, showing that the complaints of
+his poverty are not to be taken literally.  His remains were
+interred in the cathedral church of Cordova, in a chapel which
+bears the name of Garcilasso; and an inscription was placed on
+his monument, intimating the high respect in which the historian
+was held both for his moral worth and his literary attainments.
+The First Part of the Commentarios Reales is occupied, as already
+noticed, with the ancient history of the country, presenting a
+complete picture of its civilization under the Incas, - far more
+complete than has been given by any other writer.  Garcilasso's
+mother was but ten years old at the time of her cousin
+Atahuallpa's accession, or rather usurpation, as it is called by
+the party of Cuzco.  She had the good fortune to escape the
+massacre which, according to the chronicler, befell most of her
+kindred, and with her brother continued to reside in their
+ancient capital after the Conquest.  Their conversations
+naturally turned to the good old times of the Inca rule, which,
+colored by their fond regrets, may be presumed to have lost
+nothing as seen through the magnifying medium of the past.  The
+young Garcilasso listened greedily to the stories which recounted
+the magnificence and prowess of his royal ancestors, and though
+he made no use of them at the time, they sunk deep into his
+memory, to be treasured up for a future occasion.  When he
+prepared, after the lapse of many years, in his retirement at
+Cordova, to compose the history of his country, he wrote to his
+old companions and schoolfellows, of the Inca family, to obtain
+fuller information than he could get in Spain on various matters
+of historical interest.  He had witnessed in his youth the
+ancient ceremonies and usages of his countrymen, understood the
+science of their quipus, and mastered many of their primitive
+traditions.  With the assistance he now obtained from his
+Peruvian kindred, he acquired a familiarity with the history of
+the great Inca race, and of their national institutions, to an
+extent that no person could have possessed, unless educated in
+the midst of them, speaking the same language, and with the same
+Indian blood flowing in his veins.  Garcilasso, in short, was the
+representative of the conquered race; and we might expect to find
+the lights and shadows of the picture disposed under his pencil,
+so as to produce an effect very different from that which they
+had hitherto exhibited under the hands of the Conquerors.
+
+Such, to a certain extent, is the fact; and this circumstance
+affords a means of comparison which would alone render his works
+of great value in arriving at just historic conclusions.  But
+Garcilasso wrote late in life, after the story had been often
+told by Castilian writers.  He naturally deferred much to men,
+some of whom enjoyed high credit on the score both of their
+scholarship and their social position.  His object, he professes,
+was not so much to add any thing new of his own, as to correct
+their errors and the misconceptions into which they had been
+brought by their ignorance of the Indian languages and the usages
+of his people.  He does, in fact, however, go far beyond this;
+and the stores of information which he has collected have made
+his work a large repository, whence later laborers in the same
+field have drawn copious materials.  He writes from the fulness
+of his heart, and illuminates every topic that he touches with a
+variety and richness of illustration, that leave little to be
+desired by the most importunate curiosity.  The difference
+between reading his Commentaries and the accounts of European
+writers is the difference that exists between reading a work in
+the original and in a bald translation.  Garcilasso's writings
+are an emanation from the Indian mind.
+
+Yet his Commentaries are open to a grave objection, - and one
+naturally suggested by his position.  Addressing himself to the
+cultivated European, he was most desirous to display the ancient
+glories of his people, and still more of the Inca race, in their
+most imposing form.  This, doubtless, was the great spur to his
+literary labors, for which previous education, however good for
+the evil time on which he was cast, had far from qualified him.
+Garcilasso, therefore, wrote to effect a particular object.  He
+stood forth as counsel for his unfortunate countrymen, pleading
+the cause of that degraded race before the tribunal of posterity.
+The exaggerated tone of panegyric consequent on this becomes
+apparent in every page of his work.  He pictures forth a state of
+society, such as an Utopian philosopher would hardly venture to
+depict.  His royal ancestors became the types of every imaginary
+excellence, and the golden age is revived for a nation, which,
+while the war of proselytism is raging on its borders, enjoys
+within all the blessings of tranquillity and peace.  Even the
+material splendors of the monarchy, sufficiently great in this
+land of gold, become heightened, under the glowing imagination of
+the Inca chronicler, into the gorgeous illusions of a fairy tale.
+
+Yet there is truth at the bottom of his wildest conceptions, and
+it would be unfair to the Indian historian to suppose that he did
+not himself believe most of the magic marvels which he describes.
+There is no credulity like that of a Christian convert, - one
+newly converted to the faith.  From long dwelling in the darkness
+of paganism, his eyes, when first opened to the light of truth,
+have not acquired the power of discriminating the just
+proportions of objects, of distinguishing between the real and
+the imaginary. Garcilasso was not a convert, indeed, for he was
+bred from infancy in the Roman Catholic faith.  But he was
+surrounded by converts and neophytes, - by those of his own
+blood, who, after practising all their lives the rites of
+paganism, were now first admitted into the Christian fold.  He
+listened to the teachings of the missionary, learned from him to
+give implicit credit to the marvellous legends of the Saints, and
+the no less marvellous accounts of his own victories in his
+spiritual warfare for the propagation of the faith. Thus early
+accustomed to such large drafts on his credulity, his reason lost
+its heavenly power of distinguishing truth from error, and he
+became so familiar with the miraculous, that the miraculous was
+no longer a miracle.
+Yet, while large deductions are to be made on this account from
+the chronicler's reports, there is always a germ of truth which
+it is not difficult to detect, and even to disengage from the
+fanciful covering which envelopes it; and after every allowance
+for the exaggerations of national vanity, we shall find an
+abundance of genuine information in respect to the antiquities of
+his country, for which we shall look in vain in any European
+writer.
+
+Garcilasso's work is the reflection of the age in which he lived.
+It is addressed to the imagination, more than to sober reason.
+We are dazzled by the gorgeous spectacle it perpetually exhibits,
+and delighted by the variety of amusing details and animated
+gossip sprinkled over its pages.  The story of the action is
+perpetually varied by discussions on topics illustrating its
+progress, so as to break up the monotony of the narrative, and
+afford an agreeable relief to the reader.  This is true of the
+First Part of his great work.  In the Second there was no longer
+room for such discussion.  But he has supplied the place by
+garrulous reminiscences, personal anecdotes, incidental
+adventures, and a host of trivial details, - trivial in the eyes
+of the pedant, - which historians have been too willing to
+discard, as below the dignity of history.  We have the actors in
+this great drama in their private dress, become acquainted with
+their personal habits, listen to their familiar sayings, and, in
+short, gather up those minutiae which in the aggregate make up so
+much of life, and not less of character.
+
+It is this confusion of the great and the little, thus artlessly
+blended together, that constitutes one of the charms of the old
+romantic chronicle, - not the less true that, in this respect, it
+approaches nearer to the usual tone of romance.  It is in such
+writings that we may look to find the form and pressure of the
+age.  The worm-eaten state-papers, official correspondence,
+public records, are all serviceable, indispensable, to history.
+They are the framework on which it is to repose; the skeleton of
+facts which gives it its strength and proportions.  But they are
+as worthless as the dry bones of the skeleton, unless clothed
+with the beautiful form and garb of humanity, and instinct with
+the spirit of the age. - Our debt is large to the antiquarian,
+who with conscientious precision lays broad and deep the
+foundations of historic truth; and no less to the philosophic
+annalist who exhibits man in the dress of public life, - man in
+masquerade; but our gratitude must surely not be withheld from
+those, who, like Garcilasso de la Vega, and many a romancer of
+the Middle Ages, have held up the mirror - distorted though it
+may somewhat be - to the interior of life, reflecting every
+object, the great and the mean, the beautiful and the deformed,
+with their natural prominence and their vivacity of coloring, to
+the eye of the spectator.  As a work of art, such a production
+may be thought to be below criticism.  But, although it defy the
+rules of art in its composition, it does not necessarily violate
+the principles of taste; for it conforms in its spirit to the
+spirit of the age in which it was written.  And the critic, who
+coldly condemns it on the severe principles of art, will find a
+charm in its very simplicity, that will make him recur again and
+again to its pages, while more correct and classical compositions
+are laid aside and forgotten.
+
+I cannot dismiss this notice of Garcilasso, though already long
+protracted, without some allusion to the English translation of
+his Commentaries.  It appeared in James the Second's reign, and
+is the work of Sir Paul Rycaut, Knight.  It was printed at
+London, in 1688, in folio, with considerable pretension in its
+outward dress, well garnished with wood-cuts, and a frontispiece
+displaying the gaunt and rather sardonic features, not of the
+author, but his translator.  The version keeps pace with the
+march of the original, corresponding precisely in books and
+chapters, and seldom, though sometimes, using the freedom, so
+common in these ancient versions, of abridgment and omission.
+Where it does depart from the original, it is rather from
+ignorance than intention.  Indeed, as far as the plea of
+ignorance will avail him, the worthy knight may urge it stoutly
+in his defence.  No one who reads the book will doubt his limited
+acquaintance with his own tongue, and no one who compares it with
+the original will deny his ignorance of the Castilian.  It
+contains as many blunders as paragraphs, and most of them such as
+might shame a schoolboy.  Yet such are the rude charms of the
+original, that this ruder version of it has found considerable
+favor with readers; and Sir Paul Rycaut's translation, old as it
+is, may still be met with in many a private, as well as public
+library.
+
+
+
+
+Book III: Conquest Of Peru
+
+
+
+
+Chapter I
+
+Pizarro's Reception At Court. - His Capitulation With The Crown.
+- He Visits His Birthplace. - Returns To The New World. -
+Difficulties With Almagro. - His Third Expedition. - Adventures
+On The Coast. - Battles In The Isle Of Puna.
+
+1528-1531.
+
+
+Pizarro and his officer, having crossed the Isthmus, embarked at
+Nombre de Dios for the old country, and, after a good passage,
+reached Seville early in the summer of 1528.  There happened to
+be at that time in port a person well known in the history of
+Spanish adventure as the Bachelor Enciso.  He had taken an active
+part in the colonization of Tierra Firme, and had a pecuniary
+claim against the early colonists of Darien, of whom Pizarro was
+one.  Immediately on the landing of the latter, he was seized by
+Enciso's orders, and held in custody for the debt.  Pizarro, who
+had fled from his native land as a forlorn and houseless
+adventurer, after an absence of more than twenty years, passed,
+most of them, in unprecedented toil and suffering, now found
+himself on his return the inmate of a prison.  Such was the
+commencement of those brilliant fortunes which, as he had
+trusted, awaited him at home.  The circumstance excited general
+indignation; and no sooner was the Court advised of his arrival
+in the country, and the great purpose of his mission, than orders
+were sent for his release, with permission to proceed at once on
+his journey.
+
+Pizarro found the emperor at Toledo, which he was soon to quit,
+in order to embark for Italy.  Spain was not the favorite
+residence of Charles the Fifth, in the earlier part of his reign.
+He was now at that period of it when he was enjoying the full
+flush of his triumphs over his gallant rival of France, whom he
+had defeated and taken prisoner at the great battle of Pavia; and
+the victor was at this moment preparing to pass into Italy to
+receive the imperial crown from the hands of the Roman Pontiff.
+Elated by his successes and his elevation to the German throne,
+Charles made little account of his hereditary kingdom, as his
+ambition found so splendid a career thrown open to it on the wide
+field of European politics.  He had hitherto received too
+inconsiderable returns from his transatlantic possessions to give
+them the attention they deserved.  But, as the recent acquisition
+of Mexico and the brilliant anticipations in respect to the
+southern continent were pressed upon his notice, he felt their
+importance as likely to afford him the means of prosecuting his
+ambitious and most expensive enterprises.
+Pizarro, therefore, who had now come to satisfy the royal eyes,
+by visible proofs, of the truth of the golden rumors which, from
+time to time, had reached Castile, was graciously received by the
+emperor.  Charles examined the various objects which his officer
+exhibited to him with great attention.  He was particularly
+interested by the appearance of the llama, so remarkable as the
+only beast of burden yet known on the new continent; and the fine
+fabrics of woollen cloth, which were made from its shaggy sides,
+gave it a much higher value, in the eyes of the sagacious
+monarch, than what it possessed as an animal for domestic labor.
+But the specimens of gold and silver manufacture, and the
+wonderful tale which Pizarro had to tell of the abundance of the
+precious metals, must have satisfied even the cravings of royal
+cupidity.
+
+[See Pizarro And Charles V: Pizarro describes to Charles V of
+Spain the tempting riches of Peru]
+
+Pizarro, far from being embarrassed by the novelty of his
+situation, maintained his usual self-possession, and showed that
+decorum and even dignity in his address which belong to the
+Castilian.  He spoke in a simple and respectful style, but with
+the earnestness and natural eloquence of one who had been an
+actor in the scenes he described, and who was conscious that the
+impression he made on his audience was to decide his future
+destiny.  All listened with eagerness to the account of his
+strange adventures by sea and land, his wanderings in the
+forests, or in the dismal and pestilent swamps on the sea-coast,
+without food, almost without raiment, with feet torn and bleeding
+at every step, with his few companions becoming still fewer by
+disease and death, and yet pressing on with unconquerable spirit
+to extend the empire of Castile, and the name and power of her
+sovereign; but when he painted his lonely condition on the
+desolate island, abandoned by the government at home, deserted by
+all but a handful of devoted followers, his royal auditor, though
+not easily moved, was affected to tears.  On his departure from
+Toledo, Charles commended the affairs of his vassal in the most
+favorable terms to the consideration of the Council of the
+Indies. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Conq. i. Pob. del Piru, Ms.
+
+"Hablaba tan bien en la materia, que se llevo los aplausos y
+atencion en Toledo donde el Emperador estaba diole audiencia con
+mucho gusto, tratolo amoroso, y oyole tierno, especialmente
+cuando le hizo relacion de su consistencia y de los trece
+compaeros en la Isla en medio de tantos trabajos." Montesinos,
+Annales, Ms., ao 1528.]
+
+There was at this time another man at court, who had come there
+on a similar errand from the New World, but whose splendid
+achievements had already won for him a name that threw the rising
+reputation of Pizarro comparatively into the shade.  This man was
+Hernando Cortes, the Conqueror of Mexico.  He had come home to
+lay an empire at the feet of his sovereign, and to demand in
+return the redress of his wrongs, and the recompense of his great
+services.  He was at the close of his career, as Pizarro was at
+the commencement of his; the Conqueror of the North and of the
+South; the two men appointed by Providence to overturn the most
+potent of the Indian dynasties, and to open the golden gates by
+which the treasures of the New World were to pass into the
+coffers of Spain.
+
+Notwithstanding the emperor's recommendation, the business of
+Pizarro went forward at the tardy pace with which affairs are
+usually conducted in the court of Castile.  He found his limited
+means gradually sinking under the expenses incurred by his
+present situation, and he represented, that, unless some measures
+were speedily taken in reference to his suit, however favorable
+they might be in the end, he should be in no condition to profit
+by them. The queen, accordingly, who had charge of the business,
+on her husband's departure, expedited the affair, and on the
+twenty-sixth of July, 1529, she executed the memorable
+Capitulation, which defined the powers and privileges of Pizarro.
+
+The instrument secured to that chief the right of discovery and
+conquest in the province of Peru, or New Castile, - as the
+country was then called in the same manner as Mexico had received
+the name of New Spain, - for the distance of two hundred leagues
+south of Santiago.  He was to receive the titles and rank of
+Governor and Captain-General of the province, together with those
+of Adelantado, and Alguacil Mayor, for life; and he was to have a
+salary of seven hundred and twenty-five thousand maravedis, with
+the obligation of maintaining certain officers and military
+retainers, corresponding with the dignity of his station.  He was
+to have the right to erect certain fortresses, with the absolute
+government of them; to assign encomiendas of Indians, under the
+limitations prescribed by law; and, in fine, to exercise nearly
+all the prerogatives incident to the authority of a viceroy.
+
+His associate, Almagro, was declared commander of the fortress of
+Tumbez, with an annual rent of three hundred thousand maravedis,
+and with the further rank and privileges of an hidalgo.  The
+reverend Father Luque received the reward of his services in the
+Bishopric of Tumbez, and he was also declared Protector of the
+Indians of Peru.  He was to enjoy the yearly stipend of a
+thousand ducats, - to be derived, like the other salaries and
+gratuities in this instrument, from the revenues of the conquered
+territory.
+Nor were the subordinate actors in the expedition forgotten.
+Ruiz received the title of Grand Pilot of the Southern Ocean,
+with a liberal provision; Candia was placed at the head of the
+artillery; and the remaining eleven companions on the desolate
+island were created hidalgos and cavalleros, and raised to
+certain municipal dignities, - in prospect.
+Several provisions of a liberal tenor were also made, to
+encourage emigration to the country.  The new settlers were to be
+exempted from some of the most onerous, but customary taxes, as
+the alcabala, or to be subject to them only in a mitigated form.
+The tax on the precious metals drawn from mines was to be
+reduced, at first, to one tenth, instead of the fifth imposed on
+the same metals when obtained by barter or by rapine.
+
+It was expressly enjoined on Pizarro to observe the existing
+regulations for the good government and protection of the
+natives; and he was required to carry out with him a specified
+number of ecclesiastics, with whom he was to take counsel in the
+conquest of the country, and whose efforts were to be dedicated
+to the service and conversion of the Indians; while lawyers and
+attorneys, on the other hand, whose presence was considered as
+boding ill to the harmony of the new settlements, were strictly
+prohibited from setting foot in them.
+
+Pizarro, on his part, was bound, in six months from the date of
+the instrument, to raise a force, well equipped for the service,
+of two hundred and fifty men, of whom one hundred might be drawn
+from the colonies; and the government engaged to furnish some
+trifling assistance in the purchase of artillery and military
+stores.  Finally, he was to be prepared, in six months after his
+return to Panama, to leave that port and embark on his
+expedition. *2
+
+[Footnote 2: This remarkable document, formerly in the archives
+of Simancas, and now transferred to the Archivo General de las
+Indias in Seville, was transcribed for the rich collection of the
+late Don Martin Fernandez de Navarrete, to whose kindness I am
+indebted for a copy of it. - It will be found printed entire, in
+the original, in Appendix, No. 7.]
+
+Such are some of the principal provisions of this Capitulation,
+by which the Castilian government, with the sagacious policy
+which it usually pursued on the like occasions, stimulated the
+ambitious hopes of the adventurer by high-sounding titles, and
+liberal promises of reward contingent on his success, but took
+care to stake nothing itself on the issue of the enterprise.  It
+was careful to reap the fruits of his toil, but not to pay the
+cost of them.
+
+A circumstance, that could not fail to be remarked in these
+provisions, was the manner in which the high and lucrative posts
+were accumulated on Pizarro, to the exclusion of Almagro, who, if
+he had not taken as conspicuous a part in personal toil and
+exposure, had, at least, divided with him the original burden of
+the enterprise, and, by his labors in another direction, had
+contributed quite as essentially to its success.  Almagro had
+willingly conceded the post of honor to his confederate; but it
+had been stipulated, on Pizarro's departure for Spain, that,
+while he solicited the office of Governor and Captain-General for
+himself, he should secure that of Adelantado for his companion.
+In like manner, he had engaged to apply for the see of Tumbez for
+the vicar of Panama, and the office of Alguacil Mayor for the
+pilot Ruiz.  The bishopric took the direction that was concerted,
+for the soldier could scarcely claim the mitre of the prelate;
+but the other offices, instead of their appropriate distribution,
+were all concentred in himself. Yet it was in reference to his
+application for his friends, that Pizarro had promised on his
+departure to deal fairly and honorably by them all. *3
+
+
+[Footnote 3: "Al fin se capitulo, que Francisco Picarro negociase
+la Governacion para si: i para Diego de Almagro, el
+Adelantamiento: i para Hernando de Luque, el Obispado: i para
+Bartolome Ruiz, el Alguacilazgo Maior: i Mercedes para los que
+quedaban vivos, de los trece Comapaeros, afirmando siempre
+Francisco Picarro, que todo lo queria para ellos, i prometiendo,
+que negociaria lealmente, i sin ninguna cautela." Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 4, lib. 3, cap. 1.]
+
+It is stated by the military chronicler, Pedro Pizarro, that his
+kinsman did, in fact, urge the suit strongly in behalf of
+Almagro; but that he was refused by the government, on the ground
+that offices of such paramount importance could not be committed
+to different individuals.  The ill effects of such an arrangement
+had been long since felt in more than one of the Indian colonies,
+where it had led to rivalry and fatal collision. *4 Pizarro,
+therefore, finding his remonstrances unheeded, had no alternative
+but to combine the offices in his own person, or to see the
+expedition fall to the ground.  This explanation of the affair
+has not received the sanction of other contemporary historians.
+The apprehensions expressed by Luque, at the time of Pizarro's
+assuming the mission, of some such result as actually occurred,
+founded, doubtless, on a knowledge of his associate's character,
+may warrant us in distrusting the alleged vindication of his
+conduct, and our distrust will not be diminished by familiarity
+with his subsequent career. Pizarro's virtue was not of a kind to
+withstand temptation, - though of a much weaker sort than that
+now thrown in his path.
+
+[Footnote 4: "Y don Francisco Picarro pidio conforme a lo que
+llevava capitulado y hordenado con sus compaeros ya dicho, y en
+el consejo se le rrespondio que no avia lugar de dar governacion
+a dos compaeros, a caussa de que en santa marta se avia dado
+ansi a dos compaeros y el uno avia muerto al otro . . . . . .
+Pues pedido, como digo, muchas vezes por don Francisco Picarro se
+les hiziese la merced a ambos compaeros, se le rrespondio la
+pidiesse parassi sino que se daria a otro, y visto que no avia
+lugar lo que pedia y queria pedio se le hiziese la merced a el, y
+ansi se le hizo." Descub. y Conq. Ms.]
+
+The fortunate cavalier was also honored with the habit of St.
+Jago; *5 and he was authorized to make an important innovation in
+his family escutcheon, - for by the father's side he might claim
+his armorial bearings. The black eagle and the two pillars
+emblazoned on the royal arms were incorporated with those of the
+Pizarros; and an Indian city, with a vessel in the distance on
+the waters, and the llama of Peru, revealed the theatre and the
+character of his exploits; while the legend announced, that
+"under the auspices of Charles, and by the industry, the genius,
+and the resources of Pizarro, the country had been discovered and
+reduced to tranquillity," - thus modestly intimating both the
+past and prospective services of the Conqueror. *6
+
+[Footnote 5: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 182.
+- Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 1. -
+Caro de Torres, Historia de las Ordenes Militares, (ed. Madrid,
+1629,) p. 113.]
+
+[Footnote 6: "Caroli Caesaris auspicio, et labore, ingenio, ac
+impensa Ducis Picarro inventa, et pacata.' Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 4 lib. 6, cap. 5.]
+
+These arrangements having been thus completed to Pizarro's
+satisfaction, he left Toledo for Truxillo, his native place, in
+Estremadura, where he thought he should be most likely to meet
+with adherents for his new enterprise, and where it doubtless
+gratified his vanity to display himself in the palmy, or at least
+promising, state of his present circumstances.  If vanity be ever
+pardonable, it is certainly in a man who, born in an obscure
+station in life, without family, interest, or friends to back
+him, has carved out his own fortunes in the world, and, by his
+own resources, triumphed over all the obstacles which nature and
+accident had thrown in his way.  Such was the condition of
+Pizarro, as he now revisited the place of his nativity, where he
+had hitherto been known only as a poor outcast, without a home to
+shelter, a father to own him, or a friend to lean upon.  But he
+now found both friends and followers, and some who were eager to
+claim kindred with him, and take part in his future fortunes.
+Among these were four brothers. Three of them, like himself, were
+illegitimate; one of whom, named Francisco Martin de Alcantara,
+was related to him by the mother's side; the other two, named
+Gonzalo and Juan Pizarro, were descended from the father.  "They
+were all poor, and proud as they were poor," says Oviedo, who had
+seen them; "and their eagerness for gain was in proportion to
+their poverty." *7
+
+[Footnote 7: "Trujo tres o cuatro hermanos suyos tan soberbios
+como pobres, e tan sin hacienda como deseosos de alcanzarla."
+Hist. de las Indias Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap 1.]
+
+The remaining and eldest brother, named Hernando, was a
+legitimate son, - "legitimate," continues the same caustic
+authority, "by his pride, as well as by his birth." His features
+were plain, even disagreeably so; but his figure was good.  He
+was large of stature, and, like his brother Francis, had on the
+whole an imposing presence. *8 In his character, he combined some
+of the worst defects incident to the Castilian.  He was jealous
+in the extreme; impatient not merely of affront, but of the least
+slight, and implacable in his resentment.  He was decisive in his
+measures, and unscrupulous in their execution.  No touch of pity
+had power to arrest his arm.  His arrogance was such, that he was
+constantly wounding the self-love of those with whom he acted;
+thus begetting an ill-will which unnecessarily multiplied
+obstacles in his path.  In this he differed from his brother
+Francis, whose plausible manners smoothed away difficulties, and
+conciliated confidence and cooperation in his enterprises.
+Unfortunately, the evil counsels of Hernando exercised an
+influence over his brother which more than compensated the
+advantages derived from his singular capacity for business.
+
+[Footnote 8: Oviedo's portrait of him is by no means flattering.
+He writes like one too familiar with the original.  "E de todos
+ellos el Hernando Pizarro solo era legitimo, e mas legitimado en
+la soberbia, hombre de alta estatura e grueso, la lengua e labios
+gordos, e la punta de la nariz con sobrada carne e encendida, y
+este fue el desavenidor y estorbador del sosiego de todos y en
+especial de los dos viejos companeros Francisco Pizarro e Diego
+de Almagro." Hist de las Indias, Ms., ubi supra.]
+
+Notwithstanding the general interest which Pizarro's adventures
+excited in his country, that chief did not find it easy to comply
+with the provisions of the Capitulation in respect to the amount
+of his levies.  Those who were most astonished by his narrative
+were not always most inclined to take part in his fortunes.  They
+shrunk from the unparalleled hardships which lay in the path of
+the adventurer in that direction; and they listened with visible
+distrust to the gorgeous pictures of the golden temples and
+gardens of Tumbez, which they looked upon as indebted in some
+degree, at least, to the coloring of his fancy, with the obvious
+purpose of attracting followers to his banner.  It is even said
+that Pizarro would have found it difficult to raise the necessary
+funds, but for the seasonable aid of Cortes, a native of
+Estremadura like himself, his companion in arms in early days,
+and, according to report, his kinsman. *9 No one was in a better
+condition to hold out a helping hand to a brother adventurer,
+and, probably, no one felt greater sympathy in Pizarro's
+fortunes, or greater confidence in his eventual success, than the
+man who had so lately trod the same career with renown.
+
+[Footnote 9: Pizarro y Orellana, Varones Ilustres, p. 143.]
+The six months allowed by the Capitulation had elapsed, and
+Pizarro had assembled somewhat less than his stipulated
+complement of men, with which he was preparing to embark in a
+little squadron of three vessels at Seville; but, before they
+were wholly ready, he received intelligence that the officers of
+the Council of the Indies proposed to inquire into the condition
+of the vessels, and ascertain how far the requisitions had been
+complied with.
+
+Without loss of time, therefore, Pizarro, afraid, if the facts
+were known, that his enterprise might be nipped in the bud,
+slipped his cables, and crossing the bar of San Lucar, in
+January, 1530, stood for the isle of Gomera, - one of the
+Canaries, - where he ordered his brother Hernando, who had charge
+of the remaining vessels, to meet him.
+
+Scarcely had he gone, before the officers arrived to institute
+the search.  But when they objected the deficiency of men, they
+were easily - perhaps willingly - deceived by the pretext that
+the remainder had gone forward in the vessel with Pizarro.  At
+all events, no further obstacles were thrown in Hernando's way,
+and he was permitted, with the rest of the squadron, to join his
+brother, according to agreement, at Gomera.
+After a prosperous voyage, the adventurers reached the northern
+coast of the great southern continent, and anchored off the port
+of Santa Marta. Here they received such discouraging reports of
+the countries to which they were bound, of forests teeming with
+insects and venomous serpents, of huge alligators that swarmed on
+the banks of the streams, and of hardships and perils such as
+their own fears had never painted, that several of Pizarro's men
+deserted; and their leader, thinking it no longer safe to abide
+in such treacherous quarters, set sail at once for Nombre de
+Dios.
+Soon after his arrival there, he was met by his two associates,
+Luque and Almagro, who had crossed the mountains for the purpose
+of hearing from his own lips the precise import of the
+capitulation with the Crown.  Great, as might have been expected,
+was Almagro's discontent at learning the result of what he
+regarded as the perfidious machinations of his associate.  "Is it
+thus," he exclaimed, "that you have dealt with the friend who
+shared equally with you in the trials, the dangers, and the cost
+of the enterprise; and this, notwithstanding your solemn
+engagements on your departure to provide for his interests as
+faithfully as your own?  How could you allow me to be thus
+dishonored in the eyes of the world by so paltry a compensation,
+which seems to estimate my services as nothing in comparison with
+your own?" *10
+
+[Footnote 10: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 4, lib. 7, cap. 9. -
+Pedro Pizarro Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+Pizarro, in reply, assured his companion that he had faithfully
+urged his suit, but that the government refused to confide powers
+which intrenched so closely on one another to different hands.
+He had no alternative, but to accept all himself or to decline
+all; and he endeavoured to mitigate Almagro's displeasure by
+representing that the country was large enough for the ambition
+of both, and that the powers conferred on himself were, in fact,
+conferred on Almagro, since all that he had would ever be at his
+friend's disposal, as if it were his own.  But these honeyed
+words did not satisfy the injured party; and the two captains
+soon after returned to Panama with feelings of estrangement, if
+not hostility, towards one another, which did not augur well for
+their enterprise.
+
+Still, Almagro was of a generous temper, and might have been
+appeased by the politic concessions of his rival, but for the
+interference of Hernando Pizarro, who, from the first hour of
+their meeting, showed little respect for the veteran, which,
+indeed, the diminutive person of the latter was not calculated to
+inspire, and who now regarded him with particular aversion as an
+impediment to the career of his brother.
+
+Almagro's friends - and his frank and liberal manners had secured
+him many - were no less disgusted than himself with the
+overbearing conduct of this new ally.  They loudly complained
+that it was quite enough to suffer from the perfidy of Pizarro,
+without being exposed to the insults of his family, who had now
+come over with him to fatten on the spoils of conquest which
+belonged to their leader.  The rupture soon proceeded to such a
+length, that Almagro avowed his intention to prosecute the
+expedition without further cooperation with his partner, and
+actually entered into negotiations for the purchase of vessels
+for that object.  But Luque, and the Licentiate Espinosa, who had
+fortunately come over at that time from St. Domingo, now
+interposed to repair a breach which must end in the ruin of the
+enterprise, and the probable destruction of those most interested
+in its success.  By their mediation, a show of reconciliation was
+at length effected between the parties, on Pizarro's assurance
+that he would relinquish the dignity of Adelantado in favor of
+his rival, and petition the emperor to confirm him in the
+possession of it; - an assurance, it may be remarked, not easy to
+reconcile with his former assertion in respect to the avowed
+policy of the Crown in bestowing this office.  He was, moreover,
+to apply for a distinct government for his associate, so soon as
+he had become master of the country assigned to himself; and was
+to solicit no office for either of his own brothers, until
+Almagro had been first provided for.  Lastly, the former contract
+in regard to the division of the spoil into three equal shares
+between the three original associates was confirmed in the most
+explicit manner.  The reconciliation thus effected among the
+parties answered the temporary purpose of enabling them to go
+forward in concert in the expedition.  But it was only a thin
+scar that had healed over the wound, which, deep and rankling
+within, waited only fresh cause of irritation to break out with a
+virulence more fatal than ever. *11
+
+[Footnote 11: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1529. -
+Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib.
+1, cap. 3. - Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8,
+cap. 1.
+
+There seems to have been little good-will, at bottom, between any
+of the confederates; for Father Luque wrote to Oviedo that both
+of his partners had repaid his services with ingratitude. -
+"Padre Luque, companero de estos Capitanes, con cuya hacienda
+hicieron ellos sus hechos, puesto que el uno e el otro se lo
+pagaron con ingratitud segun a mi me lo escribio el mismo electo
+de su mano." Ibid., loc. cit.]
+
+No time was now lost in preparing for the voyage.  It found
+little encouragement, however, among the colonists of Panama, who
+were too familiar with the sufferings on the former expeditions
+to care to undertake another, even with the rich bribe that was
+held out to allure them.  A few of the old company were content
+to follow out the adventure to its close; and some additional
+stragglers were collected from the province of Nicaragua, - a
+shoot, it may be remarked, from the colony of Panama.  But
+Pizarro made slender additions to the force brought over with him
+from Spain, though this body was in better condition, and, in
+respect to arms, ammunition, and equipment generally, was on a
+much better footing than his former levies. The whole number did
+not exceed one hundred and eighty men, with twenty-seven horses
+for the cavalry.  He had provided himself with three vessels, two
+of them of a good size, to take the place of those which he had
+been compelled to leave on the opposite side of the Isthmus at
+Nombre de Dios; an armament small for the conquest of an empire,
+and far short of that prescribed by the capitulation with the
+Crown.  With this the intrepid chief proposed to commence
+operations, trusting to his own successes, and the exertions of
+Almagro, who was to remain behind, for the present, to muster
+reinforcements. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: The numerical estimates differ, as usual.  I
+conform to the statement of Pizarro's secretary, Xerez, Conq. del
+Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 182.]
+
+On St. John the Evangelist's day, the banners of the company and
+the royal standard were consecrated in the cathedral church of
+Panama; a sermon was preached before the little army by Fray Juan
+de Vargas, one of the Dominicans selected by the government for
+the Peruvian mission; and mass was performed, and the sacrament
+administered to every soldier previous to his engaging in the
+crusade against the infidel. *13 Having thus solemnly invoked the
+blessing of Heaven on the enterprise, Pizarro and his followers
+went on board their vessels, which rode at anchor in the Bay of
+Panama, and early in January, 1531, sallied forth on his third
+and last expedition for the conquest of Peru.
+
+[Footnote 13: "El qual haviendo hecho bendecir en la Iglesia
+mayor las banderas i estandarte real dia de San Juan Evangelista
+de dicho ano de 1530, i que todos los soldados confesasen i
+comulgasen en el convento de Nuestra Senora de la Merced, dia de
+los Inocentes en la misa cantada que se celebro con toda
+solemnidad i sermon que predico el P. Presentdo Fr. Juan de
+Vargas, uno de los 5 religiosos que en cumplimiento de la
+obediencia de sus prelados i orden del Emperador pasaban a la
+conquista." Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+
+It was his intention to steer direct for Tumbez, which held out
+so magnificent a show of treasure on his former voyage.  But head
+winds and currents, as usual, baffled his purpose, and after a
+run of thirteen days, much shorter than the period formerly
+required for the same distance, his little squadron came to
+anchor in the Bay of St. Matthew, about one degree north; and
+Pizarro, after consulting with his officers, resolved to
+disembark his forces and advance along the coast, while the
+vessels held their course at a convenient distance from the
+shore.
+
+The march of the troops was severe and painful in the extreme;
+for the road was constantly intersected by streams, which,
+swollen by the winter rains, widened at their mouths into
+spacious estuaries.  Pizarro, who had some previous knowledge of
+the country, acted as guide as well as commander of the
+expedition.  He was ever ready to give aid where it was needed,
+encouraging his followers to ford or swim the torrents as they
+best could, and cheering the desponding by his own buoyant and
+courageous spirit.
+At length they reached a thick-settled hamlet, or rather town, in
+the province of Coaque.  The Spaniards rushed on the place, and
+the inhabitants, without offering resistance, fled in terror to
+the neighbouring forests, leaving their effects - of much greater
+value than had been anticipated - in the hands of the invaders.
+"We fell on them, sword in hand," says one of the Conquerors,
+with some naivete; "for, if we had advised the Indians of our
+approach, we should never have found there such store of gold and
+precious stones." *14 The natives, however, according to another
+authority, stayed voluntarily; "for, as they had done no harm to
+the white men, they flattered themselves none would be offered to
+them, but that there would be only an interchange of good offices
+with the strangers," *15 - an expectation founded, it may be, on
+the good character which the Spaniards had established for
+themselves on their preceding visit, but in which the simple
+people now found themselves most unpleasantly deceived.
+
+[Footnote 14: "Pues llegados a este pueblo de Coaque dieron de
+supito sin savello la gente del porque si estuvieran avisados.
+No se tomara la cantidad de oro y esmeraldas que en el se
+tomaron." Pedro Pizarre, Descub. y Conq., Ms]
+
+[Footnote 15: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 4, lib. 7, cap. 9.]
+Rushing into the deserted dwellings, the invaders found there,
+besides stuffs of various kinds, and food most welcome in their
+famished condition, a large quantity of gold and silver wrought
+into clumsy ornaments, together with many precious stones; for
+this was the region of the esmeraldas, or emeralds, where that
+valuable gem was most abundant.  One of these jewels that fell
+into the hands of Pizarro, in this neighbourhood, was as large as
+a pigeon's egg.  Unluckily, his rude followers did not know the
+value of their prize; and they broke many of them in pieces by
+pounding them with hammers. *16 They were led to this
+extraordinary proceeding, it is said, by one of the Dominican
+missionaries, Fray Reginaldo de Pedraza, who assured them that
+this was the way to prove the true emerald, which could not be
+broken.  It was observed that the good father did not subject his
+own jewels to this wise experiment; but, as the stones, in
+consequence of it, fell in value, being regarded merely as
+colored glass, he carried back a consider able store of them to
+Panama. *17
+
+[Footnote 16: Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 4.
+
+"A lo que se ha entendido en las esmeraldas ovo gran hierro y
+torpedad en algunas Personas por no conoscellas.  Aunque quieren
+decir que algunos que las conoscieron las guardaron.  Pero
+ffinalmente muchos vbieron esmeraldas de mucho valor; vnos las
+provavan en yunques, dandolas con martillos, diziendo que si hera
+esmeralda no se quebraria; otros las despreciaban, diziendo que
+era vidrio." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 17: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 4, lib. 7, cap. 9.]
+
+The gold and silver ornaments rifled from the dwellings were
+brought together and deposited in a common heap; when a fifth was
+deducted for the Crown, and Pizarro distributed the remainder in
+due proportions among the officers and privates of his company.
+This was the usage invariably observed on the like occasions
+throughout the Conquest.  The invaders had embarked in a common
+adventure.  Their interest was common, and to have allowed every
+one to plunder on his own account would only have led to
+insubordination and perpetual broils.  All were required,
+therefore, on pain of death, to contribute whatever they
+obtained, whether by bargain or by rapine, to the general stock;
+and all were too much interested in the execution of the penalty
+to allow the unhappy culprit, who violated the law, any chance of
+escape. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: "Los Espanoles las rrecoxeron y juntaron el oro y
+la plata, porque asi estava mandado y hordenado sopena de la vida
+el que otra cossa hiziese, porque todos lo avian de traet a
+monton para que de alli el governador lo rrepartiese, dando a
+cada uno confforme a su persona y meritos de servicios; y esta
+horden se guardo en toda esta tierra en la conquista della, y al
+que se le hallara oro o plata escondido muriera por ello, y deste
+medio nadie oso escondello." Pedro Pizarro, Descub y Conq., Ms.]
+Pizarro, with his usual policy, sent back to Panama a large
+quantity of the gold, no less than twenty thousand castellanos in
+value, in the belief that the sight of so much treasure, thus
+speedily acquired, would settle the doubts of the wavering, and
+decide them on joining his banner. *19 He judged right.  As one
+of the Conquerors piously expresses it, "It pleased the Lord that
+we should fall in with the town of Coaque, that the riches of the
+land might find credit with the people, and that they should
+flock to it." *20
+
+[Footnote 19: The booty was great, indeed, if, as Pedro Pizarro,
+one of the Conquerors present, says, it amounted in value to
+200,000 gold castellanos. "Aqui se hallo mucha chaquira de oro y
+de plata, muchas coronas hechas de oro a manera de imperiales, y
+otras muchas piezas en que se avaleo montar mas de dozientos mill
+castellanos." (Descub. y Conq., Ms.) Naharro, Montesinos, and
+Herrera content themselves with stating that he sent back 20,000
+castellanos in the vessels to Panama.]
+
+[Footnote 20: "Fueron a dar en vn pueblo que se dezia Coaque que
+fue nuestro Senor servido tapasen con el, porque con lo que en el
+se hallo se acredito la tierra y vino gente a ella." Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub y Conq., Ms.]
+
+Pizarro, having refreshed his men, continued his march along the
+coast, but no longer accompanied by the vessels, which had
+returned for recruits to Panama.  The road, as he advanced, was
+checkered with strips of sandy waste, which, drifted about by the
+winds, blinded the soldiers, and afforded only treacherous
+footing for man and beast.  The glare was intense; and the rays
+of a vertical sun beat fiercely on the iron mail and the thick
+quilted doublets of cotton, till the fainting troops were almost
+suffocated with the heat.  To add to their distresses, a strange
+epidemic broke out in the little army.  It took the form of
+ulcers, or rather hideous warts of great size, which covered the
+body, and when lanced, as was the case with some, discharged such
+a quantity of blood as proved fatal to the sufferer.  Several
+died of this frightful disorder, which was so sudden in its
+attack, and attended with such prostration of strength, that
+those who lay down well at night were unable to lift their hands
+to their heads in the morning. *21 The epidemic, which made its
+first appearance during this invasion, and which did not long
+survive it, spread over the country, sparing neither native nor
+white man. *22 It was one of those plagues from the vial of
+wrath, which the destroying angel, who follows in the path of the
+conqueror, pours out on the devoted nations.
+
+[Footnote 21: Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1530.]
+
+[Footnote 22: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 1, cap. 15.]
+The Spaniards rarely experienced on their march either resistance
+or annoyance from the inhabitants, who, instructed by the example
+of Coaque, fled with their effects into the woods and
+neighbouring mountains.  No one came out to welcome the strangers
+and offer the rites of hospitality, as on their last visit to the
+land.  For the white men were no longer regarded as good beings
+that had come from heaven, but as ruthless destroyers, who,
+invulnerable to the assaults of the Indians, were borne along on
+the backs of fierce animals, swifter than the wind, with weapons
+in their hands, that scattered fire and desolation as they went.
+Such were the stories now circulated of the invaders, which,
+preceding them everywhere on their march, closed the hearts, if
+not the doors, of the natives against them.  Exhausted by the
+fatigue of travel and by disease, and grievously disappointed at
+the poverty of the land, which now offered no compensation for
+their toils, the soldiers of Pizarro cursed the hour in which
+they had enlisted under his standard, and the men of Nicaragua,
+in particular, says the old chronicler, calling to mind their
+pleasant quarters in their luxurious land, sighed only to return
+to their Mahometan paradise. *23
+
+[Footnote 23: Aunque ellos no ninguno por aver venido, porque
+como avian dexado el paraiso de mahoma que hera Nicaragua y
+hallaron la isla alzada y falta de comidas y la mayor parte de la
+gente enfferma y no oro ni plata como atras avian hallado,
+algunos y todos se holgaran de volver de adonde avian venido."
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+At this juncture the army was gladdened by the sight of a vessel
+from Panama, which brought some supplies, together with the royal
+treasurer, the veedor or inspector, the comptroller, and other
+high officers appointed by the Crown to attend the expedition.
+They had been left in Spain by Pizarro, in consequence of his
+abrupt departure from the country; and the Council of the Indies,
+on learning the circumstance, had sent instructions to Panama to
+prevent the sailing of his squadron from that port.  But the
+Spanish government, with more wisdom, countermanded the order,
+only requiring the functionaries to quicken their own departure,
+and take their place without loss of time in the expedition.
+
+The Spaniards in their march along the coast had now advanced as
+far as Puerto Viejo.  Here they were soon after joined by another
+small reinforcement of about thirty men, under an officer named
+Belalcazar, who subsequently rose to high distinction in this
+service.  Many of the followers of Pizarro would now have halted
+at this spot and established a colony there. But that chief
+thought more of conquering than of colonizing, at least for the
+present; and he proposed, as his first step, to get possession of
+Tumbez, which he regarded as the gate of the Peruvian empire.
+Continuing his march, therefore, to the shores of what is now
+called the Gulf of Guayaquil, he arrived off the little island of
+Puna, lying at no great distance from the Bay of Tumbez.  This
+island, he thought, would afford him a convenient place to encamp
+until he was prepared to make his descent on the Indian city.
+
+The dispositions of the islanders seemed to favor his purpose.
+He had not been long in their neighbourhood, before a deputation
+of the natives, with their cacique at their head, crossed over in
+their balsas to the main land to welcome the Spaniards to their
+residence.  But the Indian interpreters of Tumbez, who had
+returned with Pizarro from Spain, and continued with the camp,
+put their master on his guard against the meditated treachery of
+the islanders, whom they accused of designing to destroy the
+Spaniards by cutting the ropes that held together the floats, and
+leaving those upon them to perish in the waters.  Yet the
+cacique, when charged by Pizarro with this perfidious scheme,
+denied it with such an air of conscious innocence, that the
+Spanish commander trusted himself and his followers, without
+further hesitation, to his conveyance, and was transported in
+safety to the shores of Puna.
+Here he was received in a hospitable manner, and his troops were
+provided with comfortable quarters.  Well satisfied with his
+present position, Pizarro resolved to occupy it until the
+violence of the rainy season was passed, when the arrival of the
+reinforcements he expected would put him in better condition for
+marching into the country of the Inca.
+The island, which lies in the mouth of the river of Guayaquil,
+and is about eight leagues in length by four in breadth, at the
+widest part, was at that time partially covered with a noble
+growth of timber.  But a large portion of it was subjected to
+cultivation, and bloomed with plantations of cacao, of the sweet
+potato, and the different products of a tropical clime, evincing
+agricultural knowledge as well as industry in the population.
+They were a warlike race; but had received from their Peruvian
+foes the appellation of "perfidious." It was the brand fastened
+by the Roman historians on their Carthaginian enemies, - with
+perhaps no better reason. The bold and independent islanders
+opposed a stubborn resistance to the arms of the Incas; and,
+though they had finally yielded, they had been ever since at
+feud, and often in deadly hostility, with their neighbours of
+Tumbez.
+The latter no sooner heard of Pizarro's arrival on the island,
+than, trusting, probably, to their former friendly relations with
+him, they came over in some number to the Spanish quarters.  The
+presence of their detested rivals was by no means grateful to the
+jealous inhabitants of Puna, and the prolonged residence of the
+white men on their island could not be otherwise than burdensome.
+In their outward demeanour they still maintained the same show of
+amity; but Pizarro's interpreters again put him on his guard
+against the proverbial perfidy of their hosts.  With his
+suspicions thus roused, the Spanish commander was informed that a
+number of the chiefs had met together to deliberate on a plan of
+insurrection.  Not caring to wait for the springing of the mine,
+he surrounded the place of meeting with his soldiers and made
+prisoners of the suspected chieftains.  According to one
+authority, they confessed their guilt. *24 This is by no means
+certain.  Nor is it certain that they meditated an insurrection.
+Yet the fact is not improbable in itself; though it derives
+little additional probability from the assertion of the hostile
+interpreters.  It is certain, however, that Pizarro was satisfied
+of the existence of a conspiracy; and, without further
+hesitation, he abandoned his wretched prisoners, ten or twelve in
+number, to the tender mercies of their rivals of Tumbez, who
+instantly massacred them before his eyes. *25
+
+[Footnote 24: Xeres, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+183.]
+
+[Footnote 25: "Y el marques don Francisco Picarro, por tenellos
+por amigos y estuviesen de paz quando alla passasen, les dio
+algunos principales los quales ellos matavan en presencia de los
+espanoles, cortandoles las cavezas por el cogote." Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+Maddened by this outrage, the people of Puna sprang to arms, and
+threw themselves at once, with fearful yells and the wildest
+menaces of despair, on the Spanish camp.  The odds of numbers
+were greatly in their favor, for they mustered several thousand
+warriors.  But the more decisive odds of arms and discipline were
+on the side of their antagonists; and, as the Indians rushed
+forward in a confused mass to the assault, the Castilians coolly
+received them on their long pikes, or swept them down by the
+volleys of their musketry. Their ill-protected bodies were easily
+cut to pieces by the sharp sword of the Spaniard; and Hernando
+Pizarro, putting himself at the head of the cavalry, charged
+boldly into the midst, and scattered them far and wide over the
+field, until, panic-struck by the terrible array of steel-clad
+horsemen, and the stunning reports and the flash of fire-arms,
+the fugitives sought shelter in the depths of their forests.  Yet
+the victory was owing, in some degree, at least, - if we may
+credit the Conquerors, - to the interposition of Heaven; for St.
+Michael and his legions were seen high in the air above the
+combatants, contending with the arch-enemy of man, and cheering
+on the Christians by their example! *26
+
+[Footnote 26: The city of San Miguel was so named by Pizarro to
+commemorate the event, - and the existence of such a city may be
+considered by some as establishing the truth of the miracle. -
+"En la batalla de Puna vieron muchos, ya de los Indios, ya de los
+nuestros, que habia en el aire otros dos campos, uno acaudillado
+por el Arcangel Sn Miguel con espada y rodela, y otro por Luzbel
+y sus secuaces; mas apenas cantaron los Castellanos la victoria
+huyeron los diablos, y formando un gran torvellino de viento se
+oyeron en el aire unas terribles voces que decian, Vencistenos!
+Miguel vencistenos!  De aqui torno Dn Francisco Pizarro tanta
+devocion al sto Arcangel, que prometio llamar la primera ciudad
+que fundase de su nombre; cumpliolo asi como veremos adelante."
+Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1530.]
+
+Not more than three or four Spaniards fell in the fight; but many
+were wounded, and among them Hernando Pizarro, who received a
+severe injury in the leg from a javelin.  Nor did the war end
+here; for the implacable islanders, taking advantage of the cover
+of night, or of any remissness on the part of the invaders, were
+ever ready to steal out of their fastnesses and spring on their
+enemy's camp, while, by cutting off his straggling parties, and
+destroying his provisions, they kept him in perpetual alarm.
+In this uncomfortable situation, the Spanish commander was
+gladdened by the appearance of two vessels off the island.  They
+brought a reinforcement consisting of a hundred volunteers
+besides horses for the cavalry.  It was commanded by Hernando de
+Soto, a captain afterwards famous as the discoverer of the
+Mississippi, which still rolls its majestic current over the
+place of his burial, - a fitting monument for his remains, as it
+is of his renown. *27
+[See Fernando de Soto: A Captain famous as the discoverer of
+Mississippi.]
+
+[Footnote 27: The transactions in Puna are given at more or less
+length by Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Conq. i Pob. del Peru,
+Ms. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Montesinos, Annales,
+Ms., ubi supra. - Relacion del Primer.  Descub., Ms. - Xerez,
+Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. pp. 182, 183.]
+
+This reinforcement was most welcome to Pizarro, who had been long
+discontented with his position on an island, where he found
+nothing to compensate the life of unintermitting hostility which
+he was compelled to lead.  With these recruits, he felt himself
+in sufficient strength to cross over to the continent, and resume
+military operations on the proper theatre for discovery and
+conquest.  From the Indians of Tumbez he learned that the country
+had been for some time distracted by a civil war between two sons
+of the late monarch, competitors for the throne.  This
+intelligence he regarded as of the utmost importance, for he
+remembered the use which Cortes had made of similar dissensions
+among the tribes of Anahuac.  Indeed, Pizarro seems to have had
+the example of his great predecessor before his eyes on more
+occasions than this.  But he fell far short of his model; for,
+notwithstanding the restraint he sometimes put upon himself, his
+coarser nature and more ferocious temper often betrayed him into
+acts most repugnant to sound policy, which would never have been
+countenanced by the Conqueror of Mexico.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter II
+
+Peru At The Time Of The Conquest. - Reign Of Huayna Capac. - The
+Inca Brothers. - Contest For The Empire. - Triumph And Cruelties
+Of Atahuallpa.
+
+
+Before accompanying the march of Pizarro and his followers into
+the country of the Incas, it is necessary to make the reader
+acquainted with the critical situation of the kingdom at that
+time.  For the Spaniards arrived just at the consummation of an
+important revolution, - at a crisis most favorable to their views
+of conquest, and but for which, indeed, the conquest, with such a
+handful of soldiers, could never have been achieved.
+In the latter part of the fifteenth century died Tupac Inca
+Yupanqui, one of the most renowned of the "Children of the Sun,"
+who, carrying the Peruvian arms across the burning sands of
+Atacama, penetrated to the remote borders of Chili, while in the
+opposite direction he enlarged the limits of the empire by the
+acquisition of the southern provinces of Quito.  The war in this
+quarter was conducted by his son Huayna Capac, who succeeded his
+father on the throne, and fully equalled him in military daring
+and in capacity for government.
+Under this prince, the whole of the powerful state of Quito,
+which rivalled that of Peru itself in wealth and refinement, was
+brought under the sceptre of the Incas; whose empire received, by
+this conquest, the most important accession yet made to it since
+the foundation of the dynasty of Manco Capac.  The remaining days
+of the victorious monarch were passed in reducing the independent
+tribes on the remote limits of his territory, and, still more, in
+cementing his conquests by the introduction of the Peruvian
+polity.  He was actively engaged in completing the great works of
+his father, especially the high-roads which led from Quito to the
+capital.  He perfected the establishment of posts, took great
+pains to introduce the Quichua dialect throughout the empire,
+promoted a better system of agriculture, and in fine, encouraged
+the different branches of domestic industry and the various
+enlightened plans of his predecessors for the improvement of his
+people. Under his sway, the Peruvian monarchy reached its most
+palmy state; and under both him and his illustrious father it was
+advancing with such rapid strides in the march of civilization as
+would soon have carried it to a level with the more refined
+despotisms of Asia, furnishing the world, perhaps, with higher
+evidence of the capabilities of the American Indian than is
+elsewhere to be found on the great western continent. - But other
+and gloomier destinies were in reserve for the Indian races.
+
+The first arrival of the white men on the South American shores
+of the Pacific was about ten years before the death of Huayna
+Capac, when Balboa crossed the Gulf of St. Michael, and obtained
+the first clear report of the empire of the Incas.  Whether
+tidings of these adventurers reached the Indian monarch's ears is
+doubtful.  There is no doubt, however, that he obtained the news
+of the first expedition under Pizarro and Almagro, when the
+latter commander penetrated as far as the Rio de San Juan, about
+the fourth degree north.  The accounts which he received made a
+strong impression on the mind of Huayna Capac.  He discerned in
+the formidable prowess and weapons of the invaders proofs of a
+civilization far superior to that of his own people. He intimated
+his apprehension that they would return, and that at some day,
+not far distant, perhaps, the throne of the Incas might be shaken
+by these strangers, endowed with such incomprehensible powers. *1
+To the vulgar eye, it was a little speck on the verge of the
+horizon; but that of the sagacious monarch seemed to descry in it
+the dark thunder-cloud, that was to spread wider and wider till
+it burst in fury on his nation!
+
+[Footnote 1: Sarmiento, an honest authority, tells us he had this
+from some of the Inca lords who heard it, Relacion, Ms., cap.
+65.]
+
+There is some ground for believing thus much.  But other
+accounts, which have obtained a popular currency, not content
+with this, connect the first tidings of the white men with
+predictions long extant in the country, and with supernatural
+appearances, which filled the hearts of the whole nation with
+dismay.  Comets were seen flaming athwart the heavens.
+Earthquakes shook the land; the moon was girdled with rings of
+fire of many colors; a thunderbolt fell on one of the royal
+palaces and consumed it to ashes; and an eagle, chased by several
+hawks, was seen, screaming in the air, to hover above the great
+square of Cuzco, when, pierced by the talons of his tormentors,
+the king of birds fell lifeless in the presence of many of the
+Inca nobles, who read in this an augury of their own destruction!
+Huayna Capac himself, calling his great officers around him, as
+he found he was drawing near his end, announced the subversion of
+his empire by the race of white and bearded strangers, as the
+consummation predicted by the oracles after the reign of the
+twelfth Inca, and he enjoined it on his vassals not to resist the
+decrees of Heaven, but to yield obedience to its messengers. *2
+
+[Footnote 2: A minute relation of these supernatural occurrences
+is given by the Inca Garcilasso de la Vega, (Com. Real., Parte 1,
+lib. 9, cap. 14,) whose situation opened to him the very best
+sources of information, which is more than counterbalanced by the
+defects in his own character as an historian, - his childish
+credulity, and his desire to magnify and mystify every thing
+relating to his own order, and, indeed, his nation.  His work is
+the source of most of the facts - and the falsehoods - that have
+obtained circulation in respect to the ancient Peruvians.
+Unfortunately, at this distance of time, it is not always easy to
+distinguish the one from the other.]
+Such is the report of the impressions made by the appearance of
+the Spaniards in the country, reminding one of the similar
+feelings of superstitious terror occasioned by their appearance
+in Mexico.  But the traditions of the latter land rest on much
+higher authority than those of the Peruvians, which, unsupported
+by contemporary testimony, rest almost wholly on the naked
+assertion of one of their own nation, who thought to find,
+doubtless, in the inevitable decrees of Heaven, the best apology
+for the supineness of his countrymen.
+
+It is not improbable that rumors of the advent of a strange and
+mysterious race should have spread gradually among the Indian
+tribes along the great table-land of the Cordilleras, and should
+have shaken the hearts of the stoutest warriors with feelings of
+undefined dread, as of some impending calamity.  In this state of
+mind, it was natural that physical convulsions, to which that
+volcanic country is peculiarly subject, should have made an
+unwonted impression on their minds; and that the phenomena, which
+might have been regarded only as extraordinary, in the usual
+seasons of political security, should now be interpreted by the
+superstitious soothsayer as the handwriting on the heavens, by
+which the God of the Incas proclaimed the approaching downfall of
+their empire.
+
+Huayna Capac had, as usual with the Peruvian princes, a multitude
+of concubines, by whom he left a numerous posterity.  The heir to
+the crown, the son of his lawful wife and sister, was named
+Huascar. *3 At the period of the history at which we are now
+arrived, he was about thirty years of age.  Next to the
+heir-apparent, by another wife, a cousin of the monarch's, came
+Manco Capac, a young prince who will occupy an important place in
+our subsequent story.  But the best-beloved of the Inca's
+children was Atahuallpa.  His mother was the daughter of the last
+Scyri of Quito, who had died of grief, it was said, not long
+after the subversion of his kingdom by Huayna Capac. The princess
+was beautiful, and the Inca, whether to gratify his passion, or,
+as the Peruvians say, willing to make amends for the ruin of her
+parents, received her among his concubines.  The historians of
+Quito assert that she was his lawful wife; but this dignity,
+according to the usages of the empire, was reserved for maidens
+of the Inca blood.
+
+[Footnote 3: Huascar, in the Quichua dialect, signifies "a
+cable." The reason of its being given to the heir apparent is
+remarkable.  Huayna Capac celebrated the birth of the prince by a
+festival, in which he introduced a massive gold chain for the
+nobles to hold in their hands as they performed their national
+dances.  The chain was seven hundred feet in length, and the
+links nearly as big round as a man's wrist!  (See Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 14. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1,
+lib. 9, cap. 1.) The latter writer had the particulars, he tells
+us, from his old Inca uncle, - who seems to have dealt largely in
+the marvellous; not too largely for his audience, however, as the
+story has been greedily circulated by most of the Castilian
+writers, both of that and of the succeeding age.]
+The latter years of Huayna Capac were passed in his new kingdom
+of Quito.  Atahuallpa was accordingly brought up under his own
+eye, accompanied him, while in his tender years, in his
+campaigns, slept in the same tent with his royal father, and ate
+from the same plate. *4 The vivacity of the boy, his courage and
+generous nature, won the affections of the old monarch to such a
+degree, that he resolved to depart from the established usages of
+the realm, and divide his empire between him and his elder
+brother Huascar.  On his death-bed, he called the great officers
+of the crown around him, and declared it to be his will that the
+ancient kingdom of Quito should pass to Atahuallpa, who might be
+considered as having a natural claim on it, as the dominion of
+his ancestors.  The rest of the empire he settled on Huascar; and
+he enjoined it on the two brothers to acquiesce in this
+arrangement, and to live in amity with each other.  This was the
+last act of the heroic monarch; doubtless, the most impolitic of
+his whole life.  With his dying breath he subverted the
+fundamental laws of the empire; and, while he recommended harmony
+between the successors to his authority, he left in this very
+division of it the seeds of inevitable discord. *5
+
+[Footnote 4: "Atabalipa era bien quisto de los Capitanes viejos
+de su Padre y de los Soldados, porque andubo en la guerra en su
+ninez y porque andubo en la guerra en su niez porque el en vida
+le mostro tanto amor que no le dejaba comer otra cosa que lo que
+el le daba de su plato." Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 66.]
+
+[Footnote 5: Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 1, lib. 8,
+cap. 9. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 12. - Sarmiento,
+Relacion, Ms., cap. 65. - Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom.
+III. p. 201.]
+
+His death took place, as seems probable, at the close of 1525,
+not quite seven years before Pizarro's arrival at Puna. *6 The
+tidings of his decease spread sorrow and consternation throughout
+the land; for, though stern and even inexorable to the rebel and
+the long-resisting foe, he was a brave and magnanimous monarch,
+and legislated with the enlarged views of a prince who regarded
+every part of his dominions as equally his concern.  The people
+of Quito, flattered by the proofs which he had given of
+preference for them by his permanent residence in that country,
+and his embellishment of their capital, manifested unfeigned
+sorrow at his loss; and his subjects at Cuzco, proud of the glory
+which his arms and his abilities had secured for his native land,
+held him in no less admiration; *7 while the more thoughtful and
+the more timid, in both countries, looked with apprehension to
+the future, when the sceptre of the vast empire, instead of being
+swayed by an old and experienced hand, was to be consigned to
+rival princes, naturally jealous of one another, and, from their
+age, necessarily exposed to the unwholesome influence of crafty
+and ambitious counsellors.  The people testified their regret by
+the unwonted honors paid to the memory of the deceased Inca.  His
+heart was retained in Quinto, and his body, embalmed after the
+fashion of the country, was transported to Cuzco, to take its
+place in the great temple of the Sun, by the side of the remains
+of his royal ancestors.  His obsequies were celebrated with
+sanguinary splendor in both the capitals of his far-extended
+empire; and several thousand of the imperial concubines, with
+numerous pages and officers of the palace, are said to have
+proved their sorrow, or their superstition, by offering up their
+own lives, that they might accompany their departed lord to the
+bright mansions of the Sun. *8.
+
+[Footnote 6: The precise date of this event, though so near the
+time of the Conquest, is matter of doubt.  Balboa, a contemporary
+with the Conquerors, and who wrote at Quito, where the Inca died,
+fixes it at 1525.  (Hist. du Perou, chap. 14.) Velasco, another
+inhabitant of the same place, after an investigation of the
+different accounts, comes to the like conclusion. (Hist. de
+Quito, tom. I. p. 232.) Dr. Robertson, after telling us that
+Huayna Capac died in 1529, speaks again of this event as having
+happened in 1527. (Conf. America, vol. III. pp. 25, 381.) Any
+one, who has been bewildered by the chronological snarl of the
+ancient chronicles, will not be surprised at meeting occasionally
+with such inconsistencies in a writer who is obliged to take them
+as his guides.]
+
+[Footnote 7: One cannot doubt this monarch's popularity with the
+female part of his subjects, at least, if, as the historian of
+the Incas tells us, "he was never known to refuse a woman, of
+whatever age or degree she might be, any favor that she asked of
+him"!  Com. Real. Parte 1, lib. 8, cap. 7.]
+
+[Footnote 8: Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 65. - Herrera, Hist.
+General dec. 5, lib. 3, cap. 17.]
+
+For nearly five years after the death of Huayna Capac, the royal
+brothers reigned, each over his allotted portion of the empire,
+without distrust of one another, or, at least, without collision.
+It seemed as if the wish of their father was to be completely
+realized, and that the two states were to maintain their
+respective integrity and independence as much as if they had
+never been united into one.  But, with the manifold causes for
+jealousy and discontent, and the swarms of courtly sycophants,
+who would find their account in fomenting these feelings, it was
+easy to see that this tranquil state of things could not long
+endure.  Nor would it have endured so long, bur for the more
+gentle temper of Huascar, the only party who had ground for
+complaint.  He was four or five years older than his brother, and
+was possessed of courage not to be doubted; but he was a prince
+of a generous and easy nature, and perhaps, if left to himself,
+might have acquiesced in an arrangement which, however
+unpalatable, was the will of his deified father.  But Atahuallpa
+was of a different temper.  Warlike, ambitious, and daring, he
+was constantly engaged in enterprises for the enlargement of his
+own territory, though his crafty policy was scrupulous not to aim
+at extending his acquisitions in the direction of his royal
+brother.  His restless spirit, however, excited some alarm at the
+court of Cuzco, and Huascar, at length, sent an envoy to
+Atahuallpa, to remonstrate with him on his ambitious enterprises,
+and to require him to render him homage for his kingdom of Quito.
+
+This is one statement.  Other accounts pretend that the immediate
+cause of rupture was a claim instituted by Huascar for the
+territory of Tumebamba, held by his brother as part of his
+patrimonial inheritance.  It matters little what was the
+ostensible ground of collision between persons placed by
+circumstances in so false a position in regard to one another,
+that collision must, at some time or other, inevitably occur.
+
+The commencement, and, indeed, the whole course, of hostilities
+which soon broke out between the rival brothers are stated with
+irreconcilable, and, considering the period was so near to that
+of the Spanish invasion, with unaccountable discrepancy.  By some
+it is said, that, in Atahuallpa's first encounter with the troops
+of Cuzco, he was defeated and made prisoner near Tumebamba, a
+favorite residence of his father in the ancient territory of
+Quito, and in the district of Canaris.  From this disaster he
+recovered by a fortunate escape from confinement, when, regaining
+his capital, he soon found himself at the head of a numerous
+army, led by the most able and experienced captains in the
+empire.  The liberal manners of the young Atahuallpa had endeared
+him to the soldiers, with whom, as we have seen, he served more
+than one campaign in his father's lifetime.  These troops were
+the flower of the great army of the Inca, and some of them had
+grown gray in his long military career, which had left them at
+the north, where they readily transferred their allegiance to the
+young sovereign of Quito.  They were commanded by two officers of
+great consideration, both possessed of large experience in
+military affairs, and high in the confidence of the late Inca.
+One of them was named Quizquiz; the other, who was the maternal
+uncle of Atahuallpa, was called Chalicuchima.
+
+With these practised warriors to guide him, the young monarch put
+himself at the head of his martial array, and directed his march
+towards the south.  He had not advanced farther than Ambato,
+about sixty miles distant from his capital, when he fell in with
+a numerous host, which had been sent against him by his brother,
+under the command of a distinguished chieftain, of the Inca
+family.  A bloody battle followed, which lasted the greater part
+of the day; and the theatre of combat was the skirts of the
+mighty Chimborazo. *9
+
+
+[Footnote 9: Garcilasso denies that anything but insignificant
+skirmishes took place before the decisive action fought on the
+plains of Cusco, But the Licentiate Sarmiento, who gathered his
+accounts of these events, as he tells us, from the actors in
+them, walked over the field of battle at Ambato, when the ground
+was still covered with the bones of the slain.  "Yo he pasado por
+este Pueblo y he visto el Lugar donde dicen que esta Batalla se
+dio y cierto segun hay la osamenta devienon aun de morir mas
+gente de la que cuentan." Relacion, Ms., cap. 69.]
+
+The battle ended favorably for Atahuallpa, and the Peruvians were
+routed with great slaughter, and the loss of their commander.
+The prince of Quito availed himself of his advantage to push
+forward his march until he arrived before the gates of Tumebamba,
+which city, as well as the whole district of Canaris, though an
+ancient dependency of Quito, had sided with his rival in the
+contest.  Entering the captive city like a conqueror, he put the
+inhabitants to the sword, and razed it with all its stately
+edifices, some of which had been reared by his own father, to the
+ground.  He carried on the same war of extermination, as he
+marched through the offending district of Canaris.  In some
+places, it is said, the women and children came out, with green
+branches in their hands, in melancholy procession, to deprecate
+his wrath; but the vindictive conqueror, deaf to their
+entreaties, laid the country waste with fire and sword, sparing
+no man capable of bearing arms who fell into his hands. *10
+
+[Footnote 10: "Cuentan muchos Indios a quien yo lo oi, que por
+amansar su ira, mandaron a un escuadron grande de ninos y a otro
+de hombres de toda edad, que saliesen hasta las ricas andas donde
+venia con gran pompa, llevando en las manos ramos verdes y ojas
+de palma, y que le pidiesen la gracia y amistad suya para el
+pueblo, sin mirar la injuria pasada, y que en tantos clamores se
+lo suplicaron, y con tanta humildad, que bastara quebrantar
+corazones de piedra, mas poca impresion hicieron en el cruel de
+Atabalipa, porque dicen que mando a sus capitanes y gentes que
+matasen a todos aquellos que habian venido, lo cual fue hecho, no
+perdonando sino a algunos ninos y a las mugeres sagradas del
+Templo." Sarmiento, Relacion Ms. cap. 70.]
+The fate of Canaris struck terror into the hearts of his enemies,
+and one place after another opened its gates to the victor, who
+held on his triumphant march towards the Peruvian capital.  His
+arms experienced a temporary check before the island of Puna,
+whose bold warriors maintained the cause of his brother.  After
+some days lost before this place, Atahuallpa left the contest to
+their old enemies, the people of Tumbez, who had early given in
+their adhesion to him, while he resumed his march and advanced as
+far as Caxamalca, about seven degrees south.  Here he halted with
+a detachment of the army, sending forward the main body under the
+command of his two generals, with orders to move straight upon
+Cuzco.  He preferred not to trust himself farther in the enemy's
+country, where a defeat might be fatal.  By establishing his
+quarters at Caxamalca, he would be able to support his generals,
+in case of a reverse, or, at worst, to secure his retreat on
+Quito, until he was again in condition to renew hostilities.
+The two commanders, advancing by rapid marches, at length crossed
+the Apurimac river, and arrived within a short distance of the
+Peruvian capital. - Meanwhile, Huascar had not been idle.  On
+receiving tidings of the discomfiture of his army at Ambato, he
+made every exertion to raise levies throughout the country.  By
+the advice, it is said, of his priests - the most incompetent
+advisers in times of danger - he chose to await the approach of
+the enemy in his own capital; and it was not till the latter had
+arrived within a few leagues of Cuzco, that the Inca, taking
+counsel of the same ghostly monitors, sallied forth to give him
+battle.
+
+The two armies met on the plains of Quipaypan, in the
+neighbourhood of the Indian metropolis.  Their numbers are stated
+with the usual discrepancy; but Atahuallpa's troops had
+considerably the advantage in discipline and experience, for many
+of Huascar's levies had been drawn hastily together from the
+surrounding country.  Both fought, however, with the desperation
+of men who felt that everything was at stake.  It was no longer a
+contest for a province, but for the possession of an empire.
+Atahuallpa's troops, flushed with recent success, fought with the
+confidence of those who relied on their superior prowess; while
+the loyal vassals of the Inca displayed all the self-devotion of
+men who held their own lives cheap in the service of their
+master.
+
+The fight raged with the greatest obstinacy from sunrise to
+sunset; and the ground was covered with heaps of the dying and
+the dead, whose bones lay bleaching on the battle-field long
+after the conquest by the Spaniards.  At length, fortune declared
+in favor of Atahuallpa; or rather, the usual result of superior
+discipline and military practice followed.  The ranks of the Inca
+were thrown into irretrievable disorder, and gave way in all
+directions.  The conquerors followed close on the heels of the
+flying.  Huascar himself, among the latter, endeavoured to make
+his escape with about a thousand men who remained round his
+person.  But the royal fugitive was discovered before he had left
+the field; his little party was enveloped by clouds of the enemy,
+and nearly every one of the devoted band perished in defence of
+their Inca. Huascar was made prisoner, and the victorious chiefs
+marched at once on his capital, which they occupied in the name
+of their sovereign. *11
+
+[Footnote 11: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 77. - Oviedo, Hist. de
+las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 9. - Xerez, Conq. del
+Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 202. - Zarate. Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 1, cap. 12. - Sarmiento, Relacion, Ms., cap. 70. - Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+These events occurred in the spring of 1532, a few months before
+the landing of the Spaniards.  The tidings of the success of his
+arms and the capture of his unfortunate brother reached
+Atahuallpa at Caxamalca.  He instantly gave orders that Huascar
+should be treated with the respect due to his rank, but that he
+should be removed to the strong fortress of Xauxa, and held there
+in strict confinement.  His orders did not stop here, - if we are
+to receive the accounts of Garcilasso de la Vega, himself of the
+Inca race, and by his mother's side nephew of the great Huayna
+Capac.
+According to this authority, Atahuallpa invited the Inca nobles
+throughout the country to assemble at Cuzco, in order to
+deliberate on the best means of partitioning the empire between
+him and his brother.  When they had met in the capital, they were
+surrounded by the soldiery of Quito, and butchered without mercy.
+The motive for this perfidious act was to exterminate the whole
+of the royal family, who might each one of them show a better
+title to the crown than the illegitimate Atahuallpa.  But the
+massacre did not end here.  The illegitimate offspring, like
+himself, half-brothers of the monster, ali, in short, who had any
+of the Inca blood in their veins, were involved in it; and with
+an appetite for carnage unparalleled in the annals of the Roman
+Empire or of the French Republic, Atahuallpa ordered all the
+females of the blood royal, his aunts, nieces, and cousins, to be
+put to death, and that, too, with the most refined and lingering
+tortures.  To give greater zest to his revenge, many of the
+executions took place in the presence of Huascar himself, who was
+thus compelled to witness the butchery of his own wives and
+sisters, while, in the extremity of anguish, they in vain called
+on him to protect them! *12
+
+[Footnote 12: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 9, cap. 35 -
+39.
+
+"A las Mugeres, Hermanas, Tias, Sobrinas, Primas Hermanas, y
+Madrastras de Atahuallpa, colgavan de los Arboles, y de muchas
+Horcas mui altas que hicieron: a unas colgaron de los cabellos, a
+otras por debajo de los bracos, y a otras de otras maneras feas,
+que por la honestidad se callan: davanles sus hijuelos, que los
+tuviesen en bracos, tenianlos hasta que se les caian, y se
+aporreavan" (Ibid., cap. 37.) The variety of torture shows some
+invention in the writer, or, more probably, in the writer's
+uncle, the ancient Inca, the raconteur of these Blue beard
+butcheries.]
+
+Such is the tale told by the historian of the Incas, and received
+by him, as he assures us, from his mother and uncle, who, being
+children at the time, were so fortunate as to be among the few
+that escaped the massacre of their house. *13 And such is the
+account repeated by many a Castilian writer since, without any
+symptom of distrust.  But a tissue of unprovoked atrocities like
+these is too repugnant to the principles of human nature, - and,
+indeed, to common sense, to warrant our belief in them on
+ordinary testimony.
+
+[Footnote 13: "Las crueldades, que Atahuallpa en los de la Sangre
+Real hico, dire de Relacion de mi Madre, y de un Hermano suio,
+que se llamo Don Fernando Huallpa Tupac Inca Yupanqui, que
+entonces eran Ninos de menos de diez Anos." Ibid., Parte 1, lib.
+9, cap. 14.]
+
+The annals of semi-civilized nations unhappily show that there
+have been instances of similar attempts to extinguish the whole
+of a noxious race, which had become the object of a tyrant's
+jealousy; though such an attempt is about as chimerical as it
+would be to extirpate any particular species of plant, the seeds
+of which had been borne on every wind over the country. But, if
+the attempt to exterminate the Inca race was actually made by
+Atahuallpa, how comes it that so many of the pure descendants of
+the blood royal - nearly six hundred in number - are admitted by
+the historian to have been in existence seventy years after the
+imputed massacre? *14 Why was the massacre, instead of being
+limited to the legitimate members of the royal stock, who could
+show a better title to the crown than the usurper, extended to
+all, however remotely, or in whatever way, connected with the
+race?  Why were aged women and young maidens involved in the
+proscription, and why were they subjected to such refined and
+superfluous tortures, when it is obvious that beings so impotent
+could have done nothing to provoke the jealousy of the tyrant?
+Why, when so many were sacrificed from some vague apprehension of
+distant danger, was his rival Huascar, together with his younger
+brother Manco Capac, the two men from whom the conqueror had most
+to fear, suffered to live?  Why, in short, is the wonderful tale
+not recorded by others before the time of Garcilasso, and nearer
+by half a century to the events themselves? *15
+
+[Footnote 14: This appears from a petition for certain
+immunities, forwarded to Spain in 1603, and signed by five
+hundred and sixty-seven Indians of the royal Inca race.  (Ibid.,
+Parte 3, lib. 9, cap. 40.) Oviedo says that Huayna Capac left a
+hundred sons and daughters, and that most of them were alive at
+the time of his writing.  "Tubo cien hijos y hijas, y la mayor
+parte de ellos son vivos." Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3,
+lib. 8, cap. 9.]
+
+[Footnote 15: I have looked in vain for some confirmation of this
+story in Oviedo, Sarmiento, Xerez, Cieza de Leon, Zarate, Pedro
+Pizarro, Gomara, - all living at the time, and having access to
+the best sources of information; and all, it may be added,
+disposed to do stern justice to the evil qualities of the Indian
+monarch.]
+
+That Atahuallpa may have been guilty of excesses, and abused the
+rights of conquest by some gratuitous acts of cruelty, may be
+readily believed; for no one, who calls to mind his treatment of
+the Canaris, - which his own apologists do not affect to deny,
+*16 - will doubt that he had a full measure of the vindictive
+temper which belongs to
+
+'Those souls of fire, and Children of the Sun,
+With whom revenge was virtue."
+
+But there is a wide difference between this and the monstrous and
+most unprovoked atrocities imputed to him; implying a diabolical
+nature not to be admitted on the evidence of an Indian partisan,
+the sworn foe of his house, and repeated by Castilian
+chroniclers, who may naturally seek, by blazoning the enormities
+of Atahuallpa, to find some apology for the cruelty of their
+countrymen towards him.
+
+[Footnote 16: No one of the apologists of Atahuallpa goes quite
+so far as Father Velasco, who, in the over-flowings of his
+loyalty for a Quito monarch, regards his massacre of the Canares
+as a very fair retribution for their offences.  "Si les auteurs
+dont je viens de parler sietaient trouves dans les memes
+circonstances qu'Atahuallpa et avaient eprouve autant d'offenses
+graves et de trahisons, je ne croirai jamais qu'ils eussent agi
+autrement"!  Hist. de Quito, tom. I p. 253.]
+
+The news of the great victory was borne on the wings of the wind
+to Caxamalca; and loud and long was the rejoicing, not only in
+the camp of Atahuallpa, but in the town and surrounding country;
+for all now came in, eager to offer their congratulations to the
+victor, and do him homage.  The prince of Quito no longer
+hesitated to assume the scarlet borla, the diadem of the Incas.
+His triumph was complete.  He had beaten his enemies on their own
+ground; had taken their capital; had set his foot on the neck of
+his rival, and won for himself the ancient sceptre of the
+Children of the Sun. But the hour of triumph was destined to be
+that of his deepest humiliation. Atahuallpa was not one of those
+to whom, in the language of the Grecian bard, "the Gods are
+willing to reveal themselves." *17 He had not read the
+handwriting on the heavens.  The small speck, which the
+clear-sighted eye of his father had discerned on the distant
+verge of the horizon, though little noticed by Atahuallpa, intent
+on the deadly strife with his brother, had now risen high towards
+the zenith, spreading wider and wider, till it wrapped the skies
+in darkness, and was ready to burst in thunders on the devoted
+nation.
+[Footnote 17: v. 161.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter III
+
+The Spaniards Land At Tumbez. - Pizarro Reconnoitres The Country.
+- Foundation Of San Miguel. - March Into The Interior. - Embassy
+From The Inca. - Adventures On The March - Reach The Foot Of The
+Andes.
+
+1532.
+
+
+We left the Spaniards at the island of Puna, preparing to make
+their descent on the neighbouring continent at Tumbez.  This port
+was but a few leagues distant, and Pizarro, with the greater part
+of his followers, passed over in the ships, while a few others
+were to transport the commander's baggage and the military stores
+on some of the Indian balsas.  One of the latter vessels which
+first touched the shore was surrounded, and three persons who
+were on the raft were carried off by the natives to the adjacent
+woods and there massacred.  The Indians then got possession of
+another of the balsas, containing Pizarro's wardrobe; but, as the
+men who defended it raised loud cries for help, they reached the
+ears of Hernando Pizarro, who, with a small body of horse, had
+effected a landing some way farther down the shore. A broad tract
+of miry ground, overflowed at high water, lay between him and the
+party thus rudely assailed by the natives.  The tide was out, and
+the bottom was soft and dangerous.  With little regard to the
+danger, however, the bold cavalier spurred his horse into the
+slimy depths, and followed by his men, with the mud up to their
+saddle-girths, they plunged forward until they came into the
+midst of the marauders, who, terrified by the strange apparition
+of the horsemen, fled precipitately, without show of fight, to
+the neighbouring forests.
+
+This conduct of the natives of Tumbez is not easy to be
+explained; considering the friendly relations maintained with the
+Spaniards on their preceding visit, and lately renewed in the
+island of Puna.  But Pizarro was still more astonished, on
+entering their town, to find it not only deserted, but, with the
+exception of a few buildings, entirely demolished.  Four or five
+of the most substantial private dwellings, the great temple, and
+the fortress - and these greatly damaged, and wholly despoiled of
+their interior decorations - alone survived to mark the site of
+the city, and attest its former splendor. *1 The scene of
+desolation filled the conquerors with dismay; for even the raw
+recruits, who had never visited the coast before, had heard the
+marvelous stories of the golden treasures of Tumbez, and they had
+confidently looked forward to them as an easy spoil after all
+their fatigues. But the gold of Peru seemed only like a deceitful
+phantom, which, after beckoning them on through toil and danger,
+vanished the moment they attempted to grasp it.
+
+[Footnote 1: Xerez, Conq del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 185.
+"Aunque lo del templo del Sol en quien ellos adoran era cosa de
+ver, porque tenian grandes edificios, y todo el por de dentro y
+de fuera pintado de grandes pinturas y ricos matizes de colores,
+porque los hay en aquella tierra." Relacion del Primer. Descub.,
+Ms.]
+
+Pizarro despatched a small body of troops in pursuit of the
+fugitives; and, after some slight skirmishing, they got
+possession of several of the natives, and among them, as it
+chanced, the curaca of the place.  When brought before the
+Spanish commander, he exonerated himself from any share in the
+violence offered to the white men, saying that it was done by a
+lawless party of his people, without his knowledge at the time;
+and he expressed his willingness to deliver them up to
+punishment, if they could be detected.  He explained the
+dilapidated condition of the town by the long wars carried on
+with the fierce tribes of Puna, who had at length succeeded in
+getting possession of the place, and driving the inhabitants into
+the neighbouring woods and mountains.  The Inca, to whose cause
+they were attached, was too much occupied with his own feuds to
+protect them against their enemies.
+
+Whether Pizarro gave any credit to the cacique's exculpation of
+himself may be doubted.  He dissembled his suspicions, however,
+and, as the Indian lord promised obedience in his own name, and
+that of his vassals, the Spanish general consented to take no
+further notice of the affair.  He seems now to have felt for the
+first time, in its full force, that it was his policy to gain the
+good-will of the people among whom he had thrown himself in the
+face of such tremendous odds.  It was, perhaps, the excesses of
+which his men had been guilty in the earlier stages of the
+expedition that had shaken the confidence of the people of
+Tumbez, and incited them to this treacherous retaliation.
+
+Pizarro inquired of the natives who now, under promise of
+impunity, came into the camp, what had become of his two
+followers that remained with them in the former expedition.  The
+answers they gave were obscure and contradictory.  Some said,
+they had died of an epidemic; others, that they had died of an
+epidemic; others, that they had perished in the war with Puna;
+and others intimated, that they had lost their lives in
+consequence of some outrage attempted on the Indian women.  It
+was impossible to arrive at the truth.  The last account was not
+the least probable.  But, whatever might be the cause, there was
+no doubt they had both perished.
+
+This intelligence spread an additional gloom over the Spaniards;
+which was not dispelled by the flaming pictures now given by the
+natives of the riches of the land, and of the state and
+magnificence of the monarch in his distant capital among the
+mountains.  Nor did they credit the authenticity of a scroll of
+paper, which Pizarro had obtained from an Indian, to whom it had
+been delivered by one of the white men left in the country.
+"Know, whoever you may be," said the writing, "that may chance to
+set foot in this country, that it contains more gold and silver
+than there is iron in Biscay." This paper, when shown to the
+soldiers, excited only their ridicule, as a device of their
+captain to keep alive their chimerical hopes. *2
+
+[Footnote 2: For the account of the transactions in Tumbez, see
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Oviedo, Hist. de las
+Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 1. - Relacion del Primer.
+Descub., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 4, lib. 9 cap. 1, 2.
+- Xerez, Conq. de Peru, ap Barcia tom. III. p. 185.]
+
+Pizarro now saw that it was not politic to protract his stay in
+his present quarters, where a spirit of disaffection would soon
+creep into the ranks of his followers, unless their spirits were
+stimulated by novelty or a life of incessant action.  Yet he felt
+deeply anxious to obtain more particulars than he had hitherto
+gathered of the actual condition of the Peruvian empire, of its
+strength and resources, of the monarch who ruled over it, and of
+his present situation.  He was also desirous, before taking any
+decisive step for penetrating the country, to seek out some
+commodious place for a settlement, which might afford him the
+means of a regular communication with the colonies, and a place
+of strength, on which he himself might retreat in case of
+disaster.
+
+[See Peruvian Settlement: pizarro was desirous of seeking out
+some commodius place for a settlement.]
+
+He decided, therefore, to leave part of his company at Tumbez,
+including those who, from the state of their health, were least
+able to take the field, and with the remainder to make an
+excursion into the interior, and reconnoitre the land, before
+deciding on any plan of operations.  He set out early in May,
+1532; and, keeping along the more level regions himself, sent a
+small detachment under the command of Hernando de Soto to explore
+the skirts of the vast sierra.
+
+He maintained a rigid discipline on the march, commanding his
+soldiers to abstain from all acts of violence, and punishing
+disobedience in the most prompt and resolute manner. *3 The
+natives rarely offered resistance.  When they did so, they were
+soon reduced, and Pizarro, far from vindictive measures, was open
+to the first demonstrations of submission.  By this lenient and
+liberal policy, he soon acquired a name among the inhabitants
+which effaced the unfavorable impressions made of him in the
+earlier part of the campaign.  The natives, as he marched through
+the thick-settled hamlets which sprinkled the level region of
+between the Cordilleras and the ocean, welcomed him with rustic
+hospitality, providing good quarters for his troops, and abundant
+supplies, which cost but little in the prolific soil of the
+tierra caliente.  Everywhere Pizarro made proclamation that he
+came in the name of the Holy Vicar of God and of the sovereign of
+Spain, requiring the obedience of the inhabitants as true
+children of the Church, and vassals of his lord and master.  And
+as the simple people made no opposition to a formula, of which
+they could not comprehend a syllable, they were admitted as good
+subjects of the Crown of Castile, and their act of homage - or
+what was readily interpreted as such - was duly recorded and
+attested by the notary. *4
+
+[Footnote 3: "Mando el Gobernador por eregon e so graves penas
+que no le fuese hecha fuerza ni descortesia e que se les hiciese
+muv buen tratamiento por los Espanoles e sus criados." Oviedo,
+Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 2.]
+
+[Footnote 4: "E mandabales notificar o dar a entender con las
+lenguas el requerimiento que su Magestad manda que se les haga a
+los Indios para traellos en conocimiento de nuestra Santa fe
+catolica, y requiriendoles con la paz, e que obedezcan a la
+Iglesia e Apostolica de Roma, e en lo temporal den la obediencia
+a su Magestad e a los Reyes sus succesores en los regnos de
+Castilla i de Leon; respondieron que asi lo querian e harian,
+guardarian e cumplirian enteramente; e el Gobernador los recibio
+por tales vasallos de sus Magestades por auto publico de
+notarios.' Ibid., Ms., ubi supra.]
+At the expiration of some three or four weeks spent in
+reconnoitring the country, Pizarro came to the conclusion that
+the most eligible site for his new settlement was in the rich
+valley of Tangarala, thirty leagues south of Tumbez, traversed by
+more than one stream that opens a communication with the ocean.
+To this spot, accordingly, he ordered the men left at Tumbez to
+repair at once in their vessels; and no sooner had they arrived,
+than busy preparations were made for building up the town in a
+manner suited to the wants of the colony.  Timber was procured
+from the neighbouring woods. Stones were dragged from their
+quarries, and edifices gradually rose, some of which made
+pretensions to strength, if not to elegance.  Among them were a
+church, a magazine for public stores, a hall of justice, and a
+fortress. A municipal government was organized, consisting of
+regidores, alcaldes, and the usual civic functionaries.  The
+adjacent territory was parcelled out among the residents, and
+each colonist had a certain number of the natives allotted to
+assist him in his labors; for, as Pizarro's secretary remarks,
+"it being evident that the colonists could not support themselves
+without the services of the Indians, the ecclesiastics and the
+leaders of the expedition all agreed that a repartimiento of the
+natives would serve the cause of religion, and tend greatly to
+their spiritual welfare, since they would thus have the
+opportunity of being initiated in the true faith." *5
+
+[Footnote 5: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y. Conq., Ms. - Conq. i. Pob.
+del Peru, Ms. - Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 55. - Relacion del
+Primer. Descub., Ms.
+
+"Porque los Vecinos, sin aiuda i servicios de los Naturales no se
+podian sostener, ni poblarse el Pueblo . . . . . . A esta causa,
+con acuerdo de el Religioso, i de los Oficiales que les parecio
+convenir asi al servicio de Dios, i bien de los Naturales, el
+Governador deposito los Caciques, i Indios en los Vecinos de este
+Pueblo, porque los aiudasen a sostener, i los Christianos los
+doctrinasen en nuestra Santa Fe, conforme a los Mandamientos de
+su Magestad." Xerez Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+187.]
+Having made these arrangements with such conscientious regard to
+the welfare of the benighted heathen, Pizarro gave his infant
+city the name of San Miguel, in acknowledgment of the service
+rendered him by that saint in his battles with the Indians of
+Puna.  The site originally occupied by the settlement was
+afterward found to be so unhealthy, that it was abandoned for
+another on the banks of the beautiful Piura.  The town is still
+of some note for its manufactures, though dwindled from its
+ancient importance; but the name of San Miguel de Piura, which it
+bears, still commemorates the foundation of the first European
+colony in the empire of the Incas.
+Before quitting the new settlement, Pizarro caused the gold and
+silver ornaments which he had obtained in different parts of the
+country to be melted down into one mass, and a fifth to be
+deducted for the Crown.  The remainder, which belonged to the
+troops, he persuaded them to relinquish for the present; under
+the assurance of being repaid from the first spoils that fell
+into their hands. *6 With these funds, and other articles
+collected in the course of the campaign, he sent back the vessels
+to Panama.  The gold was applied to paying off the ship-owners,
+and those who had furnished the stores for the expedition.  That
+he should so easily have persuaded his men to resign present
+possession for a future contingency is proof that the spirit of
+enterprise was renewed in their bosoms in all its former vigor,
+and that they looked forward with the same buoyant confidence to
+the results.
+
+[Footnote 6: "E sacado el quinto para su Magestad, lo restante
+que pertenecio al Egercito de la Conquista, el Gobernador le tomo
+prestado de los companeros para se lo pagal del primer oro que se
+obiese." Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms. Parte 3, lib. 8, cap.
+2.]
+
+In his late tour of observation, the Spanish commander had
+gathered much important intelligence in regard to the state of
+the kingdom.  He had ascertained the result of the struggle
+between the Inca brothers, and that the victor now lay with his
+army encamped at the distance of only ten or twelve days' journey
+from San Miguel.  The accounts he heard of the opulence and power
+of that monarch, and of his great southern capital, perfectly
+corresponded with the general rumors before received; and
+contained, therefore, something to stagger the confidence, as
+well as to stimulate the cupidity, of the invaders.
+
+Pizarro would gladly have seen his little army strengthened by
+reinforcements, however small the amount; and on that account
+postponed his departure for several weeks.  But no reinforcement
+arrived; and, as he received no further tidings from his
+associates, he judged that longer delay would, probably, be
+attended with evils greater than those to be encountered on the
+march; that discontents would inevitably spring up in a life of
+inaction, and the strength and spirits of the soldier sink under
+the enervating influence of a tropical climate.  Yet the force at
+his command, amounting to less than two hundred soldiers in all,
+after reserving fifty for the protection of the new settlement,
+seemed but a small one for the conquest of an empire.  He might,
+indeed, instead of marching against the Inca, take a southerly
+direction towards the rich capital of Cuzco.  But this would only
+be to postpone the hour of reckoning.  For in what quarter of the
+empire could he hope to set his foot, where the arm of its master
+would not reach him?  By such a course, moreover, he would show
+his own distrust of himself. He would shake that opinion of his
+invincible prowess, which he had hitherto endeavoured to impress
+on the natives, and which constituted a great secret of his
+strength; which, in short, held sterner sway over the mind than
+the display of numbers and mere physical force.  Worse than all,
+such a course would impair the confidence of his troops in
+themselves and their reliance on himself.  This would be to palsy
+the arm of enterprise at once.  It was not to be thought of.
+
+But while Pizarro decided to march into the interior, it is
+doubtful whether he had formed any more definite plan of action.
+We have no means of knowing his intentions, at this distance of
+time, otherwise than as they are shown by his actions.
+Unfortunately, he could not write, and he has left no record,
+like the inestimable Commentaries of Cortes, to enlighten us as
+to his motives.  His secretary, and some of his companions in
+arms, have recited his actions in detail; but the motives which
+led to them they were not always so competent to disclose.
+
+It is possible that the Spanish general, even so early as the
+period of his residence at San Miguel, may have meditated some
+daring stroke, some effective coup-de-main, which, like that of
+Cortes, when he carried off the Aztec monarch to his quarters,
+might strike terror into the hearts of the people, and at once
+decide the fortunes of the day.  It is more probable, however,
+that he now only proposed to present himself before the Inca, as
+the peaceful representative of a brother monarch, and, by these
+friendly demonstrations, disarm any feeling of hostility, or even
+of suspicion.  When once in communication with the Indian prince,
+he could regulate his future course by circumstances.
+
+On the 24th of September, 1532, five months after landing at
+Tumbez, Pizarro marched out at the head of his little body of
+adventurers from the gates of San Miguel, having enjoined it on
+the colonists to treat their Indian vassals with humanity, and to
+conduct themselves in such a manner as would secure the good-will
+of the surrounding tribes.  Their own existence, and with it the
+safety of the army and the success of the undertaking, depended
+on this course.  In the place were to remain the royal treasurer,
+the veedor, or inspector of metals, and other officers of the
+crown; and the command of the garrison was intrusted to the
+contador, Antonio Navarro. *7 Then putting himself at the head of
+his troops, the chief struck boldly into the heart of the country
+in the direction where, as he was informed, lay the camp of the
+Inca.  It was a daring enterprise, thus to venture with a handful
+of followers into the heart of a powerful empire, to present
+himself, face to face, before the Indian monarch in his own camp,
+encompassed by the flower of his victorious army!  Pizarro had
+already experienced more than once the difficulty of maintaining
+his ground against the rude tribes of the north, so much inferior
+in strength and numbers to the warlike legions of Peru.  But the
+hazard of the game, as I have already more than once had occasion
+to remark, constituted its great charm with the Spaniard.  The
+brilliant achievements of his countrymen, on the like occasions,
+with means so inadequate, inspired him with confidence in his own
+good star, and this confidence was one source of his success.
+Had he faltered for a moment, had he stopped to calculate
+chances, he must inevitably have failed; for the odds were too
+great to be combated by sober reason.  They were only to be met
+triumphantly by the spirit of the knight-errant.
+
+
+[Footnote 7: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Oviedo, Hist. de las
+Indias, Ms., Barcia, tom. III. p. 187. - Pedro Parte 3, lib. 8,
+cap. 10. Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - ]
+
+After crossing the smooth waters of the Piura, the little army
+continued to advance over a level district intersected by streams
+that descended from the neighbouring Cordilleras.  The face of
+the country was shagged over with forests of gigantic growth, and
+occasionally traversed by ridges of barren land, that seemed like
+shoots of the adjacent Andes, breaking up the surface of the
+region into little sequestered valleys of singular loveliness.
+The soil, though rarely watered by the rains of heaven, was
+naturally rich, and wherever it was refreshed with moisture, as
+on the margins of the streams, it was enamelled with the
+brightest verdure.  The industry of the inhabitants, moreover,
+had turned these streams to the best account, and canals and
+aqueducts were seen crossing the low lands in all directions, and
+spreading over the country, like a vast network, diffusing
+fertility and beauty around them.  The air was scented with the
+sweet odors of flowers, and everywhere the eye was refreshed by
+the sight of orchards laden with unknown fruits, and of fields
+waving with yellow grain and rich in luscious vegetables of every
+description that teem in the sunny clime of the equator. The
+Spaniards were among a people who had carried the refinements of
+husbandry to a greater extent than any yet found on the American
+continent; and, as they journeyed through this paradise of
+plenty, their condition formed a pleasing contrast to what they
+had before endured in the dreary wilderness of the mangroves.
+
+Everywhere, too, they were received with confiding hospitality by
+the simple people; for which they were no doubt indebted, in a
+great measure, to their own inoffensive deportment.  Every
+Spaniard seemed to be aware, that his only chance of success lay
+in conciliating the good opinion of the inhabitants, among whom
+he had so recklessly cast his fortunes.  In most of the hamlets,
+and in every place of considerable size, some fortress was to be
+found, or royal caravansary, destined for the Inca on his
+progresses, the ample halls of which furnished abundant
+accommodations for the Spaniards; who were thus provided with
+quarters along their route at the charge of the very government
+which they were preparing to overturn. *8
+
+[Footnote 8: Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8,
+cap. 4. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Conq. i Pob. del Piru,
+Ms. - Relacion del Primer.  Descub., Ms.]
+
+On the fifth day after leaving San Miguel, Pizarro halted in one
+of these delicious valleys, to give his troops repose, and to
+make a more complete inspection of them.  Their number amounted
+in all to one hundred and seventy-seven, of which sixty-seven
+were cavalry.  He mustered only three arquebusiers in his whole
+company, and a few crossbow-men, altogether not exceeding twenty.
+*9 The troops were tolerably well equipped, and in good
+condition.  But the watchful eye of their commander noticed with
+uneasiness, that, notwithstanding the general heartiness in the
+cause manifested by his followers, there were some among them
+whose countenances lowered with discontent, and who, although
+they did not give vent to it in open murmurs, were far from
+moving with their wonted alacrity.  He was aware, that, if this
+spirit became contagious, it would be the ruin of the enterprise;
+and he thought it best to exterminate the gangrene at once, and
+at whatever cost, than to wait until it had infected the whole
+system.  He came to an extraordinary resolution.
+
+[Footnote 9: There is less discrepancy in the estimate of the
+Spanish force here than usual.  The paucity of numbers gave less
+room for it.  No account carries them as high as two hundred.  I
+have adopted that of the Secretary Xerez, (Conq. del Peru, ap.
+Barcia, tom. III. p. 187,) who has been followed by Oviedo,
+(Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 1, cap 3,) and by the
+judicious Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 1, cap 2.]
+
+Calling his men together, he told them that "a crisis had now
+arrived in their affairs, which it demanded all their courage to
+meet.  No man should think of going forward in the expedition,
+who could not do so with his whole heart, or who had the least
+misgiving as to its success.  If any repented of his share in it,
+it was not too late to turn back.  San Miguel was but poorly
+garrisoned, and he should be glad to see it in greater strength.
+Those who chose might return to this place, and they should be
+entitled to the same proportion of lands and Indian vassals as
+the present residents.  With the rest, were they few or many, who
+chose to take their chance with him, he should pursue the
+adventure to the end." *10
+
+[Footnote 10: "Que todos los que quiriesen bolverse a la ciudad
+de San Miguel y avecindarse alli demas de los vecinos que alli
+quedaban el los depositaria repartimientos de Indios con que se
+sortubiesen como lo habia hecho con los otros vecinos; e que con
+los Espanoles quedasen, pocos o muchos, iria a conquistar e
+pacificar la tierra en demanda y persecucion del camino que
+llevaba." Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias.  Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8,
+cap. 3.]
+
+It was certainly a remarkable proposal for a commander, who was
+ignorant of the amount of disaffection in his ranks, and who
+could not safely spare a single man from his force, already far
+too feeble for the undertaking. Yet, by insisting on the wants of
+the little colony of San Miguel, he afforded a decent pretext for
+the secession of the malecontents, and swept away the barrier of
+shame which might have still held them in the camp.
+Notwithstanding the fair opening thus afforded, there were but
+few, nine in all, who availed themselves of the general's
+permission.  Four of these belonged to the infantry, and five to
+the horse.  The rest loudly declared their resolve to go forward
+with their brave leader; and, if there were some whose voices
+were faint amidst the general acclamation, they, at least,
+relinquished the right of complaining hereafter, since they had
+voluntarily rejected the permission to return. *11 This stroke of
+policy in their sagacious captain was attended with the best
+effects.  He had winnowed out the few grains of discontent,
+which, if left to themselves, might have fermented in secret till
+the whole mass had swelled into mutiny.  Cortes had compelled his
+men to go forward heartily in his enterprise, by burning their
+vessels, and thus cutting off the only means of retreat.
+Pizarro, on the other hand, threw open the gates to the
+disaffected and facilitated their departure.  Both judged right,
+under their peculiar circumstances, and both were perfectly
+successful.
+
+[Footnote 11: Ibid., Ms., loc. cit. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 5, lib. 1. cap. 2. - Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom.
+III. p. 187.]
+
+Feeling himself strengthened, instead of weakened, by his loss,
+Pizarro now resumed his march, and, on the second day, arrived
+before a place called Zaran, situated in a fruitful valley among
+the mountains.  Some of the inhabitants had been drawn off to
+swell the levies of Atahuallpa.  The Spaniards had repeated
+experience on their march of the oppressive exactions of the
+Inca, who had almost depopulated some of the valleys to obtain
+reinforcements for his army.  The curaca of the Indian town,
+where Pizarro now arrived, received him with kindness and
+hospitality, and the troops were quartered as usual in one of the
+royal tambos or caravansaries, which were found in all the
+principal places. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+Yet the Spaniards saw no signs of their approach to the royal
+encampment, though more time had already elapsed than was
+originally allowed for reaching it.  Shortly before entering
+Zaran, Pizarro had heard that a Peruvian garrison was established
+in a place called Caxas, lying among the hills, at no great
+distance from his present quarters.  He immediately despatched a
+small party under Hernando de Soto in that direction, to
+reconnoitre the ground, and bring him intelligence of the actual
+state of things, at Zaran, where he would halt until his
+officer's return.
+
+Day after day passed on, and a week had elapsed before tidings
+were received of his companions, and Pizarro was becoming
+seriously alarmed for their fate, when on the eighth morning Soto
+appeared, bringing with him an envoy from the Inca himself.  He
+was a person of rank, and was attended by several followers of
+inferior condition.  He had met the Spaniards at Caxas, and now
+accompanied them on their return, to deliver his sovereign's
+message, with a present to the Spanish commander.  The present
+consisted of two fountains, made of stone, in the form of
+fortresses; some fine stuffs of woollen embroidered with gold and
+silver; and a quantity of goose-flesh, dried and seasoned in a
+peculiar manner, and much used as a perfume, in a pulverized
+state, by the Peruvian nobles. *13 The Indian ambassador came
+charged also with his master's greeting to the strangers, whom
+Atahu allpa welcomed to his country, and invited to visit him in
+his camp among the mountains. *14
+
+[Footnote 13: "Dos Fortalecas a manera de Fuente, figuradas en
+Piedra, con que beba, i dos cargas de Patos secos, desollados,
+para que hechos polvos, se sahume con ellos, porque asi se usa
+entre los Senores de su Tierra: i que le embiaba a decir, que el
+tiene voluntad de ser su Amigo, i esperalle de Paz en Caxamalca."
+Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 189.]
+
+[Footnote 14: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Oviedo, Hist.
+de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 3. - Relacion del
+Primer. Descub., Ms. - Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom.
+III. p. 189.
+
+Garcilasso de la Vega tells us that Atahuallpa's envoy addressed
+the Spanish commander in the most humble and deprecatory manner,
+as Son of the Sun and of the great God Viracocha.  He adds, that
+he was loaded with a prodigious present of all kinds of game,
+living and dead, gold and silver vases, emeralds, turquoises,
+&c., &c, enough to furnish out the finest chapter of the Arabian
+Nights.  (Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 1, cap. 19.) It is
+extraordinary that none of the Conquerors who had a quick eye for
+these dainties, should allude to them.  One cannot but suspect
+that the "old uncle" was amusing himself at his young nephew's
+expense; and, as it has proved, at the expense of most of his
+readers, who receive the Inca's fairy tales as historic facts.]
+
+Pizarro well understood that the Inca's object in this diplomatic
+visit was less to do him courtesy, than to inform himself of the
+strength and condition of the invaders.  But he was well pleased
+with the embassy, and dissembled his consciousness of its real
+purpose.  He caused the Peruvian to be entertained in the best
+manner the camp could afford, and paid him the respect, says one
+of the Conquerors, due to the ambassador of so great a monarch.
+*15 Pizarro urged him to prolong his visit for some days, which
+the Indian envoy declined, but made the most of his time while
+there, by gleaning all the information he could in respect to the
+uses of every strange article which he saw, as well as the object
+of the white men's visit to the land, and the quarter whence they
+came.
+
+[Footnote 15: "I mando, que le diesen de comer a el, i a los que
+con el venian, i todo lo que huviesen menester, i fuesen bien
+aposentados, como Embajadores de tan Gran Senor." Xerez, Conq.
+del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 189.]
+
+The Spanish captain satisfied his curiosity in all these
+particulars. The intercourse with the natives, it may be here
+remarked, was maintained by means of two of the youths who had
+accompanied the Conquerors on their return home from their
+preceding voyage.  They had been taken by Pizarro to Spain, and,
+as much pains had been bestowed on teaching them the Castilian,
+they now filled the office of interpreters, and opened an easy
+communication with their countrymen.  It was of inestimable
+service; and well did the Spanish commander reap the fruits of
+his forecast. *16
+
+[Footnote 16: "Los Indios de la tierra se entendian muy bien con
+los Espanoles, porque aquellos mochachos Indios que en el
+decubrimiento de la tierra Pizarro truxo a Espana, entendian muy
+bien nuestra lengua, y los tenia alli, con los cuales se entendia
+muy bien con todos los naturales de la tierra.  (Relacion del
+Primer.  Descub., Ms.) Yet it is a proof of the ludicrous
+blunders into which the Conquerors were perpetually falling, that
+Pizarro's secretary constantly confounds the Inca's name with
+that of his capital.  Huayna Capac, he always styles "old Cuzco,"
+and his son Huasca. "young Cuzco."]
+
+On the departure of the Peruvian messenger, Pizarro presented him
+with a cap of crimson cloth, some cheap but showy ornaments of
+glass, and other toys, which he had brought for the purpose from
+Castile.  He charged the envoy to tell his master, that the
+Spaniards came from a powerful prince, who dwelt far beyond the
+waters; that they had heard much of the fame of Atahuallpa's
+victories, and were come to pay their respects to him, and to
+offer their services by aiding him with their arms against his
+enemies; and he might be assured, they would not halt on the
+road, longer than was necessary, before presenting themselves
+before him.
+
+Pizarro now received from Soto a full account of his late
+expedition. That chief, on entering Caxas, found the inhabitants
+mustered in hostile array, as if to dispute his passage.  But the
+cavalier soon convinced them of his pacific intentions, and,
+laying aside their menacing attitude, they received the Spaniards
+with the same courtesy which had been shown them in most places
+on their march.
+
+Here Soto found one of the royal officers, employed in collecting
+the tribute for the government.  From this functionary he learned
+that the Inca was quartered with a large army at Caxamalca, a
+place of considerable size on the other side of the Cordillera,
+where he was enjoying the luxury of the warm baths, supplied by
+natural springs, for which it was then famous, as it is at the
+present day.  The cavalier gathered, also, much important
+information in regard to the resources and the general policy of
+government, the state maintained by the Inca, and the stern
+severity with which obedience to the law was everywhere enforced.
+He had some opportunity of observing this for himself, as, on
+entering the village, he saw several Indians hanging dead by
+their heels, having been executed for some violence offered to
+the Virgins of the Sun, of whom there was a convent in the
+neighbourhood. *17
+
+[Footnote 17: "A la entrada del Pueblo havia ciertos Indios
+ahorcados de los pies: i supo de este Principal, que Atabalipa
+los mando matar, porque uno de ellos entro en la Casa de las
+Mugeres a dormir con una: al qual, i a todos los Porteros que
+consintieron, ahorco." Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, ton.
+III. p. 188.]
+
+From Caxas, De Soto had passed to the adjacent town of
+Guancabamba, much larger, more populous, and better built than
+the preceding.  The houses, instead of being made of clay baked
+in the sun, were many of them constructed of solid stone, so
+nicely put together, that it was impossible to detect the line of
+junction.  A river, which passed through the town, was traversed
+by a bridge, and the high road of the Incas, which crossed this
+district, was far superior to that which the Spaniards had seen
+on the sea-board.  It was raised in many places, like a causeway,
+paved with heavy stone flags, and bordered by trees that afforded
+a grateful shade to the passenger, while streams of water were
+conducted through aqueducts along the sides to slake his thirst.
+At certain distances, also, they noticed small houses, which,
+they were told, were for the accommodation of the traveller, who
+might thus pass, without inconvenience, from one end of the
+kingdom to the other. *18 In another quarter they beheld one of
+those magazines destined for the army, filled with grain, and
+with articles of clothing; and at the entrance of the town was a
+stone building, occupied by a public officer, whose business it
+was to collect the tolls or duties on various commodities brought
+into the place, or carried out of it. *19 - These accounts of De
+Soto not only confirmed all that the Spaniards had heard of the
+Indian empire, but greatly raised their ideas of its resources
+and domestic policy.  They might well have shaken the confidence
+of hearts less courageous.
+
+[Footnote 18: "Van por este camino canos de agua de donde los
+caminantes beben, traidos de sus nacimientos de otras partes, y a
+cada jornada una Casa a manera de Venta donde se aposentan los
+que van e vienen.' Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms. Parte 3, lib.
+8, cap. 3.]
+
+[Footnote 19: "A la entrada de este Camino en el Pueblo de Cajas
+esta una casa al principio de una puente donde reside una guarda
+que recibe el Portazgo de todos los que van e vienen, e paganlo
+en la misma cosa que llevan, y ninguno puede sacar carga del
+Pueblo sino la mete, y esta costumbre es alli antigua." Oviedo,
+Hist. de las Indias, Ms, ubi supra.]
+
+Pizarro, before leaving his present quarters, despatched a
+messenger to San Miguel with particulars of his movements,
+sending, at the same time, the articles received from the Inca,
+as well as those obtained at different places on the route.  The
+skill shown in the execution of some of these fabrics excited
+great admiration, when sent to Castile.  The fine woollen cloths,
+especially, with their rich embroidery, were pronounced equal to
+silk, from which it was not easy to distinguish them.  It was
+probably the delicate wool of the vicuna, none of which had then
+been seen in Europe. *20
+
+[Footnote 20: "Piezas de lana de la tierra, que era cosa mucho de
+ver segun su primer e gentileza, e no se sabian determinar si era
+seda o lana segun su fineza con muchas labores i figuras de oro
+de martillo de tal manera asentado en la ropa que era cosa de
+marabillar." Oviendo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3 lib. 8,
+cap. 4.]
+
+Pizarro, having now acquainted himself with the most direct route
+to Caxamalca, - the Caxamalca of the present day, - resumed his
+march, taking a direction nearly south.  The first place of any
+size at which he halted was Motupe, pleasantly situated in a
+fruitful valley, among hills of no great elevation, which cluster
+round the base of the Cordilleras.  The place was deserted by its
+curaca, who, with three hundred of its warriors, had gone to join
+the standard of their Inca.  Here the general, notwithstanding
+his avowed purpose to push forward without delay, halted four
+days.  The tardiness of his movements can be explained only by
+the hope, which he may have still entertained, of being joined by
+further reinforcements before crossing the Cordilleras.  None
+such appeared, however; and advancing across a country in which
+tracts of sandy plain were occasionally relieved by a broad
+expanse of verdant meadow, watered by natural streams and still
+more abundantly by those brought through artificial channels, the
+troops at length arrived at the borders of a river.  It was broad
+and deep, and the rapidity of the current opposed more than
+ordinary difficulty to the passage. Pizarro, apprehensive lest
+this might be disputed by the natives on the opposite bank,
+ordered his brother Hernando to cross over with a small
+detachment under cover of night, and secure a safe landing for
+the rest of the troops.  At break of day Pizarro made
+preparations for his own passage, by hewing timber in the
+neighboring woods, and constructing a sort of floating bridge, on
+which before nightfall the whole company passed in safety, the
+horses swimming, being led by the bridle.  It was a day of severe
+labor, and Pizarro took his own share in it freely, like a common
+soldier, having ever a word of encouragement to say to his
+followers.
+On reaching the opposite side, they learned from their comrades
+that the people of the country, instead of offering resistance,
+had fled in dismay. One of them, having been taken and brought
+before Hernando Pizarro, refused to answer the questions put to
+him respecting the Inca and his army; till, being put to the
+torture, he stated that Atahuallpa was encamped, with his whole
+force, in three separate divisions, occupying the high grounds
+and plains of Caxamalca.  He further stated, that the Inca was
+aware of the approach of the white men and of their small number,
+and that he was purposely decoying them into his own quarters,
+that he might have them more completely in his power.
+
+This account, when reported by Hernando to his brother, caused
+the latter much anxiety.  As the timidity of the peasantry,
+however, gradually wore off, some of them mingled with the
+troops, and among them the curaca or principal person of the
+village.  He had himself visited the royal camp, and he informed
+the general that Atahuallpa lay at the strong town of
+Guamachucho, twenty leagues or more south of Caxamalca, with an
+army of at least fifty thousand men.
+
+These contradictory statements greatly perplexed the chieftain;
+and he proposed to one of the Indians who had borne him company
+during a great part of the march, to go as a spy into the Inca's
+quarters, and bring him intelligence of his actual position, and,
+as far as he could learn them, of his intentions towards the
+Spaniards.  But the man positively declined this dangerous
+service, though he professed his willingness to go as an
+authorized messenger of the Spanish commander.
+
+Pizarro acquiesced in this proposal, and instructed his envoy to
+assure the Inca that he was advancing with all convenient speed
+to meet him.  He was to acquaint the monarch with the uniformly
+considerate monarch with the uniformly considerate conduct of the
+Spaniards towards his subjects, in their progress through the
+land, and to assure him that they were now coming in full
+confidence of finding in him the same amicable feelings towards
+themselves. The emissary was particularly instructed to observe
+if the strong passes on the road were defended, or if any
+preparations of a hostile character were to be discerned.  This
+last intelligence he was to communicate to the general by means
+of two or three nimble-footed attendants, who were to accompany
+him on his mission. *21
+
+[Footnote 21: Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms.  Parte 3, lib. 8,
+cap. 4. - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Relacion del Primer,
+Descub., Ms. - Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap Barcia, tom. III. p.
+190]
+
+Having taken this precaution, the wary commander again resumed
+his march, and at the end of three days reached the base of the
+mountain rampart, behind which lay the ancient town of Caxamalca.
+Before him rose the stupendous Andes, rock piled upon rock, their
+skirts below dark with evergreen forests, varied here and there
+by terraced patches of cultivated garden, with the peasant's
+cottage clinging to their shaggy sides, and their crests of snow
+glittering high in the heavens, - presenting altogether such a
+wild chaos of magnificence and beauty as no other mountain
+scenery in the world can show. Across this tremendous rampart,
+through a labyrinth of passes, easily capable of defence by a
+handful of men against an army, the troops were now to march. To
+the right ran a broad and level road, with its border of friendly
+shades, and wide enough for two carriages to pass abreast. It was
+one of the great routes leading to Cuzco, and seemed by its
+pleasant and easy access to invite the wayworn soldier to choose
+it in preference to the dangerous mountain defiles.  Many were
+accordingly of opinion that the army should take this course, and
+abandon the original destination of Caxamalca.  But such was not
+the decision of Pizarro.
+
+The Spaniards had everywhere proclaimed their purpose, he said,
+to visit the Inca in his camp.  This purpose had been
+communicated to the Inca himself. To take an opposite direction
+now would only be to draw on them the imputation of cowardice,
+and to incur Atahuallpa's contempt.  No alternative remained but
+to march straight across the sierra to his quarters.  "Let every
+one of you," said the bold cavalier, "take heart and go forward
+like a good soldier, nothing daunted by the smallness of your
+numbers.  For in the greatest extremity God ever fights for his
+own; and doubt not he will humble the pride of the heathen, and
+bring him to the knowledge of the true faith, the great end and
+object of the Conquest." *22
+
+[Footnote 22: "Que todos se animasen y esforzasen a hacer como de
+ellos esperaba y como buenos espanoles lo suelen hacer, e que no
+les pusiese temor la multitud que se decia que habia de gente ni
+el poco numero de los cristianos, que aunque menos fuesen e mayor
+el egercito contrario, la ayuda de Dios es mucho mayor, y en las
+mayores necesidades socorre y faborece a los suyos para
+desbaratar y abajar la soberbia de los infieles e traerlos en
+conocimiento de nuestra Sta fe catolica." Ovieda, Hist. de las
+Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 4.]
+
+Pizarro, like Cortes, possessed a good share of that frank and
+manly eloquence which touches the heart of the soldier more than
+the parade of rhetoric or the finest flow of elocution.  He was a
+soldier himself, and partook in all the feelings of the soldier,
+his joys, his hopes, and his disappointments.  He was not raised
+by rank and education above sympathy with the humblest of his
+followers.  Every chord in their bosoms vibrated with the same
+pulsations as his own, and the conviction of this gave him a
+mastery over them.  "Lead on," they shouted, as he finished his
+brief but animating address, "lead on wherever you think best.
+We will follow with good-will, and you shall see that we can do
+our duty in the cause of God and the King!" *23 There was no
+longer hesitation.  All thoughts were now bent on the instant
+passage of the Cordilleras.
+
+[Footnote 23: 'Todos digeron que fuese por el Camino que quisiese
+i viese que mas convenia, que todos le seguirian con buena
+voluntad e obra al tiempo del efecto, y veria lo que cada uno de
+ellos haria en servicio de Dios e de su Magestad." Ibid., Ms,
+loc. cit.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter IV
+
+Severe Passage Of The Andes. - Embassies From Atahuallpa. - The
+Spaniards Reach Caxamalca. - Embassy To The Inca. - Interview
+With The Inca. - Despondency Of The Spaniards
+
+1532.
+
+
+That night Pizarro held a council of his principal officers, and
+it was determined that he should lead the advance, consisting of
+forty horse and sixty foot, and reconnoitre the ground; while the
+rest of the company, under his brother Hernando, should occupy
+their present position till they received further orders.
+
+At early dawn the Spanish general and his detachment were under
+arms, and prepared to breast the difficulties of the sierra.
+These proved even greater than had been foreseen.  The path had
+been conducted in the most judicious manner round the rugged and
+precipitous sides of the mountains, so as best to avoid the
+natural impediments presented by the ground.  But it was
+necessarily so steep, in many places, that the cavalry were
+obliged to dismount, and, scrambling up as they could, to lead
+their horses by the bridle.  In many places too, where some huge
+crag or eminence overhung the road, this was driven to the very
+verge of the precipice; and the traveller was compelled to wind
+along the narrow ledge of rock, scarcely wide enough for his
+single steed, where a misstep would precipitate him hundreds,
+nay, thousands, of feet into the dreadful abyss!  The wild passes
+of the sierra, practicable for the half-naked Indian, and even
+for the sure and circumspect mule, - an animal that seems to have
+been created for the roads of the Cordilleras, - were formidable
+to the man-at-arms encumbered with his panoply of mail.  The
+tremendous fissures or quebradas, so frightful in this mountain
+chain, yawned open, as if the Andes had been split asunder by
+some terrible convulsion, showing a broad expanse of the
+primitive rock on their sides, partially mantled over with the
+spontaneous vegetation of ages; while their obscure depths
+furnished a channel for the torrents, that, rising in the heart
+of the sierra, worked their way gradually into light, and spread
+over the savannas and green valleys of the tierra caliente on
+their way to the great ocean.
+
+Many of these passes afforded obvious points of defence; and the
+Spaniards, as they entered the rocky defiles, looked with
+apprehension lest they might rouse some foe from his ambush.
+This apprehension was heightened, as, at the summit of a steep
+and narrow gorge, in which they were engaged, they beheld a
+strong work, rising like a fortress, and frowning, as it were, in
+gloomy defiance on the invaders.  As they drew near this building
+which was of solid stone, commanding an angle of the road, they
+almost expected to see the dusky forms of the warriors rise over
+the battlements, and to receive their tempest of missiles on
+their bucklers; for it was in so strong a position, that a few
+resolute men might easily have held there an army at bay.  But
+they had the satisfaction to find the place untenanted, and their
+spirits were greatly raised by the conviction that the Indian
+monarch did not intend to dispute their passage, when it would
+have been easy to do so with success.
+
+Pizarro now sent orders to his brother to follow without delay;
+and, after refreshing his men, continued his toilsome ascent, and
+before nightfall reached an eminence crowned by another fortress,
+of even greater strength than the preceding.  It was built of
+solid masonry, the lower part excavated from the living rock, and
+the whole work executed with skill not inferior to that of the
+European architect. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: "Tan ancha la Cerca como qualquier Fortaleca de
+Espana, con sus Puertas: que si en esta Tierra oviese los
+Maestros, i Herramientas de Espana, no pudiera ser mejor labrada
+la Cerca." Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 192.]
+
+Here Pizarro took up his quarters for the night.  Without waiting
+for the arrival of the rear, on the following morning he resumed
+his march, leading still deeper into the intricate gorges of the
+sierra.  The climate had gradually changed, and the men and
+horses, especially the latter, suffered severely from the cold,
+so long accustomed as they had been to the sultry climate of the
+tropics. *2 The vegetation also had changed its character; and
+the magnificent timber which covered the lower level of the
+country had gradually given way to the funereal forest of pine,
+and, as they rose still higher, to the stunted growth of
+numberless Alpine plants, whose hardy natures found a congenial
+temperature in the icy atmosphere of the more elevated regions.
+These dreary solitudes seemed to be nearly abandoned by the brute
+creation as well as by man.  The light-footed vicuna, roaming in
+its native state, might be sometimes seen looking down from some
+airy cliff, where the foot of the hunter dared not venture.  But
+instead of the feathered tribes whose gay plumage sparkled in the
+deep glooms of the tropical forests, the adventurers now beheld
+only the great bird of the Andes, the loathsome condor, who,
+sailing high above the clouds, followed with doleful cries in the
+track of the army, as if guided by instinct in the path of blood
+and carnage.
+
+[Footnote 2: "Es tanto el frio que hace en esta Sierra, que como
+los Caballos venian hechos al calor, que en los Valles hacia,
+algunos de ellos se resfriaron." Ibid., p. 191.]
+
+At length they reached the crest of the Cordillera, where it
+spreads out into a bold and bleak expanse, with scarce the
+vestige of vegetation, except what is afforded by the pajonal, a
+dried yellow grass, which, as it is seen from below, encircling
+the base of the snow-covered peaks, looks, with its brilliant
+straw-color lighted up in the rays of an ardent sun, like a
+setting of gold round pinnacles of burnished silver.  The land
+was sterile, as usual in mining districts, and they were drawing
+near the once famous gold quarries on the way to Caxamalca;
+
+"Rocks rich in gems, and mountains big with mines,
+That on the high equator ridgy rise."
+
+Here Pizarro halted for the coming up of the rear.  The air was
+sharp and frosty; and the soldiers, spreading their tents,
+lighted fires, and, huddling round them, endeavoured to find some
+repose after their laborious march. *3
+
+
+[Footnote 3: "E aposentaronse los Espanoles en sus toldos o
+pabellones de algodon de la tierra que llevaban, e haciendo
+fuegos para defenderse del mucho frio que en aquella Sierra
+hacen, porque sin ellos no se pudieron valer sin padecer mucho
+trabajo; y segun a los cristianos les parecio, y aun como era lo
+cierto, no podia haber mas frio en parte de Espana en invierno.
+Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 4.]
+
+They had not been long in these quarters, when a messenger
+arrived, one of those who had accompanied the Indian envoy sent
+by Pizarro to Atahuallpa. He informed the general that the road
+was free from enemies, and that an embassy from the Inca was on
+its way to the Castilian camp.  Pizarro now sent back to quicken
+the march of the rear, as he was unwilling that the Peruvian
+envoy should find him with his present diminished numbers.  The
+rest of the army were not far distant, and not long after reached
+the encampment.
+In a short time the Indian embassy also arrived, which consisted
+of one of the Inca nobles and several attendants, bringing a
+welcome present of llamas to the Spanish commander.  The Peruvian
+bore, also, the greetings of his master, who wished to know when
+the Spaniards would arrive at Caxamalca, that he might provide
+suitable refreshments for them.  Pizarro learned that the Inca
+had left Guamachucho, and was now lying with a small force in the
+neighbourhood of Caxamalca, at a place celebrated for its natural
+springs of warm water.  The Peruvian was an intelligent person,
+and the Spanish commander gathered from him many particulars
+respecting the late contests which had distracted the empire.
+
+As the envoy vaunted in lofty terms the military prowess and
+resources of his sovereign, Pizarro thought it politic to show
+that it had no power to overawe him.  He expressed his
+satisfaction at the triumphs of Atahuallpa, who, he acknowledged,
+had raised himself high in the rank of Indian warriors. But he
+was as inferior, he added with more policy than politeness, to
+the monarch who ruled over the white men, as the petty curacas of
+the country were inferior to him.  This was evident from the ease
+with which a few Spaniards had overrun this great continent,
+subduing one nation after another, that had offered resistance to
+their arms.  He had been led by the fame of Atahuallpa to visit
+his dominions, and to offer him his services in his wars; and, if
+he were received by the Inca in the same friendly spirit with
+which he came, he was willing, for the aid he could render him,
+to postpone awhile his passage across the country to the opposite
+seas.  The Indian, according to the Castilian accounts, listened
+with awe to this strain of glorification from the Spanish
+commander.  Yet it is possible that the envoy was a better
+diplomatist than they imagined; and that he understood it was
+only the game of brag at which he was playing with his more
+civilized antagonist. *4
+
+[Footnote 4: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 193.
+- Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 5.]
+
+On the succeeding morning, at an early hour, the troops were
+again on their march, and for two days were occupied in threading
+the airy defiles of the Cordilleras.  Soon after beginning their
+descent on the eastern side, another emissary arrived from the
+Inca, bearing a message of similar import to the preceding, and a
+present, in like manner, of Peruvian sheep.  This was the same
+noble that had visited Pizarro in the valley.  He now came in
+more state, quaffing chicha - the fermented juice of the maize -
+from golden goblets borne by his attendants, which sparkled in
+the eyes of the rapacious adventurers. *5
+
+[Footnote 5: "Este Embajardor traia servicio de Senor, i cinco, o
+seis Vasos de Oro fino, con que bebia, i con ellos daba a beber a
+los Espanoles de la Chicha que traia." Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap.
+Barcia, tom III. p 193. - Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., ubi
+supra.
+
+The latter author, in this part of his work, has done little more
+than make a transcript of that of Xerez.  His indorsement of
+Pizarro's secretary, however, is of value, from the fact that,
+with less temptation to misstate or overstate, he enjoyed
+excellent opportunities for information.]
+While he was in the camp, the Indian messenger, originally sent
+by Pizarro to the Inca, returned, and no sooner did he behold the
+Peruvian, and the honorable reception which he met with from the
+Spaniards, than he was filled with wrath, which would have vented
+itself in personal violence, but for the interposition of the
+by-standers.  It was hard, he said, that this Peruvian dog should
+be thus courteously treated, when he himself had nearly lost his
+life on a similar mission among his countrymen.  On reaching the
+Inca's camp, he had been refused admission to his presence, on
+the ground that he was keeping a fast and could not be seen.
+They had paid no respect to his assertion that he came as an
+envoy from the white men, and would, probably, not have suffered
+him to escape with life, if he had not assured them that any
+violence offered to him would be retaliated in full measure on
+the persons of the Peruvian envoys, now in the Spanish quarters.
+There was no doubt, he continued, of the hostile intentions of
+Atahuallpa; for he was surrounded with a powerful army, strongly
+encamped about a league from Caxamalca, while that city was
+entirely evacuated by its inhabitants.
+To all this the Inca's envoy coolly replied, that Pizarro's
+messenger might have reckoned on such a reception as he had
+found, since he seemed to have taken with him no credentials of
+his mission.  As to the Inca's fast, that was true; and, although
+he would doubtless have seen the messenger, had he known there
+was one from the strangers, yet it was not safe to disturb him at
+these solemn seasons, when engaged in his religious duties.  The
+troops by whom he was surrounded were not numerous, considering
+that the Inca was at that time carrying on an important war; and
+as to Caxamalca, it was abandoned by the inhabitants in order to
+make room for the white men, who were so soon to occupy it. *6
+
+[Footnote 6: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 194.
+- Oviedo Hist. de las Indias, Ms., ubi supra.]
+
+This explanation, however plausible, did not altogether satisfy
+the general; for he had too deep a conviction of the cunning of
+Atahuallpa, whose intentions towards the Spaniards he had long
+greatly distrusted.  As he proposed, however, to keep on friendly
+relations with the monarch for the present, it was obviously not
+his cue to manifest suspicion.  Affecting, therefore, to give
+full credit to the explanation of the envoy, he dismissed him
+with reiterated assurances of speedily presenting himself before
+the Inca.
+
+The descent of the sierra, though the Andes are less precipitous
+on their eastern side than towards the west, was attended with
+difficulties almost equal to those of the upward march; and the
+Spaniards felt no little satisfaction, when, on the seventh day,
+they arrived in view of the valley of Caxamalca, which, enamelled
+with all the beauties of cultivation, lay unrolled like a rich
+and variegated carpet of verdure, in strong contrast with the
+dark forms of the Andes, that rose up everywhere around it.  The
+valley is of an oval shape, extending about five leagues in
+length by three in breadth.  It was inhabited by a population of
+a superior character to any which the Spaniards had met on the
+other side of the mountains, as was argued by the superior style
+of their attire, and the greater cleanliness and comfort visible
+both in their persons and dwellings. *7 As far as the eye could
+reach, the level tract exhibited the show of a diligent and
+thrifty husbandry.  A broad river rolled through the meadows,
+supplying facilities for copious irrigation by means of the usual
+canals and subterraneous aqueducts.  The land, intersected by
+verdant hedge-rows, was checkered with patches of various
+cultivation; for the soil was rich, and the climate, if less
+stimulating than that of the sultry regions of the coast, was
+more favorable to the hardy products of the temperate latitudes.
+Below the adventurers, with its white houses glittering in the
+sun, lay the little city of Caxamalca, like a sparkling gem on
+the dark skirts of the sierra.  At the distance of about a league
+farther, across the valley, might be seen columns of vapor rising
+up towards the heavens, indicating the place of the famous hot
+baths, much frequented by the Peruvian princes.  And here, too,
+was a spectacle less grateful to the eyes of the Spaniards; for
+along the slope of the hills a white cloud of pavilions was seen
+covering the ground, as thick as snow-flakes, for the space,
+apparently, of several miles.  "It filled us all with amazement,"
+exclaims one of the Conquerors, "to behold the Indians occupying
+so proud a position!  So many tents, so well appointed, as were
+never seen in the Indies till now The spectacle caused something
+like confusion and even fear in the stoutest bosom.  But it was
+too late to turn back, or to betray the least sign of weakness,
+since the natives in our own company would, in such case, have
+been the first to rise upon us.  So, with as bold a countenance
+as we could, after coolly surveying the ground, we prepared for
+our entrance into Caxamalca." *8
+
+[Footnote 7: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+195.]
+
+[Footnote 8: "Y eran tantas las tiendas que parecian, que cierto
+nos puso harto espanto, porque no pensabamos que Indios pudiesen
+tener tan soberbia estancia, ni tantas tiendas, ni tan a punto,
+lo cual hasta alli en las Indias nunca se vio, que nos causo a
+todos los Espanoles harta confusion y temor; aunque no convenia
+mostrarse, ni menos volver atras, porque si alguna flaqueza en
+nosotros sintieran, los mismos Indios que llevabamos nos mataran,
+y ansi con animoso semblante, despues de haber muy bien atalayado
+el pueblo y tiendas que he dicho, abajamos por el valle abajo, y
+entramos en el pueblo de Cajamalca." Relacion del Primer.
+Descub., Ms.]
+
+What were the feelings of the Peruvian monarch we are not
+informed, when he gazed on the martial cavalcade of the
+Christians, as, with banners streaming, and bright panoplies
+glistening in the rays of the evening sun, it emerged from the
+dark depths of the sierra, and advanced in hostile array over the
+fair domain, which, to this period, had never been trodden by
+other foot than that of the red man.  It might be, as several of
+the reports had stated, that the Inca had purposely decoyed the
+adventurers into the heart of his populous empire, that he might
+envelope them with his legions, and the more easily become master
+of their property and persons. *9 Or was it from a natural
+feeling of curiosity, and relying on their professions of
+friendship, that he had thus allowed them, without any attempt at
+resistance, to come into his presence?  At all events, he could
+hardly have felt such confidence in himself, as not to look with
+apprehension, mingled with awe, on the mysterious strangers, who,
+coming from an unknown world, and possessed of such wonderful
+gifts, had made their way across mountain and valley, in spite of
+every obstacle which man and nature had opposed to them.
+
+[Footnote 9: This was evidently the opinion of the old Conqueror,
+whose imperfect manuscript forms one of the best authorities for
+this portion of our narrative.  "Teniendonos en muy poco, y no
+haciendo cuenta que 190 hombres le habian de ofender.  dio lugar
+y consintio que pasasemos por aquel paso y por otros muchos tan
+malos como el, porque realmente, a lo que despues se supo y
+averiguo, su intencion era vernos y preguntarnos, de donde
+veniamos?  y quien nos habia hechado alli?  y que queriamos?
+Porque era muy sabio y discreto, y aunque sin luz ni escriptura,
+amigo de saber y de sotil entendimiento; y despues de holgadose
+con nosotros, tomarnos los caballos y las cosas que a el mas le
+aplacian, y sacrificar a los demas." Relacion del Primer.
+Descub., Ms.]
+
+Pizarro, meanwhile, forming his little corps into three
+divisions, now moved forward, at a more measured pace, and in
+order of battle, down the slopes that led towards the Indian
+city.  As he drew near, no one came out to welcome him; and he
+rode through the streets without meeting with a living thing, or
+hearing a sound, except the echoes, sent back from the deserted
+dwellings, of the tramp of the soldiery.
+
+It was a place of considerable size, containing about ten
+thousand inhabitants, somewhat more, probably, than the
+population assembled at this day within the walls of the modern
+city of Caxamalca. *10 The houses, for the most part, were built
+of clay, hardened in the sun; the roofs thatched, or of timber.
+Some of the more ambitious dwellings were of hewn stone; and
+there was a convent in the place, occupied by the Virgins of the
+Sun, and a temple dedicated to the same tutelar deity, which last
+was hidden in the deep embowering shades of a grove on the skirts
+of the city.  On the quarter towards the Indian camp was a square
+- if square it might be called, which was almost triangular in
+form - of an immense size, surrounded by low buildings.  These
+consisted of capacious halls, with wide doors or opening
+communicating with the square.  They were probably intended as a
+sort of barracks for the Inca's soldiers. *11 At the end of the
+plaza, looking towards the country, was a fortress of stone, with
+a stairway leading from the city, and a private entrance from the
+adjoining suburbs.  There was still another fortress on the
+rising ground which commanded the town, built of hewn stone, and
+encompassed by three circular walls, - or rather one and the same
+wall, which wound up spirally around it.  It was a place of great
+strength, and the workmanship showed a better knowledge of
+masonry, and gave a higher impression of the architectural
+science of the people, than any thing the Spaniards had yet seen.
+*12
+
+[Footnote 10: According to Stevenson, this population, which is
+of a very mixed character, amounts, or did amount some thirty
+years ago, to about seven thousand.  That sagacious traveller
+gives an animated description of the city, in which he resided
+some time, and which he seems to have regarded with peculiar
+predilection.  Yet it does not hold probably the relative rank at
+the present day, that it did in that of the Incas.  Residence in
+South America, vol. II. p. 131.]
+
+[Footnote 11: Carta de Hern. Pizarro, ap. Oviedo, Hist. de las
+Indias, Ms. Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 15. - Xerez Conq. del Peru, ap.
+Barcia, tom III. p. 195.]
+
+[Footnote 12: "Fuercas son, que entre Indios no se han visto
+tales." Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 195. -
+Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+It was late in the afternoon of the fifteenth of November, 1532,
+when the Conquerors entered the city of Caxamalca.  The weather,
+which had been fair during the day, now threatened a storm, and
+some rain mingled with hail - for it was unusually cold - began
+to fall. *13 Pizarro, however, was so anxious to ascertain the
+dispositions of the Inca, that he determined to send an embassy,
+at once, to his quarters.  He selected for this, Hernando de Soto
+with fifteen horse, and, after his departure, conceiving that the
+number was too small, in case of any unfriendly demonstrations by
+the Indians, he ordered his brother Hernando to follow with
+twenty additional troopers.  This captain and one other of his
+party have left us an account of the excursion. *14
+
+[Footnote 13: "Desde a poco rato comenco a llover, i caer
+granico." (Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 195.)
+Caxamalca, in the Indian tongue, signifies "place of frost"; for
+the temperature, though usually bland and genial, is sometimes
+affected by frosty winds from the east, very pernicious to
+vegetation.  Stervenson, Residence in South America, vol. II. p.
+129.]
+
+[Footnote 14: Carta de Hern. Pizarro, Ms.  The Letter of Hernando
+Pizarro, addressed to the Royal Audience of St. Domingo, gives a
+full account of the extraordinary events recorded in this and the
+ensuing chapter, in which that cavalier took a prominent part.
+Allowing for the partialities incident to a chief actor in the
+scenes he describes, no authority can rank higher.  The
+indefatigable Oviedo, who resided in St. Domingo, saw its
+importance, and fortunately incorporated the document in his
+great work, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 15. -
+The anonymous author of the Relacion del Primer.  Descub., Ms.,
+was also detached on this service.]
+Between the city and the imperial camp was a causeway, built in a
+substantial manner across the meadow land that intervened.  Over
+this the cavalry galloped at a rapid pace, and, before they had
+gone a league, they came in front of the Peruvian encampment,
+where it spread along the gentle slope of the mountains.  The
+lances of the warriors were fixed in the ground before their
+tents, and the Indian soldiers were loitering without, gazing
+with silent astonishment at the Christians cavalcade, as with
+clangor of arms and shrill blast of trumpet it swept by, like
+some fearful apparition, on the wings of the wind.
+
+The party soon came to a broad but shallow stream, which, winding
+through the meadow, formed a defence for the Inca's position.
+Across it was a wooden bridge; but the cavaliers, distrusting its
+strength, preferred to dash through the waters, and without
+difficulty gained the opposite bank. A battalion of Indian
+warriors was drawn up under arms on the farther side of the
+bridge, but they offered no molestation to the Spaniards; and
+these latter had strict orders from Pizarro - scarcely necessary
+in their present circumstances - to treat the natives with
+courtesy.  One of the Indians pointed out the quarter occupied by
+the Inca. *15
+
+[Footnote 15: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Carta de Hern
+Pizarro, Ms.]
+
+It was an open court-yard, with a light building or
+pleasure-house in the centre, having galleries running around it,
+and opening in the rear on a garden.  The walls were covered with
+a shining plaster, both white and colored, and in the area before
+the edifice was seen a spacious tank or reservoir of stone, fed
+by aqueducts that supplied it with both warm and cold water. *16
+A basin of hewn stone - it may be of a more recent construction -
+still bears, on the spot, the name of the "Inca's bath." *17 The
+court was filled with Indian nobles, dressed in gayly ornamented
+attire, in attendance on the monarch, and with women of the royal
+household.  Amidst this assembly it was not difficult to
+distinguish the person of Atahuallpa, though his dress was
+simpler than that of his attendants.  But he wore on his head the
+crimson borla or fringe, which, surrounding the forehead, hung
+down as low as the eyebrow.  This was the well-known badge of
+Peruvian sovereignty, and had been assumed by the monarch only
+since the defeat of his brother Huascar. He was seated on a low
+stool or cushion, somewhat after the Morisco or Turkish fashion,
+and his nobles and principal officers stood around him, with
+great ceremony, holding the stations suited to their rank. *18
+[Footnote 16: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia. tom. III. p.
+202.
+
+"Y al estanque venian dos canos de agua, uno caliente y otro
+frio, y alli se templava la una con la otra, para quando el Senor
+se queria banar o sus mugeres que otra persona no osava entrar en
+el so pena de la vida." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y. Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 17: Stevenson, Residence in South America, vol. II. p.
+164.]
+
+[Footnote 18: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+196. - Carta de Hern. Pizarro, Ms.
+
+The appearance of the Peruvian monarch is described in simple but
+animated style by the Conqueror so often quoted, one of the
+party.  "Llegados al patio de la dicha casa que tenia delante
+della, vimos estar en medio de gran muchedumbre de Indios
+asentado aquel gran Senor Atabalica (de quien tanta noticia, y
+tantas cosas nos habian dicho) con una corona en la cabeza, y una
+borla que le salia della, y le cubria toda la frente, la cual era
+la insinia real, sentado en una sillecita muy baja del suelo,
+como los turcos y moros acostumbran sentarse, el cual estaba con
+tanta magestad y aparato cual nunca se ha visto jamas, porque
+estaba cercado de mas de seiscientos Senores de su tierra."
+Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+The Spaniards gazed with much interest on the prince, of whose
+cruelty and cunning they had heard so much, and whose valor had
+secured to him the possession of the empire.  But his countenance
+exhibited neither the fierce passions nor the sagacity which had
+been ascribed to him; and, though in his bearing he showed a
+gravity and a calm consciousness of authority well becoming a
+king, he seemed to discharge all expression from his features,
+and to discover only the apathy so characteristic of the American
+races.  On the present occasion, this must have been in part, at
+least, assumed.  For it is impossible that the Indian prince
+should not have contemplated with curious interest a spectacle so
+strange, and, in some respects, appalling, as that of these
+mysterious strangers, for which no previous description could
+have prepared him.
+
+Hernando Pizarro and Soto, with two or three only of their
+followers, slowly rode up in front of the Inca; and the former,
+making a respectful obeisance, but without dismounting, informed
+Atahuallpa that he came as an ambassador from his brother, the
+commander of the white men, to acquaint the monarch with their
+arrival in his city of Caxamalca.  They were the subjects of a
+mighty prince across the waters, and had come, he said, drawn
+thither by the report of his great victories, to offer their
+services, and to impart to him the doctrines of the true faith
+which they professed; and he brought an invitation from the
+general to Atahuallpa that the latter would be pleased to visit
+the Spaniards in their present quarters. quarter.
+To all this the Inca answered not a word; nor did he make even a
+sign of acknowledgment that he comprehended it; though it was
+translated for him by Felipillo, one of the interpreters already
+noticed.  He remained silent, with his eyes fastened on the
+ground; but one of his nobles, standing by his side, answered,
+"It is well." *19 This was an embarrassing situation for the
+Spaniards, who seemed to be as wide from ascertaining the real
+disposition of the Peruvian monarch towards themselves, as when
+the mountains were between them.
+
+[Footnote 19: "Las cuales por el oidas, con ser su inclinacion
+pereguntarnos y saber de donde veniamos, y que queriamos, y ver
+nuestras personas y caballos, tubo tanta serenidad en el rostro,
+y tanta gravedad en su persona, que no quiso responder palabra a
+lo que se le decia, salvo que un Senor de aquellos que estaban
+par de el respondia: bien esta." Relacion del Primer. Descub.,
+Ms.]
+
+In a courteous and respectful manner, Hernando Pizarro again
+broke the silence by requesting the Inca to speak to them
+himself, and to inform them what was his pleasure. *20 To this
+Atahuallpa condescended to reply, while a faint smile passed over
+his features, - "Tell your captain that I am keeping a fast,
+which will end to-morrow morning.  I will then visit him, with my
+chieftains.  In the mean time, let him occupy the public
+buildings on the square, and no other, till I come, when I will
+order what shall be done." *21
+
+[Footnote 20: "Visto por el dicho Hernando Pizarro que el no
+hablaba y que aquella tercera persona respondia de suyo, torno le
+a suplicar, que el hablase por su boca, y le respondiese lo que
+quisiese." Ibid., Ms., ubi supra.]
+
+[Footnote 21: "El cual a esto volvio la cabeza a mirarle
+sonriendose y le dijo: Decid a ese Capitan que os embia aca; que
+yo estoy en ayuno, y le acabo manana por la manana, que en
+bebiendo una vez, yo ire con algunos destos principales mios a
+verme con el, que en tanto el se aposente en esas casas que estan
+en la plaza que son comunes a todos, y que no entren en otra
+ninguna hasta que Yo vaya, que Yo mandare lo que se ha de hacer."
+Ibid., Ms., ubi supra.
+
+In this singular interview I have followed the account of the
+cavalier who accompanied Hernando Pizarro, in preference to the
+latter, who represents himself as talking in a lordly key, that
+savours too much of the vaunt of the hidalgo.]
+
+Soto, one of the party present at this interview, as before
+noticed, was the best mounted and perhaps the best rider in
+Pizarro's troop.  Observing that Atahuallpa looked with some
+interest on the fiery steed that stood before him, champing the
+bit and pawing the ground with the natural impatience of a
+war-horse, the Spaniard gave him the rein, and, striking his iron
+heel into his side, dashed furiously over the plain; then,
+wheeling him round and round, displayed all the beautiful
+movements of his charger, and his own excellent horsemanship.
+Suddenly checking him in full career, he brought the animal
+almost on his haunches, so near the person of the Inca, that some
+of the foam that flecked his horse's sides was thrown on the
+royal garments.  But Atahuallpa maintained the same marble
+composure as before, though several of his soldiers, whom De Soto
+passed in the course, were so much disconcerted by it, that they
+drew back in manifest terror, an act of timidity for which they
+paid dearly, if, as the Spaniards assert, Atahuallpa caused them
+to be put to death that same evening for betraying such unworthy
+weakness to the strangers. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Relacion del
+Primer. Descub., Ms.
+
+"I algunos Indios, con miedo, se desviaron de la Carrera, por lo
+qual Atabalipa los hico luego matar." (Zarate, Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 2, cap. 4.) - Xerez states that Atahuallpa confessed this
+himself, in conversation with the Spaniards after he was taken
+prisoner. - Soto's charger might well have made the Indians
+start, if, as Balboa says, he took twenty feet at a leap, and
+this with a knight in armour on his back!  Hist. du Perou, chap.
+22.]
+Refreshments were now offered by the royal attendants to the
+Spaniards, which they declined, being unwilling to dismount.
+They did not refuse, however, to quaff the sparkling chicha from
+golden vases of extraordinary size, presented to them by the
+dark-eyed beauties of the harem. *23 Taking then a respectful
+leave of the Inca, the cavaliers rode back to Caxamalca, with
+many moody speculations on what they had seen; on the state and
+opulence of the Indian monarch; on the strength of his military
+array, their excellent appointments, and the apparent discipline
+in their ranks, - all arguing a much higher degree of
+civilization, and consequently of power, than any thing they had
+witnessed in the lower regions of the country.  As they
+contrasted all this with their own diminutive force, too far
+advanced, as they now were, for succour to reach them, they felt
+they had done rashly in throwing themselves into the midst of so
+formidable an empire, and were filled with gloomy forebodings of
+the result. *24 Their comrades in the camp soon caught the
+infectious spirit of despondency, which was not lessened as night
+came on, and they beheld the watch-fires of the Peruvians
+lighting up the sides of the mountains, and glittering in the
+darkness, "as thick," says one who saw them, "as the stars of
+heaven." *25
+
+[Footnote 23: Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms. - Xerez, Conq.
+del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 196.]
+
+[Footnote 24: "Hecho esto y visto y atalayado la grandeza del
+ejercito, y las tiendas que era bien de ver, nos bolvimos a donde
+el dicho capitan nos estaba esperando, harto espantados de lo que
+habiamos visto, habiendo y tomando entre nosotros muchos acuerdos
+y opiniones de lo que se debia hacer, estando todos con mucho
+temor por ser tan pocos, y estar tan metidos en la tierra donde
+no podiamos ser socorridos." (Relacion del Primer.  Descub., Ms.)
+Pedro Pizarro is honest enough to confirm this account of the
+consternation of the Spaniards.  (Descub. y Conq., Ms.) Fear was
+a strange sensation for the Castilian cavalier.  But if he did
+not feel some touch of it on that occasion, he must have been
+akin to that doughty knight who, as Charles V. pronounced, "never
+could have snuffed a candle with his fingers."]
+
+[Footnote 25: "Hecimos la guardia en la plaza, de donde se vian
+los fuegos del ejercito de los Indios, lo cual era cosa
+espantable, que como estaban en una ladera la mayor parte, y tan
+juntos unos de otros, no pa recia sino un cielo muy estrellado."
+Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms]
+
+Yet there was one bosom in that little host which was not touched
+with the feeling either of fear or dejection.  That was
+Pizarro's, who secretly rejoiced that he had now brought matters
+to the issue for which he had so long panted.  He saw the
+necessity of kindling a similar feeling in his followers, or all
+would be lost.  Without unfolding his plans, he went round among
+his men, beseeching them not to show faint hearts at this crisis,
+when they stood face to face with the foe whom they had been so
+long seeking. "They were to rely on themselves, and on that
+Providence which had carried them safe through so many fearful
+trials.  It would not now desert them; and if numbers, however
+great, were on the side of their enemy, it mattered little when
+the arm of Heaven was on theirs." *26 The Spanish cavalier acted
+under the combined influence of chivalrous adventure and
+religious zeal.  The latter was the most effective in the hour of
+peril; and Pizarro, who understood well the characters he had to
+deal with, by presenting the enterprise as a crusade, kindled the
+dying embers of enthusiasm in the bosoms of his followers, and
+restored their faltering courage.
+
+[Footnote 26: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+197. - Nanarro Relacion Sumaria, Ms]
+
+
+He then summoned a council of his officers, to consider the plan
+of operations, or rather to propose to them the extraordinary
+plan on which he had himself decided.  This was to lay an
+ambuscade for the Inca, and take him prisoner in the face of his
+whole army!  It was a project full of peril, - bordering, as it
+might well seem, on desperation.  But the circumstances of the
+Spaniards were desperate.  Whichever way they turned, they were
+menaced by the most appalling dangers; and better was it bravely
+to confront the danger, than weakly to shrink from it, when there
+was no avenue for escape.
+To fly was now too late.  Whither could they fly?  At the first
+signal of retreat, the whole army of the Inca would be upon them.
+Their movements would be anticipated by a foe far better
+acquainted with the intricacies of the sierra than themselves;
+the passes would be occupied, and they would be hemmed in on all
+sides; while the mere fact of this retrograde movement would
+diminish the confidence and with it the effective strength of his
+own men, while it doubled that of his enemy.
+
+Yet to remain long inactive in his present position seemed almost
+equally perilous.  Even supposing that Atahuallpa should
+entertain friendly feelings towards the Christians, they could
+not confide in the continuance of such feelings.  Familiarity
+with the white men would soon destroy the idea of any thing
+supernatural, or even superior, in their natures.  He would feel
+contempt for their diminutive numbers.  Their horses, their arms
+and showy appointments, would be an attractive bait in the eye of
+the barbaric monarch, and when conscious that he had the power to
+crush their possessors, he would not be slow in finding a pretext
+for it.  A sufficient one had already occurred in the high-handed
+measures of the Conquerors, on their march through his dominions.
+
+But what reason had they to flatter themselves that the Inca
+cherished such a disposition towards them?  He was a crafty and
+unscrupulous prince, and, if the accounts they had repeatedly
+received on their march were true, had ever regarded the coming
+of the Spaniards with an evil eye.  It was scarcely possible he
+should do otherwise.  His soft messages had only been intended to
+decoy them across the mountains, where, with the aid of his
+warriors, he might readily overpower them.  They were entangled
+in the toils which the cunning monarch had spread for them.
+
+Their only remedy, then, was to turn the Inca's arts against
+himself; to take him, if possible, in his own snare.  There was
+no time to be lost; for any day might bring back the victorious
+legions who had recently won his battles at the south, and thus
+make the odds against the Spaniards far greater than now.
+
+Yet to encounter Atahuallpa in the open field would be attended
+with great hazard; and even if victorious, there would be little
+probability that the person of the Inca, of so much importance,
+would fall into the hands of the victors.  The invitation he had
+so unsuspiciously accepted to visit them in their quarters
+afforded the best means for securing this desirable prize. Nor
+was the enterprise so desperate, considering the great advantages
+afforded by the character and weapons of the invaders, and the
+unexpectedness of the assault.  The mere circumstance of acting
+on a concerted plan would alone make a small number more than a
+match for a much larger one.  But it was not necessary to admit
+the whole of the Indian force into the city before the attack;
+and the person of the Inca once secured, his followers, astounded
+by so strange an event, were they few or many, would have no
+heart for further resistance; - and with the Inca once in his
+power, Pizarro might dictate laws to the empire.
+
+In this daring project of the Spanish chief, it was easy to see
+that he had the brilliant exploit of Cortes in his mind, when he
+carried off the Aztec monarch in his capital.  But that was not
+by violence, at least not by open violence, - and it received the
+sanction, compulsory though it were, of the monarch himself.  It
+was also true that the results in that case did not altogether
+justify a repetition of the experiment; since the people rose in
+a body to sacrifice both the prince and his kidnappers.  Yet this
+was owing, in part, at least, to the indiscretion of the latter.
+The experiment in the outset was perfectly successful; and, could
+Pizarro once become master of the person of Atahuallpa, he
+trusted to his own discretion for the rest.  It would, at least,
+extricate him from his present critical position, by placing in
+his power an inestimable guaranty for his safety; and if he could
+not make his own terms with the Inca at once, the arrival of
+reinforcements from home would, in all probability, soon enable
+him to do so.
+
+Pizarro having concerted his plans for the following day, the
+council broke up, and the chief occupied himself with providing
+for the security of the camp during the night.  The approaches to
+the town were defended; sentinels were posted at different
+points, especially on the summit of the fortress, where they were
+to observe the position of the enemy, and to report any movement
+that menaced the tranquillity of the night.  After these
+precautions, the Spanish commander and his followers withdrew to
+their appointed quarters, - but not to sleep.  At least, sleep
+must have come late to those who were aware of the decisive plan
+for the morrow; that morrow which was to be the crisis of their
+fate, - to crown their ambitious schemes with full success, or
+consign them to irretrievable ruin!
+
+
+
+
+Chapter V
+
+Desperate Plan Of Pizarro. - Atahuallpa Visits The Spaniards. -
+Horrible Massacre. - The Inca A Prisoner. - Conduct Of The
+Conquerors. - Splendid Promises Of The Inca - Death Of Huascar.
+
+1532.
+
+
+The clouds of the evening had passed away, and the sun rose
+bright on the following morning, the most memorable epoch in the
+annals of Peru.  It was Saturday, the sixteenth of November,
+1532.  The loud cry of the trumpet called the Spaniards to arms
+with the first streak of dawn; and Pizarro, briefly acquainting
+them with the plan of the assault, made the necessary
+dispositions.
+
+The plaza, as mentioned in the preceding chapter, was defended on
+its three sides by low ranges of buildings, consisting of
+spacious halls with wide doors or vomitories opening into the
+square.  In these halls he stationed his cavalry in two
+divisions, one under his brother Hernando, the other under De
+Soto.  The infantry he placed in another of the buildings,
+reserving twenty chosen men to act with himself as occasion might
+require Pedro de Candia, with a few soldiers and the artillery, -
+comprehending under this imposing name two small pieces of
+ordnance, called falconets, - he established in the fortress. All
+received orders to wait at their posts till the arrival of the
+Inca. After his entrance into the great square, they were still
+to remain under cover, withdrawn from observation, till the
+signal was given by the discharge of a gun, when they were to cry
+their war-cries, to rush out in a body from their covert, and,
+putting the Peruvians to the sword, bear off the person of the
+Inca.  The arrangement of the immense halls, opening on a level
+with the plaza, seemed to be contrived on purpose for a coup de
+theatre.  Pizarro particularly inculcated order and implicit
+obedience, that in the hurry of the moment there should be no
+confusion. Every thing depended on their acting with concert,
+coolness, and celerity. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Relacion del
+Primer. Descub., Ms. - Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia tom.
+III. p. 197. - Carta de Hern. Pizarro, Ms. - Oviedo, Hist. de las
+Indias Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap 7]
+
+The chief next saw that their arms were in good order; and that
+the breastplates of their horses were garnished with bells, to
+add by their noise to the consternation of the Indians.
+Refreshments were, also, liberally provided, that the troops
+should be in condition for the conflict.  These arrangements
+being completed, mass was performed with great solemnity by the
+ecclesiastics who attended the expedition; the God of battles was
+invoked to spread his shield over the soldiers who were fighting
+to extend the empire of the Cross; and all joined with enthusiasm
+in the chant, "Exsurge, Domine," "Rise, O Lord!  and judge thine
+own cause." *2 One might have supposed them a company of martyrs,
+about to lay down their lives in defence of their faith, instead
+of a licentious band of adventurers, meditating one of the most
+atrocious acts of perfidy on the record of history!  Yet,
+whatever were the vices of the Castilian cavalier, hypocrisy was
+not among the number.  He felt that he was battling for the
+Cross, and under this conviction, exalted as it was at such a
+moment as this into the predominant impulse, he was blind to the
+baser motives which mingled with the enterprise.  With feelings
+thus kindled to a flame of religious ardor, the soldiers of
+Pizarro looked forward with renovated spirits to the coming
+conflict; and the chieftain saw with satisfaction, that in the
+hour of trial his men would be true to their leader and
+themselves.
+
+[Footnote 2: "Los Eclesiasticos i Religiosos se ocuparon toda
+aquella noche en oracion, pidiendo a Dios el mas conveniente
+suceso a su sagrado servicio, exaltacion de la fe e salvacion de
+tanto numero de almas, derramando muchas lagrimas i sangre en las
+disciplinas que tomaron.  Francisco Pizarro animo a los soldados
+con una mui cristiana platica que les hizo: con que, i
+asegurarles los Eclesiasticos de parte de Dios i de su Madre
+Santisima la vitoria, amanecieron todos mui deseosos de dar la
+batalla, diciendo a voces, Exsurge Domine et judica causam tuam."
+Naharro Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+
+It was in the day before any movement was visible in the Peruvian
+camp, where much preparation was making to approach the Christian
+quarters with due state and ceremony.  A message was received
+from Atahuallpa, informing the Spanish commander that he should
+come with his warriors fully armed, in the same manner as the
+Spaniards had come to his quarters the night preceding. This was
+not an agreeable intimation to Pizarro, though he had no reason,
+probably, to expect the contrary.  But to object might imply
+distrust, or, perhaps, disclose, in some measure, his own
+designs.  He expressed his satisfaction, therefore, at the
+intelligence, assuring the Inca, that, come as he would, he would
+be received by him as a friend and brother. *3
+
+[Footnote 3: "El governador respondio: Di a tu Senor, que venga
+en hora buena como quisiere, que de la manera que viniere lo
+recebire como Amigo, i Hermano." Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap.
+Barcia, tom. III. p. 197. - Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms.,
+Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 7. - Carta de Hern. Pizarro, Ms.]
+
+It was noon before the Indian procession was on its march, when
+it was seen occupying the great causeway for a long extent.  In
+front came a large body of attendants, whose office seemed to be
+to sweep away every particle of rubbish from the road.  High
+above the crowd appeared the Inca, borne on the shoulders of his
+principal nobles, while others of the same rank marched by the
+sides of his litter, displaying such a dazzling show of ornaments
+on their persons, that, in the language of one of the Conquerors,
+"they blazed like the sun." *4 But the greater part of the Inca's
+forces mustered along the fields that lined the road, and were
+spread over the broad meadows as far as the eye could reach. *5
+
+[Footnote 4: "Hera tanta la pateneria que traian d'oro y plata
+que hera cossa estrana lo que Reluzia con el Sol.' Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 5: To the eye of the old Conqueror so often quoted, the
+number of Peruvian warriors appeared not less than 50,000; "mas
+de cin cuenta mil que tenia de guerra' (Relacion del Primer.
+Descub., Ms.) To Pizarro's secretary, as they lay encamped along
+the hills, they seemed about 30,000.  (Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap.
+Barcia, tom. III. p. 196.) However gratifying to the imagination
+to repose on some precise number, it is very rare that one can do
+so with safety, in estimating the irregular and tumultuous levies
+of a barbarian host.]
+
+When the royal procession had arrived within half a mile of the
+city, it came to a halt; and Pizarro saw with surprise that
+Atahuallpa was preparing to pitch his tents, as if to encamp
+there.  A messenger soon after arrived, informing the Spaniards
+that the Inca would occupy his present station the ensuing night,
+and enter the city on the following morning.
+This intelligence greatly disturbed Pizarro, who had shared in
+the general impatience of his men at the tardy movements of the
+Peruvians.  The troops had been under arms since daylight, the
+cavalry mounted, and the infantry at their post, waiting in
+silence the coming of the Inca.  A profound stillness reigned
+throughout the town, broken only at intervals by the cry of the
+sentinel from the summit of the fortress, as he proclaimed the
+movements of the Indian army.  Nothing, Pizarro well knew, was so
+trying to the soldier as prolonged suspense, in a critical
+situation like the present; and he feared lest his ardor might
+evaporate, and be succeeded by that nervous feeling natural to
+the bravest soul at such a crisis, and which, if not fear, is
+near akin to it. *6 He returned an answer, therefore, to
+Atahuallpa, deprecating his change of purpose; and adding that he
+had provided every thing for his entertainment, and expected him
+that night to sup with him. *7
+
+[Footnote 6: Pedro Pizarro says that an Indian spy reported to
+Atahuallpa, that the white men were all huddled together in the
+great halls on the square, in much consternation, llenos de
+miedo, which was not far from the truth, adds the cavalier.
+(Descub. y Conq., Ms.)]
+
+[Footnote 7: Pedro Pizarro, Descub.  y Conq., Ms.
+
+"Asentados sus toldos envio a decir al gobernador que ya era
+tarde, que el queria dormir alli, que por la manana vernia: el
+gobernador le envio a decir que le rogaba que viniese luego,
+porque le esperaba a cenar, e que no habia de cenar, hasta que
+fuese." Carta de Hern. Pizarro, Ms.]
+This message turned the Inca from his purpose; and, striking his
+tents again, he resumed his march, first advising the general
+that he should leave the greater part of his warriors behind, and
+enter the place with only a few of them, and without arms, *8 as
+he preferred to pass the night at Caxamalca. At the same time he
+ordered accommodations to be provided for himself and his retinue
+in one of the large stone buildings, called, from a serpent
+sculptured on the walls, "the House of the Serpent." *9 - No
+tidings could have been more grateful to the Spaniards.  It
+seemed as if the Indian monarch was eager to rush into the snare
+that had been spread for him!  The fanatical cavalier could not
+fail to discern in it the immediate finger of Providence.
+
+[Footnote 8: "El queria vernir luego, e que venia sin armas.  E
+luego Atabaliva se movio para venir, e dejo alli la gente con las
+armas, e llevo consigo hasta cinco o seis mil indios sin armas,
+salvo que debajo de las camisetas traian unas porras pequenas, e
+hondas, e bolsas con piedras." Carta de Hern. Pizarro Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 9: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap Barcia, tom. III. p. 197.]
+It is difficult to account for this wavering conduct of
+Atahuallpa, so different from the bold and decided character
+which history ascribes to him. There is no doubt that he made his
+visit to the white men in perfect good faith; though Pizarro was
+probably right in conjecturing that this amiable disposition
+stood on a very precarious footing.  There is as little reason to
+suppose that he distrusted the sincerity of the strangers; or he
+would not thus unnecessarily have proposed to visit them unarmed.
+His original purpose of coming with all his force was doubtless
+to display his royal state, and perhaps, also, to show greater
+respect for the Spaniards; but when he consented to accept their
+hospitality, and pass the night in their quarters, he was willing
+to dispense with a great part of his armed soldiery, and visit
+them in a manner that implied entire confidence in their good
+faith.  He was too absolute in his own empire easily to suspect;
+and he probably could not comprehend the audacity with which a
+few men, like those now assembled in Caxamalca, meditated an
+assault on a powerful monarch in the midst of his victorious
+army.  He did not know the character of the Spaniard.
+It was not long before sunset, when the van of the royal
+procession entered the gates of the city.  First came some
+hundreds of the menials, employed to clear the path from every
+obstacle, and singing songs of triumph as they came, "which, in
+our ears," says one of the Conquerors, "sounded like the songs of
+hell"! *10 Then followed other bodies of different ranks, and
+dressed in different liveries.  Some wore a showy stuff,
+checkered white and red, like the squares of a chess-board. *11
+Others were clad in pure white, bearing hammers or maces of
+silver or copper; *12 and the guards, together with those in
+immediate attendance on the prince, were distinguished by a rich
+azure livery, and a profusion of gay ornaments, while the large
+pendants attached to the ears indicated the Peruvian noble.
+
+[Footnote 10: Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 11: "Blanca y colorada como las casas de un ajedrez."
+Ibid., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 12: "Con martillos en las manos de cobre y plata."
+Ibid., Ms.]
+
+Elevated high above his vassals came the Inca Atahuallpa, borne
+on a sedan or open litter, on which was a sort of throne made of
+massive gold of inestimable value. *13 The palanquin was lined
+with the richly colored plumes of tropical birds, and studded
+with shining plates of gold and silver. *14 The monarch's attire
+was much richer than on the preceding evening.  Round his neck
+was suspended a collar of emeralds of uncommon size and
+brilliancy. *15 His short hair was decorated with golden
+ornaments, and the imperial borla encircled his temples.  The
+bearing of the Inca was sedate and dignified; and from his lofty
+station he looked down on the multitudes below with an air of
+composure, like one accustomed to command.
+
+[Footnote 13: "El asiento que traia sobre las andas era un tablon
+de oro que peso un quintal de oro segun dicen los historiadores
+25,000 pesos o ducados." Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 14: "Luego venia mucha Gente con Armaduras, Patenas, i
+Coronas do oro i Plata: entre estos venia Atabaliba, en una
+Litera, aforrada de Pluma de Papagaios, de muchas colores,
+guarnecida de chapas de Oro, i Plata." Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap.
+Barcia, tom. III. p. 198.]
+
+[Footnote 15: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.
+
+"Venia la persona de Atabalica, la cual traian ochenta Senores en
+hombros todos bestidos de una librea azul muy rica, y el bestido
+su persona muy ricamente con su corona en la cabeza, y al cuello
+un collar de emeraldas grandes." Relacion del Primer. Descub.,
+Ms.]
+
+As the leading files of the procession entered the great square,
+larger, says an old chronicler, than any square in Spain, they
+opened to the right and left for the royal retinue to pass.
+Every thing was conducted with admirable order.  The monarch was
+permitted to traverse the plaza in silence, and not a Spaniard
+was to be seen.  When some five or six thousand of his people had
+entered the place, Atahuallpa halted, and, turning round with an
+inquiring look, demanded, "Where are the strangers?"
+
+At this moment Fray Vicente de Valverde, a Dominican friar,
+Pizarro's chaplain, and afterward Bishop of Cuzco, came forward
+with his breviary, or, as other accounts say, a Bible, in one
+hand, and a crucifix in the other, and, approaching the Inca,
+told him, that he came by order of his commander to expound to
+him the doctrines of the true faith, for which purpose the
+Spaniards had come from a great distance to his country.  The
+friar then explained, as clearly as he could, the mysterious
+doctrine of the Trinity, and, ascending high in his account,
+began with the creation of man, thence passed to his fall, to his
+subsequent redemption by Jesus Christ, to the crucifixion, and
+the ascension, when the Saviour left the Apostle Peter as his
+Vicegerent upon earth.  This power had been transmitted to the
+successors of the Apostle, good and wise men, who, under the
+title of Popes, held authority over all powers and potentates on
+earth.  One of the last of these Popes had commissioned the
+Spanish emperor, the most mighty monarch in the world, to conquer
+and convert the natives in this western hemisphere; and his
+general, Francisco Pizarro, had now come to execute this
+important mission. The friar concluded with beseeching the
+Peruvian monarch to receive him kindly; to abjure the errors of
+his own faith, and embrace that of the Christians now proffered
+to him, the only one by which he could hope for salvation; and,
+furthermore, to acknowledge himself a tributary of the Emperor
+Charles the Fifth, who, in that even, would aid and protect him
+as his loyal vassal. *16
+
+[Footnote 16: Montesinos says that Valverde read to the Inca the
+regular formula used by the Spaniards in their Conquests.
+(Annales, Ms., ano 1533.) But that address, though absurd enough,
+did not comprehend the whole range of theology ascribed to the
+chaplain on this occasion.  Yet it is not impossible. But I have
+followed the report of Fray Naharro, who collected his
+information from the actors in the tragedy, and whose minuter
+statement is corroborated by the more general testimony of both
+the Pizarros and the secretary Xerez.]
+
+Whether Atahuallpa possessed himself of every link in the curious
+chain of argument by which the monk connected Pizarro with St.
+Peter, may be doubted.  It is certain, however, that he must have
+had very incorrect notions of the Trinity, if, as Garcilasso
+states, the interpreter Felipillo explained it by saying, that
+"the Christians believed in three Gods and one God, and that made
+four." *17 But there is no doubt he perfectly comprehended that
+the drift of the discourse was to persuade him to resign his
+sceptre and acknowledge the supremacy of another.
+
+[Footnote 17: "Por dezir Dios trino y uno dixo Dios tres y uno
+son quatre sumando los numeros por darse a entender." Com. Real.,
+Parte 2, lib. 1, cap. 23.]
+
+The eyes of the Indian monarch flashed fire, and his dark brow
+grew darker as he replied, - "I will be no man's tributary.  I am
+greater than any prince upon earth.  Your emperor may be a great
+prince; I do not doubt it, when I see that he has sent his
+subjects so far across the waters; and I am willing to hold him
+as a brother.  As for the Pope of whom you speak, he must be
+crazy to talk of giving away countries which do not belong to
+him.  For my faith," he continued, "I will not change it Your own
+God, as you say, was put to death by the very men whom he
+created.  But mine," he concluded, pointing to his Deity, - then,
+alas!  sinking in glory behind the mountains, - "my God still
+lives in the heavens, and looks down on his children." *18
+
+[Footnote 18: See Appendix, No. 8, where the reader will find
+extracts in the original from several contemporary Mss., relating
+to the capture of Atahuallpa.]
+
+He then demanded of Valverde by what authority he had said these
+things. The friar pointed to the book which he held, as his
+authority.  Atahuallpa, taking it, turned over the pages a
+moment, then, as the insult he had received probably flashed
+across his mind, he threw it down with vehemence, and exclaimed,
+- "Tell your comrades that they shall give me an account of their
+doings in my land.  I will not go from here, till they have made
+me full satisfaction for all the wrongs they have committed." *19
+
+[Footnote 19: Some accounts describe him as taxing the Spaniards
+in much more unqualified terms.  (See Appendix, No. 8.) but
+language is not likely to be accurately reported in such seasons
+of excitement. - According to some authorities, Atahuallpa let
+the volume drop by accident.  (Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano
+1533. - Balboa, Hist. du Perou, chap. 22.) But the testimony, as
+far as we have it, of those present, concurs in representing it
+as stated in the text.  And, if he spoke with the heat imputed to
+him, this act would only be in keeping.]
+
+The friar, greatly scandalized by the indignity offered to the
+sacred volume, stayed only to pick it up, and, hastening to
+Pizarro, informed him of what had been done, exclaiming, at the
+same time, - "Do you not see, that, while we stand here wasting
+our breath in talking with this dog, full of pride as he is, the
+fields are filling with Indians?  Set on, at once; I absolve
+you." *20 Pizarro saw that the hour had come.  He waved a white
+scarf in the air, the appointed signal.  The fatal gun was fired
+from the fortress. Then, springing into the square, the Spanish
+captain and his followers shouted the old war-cry of "St. Jago
+and at them." It was answered by the battle-cry of every Spaniard
+in the city, as, rushing from the avenues of the great halls in
+which they were concealed, they poured into the plaza, horse and
+foot, each in his own dark column, and threw themselves into the
+midst of the Indian crowd. The latter, taken by surprise, stunned
+by the report of artillery and muskets, the echoes of which
+reverberated like thunder from the surrounding buildings, and
+blinded by the smoke which rolled in sulphurous volumes along the
+square, were seized with a panic.  They knew not whither to fly
+for refuge from the coming ruin Nobles and commoners, - all were
+trampled down under the fierce charge of the cavalry, who dealt
+their blows, right and left, without sparing; while their swords,
+flashing through the thick gloom, carried dismay into the hearts
+of the wretched natives, who now, for the first time, saw the
+horse and his rider in all their terrors.  They made no
+resistance, - as, indeed, they had no weapons with which to make
+it. Every avenue to escape was closed, for the entrance to the
+square was choked up with the dead bodies of men who had perished
+in vain efforts to fly; and, such was the agony of the survivors
+under the terrible pressure of their assailants, that a large
+body of Indians, by their convulsive struggles, burst through the
+wall of stone and dried clay which formed part of the boundary of
+the plaza!  It fell, leaving an opening of more than a hundred
+paces, through which multitudes now found their way into the
+country, still hotly pursued by the cavalry, who, leaping the
+fallen rubbish, hung on the rear of the fugitives, striking them
+down in all directions. *21
+
+[Footnote 20: "Visto esto por el Frayle y lo poco que
+aprovechaban sus palabras, tomo su libro, y abajo su cabeza, y
+fuese para donde estaba el dicho Pizarro, casi corriendo, y
+dijole: No veis lo que pasa: para que estais en comedimientos y
+requerimientos con este perro lleno de soberbia que vienen los
+campos llenos de Indios?  Salid a el, - que yo os absuelvo."
+(Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.) The historian should be slow
+in ascribing conduct so diabolical to Father Valverde, without
+evidence.  Two of the Conquerors present, Pedro Pizarro and
+Xerez, simply state that the monk reported to his commander the
+indignity offered to the sacred volume.  but Hernando Pizarro and
+the author of the Relacion del Primer. Descub., both
+eyewitnesses, and Naharro, Zarate, Gomara, Balboa, Herrera, the
+Inca Titucussi Yupanqui, all of whom obtained their information
+from persons who were eyewitnesses, state the circumstances, with
+little variation, as in the text.  Yet Oviedo indorses the
+account of Xerez, and Garcilasso de la Vega insists on Valverde's
+innocence of any attempt to rouse the passion of his comrades.]
+
+[Footnote 21: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Xerez, Conq.
+del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 198. - Carta de Hern. Pizarro,
+Ms. - Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3. lib. 8, cap. 7.
+- Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 2, cap. 5. - Instruccion del Inga Titucussi Yupanqui, Ms.]
+
+
+Meanwhile the fight, or rather massacre, continued hot around the
+Inca, whose person was the great object of the assault.  His
+faithful nobles, rallying about him, threw themselves in the way
+of the assailants, and strove, by tearing them from their
+saddles, or, at least, by offering their own bosoms as a mark for
+their vengeance, to shield their beloved master. It is said by
+some authorities, that they carried weapons concealed under their
+clothes.  If so, it availed them little, as it is not pretended
+that they used them.  But the most timid animal will defend
+itself when at bay. That they did not so in the present instance
+is proof that they had no weapons to use. *22 Yet they still
+continued to force back the cavaliers, clinging to their horses
+with dying grasp, and, as one was cut down, another taking the
+place of his fallen comrade with a loyalty truly affecting.
+
+[Footnote 22: The author of the Relacion del Primero
+Descubrimiento speaks of a few as having bows and arrows, and of
+others as armed with silver and copper mallets or maces, which
+may, however, have been more for ornament than for service in
+fight. - Pedro Pizarro and some later writers say that the
+Indians brought thongs with them to bind the captive white men. -
+Both Hernando Pizarro and the secretary Xerez agree that their
+only arms were secreted under their clothes; but as they do not
+pretend that these were used, and as it was announced by the Inca
+that he came without arms, the assertion may well be doubted, -
+or rather discredited.  All authorities without exception, agree
+that no attempt was made at resistance.]
+The Indian monarch, stunned and bewildered, saw his faithful
+subjects falling round him without fully comprehending his
+situation.  The litter on which he rode heaved to and fro, as the
+mighty press swayed backwards and forwards; and he gazed on the
+overwhelming ruin, like some forlorn mariner, who, tossed about
+in his bark by the furious elements, sees the lightning's flash
+and hears the thunder bursting around him with the consciousness
+that he can do nothing to avert his fate.  At length, weary with
+the work of destruction, the Spaniards, as the shades of evening
+grew deeper, felt afraid that the royal prize might, after all,
+elude them; and some of the cavaliers made a desperate attempt to
+end the affray at once by taking Atahuallpa's life.  But Pizarro,
+who was nearest his person, called out with Stentorian voice,
+"Let no one, who values his life, strike at the Inca"; *23 and,
+stretching out his arm to shield him, received a wound on the
+hand from one of his own men, - the only wound received by a
+Spaniards in the action. *24
+
+[Footnote 23: "El marquez dio bozes diciendo.  Nadie hiera al
+indio so pena de la vida." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 24: Whatever discrepancy exists among the Castilian
+accounts in other respects, all concur in this remarkable fact, -
+that no Spaniard, except their general, received a wound on that
+occasion. Pizarro saw in this a satisfactory argument for
+regarding the Spaniards, this day, as under the especial
+protection of Providence.  See Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia,
+tom. III. p. 199.]
+
+The struggle now became fiercer than ever round the royal litter.
+It reeled more and more, and at length, several of the nobles who
+supported it having been slain, it was overturned, and the Indian
+prince would have come with violence to the ground, had not his
+fall been broken by the efforts of Pizarro and some other of the
+cavaliers, who caught him in their arms.  The imperial borla was
+instantly snatched from his temples by a soldier named Estete,
+*25 and the unhappy monarch, strongly secured, was removed to a
+neighbouring building, where he was carefully guarded.
+
+[Footnote 25: Miguel Estete, who long retained the silken diadem
+as a trophy of the exploit, according to Garcilasso de la Vega,
+(Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 1, cap. 27,) an indifferent authority
+for any thing in this part of his history.  This popular writer,
+whose work, from his superior knowledge of the institutions of
+the country, has obtained greater credit, eve in what relates to
+the Conquest, than the reports of the Conquerors themselves, has
+indulged in the romantic vein to an unpardonable extent, in his
+account of the capture of Atahuallpa.  According to him, the
+Peruvian monarch treated the invaders from the first with supreme
+deference, as descendants of Viracocha, predicted by his oracles
+as to come and rule over the land.  But if this flattering homage
+had been paid by the Inca, it would never have escaped the notice
+of the Conquerors.  Garcilasso had read the Commentaries of
+Cortes, as he somewhere tells us; and it is probable that that
+general's account, well founded, it appears, of a similar
+superstition among the Aztecs suggested to the historian the idea
+of a corresponding sentiment in the Peruvians, which, while it
+flattered the vanity of the Spaniards, in some degree vindicated
+his own countrymen from the charge of cowardice, incurred by
+their too ready submission; for, however they might be called on
+to resist men, it would have been madness to resist the decrees
+of Heaven. Yet Garcilasso's romantic version has something in it
+so pleasing to the imagination, that it has even found favor with
+the majority of readers.  The English student might have met with
+a sufficient corrective in the criticism of the sagacious and
+skeptical Robertson.]
+
+All attempt at resistance now ceased.  The fate of the Inca soon
+spread over town and country.  The charm which might have held
+the Peruvians together was dissolved.  Every man thought only of
+his own safety.  Even the soldiery encamped on the adjacent
+fields took the alarm, and, learning the fatal tidings, were seen
+flying in every direction before their pursuers, who in the heat
+of triumph showed no touch of mercy.  At length night, more
+pitiful than man, threw her friendly mantle over the fugitives,
+and the scattered troops of Pizarro rallied once more at the
+sound of the trumpet in the bloody square of Caxamalca.
+
+The number of slain is reported, as usual, with great
+discrepancy. Pizarro's secretary says two thousand natives fell.
+*26 A descendant of the Incas - a safer authority than Garcilasso
+- swells the number to ten thousand. *27 Truth is generally found
+somewhere between the extremes.  The slaughter was incessant, for
+there was nothing to check it.  That there should have been no
+resistance will not appear strange, when we consider the fact,
+that the wretched victims were without arms, and that their
+senses must have been completely overwhelmed by the strange and
+appalling spectacle which burst on them so unexpectedly.  "What
+wonder was it," said an ancient Inca to a Spaniard, who repeats
+it, "what wonder that our countrymen lost their wits, seeing
+blood run like water, and the Inca, whose person we all of us
+adore, seized and carried off by a handful of men?" *28 Yet
+though the massacre was incessant, it was short in duration.  The
+whole time consumed by it, the brief twilight of the tropics, did
+not much exceed half an hour; a short period, indeed, - yet long
+enough to decide the fate of Peru, and to subvert the dynasty of
+the Incas.
+
+[Footnote 26: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+199.]
+
+[Footnote 27: "Los mataron a todos con los Cavallos con espadas
+con arcabuzes como quien mata ovejas - sin hacerles nadie
+resistencia que no se escaparon de mas de diez mil, doscientos,"
+Instruc. del Inga Titucussi, Ms.
+
+This document, consisting of two hundred folio pages, is signed
+by a Peruvian Inca, grandson of the great Huayna Capac, and
+nephew, consequently, of Atahuallpa.  It was written in 1570, and
+designed to set forth to his Majesty Philip II. the claims of
+Titucussi and the members of his family to the royal bounty.  In
+the course of the Memorial, the writer takes occasion to
+recapitulate some of the principal events in the latter years of
+the empire; and though sufficiently prolix to tax even the
+patience of Philip II., it is of much value as an historical
+document, coming from one of the royal race of Peru.]
+
+[Footnote 28: Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1532.
+
+According to Naharro, the Indians were less astounded by the wild
+uproar caused by the sudden assault of the Spaniards, though
+"this was such that it seemed as if the very heavens were
+falling," than by a terrible apparition which appeared in the air
+during the onslaught.  It consisted of a woman and a child, and,
+at their side, a horseman all clothed in white on a milk-white
+charger, - doubtless the valiant St. James, - who, with his sword
+glancing lightning, smote down the infidel host, and rendered
+them incapable of resistance.  This miracle the good father
+reports on the testimony of three of his Order, who were present
+in the action, and who received it from numberless of the
+natives.  Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+
+That night Pizarro kept his engagement with the Inca, since he
+had Atahuallpa to sup with him.  The banquet was served in one of
+the halls facing the great square, which a few hours before had
+been the scene of slaughter, and the pavement of which was still
+encumbered with the dead bodies of the Inca's subjects.  The
+captive monarch was placed next his conqueror.  He seemed like
+one who did not yet fully comprehend the extent of his calamity.
+If he did, he showed an amazing fortitude.  "It is the fortune of
+war," he said; *29 and, if we may credit the Spaniards, he
+expressed his admiration of the adroitness with which they had
+contrived to entrap him in the midst of his own troops. *30 He
+added, that he had been made acquainted with the progress of the
+white men from the hour of their landing; but that he had been
+led to undervalue their strength from the insignificance of their
+numbers.  He had no doubt he should be easily able to overpower
+them, on their arrival at Caxamalca, by his superior strength;
+and, as he wished to see for himself what manner of men they
+were, he had suffered them to cross the mountains, meaning to
+select such as he chose for his own service, and, getting
+possession of their wonderful arms and horses, put the rest to
+death. *31
+
+[Footnote 29: "Diciendo que era uso de Guerra vencer, i ser
+vencido." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 2, cap. 12.]
+
+[Footnote 30: "Haciendo admiracion de la traza que tenia hecha."
+Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 31: "And in my opinion," adds the Conqueror who reports
+the speech, "he had good grounds for believing he could do this,
+since nothing but the miraculous interposition of Heaven could
+have saved us." Ibid., Ms.]
+
+
+That such may have been Atahuallpa's purpose is not improbable.
+It explains his conduct in not occupying the mountain passes,
+which afforded such strong points of defence against invasion.
+But that a prince so astute, as by the general testimony of the
+Conquerors he is represented to have been, should have made so
+impolitic a disclosure of his hidden motives is not so probable.
+The intercourse with the Inca was carried on chiefly by means of
+the interpreter Felipillo, or little Philip, as he was called,
+from his assumed Christian name, - a malicious youth, as it
+appears, who bore no good-will to Atahuallpa, and whose
+interpretations were readily admitted by the Conquerors, eager to
+find some pretext for their bloody reprisals.
+Atahuallpa, as elsewhere notice, was, at this time, about thirty
+years of age.  He was well made, and more robust than usual with
+his countrymen. His head was large, and his countenance might
+have been called handsome, but that his eyes, which were
+bloodshot, gave a fierce expression to his features.  He was
+deliberate in speech, grave in manner, and towards his own people
+stern even to severity; though with the Spaniards he showed
+himself affable, sometimes even indulging in sallies of mirth.
+*32
+
+[Footnote 32: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+203.]
+
+Pizarro paid every attention to his royal captive, and
+endeavoured to lighten, if he could not dispel, the gloom which,
+in spite of his assumed equanimity, hung over the monarch's brow.
+He besought him not to be case down by his reverses, for his lot
+had only been that of every prince who had resisted the white
+men.  They had come into the country to proclaim the gospel, the
+religion of Jesus Christ; and it was no wonder they had
+prevailed, when his shield was over them.  Heaven had permitted
+that Atahuallpa's pride should be humbled, because of his hostile
+intentions towards the Spaniards, and the insults he had offered
+to the sacred volume. But he bade the Inca take courage and
+confide in him, for the Spaniards were a generous race, warring
+only against those who made war on them, and showing grace to all
+who submitted! *33 - Atahuallpa may have thought the massacre of
+that day an indifferent commentary on this vaunted lenity.
+
+[Footnote 33: "Nosotros vsamos de piedad con nuestros Enemigos
+vencidos, i no hacemos Guerra, sino a los que nos la hacen, i
+pudiendolos destruir no lo hacemos, antes los perdona mos."
+Ibid., tom. III. p. 199.]
+
+Before retiring for the night, Pizarro briefly addressed his
+troops on their present situation.  When he had ascertained that
+not a man was wounded, he bade them offer up thanksgivings to
+Providence for so great a miracle; without its care, they could
+never have prevailed so easily over the host of their enemies;
+and he trusted their lives had been reserved for still greater
+things.  But if they would succeed, they had much to do for
+themselves.  They were in the heart of a powerful kingdom,
+encompassed by foes deeply attached to their own sovereign.  They
+must be ever on their guard, therefore, and be prepared at any
+hour to be roused from their slumbers by the call of the trumpet.
+*34 - Having then posted his sentinels, placed a strong guard
+over the apartment of Atahuallpa, and taken all the precautions
+of a careful commander, Pizarro withdrew to repose; and, if he
+could really feel, that, in the bloody scenes of the past day, he
+had been fighting only the good fight of the Cross, he doubtless
+slept sounder than on the night preceding the seizure of the
+Inca.
+
+[Footnote 34: Ibid., ubi supra. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. i.
+Conq., Ms.]
+
+On the following morning, the first commands of the Spanish chief
+were to have the city cleansed of its impurities; and the
+prisoners, of whom there were many in the camp, were employed to
+remove the dead, and give them decent burial.  His next care was
+to despatch a body of about thirty horse to the quarters lately
+occupied by Atahuallpa at the baths, to take possession of the
+spoil, and disperse the remnant of the Peruvian forces which
+still hung about the place.
+
+Before noon, the party which he had detached on this service
+returned with a large troop of Indians, men and women, among the
+latter of whom were many of the wives and attendants of the Inca.
+The Spaniards had met with no resistance; since the Peruvian
+warriors, though so superior in number, excellent in
+appointments, and consisting mostly of able-bodied young men, -
+for the greater part of the veteran forces were with the Inca's
+generals at the south, - lost all heart from the moment of their
+sovereign's captivity.  There was no leader to take his place;
+for they recognized no authority but that of the Child of the
+Sun, and they seemed to be held by a sort of invisible charm near
+the place of his confinement; while they gazed with superstitious
+awe on the white men, who could achieve so audacious an
+enterprise. *35
+
+[Footnote 35: From this time, says Ondegardo, the Spaniards, who
+hitherto had been designated as the "men with beards," barbudos,
+were called by the natives, from their fair-complexioned deity,
+Viracochas.  The people of Cuzco, who bore no goodwill to the
+captive Inca, "looked upon the strangers," says the author, "as
+sent by Viracocha himself." (Rel. Prim., Ms.) It reminds us of a
+superstition, or rather an amiable fancy, among the ancient
+Greeks, that "the stranger came from Jupiter."]
+
+The number of Indian prisoners was so great, that some of the
+Conquerors were for putting them all to death, or, at least,
+cutting off their hands, to disable them from acts of violence,
+and to strike terror into their countrymen. *36 The proposition,
+doubtless, came from the lowest and most ferocious of the
+soldiery.  But that it should have been made at all shows what
+materials entered into the composition of Pizarro's company.  The
+chief rejected it at once, as no less impolitic than inhuman, and
+dismissed the Indians to their several homes, with the assurance
+that none should be harmed who did not offer resistance to the
+white men.  A sufficient number, however, were retained to wait
+on the Conquerors, who were so well provided, in this respect,
+that the most common soldier was attended by a retinue of menials
+that would have better suited the establishment of a noble. *37
+
+[Footnote 36: "Algunos fueron de opinion, que matasen a todos los
+Hombres de Guerra, o les cortasen las manos." Xerez, Hist. del
+Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 200.]
+
+[Footnote 37: "Cada Espanol de los que alli ivan tomaron para si
+mui gran cantidad tanto que como andava todo a rienda suelta
+havia Espanol que tenia docientas piezas de Indios Indias de
+servicio." Conq. i. Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+The Spaniards had found immense droves of llamas under the care
+of their shepherds in the neighbourhood of the baths, destined
+for the consumption of the Court.  Many of them were now suffered
+to roam abroad among their native mountains; though Pizarro
+caused a considerable number to be reserved for the use of the
+army.  And this was no small quantity, if, as one of the
+Conquerors says, a hundred and fifty of the Peruvian sheep were
+frequently slaughtered in a day. *38 Indeed, the Spaniards were
+so improvident in their destruction of these animals, that, in a
+few years, the superb flocks, nurtured with so much care by the
+Peruvian government, had almost disappeared from the land. *39
+
+[Footnote 38: "Se matan cada Dia, ciento i cinquenta." Xerez,
+Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 202.]
+
+[Footnote 39: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 80. - Ondegardo, Rel.
+Seg., Ms.
+
+"Hasta que los destruian todos sin haver Espanol ni Justicia que
+lo defendiese ni amparase." Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+The party sent to pillage the Inca's pleasure house brought back
+a rich booty in gold and silver, consisting chiefly of plate for
+the royal table, which greatly astonished the Spaniards by their
+size and weight.  These, as well as some large emeralds obtained
+there, together with the precious spoils found on the bodies of
+the Indian nobles who had perished in the massacre, were placed
+in safe custody, to be hereafter divided.  In the city of
+Caxamalca, the troops also found magazines stored with goods,
+both cotton and woollen, far superior to any they had seen, for
+fineness of texture, and the skill with which the various colors
+were blended.  They were piled from the floors to the very roofs
+of the buildings, and in such quantity, that, after every soldier
+had provided himself with what he desired, it made no sensible
+diminution of the whole amount. *40
+
+[Footnote 40: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+200.
+
+There was enough, says the anonymous Conqueror, for several
+ship-loads. "Todas estas cosas de tiendas y ropas de lana y
+algodon eran en tan gran cantidad, que a mi parecer fueran
+menester muchos navios en que supieran." Relacion del Primer.
+Descub., Ms.]
+
+Pizarro would now gladly have directed his march on the Peruvian
+capital. But the distance was great, and his force was small.
+This must have been still further crippled by the guard required
+for the Inca, and the chief feared to involve himself deeper in a
+hostile empire so populous and powerful, with a prize so precious
+in his keeping.  With much anxiety, therefore, he looked for
+reinforcements from the colonies; and he despatched a courier to
+San Miguel, to inform the Spaniards there of his recent
+successes, and to ascertain if there had been any arrival from
+Panama. Meanwhile he employed his men in making Caxamalca a more
+suitable residence for a Christian host, by erecting a church,
+or, perhaps, appropriating some Indian edifice to this use, in
+which mass was regularly performed by the Dominican fathers, with
+great solemnity.  The dilapidated walls of the city were also
+restored in a more substantial manner than before, and every
+vestige was soon effaced of the hurricane that had so recently
+swept over it.
+
+It was not long before Atahuallpa discovered, amidst all the show
+of religious zeal in his Conquerors, a lurking appetite more
+potent in most of their bosoms than either religion or ambition.
+This was the love of gold. He determined to avail himself of it
+to procure his own freedom.  The critical posture of his affairs
+made it important that this should not be long delayed. His
+brother Huascar, ever since his defeat, had been detained as a
+prisoner, subject to the victor's orders.  He was now at
+Andamarca, at no great distance from Caxamalca; and Atahuallpa
+feared, with good reason, that, when his own imprisonment was
+known, Huascar would find it easy to corrupt his guards, make his
+escape, and put himself at the head of the contested empire,
+without a rival to dispute it.
+
+In the hope, therefore, to effect his purpose by appealing to the
+avarice of his keepers, he one day told Pizarro, that, if he
+would set him free, he would engage to cover the floor of the
+apartment on which they stood with gold.  Those present listened
+with an incredulous smile; and, as the Inca received no answer,
+he said, with some emphasis, that "he would not merely cover the
+floor, but would fill the room with gold as high as he could
+reach"; and, standing on tiptoe, he stretched out his hand
+against the wall. All stared with amazement; while they regarded
+it as the insane boast of a man too eager to procure his liberty
+to weigh the meaning of his words.  Yet Pizarro was sorely
+perplexed.  As he had advanced into the country, much that he had
+seen, and all that he had heard, had confirmed the dazzling
+reports first received of the riches of Peru.  Atahuallpa himself
+had given him the most glowing picture of the wealth of the
+capital, where the roofs of the temples were plated with gold,
+while the walls were hung with tapestry and the floors inlaid
+with tiles of the same precious metal.  There must be some
+foundation for all this.  At all events, it was safe to accede to
+the Inca's proposition; since, by so doing, he could collect, at
+once, all the gold at his disposal, and thus prevent its being
+purloined or secreted by the natives.  He therefore acquiesced in
+Atahuallpa's offer, and, drawing a red line along the wall at the
+height which the Inca had indicated, he caused the terms of the
+proposal to be duly recorded by the notary.  The apartment was
+about seventeen feet broad, by twenty-two feet long, and the line
+round the walls was nine feet from the floor. *41 This space was
+to be filled with gold; but it was understood that the gold was
+not to be melted down into ingots, but to retain the original
+form of the articles into which it was manufactured, that the
+Inca might have the benefit of the space which they occupied.  He
+further agreed to fill an adjoining room of smaller dimensions
+twice full with silver, in like manner; and he demanded two
+months to accomplish all this. *42
+
+[Footnote 41: I have adopted the dimensions given by the
+secretary Xerez, (Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 202.)
+According to Hernando Pizarro, the apartment was nine feet high,
+but thirty-five feet long by seventeen or eighteen feet wide.
+(Carta, Ms.) The most moderate estimate is large enough.
+Stevenson says that they still show "a large room, part of the
+old palace, and now the residence of the Cacique Astopilca, where
+the ill-fated Inca was kept a prisoner"; and he adds that the
+line traced on the wall is still visible.  (Residence in South
+America, vol. II. p. 163.) Peru abounds in remains as ancient as
+the Conquest; and it would not be surprising that the memory of a
+place so remarkable as this should be preserved, - though any
+thing but a memorial to be cherished by the Spaniards.]
+
+[Footnote 42: The facts in the preceding paragraph are told with
+remarkable uniformity by the ancient chroniclers.  (Conf. Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Carta de Hern. Pizarro, Ms. -
+Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, ubi supra. - Naharro, Relacion
+Sumaria, Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 2, cap. 6. - Gomara,
+Hist. de las Ind., cap. 114. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5,
+lib. 2, cap. 1.)
+
+Both Naharro and Herrera state expressly that Pizarro promised
+the Inca his liberation on fulfilling the compact.  This is not
+confirmed by the other chroniclers, who, however, do not intimate
+that the Spanish general declined the terms.  And as Pizarro, by
+all accounts, encouraged his prisoner to perform his part of the
+contract, it must have been with the understanding implied, if
+not expressed, that he would abide by the other.  It is most
+improbable that the Inca would have stripped himself of his
+treasures, if he had not so understood it.]
+
+No sooner was this arrangement made, than the Inca despatched
+couriers to Cuzco and the other principal places in the kingdom,
+with orders that the gold ornaments and utensils should be
+removed from the royal palaces, and from the temples and other
+public buildings, and transported without loss of time to
+Caxamalca.  Meanwhile he continued to live in the Spanish
+quarters, treated with the respect due to his rank, and enjoying
+all the freedom that was compatible with the security of his
+person.  Though not permitted to go abroad, his limbs were
+unshackled, and he had the range of his own apartments under the
+jealous surveillance of a guard, who knew too well the value of
+the royal captive to be remiss.  He was allowed the society of
+his favorite wives, and Pizarro took care that his domestic
+privacy should not be violated.  His subjects had free access to
+their sovereign, and every day he received visits from the Indian
+nobles, who came to bring presents, and offer condolence to their
+unfortunate master.  On such occasions, the most potent of these
+great vassals never ventured into his presence, without first
+stripping off their sandals, and bearing a load on their backs in
+token of reverence.  The Spaniards gazed with curious eyes on
+these acts of homage, or rather of slavish submission, on the one
+side, and on the air of perfect indifference with which they were
+received, as a matter of course, on the other; and they conceived
+high ideas of the character of a prince who, even in his present
+helpless condition, could inspire such feelings of awe in his
+subjects.  The royal levee was so well attended, and such
+devotion was shown by his vassals to the captive monarch, as did
+not fail, in the end, to excite some feelings of distrust in his
+keepers. *43
+
+[Footnote 43: Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms. - Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru lib. 2, cap. 6.]
+
+Pizarro did not neglect the opportunity afforded him of
+communicating the truths of revelation to his prisoner, and both
+he and his chaplain, Father Valverde, labored in the same good
+work.  Atahuallpa listened with composure and apparent attention.
+But nothing seemed to move him so much as the argument with which
+the military polemic closed his discourse, - that it could not be
+the true God whom Atahuallpa worshipped, since he had suffered
+him to fall into the hands of his enemies.  The unhappy monarch
+assented to the force of this, acknowledging that his Deity had
+indeed deserted him in his utmost need. *44
+
+[Footnote 44: "I mas dijo Atabalipa, que estaba espantado de lo
+que el Governador le havia dicho: que bien conocia que aquel que
+hablaba en su Idolo, no es Dios verdadero pues tan poco le
+aiudo." Xerez Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 203.]
+
+Yet his conduct towards his brother Huascar, at this time, too
+clearly proves, that, whatever respect he may have shown for the
+teachers, the doctrines of Christianity had made little
+impression on his heart.  No sooner had Huascar been informed of
+the capture of his rival, and of the large ransom he had offered
+for his deliverance, than, as the latter had foreseen, he made
+every effort to regain his liberty, and sent, or attempted to
+send, a message to the Spanish commander, that he would pay a
+much larger ransom than that promised by Atahuallpa, who, never
+having dwelt in Cuzco, was ignorant of the quantity of treasure
+there, and where it was deposited.
+Intelligence of all this was secretly communicated to Atahuallpa
+by the persons who had his brother in charge; and his jealousy,
+thus roused, was further heightened by Pizarro's declaration,
+that he intended to have Huascar brought to Caxamalca, where he
+would himself examine into the controversy, and determine which
+of the two had best title to the sceptre of the Incas. Pizarro
+perceived, from the first, the advantages of a competition which
+would enable him, by throwing his sword into the scale he
+preferred, to give it a preponderance.  The party who held the
+sceptre by his nomination would henceforth be a tool in his
+hands, with which to work his pleasure more effectually than he
+could well do in his own name.  It was the game, as every reader
+knows, played by Edward the First in the affairs of Scotland, and
+by many a monarch, both before and since, - and though their
+examples may not have been familiar to the unlettered soldier,
+Pizarro was too quick in his perceptions to require, in this
+matter, at least, the teachings of history.
+Atahuallpa was much alarmed by the Spanish commander's
+determination to have the suit between the rival candidates
+brought before him; for he feared, that, independently of the
+merits of the case, the decision would be likely to go in favor
+of Huascar, whose mild and ductile temper would make him a
+convenient instrument in the hands of his conquerors.  Without
+further hesitation, he determined to remove this cause of
+jealousy for ever, by the death of his brother.
+
+His orders were immediately executed, and the unhappy prince was
+drowned, as was commonly reported, in the river of Andamarca,
+declaring with his dying breath that the white men would avenge
+his murder, and that his rival would not long survive him. *45 -
+Thus perished the unfortunate Huascar, the legitimate heir of the
+throne of the Incas, in the very morning of life, and the
+commencement of his reign; a reign, however, which had been long
+enough to call forth the display of many excellent and amiable
+qualities, though his nature was too gentle to cope with the bold
+and fiercer temper of his brother.  Such is the portrait we have
+of him from the Indian and Castilian chroniclers, though the
+former, it should be added, were the kinsmen of Huascar, and the
+latter certainly bore no goodwill to Atahuallpa. *46
+
+[Footnote 45: Both the place and the manner of Huascar's death
+are reported with much discrepancy by the historians.  All agree
+in the one important fact, that he died a violent death at the
+instigation of his brother.  Conf. Herrera, Hist. General, dec.
+5, lib. 3, cap. 2. - Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III.
+p. 204. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Naharro, Relacion
+Sumaria, Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 2, cap. 6. - Instruc.
+del Inga Titucussi, Ms.]
+
+
+[Footnote 46: Both Garcillaso de la Vega and Titucussi Yupanqui
+were descendants from Huayna Capac, of the pure Peruvian stock,
+the natural enemies, therefore, of their kinsman of Quito, whom
+they regarded as a usurper.  Circumstances brought the Castilians
+into direct collision with Atahuallpa, and it was natural they
+should seek to darken his reputation by contrast with the fair
+character of his rival.]
+
+That prince received the tidings of Huascar's death with every
+mark of surprise and indignation.  He immediately sent for
+Pizarro, and communicated the event to him with expressions of
+the deepest sorrow.  The Spanish commander refused, at first, to
+credit the unwelcome news, and bluntly told the Inca, that his
+brother could not be dead, and that he should be answerable for
+his life. *47 To this Atahuallpa replied by renewed assurances of
+the fact, adding that the deed had been perpetrated, without his
+privity, by Huascar's keepers, fearful that he might take
+advantage of the troubles of the country to make his escape.
+Pizarro, on making further inquiries, found that the report of
+his death was but too true.  That it should have been brought
+about by Atahuallpa's officers, without his express command,
+would only show, that, by so doing, they had probably anticipated
+their master's wishes.  The crime, which assumes in our eyes a
+deeper dye from the relation of the parties, had not the same
+estimation among the Incas, in whose multitudinous families the
+bonds of brotherhood must have sat loosely, - much too loosely to
+restrain the arm of the despot from sweeping away any obstacle
+that lay in his path.
+
+[Footnote 47: "Sabido esto por el Gobernador, mostro, que el
+pesaba mucho: i dijo que era mentira, que no le havian muerto,
+que lo trujesen luego vivo: i sino, que el mandaria matar a
+Atabalipa." Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 204.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter VI
+
+Gold Arrives For The Ransom. - Visit To Pachacamac. - Demolition
+Of The Idol. - The Inca's Favorite General. - The Inca's Life In
+Confinement. - Envoy's Conduct In Cuzco. - Arrival Of Almagro.
+
+1533.
+
+
+Several weeks had now passed since Atahuallpa's emissaries had
+been despatched for the gold and silver that were to furnish his
+ransom to the Spaniards.  But the distances were great, and the
+returns came in slowly. They consisted, for the most part, of
+massive pieces of plate, some of which weighed two or three
+arrobas, - a Spanish weight of twenty-five pounds.  On some days,
+articles of the value of thirty or forty thousand pesos de oro
+were brought in, and, occasionally, of the value of fifty or even
+sixty thousand pesos.  The greedy eyes of the Conquerors gloated
+on the shining heaps of treasure, which were transported on the
+shoulders of the Indian porters, and, after being carefully
+registered, were placed in safe deposit under a strong guard.
+They now began to believe that the magnificent promises of the
+Inca would be fulfilled.  But, as their avarice was sharpened by
+the ravishing display of wealth, such as they had hardly dared to
+imagine, they became more craving and impatient.  They made no
+allowance for the distance and the difficulties of the way, and
+loudly inveighed against the tardiness with which the royal
+commands were executed.  They even suspected Atahuallpa of
+devising this scheme only to gain a pretext for communicating
+with his subjects in distant places, and of proceeding as
+dilatorily as possible, in order to secure time for the execution
+of his plans.  Rumors of a rising among the Peruvians were
+circulated, and the Spaniards were in apprehension of some
+general and sudden assault on their quarters.  Their new
+acquisitions gave them additional cause for solicitude; like a
+miser, they trembled in the midst of their treasures. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 2, sap. 6. - Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom.
+III. p. 204.]
+
+Pizarro reported to his captive the rumors that were in
+circulation among the soldiers, naming, as one of the places
+pointed out for the rendezvous of the Indians, the neighbouring
+city of Guamachucho.  Atahuallpa listened with undisguised
+astonishment, and indignantly repelled the charge, as false from
+beginning to end.  "No one of my subjects," said he, "would dare
+to appear in arms, or to raise his finger, without my orders.
+You have me," he continued, "in your power.  Is not my life at
+your disposal?  And what better security can you have for my
+fidelity?" He then represented to the Spanish commander, that the
+distances of many of the places were very great; that to Cuzco,
+the capital, although a message might be sent by post, through a
+succession of couriers, in five days from Caxamalca, it would
+require weeks for a porter to travel over the same ground, with a
+heavy load on his back.  "But that you may be satisfied I am
+proceeding in good faith," he added, "I desire you will send some
+of your own people to Cuzco.  I will give them a safe-conduct,
+and, when there, they can superintend the execution of the
+commission, and see with their own eyes that no hostile movements
+are intended." It was a fair offer, and Pizarro, anxious to get
+more precise and authentic information of the state of the
+country, gladly availed himself of it. *2
+
+[Footnote 2: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Xerez, Conq.
+del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. pp. 203, 204. - Naharro, Relacion
+Sumaria, Ms.]
+
+Before the departure of these emissaries, the general had
+despatched his brother Hernando with about twenty horse and a
+small body of infantry to the neighbouring town of Guamachucho,
+in order to reconnoitre the country, and ascertain if there was
+any truth in the report of an armed force having assembled there.
+Hernando found every thing quiet, and met with a kind reception
+from the natives.  But before leaving the place, he received
+further orders from his brother to continue his march to
+Pachacamac, a town situated on the coast, at least a hundred
+leagues distant from Caxamalca. It was consecrated as the seat of
+the great temple of the deity of that name, whom the Peruvians
+worshipped as the Creator of the world.  It is said that they
+found there altars raised to this god, on their first occupation
+of the country; and, such was the veneration in which he was held
+by the natives, that the Incas, instead of attempting to abolish
+his worship, deemed it more prudent to sanction it conjointly
+with that of their own deity, the Sun. Side by side, the two
+temples rose on the heights that overlooked the city of
+Pachacamac, and prospered in the offerings of their respective
+votaries. "It was a cunning arrangement," says an ancient writer,
+"by which the great enemy of man secured to himself a double
+harvest of souls." *3
+
+[Footnote 3: "El demonio Pachacama alegre con este concierto,
+afirman que mostraua en sus respuestas gran contento: pues con lo
+vno y lo otro era el seruido, y quedauan las animas de los
+simples malauenturados presas en su poder." Cieza de Leon,
+Cronica, cap. 72.]
+
+But the temple of Pachacamac continued to maintain its
+ascendency; and the oracles delivered from its dark and
+mysterious shrine, were held in no less repute among the natives
+of Tavantinsuyu, (or "the four quarters of the world," as Peru
+under the Incas was called,) than the oracles of Delphi obtained
+among the Greeks.  Pilgrimages were made to the hallowed spot
+from the most distant regions, and the city of Pachacamac became
+among the Peruvians what Mecca was among the Mahometans, or
+Cholula with the people of Anahuac.  The shrine of the deity,
+enriched by the tributes of the pilgrims, gradually became one of
+the most opulent in the land, and Atahuallpa, anxious to collect
+his ransom as speedily as possible, urged Pizarro to send a
+detachment in that direction, to secure the treasures before they
+could be secreted by the priests of the temple.
+
+It was a journey of considerable difficulty.  Two thirds of the
+route lay along the table-land of the Cordilleras, intersected
+occasionally by crests of the mountain range, that imposed no
+slight impediment to their progress.  Fortunately, much of the
+way, they had the benefit of the great road to Cuzco, and
+"nothing in Christendom," exclaims Hernando Pizarro, "equals the
+magnificence of this road across the sierra." *4 In some places,
+the rocky ridges were so precipitous, that steps were cut in them
+for the travellers; and though the sides were protected by heavy
+stone balustrades or parapets, it was with the greatest
+difficulty that the horses were enabled to scale them.  The road
+was frequently crossed by streams, over which bridges of wood and
+sometimes of stone were thrown; though occasionally, along the
+declivities of the mountains, the waters swept down in such
+furious torrents, that the only method of passing them was by the
+swinging bridges of osier, of which, till now, the Spaniards had
+had little experience.  They were secured on either bank to heavy
+buttresses of stone.  But as they were originally designed for
+nothing heavier than the foot-passenger and the llama, and, as
+they had something exceedingly fragile in their appearance, the
+Spaniards hesitated to venture on them with their horses.
+Experience, however, soon showed they were capable of bearing a
+much greater weight; and though the traveller, made giddy by the
+vibration of the long avenue, looked with a reeling brain into
+the torrent that was tumbling at the depth of a hundred feet or
+more below him, the whole of the cavalry effected their passage
+without an accident.  At these bridges, it may be remarked, they
+found persons stationed whose business it was to collect toll for
+the government from all travellers. *5
+
+[Footnote 4: "El camino de las sierras es cosa de ver, porque en
+verdad en tierra tan fragosa en la cristiandad no se han visto
+tan hermosos caminos, toda la mayor parte de calzada." Carta,
+Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 5: "Todos los arroyos tienen puentes de piedra o de
+madera: en un rio grande, que era muy caudaloso e muy grande, que
+pasamos dos veces, hallamos puentes de red, que es cosa
+maravillosa de ver; pasamos por ellas los caballos; tienen en
+cada pasaje dos puentes, la una por donde pasa la gente comun, la
+otra por donde pasa el senor de la tierra o sus capitanes: esta
+tienen siempre cerrada e indios que la guardan; estos indios
+cobran portazgo de los que pasan." Carta de Hern.  Pizarro, Ms. -
+Also Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+The Spaniards were amazed by the number as well as magnitude of
+the flocks of llamas which they saw browsing on the stunted
+herbage that grows in the elevated regions of the Andes.  Some
+times they were gathered in inclosures, but more usually were
+roaming at large under the conduct of their Indian shepherds; and
+the Conquerors now learned, for the first time, that these
+animals were tended with as much care, and their migrations as
+nicely regulated, as those of the vast flocks of merinos in their
+own country. *6
+
+[Footnote 6: A comical blunder has been made by the printer, in
+M. Ter naux-Compans's excellent translation of Xerez, in the
+account of this expedition.  "On trouve sur toute la route
+beaucoup de porcs, de lamas." (Relation de la Conquete du Perou,
+p. 157.) The substitution of porcs for parcs might well lead the
+reader into the error of supposing that swine existed in Peru
+before the Conquest.]
+
+The table-land and its declivities were thickly sprinkled with
+hamlets and towns, some of them of considerable size; and the
+country in every direction bore the marks of a thrifty husbandry.
+Fields of Indian corn were to be seen in all its different
+stages, from the green and tender ear to the yellow ripeness of
+harvest time.  As they descended into the valleys and deep
+ravines that divided the crests of the Cordilleras, they were
+surrounded by the vegetation of a warmer climate, which delighted
+the eye with the gay livery of a thousand bright colors, and
+intoxicated the senses with its perfumes.  Everywhere the natural
+capacities of the soil were stimulated by a minute system of
+irrigation, which drew the fertilizing moisture from every stream
+and rivulet that rolled down the declivities of the Andes; while
+the terraced sides of the mountains were clothed with gardens and
+orchards that teemed with fruits of various latitudes.  The
+Spaniards could not sufficiently admire the industry with which
+the natives had availed themselves of the bounty of Nature, or
+had supplied the deficiency where she had dealt with a more
+parsimonious hand.
+
+Whether from the commands of the Inca, or from the awe which
+their achievements had spread throughout the land, the Conquerors
+were received, in every place through which they passed, with
+hospitable kindness.  Lodgings were provided for them, with ample
+refreshments from the well-stored magazines, distributed at
+intervals along the route.  In many of the towns the inhabitants
+came out to welcome them with singing and dancing; and, when they
+resumed their march, a number of able-bodied porters were
+furnished to carry forward their baggage. *7
+
+[Footnote 7: Carta de Hern.  Pizarro, Ms. - Estete, ap. Barcia,
+tom. III. pp. 206, 207. - Relacion del Primer.  Descub., Ms.
+
+Both the last-cited author and Miguel Estete, the royal veedor or
+inspector, accompanied Hernando Pizarro on this expedition, and,
+of course, were eyewitnesses, like himself, of what they relate.
+Estete's narrative is incorporated by the secretary Xerez in his
+own.]
+
+At length, after some weeks of travel, severe even with all these
+appliances, Hernando Pizarro arrived before the city of
+Pachacamac.  It was a place of considerable population, and the
+edifices were, many of them, substantially built.  The temple of
+the tutelar deity consisted of a vast stone building, or rather
+pile of buildings, which, clustering around a conical hill, had
+the air of a fortress rather than a religious establishment.
+But, though the walls were of stone, the roof was composed of a
+light thatch, as usual in countries where rain seldom or never
+falls, and where defence, consequently, is wanted chiefly against
+the rays of the sun.
+
+Presenting himself at the lower entrance of the temple, Hernando
+Pizarro was refused admittance by the guardians of the portal.
+But, exclaiming that "he had come too far to be stayed by the arm
+of an Indian priest," he forced his way into the passage, and,
+followed by his men, wound up the gallery which led to an area on
+the summit of the mount, at one end of which stood a sort of
+chapel.  This was the sanctuary of the dread deity.  The door was
+garnished with ornaments of crystal, and with turquoises and bits
+of coral. *8 Here again the Indians would have dissuaded Pizarro
+from violating the consecrated precincts, when, at that moment,
+the shock of an earthquake, that made the ancient walls tremble
+to their foundation, so alarmed the natives, both those of
+Pizarro's own company and the people of the place, that they fled
+in dismay, nothing doubting that their incensed deity would bury
+the invaders under the ruins, or consume them with his
+lightnings.  But no such terror found its way into the breast of
+the Conquerors, who felt that here, at least, they were fighting
+the good fight of the Faith.
+
+[Footnote 8: "Esta puerta era muy tejida de diversas cosas de
+corales y turquesas y cristales y otras cosas." Relacion del
+Primer. Descub., Ms]
+
+Tearing open the door, Pizarro and his party entered.  But
+instead of a hall blazing, as they had fondly imagined, with gold
+and precious stones, offerings of the worshippers of Pachacamac,
+they found themselves in a small and obscure apartment, or rather
+den, from the floor and sides of which steamed up the most
+offensive odors, - like those of a slaughter-house.  It was the
+place of sacrifice.  A few pieces of gold and some emeralds were
+discovered on the ground, and, as their eyes became accommodated
+to the darkness, they discerned in the most retired corner of the
+room the figure of the deity.  It was an uncouth monster, made of
+wood, with the head resembling that of a man.  This was the god,
+through whose lips Satan had breathed forth the far-famed oracles
+which had deluded his Indian votaries! *9
+
+[Footnote 9: "Aquel era Pachacama, el cual les sanaba de sus
+enfermedades, y a lo que alli se entendio, el Demonio aparecia en
+aquella cueba a aquellos sacerdotes y hablaba con ellos, y estos
+entraban con las peticiones y ofrendas de los que venian en
+romeria, que es cierto que del todo el Senorio de Atabalica iban
+alli, como los Moros y Turcos van a la casa de Meca." Relacion
+del Primer. Descub., Ms. - Also Estete, ap. Barcia, tom III. p.
+209.]
+
+Tearing the idol from its recess, the indignant Spaniards dragged
+it into the open air, and there broke it into a hundred
+fragments.  The place was then purified, and a large cross, made
+of stone and plaster, was erected on the spot.  In a few years
+the walls of the temple were pulled down by the Spanish settlers,
+who found there a convenient quarry for their own edifices. But
+the cross still remained spreading its broad arms over the ruins.
+It stood where it was planted in the very heart of the stronghold
+of Heathendom; and, while all was in ruins around it, it
+proclaimed the permanent triumphs of the Faith.
+
+The simple natives, finding that Heaven had no bolts in store for
+the Conquerors, and that their god had no power to prevent the
+profanation of his shrine, came in gradually and tendered their
+homage to the strangers, whom they now regarded with feelings of
+superstitious awe.  Pizarro profited by this temper to wean them,
+if possible, from their idolatry; and though no preacher himself,
+as he tells us, he delivered a discourse as edifying, doubtless,
+as could be expected from the mouth of a soldier; *10 and, in
+conclusion, he taught them the sign of the cross, as an
+inestimable talisman to secure them against the future
+machinations of the Devil. *11
+
+[Footnote 10: "E a falta de predicador les nice mi sermon,
+diciendo el engano en que vivian." Carta de Hern.  Pizarro, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 11: Ibid., Ms. - Relacion del Primer.  Descub., Ms. -
+Estete, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 209.]
+
+But the Spanish commander was not so absorbed in his spiritual
+labors as not to have an eye to those temporal concerns for which
+he came into this quarter.  He now found, to his chagrin, that he
+had come somewhat too late; and that the priests of Pachacamac,
+being advised of his mission, had secured much the greater part
+of the gold, and decamped with it before his arrival. A quantity
+was afterwards discovered buried in the grounds adjoining. *12
+Still the amount obtained was considerable, falling little short
+of eighty thousand castellanos, a sum which once would have been
+deemed a compensation for greater fatigues than they had
+encountered.  But the Spaniards had become familiar with gold;
+and their imaginations, kindled by the romantic adventures in
+which they had of late been engaged, indulged in visions which
+all the gold of Peru would scarcely have realized.
+
+[Footnote 12: "Y andando los tiepos el capitan Rodrigo Orgonez, y
+Francisco de Godoy, y otros sacaron gra summa de oro y plata de
+los enterramientos. Y aun se presume y tiene por cierto, que ay
+mucho mas: pero como no se sabe donde esta enterrado, se pierde."
+Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 72.]
+
+One prize, however, Hernando obtained by his expedition, which
+went far to console him for the loss of his treasure.  While at
+Pachacamac, he learned that the Indian commander Challcuchima lay
+with a large force in the neighbourhood of Xauxa, a town of some
+strength at a considerable distance among the mountains.  This
+man, who was nearly related to Atahuallpa, was his most
+experienced general, and together with Quizquiz, now at Cuzco,
+had achieved those victories at the south which placed the Inca
+on the throne. From his birth, his talents, and his large
+experience, he was accounted second to no subject in the kingdom.
+Pizarro was aware of the importance of securing his person.
+Finding that the Indian noble declined to meet him on his return,
+he determined to march at once on Xauxa and take the chief in his
+own quarters.  Such a scheme, considering the enormous disparity
+of numbers, might seem desperate even for Spaniards.  But success
+had given them such confidence, that they hardly condescended to
+calculate chances.
+The road across the mountains presented greater difficulties than
+those on the former march.  To add to the troubles of the
+cavalry, the shoes of their horses were worn out, and their hoofs
+suffered severely on the rough and stony ground.  There was no
+iron at hand, nothing but gold and silver. In the present
+emergency they turned even these to account; and Pizarro caused
+the horses of the whole troop to be shod with silver.  The work
+was done by the Indian smiths, and it answered so well, that in
+this precious material they found a substitute for iron during
+the remainder of the march. *13
+
+[Footnote 13: "Hicieron hacer herrage de herraduras e clavos para
+sus Caballos de Plata, los cuales hicieron los cien Indios
+fundidores muy buenos e cuantos quisieron de ellos, con el cual
+herrage andubieron dos meses." (Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms.,
+Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 16.) The author of the Relacion del Primero
+Descubrimento, Ms., says they shod the horses with silver and
+copper.  And another of the Peruvian Conquerors assures us they
+used gold and silver.  (Relatione d'un Capitano Spagnuolo, ap
+Ramusio, Navigationi et Viaggi, Venetia, 1565, tom. III. fol.
+376.) All agree in the silver.]
+
+Xauxa was a large and populous place; though we shall hardly
+credit the assertion of the Conquerors, that a hundred thousand
+persons assembled habitually in the great square of the city. *14
+The Peruvian commander was encamped, it was said, with an army of
+five-and-thirty thousand men at only a few miles' distance from
+the town With some difficulty he was persuaded to an interview
+with Pizarro.  The latter addressed him courteously, and urged
+his return with him to the Castilian quarters in Caxamalca,
+representing it as the command of the Inca.  Ever since the
+capture of his master, Challcuchima had remained uncertain what
+course to take.  The capture of the Inca in this sudden and
+mysterious manner by a race of beings who seemed to have dropped
+from the clouds, and that too in the very hour of his triumph,
+had entirely bewildered the Peruvian chief.  He had concerted no
+plan for the rescue of Atahuallpa, nor, indeed, did he know
+whether any such movement would be acceptable to him.  He now
+acquiesced in his commands, and was willing, at all events, to
+have a personal interview with his sovereign. Pizarro gained his
+end without being obliged to strike a single blow to effect it.
+The barbarian, when brought into contact with the white man,
+would seem to have been rebuked by his superior genius, in the
+same manner as the wild animal of the forest is said to quail
+before the steady glance of the hunter.
+
+[Footnote 14: "Era mucha la Gente de aquel Pueblo, i de sus
+Comarcas, que al parecer de los Espanoles, se juntaban cada Dia
+en la Placa Principal cien mil Personas." Estete, ap. Barcia,
+tom. III. p. 230.]
+
+Challcuchima came attended by a numerous retinue.  He was borne
+in his sedan on the shoulders of his vassals; and, as he
+accompanied the Spaniards on their return through the country,
+received everywhere from the inhabitants the homage paid only to
+the favorite of a monarch.  Yet all this pomp vanished on his
+entering the presence of the Inca, whom he approached with his
+feet bare, while a light burden, which he had taken from one of
+the attendants, was laid on his back.  As he drew near, the old
+warrior, raising his hands to heaven, exclaimed, - "Would that I
+had been here! - this would not then have happened"; then,
+kneeling down, he kissed the hands and feet of his royal master,
+and bathed them with his tears.  Atahuallpa, on his part,
+betrayed not the least emotion, and showed no other sign of
+satisfaction at the presence of his favorite counsellor, than by
+simply bidding him welcome.  The cold demeanour of the monarch
+contrasted strangely with the loyal sensibility of the subject.
+*15
+
+[Footnote 15: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.
+
+"The like of it," exclaims Estete. "was never before seen since
+the Indies were discovered." Ibid., p. 231.]
+
+The rank of the Inca placed him at an immeasurable distance above
+the proudest of his vassals; and the Spaniards had repeated
+occasion to admire the ascendency which, even in his present
+fallen fortunes, he maintained over his people, and the awe with
+which they approached him.  Pedro Pizarro records an interview,
+at which he was present, between Atahuallpa and one of his great
+nobles, who had obtained leave to visit some remote part of the
+country on condition of returning by a certain day.  He was
+detained somewhat beyond the appointed time, and, on entering the
+presence with a small propitiatory gift for his sovereign, his
+knees shook so violently, that it seemed, says the chronicler, as
+if he would have fallen to the ground.  His master, however,
+received him kindly, and dismissed him without a word of rebuke.
+*16
+
+[Footnote 16: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. Conq., Ms.]
+
+Atahuallpa in his confinement continued to receive the same
+respectful treatment from the Spaniards as hitherto.  They taught
+him to play with dice, and the more intricate game of chess, in
+which the royal captive became expert, and loved to be guile with
+it the tedious hours of his imprisonment. Towards his own people
+he maintained as far as possible his wonted state and ceremonial.
+He was attended by his wives and the girls of his harem, who, as
+was customary, waited on him at table and discharged the other
+menial offices about his person.  A body of Indian nobles were
+stationed in the antechamber, but never entered the presence
+unbidden; and when they did enter it, they submitted to the same
+humiliating ceremonies imposed on the greatest of his subjects.
+The service of his table was gold and silver plate.  His dress,
+which he often changed, was composed of the wool of the vicuna
+wrought into mantles, so fine that it had the appearance of silk.
+He sometimes exchanged these for a robe made of the skins of
+bats, as soft and sleek as velvet.  Round his head he wore the
+llautu, a woollen turban or shawl of the most delicate texture,
+wreathed in folds of various bright colors; and he still
+continued to encircle his temples with the borla, the crimson
+threads of which, mingled with gold, descended so as partly to
+conceal his eyes The image of royalty had charms for him, when
+its substance had departed.  No garment or utensil that had once
+belonged to the Peruvian sovereign could ever be used by another.
+When he laid it aside, it was carefully deposited in a chest,
+kept for the purpose, and afterwards burned.  It would have been
+sacrilege to apply to vulgar uses that which had been consecrated
+by the touch of the Inca. *17
+
+[Footnote 17: This account of the personal habits of Atahuallpa
+is taken from Pedro Pizarro, who saw him often in his
+confinement.  As his curious narrative is little known, I have
+extracted the original in Appendix, No. 9.]
+
+Not long after the arrival of the party from Pachacamac, in the
+latter part of May, the three emissaries returned from Cuzco.
+They had been very successful in their mission.  Owing to the
+Inca's order, and the awe which the white men now inspired
+throughout the country, the Spaniards had everywhere met with a
+kind reception.  They had been carried on the shoulders of the
+natives in the hamacas, or sedans, of the country; and, as they
+had travelled all the way to the capital on the great imperial
+road, along which relays of Indian carriers were established at
+stated intervals, they performed this journey of more than six
+hundred miles, not only without inconvenience, but with the most
+luxurious ease.  They passed through many populous towns, and
+always found the simple natives disposed to venerate them as
+beings of a superior nature.  In Cuzco they were received with
+public festivities, were sumptuously lodged, and had every want
+anticipated by the obsequious devotion of the inhabitants.
+
+Their accounts of the capital confirmed all that Pizarro had
+before heard of the wealth and population of the city.  Though
+they had remained more than a week in this place, the emissaries
+had not seen the whole of it. The great temple of the Sun they
+found literally covered with plates of gold. They had entered the
+interior and beheld the royal mummies, seated each in his
+gold-embossed chair, and in robes profusely covered with
+ornaments.  The Spaniards had the grace to respect these, as they
+had been previously enjoined by the Inca; but they required that
+the plates which garnished the walls should be all removed.  The
+Peruvians most reluctantly acquiesced in the commands of their
+sovereign to desecrate the national temple, which every
+inhabitant of the city regarded with peculiar pride and
+veneration.  With less reluctance they assisted the Conquerors in
+stripping the ornaments from some of the other edifices, where
+the gold, however, being mixed with a large proportion of alloy,
+was of much less value. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: Rel. d'un Capitano Spagn., ap. Ramusio, tom. III.
+fol. 375. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 5, lib. 2, cap. 12, 13.]
+
+The number of plates they tore from the temple of the Sun was
+seven hundred; and though of no great thickness, probably, they
+are compared in size to the lid of a chest, ten or twelve inches
+wide. *19 A cornice of pure gold encircled the edifice, but so
+strongly set in the stone, that it fortunately defied the efforts
+of the spoilers.  The Spaniards complained of the want of
+alacrity shown by the Indians in the work of destruction, and
+said that there were other parts of the city containing buildings
+rich in gold and silver which they had not been allowed to see.
+In truth, their mission, which, at best, was a most ungrateful
+one, had been rendered doubly annoying by the manner in which
+they had executed it.  The emissaries were men of a very low
+stamp, and, puffed up by the honors conceded to them by the
+natives, they looked on themselves as entitled to these, and
+contemned the poor Indians as a race immeasurably beneath the
+European.  They not only showed the most disgusting rapacity, but
+treated the highest nobles with wanton insolence. They even went
+so far, it is said, as to violate the privacy of the convents,
+and to outrage the religious sentiments of the Peruvians by their
+scandalous amours with the Virgins of the Sun.  The people of
+Cuzco were so exasperated, that they would have laid violent
+hands on them, but for their habitual reverence for the Inca, in
+whose name the Spaniards had come there.  As it was, the Indians
+collected as much gold as was necessary to satisfy their unworthy
+visitors, and got rid of them as speedily as possible. *20 It was
+a great mistake in Pizarro to send such men. There were persons,
+even in his company, who, as other occasions showed, had some
+sense of self-respect, if not respect for the natives.
+
+[Footnote 19: "I de las Chapas de oro, que esta Casa tenia,
+quitaron setecientas Planchas . . . . . a manera de Tablas de
+Caxas de a tres, i a quatro palmos de largo." Xerez, Conq. del
+Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 232.]
+[Footnote 20: Herrera, Hist. General, ubi supra.]
+
+The messengers brought with them, besides silver, full two
+hundred cargas or loads of gold. *21 This was an important
+accession to the contributions of Atahuallpa; and, although the
+treasure was still considerably below the mark prescribed, the
+monarch saw with satisfaction the time drawing nearer for the
+completion of his ransom.
+
+[Footnote 21: So says Pizarro's secretary.  "I vinieron docientas
+cargas de Oro, i veinte i cinco de Plata." (Xerez, Conq. del
+Peru, ap. Barcia, ubi supra.) A load, he says, was brought by
+four Indians "Cargas de Paligueres, que las traen quatro Indios."
+The meaning of paligueres - not a Spanish word - is doubtful.
+Ternaux-Compans supposes, ingeniously enough, that it may have
+something of the same meaning with palanquin, to which it bears
+some resemblance]
+
+Not long before this, an event had occurred which changed the
+condition of the Spaniards, and had an unfavorable influence on
+the fortunes of the Inca.  This was the arrival of Almagro at
+Caxamalca, with a strong reinforcement.  That chief had
+succeeded, after great efforts, in equipping three vessels, and
+assembling a body of one hundred and fifty men, with which he
+sailed from Panama, the latter part of the preceding year.  On
+his voyage, he was joined by a small additional force from
+Nicaragua, so that his whole strength amounted to one hundred and
+fifty foot and fifty horse, well provided with the munitions of
+war.  His vessels were steered by the old pilot Ruiz; but after
+making the Bay of St. Matthew, he crept slowly along the coast,
+baffled as usual by winds and currents, and experiencing all the
+hardships incident to that protracted navigation.  From some
+cause or other, he was not so fortunate as to obtain tidings of
+Pizarro; and so disheartened were his followers, most of whom
+were raw adventurers, that, when arrived at Puerto Viejo, they
+proposed to abandon the expedition, and return at once to Panama.
+Fortunately, one of the little squadron which Almagro had sent
+forward to Tumbez brought intelligence of Pizarro and of the
+colony he had planted at San Miguel.  Cheered by the tidings, the
+cavalier resumed his voyage, and succeeded, at length, towards
+the close of December, 1532, in bringing his whole party safe to
+the Spanish settlement.
+
+He there received the account of Pizarro's march across the
+mountains, his seizure of the Inca, and, soon afterwards, of the
+enormous ransom offered for his liberation.  Almagro and his
+companions listened with undisguised amazement to this account of
+his associate, and of a change in his fortunes so rapid and
+wonderful that it seemed little less than magic.  At the same
+time, he received a caution from some of the colonists not to
+trust himself in the power of Pizarro, who was known to bear him
+no goodwill.
+Not long after Almagro's arrival at San Miguel, advices were sent
+of it to Caxamalca, and a private note from his secretary Perez
+informed Pizarro that his associate had come with no purpose of
+cooperating with him, but with the intention to establish an
+independent government.  Both of the Spanish captains seem to
+have been surrounded by mean and turbulent spirits, who sought to
+embroil them with each other, trusting, doubtless, to find their
+own account in the rupture.  For once, however, their malicious
+machinations failed.
+
+Pizarro was overjoyed at the arrival of so considerable a
+reinforcement, which would enable him to push his fortunes as he
+had desired, and go forward with the conquest of the country.  He
+laid little stress on the secretary's communication, since,
+whatever might have been Almagro's original purpose, Pizarro knew
+that the richness of the vein he had now opened in the land would
+be certain to secure his cooperation in working it.  He had the
+magnanimity, therefore, - for there is something magnanimous in
+being able to stifle the suggestions of a petty rivalry in
+obedience to sound policy, -to send at once to his ancient
+comrade, and invite him, with many assurances of friendship, to
+Caxamalca.  Almagro, who was of a frank and careless nature,
+received the communication in the spirit in which it was made,
+and, after some necessary delay, directed his march into the
+interior.  But before leaving San Miguel, having become
+acquainted with the treacherous conduct of his secretary, he
+recompensed his treason by hanging him on the spot. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Xerez, Conq.
+del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. pp. 204, 205. - Relacion Sumaria,
+Ms. - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms - Relacion del Primer. Descub.
+Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 3, cap. 1.]
+
+Almagro reached Caxamalca about the middle of February, 1533.
+The soldiers of Pizarro came out to welcome their countrymen, and
+the two captains embraced each other with every mark of cordial
+satisfaction.  All past differences were buried in oblivion, and
+they seemed only prepared to aid one another in following up the
+brilliant career now opened to them in the conquest of an empire.
+
+There was one person in Caxamalca on whom this arrival of the
+Spaniards produced a very different impression from that made on
+their own countrymen. This was the Inca Atahuallpa.  He saw in
+the new-comers only a new swarm of locusts to devour his unhappy
+country; and he felt, that, with his enemies thus multiplying
+around him, the chances were diminished of recovering his
+freedom, or of maintaining it, if recovered. A little
+circumstance, insignificant in itself, but magnified by
+superstition into something formidable, occurred at this time to
+cast an additional gloom over his situation.
+
+A remarkable appearance, somewhat of the nature of a meteor, or
+it may have been a comet, was seen in the heavens by some
+soldiers and pointed out to Atahuallpa.  He gazed on it with
+fixed attention for some minutes, and then exclaimed, with a
+dejected air, that "a similar sign had been seen in the skies a
+short time before the death of his father Huayna Capac." *23 From
+this day a sadness seemed to take possession of him, as he looked
+with doubt and undefined dread to the future. - Thus it is, that,
+in seasons of danger, the mind, like the senses, becomes morbidly
+acute in its perceptions; and the least departure from the
+regular course of nature, that would have passed unheeded in
+ordinary times, to the superstitious eye seems pregnant with
+meaning, as in some way or other connected with the destiny of
+the individual.
+
+[Footnote 23: Rel. d'un Capitano Spagn., ap. Ramusio, tom. III.
+fol. 377 - Ciez de Leon, Cronica, cap. 65.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter VII
+
+Immense Amount Of Treasure. - Its Division Among The Troops -
+Rumors Of A Rising. - Trial Of The Inca. - His Execution -
+Reflections.
+
+1533.
+
+
+The arrival of Almagro produced a considerable change in
+Pizarro's prospects, since it enabled him to resume active
+operations, and push forward his conquests in the interior.  The
+only obstacle in his way was the Inca's ransom, and the Spaniards
+had patiently waited, till the return of the emissaries from
+Cuzco swelled the treasure to a large amount, though still below
+the stipulated limit.  But now their avarice got the better of
+their forbearance, and they called loudly for the immediate
+division of the gold. To wait longer would only be to invite the
+assault of their enemies, allured by a bait so attractive.  While
+the treasure remained uncounted, no man knew its value, nor what
+was to be his own portion.  It was better to distribute it at
+once, and let every one possess and defend his own.  Several,
+moreover, were now disposed to return home, and take their share
+of the gold with them, where they could place it in safety But
+these were few, while much the larger part were only anxious to
+leave their present quarters, and march at once to Cuzco. More
+gold, they thought, awaited them in that capital, than they could
+get here by prolonging their stay; while every hour was precious,
+to prevent the inhabitants from secreting their treasures, of
+which design they had already given indication.
+
+Pizarro was especially moved by the last consideration; and he
+felt, that, without the capital, he could not hope to become
+master of the empire. Without further delay, the division of the
+treasure was agreed upon.
+Yet, before making this, it was necessary to reduce the whole to
+ingots of a uniform standard, for the spoil was composed of an
+infinite variety of articles, in which the gold was of very
+different degrees of purity.  These articles consisted of
+goblets, ewers, salvers, vases of every shape and size, ornaments
+and utensils for the temples and the royal palaces, tiles and
+plates for the decoration of the public edifices, curious
+imitations of different plants and animals.  Among the plants,
+the most beautiful was the Indian corn, in which the golden ear
+was sheathed in its broad leaves of silver, from which hung a
+rich tassel of threads of the same precious metal. A fountain was
+also much admired, which sent up a sparkling jet of gold, while
+birds and animals of the same material played in the waters at
+its base.  The delicacy of the workmanship of some of these, and
+the beauty and ingenuity of the design, attracted the admiration
+of better judges than the rude Conquerors of Peru. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Relatione de Pedro Sancho, ap. Ramusio, Viaggi, tom.
+III. fol. 399. - Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+233. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 2, cap. 7.
+
+Oviedo saw at St. Domingo the articles which Ferdinand Pizarro
+was bearing to Castile; and he expatiates on several beautifully
+wrought vases, richly chased, of very fine gold, and measuring
+twelve inches in height and thirty round.  Hist. de las Indias,
+Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 16.]
+
+Before breaking up these specimens of Indian art, it was
+determined to send a quantity, which should be deducted from the
+royal fifth, to the Emperor.  It would serve as a sample of the
+ingenuity of the natives, and would show him the value of his
+conquests.  A number of the most beautiful articles was selected,
+to the amount of a hundred thousand ducats, and Hernando Pizarro
+was appointed to be the bearer of them to Spain.  He was to
+obtain an audience of Charles, and, at the same time that he laid
+the treasures before him, he was to give an account of the
+proceedings of the Conquerors, and to seek a further augmentation
+of their powers and dignities.
+No man in the army was better qualified for this mission, by his
+address and knowledge of affairs, than Hernando Pizarro; no one
+would be so likely to urge his suit with effect at the haughty
+Castilian court.  But other reasons influenced the selection of
+him at the present juncture.
+
+His former jealousy of Almagro still rankled in his bosom, and he
+had beheld that chief's arrival at the camp with feelings of
+disgust, which he did not care to conceal.  He looked on him as
+coming to share the spoils of victory, and defraud his brother of
+his legitimate honors. Instead of exchanging the cordial greeting
+proffered by Almagro at their first interview, the arrogant
+cavalier held back in sullen silence.  His brother Francis was
+greatly displeased at a conduct which threatened to renew their
+ancient feud, and he induced Hernando to accompany him to
+Almagro's quarters, and make some acknowledgment for his
+uncourteous behaviour. *2 But, notwithstanding this show of
+reconciliation, the general thought the present a favorable
+opportunity to remove his brother from the scene of operations,
+where his factious spirit more than counterbalanced his eminent
+services. *3
+
+[Footnote 2: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 2, cap. 3.]
+
+[Footnote 3: According to Oviedo it was agreed that Hernando
+should have a share, much larger than he was entitled to, of the
+Inca's ransom, in the hope that he would feel so rich as never to
+desire to return again to Peru. "Trabajaron de le embiar rico por
+quitarle de entre ellos, y porque yendo muy rico como fue no
+tubiese voluntad de tornar a aquellas partes." Hist. de las
+Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8 cap. 16.]
+
+The business of melting down the plate was intrusted to the
+Indian goldsmiths, who were thus required to undo the work of
+their own hands.  They toiled day and night, but such was the
+quantity to be recast, that it consumed a full month.  When the
+whole was reduced to bars of a uniform standard, they were nicely
+weighed, under the superintendence of the royal inspectors.  The
+total amount of the gold was found to be one million, three
+hundred and twenty-six thousand, five hundred and thirty-nine
+pesos de oro, which, allowing for the greater value of money in
+the sixteenth century, would be equivalent, probably, at the
+present time, to near three millions and a half of pounds
+sterling, or somewhat less than fifteen millions and a half of
+dollars. *4 The quantity of silver was estimated at fifty-one
+thousand six hundred and ten marks.  History affords no parallel
+of such a booty - and that, too, in the most convertible form, in
+ready money, as it were - having fallen to the lot of a little
+band of military adventurers, like the Conquerors of Peru.  The
+great object of the Spanish expeditions in the New World was
+gold.  It is remarkable that their success should have been so
+complete.  Had they taken the track of the English, the French,
+or the Dutch, on the shores of the northern continent, how
+different would have been the result!  It is equally worthy of
+remark, that the wealth thus suddenly acquired, by diverting them
+from the slow but surer and more permanent sources of national
+prosperity, has in the end glided from their grasp, and left them
+among the poorest of the nations of Christendom.
+
+[Footnote 4: Acta de Reparticion del Rescate de Atahuallpa, Ms -
+Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 232.
+
+In reducing the sums mentioned in this work, I have availed
+myself -as I before did, in the History of the Conquest of Mexico
+- of the labors of Senor Clemencin, formerly Secretary of the
+Royal Academy of History at Madrid.  This eminent scholar, in the
+sixth volume of the Memoirs of the Academy, prepared wholly by
+himself, has introduced an elaborate essay on the value of the
+currency in the reign of Ferdinand and Isabella.  Although this
+period - the close of the fifteenth century - was somewhat
+earlier than that of the Conquest of Peru, yet his calculations
+are sufficiently near the truth for our purpose, since the
+Spanish currency had not as yet been much affected by that
+disturbing cause, - the influx of the precious metals from the
+New World.
+
+In inquiries into the currency of a remote age, we may consider,
+in the first place, the specific value of the coin, - that is,
+the value which it derives from the weight, purity, &c., of the
+metal, circumstances easily determined.  In the second place, we
+may inquire into the commercial or comparative worth of the
+money, - that is, the value founded on a comparison of the
+differences between the amount of commodities which the same sum
+would purchase formerly, and at the present time.  The last
+inquiry is attended with great embarrassment, from the difficulty
+of finding any one article which may be taken as the true
+standard of value.  Wheat, from its general cultivation and use,
+has usually been selected by political economists as this
+standard; and Clemencin has adopted it in his calculations.
+Assuming wheat as the standard, he has endeavoured to ascertain
+the value of the principal coins in circulation, at the time of
+the "Catholic Kings." He makes no mention in his treatise of the
+peso de oro, by which denomination the sums in the early part of
+the sixteenth century were more frequently expressed than by any
+other.  But he ascertains both the specific and the commercial
+value of the castellano, which several of the old writers, as
+Oviedo, Herrera, and Xerez, concur in stating as precisely
+equivalent to the peso de oro.  From the results of his
+calculations, it appears that the specific value of the
+castellano, as stated by him in reals, is equal to three dollars
+and seven cents of our own currency, while the commercial value
+is nearly four times as great, or eleven dollars sixty-seven
+cents, equal to two pounds twelve shillings and sixpence
+sterling.  By adopting this as the approximate value of the peso
+de oro, in the early part of the sixteenth century, the reader
+may easily compute for himself the value, at that period, of the
+sums mentioned in these pages; most of which are expressed in
+that denomination.
+I have been the more particular in this statement, since, in my
+former work, I confined myself to the commercial value of the
+money, which, being much greater than the specific value, founded
+on the quality and weight of the metal, was thought by an
+ingenious correspondent to give the reader an exaggerated
+estimate of the sums mentioned in the history.  But it seems to
+me that it is only this comparative or commercial value with
+which the reader has any concern, indicating what amount of
+commodities any given sum represents, that he may thus know the
+real worth of that sum; - thus adopting the principle, though
+conversely stated, of the old Hudibrastic maxim, -
+"What is worth in anything,
+But so much money as 't will bring."]
+
+A new difficulty now arose in respect to the division of the
+treasure. Almagro's followers claimed to be admitted to a share
+of it; which, as they equalled, and, indeed, somewhat exceeded in
+number Pizarro's company, would reduce the gains of these last
+very materially.  "We were not here, it is true," said Almagro's
+soldiers to their comrades, "at the seizure of the Inca, but we
+have taken our turn in mounting guard over him since his capture,
+have helped you to defend your treasures, and now give you the
+means of going forward and securing your conquests.  It is a
+common cause," they urged, "in which all are equally embarked,
+and the gains should be shared equally between us."
+
+But this way of viewing the matter was not at all palatable to
+Pizarro's company, who alleged that Atahuallpa's contract had
+been made exclusively with them; that they had seized the Inca,
+had secured the ransom, had incurred, in short, all the risk of
+the enterprise, and were not now disposed to share the fruits of
+it with every one who came after them. - There was much force, it
+could not be denied, in this reasoning, and it was finally
+settled between the leaders, that Almagro's followers should
+resign their pretensions for a stipulated sum of no great amount,
+and look to the career now opened to them for carving out their
+fortunes for themselves.
+
+This delicate affair being this harmoniously adjusted, Pizarro
+prepared, with all solemnity, for a division of the imperial
+spoil.  The troops were called together in the great square, and
+the Spanish commander, "with the fear of God before his eyes,"
+says the record, "invoked the assistance of Heaven to do the work
+before him conscientiously and justly." *5 The appeal may seem
+somewhat out of place at the distribution of spoil so
+unrighteously acquired; yet, in truth, considering the magnitude
+of the treasure, and the power assumed by Pizarro to distribute
+it according to the respective deserts of the individuals, there
+were few acts of his life involving a heavier responsibility.  On
+his present decision might be said to hang the future fortunes of
+each one of his followers, - poverty or independence during the
+remainder of his days.
+
+[Footnote 5: "Segun Dios Nuestro Senor a diere a entender
+teniendo su conciencia y para lo mejor hazer pedia el ayuda de
+Dios Nuestro Senor, e imboco el auxilio divino." Acta de
+Reparticion del Rescate, Ms.]
+
+The royal fifth was first deducted, including the remittance
+already sent to Spain.  The share appropriated by Pizarro
+amounted to fifty-seven thousand two hundred and twenty-two pesos
+of gold, and two thousand three hundred and fifty marks of
+silver.  He had besides this the great chair or throne of the
+Inca, of solid gold, and valued at twenty-five thousand pesos de
+oro.  To his brother Hernando were paid thirty-one thousand and
+eighty pesos of gold, and two thousand three hundred and fifty
+marks of silver.  De Soto received seventeen thousand seven
+hundred and forty pesos of gold, and seven hundred and
+twenty-four marks of silver Most of the remaining cavalry, sixty
+in number, received each eight thousand eight hundred and eighty
+pesos of gold, and three hundred and sixty-two marks of silver,
+though some had more, and a few considerably less.  The infantry
+mustered in all one hundred and five men. Almost one fifth of
+them were allowed, each, four thousand four hundred and forty
+pesos of gold, and one hundred and eighty marks of silver, half
+of the compensation of the troopers.  The remainder received one
+fourth part less; though here again there were exceptions, and
+some were obliged to content themselves with a much smaller share
+of the spoil. *6
+
+[Footnote 6: The particulars of the distribution are given in the
+Acta de Reparticion del Rescate, an instrument drawn up and
+signed by the royal notary.  The document, which as therefore of
+unquestionable authority, is among the Mss. selected for me from
+the collection of Munoz.]
+
+The new church of San Francisco, the first Christian temple in
+Peru, was endowed with two thousand two hundred and twenty pesos
+of gold.  The amount assigned to Almagro's company was not
+excessive, if it was not more than twenty thousand pesos; *7 and
+that reserved for the colonists of San Miguel, which amounted
+only to fifteen thousand pesos, was unaccountably small. *8 There
+were among them certain soldiers, who at an early period of the
+expedition, as the reader may remember abandoned the march, and
+returned to San Miguel.  These, certainly, had little claim to be
+remembered in the division of booty.  But the greater part of the
+colony consisted of invalids, men whose health had been broken by
+their previous hardships, but who still, with a stout and willing
+heart, did good service in their military post on the sea-coast.
+On what grounds they had forfeited their claims to a more ample
+remuneration, it is not easy to explain.
+
+
+[Footnote 7: "Se diese a la gente que vino con el Capital Diego
+de Almagro para ayuda a pagar sus deudas y fletes y suplir
+algunas necesidades que traian veinte mil pesos." (Acta de
+Reparticion del Rescate, Ms.) Herrera says that 100,000 pesos
+were paid to Almagro's men.  (Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 2, cap.
+3.) But it is not so set down in the instrument.]
+
+[Footnote 8: "En treinta personas que quedaron en la ciudad de
+san Miguel de Piura dolientes y otros que no vinieron ni se
+hallaron en la prision de Atagualpa y toma del oro porque algunos
+son pobres y otros tienen necesidad senalaba 15,000 ps de oro
+para los repartir S. Senoria entre las dichas personas." Ibid.,
+Ms.]
+
+Nothing is said, in the partition, of Almagro himself, who, by
+the terms of the original contract, might claim an equal share of
+the spoil with his associate.  As little notice is taken of
+Luque, the remaining partner.  Luque himself, was, indeed, no
+longer to be benefited by worldly treasure.  He had died a short
+time before Almagro's departure from Panama; *9 too soon to learn
+the full success of the enterprise, which, but for his exertions,
+must have failed; too soon to become acquainted with the
+achievements and the crimes of Pizarro.  But the Licentiate
+Espinosa, whom he represented, and who, it appears, had advanced
+the funds for the expedition, was still living at St. Domingo,
+and Luque's pretensions were explicitly transferred to him.  Yet
+it is unsafe to pronounce, at this distance of time, on the
+authority of mere negative testimony; and it must be admitted to
+form a strong presumption in favor of Pizarro's general equity in
+the distribution, that no complaint of it has reached us from any
+of the parties present, nor from contemporary chroniclers. *10
+
+[Footnote 9: Montesinos, Annales, Ms. ano 1533.]
+
+[Footnote 10: The "Spanish Captain," several times cited, who
+tells us he was one of the men appointed to guard the treasure,
+does indeed complain that a large quantity of gold vases and
+other articles remained undivided, a palpable injustice, he
+thinks, to the honest Conquerors, who had earned all by their
+hardships.  (Rel. d'un Capitano Spagn., ap. Ramusio, tom. III.
+fol. 378, 379.) The writer, throughout his Relation, shows a full
+measure of the coarse and covetous spirit which marked the
+adventurers of Peru.]
+
+The division of the ransom being completed by the Spaniards,
+there seemed to be no further obstacle to their resuming active
+operations, and commencing the march to Cuzco.  But what was to
+be done with Atahuallpa?  In the determination of this question,
+whatever was expedient was just. *11 To liberate him would be to
+set at large the very man who might prove their most dangerous
+enemy; one whose birth and royal station would rally round him
+the whole nation, place all the machinery of government at his
+control, and all its resources, - one, in short, whose bare word
+might concentrate all the energies of his people against the
+Spaniards, and thus delay for a long period, if not wholly
+defeat, the conquest of the country.  Yet to hold him in
+captivity was attended with scarcely less difficulty; since to
+guard so important a prize would require such a division of their
+force as must greatly cripple its strength, and how could they
+expect, by any vigilance, to secure their prisoner against rescue
+in the perilous passes of the mountains?
+
+[Footnote 11: 'Y esto tenia por justo, pues era provechoso." It
+is the sentiment imputed to Pizarro by Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 5, lib 3, cap. 4.]
+
+The Inca himself now loudly demanded his freedom.  The proposed
+amount of the ransom had, indeed, not been fully paid.  It may be
+doubted whether it ever would have been, considering the
+embarrassments thrown in the way by the guardians of the temples,
+who seemed disposed to secrete the treasures, rather than despoil
+these sacred depositories to satisfy the cupidity of the
+strangers.  It was unlucky, too, for the Indian monarch, that
+much of the gold, and that of the best quality, consisted of flat
+plates or tiles, which, however valuable, lay in a compact form
+that did little towards swelling the heap.  But an immense amount
+had been already realized, and it would have been a still greater
+one, the Inca might allege, but for the impatience of the
+Spaniards.  At all events, it was a magnificent ransom, such as
+was never paid by prince or potentate before.
+
+These considerations Atahuallpa urged on several of the
+cavaliers, and especially on Hernando de Soto, who was on terms
+of more familiarity with him than Pizarro.  De Soto reported
+Atahuallpa's demands to his leader; but the latter evaded a
+direct reply.  He did not disclose the dark purposes over which
+his mind was brooding. *12 Not long afterward he caused the
+notary to prepare an instrument, in which he fully acquitted the
+Inca of further obligation in respect to the ransom.  This he
+commanded to be publicly proclaimed in the camp, while at the
+same time he openly declared that the safety of the Spaniards
+required, that the Inca should be detained in confinement until
+they were strengthened by additional reinforcements. *13
+
+[Footnote 12: "I como no ahondaban los designios que tenia le
+replicaban; pero el respondia, que iba mirando en ello." Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 3, cap. 4.]
+
+[Footnote 13: "Fatta quella fusione, il Governatore fece vn atto
+innanzi al notaro nel quale liberaua il Cacique Atabalipa et
+l'absolueua della promessa et parola che haueua oata a gli
+Spagnuoli che lo presero della casa d'oro c'haueua lor cocessa,
+il quale fece publicar publicamete a suon di trombe nella piazza
+di quella citta di Caxamalca." (Pedro Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio,
+tom. III. fol. 399.) The authority is unimpeachable, - for any
+fact, at least, that makes against the Conquerors, - since the
+Relatione was by one of Pizarro's own secretaries, and was
+authorized under the hands of the general and his great
+officers.]
+
+Meanwhile the old rumors of a meditated attack by the natives
+began to be current among the soldiers.  They were repeated from
+one to another, gaining something by every repetition.  An
+immense army, it was reported, was mustering at Quito, the land
+of Atahuallpa's birth, and thirty thousand Caribs were on their
+way to support it. *14 The Caribs were distributed by the early
+Spaniards rather indiscriminately over the different parts of
+America, being invested with peculiar horrors as a race of
+cannibals.
+
+[Footnote 14: "De la Gente Natural de Quito vienen docientos mil
+Hombres de Guerra, i treinta mil Caribes, que comen Carne
+Humana." Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 233. -
+See also Pedro Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, ubi supra.]
+
+It was not easy to trace the origin of these rumors.  There was
+in the camp a considerable number of Indians, who belonged to the
+party of Huascar, and who were, of course, hostile to Atahuallpa.
+But his worst enemy was Felipillo, the interpreter from Tumbez,
+already mentioned in these pages. This youth had conceived a
+passion, or, as some say, had been detected in an intrigue with,
+one of the royal concubines. *15 The circumstance had reached the
+ears of Atahuallpa, who felt himself deeply outraged by it.
+"That such an insult should have been offered by so base a person
+was an indignity," he said, "more difficult to bear than his
+imprisonment"; *16 and he told Pizarro, "that, by the Peruvian
+law, it could be expiated, not by the criminal's own death alone,
+but by that of his whole family and kindred." *17 But Felipillo
+was too important to the Spaniards to be dealt with so summarily;
+nor did they probably attach such consequence to an offence
+which, if report be true, they had countenanced by their own
+example. *18 Felipillo, however, soon learned the state of the
+Inca's feelings towards himself, and from that moment he regarded
+him with deadly hatred.  Unfortunately, his malignant temper
+found ready means for its indulgence.
+
+[Footnote 15: "Pues estando asi atravesose in demonio de una
+lengua que se dezia ffelipillo uno de los muchachos que el
+marquez avia llevado a Espana que al presente hera lengua y
+andava enamorado de una muger de Atabalipa." Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms.
+
+The amour and the malice of Felipillo, which, Quintana seems to
+think, rest chiefly on Garcilasso's authority, (see Espanoles
+Celebres, tom. II. p. 210, nota,) are stated very explicitly by
+Zarate, Naharro, Gomara, Balboa, all contemporaneous, though not,
+like Pedro Pizarro, personally present in the army.]
+
+[Footnote 16: "Diciendo que sentia mas aquel desacato, que su
+prision." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 2, cap. 7.]
+
+[Footnote 17: Ibid., loc. cit.]
+
+[Footnote 18: "E le habian tomado sus mugeres e repartidolas en
+su presencia e usaban de ellas de sus adulterios." Oviedo, Hist.
+de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 22.]
+
+The rumors of a rising among the natives pointed to Atahuallpa as
+the author of it.  Challcuchima was examined on the subject, but
+avowed his entire ignorance of any such design, which he
+pronounced a malicious slander. Pizarro next laid the matter
+before the Inca himself, repeating to him the stories in
+circulation, with the air of one who believed them.  "What
+treason is this," said the general, "that you have meditated
+against me, - me, who have ever treated you with honor, confiding
+in your words, as in those of a brother?" "You jest," replied the
+Inca, who, perhaps, did not feel the weight of this confidence;
+"you are always jesting with me.  How could I or my people think
+of conspiring against men so valiant as the Spaniards?  Do not
+jest with me thus, I beseech you." *19 "This," continues
+Pizarro's secretary, "he said in the most composed and natural
+manner, smiling all the while to dissemble his falsehood, so that
+we were all amazed to find such cunning in a barbarian." *20
+
+[Footnote 19: "Burlaste conmigo?  siempre me hablas cosas de
+burlas?  Que parte somos Yo, i toda mi Gente, para enojar a tan
+valientes Hombres como vosotros?  No me digas esas burlas."
+Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 234.]
+
+[Footnote 20: "De que los Espanoles que se las han oido, estan
+espantados de ver en vn Hombre Barbaro tanta prudencia." Ibid.,
+loc. cit.]
+
+But it was not with cunning, but with the consciousness of
+innocence, as the event afterwards proved, that Atahuallpa thus
+spoke to Pizarro.  He readily discerned, however, the causes,
+perhaps the consequences, of the accusation.  He saw a dark gulf
+opening beneath his feet; and he was surrounded by strangers, on
+none of whom he could lean for counsel or protection.  The life
+of the captive monarch is usually short; and Atahuallpa might
+have learned the truth of this, when he thought of Huascar
+Bitterly did he now lament the absence of Hernando Pizarro, for,
+strange as it may seem, the haughty spirit of this cavalier had
+been touched by the condition of the royal prisoner, and he had
+treated him with a deference which won for him the peculiar
+regard and confidence of the Indian.  Yet the latter lost no time
+in endeavouring to efface the general's suspicions, and to
+establish his own innocence.  "Am I not," said he to Pizarro, "a
+poor captive in your hands? How could I harbour the designs you
+impute to me, when I should be the first victim of the outbreak?
+And you little know my people, if you think that such a movement
+would be made without my orders; when the very birds in my
+dominions," said he, with somewhat of an hyper bole, "would
+scarcely venture to fly contrary to my will." *21
+
+[Footnote 21: "Pues si Yo no lo quiero, ni las Aves bolaran en mi
+Tierra.' Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 2 cap. 7.]
+
+But these protestations of innocence had little effect on the
+troops; among whom the story of a general rising of the natives
+continued to gain credit every hour.  A large force, it was said,
+was already gathered at Guamachucho, not a hundred miles from the
+camp, and their assault might be hourly expected.  The treasure
+which the Spaniards had acquired afforded a tempting prize, and
+their own alarm was increased by the apprehension of losing it.
+The patroles were doubled.  The horses were kept saddled and
+bridled.  The soldiers slept on their arms; Pizarro went the
+rounds regularly to see that every sentinel was on his post.  The
+little army, in short, was in a state of preparation for instant
+attack.
+
+Men suffering from fear are not likely to be too scrupulous as to
+the means of removing the cause of it.  Murmurs, mingled with
+gloomy menaces, were now heard against the Inca, the author of
+these machinations.  Many began to demand his life as necessary
+to the safety of the army.  Among these, the most vehement were
+Almagro and his followers.  They had not witnessed the seizure of
+Atahuallpa.  They had no sympathy with him in his fallen state.
+They regarded him only as an incumbrance, and their desire now
+was to push their fortunes in the country, since they had got so
+little of the gold of Caxamalca.  They were supported by
+Riquelme, the treasurer, and by the rest of the royal officers.
+These men had been left at San Miguel by Pizarro, who did not
+care to have such officia spies on his movements.  But they had
+come to the camp with Almagro, and they loudly demanded the
+Inca's death, as indispensable to the tranquillity of the
+country, and the interests of the Crown. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Relacion del
+Primer. Descub., Ms. - Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III.
+fol. 100.
+
+These cavaliers were all present in the camp.]
+
+To these dark suggestions Pizarro turned - or seemed to turn - an
+unwilling ear, showing visible reluctance to proceed to extreme
+measures with his prisoner. *23 There were some few, and among
+others Hernando de Soto, who supported him in these views, and
+who regarded such measures as not at all justified by the
+evidence of Atahuallpa's guilt.  In this state of things, the
+Spanish commander determined to send a small detachment to
+Guamachucho, to reconnoitre the country and ascertain what ground
+there was for the rumors of an insurrection.  De Soto was placed
+at the head of the expedition, which, as the distance was not
+great, would occupy but a few days.
+
+[Footnote 23: "Aunque contra voluntad del dicho Gobernador, que
+nunca estubo bien en ello." Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms. -
+So also Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Ped. Sancho, Rel.,
+ap Ramusio, ubi supra.]
+
+After that cavalier's departure, the agitation among the
+soldiers, instead of diminishing, increased to such a degree,
+that Pizarro, unable to resist their importunities, consented to
+bring Atahuallpa to instant trial. It was but decent, and
+certainly safer, to have the forms of a trial.  A court was
+organized, over which the two captains, Pizarro and Almagro, were
+to preside as judges.  An attorney-general was named to prosecute
+for the Crown, and counsel was assigned to the prisoner.
+
+The charges preferred against the Inca, drawn up in the form of
+interrogatories, were twelve in number.  The most important were,
+that he had usurped the crown and assassinated his brother
+Huascar; that he had squandered the public revenues since the
+conquest of the country by the Spaniards, and lavished them on
+his kindred and his minions, that he was guilty of idolatry, and
+of adulterous practices, indulging openly in a plurality of
+wives; finally, that he had attempted to excite an insurrection
+against the Spaniards. *24
+
+[Footnote 24: The specification of the charges against the Inca
+is given by Garcilasso de la Vega.  (Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 1,
+cap. 37.) One could have wished to find them specified by some of
+the actors in the tragedy.  But Garcilasso had access to the best
+sources of information, and where there was no motive for
+falsehood, as in the present instance, his word may probably be
+taken. - The fact of a process being formally instituted against
+the Indian monarch is explicitly recognized by several
+contemporary writers, by Gomara, Oviedo, and Pedro Sancho.
+Oviedo characterizes it as "a badly contrived and worse written
+document, devised by a factious and unprincipled priest, a clumsy
+notary without conscience, and others of the like stamp, who were
+all concerned in this villany." (Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte
+3, lib. 8, cap. 22.) Most authorities agree in the two principal
+charges, - the assassination of Huascar, and the conspiracy
+against the Spaniards.]
+These charges, most of which had reference to national usages, or
+to the personal relations of the Inca, over which the Spanish
+conquerors had clearly no jurisdiction, are so absurd, that they
+might well provoke a smile, did they not excite a deeper feeling.
+The last of the charges was the only one of moment in such a
+trial; and the weakness of this may be inferred from the care
+taken to bolster it up with the others.  The mere specification
+of the articles must have been sufficient to show that the doom
+of the Inca was already sealed.
+
+A number of Indian witnesses were examined, and their testimony,
+filtrated through the interpretation of Felipillo, received, it
+is said, when necessary, a very different coloring from that of
+the original.  The examination was soon ended, and "a warm
+discussion," as we are assured by one of Pizarro's own
+secretaries, "took place in respect to the probable good or evil
+that would result from the death of Atahuallpa." *25 It was a
+question of expediency He was found guilty, - whether of all the
+crime alleged we are not informed, - and he was sentenced to be
+burnt alive in the great square of Caxamalca.  The sentence was
+to be carried into execution that very night. They were not even
+to wait for the return of De Soto, when the information he would
+bring would go far to establish the truth or the falsehood of the
+reports respecting the insurrection of the natives.  It was
+desirable to obtain the countenance of Father Valverde to these
+proceedings, and a copy of the judgment was submitted to the
+friar for his signature, which he gave without hesitation,
+declaring, that, "in his opinion, the Inca, at all events,
+deserved death." *26
+
+[Footnote 25: "Doppo l'essersi molto disputato, et ragionato del
+danno et vtile che saria potuto auuenire per il viuere o morire
+di Atabalipa, fu risoluto che si facesse giustitia di lui." (Ped.
+Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 400.) It is the
+language of a writer who may be taken as the mouthpiece of
+Pizarro himself.  According to him, the conclave, which agitated
+this "question of expediency," consisted of the "officers of the
+Crown and those of the army, a certain doctor learned in the law,
+that chanced to be with them, and the reverend Father Vicente de
+Valverde."]
+
+[Footnote 26: "Respondio, que firmaria, que era bastante, para
+que el Inga fuese condenado a muerte, porque aun en lo exterior
+quisieron justificar su intento." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5,
+lib. 3, cap. 4]
+
+Yet there were some few in that martial conclave who resisted
+these high-handed measures.  They considered them as a poor
+requital of all the favors bestowed on them by the Inca, who
+hitherto had received at their hands nothing but wrong.  They
+objected to the evidence as wholly insufficient; and they denied
+the authority of such a tribunal to sit in judgment on a
+sovereign prince in the heart of his own dominions.  If he were
+to be tried, he should be sent to Spain, and his cause brought
+before the Emperor, who alone had power to determine it.
+
+But the great majority - and they were ten to one - overruled
+these objections, by declaring there was no doubt of Atahuallpa's
+guilt, and they were willing to assume the responsibility of his
+punishment.  A full account of the proceedings would be sent to
+Castile, and the Emperor should be informed who were the loyal
+servants of the Crown, and who were its enemies. The dispute ran
+so high, that for a time it menaced an open and violent rupture;
+till, at length, convinced that resistance was fruivless, the
+weaker party, silenced, but not satisfied, contented themselves
+with entering a written protest against these proceedings, which
+would leave an indelible stain on the names of all concerned in
+them. *27
+
+[Footnote 27: Garcilasso has preserved the names of some of those
+who so courageously, though ineffectually, resisted the popular
+cry for the Inca s blood.  (Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 1, cap.
+37.) They were doubtless correct in denying the right of such a
+tribunal to sit in judgment on an independent prince, like the
+Inca of Peru; but not so correct in supposing that their master,
+the Emperor, had a better right.  Vattel (Book II. ch. 4.)
+especially animadverts on this pretended trial of Atahuallpa, as
+a manifest outrage on the law of nations.]
+
+When the sentence was communicated to the Inca, he was greatly
+overcome by it.  He had, indeed, for some time, looked to such an
+issue as probable, and had been heard to intimate as much to
+those about him.  But the probability of such an event is very
+different from its certainty, - and that, too, so sudden and
+speedy.  For a moment, the overwhelming conviction of it unmanned
+him, and he exclaimed, with tears in his eyes, - "What ave I
+done, or my children, that I should meet such fate?  And from
+your hands, too," said he, addressing Pizarro; "you, who have met
+with friendship and kindness from my people, with whom I have
+shared my treasures, who have received nothing but benefits from
+my hands!" In the most piteous tones, he then implored that his
+life might be spared, promising any guaranty that might be
+required for the safety of every Spaniard in the army, -
+promising double the ransom he had already paid, if time were
+only given him to obtain it. *28
+
+[Footnote 28: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 3, cap. 4. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 2, cap. 7.]
+
+An eyewitness assures us that Pizarro was visibly affected, as he
+turned away from the Inca, to whose appeal he had no power to
+listen, in opposition to the voice of the army, and to his own
+sense of what was due to the security of the country. *29
+Atahuallpa, finding he had no power to turn his Conqueror from
+his purpose, recovered his habitual self-possession, and from
+that moment submitted himself to his fate with the courage of an
+Indian warrior.
+
+[Footnote 29: "I myself," says Pedro Pizarro, "saw the general
+weep." "Yo vide llorar al marques de pesar por no podelle dar la
+vida porque cierto temio los requirimientos y e rriezgo que avia
+en la tierra si se soltava." Descub. y Conq., Ms]
+
+The doom of the Inca was proclaimed by sound of trumqet in the
+great square of Caxamalca; and, two hours after sunset, the
+Spanish soldiery assembled by torch-light in the plaza to witness
+the execution of the sentence.  It was on the twenty-ninth of
+August, 1533.  Atahuallpa was led out chained hand and foot, -
+for he had been kept in irons ever since the great excitement had
+prevailed in the army respecting an assault.  Father Vicente de
+Valverde was at his side, striving to administer consolation,
+and, if possible, to persuade him at this last hour to abjure his
+superstition and embrace the religion of his Conquerors.  He was
+willing to save the soul of his victim from the terrible
+expiation in the next world, to which he had so cheerfully
+consigned his mortal part in this.
+
+During Atahuallpa's confinement, the friar had repeatedly
+expounded to him the Christian doctrines, and the Indian monarch
+discovered much acuteness in apprehending the discourse of his
+teacher.  But it had not carried conviction to his mind, and
+though he listened with patience, he had shown no disposition to
+renounce the faith of his fathers.  The Dominican made a last
+appeal to him in this solemn hour; and, when Atahuallpa was bound
+to the stake, with the fagots that were to kindle his funeral
+pile lying around him, Valverde, holding up the cross, besought
+him to embrace it and be baptized, promising that, by so doing,
+the painful death to which he had been sentenced should be
+commuted for the milder form of the garrote, - a mode of
+punishment by strangulation, used for criminals in Spain. *30
+
+[Footnote 30: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+234. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Conq. i Pob. del
+Piru, Ms. - Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 400.
+
+The garrote is a mode of execution by means of a noose drawn
+round the criminal's neck, to the back part of which a stick is
+attached.  By twisting this stick, the noose is tightened and
+suffocation is produced.  This was the mode, probably, of
+Atahuallpa execution.  In Spain, instead of the cord, an iron
+collar is substituted, which, by means of a screw is compressed
+round the throat of the sufferer.]
+
+The unhappy monarch asked if this were really so, and, on its
+being confirmed by Pizarro, he consented to abjure his own
+religion, and receive baptism.  The ceremony was performed by
+Father Valverde, and the new convert received the name of Juan de
+Atahuallpa, - the name of Juan being conferred in honor of John
+the Baptist, on whose day the event took place. *31
+
+[Footnote 31: Velasco, Hist. de Quito, tom. I. p. 372.]
+
+Atahuallpa expressed a desire that his remains might be
+transported to Quito, the place of his birth, to be preserved
+with those of his maternal ancestors.  Then turning to Pizarro,
+as a last request, he implored him to take compassion on his
+young children, and receive them under his protection. Was there
+no other one in that dark company who stood grimly around him, to
+whom he could look for the protection of his offspring?  Perhaps
+he thought there was no other so competent to afford it, and that
+the wishes so solemnly expressed in that hour might meet with
+respect even from his Conqueror. Then, recovering his stoical
+bearing, which for a moment had been shaken, he submitted himself
+calmly to his fate, - while the Spaniards, gathering around,
+muttered their credos for the salvation of his soul! *32 Thus by
+the death of a vile malefactor perished the last of the Incas!
+
+[Footnote 32: "Ma quando se lo vidde appressare per douer esser
+morto, disse che raccomandaua al Gouernatore i suoi piccioli
+figliuoli che volesse tenersegli appresso, & con queste valme
+parole, & dicendo per l'anima sua li Soagnuoli che erano all
+intorno il Credo, fu subito affogato." Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap.
+Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 399. Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia,
+tom. III. p. 234. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. -
+Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. -
+Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib.
+2, cap. 7.]
+
+The death of Atahuallpa has many points of resemblance with that
+of Caupolican, the great Araucanian chief, as described in the
+historical epic of Ercilla.  Both embraced the religion of their
+conquerors at the stake, though Caupolican was so far less
+fortunate than the Peruvian monarch, that his conversion did not
+save him from the tortures of a most agonizing death. He was
+impaled and shot with arrows.  The spirited verses reflect so
+faithfully the character of these early adventurers, in which the
+fanaticism of the Crusader was mingled with the cruelty of the
+conqueror, and they are so germane to the present subject, that I
+would willingly quote the passage were it not too long.  See La
+Araucana, Parte 2, canto 24.]
+I have already spoken of the person and the qualities of
+Atahuallpa. He had a handsome countenance, though with an
+expression somewhat too fierce to be pleasing.  His frame was
+muscular and well-proportioned; his air commanding; and his
+deportment in the Spanish quarters had a degree of refinement,
+the more interesting that it was touched with melancholy.  He is
+accused of having been cruel in his wars, and bloody in his
+revenge. *33 It may be true, but the pencil of an enemy would be
+likely to overcharge the shadows of the portrait.  He is allowed
+to have been bold, high-minded, and liberal. *34 All agree that
+he showed singular penetration and quickness of perception.  His
+exploits as a warrior had placed his valor beyond dispute. The
+best homage to it is the reluctance shown by the Spaniards to
+restore him to freedom.  They dreaded him as an enemy, and they
+had done him too many wrongs to think that he could be their
+friend.  Yet his conduct towards them from the first had been
+most friendly; and they repaid it with imprisonment, robbery, and
+death.
+
+[Footnote 33: "Thus he paid the penalty of his errors and
+cruelties," says Xerez, "for he was the greatest butcher, as all
+agree, that the world ever saw; making nothing of razing a whole
+town to the ground for the most trifling offence, and massacring
+a thousand persons for the fault of one!" (Conq. del Peru, ap.
+Barcia, tom. III. p. 234.) Xerez was the private secretary of
+Pizarro.  Sancho, who, on the departure of Xerez for Spain,
+succeeded him in the same office, pays a more decent tribute to
+the memory of the Inca, who, he trusts, "is received into glory,
+since he died penitent for his sins, and in the true faith of a
+Christian." Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 399.]
+
+[Footnote 34: "El hera muy regalado, y muy Senor," says Pedro
+Pizarro. (Descub. y Conq., Ms.) "Mui dispuesto, sabio, animoso,
+franco," says Gomara. (Hist. de las Ind., cap. 118.)]
+
+The body of the Inca remained on the place of execution through
+the night.  The following morning it was removed to the church of
+San Francisco, where his funeral obsequies were performed with
+great solemnity.  Pizarro and the principal cavaliers went into
+mourning, and the troops listened with devout attention to the
+service of the dead from the lips of Father Valverde. *35 The
+ceremony was interrupted by the sound of loud cries and wailing,
+as of many voices at the doors of the church.  These were
+suddenly thrown open, and a number of Indian women, the wives and
+sisters of the deceased, rushing up the great aisle, surrounded
+the corpse.  This was not the way, they cried, to celebrate the
+funeral rites of an Inca; and they declared their intention to
+sacrifice themselves on his tomb, and bear him company to the
+land of spirits.  The audience, outraged by this frantic
+behaviour, told the intruders that Atahuallpa had died in the
+faith of a Christian, and that the God of the Christians abhorred
+such sacrifices.  They then caused the women to be excluded from
+the church, and several, retiring to their own quarters, laid
+violent hands on themselves, in the vain hope of accompanying
+their beloved lord to the bright mansions of the Sun. *36
+
+[Footnote 35: The secretary Sancho seems to think that the
+Peruvians must have regarded these funeral honors as an ample
+compensation to Atahuallpa for any wrongs he may have sustained,
+since they at once raised him to a level with the Spaniards!
+Ibid., loc. cit.]
+
+[Footnote 36: Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.
+
+See Appendix, No. 10, where I have cited in the original several
+of the contemporary notices of Atahuallpa's execution, which
+being in manuscript are not very accessible, even to Spaniards.]
+
+Atahuallpa's remains, notwithstanding his request, were laid in
+the cemetery of San Francisco. *37 But from thence, as is
+reported, after the Spaniards left Caxamalca, they were secretly
+removed, and carried, as he had desired, to Quito.  The colonists
+of a later time supposed that some treasures might have been
+buried with the body.  But, on excavating the ground, neither
+treasure nor remains were to be discovered. *38
+
+[Footnote 37: "Oi dicen los indios que esta su sepulcro junto a
+una Cruz de Piedra Blanca que esta en el Cementerio del Convento
+de Sn Francisco." Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1533.]
+
+[Footnote 38: Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8,
+cap. 22.
+
+According to Stevenson, "In the chapel belonging to the common
+gaol, which was formerly part of the palace, the altar stands on
+the stone on which Atahuallpa was placed by the Spaniards and
+strangled, and under which he was buried." (Residence in South
+America, vol. II. p. 163.) Montesinos, who wrote more than a
+century after the Conquest, tells us that "spots of blood were
+still visible on a broad flagstone, in the prison of Caxamalca,
+on which Atahuallpa was beheaded." (Annales, Ms., ano 1533.) -
+Ignorance and credulity could scarcely go farther.]
+
+A day or two after these tragic events, Hernando de Soto returned
+from his excursion.  Great was his astonishment and indignation
+at learning what had been done in his absence.  He sought out
+Pizarro at once, and found him, says the chronicler, "with a
+great felt hat, by way of mourning, slouched over his eyes," and
+in his dress and demeanour exhibiting all the show of sorrow. *39
+"You have acted rashly," said De Soto to him bluntly; "Atahuallpa
+has been basely slandered.  There was no enemy as Guamachucho; no
+rising among the natives.  I have met with nothing on the road
+but demonstrations of good-will, and all is quiet.  If it was
+necessary to bring the Inca to trial, he should have been taken
+to Castile and judged by the Emperor.  I would have pledged
+myself to see him safe on board the vessel." *40 Pizarro
+confessed that he had been precipitate, and said that he had been
+deceived by Riquelme, Valverde, and the others.  These charges
+soon reached the ears of the treasurer and the Dominican, who, in
+their turn, exculpated themselves, and upbraided Pizarro to his
+face, as the only one responsible for the deed.  The dispute ran
+high; and the parties were heard by the by-standers to give one
+another the lie! *41 This vulgar squabble among the leaders, so
+soon after the event, is the best commentary on the iniquity of
+their own proceedings and the innocence of the Inca.
+
+[Footnote 39: "Hallaronle monstrando mucho centimiento con un
+gran sombrero de fieltro puesto en la cabeza por luto e muy
+calado sobre los ojos." Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte
+3, lib. 8, cap. 22.]
+
+[Footnote 40: Ibid., Ms., ubi supra. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y
+Conq., Ms. - See Appendix, no. 10.]
+
+[Footnote 41: This remarkable account is given by Oviedo, not in
+the body of his narrative, but in one of those supplementary
+chapters, which he makes the vehicle of the most miscellaneous,
+yet oftentimes important gossip, respecting the great
+transactions of his history.  As he knew familiarly the leaders
+in these transactions, the testimony which he collected, somewhat
+at random, is of high authority.  The reader will find Oviedo's
+account of the Inca's death extracted, in the original, among the
+other notices of this catastrophe in Appendix, No. 10]
+
+The treatment of Atahuallpa, from first to last, forms
+undoubtedly one of the darkest chapters in Spanish colonial
+history.  There may have been massacres perpetrated on a more
+extended scale, and executions accompanied with a greater
+refinement of cruelty.  But the blood-stained annals of the
+Conquest afford no such example of cold-hearted and systematic
+persecution, not of an enemy, but of one whose whole deportment
+had been that of a friend and a benefactor.
+
+From the hour that Pizarro and his followers had entered within
+the sphere of Atahuallpa's influence, the hand of friendship had
+been extended to them by the natives.  Their first act, on
+crossing the mountains, was to kidnap the monarch and massacre
+his people.  The seizure of his person might be vindicated, by
+those who considered the end as justifying the means, on the
+ground that it was indispensable to secure the triumphs of the
+Cross. But no such apology can be urged for the massacre of the
+unarmed and helpless population, - as wanton as it was wicked.
+
+The long confinement of the Inca had been used by the Conquerors
+to wring from him his treasures with the hard gripe of avarice.
+During the whole of this dismal period, he had conducted himself
+with singular generosity and good faith.  He had opened a free
+passage to the Spaniards through every part of his empire; and
+had furnished every facility for the execution of their plans.
+When these were accomplished, and he remained an encumbrance on
+their hands, notwithstanding their engagement, expressed or
+implied, to release him, - and Pizarro, as we have seen, by a
+formal act acquitted his captive of any further obligation on the
+score of the ransom, - he was arraigned before a mock tribunal,
+and, under pretences equally false and frivolous, was condemned
+to an excruciating death.  From first to last, the policy of the
+Spanish conquerors towards their unhappy victim is stamped with
+barbarity and fraud.
+
+It is not easy to acquit Pizarro of being in a great degree
+responsible for this policy.  His partisans have labored to show,
+that it was forced on him by the necessity of the case, and that
+in the death of the Inca, especially, he yielded reluctantly to
+the importunities of others. *42 But weak as is this apology, the
+historian who has the means of comparing the various testimony of
+the period will come to a different conclusion.  To him it will
+appear, that Pizarro had probably long felt the removal of
+Atahuallpa as essential to the success of his enterprise.  He
+foresaw the odium that would be incurred by the death of his
+royal captive without sufficient grounds; while he labored to
+establish these, he still shrunk from the responsibility of the
+deed, and preferred to perpetrate it in obedience to the
+suggestions of others, rather than his own.  Like many an
+unprincipled politician, he wished to reap the benefit of a bad
+act, and let others take the blame of it.
+
+[Footnote 42: "Contra su voluntad sentencio a muerte a
+Atabalipa." (Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.) "Contra
+voluntad del dicho Gobernador." (Relacion del Primer. Descub.,
+Ms.) "Ancora che molto li dispiacesse di venir a questo atto."
+(Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 399.) Even Oviedo
+seems willing to admit it possible that Pizarro may have been
+somewhat deceived by others.  "Que tambien se puede creer que era
+enganado." Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 22.]
+
+Almagro and his followers are reported by Pizarro's secretaries
+to have first insisted on the Inca's death.  They were loudly
+supported by the treasurer and the royal officers, who considered
+it as indispensable to the interests of the Crown; and, finally,
+the rumors of a conspiracy raised the same cry among the
+soldiers, and Pizarro, with all his tenderness for his prisoner,
+could not refuse to bring him to trial. - The form of a trial was
+necessary to give an appearance of fairness to the proceedings.
+That it was only form is evident from the indecent haste with
+which it was conducted, - the examination of evidence, the
+sentence, and the execution, being all on the same day.  The
+multiplication of the charges, designed to place the guilt of the
+accused on the strongest ground, had, from their very number, the
+opposite effect, proving only the determination to convict him.
+If Pizarro had felt the reluctance to his conviction which he
+pretended, why did he send De Soto, Atahuallpa's best friend,
+away, when the inquiry was to be instituted?  Why was the
+sentence so summarily executed, as not to afford opportunity, by
+that cavalier's return, of disproving the truth of the principal
+charge, - the only one, in fact, with which the Spaniards had any
+concern?  The solemn farce of mourning and deep sorrow affected
+by Pizarro, who by these honors to the dead would intimate the
+sincere regard he had entertained for the living, was too thin a
+veil to impose on the most credulous.
+
+It is not intended by these reflections to exculpate the rest of
+the army, and especially its officers, from their share in the
+infamy of the transaction.  But Pizarro, as commander of the
+army, was mainly responsible for its measures.  For he was not a
+man to allow his own authority to be wrested from his grasp, or
+to yield timidly to the impulses of others.  He did not even
+yield to his own.  His whole career shows him, whether for good
+or for evil, to have acted with a cool and calculating policy.
+A story has been often repeated, which refers the motives of
+Pizarro's conduct, in some degree at least, to personal
+resentment.  The Inca had requested one of the Spanish soldiers
+to write the name of God on his nail. This the monarch showed to
+several of his guards successively, and, as they read it, and
+each pronounced the same word, the sagacious mind of the
+barbarian was delighted with what seemed to him little short of a
+miracle, - to which the science of his own nation afforded no
+analogy.  On showing the writing to Pizarro, that chief remained
+silent; and the Inca, finding he could not read, conceived a
+contempt for the commander who was even less informed than his
+soldiers.  This he did not wholly conceal, and Pizarro, aware of
+the cause of it, neither forgot nor forgave it. *43 The anecdote
+is reported not on the highest authority.  It may be true; but it
+is unnecessary to look for the motives of Pizarro's conduct in
+personal pique, when so many proofs are to be discerned of a dark
+and deliberate policy.
+
+[Footnote 43: The story is to be found in Garcilasso de la Vega,
+(Com. Real., Parte 2, cap. 38,) and in no other writer of the
+period, so far as I am aware.]
+
+
+Yet the arts of the Spanish chieftain failed to reconcile his
+countrymen to the atrocity of his proceedings.  It is singular to
+observe the difference between the tone assumed by the first
+chroniclers of the transaction, while it was yet fresh, and that
+of those who wrote when the lapse of a few years had shown the
+tendency of public opinion.  The first boldly avow the deed as
+demanded by expediency, if not necessity; while they deal in no
+measured terms of reproach with the character of their
+unfortunate victim. *44 The latter, on the other hand, while they
+extenuate the errors of the Inca, and do justice to his good
+faith, are unreserved in their condemnation of the Conquerors, on
+whose conduct, they say, Heaven set the seal of its own
+reprobation, by bringing them all to an untimely and miserable
+end. *45 The sentence of contemporaries has been fully ratified
+by that of posterity; *46 and the persecution of Atahuallpa is
+regarded with justice as having left a stain, never to be
+effaced, on the Spanish arms in the New World.
+
+[Footnote 44: I have already noticed the lavish epithets heaped
+by Xerez on the Inca's cruelty.  This account was printed in
+Spain, in 1534, the year after the execution.  "The proud
+tyrant," says the other secretary, Sancho, "would have repaid the
+kindness and good treatment he had received from the governor and
+every one of us with the same coin with which he usually paid his
+own followers, without any fault on their part, - by putting them
+to death." (Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 399.)
+"He deserved to die," says the old Spanish Conqueror before
+quoted, "and all the country was rejoiced that he was put out of
+the way." Rel. d'un Capitano Spagn., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol.
+377.]
+
+[Footnote 45: "Las demostraciones que despues se vieron bien
+manifiestan lo mui injusta que fue, . . . . puesto que todos
+quantos entendieron en ella tuvieron despues mui desastradas
+muertes." (Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms.) Gomara uses nearly the
+same language. "No ai que reprehender a los que le mataron, pues
+el tiempo, i sus pecados los castigaron despues; ca todos ellos
+acabaron mal." (Hist. de las Ind., cap. 118.) According to the
+former writer, Felipillo paid the forfeit of his crimes sometime
+afterwards, - being hanged by Almagro on the expedition to Chili,
+- when, as "some say, he confessed having perverted testimony
+given in favor of Atahuallpa's innocence, directly against that
+monarch." Oviedo, usually ready enough to excuse the excesses of
+his countrymen, is unqualified in his condemnation of this whole
+proceeding, (see Appendix, No. 10,) which, says another
+contemporary, "fills every one with pity who has a spark of
+humanity in his bosom." Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 46: The most eminent example of this is given by
+Quintana in his memoir of Pizarro, (Espanoles Celebres, tom.
+II.,) throughout which the writer, rising above the mists of
+national prejudice, which too often blind the eyes of his
+countrymen, holds the scale of historic criticism with an
+impartial hand, and deals a full measure of reprobation to the
+actors in these dismal scenes.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter VIII
+
+Disorders In Peru. - March To Cuzco. - Encounter With The
+Natives. - Challcuchima Burnt. - Arrival In Cuzco. - Description
+Of The City. - Treasure Found There.
+
+1533-1534.
+
+
+The Inca of Peru was its sovereign in a peculiar sense.  He
+received an obedience from his vassals more implicit than that of
+any despot; for his authority reached to the most secret conduct,
+- to the thoughts of the individual.  He was reverenced as more
+than human. *1 He was not merely the head of the state, but the
+point to which all its institutions converged, as to a common
+centre, - the keystone of the political fabric, which must fall
+to pieces by its own weight when that was withdrawn.  So it fared
+on the death of Atahuallpa. *2 His death not only left the throne
+vacant, without any certain successor, but the manner of it
+announced to the Peruvian people that a hand stronger than that
+of their Incas had now seized the sceptre, and that the dynasty
+of the Children of the Sun had passed away for ever.
+
+[Footnote 1: "Such was the awe in which the Inca was held," says
+Pizarro, "that it was only necessary for him to intimate his
+commands to that effect, and a Peruvian would at once jump down a
+precipice, hang himself, or put an end to his life in any way
+that was prescribed." Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 2: Oviedo tells us, that the Inca's right name was
+Atabaliva, and that the Spaniards usually misspelt it, because
+they thought much more of getting treasure for themselves, than
+they did of the name of the person who owned it.  (Hist. de las
+Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 16.) Nevertheless, I have
+preferred the authority of Garcilasso, who, a Peruvian himself,
+and a near kinsman of the Inca, must be supposed to have been
+well informed.  His countrymen, he says, pretended that the cocks
+imported into Peru by the Spaniards, when they crowed, uttered
+the name of Atahuallpa; "and I and the other Indian boys," adds
+the historian, "when we were at school, used to mimic them." Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 9, cap. 23.]
+The natural consequences of such a conviction followed.  The
+beautiful order of the ancient institutions was broken up, as the
+authority which controlled it was withdrawn.  The Indians broke
+out into greater excesses from the uncommon restraint to which
+they had been before subjected. Villages were burnt, temples and
+palaces were plundered, and the gold they contained was scattered
+or secreted.  Gold and silver acquired an importance in the eyes
+of the Peruvian, when he saw the importance attached to them by
+his conquerors.  The precious metals, which before served only
+for purposes of state or religious decoration, were now hoarded
+up and buried in caves and forests.  The gold and silver
+concealed by the natives were affirmed greatly to exceed in
+quantity that which fell into the hands of the Spaniards. *3 The
+remote provinces now shook off their allegiance to the Incas.
+Their great captains, at the head of distant armies, set up for
+themselves.  Ruminavi, a commander on the borders of Quito,
+sought to detach that kingdom from the Peruvian empire, and to
+reassert its ancient independence.  The country, in short, was in
+that state, in which old things are passing away, and the new
+order of things has not yet been established.  It was in a state
+of revolution.
+
+[Footnote 3: "That which the Inca gave the Spaniards, said some
+of the Indian nobles to Benalcazar, the conqueror of Quito, was
+but as a kernel of corn, compared with the heap before him."
+(Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8 cap. 22.) See
+also Pedro Pizarro Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Relacion del Primer.
+Descub., Ms.]
+
+The authors of the revolution, Pizarro and his followers,
+remained meanwhile at Caxamalca.  But the first step of the
+Spanish commander was to name a successor to Atahuallpa.  It
+would be easier to govern under the venerated authority to which
+the homage of the Indians had been so long paid; and it was not
+difficult to find a successor.  The true heir to the crown was a
+second son of Huayna Capac, named Manco, a legitimate brother of
+the unfortunate Huascar.  But Pizarro had too little knowledge of
+the dispositions of this prince; and he made no scruple to prefer
+a brother of Atahuallpa, and to present him to the Indian nobles
+as their future Inca. We know nothing of the character of the
+young Toparca, who probably resigned himself without reluctance
+to a destiny which, however humiliating in some points of view,
+was more exalted than he could have hoped to obtain in the
+regular course of events.  The ceremonies attending a Peruvian
+coronation were observed, as well as time would allow; the brows
+of the young Inca were encircled with the imperial borla by the
+hands of his conqueror, and he received the homage of his Indian
+vassals.  They were the less reluctant to pay it, as most of
+those in the camp belonged to the faction of Quito.
+All thoughts were now eagerly turned towards Cuzco, of which the
+most glowing accounts were circulated among the soldiers, and
+whose temples and royal palaces were represented as blazing with
+gold and silver.  With imaginations thus excited, Pizarro and his
+entire company, amounting to almost five hundred men, of whom
+nearly a third, probably, were cavalry, took their departure
+early in September from Caxamalca, - a place ever memorable as
+the theatre of some of the most strange and sanguinary scenes
+recorded in history.  All set forward in high spirits, - the
+soldiers of Pizarro from the expectation of doubling their
+present riches, and Almagro's followers from the prospect of
+sharing equally in the spoil with "the first conquerors." *4 The
+young Inca and the old chief Challcuchima accompanied the march
+in their litters, attended by a numerous retinue of vassals, and
+moving in as much state and ceremony as if in the possession of
+real power. *5
+
+[Footnote 4: The "first conquerors," according to Garcilasso,
+were held in especial honor by those who came after them, though
+they were, on the whole, men of less consideration and fortune
+than the later adventurers.  Com. Real., Parte 1 lib. 7, cap. 9.]
+
+[Footnote 5: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Ped. Sancho Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III.
+fol. 400.]
+
+Their course lay along the great road of the Incas, which
+stretched across the elevated regions of the Cordilleras, all the
+way to Cuzco.  It was of nearly a uniform breadth, though
+constructed with different degrees of care, according to the
+ground. *6 Sometimes it crossed smooth and level valleys, which
+offered of themselves little impediment to the traveller; at
+other times, it followed the course of a mountain stream that
+flowed round the base of some beetling cliff, leaving small space
+for the foothold; at others, again, where the sierra was so
+precipitous that it seemed to preclude all further progress, the
+road, accommodated to the natural sinuosities of the ground,
+wound round the heights which it would have been impossible to
+scale directly. *7
+
+[Footnote 6: "Va todo el camino de una traza y anchura hecho a
+mano." Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 7: "En muchas partes viendo lo que esta adelante,
+parece cosa impossible poderlo pasar." Ibid., Ms.]
+
+But although managed with great address, it was a formidable
+passage for the cavalry.  The mountain was hewn into steps, but
+the rocky ledges cut up the hoofs of the horses; and, though the
+troopers dismounted and led them by the bridle, they suffered
+severely in their efforts to keep their footing. *8 The road was
+constructed for man and the light-footed llama; and the only
+heavy beast of burden at all suited to it was the sagacious and
+sure-footed mule, with which the Spanish adventurers were not
+then provided.  It was a singular chance that Spain was the land
+of the mule; and thus the country was speedily supplied with the
+very animal which seems to have been created for the difficult
+passes of the Cordilleras.
+
+[Footnote 8: Ped. Sancho, Rel. ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 404.]
+Another obstacle, often occurring, was the deep torrents that
+rushed down in fury from the Andes.  They were traversed by the
+hanging bridges of osier, whose frail materials were after a time
+broken up by the heavy tread of the cavalry, and the holes made
+in them added materially to the dangers of the passage.  On such
+occasions, the Spaniards contrived to work their way across the
+rivers on rafts, swimming their horses by the bridle. *9
+
+[Footnote 9: Ibid., ubi supra. - Relacion del Primer. Descub.,
+Ms.]
+
+All along the route they found post-houses for the accommodation
+of the royal couriers, established at regular intervals; and
+magazines of grain and other commodities, provided in the
+principal towns for the Indian armies. The Spaniards profited by
+the prudent forecast of the Peruvian government.
+Passing through several hamlets and towns of some note, the
+principal of which were Guamachucho and Guanuco, Pizarro, after a
+tedious march, came in sight of the rich valley of Xauxa.  The
+march, though tedious, had been attended with little suffering,
+except in crossing the bristling crests of the Cordilleras, which
+occasionally obstructed their path, - a rough setting to the
+beautiful valleys, that lay scattered like gems along this
+elevated region.  In the mountain passes they found some
+inconvenience from the cold; since, to move more quickly, they
+had disencumbered themselves of all superfluous baggage, and were
+even unprovided with tents. *10 The bleak winds of the mountains
+penetrated the thick harness of the soldiers; but the poor
+Indians, more scantily clothed and accustomed to a tropical
+climate, suffered most severely.  The Spaniard seemed to have a
+hardihood of body, as of soul, that rendered him almost
+indifferent to climate.
+
+[Footnote 10: "La notte dormirono tutti in quella campagna senza
+coperto alcuno, sopra la neue, ne pur hebber souuenimento di
+legne ne da man giare." Ped. Sancho, Rel. ap. Ramusio, tom. III.
+fol. 401.]
+
+On the march they had not been molested by enemies.  But more
+than once they had seen vestiges of them in smoking hamlets and
+ruined bridges. Reports, from time to time, had reached Pizarro
+of warriors on his track; and small bodies of Indians were
+occasionally seen like dusky clouds on the verge of the horizon,
+which vanished as the Spaniards approached.  On reaching Xauxa,
+however, these clouds gathered into one dark mass of warriors,
+which formed on the opposite bank of the river that flowed
+through the valley.
+The Spaniards advanced to the stream, which, swollen by the
+melting of the snows, was now of considerable width, though not
+deep.  The bridge had been destroyed; but the Conquerors, without
+hesitation, dashing boldly in, advanced, swimming and wading, as
+they best could, to the opposite bank.  The Indians, disconcerted
+by this decided movement, as they had relied on their watery
+defences, took to flight, after letting off an impotent volley of
+missiles.  Fear gave wings to the fugitives; but the horse and
+his rider were swifter, and the victorious pursuers took bloody
+vengeance on their enemy for having dared even to meditate
+resistance.
+
+Xauxa was a considerable town.  It was the place already noticed
+as having been visited by Hernando Pizarro.  It was seated in the
+midst of a verdant valley, fertilized by a thousand little rills,
+which the thrifty Indian husbandman drew from the parent river
+that rolled sluggishly through the meadows.  There were several
+capacious buildings of rough stone in the town, and a temple of
+some note in the times of the Incas.  But the strong arm of
+Father Valverde and his countrymen soon tumbled the heathen
+deities from their pride of place, and established, in their
+stead, the sacred effigies of the Virgin and Child.
+
+Here Pizarro proposed to halt for some days, and to found a
+Spanish colony.  It was a favorable position, he thought, for
+holding the Indian mountaineers in check, while, at the same
+time, it afforded an easy communication with the sea-coast.
+Meanwhile he determined to send forward De Soto, with a
+detachment of sixty horse, to reconnoitre the country in advance,
+and to restore the bridges where demolished by the enemy. *11
+
+[Footnote 11: Carta de la Justicia y Regi miento de la Ciudad de
+Xauja, Ms - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq. Ms. - Conq. i Pob. del
+Piru, Ms - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5 lib. 4, cap. 10. -
+Relacion de Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+That active cavalier set forward at once, but found considerable
+impediments to his progress.  The traces of an enemy became more
+frequent as he advanced.  The villages were burnt, the bridges
+destroyed, and heavy rocks and trees strewed in the path to
+impede the march of the cavalry.  As he drew near to Bilcas, once
+an important place, though now effaced from the map, he had a
+sharp encounter with the natives, in a mountain defile, which
+cost him the lives of two or three troopers.  The loss was light;
+but any loss was felt by the Spaniards, so little accustomed, as
+they had been of late, to resistance.
+
+Still pressing forward, the Spanish captain crossed the river
+Abancay, and the broad waters of the Apurimac; and, as he drew
+near the sierra of Vilcaconga, he learned that a considerable
+body of Indians lay in wait for him in the dangerous passes of
+the mountains.  The sierra was several leagues from Cuzco; and
+the cavalier, desirous to reach the further side of it before
+nightfall, incautiously pushed on his wearied horses.  When he
+was fairly entangled in its rocky defiles, a multitude of armed
+warriors, springing, as it seemed, from every cavern and thicket
+of the sierra, filled the air with their war-cries, and rushed
+down, like one of their own mountain torrents, on the invaders,
+as they were painfully tolling up the steeps.  Men and horses
+were overturned in the fury of the assault, and the foremost
+files, rolling back on those below, spread ruin and consternation
+in their ranks. De Soto in vain endeavoured to restore order,
+and, if possible, to charge the assailants. The horses were
+blinded and maddened by the missiles, while the desperate
+natives, clinging to their legs, strove to prevent their ascent
+up the rocky pathway.  De Soto saw, that, unless he gained a
+level ground which opened at some distance before him, all must
+be lost.  Cheering on his men with the old battle-cry, that
+always went to the heart of a Spaniard, he struck his spurs deep
+into the sides of his wearied charger, and, gallantly supported
+by his troop, broke through the dark array of warriors, and,
+shaking them off to the right and left, at length succeeded in
+placing himself on the broad level.
+
+Here both parties paused, as if by mutual consent, for a few
+moments. A little stream ran through the plain, at which the
+Spaniards watered their horses; *12 and the animals, having
+recovered wind, De Soto and his men made a desperate charge on
+their assailants.  The undaunted Indians sustained the shock with
+firmness; and the result of the combat was still doubtful, when
+the shades of evening, falling thicker around them, separated the
+combatants.
+
+[Footnote 12: Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol.
+405.]
+
+Both parties then withdrew from the field, taking up their
+respective stations within bow-shot of each other, so that the
+voices of the warriors on either side could be distinctly heard
+in the stillness of the night.  But very different were the
+reflections of the two hosts.  The Indians, exulting in their
+temporary triumph, looked with confidence to the morrow to
+complete it.  The Spaniards, on the other hand, were
+proportionably discouraged.  They were not prepared for this
+spirit of resistance in an enemy hitherto so tame. Several
+cavaliers had fallen; one of them by a blow from a Peruvian
+battle-axe, which clove his head to the chin, attesting the power
+of the weapon, and of the arm that used it. *13 Several horses,
+too, had been killed; and the loss of these was almost as
+severely felt as that of their riders, considering the great cost
+and difficulty of transporting them to these distant regions.
+Few either of the men or horses escaped without wounds, and the
+Indian allies suffered still more severely.
+
+[Footnote 13: Ibid., loc cit.]
+
+It seemed probable, from the pertinacity and a certain order
+maintained in the assault, that it was directed by some leader of
+military experience; perhaps the Indian commander Quizquiz, who
+was said to be hanging round the environs of Cuzco with a
+considerable force.
+
+Notwithstanding the reasonable cause of apprehension for the
+morrow, De Soto, like a stout-hearted cavalier, as he was, strove
+to keep up the spirits of his followers.  If they had beaten off
+the enemy when their horses were jaded, and their own strength
+nearly exhausted, how much easier it would be to come off
+victorious when both were restored by a night's rest; and he told
+them to "trust in the Almighty, who would never desert his
+faithful followers in their extremity." The event justified De
+Soto's confidence in this seasonable succour.
+
+From time to time, on his march, he had sent advices to Pizarro
+of the menacing state of the country, till his commander,
+becoming seriously alarmed, was apprehensive that the cavalier
+might be over powered by the superior numbers of the enemy.  He
+accordingly detached Almagro, with nearly all the remaining
+horse, to his support, - unencumbered by infantry, that he might
+move the lighter.  That efficient leader advanced by forced
+marches, stimulated by the tidings which met him on the road; and
+was so fortunate as to reach the foot of the sierra of Vilcaconga
+the very night of the engagement.
+
+There hearing of the encounter, he pushed forward without
+halting, though his horses were spent with travel.  The night was
+exceedingly dark, and Almagro, afraid of stumbling on the enemy's
+bivouac, and desirous to give De Soto information of his
+approach, commanded his trumpets to sound, till the notes,
+winding through the defiles of the mountains, broke the slumbers
+of his countrymen, sounding like blithest music in their ears.
+They quickly replied with their own bugles, and soon had the
+satisfaction to embrace their deliverers. *14
+
+[Footnote 14: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, sec. 3, lib. 5, cap. 3.]
+
+Great was the dismay of the Peruvian host, when the morning light
+discovered the fresh reinforcement of the ranks of the Spaniards.
+There was no use in contending with an enemy who gathered
+strength from the conflict, and who seemed to multiply his
+numbers at will.  Without further attempt to renew the fight,
+they availed themselves of a thick fog, which hung over the lower
+slopes of the hills, to effect their retreat, and left the passes
+open to the invaders.  The two cavaliers then continued their
+march until they extricated their forces from the sierra, when,
+taking up a secure position, they proposed to await there the
+arrival of Pizarro. *15
+
+[Footnote 15: The account of De Soto's affair with the natives is
+given in more or less detail, by Ped. Sancho Rel., ap. Ramusio,
+tom. III. fol. 405, - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms., - Relacion del
+Primer. Descub., Ms., -Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms, -
+parties al present in the army.]
+
+The commander-in-chief, meanwhile, lay at Xauxa, where he was
+greatly disturbed by the rumors which reached him of the state of
+the country.  His enterprise, thus far, had gone forward so
+smoothly, that he was no better prepared than his lieutenant to
+meet with resistance from the natives.  He did not seem to
+comprehend that the mildest nature might at last be roused by
+oppression; and that the massacre of their Inca, whom they
+regarded with such awful veneration, would be likely, if any
+thing could do it, to wake them from their apathy.
+
+The tidings which he now received of the retreat of the Peruvians
+were most welcome; and he caused mass to be said, and
+thanksgivings to be offered up to Heaven, "which had shown itself
+thus favorable to the Christians throughout this mighty
+enterprise." The Spaniard was ever a Crusader.  He was, in the
+sixteenth century, what Coeur de Lion and his brave knights were
+in the twelfth, with this difference; the cavalier of that day
+fought for the Cross and for glory, while gold and the Cross were
+the watchwords of the Spaniard.  The spirit of chivalry had waned
+somewhat before the spirit of trade; but the fire of religious
+enthusiasm still burned as bright under the quilted mail of the
+American Conqueror, as it did of yore under the iron panoply of
+the soldier of Palestine.
+
+It seemed probable that some man of authority had organized, or
+at least countenanced, this resistance of the natives, and
+suspicion fell on the captive chief Challcuchima, who was accused
+of maintaining a secret correspondence with his confederate,
+Quizquiz.  Pizarro waited on the Indian noble, and, charging him
+with the conspiracy, reproached him, as he had formerly done his
+royal master, with ingratitude towards the Spaniards, who had
+dealt with him so liberally.  He concluded by the assurance,
+that, if he did not cause the Peruvians to lay down their arms,
+and tender their submission at once, he should be burnt alive, so
+soon as they reached Almagro's quarters. *16
+
+[Footnote 16: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Ped. Sancho,
+Rel., ap Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 406.]
+
+The Indian chief listened to the terrible menace with the utmost
+composure.  He denied having had any communication with his
+countrymen, and said, that, in his present state of confinement,
+at least, he could have no power to bring them to submission.  He
+then remained doggedly silent, and Pizarro did not press the
+matter further. *17 But he placed a strong guard over his
+prisoner, and caused him to be put in irons.  It was an ominous
+proceeding, and had been the precursor of the death of
+Atahuallpa.
+
+[Footnote 17: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+Before quitting Xauxa, a misfortune befell the Spaniards in the
+death of their creature, the young Inca Toparca.  Suspicion, of
+course, fell on Challcuchima, now selected as the scape-goat for
+all the offences of his nation. *18 It was a disappointment to
+Pizarro, who hoped to find a convenient shelter for his future
+proceedings under this shadow of royalty. *19
+
+[Footnote 18: It seems, from the language of the letter addressed
+to the Emperor by the municipality of Xauxa, that the troops
+themselves were far from being convinced of Challcuchima's guilt.
+"Publico fue, aunque dello no ubo averiguacion in certenidad, que
+el capitan Chaliconiman le abia dado ierbas o a beber con que
+murio." Carta de la Just. v Reg. de Xauja, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 19: According to Velasco, Toparsa, whom, however, he
+calls by another name, tore off the diadem bestowed on him by
+Pizarro, with disdain, and died in a few weeks of chagrin.
+(Hist. de Quito, tom. I. p. 377.) This writer, a Jesuit of Quito,
+seems to feel himself bound to make out as good a case for
+Atahuallpa and his family, as if he had been expressly retained
+in their behalf.  His vouchers - when he condescends to give any
+- too rarely bear him out in his statements to inspire us with
+much confidence in his correctness.]
+
+The general considered it most prudent not to hazard the loss of
+his treasures by taking them on the march, and he accordingly
+left them at Xauxa, under a guard of forty soldiers, who remained
+there in garrison.  No event of importance occurred on the road,
+and Pizarro, having effected a junction with Almagro, their
+united forces soon entered the vale of Xaquixaguana, about five
+leagues from Cuzco.  This was one of those bright spots, so often
+found embosomed amidst the Andes, the more beautiful from
+contrast with the savage character of the scenery around it.  A
+river flowed through the valley, affording the means of
+irrigating the soil, and clothing it in perpetual verdure; and
+the rich and flowering vegetation spread out like a cultivated
+garden.  The beauty of the place and its delicious coolness
+commended it as a residence for the Peruvian nobles, and the
+sides of the hills were dotted with their villas, which afforded
+them a grateful retreat in the heats of summer. *20 Yet the
+centre of the valley was disfigured by a quagmire of some extent,
+occasioned by the frequent overflowing of the waters; but the
+industry of the Indian architects had constructed a solid
+causeway, faced with heavy stone, and connected with the great
+road, which traversed the whole breadth of the morass. *21
+
+[Footnote 20: "Auia en este valle muy sumptuosos aposentos y
+ricos adonde los senores del Cuzco salian a tomar sus plazeres y
+solazes.' Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 91.]
+
+[Footnote 21: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+In this valley Pizarro halted for several days, while he
+refreshed his troops from the well-stored magazines of the Incas.
+His first act was to bring Challcuchima to trial; if trial that
+could be called, where sentence may be said to have gone hand in
+hand with accusation.  We are not informed of the nature of the
+evidence.  It was sufficient to satisfy the Spanish captains of
+the chieftain's guilt.  Nor is it at all incredible that
+Challcuchima should have secretly encouraged a movement among the
+people, designed to secure his country's freedom and his own.  He
+was condemned to be burnt alive on the spot.  "Some thought it a
+hard measure," says Herrera; "but those who are governed by
+reasons of state policy are apt to shut their eyes against every
+thing else." *22 Why this cruel mode of execution was so often
+adopted by the Spanish Conquerors is not obvious; unless it was
+that the Indian was an infidel, and fire, from ancient date,
+seems to have been considered the fitting doom of the infidel, as
+the type of that inextinguishable flame which awaited him in the
+regions of the damned.
+
+[Footnote 22: Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 6 cap. 3.]
+
+Father Valverde accompanied the Peruvian chieftain to the stake.
+He seems always to have been present at this dreary moment,
+anxious to profit by it, if possible, to work the conversion of
+the victim.  He painted in gloomy colors the dreadful doom of the
+unbeliever, to whom the waters of baptism could alone secure the
+ineffable glories of paradise. *23 It does not appear that he
+promised any commutation of punishment in this world.  But his
+arguments fell on a stony heart, and the chief coldly replied, he
+"did not understand the religion of the white men." *24 He might
+be pardoned for not comprehending the beauty of a faith which, as
+it would seem, had borne so bitter fruits to him.  In the midst
+of his tortures, he showed the characteristic courage of the
+American Indian, whose power of endurance triumphs over the power
+of persecution in his enemies, and he died with his last breath
+invoking the name of Pachacamac.  His own followers brought the
+fagots to feed the flames that consumed him. *25
+
+[Footnote 23: Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol.
+406.]
+
+[Footnote 24: Ibid., loc. cit.]
+
+[Footnote 25: Ibid. loc. cit. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq.,
+Ms.
+
+The Ms. of the old Conqueror is so much damaged in this part of
+it that much of his account is entirely effaced.]
+
+Soon after this tragic event, Pizarro was surprised by a visit
+from a Peruvian noble, who came in great state, attended by a
+numerous and showy retinue.  It was the young prince Manco,
+brother of the unfortunate Huascar, and the rightful successor to
+the crown.  Being brought before the Spanish commander, he
+announced his pretensions to the throne, and claimed the
+protection of the strangers.  It is said he had meditated
+resisting them by arms, and had encouraged the assaults made on
+them on their march; but, finding resistance ineffectual, he had
+taken this politic course, greatly to the displeasure of his more
+resolute nobles.  However this may be, Pizarro listened to his
+application with singular contentment, for he saw in this new
+scion of the true royal stock, a more effectual instrument for
+his purposes than he could have found in the family of Quito,
+with whom the Peruvians had but little sympathy.  He received the
+young man, therefore, with great cordiality, and did not hesitate
+to assure him that he had been sent into the country by his
+master, the Castilian sovereign, in order to vindicate the claims
+of Huascar to the crown, and to punish the usurpation of his
+rival. *26
+
+[Footnote 26: Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 406.
+- Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+Taking with him the Indian prince, Pizarro now resumed his march.
+It was interrupted for a few hours by a party of the natives, who
+lay in wait for him in the neighbouring sierra.  A sharp skirmish
+ensued, in which the Indians behaved with great spirit, and
+inflicted some little injury on the Spaniards; but the latter, at
+length, shaking them off, made good their passage through the
+defile, and the enemy did not care to follow them into the open
+country.
+It was late in the afternoon when the Conquerors came in sight of
+Cuzco. *27 The descending sun was streaming his broad rays full
+on the imperial city, where many an altar was dedicated to his
+worship.  The low ranges of buildings, showing in his beams like
+so many lines of silvery light, filled up the bosom of the valley
+and the lower slopes of the mountains, whose shadowy forms hung
+darkly over the fair city, as if to shield it from the menaced
+profanation.  It was so late, that Pizarro resolved to defer his
+entrance till the following morning.
+
+[Footnote 27: "Y dos horas antes que el Sol se pusiese, llegaron
+a vista de la ciudad del Cuzco.  "Relacion del Primer. Descub.,
+Ms]
+
+That night vigilant guard was kept in the camp, and the soldiers
+slept on their arms.  But it passed away without annoyance from
+the enemy, and early on the following day, November 15, 1533,
+Pizarro prepared for his entrance into the Peruvian capital. *28
+
+[Footnote 28: The chronicles differ as to the precise date.
+There can be no better authorities than Pedro Sancho's narrative
+and the Letter of the Magistrates of Xauxa, which have followed
+in the text]
+
+The little army was formed into three divisions, of which the
+centre, or "battle," as it was called, was led by the general.
+The suburbs were thronged with a countless multitude of the
+natives, who had flocked from the city and the surrounding
+country to witness the showy, and, to them, startling pageant.
+All looked with eager curiosity on the strangers, the fame of
+whose terrible exploits had spread to the remotest parts of the
+empire.  They gazed with astonishment on their dazzling arms and
+fair complexions, which seemed to proclaim them the true Children
+of the Sun; and they listened with feelings of mysterious dread,
+as the trumpet sent forth its prolonged notes through the streets
+of the capital, and the solid ground shook under the heavy tramp
+of the cavalry.
+
+The Spanish commander rode directly up the great square.  It was
+surrounded by low piles of buildings, among which were several
+palaces of the Incas.  One of these, erected by Huayna Capac, was
+surmounted by a tower, while the ground-floor was occupied by one
+or more immense halls, like those described in Caxamalca, where
+the Peruvian nobles held their fetes in stormy weather.  These
+buildings afforded convenient barracks for the troops, though,
+during the first few weeks, they remained under their tents in
+the open plaza, with their horses picketed by their side, ready
+to repulse any insurrection of the inhabitants. *29
+
+[Footnote 29: Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 407.
+- Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 7, cap. 10. - Relacion
+del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+The capital of the Incas, though falling short of the El Dorado
+which had engaged their credulous fancies, astonished the
+Spaniards by the beauty of its edifices, the length and
+regularity of its streets, and the good order and appearance of
+comfort, even luxury, visible in its numerous population. It far
+surpassed all they had yet seen in the New World.  The population
+of the city is computed by one of the Conquerors at two hundred
+thousand inhabitants, and that of the suburbs at as many more.
+*30 This account is not confirmed, as far as I have seen, by any
+other writer.  But however it may be exaggerated, it is certain
+that Cuzco was the metropolis of a great empire, the residence of
+the Court and the chief nobility; frequented by the most skilful
+mechanics and artisans of every description, who found a demand
+for their ingenuity in the royal precincts; while the place was
+garrisoned by a numerous soldiery, and was the resort, finally,
+of emigrants from the most distant provinces.  The quarters
+whence this motley population came were indicated by their
+peculiar dress, and especially their head-gear, so rarely found
+at all on the American Indian, which, with its variegated colors,
+gave a picturesque effect to the groups and masses in the
+streets.  The habitual order and decorum maintained in this
+multifarious assembly showed the excellent police of the capital,
+where the only sounds that disturbed the repose of the Spaniards
+were the noises of feasting and dancing, which the natives, with
+happy insensibility, constantly prolonged to a late hour of the
+night. *31
+
+[Footnote 30: "Esta ciudad era muy grande i mui populosa de
+grandes edificios i comarcas, quando los Eespanoles entraron la
+primera vex en ella havia gran cantidad de gente, seria pueblo de
+mas de 40 mill. vecinos solamente lo que tomaba la ciudad, que
+arravalles i comarca en deredor del Cuzco a 10 o 12 leguas creo
+yo que havia docientos mill. Indios porque esto era lo mas
+poblado de todos estos reinos." (Conq. i Pob. del Peru, Ms.) The
+vecino or "householder" is computed, usually, as representing
+five individuals. - Yet Father Valverde, in a letter written a
+few years after tis, speaks of the city as having only three or
+four thousand houses at the time of its occupation, and the
+suburbs as having nineteen or twenty thousand.  (Cart al
+Emperador, Ms., 20 de Marzo, 1539.) It is possible that he took
+into the account only the better kind of houses, not considering
+the mud huts, or rather hovels, which made so large a part of a
+Peruvian town, as deserving notice.]
+
+[Footnote 31: "Heran tantos los atambores que de noche se oian
+por todas cartes bailando y cantando y belendo que toda la mayor
+parte de la noche se les pasava en esto cotidianamente." Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+The edifices of the better sort - and they were very numerous -
+were of stone, or faced with stone. *32 Among the principal were
+the royal residences; as each sovereign built a new palace for
+himself, covering, though low, a large extent of ground.  The
+walls were sometimes stained of painted with gaudy tints, and the
+gates, we are assured, were sometimes of colored marble. *33 In
+the delicacy of the stone-work," says another of the Conquerors,
+"the natives far excelled the Spaniards, though the roofs of
+their dwellings, instead of tiles, were only of thatch, but put
+together with the nicest art." *34 The sunny climate of Cuzco did
+not require a very substantial material for defence against the
+weather.
+
+[Footnote 32: "La maggior parte di queste case sono di pietra, et
+l'altre hano la meta della facciata di pietra." Ped. Sancho,
+Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 413.]
+
+[Footnote 33: The buildings were usually of freestone.  There may
+have been porphyry from the neighbouring mountains mixed with
+this, which the Spaniards mistook for marble.]
+
+[Footnote 34: "Todo labrado de piedra muy prima, que cierto toda
+la canteria desta cibdad hace gran ventaja a la de Espana, aunque
+carecen de teja que todas las casas sino es la fortaleza, que era
+hecha de azoteas son cubiertas de paja, aunque tan primamente
+puesta, que parece bien." Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+The most important building was the fortress, planted on a solid
+rock, that rose boldly above the city.  It was built of hewn
+stone, so finely wrought that it was impossible to detect the
+line of junction between the blocks; and the approaches to it
+were defended by three semicircular parapets, composed of such
+heavy masses of rock, that it bore resemblance to the kind of
+work known to architects as the Cyclopean.  The fortress was
+raised to a height rare in Peruvian architecture; and from the
+summit of the tower the eye of the spectator ranged over a
+magnificent prospect, in which the wild features of the mountain
+scenery, rocks, woods, and waterfalls, were mingled with the rich
+verdure of the valley, and the shining city filling up the
+foreground, - all blended in sweet harmony under the deep azure
+of a tropical sky.
+
+The streets were long and narrow.  They were arranged with
+perfect regularity, crossing one another at right angles; and
+from the great square diverged four principal streets connecting
+with the high roads of the empire. The square itself, and many
+parts of the city, were paved with a fine pebble. *35 Through the
+heart of the capital ran a river of pure water, if it might not
+be rather termed a canal, the banks or sides of which, for the
+distance of twenty leagues, were faced with stone *36 Across this
+stream, bridges, constructed of similar broad flags, were thrown,
+at intervals, so as to afford an easy communication between the
+different quarters of the capital. *37
+[Footnote 35: Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III., ubi
+supra.
+
+A passage in the Letter of the Municipality of Xauxa is worth
+quoting, as confirming on the best authority some of the
+interesting particulars mentioned in the text.  'Esta cibdad es
+la mejor e maior que en la tierra se ha visto, i aun en Yndias; e
+decimos a V. M. ques tan hermosa i de tan buenos edeficios que en
+Espana seria muy de ver; tiene las calles por mucho concierto en
+pedradas i por medio dellas un cano enlosado. la plaza es hecha
+en cuadra i empedrada de quijas pequenas todas, todas las mas de
+las casas son de Senores Principales hechas de canteria. esta en
+una ladera de un zerro en el cual sobre el pueblo esta una
+fortaleza mui bien obrada de canteria, tan de ver que por
+Espanoles que han andado Reinos estranos, dicen no haver visto
+otro edeficio igual al della." Carta de la Just. y Reg. de Xauja,
+Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 36: "Un rio, el cual baja por medio de la cibdad y
+desde que nace, mas de veinte leguas por aquel valle abajo donde
+hay muchas poblaciones, va enlosado todo por el suelo, y las
+varrancas de una parte y de otra hechas de canteria labrada, cosa
+nunca vista, ni oida." Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 37: The reader will find a few repetitions in this
+chapter of what I have already said, in the Introduction, of
+Cuzco under the Incas. But the facts here stated are for the most
+part drawn from other sources, and some repetition was
+unavoidable in order to give a distinct image of the capital.]
+The most sumptuous edifice in Cuzco, in the times of the Incas,
+was undoubtedly the great temple dedicated to the Sun, which,
+studded with gold plates, as already noticed, was surrounded by
+convents and dormitories for the priests, with their gardens and
+broad parterres sparkling with gold.  The exterior ornaments had
+been already removed by the Conquerors, - all but the frieze of
+gold, which, imbedded in the stones, still encircled the
+principal building.  It is probable that the tales of wealth, so
+greedily circulated among the Spaniards, greatly exceeded the
+truth.  If they did not, the natives must have been very
+successful in concealing their treasures from the invaders.  Yet
+much still remained, not only in the great House of the Sun, but
+in the inferior temples which swarmed in the capital.
+
+Pizarro, on entering Cuzco, had issued an order forbidding any
+soldier to offer violence to the dwellings of the inhabitants.
+*38 But the palaces were numerous, and the troops lost no time in
+plundering them of their contents, as well as in despoiling the
+religious edifices.  The interior decorations supplied them with
+considerable booty.  They stripped off the jewels and rich
+ornaments that garnished the royal mummies in the temple of
+Coricancha.  Indignant at the concealment of their treasures,
+they put the inhabitants, in some instances, to the torture, and
+endeavoured to extort from them a confession of their
+hiding-places. *39 They invaded the repose of the sepulchres, in
+which the Peruvians often deposited their valuable effects, and
+compelled the grave to give up its dead.  No place was left
+unexplored by the rapacious Conquerors, and they occasionally
+stumbled on a mine of wealth that rewarded their labors.
+
+[Footnote 38: "Pues mando el marquez dar vn pregon que ningun
+espanol fuese a entrar en las casas de los naturales o tomalles
+nada." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 39: Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap 123.]
+
+In a cavern near the city they found a number of vases of pure
+gold, richly embossed with the figures of serpents, locusts, and
+other animals. Among the spoil were four golden llamas and ten or
+twelve statues of women, some of gold, others of silver, "which
+merely to see," says one of the Conquerors, with some naivete,
+"was truly a great satisfaction." The gold was probably thin, for
+the figures were all as large as life; and several of them, being
+reserved for the royal fifth, were not recast, but sent in their
+original form to Spain. *40 The magazines were stored with
+curious commodities; richly tinted robes of cotton and
+feather-work, gold sandals, and slippers of the same material,
+for the women, and dresses composed entirely of beads of gold.
+*41 The grain and other articles of food, with which the
+magazines were filled, were held in contempt by the Conquerors,
+intent only on gratifying their lust for gold. *42 The time came
+when the grain would have been of far more value.
+
+[Footnote 40: "Et fra l'altre cose singolari, era veder quattro
+castrati di fin oro molto grandi, et 10 o 12 statue di done,
+della grandezza delle done di quel paese tutte d'oro fino, cosi
+belle et ben fatte come se fossero viue. . . . . . Queste furono
+date nel quinto che toccaua a S. M." (Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap.
+Ramusio, tom. III fol.409.) "Muchas estatuas y figuras de oro y
+plata enteras, hecha la forma toda de una muger, y del tamano
+della, muy bien labradas." Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 41: "Avia ansi mismo miscmo otras muchas plumas de
+diferentes colores para este efecto de hacer rropas que vestian
+los senores y senoras y no otto otro en los tiempos de sus
+fiestas; avia tambien mantas hechas de chaquira, de oro, y de
+plata, que heran vnas quentecitas muy delicadas, que parecia cosa
+de espanto ver su hechura." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 42: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.]
+
+Yet the amount of treasure in the capital did not equal the
+sanguine expectations that had been formed by the Spaniards.  But
+the deficiency was supplied by the plunder which they had
+collected at various places on their march.  In one place, for
+example, they met with ten planks or bars of solid silver, each
+piece being twenty feet in length, one foot in breadth, and two
+or three inches thick.  They were intended to decorate the
+dwelling of an Inca noble. *43
+
+[Footnote 43: "Pues andando yo buscando mahiz o otras cosas para
+comer, acaso entre en vn buhio donde halle estos tablones de
+plata que tengo dicho que heran hasta diez y de largo tenian
+veinte pies y de anchor de vno y de gordor de tres dedos, di
+noticia dello al marquez y el y todos los demas que con e.
+estavan entraron a vello." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+The whole mass of treasure was brought into a common heap, as in
+Caxamalca; and after some of the finer specimens had been
+deducted for the Crown, the remainder was delivered to the Indian
+goldsmiths to be melted down into ingots of a uniform standard.
+The division of the spoil was made on the same principle as
+before.  There were four hundred and eighty soldiers, including
+the garrison of Xauxa, who were each to receive a share, that of
+the cavalry being double that of the infantry.  The amount of
+booty is stated variously by those present at the division of it.
+According to some, it considerably exceeded the ransom of
+Atahuallpa.  Others state it as less. Pedro Pizarro says that
+each horseman got six thousand pesos de oro, and each one of the
+infantry half that sum; *44 though the same discrimination was
+made by Pizarro as before, in respect to the rank of the parties,
+and their relative services.  But Sancho, the royal notary, and
+secretary of the commander, estimates the whole amount as far
+less, - not exceeding five hundred and eighty thousand and two
+hundred pesos de oro, and two hundred and fifteen thousand marks
+of silver. *45 In the absence of the official returns, it is
+impossible to determine which is correct.  But Sancho's narrative
+is countersigned, it may be remembered, by Pizarro and the royal
+treasurer Riquelme, and doubtless, therefore, shows the actual
+amount for which the Conquerors accounted to the Crown.
+
+[Footnote 44: Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 45: Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol.
+409.]
+
+Whichever statement we receive, the sum, combined with that
+obtained at Caxamalca, might well have satisfied the cravings of
+the most avaricious. The sudden influx of so much wealth, and
+that, too, in so transferable a form, among a party of reckless
+adventures little accustomed to the possession of money, had its
+natural effect.  It supplied them with the means of gaming, so
+strong and common a passion with the Spaniards, that it may be
+considered a national vice.  Fortunes were lost and won in a
+single day, sufficient to render the proprietors independent for
+life; and many a desperate gamester, by an unlucky throw of the
+dice or turn of the cards, saw himself stripped in a few hours of
+the fruits of years of toil, and obliged to begin over again the
+business of rapine.  Among these, one in the cavalry service is
+mentioned, named Leguizano, who had received as his share of the
+booty the image of the Sun, which, raised on a plate of burnished
+gold, spread over the walls in a recess of the great temple, and
+which, for some reason or other, - perhaps because of its
+superior fineness, - was not recast like the other ornaments.
+This rich prize the spendthrift lost in a single night; whence it
+came to be a proverb in Spain, Juega el Sol antes que amanezca,
+"Play away the Sun before sunrise." *46
+
+[Footnote 46: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1 lib. 3, cap. 20]
+The effect of such a surfeit of the precious metals was instantly
+felt on prices.  The most ordinary articles were only to be had
+for exorbitant sums.  A quire of paper sold for ten pesos de oro;
+a bottle of wine, for sixty; a sword, for forty or fifty; a
+cloak, for a hundred, - sometimes more; a pair of shoes cost
+thirty or forty pesos de oro, and a good horse could not be had
+for less than twenty-five hundred. *47 Some brought a still
+higher price.  Every article rose in value, as gold and silver,
+the representatives of all, declined.  Gold and silver, in short,
+seemed to be the only things in Cuzco that were not wealth.  Yet
+there were some few wise enough to return contented with their
+present gains to their native country.  Here their riches brought
+them consideration and competence, and, while they excited the
+envy of their countrymen, stimulated them to seek their own
+fortunes in the like path of adventure.
+
+[Footnote 47: Xerez, Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p.
+233.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter IX
+
+New Inca Crowned. - Municipal Regulations. - Terrible March Of
+Alvarado. - Interview With Pizarro. - Foundation Of Lima. -
+Hernando Pizarro Reaches Spain. - Sensation At Court. - Feuds Of
+Almagro And The Pizarros.
+
+1534-1535.
+
+
+The first care of the Spanish general, after the division of the
+booty, was to place Manco on the throne, and to obtain for him
+the recognition of his countrymen.  He, accordingly, presented
+the young prince to them as their future sovereign, the
+legitimate son of Huayna Capac, and the true heir of the Peruvian
+sceptre.  The annunciation was received with enthusiasm by the
+people, attached to the memory of his illustrious father, and
+pleased that they were still to have a monarch rule over them of
+the ancient line of Cuzco.
+
+Every thing was done to maintain the illusion with the Indian
+population.  The ceremonies of a coronation were studiously
+observed.  The young prince kept the prescribed fasts and vigils;
+and on the appointed day, the nobles and the people, with the
+whole Spanish soldiery, assembled in the great square of Cuzco to
+witness the concluding ceremony.  Mass was publicly performed by
+Father Valverde, and the Inca Manco received the fringed diadem
+of Peru, not from the hand of the high-priest of his nation, but
+from his Conqueror, Pizarro.  The Indian lords then tendered
+their obeisance in the customary form; after which the royal
+notary read aloud the instrument asserting the supremacy of the
+Castilian Crown, and requiring the homage of all present to its
+authority.  This address was explained by an interpreter, and the
+ceremony of homage was performed by each one of the parties
+waving the royal banner of Castile twice or thrice with his
+hands.  Manco then pledged the Spanish commander in a golden
+goblet of the sparkling chicha; and, the latter having cordially
+embraced the new monarch, the trumpets announced the conclusion
+of the ceremony. *1 But it was not the note of triumph, but of
+humiliation; for it proclaimed that the armed foot of the
+stranger was in the halls of the Peruvian Incas; that the
+ceremony of coronation was a miserable pageant; that their prince
+himself was but a puppet in the hands of his Conqueror; and that
+the glory of the Children of the Sun had departed for ever!
+
+[Footnote 1: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Ped. Sancho,
+Rel., ap Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 407.]
+
+Yet the people readily gave in to the illusion, and seemed
+willing to accept this image of their ancient independence.  The
+accession of the young monarch was greeted by all the usual fetes
+and rejoicings.  The mummies of his royal ancestors, with such
+ornaments as were still left to them, were paraded in the great
+square.  They were attended each by his own numerous retinue, who
+performed all the menial offices, as if the object of them were
+alive and could feel their import.  Each ghostly form took its
+seat at the banquet-table - now, alas! stripped of the
+magnificent service with which it was wont to blaze at these high
+festivals - and the guests drank deep to the illustrious dead.
+Dancing succeeded the carousal, and the festivities, prolonged to
+a late hour, were continued night after night by the giddy
+population, as if their conquerors had not been intrenched in the
+capital! *2 - What a contrast to the Aztecs in the conquest of
+Mexico!
+
+[Footnote 2: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms
+
+"Luego por la manana iba al enterramiento donde estaban cada uno
+por orden embalsamados como es dicho, y asentados en sus sillas,
+y con mucha veneracion y respeto, todos por orden los sacaban de
+alli y los trahian a la ciudad, teniendo cada uno su litera, y
+hombres con su librea, que le trujesen, y ansi desta manera todo
+el servicio y aderezos como si estubiera vivo." Relacion del
+Primer. Descub, Ms.]
+
+Pizarro's next concern was to organize a municipal government for
+Cuzco, like those in the cities of the parent country.  Two
+alcaldes were appointed, and eight regidores, among which last
+functionaries were his brothers Gonzalo and Juan.  The oaths of
+office were administered with great solemnity, on the
+twenty-fourth of March, 1534, in presence both of Spaniards and
+Peruvians, in the public square; as if the general were willing
+by this ceremony to intimate to the latter, that, while they
+retained the semblance of their ancient institutions, the real
+power was henceforth vested in their conquerors. *3 He invited
+Spaniards to settle in the place by liberal grants of land and
+houses, for which means were afforded by the numerous palaces and
+public buildings of the Incas; and many a cavalier, who had been
+too poor in his own country to find a place to rest in, now saw
+himself the proprietor of a spacious mansion that might have
+entertained the retinue of a prince. *4 From this time, says an
+old chronicler, Pizarro, who had hitherto been distinguished by
+his military title of "Captain-General," was addressed by that of
+"Governor." *5 Both had been bestowed on him by the royal grant.
+[Footnote 3: Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap. Ramusio, tom. III. fol. 409.
+- Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1534. - Actto de la fundacion del
+Cuzco, Ms.
+
+This instrument, which belongs to the collection of Munoz,
+records not only the names of the magistrates, but of the vecinos
+who formed the first population of the Christian capital.]
+
+[Footnote 4: Actto de la fundacion del Cuzco, Ms. - Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1,
+lib. 7, cap. 9, et seq.
+
+When a building was of immense size, as happened with some of the
+temples and palaces, it was assigned to two or even three of the
+Conquerors, who each took his share of it.  Garcilasso, who
+describes the city as it was soon after the Conquest,
+commemorates with sufficient prolixity the names of the cavaliers
+among whom the buildings were distributed.]
+
+[Footnote 5: Montesinos, Annales, ano 1534.]
+
+Nor did the chief neglect the interests of religion.  Father
+Valverde, whose nomination as Bishop of Cuzco not long afterwards
+received the Papal sanction, prepared to enter on the duties of
+his office.  A place was selected for the cathedral of his
+diocese, facing the plaza.  A spacious monastery subsequently
+rose on the ruins of the gorgeous House of the Sun; its walls
+were constructed of the ancient stones; the altar was raised on
+the spot where shone the bright image of the Peruvian deity, and
+the cloisters of the Indian temple were trodden by the friars of
+St. Dominic. *6 To make the metamorphosis more complete, the
+House of the Virgins of the Sun was replaced by a Roman Catholic
+nunnery. *7 Christian churches and monasteries gradually
+supplanted the ancient edifices, and such of the latter as were
+suffered to remain, despoiled of their heathen insignia, were
+placed under the protection of the Cross.
+
+[Footnote 6: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 1, lib. 3, cap. 20;
+lib. 6, cap. 21. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 7: Ulloa, Voyage to S. America, book 7, ch. 12.
+
+"The Indian nuns," says the author of the Relacion del Primer.
+Descub., "lived chastely and in a holy manner." - "Their chastity
+was all a feint," says Pedro Pizarro, "for they had constant
+amours with the attendants on the temple." (Descub. y Conq., Ms.)
+- What is truth? - In statements so contradictory, we may accept
+the most favorable to the Peruvian.  The prejudices of the
+Conqueror certainly did not lie on that side.]
+The Fathers of St. Dominic, the Brethren of the Order of Mercy,
+and other missionaries, now busied themselves in the good work of
+conversion. We have seen that Pizarro was required by the Crown
+to bring out a certain number of these holy men in his own
+vessels; and every succeeding vessel brought an additional
+reinforcement of ecclesiastics.  They were not all like the
+Bishop of Cuzco, with hearts so seared by fanaticism as to be
+closed against sympathy with the unfortunate natives. *8 They
+were, many of them, men of singular humility, who followed in the
+track of the conqueror to scatter the seeds of spiritual truth,
+and, with disinterested zeal, devoted themselves to the
+propagation of the Gospel.  Thus did their pious labors prove
+them the true soldiers of the Cross, and showed that the object
+so ostentatiously avowed of carrying its banner among the heathen
+nations was not an empty vaunt.
+
+[Footnote 8: Such, however, it is but fair to Valverde to state,
+is not the language applied to him by the rude soldiers of the
+Conquest.  The municipality of Xauxa, in a communication to the
+Court, extol the Dominican as an exemplary and learned divine,
+who had afforded much serviceable consolation to his countrymen.
+"Es persona de mucho exemplo i Doctrina i con quien todos los
+Espanoles an tenido mucho consuelo." (Carta de la Just. y Reg. de
+Xauxa, Ms.) And yet this is not incompatible with a high degree
+of insensibility to the natural rights of the natives.]
+
+The effort to Christianize the heathen is an honorable
+characteristic of the Spanish conquests.  The Puritan, with equal
+religious zeal, did comparatively little for the conversion of
+the Indian, content, as it would seem, with having secured to
+himself the inestimable privilege of worshipping God in his own
+way.  Other adventurers who have occupied the New World have
+often had too little regard for religion themselves, to be very
+solicitous about spreading it among the savages.  But the Spanish
+missionary, from first to last, has shown a keen interest in the
+spiritual welfare of the natives. Under his auspices, churches on
+a magnificent scale have been erected, schools for elementary
+instruction founded, and every rational means taken to spread the
+knowledge of religious truth, while he has carried his solitary
+mission into remote and almost inaccessible regions, or gathered
+his Indian disciples into communities, like the good Las Casas in
+Cumana, or the Jesuits in California and Paraguay.  At all times,
+the courageous ecclesiastic has been ready to lift his voice
+against the cruelty of the conqueror, and the no less wasting
+cupidity of the colonist; and when his remonstrances, as was too
+often the case, have proved unavailing, he has still followed to
+bind up the broken-hearted, to teach the poor Indian resignation
+under his lot, and light up his dark intellect with the
+revelation of a holier and happier existence. - In reviewing the
+blood-stained records of Spanish colonial history, it is but
+fair, and at the same time cheering, to reflect, that the same
+nation which sent forth the hard-hearted conqueror from its bosom
+sent forth the missionary to do the work of beneficence, and
+spread the light of Christian civilization over the farthest
+regions of the New World.
+
+While the governor, as we are henceforth to style him, lay at
+Cuzco, he received repeated accounts of a considerable force in
+the neighbourhood, under the command of Atahuallpa's officer,
+Quizquiz.  He accordingly detached Almagro, with a small body of
+horse and a large Indian force under the Inca Manco to disperse
+the enemy, and, if possible, to capture their leader.  Manco was
+the more ready to take part in the expedition, as the enemy were
+soldiers of Quito, who, with their commander, bore no good-will
+to himself.
+Almagro, moving with his characteristic rapidity, was not long in
+coming up with the Indian chieftain.  Several sharp encounters
+followed, as the army of Quito fell back on Xauxa, near which a
+general engagement decided the fate of the war by the total
+discomfiture of the natives. Quizquiz fled to the elevated plains
+of Quito, where he still held out with undaunted spirit against a
+Spanish force in that quarter, till at length his own soldiers,
+wearied by these long and ineffectual hostilities, massacred
+their commander in cold blood. *9 Thus fell the last of the two
+great officers of Atahuallpa, who, if their nation had been
+animated by a spirit equal to their own, might long have
+successfully maintained their soil against the invader.
+
+[Footnote 9: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte
+3, lib. 8, cap. 20. - Ped. Sancho, Rel., ap Ramusio, tom. III.
+fol. 408. - Relacion del Primer. Descub., Ms.]
+
+Some time before this occurrence, the Spanish governor, while in
+Cuzco, received tidings of an event much more alarming to him
+than any Indian hostilities.  This was the arrival on the coast
+of a strong Spanish force, under command of Don Pedro de
+Alvarado, the gallant officer who had served under Cortes with
+such renown in the war of Mexico.  That cavalier, after forming a
+brilliant alliance in Spain, to which he was entitled by his
+birth and military rank, had returned to his government of
+Guatemala, where his avarice had been roused by the magnificent
+reports he daily received of Pizarro's conquests.  These
+conquests, he learned, had been confined to Peru; while the
+northern kingdom of Quito, the ancient residence of Atahuallpa,
+and, no doubt, the principal depository of his treasures, yet
+remained untouched. Affecting to consider this country as falling
+without the governor's jurisdiction, he immediately turned a
+large fleet, which he had intended for the Spice Islands, in the
+direction of South America; and in March, 1534, he landed in the
+bay of Caraques, with five hundred followers, of whom half were
+mounted, and all admirably provided with arms and ammunition.  It
+was the best equipped and most formidable array that had yet
+appeared in the southern seas. *10
+
+
+[Footnote 10: The number is variously reported by historians.
+But from a egal investigation made in Guatemala, it appears that
+the whole force amounted to 500, of which 230 were cavalry. -
+Informacion echa en Santiago, Set. 15, 1536 Ms.]
+
+Although manifestly an invasion of the territory conceded to
+Pizarro by the Crown, the reckless cavalier determined to march
+at once on Quito. With the assistance of an Indian guide, he
+proposed to take the direct route across the mountains, a passage
+of exceeding difficulty, even at the most favorable season.
+
+After crossing the Rio Dable, Alvarado's guide deserted him, so
+that he was soon entangled in the intricate mazes of the sierra;
+and, as he rose higher and higher into the regions of winter, he
+became surrounded with ice and snow, for which his men taken from
+the warm countries of Guatemala, were but ill prepared.  As the
+cold grew more intense, many of them were so benumbed, that it
+was with difficulty they could proceed. The infantry, compelled
+to make exertions, fared best.  Many of the troopers were frozen
+stiff in their saddles.  The Indians, still more sensible to the
+cold, perished by hundreds.  As the Spaniards huddled round their
+wretched bivouacs, with such scanty fuel as they could glean, and
+almost without food, they waited in gloomy silence the approach
+of morning.  Yet the morning light, which gleamed coldly on the
+cheerless waste, brought no joy to them.  It only revealed more
+clearly the extent of their wretchedness.  Still struggling on
+through the winding Puertos Nevados, or Snowy Passes, their track
+was dismally marked by fragments of dress, broken harness, golden
+ornaments, and other valuables plundered on their march, - by the
+dead bodies of men, or by those less fortunate, who were left to
+die alone in the wilderness.  As for the horses, their carcasses
+were not suffered long to cumber the ground, as they were quickly
+seized and devoured half raw by the starving soldiers, who, like
+the famished condors, now hovering in troops above their heads,
+greedily banqueted on the most offensive offal to satisfy the
+gnawings of hunger.
+Alvarado, anxious to secure the booty which had fallen into his
+hands at an earlier part of his march, encouraged every man to
+take what gold he wanted from the common heap, reserving only the
+royal fifth.  But they only answered, with a ghastly smile of
+derision, "that food was the only gold for them." Yet in this
+extremity, which might seem to have dissolved the very ties of
+nature, there are some affecting instances recorded of
+self-devotion; of comrades who lost their lives in assisting
+others, and of parents and husbands (for some of the cavaliers
+were accompanied by their wives) who, instead of seeking their
+own safety, chose to remain and perish in the snows with the
+objects of their love.
+
+To add to their distress, the air was filled for several days
+with thick clouds of earthy particles and cinders, which blinded
+the men, and made respiration exceedingly difficult. *11 This
+phenomenon, it seems probable, was caused by an eruption of the
+distant Cotopaxi, which, about twelve leagues southeast of Quito,
+rears up its colossal and perfectly symmetrical cone far above
+the limits of eternal snow, - the most beautiful and the most
+terrible of the American volcanoes. *12 At the time of Alvarado's
+expedition, it was in a state of eruption, the earliest instance
+of the kind on record, though doubtless not the earliest. *13
+Since that period, it has been in frequent commotion, sending up
+its sheets of flame to the height of half a mile, spouting forth
+cataracts of lava that have overwhelmed towns and villages in
+their career, and shaking the earth with subterraneous thunders,
+that, at the distance of more than a hundred leagues, sounded
+like the reports of artillery! *14 Alvarado's followers,
+unacquainted with the cause of the phenomenon, as they wandered
+over tracts buried in snow, - the sight of which was strange to
+them, - in an atmosphere laden with ashes, became bewildered by
+this confusion of the elements, which Nature seemed to have
+contrived purposely for their destruction.  Some of these men
+were the soldiers of Cortes, steeled by many a painful march, and
+many a sharp encounter with the Aztecs.  But this war of the
+elements, they now confessed, was mightier than all.
+
+[Footnote 11: "It began to rain earthy particles from the
+heavens," says Oviedo, "that blinded the men and horses, so that
+the trees and bushes were full of dirt." Hist. de las Indias,
+Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 20.]
+
+[Footnote 12: Garcilasso says the shower of ashes came from the
+"volcano of Quito." (Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 2, cap. 2.) Cieza
+de Leon only says from one of the volcanoes in that region.
+(Cronica, cap. 41.) Neither of them specify the name.  Humboldt
+accepts the common opinion, that Cotopaxi was intended.
+Researches, I. 123.]
+
+[Footnote 13: A popular tradition among the natives states, that
+a large fragment of porphyry near the base of the cone was thrown
+out in an eruption, which occurred at the moment of Atahuallpa's
+death. - But such tradition will hardly pass for history.]
+
+[Footnote 14: A minute account of this formidable mountain is
+given by M. de Humboldt, (Researches, I. 118, et seq.,) and more
+circumstantially by Condamine.  (Voyage a l'Equateur, pp. 48 - 56
+156 - 160.) The latter philosopher would have attempted to scale
+the almost perpendicular walls of the volcano, but no one was
+hardy enough to second him.]
+
+At length, Alvarado, after sufferings, which even the most hardy,
+probably, could have endured but a few days longer, emerged from
+the Snowy Pass, and came on the elevated table-land, which
+spreads out, at the height of more than nine thousand feet above
+the ocean, in the neighbourhood of Riobamba.  But one fourth of
+his gallant army had been left to feed the condor in the
+wilderness, besides the greater part, at least two thousand, of
+his Indian auxiliaries.  A great number of his horses, too, had
+perished; and the men and horses that escaped were all of them
+more or less injured by the cold and the extremity of suffering.
+- Such was the terrible passage of the Puertos Nevados, which I
+have only briefly noticed as an episode to the Peruvian conquest,
+but the account of which, in all its details, though it occupied
+but a few weeks in duration, would give one a better idea of the
+difficulties encountered by the Spanish cavaliers, than volumes
+of ordinary narrative. *15
+
+[Footnote 15: By far the most spirited and thorough record of
+Alvarado's march is given by Herrera, who has borrowed the pen of
+Livy describing the Alpine march of Hannibal.  (Hist. General,
+dec. 5, lib. 6, cap. 1, 2, 7, 8, 9.) See also Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms., - Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte
+3, lib. 8, cap. 20, - and Carta de Pedro de Alvarado al
+Emperador, San Miguel, 15 de Enero, 1535, Ms.
+
+Alvarado, in the letter above cited, which is preserved in the
+Munoz collection, explains to the Emperor the grounds of his
+expedition, with no little effrontery.  In this document he
+touches very briefly on the march, being chiefly occupied by the
+negotiations with Almagro, and accompanying his remarks with many
+dark suggestions as to the policy pursued by the Conquerors]
+
+As Alvarado, after halting some time to restore his exhausted
+troops, began his march across the broad plateau, he was
+astonished by seeing the prints of horses' hoofs on the soil.
+Spaniards, then, had been there before him, and, after all his
+toil and suffering, others had forestalled him in the enterprise
+against Quito!  It is necessary to say a few words in explanation
+of this.
+
+When Pizarro quitted Caxamalca, being sensible of the growing
+importance of San Miguel, the only port of entry then in the
+country, he despatched a person in whom he had great confidence
+to take charge of it. This person was Sebastian Benalcazar, a
+cavalier who afterwards placed his name in the first rank of the
+South American conquerors, for courage, capacity, - and cruelty.
+But this cavalier had hardly reached his government, when, like
+Alvarado, he received such accounts of the riches of Quito, that
+he determined, with the force at his command, though without
+orders, to undertake its reduction.
+
+At the head of about a hundred and forty soldiers, horse and
+foot, and a stout body of Indian auxiliaries, he marched up the
+broad range of the Andes, to where it spreads out into the
+table-land of Quito, by a road safer and more expeditious than
+that taken by Alvarado.  On the plains of Riobamba, he
+encountered the Indian general Ruminavi.  Several engagements
+followed, with doubtful success, when, in the end, science
+prevailed where courage was well matched, and the victorious
+Benalcazar planted the standard of Castile on the ancient towers
+of Atahuallpa.  The city, in honor of his general, Francis
+Pizarro, he named San Francisco del Quito. But great was his
+mortification on finding that either the stories of its riches
+had been fabricated, or that these riches were secreted by the
+natives.  The city was all that he gained by his victories, - the
+shell without the pearl of price which gave it its value.  While
+devouring his chagrin, as he best could, the Spanish captain
+received tidings of the approach of his superior, Almagro. *16
+
+[Footnote 16: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 4, cap. 11, 18; lib. 6, cap. 5, 6. -
+Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 19. -
+Carta de Benalcazar, Ms.]
+
+No sooner had the news of Alvarado's expedition reached Cuzco,
+than Almagro left the place with a small force for San Miguel,
+proposing to strengthen himself by a reinforcement from that
+quarter, and to march at once against the invaders.  Greatly was
+he astonished, on his arrival in that city, to learn the
+departure of its commander.  Doubting the loyalty of his motives,
+Almagro, with the buoyancy of spirit which belongs to youth,
+though in truth somewhat enfeebled by the infirmities of age, did
+not hesitate to follow Benalcazar at once across the mountains.
+With his wonted energy, the intrepid veteran, overcoming all the
+difficulties of his march, in a few weeks placed himself and his
+little company on the lofty plains which spread around the Indian
+city of Riobamba; though in his progress he had more than one hot
+encounter with the natives, whose courage and perseverance formed
+a contrast sufficiently striking to the apathy of the Peruvians.
+But the fire only slumbered in the bosom of the Peruvian.  His
+hour had not yet come.
+
+At Riobamba, Almagro was soon joined by the commander of San
+Miguel, who disclaimed, perhaps sincerely, any disloyal intent in
+his unauthorized expedition.  Thus reinforced, the Spanish
+captain coolly awaited the coming of Alvarado.  The forces of the
+latter, though in a less serviceable condition, were much
+superior in number and appointments to those of his rival.  As
+they confronted each other on the broad plains of Riobamba, it
+seemed probable that a fierce struggle must immediately follow,
+and the natives of the country have the satisfaction to see their
+wrongs avenged by the very hands that inflicted them.  But it was
+Almagro's policy to avoid such an issue.
+
+Negotiations were set on foot, in which each party stated his
+claims to the country.  Meanwhile Alvarado's men mingled freely
+with their countrymen in the opposite army, and heard there such
+magnificent reports of the wealth and wonders of Cuzco, that many
+of them were inclined to change their present service for that of
+Pizarro.  Their own leader, too, satisfied that Quito held out no
+recompense worth the sacrifices he had made, and was like to
+make, by insisting on his claim, became now more sensible of the
+rashness of a course which must doubtless incur the censure of
+his sovereign.  In this temper, it was not difficult for them to
+effect an adjustment of difficulties; and it was agreed, as the
+basis of it, that the governor should pay one hundred thousand
+pesos de oro to Alvarado, in consideration of which the latter
+was to resign to him his fleet, his forces, and all his stores
+and munitions.  His vessels, great and small, amounted to twelve
+in number, and the sum he received, though large, did not cover
+his expenses.  This treaty being settled, Alvarado proposed,
+before leaving the country, to have an interview with Pizarro.
+*17
+
+[Footnote 17: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Naharro, Relacion
+Sumaria, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 6, cap. 8 - 10. - Oviedo, Hist. de
+las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap 20. - Carta de Benalcazar,
+Ms.
+
+The amount of the bonus paid to Alvarado is stated very
+differently by writers.  But both that cavalier and Almagro, in
+their letters to the Emperor, which have hitherto been unknown to
+historians, agree in the sum given in the text.  Alvarado
+complains that he had no choice but to take it, although it was
+greatly to his own loss, and, by defeating his expedition, as he
+modestly intimates, to the loss of the Crown.  (Carta de Alvarado
+al Emperador, Ms.) - Almagro, however, states that the sum paid
+was three times as much as the armament was worth; "a sacrifice,"
+he adds, "which he made to preserve peace, never dear at any
+price." - Strange sentiment for a Castilian conqueror!  Carta de
+Diego de Almagro al Emperador, Ms., Oct. 15, 1534.]
+
+The governor, meanwhile, had quitted the Peruvian capital for the
+sea-coast, from his desire to repel any invasion that might be
+attempted in that direction by Alvarado, with whose real
+movements he was still unacquainted.  He left Cuzco in charge of
+his brother Juan, a cavalier whose manners were such as, he
+thought, would be likely to gain the good-will of the native
+population.  Pizarro also left ninety of his troops, as the
+garrison of the capital, and the nucleus of his future colony.
+Then, taking the Inca Manco with him, he proceeded as far as
+Xauxa.  At this place he was entertained by the Indian prince
+with the exhibition of a great national hunt, - such as has been
+already described in these pages, - in which immense numbers of
+wild animals were slaughtered, and the vicunas, and other races
+of Peruvian sheep, which roam over the mountains, driven into
+inclosures and relieved of their delicate fleeces. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: Carta de la Just. y Reg. de Xauja, Ms. - Relacion
+del Primer. Descub., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib.
+6, cap. 16. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1534.
+
+At this place, the author of the Relacion del Primer
+Descubrimiento del Peru, the Ms. so often quoted in these pages,
+abruptly terminates his labors. He is a writer of sense and
+observation; and, though he has his share of the national
+tendency to exaggerate and overcolor, he writes like one who
+means to be honest, and who has seen what he describes.
+
+At Xauxa, also, the notary Pedro Sancho ends his Relacion, which
+embraces a much shorter period than the preceding narrative, but
+which is equally authentic.  Coming from the secretary of
+Pizarro, and countersigned by that general himself, this
+Relation, indeed, may be regarded as of the very highest
+authority.  And yet large deductions must obviously be made for
+the source whence it springs; for it may be taken as Pizarro's
+own account of his doings, some of which stood much in need of
+apology.  It must be added, in justice both to the general and to
+his secretary, that the Relation does not differ substantially
+from other contemporary accounts, and that the attempt to varnish
+over the exceptionable passages in the conduct of the Conquerors
+is not obtrusive.
+
+For the publication of this journal, we are indebted to Ramusio,
+whose enlightened labors have preserved to us more than one
+contemporary production of value, though in the form of
+translation]
+
+The Spanish governor then proceeded to Pachacamac, where he
+received the grateful intelligence of the accommodation with
+Alvarado; and not long afterward he was visited by that cavalier
+himself, previously to his embarkation.
+
+The meeting was conducted with courtesy and a show, at least, of
+good-will, on both sides, as there was no longer real cause for
+jealousy between the parties; and each, as may be imagined,
+looked on the other with no little interest, as having achieved
+such distinction in the bold path of adventure.  In the
+comparison, Alvarado had somewhat the advantage; for Pizarro,
+though of commanding presence, had not the brilliant exterior,
+the free and joyous manner, which, no less than his fresh
+complexion and sunny locks, had won for the conqueror of
+Guatemala, in his campaigns against the Aztecs, the sobriquet of
+Tonatiuh, or "Child of the Sun."
+
+Blithe were the revels that now rang through the ancient city of
+Pachacamac; where, instead of songs, and of the sacrifices so
+often seen there in honor of the Indian deity, the walls echoed
+to the noise of tourneys and Moorish tilts of reeds, with which
+the martial adventurers loved to recall the sports of their
+native land.  When these were concluded, Alvarado reembarked for
+his government of Guatemala, where his restless spirit soon
+involved him in other enterprises that cut short his adventurous
+career.  His expedition to Peru was eminently characteristic of
+the man.  It was founded in injustice, conducted with rashness,
+and ended in disaster. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Carta Francisco Pizarro al Senor de
+Molina, Ms.
+
+Alvarado died in 1541, of an injury received from a horse which
+rolled down on him as he was attempting to scale a precipitous
+hill in New Galicia. In the same year, by a singular coincidence,
+perished his beautiful wife, at her own residence in Guatemala,
+which was overwhelmed by a torrent from the adjacent mountains.]
+
+The reduction of Peru might now be considered as, in a manner,
+accomplished.  Some barbarous tribes in the interior, it is true,
+still held out, and Alonso de Alvarado, a prudent and able
+officer, was employed to bring them into subjection.  Benalcazar
+was still at Quito, of which he was subsequently appointed
+governor by the Crown.  There he was laying deeper the foundation
+of the Spanish power, while he advanced the line of conquest
+still higher towards the north.  But Cuzco, the ancient capital
+of the Indian monarchy, had submitted.  The armies of Atahuallpa
+had been beaten and scattered.  The empire of the Incas was
+dissolved; and the prince who now wore the Peruvian diadem was
+but the shadow of a king, who held his commission from his
+conqueror.
+
+The first act of the governor was to determine on the site of the
+future capital of this vast colonial empire.  Cuzco, withdrawn
+among the mountains, was altogether too far removed from the
+sea-coast for a commercial people. The little settlement of San
+Miguel lay too far to the north.  It was desirable to select some
+more central position, which could be easily found in one of the
+fruitful valleys that bordered the Pacific. Such was that of
+Pachacamac, which Pizarro now occupied.  But, on further
+examination, he preferred the neighbouring valley of Rimac, which
+lay to the north, and which took its name, signifying in the
+Quichua tongue "one who speaks," from a celebrated idol, whose
+shrine was much frequented by the Indians for the oracles it
+delivered.  Through the valley flowed a broad stream, which, like
+a great artery, was made, as usual by the natives, to supply a
+thousand finer veins that meandered through the beautiful
+meadows.
+
+On this river Pizarro fixed the site of his new capital, at
+somewhat less than two leagues' distance from its mouth, which
+expanded into a commodious haven for the commerce that the
+prophetic eye of the founder saw would one day - and no very
+distant one - float on its waters.  The central situation of the
+spot recommended it as a suitable residence for the Peruvian
+viceroy, whence he might hold easy communication with the
+different parts of the country, and keep vigilant watch over his
+Indian vassals.  The climate was delightful, and, though only
+twelve degrees south of the line, was so far tempered by the cool
+breezes that generally blow from the Pacific, or from the
+opposite quarter down the frozen sides of the Cordilleras, that
+the heat was less than in corresponding latitudes on the
+continent.  It never rained on the coast; but this dryness was
+corrected by a vaporous cloud, which, through the summer months,
+hung like a curtain over the valley, sheltering it from the rays
+of a tropical sun, and imperceptibly distilling a refreshing
+moisture, that clothed the fields in the brightest verdure.
+
+The name bestowed on the infant capital was Ciudad de los Reyes,
+or City of the Kings, in honor of the day, being the sixth of
+January, 1535, - the festival of Epiphany, - when it was said to
+have been founded, or more probably when its site was determined,
+as its actual foundation seems to have been twelve days later.
+*20 But the Castilian name ceased to be used even within the
+first generation, and was supplanted by that of Lima, into which
+the original Indian name of Rimac was corrupted by the Spaniards.
+*21
+
+[Footnote 20: So says Quintana, who follows in this what he
+pronounces a sure authority, Father Bernabe Cobo, in his book
+entitled Fundacion de Lima. Espanoles Celebres, tom. II. p. 250,
+nota.]
+
+[Footnote 21: The Mss. of the old Conquerors show how, from the
+very first, the name of Lima superseded the original Indian
+title. "Y el marquez se passo a Lima y fundo la ciudad de los
+rreyes que agora es." (Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.)
+"Asimismo ordenaron que se pasasen el pueblo que tenian en Xauxa
+poblado a este Valle de Lima donde agora es esta ciudad de los i
+aqui se poblo." Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+The city was laid out on a very regular plan.  The streets were
+to be much wider than usual in Spanish towns, and perfectly
+straight, crossing one another at right angles, and so far
+asunder as to afford ample space for gardens to the dwellings,
+and for public squares.  It was arranged in a triangular form,
+having the river for its base, the waters of which were to be
+carried, by means of stone conduits, through all the principal
+streets, affording facilities for irrigating the grounds around
+the houses.
+No sooner had the governor decided on the site and on the plan of
+the city, than he commenced operations with his characteristic
+energy.  The Indians were collected from the distance of more
+than a hundred miles to aid in the work.  The Spaniards applied
+themselves with vigor to the task, under the eye of their chief.
+The sword was exchanged for the tool of the artisan. The camp was
+converted into a hive of diligent laborers; and the sounds of war
+were succeeded by the peaceful hum of a busy population. The
+plaza, which was extensive, was to be surrounded by the
+cathedral, the palace of the viceroy, that of the municipality,
+and other public buildings; and their foundations were laid on a
+scale, and with a solidity, which defied the assaults of time,
+and, in some instances, even the more formidable shock of
+earthquakes, that, at different periods, have laid portions of
+the fair capital in ruins. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: Montesinos, Annales, Ms. ano 1535. - Conq. i Pob.
+del Piru, Ms.
+
+The remains of Pizarro's palace may still be discerned in the
+Callejon de Petateros, says Stevenson, who gives the best account
+of Lima to be found in any modern book of travels which I have
+consulted. Residence in South America, vol II. chap. 8.]
+
+While these events were going on, Almagro, the Marshal, as he is
+usually termed by chroniclers of the time, had gone to Cuzco,
+whither he was sent by Pizarro to take command of that capital.
+He received also instructions to undertake, either by himself or
+by his captains, the conquest of the countries towards the south,
+forming part of Chili. Almagro, since his arrival at Caxamalca,
+had seemed willing to smother his ancient feelings of resentment
+towards his associate, or, at least, to conceal the expression of
+them, and had consented to take command under him in obedience to
+the royal mandate.  He had even, in his despatches, the
+magnanimity to make honorable mention of Pizarro, as one anxious
+to promote the interests of government.  Yet he did not so far
+trust his companion, as to neglect the precaution of sending a
+confidential agent to represent his own services, when Hernando
+Pizarro undertook his mission to the mother-country.
+
+That cavalier, after touching at St. Domingo, had arrived without
+accident at Seville, in January, 1534.  Besides the royal fifth,
+he took with him gold, to the value of half a million of pesos,
+together with a large quantity of silver, the property of private
+adventurers, some of whom, satisfied with their gains, had
+returned to Spain in the same vessel with himself.  The
+custom-house was filled with solid ingots, and with vases of
+different forms, imitations of animals, flowers, fountains, and
+other objects, executed with more or less skill, and all of pure
+gold, to the astonishment of the spectators, who flocked from the
+neighbouring country to gaze on these marvellous productions of
+Indian art. *23 Most of the manufactured articles were the
+property of the Crown; and Hernando Pizarro, after a short stay
+at Seville, selected some of the most gorgeous specimens, and
+crossed the country to Calatayud, where the emperor was holding
+the cortes of Aragon.
+
+[Footnote 23: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, ib. 6, cap. 13. -
+Lista de todo lo que Hernando Pizarro trajo del Peru, ap. Mss. de
+Munoz.]
+
+Hernando was instantly admitted to the royal presence, and
+obtained a gracious audience.  He was more conversant with courts
+than either of his brothers, and his manners, when in situations
+that imposed a restraint on the natural arrogance of his temper,
+were graceful and even attractive. In a respectful tone, he now
+recited the stirring adventures of his brother and his little
+troop of followers, the fatigues they had endured, the
+difficulties they had overcome, their capture of the Peruvian
+Inca, and his magnificent ransom.  He had not to tell of the
+massacre of the unfortunate prince, for the tragic event, which
+had occurred since his departure from the country, was still
+unknown to him.  The cavalier expatiated on the productiveness of
+the soil, and on the civilization of the people, evinced by their
+proficiency in various mechanic arts; in proof of which he
+displayed the manufactures of wool and cotton, and the rich
+ornaments of gold and silver.  The monarch's eyes sparkled with
+delight as he gazed on these last.  He was too sagacious not to
+appreciate the advantages of a conquest which secured to him a
+country so rich in agricultural resources.  But the returns from
+these must necessarily be gradual and long deferred; and he may
+be excused for listening with still greater satisfaction to
+Pizarro's tales of its mineral stores; for his ambitious projects
+had drained the imperial treasury, and he saw in the golden tide
+thus unexpectedly poured in upon him the immediate means of
+replenishing it.
+
+Charles made no difficulty, therefore, in granting the petitions
+of the fortunate adventurer.  All the previous grants to Francis
+Pizarro and his associates were confirmed in the fullest manner;
+and the boundaries of the governor's jurisdiction were extended
+seventy leagues further towards the south.  Nor did Almagro's
+services, this time, go unrequited.  He was empowered to discover
+and occupy the country for the distance of two hundred leagues,
+beginning at the southern limit of Pizarro's territory. *24
+Charles, in proof, still further, of his satisfaction, was
+graciously pleased to address a letter to the two commanders, in
+which he complimented them on their prowess, and thanked them for
+their services. This act of justice to Almagro would have been
+highly honorable to Hernando Pizarro, considering the unfriendly
+relations in which they stood to each other, had it not been made
+necessary by the presence of the marshal's own agents at court,
+who, as already noticed, stood ready to supply any deficiency in
+the statements of the emissary.
+
+[Footnote 24: The country to be occupied received the name of New
+Toledo, in the royal grant, as the conquests of Pizarro had been
+designated by that of New Castile.  But the present attempt to
+change the Indian name was as ineffectual as the former, and the
+ancient title of Chili still designates that narrow strip of
+fruitful land between the Andes and the ocean, which stretches to
+the south of the great continent.]
+
+In this display of the royal bounty, the envoy, as will readily
+be believed, did not go without his reward.  He was lodged as an
+attendant of the Court; was made a knight of Santiago, the most
+prized of the chivalric orders in Spain; was empowered to equip
+an armament, and to take command of it; and the royal officers at
+Seville were required to aid him in his views and facilitate his
+embarkation for the Indies. *25
+
+[Footnote 25: Ibid., loc. cit.]
+
+The arrival of Hernando Pizarro in the country, and the reports
+spread by him and his followers, created a sensation among the
+Spaniards such as had not been felt since the first voyage of
+Columbus.  The discovery of the New World had filled the minds of
+men with indefinite expectations of wealth, of which almost every
+succeeding expedition had proved the fallacy.  The conquest of
+Mexico, though calling forth general admiration as a brilliant
+and wonderful exploit, had as yet failed to produce those golden
+results which had been so fondly anticipated.  The splendid
+promises held out by Francis Pizarro on his recent visit to the
+country had not revived the confidence of his countrymen, made
+incredulous by repeated disappointment.  All that they were
+assured of was the difficulties of the enterprise; and their
+distrust of its results was sufficiently shown by the small
+number of followers, and those only of the most desperate stamp,
+who were willing to take their chance in the adventure.
+
+But now these promises were realized.  It was no longer the
+golden reports that they were to trust; but the gold itself,
+which was displayed in such profusion before them.  All eyes were
+now turned towards the West. The broken spendthrift saw in it the
+quarter where he was to repair his fortunes as speedily as he had
+ruined them.  The merchant, instead of seeking the precious
+commodities of the East, looked in the opposite direction, and
+counted on far higher gains, where the most common articles of
+life commanded so exorbitant prices.  The cavalier, eager to win
+both gold and glory at the point of his lance, thought to find a
+fair field for his prowess on the mountain plains of the Andes.
+Ferdinand Pizarro found that his brother had judged rightly in
+allowing as many of his company as chose to return home,
+confident that the display of their wealth would draw ten to his
+banner for every one that quitted it.
+
+In a short time that cavalier saw himself at the head of one of
+the most numerous and well-appointed armaments, probably, that
+had left the shores of Spain since the great fleet of Ovando, in
+the time of Ferdinand and Isabella.  It was scarcely more
+fortunate than this.  Hardly had Ferdinand put to sea, when a
+violent tempest fell on the squadron, and compelled him to return
+to port and refit.  At length he crossed the ocean, and reached
+the little harbour of Nombre de Dios in safety.  But no
+preparations had been made for his coming, and, as he was
+detained here some time before he could pass the mountains, his
+company suffered greatly from scarcity of food.  In their
+extremity, the most unwholesome articles were greedily devoured,
+and many a cavalier spent his little savings to procure himself a
+miserable subsistence.  Disease, as usual, trod closely in the
+track of famine, and numbers of the unfortunate adventurers,
+sinking under the unaccustomed heats of the climate, perished on
+the very threshold of discovery.
+
+It was the tale often repeated in the history of Spanish
+enterprise. A few, more lucky than the rest, stumble on some
+unexpected prize, and hundreds, attracted by their success, press
+forward in the same path.  But the rich spoil which lay on the
+surface has been already swept away by the first comers, and
+those who follow are to win their treasure by long-protracted and
+painful exertion. - Broken in spirit and in fortune, many
+returned in disgust to their native shores, while others remained
+where they were, to die in despair.  They thought to dig for
+gold; but they dug only their graves.
+
+Yet it fared not thus with all Pizarro's company.  Many of them,
+crossing the Isthmus with him to Panama, came in time to Peru,
+where, in the desperate chances of its revolutionary struggles,
+some few arrived at posts of profit and distinction.  Among those
+who first reached the Peruvian shore was an emissary sent by
+Almagro's agents to inform him of the important grant made to him
+by the Crown.  The tidings reached him just as he was making his
+entry into Cuzco, where he was received with all respect by Juan
+and Gonzalo Pizarro, who, in obedience to their brother's
+commands, instantly resigned the government of the capital into
+the marshal's hands.  But Almagro was greatly elated on finding
+himself now placed by his sovereign in a command that made him
+independent of the man who had so deeply wronged him; and he
+intimated that in the exercise of his present authority he
+acknowledged no superior.  In this lordly humor he was confirmed
+by several of his followers, who insisted that Cuzco fell to the
+south of the territory ceded to Pizarro, and consequently came
+within that now granted to the marshal.  Among these followers
+were several of Alvarado's men, who, though of better condition
+than the soldiers of Pizarro, were under much worse discipline,
+and had acquired, indeed, a spirit of unbridled license under
+that unscrupulous chief. *26 They now evinced little concern for
+the native population of Cuzco; and, not content with the public
+edifices, seized on the dwellings of individuals, where it suited
+their convenience, appropriating their contents without ceremony,
+- showing as little respect, in short, for person or property, as
+if the place had been taken by storm. *27
+
+[Footnote 26: In point of discipline, they presented a remarkable
+contrast to the Conquerors of Peru, if we may take the word of
+Pedro Pizarro, who assures us that his comrades would not have
+plucked so much as an ear of corn without leave from their
+commander.  "Que los que pasamos con el Marquez a la conquista no
+ovo hombre que osase tomar vna mazorca de mahiz sin licencia."
+Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 27: "Se entraron de paz en la ciudad del Cuzco i los
+salieron todos los naturales a rescibir i les tomaron la Ciudad
+con todo quanto havia de dentro llenas las casas de mucha ropa i
+algunas oro i plata i otras muchas cosas, i las que no estaban
+bien llenas las enchian de lo que tomaban de las demas casas de
+la dicha ciudad, sin pensar que en ello hacian ofensa alguna
+Divina ni humana, i porquesta es una cosa larga i casi
+incomprehensible, la dexase al juicio de quien mas entiende
+aunque en el dano rescebido por parte de los naturales cerca
+deste articulo yo se harto por mis pecados que no quisiera saber
+ni haver visto." Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+While these events were passing in the ancient Peruvian capital,
+the governor was still at Lima, where he was greatly disturbed by
+the accounts he received of the new honors conferred on his
+associate.  He did not know that his own jurisdiction had been
+extended seventy leagues further to the south, and he entertained
+the same suspicion with Almagro, that the capital of the Incas
+did not rightly come within his present limits.  He saw all the
+mischief likely to result from this opulent city falling into the
+hands of his rival, who would thus have an almost indefinite
+means of gratifying his own cupidity, and that of his followers.
+He felt, that, under the present circumstances, it was not safe
+to allow Almagro to anticipate the possession of power, to which,
+as yet, he had no legitimate right; for the despatches containing
+the warrant for it still remained with Hernando Pizarro, at
+Panama, and all that had reached Peru was a copy of a garbled
+extract.
+
+Without loss of time, therefore, he sent instructions to Cuzco
+for his brothers to resume the government, while he defended the
+measure to Almagro on the ground, that, when he should hereafter
+receive his credentials, it would be unbecoming to be found
+already in possession of the post.  He concluded by urging him to
+go forward without delay in his expedition to the south.
+
+But neither the marshal nor his friends were pleased with the
+idea of so soon relinquishing the authority which they now
+considered as his right.  The Pizarros, on the other hand, were
+pertinacious in reclaiming it.  The dispute grew warmer and
+warmer.  Each party had its supporters; the city was split into
+factions; and the municipality, the soldiers, and even the Indian
+population, took sides in the struggle for power.  Matters were
+proceeding to extremity, menacing the capital with violence and
+bloodshed, when Pizarro himself appeared among them. *28
+
+[Footnote 28: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera Hist.
+General, dec. 5, lib. 7, cap. 6 - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+On receiving tidings of the fatal consequences of his mandates,
+he had posted in all haste to Cuzco, where he was greeted with
+undisguised joy by the natives, as well as by the more temperate
+Spaniards, anxious to avert the impending storm.  The governor's
+first interview was with Almagro, whom he embraced with a seeming
+cordiality in his manner; and, without any show of resentment,
+inquired into the cause of the present disturbances.  To this the
+marshal replied, by throwing the blame on Pizarro's brothers;
+but, although the governor reprimanded them with some asperity
+for their violence, it was soon evident that his sympathies were
+on their side, and the dangers of a feud between the two
+associates seemed greater than ever.  Happily, it was postponed
+by the intervention of some common friends, who showed more
+discretion than their leaders.  With their aid a reconciliation
+was at length affected, on the grounds substantially of their
+ancient compact.
+
+It was agreed that their friendship should be maintained
+inviolate; and, by a stipulation that reflects no great credit on
+the parties, it was provided that neither should malign nor
+disparage the other, especially in their despatches to the
+emperor; and that neither should hold communication with the
+government without the knowledge of his confederate; lastly, that
+both the expenditures and the profits of future discovery should
+be shared equally by the associates.  The wrath of Heaven was
+invoked by the most solemn imprecations on the head of whichever
+should violate this compact, and the Almighty was implored to
+visit the offender with loss of property and of life in this
+world, and with eternal perdition in that to come! *29 The
+parties further bound themselves to the observance of this
+contract by a solemn oath taken on the sacrament, as it was held
+in the hands of Father Bartolome de Segovia, who concluded the
+ceremony by performing mass.  The whole proceeding, and the
+articles of agreement, were carefully recorded by the notary in
+an instrument bearing date June 12, 1535, and attested by a long
+list of witnesses. *30
+
+[Footnote 29: "E suplicamos a su infinita bondad que a qualquier
+de nos que fuere en contrario de lo asi convenido, con todo rigor
+de justicia permita la perdicion de su anima, tin y mal
+acavamiento de su vida, destruicion y perdimientos de su familia,
+honrras y hacienda." Capitulacion entre Pizarro y Almagro 12 de
+Junio, 1535, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 30: This remarkable document, the original of which is
+preserves in the archives of Simancas, may be found entire in the
+Castilian, 10 Appendix, No. 11.]
+
+Thus did these two ancient comrades, after trampling on the ties
+of friendship and honor, hope to knit themselves to each other by
+the holy bands of religion.  That it should have been necessary
+to resort to so extraordinary a measure might have furnished them
+with the best proof of its inefficacy.
+
+Not long after this accommodation of their differences, the
+marshal raised his standard for Chili; and numbers, won by his
+popular manners, and by his liberal largesses, - liberal to
+prodigality, - eagerly joined in the enterprise, which they
+fondly trusted would lead even to greater riches than they had
+found in Peru.  Two Indians, Paullo Topa, a brother of the Inca
+Manco, and Villac Umu, the high-priest of the nation, were sent
+in advance, with three Spaniards, to prepare the way for the
+little army.  A detachment of a hundred and fifty men, under an
+officer named Saavedra, next followed. Almagro remained behind to
+collect further recruits; but before his levies were completed,
+he began his march, feeling himself insecure, with his diminished
+strength, in the neighbourhood of Pizarro! *31 The remainder of
+his forces, when mustered, were to follow him.
+
+[Footnote 31: "El Adelantado Almagro despues que se vido en el
+Cuzco descarnado de su jente temio al Marquez no le prendiese por
+las alteraciones pasadas que havia tenido con sus hermanos como
+ya hemos dicho, i dicen que por ser avisado dello tomo la posta i
+se fue al pueblo de Paria donde estava su Capitan Saavedra."
+Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+Thus relieved of the presence of his rival, the governor returned
+without further delay to the coast, to resume his labors in the
+settlement of the country.  Besides the principal city of "The
+Kings,' he established others along the Pacific, destined to
+become hereafter the flourishing marts of commerce.  The most
+important of these, in honor of his birthplace, he named
+Truxillo, planting it on a site already indicated by Almagro. *32
+He made also numerous repartimientos both of lands and Indians
+among his followers, in the usual manner of the Spanish
+Conquerors; *33 - though here the ignorance of the real resources
+of the country led to very different results from what he had
+intended, as the territory smallest in extent, not unfrequently,
+from the hidden treasures in its bosom, turned out greatest in
+value. *34
+
+[Footnote 32: Carta de F. Pizarro a Molina, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 33: I have before me two copies of grants of
+encomiendas by Pizarro, the one dated at Xauxa, 1534, the other
+at Cuzco, 1539. - They emphatically enjoin on the colonist the
+religious instruction of the natives under his care, as well as
+kind and considerate usage.  How ineffectual were the
+recommendations may be inferred from the lament of the anonymous
+contemporary often cited, that "from this time forth, the pest of
+personal servitude was established among the Indians, equally
+disastrous to body and soul of both the master and the slave."
+(Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.) This honest burst of indignation,
+not to have been expected in the rude Conqueror, came probably
+from an ecclesiastic.]
+
+[Footnote 34: "El Marques hizo encomiendas en los Espanoles, las
+quales fueron por noticias que ni el sabia lo que dava ni nadie
+lo que rescebia sino a tiento ya poco mas o menos, y asi muchos
+que pensaron que se les dava pocos se hallaron con mucho y al
+contrario" Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.]
+
+But nothing claimed so much of Pizarro's care as the rising
+metropolis of Lima; and, so eagerly did he press forward the
+work, and so well was he seconded by the multitude of laborers at
+his command, that he had the satisfaction to see his young
+capital, with its stately edifices and its pomp of gardens,
+rapidly advancing towards completion.  It is pleasing to
+contemplate the softer features in the character of the rude
+soldier, as he was thus occupied with healing up the ravages of
+war, and laying broad the foundations of an empire more civilized
+than that which he had overthrown. This peaceful occupation
+formed a contrast to the life of incessant turmoil in which he
+had been hitherto engaged.  It seemed, too, better suited to his
+own advancing age, which naturally invited to repose.  And, if we
+may trust his chroniclers, there was no part of his career in
+which he took greater satisfaction.  It is certain there is no
+part which has been viewed with greater satisfaction by
+posterity; and, amidst the woe and desolation which Pizarro and
+his followers brought on the devoted land of the Incas, Lima, the
+beautiful City of the Kings, still survives as the most glorious
+work of his creation, the fairest gem on the shores of the
+Pacific.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter X
+
+Escape Of The Inca. - Return Of Hernando Pizarro. - Rising Of The
+Peruvians. - Siege And Burning Of Cuzco. - Distresses Of The
+Spaniards. - Storming Of The Fortress. - Pizarro's Dismay. - The
+Inca Raises The Siege.
+
+1535-1536.
+
+
+While the absence of his rival Almagro relieved Pizarro from all
+immediate disquietude from that quarter, his authority was
+menaced in another, where he had least expected it.  This was
+from the native population of the country.  Hitherto the
+Peruvians had shown only a tame and submissive temper, that
+inspired their conquerors with too much contempt to leave room
+for apprehension.  They had passively acquiesced in the
+usurpation of the invaders; had seen one monarch butchered,
+another placed on the vacant throne, their temples despoiled of
+their treasures, their capital and country appropriated and
+parcelled out among the Spaniards, but, with the exception of an
+occasional skirmish in the mountain passes, not a blow had been
+struck in defence of their rights. Yet this was the warlike
+nation which had spread its conquests over so large a part of the
+continent!
+
+In his career, Pizarro, though he scrupled at nothing to effect
+his object, had not usually countenanced such superfluous acts of
+cruelty as had too often stained the arms of his countrymen in
+other parts of the continent, and which, in the course of a few
+years, had exterminated nearly a whole population in Hispaniola.
+He had struck one astounding blow, by the seizure of Atahuallpa;
+and he seemed willing to rely on this to strike terror into the
+natives.  He even affected some respect for the institutions of
+the country, and had replaced the monarch he had murdered by
+another of the legitimate line.  Yet this was but a pretext.  The
+kingdom had experienced a revolution of the most decisive kind.
+Its ancient institutions were subverted.  Its heaven-descended
+aristocracy was levelled almost to the condition of the peasant.
+The people became the serfs of the Conquerors.  Their dwellings
+in the capital - at least, after the arrival of Alvarado's
+officers - were seized and appropriated.  The temples were turned
+into stables; the royal residences into barracks for the troops.
+The sanctity of the religious houses was violated.  Thousands of
+matrons and maidens, who, however erroneous their faith, lived in
+chaste seclusion in the conventual establishments, were now
+turned abroad, and became the prey of a licentious soldiery. *1 A
+favorite wife of the young Inca was debauched by the Castilian
+officers.  The Inca, himself treated with contemptuous
+indifference, found that he was a poor dependant, if not a tool,
+in the hands of his conquerors. *2
+
+[Footnote 1: So says the author of the Conquista i Poblacion del
+Piru, a contemporary writer, who describes what he saw himself as
+well as what he gathered from others.  Several circumstances,
+especially the honest indignation he expresses at the excesses of
+the Conquerors, lead one to suppose he may have been an
+ecclesiastic, one of the good men who attended the cruel
+expedition on an errand of love and mercy.  It is to be hoped
+that his credulity leads him to exaggerate the misdeeds of his
+countrymen.
+
+According to him, there were full six thousand women of rank,
+living in the convents of Cuzco, served each by fifteen or twenty
+female attendants, most of whom, that did not perish in the war,
+suffered a more melancholy fate, as the victims of prostitution.
+- The passage is so remarkable, and the Ms. so rare, that I will
+cite it in the original.
+
+"De estas senoras del Cuzco es cierto de tener grande sentimiento
+el que tuviese alguna humanidad en el pecho, que en tiempo de la
+prosperidad del Cuzco quando los Espanoles entraron en el havia
+grand cantidad de senoras que tenian sus casas i sus asientos mui
+quietas i sosegadas i vivian mui politicamente i como mui buenas
+mugeres, cada senora acompanada con quince o veinte mugeres que
+tenia de servicio en su casa bien traidas i aderezadas, i no
+salian menos desto i con grand onestidad i gravedad i atavio a su
+usanza, i es a la cantidad destas senoras principales creo yo que
+en el . . . . . que avia mas de seis mil sin las de servicio que
+creo yo que eran mas de veinte mil mugeres sin las de servicio i
+mamaconas que eran las que andavan como beatas i dende a dos anos
+casi no se allava en el Cuzco i su tierra sino cada qual i qual
+porque muchas murieron en la guerra que huvo i las otras vinieron
+las mas a ser malas mugeres.  Senor perdone a quien fue la causa
+desto i aquien no lo remedia pudiendo." Conq. i Pob del Piru,
+Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 2: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+Yet the Inca Manco was a man of a lofty spirit and a courageous
+heart; such a one as might have challenged comparison with the
+bravest of his ancestors in the prouder days of the empire.
+Stung to the quick by the humiliations to which he was exposed,
+he repeatedly urged Pizarro to restore him to the real exercise
+of power, as well as to the show of it. But Pizarro evaded a
+request so incompatible with his own ambitious schemes, or,
+indeed, with the policy of Spain, and the young Inca and his
+nobles were left to brood over their injuries in secret, and
+await patiently the hour of vengeance.
+
+The dissensions among the Spaniards themselves seemed to afford a
+favorable opportunity for this.  The Peruvian chiefs held many
+conferences together on the subject, and the high-priest Villac
+Umu urged the necessity of a rising so soon as Almagro had
+withdrawn his forces from the city.  It would then be
+comparatively easy, by assaulting the invaders on their several
+posts, scattered as they were over the country, to overpower them
+by superior numbers, and shake off their detested yoke before the
+arrival of fresh reinforcements should rivet it for ever on the
+necks of his countrymen.  A plan for a general rising was formed,
+and it was in conformity to it that the priest was selected by
+the Inca to bear Almagro company on the march, that he might
+secure the cooperation of the natives in the country, and then
+secretly return - as in fact he did - to take a part in the
+insurrection.
+
+To carry their plans into effect, it became necessary that the
+Inca Manco should leave the city and present himself among his
+people.  He found no difficulty in withdrawing from Cuzco, where
+his presence was scarcely heeded by the Spaniards, as his nominal
+power was held in little deference by the haughty and confident
+Conquerors.  But in the capital there was a body of Indian allies
+more jealous of his movements.  These were from the tribe of the
+Canares, a warlike race of the north, too recently reduced by the
+Incas to have much sympathy with them or their institutions.
+There were about a thousand of this people in the place, and, as
+they had conceived some suspicion of the Inca's purposes, they
+kept an eye on his movements, and speedily reported his absence
+to Juan Pizarro.
+
+That cavalier, at the head of a small body of horse, instantly
+marched in pursuit of the fugitive, whom he was so fortunate as
+to discover in a thicket of reeds, in which he sought to conceal
+himself, at no great distance from the city.  Manco was arrested,
+brought back a prisoner to Cuzco, and placed under a strong guard
+in the fortress.  The conspiracy seemed now at an end; and
+nothing was left to the unfortunate Peruvians but to bewail their
+ruined hopes, and to give utterance to their disappointment in
+doleful ballads, which rehearsed the captivity of their Inca, and
+the downfall of his royal house. *3
+[Footnote 3: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 5, lib. 8, cap. 1, 2. - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 2, cap. 3.]
+
+While these things were in progress, Hernando Pizarro returned to
+Ciudad de los Reyes, bearing with him the royal commission for
+the extension of his brother's powers, as well as of those
+conceded to Almagro.  The envoy also brought the royal patent
+conferring on Francisco Pizarro the title of Marques de los
+Atavillos, - a province in Peru.  Thus was the fortunate
+adventurer placed in the ranks of the proud aristocracy of
+Castile, few of whose members could boast - if they had the
+courage to boast - their elevation from so humble an origin, as
+still fewer could justify it by a show of greater services to the
+Crown.
+
+The new marquess resolved not to forward the commission, at
+present, to the marshal, whom he designed to engage still deeper
+in the conquest of Chili, that his attention might be diverted
+from Cuzco, which, however, his brother assured him, now fell,
+without doubt, within the newly extended limits of his own
+territory.  To make more sure of this important prize, he
+despatched Hernando to take the government of the capital into
+his own hands, as the one of his brothers on whose talents and
+practical experience he placed greatest reliance.
+
+Hernando, notwithstanding his arrogant bearing towards his
+countrymen, had ever manifested a more than ordinary sympathy
+with the Indians.  He had been the friend of Atahuallpa; to such
+a degree, indeed, that it was said, if he had been in the camp at
+the time, the fate of that unhappy monarch would probably have
+been averted.  He now showed a similar friendly disposition
+towards his successor, Manco.  He caused the Peruvian prince to
+be liberated from confinement, and gradually admitted him into
+some intimacy with himself. The crafty Indian availed himself of
+his freedom to mature his plans for the rising, but with so much
+caution, that no suspicion of them crossed the mind of Hernando.
+Secrecy and silence are characteristic of the American, almost as
+invariably as the peculiar color of his skin.  Manco disclosed to
+his conqueror the existence of several heaps of treasure, and the
+places where they had been secreted; and, when he had thus won
+his confidence, he stimulated his cupidity still further by an
+account of a statue of pure gold of his father Huayna Capac,
+which the wily Peruvian requested leave to bring from a secret
+cave in which it was deposited, among the neighbouring Andes.
+Hernando, blinded by his avarice, consented to the Inca's
+departure.
+He sent with him two Spanish soldiers, less as a guard than to
+aid him in the object of his expedition.  A week elapsed, and yet
+he did not return, nor were there any tidings to be gathered of
+him.  Hernando now saw his error, especially as his own
+suspicions were confirmed by the unfavorable reports of his
+Indian allies.  Without further delay, he despatched his brother
+Juan, at the head of sixty horse, in quest of the Peruvian
+prince, with orders to bring him back once more a prisoner to his
+capital.
+
+That cavalier, with his well-armed troops, soon traversed the
+environs of Cuzco without discovering any vestige of the
+fugitive.  The country was remarkably silent and deserted, until,
+as he approached the mountain range that hems in the valley of
+Yucay, about six leagues from the city, he was met by the two
+Spaniards who had accompanied Manco.  They informed Pizarro that
+it was only at the point of the sword he could recover the Inca,
+for the country was all in arms, and the Peruvian chief at its
+head was preparing to march on the capital.  Yet he had offered
+no violence to their persons, but had allowed them to return in
+safety.
+
+The Spanish captain found this story fully confirmed when he
+arrived at the river Yucay, on the opposite bank of which were
+drawn up the Indian battalions to the number of many thousand
+men, who, with their young monarch at their head, prepared to
+dispute his passage.  It seemed that they could not feel their
+position sufficiently strong, without placing a river, as usual,
+between them and their enemy.  The Spaniards were not checked by
+this obstacle.  The stream, though deep, was narrow; and plunging
+in, they swam their horses boldly across, amidst a tempest of
+stones and arrows that rattled thick as hail on their harness,
+finding occasionally some crevice or vulnerable point, - although
+the wounds thus received only goaded them to more desperate
+efforts.  The barbarians fell back as the cavaliers made good
+their landing; but, without allowing the latter time to form,
+they returned with a spirit which they had hitherto seldom
+displayed, and enveloped them on all sides with their greatly
+superior numbers.  The fight now raged fiercely. Many of the
+Indians were armed with lances headed with copper tempered almost
+to the hardness of steel, and with huge maces and battle-axes of
+the same metal.  Their defensive armour, also, was in many
+respects excellent, consisting of stout doublets of quilted
+cotton, shields covered with skins, and casques richly ornamented
+with gold and jewels, or sometimes made like those of the
+Mexicans, in the fantastic shape of the heads of wild animals,
+garnished with rows of teeth that grinned horribly above the
+visage of the warrior. *4 The whole army wore an aspect of
+martial ferocity, under the control of much higher military
+discipline than the Spaniards had before seen in the country.
+
+[Footnote 4: "Es gente," says Oviedo, "muy belicosa e muy
+diestra; sus armas son picas, e ondas, porras e Alabardas de
+Plata e oro e cobre." (Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8,
+cap. 17.) Xerez has made a good enumeration of the native
+Peruvian arms.  (Conq. del Peru, ap. Barcia, tom. III. p. 200.)
+Father Velasco has added considerably to this catalogue.
+According to him they used copper swords, poniards, and other
+European weapons.  (Hist. de Quito, tom. I. pp 178-180.) He does
+not insist on their knowledge of fire-arms before the Conquest!]
+
+The little band of cavaliers, shaken by the fury of the Indian
+assault, were thrown at first into some disorder, but at length,
+cheering on one another with the old war-cry of "St. Jago," they
+formed in solid column, and charged boldly into the thick of the
+enemy.  The latter, incapable of withstanding the shock, gave
+way, or were trampled down under the feet of the horses, or
+pierced by the lances of the riders.  Yet their flight was
+conducted with some order; and they turned at intervals, to let
+off a volley of arrows, or to deal furious blows with their
+pole-axes and war-clubs.  They fought as if conscious that they
+were under the eye of their Inca.
+It was evening before they had entirely quitted the level ground,
+and withdrawn into the fastnesses of the lof y range of hills
+which belt round the beautiful valley of Yucay.  Juan Pizarro and
+his little troop encamped on the level at the base of the
+mountains.  He had gained a victory, as usual, over immense odds;
+but he had never seen a field so well disputed, and his victory
+had cost him the lives of several men and horses, while many more
+had been wounded, and were nearly disabled by the fatigues of the
+day.  But he trusted the severe lesson he had inflicted on the
+enemy, whose slaughter was great, would crush the spirit of
+resistance.  He was deceived.
+
+The following morning, great was his dismay to see the passes of
+the mountains filled up with dark lines of warriors, stretching
+as far as the eye could penetrate into the depths of the sierra,
+while dense masses of the enemy were gathered like thunderclouds
+along the slopes and summits, as if ready to pour down in fury on
+the assailants.  The ground, altogether unfavorable to the
+manoeuvres of cavalry, gave every advantage to the Peruvians, who
+rolled down huge rocks from their elevated position, and sent off
+incessant showers of missiles on the heads of the Spaniards. Juan
+Pizarro did not care to entangle himself further in the perilous
+defile; and, though he repeatedly charged the enemy, and drove
+them back with considerable loss, the second night found him with
+men and horses wearied and wounded, and as little advanced in the
+object of his expedition as on the preceding evening.  From this
+embarrassing position, after a day or two more spent in
+unprofitable hostilities, he was surprised by a summons from his
+brother to return with all expedition to Cuzco, which was now
+besieged by the enemy!
+
+Without delay, he began his retreat, recrossed the valley, the
+recent scene of slaughter, swam the river Yucay, and, by a rapid
+countermarch, closely followed by the victorious enemy, who
+celebrated their success with songs or rather yells of triumph,
+he arrived before nightfall in sight of the capital.
+
+But very different was the sight which there met his eye from
+what he had beheld on leaving it a few days before.  The
+extensive environs, as far as the eye could reach, were occupied
+by a mighty host, which an indefinite computation swelled to the
+number of two hundred thousand warriors. *5 The dusky lines of
+the Indian battalions stretched out to the very verge of the
+mountains; while, all around, the eye saw only the crests and
+waving banners of chieftains, mingled with rich panoplies of
+featherwork, which reminded some few who had served under Cortes
+of the military costume of the Aztecs.  Above all rose a forest
+of long lances and battle-axes edged with copper, which, tossed
+to and fro in wild confusion, glittered in the rays of the
+setting sun, like light playing on the surface of a dark and
+troubled ocean.  It was the first time that the Spaniards had
+beheld an Indian army in all its terrors; such an army as the
+Incas led to battle, when the banner of the Sun was borne
+triumphant over the land.
+
+[Footnote 5: "Pues junta toda la gente quel ynga avia embiado a
+juntar que a lo que se entendio y los indios dixeron fueron
+dozientos mil indios de guerra los que vinieron a poner este
+cerco." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+Yet the bold hearts of the cavaliers, if for a moment dismayed by
+the sight, soon gathered courage as they closed up their files,
+and prepared to open a way for themselves through the
+beleaguering host.  But the enemy seemed to shun the encounter;
+and, falling back at their approach, left a free entrance into
+the capital.  The Peruvians were, probably, not unwilling to draw
+as many victims as they could into the toils, conscious that, the
+greater the number, the sooner they would become sensible to the
+approaches of famine. *6
+
+[Footnote 6: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Conq. i Pob.
+del Piru, Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 8, cap. 4. -
+Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 133.]
+
+Hernando Pizarro greeted his brother with no little satisfaction;
+for he brought an important addition to his force, which now,
+when all were united, did not exceed two hundred, horse and foot,
+*7 besides a thousand Indian auxiliaries; an insignificant
+number, in comparison with the countless multitudes that were
+swarming at the gates.  That night was passed by the Spaniards
+with feelings of the deepest anxiety, as they looked forward with
+natural apprehension to the morrow.  It was early in February
+1536.  when the siege of Cuzco commenced; a siege memorable as
+calling out the most heroic displays of Indian and European
+valor, and bringing the two races in deadlier conflict with each
+other than had yet occurred in the conquest of Peru.
+[Footnote 7: "Y los pocos Espanoles que heramos aun no dozientos
+todos.' Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+The numbers of the enemy seemed no less formidable during the
+night than by the light of day: far and wide their watch-fires
+were to be seen gleaming over valley and hill-top, as thickly
+scattered, says an eyewitness, as "the stars of heaven in a
+cloudless summer night." *8 Before these fires had become pale in
+the light of the morning, the Spaniards were roused by the
+hideous clamor of conch, trumpet, and atabal, mingled with the
+fierce war-cries of the barbarians, as they let off volleys of
+missiles of every description, most of which fell harmless within
+the city.  But others did more serious execution. These were
+burning arrows, and red-hot stones wrapped in cotton that had
+been steeped in some bituminous substance, which, scattering long
+trains of light through the air, fell on the roofs of the
+buildings, and speedily set them on fire. *9 These roofs even of
+the better sort of edifices, were uniformly of thatch, and were
+ignited as easily as tinder.  In a moment the flames burst forth
+from the most opposite quarters of the city.  They quickly
+communicated to the wood-work in the interior of the buildings,
+and broad sheets of flame mingled with smoke rose up towards the
+heavens, throwing a fearful glare over every object.  The
+rarefied atmosphere heightened the previous impetuosity of the
+wind, which, fanning the rising flames, they rapidly spread from
+dwelling to dwelling, till the whole fiery mass, swayed to and
+for by the tempest, surged and roared with the fury of a volcano.
+The heat became intense, and clouds of smoke, gathering like a
+dark pall over the city, produced a sense of suffocation and
+almost blindness in those quarters where it was driven by the
+winds. *10
+
+[Footnote 8: "Pues de noche heran tantos ros fuegos que no
+parecia sino vn cielo muy sereno lleno de estrellas." Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+[Footnote 9: Ibid. Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 10: "I era tanto el humo que casi los oviera de aogar i
+pasaron grand travajo por esta causa i sino fuera porque de la
+una parte de la plaza no havia casas i estava desconorado no
+pudieran escapar porque is por todas partes les diera el humo i
+el calor siendo tan grande pasaron travajo, pero la divina
+providencia lo estorvo." Conq. i. Pob. ded Piru, Ms.]
+The Spaniards were encamped in the great square, partly under
+awnings, and partly in the hall of the Inca Viracocha, on the
+ground since covered by the cathedral.  Three times in the course
+of that dreadful day, the roof of the building was on fire; but,
+although no efforts were made to extinguish it, the flames went
+out without doing much injury.  This miracle was ascribed to the
+Blessed Virgin, who was distinctly seen by several of the
+Christian combatants, hovering over the spot on which was to be
+raised the temple dedicated to her worship. *11
+
+[Footnote 11: The temple was dedicated to Our Blessed Lady of the
+Assumption. The apparition of the Virgin was manifest not only to
+Christian but to Indian warriors, many of whom reported it to
+Garcilasso de la Vega, in whose hands the marvellous rarely loses
+any of its gloss. (Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 2, cap. 25.) It is
+further attested by Father Acosta, who came into the country
+forty years after the event.  (lib. 7, cap. 27.) Both writers
+testify to the seasonable aid rendered by St. James, who with his
+buckler, displaying the device of his Military Order, and armed
+with his flaming sword, rode his white charger into the thick of
+the enemy.  The patron Saint of Spain might always be relied on
+when his presence was needed dignus vindice nodus.]
+Fortunately, the open space around Hernando's little company
+separated them from the immediate scene of conflagration.  It
+afforded a means of preservation similar to that employed by the
+American hunter, who endeavours to surround himself with a belt
+of wasted land, when overtaken by a conflagration in the
+prairies.  All day the fire continued to rage, and at night the
+effect was even more appalling; for by the lurid flames the
+unfortunate Spaniards could read the consternation depicted in
+each others' ghastly countenances, while in the suburbs, along
+the slopes of the surrounding hills, might be seen the throng of
+besiegers, gazing with fiendish exultation on the work of
+destruction.  High above the town to the north, rose the gray
+fortress, which now showed ruddy in the glare, looking grimly
+down on the ruins of the fair city which it was no longer able to
+protect; and in the distance were to be discerned the shadowy
+forms of the An des, soaring up in solitary grandeur into the
+regions of eternal silence, far beyond the wild tumult that raged
+so fearfully at their base.
+
+Such was the extent of the city, that it was several days before
+the fury of the fire was spent.  Tower and temple, hut, palace,
+and hall, went down before it.  Fortunately, among the buildings
+that escaped were the magnificent House of the Sun and the
+neighbouring Convent of the Virgins. Their insulated position
+afforded the means, of which the Indians from motives of piety
+were willing to avail themselves, for their preservation. *12
+Full one half of the capital, so long the chosen seat of Western
+civilization, the pride of the Incas, and the bright abode of
+their tutelar deity, was laid in ashes by the hands of his own
+children. It was some consolation for them to reflect, that it
+burned over the heads of its conquerors, - their trophy and their
+tomb!
+[Footnote 12: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 2, cap. 24.
+Father Valverde, Bishop of Cuzco, who took so signal a part in
+the seizure of Atahuallpa, was absent from the country at this
+period, but returned the following year.  In a letter to the
+emperor, he contrasts the flourishing condition of the capital
+when he left it, and that in which he now found it, despoiled, as
+well as its beautiful suburbs, of its ancient glories. "If I had
+not known the site of the city," he says, "I should not have
+recognized it as the same." The passage is too remarkable to be
+omitted.  The original letter exists in the archives of Simancas.
+- "Certifico a V. M. que si no me acordara del sitio desta Ciudad
+yo no la conosciera, a lo menos por los edificios y Pueblos
+della; porque quando el Gobernador D. Franzisco Pizarro entro
+aqui y entre yo con el estava este valle tan hermoso en edificios
+y poblazion que en torno tenia que era cosa de admiracion vello,
+porque aunque la Ciudad en si no ternia mas de 3 o 4000 casas,
+ternia en torno quasi a vista 19 o 20,000; la fortaleza que
+estava sobre la Ciudad parescia desde a parte una mui gran
+fortaleza de las de Espana: agora la mayor parte de la Ciudad
+esta toda derivada y quemada; la fortaleza no tiene quasi nada
+enhiesso; todos los pueblos de alderredor no tiene sino las
+paredes que por maravilla ai casa cubierta! La cosa que mas
+contentamiento me dio en esta Ciudad fue la Iglesia, que para en
+Indias es harto buena cosa, aunque segun la riqueza a havido en
+esta tierra pudiera ser mas semejante al Templo de Salomon."
+Carta del Obispo F. Vicente de Valverde al Emperador, Ms., 20 de
+Marzo, 1539.]
+
+During the long period of the conflagration, the Spaniards made
+no attempt to extinguish the flames.  Such an attempt would have
+availed nothing. Yet they did not tamely submit to the assaults
+of the enemy, and they sallied forth from time to time to repel
+them.  But the fallen timbers and scattered rubbish of the houses
+presented serious impediments to the movements of horse; and,
+when these were partially cleared away by the efforts of the
+infantry and the Indian allies, the Peruvians planted stakes and
+threw barricades across the path, which proved equally
+embarrassing. *13 To remove them was a work of time and no little
+danger, as the pioneers were exposed to the whole brunt of the
+enemy's archery, and the aim of the Peruvian was sure.  When at
+length the obstacles were cleared away, and a free course was
+opened to the cavalry, they rushed with irresistible impetuosity
+on their foes, who, falling back in confusion, were cut to pieces
+by the riders, or pierced through with their lances.  The
+slaughter on these occasions was great, but the Indians, nothing
+disheartened, usually returned with renewed courage to the attack
+and, while fresh reinforcements met the Spaniards in front,
+others, lying in ambush among the ruins, threw the troops into
+disorder by assailing them on the flanks. The Peruvians were
+expert both with bow and sling; and these encounters,
+notwithstanding the superiority of their arms, cost the Spaniards
+more lives than in their crippled condition they could afford to
+spare, - a loss poorly compensated by that of tenfold the number
+of the enemy.  One weapon, peculiar to South American warfare,
+was used with some effect by the Peruvians.  This was the lasso,
+- a long rope with a noose at the end, which they adroitly threw
+over the rider, or entangled with it the legs of his horse, so as
+to bring them both to the ground. More than one Spaniard fell
+into the hands of the enemy by this expedient. *14
+
+[Footnote 13: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.
+
+"Los Indios ganaron el Cuzco casi todo desta manera que enganando
+la calle hivan haciendo una pared para que los cavallos ni los
+Espanoles no los pudiesen rom per." Conq. i. Pob. del Piru, Ms]
+
+[Footnote 14: Ibid., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib.
+8, cap. 4.]
+Thus harassed, sleeping on their arms, with their horses picketed
+by their side, ready for action at any and every hour, the
+Spaniards had no rest by night or by day.  To add to their
+troubles, the fortress which overlooked the city, and completely
+commanded the great square in which they were quartered, had been
+so feebly garrisoned in their false sense of security, that, on
+the approach of the Peruvians, it had been abandoned without a
+blow in its defence.  It was now occupied by a strong body of the
+enemy, who, from his elevated position, sent down showers of
+missiles, from time to time which added greatly to the annoyance
+of the besieged. Bitterly did their captain now repent the
+improvident security which had led him to neglect a post so
+important.
+
+Their distresses were still further aggravated by the rumors,
+which continually reached their ears, of the state of the
+country.  The rising, it was said, was general throughout the
+land; the Spaniards living on their insulated plantations had all
+been massacred; Lima and Truxillo and the principal cities were
+besieged, and must soon fall into the enemy's hands; the
+Peruvians were in possession of the passes, and all
+communications were cut off, so that no relief was to be expected
+from their countrymen on the coast. Such were the dismal stories,
+(which, however exaggerated, had too much foundation in fact,)
+that now found their way into the city from the camp of the
+besiegers.  And to give greater credit to the rumors, eight or
+ten human heads were rolled into the plaza, in whose
+blood-stained visages the Spaniards recognized with horror the
+lineaments of their companions, who they knew had been dwelling
+in solitude on their estates! *15
+
+[Footnote 15: Ibid., ubi supra. - Conq i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+Overcome by these horrors, many were for abandoning the place at
+once, as no longer tenable, and for opening a passage for
+themselves to the coast with their own good swords.  There was a
+daring in the enterprise which had a charm for the adventurous
+spirit of the Castilian. Better, they said, to perish in a manly
+struggle for life, than to die thus ignominiously, pent up like
+foxes in their holes, to be suffocated by the hunter!
+
+But the Pizarros, De Rojas, and some other of the principal
+cavaliers, refused to acquiesce in a measure which, they said,
+must cover them with dishonor. *16 Cuzco had been the great prize
+for which they had contended; it was the ancient seat of empire,
+and, though now in ashes, would again rise from its ruins as
+glorious as before.  All eyes would be turned on them, as its
+defenders, and their failure, by giving confidence to the enemy,
+might decide the fate of their countrymen throughout the land.
+They were placed in that post as the post of honor, and better
+would it be to die there than to desert it.
+
+[Footnote 16: "Pues Hernando Picarro nunca estuvo en ello y les
+respondia que todos aviamos de morir y no desamparar el cuzco.
+Juntavanse a estas consultas Hernando Picarro y sus hermanos,
+Graviel de Rojas, Hernan Ponce de Leon, el Thesorero Riquelme."
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq, Ms.]
+
+There seemed, indeed, no alternative; for every avenue to escape
+was cut off by an enemy who had perfect knowledge of the country,
+and possession of all its passes.  But this state of things could
+not last long.  The Indian could not, in the long run, contend
+with the white man. The spirit of insurrection would die out of
+itself.  Their great army would melt away, unaccustomed as the
+natives were to the privations incident to a protracted campaign.
+Reinforcements would be daily coming in from the colonies; and,
+if the Castilians would be but true to themselves for a season,
+they would be relieved by their own countrymen, who would never
+suffer them to die like outcasts among the mountains.
+
+The cheering words and courageous bearing of the cavaliers went
+to the hearts of their followers for the soul of the Spaniard
+readily responded to the call of honor, if not of humanity.  All
+now agreed to stand by their leader to the last.  But, if they
+would remain longer in their present position, it was absolutely
+necessary to dislodge the enemy from the fortress; and, before
+venturing on this dangerous service, Hernando Pizarro resolved to
+strike such a blow as should intimidate the besiegers from
+further attempt to molest his present quarters.
+
+He communicated his plan of attack to his officers; and, forming
+his little troop into three divisions, he placed them under
+command of his brother Gonzalo, of Gabriel de Rojas, an officer
+in whom he reposed great confidence, and Hernan Ponce de Leon.
+The Indian pioneers were sent forward to clear away the rubbish,
+and the several divisions moved simultaneously up the principal
+avenues towards the camp of the besiegers. Such stragglers as
+they met in their way were easily cut to pieces, and the three
+bodies, bursting impetuously on the disordered lines of the
+Peruvians, took them completely by surprise.  For some moments
+there was little resistance, and the slaughter was terrible.  But
+the Indians gradually rallied, and, coming into something like
+order, returned to the fight with the courage of men who had long
+been familiar with danger. They fought hand to hand with their
+copper-headed war-clubs and pole-axes, while a storm of darts,
+stones, and arrows rained on the well-defended bodies of the
+Christians.
+
+The barbarians showed more discipline than was to have been
+expected; for which, it is said, they were indebted to some
+Spanish prisoners, from several of whom, the Inca, having
+generously spared their lives, took occasional lessons in the art
+of war.  The Peruvians had, also, learned to manage with some
+degree of skill the weapons of their conquerors; and they were
+seen armed with bucklers, helmets, and swords of European
+workmanship, and even, in a few instances, mounted on the horses
+which they had taken from the white men. *17 The young Inca, in
+particular, accoutred in the European fashion, rode a war-horse
+which he managed with considerable address, and, with a long
+lance in his hand, led on his followers to the attack. - This
+readiness to adopt the superior arms and tactics of the
+Conquerors intimates a higher civilization than that which
+belonged to the Aztec, who, in his long collision with the
+Spaniards, was never so far divested of his terrors for the horse
+as to venture to mount him.
+
+[Footnote 17: Herrera assures us, that the Peruvians even turned
+the fire-arms of their Conquerors against them, compelling their
+prisoners to put the muskets in order, and manufacture powder for
+them.  Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 8, cap. 5, 6]
+
+But a few days or weeks of training were not enough to give
+familiarity with weapons, still less with tactics, so unlike
+those to which the Peruvians had been hitherto accustomed.  The
+fight, on the present occasion, though hotly contested, was not
+of long duration.  After a gallant struggle, in which the natives
+threw themselves fearlessly on the horsemen, endeavouring to tear
+them from their saddles, they were obliged to give way before the
+repeated shock of their charges.  Many were trampled under foot,
+others cut down by the Spanish broadswords, while the
+arquebusiers, supporting the cavalry, kept up a running fire that
+did terrible execution on the flanks and rear of the fugitives.
+At length, sated with slaughter, and trusting that the
+chastisement he had inflicted on the enemy would secure him from
+further annoyance for the present, the Castilian general drew
+back his forces to their quarters in the capital. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Conq. i Pob.
+del Piru, Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 8 cap. 4,
+5.]
+
+His next step was the recovery of the citadel.  It was an
+enterprise of danger.  The fortress, which overlooked the
+northern section of the city, stood high on a rocky eminence, so
+steep as to be inaccessible on this quarter, where it was
+defended only by a single wall.  Towards the open country, it was
+more easy of approach; but there it was protected by two
+semicircular walls, each about twelve hundred feet in length, and
+of great thickness.  They were built of massive stones, or rather
+rocks, put together without cement, so as to form a kind of
+rustic-work.  The level of the ground between these lines of
+defence was raised up so as to enable the garrison to discharge
+its arrows at the assailants, while their own persons were
+protected by the parapet.  Within the interior wall was the
+fortress, consisting of three strong towers, one of great height,
+which, with a smaller one, was now held by the enemy, under the
+command of an Inca noble, a warrior of well-tried valor, prepared
+to defend it to the last extremity.
+
+The perilous enterprise was intrusted by Hernando Pizarro to his
+brother Juan, a cavalier in whose bosom burned the adventurous
+spirit of a knighterrant of romance.  As the fortress was to be
+approached through the mountain passes, it became necessary to
+divert the enemy's attention to another quarter.  A little while
+before sunset Juan Pizarro left the city with a picked corps of
+horsemen, and took a direction opposite to that of the fortress,
+that the besieging army might suppose the object was a foraging
+expedition.  But secretly countermarching in the night, he
+fortunately found the passes unprotected, and arrived before the
+outer wall of the fortress, without giving the alarm to the
+garrison. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+The entrance was through a narrow opening in the centre of the
+rampart; but this was now closed up with heavy stones, that
+seemed to form one solid work with the rest of the masonry.  It
+was an affair of time to dislodge these huge masses, in such a
+manner as not to rouse the garrison. The Indian nations, who
+rarely attacked in the night, were not sufficiently acquainted
+with the art of war even to provide against surprise by posting
+sentinels. When the task was accomplished, Juan Pizarro and his
+gallant troop rode through the gateway, and advanced towards the
+second parapet.
+But their movements had not been conducted so secretly as to
+escape notice, and they now found the interior court swarming
+with warriors, who, as the Spaniards drew near, let off clouds of
+missiles that compelled them to come to a halt.  Juan Pizarro,
+aware that no time was to be lost, ordered one half of his corps
+to dismount, and, putting himself at their head, prepared to make
+a breach as before in the fortifications.  He had been wounded
+some days previously in the jaw, so that, finding his helmet
+caused him pain, he rashly dispensed with it, and trusted for
+protection to his buckler. *20 Leading on his men, he encouraged
+them in the work of demolition, in the face of such a storm of
+stones, javelins, and arrows, as might have made the stoutest
+heart shrink from encountering it.  The good mail of the
+Spaniards did not always protect them; but others took the place
+of such as fell, until a breach was made, and the cavalry,
+pouring in, rode down all who opposed them.
+
+[Footnote 20: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms]
+
+The parapet was now abandoned, and the enemy, hurrying with
+disorderly flight across the inclosure took refuge on a kind of
+platform or terrace, commanded by the principal tower.  Here
+rallying, they shot off fresh volleys of missiles against the
+Spaniards, while the garrison in the fortress hurled down
+fragments of rock and timber on their heads. Juan Pizarro, still
+among the foremost, sprang forward on the terrace, cheering on
+his men by his voice and example, but at this moment he was
+struck by a large stone on the head, not then protected by his
+buckler, and was stretched on the ground.  The dauntless chief
+still continued to animate his followers by his voice, till the
+terrace was carried, and its miserable defenders were put to the
+sword.  His sufferings were then too much for him, and he was
+removed to the town below, where, notwithstanding every exertion
+to save him, he survived the injury but a fortnight, and died in
+great agony. *21 - To say that he was a Pizarro is enough to
+attest his claim to valor.  But it is his praise, that his valor
+was tempered by courtesy.  His own nature appeared mild by
+contrast with the haughty temper of his brothers, and his manners
+made him a favorite of the army. He had served in the conquest of
+Peru from the first, and no name on the roll of its conquerors is
+less tarnished by the reproach of cruelty, or stands higher in
+all the attributes of a true and valiant knight. *22
+[Footnote 21: "Y estando batallando con ellos para echallos de
+alli Joan Picarro se descuido descubrirse la cabeca con la adarga
+y con las muchas pedradas que tiravan le acertaron vna en la
+caveca que le quebraron los cascos y dende a quince dias murio
+desta herida y ansi herido estuvo forcejando con los yndios y
+espanoles hasta que se gano este terrado y ganado le abaxaron al
+Cuzco." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+[Footnote 22: "Hera valiente," says Pedro Pizarro, "y muy
+animoso, gentil hombre, magnanimo y afable." (Descub. y Conq.,
+Ms.) Zarate dismisses him with this brief panegyric: - "Fue gran
+perdida en la Tierra, porque era Juan Picarro mui valiente, i
+experimentado en las Guerras de los Indios, i bien quisto, i
+amado de todos." Conq del Peru, lib. 3, cap. 3.]
+Though deeply sensible to his brother's disaster, Hernando
+Pizarro saw that no time was to be lost in profiting by the
+advantages already gained.  Committing the charge of the town to
+Gonzalo, he put himself at the head of the assailants, and laid
+vigorous siege to the fortresses. One surrendered after a short
+resistance.  The other and more formidable of the two still held
+out under the brave Inca noble who commanded it.  He was a man of
+an athletic frame, and might be seen striding along the
+battlements, armed with a Spanish buckler and cuirass, and in his
+hand wielding a formidable mace, garnished with points or knobs
+of copper. With this terrible weapon he struck down all who
+attempted to force a passage into the fortress.  Some of his own
+followers who proposed a surrender he is said to have slain with
+his own hand.  Hernando prepared to carry the place by escalade.
+Ladders were planted against the walls, but no sooner did a
+Spaniard gain the topmost round, than he was hurled to the ground
+by the strong arm of the Indian warrior.  His activity was equal
+to his strength; and he seemed to be at every point the moment
+that his presence was needed.
+
+The Spanish commander was filled with admiration at this display
+of valor; for he could admire valor even in an enemy.  He gave
+orders that the chief should not be injured, but be taken alive,
+if possible. *23 This was not easy.  At length, numerous ladders
+having been planted against the tower, the Spaniards scaled it on
+several quarters at the same time, and, leaping into the place,
+overpowered the few combatants who still made a show of
+resistance.  But the Inca chieftain was not to be taken; and,
+finding further resistance ineffectual, he sprang to the edge of
+the battlements, and, casting away his war-club, wrapped his
+mantle around him and threw himself headlong from the summit. *24
+He died like an ancient Roman.  He had struck his last stroke for
+the freedom of his country, and he scorned to survive her
+dishonor. - The Castilian commander left a small force in
+garrison to secure his conquest, and returned in triumph to his
+quarters.
+
+[Footnote 23: 'Y mando hernando picarro a los Espanoles que
+subian que no matasen a este yndio sino que se lo tomasen a vida,
+jurando de no matalle si lo avia bivo." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y
+Conq. Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 24: "Visto este orejon que se lo vian ganado y le avian
+ganado y le avian tomado por dos o tres partes el fuerte,
+arrojando las armas se tapo la caveca y el rrostro con la manta y
+se arrojo del cubo abajo mas de cien estados, y ansi se hizo
+pedazos.  A hernando Picarro le peso mucho por no tomalle a
+vida." Ibid., Ms.]
+
+Week after week rolled away, and no relief came to the
+beleaguered Spaniards.  They had long since begun to feel the
+approaches of famine. Fortunately, they were provided with water
+from the streams which flowed through the city.  But, though they
+had well husbanded their resources, their provision were
+exhausted, and they had for some time depended on such scanty
+supplies of grain as they could gather from the ruined magazines
+and dwellings, mostly consumed by the fire, or from the produce
+of some successful foray. *25 This latter resource was attended
+with no little difficulty; for every expedition led to a fierce
+encounter with the enemy, which usually cost the lives of several
+Spaniards, and inflicted a much heavier injury on the Indian
+allies.  Yet it was at least one good result of such loss, that
+it left fewer to provide for.  But the whole number of the
+besieged was so small, that any loss greatly increased the
+difficulties of defence by the remainder.
+[Footnote 25: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 2, cap. 24]
+As months passed away without bringing any tidings of their
+countrymen, their minds were haunted with still gloomier
+apprehensions as to their fate. They well knew that the governor
+would make every effort to rescue them from their desperate
+condition.  That he had not succeeded in this made it probable,
+that his own situation was no better than theirs, or, perhaps, he
+and his followers had already fallen victims to the fury of the
+insurgents. It was a dismal thought, that they alone were left in
+the land, far from all human succour, to perish miserably by the
+hands of the barbarians among the mountains.
+
+Yet the actual state of things, though gloomy in the extreme, was
+not quite so desperate as their imaginations had painted it.  The
+insurrection, it is rue, had been general throughout the country,
+a east that portion of it occupied by the Spaniards It had been
+so well concerted, that it broke out almost simultaneously, and
+the Conquerors, who were living in careless security on their
+estates, had been massacred to the number of several hundreds An
+Indian force had sat down before Xauxa, and a considerable army
+had occupied the valley of Rimac and laid siege to Lima.  But the
+country around that capital was of an open, level character, very
+favorable to the action of cavalry.  Pizarro no sooner saw
+himself menaced by the hostile array, than he sent such a force
+against the Peruvians as speedily put them to flight; and,
+following up his advantage, he inflicted on them such a severe
+chastisement, that, although they still continued to hover in the
+distance and cut off his communications with the interior, they
+did not care to trust themselves on the other side of the Rimac.
+
+The accounts that the Spanish commander now eceived of the state
+of the country filled him with the most serious alarm.  He was
+particularly solicitous for the fate of the garrison at Cuzco,
+and he made repeated efforts to relieve that capital.  Four
+several detachments, amounting to more than four hundred men in
+all, half of them cavalry, were sent by him at different times,
+under some of his bravest officers.  But none of them reached
+their place of destination.  The wily natives permitted them to
+march into the interior of the country, until they were fairly
+entangled in the passes of the Cordilleras.  They then enveloped
+them with greatly superior numbers, and, occupying the heights,
+showered down their fatal missiles on the heads of the Spaniards,
+or crushed them under the weight of fragments of rock which they
+rolled on them from the mountains.  In some instances, the whole
+detachment was cut off to a man.  In others, a few stragglers
+only survived to return and tell the bloody tale to their
+countrymen at Lima. *26
+
+[Footnote 26: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 1, cap. 5. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 8, cap 5. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 2, lib. 2, cap. 28.
+
+According to the historian of the Incas, there fell in these
+expeditions four hundred and seventy Spaniards.  Cieza de Leon
+computes the whole number of Christians who perished in this
+insurrection at seven hundred, many of them, he adds, under
+circumstances of great cruelty. (Cronica, cap. 82.) The estimate,
+considering the spread and spirit of the insurrection, does not
+seem extravagant]
+
+Pizzaro was now filled with consternation.  He had the most
+dismal forebodings of the fate of the Spaniards dispersed
+throughout the country, and even doubted the possibility of
+maintaining his own foothold in it without assistance from
+abroad.  He despatched a vessel to the neighbouring colony at
+Truxillo, urging them to abandon the place, with all their
+effects, and to repair to him at Lima.  The measure was,
+fortunately, not adopted.  Many of his men were for availing
+themselves of the vessels which rode at anchor in the port to
+make their escape from the country at once, and take refuge in
+Panama.  Pizarro would not hearken to so dastardly a counsel,
+which involved the desertion of the brave men in the interior who
+still looked to him for protection.  He cut off the hopes of
+these timid spirits by despatching all the vessels then in port
+on a very different mission.  He sent letters by them to the
+governors of Panama, Nicaragua, Guatemala, and Mexico,
+representing the gloomy state of his affairs, and invoking their
+aid.  His epistle to Alvarado, then established at Guatemala, is
+preserved.  He conjures him by every sentiment of honor and
+patriotism to come to his assistance, and this before it was too
+late.  Without assistance, the Spaniards could no longer maintain
+their footing in Peru, and that great empire would be lost to the
+Castilian Crown.  He finally engages to share with him such
+conquests as they may make with their united arms. *27 - Such
+concessions, to the very man whose absence from the country, but
+a few months before, Pizarro would have been willing to secure at
+almost any price, are sufficient evidence of the extremity of his
+distress.  The succours thus earnestly solicited arrived in time,
+not to quell the Indian insurrection, but to aid him in a
+struggle quite as formidable with his own countrymen.
+
+[Footnote 27: "E crea V. S *a sino somos socorridos se perdera el
+Cusco, ques la cosa mas senalada e de mas importancia que se
+puede descubrir, e luego nos perderemos todos: porque somos pocos
+e tenemos pocas armas, e los Indios estan atrevidos." Carta de
+Francisco Pizarro a D. Pedro de Alvarado, desde la Ciudad le los
+Reyes.  29 de julio, 1536, Ms.]
+It was now August.  More than five months had elapsed since the
+commencement of the siege of Cuzco, yet the Peruvian legions
+still lay encamped around the city.  Peruvian legions still lay
+encamped around the city.  The siege had been protracted much
+beyond what was usual in Indian warfare, and showed the
+resolution of the natives to exterminate the white men.  But the
+Peruvians themselves had for some time been straitened by the
+want of provisions.  It was no easy matter to feed so numerous a
+host; and the obvious resource of the magazines of grain, so
+providently prepared by the Incas, did them but little service,
+since their contents had been most prodigally used, and even
+dissipated, by the Spaniards, on their first occupation of the
+country. *28 The season for planting had now arrived, and the
+Inca well knew, that, if his followers were to neglect it, they
+would be visited by a scourge even more formidable than their
+invaders.  Disbanding the greater part of his forces, therefore,
+he ordered them to withdraw to their homes, and, after the labors
+of the field were over, to return and resume the blockade of the
+capital.  The Inca reserved a considerable force to attend on his
+own person, with which he retired to Tambo, a strongly fortified
+place south of the valley of Yucay, the favorite residence of his
+ancestors.  He also posted a large body as a corps of observation
+in the environs of Cuzco, to watch the movements of the enemy,
+and to intercept supplies.
+[Footnote 28: Ondegardo, Rel. Prim. y Seg., Ms.]
+
+The Spaniards beheld with joy the mighty host which had so long
+encompassed the city, now melting away.  They were not slow in
+profiting by the circumstance, and Hernando Pizarro took
+advantage of the temporary absence to send out foraging parties
+to scour the country, and bring back supplies to his famishing
+soldiers.  In this he was so successful that on one occasion no
+less than two thousand head of cattle - the Peruvian sheep - were
+swept away from the Indian plantations and brought safely to
+Cuzco. *29 This placed the army above all apprehensions on the
+score of want for the present.
+[Footnote 29: "Recoximos hasta dos mil cavezas de ganado." Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+Yet these forays were made at the point of the lance, and many a
+desperate contest ensued, in which the best blood of the Spanish
+chivalry was shed.  The contests, indeed, were not confined to
+large bodies of troops, but skirmishes took place between smaller
+parties, which sometimes took the form of personal combats.  Nor
+were the parties so unequally matched as might have been supposed
+in these single rencontres; and the Peruvian warrior, with his
+sling, his bow, and his lasso, proved no contemptible antagonist
+for the mailed horseman, whom he sometimes even ventured to
+encounter, hand to hand, with his formidable battle-axe.  The
+ground around Cuzco became a battle-field, like the vega of
+Granada, in which Christian and Pagan displayed the
+characteristics of their peculiar warfare; and many a deed of
+heroism was performed, which wanted only the song of the minstrel
+to shed around it a glory like that which rested on the last days
+of the Moslem of Spain. *30
+
+[Footnote 30: Pedro Pizarro recounts several of these deeds of
+arms, in some of which his own prowess is made quite apparent.
+One piece of cruelty recorded by him is little to the credit of
+his commander, Hernando Pizarro, who , he says, after a desperate
+rencontre, caused the right hands of his prisoners to be struck
+off, and sent them in this mutilated condition back to their
+countrymen!  (Descub. Conq., Ms.) Such atrocities are not often
+noticed by the chroniclers; and we may hope they were exceptions
+to the general policy of the Conquerors in this invasion.]
+But Hernando Pizarro was not content to act wholly on the
+defensive; and he meditated a bold stroke, by which at once to
+put an end to the war. This was the capture of the Inca Manco,
+whom he hoped to surprise in his quarters at Tambo.
+
+For this service he selected about eighty of his best-mounted
+cavalry, with a small body of foot, and, making a large detour
+through the less frequented mountain defiles, he arrived before
+Tambo without alarm to the enemy.  He found the place more
+strongly fortified than he had imagined.  The palace, or rather
+fortress, of the Incas stood on a lofty eminence, the steep sides
+of which, on the quarter where the Spaniards approached, were cut
+into terraces, defended by strong walls of stone and sunburnt
+brick. *31 The place was impregnable on this side.  On the
+opposite, it looked towards the Yucay, and the ground descended
+by a gradual declivity towards the plain through which rolled its
+deep but narrow current. *32 This was the quarter on which to
+make the assault.
+
+[Footnote 31: "Tambo tan fortalescido que hera cosa de grima,
+porquel assiento donde Tambo esta es muy fuerte, de andenes muy
+altos y de muy gran canterias fortalescidos" Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 32: "El rio de yucay ques grande por aquella parte va
+muy angosto y hondo." Ibid., Ms.]
+
+Crossing the stream without much difficulty, the Spanish
+commander advanced up the smooth glacis with as little noise as
+possible.  The morning light had hardly broken on the mountains;
+and Pizarro, as he drew near the outer defences, which, as in the
+fortress of Cuzco, consisted of a stone parapet of great strength
+drawn round the inclosure, moved quickly forward, confident that
+the garrison were still buried in sleep.  But thousands of eyes
+were upon him; and as the Spaniards came within bow-shot, a
+multitude of dark forms suddenly rose above the rampart, while
+the Inca, with his lance in hand, was seen on horseback in the
+inclosure, directing the operations of his troops. *33 At the
+same moment the air was darkened with innumerable missiles,
+stones, javelins, and arrows, which fell like a hurricane on the
+troops, and the mountains rang to the wild war-whoop of the
+enemy.  The Spaniards, taken by surprise, and many of them sorely
+wounded, were staggered; and, though they quickly rallied, and
+made two attempts to renew the assault, they were at length
+obliged to fall back, unable to endure the violence of the storm.
+To add to their confusion, the lower level in their rear was
+flooded by the waters, which the natives, by opening the sluices,
+had diverted from the bed of the river, so that their position
+was no longer tenable. *34 A council of war was then held, and it
+was decided to abandon the attack as desperate, and to retreat in
+as good order as possible.
+
+[Footnote 33: "Parecia el Inga a caballo entre su gente, con su
+lanca en la mano." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 8, cap.
+7.]
+[Footnote 34: "Pues hechos dos o tres acometimientos a tomar este
+pueblo tantas vezes nos hizieron bolver dando de manos.  Ansi
+estuvimos todo este dia hasta puesta de sol; os indios sin
+entendello nos hechavan el rrio en el llano donde estavamos, y
+aguardar mas perescieramos aqui todos." Pedro Pizarro Descub. y
+Conq. Ms.]
+
+The day had been consumed in these ineffectual operations; and
+Hernando, under cover of the friendly darkness, sent forward his
+infantry and baggage, taking command of the centre himself, and
+trusting the rear to his brother Gonzalo.  The river was happily
+recrossed without accident, although the enemy, now confident in
+their strength, rushed out of their defences, and followed up the
+retreating Spaniards, whom they annoyed with repeated discharges
+of arrows.  More than once they pressed so closely on the
+fugitives, that Gonzalo and his chivalry were compelled to turn
+and make one of those desperate charges that effectually punished
+their audacity, and stayed the tide of pursuit.  Yet the
+victorious foe still hung on the rear of the discomfited
+cavaliers, till they had emerged from the mountain passes, and
+come within sight of the blackened walls of the capital.  It was
+the last triumph of the Inca. *35
+
+[Footnote 35: Ibid., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib.
+8, cap. 7.]
+
+Among the manuscripts for which I am indebted to the liberality
+of that illustrious Spanish scholar, the lamented Navarrete, the
+most remarkable, in connection with this history, is the work of
+Pedro Pizarro; Relaciones del Descubrimiento y Conquista de los
+Reynos del Peru.  But a single copy of this important document
+appears to have been preserved, the existence of which was but
+little known till it came into the hands of Senor de Navarrete;
+though it did not escape the indefatigable researches of Herrera,
+as is evident from the mention of several incidents, some of them
+having personal relation to Pedro Pizarro himself, which the
+historian of the Indies could have derived through no other
+channel.  The manuscript has lately been given to the public as
+part of the inestimable collection of historical documents now in
+process of publication at Madrid, under auspices which, we may
+trust, will insure its success.  As the printed work did not
+reach me till my present labors were far advanced, I have
+preferred to rely on the manuscript copy for the brief remainder
+of my narrative, as I had been compelled to do for the previous
+portion of it.
+
+Nothing, that I am aware of, is known respecting the author, but
+what is to be gleaned from incidental notices of himself in his
+own history. He was born at Toledo in Estremadura, the fruitful
+province of adventurers to the New World, whence the family of
+Francis Pizarro, to which Pedro was allied, also emigrated.  When
+that chief came over to undertake the conquest of Peru, after
+receiving his commission from the emperor in 1529, Pedro Pizarro,
+then only fifteen years of age, accompanied him in quality of
+page.  For three years he remained attached to the household of
+his commander, and afterwards continued to follow his banner as a
+soldier of fortune.  He was present at most of the memorable
+events of the Conquest, and seems to have possessed in a great
+degree the confidence of his leader, who employed him on some
+difficult missions, in which he displayed coolness and gallantry.
+It is true, we must take the author's own word for all this.  But
+he tells his exploits with an air of honesty, and without any
+extraordinary effort to set them off in undue relief.  He speaks
+of himself in the third person, and, as his manuscript was not
+intended solely for posterity, he would hardly have ventured on
+great misrepresentation, where fraud could so easily have been
+exposed.
+After the Conquest, our author still remained attached to the
+fortunes of his commander, and stood by him through all the
+troubles which ensued; and on the assassination of that chief, he
+withdrew to Arequipa, to enjoy in quiet the repartimiento of
+lands and Indians, which had been bestowed on him as the
+recompense of his services.  He was there on the breaking out of
+the great rebellion under Gonzalo Pizarro.  But he was true to
+his allegiance, and chose rather, as he tells us, to be false to
+his name and his lineage than to his loyalty.  Gonzalo, in
+retaliation, seized his estates, and would have proceeded to
+still further extremities against him, when Pedro Pizarro had
+fallen into his hands at Lima, but for the interposition of his
+lieutenant, the famous Francisco de Carbajal, to whom the
+chronicler had once the good fortune to render an important
+service.  This, Carbajal requited by sparing his life on two
+occasions, - but on the second coolly remarked, "No man has a
+right to a brace of lives; and if you fall into my hands a third
+time, God only can grant you another." Happily, Pizarro did not
+find occasion to put this menace to the test.  After the
+pacification of the country, he again retired to Arequipa; but,
+from the querulous tone of his remarks, it would seem he was not
+fully reinstated in the possessions he had sacrificed by his
+loyal devotion to government.  The last we hear of him is in
+1571, the date which he assigns as that of the completion of his
+history.
+Pedro Pizarro's narrative covers the whole ground of the
+Conquest, from the date of the first expedition that sallied out
+from Panama, to the troubles that ensued on the departure of
+President Gasca.  The first part of the work was gathered from
+the testimony of others, and, of course, cannot claim the
+distinction of rising to the highest class of evidence. But all
+that follows the return of Francis Pizarro from Castile, all, in
+short, which constitutes the conquest of the country, may be said
+to be reported on his own observation, as an eyewitness and an
+actor.  This gives to his narrative a value to which it could
+have no pretensions on the score of its literary execution.
+Pizarro was a soldier, with as little education, probably, as
+usually falls to those who have been trained from youth in this
+rough school, - the most unpropitious in the world to both mental
+and moral progress.  He had the good sense, more over, not to
+aspire to an excellence which he could not reach.  There is no
+ambition of fine writing in his chronicle; there are none of
+those affectations of ornament which only make more glaring the
+beggarly condition of him who assumes them.  His object was
+simply to tell the story of the Conquest, as he had seen it.  He
+was to deal with facts, not with words, which he wisely left to
+those who came into the field after the laborers had quitted it,
+to garner up what they could at second hand.
+Pizarro's situation may be thought to have necessarily exposed
+him to party influences, and thus given an undue bias to his
+narrative.  It is not difficult, indeed, to determine under whose
+banner he had enlisted. He writes like a partisan, and yet like
+an honest one, who is no further warped from a correct judgment
+of passing affairs than must necessarily come from preconceived
+opinions.  There is no management to work a conviction in his
+reader on this side or the other, still less any obvious
+perversion of fact.  He evidently believes what he says, and this
+is the great point to be desired.  We can make allowance for the
+natural influences of his position.  Were he more impartial than
+this, the critic of the present day, by making allowance for a
+greater amount of prejudice and partiality, might only be led
+into error.
+
+Pizarro is not only independent, but occasionally caustic in his
+condemnation of those under whom he acted.  This is particularly
+the case where their measures bear too unfavorably on his own
+interests, or those of the army.  As to the unfortunate natives,
+he no more regards their sufferings than the Jews of old did
+those of the Philistines, whom they considered as delivered up to
+their swords, and whose lands they regarded as their lawful
+heritage.  There is no mercy shown by the hard Conqueror in his
+treatment of the infidel.
+
+Pizarro was the representative of the age in which he lived.  Yet
+it is too much to cast such obloquy on the age.  He represented
+more truly the spirit of the fierce warriors who overturned the
+dynasty of the Incas. He was not merely a crusader, fighting to
+extend the empire of the Cross over the darkened heathen.  Gold
+was his great object; the estimate by which he judged of the
+value of the Conquest; the recompense that he asked for a life of
+toil and danger.  It was with these golden visions, far more than
+with visions of glory, above all, of celestial glory, that the
+Peruvian adventurer fed his gross and worldly imagination.
+Pizarro did not rise above his caste.  Neither did he rise above
+it in a mental view, any more than in a moral.  His history
+displays no great penetration, or vigor and comprehension of
+though.  It is the work of a soldier, telling simply his tale of
+blood.  Its value is, that it is told by him who acted it.  And
+this, to the modern compiler, renders it of higher worth than far
+abler productions at second hand.  It is the rude ore, which,
+submitted to the regular process of purification and refinement,
+may receive the current stamp that fits it for general
+circulation.
+
+Another authority, to whom I have occasionally referred, and
+whose writings still slumber in manuscript, is the Licentiate
+Fernando Montesinos.  He is, in every respect, the opposite of
+the military chronicler who has just come under our notice.  He
+flourished about a century after the Conquest.  Of course, the
+value of his writings as an authority for historical facts must
+depend on his superior opportunities for consulting original
+documents.  For this his advantages were great. He was twice sent
+in an official capacity to Peru, which required him to visit the
+different parts of the country.  These two missions occupied
+fifteen years; so that, while his position gave him access to the
+colonial archives and literary repositories, he was enabled to
+verify his researches, to some extent, by actual observation of
+the country.
+The result was his two historical works, Memorias Antiguas
+Historiales del Peru, and his Annales, sometimes cited in these
+pages. The former is taken up with the early history of the
+country, - very early, it must be admitted, since it goes back to
+the deluge.  The first part of this treatise is chiefly occupied
+with an argument to show the identity of Peru with the golden
+Ophir of Solomon's time!  This hypothesis, by no means original
+with the author, may give no unfair notion of the character of
+his mind.  In the progress of his work he follows down the line
+of Inca princes, whose exploits, and names even, by no means
+coincide with Garcilasso's catalogue; a circumstance, however,
+far from establishing their inaccuracy.  But one will have little
+doubt of the writer's title to this reproach, that reads the
+absurd legends told in the grave tone of reliance by Montesinos,
+who shared largely in the credulity and the love of the
+marvellous which belong to an earlier and less enlightened age.
+
+These same traits are visible in his Annals, which are devoted
+exclusively to the Conquest.  Here, indeed, the author, after his
+cloudy flight, has descended on firm ground, where gross
+violations of truth, or, at least, of probability, are not to be
+expected.  But any one who has occasion to compare his narrative
+with that of contemporary writers will find frequent cause to
+distrust it.  Yet Montesinos has one merit.  In his extensive
+researches, he became acquainted with original instruments, which
+he has occasionally transferred to his own pages, and which it
+would be now difficult to meet elsewhere.
+
+His writings have been commended by some of his learned
+countrymen, as showing diligent research and information.  My own
+experience would not assign them a high rank as historical
+vouchers.  They seem to me entitled to little praise, either for
+the accuracy of their statements, or the sagacity of their
+reflections.  The spirit of cold indifference which they manifest
+to the sufferings of the natives is an odious feature, for which
+there is less apology in a writer of the seventeenth century than
+in one of the primitive Conquerors, whose passions had been
+inflamed by long-protracted hostility.  M. Ternaux-Compans has
+translated the Memorias Antiguas with his usual elegance and
+precision, for his collection of original documents relating to
+the New World.  He speaks in the Preface of doing the same kind
+office to the Annales, at a future time.  I am not aware that he
+has done this; and I cannot but think that the excellent
+translator may find a better subject for his labors in some of
+the rich collection of the Munoz manuscripts in his possession.
+
+
+
+
+Book IV: Civil Wars Of The Conquerors
+
+
+
+
+Chapter I
+
+Almagro's March To Chili. - Suffering Of The Troops. - He Returns
+And Seizes Cuzco. - Action Of Abancay. - Gaspar De Espinosa. -
+Almagro Leaves Cuzco. - Negotiations With Pizarro.
+
+1535-1537.
+
+
+While the events recorded in the preceding chapter were passing,
+the Marshal Almagro was engaged in his memorable expedition to
+Chili.  He had set out, as we have seen, with only part of his
+forces, leaving his lieutenant to follow him with the remainder.
+During the first part of the way, he profited by the great
+military road of the Incas, which stretched across the table-land
+far towards the south.  But as he drew near to Chili, the Spanish
+commander became entangled in the defiles of the mountains, where
+no vestige of a road was to be discerned.  Here his progress was
+impeded by all the obstacles which belong to the wild scenery of
+the Cordilleras; deep and ragged ravines, round whose sides a
+slender sheep-path wound up to a dizzy height over the precipices
+below; rivers rushing in fury down the slopes of the mountains,
+and throwing themselves in stupendous cataracts into the yawning
+abyss; dark forests of pine that seemed to have no end, and then
+again long reaches of desolate table-land, without so much as a
+bush or shrub to shelter the shivering traveller from the blast
+that swept down from the frozen summits of the sierra.
+
+The cold was so intense, that many lost the nails of their
+fingers, their fingers themselves. and sometimes their limbs.
+Others were blinded by the dazzling waste of snow, reflecting the
+rays of a sun made intolerably brilliant in the thin atmosphere
+of these elevated regions. Hunger came, as usual, in the train of
+woes; for in these dismal solitudes no vegetation that would
+suffice for the food of man was visible, and no living thing,
+except only the great bird of the Andes, hovering over their
+heads in expectation of his banquet.  This was too frequently
+afforded by the number of wretched Indians, who, unable, from the
+scantiness of their clothing, to encounter the severity of the
+climate, perished by the way. Such was the pressure of hunger,
+that the miserable survivors fed on the dead bodies of their
+countrymen, and the Spaniards forced a similar sustenance from
+the carcasses of their horses, literally frozen to death in the
+mountain passes. *1 - Such were the terrible penalties which
+Nature imposed on those who rashly intruded on these her solitary
+and most savage haunts.
+
+[Footnote 1: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 10, cap. 1 - 3.
+- Oviedo Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 9, cap. 4. -
+Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.]
+
+Yet their own sufferings do not seem to have touched the hearts
+of the Spaniards with any feeling of compassion for the weaker
+natives. Their path was everywhere marked by burnt and desolated
+hamlets, the inhabitants of which were compelled to do them
+service as beasts of burden.  They were chained together in gangs
+of ten or twelve, and no infirmity or feebleness of body excused
+the unfortunate captive from his full share of the common toil,
+till he sometimes dropped dead, in his very chains, from mere
+exhaustion! *2 Alvarado's company are accused of having been more
+cruel than Pizarro's; and many of Almagro's men, it may be
+remembered, were recruited from that source. The commander looked
+with displeasure, it is said, on these enormities, and did what
+he could to repress them.  Yet he did not set a good example in
+his own conduct, if it be true that he caused no less than thirty
+Indian chiefs to be burnt alive, for the massacre of three of his
+followers! *3 The heart sickens at the recital of such atrocities
+perpetrated on an unoffending people, or, at least, guilty of no
+other crime than that of defending their own soil too well.
+
+[Footnote 2: Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.
+
+The writer must have made one on this expedition, as he speaks
+from personal observation.  The poor natives had at least one
+friend in the Christian camp.  "I si en el Real havia algun
+Espanol que era buen rancheador i cruel i matava muchos Indios
+tenianle por buen hombre i en grand reputacion i el que era
+inclinado a hacer bien i a hacer buenos tratamientos a los
+naturales i los favorecia no era tenido en tan buena estima, he
+apuntado esto que vi con mis ejos i en que por mis pecados anduve
+porque entiendan los que esto leyeren que de la manera que aqui
+digo i con mayores crueldades harto se hizo esta jornada i
+descubrimiento de Chile"]
+
+[Footnote 3: "I para castigarlos por la muerte destos tres
+Espanoles juntolos en un aposento donde estava aposentado i mando
+cavalgar la jente de cavallo i la de apie que guardasen las
+puertas i todos estuviesen apercividos i los prendio i en
+conclusion hizo quemar mas de 30 senores vivos atados cada uno a
+su palo" (Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms.) Oviedo, who always shows
+the hard feeling of the colonist, excuses this on the old plea of
+necessity, - fue necesario este castigo, - and adds, that after
+this a Spaniard might send a messenger from one end of the
+country to the other, without fear of injury Hist. de las Indias,
+Ms, Parte 3 lib. 9, cap. 4.]
+
+There is something in the possession of superior strength most
+dangerous, in a moral view, to its possessor.  Brought in contact
+with semi-civilized man, the European, with his endowments and
+effective force so immeasurably superior, holds him as little
+higher than the brute, and as born equally for his service.  He
+feels that he has a natural right, as it were, to his obedience,
+and that this obedience is to be measured, not by the powers of
+the barbarian, but by the will of his conqueror. Resistance
+becomes a crime to be washed out only in the blood of the victim.
+The tale of such atrocities is not confined to the Spaniard.
+Wherever the civilized man and the savage have come in contact,
+in the East or in the West, the story has been too often written
+in blood.
+
+From the wild chaos of mountain scenery the Spaniards emerged on
+the green vale of Coquimbo, about the thirtieth degree of south
+latitude. Here they halted to refresh themselves in its abundant
+plains, after their unexampled sufferings and fatigues.
+Meanwhile Almagro despatched an officer with a strong party in
+advance, to ascertain the character of the country towards the
+south.  Not long after, he was cheered by the arrival of the
+remainder of his forces under his lieutenant Rodrigo de Orgonez.
+This was a remarkable person, and intimately connected with the
+subsequent fortunes of Almagro.
+
+He was a native of Oropesa, had been trained in the Italian wars,
+and held the rank of ensign in the army of the Constable of
+Bourbon at the famous sack of Rome.  It was a good school in
+which to learn his iron trade, and to steel the heart against any
+too ready sensibility to human suffering.  Orgonez was an
+excellent soldier; true to his commander, prompt, fearless, and
+unflinching in the execution of his orders.  His services
+attracted the notice of the Crown, and, shortly after this
+period, he was raised to the rank of Marshal of New Toledo.  Yet
+it may be doubted whether his character did not qualify him for
+an executive and subordinate station rather than for one of
+higher responsibility.
+
+Almagro received also the royal warrant, conferring on him his
+new powers and territorial jurisdiction.  The instrument had been
+detained by the Pizarros to the very last moment.  His troops,
+long since disgusted with their toilsome and unprofitable march,
+were now clamorous to return. Cuzco, they said, undoubtedly fell
+within the limits of his government, and it was better to take
+possession of its comfortable quarters than to wander like
+outcasts in this dreary wilderness.  They reminded their
+commander that thus only could he provide for the interests of
+his son Diego.  This was an illegitimate son of Almagro, on whom
+his father doated with extravagant fondness, justified more than
+usual by the promising character of the youth.
+
+After an absence of about two months, the officer sent on the
+exploring expedition returned, bringing unpromising accounts of
+the southern regions of Chili.  The only land of promise for the
+Castilian was one that teemed with gold. *4 He had penetrated to
+the distance of a hundred leagues, to the limits, probably, of
+the conquests of the Incas on the river Maule. *5 The Spaniards
+had fortunately stopped short of the land of Arauco, where the
+blood of their countrymen was soon after to be poured out like
+water, and which still maintains a proud independence amidst the
+general humiliation of the Indian races around it.
+
+[Footnote 4: It is the language of a Spaniard; "i como no le
+parecio bien la tierra por no ser quajada de oro." Conq. i Pob.
+del Piru, Ms.]
+[Footnote 5: According to Oviedo, a hundred and fifty leagues,
+and very near, as they told him, to the end of the world; cerca
+del fin del mundo. (Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 9,
+cap. 5.) One must not expect to meet with very accurate notions
+of geography in the rude soldiers of America]
+
+Almagro now yielded, with little reluctance, to the renewed
+importunities of the soldiers, and turned his face towards the
+North.  It is unnecessary to follow his march in detail.
+Disheartened by the difficulty of the mountain passage, he took
+the road along the coast, which led him across the great desert
+of Atacama.  In crossing this dreary waste, which stretches for
+nearly a hundred leagues to the northern borders of Chili, with
+hardly a green spot in its expanse to relieve the fainting
+traveller, Almagro and his men experienced as great sufferings,
+though not of the same kind, as those which they had encountered
+in the passes of the Cordilleras.  Indeed, the captain would not
+easily be found at this day, who would venture to lead his army
+across this dreary region. But the Spaniard of the sixteenth
+century had a strength of limb and a buoyancy of spirit which
+raised him to a contempt of obstacles, almost justifying the
+boast of the historian, that "he contended indifferently, at the
+same time, with man, with the elements, and with famine!" *6
+[Footnote 6: "Peleando en un tiempo con los Enemigos, con los
+Elementos, i con la Hambre." Herrera, Hist General, dec. 5, lib.
+10, cap. 2]
+After traversing the terrible desert, Almagro reached the ancient
+town of Arequipa, about sixty leagues from Cuzco.  Here he
+learned with astonishment the insurrection of the Peruvians, and
+further, that the young Inca Manco still lay with a formidable
+force at no great distance from the capital.  He had once been on
+friendly terms with the Peruvian prince, and he now resolved,
+before proceeding farther, to send an embassy to his camp, and
+arrange an interview with him in the neighbourhood of Cuzco.
+
+Almagro's emissaries were well received by the Inca, who alleged
+his grounds of complaint against the Pizarros, and named the vale
+of Yucay as the place where he would confer with the marshal.
+The Spanish commander accordingly resumed his march, and, taking
+one half of his force, whose whole number fell somewhat short of
+five hundred men, he repaired in person to the place of
+rendezvous; while the remainder of his army established their
+quarters at Urcos, about six leagues from the capital. *7
+[Footnote 7: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Conq. i Pob.
+del Piru, Ms. - Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib.
+9, cap. 6]
+The Spaniards in Cuzco, startled by the appearance of this fresh
+body of troops in their neighbourhood, doubted, when they learned
+the quarter whence they came, whether it betided them good or
+evil.  Hernando Pizarro marched out of the city with a small
+force, and, drawing near to Urcos, heard with no little
+uneasiness of Almagro's purpose to insist on his pretensions to
+Cuzco.  Though much inferior in strength to his rival, he
+determined to resist him.
+
+Meanwhile, the Peruvians, who had witnessed the conference
+between the soldiers of the opposite camps, suspected some secret
+understanding between the parties, which would compromise the
+safety of the Inca.  They communicated their distrust to Manco,
+and the latter, adopting the same sentiments, or perhaps, from
+the first, meditating a surprise of the Spaniards, suddenly fell
+upon the latter in the valley of Yucay with a body of fifteen
+thousand men. But the veterans of Chili were too familiar with
+Indian tactics to be taken by surprise.  And though a sharp
+engagement ensued, which lasted more than an hour, in which
+Orgonez had a horse killed under him, the natives were finally
+driven back with great slaughter, and the Inca was so far
+crippled by the blow, that he was not likely for the present to
+give further molestation. *8
+[Footnote 8: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 3, cap. 4. - Conq. i
+Pob. del Piru, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap. 21.]
+
+Almagro, now joining the division left at Urcos, saw no further
+impediment to his operations on Cuzco.  He sent, at once, an
+embassy to the municipality of the place, requiring the
+recognition of him as its lawful governor, and presenting at the
+same time a copy of his credentials from the Crown.  But the
+question of jurisdiction was not one easy to be settled,
+depending, as it did, on a knowledge of the true parallels of
+latitude, not very likely to be possessed by the rude followers
+of Pizarro.  The royal grant had placed under his jurisdiction
+all the country extending two hundred and seventy leagues south
+of the river of Santiago, situated one degree and twenty minutes
+north of the equator. Two hundred and seventy leagues on the
+meridian, by our measurement, would fall more than a degree short
+of Cuzco, and, indeed, would barely include the city of Lima
+itself.  But the Spanish leagues, of only seventeen and a half to
+a degree, *9 would remove the southern boundary to nearly half a
+degree beyond the capital of the Incas, which would thus fall
+within the jurisdiction of Pizarro. *10 Yet the division-line ran
+so close to the disputed ground, that the true result might
+reasonably be doubted, where no careful scientific observations
+had been made to obtain it; and each party was prompt to assert,
+as they always are in such cases, that its own claim was clear
+and unquestionable. *11
+
+[Footnote 9: "Contando diez i siete leg as i media por grado."
+Herrera Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 3, cap. 5.]
+
+[Footnote 10: The government had endeavoured early to provide
+against any dispute in regard to the limits of the respective
+jurisdictions.  The language of the original grants gave room to
+some misunderstanding; and, as early as 1536, Fray Jomas de
+Berlanga, Bishop of Tierra Firme, had been sent to Lima with full
+powers to determine the question of boundary, by fixing the
+latitude of the river of Santiago, and measuring two hundred and
+seventy leagues south on the meridian.  But Pizarro, having
+engaged Almagro in his Chili expedition, did not care to revive
+the question, and the Bishop returned, re infecta, to his
+diocese, with strong feelings of disgust towards the governor.
+Ibid., dec. 6, lib. 3, cap. 1.]
+[Footnote 11: "All say," says Oviedo, in a letter to the emperor,
+"that Cuzco falls within the territory of Almagro." Oviedo was,
+probably, the best-informed man in the colonies.  Yet this was an
+error.  Carta desde Sto. Domingo, Ms., 25 de Oct. 1539.]
+
+Thus summoned by Almagro, the authorities of Cuzco, unwilling to
+give umbrage to either of the contending chiefs, decided that
+they must wait until they could take counsel - which they
+promised to do at once - with certain pilots better instructed
+than themselves in the position of the Santiago.  Meanwhile, a
+truce was arranged between the parties, each solemnly engaging to
+abstain from hostile measures, and to remain quiet in their
+present quarters.
+
+The weather now set in cold and rainy.  Almagro's soldiers,
+greatly discontented with their position, flooded as it was by
+the waters, were quick to discover that Hernando Pizarro was
+busily employed in strengthening himself in the city, contrary to
+agreement.  They also learned with dismay, that a large body of
+men, sent by the governor from Lima, under command of Alonso de
+Alvarado, was on the march to relieve Cuzco.  They exclaimed that
+they were betrayed, and that the truce had been only an artifice
+to secure their inactivity until the arrival of the expected
+succours.  In this state of excitement, it was not very difficult
+to persuade their commander - too ready to surrender his own
+judgment to the rash advisers around him - to violate the treaty,
+and take possession of the capital. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: According to Zarate, Almagro, on entering the
+capital, found no appearance of the designs imputed to Hernando,
+and exclaimed that "he had been deceived." (Conq. del Peru, lib.
+3, cap. 4.) He was probably easy of faith in the matter.]
+
+Under cover of a dark and stormy night (April 8th, 1537), he
+entered the place without opposition, made himself master of the
+principal church, established strong parties of cavalry at the
+head of the great avenues to prevent surprise, and detached
+Orgonez with a body of infantry to force the dwelling of Hernando
+Pizarro.  That captain was lodged with his brother Gonzalo in one
+of the large halls built by the Incas for public diversions, with
+immense doors of entrance that opened on the plaza.  It was
+garrisoned by about twenty soldiers, who, as the gates were burst
+open, stood stoutly to the defence of their leader.  A smart
+struggle ensued, in which some lives were lost, till at length
+Orgonez, provoked by the obstinate resistance, set fire to the
+combustible roof of the building.  It was speedily in flames, and
+the burning rafters falling on the heads of the inmates, they
+forced their reluctant leader to an unconditional surrender.
+Scarcely had the Spaniards left the building, when the whole roof
+fell in with a tremendous crash. *13
+
+[Footnote 13: Carta de Espinall, Tesorero de N. Toledo, 15 de
+Junio, 1539. - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3,
+lib. 8, cap. 21.]
+Almagro was now master of Cuzco.  He ordered the Pizarros, with
+fifteen or twenty of the principal cavaliers, to be secured and
+placed in confinement.  Except so far as required for securing
+his authority, he does not seem to have been guilty of acts of
+violence to the inhabitants, *14 and he installed one of
+Pizarro's most able officers, Gabriel de Rojas, in the government
+of the city.  The municipality, whose eyes were now open to the
+validity of Almagro's pretensions, made no further scruple to
+recognize his title to Cuzco.
+
+[Footnote 14: So it would appear from the general testimony; yet
+Pedro Pizarro, one of the opposite faction, and among those
+imprisoned by Almagro, complains that that chief plundered them
+of their horses and other property.  Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+The marshal's first step was to send a message to Alonso de
+Alvarado's camp, advising that officer of his occupation of the
+city, and requiring his obedience to him, as its legitimate
+master.  Alvarado was lying, with a body of five hundred men,
+horse and foot, at Xauxa, about thirteen leagues from the
+capital.  He had been detached several months previously for the
+relief of Cuzco; but had, most unaccountably, and, as it proved,
+most unfortunately for the Peruvian capital, remained at Xauxa
+with the alleged motive of protecting that settlement and the
+surrounding country against the insurgents. *15 He now showed
+himself loyal to his commander; and, when Almagro's ambassadors
+reached his camp, he put them in irons, and sent advice of what
+had been done to the governor at Lima.
+[Footnote 15: Pizarro's secretary Picado had an encomienda in
+that neighbourhood, and Alvarado, who was under personal
+obligations to him, remained there, it is said, at his
+instigation.  (Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 8, cap. 7.)
+Alvarado was a good officer, and largely trusted, both before and
+after, by the Pizarros; and we may presume there was some
+explanation of his conduct, of which we are not possessed.]
+Almagro, offended by the detention of his emissaries, prepared at
+once to march against Alonso de Alvarado, and take more effectual
+means to bring him to submission.  His lieutenant, Orgonez,
+strongly urged him before his departure to strike off the heads
+of the Pizarros, alleging, "that, while they lived, his
+commander's life would never be safe"; and concluding with the
+Spanish proverb, "Dead men never bite." *16 But the marshal,
+though he detested Hernando in his heart, shrunk from so violent
+a measure; and, independently of other considerations, he had
+still an attachment for his old associate, Francis Pizarro, and
+was unwilling to sever the ties between them for ever.
+Contenting himself, therefore, with placing his prisoners under
+strong guard in one of the stone buildings belonging to the House
+of the Sun, he put himself at the head of his forces, and left
+the capital in quest of Alvarado.
+
+[Footnote 16: "El muerto no mordia." Ibid., dec. 6, lib. 2, cap.
+8.]
+That officer had now taken up a position on the farther side of
+the Rio de Abancay, where he lay, with the strength of his little
+army, in front of a bridge, by which its rapid waters are
+traversed, while a strong detachment occupied a spot commanding a
+ford lower down the river.  But in this detachment was a cavalier
+of much consideration in the army, Pedro de Lerma, who, from some
+pique against his commander, had entered into treasonable
+correspondence with the opposite party.  By his advice, Almagro,
+on reaching the border of the river, established himself against
+the bridge in face of Alvarado, as if prepared to force a
+passage, thus concentrating his adversary's attention on that
+point.  But, when darkness had set in, he detached a large body
+under Orgonez to pass the ford, and operate in concert with
+Lerma.  Orgonez executed this commission with his usual
+promptness.  The ford was crossed, though the current ran so
+swiftly, that several of his men were swept away by it, and
+perished in the waters.  Their leader received a severe wound
+himself in the mouth, as he was gaining the opposite bank, but,
+nothing daunted, he cheered on his men, and fell with fury on the
+enemy.  He was speedily joined by Lerma, and such of the soldiers
+as he had gained over, and, unable to distinguish friend from
+foe, the enemy's confusion was complete.
+
+Meanwhile, Alvarado, roused by the noise of the attack on this
+quarter, hastened to the support of his officer, when Almagro,
+seizing the occasion, pushed across the bridge, dispersed the
+small body left to defend it, and, falling on Alvarado's rear,
+that general saw himself hemmed in on all sides.  The struggle
+did not last long; and the unfortunate chief, uncertain on whom
+he could rely, surrendered with all his force, - those only
+excepted who had already deserted to the enemy. Such was the
+battle of Abancay, as it was called, from the river on whose
+banks it was fought, on the twelfth of July, 1537.  Never was a
+victory more complete, or achieved with less cost of life; and
+Almagro marched back, with an array of prisoners scarcely
+inferior to his own army in number, in triumph to Cuzco. *17
+
+[Footnote 17: Carta de Francisco Pizarro al Obispo de Tierra
+Firme, Ms., 28 de Agosto, 1539. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq.,
+Ms. - Oviedo, Hist. de las Indias, Ms., ubi supra. - Conq. i Pob.
+del Piru, Ms. - Carta de Espinall, Ms.]
+
+While the events related in the preceding pages were passing,
+Francisco Pizarro had remained at Lima, anxiously awaiting the
+arrival of the reinforcements which he had requested, to enable
+him to march to the relief of the beleaguered capital of the
+Incas.  His appeal had not been unanswered.  Among the rest was a
+corps of two hundred and fifty men, led by the Licentiate Gaspar
+de Espinosa, one of the three original associates, it may be
+remembered, who engaged in the conquest of Peru.  He had now left
+his own residence at Panama, and came in person, for the first
+time, it would seem, to revive the drooping fortunes of his
+confederates.  Pizarro received also a vessel laden with
+provisions, military stores, and other necessary supplies,
+besides a rich wardrobe for himself, from Cortes, the Conqueror
+of Mexico, who generously stretched forth his hand to aid his
+kinsman in the hour of need. *18
+[Footnote 18: "Fernando Cortes embio con Rodrigo de Grijalva en
+vn proprio Navio suio, desde la Nueva Espana, muchas Armas,
+Tiros, Jaeces, Aderecos, Vestidos de Seda, i vna Ropa de Martas."
+Gomara, Hist de las Ind., cap. 136.]
+
+With a force amounting to four hundred and fifty men, half of
+them cavalry, the governor quitted Lima, and began his march on
+the Inca capital.  He had not advanced far, when he received
+tidings of the return of Almagro, the seizure of Cuzco, and the
+imprisonment of his brothers; and, before he had time to recover
+from this astounding intelligence, he learned the total defeat
+and capture of Alvarado.  Filled with consternation at these
+rapid successes of his rival, he now returned in all haste to
+Lima, which he put in the best posture of defence, to secure it
+against the hostile movements, not unlikely, as he thought, to be
+directed against that capital itself.  Meanwhile, far from
+indulging in impotent sallies of resentment, or in complaints of
+his ancient comrade, he only lamented that Almagro should have
+resorted to these violent measures for the settlement of their
+dispute, and this less - if we may take his word for it - from
+personal considerations than from the prejudice it might do to
+the interests of the Crown. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 2, cap. 7]
+But, while busily occupied with warlike preparations, he did not
+omit to try the effect of negotiation.  He sent an embassy to
+Cuzco, consisting of several persons in whose discretion he
+placed the greatest confidence, with Espinosa at their head, as
+the party most interested in an amicable arrangement.
+
+The licentiate, on his arrival, did not find Almagro in as
+favorable a mood for an accommodation as he could have wished.
+Elated by his recent successes, he now aspired not only to the
+possession of Cuzco, but of Lima itself, as falling within the
+limits of his jurisdiction.  It was in vain that Espinosa urged
+the propriety, by every argument which prudence could suggest, of
+moderating his demands.  His claims upon Cuzco, at least, were
+not to be shaken, and he declared himself ready to peril his life
+in maintaining them.  The licentiate coolly replied by quoting
+the pithy Castilian proverb, El vencido vencido, y el vencidor
+perdido; "The vanquished vanquished, and the victor undone."
+
+What influence the temperate arguments of the licentiate might
+eventually have had on the heated imagination of the soldier is
+doubtful; but unfortunately for the negotiation, it was abruptly
+terminated by the death of Espinosa himself, which took place
+most unexpectedly, though, strange to say, in those times,
+without the imputation of poison. *20 He was a great loss to the
+parties in the existing fermentation of their minds; for he had
+the weight of character which belongs to wise and moderate
+counsels, and a deeper interest than any other man in
+recommending them.
+
+[Footnote 20: Carta de Pizarro al Obispo de Tierra Firme, Ms. -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 2, cap. 13. - Carta de
+Espinall, Ms.]
+The name of Espinosa is memorable in history from his early
+connection with the expedition to Peru, which, but for the
+seasonable, though secret, application of his funds, could not
+then have been compassed.  He had long been a resident in the
+Spanish colonies of Tierra Firme and Panama, where he had served
+in various capacities, sometimes as a legal functionary presiding
+in the courts of justice, *21 and not unfrequently as an
+efficient leader in the early expeditions of conquest and
+discovery.  In these manifold vocations he acquired high
+reputation for probity, intelligence, and courage, and his death
+at the present crisis was undoubtedly the most unfortunate event
+that could befall the country.
+
+[Footnote 21: He incurred some odium as presiding officer in the
+trial and condemnation of the unfortunate Vasco Nunez de Balboa.
+But it must be allowed, that he made great efforts to resist the
+tyrannical proceedings of Pedrarias, and he earnestly recommended
+the prisoner to mercy.  See Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 2, lib.
+2, cap. 21, 22.]
+
+All attempt at negotiation was now abandoned; and Almagro
+announced his purpose to descend to the sea-coast, where he could
+plant a colony and establish a port for himself.  This would
+secure him the means, so essential, of communication with the
+mother-country, and here he would resume negotiations for the
+settlement of his dispute with Pizarro. Before quitting Cuzco, he
+sent Orgonez with a strong force against the Inca, not caring to
+leave the capital exposed in his absence to further annoyance
+from that quarter.
+
+But the Inca, discouraged by his late discomfiture, and unable,
+perhaps, to rally in sufficient strength for resistance,
+abandoned his strong-hold at Tambo, and retreated across the
+mountains.  He was hotly pursued by Orgonez over hill and valley,
+till, deserted by his followers, and with only one of his wives
+to bear him company, the royal fugitive took shelter in the
+remote fastnesses of the Andes. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Conq. i Pob.
+de Piru Ms.]
+
+Before leaving the capital, Orgonez again urged his commander to
+strike off the heads of the Pizarros, and then march at once upon
+Lima. By this decisive step he would bring the war to an issue,
+and for ever secure himself from the insidious machinations of
+his enemies.  But, in the mean time, a new friend had risen up to
+the captive brothers.  This was Diego de Alvarado, brother of
+that Pedro, who, as mentioned in a preceding chapter, had
+conducted the unfortunate expedition to Quito. After his
+brother's departure, Diego had attached himself to the fortunes
+of Almagro, had accompanied him to Chili, and, as he was a
+cavalier of birth, and possessed of some truly noble qualities,
+he had gained deserved ascendency over his commander.  Alvarado
+had frequently visited Hernando Pizarro in his confinement,
+where, to beguile the tediousness of captivity, he amused himself
+with gaming, - the passion of the Spaniard. They played deep, and
+Alvarado lost the enormous sum of eighty thousand gold
+castellanos.  He was prompt in paying the debt, but Hernando
+Pizarro peremptorily declined to receive the money.  By this
+politic generosity, he secured an important advocate in the
+council of Almagro.  It stood him now in good stead.  Alvarado
+represented to the marshal, that such a measure as that urged by
+Orgonez would not only outrage the feelings of his followers, but
+would ruin his fortunes by the indignation it must excite at
+court.  When Almagro acquiesced in these views, as in truth most
+grateful to his own nature, Orgonez, chagrined at his
+determination, declared that the day would come when he would
+repent this mistaken lenity.  "A Pizarro," he said, "was never
+known to forget an injury; and that which they had already
+received from Almagro was too deep for them to forgive."
+Prophetic words!
+
+On leaving Cuzco, the marshal gave orders that Gonzalo Pizarro
+and the other prisoners should be detained in strict custody.
+Hernando he took with him, closely guarded, on his march.
+Descending rapidly towards the coast, he reached the pleasant
+vale of Chincha in the latter part of August.  Here he occupied
+himself with laying the foundations of a town bearing his own
+name, which might serve as a counterpart to the City of the
+Kings, - thus bidding defiance, as it were, to his rival on his
+own borders.  While occupied in this manner, he received the
+unwelcome tidings, that Gonzalo Pizarro, Alonso de Alvarado, and
+the other prisoners, having tampered with their guards, had
+effected their escape from Cuzco, and he soon after heard of
+their safe arrival in the camp of Pizarro.
+
+Chafed by this intelligence, the marshal was not soothed by the
+insinuations of Orgonez, that it was owing to his ill-advised
+lenity; and it might have gone hard with Hernando, but that
+Almagro's attention was diverted by the negotiation which
+Francisco Pizarro now proposed to resume.
+
+After some correspondence between the parties, it was agreed to
+submit the arbitration of the dispute to a single individual,
+Fray Francisco de Bovadilla, a Brother of the Order of Mercy.
+Though living in Lima, and, as might be supposed, under the
+influence of Pizarro, he had a reputation for integrity that
+disposed Almagro to confide the settlement of the question
+exclusively to him.  In this implicit confidence in the friar's
+impartiality, Orgonez, of a less sanguine temper than his chief,
+did not participate. *23
+
+[Footnote 23: Carta de Gutierrez al Emperador, Ms., 10 de Feb.
+1539. - Carta de Espinall, Ms. - Oviedo, Hist. de las Ind., Ms.,
+ubi supra. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6 lib. 2, cap. 8-14. -
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y. Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 3, cap. 8. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+
+An interview was arranged between the rival chiefs.  It took
+place at Mala, November 13th, 1537; but very different was the
+deportment of the two commanders towards each other from that
+which they had exhibited at their former meetings.  Almagro,
+indeed, doffing his bonnet, advanced in his usual open manner to
+salute his ancient comrade; but Pizarro, hardly condescending to
+return the salute, haughtily demanded why the marshal had seized
+upon his city of Cuzco, and imprisoned his brothers.  This led to
+a recrimination on the part of his associate.  The discussion
+assumed the tone of an angry altercation, till Almagro, taking a
+hint - or what he conceived to be such - from an attendant, that
+some treachery was intended, abruptly quitted the apartment,
+mounted his horse, and galloped back to his quarters at Chincha.
+*24 The conference closed, as might have been anticipated from
+the heated temper of their minds when they began it, by widening
+the breach it was intended to heal.  The friar, now left wholly
+to himself, after some deliberation, gave his award.  He decided
+that a vessel, with a skilful pilot on board, should be sent to
+determine the exact latitude of the river of Santiago, the
+northern boundary of Pizarro's territory, by which all the
+measurements were to be regulated. In the mean time, Cuzco was to
+be delivered up by Almagro, and Hernando Pizarro to be set at
+liberty, on condition of his leaving the country in six weeks for
+Spain.  Both parties were to retire within their undisputed
+territories, and to abandon all further hostilities. *25
+
+[Footnote 24: It was said that Gonzalo Pizarro lay in ambush with
+a strong force in the neighbourhood to intercept the marshal, and
+that the latter was warned of his danger by an honorable cavalier
+of the opposite party, who repeated a distich of an old ballad,
+
+"Tiempo es el Caballero
+Tiempo es de andar de aqui."
+
+(Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 3, cap. 4.) Pedro Pizarro
+admits the truth of the design imputed to Gonzalo, which he was
+prevented from putting into execution by the commands of the
+governor, who, the chronicler, with edifying simplicity, or
+assurance, informs us, was a man that scrupulously kept his word.
+"Porque el marquez don Francisco Picarro hera hombre que guardava
+mucho su palabra." Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 25: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Carta de
+Espinall, Ms.]
+This award, as may be supposed, highly satisfactory to Pizarro,
+was received by Almagro's men with indignation and scorn.  They
+had been sold, they cried, by their general, broken, as he was,
+by age and infirmities. Their enemies were to occupy Cuzco and
+its pleasant places, while they were to be turned over to the
+barren wilderness of Charcas.  Little did they dream that under
+this poor exterior were hidden the rich treasures of Potosi.
+They denounced the umpire as a hireling of the governor, and
+murmurs were heard among the troops, stimulated by Orgonez,
+demanding the head of Hernando. Never was that cavalier in
+greater danger.  But his good genius in the form of Alvarado
+again interposed to protect him.  His life in captivity was a
+succession of reprieves. *26
+
+[Footnote 26: Espinall, Almagro's treasurer, denounces the friar
+"as proving himself a very devil" by this award.  (Carta al
+Emperador, Ms.) And Oviedo, a more dispassionate judge, quotes,
+without condemning, a cavalier who told the father, that "a
+sentence so unjust had not been pronounced since the time of
+Pontius Pilate"!  Hist. de las Indias, Ms., Parte 3, lib. 8, cap.
+21.]
+Yet his brother, the governor, was not disposed to abandon him to
+his fate.  On the contrary, he was now prepared to make every
+concession to secure his freedom.  Concessions, that politic
+chief well knew, cost little to those who are not concerned to
+abide by them.  After some preliminary negotiation, another
+award, more equitable, or, at all events, more to the
+satisfaction of the discontented party, was given.  The principal
+articles of it were, that, until the arrival of some definitive
+instructions on the point from Castile, the city of Cuzco, with
+its territory, should remain in the hands of Almagro; and that
+Hernando Pizarro should be set at liberty, on the condition,
+above stipulated, of leaving the country in six weeks. - When the
+terms of this agreement were communicated to Orgonez, that
+officer intimated his opinion of them, by passing his finger
+across his throat, and exclaiming, "What has my fidelity to my
+commander cost me!" *27
+
+[Footnote 27: "I tomando la barba con la mano izquierda, con la
+derecha hico senal de cortarse la cabeca, diciendo: Orgonez,
+Orgonez, por el amistad de Don Diego de Almagro te han de cortar
+esta." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 3, cap. 9.]
+
+Almagro, in order to do greater honor to his prisoner, visited
+him in person, and announced to him that he was from that moment
+free.  He expressed a hope, at the same time, that "all past
+differences would be buried in oblivion, and that henceforth they
+should live only in the recollection of then ancient friendship."
+Hernando replied, with apparent cordiality, that "he desired
+nothing better for himself." He then swore in the most solemn
+manner, and pledged his knightly honor, - the latter, perhaps, a
+pledge of quite as much weight in his own mind as the former, -
+that he would faithfully comply with the terms stipulated in the
+treaty. He was next conducted by the marshal to his quarters,
+where he partook of a collation in company with the principal
+officers; several of whom, together with Diego Almagro, the
+general's son, afterward escorted the cavalier to his brother's
+camp, which had been transferred to the neighbouring town of
+Mala.  Here the party received a most cordial greeting from the
+governor, who entertained them with a courtly hospitality, and
+lavished many attentions, in particular, on the son of his
+ancient associate.  In short, such, on their return, was the
+account of their reception, that it left no doubt in the mind of
+Almagro that all was at length amicably settled. *28 - He did not
+know Pizarro.
+
+[Footnote 28: Ibid., loc. cit. - Carta de Descub. y Conq., Ms. -
+Zarate Gutierrez, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro, Conq. del Peru, lib. 3,
+cap. 9.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter II
+
+First Civil War. - Almagro Retreats To Cuzco. - Battle Of Las
+Salinas. - Cruelty Of The Conquerors. - Trial And Execution Of
+Almagro. - His Character.
+
+1537-1538.
+
+
+Scarcely had Almagro's officers left the governor's quarters,
+when the latter, calling his little army together, briefly
+recapitulated the many wrongs which had been done him by his
+rival, the seizure of his capital, the imprisonment of his
+brothers, the assault and defeat of his troops; and he concluded
+with the declaration, - heartily echoed back by his military
+audience, - that the time had now come for revenge.  All the
+while that the negotiations were pending, Pizarro had been busily
+occupied with military preparations.  He had mustered a force
+considerably larger than that of his rival, drawn from various
+quarters, but most of them familiar with service. He now
+declared, that, as he was too old to take charge of the campaign
+himself, he should devolve that duty on his brothers; and he
+released Hernando from all his engagements to Almagro, as a
+measure justified by necessity. That cavalier, with graceful
+pertinacity, intimated his design to abide by the pledges he had
+given, but, at length yielded a reluctant assent to the commands
+of his brother, as to a measure imperatively demanded by his duty
+to the Crown. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 3, cap. 10.]
+The governor's next step was to advise Almagro that the treaty
+was at an end.  At the same time, he warned him to relinquish his
+pretensions to Cuzco, and withdraw into his own territory, or the
+responsibility of the consequences would lie on his own head.
+
+Reposing in his false security, Almagro was now fully awakened to
+the consciousness of the error he had committed; and the warning
+voice of his lieutenant may have risen to his recollection.  The
+first part of the prediction was fulfilled.  And what should
+prevent the latter from being so? To add to his distress, he was
+laboring at this time under a grievous malady, the result of
+early excesses, which shattered his constitution, and made him
+incapable alike of mental and bodily exertion. *2
+
+[Footnote 2: "Cayo enfermo i estuvo malo a punto de muerte de
+bubas i dolores" (Carta de Espinall, Ms.) It was a hard penalty,
+occurring at this crisis, for the sins, perhaps, of earlier days;
+but
+
+"The gods are just, and of our pleasant vices
+Make instruments to scourge us."]
+
+In this forlorn condition, he confided the management of his
+affairs to Orgonez, on whose loyalty and courage he knew he might
+implicitly rely. The first step was to secure the passes of the
+Guaitara, a chain of hills that hemmed in the valley of Zangalla,
+where Almagro was at present established.  But, by some
+miscalculation, the passes were not secured in season; and the
+active enemy, threading the dangerous defiles, effected a passage
+across the sierra, where a much inferior force to his own might
+have taken him at advantage.  The fortunes of Almagro were on the
+wane.
+His thoughts were now turned towards Cuzco, and he was anxious to
+get possession of this capital before the arrival of the enemy.
+Too feeble to sit on horseback, he was obliged to be carried in a
+litter; and, when he reached the ancient town of Bilcas, not far
+from Guamanga, his indisposition was so severe that he was
+compelled to halt and remain there three weeks before resuming
+his march.
+
+The governor and his brothers, in the mean time, after traversing
+the pass of Guaitara, descended into the valley of Ica, where
+Pizarro remained a considerable while, to get his troops into
+order and complete his preparations for the campaign.  Then,
+taking leave of the army, he returned to Lima, committing the
+prosecution of the war, as he had before announced, to his
+younger and more active brothers.  Hernando, soon after quitting
+Ica, kept along the coast as far as Nasca, proposing to penetrate
+the country by a circuitous route in order to elude the enemy,
+who might have greatly embarrassed him in some of the passes of
+the Cordilleras. But unhappily for him, this plan of operations,
+which would have given him such manifest advantage, was not
+adopted by Almagro; and his adversary, without any other
+impediment than that arising from the natural difficulties of the
+march, arrived, in the latter part of April, 1538, in the
+neighbourhood of Cuzco.
+
+But Almagro was already in possession of that capital, which he
+had reached ten days before.  A council of war was held by him
+respecting the course to be pursued.  Some were for making good
+the defence of the city. Almagro would have tried what could be
+done by negotiation.  But Orgonez bluntly replied, - "It is too
+late; you have liberated Hernando Pizarro, and nothing remains
+but to fight him." The opinion of Orgonez finally prevailed, to
+march out and give the enemy battle on the plains.  The marshal,
+still disabled by illness from taking the command, devolved it on
+his trusty lieutenant, who, mustering his forces, left the city,
+and took up a position at Las Salinas, less than a league distant
+from Cuzco. The place received its name from certain pits or vats
+in the ground, used for the preparation of salt, that was
+obtained from a natural spring in the neighbourhood.  It was an
+injudicious choice of ground, since its broken character was most
+unfavorable to the free action of cavalry, in which the strength
+of Almagro's force consisted.  But, although repeatedly urged by
+the officers to advance into the open country, Orgonez persisted
+in his position, as the most favorable for defence, since the
+front was protected by a marsh, and by a little stream that
+flowed over the plain.  His forces amounted in all to about five
+hundred, more than half of them horse.  His infantry was
+deficient in fire-arms, the place of which was supplied by the
+long pike.  He had also six small cannon, or falconets, as they
+were called, which, with his cavalry, formed into two equal
+divisions, he disposed on the flanks of his infantry.  Thus
+prepared, he calmly awaited the approach of the enemy.
+
+It was not long before the bright arms and banners of the
+Spaniards under Hernando Pizarro were seen emerging from the
+mountain passes.  The troops came forward in good order, and like
+men whose steady step showed that they had been spared in the
+march, and were now fresh for action. They advanced slowly across
+the plain, and halted on the opposite border of the little stream
+which covered the front of Orgonez.  Here Hernando, as the sun
+had set, took up his quarters for the night, proposing to defer
+the engagement till daylight. *3
+
+[Footnote 3: Carta de Gutierrez, Ms.  - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y
+Conq., Ms.  - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 4, cap. 1 - 5.
+- Carta de Espinall, Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 3, cap.
+10, 11. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2 lib. 2, cap. 36, 37.]
+
+The rumors of the approaching battle had spread far and wide over
+the country; and the mountains and rocky heights around were
+thronged with multitudes of natives, eager to feast their eyes on
+a spectacle, where, whichever side were victorious, the defeat
+would fall on their enemies. *4 The Castilian women and children,
+too, with still deeper anxiety, had thronged out from Cuzco to
+witness the deadly strife in which brethren and kindred were to
+contend for mastery. *5 The whole number of the combatants was
+insignificant; though not as compared with those usually engaged
+in these American wars It is not, however, the number of the
+players, but the magnitude of the stake, that gives importance
+and interest to the game; and in this bloody game, they were to
+play for the possession of an empire.
+
+[Footnote 4: Herrera, Hist. General, dec 6, lib. 4, cap. 5, 6.]
+[Footnote 5: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+The night passed away in silence, unbroken by the vast assembly
+which covered the surrounding hill-tops.  Nor did the soldiers of
+the hostile camps, although keeping watch within hearing of one
+another, and with the same blood flowing in their veins, attempt
+any communication.  So deadly was the hate in their bosoms! *6
+
+[Footnote 6: "I fue cosa de notar, que se estuvieron toda la
+Noche, sin que nadie de la vna i otra parte pensase en mover
+tratos de Paz: tanta era la ira i aborrecimiento de ambas
+partes." Ibid., cap. 6.]
+
+The sun rose bright, as usual in this beautiful climate, on
+Saturday, the twenty-sixth day of April, 1538. *7 But long before
+his beams were on the plain, the trumpet of Hernando Pizarro had
+called his men to arms. His forces amounted in all to about seven
+hundred.  They were drawn from various quarters, the veterans of
+Pizarro, the followers of Alonso de Alvarado, - many of whom,
+since their defeat, had found their way back to Lima, - and the
+late reinforcement from the isles, most of them seasoned by many
+a toilsome march in the Indian campaigns, and many a hard-fought
+field.  His mounted troops were inferior to those of Almagro; but
+this was more than compensated by the strength of his infantry,
+comprehending a well-trained corps of arquebusiers, sent from St.
+Domingo, whose weapons were of the improved construction recently
+introduced from Flanders.  They were of a large calibre, and
+threw double-headed shot, consisting of bullets linked together
+by an iron chain. It was doubtless a clumsy weapon compared with
+modern fire-arms, but, in hands accustomed to wield it, proved a
+destructive instrument. *8
+[Footnote 7: A church dedicated to Saint Lazarus was afterwards
+erected on the battle-ground, and the bodies of those slain in
+the action were interred within its walls.  This circumstance
+leads Garcilasso to suppose that the battle took place on
+Saturday, the sixth, - the day after the Feast of Saint Lazarus,
+- and not on the twenty-sixth of April, as commonly reported.
+Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 2, cap 38.  See also Montesinos,
+(Annales, Ms., ano 1538,) - an indifferent authority for any
+thing]
+
+[Footnote 8: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 3, cap. 8.  -
+Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 2, cap. 36.]
+
+Hernando Pizarro drew up his men in the same order of battle as
+that presented by the enemy, - throwing his infantry into the
+centre, and disposing his horse on the flanks; one corps of which
+he placed under command of Alonso de Alvarado, and took charge of
+the other himself.  The infantry was headed by his brother
+Gonzalo, supported by Pedro de Valdivia, the future hero of
+Arauco, whose disastrous story forms the burden of romance as
+well as of chronicle. *9
+
+[Footnote 9: The Araucana of Ercilla may claim the merit, indeed,
+- if it be a merit, - of combining both romance and history in
+one.  Surely never did the Muse venture on such a specification
+of details, not merely poetical, but political, geographical, and
+statistical, as in this celebrated Castilian epic.  It is a
+military journal done into rhyme.]
+
+Mass was said, as if the Spaniards were about to fight what they
+deemed the good fight of the faith, instead of imbruing their
+hands in the blood of their countrymen.  Hernando Pizarro then
+made a brief address to his soldiers.  He touched on the personal
+injuries he and his family had received from Almagro; reminded
+his brother's veterans that Cuzco had been wrested from their
+possession; called up the glow of shame on the brows of
+Alvarado's men as he talked of the rout of Abancay, and, pointing
+out the Inca metropolis that sparkled in the morning sunshine, he
+told them that there was the prize of the victor.  They answered
+his appeal with acclamations; and the signal being given, Gonzalo
+Pizarro, heading his battalion of infantry, led it straight
+across the river.  The water was neither broad nor deep, and the
+soldiers found no difficulty in gaining a landing, as the enemy's
+horse was prevented by the marshy ground from approaching the
+borders.  But, as they worked their way across the morass, the
+heavy guns of Orgonez played with effect on the leading files,
+and threw them into disorder.  Gonzalo and Valdivia threw
+themselves into the midst of their followers, menacing some,
+encouraging others, and at length led them gallantly forward to
+the firm ground.  Here the arquebusiers, detaching themselves
+from the rest of the infantry, gained a small eminence, whence,
+in their turn, they opened a galling fire on Orgonez, scattering
+his array of spearmen, and sorely annoying the cavalry on the
+flanks.
+
+Meanwhile, Hernando, forming his two squadrons of horse into one
+column, crossed under cover of this well-sustained fire, and,
+reaching the firm ground, rode at once against the enemy.
+Orgonez, whose infantry was already much crippled, advancing his
+horse, formed the two squadrons into one body, like his
+antagonist, and spurred at full gallop against the assailants.
+The shock was terrible; and it was hailed by the swarms of Indian
+spectators on the surrounding heights with a fiendisn yell of
+triumph, that rose far above the din of battle, till it was lost
+in distant echoes among the mountains. *10
+[Footnote 10: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 4, cap. 6.  -
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.  - Carta de Espinall, Ms.  -
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 3, cap. 11.
+
+Every thing relating to this battle, - the disposition of the
+forces, the character of the ground, the mode of attack, are told
+as variously and confusedly, as if it had been a contest between
+two great armies, instead of a handful of men on either side.  It
+would seem that truth is nowhere so difficult to come at, as on
+the battle-field.]
+
+The struggle was desperate.  For it was not that of the white man
+against the defenceless Indian, but of Spaniard against Spaniard;
+both parties cheering on their comrades with their battle-cries
+of "El Rey y Almagro," or "El Rey y Pizarro," - while they fought
+with a hate, to which national antipathy was as nothing; a hate
+strong in proportion to the strength of the ties that had been
+rent asunder.
+
+In this bloody field well did Orgonez do his duty, fighting like
+one to whom battle was the natural element.  Singling out a
+cavalier, whom, from the color of the sobre-vest on his armour,
+he erroneously supposed to be Hernando Pizarro, he charged him in
+full career, and overthrew him with his lance.  Another he ran
+through in like manner, and a third he struck down with his
+sword, as he was prematurely shouting "Victory!" But while thus
+doing the deeds of a paladin of romance, he was hit by a
+chain-shot from an arquebuse, which, penetrating the bars of his
+visor, grazed his forehead, and deprived him for a moment of
+reason.  Before he had fully recovered, his horse was killed
+under him, and though the fallen cavalier succeeded in
+extricating himself from the stirrups, he was surrounded, and
+soon overpowered by numbers.  Still refusing to deliver up his
+sword, he asked "if there was no knight to whom he could
+surrender." One Fuentes, a menial of Pizarro, presenting himself
+as such, Orgonez gave his sword into his hands, - and the
+dastard, drawing his dagger, stabbed his defenceless prisoner to
+the heart!  His head, then struck off, was stuck on a pike, and
+displayed, a bloody trophy, in the great square of Cuzco, as the
+head of a traitor. *11 Thus perished as loyal a cavalier, as
+decided in council, and as bold in action, as ever crossed to the
+shores of America.
+[Footnote 11: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.  - Herrera
+Hist. General, ubi supra.  - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, ubi supra.]
+The fight had now lasted more than an hour, and the fortune of
+the day was turning against the followers of Almagro.  Orgonez
+being down, their confusion increased.  The infantry, unable to
+endure the fire of the arquebusiers, scattered and took refuge
+behind the stone-walls, that here and there straggled across the
+country.  Pedro de Lerma, vainly striving to rally the cavalry,
+spurred his horse against Hernando Pizarro, with whom he had a
+personal feud.  Pizarro did not shrink from the encounter. The
+lances of both the knights took effect.  That of Hernando
+penetrated the thigh of his opponent, while Lerma's weapon,
+glancing by his adversary's saddle-bow, struck him with such
+force above the groin, that it pierced the joints of his mail,
+slightly wounding the cavalier, and forcing his horse back on his
+haunches.  But the press of the fight soon parted the combatants,
+and, in the turmoil that ensued, Lerma was unhorsed, and left on
+the field covered with wounds. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: Herrera, Hist. General, ubi supra.  - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 2, cap. 36.
+
+Hernando Pizarro wore a surcoat of orange-colored velvet over his
+armour, according to Garcilasso, and before the battle sent
+notice of it to Orgonez, that the latter might distinguish him in
+the melee.  But a knight in Hernando's suite also wore the same
+colors, it appears, which led Orgonez into error.]
+
+There was no longer order, and scarcely resistance, among the
+followers of Almagro.  They fled, making the best of their way to
+Cuzco, and happy was the man who obtained quarter when he asked
+it.  Almagro himself, too feeble to sit so long on his horse,
+reclined on a litter, and from a neighbouring eminence surveyed
+the battle, watching its fluctuations with all the interest of
+one who felt that honor, fortune, life itself, hung on the issue.
+With agony not to be described, he had seen his faithful
+followers, after their hard struggle, borne down by their
+opponents, till, convinced that all was lost, he succeeded in
+mounting a mule, and rode off for a temporary refuge to the
+fortress of Cuzco.  Thither he was speedily followed, taken, and
+brought in triumph to the capital, where, ill as he was, he was
+thrown into irons, and confined in the same in the same apartment
+of the stone building in which he had imprisoned the Pizarros.
+
+The action lasted not quite two hours.  The number of killed,
+variously stated, was probably not less than a hundred and fifty,
+- one of the combatants calls it two hundred, *13 - a great
+number, considering the shortness of the time, and the small
+amount of forces engaged.  No account is given of the wounded.
+Wounds were the portion of the cavalier.  Pedro de Lerma is said
+to have received seventeen, and yet was taken alive from the
+field!  The loss fell chiefly on the followers of Almagro But the
+slaughter was not confined to the heat of the action.  Such was
+the deadly animosity of the parties, that several were murdered
+in cold blood, like Orgonez, after they had surrendered.  Pedro
+de Lerma himself, while lying on his sick couch in the quarters
+of a friend in Cuzco, was visited by a soldier, named Samaniego,
+whom he had once struck for an act of disobedience.  This person
+entered the solitary chamber of the wounded man, took his place
+by his bed-side, and then, upbraiding him for the insult, told
+him that he had come to wash it away in his blood!  Lerma in vain
+assured him, that, when restored to health, he would give him the
+satisfaction he desired.  The miscreant, exclaiming "Now is the
+hour!" plunged his sword into his bosom.  He lived several years
+to vaunt this atrocious exploit, which he proclaimed as a
+reparation to his honor.  It is some satisfaction to know that
+the insolence of this vaunt cost him his life. *14 - Such
+anecdotes, revolting as they are, illustrate not merely the
+spirit of the times, but that peculiarly ferocious spirit which
+is engendered by civil wars, - the most unforgiving in their
+character of any, but wars of religion.
+
+[Footnote 13: "Murieron en esta Batalla de las Salinas casi
+dozientos hombres de vna parte y de otra." (Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms.) Most authorities rate the loss at less.
+The treasurer Espinall, a partisan of Almagro, says they
+massacred a hundred and fifty after the fight, in cold blood.
+"Siguiecon el alcanze la mas cruelmente que en el mundo se ha
+visto, porque matavan a los hombres rendidos e desarmados, e por
+les quitar las armas los mataban si presto no se las quitaban, e
+trayendo a las ancas de un caballo a un Ruy Diaz viniendo rendido
+e desarmado le mataron, i desta manera mataron mas de ciento e
+cinquenta hombres" Carta, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 14: Carta de Espinall, Ms. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 2, lib. 2, cap. 38.
+
+He was hanged for this very crime by the governor of Puerto
+Viejo, about five years after this time, having outraged the
+feelings of that officer and the community by the insolent and
+open manner in which he boasted of his atrocious exploit.]
+
+In the hurry of the flight of one party, and the pursuit by the
+other, all pouring towards Cuzco, the field of battle had been
+deserted. But it soon swarmed with plunderers, as the Indians,
+descending like vultures from the mountains, took possession of
+the bloody ground, and, despoiling the dead, even to the minutest
+article of dress, left their corpses naked on the plain. *15 It
+has been thought strange that the natives should not have availed
+themselves of their superior numbers to fall on the victors after
+they had been exhausted by the battle.  But the scattered bodies
+of the Peruvians were without a leader; they were broken in
+spirits, moreover, by recent reverses, and the Castilians,
+although weakened for the moment by the struggle, were in far
+greater strength in Cuzco than they had ever been before.
+[Footnote 15: "Los Indios viendo la Batalla fenescida, ellos
+tambien se dejaron de la suia, iendo los vnos i los otros a
+desnudar los Espanoles muertos, i aun algunos vivos, que por sus
+heridas no se podian defender, porque como paso el tropel de la
+Gente, siguiendo la Victoria, no huvo quien se lo impidiese; de
+manera que dexaron en cueros a todos los caidos." Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 3, cap. 11]
+
+Indeed, the number of troops now assembled within its walls,
+amounting to full thirteen hundred, composed, as they were, of
+the most discordant materials, gave great uneasiness to Hernando
+Pizarro.  For there were enemies glaring on each other and on him
+with deadly though smothered rancor, and friends, if not so
+dangerous, not the less troublesome from their craving and
+unreasonable demands.  He had given the capital up to pillage,
+and his followers found good booty in the quarters of Almagro's
+officers.  But this did not suffice the more ambitious cavaliers;
+and they clamorously urged their services, and demanded to be
+placed in charge of some expedition, nothing doubting that it
+must prove a golden one.  All were in quest of an El Dorado.
+Hernando Pizarro acquiesced as far as possible in these desires,
+most willing to relieve himself of such importunate creditors.
+The expeditions, it is true, usually ended in disaster; but the
+country was explored by them.  It was the lottery of adventure;
+the prizes were few, but they were splendid; and in the
+excitement of the game, few Spaniards paused to calculate the
+chances of success.
+
+Among those who left the capital was Diego, the son of Almagro.
+Hernando was mindful to send him, with a careful escort, to his
+brother the governor, desirous to remove him at this crisis from
+the neighbourhood of his father. Meanwhile the marshal himself
+was pining away in prison under the combined influence of bodily
+illness and distress of mind. Before the battle of Salinas, it
+had been told to Hernando Pizarro that Almagro was like to die.
+"Heaven forbid," he exclaimed, "that this should come to pass
+before he falls into my hands!" *16 Yet the gods seemed now
+disposed to grant but half of this pious prayer, since his
+captive seemed about to escape him just as he had come into his
+power.  To console the unfortunate chief, Hernando paid him a
+visit in his prison, and cheered him with the assurance that he
+only waited for the governor's arrival to set him at liberty;
+adding, 'that, if Pizarro did not come soon to the capital, he
+himself would assume the responsibility of releasing him, and
+would furnish him with a conveyance to his brother's quarters."
+At the same time, with considerate attention to his comfort, he
+inquired of the marshal "what mode of conveyance would be best
+suited to his state of health." After this he continued to send
+him delicacies from his own table to revive his faded appetite.
+Almagro, cheered by these kind attentions, and by the speedy
+prospect of freedom, gradually mended in health and spirits. *17
+
+[Footnote 16: "Respondia Hernando Pizarro, que no le haria Dios
+tan gran mal, que le dexase morir, sin que le huviese a las
+manos." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6 lib. 4, cap. 5.]
+
+[Footnote 17: Ibid., dec. 6, lib. 4, cap. 9.]
+
+He little dreamed that all this while a process was industriously
+preparing against him.  It had been instituted immediately on his
+capture, and every one, however humble, who had any cause of
+complaint against the unfortunate prisoner, was invited to
+present it.  The summons was readily answered; and many an enemy
+now appeared in the hour of his fallen fortunes, like the base
+reptiles crawling into light amidst the ruins of some noble
+edifice; and more than one, who had received benefits from his
+hands, were willing to court the favor of his enemy by turning on
+their benefactor.  From these loath some sources a mass of
+accusations was collected which spread over four thousand folio
+pages!  Yet Almagro was the idol of his soldiers! *18
+[Footnote 18: "De tal manera que los Escrivanos no se davan
+manos, i ia tenian oscritas mas de dos mil hojas." Ibid., dec. 6,
+lib. 4, cap. 7.
+Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Conq. i Pob. del Piru, Ms. -
+Carta de Gutierrez, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. -
+Carta de Espinall, Ms.]
+Having completed the process, (July 8th, 1538,) it was not
+difficult to obtain a verdict against the prisoner.  The
+principal charges on which he was pronounced guilty were those of
+levying war against the Crown, and thereby occasioning the death
+of many of his Majesty's subjects; of entering into conspiracy
+with the Inca; and finally, of dispossessing the royal governor
+of the city of Cuzco.  On these charges he was condemned to
+suffer death as a traitor, by being publicly beheaded in the
+great square of the city.  Who were the judges, or what was the
+tribunal that condemned him, we are not informed. Indeed, the
+whole trial was a mockery; if that can be called a trial, where
+the accused himself is not even aware of the accusation.
+
+The sentence was communicated by a friar deputed for the purpose
+to Almagro.  The unhappy man, who all the while had been
+unconsciously slumbering on the brink of a precipice, could not
+at first comprehend the nature of his situation.  Recovering from
+the first shock, "It was impossible," he said, "that such wrong
+could be done him, - he would not believe it." He then besought
+Hernando Pizarro to grant him an interview. That cavalier, not
+unwilling, it would seem, to witness the agony of his captive,
+consented; and Almagro was so humbled by his misfortunes, that he
+condescended to beg for his life with the most piteous
+supplications.  He reminded Hernando of his ancient relations
+with his brother, and the good offices he had rendered him and
+his family in the earlier part of their career.  He touched on
+his acknowledged services to his country, and besought his enemy
+"to spare his gray hairs, and not to deprive him of the shore
+remnant of an existence from which he had now nothing more to
+fear." - To this the other coldly replied, that "he was surprised
+to see Almagro demean himself in a manner so unbecoming a brave
+cavalier; that his fate was no worse than had befallen many a
+soldier before him; and that, since God had given him the grace
+to be a Christian, he should employ his remaining moments in
+making up his account with Heaven!" *19
+[Footnote 19: "I que pues tuvo tanta gracia de Dios, que le hico
+Christiano, ordenase su Alma, i temiese a Dios." Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 6, lib. 5, cap. 1.]
+
+But Almagro was not to be silenced.  He urged the service he had
+rendered Hernando himself.  "This was a hard requital," he said,
+"for having spared his life so recently under similar
+circumstances, and that, too, when he had been urged again and
+again by those around him to take it away." And he concluded by
+menacing his enemy with the vengeance of the emperor, who would
+never suffer this outrage on one who had rendered such signal
+services to the Crown to go unrequited.  It was all in vain; and
+Hernando abruptly closed the conference by repeating, that "his
+doom was inevitable, and he must prepare to meet it." *20
+[Footnote 20: Ibid., ubi supra.
+
+The marshal appealed from the sentence of his judges to the
+Crown, supplicating his conqueror, (says the treasurer Espinall,
+in his letter to the emperor,) in terms that would have touched
+the heart of an infidel. "De la qual el dicho Adelantado apelo
+para ante V. M. i le rogo que por amor de Dios hincado de
+rodillas le otorgase el apelacion, diciendole que mirase sus
+canas e vejez e quanto havia servido a V. M. i qe el havia sido
+el primer escalon para que el 1 sus hermanos subiesen en el
+estado en que estavan, i diciendole otras muchas palabras de
+dolor e compasion que despues de muerto supe que dixo, que a
+qualquier hombre, aunque fuera infiel, moviera a piedad." Carta,
+Ms.]
+
+Almagro, finding that no impression was to be made on his
+iron-hearted conqueror, now seriously addressed himself to the
+settlement of his affairs.  By the terms of the royal grant he
+was empowered to name his successor.  He accordingly devolved his
+office on his son, appointing Diego de Alvarado, on whose
+integrity he had great reliance, administrator of the province
+during his minority.  All his property and possessions in Peru,
+of whatever kind, he devised to his master the emperor, assuring
+him that a large balance was still due to him in his unsettled
+accounts with Pizarro.  By this politic bequest, he hoped to
+secure the monarch's protection for his son, as well as a strict
+scrutiny into the affairs of his enemy.
+
+The knowledge of Almagro's sentence produced a deep sensation in
+the community of Cuzco.  All were amazed at the presumption with
+which one, armed with a little brief authority, ventured to sit
+in judgment on a person of Almagro's station.  There were few who
+did not call to mind some generous or good-natured act of the
+unfortunate veteran.  Even those who had furnished materials for
+the accusation, now startled by the tragic result to which it was
+to lead, were heard to denounce Hernando's conduct as that of a
+tyrant.  Some of the principal cavaliers, and among them Diego de
+Alvarado, to whose intercession, as we have seen Hernando
+Pizarro, when a captive, had owed his own life, waited on that
+commander, and endeavoured to dissuade him from so high-handed
+and atrocious a proceeding.  It was in vain.  But it had the
+effect of changing the mode of execution, which, instead of the
+public square, was now to take place in prison. *21
+
+[Footnote 21: Carta de Espinall, Ms. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms.,
+ano 1538.
+Bishop Valverde, as he assures the emperor, remonstrated with
+Francisco Pizarro in Lima, against allowing violence towards the
+marshal; urging it on him, as an imperative duty, to go himself
+at once to Cuzco, and set him at liberty.  "It was too grave a
+matter," he rightly added, "to trust to a third party." (Carta al
+Emperador, Ms.) The treasurer Espinall, then in Cuzco, made a
+similar ineffectual attempt to turn Hernando from his purpose.]
+
+On the day appointed, a strong corps of arquebusiers was drawn up
+in the plaza.  The guards were doubled over the houses were dwelt
+the principal partisans of Almagro.  The executioner, attended by
+a priest, stealthily entered his prison; and the unhappy man,
+after confessing and receiving the sacrament, submitted without
+resistance to the garrote. Thus obscurely, in the gloomy silence
+of a dungeon, perished the hero of a hundred battles!  His corpse
+was removed to the great square of the city, where, in obedience
+to the sentence, the head was severed from the body. A herald
+proclaimed aloud the nature of the crimes for which he had
+suffered; and his remains, rolled in their bloody shroud, were
+borne to the house of his friend Hernan Ponce de Leon, and the
+next day laid with all due solemnity in the church of Our Lady of
+Mercy.  The Pizarros appeared among the principal mourners.  It
+was remarked, that their brother had paid similar honors to the
+memory of Atahuallpa. *22
+[Footnote 22: Carta de Espinall, Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+loc. cit. - Carta de Valverde al Emperador, Ms. - Carta de
+Gutierrez, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. -
+Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1538.
+The date of Almagro's execution is not given; a strange omission;
+but of little moment, as that event must have followed soon on
+the condemnation.]
+
+Almagro, at the time of his death, was probably not far from
+seventy years of age.  But this is somewhat uncertain; for
+Almagro was a foundling, and his early history is lost in
+obscurity. *23 He had many excellent qualities by nature; and his
+defects, which were not few, may reasonably be palliated by the
+circumstances of his situation.  For what extenuation is not
+authorized by the position of a foundling, - without parents, or
+early friends, or teacher to direct him, - his little bark set
+adrift on the ocean of life, to take its chance among the rude
+billows and breakers, without one friendly hand stretched forth
+to steer or to save it!  The name of "foundling" comprehends an
+apology for much, very much, that is wrong in after life. *24
+
+[Footnote 23: Ante, vol. I. p. 207.]
+
+[Footnote 24: Montesinos, for want of a better pedigree, says, -
+"He was the son of his own great deeds, and such has been the
+parentage of many a famous hero!" (Annales, Ms., ano 1538.) It
+would go hard with a Castilian, if he could not make out
+something like a genealogy, - however shadowy.]
+He was a man of strong passions, and not too well used to control
+them. *25 But he was neither vindictive nor habitually cruel.  I
+have mentioned one atrocious outrage which he committed on the
+natives.  But insensibility to the rights of the Indian he shared
+with many a better-instructed Spaniard.  Yet the Indians, after
+his conviction, bore testimony to his general humanity, by
+declaring that they had no such friend among the white men. *26
+Indeed, far from being vindictive, he was placable, and easily
+yielded to others.  The facility with which he yielded, the
+result of good-natured credulity, made him too often the dupe of
+the crafty; and it showed, certainly, a want of that
+self-reliance which belongs to great strength of character.  Yet
+his facility of temper, and the generosity of his nature, made
+him popular with his followers.  No commander was ever more
+beloved by his soldiers.  His generosity was often carried to
+prodigality.  When he entered on the campaign of Chili, he lent a
+hundred thousand gold ducats to the poorer cavaliers to equip
+themselves, and afterwards gave them up the debt. *27 He was
+profuse to ostentation.  But his extravagance did him no harm
+among the roving spirits of the camp, with whom prodigality is
+apt to gain more favor than a strict and well-regulated economy.
+
+[Footnote 25: "Hera vn hombre muy profano, de muy mala lengua,
+que en enojandose tratava muy mal a todos los que con el andavan
+aunque fuesen cavalleros.  "(Descub. y Conq., Ms.) It is the
+portrait drawn by an enemy.]
+
+[Footnote 26: "Los Indios lloraban amargamente, diciendo, que de
+el nunca recibieron mal tratamiento." Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 6, lib. 5, cap. 1.]
+
+[Footnote 27: If we may credit Herrera, he distributed a hundred
+and eighty roads of silver and twenty of gold among his
+followers!  "Mando sacar de su Posada mas de ciento i ochenta
+cargas de Plata i veinte de Oro, i las repartio." (Dec. 5, lib.
+7, cap. 9.) A load was what a man could easily carry. Such a
+statement taxes our credulity, but it is difficult to set the
+proper limits to one's credulity, in what relates to this land of
+gold.]
+He was a good soldier, careful and judicious in his plans,
+patient and intrepid in their execution.  His body was covered
+with the scars of his battles, till the natural plainness of his
+person was converted almost into deformity.  He must not be
+judged by his closing campaign, when, depressed by disease, he
+yielded to the superior genius of his rival; but by his numerous
+expeditions by land and by water for the conquest of Peru and the
+remote Chili.  Yet it may be doubted whether he possessed those
+uncommon qualities, either as a warrior or as a man, that, in
+ordinary circumstances, would have raised him to distinction.  He
+was one of the three, or, to speak more strictly, of the two
+associates, who had the good fortune and the glory to make one of
+the most splendid discoveries in the Western World.  He shares
+largely in the credit of this with Pizarro; for, when he did not
+accompany that leader in his perilous expeditions, he contributed
+no less to their success by his exertions in the colonies.
+
+Yet his connection with that chief can hardly be considered a
+fortunate circumstance in his career.  A partnership between
+individuals for discovery and conquest is not likely to be very
+scrupulously observed, especially by men more accustomed to
+govern others than to govern themselves.  If causes for discord
+do not arise before, they will be sure to spring up on division
+of the spoil.  But this association was particularly
+ill-assorted.  For the free, sanguine, and confiding temper of
+Almagro was no match for the cool and crafty policy of Pizarro;
+and he was invariably circumvented by his companion, whenever
+their respective interests came in collision.
+
+Still the final ruin of Almagro may be fairly imputed to himself.
+He made two capital blunders.  The first was his appeal to arms
+by the seizure of Cuzco.  The determination of a boundary-line
+was not to be settled by arms. It was a subject for arbitration;
+and, if arbitrators could not be trusted, it should have been
+referred to the decision of the Crown.  But, having once appealed
+to arms, he should not then have resorted to negotiation, - above
+all, to negotiation with Pizarro.  This was his second and
+greatest error.  He had seen enough of Pizarro to know that he
+was not to be trusted.  Almagro did trust him, and he paid for it
+with his life.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter III
+
+Pizarro Revisits Cuzco. - Hernando Returns To Castile. - His long
+Imprisonment. - Commissioner Sent To Peru. - Hostilities With The
+Inca. -Pizarro's Active Administration. - Gonzalo Pizarro.
+
+1539-1540.
+
+
+On the departure of his brother in pursuit of Almagro, the
+Marquess Francisco Pizarro, as we have seen, returned to Lima.
+There he anxiously awaited the result of the campaign; and on
+receiving the welcome tidings of the victory of Las Salinas, he
+instantly made preparations for his march to Cuzco.  At Xauxa,
+however, he was long detained by the distracted state of the
+country, and still longer, as it would seem, by a reluctance to
+enter the Peruvian capital while the trial of Almagro was
+pending.
+
+He was met at Xauxa by the marshal's son Diego, who had been sent
+to the coast by Hernando Pizarro.  The young man was filled with
+the most gloomy apprehensions respecting his father's fate, and
+he besought the governor not to allow his brother to do him any
+violence.  Pizarro, who received Diego with much apparent
+kindness, bade him take heart, as no harm should come to his
+father; *1 adding, that he trusted their ancient friendship would
+soon be renewed.  The youth, comforted by these assurances, took
+his way to Lima, where, by Pizarro's orders, he was received into
+his house, and treated as a son.
+
+[Footnote 1: "I dixo, que no tuviese ninguna pena, porque no
+consentiria, que su Padre fuese muerto." Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 6, lib. 6, cap. 3.]
+The same assurances respecting the marshal's safety were given by
+the governor to Bishop Valverde, and some of the principal
+cavaliers who interested themselves in behalf of the prisoner. *2
+Still Pizarro delayed his march to the capital; and when he
+resumed it, he had advanced no farther than the Rio de Abancay
+when he received tidings of the death of his rival.  He appeared
+greatly shocked by the intelligence, his whole frame was
+agitated, and he remained for some time with his eyes bent on the
+ground, showing signs of strong emotion. *3
+
+[Footnote 2: "Que lo haria asi como lo decia, i que su de seo no
+era otro, sino ver el Reino en paz; i que en lo que tocaba al
+Adelantado, perdiese cuidado, que bolveria a tener el antigua
+amistad con el." Ibid., dec. 6, lib. 4, cap. 9.]
+
+[Footnote 3: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.
+
+He even shed many tears, derramo muchas lagrimas, according to
+Herrera, who evidently gives him small credit for them.  Ibid.,
+dec. 6, lib. 6, cap. 7. - Conf. lib 5 cap. 1.]
+
+Such is the account given by his friends.  A more probable
+version of the matter represents him to have been perfectly aware
+of the state of things at Cuzco.  When the trial was concluded,
+it is said he received a message from Hernando, inquiring what
+was to be done with the prisoner. He answered in a few words: -
+"Deal with him so that he shall give us no more trouble." *4 It
+is also stated that Hernando, afterwards, when laboring under the
+obloquy caused by Almagro's death, shielded himself under
+instructions affirmed to have been received from the governor. *5
+It is quite certain, that, during his long residence at Xauxa,
+the latter was in constant communication with Cuzco; and that had
+he, as Valverde repeatedly urged him, *6 quickened his march to
+that capital, he might easily have prevented the consummation of
+the tragedy. As commander-in-chief, Almagro's fate was in his
+hands; and, whatever his own partisans may affirm of his
+innocence, the impartial judgment of history must hold him
+equally accountable with Hernando for the death of his associate.
+[Footnote 4: "Respondio, que hiciese de manera, que el Adelantado
+no los pusiese en mas alborotos." (Ibid., dec. 6, lib. 6, cap.
+7.) "De todo esto," says Espinall, "fue sabidor el dicho
+Governador Pizarro a lo que mi juicio i el de otros que en ello
+quisieron mirar alcanzo." Carta de Espinall, Ms.]
+[Footnote 5: Ibid., dec. 6, lib. 5, cap. 1.
+
+Herrera's testimony is little short of that of a contemporary,
+since it was derived, he tells us, from the correspondence of the
+Conquerors, and the accounts given him by their own sons.  Lib.
+6, cap. 7.]
+
+[Footnote 6: Carta de Valverde al Emperador, Ms.]
+
+Neither did his subsequent conduct show any remorse for these
+proceedings.  He entered Cuzco, says one who was present there to
+witness it, amidst the flourish of clarions and trumpets, at the
+head of his martial cavalcade, and dressed in the rich suit
+presented him by Cortes, with the proud bearing and joyous mien
+of a conqueror. *7 When Diego de Alvarado applied to him for the
+government of the southern provinces, in the name of the young
+Almagro, whom his father, as we have seen, had consigned to his
+protection, Pizarro answered, that "the marshal, by his
+rebellion, had forfeited all claims to the government." And, when
+he was still further urged by the cavalier, he bluntly broke off
+the conversation by declaring that "his own territory covered all
+on this side of Flanders"! *8 - intimating, no doubt, by this
+magnificent vaunt, that he would endure no rival on this side of
+the water.
+
+[Footnote 7: "En este medio tiempo vino a la dicha cibdad del
+Cuzco el Gobernador D. Franco Pizarro, el qual entro con
+tronpetas i chirimias vestido con ropa de martas que fue e luto
+con que entro." Carta de Espinall, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 8: Carta de Espinall, Ms.
+
+"Mui asperamente le respondio el Governador, diciendo, que su
+Governacion no tenia Termino, i que llegaba hasta Flandes."
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 6, cap. 7.]
+
+In the same spirit, he had recently sent to supersede Benalcazar,
+the conqueror of Quito, who, he was informed, aspired to an
+independent government.  Pizarro's emissary had orders to send
+the offending captain to Lima; but Benalcazar, after pushing his
+victorious career far into the north, had returned to Castile to
+solicit his guerdon from the emperor.
+To the complaints of the injured natives, who invoked his
+protection, he showed himself strangely insensible, while the
+followers of Almagro he treated with undisguised contempt.  The
+estates of the leaders were confiscated, and transferred without
+ceremony to his own partisans. Hernando had made attempts to
+conciliate some of the opposite faction by acts of liberality,
+but they had refused to accept any thing from the man whose hands
+were stained with the blood of their commander. *9 The governor
+held to them no such encouragement; and many were reduced to such
+abject poverty, that, too proud to expose their wretchedness to
+the eyes of their conquerors, they withdrew from the city, and
+sought a retreat among the neighbouring mountains. *10
+
+[Footnote 9: "Avia querido hazer amigos de los principales de
+Chile, y ofrecidoles daria rrepartimientos y no lo avian aceptado
+ni querido." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 10: "Viendolas oy en dia, muertos de ambre, fechos
+pedazos e adeudados, andando por los montes desesperados por no
+parecer ante gentes, porque no tienen otra cosa que se vestir
+sino ropa de los Indios, ni dineros con que lo comprar" Carta de
+Espinall, Ms.]
+
+For his own brothers he provided by such ample repartimientos, as
+excited the murmurs of his adherents.  He appointed Gonzalo to
+the command of a strong force destined to act against the natives
+of Charcas, a hardy people occupying the territory assigned by
+the Crown to Almagro. Gonzalo met with a sturdy resistance, but,
+after some severe fighting, succeeded in reducing the province to
+obedience.  He was recompensed, together with Hernando, who aided
+him in the conquest, by a large grant in the neighbourhood of
+Porco, the productive mines of which had been partially wrought
+under the Incas.  The territory, thus situated, embraced part of
+those silver hills of Potosi which have since supplied Europe
+with such stores of the precious metals.  Hernando comprehended
+the capabilities of the ground, and he began working the mines on
+a more extensive scale than that hitherto adopted, though it does
+not appear that any attempt was then made to penetrate the rich
+crust of Potosi. *11 A few years more were to elapse before the
+Spaniards were to bring to light the silver quarries that lay
+hidden in the bosom of its mountains. *12
+
+[Footnote 11: "Con la quietud," writes Hernando Pizarro to the
+emperor, "questa tierra agora tiene han descubierto i descubren
+cada dia los vecinos muchas minas ricas de oro i plata, de que
+los quintos i rentas reales de V. M. cada dia se le ofrecen i
+hacer casa a todo el Mundo." Carta al Emperador, Ms., de Puerto
+Viejo, 6 de Julii, 1539.]
+[Footnote 12: Carta de Carbajal al Emperador, Ms., del Cuzco, 3
+de Nov. 1539. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Montesinos,
+Annales, Ms., ano 1539.
+
+The story is well known of the manner in which the mines of
+Potosi were discovered by an Indian, who pulled a bush out of the
+ground to the fibres of which a quantity of silver globules was
+attached.  The mine was not registered till 1545.  The account is
+given by Acosta, lib. 4, cap. 6.]
+It was now the great business of Hernando to collect a sufficient
+quantity of treasure to take with him to Castile.  Nearly a year
+had elapsed since Almagro's death; and it was full time that he
+should return and present himself at court, where Diego de
+Alvarado and other friends of the marshal, who had long since
+left Peru, were industriously maintaining the claims of the
+younger Almagro, as well as demanding redress for the wrongs done
+to his father.  But Hernando looked confidently to his gold to
+dispel the accusations against him.
+
+Before his departure, he counselled his brother to beware of the
+"men of Chili," as Almagro's followers were called; desperate
+men, who would stick at nothing, he said, for revenge.  He
+besought the governor not to allow them to consort together in
+any number within fifty miles of his person; if he did, it would
+be fatal to him.  And he concluded by recommending a strong
+body-guard; "for I," he added, "shall not be here to watch over
+you." But the governor laughed at the idle fears, as he termed
+them, of his brother, bidding the latter take no thought of him,
+"as every hair in the heads of Almagro's followers was a guaranty
+for his safety." *13 He did not know the character of his enemies
+so well as Hernando.
+
+[Footnote 13: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 6, cap. 10. -
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 3, cap. 12. - Gomara, Hist de las
+Ind., cap. 142.
+"No consienta vuestra senoria que se junten diez juntos en
+cinquenta leguas alrrededor de adonde vuestra senoria estuviere,
+porque si los dexa juntar le an de matar.  Si a Vuestra Senoria
+matan, yo negociare mal y de vuestra senoria no quedara memoria.
+Estas palabras dixo Hernando Picarro altas que todos le oymos.  Y
+abracando al marquez se partio y se fue." Pedro Pizarro, Descub.
+y Conq., Ms.]
+
+The latter soon after embarked at Lima in the summer of 1539.  He
+did not take the route of Panama, for he had heard that it was
+the intention of the authorities there to detain him.  He made a
+circuitous passage, therefore, by way of Mexico, landed in the
+Bay of Tecoantepec, and was making his way across the narrow
+strip that divides the great oceans, when he was arrested and
+taken to the capital.  But the Viceroy Mendoza did not consider
+that he had a right to detain him, and he was suffered to embark
+at Vera Cruz, and to proceed on his voyage.  Still he did not
+deem it safe to trust himself in Spain without further advices.
+He accordingly put in at one of the Azores, where he remained
+until he could communicate with home.  He had some powerful
+friends at court, and by them he was encouraged to present
+himself before the emperor.  He took their advice, and, shortly
+after, reached the Spanish coast in safety. *14
+[Footnote 14: Carta de Hernando Pizarro al Emperador, Ms. -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 6, cap. 10. - Montesinos,
+Annales, Ms., ano 1539.]
+The Court was at Valladolid; but Hernando, who made his entrance
+into that city, with great pomp and a display of his Indian
+riches, met with a reception colder than he had anticipated. *15
+For this he was mainly indebted to Diego de Alvarado, who was
+then residing there, and who, as a cavalier of honorable
+standing, and of high connections, had considerable influence.
+He had formerly, as we have seen, by his timely interposition,
+more than once saved the life of Hernando; and he had consented
+to receive a pecuniary obligation from him to a large amount.
+But all were now forgotten in the recollection of the wrong done
+to his commander; and, true to the trust reposed in him by that
+chief in his dying hour, he had come to Spain to vindicate the
+claims of the young Almagro.
+[Footnote 15: Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 143.]
+
+But although coldly received at first, Hernando's presence, and
+his own version of the dispute with Almagro, aided by the golden
+arguments which he dealt with no stinted hand, checked the
+current of indignation, and the opinion of his judges seemed for
+a time suspended.  Alvarado, a cavalier more accustomed to the
+prompt and decisive action of a camp than to the tortuous
+intrigues of a court, chafed at the delay, and challenged
+Hernando to settle their quarrel by single combat.  But his
+prudent adversary had no desire to leave the issue to such an
+ordeal; and the affair was speedily terminated by the death of
+Alvarado himself, which happened five days after the challenge.
+An event so opportune naturally suggested the suspicion of
+poison. *16
+
+[Footnote 16: "Pero todo lo atajo la repentina muerte de Diego de
+Alvarado, que sucedio luego en cinco dias, no sin sospecha de
+veneno." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 8, cap. 9.]
+
+But his accusations had not wholly fallen to the ground; and
+Hernando Pizarro had carried measures with too high a hand, and
+too grossly outraged public sentiment, to be permitted to escape.
+He received no formal sentence, but he was imprisoned in the
+strong fortress of Medina del Campo, where he was allowed to
+remain for twenty years, when in 1560, after a generation had
+nearly passed away, and time had, in some measure, thrown its
+softening veil over the past, he was suffered to regain his
+liberty. *17 But he came forth an aged man, bent down with
+infirmities and broken in spirit, - an object of pity, rather
+than indignation.  Rarely has retributive justice been meted out
+in fuller measure to offenders so high in authority, - most
+rarely in Castile. *18
+
+[Footnote 17: This date is established by Quintana, from a legal
+process instituted by Hernando's grandson, in vindication of the
+title of Marquess, in the year 1625.]
+
+[Footnote 18: Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Pizarro y
+Orellana, Varones Ilustres p 341. - Montesinos, Annales, M., ano
+1539. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 142.]
+
+Yet Hernando bore this long imprisonment with an equanimity
+which, had it been founded on principle, might command our
+respect.  He saw brothers and kindred, all on whom he leaned for
+support cut off one after another; his fortune, in part,
+confiscated, while he was involved in expensive litigation for
+the remainder; *19 his fame blighted, his career closed in an
+untimely hour, himself an exile in the heart of his own country;
+- yet he bore it all with the constancy of a courageous spirit.
+Though very old when released, he still survived several years,
+and continued to the extraordinary age of a hundred. *20 He lived
+long enough to see friends, rivals, and foes all called away to
+their account before him.
+
+[Footnote 19: Caro de Torres gives a royal cedula in reference to
+the working of the silver mines of Porco, still owned by Hernando
+Pizarro, in 1555; and another document of nearly the same date,
+noticing his receipt of ten thousand ducats by the fleet from
+Peru.  (Historia de las Ordenes Militares Madrid, 1629, p. 144.)
+Hernando's grandson was created by Philip IV. Marquess of the
+Conquest, Marques de la Conquista, with a liberal pension from
+government.  Pizarro y Orellana, Varones Ilustres, p. 342, and
+Discurso, p. 72.]
+
+[Footnote 20: "Multos da, Jupiter, annos", the greatest boon, in
+Pizarro y Orellana's opinion, that Heaven can confer!  "Diole
+Dios, por todo, el premio mayor desta vida, pues fue tan larga,
+que excedio de cien anos." (Varones Ilustres, p. 342) According
+to the same somewhat partial authority, Hernando died, as he had
+lived, in the odor of sanctity! "Viviendo aprender a morir, y
+saber morir, quando llego la muerte.]
+Hernando Pizarro was in many respects a remarkable character.  He
+was the eldest of the brothers, to whom he was related only by
+the father's side, for he was born in wedlock, of honorable
+parentage on both sides of his house.  In his early years, he
+received a good education, - good for the time.  He was taken by
+his father while quite young, to Italy, and there learned the art
+of war under the Great Captain.  Little is known of his history
+after his return to Spain; but, when his brother had struck out
+for himself his brilliant career of discovery in Peru, Hernando
+consented to take part in his adventures.
+
+He was much deferred to by Francisco, not only as his elder
+brother, but from his superior education and his knowledge of
+affairs.  He was ready in his perceptions, fruitful in resources,
+and possessed of great vigor in action.  Though courageous, he
+was cautious; and his counsels, when not warped by passion, were
+wise and wary.  But he had other qualities, which more than
+counterbalanced the good resulting from excellent parts and
+attainments.  His ambition and avarice were insatiable.  He was
+supercilious even to his equals; and he had a vindictive temper,
+which nothing could appease.  Thus, instead of aiding his brother
+in the Conquest, he was the evil genius that blighted his path.
+He conceived from the first an unwarrantable contempt for
+Almagro, whom he regarded as his brother's rival, instead of what
+he then was, the faithful partner of his fortunes.  He treated
+him with personal indignity, and, by his intrigues at court, had
+the means of doing him sensible injury.  He fell into Almagro's
+hands, and had nearly paid for these wrongs with his life.  This
+was not to be forgiven by Hernando, and he coolly waited for the
+hour of revenge.  Yet the execution of Almagro was a most
+impolitic act; for an evil passion can rarely be gratified with
+impunity.  Hernando thought to buy off justice with the gold of
+Peru.  He had studied human nature on its weak and wicked side,
+and he expected to profit by it.  Fortunately, he was deceived.
+He had, indeed, his revenge; but the hour of his revenge was that
+of his ruin.
+
+The disorderly state of Peru was such as to demand the immediate
+interposition of government.  In the general license that
+prevailed there, the rights of the Indian and of the Spaniard
+were equally trampled under foot.  Yet the subject was one of
+great difficulty; for Pizarro's authority was now firmly
+established over the country, which itself was too remote from
+Castile to be readily controlled at home.  Pizarro, moreover, was
+a man not easy to be approached, confident in his own strength,
+jealous of interference, and possessed of a fiery temper, which
+would kindle into a flame at the least distrust of the
+government.  It would not answer to send out a commission to
+suspend him from the exercise of his authority until his conduct
+could be investigated, as was done with Cortes, and other great
+colonial officers, on whose rooted loyalty the Crown could
+confidently rely.  Pizarro's loyalty sat, it was feared, too
+lightly on him to be a powerful restraint on his movements; and
+there were not wanting those among his reckless followers, who,
+in case of extremity, would be prompt to urge him to throw off
+his allegiance altogether, and set up an independent government
+for himself.
+
+Some one was to be sent out, therefore, who should possess, in
+some sort, a controlling, or, at least, concurrent power with the
+dangerous chief, while ostensibly he should act only in
+subordination to him.  The person selected for this delicate
+mission, was the Licentiate Vaca de Castro, a member of the Royal
+Audience of Valladolid.  He was a learned judge, a man of
+integrity and wisdom, and, though not bred to arms, had so much
+address, and such knowledge of character, as would enable him
+readily to turn the resources of others to his own account.
+
+His commission was guarded in a way which showed the
+embarrassment of the government.  He was to appear before Pizarro
+in the capacity of a royal judge; to consult with him on the
+redress of grievances, especially with reference to the
+unfortunate natives; to concert measures for the prevention of
+future evils; and above all, to possess himself faithfully of the
+condition of the country in all its details, and to transmit
+intelligence of it to the Court of Castile.  But, in case of
+Pizarro's death, he was to produce his warrant as royal governor,
+and as such to claim the obedience of the authorities throughout
+the land. - Events showed the wisdom of providing for this latter
+contingency. *21
+[Footnote 21: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Gomara, Hist.
+de las Ind., cap. 146. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 8,
+cap 9. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms. ano 1540.
+
+This latter writer sees nothing short of a "divine mystery" in
+this forecast of government, so singularly sustained by events.
+"Prevencion del gran espiritu del Rey, no sin misterio." Ubi
+supra.]
+
+The licentiate, thus commissioned, quitted his quiet residence at
+Valladolid, embarked at Seville, in the autumn of 1540, and,
+after a tedious voyage across the Atlantic, he traversed the
+Isthmus, and, encountering a succession of tempests on the
+Pacific, that had nearly sent his frail bark to the bottom, put
+in with her, a mere wreck, at the northerly port of Buenaventura.
+*22 The affairs of the country were in a state to require his
+presence.
+
+[Footnote 22: Or, as the port should rather be called, Mala
+Ventura, as Pedro Pizarro punningly remarks.  "Tuvo tan mal viaje
+en la mar que vbo de desembarcar en la Buena Ventura, aunque yo
+la llamo Mala.  Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+The civil war which had lately distracted the land had left it in
+so unsettled a state, that the agitation continued long after the
+immediate cause had ceased.  This was especially the case among
+the natives.  In the violent transfer of repartimientos, the poor
+Indian hardly knew to whom he was to look as his master.  The
+fierce struggles between the rival chieftains left him equally in
+doubt whom he was to regard as the rulers of the land.  As to the
+authority of a common sovereign, across the waters, paramount
+over all, he held that in still greater distrust; for what was
+the authority which could not command the obedience even of its
+own vassals? *23 The Inca Manco was not slow in taking advantage
+of this state of feeling.  He left his obscure fastnesses in the
+depths of the Andes, and established himself with a strong body
+of followers in the mountain country lying between Cuzco and the
+coast.  From this retreat, he made descents on the neighbouring
+plantations, destroying the houses, sweeping off the cattle, and
+massacring the people.  He fell on travellers, as they were
+journeying singly or in caravans from the coast, and put them to
+death - it is told by his enemies - with cruel tortures. Single
+detachments were sent against him, from time to time, but without
+effect.  Some he eluded, others he defeated; and, on one
+occasion, cut off a party of thirty troopers, to a man. *24
+
+[Footnote 23: "Piensan que les mienten los que aca les dizen que
+ai un gran Senor en Castilla, viendo que aca pelean unos
+capitanes contra otros; y piensan que no ai otro Rei sino aquel
+que venze al otro, porque aca entrellos no se acostumbra que un
+capitan pelee contra otro, estando entrambos debaxo de un Senor"
+Carta de Valverde al Emperador, Ms.]
+[Footnote 24: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib 6, cap. 7. -
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Carta de Espinall, Ms. -
+Carta de Valverde al Emperador, Ms.]
+
+At length, Pizarro found it necessary to send a considerable
+force under his brother Gonzalo against the Inca.  The hardy
+Indian encountered his enemy several times in the rough passes of
+the Cordilleras.  He was usually beaten, and sometimes with heavy
+loss, which he repaired with astonishing facility; for he always
+contrived to make his escape, and so true were his followers,
+that, in defiance of pursuit and ambuscade, he found a safe
+shelter in the secret haunts of the sierra.
+
+Thus baffled, Pizarro determined to try the effect of pacific
+overtures.  He sent to the Inca, both in his own name, and in
+that of the Bishop of Cuzco, whom the Peruvian prince held in
+reverence, to invite him to enter into negotiation. *25 Manco
+acquiesced, and indicated, as he had formerly done with Almagro,
+the valley of Yucay, as the scene of it.  The governor repaired
+thither, at the appointed time, well guarded, and, to propitiate
+the barbarian monarch, sent him a rich present by the hands of an
+African slave.  The slave was met on the route by a party of the
+Inca's men, who, whether with or without their master's orders,
+cruelly murdered him, and bore off the spoil to their quarters.
+Pizarro resented this outrage by another yet more atrocious.
+
+[Footnote 25: The Inca declined the interview with the bishop, on
+the ground that he had seen him pay obeisance by taking off his
+cap to Pizarro.  It proved his inferiority to the latter, he
+said, and that he could never protect him against the governor.
+The passage in which it is related is curious.  "Preguntando a
+indios del inca que anda alzado que si sabe el inca que yo soi
+venido a la tierra en nombre de S. M. para defendellos, dixo que
+mui bien lo sabia; y preguntado que porque no se benia a mi de
+paz, dixo el indio que dezia el inca que porque yo quando vine
+hize la mocha al gobernador, que quiere dezir que le quite el
+Bonete; que no queria venir a mi de paz, que el que no havia de
+venir de paz sino a uno que viniese de castilla que no hiziese la
+mocha al gobernador, porque le paresze a el que este lo podra
+defender por lo que ha hecho y no otro." Carta de Valverde al
+Emperador, Ms]
+
+Among the Indian prisoners was one of the Inca's wives, a young
+and beautiful woman, to whom he was said to be fondly attached.
+The governor ordered her to be stripped naked, bound to a tree,
+and, in presence of the camp, to be scourged with rods, and then
+shot to death with arrows.  The wretched victim bore the
+execution of the sentence with surprising fortitude.  She did not
+beg for mercy, where none was to be found.  Not a complaint,
+scarcely a groan, escaped her under the infliction of these
+terrible torments.  The iron Conquerors were amazed at this power
+of endurance in a delicate woman, and they expressed their
+admiration, while they condemned the cruelty of their commander,
+- in their hearts. *26 Yet constancy under the most excruciating
+tortures that human cruelty can inflict is almost the universal
+characteristic of the American Indian.
+[Footnote 26: At least, we may presume they did so, since they
+openly condemn him in their accounts of the transaction.  I quote
+Pedro Pizarro, not disposed to criticise the conduct of his
+general too severely.  "Se tomo una muger de mango ynga que le
+queria mucho y se guardo, creyendo que por ella saldria de paz.
+Esta muger mando matar al marquez despues en Yncay, haziendola
+varear con varas y flechar con flechas por una burla que mango
+ynga le hizo que aqui contare, y entiendo yo que por esta
+crueldad y otra hermana del ynga que mando matar en Lima quando
+los yndios pusieron cerco sobrella que se llamava Acarpay.  me
+paresce a mi que nuestro senor le castigo en el fin que tuvo."
+Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+Pizarro now prepared, as the most effectual means of checking
+these disorders among the natives, to establish settlements in
+the heart of the disaffected country.  These settlements, which
+received the dignified name of cities, might be regarded in the
+light of military colonies.  The houses were usually built of
+stone, to which were added the various public offices, and
+sometimes a fortress.  A municipal corporation was organized.
+Settlers were invited by the distribution of large tracts of land
+in the neighbourhood, with a stipulated number of Indian vassals
+to each.  The soldiers then gathered there, sometimes accompanied
+by their wives and families; for the women of Castile seem to
+have disdained the impediments of sex, in the ardor of conjugal
+attachment, or, it may be, of romantic adventure.  A populous
+settlement rapidly grew up in the wilderness, affording
+protection to the surrounding territory, and furnishing a
+commercial depot for the country, and an armed force ready at all
+times to maintain public order.
+
+Such a settlement was that now made at Guamanga, midway between
+Cuzco and Lima, which effectually answered its purpose by
+guarding the communications with the coast. *27 Another town was
+founded in the mining district of Charcas, under the appropriate
+name of the Villa de la Plata, the "City of Silver." And Pizarro,
+who journeyed by a circuitous route along the shores of the
+southern sea towards Lima, established the city of Arequipa,
+since arisen to such commercial celebrity.
+
+[Footnote 27: Cieza de Leon notices the uncommon beauty and
+solidity of the buildings at Guamanga.  "La qual han edificado
+las mayores y mejores casas que ay en todo el Peru, todas de
+piedra, ladrillo, y teja, con grandes torres: de manera que no
+falta aposentos.  La placa esta llana y bien grande' Cronica,
+cap. 87.]
+
+Once more in his favorite capital of Lima, the governor found
+abundant occupation in attending to its municipal concerns, and
+in providing for the expansive growth of its population.  Nor was
+he unmindful of the other rising settlements on the Pacific.  He
+encouraged commerce with the remoter colonies north of Peru, and
+took measures for facilitating internal intercourse.  He
+stimulated industry in all its branches, paying great attention
+to husbandry, and importing seeds of the different European
+grains, which he had the satisfaction, in a short time, to see
+thriving luxuriantly in a country where the variety of soil and
+climate afforded a home for almost every product. *28 Above all,
+he promoted the working of the mines, which already began to make
+such returns, that the most common articles of life rose to
+exorbitant prices, while the precious metals themselves seemed
+the only things of little value. But they soon changed hands, and
+found their way to the mother-country, where they rose to their
+true level as they mingled with the general currency of Europe.
+The Spaniards found that they had at length reached the land of
+which they had been so long in search, - the land of gold and
+silver.  Emigrants came in greater numbers to the country, and,
+spreading over its surface, formed in the increasing population
+the most effectual barrier against the rightful owners of the
+soil. *29
+
+[Footnote 28: "I con que ia comencaba a haver en aquellas Tierras
+cosecha de Trigo, Cevada, i otras muchas cosas de Castilla."
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 10, cap. 2.]
+
+[Footnote 29: Carta de Carvajal al Emperador, Ms. - Montesinos,
+Annales, Ms., anos 1539 et 1541. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y
+Conq., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6 lib. 7, cap. 1. -
+Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 76 et alibi.]
+Pizarro, strengthened by the arrival of fresh adventurers, now
+turned his attention to the remoter quarters of the country.
+Pedro de Valdivia was sent on his memorable expedition to Chili;
+and to his own brother Gonzalo the governor assigned the
+territory of Quito, with instructions to explore the unknown
+country towards the east, where, as report said, grew the
+cinnamon.  As this chief, who had hitherto acted but a
+subordinate part in the Conquest, is henceforth to take the most
+conspicuous, it may be well to give some account of him.
+
+Little is known of his early life, for he sprang from the same
+obscure origin with Francisco, and seems to have been as little
+indebted as his elder brother to the fostering care of his
+parents.  He entered early on the career of a soldier; a career
+to which every man in that iron age, whether cavalier or
+vagabond, seems, if left to himself, to have most readily
+inclined.  Here he soon distinguished himself by his skill in
+martial exercises, was an excellent horseman, and, when he came
+to the New World, was esteemed the best lance in Peru. *30
+
+[Footnote 30: The cavalier Pizarro y Orellana has given
+biographical notices of each of the brothers.  It requires no
+witchcraft to detect that the blood of the Pizarros flowed in the
+veins of the writer to his fingers' ends.  Yet his facts are less
+suspicious than his inferences.]
+In talent and in expansion of views, he was inferior to his
+brothers. Neither did he discover the same cool and crafty
+policy; but he was equally courageous, and in the execution of
+his measures quite as unscrupulous.  He had a handsome person,
+with open, engaging features, a free, soldier-like address, and a
+confiding temper, which endeared him to his followers.  His
+spirit was high and adventurous, and, what was equally important,
+he could inspire others with the same spirit, and thus do much to
+insure the success of his enterprises.  He was an excellent
+captain in guerilla warfare, an admirable leader in doubtful and
+difficult expeditions; but he had not the enlarged capacity for a
+great military chief, still less for a civil ruler.  It was his
+misfortune to be called to fill both situations.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter IV
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro's Expedition. - Passage Across The Mountains. -
+Discovers The Napo. - Incredible Sufferings. - Orellana Sails
+Down The Amazon. - Despair Of The Spaniards. - The Survivors
+Return To Quito.
+
+1540-1542.
+
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro received the news of his appointment to the
+government of Quito with undisguised pleasure; not so much for
+the possession that it gave him of this ancient Indian province,
+as for the field that it opened for discovery towards the east, -
+the fabled land of Oriental spices, which had long captivated the
+imagination of the Conquerors.  He repaired to his government
+without delay, and found no difficulty in awakening a kindred
+enthusiasm to his own in the bosoms of his followers.  In a short
+time, he mustered three hundred and fifty Spaniards, and four
+thousand Indians.  One hundred and fifty of his company were
+mounted, and all were equipped in the most thorough manner for
+the undertaking.  He provided, moreover, against famine by a
+large stock of provisions, and an immense drove of swine which
+followed in the rear *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. lib. 8, cap. 6, 7. -
+Garcilasso, Com Real., Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 2. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 1, 2. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap.
+143. - Montesinos, Annales, ano 1539.
+Historians differ as to the number of Gonzalo's forces, - of his
+men, his horses, and his hogs.  The last, according to Herrera,
+amounted to no less than 5000; a goodly supply of bacon for so
+small a troop, since the Indians, doubtless, lived on parched
+corn, coca, which usually formed their only support on the
+longest journeys.]
+
+It was the beginning of 1540, when he set out on this celebrated
+expedition.  The first part of the journey was attended with
+comparatively little difficulty, while the Spaniards were yet in
+the land of the Incas; for the distractions of Peru had not been
+felt in this distant province, where the simple people still
+lived as under the primitive sway of the Children of the Sun.
+But the scene changed as they entered the territory of Quixos,
+where the character of the inhabitants, as well as of the
+climate, seemed to be of another description.  The country was
+traversed by lofty ranges of the Andes, and the adventurers were
+soon entangled in their deep and intricate passes.  As they rose
+into the more elevated regions, the icy winds that swept down the
+sides of the Cordilleras benumbed their limbs, and many of the
+natives found a wintry grave in the wilderness.  While crossing
+this formidable barrier, they experienced one of those tremendous
+earthquakes which, in these volcanic regions, so often shake the
+mountains to their base.  In one place, the earth was rent
+asunder by the terrible throes of Nature, while streams of
+sulphurous vapor issued from the cavity, and a village with some
+hundreds of houses was precipitated into the frightful abyss! *2
+
+[Footnote 2: Zarate states the number with precision at five
+hundred houses. "Sobrevino vn tan gran Terremoto, con temblor, i
+tempestad de Agua, i Relampagos, i Raios, i grandes Truenos, que
+abriendose la Tierra por muchas partes, se hundieron quinientas
+Casas." (Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 2.) There is nothing so
+satisfactory to the mind of the reader as precise numbers; and
+nothing so little deserving of his confidence.]
+On descending the eastern slopes, the climate changed; and, as
+they came on the lower level, the fierce cold was succeeded by a
+suffocating heat, while tempests of thunder and lightning,
+rushing from out the gorges of the sierra, poured on their heads
+with scarcely any intermission day or night, as if the offended
+deities of the place were willing to take vengeance on the
+invaders of their mountain solitudes.  For more than six weeks
+the deluge continued unabated, and the forlorn wanderers, wet,
+and weary with incessant toil, were scarcely able to drag their
+limbs along the soil broken up and saturated with the moisture.
+After some months of toilsome travel, in which they had to cross
+many a morass and mountain stream, they at length reached
+Canelas, the Land of Cinnamon. *3 They saw the trees bearing the
+precious bark, spreading out into broad forests; yet, however
+valuable an article for commerce it might have proved in
+accessible situations, in these remote regions it was of little
+worth to them.  But, from the wandering tribes of savages whom
+they had occasionally met in their path, they learned that at ten
+days' distance was a rich and fruitful land abounding with gold,
+and inhabited by populous nations.  Gonzalo Pizarro had already
+reached the limits originally proposed for the expedition.  But
+this intelligence renewed his hopes, and he resolved to push the
+adventure farther.  It would have been well for him and his
+followers, had they been content to return on their footsteps.
+
+[Footnote 3: Canela is the Spanish for cinnamon.]
+
+Continuing their march, the country now spread out into broad
+savannas terminated by forests, which, as they drew near, seemed
+to stretch on every side to the very verge of the horizon.  Here
+they beheld trees of that stupendous growth seen only in the
+equinoctial regions. Some were so large, that sixteen men could
+hardly encompass them with extended arms! *4 The wood was thickly
+matted with creepers and parasitical vines, which hung in
+gaudy-colored festoons from tree to tree, clothing them in a
+drapery beautiful to the eye, but forming an impenetrable
+network.  At every step of their way, they were obliged to hew
+open a passage with their axes, while their garments, rotting
+from the effects of the drenching rains to which they had been
+exposed, caught in every bush and bramble, and hung about them in
+shreds. *5 Their provisions, spoiled by the weather, had long
+since failed, and the live stock which they had taken with them
+had either been consumed or made their escape in the woods and
+mountain passes.  They had set out with nearly a thousand dogs,
+many of them of the ferocious breed used in hunting down the
+unfortunate natives.  These they now gladly killed, but their
+miserable carcasses furnished a lean banquet for the famishing
+travellers; and, when these were gone, they had only such herbs
+and dangerous roots as they could gather in the forest. *6
+
+[Footnote 4: This, allowing six feet for the spread of a man's
+arms, would be about ninety-six feet in circumference, or
+thirty-two feet in diameter; larger, probably, than the largest
+tree known in Europe.  Yet it falls short of that famous giant of
+the forests mentioned by M. de Humboldt as still flourishing in
+the intendancy of Oaxaca, which, by the exact measurement of a
+traveller in 1839, was found to be a hundred and twelve feet in
+circumference at the height of four feet from the ground.  This
+height may correspond with that of the measurement taken by the
+Spaniards. See a curious and learned article on Forest-trees in
+No. 124 of the North American Review.]
+[Footnote 5: The dramatist Molina, in his play of "Las Amazonas
+en las Indias," has devoted some dozen columns of redondillas to
+an account of the sufferings of his countrymen in the expedition
+to the Amazon.  The poet reckoned confidently on the patience of
+his audience.  The following verses describe the miserable
+condition to which the Spaniards were reduced by the incessant
+rains.
+
+"Sin que el Sol en este tiempo
+Su cara ver nos permita,
+Ni las nubes taberneras
+Cessen de echamos encima
+Dilubios inagotables,
+Que hasta el alma nos bautizan.
+Cayeron los mas enfermos,
+Porque las ropas podridas
+Con el eterno agua va,
+Nos dexo en las carnes vivas."]
+
+[Footnote 6: Capitulacion con Orellana, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 143. -
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 2. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 6, lib. 8, cap. 6, 7. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2,
+lib. 3, cap. 2.
+
+The last writer obtained his information, as he tells us, from
+several who were present in the expedition.  The reader may be
+assured that it has lost nothing is coming through his hands.]
+
+At length the way-worn company came on a broad expanse of water
+formed by the Napo, one of the great tributaries of the Amazon,
+and which, though only a third or fourth rate river in America,
+would pass for one of the first magnitude in the Old World.  The
+sight gladdened their hearts, as, by winding along its banks,
+they hoped to find a safer and more practicable route.  After
+traversing its borders for a considerable distance, closely beset
+with thickets which it taxed their strength to the utmost to
+overcome, Gonzalo and his party came within hearing of a rushing
+noise that sounded like subterranean thunder.  The river, lashed
+into fury, tumbled along over rapids with frightful velocity, and
+conducted them to the brink of a magnificent cataract, which, to
+their wondering fancies, rushed down in one vast volume of foam
+to the depth of twelve hundred feet! *7 The appalling sounds
+which they had heard for the distance of six leagues were
+rendered yet more oppressive to the spirits by the gloomy
+stillness of the surrounding forests.  The rude warriors were
+filled with sentiments of awe.  Not a bark dimpled the waters.
+No living thing was to be seen but the wild tenants of the
+wilderness, the unwieldy boa, and the loathsome alligator basking
+on the borders of the stream. The trees towering in wide-spread
+magnificence towards the heavens, the river rolling on in its
+rocky bed as it had rolled for ages, the solitude and silence of
+the scene, broken only by the hoarse fall of waters, or the faint
+rustling of the woods, - all seemed to spread out around them in
+the same wild and primitive state as when they came from the
+hands of the Creator.
+
+[Footnote 7: "Al cabo de este largo camino hallaron que el rio
+hazia vn salto de una pena de mas de dozientas bracas de alto:
+que hazia tan gran ruydo, que lo oyeron mas de seys leguas antes
+que llegassen a el." (Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, nb. 3,
+cap. 3.) I find nothing to confirm or to confute the account of
+this stupendous cataract in later travellers, not very numerous
+in these wild regions.  The alleged height of the falls, twice
+that of the great cataract of the Tequendama in the Bogota, as
+measured by Humboldt, usually esteemed the highest in America, is
+not so great as that of some of the cascades thrown over the
+precipices in Switzerland.  Yet the estimates of the Spaniards,
+who, in the gloomy state of their feelings, were doubtless keenly
+alive to impressions of the sublime and the terrible, cannot
+safely be relied on.]
+
+For some distance above and below the falls, the bed of the river
+contracted so that its width did not exceed twenty feet.  Sorely
+pressed by hunger, the adventurers determined, at all hazards, to
+cross to the opposite side, in hopes of finding a country that
+might afford them sustenance.  A frail bridge was constructed by
+throwing the huge trunks of trees across the chasm, where the
+cliffs, as if split asunder by some convulsion of nature,
+descended sheer down a perpendicular depth of several hundred
+feet.  Over this airy causeway the men and horses succeeded in
+effecting their passage with the loss of a single Spaniard, who,
+made giddy by heedlessly looking down, lost his footing and fell
+into the boiling surges below.
+
+Yet they gained little by the exchange.  The country wore the
+same unpromising aspect, and the river-banks were studded with
+gigantic trees, or fringed with impenetrable thickets.  The
+tribes of Indians, whom they occasionally met in the pathless
+wilderness, were fierce and unfriendly, and they were engaged in
+perpetual skirmishes with them.  From these they learned that a
+fruitful country was to be found down the river at the distance
+of only a few days' journey, and the Spaniards held on their
+weary way, still hoping and still deceived, as the promised land
+flitted before them, like the rain bow, receding as they
+advanced.
+At length, spent with toil and suffering, Gonzalo resolved to
+construct a bark large enough to transport the weaker part of his
+company and his baggage.  The forests furnished him with timber;
+the shoes of the horses which had died on the road or been
+slaughtered for food, were converted into nails; gum distilled
+from the trees took the place of pitch, and the tattered garments
+of the soldiers supplied a substitute for oakum.  It was a work
+of difficulty; but Gonzalo cheered his men in the task, and set
+an example by taking part in their labors.  At the end of two
+months a brigantine was completed, rudely put together, but
+strong and of sufficient burden to carry half the company, - the
+first European vessel that ever floated on these inland waters.
+
+Gonzalo gave the command to Francisco de Orellana, a cavalier
+from Truxillo, on whose courage and devotion to himself he
+thought he could rely.  The troops now moved forward, still
+following the descending course of the river, while the
+brigantine kept alongside; and when a bold promontory or more
+impracticable country intervened, it furnished timely aid by the
+transportation of the feebler soldiers.  In this way they
+journeyed, for many a wearisome week, through the dreary
+wilderness on the borders of the Napo.  Every scrap of provisions
+had been long since consumed.  The last of their horses had been
+devoured.  To appease the gnawings of hunger, they were fain to
+eat the leather of their saddles and belts.  The woods supplied
+them with scanty sustenance, and they greedily fed upon toads,
+serpents, and such other reptiles as they occasionally found. *8
+
+[Footnote 8: "Yeruas y rayzes, y fruta siluestre, sapos, y
+culebras, y otras malas sauandijas, si las auia por aquellas
+montanas que todo les hazia buen estomago a los Espanoles; que
+peor les yua con la falta de cosas tan viles." Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 4 - Capitulacion con Orellana, Ms -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 8, cap. 7. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 3, 4. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap.
+143.]
+
+They were now told of a rich district, inhabited by a populous
+nation, where the Napo emptied into a still greater river that
+flowed towards the east.  It was, as usual, at the distance of
+several days' journey; and Gonzalo Pizarro resolved to halt where
+he was and send Orellana down in his brigantine to the confluence
+of the waters to procure a stock of provisions, with which he
+might return and put them in condition to resume their march.
+That cavalier, accordingly, taking with him fifty of the
+adventurers, pushed off into the middle of the river, where the
+stream ran swiftly, and his bark, taken by the current, shot
+forward with the speed of an arrow, and was soon out of sight.
+Days and weeks passed away, yet the vessel did not return; and no
+speck was to be seen on the waters, as the Spaniards strained
+their eyes to the farthest point, where the line of light faded
+away in the dark shadows of the foliage on the borders.
+Detachments were sent out, and, though absent several days, came
+back without intelligence of their comrades.  Unable longer to
+endure this suspense, or, indeed, to maintain themselves in their
+present quarters, Gonzalo and his famishing followers now
+determined to proceed towards the junction of the rivers.  Two
+months elapsed before they accomplished this terrible journey, -
+those of them who did not perish on the way, - although the
+distance probably did not exceed two hundred leagues; and they at
+length reached the spot so long desired, where the Napo pours its
+tide into the Amazon, that mighty stream, which, fed by its
+thousand tributaries, rolls on towards the ocean, for many
+hundred miles, through the heart of the great continent, - the
+most majestic of American rivers.
+
+But the Spaniards gathered no tidings of Orellana, while the
+country, though more populous than the region they had left, was
+as little inviting in its aspect, and was tenanted by a race yet
+more ferocious.  They now abandoned the hope of recovering their
+comrades, who they supposed must have miserably perished by
+famine or by the hands of the natives.  But their doubts were at
+length dispelled by the appearance of a white man wandering
+half-naked in the woods, in whose famine-stricken countenance
+they recognized the features of one of their countrymen.  It was
+Sanchez de Vargas, a cavalier of good descent, and much esteemed
+in the army.  He had a dismal tale to tell.
+
+Orellana, borne swiftly down the current of the Napo, had reached
+the point of its confluence with the Amazon in less than three
+days; accomplishing in this brief space of time what had cost
+Pizarro and his company two months.  He had found the country
+altogether different from what had been represented; and, so far
+from supplies for his country men, he could barely obtain
+sustenance for himself.  Nor was it possible for him to return as
+he had come, and make head against the current of the river;
+while the attempt to journey by land was an alternative scarcely
+less formidable.  In this dilemma, an idea flashed across his
+mind.  It was to launch his bark at once on the bosom of the
+Amazon, and descend its waters to its mouth.  He would then visit
+the rich and populous nations that, as report said, lined its
+borders, sail out on the great ocean, cross to the neighbouring
+isles, and return to Spain to claim the glory and the guerdon of
+discovery.  The suggestion was eagerly taken up by his reckless
+companions, welcoming any course that would rescue them from the
+wretchedness of their present existence, and fired with the
+prospect of new and stirring adventure, - for the love of
+adventure was the last feeling to become extinct in the bosom of
+the Castilian cavalier.  They heeded little their unfortunate
+comrades, whom they were to abandon in the wilderness! *9
+
+[Footnote 9: This statement of De Vargas was confirmed by
+Orellana, as appears from the language of the royal grant made to
+that cavalier on his return to Castile.  The document is
+preserved entire in the Munoz collection of Mss.
+
+"Haviendo vos ido con ciertos companeros un rio abajo a buscar
+comida, con la corriente fuistes metidos por el dicho rio mas de
+200 leguas donde no pudistes dar la buelta e por esta necesidad e
+por la mucha noticia que tuvistes de la grandeza e riqueza de la
+tierra, posponiendo vuestro peligro, sin interes ninguno por
+servir a S. M. os aventurastes a saber lo que havia en aquellas
+provincias, e ansi descubristes e hallastes grandes poblaciones."
+Capitulacion con Orellana, Ms.]
+
+This is not the place to record the circumstances of Orellana's
+extraordinary expediton. expedition.  He succeeded in his
+enterprise.  But it is marvellous that he should have escaped
+shipwreck in the perilous and unknown navigation of that river.
+Many times his vessel was nearly dashed to pieces on its rocks
+and in its furious rapids; *10 and he was in still greater peril
+from the warlike tribes on its borders, who fell on his little
+troop whenever he attempted to land, and followed in his wake for
+miles in their canoes.  He at length emerged from the great
+river; and, once upon the sea, Orellana made for the isle of
+Cubagua; thence passing over to Spain, he repaired to court, and
+told the circumstances of his voyage, - of the nations of Amazons
+whom he had found on the banks of the river, the El Dorado which
+report assured him existed in the neighbourhood, and other
+marvels, - the exaggeration rather than the coinage of a
+credulous fancy.  His audience listened with willing ears to the
+tales of the traveller; and in an age of wonders, when the
+mysteries of the East and the West were hourly coming to light,
+they might be excused for not discerning the true line between
+romance and reality. *11
+[Footnote 10: Condamine, who, in 1743, went down the Amazon, has
+often occasion to notice the perils and perplexities in which he
+was involved in the navigation of this river, too difficult, as
+he says, to be undertaken without the guidance of a skilful
+pilot.  See his Relation Abregee d'un Voyage fait dans
+l'Interieur de l'Amerique Meridionale.  (Maestricht, 1778.)]
+
+[Footnote 11: It has not been easy to discern the exact line in
+later times, with all the lights of modern discovery.  Condamine,
+after a careful investigation, considers that there is good
+ground for believing in the existence of a community of armed
+women, once living somewhere in the neighbourhood of the Amazon,
+though they have now disappeared.  It would be hard to disprove
+the fact, but still harder, considering the embarrassments in
+perpetuating such a community, to believe it.  Voyage dans
+l'Amerique Meridionale, p. 99, et seq.]
+
+He found no difficulty in obtaining a commission to conquer and
+colonize the realms he had discovered.  He soon saw himself at
+the head of five hundred followers, prepared to share the perils
+and the profits of his expedition.  But neither he, nor his
+country, was destined to realize these profits.  He died on his
+outward passage, and the lands washed by the Amazon fell within
+the territories of Portugal.  The unfortunate navigator did not
+even enjoy the undivided honor of giving his name to the waters
+he had discovered.  He enjoyed only the barren glory of the
+discovery, surely not balanced by the iniquitous circumstances
+which attended it. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: "His crime is, in some measure, balanced by the
+glory of having ventured upon a navigation of near two thousand
+leagues, through unknown nations, in a vessel hastily
+constructed, with green timber, and by very unskilful hands,
+without provisions, without a compass, or a pilot." (Robertson,
+America, (ed. London, 1796,) vol. III. p. 84.) The historian of
+America does not hold the moral balance with as unerring a hand
+as usual, in his judgment of Orellana's splendid enterprise.  No
+success, however splendid, in the language of one, not too severe
+a moralist,
+
+"Can blazon evil deeds or consecrate a crime."]
+
+One of Orellana's party maintained a stout opposition to his
+proceedings, as repugnant both to humanity and honor.  This was
+Sanchez de Vargas and the cruel commander was revenged on him by
+abandoning him to his fate in the desolate region where he was
+now found by his countrymen. *13
+[Footnote 13: An expedition more remarkable than that of Orellana
+was performed by a delicate female, Madame Godin, who, in 1769,
+attempted to descend the Amazon in an open boat to its mouth.
+She was attended by seven persons, two of them her brothers, and
+two her female domestics. The boat was wrecked, and Madame Godin,
+narrowly escaping with her life, endeavoured with her party to
+accomplish the remainder of her journey on foot.  She saw them
+perish, one after another, of hunger and disease, till she was
+left alone in the howling wilderness.  Still, like Milton's lady
+in Comus, she was permitted to come safely out of all these
+perils, and, after unparalleled sufferings, falling in with some
+friendly Indians, she was conducted by them to a French
+settlement.  Though a young woman, it will not be surprising that
+the hardships and terrors she endured turned her hair perfectly
+white.  The details of the extraordinary story are given in a
+letter to M. de la Condamine by her husband, who tells them in an
+earnest, unaffected way that engages our confidence.  Voyage dans
+l'Amerique Meridionale, p. 329, et seq.]
+The Spaniards listened with horror to the recital of Vargas, and
+their blood almost froze in their veins as they saw themselves
+thus deserted in the heart of this remote wilderness, and
+deprived of their only means of escape from it.  They made an
+effort to prosecute their journey along the banks, but, after
+some toilsome days, strength and spirits failed, and they gave up
+in despair!
+
+Then it was that the qualities of Gonzalo Pizarro, as a fit
+leader in the hour of despondency and danger, shone out
+conspicuous.  To advance farther was hopeless.  To stay where
+they were, without food or raiment, without defence from the
+fierce animals of the forest and the fiercer natives, was
+impossible.  One only course remained; it was to return to Quito.
+But this brought with it the recollection of the past, of
+sufferings which they could too well estimate, - hardly to be
+endured even in imagination.  They were now at least four hundred
+leagues from Quito, and more than a year had elapsed since they
+had set out on their painful pilgrimage.  How could they
+encounter these perils again! *14
+[Footnote 14: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 5. -
+Herrera, Hist. General dec. 6, lib. 8, cap. 8. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 5. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 143.
+
+One must not expect from these wanderers in the wilderness any
+exact computation of time or distance, destitute, as they were,
+of the means of making a correct observation of either.]
+
+Yet there was no alternative.  Gonzalo endeavoured to reassure
+his followers by dwelling on the invincible constancy they had
+hitherto displayed; adjuring them to show themselves still worthy
+of the name of Castilians.  He reminded them of the glory they
+would for ever acquire by their heroic achievement, when they
+should reach their own country.  He would lead them back, he
+said, by another route, and it could not be but that they should
+meet somewhere with those abundant regions of which they had os
+so often heard.  It was something, at least, that every step
+would take them nearer home; and as, at all events, it was
+clearly the only course now left, they should prepare to meet it
+like men.  The spirit would sustain the body; and difficulties
+encountered in the right spirit were half vanquished already!
+
+The soldiers listened eagerly to his words of promise and
+encouragement.  The confidence of their leader gave life to the
+desponding.  They felt the force of his reasoning, and, as they
+lent a willing ear to his assurances, the pride of the old
+Castilian honor revived in their bosoms, and every one caught
+somewhat of the generous enthusiasm of their commander.  He was,
+in truth, entitled to their devotion.  From the first hour of the
+expedition, he had freely borne his part in its privations.  Far
+from claiming the advantage of his position, he had taken his lot
+with the poorest soldier; ministering to the wants of the sick,
+cheering up the spirits of the desponding, sharing his stinted
+allowance with his famished followers, bearing his full part in
+the toil and burden of the march, ever showing himself their
+faithful comrade, no less than their captain.  He found the
+benefit of this conduct in a trying hour like the present.
+
+I will spare the reader the recapitulation of the sufferings
+endured by the Spaniards on their retrograde march to Quito.
+They took a more northerly route than that by which they had
+approached the Amazon; and, if it was attended with fewer
+difficulties, they experienced yet greater distresses from their
+greater inability to overcome them.  Their only nourishment was
+such scanty fare as they could pick up in the forest, or happily
+meet with in some forsaken Indian settlement, or wring by
+violence from the natives.  Some sickened and sank down by the
+way, for there was none to help them.  Intense misery had made
+them selfish; and many a poor wretch was abandoned to his fate,
+to die alone in the wilderness, or, more probably, to be
+devoured, while living, by the wild animals which roamed over it.
+
+At length, in June, 1542, after somewhat more than a year
+consumed in their homeward march, the way-worn company came on
+the elevated plains in the neighbourhood of Quito.  But how
+different their aspect from that which they had exhibited on
+issuing from the gates of the same capital, two years and a half
+before, with high romantic hope and in all the pride of military
+array!  Their horses gone, their arms broken and rusted, the
+skins of wild animals instead of clothes hanging loosely about
+their limbs, their long and matted locks streaming wildly down
+their shoulders, their faces burned and blackened by the tropical
+sun, their bodies wasted by famine and sorely disfigured by
+scars, - it seemed as if the charnel-house had given up its dead,
+as, with uncertain step, they glided slowly onwards like a troop
+of dismal spectres!  More than half of the four thousand Indians
+who had accompanied the expedition had perished, and of the
+Spaniards only eighty, and many of these irretrievably broken in
+constitution, returned to Quito. *15
+
+[Footnote 15: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 5. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 143.
+- Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 15. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 3, cap. 14.
+
+The last historian, in dismissing his account of the expedition,
+passes a panegyric on the courage and constancy of his
+countrymen, which we must admit to be well deserved.
+
+"Finalmente, Goncalo Picarro entro en el Quito, triunfando del
+valor, i sufrimiento, i de la constancia, recto, e immutable
+vigor del animo, pues Hombres Humanos no se hallan haver tanto
+sufrido ni padecido tantas desventuras.' Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+The few Christian inhabitants of the place, with their wives and
+children, came out to welcome their countrymen.  They ministered
+to them all the relief and refreshment in their power; and, as
+they listened to the sad recital of their sufferings, they
+mingled their tears with those of the wanderers.  The whole
+company then entered the capital, where their first act - to
+their credit be it mentioned - was to go in a body to the church,
+and offer up thanksgivings to the Almighty for their miraculous
+preservation through their long and perilous pilgrimage. *16 Such
+was the end of the expedition to the Amazon; an expedition which,
+for its dangers and hardships, the length of their duration, and
+the constancy with which they were endured, stands, perhaps,
+unmatched in the annals of American discovery.
+
+[Footnote 16: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 5.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter V
+
+The Almagro Faction. - Their Desperate Condition. - Conspiracy
+Against Francisco Pizarro. - Assassination Of Pizarro. - Acts Of
+The Conspirators. - Pizarro's Character
+
+1541.
+
+
+When Gonzalo Pizarro reached Quito, he received tidings of an
+event which showed that his expedition to the Amazon had been
+even more fatal to his interests than he had imagined.  A
+revolution had taken place during his absence, which had changed
+the whole condition of things in Peru.
+In a preceding chapter we have seen, that, when Hernando Pizarro
+returned to Spain, his brother the marquess repaired to Lima,
+where he continued to occupy himself with building up his infant
+capital, and watching over the general interests of the country.
+While thus employed, he gave little heed to a danger that hourly
+beset his path, and this, too, in despite of repeated warnings
+from more circumspect friends.
+
+After the execution of Almagro, his followers, to the number of
+several hundred, remained scattered through the country; but,
+however scattered, still united by a common sentiment of
+indignation against the Pizarros, the murderers, as they regarded
+them, of their leader.  The governor was less the object of these
+feelings than his brother Hernando, as having been less
+instrumental in the perpetration of the deed.  Under these
+circumstances, it was clearly Pizarro's policy to do one of two
+things; to treat the opposite faction either as friends, or as
+open enemies.  He might conciliate the most factious by acts of
+kindness, efface the remembrance of past injury, if he could, by
+present benefits; in short, prove to them that his quarrel had
+been with their leader, not with themselves, and that it was
+plainly for their interest to come again under his banner.  This
+would have been the most politic, as well as the most magnanimous
+course; and, by augmenting the number of his adherents, would
+have greatly strengthened his power in the land.  But, unhappily,
+he had not the magnanimity to pursue it.  It was not in the
+nature of a Pizarro to forgive an injury, or the man whom he had
+injured.  As he would not, therefore, try to conciliate Almagro's
+adherents, it was clearly the governor's policy to regard them as
+enemies, - not the less so for being in disguise, - and to take
+such measures as should disqualify them for doing mischief.  He
+should have followed the counsel of his more prudent brother
+Hernando, and distributed them in different quarters, taking care
+that no great number should assemble at any one point, or, above
+all, in the neighbourhood of his own residence.
+
+But the governor despised the broken followers of Almagro too
+heartily to stoop to precautionary measures.  He suffered the son
+of his rival to remain in Lima, where his quarters soon became
+the resort of the disaffected cavaliers.  The young man was well
+known to most of Almagro's soldiers, having been trained along
+with them in the camp under his father's eye, and, now that his
+parent was removed, they naturally transferred their allegiance
+to the son who survived him.
+
+That the young Almagro, however, might be less able to maintain
+this retinue of unprofitable followers, he was deprived by
+Pizarro of a great part of his Indians and lands, while he was
+excluded from the government of New Toledo, which had been
+settled on him by his father's testament. *1 Stripped of all
+means of support, without office or employment of any kind, the
+men of Chili, for so Almagro's adherents continued to be called,
+were reduced to the utmost distress.  So poor were they, as is
+the story of the time, that twelve cavaliers, who lodged in the
+same house, could muster only one cloak among them all; and, with
+the usual feeling of pride that belongs to the poor hidalgo,
+unwilling to expose their poverty, they wore this cloak by turns,
+those who had no right to it remaining at home. *2 Whether true
+or not, the anecdote well illustrates the extremity to which
+Almagro's faction was reduced.  And this distress was rendered
+yet more galling by the effrontery of their enemies, who,
+enriched by their forfeitures, displayed before their eyes all
+the insolent bravery of equipage and apparel that could annoy
+their feelings.
+
+[Footnote 1: Carta de Almagro, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 2: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 8, cap. 6.]
+Men thus goaded by insult and injury were too dangerous to be
+lightly regarded.  But, although Pizarro received various
+intimations intended to put him on his guard, he gave no heed to
+them.  "Poor devils!" he would exclaim, speaking with
+contemptuous pity of the men of Chili; "they have had bad luck
+enough.  We will not trouble them further." *3 And so little did
+he consider them, that he went freely about, as usual, riding
+without attendants to all parts of the town and to its immediate
+environs. *4
+
+[Footnote 3: Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 144.]
+
+[Footnote 4: Garcilasso, Com Real., Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 6.]
+News now reached the colony of the appointment of a judge by the
+Crown to take cognizance of the affairs of Peru.  Pizarro,
+although alarmed by the intelligence, sent orders to have him
+well entertained on his landing, and suitable accommodations
+prepared for him on the route. The spirits of Almagro's followers
+were greatly raised by the tidings. They confidently looked to
+this high functionary for the redress of their wrongs; and two of
+their body, clad in suits of mourning, were chosen to go to the
+north, where the judge was expected to land, and to lay their
+grievances before him.
+
+But months elapsed, and no tidings came of his arrival, till, at
+length, a vessel, coming into port, announced that most of the
+squadron had foundered in the heavy storms on the coast, and that
+the commissioner had probably perished with them.  This was
+disheartening intelligence to the men of Chili, whose "miseries,"
+to use the words of their young leader, "had become too grievous
+to be borne." *5 Symptoms of disaffection had already begun
+openly to manifest themselves.  The haughty cavaliers did not
+always doff their bonnets, on meeting the governor in the street;
+and on one occasion, three ropes were found suspended from the
+public gallows, with labels attached to them, bearing the names
+of Pizarro, Velasquez the judge, and Picado the governor's
+secretary. *6 This last functionary was peculiarly odious to
+Almagro and his followers.  As his master knew neither how to
+read nor write, all his communications passed through Picado's
+hands; and, as the latter was of a hard and arrogant nature,
+greatly elated by the consequence which his position gave him, he
+exercised a mischievous influence on the governor's measures.
+Almagro's poverty-stricken followers were the objects of his open
+ridicule, and he revenged the insult now offered him by riding
+before their young leader's residence, displaying a tawdry
+magnificence in his dress, sparkling with gold and silver, and
+with the inscription, "For the Men of Chili," set in his bonnet.
+It was a foolish taunt; but the poor cavaliers who were the
+object of it, made morbidly sensitive by their sufferings, had
+not the philosophy to despise it. *7
+
+[Footnote 5: "My sufferings," says Almagro, in his letter to the
+Royal Audience of Panama, "were enough to unsettle my reason."
+See his Letter in the original, Appendix, No. 12.]
+
+[Footnote 6: "Hizo Picado el secreptario del Marquez mucho dano a
+muchos, porque el marquez don Francisco Picarro como no savia ler
+ni escrivir fiavase del y no hacia mas de lo que el le aconsejava
+y ansi hizo este mucho mal en estos rreinos, porque el que no
+andava a su voluntad sirviendole aunque tuviese meritos le
+destruya y este Picado fue causa de que los de Chile tomasen mas
+odio al marquez por donde le mataron.  Porque queria este que
+todos lo reverenciasen, y los de chile no hazian caso del, y por
+esta causa los perseguia este mucho, y ansi vinieron a hazer lo
+que hizieron los de Chile." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. -
+Also Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 6.]
+
+[Footnote 7: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 6. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 6, lib. 10, cap. 2.]
+
+At length, disheartened by the long protracted coming of Vaca de
+Castro, and still more by the recent reports of his loss,
+Almagro's faction, despairing of redress from a legitimate
+authority, determined to take it into their own hands.  They came
+to the desperate resolution of assassinating Pizarro.  The day
+named for this was Sunday, the twenty-sixth of June, 1541.  The
+conspirators, eighteen or twenty in number, were to assemble in
+Almagro's house, which stood in the great square next to the
+cathedral, and, when the governor was returning from mass, they
+were to issue forth and fall on him in the street.  A white flag,
+unfurled at the same time from an upper window in the house, was
+to be the signal for the rest of their comrades to move to the
+support of those immediately engaged in the execution of the
+deed. *8
+[Footnote 8: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Montesinos,
+Annales, Ms., ano 1541. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap.
+6.]
+
+These arrangements could hardly have been concealed from Almagro,
+since his own quarters were to be the place of rendezvous.  Yet
+there is no good evidence of his having taken part in the
+conspiracy. *9 He was, indeed, too young to make it probable that
+he took a leading part in it. He is represented by contemporary
+writers to have given promise of many good qualities, though,
+unhappily, he was not placed in a situation favorable for their
+development.  He was the son of an Indian woman of Panama; but
+from early years had followed the troubled fortunes of his
+father, to whom he bore much resemblance in his free and generous
+nature, as well as in the violence of his passions.  His youth
+and inexperience disqualified him from taking the lead in the
+perplexing circumstances in which he was placed, and made him
+little more than a puppet in the hands of others. *10
+
+[Footnote 9: Yet this would seem to be contradicted by Almagro's
+own letter to the audience of Panama, in which he states, that,
+galled by intolerable injuries, he and his followers had resolved
+to take the remedy into their own hands, by entering the
+governor's house and seizing his person.  (See the original in
+Appendix, No. 12.) It is certain, however, that in the full
+accounts we have of the affair by writers who had the best means
+of information, we do not find Almagro's name mentioned as one
+who took an active part in the tragic drama.  His own letter
+merely expresses that it was his purpose to have taken part in it
+with the further declaration, that it was simply to seize, not to
+slay, Pizarro; - a declaration that no one who reads the history
+of the transaction will be very ready to credit.]
+
+[Footnote 10: "Mancebo virtuoso, i de grande Animo, i bien
+ensenado: i especialmente se havia exercitado mucho en cavalgar a
+Caballo, de ambas sillas, lo qual hacia con mucha gracia, i
+destreca, i tambien en escrevir, i leer, lo qual hacia mas
+liberalmente, i mejor de lo que requeria su Profesion.  De este
+tenia cargo, como Aio, Juan de Herrada." Zarate, Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 4, cap. 6.]
+
+The most conspicuous of his advisers was Juan de Herrada, or
+Rada, as his name is more usually spelt, - a cavalier of
+respectable family, but who, having early enlisted as a common
+soldier, had gradually risen to the highest posts in the army by
+his military talents.  At this time he was well advanced in
+years; but the fires of youth were not quenched in his bosom, and
+he burned with desire to avenge the wrongs done to his ancient
+commander.  The attachment which he had ever felt for the elder
+Almagro he seems to have transferred in full measure to his son;
+and it was apparently with reference to him, even more than to
+himself, that he devised this audacious plot, and prepared to
+take the lead in the execution of it.
+
+There was one, however, in the band of conspirators who felt some
+compunctions of conscience at the part he was acting, and who
+relieved his bosom by revealing the whole plot to his confessor.
+The latter lost no time in reporting it to Picado, by whom in
+turn it was communicated to Pizarro.  But, strange to say, it
+made little more impression on the governor's mind than the vague
+warnings he had so frequently received. "It is a device of the
+priest," said he; "he wants a mitre." *11 Yet he repeated the
+story to the judge Velasquez, who, instead of ordering the
+conspirators to be seized, and the proper steps taken for
+learning the truth of the accusation, seemed to be possessed with
+the same infatuation as Pizarro; and he bade the governor be
+under no apprehension, "for no harm should come to him, while the
+rod of justice," not a metaphorical badge of authority in
+Castile, "was in his hands." *12 Still, to obviate every
+possibility of danger, it was deemed prudent for Pizarro to
+abstain from going to mass on Sunday, and to remain at home on
+pretence of illness.
+
+[Footnote 11: "Pues un dia antes un sacerdote clerigo llamado
+Benao fue de noche y avisso a Picado el secreptario y dixole
+manana Domingo quando el marquez saliere a misa tienen concertado
+los de Chile de matar al marquez y a vos y a sus amigos.  Esto me
+a dicho vno en confision para que os venga a avisar.  Pues savido
+esto Picado se fue luego y lo conto al marquez y el le
+rrespondio.  Ese clerigo obispado quiere." Pedro Pizarro, Descub.
+y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 12: "El Juan Velazquez le dixo.  No tema vuestra
+senoria que mientras yo tuviere esta vara en la mano nadie se
+atrevera." Pedro Pizarro, Descub, y Conq., Ms.]
+
+On the day appointed, Rada and his companions met in Almagro's
+house, and waited with anxiety for the hour when the governor
+should issue from the church.  But great was their consternation,
+when they learned that he was not there, but was detained at
+home, as currently reported, by illness.  Little doubting that
+their design was discovered, they felt their own ruin to be the
+inevitable consequence, and that, too, without enjoying the
+melancholy consolation of having struck the blow for which they
+had incurred it.  Greatly perplexed, some were for disbanding, in
+the hope that Pizarro might, after all, be ignorant of their
+design.  But most were for carrying it into execution at once, by
+assaulting him in his own house.  The question was summarily
+decided by one of the party, who felt that in this latter course
+lay their only chance of safety.  Throwing open the doors, he
+rushed out, calling on his comrades "to follow him, or he would
+proclaim the purpose for which they had met." There was no longer
+hesitation, and the cavaliers issued forth, with Rada at their
+head, shouting, as they went, "Long live the king!  Death to the
+tyrant!" *13
+[Footnote 13: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 10, cap. 6. -
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 4, cap. 8. - Naharro, Rel. Sumaria, Ms. - Carta del Maestro,
+Martin de Arauco, Ms., 15 de Julio, 1541.]
+
+It was the hour of dinner, which, in this primitive age of the
+Spanish colonies, was at noon.  Yet numbers, roused by the cries
+of the assailants, came out into the square to inquire the cause.
+"They are going to kill the marquess," some said very coolly;
+others replied, "It is Picado." No one stirred in their defence.
+The power of Pizarro was not seated in the hearts of his people.
+
+As the conspirators traversed the plaza, one of the party made a
+circuit to avoid a little pool of water that lay in their path.
+"What!" exclaimed Rada, "afraid of wetting your feet, when you
+are to wade up to your knees in blood!" And he ordered the man to
+give up the enterprise and go home to his quarters.  The anecdote
+is characteristic. *14
+[Footnote 14: "Gomez Perez por haver alli agua derramada de una
+acequia, rodeo algun tanto por no mojarse; reparo en ello Juan de
+Rada, y entrandose atrevido por e agua le dijo: i Bamos a
+banarnos en sangre humana, y rehusais mojaros los pies en agua?
+Ea volveos.  hizolo volver y no asistio al hecho.' Montesinos,
+Annales, Ms., ano 1541.]
+The governor's palace stood on the opposite side of the square.
+It was approached by two courtyards.   The entrance to the outer
+one was protected by a massive gate, capable of being made good
+against a hundred men or more.  But it was left open, and the
+assailants, hurrying through to the inner court, still shouting
+their fearful battle-cry, were met by two domestics loitering in
+the yard.  One of these they struck down.  The other, flying in
+all haste towards the house, called out, "Help, help! the men of
+Chili are all coming to murder the marquess!"
+
+Pizarro at this time was at dinner, or, more probably, had just
+dined.  He was surrounded by a party of friends, who had dropped
+in, it seems, after mass, to inquire after the state of his
+health, some of whom had remained to partake of his repast.
+Among these was Don Martinez de Alcantara, Pizarro's half-brother
+by the mother's side, the judge Velasquez, the bishop elect of
+Quito, and several of the principal cavaliers in the place, to
+the number of fifteen or twenty.  Some of them, alarmed by the
+uproar in the court-yard, left the saloon, and, running down to
+the first landing on the stairway, inquired into the cause of the
+disturbance.  No sooner were they informed of it by the cries of
+the servant, than they retreated with precipitation into the
+house; and, as they had no mind to abide the storm unarmed, or at
+best imperfectly armed, as most of them were, they made their way
+to the a corridor that overlooked the gardens, into which they
+easily let themselves down without injury.  Velasquez, the judge,
+the better to have the use of his hands in the descent, held his
+rod of office in his mouth, thus taking care, says a caustic old
+chronicler, not to falsify his assurance, that "no harm should
+come to Pizarro while the rod of justice was in his hands"! *15
+[Footnote 15: "En lo qual no paresce haver quebrantado su
+palabra, porque despues huiendo (como adelante se dira) al
+tiempo, que quisieron matar al Marques, se hecho de vna Ventana
+abajo, a la Huerta, llevando la Vara en la boca." Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 7.
+
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria,
+Ms. - Carta del Maestro, Martin de Arauco, Ms. - Carta de Fray
+Vicente de Valverde a la Audiencia de Panama, Ms., desde Tumbez,
+15 Nov. 1541. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 145.]
+
+Meanwhile, the marquess, learning the nature of the tumult,
+called out to Francisco de Chaves, an officer high in his
+confidence, and who was in the outer apartment opening on the
+staircase, to secure the door, while he and his brother Alcantara
+buckled on their armour.  Had this order, coolly given, been as
+coolly obeyed, it would have saved them all, since the entrance
+could easily have been maintained against a much larger force,
+till the report of the cavaliers who had fled had brought support
+to Pizarro.  But unfortunately, Chaves, disobeying his commander,
+half opened the door, and attempted to enter into a parley with
+the conspirators.  The latter had now reached the head of the
+stairs, and cut short the debate by running Chaves through the
+body, and tumbling his corpse down into the area below.  For a
+moment they were kept at bay by the attendants of the slaughtered
+cavalier, but these too, were quickly despatched; and Rada and
+his companions, entering the apartment, hurried across it,
+shouting out, "Where is the marquess?  Death to the tyrant!"
+Martinez de Alcantara, who in the adjoining room was assisting
+his brother to buckle on his mail, no sooner saw that the
+entrance to the antechamber had been gained, than he sprang to
+the doorway of the apartment, and, assisted by two young men,
+pages of Pizarro, and by one or two cavaliers in attendance,
+endeavoured to resist the approach of the assailants.  A
+desperate struggle now ensued.  Blows were given on both sides,
+some of which proved fatal, and two of the conspirators were
+slain, while Alcantara and his brave companions were repeatedly
+wounded.
+At length, Pizarro, unable, in the hurry of the moment, to adjust
+the fastenings of his cuirass threw it away, and enveloping one
+arm in his cloak, with the other seized his sword, and sprang to
+his brother's assistance.  It was too late; for Alcantara was
+already staggering under the loss of blood, and soon fell to the
+ground.  Pizarro threw himself on his invaders, like a lion
+roused in his lair, and dealt his blows with as much rapidity and
+force, as if age had no power to stiffen his limbs. "What ho!" he
+cried, "traitors!  have you come to kill me in my own house?" The
+conspirators drew back for a moment, as two of their body fell
+under Pizarro's sword; but they quickly rallied, and, from their
+superior numbers, fought at great advantage by relieving one
+another in the assault.  Still the passage was narrow, and the
+struggle lasted for some minutes, till both of Pizarro's pages
+were stretched by his side, when Rada, impatient of the delay,
+called out, "Why are we so long about it? Down with the tyrant!"
+and taking one of his companions, Narvaez, in his arms, he thrust
+him against the marquess.  Pizarro, instantly grappling with his
+opponent, ran him through with his sword.  But at that moment he
+received a wound in the throat, and reeling, he sank on the
+floor, while the swords of Rada and several of the conspirators
+were plunged into his body.  "Jesu!" exclaimed the dying man and,
+tracing a cross with his finger on the bloody floor, he bent down
+his head to kiss it, when a stroke, more friendly than the rest,
+put an end to his existence. *16
+[See Assassination Of Pizarro: He traced a cross with his finger
+on the bloody floor and bent his head down to kiss it, when a
+stroke, more friendly than the rest, put an end to his
+existence.]
+
+[Footnote 16: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 8. - Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 10, cap. 6. - Carta de la
+Justicia y Regimiento de la Ciudad de los Reyes, Ms., 15 de
+Julio, 1541. - Carta del Maestro, Martin de Arauco, Ms. - Carta
+de Fray Vicente Valverde, desde Tumbez, Ms. - Gomara, Hist. de
+las Ind., ubi supra. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1541.
+
+Pizarro y Orellana seems to have no doubt that his slaughtered
+kinsman died in the odor of sanctity. - "Alli le acabaron los
+traidores enemigos, dandole cruelissimas heridas, con que acabo
+el Julio Cesar Espanol, estando tan en si que pidiendo confession
+con gran acto de contricion, haziendo la senal de la Cruz con su
+misma sangre, y besandola murio." Varones Ilustres, p. 186.
+
+According to one authority, the mortal blow was given by a
+soldier named Borregan, who, when Pizarro was down, struck him on
+the back of the head with a water-jar, which he had snatched from
+the table.  (Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 10, cap. 6.)
+Considering the hurry and confusion of the scene, the different
+narratives of the catastrophe, though necessarily differing in
+minute details have a remarkable agreement with one another.]
+
+The conspirators, having accomplished their bloody deed, rushed
+into the street, and, brandishing their dripping weapons, shouted
+out, "The tyrant is dead!  The laws are restored!  Long live our
+master the emperor, and his governor, Almagro!" The men of Chili,
+roused by the cheering cry, now flocked in from every side to
+join the banner of Rada, who soon found himself at the head of
+nearly three hundred followers, all armed and prepared to support
+his authority.  A guard was placed over the houses of the
+principal partisans of the late governor, and their persons were
+taken into custody.  Pizarro's house, and that of his secretary
+Picado, were delivered up to pillage, and a large booty in gold
+and silver was found in the former.  Picado himself took refuge
+in the dwelling of Riquelme, the treasurer; but his hiding-place
+was detected, - betrayed, according to some accounts, by the
+looks, though not the words, of the treasurer himself, - and he
+was dragged forth and committed to a secure prison. *17 The whole
+city was thrown into consternation, as armed bodies hurried to
+and fro on their several errands, and all who were not in the
+faction of Almagro trembled lest they should be involved in the
+proscription of their enemies.  So great was the disorder, that
+the Brothers of Mercy, turning out in a body, paraded the streets
+in solemn procession, with the host elevated in the air, in hopes
+by the presence of the sacred symbol to calm the passions of the
+multitude.
+
+[Footnote 17: "No se olvidaron de buscar a Antonio Picado, i
+iendo en casa del Tesorero Alonso Riquelme, el mismo iba
+diciendo: No se adonde esta el Senor Picado, i con los ojos le
+mostraba, i le hallaron debaxo de la cama." Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 6, lib. 10, cap. 7.
+
+We find Riquelme's name, soon after this, enrolled among the
+municipality of Lima, showing that he found it convenient to give
+in his temporary adhesion, at least, to Almagro.  Carta de la
+Justicia y Regimiento de la Ciudad de los Reyes, Ms.]
+
+But no other violence was offered by Rada and his followers than
+to apprehend a few suspected persons, and to seize upon horses
+and arms wherever they were to be found.  The municipality was
+then summoned to recognize the authority of Almagro; the
+refractory were ejected without ceremony from their offices, and
+others of the Chili faction were substituted.  The claims of the
+new aspirant were fully recognized; and young Almagro, parading
+the streets on horseback, and escorted by a well-armed body of
+cavaliers, was proclaimed by sound of trumpet governor and
+captain-general of Peru.
+
+Meanwhile, the mangled bodies of Pizarro and his faithful
+adherents were left weltering in their blood.  Some were for
+dragging forth the governor's corpse to the market-place, and
+fixing his head upon a gibbet. But Almagro was secretly prevailed
+on to grant the entreaties of Pizarro's friends, and allow his
+interment.  This was stealthily and hastily performed, in the
+fear of momentary interruption.  A faithful attendant and his
+wife, with a few black domestics, wrapped the body in a cotton
+cloth and removed it to the cathedral.  A grave was hastily dug
+in an obscure corner, the services were hurried through, and, in
+secrecy, and in darkness dispelled only by the feeble glimmering
+of a few tapers furnished by these humble menials, the remains of
+Pizarro, rolled in their bloody shroud, were consigned to their
+kindred dust.  Such was the miserable end of the Conqueror of
+Peru, - of the man who but a few hours before had lorded it over
+the land with as absolute a sway as was possessed by its
+hereditary Incas.  Cut off in the broad light of day, in the
+heart of his own capital, in the very midst of those who had been
+his companions in arms and shared with him his triumphs and his
+spoils, he perished like a wretched outcast.  "There was none
+even," in the expressive language of the chronicler "to say, God
+forgive him!" *18
+
+[Footnote 18: "Murio pidiendo confesion, i haciendo la Cruz, sin
+que nadie lijese, Dios te perdone." Gomara, Hist de las Ind.,
+cap. 144.
+Ms. de Caravantes. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 8. -
+Carta del Maestro, Martin de Arauco, Ms. - Carta de Fray Vicente
+Valverde, desde Tumbez, Ms.]
+
+A few years later, when tranquillity was restored to the country,
+Pizarro's remains were placed in a sumptuous coffin and deposited
+under a monument in a conspicuous part of the cathedral.  And in
+1607, when time had thrown its friendly mantle over the past, and
+the memory of his errors and his crimes was merged in the
+consideration of the great services he had rendered to the Crown
+by the extension of her colonial empire, his bones were removed
+to the new cathedral, and allowed to repose side by side with
+those of Mendoza, the wise and good viceroy of Peru. *19
+[Footnote 19: "Sus huesos encerrados en una caxa guarnecida de
+terciopelo morado con passamanos de oro que yo he visto." Ms. de
+Caravantes.]
+Pizarro was, probably, not far from sixty-five years of age at
+the time of his death; though this, it must be added, is but
+loose conjecture, since there exists no authentic record of the
+date of his birth. *20 He was never married; but by an Indian
+princess of the Inca blood, daughter of Atahuallpa and
+granddaughter of the great Huayna Capac, he had two children, a
+son and a daughter.  Both survived him; but the son did not live
+to manhood.  Their mother, after Pizarro's death, wedded a
+Spanish cavalier, named Ampuero, and removed with him to Spain.
+Her daughter Francisca accompanied her, and was there
+subsequently married to her uncle Hernando Pizarro, then a
+prisoner in the Mota del Medina.  Neither the title nor estates
+of the Marquess Francisco descended to his illegitimate
+offspring.  But in the third generation, in the reign of Philip
+the Fourth, the title was revived in favor of Don Juan Hernando
+Pizarro, who, out of gratitude for the services of his ancestor,
+was created Marquess of the Conquest, Marques de la Conquista,
+with a liberal pension from government.  His descendants, bearing
+the same title of nobility, are still to be found, it is said, at
+Truxillo, in the ancient province of Estremadura, the original
+birthplace of the Pizarros. *21
+
+[Footnote 20: Ante, Book 2, chap. 2, note 1.]
+
+[Footnote 21: Ms. de Caravantes. - Quintana, Espanoles Celebres,
+tom. II., p. 417.
+
+See also the Discurso, Legal y Politico, annexed by Pizarro y
+Orellana to his bulky tome, in which that cavalier urges the
+claims of Pizarro.  It is in the nature of a memorial to Philip
+IV in behalf of Pizarro's descendants, in which the writer, after
+setting forth the manifold services of the Conqueror, shows how
+little his posterity had profited by the magnificent grants
+conferred on him by the Crown.  The argument of the Royal
+Counsellor was not without its effect.]
+Pizarro's person has been already described.  He was tall in
+stature, well-proportioned, and with a countenance not
+unpleasing.  Bred in camps, with nothing of the polish of a
+court, he had a soldier-like bearing, and the air of one
+accustomed to command.  But though not polished, there was no
+embarrassment or rusticity in his address, which, where it served
+his purpose, could be plausible and even insinuating.  The proof
+of it is the favorable impression made by him, on presenting
+himself, after his second expedition - stranger as he was to all
+its forms and usages - at the punctilious court of Castile.
+
+Unlike many of his countrymen, he had no passion for ostentatious
+dress, which he regarded as an incumbrance.  The costume which he
+most affected on public occasions was a black cloak, with a white
+hat, and shoes of the same color; the last, it is said, being in
+imitation of the Great Captain, whose character he had early
+learned to admire in Italy, but to which his own, certainly, bore
+very faint resemblance. *22
+[Footnote 22: Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 144. - Zarate,
+Conq. del Peru. lib. 4, cap. 9.
+
+The portrait of Pizarro, in the viceregal palace at Lima,
+represents him in a citizen's dress, with a sable cloak, - the
+capa y espada of a Spanish gentleman.  Each panel in the spacious
+sala de los Vireyes was reserved for the portrait of a viceroy.
+The long file is complete, from Pizarro to Pezuela; and it is a
+curious fact, noticed by Stevenson, that the last panel was
+exactly filled when the reign of the viceroys was abruptly
+terminated by the Revolution.  (Residence in South America, vol.
+I. p. 228.) It is a singular coincidence that the same thing
+should have occurred at Venice, where, if my memory serves me,
+the last niche reserved for the effigies of its doges was just
+filled, when the ancient aristocracy was overturned.]
+He was temperate in eating, drank sparingly, and usually rose an
+hour before dawn.  He was punctual in attendance to business, and
+shrunk from no toil.  He had, indeed, great powers of patient
+endurance.  Like most of his nation, he was fond of play, and
+cared little for the quality of those with whom he played;
+though, when his antagonist could not afford to lose, he would
+allow himself, it is said, to be the loser; a mode of conferring
+an obligation much commended by a Castilian writer, for its
+delicacy. *23
+[Footnote 23: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 9.]
+Though avaricious, it was in order to spend and not to hoard.
+His ample treasures, more ample than those, probably, that ever
+before fell to the lot of an adventurer, *24 were mostly
+dissipated in his enterprises, his architectural works, and
+schemes of public improvement, which, in a country where gold and
+silver might be said to have lost their value from their
+abundance, absorbed an incredible amount of money.  While he
+regarded the whole country, in a manner, as his own, and
+distributed it freely among his captains, it is certain that the
+princely grant of a territory with twenty thousand vassals, made
+to him by the Crown, was never carried into effect; nor did his
+heirs ever reap the benefit of it. *25
+
+[Footnote 24: "Hallo, i tuvo mas Oro, i Plata, que otro ningun
+Espanol de quantos han pasado a Indias, ni que ninguno de quantos
+Capitanes han sido por el Mundo." Gomara Hist. de las Ind., cap.
+144.]
+
+[Footnote 25: Ms. de Caravantes. - Pizarro y Orellana, Discurso
+Leg. y Pol., ap. Varones Ilust.  Gonzalo Pizarro, when taken
+prisoner by President Gasca, challenged him to point out any
+quarter of the country in which the royal grant had been carried
+into effect by a specific assignment of land to his brother.  See
+Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 36.]
+To a man possessed of the active energies of Pizarro, sloth was
+the greatest evil.  The excitement of play was in a manner
+necessary to a spirit accustomed to the habitual stimulants of
+war and adventure.  His uneducated mind had no relish for more
+refined, intellectual recreation. The deserted foundling had
+neither been taught to read nor write.  This has been disputed by
+some, but it is attested by unexceptionable authorities. *26
+Montesinos says, indeed, that Pizarro, on his first voyage, tried
+to learn to read; but the impatience of his temper prevented it,
+and he contented himself with learning to sign his name. *27 But
+Montesinos was not a contemporary historian.  Pedro Pizarro, his
+companion in arms, expressly tells us he could neither read nor
+write; *28 and Zarate, another contemporary, well acquainted with
+the Conquerors, confirms this statement, and adds, that Pizarro
+could not so much as sign his name. *29 This was done by his
+secretary - Picado, in his latter years - while the governor
+merely made the customary rubrica or flourish at the sides of his
+name.  This is the case with the instruments I have examined, in
+which his signature, written probably by his secretary, or his
+title of Marques, in later life substituted for his name, is
+garnished with a flourish at the ends, executed in as bungling a
+manner as if done by the hand of a ploughman.  Yet we must not
+estimate this deficiency as we should in this period of general
+illumination, - general, at least, in our own fortunate country.
+Reading and writing, so universal now, in the beginning of the
+sixteenth century might be regarded in the light of
+accomplishments; and all who have occasion to consult the
+autograph memorials of that time will find the execution of them,
+even by persons of the highest rank, too often such as would do
+little credit to a schoolboy of the present day.
+
+[Footnote 26: Even so experienced a person as Munoz seems to have
+fallen into this error.  On one of Pizarro's letters I find the
+following copy of an autograph memorandum by this eminent
+scholar: - Carta de Francisco Pizarro, su letra i buena letra.]
+
+[Footnote 27: "En este viage trato Pizarro de aprender a leer; no
+le dio su viveza lugar a ello; contentose solo con saber firmar,
+de lo que se veia Almagro, y decia, que firmar sin saber leer era
+lo mismo que recibir herida, sin poder darla.  En adelante firmo
+siempre Pizarro por si, y por Almagro su Secretario." Montesinos,
+Annales, Ms., ano 1525.]
+[Footnote 28: "Porque el marquez don Francisco Picarro como no
+savia ler ni escrivir." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms]
+
+[Footnote 29: "Siendo personas," says the author, speaking both
+of Pizarro and Almagro, "no solamente, no leidas, pero que de
+todo punto no sabian leer, ni aun firmar, que en ellos fue cosa
+de gran defecto. . . . . . Fue el Marques tan confiado de sus
+Criados, i Amigos, que todos los Despachos, que hacia, asi de
+Governacion, como de Repartimientos de Indios, libraba ha ciendo
+el dos senales, en medio de las quales Antonio Picado, su
+Secretario, firmaba el nombre de Francisco Picarro." Zarate,
+Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 9.]
+
+Though bold in action and not easily turned from his purpose,
+Pizarro was slow in arriving at a decision.  This gave him an
+appearance of irresolution foreign to his character. *30 Perhaps
+the consciousness of this led him to adopt the custom of saying
+'No," at first, to applicants for favor; and afterwards, at
+leisure, to revise his judgment, and grant what seemed to him
+expedient.  He took the opposite course from his comrade Almagro,
+who, it was observed, generally said "Yes," but too often failed
+to keep his promise.  This was characteristic of the careless and
+easy nature of the latter, governed by impulse rather than
+principle. *31
+[Footnote 30: This tardiness of resolve has even led Herrera to
+doubt his resolution altogether; a judgment certainly
+contradicted by the whole tenor of his history.  "Porque aunque
+era astuto, i recatado, por la maior parte fue de animo suspenso,
+i no mui resoluto." Hist. General, dec. 5, lib. 7, cap. 13.]
+
+[Footnote 31: "Tenia por costumbre de quando algo le pedian dezir
+siempre de no. esto dezia el que hazia por no faltar su palabra,
+y no obstante que dezia no, correspondia con hazer lo que le
+pedian no aviendo inconvenimente. . . . . . Don Diego de Almagro
+hera a la contra que a todos dezia si, y con pocos lo cumplia."
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+It is hardly necessary to speak of the courage of a man pledged
+to such a career as that of Pizarro.  Courage, indeed, was a
+cheap quality among the Spanish adventurers, for danger was their
+element.  But he possessed something higher than mere animal
+courage, in that constancy of purpose which was rooted too deeply
+in his nature to be shaken by the wildest storms of fortune.  It
+was this inflexible constancy which formed the key to his
+character, and constituted the secret of his success.  A
+remarkable evidence of it was given in his first expedition,
+among the mangroves and dreary marshes of Choco.  He saw his
+followers pining around him under the blighting malaria, wasting
+before an invisible enemy, and unable to strike a stroke in their
+own defence.  Yet his spirit did not yield, nor did he falter in
+his enterprise.
+
+There is something oppressive to the imagination in this war
+against nature.  In the struggle of man against man, the spirits
+are raised by a contest conducted on equal terms; but in a war
+with the elements, we feel, that, however bravely we may contend,
+we can have no power to control. Nor are we cheered on by the
+prospect of glory in such a contest; for, in the capricious
+estimate of human glory, the silent endurance of privations,
+however painful, is little, in comparison with the ostentatious
+trophies of victory.  The laurel of the hero - alas for humanity
+that it should be so!  - grows best on the battle-field.
+This inflexible spirit of Pizarro was shown still more strongly,
+when, in the little island of Gallo, he drew the line on the
+sand, which was to separate him and his handful of followers from
+their country and from civilized man.  He trusted that his own
+constancy would give strength to the feeble, and rally brave
+hearts around him for the prosecution of his enterprise.  He
+looked with confidence to the future, and he did not
+miscalculate.  This was heroic, and wanted only a nobler motive
+for its object to constitute the true moral sublime.
+
+Yet the same feature in his character was displayed in a manner
+scarcely less remarkable, when, landing on the coast and
+ascertaining the real strength and civilization of the Incas, he
+persisted in marching into the interior at the head of a force of
+less than two hundred men.  In this he undoubtedly proposed to
+himself the example of Cortes, so contagious to the adventurous
+spirits of that day, and especially to Pizarro, engaged, as he
+was, in a similar enterprise.  Yet the hazard assumed by Pizarro
+was far greater than that of the Conqueror of Mexico, whose force
+was nearly three times as large, while the terrors of the Inca
+name - however justified by the result - were as widely spread as
+those of the Aztecs.
+It was doubtless in imitation of the same captivating model, that
+Pizarro planned the seizure of Atahuallpa.  But the situations of
+the two Spanish captains were as dissimilar as the manner in
+which their acts of violence were conducted.  The wanton massacre
+of the Peruvians resembled that perpetrated by Alvarado in
+Mexico, and might have been attended with consequences as
+disastrous, if the Peruvian character had been as fierce as that
+of the Aztecs. *32 But the blow which roused the latter to
+madness broke the tamer spirits of the Peruvians.  It was a bold
+stroke, which left so much to chance, that it scarcely merits the
+name of policy.
+[Footnote 32: See Conquest of Mexico, Book 4, chap 8.]
+
+When Pizarro landed in the country, he found it distracted by a
+contest for the crown.  It would seem to have been for his
+interest to play off one party against the other, throwing his
+own weight into the scale that suited him.  Instead of this, he
+resorted to an act of audacious violence which crushed them both
+at a blow.  His subsequent career afforded no scope for the
+profound policy displayed by Cortes, when he gathered conflicting
+nations under his banner, and directed them against a common foe.
+Still less did he have the opportunity of displaying the tactics
+and admirable strategy of his rival.  Cortes conducted his
+military operations on the scientific principles of a great
+captain at the head of a powerful host.  Pizarro appears only as
+an adventurer, a fortunate knight-errant.  By one bold stroke, he
+broke the spell which had so long held the land under the
+dominion of the Incas. The spell was broken, and the airy fabric
+of their empire, built on the superstition of ages, vanished at a
+touch.  This was good fortune, rather than the result of policy.
+
+Pizarro was eminently perfidious.  Yet nothing is more opposed to
+sound policy.  One act of perfidy fully established becomes the
+ruin of its author.  The man who relinquishes confidence in his
+good faith gives up the best basis for future operations.  Who
+will knowingly build on a quicksand?  By his perfidious treatment
+of Almagro, Pizarro alienated the minds of the Spaniards.  By his
+perfidious treatment of Atahuallpa, and subsequently of the Inca
+Manco, he disgusted the Peruvians.  The name of Pizarro became a
+by-word for perfidy.  Almagro took his revenge in a civil war;
+Manco in an insurrection which nearly cost Pizarro his dominion.
+The civil war terminated in a conspiracy which cost him his life.
+Such were the fruits of his policy.  Pizarro may be regarded as a
+cunning man; but not, as he has been often eulogized by his
+countrymen, as a politic one.
+When Pizarro obtained possession of Cuzco, he found a country
+well advanced in the arts of civilization; institutions under
+which the people lived in tranquillity and personal safety; the
+mountains and the uplands whitened with flocks; the valleys
+teeming with the fruits of a scientific husbandry; the granaries
+and warehouses filled to overflowing; the whole land rejoicing in
+its abundance; and the character of the nation, softened under
+the influence of the mildest and most innocent form of
+superstition, well prepared for the reception of a higher and a
+Christian civilization. But, far from introducing this, Pizarro
+delivered up the conquered races to his brutal soldiery; the
+sacred cloisters were abandoned to their lust; the towns and
+villages were given up to pillage; the wretched natives were
+parcelled out like slaves, to toil for their conquerors in the
+mines; the flocks were scattered, and wantonly destroyed; the
+granaries were dissipated; the beautiful contrivances for the
+more perfect culture of the soil were suffered to fall into
+decay; the paradise was converted into a desert.  Instead of
+profiting by the ancient forms of civilization, Pizarro preferred
+to efface every vestige of them from the land, and on their ruin
+to erect the institutions of his own country.  Yet these
+institutions did little for the poor Indian, held in iron
+bondage.  It was little to him that the shores of the Pacific
+were studded with rising communities and cities, the marts of a
+flourishing commerce.  He had no share in the goodly heritage.
+He was an alien in the land of his fathers.
+The religion of the Peruvian, which directed him to the worship
+of that glorious luminary which is the best representative of the
+might and beneficence of the Creator, is perhaps the purest form
+of superstition that has existed among men.  Yet it was much,
+that, under the new order of things, and through the benevolent
+zeal of the missionaries, some glimmerings of a nobler faith were
+permitted to dawn on his darkened soul. Pizarro, himself, cannot
+be charged with manifesting any overweening solicitude for the
+propagation of the Faith.  He was no bigot, like Cortes.  Bigotry
+is the perversion of the religious principle; but the principle
+itself was wanting in Pizarro.  The conversion of the heathen was
+a predominant motive with Cortes in his expedition.  It was not a
+vain boast.  He would have sacrificed his life for it at any
+time; and more than once, by his indiscreet zeal, he actually did
+place his life and the success of his enterprise in jeopardy.  It
+was his great purpose to purify the land from the brutish
+abominations of the Aztecs, by substituting the religion of
+Jesus.  This gave to his expedition the character of a crusade.
+It furnished the best apology for the Conquest, and does more
+than all other considerations towards enlisting our sympathies on
+the side of the conquerors.
+
+But Pizarro's ruling motives, so far as they can be scanned by
+human judgment, were avarice and ambition.  The good
+missionaries, indeed, followed in his train to scatter the seeds
+of spiritual truth, and the Spanish government, as usual,
+directed its beneficent legislation to the conversion of the
+natives.  But the moving power with Pizarro and his followers was
+the lust of gold.  This was the real stimulus to their toil, the
+price of perfidy, the true guerdon of their victories.  This gave
+a base and mercenary character to their enterprise; and when we
+contrast the ferocious cupidity of the conquerors with the mild
+and inoffensive manners of the conquered, our sympathies, the
+sympathies even of the Spaniard, are necessarily thrown into the
+scale of the Indian. *33
+
+[Footnote 33: The following vigorous lines of Southey condense,
+in a small compass, the most remarkable traits of Pizarro.  The
+poet's epitaph may certainly be acquitted of the imputation,
+generally well deserved, of flattery towards the subject of it.
+
+"For A Column At Truxillo.
+
+"Pizarro here was born; a greater name
+The list of Glory boasts not.  Toil and Pain,
+Famine, and hostile Elements, and Hosts
+Embattled, failed to check him in his course,
+Not to be wearied, not to be deterred,
+Not to be overcome.  A mighty realm
+He overran, and with relentless arm
+Slew or enslaved its unoffending sons,
+And wealth and power and fame were his rewards.
+There is another world, beyond the grave,
+According to their deeds where men are judged.
+O Reader!  if thy daily bread be earned
+By daily labor, - yea, however low,
+However wretched, be thy lot assigned,
+Thank thou, with deepest gratitude, the God
+Who made thee, that thou art not such as he."]
+
+But as no picture is without its lights, we must not, in justice
+to Pizarro, dwell exclusively on the darker features of his
+portrait.  There was no one of her sons to whom Spain was under
+larger obligations for extent of empire; for his hand won for her
+the richest of the Indian jewels that once sparkled in her
+imperial diadem.  When we contemplate the perils he braved, the
+sufferings he patiently endured, the incredible obstacles he
+overcame, the magnificent results he effected with his single
+arm, as it were, unaided by the government, - though neither a
+good, nor a great man in the highest sense of that term, it is
+impossible not to regard him as a very extraordinary one.
+
+Nor can we fairly omit to notice, in extenuation of his errors,
+the circumstances of his early life; for, like Almagro, he was
+the son of sin and sorrow, early cast upon the world to seek his
+fortunes as he might. In his young and tender age he was to take
+the impression of those into whose society he was thrown.  And
+when was it the lot of the needy outcast to fall into that of the
+wise and the virtuous?  His lot was cast among the licentious
+inmates of a camp, the school of rapine, whose only law was the
+sword, and who looked on the wretched Indian and his heritage as
+their rightful spoil.
+
+Who does not shudder at the thought of what his own fate might
+have been, trained in such a school?  The amount of crime does
+not necessarily show the criminality of the agent.  History,
+indeed, is concerned with the former, that it may be recorded as
+a warning to mankind; but it is He alone who knoweth the heart,
+the strength of the temptation, and the means of resisting it,
+that can determine the measure of the guilt
+
+
+
+
+Chapter VI
+
+Movements Of The Conspirators. - Advance Of Vaca De Castro -
+Proceedings Of Almagro. - Progress Of The Governor. - The Forces
+Approach Each Other.  - Bloody Plains Of Chupas.  - Conduct Of
+Vaca De Castro.
+
+1541-1543.
+
+
+The first step of the conspirators, after securing possession of
+the capital, was to send to the different cities, proclaiming the
+revolution which had taken place, and demanding the recognition
+of the young Almagro as governor of Peru.  Where the summons was
+accompanied by a military force, as at Truxillo and Arequipa, it
+was obeyed without much cavil.  But in other cities a colder
+assent was given, and in some the requisition was treated with
+contempt.  In Cuzco, the place of most importance next to Lima, a
+considerable number of the Almagro faction secured the ascendency
+of their party; and such of the magistracy as resisted were
+ejected from their offices to make room for others of a more
+accommodating temper.  But the loyal inhabitants of the city,
+dissatisfied with this proceeding, privately sent to one of
+Pizarro's captains, named Alvarez de Holguin, who lay with a
+considerable force in the neighbourhood; and that officer,
+entering the place, soon dispossessed the new dignitaries of
+their honors, and restored the ancient capital to its allegiance.
+
+The conspirators experienced a still more determined opposition
+from Alonso de Alvarado. one of the principal captains of
+Pizarro, - defeated, as the reader will remember, by the elder
+Almagro at the bridge of Abancay, - and now lying in the north
+with a corps of about two hundred men, as good troops as any in
+the land.  That officer, on receiving tidings of his general's
+assassination, instantly wrote to the Licentiate Vaca de Castro,
+advising him of the state of affairs in Peru, and urging him to
+quicken his march towards the south. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 13. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 10, cap. 7. - Declaracion de
+Uscategui, Ms. - Carta del Maestro, Martin de Arauco, Ms. - Carta
+de Fray Vicente Valverde, desde Tumbez, Ms.]
+
+This functionary had been sent out by the Spanish Crown, as
+noticed in a preceding chapter, to cooperate with Pizarro in
+restoring tranquillity to the country, with authority to assume
+the government himself, in case of that commander's death.  After
+a long and tempestuous voyage, he had landed, in the spring of
+1541, at the port of Buena Ventura, and, disgusted with the
+dangers of the sea, preferred to continue his wearisome journey
+by land.  But so enfeebled was he by the hardships he had
+undergone, that it was full three months before he reached
+Popayan, where he received the astounding tidings of the death of
+Pizarro.  This was the contingency which had been provided for,
+with such judicious forecast, in his instructions.  Yet he was
+sorely perplexed by the difficulties of his situation.  He was a
+stranger in the land, with a very imperfect knowledge of the
+country, without an armed force to support him, without even the
+military science which might be supposed necessary to avail
+himself of it.  He knew nothing of the degree of Almagro's
+influence, or of the extent to which the insurrection had spread,
+- nothing, in short, of the dispositions of the people among whom
+he was cast.
+
+In such an emergency, a feebler spirit might have listened to the
+counsels of those who advised to return to Panama, and stay there
+until he had mustered a sufficient force to enable him to take
+the field against the insurgents with advantage.  But the
+courageous heart of Vaca de Castro shrunk from a step which would
+proclaim his incompetency to the task assigned him.  He had
+confidence in his own resources, and in the virtue of the
+commission under which he acted.  He relied, too, on the habitual
+loyalty of the Spaniards; and, after mature deliberation, he
+determined to go forward, and trust to events for accomplishing
+the objects of his mission.
+
+He was confirmed in this purpose by the advices he now received
+from Alvarado; and without longer delay, he continued his march
+towards Quito. Here he was well received by Gonzalo Pizarro's
+lieutenant, who had charge of the place during his commander's
+absence on his expedition to the Amazon.  The licentiate was also
+joined by Benalcazar, the conqueror of Quito, who brought a small
+reinforcement, and offered personally to assist him in the
+prosecution of his enterprise.  He now displayed the royal
+commission, empowering him, on Pizarro's death, to assume the
+government. That contingency had arrived, and Vaca de Castro
+declared his purpose to exercise the authority conferred on him.
+At the same time, he sent emissaries to the principal cities,
+requiring their obedience to him as the lawful representative of
+the Crown, - taking care to employ discreet persons on the
+mission, whose character would have weight with the citizens.  He
+then continued his march slowly towards the south. *2
+[Footnote 2: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6, lib. 10, cap. 4. -
+Carta de Benalcazar al Emperador, desde Cali, Ms., 20 Septiembre,
+1542.
+Benalcazar urged Vaca de Castro to assume only the title of
+Judge, and not that of Governor, which would conflict with the
+pretensions of Almagro to that part of the country known as New
+Toledo and bequeathed to him by his father "Porque yo le avise
+muchas veces no entrase en la tierra como Governador, sino como
+Juez de V. M que venia a desagraviar a los agraviados, porque
+todos lo rescibirian de buena gana." Ubi supra.]
+He was willing by his deliberate movements to give time for his
+summons to take effect, and for the fermentation caused by the
+late extraordinary events to subside.  He reckoned confidently on
+the loyalty which made the Spaniard unwilling, unless in cases of
+the last extremity, to come into collision with the royal
+authority; and, however much this popular sentiment might be
+disturbed by temporary gusts of passion, he trusted to the
+habitual current of their feelings for giving the people a right
+direction.  In this he did not miscalculate; for so deep-rooted
+was the principle of loyalty in the ancient Spaniard, that ages
+of oppression and misrule could alone have induced him to shake
+off his allegiance.  Sad it is, but not strange, that the length
+of time passed under a bad government has not qualified him for
+devising a good one.
+
+While these events were passing in the north, Almagro's faction
+at Lima was daily receiving new accessions of strength.  For, in
+addition to those who, from the first, had been avowedly of his
+father's party, there were many others who, from some cause or
+other, had conceived a disgust for Pizarro, and who now willingly
+enlisted under the banner of the chief that had overthrown him.
+
+The first step of the young general, or rather of Rada, who
+directed his movements, was to secure the necessary supplies for
+the troops, most of whom, having long been in indigent
+circumstances, were wholly unprepared for service.  Funds to a
+considerable amount were raised, by seizing on the moneys of the
+Crown in the hands of the treasurer. Pizarro's secretary, Picado,
+was also drawn from his prison, and interrogated as to the place
+where his master's treasures were deposited. But, although put to
+the torture, he would not - or, as is probable, could not - give
+information on the subject; and the conspirators, who had a long
+arrear of injuries to settle with him, closed their proceedings
+by publicly beheading him in the great square of Lima. *3
+
+[Footnote 3: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Carta de
+Barrio Nuevo, Ms. - Carta de Fray Vicente Valverde, desde Tumbez,
+Ms.]
+
+Valverde, Bishop of Cuzco, as he himself assures us, vainly
+interposed in his behalf.  It is singular, that, the last time
+this fanatical prelate appears on the stage, it should be in the
+benevolent character of a supplicant for mercy. *4 Soon
+afterwards, he was permitted, with the judge, Velasquez, and some
+other adherents of Pizarro, to embark from the port of Lima.  We
+have a letter from him, dated at Tumbez, in November, 1541;
+almost immediately after which he fell into the hands of the
+Indians, and with his companions was massacred at Puna.  A
+violent death not unfrequently closed the stormy career of the
+American adventurer.  Valverde was a Dominican friar, and, like
+Father Olmedo in the suite of Cortes, had been by his commander's
+side throughout the whole of his expedition.  But he did not
+always, like the good Olmedo, use his influence to stay the
+uplifted hand of the warrior.  At least, this was not the mild
+aspect in which he presented himself at the terrible massacre of
+Caxamalca.  Yet some contemporary accounts represent him, after
+he had been installed in his episcopal office, as unwearied in
+his labors to convert the natives, and to ameliorate their
+condition; and his own correspondence with the government, after
+that period, shows great solicitude for these praiseworthy
+objects.  Trained in the severest school of monastic discipline,
+which too often closes the heart against the common charities of
+life, he could not, like the benevolent Las Casas, rise so far
+above its fanatical tenets as to regard the heathen as his
+brother, while in the state of infidelity; and, in the true
+spirit of that school, he doubtless conceived that the sanctity
+of the end justified the means, however revolting in themselves.
+Yet the same man, who thus freely shed the blood of the poor
+native to secure the triumph of his faith, would doubtless have
+as freely poured out his own in its defence.  The character was
+no uncommon one in the sixteenth century. *5
+[Footnote 4: "Siendo informado que andavan ordenando la muerte a
+Antonio Picado secretario del Marques que tenian preso, fui a Don
+Diego e a eu Capitan General Joan de Herrada e a todos sus
+capitanes, i les puse delante el servicio de Dios i de S. M. i
+que bastase en lo fecho por respeto de Dios, humillandome a sus
+pies porque no lo matasen: i no basto que luego dende a pocos
+dias lo sacaron a la plaza desta cibdad donde le cortaron la
+cabeza." Carta de Fray Vicente de Valverde, desde Tumbez, Ms]
+[Footnote 5: "Quel Senor obispo Fray Vicente de Balverde como
+persona que jamas ha tenido fin ni zelo al servicio de Dios ni de
+S. M. ni menos en la conversion de los naturales en los poner e
+dotrinar en las cosas de nuestra santa fee catholica, ni menos en
+entender en la paz e sosiego destos reynos, sino a sus intereses
+propios dando mal ejemplo a todos." (Carta de Almagro a la
+Audiencia de Panama, Ms. , 8 de Nov. 1541.) The writer, it must
+be remembered was his personal enemy.]
+
+Almagro's followers, having supplied themselves with funds, made
+as little scruple to appropriate to their own use such horses and
+arms, of every description, as they could find in the city.  And
+this they did with the less reluctance, as the inhabitants for
+the most part testified no good-will to their cause.  While thus
+employed, Almagro received intelligence that Holguin had left
+Cuzco with a force of near three hundred men, with which he was
+preparing to effect a junction with Alvarado in the north.  It
+was important to Almagro's success that he should defeat this
+junction.  If to procrastinate was the policy of Vaca de Castro,
+it was clearly that of Almagro to quicken operations, and to
+bring matters to as speedy an issue as possible; to march at once
+against Holguin, whom he might expect easily to overcome with his
+superior numbers; then to follow up the stroke by the still
+easier defeat of Alvarado, when the new governor would be, in a
+manner, at his mercy.  It would be easy to beat these several
+bodies in detail, which, once united, would present formidable
+odds.  Almagro and his party had already arrayed themselves
+against the government by a proceeding too atrocious, and which
+struck too directly at the royal authority, for its perpetrators
+to flatter themselves with the hopes of pardon.  Their only
+chance was boldly to follow up the blow, and, by success, to
+place themselves in so formidable an attitude as to excite the
+apprehensions of government.  The dread of its too potent vassal
+might extort terms that would never be conceded to his prayers.
+
+But Almagro and his followers shrunk from this open collision
+with the Crown.  They had taken up rebellion because it lay in
+their path, not because they had wished it.  They had meant only
+to avenge their personal wrongs on Pizarro, and not to defy the
+royal authority.  When, therefore, some on the more resolute, who
+followed things fearlessly to their consequences, proposed to
+march at once against Vaca de Castro, and, by striking at the
+head, settle the contest by a blow, it was almost universally
+rejected; and it was not till after long debate that it was
+finally determined to move against Holguin, and cut off his
+communication with Alonso de Alvarado.
+
+Scarcely had Almagro commenced his march on Xauxa, where he
+proposed to give battle to his enemy, than he met with a severe
+misfortune in the death of Juan de Rada.  He was a man somewhat
+advanced in years; and the late exciting scenes, in which he had
+taken the principal part, had been too much for a frame greatly
+shattered by a life of extraordinary hardship.  He was thrown
+into a fever, of which he soon after died.  By his death, Almagro
+sustained an inestimable loss; for, besides his devoted
+attachment to his young leader, he was, by his large experience,
+and his cautious though courageous character, better qualified
+than any other cavalier in the army to conduct him safely through
+the stormy sea on which he had led him to embark.
+
+Among the cavaliers of highest consideration after Rada's death,
+the two most aspiring were Christoval de Sotelo, and Garcia de
+Alvarado; both possessed of considerable military talent, but the
+latter marked by a bold, presumptuous manner, which might remind
+one of his illustrious namesake, who achieved much higher renown
+under the banner of Cortes. Unhappily, a jealousy grew up between
+these two officers; that jealousy, so common among the Spaniards,
+that it may seem a national characteristic; an impatience of
+equality, founded on a false principle of honor, which has ever
+been the fruitful source of faction among them, whether under a
+monarchy or a republic.
+
+This was peculiarly unfortunate for Almagro, whose inexperience
+led him to lean for support on others, and who, in the present
+distracted state of his council, knew scarcely where to turn for
+it.  In the delay occasioned by these dissensions, his little
+army did not reach the valley of Xauxa till after the enemy had
+passed it.  Almagro followed close, leaving behind his baggage
+and artillery that he might move the lighter. But the golden
+opportunity was lost.  The rivers, swollen by autumnal rains,
+impeded his pursuit; and, though his light troops came up with a
+few stragglers of the rear-guard, Holguin succeeded in conducting
+his forces through the dangerous passes of the mountains, and in
+effecting a junction with Alonso de Alvarado, near the northern
+seaport of Huaura.
+Disappointed in his object, Almagro prepared to march on Cuzco, -
+the capital, as he regarded it, of his own jurisdiction, - to get
+possession of that city, and there make preparations to meet his
+adversary in the field.  Sotelo was sent forward with a small
+corps in advance.  He experienced no opposition from the now
+defenceless citizens; the government of the place was again
+restored to the hands of the men of Chili, and their young leader
+soon appeared at the head of his battalions, and established his
+winter-quarters in the Inca capital.
+
+Here, the jealousy of the rival captains broke out into an open
+feud. It was ended by the death of Sotelo, treacherously
+assassinated in his own apartment by Garcia de Alvarado.
+Almagro, greatly outraged by this atrocity, was the more
+indignant, as he felt himself too weak to punish the offender.
+He smothered his resentment for the present, affecting to treat
+the dangerous officer with more distinguished favor.  But
+Alvarado was not the dupe of this specious behaviour.  He felt
+that he had forfeited the confidence of his commander.  In
+revenge, he laid a plot to betray him; and Almagro, driven to the
+necessity of self-defence, imitated the example of his officer,
+by entering his house with a party of armed men, who, laying
+violent hands on the insurgent, slew him on the spot. *6
+[Footnote 6: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 10 - 14. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap.
+147.
+Declaracion de Uscategui, Ms. - Carta de Barrio Nuevo, Ms. -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 6 lib. 10, cap. 13; dec. 7 lib. 3
+cap. 1, 5.]
+This irregular proceeding was followed by the best consequences.
+The seditious schemes of Alvarado perished with him.  The seeds
+of insubordination were eradicated, and from that moment Almagro
+experienced only implicit obedience and the most loyal support
+from his followers. From that hour, too, his own character seemed
+to be changed; he relied far less on others than on himself, and
+developed resources not to have been anticipated in one of his
+years; for he had hardly reached the age of twenty-two. *7 From
+this time he displayed an energy and forecast, which proved him,
+in despite of his youth, not unequal to the trying emergencies of
+the situation in which it was his unhappy lot to be placed.
+[Footnote 7: "Hico mas que su edad requeria, porque seria de edad
+de veinte i dos anos." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 20.]
+He instantly set about providing for the wants of his men, and
+strained every nerve to get them in good fighting order for the
+approaching campaign.  He replenished his treasury with a large
+amount of silver which he drew from the mines of La Plata
+Saltpetre, obtained in abundance in the neighbourhood of Cuzco,
+furnished the material for gunpowder.  He caused cannon, some of
+large dimensions, to be cast under the superintendence of Pedro
+de Candia, the Greek, who, it may be remembered, had first come
+into the country with Pizarro, and who, with a number of his
+countrymen, - Levantines, as they were called, - was well
+acquainted with this manufacture.  Under their care, fire-arms
+were made, together with cuirasses and helmets, in which silver
+was mingled with copper, *8 and of so excellent a quality, that
+they might vie, says an old soldier of the time, with those from
+the workshops of Milan. *9 Almagro received a seasonable supply,
+moreover, from a source scarcely to have been expected.  This was
+from Manco, the wandering Inca, who, detesting the memory of
+Pizarro, transferred to the young Almagro the same friendly
+feelings which he had formerly borne to his father; heightened,
+it may be, by the consideration that Indian blood flowed in the
+veins of the young commander.  From this quarter Almagro obtained
+a liberal supply of swords, spears, shields, and arms and armour
+of every description, chiefly taken by the Inca at the memorable
+siege of Cuzco.  He also received the gratifying assurance, that
+the latter would support him with a detachment of native troops
+when he opened the campaign.
+
+[Footnote 8: "Y demas de esto hico armas para la Gente de su
+Real, que no las tenia, de pasta de Plata, i Cobre, mezclado, de
+que salen mui buenos Coseletes: haviendo corregido, demas de
+esto, todas las armas de la Tierra; de manera, que el que menos
+Armas tenia entre su Gente, era Cota, i Coracinas, o Coselete, i
+Celadas de la mesma Pasta, que los Indios hacen diestramente, por
+muestras de las Milan." Zarate, Conq. de Peru, lib. 4, cap. 14.]
+
+[Footnote 9: "Hombres de armas con tan buenas celadas borgonesas
+como se hacen en Milan." Carta de Ventura Beltran al Emperador,
+Ms desde Vilcas, 8 Octubre, 1542.]
+
+Before making a final appeal to arms, however, Almagro resolved
+to try the effect of negotiation with the new governor.  In the
+spring, or early in the summer, of 1542, he sent an embassy to
+the latter, then at Lima, in which he deprecated the necessity of
+taking arms against an officer of the Crown.  His only desire, he
+said, was to vindicate his own rights; to secure the possession
+of New Toledo, the province bequeathed to him by his father, and
+from which he had been most unjustly excluded by Pizarro.  He did
+not dispute the governor's authority over New Castile, as the
+country was designated which had been assigned to the marquess;
+and he concluded by proposing that each party should remain
+within his respective territory until the determination of the
+Court of Castile could be made known to them.  To this
+application, couched in respectful terms, Almagro received no
+answer.
+
+Frustrated in his hopes of a peaceful accommodation, the young
+captain now saw that nothing was left but the arbitrament of
+arms. Assembling his troops, preparatory to his departure from
+the capital, he made them a brief address.  He protested that the
+step which he and his brave companions were about to take was not
+an act of rebellion against the Crown.  It was forced on them by
+the conduct of the governor himself. The commission of that
+officer gave him no authority over the territory of New Toledo,
+settled on Almagro's father, and by his father bequeathed to him.
+If Vaca de Castro, by exceeding the limits of his authority,
+drove him to hostilities, the blood spilt in the quarrel would
+lie on the head of that commander, not on his.  "In the
+assassination of Pizarro," he continued, "we took that justice
+into our own hands which elsewhere was denied us.  It is the same
+now, in our contest with the royal governor. We are as
+true-hearted and loyal subjects of the Crown as he is." And he
+concluded by invoking his soldiers to stand by him heart and hand
+in the approaching contest, in which they were all equally
+interested with himself.
+
+The appeal was not made to an insensible audience.  There were
+few among them who did not feel that their fortunes were
+indissolubly connected with those of their commander; and while
+they had little to expect from the austere character of the
+governor, they were warmly attached to the person of their young
+chief, who, with all the popular qualities of his father, excited
+additional sympathy from the circumstances of his age and his
+forlorn condition.  Laying their hands on the cross, placed on an
+altar raised for the purpose, the officers and soldiers severally
+swore to brave every peril with Almagro, and remain true to him
+to the last.
+
+In point of numbers, his forces had not greatly strengthened
+since his departure from Lima.  He mustered but little more than
+five hundred in all; but among them were his father's veterans,
+well seasoned by many an Indian campaign.  He had about two
+hundred horse, many of them clad in complete mail, a circumstance
+not too common in these wars, where a stuffed doublet of cotton
+was often the only panoply of the warrior.  His infantry, formed
+of pikemen and arquebusiers, was excellently armed.  But his
+strength lay in his heavy ordnance, consisting of sixteen pieces,
+eight large and eight smaller guns, or falconets, as they were
+called, forming, says one who saw it, a beautiful park of
+artillery, that would have made a brave show on the citadel of
+Burgos. *10 The little army, in short, though not imposing from
+its numbers, was under as good discipline, and as well appointed,
+as any that ever fought on the fields of Peru; much better than
+any which Almagro's own father or Pizarro ever led into the field
+and won their conquests with.  Putting himself at the head of his
+gallant company, the chieftain sallied forth from the walls of
+Cuzco about midsummer, in 1542, and directed his march towards
+the coast in expectation of meeting the enemy. *11
+
+[Footnote 10: "El artilleria hera suficiente para hazer bateria
+en el castillo de Burgos." Dicho del Capitan Francisco de
+Carvajal sobre la pregunta 38 de la informacion hecha en el Cuzco
+en 1543, a favor de Vaca de Castro, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 11: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Declaracion
+de Uscategui, Ms. - Garcilasso, Com. Real, Real., Parte 2, lib.
+2, cap. 13. - Carta del Cabildo de Arequipa al Emperador, San
+Joan de la Frontera, Ms., 24 de Sep. 1542 - Herrera, Hist.
+General, dez lib. 3, cap. 1, 2.]
+While the events detailed in the preceding pages were passing,
+Vaca de Castro, whom we left at Quito in the preceding year, was
+advancing slowly towards the south.  His first act, after leaving
+that city, showed his resolution to enter into no compromise with
+the assassins of Pizarro. Benalcazar, the distinguished officer
+whom I have mentioned as having early given in his adherence to
+him, had protected one of the principal conspirators, his
+personal friend, who had come into his power, and had facilitated
+his escape.  The governor, indignant at the proceeding, would
+listen to no explanation, but ordered the offending officer to
+return to his own district of Popayan.  It was a bold step, in
+the precarious state of his own fortunes.
+
+As the governor pursued his march, he was well received by the
+people on the way; and when he entered the city of San Miguel, he
+was welcomed with loyal enthusiasm by the inhabitants, who
+readily acknowledged his authority though they showed little
+alacrity to take their chance with him in the coming struggle.
+
+After lingering a long time in each of these places, he resumed
+his march and reached the camp of Alonso de Alvarado at Huaura,
+early in 1542. Holguin had established his quarters at some
+little distance from his rival; for a jealousy had sprung up, as
+usual, between these two captains, who both aspired to the
+supreme command of Captain-General of the army. The office of
+governor, conferred on Vaca de Castro, might seem to include that
+of commander-in-chief of the forces.  But De Castro was a
+scholar, bred to the law; and, whatever authority he might
+arrogate to himself in civil matters, the two captains imagined
+that the military department he would resign into the hands of
+others.  They little knew the character of the man.
+
+Though possessed of no more military science than belonged to
+every cavalier in that martial age, the governor knew that to
+avow his ignorance, and to resign the management of affairs into
+the hands of others, would greatly impair his authority, if not
+bring him into contempt with the turbulent spirits among whom he
+was now thrown.  He had both sagacity and spirit, and trusted to
+be able to supply his own deficiencies by the experience of
+others.  His position placed the services of the ablest men in
+the country at his disposal, and with the aid of their counsels
+he felt quite competent to decide on his plan of operations, and
+to enforce the execution of it.  He knew, moreover, that the only
+way to allay the jealousy of the two parties in the present
+crisis was to assume himself the office which was the cause of
+their dissension.
+Still he approached his ambitious officers with great caution;
+and the representations, which he made through some judicious
+persons who had the most intimate access to them, were so
+successful, that both were in a short time prevailed on to
+relinquish their pretensions in his favor. Holguin, the more
+unreasonable of the two, then waited on him in his rival's
+quarters, where the governor had the further satisfaction to
+reconcile him to Alonso de Alvarado.  It required some address,
+as their jealousy of each other had proceeded to such lengths
+that a challenge had passed between them.
+
+Harmony being thus restored, the licentiate passed over to
+Holguin's camp, where he was greeted with salvoes of artillery,
+and loud acclamations of "Viva el Rey" from the loyal soldiery.
+Ascending a platform covered with velvet, he made an animated
+harangue to the troops; his commission was read aloud by the
+secretary; and the little army tendered their obedience to him as
+the representative of the Crown.
+Vaca de Castro's next step was to send off the greater part of
+his force, in the direction of Xauxa, while, at the head of a
+small corps, he directed his march towards Lima.  Here he was
+received with lively demonstrations of joy by the citizens, who
+were generally attached to the cause of Pizarro, the founder and
+constant patron of their capital. Indeed, the citizens had lost
+no time after Almagro's departure in expelling his creatures from
+the municipality, and reasserting their allegiance.  With these
+favorable dispositions towards himself, the governor found no
+difficulty in obtaining a considerable loan of money from the
+wealthier inhabitants.  But he was less successful, at first, in
+his application for horses and arms, since the harvest had been
+too faithfully gleaned, already, by the men of Chili.  As,
+however, he prolonged his stay some time in the capital, he
+obtained important supplies, before he left it, both of arms and
+ammunition, while he added to his force by a considerable body of
+recruits. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: Declaracion de Uscategui, Ms. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 1,
+cap. 1. - Carta de Barrio Nuevo, Ms. - Carta de Benalcazar al
+Emperador, Ms.]
+As he was thus employed, he received tidings that the enemy had
+left Cuzco, and was on his march towards the coast.  Quitting Los
+Reyes, therefore, with his trusty followers, Vaca de Castro
+marched at once to Xauxa, the appointed place of rendezvous.
+Here he mustered his forces, and found that they amounted to
+about seven hundred men.  The cavalry, in which lay his strength,
+was superior in numbers to that of his antagonist, but neither so
+well mounted or armed.  It included many cavaliers of birth, and
+well-tried soldiers, besides a number who, having great interests
+at stake, as possessed of large estates in the country, had left
+them at the call of government, to enlist under its banners. *13
+His infantry, besides pikes, was indifferently well supplied with
+fire-arms; but he had nothing to show in the way of artillery
+except three or four ill-mounted falconets.  Yet, notwithstanding
+these deficiencies, the royal army, if so insignificant a force
+can deserve that name, was so far superior in numbers to that of
+his rival, that the one might be thought, on the whole, to be no
+unequal match for the other. *14
+
+[Footnote 13: The Municipality of Arequipa, most of whose members
+were present in the army, stoutly urge their claims to a
+compensation for thus promptly leaving their estates, and taking
+up arms at the call of government.  Without such reward, they
+say, their patriotic example will not often be followed.  The
+document, which is important for its historical details, may be
+found in the Castilian, in Appendix, No. 13.]
+[Footnote 14: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 15. - Carta de Barrio Nuevo, Ms
+Carbajal notices the politic manner in which his commander bribed
+recruits into his service, - paying them with promises and fair
+words when ready money failed him.  "Dando a unos dineros, e a
+otros armas i caballos, i a otros palabras, i a otros promesas, i
+a otros graziosas respuestas de lo que con el negoziaban para
+tenerlos a todos muy conttentos i presttos en el servicio de S.
+M. quando fuese menestter." Dicho del Capitan Francisco de
+Carbajal sobre la informacion hecha en el Cuzco en 1543, favor de
+Vaca de Castro, Ms.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter VI
+
+
+The reader, familiar with the large masses employed in European
+warfare, may smile at the paltry forces of the Spaniards.  But in
+the New World, where a countless host of natives went for little,
+five hundred well-trained Europeans were regarded as a formidable
+body.  No army, up to the period before us, had ever risen to a
+thousand.  Yet it is not numbers, as I have already been led to
+remark, that give importance to a conflict; but the consequences
+that depend on it, - the magnitude of the stake, and the skill
+and courage of the players.  The more limited the means, even,
+the greater may be the science shown in the use of them; until,
+forgetting the poverty of the materials, we fix our attention on
+the conduct of the actors, and the greatness of the results.
+While at Xauxa, Vaca de Castro received an embassy from Gonzalo
+Pizarro, returned from his expedition from the "Land of
+Cinnamon," in which that chief made an offer of his services in
+the approaching contest. The governor's answer showed that he was
+not wholly averse to an accommodation with Almagro, provided it
+could be effected without compromising the royal authority.  He
+was willing, perhaps, to avoid the final trial by battle, when he
+considered, that, from the equality of the contending forces, the
+issue must be extremely doubtful.  He knew that the presence of
+Pizarro in the camp, the detested enemy of the Almagrians, would
+excite distrust in their bosoms that would probably baffle every
+effort at accommodation.  Nor is it likely that the governor
+cared to have so restless a spirit introduced into his own
+councils.  He accordingly sent to Gonzalo, thanking him for the
+promptness of his support, but courteously declined it, while he
+advised him to remain in his province, and repose after the
+fatigues of his wearisome expedition.  At the same time, he
+assured him that he would not fail to call for his services when
+occasion required it. - The haughty cavalier was greatly
+disgusted by the repulse. *15
+
+[Footnote 15: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 15.]
+
+The governor now received such an account of Almagro's movements
+as led him to suppose that he was preparing to occupy Guamanga, a
+fortified place of considerable strength, about thirty leagues
+from Xauxa. *16 Anxious to secure this post, he broke up his
+encampment, and by forced marches, conducted in so irregular a
+manner as must have placed him in great danger if his enemy had
+been near to profit by it, he succeeded in anticipating Almagro,
+and threw himself into the place while his antagonist was at
+Bilcas, some ten leagues distant.
+
+[Footnote 16: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 85.]
+
+At Guamanga, Vaca de Castro received another embassy from
+Almagro, of similar import with the former.  The young chief
+again deprecated the existence of hostilities between brethren of
+the same family, and proposed an accommodation of the quarrel on
+the same basis as before.  To these proposals the governor now
+condescended to reply.  It might be thought, from his answer,
+that he felt some compassion for the youth and inexperience of
+Almagro, and that he was willing to distinguish between him and
+the principal conspirators, provided he could detach him from
+their interests.  But it is more probable that he intended only
+to amuse his enemy by a show of negotiation, while he gained time
+for tampering with the fidelity of his troops.
+
+He insisted that Almagro should deliver up to him all those
+immediately implicated in the death of Pizarro, and should then
+disband his forces.  On these conditions the government would
+pass over his treasonable practices, and he should be reinstated
+in the royal favor. Together with this mission, Vaca de Castro,
+it is reported, sent a Spaniard, disguised as an Indian, who was
+instructed to communicate with certain officers in Almagro's
+camp, and prevail on them, if possible, to abandon his cause and
+return to their allegiance.  Unfortunately, the disguise of the
+emissary was detected.  He was seized, put to the torture, and,
+having confessed the whole of the transaction, was hanged as a
+spy.
+Almagro laid the proceeding before his captains.  The terms
+proffered by the governor were such as no man with a particle of
+honor in his nature could entertain for a moment; and Almagro's
+indignation, as well as that of his companions, was heightened by
+the duplicity of their enemy, who could practise such insidious
+arts, while ostensibly engaged in a fair and open negotiation.
+Fearful, perhaps, lest the tempting offers of their antagonist
+might yet prevail over the constancy of some of the weaker
+spirits among them, they demanded that all negotiation should be
+broken off, and that they should be led at once against the
+enemy. *17
+[Footnote 17: Dicho del Capitan Francisco de Carbajal sobre la
+informacion hecha en el Cuzco en 1543, a favor de Vaca de Castro,
+Ms. - Zarate, Conq del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 16. - Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 7, lib. 3, cap. 8. - Carta de Ventura Beltran, Ms.
+- Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 149]
+The governor, meanwhile, finding the broken country around
+Guamanga unfavorable for his cavalry, on which he mainly relied,
+drew off his forces to the neighbouring lowlands, known as the
+Plains of Chupas.  It was the tempestuous season of the year, and
+for several days the storm raged wildly among the hills, and,
+sweeping along their sides into the valley, poured down rain,
+sleet, and snow on the miserable bivouacs of the soldiers, till
+they were drenched to the skin and nearly stiffened by the cold.
+*18 At length, on the sixteenth of September, 1542, the scouts
+brought in tidings that Almagro's troops were advancing, with the
+intention, apparently, of occupying the highlands around Chupas.
+The war of the elements had at last subsided, and was succeeded
+by one of those brilliant days which are found only in the
+tropics.  The royal camp was early in motion, as Vaca de Castro,
+desirous to secure the heights that commanded the valley,
+detached a body of arquebusiers on that service, supported by a
+corps of cavalry, which he soon followed with the rest of the
+forces.  On reaching the eminence, news was brought that the
+enemy had come to a halt, and established himself in a strong
+position at less than a league's distance.
+
+[Footnote 18: "Tuvieron tan gran tempestad de agua, Truenos, i
+Nieve, que pensaron perecer; i amaneciendo con dia claro, i
+sereno" Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 3, cap. 8.]
+
+It was now late in the afternoon, and the sun was not more than
+two hours above the horizon.  The governor hesitated to begin the
+action when they must so soon be overtaken by night.  But Alonso
+de Alvarado assured him that "now was the time, for the spirits
+of his men were hot for fight, and it was better to take the
+benefit of it than to damp their ardor by delay." The governor
+acquiesced, exclaiming at the same time, - "O for the might of
+Joshua, to stay the sun in his course!" *19 He then drew up his
+little army in order of battle, and made his dispositions for the
+attack.
+[Footnote 19: "Yasi Vaca de Castro signio su parescer, temiendo
+toda via la falta del Dia, i dijo, que quisiera tener el poder de
+Josue, para detener el Sol." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap.
+18.]
+In the centre he placed his infantry, consisting of arquebusiers
+and pikemen, constituting the battle, as it was called.  On the
+flanks, he established his cavalry, placing the right wing,
+together with the royal standard, under charge of Alonso de
+Alvarado, and the left under Holguin, supported by a gallant body
+of cavaliers.  His artillery, too insignificant to be of much
+account, was also in the centre.  He proposed himself to lead the
+van, and to break the first lance with the enemy; but from this
+chivalrous display he was dissuaded by his officers, who reminded
+him that too much depended on his life to have it thus wantonly
+exposed.  The governor contented himself, therefore, with heading
+a body of reserve, consisting of forty horse, to act on any
+quarter as occasion might require.  This corps, comprising the
+flower of his chivalry, was chiefly drawn from Alvarado's troop,
+greatly to the discontent of that captain.  The governor himself
+rode a coal-black charger, and wore a rich surcoat of brocade
+over his mail, through which the habit and emblems of the
+knightly order of St. James, conferred on him just before his
+departure from Castile, were conspicuous. *20 It was a point of
+honor with the chivalry of the period to court danger by
+displaying their rank in the splendor of their military attire
+and the caparisons of their horses.
+[Footnote 20: "I visto esto por el dicho senor Governador, mando
+dar al arma a mui gran priesa, i mando a este testigo que sacase
+toda la gente al campo, i el se entro en su tienda a se armar, i
+dende a poco salio della encima de un cavallo morcillo rabicano
+armado en blanco i con una ropa de brocado encima de las armas
+con el abito de Santiago en los pechos." Dicho del Capitan
+Francisco de Carbajal sobre la informacion hecha en e Cuzco en
+1543, a favor de Vaca de Castro, Ms.]
+
+Before commencing the assault, Vaca de Castro addressed a few
+remarks to his soldiers, in order to remove any hesitation that
+some might yet feel, who recollected the displeasure shown by the
+emperor to the victors as well as the vanquished after the battle
+of Salinas.  He told them that their enemies were rebels.  They
+were in arms against him, the representative of the Crown, and it
+was his duty to quell this rebellion and punish the authors of
+it.  He then caused the law to be read aloud, proclaiming the
+doom of traitors.  By this law, Almagro and his followers had
+forfeited their lives and property, and the governor promised to
+distribute the latter among such of his men as showed the best
+claim to it by their conduct in the battle.  This last politic
+promise vanquished the scruples of the most fastidious; and,
+having completed his dispositions in the most judicious and
+soldier-like manner, Vaca de Castro gave the order to advance.
+*21
+
+[Footnote 21: The governor's words, says Carbajal, who witnessed
+their effect, stirred the heart of the troops, so that they went
+to the battle as to a ball.  "En pocas palabras comprehendio tan
+grandes cosas que la gente de S. M. covro tan grande animo con
+ellas, que tan determinadamente se partieron de alli para ir a
+los enemigos como si fueron a fiestas donde estuvieran
+convidados." Dicho del Capitan Francisco de Carbajal, sobre la
+informacion hecha en el Cuzco en 1543, a favor de Vaca de Castro,
+Ms.]
+As the forces turned a spur of the hills which had hitherto
+screened them from their enemies, they came in sight of the
+latter, formed along the crest of a gentle eminence, with their
+snow-white banners, the distinguishing color of the Almagrians,
+floating above their heads, and their bright arms flinging back
+the broad rays of the evening sun. Almagro's disposition of his
+troops was not unlike that of his adversary. In the centre was
+his excellent artillery, covered by his arquebusiers and
+spearmen; while his cavalry rode on the flanks.  The troops on
+the left he proposed to lead in person.  He had chosen his
+position with judgment, as the character of the ground gave full
+play to his guns, which opened an effective fire on the
+assailants as they drew near.  Shaken by the storm of shot, Vaca
+de Castro saw the difficulty of advancing in open view of the
+hostile battery.  He took the counsel, therefore, of Francisco de
+Carbajal, who undertook to lead the forces by a circuitous, but
+safer, route.  This is the first occasion on which the name of
+this veteran appears in these American wars, where it was
+afterwards to acquire a melancholy notoriety.  He had come to the
+country after the campaigns of forty years in Europe, where he
+had studied the art of war under the Great Captain, Gonsalvo de
+Cordova.  Though now far advanced in age, he possessed all the
+courage and indomitable energy of youth, and well exemplified the
+lessons he had studied under his great commander.
+Taking advantage of a winding route that sloped round the
+declivity of the hills, he conducted the troops in such a manner,
+that, until they approached quite near the enemy, they were
+protected by the intervening ground.  While thus advancing, they
+were assailed on the left flank by the Indian battalions under
+Paullo, the Inca Manco's brother; but a corps of musketeers,
+directing a scattering fire among them, soon rid the Spaniards of
+this annoyance.  When, at length, the royal troops, rising above
+the hill, again came into view of Almagro's lines, the artillery
+opened on them with fatal effect.  It was but for a moment,
+however, as, from some unaccountable cause, the guns were pointed
+at such an angle, that, although presenting an obvious mark, by
+far the greater part of the shot passed over their heads.
+Whether this was the result of treachery, or merely of
+awkwardness, is uncertain.  The artillery was under charge of the
+engineer, Pedro de Candia.  This man, who, it may be remembered,
+was one of the thirteen that so gallantly stood by Pizarro in the
+island of Gallo, had fought side by side with his leader through
+the whole of the Conquest.  He had lately, however, conceived
+some disgust with him, and had taken part with the faction of
+Almagro.  The death of his old commander, he may perhaps have
+thought, had settled all their differences, and he was now
+willing to return to his former allegiance.  At least, it is
+said, that, at this very time, he was in correspondence with Vaca
+de Castro.  Almagro himself seems to have had no doubt of his
+treachery. For, after remonstrating in vain with him on his
+present conduct, he ran him through the body, and the unfortunate
+cavalier fell lifeless on the field.  Then, throwing himself on
+one of the guns, Almagro gave it a new direction, and that so
+successfully, that, when it was discharged, it struck down
+several of the cavalry. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 17-19. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 3, cap. 11. - Dicho del
+Capitan Francisco de Carbajal sobre la informacion hecha en el
+Cuzco en 1543, a favor de Vaca de Castro, Ms. - Carta del Cabildo
+de Arequipa al Emperador, Ms. - Carta de Ventura Beltran, Ms. -
+Declaracion de Uscategui, Ms. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap.
+149.
+
+According to Garcilasso, whose guns usually do more execution
+than those of any other authority, seventeen men were killed by
+this wonderful shot.  See Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 3, cap. 16.]
+The firing now took better effect, and by one volley a whole file
+of the royal infantry was swept off, and though others quickly
+stepped in to fill up the ranks, the men, impatient of their
+sufferings, loudly called on the troopers, who had halted for a
+moment, to quicken their advance. *23 This delay had been caused
+by Carbajal's desire to bring his own guns to bear on the
+opposite columns.  But the design was quickly abandoned; the
+clumsy ordnance was left on the field, and orders were given to
+the cavalry to charge; the trumpets sounded, and, crying their
+war-cries, the bold cavaliers struck their spurs into their
+steeds, and rode at full speed against the enemy.
+
+[Footnote 23: The officers drove the men according to Zarate, at
+the point of their swords, to take the places of their fallen
+comrades.  "Porque vn tiro llevo toda vna hilera, e hico abrir el
+Escuadron, i los Capitanes pusieron gran diligencia en hacerlo
+cerrar, amenacando de muerte a los Soldados, con las Espadas
+desenvainadas, i se cerro." Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 1.]
+
+Well had it been for Almagro, if he had remained firm on the post
+which gave him such advantage.  But from a false point of honor,
+he thought it derogatory to a brave knight passively to await the
+assault, and, ordering his own men to charge, the hostile
+squadrons, rapidly advancing against each other, met midway on
+the plain.  The shock was terrible.  Horse and rider reeled under
+the force of it.  The spears flew into shivers; *24 and the
+cavaliers, drawing their swords, or wielding their maces and
+battle-axes, - though some of the royal troopers were armed only
+with a common axe, - dealt their blows with all the fury of civil
+hate.  It was a fearful struggle, not merely of man against man,
+but, to use the words of an eyewitness, of brother against
+brother, and friend against friend. *25 No quarter was asked; for
+the wrench that had been strong enough to tear asunder the
+dearest ties of kindred left no hold for humanity.  The excellent
+arms of the Almagrians counterbalanced the odds of numbers; but
+the royal partisans gained some advantage by striking at the
+horses instead of the mailed bodies of their antagonists.
+[Footnote 24: "Se encontraron de suerte, que casi todas las
+lancas quebraron, quedando muchos muertos, i caidos de ambas
+partes." (Ibid., ubi supra.) Zarate writes on this occasion with
+the spirit and strength of Thucydides.  He was not present, but
+came into the country the following year, when he gleaned the
+particulars of the battle from the best informed persons there,
+to whom his position gave him ready access.]
+[Footnote 25: It is the language of the Conquerors themselves,
+who, in their letter to the Emperor, compare the action to the
+great battle of Ravenna.  "Fue tan renida i porfiada, que despues
+de la de Rebena, no se ha visto entre tan poca gente mas cruel
+batalla, donde hermanos a hermanos, ni deudos a deudos, ni amigos
+a amigos no se davan vida uno a otro." Carta de Cabildo de
+Arequipa al Emperador. Ms.]
+
+The infantry, meanwhile, on both sides, kept up a sharp
+cross-fire from their arquebuses, which did execution on the
+ranks of the cavaliers, as well as on one another.  But Almagro's
+battery of heavy guns, now well directed, mowed down the
+advancing columns of foot.  The latter, staggering, began to fall
+back from the terrible fire, when Francisco de Carbajal, throwing
+himself before them, cried out, "Shame on you, my men! Do you
+give way now?  I am twice as good a mark for the enemy as any of
+you!" He was a very large man; and, throwing off his steel helmet
+and cuirass, that he might have no advantage over his followers,
+he remained lightly attired in his cotton doublet, when, swinging
+his partisan over his head, he sprang boldly forward through
+blinding volumes of smoke and a tempest of musket-balls, and,
+supported by the bravest of his troops, overpowered the gunners,
+and made himself master of their pieces.
+
+The shades of night had now, for some time, been coming thicker
+and thicker over the field.  But still the deadly struggle went
+on in the darkness, as the red and white badges intimated the
+respective parties, and their war-cries rose above the din, -
+"Vaca de Castro y el Rey," - "Almagro y el Rey," - while both
+invoked the aid of their military apostle St. James.  Holguin,
+who commanded the royalists on the left, pierced through by two
+musket-balls, had been slain early in the action.  He had made
+himself conspicuous by a rich sobrevest of white velvet over his
+armour.  Still a gallant band of cavaliers maintained the fight
+so valiantly on that quarter, that the Almagrians found it
+difficult to keep their ground. *26
+
+[Footnote 26: The battle was so equally contested, says Beltran,
+one of Vaca de Castro's captains, that it was long doubtful on
+which side victory was to incline.  "I la batalla estuvo mui gran
+rato en peso sin conoscerse vitoria de la una parte a la otra."
+Carta de Ventura Beltran, Ms.]
+It fared differently on the right, where Alonso de Alvarado
+commanded.  He was there encountered by Almagro in person, who
+fought worthy of his name.  By repeated charges on his opponent,
+he endeavoured to bear down his squadrons, so much worse mounted
+and worse armed than his own.  Alvarado resisted with
+undiminished courage; but his numbers had been thinned, as we
+have seen, before the battle, to supply the governor's reserve,
+and, fairly overpowered by the superior strength of his
+adversary, who had already won two of the royal banners, he was
+slowly giving ground.  "Take, but kill not!" shouted the generous
+young chief, who felt himself sure of victory. *27
+
+[Footnote 27: "Gritaba, Victoria; i decia, Prender i no matar."
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 3, cap. 11.]
+
+But at this crisis, Vaca de Castro, who, with his reserve, had
+occupied a rising ground that commanded the field of action, was
+fully aware that the time had now come for him to take part in
+the struggle.  He had long strained his eyes through the gloom to
+watch the movements of the combatants, and received constant
+tidings how the fight was going.  He no longer hesitated, but,
+calling on his men to follow, led off boldly into the thickest of
+the melee to the support of his stouthearted officer.  The
+arrival of a new corps on the field, all fresh for action, gave
+another turn to the tide. *28 Alvarado's men took heart and
+rallied.  Almagro's, though driven back by the fury of the
+assault, quickly returned against their assailants.  Thirteen of
+Vaca de Castro's cavaliers fell dead from their saddles.  But it
+was the last effort of the Almagrians.  Their strength, though
+not their spirit, failed them.  They gave way in all directions,
+and, mingling together in the darkness, horse, foot, and
+artillery, they trampled one another down, as they made the best
+of their way from the press of their pursuers.  Almagro used
+every effort to stay them.  He performed miracles of valor, says
+one who witnessed them; but he was borne along by the tide, and,
+though he seemed to court death, by the freedom with which he
+exposed his person to danger yet he escaped without a wound.
+
+[Footnote 28: The letter of the municipality of Arequipa gives
+the governor credit for deciding the fate of the day by this
+movement, and the writers express their "admiration of the
+gallantry and courage he displayed, so little to have been
+expected from his age and profession." See the original in
+Appendix, No. 13.]
+
+Others there were of his company, and among them a young cavalier
+named Geronimo de Alvarado, who obstinately refused to quit the
+field; and shouting out, - "We slew Pizarro!  we killed the
+tyrant!" they threw themselves on the lances of their conquerors,
+preferring death on the battle-field to the ignominious doom of
+the gibbet. *29
+
+[Footnote 29: "Se arrojaron en los Enemigos, como desesperados,
+hiriendo a todas partes, diciendo cada vno por su nombre: Yo soi
+Fulano, que mate al Marques; i asi anduvieron hasta, que los
+hicieron pedacos.' Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 19.]
+
+It was nine o'clock when the battle ceased, though the firing was
+heard at intervals over the field at a much later hour, as some
+straggling party of fugitives were overtaken by their pursuers.
+Yet many succeeded in escaping in the obscurity of night, while
+some, it is said, contrived to elude pursuit in a more singular
+way; tearing off the badges from the corpses of their enemies,
+they assumed them for themselves, and, mingling in the ranks as
+followers of Vaca de Castro, joined in the pursuit.
+That commander, at length, fearing some untoward accident, and
+that the fugitives, should they rally again under cover of the
+darkness, might inflict some loss on their pursuers, caused his
+trumpets to sound, and recalled his scattered forces under their
+banners.  All night they remained under arms on the field, which,
+so lately the scene of noisy strife, was now hushed in silence,
+broken only by the groans of the wounded and the dying.  The
+natives, who had hung, during the fight, like a dark cloud, round
+the skirts of the mountains, contemplating with gloomy
+satisfaction the destruction of their enemies, now availed
+themselves of the obscurity to descend, like a pack of famished
+wolves, upon the plains, where they stripped the bodies of the
+slain, and even of the living, but disabled wretches, who had in
+vain dragged themselves into the bushes for concealment.  The
+following morning, Vaca de Castro gave orders that the wounded -
+those who had not perished in the cold damps of the night -
+should be committed to the care of the surgeons, while the
+priests were occupied with administering confession and
+absolution to the dying.  Four large graves or pits were dug, in
+which the bodies of the slain - the conquerors and the conquered
+- were heaped indiscriminately together.  But the remains of
+Alvarez de Holguin and several other cavaliers of distinction
+were transported to Guamanga, where they were buried with the
+solemnities suited to their rank; and the tattered banners won
+from their vanquished countrymen waved over their monuments, the
+melancholy trophies of their victory.
+
+The number of killed is variously reported, - from three hundred
+to five hundred on both sides. *30 The mortality was greatest
+among the conquerors, who suffered more from the cannon of the
+enemy before the action, than the latter suffered in the rout
+that followed it.  The number of wounded was still greater; and
+full half of the survivors of Almagro's party were made
+prisoners.  Many, indeed, escaped from the field to the
+neighbouring town of Guamanga, where they took refuge in the
+churches and monasteries.  But their asylum was not respected,
+and they were dragged forth and thrown into prison. Their brave
+young commander fled with a few followers only to Cuzco, where he
+was instantly arrested by the magistrates whom he had himself
+placed over the city. *31
+
+[Footnote 30: Zarate estimates the number at three hundred.
+Uscategui, who belonged to the Almagrian party, and Garcilasso,
+both rate it as high as five hundred.]
+
+[Footnote 31: The particulars of the action are gathered from
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Carta de Ventura Beltran,
+Ms. - Zarate, Zarate Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 17-20.  -
+Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms. - Dicho del Capitan Francisco de
+Carbajal sobre la informacion hecha en el Cuzco en 1543 a favor
+de Vaca de Castro, Ms. - Carta del Cabildo de Arequipa al
+Emperador, Ms. - Carta de Barrio Nuevo, Ms. - Gomara, Hist. de
+las Ind., cap. 149. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 3,
+cap. 15-18. - Declaracion de Uscategui, Ms.
+
+Many of these authorities were personally present on the field;
+and it is rare that the details of a battle are drawn from more
+authentic testimony.  The student of history will not be
+surprised that in these details there should be the greatest
+discrepancy.]
+
+At Guamanga, Vaca de Castro appointed a commission, with the
+Licentiate de la Gama at its head, for the trial of the
+prisoners; and justice was not satisfied, till forty had been
+condemned to death, and thirty others - some of them with the
+loss of one or more of their members - sent into banishment. *32
+Such severe reprisals have been too common with the Spaniards in
+their civil feuds.  Strange that they should so blindly plunge
+into these, with this dreadful doom for the vanquished!
+[Footnote 32: Declaracion de Uscategui, Ms. - Carta de Ventura
+Beltran, Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 21.
+
+The loyal burghers of Arequipa seem to have been well contented
+with these executions.  "If night had not overtaken us," they
+say, alluding to the action, in their letter to the emperor,
+"your Majesty would have had no reason to complain; but what was
+omitted then is made up now, since the governor goes on
+quartering every day some one or other of the traitors who
+escaped from the field." See the original in Appendix, No. 13.]
+From the scene of this bloody tragedy, the governor proceeded to
+Cuzco, which he entered at the head of his victorious battalions,
+with all the pomp and military display of a conqueror.  He
+maintained a corresponding state in his way of living, at the
+expense of a sneer from some, who sarcastically contrasted this
+ostentatious profusion with the economical reforms he
+subsequently introduced into the finances. *33 But Vaca de Castro
+was sensible of the effect of this outward show on the people
+generally, and disdained no means of giving authority to his
+office.  His first act was to determine the fate of his prisoner,
+Almagro. A council of war was held.  Some were for sparing the
+unfortunate chief, in consideration of his youth, and the strong
+cause of provocation he had received.  But the majority were of
+opinion that such mercy could not be extended to the leader of
+the rebels, and that his death was indispensable to the permanent
+tranquillity of the country.
+
+[Footnote 33: Herrera, Hist. General, dec 7, lib. 4, cap. 1.]
+When led to execution in the great square of Cuzco, - the same
+spot where his father had suffered but a few years before, -
+Almagro exhibited the most perfect composure, though, as the
+herald proclaimed aloud the doom of the traitor, he indignantly
+denied that he was one.  He made no appeal for mercy to his
+judges, but simply requested that his bones might be laid by the
+side of his father's.  He objected to having his eyes bandaged,
+as was customary on such occasions, and, after confession, he
+devoutly embraced the cross, and submitted his neck to the stroke
+of the executioner.  His remains, agreeably to his request, were
+transported to the monastery of La Merced, where they were
+deposited side by side with those of his unfortunate parent. *34
+
+[Footnote 34: Pedro Pizarro, Descub.  y Conq., Ms. - Zarate,
+Conq. del Peru, lib. 4, cap. 21. - Naharro, Relacion Sumaria, Ms.
+- Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 6, cap. 1.]
+
+There have been few names, indeed, in the page of history, more
+unfortunate than that of Almagro.  Yet the fate of the son
+excites a deeper sympathy than that of the father; and this, not
+merely on account of his youth, and the peculiar circumstances of
+his situation.  He possessed many of the good qualities of the
+elder Almagro, with a frank and manly nature, in which the
+bearing of the soldier was somewhat softened by the refinement of
+a better education than is to be found in the license of a camp.
+His career, though short, gave promise of considerable talent,
+which required only a fair field for its development. But he was
+the child of misfortune, and his morning of life was overcast by
+clouds and tempests.  If his character, naturally benignant,
+sometimes showed the fiery sparkles of the vindictive Indian
+temper, some apology may be found, not merely in his blood, but
+in the circumstances of his situation.  He was more sinned
+against than sinning; and, if conspiracy could ever find a
+justification, it must be in a case like his, where, borne down
+by injuries heaped on his parent and himself, he could obtain no
+redress from the only quarter whence he had a right to look for
+it. With him, the name of Almagro became extinct, and the faction
+of Chili, so long the terror of the land, passed away for ever.
+
+While these events were occurring in Cuzco, the governor learned
+that Gonzalo Pizarro had arrived at Lima, where he showed himself
+greatly discontented with the state of things in Peru.  He loudly
+complained that the government of the country, after his
+brother's death, had not been placed in his hands; and, as
+reported by some, he was now meditating schemes for getting
+possession of it.  Vaca de Castro well knew that there would be
+no lack of evil counsellors to urge Gonzalo to this desperate
+step; and, anxious to extinguish the spark of insurrection before
+it had been fanned by these turbulent spirits into a flame, he
+detached a strong body to Lima to secure that capital.  At the
+same time he commanded the presence of Gonzalo Pizarro in Cuzco.
+
+That chief did not think it prudent to disregard the summons; and
+shortly after entered the Inca capital, at the head of a
+well-armed body of cavaliers.  He was at once admitted into the
+governor's presence, when the latter dismissed his guard,
+remarking that he had nothing to fear from a brave and loyal
+knight like Pizarro.  He then questioned him as to his late
+adventures in Canelas, and showed great sympathy for his
+extraordinary sufferings.  He took care not to alarm his jealousy
+by any allusion to his ambitious schemes, and concluded by
+recommending him, now that the tranquillity of the country was
+reestablished, to retire and seek the repose he so much needed,
+on his valuable estates at Charcas.  Gonzalo Pizarro, finding no
+ground opened for a quarrel with the cool and politic governor,
+and probably feeling that he was, at least not now, in sufficient
+strength to warrant it, thought it prudent to take the advice,
+and withdrew to La Plata, where he busied himself in working
+those rich mines of silver that soon put him in condition for a
+more momentous enterprise than any he had yet attempted. *35
+
+[Footnote 35: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 4, cap. 1; lib. 6, cap 3. - Zarate,
+Conq. del Peru lib. 1, cap. 22.]
+
+Thus rid of his formidable competitor, Vaca de Castro occupied
+himself with measures for the settlement of the country.  He
+began with his army, a part of which he had disbanded.  But many
+cavaliers still remained, pressing their demands for a suitable
+recompense for their services.  These they were not disposed to
+undervalue, and the governor was happy to rid himself of their
+importunities by employing them on distant expeditions, among
+which was the exploration of the country watered by the great Rio
+de la Plata.  The boiling spirits of the high-mettled cavaliers,
+without some such vent, would soon have thrown the whole country
+again into a state of fermentation.
+
+His next concern was to provide laws for the better government of
+the colony.  He gave especial care to the state of the Indian
+population; and established schools for teaching them
+Christianity.  By various provisions, he endeavoured to secure
+them from the exactions of their conquerors, and he encouraged
+the poor natives to transfer their own residence to the
+communities of the white men.  He commanded the caciques to
+provide supplies for the tambos, or houses for the accommodation
+of travellers, which lay in their neighbourhood, by which
+regulation he took away from the Spaniards a plausible apology
+for rapine, and greatly promoted facility of intercourse.  He was
+watchful over the finances, much dilapidated in the late
+troubles, and in several instances retrenched what he deemed
+excessive repartimientos among the Conquerors.  This last act
+exposed him to much odium from the objects of it.  But his
+measures were so just and impartial, that he was supported by
+public opinion. *36
+[Footnote 36: Ibid., ubi supra. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7,
+lib. 6, cap. 2.]
+
+Indeed, Vaca de Castro's conduct, from the hour of his arrival in
+the country, had been such as to command respect, and prove him
+competent to the difficult post for which he had been selected.
+Without funds, without troops, he had found the country, on his
+landing, in a state of anarchy; yet, by courage and address, he
+had gradually acquired sufficient strength to quell the
+insurrection.  Though no soldier, he had shown undaunted spirit
+and presence of mind in the hour of action, and made his military
+preparations with a forecast and discretion that excited the
+admiration of the most experienced veterans.
+
+If he may be thought to have abused the advantages of victory by
+cruelty towards the conquered, it must be allowed that he was not
+influenced by any motives of a personal nature.  He was a lawyer,
+bred in high notions of royal prerogative.  Rebellion he looked
+upon as an unpardonable crime; and, if his austere nature was
+unrelenting in the exaction of justice, he lived in an iron age,
+when justice was rarely tempered by mercy.
+
+In his subsequent regulations for the settlement of the country,
+he showed equal impartiality and wisdom.  The colonists were
+deeply sensible of the benefits of his administration, and
+afforded the best commentary on his services by petitioning the
+Court of Castile to continue him in the government of Peru. *37
+Unfortunately, such was not the policy of the Crown.
+
+[Footnote 37: "I asi lo escrivieron al Rei la Ciudad del Cuzco,
+la Villa de la Plata, i otras Comunidades, suplicandole, que los
+dexase por Governador a Vaca de Castro, como Persona, que
+procedia con rectitud, i que ia entendia el Govierno de aquellos
+Reinos." Herrera, Ibid., loc. cit.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter VII
+
+Abuses By The Conquerors. - Code For The Colonies. - Great
+Excitement In Peru. - Blasco Nunez The Viceroy. - His Severe
+Policy. - Opposed By Gonzalo Pizarro.
+
+1543-1544.
+
+
+Before continuing the narrative of events in Peru, we must turn
+to the mother-country, where important changes were in progress
+in respect to the administration of the colonies.
+
+Since his accession to the Crown, Charles the Fifth had been
+chiefly engrossed by the politics of Europe, where a theatre was
+opened more stimulating to his ambition than could be found in a
+struggle with the barbarian princes of the New World.  In this
+quarter, therefore, an empire almost unheeded, as it were, had
+been suffered to grow up, until it had expanded into dimensions
+greater than those of his European dominions, and destined soon
+to become far more opulent.  A scheme of government had, it is
+true, been devised, and laws enacted from time to time for the
+regulation of the colonies.  But these laws were often
+accommodated less to the interests of the colonies themselves,
+than to those of the parent country; and, when contrived in a
+better spirit, they were but imperfectly executed; for the voice
+of authority, however loudly proclaimed at home, too often died
+away in feeble echoes before it had crossed the waters.
+This state of things, and, indeed, the manner in which the
+Spanish territories in the New World had been originally
+acquired, were most unfortunate both for the conquered races and
+their masters.  Had the provinces gained by the Spaniards been
+the fruit of peaceful acquisition, - of barter and negotiation, -
+or had their conquest been achieved under the immediate direction
+of government, the interests of the natives would have been more
+carefully protected.  From the superior civilization of the
+Indians in the Spanish American colonies, they still continued
+after the Conquest to remain on the ground, and to mingle in the
+same communities, with the white men; in this forming an obvious
+contrast to the condition of our own aborigines, who, shrinking
+from the contact of civilization, have withdrawn, as the latter
+has advanced, deeper and deeper into the heart of the wilderness.
+But the South American Indian was qualified by his previous
+institutions for a more refined legislation than could be adapted
+to the wild hunters of the forest; and, had the sovereign been
+there in person to superintend his conquests, he could never have
+suffered so large a portion of his vassals to be wantonly
+sacrificed to the cupidity and cruelty of the handful of
+adventurers who subdued them.
+But, as it was, the affair of reducing the country was committed
+to the hands of irresponsible individuals, soldiers of fortune,
+desperate adventurers, who entered on conquest as a game, which
+they were to play in the most unscrupulous manner, with little
+care but to win it.  Receiving small encouragement from the
+government, they were indebted to their own valor for success;
+and the right of conquest, they conceived, extinguished every
+existing right in the unfortunate natives.  The lands, the
+persons, of the conquered races were parcelled out and
+appropriated by the victors as the legitimate spoils of victory;
+and outrages were perpetrated every day, at the contemplation of
+which humanity shudders.
+
+These outrages, though nowhere perpetrated on so terrific a scale
+as in the islands, where, in a few years, they had nearly
+annihilated the native population, were yet of sufficient
+magnitude in Peru to call down the vengeance of Heaven on the
+heads of their authors; and the Indian might feel that this
+vengeance was not long delayed, when he beheld his oppressors,
+wrangling over their miserable spoil, and turning their swords
+against each other.  Peru, as already mentioned, was subdued by
+adventurers, for the most part, of a lower and more ferocious
+stamp than those who followed the banner of Cortes.  The
+character of the followers partook, in some measure, of that of
+the leaders in their respective enterprises.  It was a sad
+fatality for the Incas; for the reckless soldiers of Pizarro were
+better suited to contend with the fierce Aztec than with the more
+refined and effeminate Peruvian.  Intoxicated by the unaccustomed
+possession of power, and without the least notion of the
+responsibilities which attached to their situation as masters of
+the land, they too often abandoned themselves to the indulgence
+of every whim which cruelty or caprice could dictate.  Not
+unfrequently, says an unsuspicious witness, I have seen the
+Spaniards, long after the Conquest, amuse themselves by hunting
+down the natives with bloodhounds for mere sport, or in order to
+train their dogs to the game! *1 The most unbounded scope was
+given to licentiousness.  The young maiden was torn without
+remorse from the arms of her family to gratify the passion of her
+brutal conqueror. *2 The sacred houses of the Virgins of the Sun
+were broken open and violated, and the cavalier swelled his harem
+with a troop of Indian girls, making it seem that the Crescent
+would have been a much more fitting symbol for his banner than
+the immaculate Cross. *3
+
+[Footnote 1: "Espanoles hai que crian perros carniceros i los
+avezan a matar Indios, lo qual procuran a las veces por
+pasatiempo, i ver si lo hacen bien los perros." Relacion que dio
+el Provisor Morales sobre las cosas que convenian provarse en el
+Peru, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 2: "Que los Justicias dan cedulas de Anaconas que por
+otros terminos los hacen esclavos e vivir contra su voluntad,
+diciendo: Por la presente damos licencia a vos Fulano, para que
+os podais servir de tal Indio o de tal India e lo podais tomar e
+sacar donde quiera que lo hallaredes." Rel. del Provisor Morales,
+Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 3: "Es general el vicio del amancebamiento con Indias,
+i algunos tienen cantidad dellas como en serrallo." Ibid., Ms.]
+
+But the dominant passion of the Spaniard was the lust of gold.
+For this he shrunk from no toil himself, and was merciless in his
+exactions of labor from his Indian slave.  Unfortunately, Peru
+abounded in mines which too well repaid this labor; and human
+life was the item of least account in the estimate of the
+Conquerors.  Under his Incas, the Peruvian was never suffered to
+be idle; but the task imposed on him was always proportioned to
+his strength.  He had his seasons of rest and refreshment, and
+was well protected against the inclemency of the weather.  Every
+care was shown for his personal safety.  But the Spaniards, while
+they taxed the strength of the native to the utmost, deprived him
+of the means of repairing it, when exhausted.  They suffered the
+provident arrangements of the Incas to fall into decay.  The
+granaries were emptied; the flocks were wasted in riotous living.
+They were slaughtered to gratify a mere epicurean whim, and many
+a llama was destroyed solely for the sake of the brains, - a
+dainty morsel, much coveted by the Spaniards. *4 So reckless was
+the spirit of destruction after the Conquest, says Ondegardo, the
+wise governor of Cuzco, that in four years more of these animals
+perished than in four hundred, in the times of the Incas. *5 The
+flocks, once so numerous over the broad table-lands, were now
+thinned to a scanty number, that sought shelter in the fastnesses
+of the Andes.  The poor Indian, without food, without the warm
+fleece which furnished him a defence against the cold, now
+wandered half-starved and naked over the plateau.  Even those who
+had aided the Spaniards in the conquest fared no better; and many
+an Inca noble roamed a mendicant over the lands where he once
+held rule, and if driven, perchance, by his necessities, to
+purloin something from the superfluity of his conquerors, he
+expiated it by a miserable death. *6
+[Footnote 4: "Muchos Espanoles han muerto i matan increible
+cantidad de ovejas por comer solo los sesos, hacer pasteles del
+tuetano i candelas de la grasa.  De ai hambre general." Ibid.,
+Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 5: "Se puede afirmar que hicieron mas dano los
+Espanoles en solos quatro anos que el Inga en quatrocientos."
+Ondegardo, Rel. Seg., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 6: "Ahora no tienen que comer ni donde sembrar, i asi
+van a hurtallo como solian, delito por que han aorcado a muchos."
+Rel. del Provisor Morales, Ms.
+
+This, and some of the preceding citations, as the reader will
+see, have been taken from the Ms. of the Bachelor Luis de
+Morales, who lived eighteen or twenty years in Cuzco; and, in
+1541, about the time of Vaca de Castro's coming to Peru, prepared
+a Memorial for the government, embracing a hundred and nine
+chapters.  It treats of the condition of the country, and the
+remedies which suggested themselves to the benevolent mind of its
+author.  The emperor's notes on the margin show that it received
+attention at court.  There is no reason, as far as I am aware, to
+distrust the testimony of the writer, and Munoz has made some
+sensible extracts from it for his inestimable collection.]
+
+It is true, there were good men, missionaries, faithful to their
+calling, who wrought hard in the spiritual conversion of the
+native, and who, touched by his misfortunes, would gladly have
+interposed their arm to shield him from his oppressors. *7 But
+too often the ecclesiastic became infected by the general spirit
+of licentiousness; and the religious fraternities, who led a life
+of easy indulgence on the lands cultivated by their Indian
+slaves, were apt to think less of the salvation of their souls
+than of profiting by the labor of their bodies. *8
+
+[Footnote 7: Father Naharro notices twelve missionaries, some of
+his own order, whose zealous labors and miracles for the
+conversion of the Indians he deems worthy of comparison with
+those of the twelve Apostles of Christianity.  It is a pity that
+history, while it has commemorated the names of so many
+persecutors of the poor heathen, should have omitted those of
+their benefactors.
+
+"Tomo su divina Magestad por instrumento 12 solos religiosos
+pobres, descalzos i desconocidos, 5 del orden de la Merced, 4 de
+Predicadores, i 3 de San Francisco, obraron lo mismo que los 12
+apostolos en la conversion de todo el universo mundo." Naharro,
+Relacion Sumaria, Ms.]
+[Footnote 8: "Todos los conventos de Dominicos i Mercenarios
+tienen repartimientos.  Ninguno dellos ha dotrinado ni convertido
+un Indio. Procuran sacar dellos quanto pueden, trabajarles en
+grangerias; con esto i con otras limosnas enriquecen.  Mal
+egemplo.  Ademas convendra no pasen frailes sino precediendo
+diligente examen de vida i dotrina." (Relacion de las cosas que
+S. M. deve proveer para los reynos del Peru, embiada desde los
+Reyes a la Corte por el Licenciado Martel Santoyo, de quien va
+firmada en principios de 1542, Ms.) This statement of the
+licentiate shows a different side of the picture from that above
+quoted from Father Naharro. Yet they are not irreconcilable.
+Human nature has both its lights and its shadows.]
+
+Yet still there were not wanting good and wise men in the
+colonies, who, from time to time, raised the voice of
+remonstrance against these abuses, and who carried their
+complaints to the foot of the throne.  To the credit of the
+government, it must also be confessed, that it was solicitous to
+obtain such information as it could, both from its own officers,
+and from commissioners deputed expressly for the purpose, whose
+voluminous communications throw a flood of light on the internal
+condition of the country, and furnish the best materials for the
+historian. *9 But it was found much easier to get this
+information than to profit by it.
+[Footnote 9: I have several of these Memorials or Relaciones, as
+they are called, in my possession, drawn up by residents in
+answer to queries propounded by government.  These queries, while
+their great object is to ascertain the nature of existing abuses,
+and to invite the suggestion of remedies, are often directed to
+the laws and usages of the ancient Incas. The responses,
+therefore, are of great value to the historical inquirer. The
+most important of these documents in my possession is that by
+Ondegardo, governor of Cuzco, covering near four hundred folio
+pages, once forming part of Lord Kingsborough's valuable
+collection.  It is impossible to peruse those elaborate and
+conscientious reports without a deep conviction of the pains
+taken by the Crown to ascertain the nature of the abuses in the
+domestic government of the colonies, and their honest purpose to
+amend them.  Unfortunately, in this laudable purpose they were
+not often seconded by the colonist themselves.]
+
+In 1541, Charles the Fifth, who had been much occupied by the
+affairs of Germany, revisited his ancestral dominions, where his
+attention was imperatively called to the state of the colonies.
+Several memorials in relation to it were laid before him; but no
+one pressed the matter so strongly on the royal conscience as Las
+Casas, afterwards Bishop of Chiapa.  This good ecclesiastic,
+whose long life had been devoted to those benevolent labors which
+gained him the honorable title of Protector of the Indians, had
+just completed his celebrated treatise on the Destruction of the
+Indies, the most remarkable record, probably, to be found, of
+human wickedness, but which, unfortunately, loses much of its
+effect from the credulity of the writer, and his obvious tendency
+to exaggerate.
+In 1542, Las Casas placed his manuscript in the hands of his
+royal master.  That same year, a council was called at
+Valladolid, composed chiefly of jurists and theologians, to
+devise a system of laws for the regulation of the American
+colonies.
+
+Las Casas appeared before this body, and made an elaborate
+argument, of which a part only has been given to the public.  He
+there assumes, as a fundamental proposition, that the Indians
+were by the law of nature free; that, as vassals of the Crown,
+they had a right to its protection, and should be declared free
+from that time, without exception and for ever. *10 He sustains
+this proposition by a great variety of arguments, comprehending
+the substance of most that has been since urged in the same cause
+by the friends of humanity.  He touches on the ground of
+expediency, showing, that, without the interference of
+government, the Indian race must be gradually exterminated by the
+systematic oppression of the Spaniards.  In conclusion, he
+maintains, that, if the Indians, as it was pretended, would not
+labor unless compelled, the white man would still find it for his
+interest to cultivate the soil; and that if he should not be able
+to do so, that circumstance would give him no right over the
+Indian, since God does not allow evil that good may come of it.
+*11 - This lofty morality, it will be remembered, was from the
+lips of a Dominican, in the sixteenth century, one of the order
+that founded the Inquisition, and in the very country where the
+fiery tribunal was then in most active operation! *12
+
+[Footnote 10: The perpetual emancipation of the Indians is urged
+in the most emphatic manner by another bishop, also a Dominican,
+but bearing certainly very little resemblance to Las Casas.  Fray
+Valverde makes this one of the prominent topics in a
+communication, already cited, to the government, the general
+scope of which must be admitted to do more credit to his humanity
+than some of the passages recorded of him in history. - "A V. M.
+representaran alla los conquistadores muchos servicios, dandolos
+por causa para que los dexen servir de los indios como de
+esclavos: V. M. se los tiene mui bien pagados en los provechos
+que han avido desta tierra, y no los ha de pagar con hazer a sus
+vasallos esclavos." Carta de Valverde al Emperador, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 11: "La loi de Dieu detend de faire le mal pour qu'il
+en resulte du bien." Oeuvres de Las Casas, eveque de Chiapa,
+trad.  par Llorente, (Paris, 1822,) tom.  l. p. 251.]
+
+[Footnote 12: It is a curious coincidence, that this argument of
+Las Casas should have been first published - in a translated
+form, indeed - by a secretary of the Inquisition, Llorente.  The
+original still remains in Ms. It is singular that these volumes,
+containing the views of this great philanthropist on topics of
+such interest to humanity, should not have been more freely
+consulted, or at least cited, by those who have since trod in his
+footsteps.  They are an arsenal from which many a serviceable
+weapon for the good cause might be borrowed.]
+
+The arguments of Las Casas encountered all the opposition
+naturally to be expected from indifference, selfishness, and
+bigotry.  They were also resisted by some persons of just and
+benevolent views in his audience, who, while they admitted the
+general correctness of his reasoning, and felt deep sympathy for
+the wrongs of the natives, yet doubted whether his scheme of
+reform was not fraught with greater evils than those it was
+intended to correct.  For Las Casas was the uncompromising friend
+of freedom.  He intrenched himself strongly on the ground of
+natural right; and, like some of the reformers of our own day,
+disdained to calculate the consequences of carrying out the
+principle to its full and unqualified extent.  His earnest
+eloquence, instinct with the generous love of humanity, and
+fortified by a host of facts, which it was not easy to assail,
+prevailed over his auditors.  The result of their deliberations
+was a code of ordinances, which, however, far from being limited
+to the wants of the natives, had particular reference to the
+European population, and the distractions of the country.  It was
+of general application to all the American colonies.  It will be
+necessary here only to point out some of the provisions having
+immediate reference to Peru.
+
+The Indians were declared true and loyal vassals of the Crown,
+and their freedom as such was fully recognized.  Yet, to maintain
+inviolate the guaranty of the government to the Conquerors, it
+was decided, that those lawfully possessed of slaves might still
+retain them; but, at the death of the present proprietors, they
+were to revert to the Crown.
+It was provided, however, that slaves, in any event, should be
+forfeited by all those who had shown themselves unworthy to hold
+them by neglect or ill-usage; by all public functionaries, or
+such as had held offices under the government; by ecclesiastics
+and religious corporations; and lastly, - a sweeping clause, - by
+all who had taken a criminal part in the feuds of Almagro and
+Pizarro.
+
+It was further ordered, that the Indians should be moderately
+taxed; that they should not be compelled to labor where they did
+not choose, and that where, from particular circumstances, this
+was made necessary, they should receive a fair compensation.  It
+was also decreed, that, as the repartimientos of land were often
+excessive, they should in such cases be reduced; and that, where
+proprietors had been guilty of a notorious abuse of their slaves,
+their estates should be forfeited altogether.
+As Peru had always shown a spirit of insubordination, which
+required a more vigorous interposition of authority than was
+necessary in the other colonies, it was resolved to send a
+viceroy to that country, who should display a state, and be armed
+with powers, that might make him a more fitting representative of
+the sovereign.  He was to be accompanied by a Royal Audience,
+consisting of four judges, with extensive powers of jurisdiction,
+both criminal and civil, who, besides a court of justice, should
+constitute a sort of council to advise with and aid the viceroy.
+The Audience of Panama was to be dissolved, and the new tribunal,
+with the vice-king's court, was to be established at Los Reyes,
+or Lima, as it now began to be called, - henceforth the
+metropolis of the Spanish empire on the Pacific. *13
+
+[Footnote 13: The provisions of this celebrated code are to be
+found, with more or less - generally less - accuracy, in the
+various contemporary writers.  Herrera gives them in extenso.
+Hist. General, dec 7 lib. 6, cap. 5.]
+
+Such were some of the principal features of this remarkable code,
+which, touching on the most delicate relations of society, broke
+up the very foundations of property, and, by a stroke of the pen,
+as it were, converted a nation of slaves into freemen.  It would
+have required, we may suppose, but little forecast to divine,
+that in the remote regions of America, and especially in Peru,
+where the colonists had been hitherto accustomed to unbounded
+license, a reform, so salutary in essential points, could be
+enforced thus summarily only at the price of a revolution. - Yet
+the ordinances received the sanction of the emperor that same
+year, and in November, 1543, were published at Madrid. *14
+[Footnote 14: Las Casas pressed the matter home on the royal
+conscience, by representing that the Papal See conceded the right
+of conquest to the Spanish sovereigns on the exclusive condition
+of converting the heathen, and that the Almighty would hold him
+accountable for the execution of this trust.  Oeuvres de Las
+Casas, ubi supra.]
+
+No sooner was their import known than it was conveyed by numerous
+letters to the colonists, from their friends in Spain.  The
+tidings flew like wild-fire over the land, from Mexico to Chili.
+Men were astounded at the prospect of the ruin that awaited them.
+In Peru, particularly, there was scarcely one that could hope to
+escape the operation of the law.  Few there were who had not
+taken part, at some time or other, in the civil feuds of Almagro
+and Pizarro; and still fewer of those that remained that would
+not be entangled in some one or other of the insidious clauses
+that seemed spread out, like a web, to ensnare them.
+
+The whole country was thrown into commotion.  Men assembled
+tumultuously in the squares and public places, and, as the
+regulations were made known, they were received with universal
+groans and hisses.  "Is this the fruit," they cried, "of all our
+toil?  Is it for this that we have poured out our blood like
+water?  Now that we are broken down by hardships and sufferings,
+to be left at the end of our campaigns as poor as at the
+beginning!  Is this the way government rewards our services in
+winning for it an empire?  The government has done little to aid
+us in making the conquest, and for what we have we may thank our
+own good swords; and with these same swords," they continued,
+warming into menace, "we know how to defend it." Then, stripping
+up his sleeve, the war-worn veteran bared his arm, or, exposing
+his naked bosom, pointed to his scars, as the best title to his
+estates. *15
+
+[Footnote 15: Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Pedro de Valdivia, Ms.,
+desde Los Reyes, 31 de Oct., 1538. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib.
+5, cap. 1. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 6, cap.  10,
+11.
+
+Benalcazar, in a letter to Charles the Fifth, indulges in a
+strain of invective against the ordinances, which, by stripping
+the planters of their Indian slaves, must inevitably reduce the
+country to beggary Benalcazar was a conqueror, and one of the
+most respectable of his caste. His argument is a good specimen of
+the reasoning of his party on this subject, and presents a
+decided counterblast to that of Las Casas.  Carta de Benalcazar
+al Emperador, Ms., desde Cali. 20 de Diciembre, 1544.]
+The governor, Vaca de Castro, watched the storm thus gathering
+from all quarters, with the deepest concern.  He was himself in
+the very heart of disaffection; for Cuzco, tenanted by a mixed
+and lawless population, was so far removed into the depths of the
+mountains, that it had much less intercourse with the parent
+country, and was consequently much less under her influence, than
+the great towns on the coast.  The people now invoked the
+governor to protect them against the tyranny of the Court; but he
+endeavoured to calm the agitation by representing, that by these
+violent measures they would only defeat their own object.  He
+counselled them to name deputies to lay their petition before the
+Crown, stating the impracticability of the present scheme of
+reform, and praying for the repeal of it; and he conjured them to
+wait patiently for the arrival of the viceroy, who might be
+prevailed on to suspend the ordinances till further advices could
+be received from Castile.
+
+But it was not easy to still the tempest; and the people now
+eagerly looked for some one whose interests and sympathies might
+lie with theirs, and whose position in the community might afford
+them protection.  The person to whom they naturally turned in
+this crisis was Gonzalo Pizarro, the last in the land of that
+family who had led the armies of the Conquest, - a cavalier whose
+gallantry and popular manners had made him always a favorite with
+the people.  He was now beset with applications to interpose in
+their behalf with the government, and shield them from the
+oppressive ordinances.
+
+But Gonzalo Pizarro was at Charcas, busily occupied in exploring
+the rich veins of Potosi, whose silver fountains, just brought
+into light, were soon to pour such streams of wealth over Europe.
+Though gratified with this appeal to his protection, the cautious
+cavalier was more intent on providing for the means of enterprise
+than on plunging prematurely into it; and, while he secretly
+encouraged the malecontents, he did not commit himself by taking
+part in any revolutionary movement.  At the same period, he
+received letters from Vaca de Castro, - whose vigilant eye
+watched all the aspects of the time, - cautioning Gonzalo and his
+friends not to be seduced, by any wild schemes of reform, from
+their allegiance.  And, to check still further these disorderly
+movements, he ordered his alcaldes to arrest every man guilty of
+seditious language, and bring him at once to punishment.  By this
+firm yet temperate conduct the minds of the populace were
+overawed, and there was a temporary lull in the troubled waters,
+while all looked anxiously for the coming of the viceroy. *16
+[Footnote 16: Ibid., ubi supra. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, ubi
+supra. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Carta de Gonzalo
+Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms. - Montesinos, Annales Ms., ano 1543.]
+
+The person selected for this critical post was a knight of Avila,
+named Blasco Nunez Vela.  He was a cavalier of ancient family,
+handsome in person, though now somewhat advanced in years, and
+reputed brave and devout.  He had filled some offices of
+responsibility to the satisfaction of Charles the Fifth, by whom
+he was now appointed to this post in Peru. The selection did no
+credit to the monarch's discernment.
+
+It may seem strange that this important place should not have
+been bestowed on Vaca de Castro, already on the spot, and who had
+shown himself so well qualified to fill it.  But ever since that
+officer's mission to Peru, there had been a series of
+assassinations, insurrections, and civil wars, that menaced the
+wretched colony with ruin; and though his wise administration had
+now brought things into order, the communication with the Indies
+was so tardy, that the results of his policy were not yet fully
+disclosed.  As it was designed, moreover, to make important
+innovations in the government, it was thought better to send some
+one who would have no personal prejudices to encounter, from the
+part he had already taken, and who, coming directly from the
+Court, and clothed with extraordinary powers, might present
+himself with greater authority than could one who had become
+familiar to the people in an inferior capacity.  The monarch,
+however, wrote a letter with his own hand to Vaca de Castro, in
+which he thanked that officer for his past services, and directed
+him, after aiding the new viceroy with the fruits of his large
+experience, to return to Castile, and take his seat in the Royal
+Council.  Letters of a similar complimentary kind were sent to
+the loyal colonists who had stood by the governor in the late
+troubles of the country.  Freighted with these testimonials, and
+with the ill-starred ordinances, Blasco Nunez embarked at San
+Lucar, on the 3d of November, 1543.  He was attended by the four
+judges of the Audience, and by a numerous retinue, that he might
+appear in the state befitting his distinguished rank. *17
+
+[Footnote 17: Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 6, cap. 9. - Fernandez, Hist. del
+Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 6. - Zarate, Ms.]
+
+About the middle of the following January, 1544, the viceroy,
+after a favorable passage, landed at Nombre de Dios.  He found
+there a vessel laden with silver from the Peruvian mines, ready
+to sail for Spain.  His first act was to lay an embargo on it for
+the government, as containing the proceeds of slave labor.  After
+this extraordinary measure, taken in opposition to the advice of
+the Audience, he crossed the Isthmus to Panama.  Here he gave
+sure token of his future policy, by causing more than three
+hundred Indians, who had been brought by their owners from Peru,
+to be liberated and sent back to their own country.  This
+high-handed measure created the greatest sensation in the city,
+and was strongly resisted by the judges of the Audience.  They
+besought him not to begin thus precipitately to execute his
+commission, but to wait till his arrival in the colony, when he
+should have taken time to acquaint himself somewhat with the
+country, and with the temper of the people.  But Blasco Nunez
+coldly replied, that "he had come, not to tamper with the laws,
+nor to discuss their merits, but to execute them, - and execute
+them he would, to the letter, whatever might be the consequence."
+*18 This answer, and the peremptory tone in which it was
+delivered, promptly adjourned the debate; for the judges saw that
+debate was useless with one who seemed to consider all
+remonstrance as an attempt to turn him from his duty, and whose
+ideas of duty precluded all discretionary exercise of authority,
+even where the public good demanded it.
+
+[Footnote 18: "Estas y otras cosas le dixo el Licenciado Carate:
+que no fueron al gusto del Virey: antes se enojo mucho por ello,
+y respondio con alguna aspereza: jurando, que auia de executar
+las ordenancas come en ellas se contenia: sin esperar para ello
+terminos algunos, ni dilaciones." Fernandez, Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 1. cap. 6.]
+
+Leaving the Audience, as one of its body was ill at Panama, the
+viceroy proceeded on his way, and, coasting down the shores of
+the Pacific, on the fourth of March he disembarked at Tumbez.  He
+was well received by the loyal inhabitants; his authority was
+publicly proclaimed, and the people were overawed by the display
+of a magnificence and state such as had not till then been seen
+in Peru.  He took an early occasion to intimate his future line
+of policy by liberating a number of Indian slaves on the
+application of their caciques.  He then proceeded by land towards
+the south, and showed his determination to conform in his own
+person to the strict letter of the ordinances, by causing his
+baggage to be carried by mules, where it was practicable; and
+where absolutely necessary to make use of Indians, he paid them
+fairly for their services. *19
+[Footnote 19: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 2. -
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, ubi supra. - Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro
+a Valdivia, Ms. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1544.]
+
+The whole country was thrown into consternation by reports of the
+proceedings of the viceroy, and of his conversations, most
+unguarded, which were eagerly circulated, and, no doubt, often
+exaggerated.  Meetings were again called in the cities.
+Discussions were held on the expediency of resisting his further
+progress, and a deputation of citizens from Cuzco, who were then
+in Lima, strongly urged the people to close the gates of that
+capital against him.  But Vaca de Castro had also left Cuzco for
+the latter city, on the earliest intimation of the viceroy's
+approach, and, with some difficulty, he prevailed on the
+inhabitants not to swerve from their loyalty, but to receive
+their new ruler with suitable honors, and trust to his calmer
+judgment for postponing the execution of the law till the case
+could be laid before the throne.
+
+But the great body of the Spaniards, after what they had heard,
+had slender confidence in the relief to be obtained from this
+quarter.  They now turned with more eagerness than ever towards
+Gonzalo Pizarro; and letters and addresses poured in upon him
+from all parts of the country, inviting him to take on himself
+the office of their protector.  These applications found a more
+favorable response than on the former occasion.
+There were, indeed, many motives at work to call Gonzalo into
+action. It was to his family, mainly, that Spain was indebted for
+this extension of her colonial empire; and he had felt deeply
+aggrieved that the government of the colony should be trusted to
+other hands than his.  He had felt this on the arrival of Vaca de
+Castro, and much more so when the appointment of a viceroy proved
+it to be the settled policy of the Crown to exclude his family
+from the management of affairs.  His brother Hernando still
+languished in prison, and he himself was now to be sacrificed as
+the principal victim of the fatal ordinances.  For who had taken
+so prominent a part in the civil war with the elder Almagro?  And
+the viceroy was currently reported - it may have been scandal -
+to have intimated that Pizarro would be dealt with accordingly.
+*20 Yet there was no one in the country who had so great a stake,
+who had so much to lose by the revolution.  Abandoned thus by the
+government, he conceived that it was now time to take care of
+himself.
+
+[Footnote 20: "It was not fair," the viceroy said, "that the
+country should remain longer in the hands of muleteers and
+swineherds, (alluding to the origin of the Pizarros,) and he
+would take measures to restore it to the Crown."
+
+"Que asi me la havia de cortar a mi i a todos los que havian
+seido notablemente, como el decia, culpados en la batalla de las
+Salinas i en las diferencias de Almagro, i que una tierra como
+esta no era justo que estuviese en poder de gente tan vaxa que
+llamava el a los desta tierra porqueros i arrieros, sino que
+estuviese toda en la Corona real." Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a
+Valdi via, Ms.]
+
+Assembling together some eighteen or twenty cavaliers in whom he
+most trusted, and taking a large amount of silver, drawn from the
+mines, he accepted the invitation to repair to Cuzco.  As he
+approached this capital, he was met by a numerous body of the
+citizens, who came out to welcome him, making the air ring with
+their shouts, as they saluted him with the title of
+Procurator-General of Peru.  The title was speedily confirmed by
+the municipality of the city, who invited him to head a
+deputation to Lima, in order to state their grievances to the
+viceroy, and solicit the present suspension of the ordinances.
+
+But the spark of ambition was kindled in the bosom of Pizarro.
+He felt strong in the affections of the people; and, from the
+more elevated position in which he now stood, his desires took a
+loftier and more unbounded range.  Yet, if he harboured a
+criminal ambition in his breast, he skilfully veiled it from
+others, - perhaps from himself.  The only object he professed to
+have in view was the good of the people; *21 a suspicious phrase,
+usually meaning the good of the individual.  He now demanded
+permission to raise and organize an armed force, with the further
+title of Captain-General.  His views were entirely pacific; but
+it was not safe, unless strongly protected, to urge them on a
+person of the viceroy's impatient and arbitrary temper.  It was
+further contended by Pizarro's friends, that such a force was
+demanded, to rid the country of their old enemy, the Inca Manco,
+who hovered in the neighbouring mountains with a body of
+warriors, ready, at the first opportunity, to descend on the
+Spaniards.  The municipality of Cuzco hesitated, as well it
+might, to confer powers so far beyond its legitimate authority.
+But Pizarro avowed his purpose, in case of refusal, to decline
+the office of Procurator; and the efforts of his partisans,
+backed by those of the people, at length silenced the scruples of
+the magistrates, who bestowed on the ambitious chief the military
+command to which he aspired.  Pizarro accepted it with the modest
+assurance, that he did so "purely from regard to the interests of
+the king, of the Indies, and, above all, of Peru"! *22
+
+[Footnote 21: "Diciendo que no queria nada para si, sino para el
+beneficio universal, i que por todos havia de poner todas sus
+fuercas." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 7, cap. 20.]
+
+[Footnote 22: "Acepte lo por ver que en ello hacia servicio a
+Dios i a S. M. l gran bien a esta tierra i generalmente a todas
+las Indias." Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms.
+
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, ib. 7, cap. 19, 20. - Zarate,
+Conq del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 4, 8. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 8. - Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia,
+Ms. - Montesinoe Annales, Ms., ano 1544.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter VIII
+
+The Viceroy Arrives At Lima. - Gonzalo Pizarro Marches From
+Cuzco. - Death Of The Inca Manco. - Rash Conduct Of The Viceroy.
+- Seized And Deposed By The Audience. - Gonzalo Proclaimed
+Governor Of Peru.
+
+1544.
+
+
+While the events recorded in the preceding pages were in
+progress, Blasco Nunez had been journeying towards Lima.  But the
+alienation which his conduct had already caused in the minds of
+the colonists was shown in the cold reception which he
+occasionally experienced on the route, and in the scanty
+accommodations provided for him and his retinue.  In one place
+where he took up his quarters, he found an ominous inscription
+over the door: - "He that takes my property must expect to pay
+for it with his life." *1 Neither daunted, nor diverted from his
+purpose, the inflexible viceroy held on his way towards the
+capital, where the inhabitants, preceded by Vaca de Castro and
+the municipal authorities, came out to receive him.  He entered
+in great state, under a canopy of crimson cloth, embroidered with
+the arms of Spain, and supported by stout poles or staves of
+solid silver, which were borne by the members of the
+municipality.  A cavalier, holding a mace, the emblem of
+authority, rode before him; and after the oaths of office were
+administered in the council-chamber, the procession moved towards
+the cathedral, where Te Deum was sung, and Blasco Nunez was
+installed in his new dignity of viceroy of Peru. *2
+[Footnote 1: "A quien me viniere a quitar mi hacienda, quitarle
+he la vida." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 7, cap. 18.]
+
+[Footnote 2: "Entro en la cibdad de Lima a 17 de Mayo de 1544:
+saliole a recibir todo el pueblo a pie y a caballo dos tiros de
+ballesta del pueblo, y a la entrada de la cibdad estaba un arco
+triunfal de verde con las Armas de Espana, y las de la misma
+cibdad; estaban le esperando el Regimiento y Justicia, y
+oficiales del Rey con ropas largas, hasta en pies de carmesi, y
+un palio del mesmo carmesi aforrado en lo mesmo, con ocho baras
+guarnecidas de plata y tomaronle debajo todos a pie, cada Regidor
+y justicia con una bara del palio, y el Virrey en su caballo con
+las mazas delante tomaronle juramento en un libro misal, y juro
+de las guardar y cumplir todas sus libertades y provisiones de S.
+M.; y luego fueron desta manera hasta la iglesia, salieron los
+clerigos con la cruz a la puerta y le metieron dentro cantando Te
+deum laudamus, y despues que obo dicho su oracion, fue con el
+cabildo y toda la ciudad a su palacio donde fue recebido y hizo
+un parlamento breve en que contento a toda la gente." Relacion de
+los sucesos del Peru desde que entro el virrey Blasco Nunez
+acaecidos en mar y tierra, Ms.]
+
+His first act was to proclaim his determination in respect to the
+ordinances.  He had no warrant to suspend their execution.  He
+should fulfil his commission; but he offered to join the
+colonists in a memorial to the emperor, soliciting the repeal of
+a code which he now believed would be for the interests neither
+of the country nor of the Crown. *3 With this avowed view of the
+subject, it may seem strange that Blasco Nunez should not have
+taken the responsibility of suspending the law until his
+sovereign could be assured of the inevitable consequences of
+enforcing it. The pacha of a Turkish despot, who had allowed
+himself this latitude for the interests of his master, might,
+indeed, have reckoned on the bowstring.  But the example of
+Mendoza, the prudent viceroy of Mexico, who adopted this course
+in a similar crisis, and precisely at the same period, showed its
+propriety under existing circumstances.  The ordinances were
+suspended by him till the Crown could be warned of the
+consequences of enforcing them, - and Mexico was saved from
+revolution. *4 But Blasco Nunez had not the wisdom of Mendoza.
+
+[Footnote 3: "Porque llanamente el confesaba, que asi para su
+Magestad como para aquellos Reinos, eran perjudiciales." Zarate,
+Conq. de Peru lib. 5, cap. 5.]
+
+[Footnote 4: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap.
+2-5.]
+The public apprehension was now far from being allayed.  Secret
+cabals were formed in Lima, and communications held with the
+different towns.  No distrust, however, was raised in the breast
+of the viceroy, and, when informed of the preparations of Gonzalo
+Pizarro, he took no other step than to send a message to his
+camp, announcing the extraordinary powers with which he was
+himself invested, and requiring that chief to disband his forces.
+He seemed to think that a mere word from him would be sufficient
+to dissipate rebellion.  But it required more than a breath to
+scatter the iron soldiery of Peru.
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro, meanwhile, was busily occupied in mustering his
+army.  His first step was to order from Guamanga sixteen pieces
+of artillery sent there by Vaca de Castro, who, in the present
+state of excitement, was unwilling to trust the volatile people
+of Cuzco with these implements of destruction.  Gonzalo, who had
+no scruples as to Indian labor, appropriated six thousand of the
+natives to the service of transporting this train of ordnance
+across the mountains. *5
+[Footnote 5: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 8.]
+
+By his exertions and those of his friends, the active chief soon
+mustered a force of nearly four hundred men, which, if not very
+imposing in the outset, he conceived would be swelled, in his
+descent to the coast, by tributary levies from the towns and
+villages on the way.  All his own funds were expended in
+equipping his men and providing for the march; and, to supply
+deficiencies, he made no scruple - since, to use his words, it
+was for the public interest - to appropriate the moneys in the
+royal treasury.  With this seasonable aid, his troops, well
+mounted and thoroughly equipped, were put in excellent fighting
+order; and, after making them a brief harangue, in which he was
+careful to insist on the pacific character of his enterprise,
+somewhat at variance with its military preparations, Gonzalo
+Pizarro sallied forth from the gates of the capital.
+
+Before leaving it, he received an important accession of strength
+in the person of Francisco de Carbajal, the veteran who performed
+so conspicuous a part in the battle of Chupas.  He was at Charcas
+when the news of the ordinances reached Peru and he instantly
+resolved to quit the country and return to Spain, convinced that
+the New World would be no longer the land for him, - no longer
+the golden Indies.  Turning his effects into money, he prepared
+to embark them on board the first ship that offered.  But no
+opportunity occurred, and he could have little expectation now of
+escaping the vigilant eye of the viceroy.  Yet, though solicited
+by Pizarro to take command under him in the present expedition,
+the veteran declined, saying, he was eighty years old, and had no
+wish but to return home, and spend his few remaining days in
+quiet. *6 Well had it been for him, had he persisted in his
+refusal.  But he yielded to the importunities of his friend; and
+the short space that yet remained to him of life proved long
+enough to brand his memory with perpetual infamy.
+[Footnote 6: Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 7, cap. 22.]
+Soon after quitting Cuzco, Pizarro learned the death of the Inca
+Manco.  He was massacred by a party of Spaniards, of the faction
+of Almagro, who, on the defeat of their young leader, had taken
+refuge in the Indian camp.  They, in turn, were all slain by the
+Peruvians.  It is impossible to determine on whom the blame of
+the quarrel should rest, since no one present at the time has
+recorded it. *7
+
+[Footnote 7: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Garcilasso Com
+Real., Parte 2, lib. 4, cap. 7]
+
+The death of Manco Inca, as he was commonly called, is an event
+not to be silently passed over in Peruvian history; for he was
+the last of his race that may be said to have been animated by
+the heroic spirit of the ancient Incas.  Though placed on the
+throne by Pizarro, far from remaining a mere puppet in his hands,
+Manco soon showed that his lot was not to be cast with that of
+his conquerors.  With the ancient institutions of his country
+lying a wreck around him, he yet struggled bravely, like
+Guatemozin, the last of the Aztecs, to uphold her tottering
+fortunes, or to bury his oppressors under her ruins.  By the
+assault on his own capital of Cuzco, in which so large a portion
+of it was demolished, he gave a check to the arms of Pizarro,
+and, for a season, the fate of the Conquerors trembled in the
+balance.  Though foiled, in the end, by the superior science of
+his adversary, the young barbarian still showed the same
+unconquerable spirit as before.  He withdrew into the fastnesses
+of his native mountains, whence sallying forth as occasion
+offered, he fell on the caravan of the traveller, or on some
+scattered party of the military; and, in the event of a civil
+war, was sure to throw his own weight into the weaker scale, thus
+prolonging the contest of his enemies, and feeding his revenge by
+the sight of their calamities.  Moving lightly from spot to spot,
+he eluded pursuit amidst the wilds of the Cordilleras; and,
+hovering in the neighbourhood of the towns, or lying in ambush on
+the great thoroughfares of the country, the Inca Manco made his
+name a terror to the Spaniards.  Often did they hold out to him
+terms of accommodation; and every succeeding ruler down to Blasco
+Nunez, bore instructions from the Crown to employ every art to
+conciliate the formidable warrior.  But Manco did not trust the
+promises of the white man; and he chose rather to maintain his
+savage independence in the mountains with the few brave spirits
+around him, than to live a slave in the land which had once owned
+the sway of his ancestors.
+
+The death of the Inca removed one of the great pretexts for
+Gonzalo Pizarro's military preparations, but it had little
+influence on him, as may be readily imagined.  He was much more
+sensible to the desertion of some of his followers, which took
+place early on the march.  Several of the cavaliers of Cuzco,
+startled by his unceremonious appropriation of the public moneys,
+and by the belligerent aspect of affairs, now for the first time
+seemed to realize that they were in the path of rebellion.  A
+number of these, including some principal men of the city,
+secretly withdrew from the army, and, hastening to Lima, offered
+their services to the viceroy. The troops were disheartened by
+this desertion, and even Pizarro for a moment faltered in his
+purpose, and thought of retiring with some fifty followers to
+Charcas, and there making his composition with government. But a
+little reflection, aided by the remonstrances of the courageous
+Carbajal, who never turned his back on an enterprise which he had
+once assumed, convinced him that he had gone too far to recede, -
+that his only safety was to advance.
+
+He was reassured by more decided manifestations, which he soon
+after received, of the public opinion.  An officer named Puelles,
+who commanded at Guanuco, joined him, with a body of horse with
+which he had been intrusted by the viceroy.  This defection was
+followed by that of others, and Gonzalo, as he descended the
+sides of the table-land, found his numbers gradually swelled to
+nearly double the amount with which he had left the Indian
+capital.
+
+As he traversed with a freer step the bloody field of Chupas,
+Carbajal pointed out the various localities of the battle-ground,
+and Pizarro might have found food for anxious reflection, as he
+meditated on the fortunes of a rebel.  At Guamanga he was
+received with open arms by the inhabitants, many of whom eagerly
+enlisted under his banner; for they trembled for their property,
+as they heard from all quarters of the inflexible temper of the
+viceroy. *8
+
+[Footnote 8: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 14,
+16. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 9, 10. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 8, cap. 5-9. - Carta de Gonzalo
+Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms. - Relacion de los Sucesos del Peru, Ms]
+
+That functionary began now to be convinced that he was in a
+critical position.  Before Puelles's treachery, above noticed,
+had been consummated, the viceroy had received some vague
+intimation of his purpose.  Though scarcely crediting it, he
+detached one of his company, named Diaz, with a force to
+intercept him.  But, although that cavalier undertook the mission
+with alacrity, he was soon after prevailed on to follow the
+example of his comrade, and, with the greater part of the men
+under his command, went over to the enemy.  In the civil feuds of
+this unhappy land, parties changed sides so lightly, that
+treachery to a commander had almost ceased to be a stain on the
+honor of a cavalier.  Yet all, on whichever side they cast their
+fortunes, loudly proclaimed their loyalty to the Crown.
+
+Thus betrayed by his own men, by those apparently most devoted to
+his service, Blasco Nunez became suspicious fell on some who were
+most deserving of his confidence.  Among these was his
+predecessor, Vaca de Castro.  That officer had conducted himself,
+in the delicate situation in which he had been placed, with his
+usual discretion, and with perfect integrity and honor.  He had
+frankly communicated with the viceroy, and well had it been for
+Blasco Nunez, if he had known how to profit by it. But he was too
+much puffed up by the arrogance of office, and by the conceit of
+his own superior wisdom, to defer much to the counsels of his
+experienced predecessor.  The latter was now suspected by the
+viceroy of maintaining a secret correspondence with his enemies
+at Cuzco, - a suspicion which seems to have had no better
+foundation than the personal friendship which Vaca de Castro was
+known to entertain for these individuals.  But, with Blasco
+Nunez, to suspect was to be convinced; and he ordered De Castro
+to be placed under arrest, and confined on board of a vessel
+lying in the harbour.  This high-handed measure was followed by
+the arrest and imprisonment of several other cavaliers, probably
+on grounds equally frivolous. *9
+
+[Footnote 9: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 3. - Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte
+1, lib. 1, cap. 10.]
+
+He now turned his attention towards the enemy.  Notwithstanding
+his former failure, he still did not altogether despair of
+effecting something by negotiation, and he sent another embassy,
+having the bishop of Lima at its head, to Gonzalo Pizarro's camp,
+with promises of a general amnesty, and some proposals of a more
+tempting character to the commander.  But this step, while it
+proclaimed his own weakness, had no better success than the
+preceding. *10
+
+[Footnote 10: Loaysa, the bishop, was robbed of his despatches,
+and not even allowed to enter the camp, lest his presence should
+shake the constancy of the soldiers.  (See Relacion de los
+Sucesos del Peru, Ms.) The account occupies more space than it
+deserves in most of the authorities.]
+
+The viceroy now vigorously prepared for war.  His first care was
+to put the capital in a posture of defence, by strengthening its
+fortifications, and throwing barricades across the streets.  He
+ordered a general enrolment of the citizens, and called in levies
+from the neighbouring towns, - a call not very promptly answered.
+A squadron of eight or ten vessels was got ready in the port to
+act in concert with the land forces.  The bells were taken from
+the churches, and used in the manufacture of muskets; *11 and
+funds were procured from the fifths which had accumulated in the
+royal treasury.  The most extravagant bounty was offered to the
+soldiers, and prices were paid for mules and horses, which showed
+that gold, or rather silver, was the commodity of least value in
+Peru. *12 By these efforts, the active commander soon assembled a
+force considerably larger than that of his adversary.  But how
+could he confide in it?
+
+[Footnote 11: "Hico hacer gran Copia de Arcabuces, asi de Hierro,
+como de Fundicion, de ciertas Campanas de la Iglesia Maior, que
+para ello quito." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 6.]
+
+[Footnote 12: Blasco Nunez paid, according to Zarate, who had the
+means of knowing, twelve thousand ducats for thirty-five mules. -
+"El Visorrei les mando comprar, de la Hacienda Real, treinta i
+cinco Machos, en que hiciesen la Jornada, que costaron mas de
+doce mil ducados." (Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 10.) The
+South-American of our day might well be surprised at such prices
+for animals since so abundant in his country.]
+While these preparations were going forward, the judges of the
+Audience arrived at Lima.  They had shown, throughout their
+progress, no great respect either for the ordinances, or the will
+of the viceroy; for they had taxed the poor natives as freely and
+unscrupulously as any of the Conquerors.  We have seen the entire
+want of cordiality subsisting between them and their principal in
+Panama.  It became more apparent, on their landing at Lima.  They
+disapproved of his proceedings in every particular; of his
+refusal to suspend the ordinances, - although, in fact, he had
+found no opportunity, of late, to enforce them; of his
+preparations for defence, declaring that he ought rather trust to
+the effect of negotiation; and, finally, of his imprisonment of
+so many loyal cavaliers, which they pronounced an arbitrary act,
+altogether beyond the bounds of his authority; and they did not
+scruple to visit the prison in person, and discharge the captives
+from their confinement. *13
+
+[Footnote 13: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap.
+10. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 8, cap. 2, 10. - Carta
+de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms.]
+
+This bold proceeding, while it conciliated the good-will of the
+people, severed, at once, all relations with the viceroy.  There
+was in the Audience a lawyer, named Cepeda, a cunning, ambitious
+man, with considerable knowledge in the way of his profession,
+and with still greater talent for intrigue.  He did not disdain
+the low arts of a demagogue to gain the favor of the populace,
+and trusted to find his own account in fomenting a
+misunderstanding with Blasco Nunez.  The latter, it must be
+confessed, did all in his power to aid his counsellor in this
+laudable design.
+
+A certain cavalier in the place, named Suarez de Carbajal, who
+had long held an office under government, fell under the
+viceroy's displeasure, on suspicion of conniving at the secession
+of some of his kinsmen, who had lately taken part with the
+malecontents.  The viceroy summoned Carbajal to attend him at his
+palace, late at night; and when conducted to his presence, he
+bluntly charged him with treason.  The latter stoutly denied the
+accusation, in tones as haughty as those of his accuser.  The
+altercation grew warm, until, in the heat of passion, Blasco
+Nunez struck him with his poniard.  In an instant, the
+attendants, taking this as a signal, plunged their swords into
+the body of the unfortunate man, who fell lifeless on the floor.
+*14
+
+[Footnote 14: "He struck him in the bosom with his dagger, as
+some say, but the viceroy denies it." - So says Zarate, in the
+printed copy of his history.  (Lib. 5, cap. 11.) In the original
+manuscript of this work, still extant at Simancas, he states the
+fact without any qualification at all.  "Luego el dicho Virrei
+echo mano a una daga, i arremetio con el, i le dio una punalada,
+i a grandes voces mando que le matasen." (Zarate, Ms.) This was
+doubtless his honest conviction, when on the pot soon after the
+event occurred.  The politic historian thought it prudent to
+qualify his remark before publication. - "They say," says another
+contemporary, familiar with these events and friendly to the
+viceroy, "that he gave him several wounds with his dagger." And
+he makes no attempt to refute the charge.  (Relacion de los
+Sucesos del Peru, Ms.) Indeed, this version of the story seems to
+have been generally received at the time by those who had the
+best means of knowing the truth.]
+
+Greatly alarmed for the consequences of his rash act, - for
+Carbajal was much beloved in Lima, - Blasco Nunez ordered the
+corpse of the murdered man to be removed by a private stairway
+from the house, and carried to the cathedral, where, rolled in
+his bloody cloak, it was laid in a grave hastily dug to receive
+it.  So tragic a proceeding, known to so many witnesses, could
+not long be kept secret.  Vague rumors of the fact explained the
+mysterious disappearance of Carbajal.  The grave was opened, and
+the mangled remains of the slaughtered cavalier established the
+guilt of the viceroy. *15
+
+[Footnote 15: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, ubi supra.]
+
+From this hour Blasco Nunez was held in universal abhorrence; and
+his crime, in this instance, assumed the deeper dye of
+ingratitude, since the deceased was known to have had the
+greatest influence in reconciling the citizens early to his
+government.  No one knew where the blow would fall next, or how
+soon he might himself become the victim of the ungovernable
+passions of the viceroy.  In this state of things, some looked to
+the Audience, and yet more to Gonzalo Pizarro, to protect them.
+That chief was slowly advancing towards Lima, from which, indeed,
+he was removed but a few days' march.  Greatly perplexed, Blasco
+Nunez now felt the loneliness of his condition.  Standing aloof,
+as it were, from his own followers, thwarted by the Audience,
+betrayed by his soldiers, he might well feel the consequences of
+his misconduct.  Yet there seemed no other course for him, but
+either to march out and meet the enemy, or to remain in Lima and
+defend it.  He had placed the town in a posture of defence, which
+argued this last to have been his original purpose.  But he felt
+he could no longer rely on his troops, and he decided on a third
+course, most unexpected.
+
+This was to abandon the capital, and withdraw to Truxillo, about
+eighty leagues distant.  The women would embark on board the
+squadron, and, with the effects of the citizens, be transported
+by water.  The troops, with the rest of the inhabitants, would
+march by land, laying waste the country as they proceeded.
+Gonzalo Pizarro, when he arrived at Lima, would find it without
+supplies for his army, and thus straitened, he would not care to
+take a long march across a desert in search of his enemy. *16
+
+[Footnote 16: Ibid., lib. 5, cap. 12. - Fernandez, Parte 1, lib.
+1, cap. 18.]
+
+What the viceroy proposed to effect by this movement is not
+clear, unless it were to gain time; and yet the more time he had
+gained, thus far, the worse it had proved for him.  But he was
+destined to encounter a decided opposition from the judges.  They
+contended that he had no warrant for such an act, and that the
+Audience could not lawfully hold its sessions out of the capital.
+Blasco Nunez persisted in his determination, menacing that body
+with force, if necessary.  The judges appealed to the citizens to
+support them in resisting such an arbitrary measure.  They
+mustered a force for their own protection, and that same day
+passed a decree that the viceroy should be arrested.
+
+Late at night, Blasco Nunez was informed of the hostile
+preparations of the judges.  He instantly summoned his followers,
+to the number of more than two hundred, put on his armour, and
+prepared to march out at the head of his troops against the
+Audience.  This was the true course; for in a crisis like that in
+which he was placed, requiring promptness and decision, the
+presence of the leader is essential to insure success.  But,
+unluckily, he yielded to the remonstrances of his brother and
+other friends, who dissuaded him from rashly exposing his life in
+such a venture.
+
+What Blasco Nunez neglected to do was done by the judges.  They
+sallied forth at the head of their followers, whose number,
+though small at first, they felt confident would be swelled by
+volunteers as they advanced.  Rushing forward, they cried out, -
+"Liberty!  Liberty!  Long live the king and the Audience!" It was
+early dawn, and the inhabitants, startled from their slumbers,
+ran to the windows and balconies, and, learning the object of the
+movement, some snatched up their arms and joined in it, while the
+women, waving their scarfs and kerchiefs, cheered on the assault.
+
+When the mob arrived before the viceroy's palace, they halted for
+a moment, uncertain what to do Orders were given to fire on them
+from the windows, and a volley passed over their heads.  No one
+was injured; and the greater part of the viceroy's men, with most
+of the officers, - including some of those who had been so
+anxious for his personal safety, - now openly joined the
+populace.  The palace was then entered, and abandoned to pillage.
+Blasco Nunez, deserted by all but a few faithful adherents, made
+no resistance.  He surrendered to the assailants, was led before
+the judges, and by them was placed in strict confinement.  The
+citizens, delighted with the result, provided a collation for the
+soldiers; and the affair ended without the loss of a single life.
+Never was there so bloodless a revolution. *17
+
+[Footnote 17: Relacion de los Sucesos del Ms. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Peru, Ms. - Relacion Anonima, Conq., Ms. - Fernandez,
+Hist del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 19. - Zarate, Conq. del
+Peru, lib. 5, cap. 11. - Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valvidia, Ms.
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro devoutly draws a conclusion from this, that the
+revolution was clearly brought about by the hand of God for the
+good of the land.  "E hizose sin que muriese un hombre, ni fuese
+herido, somo obra que Dios la guiava para el bien desta tierra."
+Carta, Ms., ubi supra.]
+The first business of the judges was to dispose of the prisoner.
+He was sent, under a strong guard, to a neighbouring island, till
+some measures could be taken respecting him.  He was declared to
+be deposed from his office; a provisional government was
+established, consisting of their own body, with Cepeda at its
+head, as president; and its first act was to pronounce the
+detested ordinances suspended, till instructions could be
+received from Court.  It was also decided to send Blasco Nunez
+back to Spain with one of their own body, who should explain to
+the emperor the nature of the late disturbances, and vindicate
+the measures of the Audience.  This was soon put in execution.
+The Licentiate Alvarez was the person selected to bear the
+viceroy company; and the unfortunate commander, after passing
+several days on the desolate island, with scarcely any food, and
+exposed to all the inclemencies of the weather, took his
+departure for Panama. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms. - Relacion
+de los Sucesos del Peru, Ms.
+
+The story of the seizure of the viceroy is well told by the
+writer of the last Ms., who seems here, at least, not unduly
+biased in favor of Blasco Nunez, though a partisan.]
+
+A more formidable adversary yet remained in Gonzalo Pizarro, who
+had now advanced to Xauxa, about ninety miles from Lima.  Here he
+halted, while numbers of the citizens prepared to join his
+banner, choosing rather to take service under him than to remain
+under the self-constituted authority of the Audience.  The
+judges, meanwhile, who had tasted the sweets of office too short
+a time to be content to resign them, after considerable delay,
+sent an embassy to the Procurator.  They announced to him the
+revolution that had taken place, and the suspension of the
+ordinances.  The great object of his mission had been thus
+accomplished; and, as a new government was now organized, they
+called on him to show his obedience to it, by disbanding his
+forces, and withdrawing to the unmolested enjoyment of his
+estates.  It was a bold demand, - though couched in the most
+courteous and complimentary phrase, - to make of one in Pizarro's
+position.  It was attempting to scare away the eagle just ready
+to stoop on his prey.  If the chief had faltered, however, he
+would have been reassured by his lion-hearted lieutenant.  "Never
+show faint heart," exclaimed the latter, "when you are so near
+the goal.  Success has followed every step of your path.  You
+have now only to stretch forth your hand, and seize the
+government.  Every thing else will follow." - The envoy who
+brought the message from the judges was sent back with the
+answer, that "the people had called Gonzalo Pizarro to the
+government of the country, and, if the Audience did not at once
+invest him with it, the city should be delivered up to pillage."
+*19
+
+[Footnote 19: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 13.
+
+It required some courage to carry the message of the Audience to
+Gonzalo and his desperate followers.  The historian Zarate, the
+royal comptroller, was the envoy; not much, as it appears, to his
+own satisfaction.  He escaped, however, unharmed, and has made a
+full report of the affair in his chronicle.]
+
+The bewildered magistrates were thrown into dismay by this
+decisive answer.  Yet loth to resign, they took counsel in their
+perplexity of Vaca de Castro, still detained on board of one of
+the vessels.  But that commander had received too little favor at
+the hands of his successors to think it necessary to peril his
+life on their account by thwarting the plans of Pizarro.  He
+maintained a discreet silence, therefore, and left the matter to
+the wisdom of the Audience.
+
+Meanwhile, Carbajal was sent into the city to quicken their
+deliberations.  He came at night, attended only by a small party
+of soldiers, intimating his contempt of the power of the judges.
+His first act was to seize a number of cavaliers, whom he dragged
+from their beds, and placed under arrest.  They were men of
+Cuzco, the same already noticed as having left Pizarro's ranks
+soon after his departure from that capital. While the Audience
+still hesitated as to the course they should pursue, Carbajal
+caused three of his prisoners, persons of consideration and
+property, to be placed on the backs of mules, and escorted out of
+town to the suburbs, where, with brief space allowed for
+confession, he hung them all on the branches of a tree.  He
+superintended the execution himself, and tauntingly complimented
+one of his victims, by telling him, that, "in consideration of
+his higher rank, he should have the privilege of selecting the
+bough on which to be hanged!" *20 The ferocious officer would
+have proceeded still further in his executions, it is said, had
+it not been for orders received from his leader.  But enough was
+done to quicken the perceptions of the Audience as to their
+course, for they felt their own lives suspended by a thread in
+such unscrupulous hands.  Without further delay, therefore, they
+sent to invite Gonzalo Pizarro to enter the city, declaring that
+the security of the country and the general good required the
+government to be placed in his hands. *21
+
+[Footnote 20: "Le queria dar su muerte con una preeminencia
+senalada, que escogiese en qual de las Ramas de aquel Arbol
+queria que le colgasen." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 13.
+- See also Relacion Anonima, Ms. - Fernandez, Parte 1, lib. 1,
+cap. 25.]
+
+[Footnote 21: According to Gonzalo Pizarro, the Audience gave
+this invitation in obedience to the demands of the
+representatives of the cities. - "Y a esta sazon llegue yo a
+Lima, i todos los procuradores de las cibdades destos reynos
+suplicaron al Audiencia me hiciesen Governador para resistir los
+robos e fuerzas que Blasco Nunez andava faciendo, i para tener la
+tierra en justicia hasta que S. M. proveyese lo que mas a su real
+servicio convenia.  Los Oydores visto que asi convenia al
+servicio de Dios i al de S. M. i al bien destos reynos," &c.
+(Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms.) But Gonzalo's account
+of himself must be received with more than the usual grain of
+allowance.  His letter, which is addressed to Valdivia, the
+celebrated conqueror of Chili, contains a full account of the
+rise and progress of his rebellion.  It is the best vindication,
+therefore, to be found of himself, and, as a counterpoise to the
+narratives of his enemies, is of inestimable value to the
+historian.]
+That chief had now advanced within half a league of the capital,
+which soon after, on the twenty-eighth of October, 1544, he
+entered in battle-array.  His whole force was little short of
+twelve hundred Spaniards, besides several thousand Indians, who
+dragged his heavy guns in the advance. *22 Then came the files of
+spearmen and arquebusiers, making a formidable corps of infantry
+for a colonial army; and lastly, the cavalry, at the head of
+which rode Pizarro himself, on a powerful charger, gayly
+caparisoned.  The rider was in complete mail, over which floated
+a richly embroidered surcoat, and his head was protected by a
+crimson cap, highly ornamented, - his showy livery setting off
+his handsome, soldierlike person to advantage. *23 Before him was
+borne the royal standard of Castile; for every one, royalist or
+rebel, was careful to fight under that sign.  This emblem of
+loyalty was supported on the right by a banner, emblazoned with
+the arms of Cuzco, and by another on the left, displaying the
+armorial bearings granted by the Crown to the Pizarros.  As the
+martial pageant swept through the streets of Lima, the air was
+rent with acclamations from the populace, and from the spectators
+in the balconies. The cannon sounded at intervals, and the bells
+of the city - those that the viceroy had spared - rang out a
+joyous peal, as if in honor of a victory!
+
+[Footnote 22: He employed twelve thousand Indians on this
+service, says the writer of the Relacion Anonima, Ms.  But this
+author, although living in the colonies at the time, talks too
+much at random to gain our implicit confidence.]
+
+[Footnote 23: "Y el armado y con una capa de grana cubierta con
+muchas guarniciones de oro e con sayo de brocado sobre las
+armas." Relacion de los Sucesos del Peru, Ms. - Also Zarate,
+Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 13.]
+The oaths of office were duly administered by the judges of the
+Royal Audience, and Gonzalo Pizarro was proclaimed Governor and
+Captain-General of Peru, till his Majesty's pleasure could be
+known in respect to the government.  The new ruler then took up
+his quarters in the palace of his brother, - where the stains of
+that brother's blood were not yet effaced. Fetes, bull-fights,
+and tournaments graced the ceremony of inauguration, and were
+prolonged for several days, while the giddy populace of the
+capital abandoned themselves to jubilee, as if a new and more
+auspicious order of things had commenced for Peru! *24
+
+[Footnote 24: For the preceding pages relating to Gonzalo
+Pizarro, see Relacion Anonima, Ms. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 25. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub y Conq., Ms. -
+Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms. - Zarate, loc. cit. -
+Herrera, Hist General, dec. 7, lib. 8, cap. 16-19. - Relacion de
+los Sucesos del Peru, Ms. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1544.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter IX
+
+Measures Of Gonzalo Pizarro. - Escape Of Vaca De Castro.
+Reappearance Of The Viceroy. - His Disastrous Retreat. - Defeat
+And Death Of The Viceroy. - Gonzalo Pizarro Lord Of Peru.
+
+1544-1546.
+
+
+The first act of Gonzalo Pizarro was to cause those persons to be
+apprehended who had taken the most active part against him in the
+late troubles.  Several he condemned to death; but afterwards
+commuted the sentence, and contented himself with driving them
+into banishment and confiscating their estates. *1 His next
+concern was to establish his authority on a firm basis.  He
+filled the municipal government of Lima with his own partisans.
+He sent his lieutenants to take charge of the principal cities.
+He caused galleys to be built at Arequipa to secure the command
+of the seas; and brought his forces into the best possible
+condition, to prepare for future emergencies.
+
+[Footnote 1: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.
+
+The honest soldier, who tells us this, was more true to his king
+than to his kindred.  At least, he did not attach himself to
+Gonzalo's party, and was among those who barely escaped hanging
+on this occasion.  He seems to have had little respect for his
+namesake.]
+
+The Royal Audience existed only in name; for its powers were
+speedily absorbed by the new ruler, who desired to place the
+government on the same footing as under the marquess, his brother
+Indeed, the Audience necessarily fell to pieces, from the
+position of its several members. Alvarez had been sent with the
+viceroy to Castile.  Cepeda, the most aspiring of the court, now
+that he had failed in his own schemes of ambition, was content to
+become a tool in the hands of the military chief who had
+displaced him.  Zarate, a third judge, who had, from the first,
+protested against the violent measures of his colleagues, was
+confined to his house by a mortal illness; *2 and Tepeda, the
+remaining magistrate, Gonzalo now proposed to send back to
+Castile with such an account of the late transactions as should
+vindicate his own conduct in the eyes of the emperor.  This step
+was opposed by Carbajal, who bluntly told his commander that "he
+had gone too far to expect favor from the Crown; and that he had
+better rely for his vindication on his pikes and muskets.'" *3
+[Footnote 2: Zarate, the judge, must not be confounded with
+Zarate, the historian, who went out to Peru with the Court of
+Audience, as contador real, royal comptroller, - having before
+filled the office of secretary of the royal council in Spain.]
+
+[Footnote 3: Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 172. - Garcilasso,
+Com Real., Parte 2, lib. 4, cap. 21.]
+
+But the ship which was to transport Tepeda was found to have
+suddenly disappeared from the port.  It was the same in which
+Vaca de Castro was confined; and that officer, not caring to
+trust to the forbearance of one whose advances, on a former
+occasion, he had so unceremoniously repulsed, and convinced,
+moreover, that his own presence could profit nothing in a land
+where he held no legitimate authority, had prevailed on the
+captain to sail with him to Panama.  He then crossed the Isthmus,
+and embarked for Spain.  The rumors of his coming had already
+preceded him, and charges were not wanting against him from some
+of those whom he had offended by his administration.  He was
+accused of having carried measures with a high hand, regardless
+of the rights, both of the colonist and of the native; and, above
+all, of having embezzled the public moneys, and of returning with
+his coffers richly freighted to Castile.  This last was an
+unpardonable crime.
+
+No sooner had the governor set foot in his own country than he
+was arrested, and hurried to the fortress of Arevalo; and, though
+he was afterwards removed to better quarters, where he was
+treated with the indulgence due to his rank, he was still kept a
+prisoner of state for twelve years, when the tardy tribunals of
+Castile pronounced a judgment in his favor.  He was acquitted of
+every charge that had been brought against him, and, so far from
+peculation, was proved to have returned home no richer than he
+went.  He was released from confinement, reinstated in his honors
+and dignities, took his seat anew in the royal council, and Vaca
+de Castro enjoyed, during the remainder of his days, the
+consideration to which he was entitled by his deserts. *4 The
+best eulogium on the wisdom of his administration was afforded by
+the troubles brought on the colonies by that of his successor.
+The nation became gradually sensible of the value of his
+services; though the manner in which they were requited by the
+government must be allowed to form a cold commentary on the
+gratitude of princes.
+
+[Footnote 4: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 15. - Relacion
+Anonima, Ms. - Relacion de los Sucesos del Peru, Ms. -
+Montesinos, Annales Ms., ano 1545. - Fernandez, Hist del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 28]
+Gonzalo Pizarro was doomed to experience a still greater
+disappointment than that caused by the escape of Vaca de Castro,
+in the return of Blasco Nunez.  The vessel which bore him from
+the country had hardly left the shore, when Alvarez, the judge,
+whether from remorse at the part which he had taken, or
+apprehensive of the consequences of carrying back the viceroy to
+Spain, presented himself before that dignitary, and announced
+that he was no longer a prisoner.  At the same time he excused
+himself for the part he had taken, by his desire to save the life
+of Blasco Nunez, and extricate him from his perilous situation.
+He now placed the vessel at his disposal, and assured him it
+should take him wherever he chose.
+
+The viceroy, whatever faith he may have placed in the judge's
+explanation, eagerly availed himself of his offer.  His proud
+spirit revolted at the idea of returning home in disgrace,
+foiled, as he had been, in every object of his mission.  He
+determined to try his fortune again in the land, and his only
+doubt was, on what point to attempt to rally his partisans around
+him.  At Panama he might remain in safety, while he invoked
+assistance from Nicaragua, and other colonies at the north.  But
+this would be to abandon his government at once; and such a
+confession of weakness would have a bad effect on his followers
+in Peru. He determined, therefore, to direct his steps towards
+Quito, which, while it was within his jurisdiction, was still
+removed far enough from the theatre of the late troubles to give
+him time to rally, and make head against his enemies.
+
+In pursuance of this purpose, the viceroy and his suite
+disembarked at Tumbez, about the middle of October, 1544.  On
+landing, he issued a manifesto setting forth the violent
+proceedings of Gonzalo Pizarro and his followers, whom he
+denounced as traitors to their prince, and he called on all true
+subjects in the colony to support him in maintaining the royal
+authority.  The call was not unheeded; and volunteers came in,
+though tardily, from San Miguel, Puerto Viejo, and other places
+on the coast, cheering the heart of the viceroy with the
+conviction that the sentiment of loyalty was not yet extinct in
+the bosoms of the Spaniards.
+But, while thus occupied, he received tidings of the arrival of
+one of Pizarro's captains on the coast, with a force superior to
+his own. Their number was exaggerated; but Blasco Nunez, without
+waiting to ascertain the truth, abandoned his position at Tumbez,
+and, with as much expedition as he could make across a wild and
+mountainous country half-buried in snow, he marched to Quito.
+But this capital, situated at the northern extremity of his
+province, was not a favorable point for the rendezvous of his
+followers; and, after prolonging his stay till he had received
+assurance from Benalcazar, the loyal commander at Popayan, that
+he would support him with all his strength in the coming
+conflict, he made a rapid countermarch to the coast, and took up
+his position at the town of San Miguel.  This was a spot well
+suited to his purposes, as lying on the great high road along the
+shores of the Pacific, besides being the chief mart for
+commercial intercourse with Panama and the north.
+Here the viceroy erected his standard, and in a few weeks found
+himself at the head of a force amounting to nearly five hundred
+in all, horse and foot, ill provided with arms and ammunition,
+but apparently zealous in the cause.  Finding himself in
+sufficient strength to commence active operations, he now sallied
+forth against several of Pizarro's captains in the neighbourhood,
+over whom he obtained some decided advantages, which renewed his
+confidence, and flattered him with the hopes of reestablishing
+his ascendency in the country. *5
+
+[Footnote 5: Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms. - Zarate,
+Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 14, 15. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 7, lib. 8, cap. 19, 20. - Relacion Anonima, Ms. - Fernandez,
+Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 23. - Relacion de los
+Sucesos del Peru, Ms.
+
+The author of the document last cited notices the strong feeling
+for the Crown existing in several of the cities; and mentions
+also the rumor of a meditated assault on Cuzco by the Indians. -
+The writer belonged to the discomfited party of Blasco Nunez; and
+the facility with which exiles credit reports in their own favor
+is proverbial.]
+
+During this time, Gonzalo Pizarro was not idle.  He had watched
+with anxiety the viceroy's movements; and was now convinced that
+it was time to act, and that, if he would not be unseated
+himself, he must dislodge his formidable rival.  He accordingly
+placed a strong garrison under a faithful officer in Lima, and,
+after sending forward a force of some six hundred men by land to
+Truxillo, he embarked for the same port himself, on the 4th of
+March, 1545, the very day on which the viceroy had marched from
+Quito.
+
+At Truxillo, Pizarro put himself at the head of his little army,
+and moved without loss of time against San Miguel.  His rival,
+eager to bring their quarrel to an issue, would fain have marched
+out to give him battle; but his soldiers, mostly young and
+inexperienced levies, hastily brought together, were intimidated
+by the name of Pizarro.  They loudly insisted on being led into
+the upper country, where they would be reinforced by Benalcazar;
+and their unfortunate commander, like the rider of some
+unmanageable steed, to whose humors he is obliged to submit, was
+hurried away in a direction contrary to his wishes.  It was the
+fate of Blasco Nunez to have his purposes baffled alike by his
+friends and his enemies.
+On arriving before San Miguel, Gonzalo Pizarro found, to his
+great mortification, that his antagonist had left it.  Without
+entering the town, he quickened his pace, and, after traversing a
+valley of some extent, reached the skirts of a mountain chain,
+into which Blasco Nunez had entered but a few hours before.  It
+was late in the evening; but Pizarro, knowing the importance of
+despatch, sent forward Carbajal with a party of light troops to
+overtake the fugitives.  That captain succeeded in coming up with
+their lonely bivouac among the mountains at midnight, when the
+weary troops were buried in slumber.  Startled from their repose
+by the blast of the trumpet, which, strange to say, their enemy
+had incautiously sounded, *6 the viceroy and his men sprang to
+their feet, mounted their horses, grasped their arquebuses, and
+poured such a volley into the ranks of their assailants, that
+Carbajal, disconcerted by his reception, found it prudent, with
+his inferior force, to retreat.  The viceroy followed, till,
+fearing an ambuscade in the darkness of the night, he withdrew,
+and allowed his adversary to rejoin the main body of the army
+under Pizarro.
+
+[Footnote 6: "Mas Francisco Caruajal q los vua siguiendo, llego
+quatro horas de la noche a dode estauan: y con vna Trompeta que
+lleuaua les toco arma: y sentido por el Virey se leuanto luego el
+primero." Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1 lib. 1, cap. 40.]
+
+This conduct of Carbajal, by which he allowed the game to slip
+through his hands, from mere carelessness, is inexplicable.  It
+forms a singular exception to the habitual caution and vigilance
+displayed in his military career.  Had it been the act of any
+other captain, it would have cost him his head.  But Pizarro,
+although greatly incensed, set too high a value on the services
+and well-tried attachment of his lieutenant, to quarrel with him.
+Still it was considered of the last importance to overtake the
+enemy, before he had advanced much farther to the north, where
+the difficulties of the ground would greatly embarrass the
+pursuit. Carbajal, anxious to retrieve his error, was accordingly
+again placed at the head of a corps of light troops, with
+instructions to harass the enemy's march, cut off his stores, and
+keep him in check, if possible, till the arrival of Pizarro. *7
+
+[Footnote 7: Ibid., ubi supra. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7,
+lib. 9, cap. 22. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., lib. 9, cap. 26.]
+
+But the viceroy had profited by the recent delay to gain
+considerably on his pursuers.  His road led across the valley of
+Caxas, a broad, uncultivated district, affording little
+sustenance for man or beast.  Day after day, his troops held on
+their march through this dreary region, intersected with
+barrancas and rocky ravines that added incredibly to their toil.
+Their principal food was the parched corn, which usually formed
+the nourishment of the travelling Indians, though held of much
+less account by the Spaniards; and this meagre fare was
+reinforced by such herbs as they found on the way-side, which,
+for want of better utensils, the soldiers were fain to boil in
+their helmets. *8 Carbajal, mean while, pressed on them so close,
+that their baggage, ammunition, and sometimes their mules, fell
+into his hands.  The indefatigable warrior was always on their
+track, by day and by night, allowing them scarcely any repose.
+They spread no tent, and lay down in their arms, with their
+steeds standing saddled beside them; and hardly had the weary
+soldier closed his eyes, when he was startled by the cry that the
+enemy was upon him. *9
+[Footnote 8: "Caminando, pues, comiendo algunas Jervas, que
+cocian en las Celadas, quando paraban a dar aliento a los
+Caballos." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 9, cap 24.]
+
+[Footnote 9: "I sin que en todo el camino los vnos, ni los otros,
+quitasen las Sillas a los Caballos, aunque en este caso estaba
+mas alerta la Gente del Visorei, porque si algun pequeno rato de
+la Noche reposaban, era vestidos, i teniendo siempre los Caballos
+del Cabestro, sin esperar a poner Toldos, ni a aderecar las otras
+formas, que se suelen tener para atar los Caballos de Noche."
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 29.]
+At length, the harassed followers of Blasco Nunez reached the
+depoblado, or desert of Paltos, which stretches towards the north
+for many a dreary league.  The ground, intersected by numerous
+streams, has the character of a great quagmire, and men and
+horses floundered about in the stagnant waters, or with
+difficulty worked their way over the marsh, or opened a passage
+through the tangled underwood that shot up in rank luxuriance
+from the surface.  The wayworn horses, without food, except such
+as they could pick up in the wilderness, were often spent with
+travel, and, becoming unserviceable, were left to die on the
+road, with their hamstrings cut, that they might be of no use to
+the enemy; though more frequently they were despatched to afford
+a miserable banquet to their masters. *10 Many of the men now
+fainted by the way from mere exhaustion, or loitered in the
+woods, unable to keep up with the march. And woe to the straggler
+who fell into the hands of Carbajal, at least if he had once
+belonged to the party of Pizarro.  The mere suspicion of treason
+sealed his doom with the unrelenting soldier. *11
+
+[Footnote 10: "I en cansandose el Caballo, le desjarretaba, i le
+dexaba, porque sus contrarios no se aprovechasen de el." Ibid.,
+loc. cit.]
+[Footnote 11: "Had it not been for Gonzalo Pizarro's
+interference," says Fernandez, "many more would have been hung up
+by his lieutenant, who pleasantly quoted the old Spanish proverb,
+- 'The fewer of our enemies the better.'" De los enemigos, los
+menos.  Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 40.]
+
+The sufferings of Pizarro and his troop were scarcely less than
+those of the viceroy; though they were somewhat mitigated by the
+natives of the country, who, with ready instinct, discerned which
+party was the strongest, and, of course, the most to be feared.
+But, with every alleviation, the chieftain's sufferings were
+terrible.  It was repeating the dismal scenes of the expedition
+to the Amazon.  The soldiers of the Conquest must be admitted to
+have purchased their triumphs dearly.
+Yet the viceroy had one source of disquietude, greater, perhaps,
+than any arising from physical suffering.  This was the distrust
+of his own followers.  There were several of the principal
+cavaliers in his suite whom he suspected of being in
+correspondence with the enemy, and even of designing to betray
+him into their hands.  He was so well convinced of this, that he
+caused two of these officers to be put to death on the march; and
+their dead bodies, as they lay by the roadside, meeting the eye
+of the soldier, told him that there were others to be feared in
+these frightful solitudes besides the enemy in his rear. *12
+
+[Footnote 12: "Los afligidos Soldados, que por el cansancio de
+los Caballos iban a pie con terrible angustia, por la persecucion
+de los Enemigos, que iban cerca, i por la fatiga de la hambre,
+quando vieron los Cuerpos de los dos Capitanes muertos en aquel
+camino quedaron atonitos." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib.
+9, cap. 25.]
+
+Another cavalier, who held the chief command under the viceroy,
+was executed, after a more formal investigation of his case, at
+the first place where the army halted.  At this distance of time,
+it is impossible to determine how far the suspicions of Blasco
+Nunez were founded on truth. The judgments of contemporaries are
+at variance. *13 In times of political ferment, the opinion of
+the writer is generally determined by the complexion of his
+party.  To judge from the character of Blasco Nunez, jealous and
+irritable, we might suppose him to have acted without sufficient
+cause.  But this consideration is counterbalanced by that of the
+facility with which his followers swerved from their allegiance
+to their commander, who seems to have had so light a hold on
+their affections, that they were shaken off by the least reverse
+of fortune. Whether his suspicions were well or ill founded, the
+effect was the same on the mind of the viceroy.  With an enemy in
+his rear whom he dared not fight, and followers whom he dared not
+trust, the cup of his calamities was nearly full.
+
+[Footnote 13: Fernandez, who held a loyal pen, and one
+sufficiently friendly to the viceroy, after stating that the
+officers, whom the latter put to death, had served him to that
+time with their lives and fortunes, dismisses the affair with the
+temperate reflection, that men formed different judgments on it.
+"Sobre estas muertes uuo en el Peru varios y contrarios juyzios y
+opiniones, de culpa y de su descargo." (Hist. del Peru, Parte 1,
+lib. 1, cap. 41.) Gomara says, more unequivocally, "All condemned
+it." (Hist. de las Ind., cap. 167.) The weight of opinion seems
+to have been against the viceroy.]
+
+At length, he issued forth on firm ground, and, passing through
+Tomebamba, Blasco Nunez reentered his northern capital of Quito.
+But his reception was not so cordial as that which he had before
+experienced.  He now came as a fugitive, with a formidable enemy
+in pursuit; and he was soon made to feel that the surest way to
+receive support is not to need it.
+
+Shaking from his feet the dust of the disloyal city, whose
+superstitious people were alive to many an omen that boded his
+approaching ruin, *14 the unfortunate commander held on his way
+towards Pastos, in the jurisdiction of Benalcazar.  Pizarro and
+his forces entered Quito not long after, disappointed, that, with
+all his diligence, the enemy still eluded his pursuit.  He halted
+only to breathe his men, and, declaring that "he would follow up
+the viceroy to the North Sea but he would overtake him," *15 he
+resumed his march.  At Pastos, he nearly accomplished his object.
+His advance-guard came up with Blasco Nunez as the latter was
+halting on the opposite bank of a rivulet.  Pizarro's men,
+fainting from toil and heat, staggered feebly to the water-side,
+to slake their burning thirst, and it would have been easy for
+the viceroy's troops, refreshed by repose, and superior in number
+to their foes, to have routed them.  But Blasco Nunez could not
+bring his soldiers to the charge.  They had fled so long before
+their enemy, that the mere sight of him filled their hearts with
+panic, and they would have no more thought of turning against him
+than the hare would turn against the hound that pursues her.
+Their safety, they felt, was to fly, not to fight, and they
+profited by the exhaustion of their pursuers only to quicken
+their retreat.
+[Footnote 14: Some of these omens recorded by the historian - as
+the howling of dogs - were certainly no miracles.  "En esta
+lamentable, i angustiosa partida, muchos afirmaron, haver visto
+por el Aire muchos Cometas, i que quadrillas de Perros andaban
+por las Calles, dando grandes i temerosos ahullidos, i los
+Hombres andaban asombrados, i fuera de si." Herrera Hist.
+General, dec. 7, lib. 10, cap. 4.]
+
+[Footnote 15: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro continued the chase some leagues beyond Pastos;
+when, finding himself carried farther than he desired into the
+territories of Benalcazar, and not caring to encounter this
+formidable captain at disadvantage, he came to a halt, and,
+notwithstanding his magnificent vaunt about the North Sea,
+ordered a retreat, and made a rapid countermarch on Quito.  Here
+he found occupation in repairing the wasted spirits of his
+troops, and in strengthening himself with fresh reinforcements,
+which much increased his numbers; though these were again
+diminished by a body that he detached under Carbajal to suppress
+an insurrection, which he now learned had broken out in the
+south.  It was headed by Diego Centeno, one of his own officers,
+whom he had established in La Plata, the inhabitants of which
+place had joined in the revolt and raised the standard for the
+Crown.  With the rest of his forces, Pizarro resolved to remain
+at Quito, waiting the hour when the viceroy would reenter his
+dominions; as the tiger crouches by some spring in the
+wilderness, patiently waiting the return of his victims.
+
+Meanwhile Blasco Nunez had pushed forward his retreat to Popayan,
+the capital of Benalcazar's province.  Here he was kindly
+received by the people; and his soldiers, reduced by desertion
+and disease to one fifth of their original number, rested from
+the unparalleled fatigues of a march which had continued for more
+than two hundred leagues. *16 It was not long before he was
+joined by Cabrera, Benalcazar's lieutenant, with a stout
+reinforcement, and, soon after, by that chieftain himself.  His
+whole force now amounted to near four hundred men, most of them
+in good condition, and well trained in the school of American
+warfare.  His own men were sorely deficient both in arms and
+ammunition; and he set about repairing the want by building
+furnaces for manufacturing arquebuses and pikes. *17 - One
+familiar with the history of these times is surprised to see the
+readiness with which the Spanish adventurers turned their hands
+to various trades and handicrafts usually requiring a long
+apprenticeship. They displayed the dexterity so necessary to
+settlers in a new country, where every man must become in some
+degree his own artisan.  But this state of things, however
+favorable to the ingenuity of the artist, is not very propitious
+to the advancement of the art; and there can be little doubt that
+the weapons thus made by the soldiers of Blasco Nunez were of the
+most rude and imperfect construction.
+
+[Footnote 16: This retreat of Blasco Nunez may undoubtedly
+compare, if not in duration, at least in sharpness of suffering,
+with any expedition in the New World, - save, indeed, that of
+Gonzalo Pizarro himself to the Amazon.  The particulars of it may
+be found, with more or less amplification, in Zarate, Conq. del
+Peru, lib. 5, cap. 19, 29. - Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia,
+Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 7, lib. 9, cap. 20-26. -
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 40, et seq. -
+Relacion de los Sucesos del Peru, Ms - Relacion Anonima, Ms. -
+Montesions, Annales, Ms., ano 1545.]
+
+[Footnote 17: "Proveio, que se tragese alli todo el hierro que se
+pudo haver en la Provincia, i busco Maestros, hico aderecar
+Fraguas, i en breve tiempo se forjaron en ellas docien tos
+Arcabuces, con todos sus aparejos." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib.
+5, cap 34.]
+
+As week after week rolled away, Gonzalo Pizarro, though fortified
+with the patience of a Spanish soldier, felt uneasy at the
+protracted stay of Blasco Nunez in the north, and he resorted to
+stratagem to decoy him from his retreat.  He marched out of Quito
+with the greater part of his forces, pretending that he was going
+to support his lieutenant in the south, while he left a garrison
+in the city under the command of Puelles, the same officer who
+had formerly deserted from the viceroy.  These tidings he took
+care should be conveyed to the enemy's camp.  The artifice
+succeeded as he wished.  Blasco Nunez and his followers,
+confident in their superiority over Puelles, did not hesitate for
+a moment to profit by the supposed absence of Pizarro.
+Abandoning Popayan, the viceroy, early in January, 1546, moved by
+rapid marches towards the south.  But before he reached the place
+of his destination, he became apprised of the snare into which he
+had been drawn.  He communicated the fact to his officers; but he
+had already suffered so much from suspense, that his only desire
+now was, to bring his quarrel with Pizarro to the final
+arbitrament of arms.
+That chief, meanwhile, had been well informed, through his
+spies,of the viceroy's movements.  On learning the departure of
+the latter from Popayan, he had reentered Quito, joined his
+forces with those of Puelles, and, issuing from the capital, had
+taken up a strong position about three leagues to the north, on a
+high ground that commanded a stream, across which the enemy must
+pass.  It was not long before the latter came in sight, and
+Blasco Nunez, as night began to fall, established himself on the
+opposite bank of the rivulet.  It was so near to the enemy's
+quarters, that the voices of the sentinels could be distinctly
+heard in the opposite camps, and they did not fail to salute one
+another with the epithet of "traitors." In these civil wars, as
+we have seen, each party claimed for itself the exclusive merit
+of loyalty. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: "Que se llegaron a hablar los Corredores de ambas
+partes, Ilamandose Traidores los vnos a los otros, fundando, que
+cada vno sustentaba la voz del Rei, i asi estuvieron toda aquella
+noche aguardando." Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+But Benalcazar soon saw that Pizarro's position was too strong to
+be assailed with any chance of success.  He proposed, therefore,
+to the viceroy, to draw off his forces secretly in the night;
+and, making a detour round the hills, to fall on the enemy's
+rear, where he would be at least prepared to receive them.  The
+counsel was approved; and, no sooner were the two hosts shrouded
+from each other's eyes by the darkness, than, leaving his
+camp-fires burning to deceive the enemy, Blasco Nunez broke up
+his quarters, and began his circuitous march in the direction of
+Quito. But either he had been misinformed, or his guides misled
+him; for the roads proved so impracticable, that he was compelled
+to make a circuit of such extent, that dawn broke before he drew
+near the point of attack. Finding that he must now abandon the
+advantage of a surprise, he pressed forward to Quito, where he
+arrived with men and horses sorely fatigued by a night-march of
+eight leagues, from a point which, by the direct route, would not
+have exceeded three.  It was a fatal error on the eve of an
+engagement. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: For the preceding pages, see Zarate, Conq. del
+Peru, lib. 5, cap. 34, 35. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 167.
+- Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms. - Montesinos, Annales,
+Ms., ano 1546. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap.
+50-52.
+
+Herrera, in his account of these transactions, has fallen into a
+strange confusion of dates, fixing the time of the viceroy's
+entry into Quito on the 10th of January, and that of his battle
+with Pizarro nine days later (Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 1, cap
+1.) This last event, which, by the testimony of Fernandez, was on
+the eighteenth of the month, was by the agreement of such
+contemporary authorities as I have consulted, - as stated in the
+text, - on the evening of the same day in which the viceroy
+entered Quito.  Herrera, though his work is arranged on the
+chronological system of annals, is by no means immaculate as to
+his dates.  Quintana has exposed several glaring anachronisms of
+the historian in the earlier period of the Peruvian conquest.
+See his Espanoles Celebres, tom. II. Appendix, No. 7.]
+
+He found the capital nearly deserted by the men.  They had all
+joined the standard of Pizarro; for they had now caught the
+general spirit of disaffection, and looked upon that chief as
+their protector from the oppressive ordinances.  Pizarro was the
+representative of the people. Greatly moved at this desertion,
+the unhappy viceroy, lifting his hands to heaven, exclaimed, -
+"Is it thus, Lord, that thou abandonest thy servants?" The women
+and children came out, and in vain offered him food, of which he
+stood obviously in need, asking him, at the same time, "Why he
+had come there to die?" His followers, with more indifference
+than their commander, entered the houses of the inhabitants, and
+unceremoniously appropriated whatever they could find to appease
+the cravings of appetite.
+Benalcazar, who saw the temerity of giving battle, in their
+present condition, recommended the viceroy to try the effect of
+negotiation, and offered himself to go to the enemy's camp, and
+arrange, if possible, terms of accommodation with Pizarro.  But
+Blasco Nunez, if he had desponded for a moment, had now recovered
+his wonted constancy, and he proudly replied, - "There is no
+faith to be kept with traitors.  We have come to fight, not to
+parley; and we must do our duty like good and loyal cavaliers.  I
+will do mine," he continued, "and be assured I will be the first
+man to break a lance with the enemy." *20
+
+[Footnote 20: "Yo os prometo, que la primera laca que se rompa en
+los enemigos, sea la mia (y assi lo cumplio).  Fernandez, Hist.
+del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 53.]
+
+He then called his troops together, and addressed to them a few
+words preparatory to marching "You are all brave men," he said,
+"and loyal to your sovereign.  For my own part, I hold life as
+little in comparison with my duty to my prince.  Yet let us not
+distrust our success; the Spaniard, in a good cause, has often
+overcome greater odds than these.  And we are fighting for the
+right; it is the cause of God, - the cause of God," *21 he
+concluded, and the soldiers, kindled by his generous ardor,
+answered him with huzzas that went to the heart of the
+unfortunate commander, little accustomed of late to this display
+of enthusiasm.
+
+[Footnote 21: "Que de Dios es la causa, de Dios es la causa, de
+Dios es la causa." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 35.]
+
+It was the eighteenth of January, 1546, when Blasco Nunez marched
+out at the head of his array, from the ancient city of Quito.  He
+had proceeded but a mile, *22 when he came in view of the enemy
+formed along the crest of some high lands, which by a gentle
+swell, rose gradually from the plains of Anaquito.  Gonzalo
+Pizarro, greatly chagrined on ascertaining the departure of the
+viceroy, early in the morning, had broken up his camp, and
+directed his march on the capital, fully resolved that his enemy
+should not escape him.
+
+[Footnote 22: "Un quarto de legua de la ciudad." Carta de Gonzalo
+Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms.]
+
+The viceroy's troops, now coming to a halt, were formed in order
+of battle.  A small body of arquebusiers was stationed in the
+advance to begin the fight.  The remainder of that corps was
+distributed among the spearmen, who occupied the centre,
+protected on the flanks by the horse drawn up in two nearly equal
+squadrons.  The cavalry amounted to about one hundred and forty,
+being little inferior to that on the other side, though the whole
+number of the viceroy's forces, being less than four hundred, did
+not much exceed the half of his rival's.  On the right, and in
+front of the royal banner, Blasco Nunez, supported by thirteen
+chosen cavaliers, took his station, prepared to head the attack.
+
+Pizarro had formed his troops in a corresponding manner with that
+of his adversary.  They mustered about seven hundred in all, well
+appointed, in good condition, and officered by the best knights
+in Peru. *23 As, notwithstanding his superiority of numbers,
+Pizarro did not seem inclined to abandon his advantageous
+position, Blasco Nunez gave orders to advance. The action
+commenced with the arquebusiers, and in a few moments the dense
+clouds of smoke, rolling over the field, obscured every object;
+for it was late in the day when the action began, and the light
+was rapidly fading.
+[Footnote 23: The amount of the numbers on both sides is
+variously given, as usual, making, however, more than the usual
+difference in the relative proportions, since the sum total is so
+small.  I have conformed to the statements of the best-instructed
+writers.  Pizarro estimates his adversary's force at four hundred
+and fifty men, and his own at only six hundred; an estimate, it
+may be remarked, that does not make the given in the text any
+less credible.]
+
+The infantry, now levelling their pikes, advanced under cover of
+the smoke, and were soon hotly engaged with the opposite files of
+spearmen. Then came the charge of the cavalry, which -
+notwithstanding they were thrown into some disorder by the fire
+of Pizarro's arquebusiers, far superior in number to their own -
+was conducted with such spirit that the enemy's horse were
+compelled to reel and fall back before it.  But it was only to
+recoil with greater violence, as, like an overwhelming wave,
+Pizarro's troopers rushed on their foes, driving them along the
+slope, and bearing down man and horse in indiscriminate ruin.
+Yet these, in turn, at length rallied, cheered on by the cries
+and desperate efforts of their officers.  The lances were
+shivered, and they fought hand to hand with swords and
+battle-axes mingled together in wild confusion.  But the struggle
+was of no long duration; for, though the numbers were nearly
+equal, the viceroy's cavalry, jaded by the severe march of the
+previous night, *24 were no match for their antagonists.  The
+ground was strewn with the wreck of their bodies; and horses and
+riders, the dead and the dying, lay heaped on one another.
+Cabrera, the brave lieutenant of Benalcazar, was slain, and that
+commander was thrown under his horse's feet, covered with wounds,
+and left for dead on the field.  Alvarez, the judge, was mortally
+wounded.  Both he and his colleague Cepeda were in the action,
+though ranged on opposite sides, fighting as if they had been
+bred to arms, not to the peaceful profession of the law.
+
+[Footnote 24: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 35.]
+
+Yet Blasco Nunez and his companions maintained a brave struggle
+on the right of the field.  The viceroy had kept his word by
+being the first to break his lance against the enemy, and by a
+well-directed blow had borne a cavalier, named Alonso de
+Montalvo, clean out of his saddle.  But he was at length
+overwhelmed by numbers, and, as his companions, one after
+another, fell by his side, he was left nearly unprotected.  He
+was already wounded, when a blow on the head from the battle-axe
+of a soldier struck him from his horse, and he fell stunned on
+the ground.  Had his person been known, he might have been taken
+alive, but he wore a sobre-vest of Indian cotton over his armour,
+which concealed the military order of St. James, and the other
+badges of his rank. *25
+
+[Footnote 25: He wore this dress, says Garcilasso de la Vega,
+that he might fare no better than a common soldier, but take his
+chance with the rest.  (Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 4, cap. 34.)
+Pizarro gives him credit for no such magnanimous intent.
+According to him, the viceroy assumed this disguise, that, his
+rank being unknown, he might have the better chance for escape. -
+It must be confessed that this is the general motive for a
+disguise.  "I Blasco Nunez puso mucha diligencia por poder huirse
+si pudiera, porque venia vestido con una camiseta de Yndios por
+no ser conocido, i no quiso Dios porque pagase quantos males por
+su causa se havian hecho." Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia.
+Ms.]
+
+His person, however, was soon recognized by one of Pizarro's
+followers, who, not improbably, had once followed the viceroy's
+banner. The soldier immediately pointed him out to the Licentiate
+Carbajal.  This person was the brother of the cavalier whom, as
+the reader may remember, Blasco Nunez had so rashly put to death
+in his palace at Lima.  The licentiate had afterwards taken
+service under Pizarro, and, with several of his kindred, was
+pledged to take vengeance on the viceroy.  Instantly riding up,
+he taunted the fallen commander with the murder of his brother,
+and was in the act of dismounting to despatch him with his own
+hand, when Puelles remonstrating on this, as an act of
+degradation, commanded one of his attendants, a black slave, to
+cut off the viceroy's head.  This the fellow executed with a
+single stroke of his sabre, while the wretched man, perhaps then
+dying of his wounds, uttered no word, but with eyes imploringly
+turned up towards heaven, received the fatal blow. *26 The head
+was then borne aloft on a pike, and some were brutal enough to
+pluck out the grey hairs from the beard and set them in their
+caps, as grisly trophies of their victory. *27 The fate of the
+day was now decided.  Yet still the infantry made a brave stand,
+keeping Pizarro's horse at bay with their bristling array of
+pikes.  But their numbers were thinned by the arquebusiers; and,
+thrown into disorder, they could no longer resist the onset of
+the horse, who broke into their column, and soon scattered and
+drove them off the ground.  The pursuit was neither long nor
+bloody; for darkness came on, and Pizarro bade his trumpets
+sound, to call his men together under their banners.
+
+[Footnote 26: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 1, cap.
+54. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 35.
+
+"Mando a un Negro que traia, que le cortase la Cabeca, i en todo
+esto no se conocio flaqueca en el Visorrei, ni hablo palabra, ni
+hico mas movimiento, que alcar los ojos al Cielo, dando muestras
+de mucha Christiandad, i constancia." Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 8, lib. 1, cap. 3.]
+
+[Footnote 27: "Aviendo algunos capitanes y personas arrancado y
+pelado algunas de sus blancas y leales baruas, para traer por
+empresa, y Jua de la Torre las traxo despues publicamente en la
+gorra por la ciudad de los Reyes." Fernandez, Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 54.]
+Though the action lasted but a short time, nearly one third of
+the viceroy's troops had perished.  The loss of their opponents
+was inconsiderable. *28 Several of the vanquished cavaliers took
+refuge in the churches of Quito.  But they were dragged from the
+sanctuary, and some - probably those who had once espoused the
+cause of Pizarro - were led to execution, and others banished to
+Chili.  The greater part were pardoned by the conqueror.
+Benalcazar, who recovered from his wounds, was permitted to
+return to his government, on condition of no more bearing arms
+against Pizarro.  His troops were invited to take service under
+the banner of the victor, who, however, never treated them with
+the confidence shown to his ancient partisans.  He was greatly
+displeased at the indignities offered to the viceroy; whose
+mangled remains he caused to be buried with the honors due to his
+rank in the cathedral of Quito.  Gonzalo Pizarro, attired in
+black, walked as chief mourner in the procession. - It was usual
+with the Pizarros, as we have seen, to pay these obituary honors
+to their victims. *29
+
+[Footnote 28: The estimates of killed and wounded in this action
+are as discordant as usual.  Some carry the viceroy's loss to two
+hundred, while Gonzalo Pizarro rates his own at only seven killed
+and but a few wounded. But how rarely is that a faithful bulletin
+is issued by the parties engaged in the action!]
+
+[Footnote 29: For the accounts of the battle of Anaquito, rather
+summarily despatched by most writers, see Carta de Gonzalo
+Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 170. -
+Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 1, cap. 1 - 3. - Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5,
+cap. 35. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1546. - Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 2, lib. 4, cap. 33-35. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 53, 54.
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro seems to regard the battle as a sort of judicial
+trial by combat, in which Heaven, by the result, plainly
+indicated the right.  His remarks are edifying.  "Por donde
+parecera claramente que Nuestro Senor fue servido este se viniese
+a meter en las manos para quitarnos de tantos cuidados, i que
+pagase quantos males havia fecho en la tierra, la qual quedo tan
+asosegada i tan en paz i servicio de S. M. como lo estuvo en
+tiempo del Marques mi hermano." Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a
+Valdivia, Ms.]
+
+Such was the sad end of Blasco Nunez Vela, first viceroy of Peru.
+It was less than two years since he had set foot in the country,
+a period of unmitigated disaster and disgrace.  His misfortunes
+may be imputed partly to circumstances, and partly to his own
+character.  The minister of an odious and oppressive law, he was
+intrusted with no discretionary power in the execution of it. *30
+Yet every man may, to a certain extent, claim the right to such a
+power; since, to execute a commission, which circumstances show
+must certainly defeat the object for which it was designed, would
+be absurd.  But it requires sagacity to determine the existence
+of such a contingency, and moral courage to assume the
+responsibility of acting on it.  Such a crisis is the severest
+test of character.  To dare to disobey from a paramount sense of
+duty, is a paradox that a little soul can hardly comprehend.
+Unfortunately, Blasco Nunez was a pedantic martinet, a man of
+narrow views, who could not feel himself authorized under any
+circumstances to swerve from the letter of the law.  Puffed up by
+his brief authority, moreover, he considered opposition to the
+ordinances as treason to himself; and thus, identifying himself
+with his commission, he was prompted by personal feelings, quite
+as much as by those of a public and patriotic nature.
+
+[Footnote 30: Garcilasso's reflections on this point are
+commendably tolerant.  "Assi acabo este buen cauallero, por
+querer porfiar tanto en la execucion de lo que ni a su Rey ni a
+aquel Reyno conuenia: donde se causaron tantas muertes y danos de
+Espanoles, y de Yndios: aunque no tuuo tanta culpa como se la
+atribuye, porque lleuo preciso mandato de lo que hizo." Com. Rean
+Parte 2, lib. 4, cap. 34.]
+
+Neither was the viceroy's character of a kind that tended to
+mitigate the odium of his measures, and reconcile the people to
+their execution. It afforded a strong contrast to that of his
+rival, Pizarro, whose frank, chivalrous bearing, and generous
+confidence in his followers, made him universally popular,
+blinding their judgments, and giving to the worse the semblance
+of the better cause.  Blasco Nunez, on the contrary, irritable
+and suspicious, placed himself in a false position with all whom
+he approached; for a suspicious temper creates an atmosphere of
+distrust around it that kills every kindly affection.  His first
+step was to alienate the members of the Audience who were sent to
+act in concert with him.  But this was their fault as well as
+his, since they were as much too lax, as he was too severe, in
+the interpretation of the law. *31 He next alienated and outraged
+the people whom he was appointed to govern.  And, lastly, he
+disgusted his own friends, and too often turned them into
+enemies; so that, in his final struggle for power and for
+existence, he was obliged to rely on the arm of the stranger.
+Yet in the catalogue of his qualities we must not pass in silence
+over his virtues.  There are two to the credit of which he is
+undeniably entitled, - a loyalty, which shone the brighter amidst
+the general defection around him, and a constancy under
+misfortune, which might challenge the respect even of his
+enemies. But with the most liberal allowance for his merits, it
+can scarcely be doubted that a person more incompetent to the
+task assigned him could not have been found in Castile. *32
+
+[Footnote 31: Blasco Nunez characterized the four judges of the
+Audience in a manner more concise than complimentary, - a boy, a
+madman, a booby, and a dunce!  "Decia muchas veces Blasco Nunez,
+que le havian dado el Emperador, i su Consejo de Indias vn Moco,
+un Loco, un Necio, vn Tonto por Oidores, que asi lo havian hecho
+como ellos eran.  Moco era Cepeda, i llamaba Loco a Juan Alvarez,
+i Necio a Tejada, que no sabia Latin." Gomara, Hist. de las Ind.,
+cap. 171.]
+
+[Footnote 32: The account of Blasco Nunez Vela rests chiefly on
+the authority of loyal writers, some of whom wrote after their
+return to Castile.  They would, therefore, more naturally lean to
+the side of the true representative of the Crown, than to that of
+the rebel.  Indeed, the only voice raised decidedly in favor of
+Pizarro is his own, - a very suspicious authority.  Yet, with all
+the prestiges in his favor, the administration of Blasco Nunez,
+from universal testimony, was a total failure.  And there is
+little to interest us in the story of the man, except his
+unparalleled misfortunes and the firmness with which he bore
+them.]
+
+The victory of Anaquito was received with general joy in the
+neighbouring capital; all the cities of Peru looked on it as
+sealing the downfall of the detested ordinances, and the name of
+Gonzalo Pizarro was sounded from one end of the country to the
+other as that of its deliverer. That chief continued to prolong
+his stay in Quito during the wet season, dividing his time
+between the licentious pleasures of the reckless adventurer and
+the cares of business that now pressed on him as ruler of the
+state.  His administration was stained with fewer acts of
+violence than might have been expected from the circumstances of
+his situation.  So long as Carbajal, the counsellor in whom he
+unfortunately placed greatest reliance, was absent, Gonzalo
+sanctioned no execution, it was observed, but according to the
+forms of law. *33 He rewarded his followers by new grants of
+land, and detached several on expeditions, to no greater
+distance, however, than would leave it in his power readily to
+recall them.  He made various provisions for the welfare of the
+natives, and some, in particular, for instructing them in the
+Christian faith.  He paid attention to the faithful collection of
+the royal dues, urging on the colonists that they should deport
+themselves so as to conciliate the good-will of the Crown, and
+induce a revocation of the ordinances.  His administration in
+short, was so conducted, that even the austere Gasca, his
+successor, allowed "it was a good government, - for a tyrant."
+*34
+[Footnote 33: "Nunca Picarro, en ausencia de Francisco de
+Carvajal, su Maestre de Campo, mato, ni consintio matar Espanol,
+sin que todos, los mas de su Consejo, lo aprobasen: i entonces
+con Proceso en forma de Derecho, i confesados primero." Gomara,
+Hist. de las Ind., cap. 172.]
+[Footnote 34: Ibid., ubi supra. - Fernandez gives a less
+favorable picture of Gonzalo's administration.  (Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 1, cap. 54; lib. 2, cap. 13.) Fernandez wrote at
+the instance of the Court; Gomara, though present at court, wrote
+to please himself.  The praise of Gomara is less suspicious than
+the censure of Fernandez.]
+
+At length, in July, 1546, the new governor bade adieu to Quito,
+and, leaving there a sufficient garrison under his officer
+Puelles, began his journey to the south.  It was a triumphal
+progress, and everywhere he was received on the road with
+enthusiasm by the people.  At Truxillo, the citizens came out in
+a body to welcome him, and the clergy chanted anthems in his
+honor, extolling him as the "victorious prince," and imploring
+the Almighty "to lengthen his days, and give him honor." *35 At
+Lima, it was proposed to clear away some of the buildings, and
+open a new street for his entrance, which might ever after bear
+the name of the victor.  But the politic chieftain declined this
+flattering tribute, and modestly preferred to enter the city by
+the usual way.  A procession was formed of the citizens, the
+soldiers, and the clergy, and Pizarro made his entry into the
+capital with two of his principal captains on foot, holding the
+reins of his charger, while the archbishop of Lima, and the
+bishops of Cuzco, Quito, and Bogota, the last of whom had lately
+come to the city to be consecrated, rode by his side.  The
+streets were strewn with boughs, the walls of the houses hung
+with showy tapestries, and triumphal arches were thrown over the
+way in honor of the victor.  Every balcony, veranda, and
+house-top was crowded with spectators, who sent up huzzas, loud
+and long, saluting the victorious soldier with the titles of
+"Liberator, and Protector of the people." The bells rang out
+their joyous peal, as on his former entrance into the capital;
+and amidst strains of enlivening music, and the blithe sounds of
+jubilee, Gonzalo held on his way to the palace of his brother.
+Peru was once more placed under the dynasty of the Pizarros. *36
+
+[Footnote 35: "Victorioso Principe, hagate Dios dichoso, l
+bienaventurado, el te mantenga, i te conserve." Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 8, lib. 2, cap. 9.]
+
+[Footnote 36: For an account of this pageant, see Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 2,
+cap. 9. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 5. - Carta de
+Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms.]
+
+Deputies came from different parts of the country, tendering the
+congratulations of their respective cities; and every one eagerly
+urged his own claims to consideration for the services he had
+rendered in the revolution.  Pizarro, at the same time, received
+the welcome intelligence of the success of his arms in the south.
+Diego Centeno, as before stated, had there raised the standard of
+rebellion, or rather, of loyalty to his sovereign.  He had made
+himself master of La Plata, and the spirit of insurrection had
+spread over the broad province of Charcas.  Carbajal, who had
+been sent against him from Quito, after repairing to Lima, had
+passed at once to Cuzco, and there, strengthening his forces, had
+descended by rapid marches on the refractory district.  Centeno
+did not trust himself in the field against this formidable
+champion.  He retreated with his troops into the fastnesses of
+the sierra.  Carbajal pursued, following on his track with the
+pertinacity of a bloodhound; over mountain and moor, through
+forests and dangerous ravines, allowing him no respite, by day or
+by night.  Eating, drinking, sleeping in his saddle, the veteran,
+eighty years of age, saw his own followers tire one after
+another, while he urged on the chase, like the wild huntsman of
+Burger, as if endowed with an unearthly frame, incapable of
+fatigue!  During this terrible pursuit, which continued for more
+than two hundred leagues over a savage country, Centeno found
+himself abandoned by most of his followers.  Such of them as fell
+into Carbajal's hands were sent to speedy execution; for that
+inexorable chief had no mercy on those who had been false to
+their party. *37 At length, Centeno, with a handful of men,
+arrived on the borders of the Pacific, and there, separating from
+one another, they provided, each in the best way he could, for
+their own safety.  Their leader found an asylum in a cave in the
+mountains, where he was secretly fed by an Indian curaca, till
+the time again came for him to unfurl the standard of revolt. *38
+
+[Footnote 37: Poblando los arboles con sus cuerpos, "peopling the
+trees with heir bodies," says Fernandez, strongly; alluding to
+the manner in which the ferocious officer hung up his captives on
+the branches.]
+[Footnote 38: For the expedition of Carbajal, see Herrera, Hist.
+General, dec. 8, lib. 1, cap. 9, et seq. - Zarate, Conq. del
+Peru, lib. 6, cap. 1. - Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 4,
+cap. 28, 29, 36, 39. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib.
+2, cap. 1, et seq. - Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms.
+
+It is impossible to give, in a page or two, any adequate idea of
+the hairbreadth escapes and perilous risks of Carbajal, not only
+from the enemy, but from his own men, whose strength he
+overtasked in the chase. They rival those of the renowned
+Scanderbeg, or our own Kentucky hero, Colonel Boone.  They were,
+indeed, far more wonderful than theirs, since the Spanish captain
+had reached an age when the failing energies usually crave
+repose.  But the veteran's body seems to have been as insensible
+as his soul.]
+
+Carbajal, after some further decisive movements, which fully
+established the ascendency of Pizarro over the south, returned in
+triumph to La Plata.  There he occupied himself with working the
+silver mines of Potosi, in which a vein, recently opened,
+promised to make richer returns than any yet discovered in Mexico
+or Peru; *39 and he was soon enabled to send large remittances to
+Lima, deducting no stinted commission for himself, - for the
+cupidity of the lieutenant was equal to his cruelty.
+[Footnote 39: The vein now discovered at Potosi was so rich, that
+the other mines were comparatively deserted in order to work
+this.  (Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 6, cap 4) The effect of the
+sudden influx of wealth was such, according to Garcilasso, that
+in ten years from this period an iron horseshoe, in that quarter,
+came to be worth nearly its weight in silver.  Com. Real., Parte
+1, lib. 8, cap. 24.]
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro was now undisputed master of Peru.  From Quito to
+the northern confines of Chili, the whole country acknowledged
+his authority. His fleet rode triumphant on the Pacific, and gave
+him the command of every city and hamlet on its borders.  His
+admiral, Hinojosa, a discreet and gallant officer, had secured
+him Panama, and, marching across the Isthmus, had since obtained
+for him the possession of Nombre de Dios, - the principal key of
+communication with Europe.  His forces were on an excellent
+footing, including the flower of the warriors who had fought
+under his brother, and who now eagerly rallied under the name of
+Pizarro; while the tide of wealth that flowed in from the mines
+of Potosi supplied him with the resources of an European monarch.
+
+The new governor now began to assume a state correspondent with
+his full-blown fortunes.  He was attended by a body-guard of
+eighty soldiers. He dined always in public, and usually with not
+less than a hundred guests at table.  He even affected, it was
+said, the more decided etiquette of royalty, giving his hand to
+be kissed, and allowing no one, of whatever rank, to be seated in
+his presence. *40 But this is denied by others.  It would not be
+strange that a vain man like Pizarro, with a superficial,
+undisciplined mind, when he saw himself thus raised from an
+humble condition to the highest post in the land, should be
+somewhat intoxicated by the possession of power, and treat with
+superciliousness those whom he had once approached with
+deference.  But one who had often seen him in his prosperity
+assures us, that it was not so, and that the governor continued
+to show the same frank and soldierlike bearing as before his
+elevation, mingling on familiar terms with his comrades, and
+displaying the same qualities which had hitherto endeared him to
+the people. *41
+[Footnote 40: "Traia Guarda de ochenta Alabarderos, i otros
+muchos de Caballo, que le acompanaban, i ia en su presencia
+ninguno se sentaba, i a mui pocos quitaba la Gorra." Zarate,
+Conq. del Peru lib 6 cap. 5.]
+[Footnote 41: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 4, cap. 42.
+Garcilasso had opportunities of personal acquaintance with
+Gonzalo's manner of living; for, when a boy, he was sometimes
+admitted, as he tells us, to a place at his table.  This
+courtesy, so rare from the Conquerors to any of the Indian race,
+was not lost on the historian of the Incas, who has depicted
+Gonzalo Pizarro in more favorable colors than most of his own
+countrymen.]
+
+However this may be, it is certain there were not wanting those
+who urged him to throw off his allegiance to the Crown, and set
+up an independent government for himself.  Among these was his
+lieutenant, Carbajal, whose daring spirit never shrunk from
+following things to their consequences.  He plainly counselled
+Pizarro to renounce his allegiance at once.  "In fact, you have
+already done so," he said.  "You have been in arms against a
+viceroy, have driven him from the country, beaten and slain him
+in battle.  What favor, or even mercy, can you expect from the
+Crown? You have gone too far either to halt, or to recede.  You
+must go boldly on, proclaim yourself king; the troops, the
+people, will support you." And he concluded, it is said, by
+advising him to marry the Coya, the female representative of the
+Incas, that the two races might henceforth repose in quiet under
+a common sceptre! *42
+
+[Footnote 42: Ibid., Parte 2, lib. 4, cap. 40. - Gomara, Hist. de
+las Ind., cap. 172 - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1. lib. 2,
+cap. 13.
+The poet Molina has worked up this scene between Carbajal and his
+commander with good effect, in his Amazonas en las Indias, where
+he uses something of a poet's license in the homage he pays to
+the modest merits of Gonzalo.  Julius Caesar himself was not more
+magnanimous.
+"Sepa mi Rey, sepa Espana,
+Que muero por no ofenderla,
+Tan facil de conservarla,
+Que pierdo por no agraviarla,
+Quanto infame en poseerla,
+Una Corona ofrecida."
+
+Among the biographical notices of the writers on Spanish colonial
+affairs, the name of Herrera, who has done more for this vast
+subject than any other author, should certainly not be omitted.
+His account of Peru takes its proper place in his great work, the
+Historia General de las Indias, according to the chronological
+plan on which that history is arranged.  But as it suggests
+reflections not different in character from those suggested by
+other portions of the work, I shall take the liberty to refer the
+reader to the Postscript to Book Third of the Conquest of Mexico,
+for a full account of these volumes and their learned author.
+Another chronicler, to whom I have been frequently indebted in
+the progress of the narrative, is Francisco Lopez de Gomara.  The
+reader will also find a notice of this author in the Conquest of
+Mexico, Vol. III., Book 5, Postscript.  But as the remarks on his
+writings are there confined to his Cronica de Nueva Espana, it
+may be well to add here some reflections on his greater work,
+Historia de las Indias, in which the Peruvian story bears a
+conspicuous part.
+
+The "History of the Indies" is intended to give a brief view of
+the whole range of Spanish conquest in the islands and on the
+American continent, as far as had been achieved by the middle of
+the sixteenth century.  For this account, Gomara, though it does
+not appear that he ever visited the New World, was in a situation
+that opened to him the best means of information.  He was well
+acquainted with the principal men of the time, and gathered the
+details of their history from their own lips; while, from his
+residence at court, he was in possession of the state of opinion
+there, and of the impression made by passing events on those most
+competent to judge of them.  He was thus enabled to introduce
+into his work many interesting particulars, not to be found in
+other records of the period.  His range of inquiry extended
+beyond the mere doings of the Conquerors, and led him to a survey
+of the general resources of the countries he describes, and
+especially of their physical aspect and productions.  The conduct
+of his work, no less than its diction, shows the cultivated
+scholar, practised in the art of composition.  Instead of the
+naivete, engaging, but childlike, of the old military
+chroniclers, Gomara handles his various topics with the shrewd
+and piquant criticism of a man of the world; while his
+descriptions are managed with a comprehensive brevity that forms
+the opposite to the longwinded and rambling paragraphs of the
+monkish annalist.  These literary merits, combined with the
+knowledge of the writer's opportunities for information, secured
+his productions from the oblivion which too often awaits the
+unpublished manuscript; and he had the satisfaction to see them
+pass into more than one edition in his own day. Yet they do not
+bear the highest stamp of authenticity.  The author too readily
+admits accounts into his pages which are not supported by
+contemporary testimony.  This he does, not from credulity, for
+his mind rather leans in an opposite direction, but from a want,
+apparently, of the true spirit of historic conscientiousness.
+The imputation of carelessness in his statements - to use a
+temperate phrase - was brought against Gomara in his own day; and
+Garcilasso tells us, that, when called to account by some of the
+Peruvian cavaliers for misstatements which bore hard on
+themselves, the historian made but an awkward explanation.  This
+is a great blemish on his productions, and renders them of far
+less value to the modern compiler, who seeks for the well of
+truth undefiled, than many an humbler but less unscrupulous
+chronicle.
+There is still another authority used in this work, Gonzalo
+Fernandez de Oviedo, of whom I have given an account elsewhere;
+and the reader curious in the matter will permit me to refer him
+for a critical notice of his life and writings to the Conquest of
+Mexico, Book 4, Postscript. - His account of Peru is incorporated
+into his great work, Natural e General Historia de las Indias,
+Ms., where it forms the forty-sixth and forty-seventh books.  It
+extends from Pizarro's landing at Tumbez to Almagro's return from
+Chili, and thus covers the entire portion of what may be called
+the conquest of the country.  The style of its execution,
+corresponding with that of the residue of the work to which it
+belongs, affords no ground for criticism different from that
+already passed on the general character of Oviedo's writings.
+
+This eminent person was at once a scholar and a man of the world.
+Living much at court, and familiar with persons of the highest
+distinction in Castile, he yet passed much of his time in the
+colonies, and thus added the fruits of personal experience to
+what he had gained from the reports of others.  His curiosity was
+indefatigable, extending to every department of natural science,
+as well as to the civil and personal history of the colonists.
+He was, at once, their Pliny and their Tacitus.  His works abound
+in portraitures of character, sketched with freedom and
+animation. His reflections are piquant, and often rise to a
+philosophic tone, which discards the usual trammels of the age;
+and the progress of the story is varied by a multiplicity of
+personal anecdotes, that give a rapid insight into the characters
+of the parties.
+
+With his eminent qualifications, and with a social position that
+commanded respect, it is strange that so much of his writings -
+the whole of his great Historia de las Indias, and his curious
+Quincuagenas - should be so long suffered to remain in
+manuscript.  This is partly chargeable to the caprice of fortune;
+for the History was more than once on the eve of publication, and
+is even now understood to be prepared for the press.  Yet it has
+serious defects, which may have contributed to keep it in its
+present form.  In its desultory and episodical style of
+composition, it resembles rather notes for a great history, than
+history itself.  It may be regarded in the light of commentaries,
+or as illustrations of the times.  In that view his pages are of
+high worth, and have been frequently resorted to by writers who
+have not too scrupulously appropriated the statements of the old
+chronicler, with slight acknowledgments to their author.
+
+It is a pity that Oviedo should have shown more solicitude to
+tell what was new, than to ascertain how much of it was strictly
+true.  Among his merits will scarcely be found that of historical
+accuracy.  And yet we may find an apology for this, to some
+extent, in the fact, that his writings, as already intimated, are
+not so much in the nature of finished compositions, as of loose
+memoranda, where every thing, rumor as well as fact, - even the
+most contradictory rumors, - are all set down at random, forming
+a miscellaneous heap of materials, of which the discreet
+historian may avail himself to rear a symmetrical fabric on
+foundations of greater strength and solidity.
+
+Another author worthy of particular note is Pedro Cieza de Leon.
+His Cronica del Peru should more properly be styled an Itinerary,
+or rather Geography, of Peru.  It gives a minute topographical
+view of the country at the time of the Conquest; of its provinces
+and towns, both Indian and Spanish; its flourishing sea-coast;
+its forests, valleys, and interminable ranges of mountains in the
+interior; with many interesting particulars of the existing
+population, - their dress, manners, architectural remains, and
+public works, while, scattered here and there, may be found
+notices of their early history and social polity.  It is, in
+short, a lively picture of the country in its physical and moral
+relations, as it met the eye at the time of the Conquest, and in
+that transition period when it was first subjected to European
+influences.  The conception of a work, at so early a period, on
+this philosophical plan, reminding us of that of Malte-Brun in
+our own time, - parva componere magnis, - was, of itself,
+indicative of great comprehensiveness of mind in its author.  It
+was a task of no little difficulty, where there was yet no
+pathway opened by the labors of the antiquarian; no hints from
+the sketch-book of the traveller, or the measurements of the
+scientific explorer.  Yet the distances from place to place are
+all carefully jotted down by the industrious compiler, and the
+bearings of the different places and their peculiar features are
+exhibited with sufficient precision, considering the nature of
+the obstacles he had to encounter.  The literary execution of the
+work, moreover, is highly respectable, sometimes even rich and
+picturesque; and the author describes the grand and beautiful
+scenery of the Cordilleras with a sensibility to its charms, not
+often found in the tasteless topographer, still less often in the
+rude Conqueror.
+
+Cieza de Leon came to the New World, as he informs us, at the
+early age of thirteen.  But it is not till Gasca's time that we
+find his name enrolled among the actors in the busy scenes of
+civil strife, when he accompanied the president in his campaign
+against Gonzalo Pizarro.  His Chronicle, or, at least, the notes
+for it, was compiled in such leisure as he could snatch from his
+more stirring avocations; and after ten years from the time he
+undertook it, the First Part - all we have - was completed in
+1550, when the author had reached only the age of thirty-two. It
+appeared at Seville in 1553, and the following year at Antwerp;
+while an Italian translation, printed at Rome, in 1555, attested
+the rapid celebrity of the work.  The edition of Antwerp - the
+one used by me in this compilation - is in the duodecimo form,
+exceedingly well printed, and garnished with wood-cuts, in which
+Satan, - for the author had a full measure of the ancient
+credulity, - with his usual bugbear accompaniments, frequently
+appears in bodily presence.  In the Preface, Cieza announces his
+purpose to continue the work in three other parts, illustrating
+respectively the ancient history of the country under the Incas,
+its conquest by the Spaniards, and the civil wars which ensued.
+He even gives, with curious minuteness, the contents of the
+several books of the projected history.  But the First Part, as
+already noticed, was alone completed; and the author, having
+returned to Spain, died there in 1560, at the premature age of
+forty-two, without having covered any portion of the magnificent
+ground-plan which he had thus confidently laid out.  The
+deficiency is much to be regretted, considering the talent of the
+writer, and his opportunities for personal observation.  But he
+has done enough to render us grateful for his labors.  By the
+vivid delineation of scenes and scenery, as they were presented
+fresh to his own eyes, he has furnished us with a background to
+the historic picture, - the landscape, as it were, in which the
+personages of the time might be more fitly portrayed.  It would
+have been impossible to exhibit the ancient topography of the
+land so faithfully at a subsequent period, when old things had
+passed away, and the Conqueror, breaking down the landmarks of
+ancient civilization, had effaced many of the features even of
+the physical aspect of the country, as it existed under the
+elaborate culture of the Incas.]
+
+The advice of the bold counsellor was, perhaps, the most politic
+that could have been given to Pizarro under existing
+circumstances.  For he was like one who had heedlessly climbed
+far up a dizzy precipice, - too far to descend safely, while he
+had no sure hold where he was.  His only chance was to climb
+still higher, till he had gained the summit.  But Gonzalo Pizarro
+shrunk from the attitude, in which this placed him, of avowed
+rebellion.  Notwithstanding the criminal course into which he had
+been, of late, seduced, the sentiment of loyalty was too deeply
+implanted in his bosom to be wholly eradicated.  Though in arms
+against the measures and ministers of his sovereign, he was not
+prepared to raise the sword against that sovereign himself. He,
+doubtless, had conflicting emotions in his bosom; like Macbeth,
+and many a less noble nature,
+
+"Would not play false,
+And yet would wrongly win."
+
+And however grateful to his vanity might be the picture of the
+air-drawn sceptre thus painted to his imagination, he had not the
+audacity - we may, perhaps, say, the criminal ambition - to
+attempt to grasp it.
+Even at this very moment, when urged to this desperate extremity,
+he was preparing a mission to Spain, in order to vindicate the
+course he had taken, and to solicit an amnesty for the past, with
+a full confirmation of his authority, as successor to his brother
+in the government of Peru. - Pizarro did not read the future with
+the calm, prophetic eye of Carbajal.
+
+
+
+
+Book V: Settlement Of The Country
+
+
+
+
+Chapter I
+
+Great Sensation In Spain. - Pedro De La Gasca. - His Early Life.
+- His Mission To Peru. - His Politic Conduct. - His Offers To
+Pizarro. - Gains The Fleet.
+
+1545-1547.
+
+
+While the important revolution detailed in the preceding pages
+was going forward in Peru, rumors of it, from time to time, found
+their way to the mother-country; but the distance was so great,
+and opportunities for communication so rare, that the tidings
+were usually very long behind the occurrence of the events to
+which they related.  The government heard with dismay of the
+troubles caused by the ordinances and the intemperate conduct of
+the viceroy; and it was not long before it learned that this
+functionary was deposed and driven from his capital, while the
+whole country, under Gonzalo Pizarro, was arrayed in arms against
+him.  All classes were filled with consternation at this alarming
+intelligence; and many that had before approved the ordinances
+now loudly condemned the ministers, who, without considering the
+inflammable temper of the people, had thus rashly fired a train
+which menaced a general explosion throughout the colonies. *1 No
+such rebellion, within the memory of man, had occurred in the
+Spanish empire.  It was compared with the famous war of the
+comunidades, in the beginning of Charles the Fifth's reign.  But
+the Peruvian insurrection seemed the more formidable of the two.
+The troubles of Castile, being under the eye of the Court, might
+be the more easily managed; while it was difficult to make the
+same power felt on the remote shores of the Indies.  Lying along
+the distant Pacific, the principle of attraction which held Peru
+to the parent country was so feeble, that this colony might, at
+any time, with a less impulse than that now given to it, fly from
+its political orbit.  It seemed as if the fairest of its jewels
+was about to fall from the imperial diadem!
+
+[Footnote 1: "Que aquello era contra una cedula que tenian del
+Emperador que les daba el repartimiento de los indios de su vida,
+y del hijo mayor, y no teniendo hijos a sus mugeres, con
+mandarles espresamente que se casasen como lo habian ya hecho los
+mas de ellos; y que tambien era contra otra cedula real que
+ninguno podia ser despojado de sus indios sin ser primero oido a
+justicia y condenado." Historia de Don Pedro Gasca, Obispo de
+Siguenza.  Ms.]
+
+Such was the state of things in the summer of 1545, when Charles
+the Fifth was absent in Germany, occupied with the religious
+troubles of the empire.  The government was in the hands of his
+son, who, under the name of Philip the Second, was soon to sway
+the sceptre over the largest portion of his father's dominions,
+and who was then holding his court at Valladolid.  He called
+together a council of prelates, jurists, and military men of
+greatest experience, to deliberate on the measures to be pursued
+for restoring order in the colonies.  All agreed in regarding
+Pizarro's movement in the light of an audacious rebellion; and
+there were few, at first, who were not willing to employ the
+whole strength of government to vindicate the honor of the Crown,
+- to quell the insurrection, and bring the authors of it to
+punishment. *2
+[Footnote 2: Ms. de Caravantes. - Hist. de Don Pedro Gasca, Ms.
+One of this council was the great Duke of Alva, of such gloomy
+celebrity afterwards in the Netherlands.  We may well believe his
+voice was for coercion.]
+
+But, however desirable this might appear, a very little
+reflection showed that it was not easy to be done, if, indeed, it
+were practicable. The great distance of Peru required troops to
+be transported not merely across the ocean, but over the broad
+extent of the great continent.  And how was this to be effected,
+when the principal posts, the keys of communication with the
+country, were in the hands of the rebels, while their fleet rode
+in the Pacific, the mistress of its waters, cutting off all
+approach to the coast?  Even if a Spanish force could be landed
+in Peru, what chance would it have, unaccustomed, as it would be,
+to the country and the climate, of coping with the veterans of
+Pizarro, trained to war in the Indies and warmly attached to the
+person of their commander? The new levies thus sent out might
+become themselves infected with the spirit of insurrection, and
+cast off their own allegiance. *3
+[Footnote 3: "Ventilose la forma del remedio de tan grave caso en
+que huvo dos opiniones; la una de imbiar un gran soldado con
+fuerza de gente a la demostracion de este castigo; la otra que se
+llevase el negocio por prudentes y suaves medios, por la
+imposibilidad y falto de dinero para llevar gente, cavallos,
+armas, municiones y vastimentos, y para sustentarlos en tierra
+firme y pasarlos al Piru." Ms. de Caravantes.]
+Nothing remained, therefore, but to try conciliatory measures.
+The government, however mortifying to its pride, must retrace its
+steps.  A free grace must be extended to those who submitted, and
+such persuasive arguments should be used, and such politic
+concessions made, as would convince the refractory colonists that
+it was their interest, as well as their duty, to return to their
+allegiance.
+
+But to approach the people in their present state of excitement,
+and to make those concessions without too far compromising the
+dignity and permanent authority of the Crown, was a delicate
+matter, for the success of which they must rely wholly on the
+character of the agent.  After much deliberation, a competent
+person, as it was thought, was found in an ecclesiastic, by the
+name of Pedro de la Gasca, - a name which, brighter by contrast
+with the gloomy times in which it first appeared, still shines
+with undiminished splendor after the lapse of ages.
+
+Pedro de la Gasca was born, probably, towards the close of the
+fifteenth century, in a small village in Castile, named Barco de
+Avila. He came, both by father and mother's side, from an ancient
+and noble lineage; ancient indeed, if, as his biographers
+contend, he derived his descent from Casca, one of the
+conspirators against Julius Caesar! *4 Having the misfortune to
+lose his father early in life, he was placed by his uncle in the
+famous seminary of Alcala de Henares, founded by the great
+Ximenes.  Here he made rapid proficiency in liberal studies,
+especially in those connected with his profession, and at length
+received the degree of Master of Theology.
+
+[Footnote 4: "Pasando a Espana vinieron a tierra de Avila y quedo
+del nombre dellos el lugar y familia de Gasca; mudandose por la
+afinidad de la pronunciacion, que hay entre las dos letras
+consonantes c. y. g. el nombre de Casca en Gasca." Hist. de Don
+Pedro Gasca, Ms.
+
+Similarity of name is a peg quite strong enough to hang a
+pedigree upon in Castile.]
+
+The young man, however, discovered other talents than those
+demanded by his sacred calling.  The war of the comunidades was
+then raging in the country; and the authorities of his college
+showed a disposition to take the popular side.  But Gasca,
+putting himself at the head of an armed force, seized one of the
+gates of the city, and, with assistance from the royal troops,
+secured the place to the interests of the Crown.  This early
+display of loyalty was probably not lost on his vigilant
+sovereign *5
+[Footnote 5: This account of the early history of Gasca I have
+derived chiefly from a manuscript biographical notice written in
+1465, during the prelate's life.  The name of the author, who
+speaks apparently from personal knowledge, is not given: but it
+seems to be the work of a scholar, and is written with a certain
+pretension to elegance.  The original Ms. forms part of the
+valuable collection of Don Pascual de Gayangos of Madrid.  It is
+of much value for the light it throws on the early career of
+Gasca, which has been passed over in profound silence by
+Castilian historians.  It is to be regretted that the author did
+not continue his labors beyond the period when the subject of
+them received his appointment to the Peruvian mission.]
+
+From Alcala, Gasca was afterwards removed to Salamanca; where he
+distinguished himself by his skill in scholastic disputation, and
+obtained the highest academic honors in that ancient university,
+the fruitful nursery of scholarship and genius.  He was
+subsequently intrusted with the management of some important
+affairs of an ecclesiastical nature, and made a member of the
+Council of the Inquisition.
+
+In this latter capacity he was sent to Valencia, about 1540, to
+examine into certain alleged cases of heresy in that quarter of
+the country.  These were involved in great obscurity; and,
+although Gasca had the assistance of several eminent jurists in
+the investigation, it occupied him nearly two years.  In the
+conduct of this difficult matter, he showed so much penetration,
+and such perfect impartiality, that he was appointed by the
+Cortes of Valencia to the office of visitador of that kingdom; a
+highly responsible post, requiring great discretion in the person
+who filled it, since it was his province to inspect the condition
+of the courts of justice and of finance, throughout the land,
+with authority to reform abuses.  It was proof of extraordinary
+consideration, that it should have been bestowed on Gasca; since
+it was a departure from the established usage - and that in a
+nation most wedded to usage - to confer the office on any but a
+subject of the Aragonese crown. *6
+[Footnote 6: "Era tanta la opinion que en Valencia tenian de la
+integridad y prudencia de Gasca, que en las Cortes de Monzon los
+Estados de aquel Reyno le pidieron por Visitador contra la
+costumbre y fuero de aquel Reyno, que no puede serlo sino fuere
+natural de la Corona de Araugon, y consintiendo que aquel fuero
+se derogase el Emperador lo concedio a instancia y peticion
+dellos." Hist. de Don Pedro Gasca Ms.]
+Gasca executed the task assigned to him with independence and
+ability.  While he was thus occupied, the people of Valencia were
+thrown into consternation by a meditated invasion of the French
+and the Turks, who, under the redoubtable Barbarossa, menaced the
+coast and the neighbouring Balearic isles.  Fears were generally
+entertained of a rising of the Morisco population; and the
+Spanish officers who had command in that quarter, being left
+without the protection of a navy, despaired of making head
+against the enemy.  In this season of general panic, Gasca alone
+appeared calm and self-possessed.  He remonstrated with the
+Spanish commanders on their unsoldierlike despondency; encouraged
+them to confide in the loyalty of the Moriscos; and advised the
+immediate erection of fortifications along the shores for their
+protection.  He was, in consequence, named one of a commission to
+superintend these works, and to raise levies for defending the
+sea-coast; and so faithfully was the task performed, that
+Barbarossa, after some ineffectual attempts to make good his
+landing, was baffled at all points, and compelled to abandon the
+enterprise as hopeless.  The chief credit of this resistance must
+be assigned to Gasca, who superintended the construction of the
+defences, and who was enabled to contribute a large part of the
+requisite funds by the economical reforms he had introduced into
+the administration of Valencia. *7
+
+[Footnote 7: "Que parece cierto," says his enthusiastic
+biographer, "que por disposicion Divina vino a hallarse Gasca
+entonces en la Ciudad de Valencia, para remedio de aquel Reyno y
+Islas de Mallorca y Menorca e lviza, segun la orden, prevencion y
+diligencia que en la defensa contra las armadas del Turco y
+Francia tuvo, y las provisiones que para ello hizo." Hist. de Don
+Pedro Gasca, Ms.]
+
+It was at this time, the latter part of the year 1545, that the
+council of Philip selected Gasca as the person most competent to
+undertake the perilous mission to Peru. *8 His character, indeed,
+seemed especially suited to it.  His loyalty had been shown
+through his whole life.  With great suavity of manners he
+combined the most intrepid resolution.  Though his demeanour was
+humble, as beseemed his calling, it was far from abject; for he
+was sustained by a conscious rectitude of purpose, that impressed
+respect on all with whom he had intercourse.  He was acute in his
+perceptions, had a shrewd knowledge of character, and, though
+bred to the cloister, possessed an acquaintance with affairs, and
+even with military science, such as was to have been expected
+only from one reared in courts and camps.
+
+[Footnote 8: "Finding a lion would not answer, they sent a lamb,"
+says Gomara; - "Finalmente, quiso embiar una Oveja, pues un Leon
+no aprovecho; y asi escogio al Licenciado Pedro Gasca." Hist. de
+las Ind., cap. 174.]
+Without hesitation, therefore, the council unanimously
+recommended him to the emperor, and requested his approbation of
+their proceedings. Charles had not been an inattentive observer
+of Gasca's course.  His attention had been particularly called to
+the able manner in which he had conducted the judicial process
+against the heretics of Valencia. *9 The monarch saw, at once,
+that he was the man for the present emergency; and he immediately
+wrote to him, with his own hand, expressing his entire
+satisfaction at the appointment, and intimating his purpose to
+testify his sense of his worth by preferring him to one of the
+principal sees then vacant.
+
+[Footnote 9: Gasca made what the author calls una breve y copyosa
+relacion of the proceedings to the emperor in Valencia; and the
+monarch was so intent on the inquiry, that he devoted the whole
+afternoon to it, notwithstanding his son Philip was waiting for
+him to attend a fiesta! irrefragable proof, as the writer
+conceives, of his zeal for the faith. -"Queriendo entender muy de
+raizo todo lo que pasaba, como Principe tan zeloso que era de las
+cosas de la religion." Hist. de Don Pedro Gasca, Ms.]
+
+Gasca accepted the important mission now tendered to him without
+hesitation; and, repairing to Madrid, received the instructions
+of the government as to the course to be pursued.  They were
+expressed in the most benign and conciliatory tone, perfectly in
+accordance with the suggestions of his own benevolent temper. *10
+But, while he commended the tone of the instructions, he
+considered the powers with which he was to be intrusted as wholly
+incompetent to their object.  They were conceived in the jealous
+spirit with which the Spanish government usually limited the
+authority of its great colonial officers, whose distance from
+home gave peculiar cause for distrust.  On every strange and
+unexpected emergency, Gasca saw that he should be obliged to send
+back for instructions.  This must cause delay, where promptitude
+was essential to success.  The Court, moreover, as he represented
+to the council, was, from its remoteness from the scene of
+action, utterly incompetent to pronounce as to the expediency of
+the measures to be pursued.  Some one should be sent out in whom
+the king could implicitly confide, and who should be invested
+with powers competent to every emergency; powers not merely to
+decide on what was best, but to carry that decision into
+execution; and he boldly demanded that he should go not only as
+the representative of the sovereign, but clothed with all the
+authority of the sovereign himself.  Less than this would defeat
+the very object for which he was to be sent.  "For myself," he
+concluded, "I ask neither salary nor compensation of any kind.  I
+covet no display of state or military array.  With my stole and
+breviary I trust to do the work that is committed to me. *11
+Infirm as I am in body, the repose of my own home would have been
+more grateful to me than this dangerous mission; but I will not
+shrink from it at the bidding of my sovereign, and if, as is very
+probable, I may not be permitted again to see my native land, I
+shall, at least, be cheered by the consciousness of having done
+my best to serve its interests." *12
+
+[Footnote 10: These instructions, the patriarchal tone of which
+is highly creditable to the government, are given in extenso in
+the Ms. of Caravantes, and in no other work which I have
+consulted.]
+
+[Footnote 11: "De suerte que juzgassen que la mas fuerca que
+lleuaua, era su abito de clerigo y breuiario." Fernandez, Hist.
+del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 16.]
+
+[Footnote 12: Ms. de Caravantes. - Hist. del Don Pedro Gasca, Ms.
+- Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 16, 17.
+
+Though not for himself, Gasca did solicit one favor of the
+emperor, - the appointment of his brother, an eminent jurist, to
+a vacant place on the bench of one of the Castilian tribunals]
+
+The members of the council, while they listened with admiration
+to the disinterested avowal of Gasca, were astounded by the
+boldness of his demands.  Not that they distrusted the purity of
+his motives, for these were above suspicion.  But the powers for
+which he stipulated were so far beyond those hitherto delegated
+to a colonial viceroy, that they felt they had no warrant to
+grant them.  They even shrank from soliciting them from the
+emperor, and required that Gasca himself should address the
+monarch, and state precisely the grounds on which demands so
+extraordinary were founded.
+
+Gasca readily adopted the suggestion, and wrote in the most full
+and explicit manner to his sovereign, who had then transferred
+his residence to Flanders.  But Charles was not so tenacious, or,
+at least, so jealous, of authority, as his ministers.  He had
+been too long in possession of it to feel that jealousy; and,
+indeed, many years were not to elapse, before, oppressed by its
+weight, he was to resign it altogether into the hands of his son.
+His sagacious mind, moreover, readily comprehended the
+difficulties of Gasca's position.  He felt that the present
+extraordinary crisis was to be met only by extraordinary
+measures.  He assented to the force of his vassal's arguments,
+and, on the sixteenth of February, 1546, wrote him another letter
+expressive of his approbation, and intimated his willingness to
+grant him powers as absolute as those he had requested.
+Gasca was to be styled President of the Royal Audience.  But,
+under this simple title, he was placed at the head of every
+department in the colony, civil, military, and judicial.  He was
+empowered to make new repartimientos, and to confirm those
+already made.  He might declare war, levy troops, appoint to all
+offices, or remove from them, at pleasure.  He might exercise the
+royal prerogative of pardoning offences, and was especially
+authorized to grant an amnesty to all, without exception,
+implicated in the present rebellion.  He was, moreover, to
+proclaim at once the revocation of the odious ordinances.  These
+two last provisions might be said to form the basis of all his
+operations.
+
+Since ecclesiastics were not to be reached by the secular arm,
+and yet were often found fomenting troubles in the colonies,
+Gasca was permitted to banish from Peru such as he thought fit.
+He might even send home the viceroy, if the good of the country
+required it.  Agreeably to his own suggestion, he was to receive
+no specified stipend; but he had unlimited orders on the
+treasuries both of Panama and Peru.  He was furnished with
+letters from the emperor to the principal authorities, not only
+in Peru, but in Mexico and the neighbouring colonies, requiring
+their countenance and support; and, lastly, blank letters,
+bearing the royal signature, were delivered to him, which he was
+to fill up at his pleasure. *13
+
+[Footnote 13: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 6. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 1, cap. 6. - Ms. de Caravantes. -
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 17, 18. -
+Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 174. - Hist. de Don Pedro Gasca,
+Ms.]
+
+While the grant of such unbounded powers excited the warmest
+sentiments of gratitude in Gasca towards the sovereign who could
+repose in him so much confidence, it seems - which is more
+extra-ordinary - not to have raised corresponding feelings of
+envy in the courtiers.  They knew well that it was not for
+himself that the good ecclesiastic had solicited them.  On the
+contrary, some of the council were desirous that he should be
+preferred to the bishopric, as already promised him, before his
+departure; conceiving that he would thus go with greater
+authority than as an humble ecclesiastic, and fearing, moreover,
+that Gasca himself, were it omitted, might feel some natural
+disappointment.  But the president hastened to remove these
+impressions.  "The honor would avail me little," he said, "where
+I am going; and it would be manifestly wrong to appoint me to an
+office in the Church, while I remain at such a distance that I
+cannot discharge the duties of it.  The consciousness of my
+insufficiency," he continued, "should I never return, would lie
+heavy on my soul in my last moments." *14 The politic reluctance
+to accept the mitre has passed into a proverb.  But there was no
+affectation here; and Gasca's friends, yielding to his arguments,
+forbore to urge the matter further.
+
+[Footnote 14: "Especialmente, si alla muriesse o le matassen: que
+entoces de nada le podria ser buena, sino para partir desta vida,
+con mas congoxa y pena de la poca cuenta que daua de la prouision
+que auia aceptado." Fernandez, Hist. de Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2,
+cap. 18.]
+
+The new president now went forward with his preparations.  They
+were few and simple; for he was to be accompanied by a slender
+train of followers, among whom the most conspicuous was Alonso de
+Alvarado, the gallant officer who, as the reader may remember,
+long commanded under Francisco Pizarro.  He had resided of late
+years at court; and now at Gasca's request accompanied him to
+Peru, where his presence might facilitate negotiations with the
+insurgents, while his military experience would prove no less
+valuable in case of an appeal to arms. *15 Some delay necessarily
+occurred in getting ready his little squadron, and it was not
+till the 26th of May, 1546, that the president and his suite
+embarked at San Lucar for the New World.
+
+[Footnote 15: From this cavalier descended the noble house of the
+counts of Villamor in Spain.  Ms. de Caravantes.]
+
+After a prosperous voyage, and not a long one for that day, he
+landed, about the middle of July, at the port of Santa Martha.
+Here he received the astounding intelligence of the battle of
+Anaquito, of the defeat and death of the viceroy, and of the
+manner in which Gonzalo Pizarro had since established his
+absolute rule over the land.  Although these events had occurred
+several months before Gasca's departure from Spain, yet, so
+imperfect was the intercourse, no tidings of them had then
+reached that country.
+
+They now filled the president with great anxiety as he reflected
+that the insurgents, after so atrocious an act as the slaughter
+of the viceroy, might well despair of grace, and become reckless
+of consequences.  He was careful, therefore, to have it
+understood, that the date of his commission was subsequent to
+that of the fatal battle, and that it authorized an entire
+amnesty of all offences hitherto committed against the
+government. *16
+
+[Footnote 16: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+21]
+Yet, in some points of view, the death of Blasco Nunez might be
+regarded as an auspicious circumstance for the settlement of the
+country. Had he lived till Gasca's arrival, the latter would have
+been greatly embarrassed by the necessity of acting in concert
+with a person so generally detested in the colony, or by the
+unwelcome alternative of sending him back to Castile.  The
+insurgents, moreover, would, in all probability, be now more
+amenable to reason, since all personal animosity might naturally
+be buried in the grave of their enemy.
+
+The president was much embarrassed by deciding in what quarter he
+should attempt to enter Peru.  Every port was in the hands of
+Pizarro, and was placed under the care of his officers, with
+strict charge to intercept any communications from Spain, and to
+detain such persons as bore a commission from that country until
+his pleasure could be known respecting them.  Gasca, at length,
+decided on crossing over to Nombre de Dios, then held with a
+strong force by Hernan Mexia, an officer to whose charge Gonzalo
+had committed this strong gate to his dominions, as to a person
+on whose attachment to his cause he could confidently rely.
+
+Had Gasca appeared off this place in a menacing attitude, with a
+military array, or, indeed, with any display of official pomp
+that might have awakened distrust in the commander, he would
+doubtless have found it no easy matter to effect a landing.  But
+Mexia saw nothing to apprehend in the approach of a poor
+ecclesiastic, without an armed force, with hardly even a retinue
+to support him, coming solely, as it seemed, on an errand of
+mercy.  No sooner, therefore, was he acquainted with the
+character of the envoy and his mission, than he prepared to
+receive him with the honors due to his rank, and marched out at
+the head of his soldiers, together with a considerable body of
+ecclesiastics resident in the place.  There was nothing in the
+person of Gasca, still less in his humble clerical attire and
+modest retinue, to impress the vulgar spectator with feelings of
+awe or reverence.  Indeed, the poverty-stricken aspect, as it
+seemed, of himself and his followers, so different from the usual
+state affected by the Indian viceroys, excited some merriment
+among the rude soldiery, who did not scruple to break their
+coarse jests on his appearance, in hearing of the president
+himself. *17 "If this is the sort of governor his Majesty sends
+over to us," they exclaimed, "Pizarro need not trouble his head
+much about it."
+
+[Footnote 17: "Especialmente muchos de los soldados, que estauan
+desacatados, y decian palabras feas, y desuergocadas.  A lo qual
+el Presidente (viendo que era necessario) hazia las orejas
+sordas." Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 23.]
+
+Yet the president, far from being ruffled by this ribaldry, or
+from showing resentment to its authors, submitted to it with the
+utmost humility, and only seemed the more grateful to his own
+brethren, who, by their respectful demeanour, appeared anxious to
+do him honor.
+But, however plain and unpretending the manners of Gasca, Mexia,
+on his first interview with him, soon discovered that he had no
+common man to deal with.  The president, after briefly explaining
+the nature of his commission, told him that he had come as a
+messenger of peace; and that it was on peaceful measures he
+relied for his success.  He then stated the general scope of his
+commission, his authority to grant a free pardon to all, without
+exception, who at once submitted to government, and, finally, his
+purpose to proclaim the revocation of the ordinances.  The
+objects of the revolution were thus attained.  To contend longer
+would be manifest rebellion, and that without a motive; and he
+urged the commander by every principle of loyalty and patriotism
+to support him in settling the distractions of the country, and
+bringing it back to its allegiance.
+The candid and conciliatory language of the president, so
+different from the arrogance of Blasco Nunez, and the austere
+demeanour of Vaca de Castro, made a sensible impression on Mexia.
+He admitted the force of Gasca's reasoning, and flattered himself
+that Gonzalo Pizarro would not be insensible to it.  Though
+attached to the fortunes of that leader, he was loyal in heart,
+and, like most of the party, had been led by accident, rather
+than by design, into rebellion; and now that so good an
+opportunity occurred to do it with safety, he was not unwilling
+to retrace his steps, and secure the royal favor by thus early
+returning to his allegiance. This he signified to the president,
+assuring him of his hearty cooperation in the good work of
+reform. *18
+
+[Footnote 18: Ibid., ubi supra. - Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a
+Valdivia, Ms. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1546. - Zarate,
+Conq. del Peru lib. 6, cap. 6. - Herrera, Hist General, dec. 8,
+lib. 2, cap. 5]
+
+This was an important step for Gasca.  It was yet more important
+for him to secure the obedience of Hinojosa, the governor of
+Panama, in the harbour of which city lay Pizarro's navy,
+consisting of two-and-twenty vessels.  But it was not easy to
+approach this officer.  He was a person of much higher character
+than was usually found among the reckless adventurers in the New
+World.  He was attached to the interests of Pizarro, and the
+latter had requited him by placing him in command of his armada
+and of Panama, the key to his territories on the Pacific.
+The president first sent Mexia and Alonso de Alvarado to prepare
+the way for his own coming, by advising Hinojosa of the purport
+of his mission.  He soon after followed, and was received by that
+commander with every show of outward respect.  But while the
+latter listened with deference to the representations of Gasca,
+they failed to work the change in him which they had wrought in
+Mexia; and he concluded by asking the president to show him his
+powers, and by inquiring whether they gave him authority to
+confirm Pizarro in his present post, to which he was entitled no
+less by his own services than by the general voice of the people.
+This was an embarrassing question.  Such a concession would have
+been altogether too humiliating to the Crown; but to have openly
+avowed this at the present juncture to so stanch an adherent of
+Pizarro might have precluded all further negotiation.  The
+president evaded the question, therefore, by simply stating, that
+the time had not yet come for him to produce his powers, but that
+Hinojosa might be assured they were such as to secure an ample
+recompense to every loyal servant of his country. *19
+[Footnote 19: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+25. - Zarate Conq. del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 7. - Ms. de
+Caravantes.]
+Hinojosa was not satisfied; and he immediately wrote to Pizarro,
+acquainting him with Gasca's arrival and with the object of his
+mission, at the same time plainly intimating his own conviction
+that the president had no authority to confirm him in the
+government.  But before the departure of the ship, Gasca secured
+the services of a Dominican friar, who had taken his passage on
+board for one of the towns on the coast. This man he intrusted
+with manifestoes, setting forth the purport of his visit, and
+proclaiming the abolition of the ordinances, with a free pardon
+to all who returned to their obedience.  He wrote, also, to the
+prelates and to the corporations of the different cities.  The
+former he requested to cooperate with him in introducing a spirit
+of loyalty and subordination among the people, while he intimated
+to the towns his purpose to confer with them hereafter, in order
+to devise some effectual measures for the welfare of the country.
+These papers the Dominican engaged to distribute, himself, among
+the principal cities of the colony and he faithfully kept his
+word, though, as it proved, at no little hazard of his life.  The
+seeds thus scattered might many of them fall on barren ground.
+But the greater part, the president trusted, would take root in
+the hearts of the people; and he patiently waited for the
+harvest.
+
+Meanwhile, though he failed to remove the scruples of Hinojosa,
+the courteous manners of Gasca, and his mild, persuasive
+discourse, had a visible effect on other individuals with whom he
+had daily intercourse. Several of these, and among them some of
+the principal cavaliers in Panama, as well as in the squadron,
+expressed their willingness to join the royal cause, and aid the
+president in maintaining it.  Gasca profited by their assistance
+to open a communication with the authorities of Guatemala and
+Mexico, whom he advised of his mission, while he admonished them
+to allow no intercourse to be carried on with the insurgents on
+the coast of Peru.  He, at length, also prevailed on the governor
+of Panama to furnish him with the means of entering into
+communication with Gonzalo Pizarro himself; and a ship was
+despatched to Lima, bearing a letter from Charles the Fifth,
+addressed to that chief, with an epistle also from Gasca.
+
+The emperor's communication was couched in the most condescending
+and even conciliatory terms.  Far from taxing Gonzalo with
+rebellion, his royal master affected to regard his conduct as in
+a manner imposed on him by circumstances, especially by the
+obduracy of the viceroy Nunez in denying the colonists the
+inalienable right of petition.  He gave no intimation of an
+intent to confirm Pizarro in the government, or, indeed, to
+remove him from it; but simply referred him to Gasca as one who
+would acquaint him with the royal pleasure, and with whom he was
+to cooperate in restoring tranquillity to the country.
+
+Gasca's own letter was pitched on the same politic key.  He
+remarked, however, that the exigencies which had hitherto
+determined Gonzalo's line of conduct existed no longer.  All that
+had been asked was conceded. There was nothing now to contend
+for; and it only remained for Pizarro and his followers to show
+their loyalty and the sincerity of their principles by obedience
+to the Crown.  Hitherto, the president said, Pizarro had been in
+arms against the viceroy; and the people had supported him as
+against a common enemy.  If he prolonged the contest, that enemy
+must be his sovereign.  In such a struggle, the people would be
+sure to desert him; and Gasca conjured him, by his honor as a
+cavalier, and his duty as a loyal vassal, to respect the royal
+authority, and not rashly provoke a contest which must prove to
+the world that his conduct hitherto had been dictated less by
+patriotic motives than by selfish ambition.
+This letter, which was conveyed in language the most courteous
+and complimentary to the subject of it, was of great length.  It
+was accompanied by another much more concise, to Cepeda, the
+intriguing lawyer, who, as Gasca knew, had the greatest influence
+over Pizarro, in the absence of Carbajal, then employed in
+reaping the silver harvest from the newly discovered mines of
+Potosi. *20 In this epistle, Gasca affected to defer to the
+cunning politician as a member of the Royal Audience, and he
+conferred with him on the best manner of supplying a vacancy in
+that body.  These several despatches were committed to a
+cavalier, named Paniagua, a faithful adherent of the president,
+and one of those who had accompanied him from Castile.  To this
+same emissary he also gave manifestoes and letters, like those
+intrusted to the Dominican, with orders secretly to distribute
+them in Lima, before he quitted that capital. *21
+
+[Footnote 20: "El Licenciado Cepeda que tengo yo agora por
+teniente, de quien yo hago mucho caso i le quiero mucho." Carta
+de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 21: The letters noticed in the text may be found in
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 7, and Fernandez, Hist. del
+Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 29, 30.  The president's letter
+covers several pages.  Much of it is taken up with historic
+precedents and illustrations, to show the folly, as well as
+wickedness, of a collision with the imperial authority. The
+benignant tone of this homily may be inferred from its concluding
+sentence; "Nuestro senor por su infinita bodad alumbre a vuestra
+merced, y a todos los demas para que acierten a hazer en este
+negocio lo que couiene a sus almas, honras, vidas y haziendas: y
+guarde en su sancto servicio la Illustre persona de vuestra
+merced."]
+
+Weeks and months rolled away, while the president still remained
+at Panama, where, indeed, as his communications were jealously
+cut off with Peru, he might be said to be detained as a sort of
+prisoner of state. Meanwhile, both he and Hinojosa were looking
+with anxiety for the arrival of some messenger from Pizarro, who
+should indicate the manner in which the president's mission was
+to be received by that chief.  The governor of Panama was not
+blind to the perilous position in which he was himself placed,
+nor to the madness of provoking a contest with the Court of
+Castile.  But he had a reluctance - not too often shared by the
+cavaliers of Peru - to abandon the fortunes of the commander who
+had reposed in him so great confidence.  Yet he trusted that this
+commander would embrace the opportunity now offered, of placing
+himself and the country in a state of permanent security.
+
+Several of the cavaliers who had given in their adhesion to
+Gasca, displeased by this obstinacy, as they termed it, of
+Hinojosa, proposed to seize his person and then get possession of
+the armada.  But the president at once rejected this offer.  His
+mission, he said, was one of peace, and he would not stain it at
+the outset by an act of violence.  He even respected the scruples
+of Hinojosa; and a cavalier of so honorable a nature, he
+conceived, if once he could be gained by fair means, would be
+much more likely to be true to his interests, than if overcome
+either by force or fraud.  Gasca thought he might safely abide
+his time.  There was policy, as well as honesty, in this; indeed,
+they always go together.
+Meantime, persons were occasionally arriving from Lima and the
+neighbouring places, who gave accounts of Pizarro, varying
+according to the character and situation of the parties.  Some
+represented him as winning all hearts by his open temper and the
+politic profusion with which, though covetous of wealth, he
+distributed repartimientos and favors among his followers.
+Others spoke of him as carrying matters with a high hand, while
+the greatest timidity and distrust prevailed among the citizens
+of Lima.  All agreed that his power rested on too secure a basis
+to be shaken; and that, if the president should go to Lima, he
+must either consent to be come Pizarro's instrument and confirm
+him in the government, or forfeit his own life. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+27. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 2, cap. 7. - Ms. de
+Caravantes.]
+It was undoubtedly true, that Gonzalo, while he gave attention,
+as his friends say, to the public business, found time for free
+indulgence in those pleasures which wait on the soldier of
+fortune in his hour of triumph.  He was the object of flattery
+and homage; courted even by those who hated him.  For such as did
+not love the successful chieftain had good cause to fear him; and
+his exploits were commemorated in romances or ballads, as
+rivalling - it was not far from truth - those of the most doughty
+paladins of chivalry. *23
+
+[Footnote 23: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+32.]
+Amidst this burst of adulation, the cup of joy commended to
+Pizarro's lips had one drop of bitterness in it that gave its
+flavor to all the rest; for, notwithstanding his show of
+confidence, he looked with unceasing anxiety to the arrival of
+tidings that might assure him in what light his conduct was
+regarded by the government at home.  This was proved by his
+jealous precautions to guard the approaches to the coast, and to
+detain the persons of the royal emissaries.  He learned,
+therefore, with no little uneasiness, from Hinojosa, the landing
+of President Gasca, and the purport of his mission.  But his
+discontent was mitigated, when he understood that the new envoy
+had come without military array, without any of the ostentatious
+trappings of office to impose on the minds of the vulgar, but
+alone, as it were, in the plain garb of an humble missionary. *24
+Pizarro could not discern, that under this modest exterior lay a
+moral power, stronger than his own steel-clad battalions, which,
+operating silently on public opinion, - the more sure that it was
+silent, - was even now undermining his strength, like a
+subterraneous channel eating away the foundations of some stately
+edifice, that stands secure in its pride of place!
+
+[Footnote 24: Gonzalo, in his letter to Valdivia, speaks of Gasca
+as a clergyman of a godly reputation, who, without recompense, in
+the true spirit of a missionary, had come over to settle the
+affairs of the country.  "Dicen ques mui buen christiano i hombre
+de buena vida i clerigo, i dicen que viene a estas partes con
+buena intencion i no quiso salario ninguno del Rey sino venir
+para poner paz en estos reynos con sus cristiandades." Carta de
+Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms.]
+
+But, although Gonzalo Pizarro could not foresee this result, he
+saw enough to satisfy him that it would be safest to exclude the
+president from Peru.  The tidings of his arrival, moreover,
+quickened his former purpose of sending an embassy to Spain to
+vindicate his late proceedings, and request the royal
+confirmation of his authority.  The person placed at the head of
+this mission was Lorenzo de Aldana, a cavalier of discretion as
+well as courage, and high in the confidence of Pizarro, as one of
+his most devoted partisans.  He had occupied some important posts
+under that chief, one secret of whose successes was the sagacity
+he showed in the selection of his agents.
+
+Besides Aldana and one or two cavaliers, the bishop of Lima was
+joined in the commission, as likely, from his position, to have a
+favorable influence on Gonzalo's fortunes at court.  Together
+with the despatches for the government, the envoys were intrusted
+with a letter to Gasca from the inhabitants of Lima; in which,
+after civilly congratulating the president on his arrival, they
+announce their regret that he had come too late.  The troubles of
+the country were now settled by the overthrow of the viceroy, and
+the nation was reposing in quiet under the rule of Pizarro.  An
+embassy, they stated, was on its way to Castile, not to solicit
+pardon, for they had committed no crime, *25 but to petition the
+emperor to confirm their leader in the government, as the man in
+Peru best entitled to it by his virtues. *26 They expressed the
+conviction that Gasca's presence would only serve to renew the
+distractions of the country, and they darkly intimated that his
+attempt to land would probably cost him his life. - The language
+of this singular document was more respectful than might be
+inferred from its import.  It was dated the 14th of October,
+1546, and was subscribed by seventy of the principal cavaliers in
+the city.  It was not improbably dictated by Cepeda, whose hand
+is visible in most of the intrigues of Pizarro's little court.
+It is also said, - the authority is somewhat questionable, - that
+Aldana received instructions from Gonzalo secretly to offer a
+bribe of fifty thousand pesos de oro to the president, to prevail
+on him to return to Castile; and in case of his refusal, some
+darker and more effectual way was to be devised to rid the
+country of his presence. *27
+
+[Footnote 25: "Porque perdo ninguno de nosotros le pide, porque
+no entendemos que emos errado, sino seruido a su Magestad:
+conseruado nuestro derecho; que por sus leyes Reales a sus
+vasallos es permitido." Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib.
+2, cap. 33.]
+
+[Footnote 26: "Porque el por sus virtudes es muy amado de todos:
+y tenido por padre del Peru." Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+[Footnote 27: Ibid., loc. cit. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 8,
+lib. 2, cap. 10. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 8. -
+Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 177. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms.,
+ano 1546.
+
+Pizarro, in his letter to Valdivia, notices this remonstrance to
+Gasca, who, with all his reputation as a saint, was as deep as
+any man in Spain, and had now come to send him home, as a reward,
+no doubt, of his faithful services.  "But I and the rest of the
+cavaliers," he concludes, "have warned him not to set foot here."
+"Y agora que yo tenia puesta esta tierra en sosiego embiava su
+parte al de la Gasca que aunque arriba digo que dicen ques un
+santo, es un hombre mas manoso que havia en toda Espana e mas
+sabio; e asi venia por presidente e Governador, e todo quanto el
+quiera; e para poderme embiar a mi a Espana, i a cabo de dos anos
+que andavamos fuera de nuestras casas queria el Rey darme este
+pago, mas yo con todos los cavalleros deste Reyno le embiavamos a
+decir que se vaya, sino que haremos con el como con Blasco
+Nunez." Carta de Gonzalo Pizarro a Valdivia, Ms.]
+
+Aldana, fortified with his despatches, sped swiftly on his voyage
+to Panama.  Through him the governor learned the actual state of
+feeling in the councils of Pizarro; and he listened with regret
+to the envoy's conviction, that no terms would be admitted by
+that chief or his companions, that did not confirm him in the
+possession of Peru. *28
+[Footnote 28: With Aldana's mission to Castile Gonzalo Pizarro
+closes the important letter, so often cited in these pages, and
+which may be supposed to furnish the best arguments for his own
+conduct.  It is a curious fact, that Valdivia, the conqueror of
+Chili, to whom the epistle is addressed, soon after this openly
+espoused the cause of Gasca, and his troops formed part of the
+forces who contended with Pizarro, not long afterwards, at
+Huarina.  Such was the friend on whom Gonzalo relied!]
+
+Aldana was soon admitted to an audience by the president.  It was
+attended with very different results from what had followed from
+the conferences with Hinojosa; for Pizarro's envoy was not armed
+by nature with that stubborn panoply which had hitherto made the
+other proof against all argument.  He now learned with surprise
+the nature of Gasca's powers, and the extent of the royal
+concessions to the insurgents.  He had embarked with Gonzalo
+Pizarro on a desperate venture, and he found that it had proved
+successful.  The colony had nothing more, in reason, to demand;
+and, though devoted in heart to his leader, he did not feel bound
+by any principle of honor to take part with him, solely to
+gratify his ambition, in a wild contest with the Crown that must
+end in inevitable ruin.  He consequently abandoned his mission to
+Castile, probably never very palatable to him, and announced his
+purpose to accept the pardon proffered by government, and support
+the president in settling the affairs of Peru. He subsequently
+wrote, it should be added, to his former commander in Lima,
+stating the course he had taken, and earnestly recommending the
+latter to follow his example.
+
+The influence of this precedent in so important a person as
+Aldana, aided, doubtless, by the conviction that no change was
+now to be expected in Pizarro, while delay would be fatal to
+himself, at length prevailed over Hinojosa's scruples, and he
+intimated to Gasca his willingness to place the fleet under his
+command.  The act was performed with great pomp and ceremony.
+Some of Pizarro's stanchest partisans were previously removed
+from the vessels; and on the nineteenth of November, 1546,
+Hinojosa and his captains resigned their commissions into the
+hands of the president.  They next took the oaths of allegiance
+to Castile; a free pardon for all past offences was proclaimed by
+the herald from a scaffold erected in the great square of the
+city; and the president, greeting them as true and loyal vassals
+of the Crown, restored their several commissions to the
+cavaliers.  The royal standard of Spain was then unfurled on
+board the squadron, and proclaimed that this strong-hold of
+Pizarro's power had passed away from him for ever. *29
+
+[Footnote 29: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 9. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1,
+lib. 2, cap. 38, 42. - Gomara, Hist. de las Indias, cap. 178. -
+Ms. de Caravantes.
+Garcilasso de la Vega, - whose partiality for Gonzalo Pizarro
+forms a wholesome counterpoise to the unfavorable views taken of
+his conduct by most other writers, - in his notice of this
+transaction, seems disposed to allow little credit to that
+loyalty which is shown by the sacrifice of a benefactor.  Com.
+Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 4.]
+
+The return of their commissions to the insurgent captains was a
+politic act in Gasca.  It secured the services of the ablest
+officers in the country, and turned against Pizarro the very arm
+on which he had most leaned for support.  Thus was this great
+step achieved, without force or fraud, by Gasca's patience and
+judicious forecast.  He was content to bide his time; and he now
+might rely with well-grounded confidence on the ultimate success
+of his mission.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter II
+
+Gasca Assembles His Forces. - Defection Of Pizarro's Followers. -
+He Musters His Levies. - Agitation In Lima. - He Abandons The
+City. - Gasca Sails From Panama. - Bloody Battle Of Huarina.
+
+1547.
+
+
+No sooner was Gasca placed in possession of Panama and the fleet,
+than he entered on a more decisive course of policy than he had
+been hitherto allowed to pursue.  He made levies of men, and drew
+together supplies from all quarters.  He took care to discharge
+the arrears already due to the soldiers, and promised liberal pay
+for the future; for, though mindful that his personal charges
+should cost little to the Crown, he did not stint his expenditure
+when the public good required it.  As the funds in the treasury
+were exhausted, he obtained loans on the credit of the government
+from the wealthy citizens of Panama, who, relying on his good
+faith, readily made the necessary advances.  He next sent letters
+to the authorities of Guatemala and Mexico, requiring their
+assistance in carrying on hostilities, if necessary, against the
+insurgents; and he despatched a summons, in like manner, to
+Benalcazar, in the provinces north of Peru, to meet him, on his
+landing in that country, with his whole available force.
+
+The greatest enthusiasm was shown by the people of Panama in
+getting the little navy in order for his intended voyage; and
+prelates and commanders did not disdain to prove their loyalty by
+taking part in the good work, along with the soldiers and
+sailors. *1 Before his own departure, however, Gasca proposed to
+send a small squadron of four ships under Aldana, to cruise off
+the port of Lima, with instructions to give protection to those
+well affected to the royal cause, and receive them, if need be,
+on board his vessels.  He was also in trusted with authenticated
+copies of the president's commission, to be delivered to Gonzalo
+Pizarro, that the chief might feel, there was yet time to return
+before the gates of mercy were closed against him. *2
+
+[Footnote 1: "Y ponia sus fuercas con tanta llaneza y obediencia,
+que los Obispos y clerigos y los capitanes y mas principales
+personas eran los que primero echauan mano, y tirauan de las
+gumenas y cables de los nauios, para los sacar a la costa."
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 70.]
+
+[Footnote 2: Ibid., ubi supra. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano
+1546. - Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap. 178. - Zarate, Conq. del
+Peru, lib. 6, cap. 9. - Herrera, Hist General, dec. 8, lib. 3,
+cap. 3.]
+
+While these events were going on, Gasca's proclamations and
+letters were doing their work in Peru.  It required but little
+sagacity to perceive that the nation at large, secured in the
+protection of person and property, had nothing to gain by
+revolution.  Interest and duty, fortunately, now lay on the same
+side; and the ancient sentiment of loyalty, smothered for a time,
+but not extinguished, revived in the breasts of the people.
+Still this was not manifested, at once, by any overt act; for,
+under a strong military rule, men dared hardly think for
+themselves, much less communicate their thoughts to one another.
+But changes of public opinion, like changes in the atmosphere
+that come on slowly and imperceptibly, make themselves more and
+more widely felt, till, by a sort of silent sympathy, they spread
+to the remotest corners of the land.  Some intimations of such a
+change of sentiment at length found their way to Lima, although
+all accounts of the president's mission had been jealously
+excluded from that capital.  Gonzalo Pizarro himself became
+sensible of these symptoms of disaffection, though almost too
+faint and feeble, as yet, for the most experienced eye to descry
+in them the coming tempest.
+
+Several of the president's proclamations had been forwarded to
+Gonzalo by his faithful partisans; and Carbajal, who had been
+summoned from Potosi, declared they were "more to be dreaded than
+the lances of Castile." *3 Yet Pizarro did not, for a moment,
+lose his confidence in his own strength; and with a navy like
+that now in Panama at his command, he felt he might bid defiance
+to any enemy on his coasts.  He had implicit confidence in the
+fidelity of Hinojosa.
+
+[Footnote 3: "Que eran mas de temer aquellas cartas que a las
+lacas del Rey de Castilla." Fernandez, Hist. del Peru Parte 1,
+lib. 2, cap. 45.]
+It was at this period that Paniagua arrived off the port with
+Gasca's despatches to Pizarro, consisting of the emperor's letter
+and his own. They were instantly submitted by that chieftain to
+his trusty counsellors, Carbajal and Cepeda, and their opinions
+asked as to the course to be pursued.  It was the crisis of
+Pizarro's fate.
+
+Carbajal, whose sagacious eye fully comprehended the position in
+which they stood, was in favor of accepting the royal grace on
+the terms proposed; and he intimated his sense of their
+importance by declaring, that "he would pave the way for the
+bearer of them into the capital with ingots of gold and silver."
+*4 Cepeda was of a different way of thinking. He was a judge of
+the Royal Audience; and had been sent to Peru as the immediate
+counsellor of Blasco Nunez.  But he had turned against the
+viceroy, had encountered him in battle, and his garments might be
+said to be yet wet with his blood!  What grace was there, then,
+for him?  Whatever respect might be shown to the letter of the
+royal provisions, in point of fact, he must ever live under the
+Castilian rule a ruined man.  He accordingly strongly urged the
+rejection of Gasca's offers.  "They will cost you your
+government," he said to Pizarro; "the smooth-tongued priest is
+not so simple a person as you take him to be.  He is deep and
+politic. *5 He knows well what promises to make; and, once master
+of the country, he will know, too, how to keep them."
+
+[Footnote 4: "Y le enladrillen los caminos por do viniere con
+barras de plata, y tejos de Oro." Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte
+2, lib. 5, cap. 5.]
+[Footnote 5: "Que no lo embiauan por hombre sencillo y llano,
+sino de grandes cautelas, astucias, falsedades y enganos." Ibid.,
+loc. cit.]
+Carbajal was not shaken by the arguments or the sneers of his
+companions; and as the discussion waxed warm, Cepeda taxed his
+opponent with giving counsel suggested by fears for his own
+safety - a foolish taunt, sufficiently disproved by the whole
+life of the doughty old warrior.  Carbajal did not insist further
+on his own views, however, as he found them unwelcome to Pizarro,
+and contented himself with coolly remarking, that "he had,
+indeed, no relish for rebellion; but he had as long a neck for a
+halter, he believed, as any of his companions; and as he could
+hardly expect to live much longer, at any rate, it was, after
+all, of little moment to him." *6
+
+[Footnote 6: "Por lo demas, quado acaezca otra cosa, ya yo he
+viuido muchos anos, y tengo tan bue palmo de pescueco para la
+soga, como cada uno de vuesas mercedes." Ibid., loc. cit.]
+
+Pizarro, spurred on by a fiery ambition that overleaped every
+obstacle, *7 did not condescend to count the desperate chances of
+a contest with the Crown.  He threw his own weight into the scale
+with Cepeda.  The offer of grace was rejected; and he thus cast
+away the last tie which held him to his country, and, by the act,
+proclaimed himself a rebel. *8
+[Footnote 7: "Loca y luciferina soberuia," as Fernandez
+characterizes the aspiring temper of Gonzalo.  Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 15.]
+[Footnote 8: Ms. de Caravantes.
+
+According to Garcilasso, Paniagua was furnished with secret
+instructions by the president, empowering him, in case he judged
+it necessary to the preservation of the royal authority, to
+confirm Pizarro in the government, "it being little matter if the
+Devil ruled there, provided the country remained to the Crown!"
+The fact was so reported by Paniagua, who continued in Peru after
+these events.  (Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 5.) This is
+possible.  But it is more probable that a credulous gossip, like
+Garcilasso, should be in error, than that Charles the Fifth
+should have been prepared to make such an acknowledgment of his
+imbecility, or that the man selected for Gasca's confidence
+should have so indiscreetly betrayed his trust.]
+
+It was not long after the departure of Paniagua, that Pizarro
+received tidings of the defection of Aldana and Hinojosa, and of
+the surrender of the fleet, on which he had expended an immense
+sum, as the chief bulwark of his power.  This unwelcome
+intelligence was followed by accounts of the further defection of
+some of the principal towns in the north, and of the
+assassination of Puelles, the faithful lieutenant to whom he had
+confided the government of Quito.  It was not very long, also,
+before he found his authority assailed in the opposite quarter at
+Cuzco; for Centeno, the loyal chieftain who, as the reader may
+remember, had been driven by Carbajal to take refuge in a cave
+near Arequipa, had issued from his concealment after remaining
+there a year, and, on learning the arrival of Gasca, had again
+raised the royal standard.  Then collecting a small body of
+followers, and falling on Cuzco by night, he made himself master
+of that capital, defeated the garrison who held it, and secured
+it for the Crown.  Marching soon after into the province of
+Charcas, the bold chief allied himself with the officer who
+commanded for Pizarro in La Plata; and their combined forces, to
+the number of a thousand, took up a position on the borders of
+Lake Titicaca, where the two cavaliers coolly waited an
+opportunity to take the field against their ancient commander.
+Gonzalo Pizarro, touched to the heart by the desertion of those
+in whom he most confided, was stunned by the dismal tidings of
+his losses coming so thick upon him.  Yet he did not waste his
+time in idle crimination or complaint; but immediately set about
+making preparations to meet the storm with all his characteristic
+energy.  He wrote, at once, to such of his captains as he
+believed still faithful, commanding them to be ready with their
+troops to march to his assistance at the shortest notice. He
+reminded them of their obligations to him, and that their
+interests were identical with his own.  The president's
+commission, he added, had been made out before the news had
+reached Spain of the battle of Anaquito, and could never cover a
+pardon to those concerned in the death of the viceroy. *9
+
+[Footnote 9: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 11, 13. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte
+1, lib. 2, cap. 45, 59. - Montesinos, Annales, Ms., ano 1547.]
+
+Pizarro was equally active in enforcing his levies in the
+capital, and in putting them in the best fighting order.  He soon
+saw himself at the head of a thousand men, beautifully equipped,
+and complete in all their appointments; "as gallant an array,"
+says an old writer, "though so small in number, as ever trod the
+plains of Italy," - displaying in the excellence of their arms,
+their gorgeous uniforms, and the caparisons of their horses, a
+magnificence that could be furnished only by the silver of Peru.
+*10 Each company was provided with a new stand of colors,
+emblazoned with its peculiar device.  Some bore the initials and
+arms of Pizarro, and one or two of these were audaciously
+surmounted by a crown, as if to intimate the rank to which their
+commander might aspire. *11
+[Footnote 10: "Mil Hombres tan bien armados i aderecados, como se
+han visto en Italia, en la maior prosperidad, porque ninguno
+havia, demas de las Armas, que no llevase Calcas, i Jubon de
+Seda, i muchos de Tela de Oro, i de Brocado, i otros bordados, i
+recamados de Oro, i Plata, con mucha Chaperia de Oro por los
+Sombreros, i especialmente por Frascos, i Caxas de Arcubuces."
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 11.]
+[Footnote 11: Ibid., ubi supra.
+
+Some writers even assert that Pizarro was preparing for his
+coronation at this time, and that he had actually despatched his
+summons to the different towns to send their deputies to assist
+at it.  "Queria spresurar su coronacion, y para ello despacho
+cartas a todas las ciudades del Peru." (Montesinos, Annales, Ms.,
+ano 1547.) But it is hardly probable he could have placed so
+blind a confidence in the colonists at this crisis, as to have
+meditated so rash a step.  The loyal Castilian historians are not
+slow to receive reports to the discredit of the rebel.]
+Among the leaders most conspicuous on this occasion was Cepeda,
+"who," in the words of a writer of his time, "had exchanged the
+robe of the licentiate for the plumed casque and mailed harness
+of the warrior." *12 But the cavalier to whom Pizarro confided
+the chief care of organizing his battalions was the veteran
+Carbajal, who had studied the art of war under the best captains
+of Europe, and whose life of adventure had been a practical
+commentary on their early lessons.  It was on his arm that
+Gonzalo most leaned in the hour of danger; and well had it been
+for him, if he had profited by his counsels at an earlier period.
+[Footnote 12: "El qual en este tiempo, oluidado de lo que
+conuenia a sus letras, y profession, y officio de Oydor; salio en
+calcas jubon, y cuera, de muchos recamados: y gorra con plumas."
+Fernandez Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2 cap. 62.]
+
+It gives one some idea of the luxurious accommodations of
+Pizarro's forces, that he endeavoured to provide each of his
+musketeers with a horse.  The expenses incurred by him were
+enormous.  The immediate cost of his preparations, we are told,
+was not less than half a million of pesos de oro; and his pay to
+the cavaliers, and, indeed, to the common soldiers, in his little
+army, was on an extravagant scale, nowhere to be met with but on
+the silver soil of Peru. *13
+[Footnote 13: Ibid., ubi supra. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 6,
+cap. 11. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 3, cap. 5. -
+Montesinos, Annales, ano 1547.]
+
+When his own funds were exhausted, he supplied the deficiency by
+fines imposed on the rich citizens of Lima as the price of
+exemption from service, by forced loans, and various other
+schemes of military exaction. *14 From this time, it is said, the
+chieftain's temper underwent a visible change. *15 He became more
+violent in his passions, more impatient of control, and indulged
+more freely in acts of cruelty and license.  The desperate cause
+in which he was involved made him reckless of consequences.
+Though naturally frank and confiding, the frequent defection of
+his followers filled him with suspicion.  He knew not in whom to
+confide.  Every one who showed himself indifferent to his cause,
+or was suspected of being so, was dealt with as an open enemy.
+The greatest distrust prevailed in Lima.  No man dared confide in
+his neighbour.  Some concealed their effects; others contrived to
+elude the vigilance of the sentinels, and hid themselves in the
+neighbouring woods and mountains. *16 No one was allowed to enter
+or leave the city without a license.  All commerce, all
+intercourse, with other places was cut off.  It was long since
+the fifths belonging to the Crown had been remitted to Castile;
+as Pizarro had appropriated them to his own use.  He now took
+possession of the mints, broke up the royal stamps, and issued a
+debased coin, emblazoned with his own cipher. *17 It was the most
+decisive act of sovereignty.
+
+[Footnote 14: Fernandez, Parte 1, lib. 2 cap. 62. - Montesinos,
+Annales Ms., ano 1547.]
+
+[Footnote 15: Gomara, Hist. de las Ind. cap. 172.]
+
+[Footnote 16: "Andaba la Gente tan asombrada con el temor de la
+muerte, que no se podian entender, ni tenian animo para huir, i
+algunos, que hallaron mejor aparejo, se escondieron por los
+Canaverales, i Cuevas, enterrando sus Haciendas." Zarate, Conq.
+del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 15.]
+[Footnote 17: Rel. Anonima, Ms. - Montesinos Annales, Ms., ano
+1547. "Assi mismo echo Gozalo Picarro a toda la plata que gastaua
+y destribuya su marca, que era una G. rebuelta en una P. y
+pregono que so pena de muerte, todos recibiessen por plata fina
+la que tuuiesse aquella marca: sin ensayo, ni otra diligencia
+alguna.  Y desta suerte hizo passar mucha plata de ley baja por
+fina." Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 62.]
+
+At this gloomy period, the lawyer Cepeda contrived a solemn
+farce, the intent of which was to give a sort of legal sanction
+to the rebel cause in the eyes of the populace.  He caused a
+process to be prepared against Gasca, Hinojosa, and Aldana, in
+which they were accused of treason against the existing
+government of Peru, were convicted, and condemned to death.  This
+instrument he submitted to a number of jurists in the capital,
+requiring their signatures.  But they had no mind thus inevitably
+to implicate themselves, by affixing their names to such a paper;
+and they evaded it by representing, that it would only serve to
+cut off all chance, should any of the accused be so disposed, of
+their again embracing the cause they had deserted.  Cepeda was
+the only man who signed the document. Carbajal treated the whole
+thing with ridicule.  "What is the object of your process?" said
+he to Cepeda.  "Its object," replied the latter, "is to prevent
+delay, that, if taken at any time, the guilty party may be at
+once led to execution." "I cry you mercy," retorted Carbajal; "I
+thought there must be some virtue in the instrument, that would
+have killed them outright.  Let but one of these same traitors
+fall into my hands, and I will march him off to execution,
+without waiting for the sentence of a court, I promise you!" *18
+
+[Footnote 18: "Riose mucho entonces Caruajal y dixo; que segu
+auia hecho la instancia, que auia entendido, que la justicia como
+rayo, auia de yr luego a justiciarlos.  Y dezia que si el los
+tuuiesse presos, no se le daria vn clauo por su sentecia, ni
+firmas." (Ibid., Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 55.) Among the jurists in
+Lima who thus independently resisted Cepeda's requisition to sign
+the paper was the Licentiate Polo Ondegardo, a man of much
+discretion, and one of the best authorities for the ancient
+institutions of the Incas.]
+
+While this paper war was going on, news was brought that Aldana's
+squadron was off the port of Callao.  That commander had sailed
+from Panama, the middle of February, 1547.  On his passage down
+the coast he had landed at Truxillo, where the citizens welcomed
+him with enthusiasm, and eagerly proclaimed their submission to
+the royal authority.  He received, at the same time, messages
+from several of Pizarro's officers in the interior, intimating
+their return to their duty, and their readiness to support the
+president.  Aldana named Caxamalca as a place of rendezvous,
+where they should concentrate their forces, and wait the landing
+of Gasca.  He then continued his voyage towards Lima.
+No sooner was Pizarro informed of his approach, than, fearful
+lest it might have a disastrous effect in seducing his followers
+from their fidelity, he marched them about a league out of the
+city, and there encamped.  He was two leagues from the coast, and
+he posted a guard on the shore, to intercept all communication
+with the vessels.  Before leaving the capital, Cepeda resorted to
+an expedient for securing the inhabitants more firmly, as he
+conceived, in Pizarro's interests.  He caused the citizens to be
+assembled, and made them a studied harangue, in which he
+expatiated on the services of their governor, and the security
+which the country had enjoyed under his rule.  He then told them
+that every man was at liberty to choose for himself; to remain
+under the protection of their present ruler, or, if they
+preferred, to transfer their allegiance to his enemy.  He invited
+them to speak their minds, but required every one who would still
+continue under Pizarro to take an oath of fidelity to his cause,
+with the assurance, that, if any should be so false hereafter as
+to violate this pledge, he should pay for it with his life. *19
+There was no one found bold enough - with his head thus in the
+lion's mouth - to swerve from his obedience to Pizarro; and every
+man took the oath prescribed, which was administered in the most
+solemn and imposing form by the licentiate.  Carbajal, as usual,
+made a jest of the whole proceeding. "How long," he asked his
+companion, "do you think these same oaths will stand?  The first
+wind that blows off the coast after we are gone will scatter them
+in air!" His prediction was soon verified.
+
+[Footnote 19: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Fernandez,
+Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 61. - Montesinos, Annales,
+Ms., ano 1547. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 6, cap. 11, 14.]
+
+Meantime, Aldana anchored off the port, where there was no vessel
+of the insurgents to molest him.  By Cepeda's advice, some four
+or five had been burnt a short time before, during the absence of
+Carbajal, in order to cut off all means by which the inhabitants
+could leave the place.  This was deeply deplored by the veteran
+soldier on his return.  "It was destroying," he said, "the
+guardian angels of Lima." *20 And certainly, under such a
+commander, they might now have stood Pizarro in good stead but
+his star was on the wane.
+
+[Footnote 20: "Entre otras cosas dixo a Goncalo Picarro vuesa
+Senoria mando quemar cinco angeles que tenia en su puerto para
+guarda y defensa de la costa del Peru." Garcilasso, Parte 2, lit.
+5, cap. 6.]
+
+The first act of Aldana was to cause the copy of Gasca's powers,
+with which he had been intrusted, to be conveyed to his ancient
+commander, by whom it was indignantly torn in pieces.  Aldana
+next contrived, by means of his agents, to circulate among the
+citizens, and even the soldiers of the camp, the president's
+manifestoes.  They were not long in producing their effect.  Few
+had been at all aware of the real purport of Gasca's mission, of
+the extent of his powers, or of the generous terms offered by
+government.  They shrunk from the desperate course into which
+they had been thus unwarily seduced, and they sought only in what
+way they could, with least danger, extricate themselves from
+their present position, and return to their allegiance.  Some
+escaped by night from the camp, eluded the vigilance of the
+sentinels, and effected their retreat on board the vessels.  Some
+were taken, and found no quarter at the hands of Carbajal and his
+merciless ministers.  But, where the spirit of disaffection was
+abroad, means of escape were not wanting.
+
+As the fugitives were cut off from Lima and the neighbouring
+coast, they secreted themselves in the forests and mountains, and
+watched their opportunity for making their way to Truxillo and
+other ports at a distance; and so contagious was the example,
+that it not unfrequently happened that the very soldiers sent in
+pursuit of the deserters joined with them.  Among those that fled
+was the Licentiate Carbajal, who must not be confounded with his
+military namesake.  He was the same cavalier whose brother had
+been put to death in Lima by Blasco Nunez, and who revenged
+himself, as we have seen, by imbruing his own hands in the blood
+of the viceroy.  That a person thus implicated should trust to
+the royal pardon showed that no one need despair of it; and the
+example proved most disastrous to Pizarro. *21
+
+[Footnote 21: Pedro Pizarro, Descub.  y Conq., Ms. - Gomara,
+Hist. de las Ind., cap. 180. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte
+1, lib. 2, cap. 63, 65. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 6, cap.
+15, 16.]
+
+Carbajal, who made a jest of every thing, even of the misfortunes
+which pinched him the sharpest, when told of the desertion of his
+comrades, amused himself by humming the words of a popular ditty:
+-
+"The wind blows the hairs off my head, mother:
+Two at a time, it blows them away!" *22
+
+[Footnote 22: "Estos mis Cabellicos, Madre,
+Dos a dos me los lleva el Aire."
+Gomara, Hist. de las Ind., cap 180.]
+
+But the defection of his followers made a deeper impression on
+Pizarro, and he was sorely distressed as he beheld the gallant
+array, to which he had so confidently looked for gaining his
+battles, thus melting away like a morning mist.  Bewildered by
+the treachery of those in whom he had most trusted, he knew not
+where to turn, nor what course to take.  It was evident that he
+must leave his present dangerous quarters without loss of time.
+But whither should he direct his steps?  In the north, the great
+towns had abandoned his cause, and the president was already
+marching against him; while Centeno held the passes of the south,
+with a force double his own.  In this emergency, he at length
+resolved to occupy Arequipa, a seaport still true to him, where
+he might remain till he had decided on some future course of
+operations.
+
+After a painful but rapid march, Gonzalo arrived at this place,
+where he was speedily joined by a reinforcement that he had
+detached for the recovery of Cuzco.  But so frequent had been the
+desertions from both companies, - though in Pizarro's corps these
+had greatly lessened since the departure from the neighbourhood
+of Lima, - that his whole number did not exceed five hundred men,
+less than half of the force which he had so recently mustered in
+the capital.  To such humble circumstances was the man now
+reduced, who had so lately lorded it over the land with unlimited
+sway!  Still the chief did not despond.  He had gathered new
+spirit from the excitement of his march and his distance from
+Lima; and he seemed to recover his former confidence, as he
+exclaimed, - "It is misfortune that teaches us who are our
+friends.  If but ten only remain true to me, fear not but I will
+again be master of Peru!" *23
+
+[Footnote 23: "Aunque siempre dijo: que con diez Amigos que le
+quedasen, havia de conservarse, i conquistar de nuevo el Peru:
+tanta era su sana,sana o su sobervia." Ibid., loc cit.]
+
+No sooner had the rebel forces withdrawn from the neighbourhood
+of Lima, than the inhabitants of that city, little troubled, as
+Carbajal had predicted, by their compulsory oaths of allegiance
+to Pizarro, threw open their gates to Aldana, who took possession
+of this important place in the name of the president.  That
+commander, meanwhile, had sailed with his whole fleet from
+Panama, on the tenth of April, 1547.  The first part of his
+voyage was prosperous; but he was soon perplexed by contrary
+currents, and the weather became rough and tempestuous.  The
+violence of the storm continuing day after day, the sea was
+lashed into fury, and the fleet was tossed about on the billows,
+which ran mountain high, as if emulating the wild character of
+the region they bounded.  The rain descended in torrents, and the
+lightning was so incessant, that the vessels, to quote the lively
+language of the chronicler, "seemed to be driving through seas of
+flame!" *24 The hearts of the stoutest mariners were filled with
+dismay. They considered it hopeless to struggle against the
+elements, and they loudly demanded to return to the continent,
+and postpone the voyage till a more favorable season of the year.
+
+[Footnote 24: "Y los truenos y relapagos eran tantos y tales; que
+siempre parecia que estauan en llamas, y que sobre ellos venian
+Rayos (que en todas aquellas partes caen muchos)." (Fernandez,
+Hist del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 71.) The vivid coloring of
+the old chronicler shows that he had himself been familiar with
+these tropics tempests on the Pacific.]
+But the president saw in this the ruin of his cause, as well as
+of the loyal vassals who had engaged, on his landing, to support
+it.  "I am willing to die," he said, "but not to return"; and,
+regardless of the remonstrances of his more timid followers he
+insisted on carrying as much sail as the ships could possibly
+bear, at every interval of the storm. *25 Meanwhile, to divert
+the minds of the seamen from their present danger, Gasca amused
+them by explaining some of the strange phenomena exhibited by the
+ocean in the tempest, which had filled their superstitious minds
+with mysterious dread. *26
+
+[Footnote 25: "Y con lo poco que en aquella sazon, el Presidente
+estimaua la vida si no auia de hazer la jornada: y el gran desseo
+que tenia de hazeria se puso cotra ellos diziendo, que qual
+quiera que le tocasse en abaxar vela, le costaria la vida."
+Fernandez, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 71.]
+[Footnote 26: The phosphoric lights, sometimes seen in a storm at
+sea, were observed to hover round the masts and rigging of the
+president's vessel; and he amused the seamen, according to
+Fernandez, by explaining the phenomenon, and telling the fables
+to which they had given rise in ancient mythology. - This little
+anecdote affords a key to Gasca's popularity with even the
+humblest classes.]
+
+Signals had been given for the ships to make the best of their
+way, each for itself, to the island of Gorgona.  Here they
+arrived, one after another, with but a single exception, though
+all more or less shattered by the weather.  The president waited
+only for the fury of the elements to spend itself when he again
+embarked, and, on smoother waters, crossed over to Manta.  From
+this place he soon after continued his voyage to Tumbez, and
+landed at that port on the thirteenth of June.  He was everywhere
+received with enthusiasm, and all seemed anxious to efface the
+remembrance of the past by professions of future fidelity to the
+Crown.  Gasca received, also, numerous letters of congratulation
+from cavaliers in the interior, most of whom had formerly taken
+service under Pizarro.  He made courteous acknowledgments for
+their offers of assistance, and commanded them to repair to
+Caxamalca, the general place of rendezvous.
+To this same spot he sent Hinojosa, so soon as that officer had
+disembarked with the land forces from the fleet, ordering him to
+take command of the levies assembled there, and then join him at
+Xauxa.  Here he determined to establish his head-quarters.  It
+lay in a rich and abundant territory, and by its central position
+afforded a point for acting with greatest advantage against the
+enemy.
+
+He then moved forward, at the head of a small detachment of
+cavalry, along the level road on the coast.  After halting for a
+short time in that loyal city, he traversed the mountain range on
+the southeast, and soon entered the fruitful valley of Xauxa.
+There he was presently joined by reinforcements from the north,
+as well as from the principal places on the coast; and, not long
+after his arrival, received a message from Centeno, informing him
+that he held the passes by which Gonzalo Pizarro was preparing to
+make his escape from the country, and that the insurgent chief
+must soon fall into his hands.
+The royal camp was greatly elated by these tidings.  The war,
+then, was at length terminated, and that without the president
+having been called upon so much as to lift his sword against a
+Spaniard.  Several of his counsellors now advised him to disband
+the greater part of his forces, as burdensome and no longer
+necessary.  But the president was too wise to weaken his strength
+before he had secured the victory.  He consented, however, to
+countermand the requisition for levies from Mexico and the
+adjoining colonies, as now feeling sufficiently strong in the
+general loyalty of the country.  But, concentrating his forces at
+Xauxa, he established his quarters in that town, as he had first
+intended, resolved to await there tidings of the operations in
+the south.  The result was different from what he had expected.
+*27
+
+[Footnote 27: For the preceding pages, see Pedro Pizarro, Descub.
+y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 1. - Herrera,
+Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 3, cap. 14, et seq. - Fernandez,
+Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 71-77. - Ms. de Caravantes.
+
+This last writer, who held an important post in the department of
+colonial finance, had opportunities of information which have
+enabled him to furnish several particulars not to be met with
+elsewhere, respecting the principal actors in these turbulent
+times.  His work, still in manuscript, which formerly existed in
+the archives of the University of Salamanca, has been transferred
+to the King's library at Madrid.]
+Pizarro, meanwhile, whom we left at Arequipa, had decided, after
+much deliberation, to evacuate Peru, and pass into Chili.  In
+this territory, beyond the president's jurisdiction, he might
+find a safe retreat.  The fickle people, he thought, would soon
+weary of their new ruler; and he would then rally in sufficient
+strength to resume active operations for the recovery of his
+domain.  Such were the calculations of the rebel chieftain.  But
+how was he to effect his object, while the passes among the
+mountains, where his route lay, were held by Centeno with a force
+more than double his own?  He resolved to try negotiation; for
+that captain had once served under him, and had, indeed, been
+most active in persuading Pizarro to take on himself the office
+of procurator.  Advancing, accordingly, in the direction of Lake
+Titicaca, in the neighbourhood of which Centeno had pitched his
+camp, Gonzalo despatched an emissary to his quarters to open a
+negotiation.  He called to his adversary's recollection the
+friendly relations that had once subsisted between them; and
+reminded him of one occasion in particular, in which he had
+spared his life, when convicted of a conspiracy against himself.
+He harboured no sentiments of unkindness, he said, for Centeno's
+recent conduct, and had not now come to seek a quarrel with him.
+His purpose was to abandon Peru; and the only favor he had to
+request of his former associate was to leave him a free passage
+across the mountains.
+
+To this communication Centeno made answer in terms as courtly as
+those of Pizarro himself, that he was not unmindful of their
+ancient friendship.  He was now ready to serve his former
+commander in any way not inconsistent with honor, or obedience to
+his sovereign.  But he was there in arms for the royal cause, and
+he could not swerve from his duty.  If Pizarro would but rely on
+his faith, and surrender himself up, he pledged his knightly word
+to use all his interest with the government, to secure as
+favorable terms for him and his followers as had been granted to
+the rest of their countrymen - Gonzalo listened to the smooth
+promises of his ancient comrade with bitter scorn depicted in his
+countenance, and, snatching the letter from his secretary, cast
+it away from him with indignation.  There was nothing left but an
+appeal to arms. *28
+[Footnote 28: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Garcilasso,
+Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 16. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru,
+lib. 7.]
+He at once broke up his encampment, and directed his march on the
+borders of Lake Titicaca, near which lay his rival.  He resorted,
+however, to stratagem, that he might still, if possible, avoid an
+encounter.  He sent forward his scouts in a different direction
+from that which he intended to take, and then quickened his march
+on Huarina.  This was a small town situated on the southeastern
+extremity of Lake Titicaca, the shores of which, the seat of the
+primitive civilization of the Incas, were soon to resound with
+the murderous strife of their more civilized conquerors!
+
+But Pizarro's movements had been secretly communicated to
+Centeno, and that commander, accordingly, changing his ground,
+took up a position not far from Huarina, on the same day on which
+Gonzalo reached this place. The videttes of the two camps came in
+sight of each other that evening, and the rival forces, lying on
+their arms, prepared for action on the following morning.
+
+It was the twenty-sixth of October, 1547, when the two
+commanders, having formed their troops in order of battle,
+advanced to the encounter on the plains of Huarina.  The ground,
+defended on one side by a bold spur of the Andes, and not far
+removed on the other from the waters of Titicaca, was an open and
+level plain, well suited to military manoeuvres. It seemed as if
+prepared by Nature as the lists for an encounter.
+Centeno's army amounted to about a thousand men.  His cavalry
+consisted of near two hundred and fifty, well equipped and
+mounted.  Among them were several gentlemen of family, some of
+whom had once followed the banners of Pizarro, the whole forming
+an efficient corps, in which rode some of the best lances of
+Peru.  His arquebusiers were less numerous, not exceeding a
+hundred and fifty, indifferently provided with ammunition. The
+remainder, and much the larger part of Centeno's army, consisted
+of spearmen, irregular levies hastily drawn together, and
+possessed of little discipline. *29
+
+[Footnote 29: In the estimate of Centeno's forces, - which
+ranges, in the different accounts, from seven hundred to twelve
+hundred, - I have taken the intermediate number of a thousand
+adopted by Zarate, as, on the whole, more probable than either
+extreme.]
+
+This corps of infantry formed the centre of his line, flanked by
+the arquebusiers in two nearly equal divisions, while his cavalry
+were also disposed in two bodies on the right and left wings.
+Unfortunately, Centeno had been for the past week ill of a
+pleurisy, - so ill, indeed, that on the preceding day he had been
+bled several times.  He was now too feeble to keep his saddle,
+but was carried in a litter, and when he had seen his men formed
+in order, he withdrew to a distance from the field, unable to
+take part in the action.  But Solano, the militant bishop of
+Cuzco, who, with several of his followers, took part in the
+engagement, - a circumstance, indeed, of no strange occurrence, -
+rode along the ranks with the crucifix in his hand, bestowing his
+benediction on the soldiers, and exhorting each man to do his
+duty.
+
+Pizarro's forces were less than half of his rival's, not
+amounting to more than four hundred and eighty men.  The horse
+did not muster above eighty-five in all, and he posted them in a
+single body on the right of his battalion.  The strength of his
+army lay in his arquebusiers, about three hundred and fifty in
+number.  It was an admirable corps, commanded by Carbajal, by
+whom it had been carefully drilled.  Considering the excellence
+of its arms, and its thorough discipline, this little body of
+infantry might be considered as the flower of the Peruvian
+soldiery, and on it Pizarro mainly relied for the success of the
+day. *30 The remainder of his force, consisting of pikemen, not
+formidable for their numbers, though, like the rest of the
+infantry, under excellent discipline, he distributed on the left
+of his musketeers, so as to repel the enemy's horse.
+
+[Footnote 30: Flor de la milicia del Peru, says Garcilasso de la
+Vega, who compares Carbajal to an expert chess-player, disposing
+his pieces in such a manner as must infallibly secure him the
+victory.  Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 18.]
+
+Pizarro himself had charge of the cavalry, taking his place, as
+usual, in the foremost rank.  He was superbly accoutred.  Over
+his shining mail he wore a sobre-vest of slashed velvet of a rich
+crimson color, and he rode a high-mettled charger, whose gaudy
+caparisons, with the showy livery of his rider, made the fearless
+commander the most conspicuous object in the field.
+
+His lieutenant, Carbajal, was equipped in a very different style.
+He wore armour of proof of the most homely appearance, but strong
+and serviceable; and his steel bonnet, with its closely barred
+visor of the same material, protected his head from more than one
+desperate blow on that day.  Over his arms he wore a surcoat of a
+greenish color, and he rode an active, strong-boned jennet,
+which, though capable of enduring fatigue, possessed neither
+grace nor beauty.  It would not have been easy to distinguish the
+veteran from the most ordinary cavalier.
+The two hosts arrived within six hundred paces of each other,
+when they both halted.  Carbajal preferred to receive the attack
+of the enemy, rather than advance further; for the ground he now
+occupied afforded a free range for his musketry, unobstructed by
+the trees or bushes that were sprinkled over some other parts of
+the field.  There was a singular motive, in addition, for
+retaining his present position.  The soldiers were encumbered,
+some with two, some with three, arquebuses each, being the arms
+left by those who, from time to time, had deserted the camp. This
+uncommon supply of muskets, however serious an impediment on a
+march, might afford great advantage to troops waiting an assault;
+since, from the imperfect knowledge as well as construction of
+fire-arms at that day, much time was wasted in loading them. *31
+
+[Footnote 31: Garcilasso, Com. Real., ubi supra.
+
+The historian's father - of the same name with himself - was one
+of the few noble cavaliers who remained faithful to Gonzalo
+Pizarro, in the wane of his fortunes.  He was present at the
+battle of Huarina; and the particulars which he gave his son
+enabled the latter to supply many deficiencies in the reports of
+historians.]
+
+Preferring, therefore, that the enemy should begin the attack,
+Carbajal came to a halt, while the opposite squadron, after a
+short respite, continued their advance a hundred paces farther.
+Seeing that they then remained immovable, Carbajal detached a
+small party of skirmishers to the front, in order to provoke
+them; but it was soon encountered by a similar party of the
+enemy, and some shots were exchanged, though with little damage
+to either side.  Finding this manoeuvre fail, the veteran ordered
+his men to advance a few paces, still hoping to provoke his
+antagonist to the charge.  This succeeded.  "We lose honor,"
+exclaimed Centeno's soldiers; who, with a bastard sort of
+chivalry, belonging to undisciplined troops, felt it a disgrace
+to await an assault.  In vain their officers called out to them
+to remain at their post.  Their commander was absent, and they
+were urged on by the cries of a frantic friar, named Domingo
+Ruiz, who, believing the Philistines were delivered into their
+hands, called out, - "Now is the time!  Onward, onward, fall on
+the enemy!" *32 There needed nothing further and the men rushed
+forward in tumultuous haste, the pikemen carrying their levelled
+weapons so heedlessly as to interfere with one another, and in
+some instances to wound their comrades.  The musketeers, at the
+same time, kept up a disorderly fire as they advanced, which,
+from their rapid motion and the distance, did no execution.
+
+[Footnote 32: "A las manos, a las manos; a ellos, a ellos."
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 79.]
+
+Carbajal was well pleased to see his enemies thus wasting their
+ammunition.  Though he allowed a few muskets to be discharged, in
+order to stimulate his opponents the more, he commanded the great
+body of his infantry to reserve their fire till every shot could
+take effect.  As he knew the tendency of marksmen to shoot above
+the mark, he directed his men to aim at the girdle, or even a
+little below it; adding, that a shot that fell short might still
+do damage, while one that passed a hair's breadth above the head
+was wasted. *33
+
+[Footnote 33: Garcilasso, Com. Real., ubi supra.]
+
+The veteran's company stood calm and unmoved, as Centeno's
+rapidly advanced; but when the latter had arrived within a
+hundred paces of their antagonists, Carbajal gave the word to
+fire.  An instantaneous volley ran along the line, and a tempest
+of balls was poured into the ranks of the assailants, with such
+unerring aim, that more than a hundred fell dead on the field,
+while a still greater number were wounded.  Before they could
+recover from their disorder, Carbajal's men, snatching up their
+remaining pieces, discharged them with the like dreadful effect
+into the thick of the enemy.  The confusion of the latter was now
+complete.  Unable to sustain the incessant shower of balls which
+fell on them from the scattering fire kept up by the
+arquebusiers, they were seized with a panic, and fled, scarcely
+making a show of further fight, from the field.
+But very different was the fortune of the day in the cavalry
+combat. Gonzalo Pizarro had drawn up his troop somewhat in the
+rear of Carbajal's right, in order to give the latter a freer
+range for the play of his musketry.  When the enemy's horse on
+the left galloped briskly against him, Pizarro, still favoring
+Carbajal, - whose fire, moreover, inflicted some loss on the
+assailants, - advanced but a few rods to receive the charge.
+Centeno's squadron, accordingly, came thundering on in full
+career, and, notwithstanding the mischief sustained from their
+enemy's musketry, fell with such fury on their adversaries as to
+overturn them, man and horse, in the dust; "riding over their
+prostrate bodies," says the historian, "as if they had been a
+flock of sheep!" *34 The latter, with great difficulty recovering
+from the first shock, attempted to rally and sustain the fight on
+more equal terms.
+
+[Footnote 34: "Los de Diego Centeno, como yuan con la pujanca de
+vna zariera larga, lleuaron a los de Goncalo Picarro de
+encuentro, y los tropellaron como si fueran ouejas, y cayeron
+cauallos y caualleros." Ibid., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 19]
+
+Yet the chief could not regain the ground he had lost.  His men
+were driven back at all points.  Many were slain, many more
+wounded, on both sides, and the ground was covered with the dead
+bodies of men and horses. But the loss fell much the most heavily
+on Pizarro's troop; and the greater part of those who escaped
+with life were obliged to surrender as prisoners.  Cepeda, who
+fought with the fury of despair, received a severe cut from a
+sabre across the face, which disabled him and forced him to
+yield. *35 Pizarro, after seeing his best and bravest fall around
+him, was set upon by three or four cavaliers at once.
+Disentangling himself from the melee, he put spurs to his horse,
+and the noble animal, bleeding from a severe wound across the
+back, outstripped all his pursuers except one, who stayed him by
+seizing the bridle.  It would have gone hard with Gonzalo, but,
+grasping a light battle-axe, which hung by his side, he dealt
+such a blow on the head of his enemy's horse that he plunged
+violently, and compelled his rider to release his hold.  A number
+of arquebusiers, in the mean time, seeing Pizarro's distress,
+sprang forward to his rescue, slew two of his assailants who had
+now come up with him, and forced the others to fly in their turn.
+*36
+
+[Footnote 35: Cepeda's wound laid open his nose, leaving so
+hideous a scar that he was obliged afterwards to cover it with a
+patch, as Garcilasso tells us, who frequently saw him in Cuzco.]
+
+[Footnote 36: According to most authorities, Pizarro's horse was
+not only wounded but slain in the fight, and the loss was
+supplied by his friend Garcilasso de la Vega, who mounted him on
+his own.  This timely aid to the rebel did no service to the
+generous cavalier in after times, but was urged against him by
+his enemies as a crime.  The fact is stoutly denied by his son,
+the historian, who seems anxious to relieve his father from this
+honorable imputation, which threw a cloud over both their
+fortunes Ibid. Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 23]
+
+The rout of the cavalry was complete, and Pizarro considered the
+day as lost, as he heard the enemy's trumpet sending forth the
+note of victory.  But the sounds had scarcely died away, when
+they were taken up by the opposite side.  Centeno's infantry had
+been discomfited, as we have seen, and driven off the ground.
+But his cavalry on the right had charged Carbajal's left,
+consisting of spearmen mingled with arquebusiers.  The horse rode
+straight against this formidable phalanx.  But they were unable
+to break through the dense array of pikes, held by the steady
+hands of troops who stood firm and fearless on their post; while,
+at the same time, the assailants were greatly annoyed by the
+galling fire of the arquebusiers in the rear of the spearmen.
+Finding it impracticable to make a breach, the horsemen rode
+round the flanks in much disorder, and finally joined themselves
+with the victorious squadron of Centeno's cavalry in the rear.
+Both parties now attempted another charge on Carbajal's
+battalion.  But his men facing about with the promptness and
+discipline of well-trained soldiers, the rear was converted into
+the front.  The same forest of spears was presented to the
+attack; while an incessant discharge of balls punished the
+audacity of the cavaliers, who, broken and completely dispirited
+by their ineffectual attempt, at length imitated the example of
+the panic-struck foot, and abandoned the field.
+Pizarro and a few of his comrades still fit for action followed
+up the pursuit for a short distance only, as, indeed, they were
+in no condition themselves, nor sufficiently strong in numbers,
+long to continue it.  The victory was complete, and the insurgent
+chief took possession of the deserted tents of the enemy, where
+an immense booty was obtained in silver; *37 and where he also
+found the tables spread for the refreshment of Centeno's soldiers
+after their return from the field.  So confident were they of
+success!  The repast now served the necessities of their
+conquerors.  Such is the fortune of war!  It was, indeed, a most
+decisive action; and Gonzalo Pizarro, as he rode over the field
+strewed with the corpses of his enemies, was observed several
+times to cross himself and exclaim, - "Jesu!  what a victory!"
+
+[Footnote 37: The booty amounted to no less than one million four
+hundred thousand pesos, according to Fernandez.  'El saco que vuo
+fue grande: que se dixo ser de mas de vn millon y quatrocietos
+mil pesos." (Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 79.) The
+amount is, doubtless, grossly exaggerated.  But we get to be so
+familiar with the golden wonders of Peru, that, like the reader
+of the "Arabian Nights," we become of too easy faith to resort to
+the vulgar standard of probability]
+
+No less than three hundred and fifty of Centeno's followers were
+killed, and the number of wounded was even greater.  More than a
+hundred of these are computed to have perished from exposure
+during the following night; for, although the climate in this
+elevated region is temperate, yet the night winds blowing over
+the mountains are sharp and piercing, and many a wounded wretch,
+who might have been restored by careful treatment, was chilled by
+the damps, and found a stiffened corpse at sunrise.  The victory
+was not purchased without a heavy loss on the part of the
+conquerors, a hundred or more of whom were left on the field.
+Their bodies lay thick on that part of the ground occupied by
+Pizarro's cavalry, where the fight raged hottest.  In this narrow
+space were found, also, the bodies of more than a hundred horses,
+the greater part of which, as well as those of their riders,
+usually slain with them, belonged to the victorious army.  It was
+the most fatal battle that had yet been fought on the
+blood-stained soil of Peru. *38
+
+[Footnote 38: "La mas sangrienta batalla que vuo en el Peru."
+Ibid., loc. cit.
+
+In the accounts of this battle there are discrepancies, as usual,
+which the historian must reconcile as he can.  But on the whole,
+there is a general conformity in the outline and in the prominent
+points.  All concur in representing it as the bloodiest fight
+that had yet occurred between the Spaniards in Peru, and all
+assign to Carbajal the credit of the victory. - For authorities,
+besides Garcilasso and Fernandez, repeatedly quoted, see Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.  (He was present in the action.) -
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap 3. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec 8, lib. 4, cap. 2. - Gomara, Hist de las Indias, cap. 181. -
+Montesi nos, Annales, Ms., ano 1547]
+
+The glory of the day - the melancholy glory - must be referred
+almost wholly to Carbajal and his valiant squadron.  The
+judicious arrangements of the old warrior, with the thorough
+discipline and unflinching courage of his followers, retrieved
+the fortunes of the fight, when it was nearly lost by the
+cavalry, and secured the victory.
+
+Carbajal, proof against all fatigue, followed up the pursuit with
+those of his men that were in condition to join him.  Such of the
+unhappy fugitives as fell into his hands - most of whom had been
+traitors to the cause of Pizarro - were sent to instant
+execution.  The laurels he had won in the field against brave men
+in arms, like himself, were tarnished by cruelty towards his
+defenceless captives.  Their commander, Centeno, more fortunate,
+made his escape.  Finding the battle lost, he quitted his litter,
+threw himself upon his horse, and, notwithstanding his illness,
+urged on by the dreadful doom that awaited him, if taken, he
+succeeded in making his way into the neighbouring sierra.  Here
+he vanished from his pursuers, and, like a wounded stag, with the
+chase close upon his track, he still contrived to elude it, by
+plunging into the depths of the forests, till, by a circuitous
+route, he miraculously succeeded in effecting his escape to Lima.
+The bishop of Cuzco, who went off in a different direction, was
+no less fortunate.  Happy for him that he did not fall into the
+hands of the ruthless Carbajal, who, as the bishop had once been
+a partisan of Pizarro, would, to judge from the little respect he
+usually showed those of his cloth, have felt as little
+compunction in sentencing him to the gibbet as if he had been the
+meanest of the common file. *39
+
+[Footnote 39: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Fernandez,
+Hist.del Peru, ubi supra. - Zarate, lib.  7, cap. 3. -
+Garcilasso, Com Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 21, 22]
+
+On the day following the action, Gonzalo Pizarro caused the
+bodies of the soldiers, still lying side by side on the field
+where they had been so lately engaged together in mortal strife,
+to be deposited in a common sepulchre.  Those of higher rank -
+for distinctions of rank were not to be forgotten in the grave -
+were removed to the church of the village of Huarina, which gave
+its name to the battle.  There they were interred with all
+fitting solemnity.  But in later times they were transported to
+the cathedral church of La Paz, "The City of Peace," and laid
+under a mausoleum erected by general subscription in that
+quarter.  For few there were who had not to mourn the loss of
+some friend or relative on that fatal day.
+
+The victor now profited by his success to send detachments to
+Arequipa, La Plata, and other cities in that part of the country,
+to raise funds and reinforcements for the war.  His own losses
+were more than compensated by the number of the vanquished party
+who were content to take service under his banner.  Mustering his
+forces, he directed his march to Cuzco, which capital, though
+occasionally seduced into a display of loyalty to the Crown, had
+early manifested an attachment to his cause.
+Here the inhabitants were prepared to receive him in triumph,
+under arches thrown across the streets, with bands of music, and
+minstrelsy commemorating his successes.  But Pizarro, with more
+discretion, declined the honors of an ovation while the country
+remained in the hands of his enemies.  Sending forward the main
+body of his troops, he followed on foot, attended by a slender
+retinue of friends and citizens, and proceeded at once to the
+cathedral, where thanksgivings were offered up, and Te Deum was
+chanted in honor of his victory.  He then withdrew to his
+residence, announcing his purpose to establish his quarters, for
+the present, in the venerable capital of the Incas. *40
+
+[Footnote 40: Ibid., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 27. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 3.
+
+Garcilasso de la Vega, who was a boy at the time, witnessed
+Pizarro's entry into Cuzco.  He writes, therefore, from memory;
+though after an interval of many years.  In consequence of his
+father's rank, he had easy access to the palace of Pizarro; and
+this portion of his narrative may claim the consideration due not
+merely to a contemporary, but to an eyewitness.]
+
+All thoughts of a retreat into Chili were abandoned; for his
+recent success had kindled new hopes in his bosom, and revived
+his ancient confidence.  He trusted that it would have a similar
+effect on the vacillating temper of those whose fidelity had been
+shaken by fears for their own safety, and their distrust of his
+ability to cope with the president.  They would now see that his
+star was still in the ascendant. Without further apprehensions
+for the event, he resolved to remain in Cuzco, and there quietly
+await the hour when a last appeal to arms should decide which of
+the two was to remain master of Peru.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter III
+
+Dismay In Gasca's Camp. - His Winter Quarters. - Resumes His
+March. - Crosses The Apurimac. - Pizarro's Conduct In Cuzco. - He
+Encamps Near The City. - Rout Of Xaquixa Guana.
+
+1547-1548.
+
+
+While the events recorded in the preceding chapter were passing,
+President Gasca had remained at Xauxa, awaiting further tidings
+from Centeno, little doubting that they would inform him of the
+total discomfiture of the rebels.  Great was his dismay,
+therefore, on learning the issue of the fatal conflict at
+Huarina, - that the royalists had been scattered far and wide
+before the sword of Pizarro, while their commander had vanished
+like an apparition, *1 leaving the greatest uncertainty as to his
+fate.
+
+[Footnote 1: "Y salio a la Ciudad de los Reyes, sin que Carbajal,
+ni alguno de los suyos supiesse por donde fue, sino que parecio
+encantamiento." Garcilasso, Com. Real. Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 22.]
+The intelligence spread general consternation among the soldiers,
+proportioned to their former confidence; and they felt it was
+almost hopeless to contend with a man who seemed protected by a
+charm that made him invincible against the greatest odds.  The
+president, however sore his disappointment, was careful to
+conceal it, while he endeavoured to restore the spirits of his
+followers.  "They had been too sanguine," he said, "and it was in
+this way that Heaven rebuked their presumption.  Yet it was but
+in the usual course of events, that Providence, when it designed
+to humble the guilty, should allow him to reach as high an
+elevation as possible, that his fall might be the greater!"
+
+But while Gasca thus strove to reassure the superstitious and the
+timid, he bent his mind, with his usual energy, to repair the
+injury which the cause had sustained by the defeat at Huarina.
+He sent a detachment under Alvarado to Lima, to collect such of
+the royalists as had fled thither from the field of battle, and
+to dismantle the ships of their cannon, and bring them to the
+camp.  Another body was sent to Guamanga, about sixty leagues
+from Cuzco, for the similar purpose of protecting the fugitives,
+and also of preventing the Indian caciques from forwarding
+supplies to the insurgent army in Cuzco.  As his own forces now
+amounted to considerably more than any his opponent could bring
+against him, Gasca determined to break up his camp without
+further delay, and march on the Inca capital *2
+
+[Footnote 2: Gasca, according to Ondegardo, supported his army,
+during his stay at Xauxa, from the Peruvian granaries in the
+valley, as he found a quantity of maize still remaining in them
+sufficient for several years' consumption.  It is passing strange
+that these depositaries should have been so long respected by the
+hungry Conquerors. - "Cuando el Senor Presidente Gasca passo con
+la gente de castigo de Gonzalo Pizarro por el Valle de Jauja,
+estuvo alli siete semanas a lo que me acuerdo, se hallaron en
+deposito maiz de cuatro y de tres y de dos anos mas de 15,000
+hanegas junto al camino, e alli comio la gente." Ondegardo, Rel.
+Seg., Ms.]
+Quitting Xauxa, December 29, 1547, he passed through Guamanga,
+and after a severe march, rendered particularly fatiguing by the
+inclement state of the weather and the badness of the roads, he
+entered the province of Andaguaylas.  It was a fair and fruitful
+country, and since the road beyond would take him into the depths
+of a gloomy sierra, scarcely passable in the winter snows, Gasca
+resolved to remain in his present quarters until the severity of
+the season was mitigated.  As many of the troops had already
+contracted diseases from exposure to the incessant rains, he
+established a camp hospital; and the good president personally
+visited the quarters of the sick, ministering to their wants, and
+winning their hearts by his sympathy. *3
+
+[Footnote 3: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 4. - Fernandez,
+Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 82-85. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Cieza de Leon, cap. 90]
+
+Meanwhile, the royal camp was strengthened by the continual
+arrival of reinforcements; for notwithstanding the shock that was
+caused throughout the country by the first tidings of Pizarro's
+victory, a little reflection convinced the people that the right
+was the strongest, and must eventually prevail.  There came,
+also, with these levies, several of the most distinguished
+captains in the country.  Centeno, burning to retrieve his late
+disgrace, after recovering from his illness, joined the camp with
+his followers from Lima.  Benalcazar, the conqueror of Quito,
+who, as the reader will remember, had shared in the defeat of
+Blasco Nunez in the north, came with another detachment; and was
+soon after followed by Valdivia, the famous conqueror of Chili,
+who, having returned to Peru to gather recruits for his
+expedition, had learned the state of the country, and had thrown
+himself, without hesitation, into the same scale with the
+president, though it brought him into collision with his old
+friend and comrade, Gonzalo Pizarro.  The arrival of this last
+ally was greeted with general rejoicing by the camp; for
+Valdivia, schooled in the Italian wars, was esteemed the most
+accomplished soldier in Peru; and Gasca complimented him by
+declaring "he would rather see him than a reinforcement of eight
+hundred men!" *4
+
+[Footnote 4: At least, so says Valdivia in his letter to the
+emperor.  "I dixo publico que estimara mas mi persona que a los
+mejores ochocientos hombres de guerra que l pudieran venir
+aquella hora." Carta de Valdivia, Ms.]
+
+Besides these warlike auxiliaries, the president was attended by
+a train of ecclesiastics and civilians, such as was rarely found
+in the martial fields of Peru.  Among them were the bishops of
+Quito, Cuzco, and Lima, the four judges of the new Audience, and
+a considerable number of churchmen and monkish missionaries. *5
+However little they might serve to strengthen his arm in battle,
+their presence gave authority and something of a sacred character
+to the cause, which had their effect on the minds of the
+soldiers.
+
+[Footnote 5: Zarate, Ms.]
+
+The wintry season now began to give way before the mild influence
+of spring, which makes itself early felt in these tropical, but
+from their elevation temperate, regions; and Gasca, after nearly
+three months' detention in Andaguaylas, mustered his levies for
+the final march upon Cuzco. *6 Their whole number fell little
+short of two thousand, - the largest European force yet assembled
+in Peru.  Nearly half were provided with fire-arms; and infantry
+was more available than horse in the mountain countries which
+they were to traverse.  But his cavalry was also numerous, and he
+carried with him a train of eleven heavy guns.  The equipment and
+discipline of the troops were good; they were well provided with
+ammunition and military stores; and were led by officers whose
+names were associated with the most memorable achievements in the
+New World.  All who had any real interest in the weal of the
+country were to be found, in short, under the president's banner,
+making a striking contrast to the wild and reckless adventurers
+who now swelled the ranks of Pizarro.
+[Footnote 6: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 90.
+
+The old chronicler, or rather geographer, Cieza de Leon, was
+present in the campaign, he tells us; so that his testimony,
+always good, becomes for the remaining events of more than usual
+value]
+
+Gasca, who did not affect a greater knowledge of military affairs
+than he really possessed, had given the charge of his forces to
+Hinojosa, naming the Marshal Alvarado as second in command.
+Valdivia, who came after these dispositions had been made,
+accepted a colonel's commission, with the understanding that he
+was to be consulted and employed in all matters of moment. *7 -
+Having completed his arrangements, the president broke up his
+camp in March, 1548, and moved upon Cuzco.
+
+[Footnote 7: Valdivia, indeed, claims to have had the whole
+command intrusted to him by Gasca "Luego me dio el autoridad toda
+que traia de parte de V. M. para en los casos ocantes a la
+guerra, i me encargo todo el exercito, i le puso baxo de mi mano
+rogando i pidiendo por merced de su parte a todos aquellos
+caballeros capitanes e gente de guerra, i de la de V. M.
+mandandoles me obedesciesen en todo lo que les mandase acerca de
+la guerra, i cumpliesen mis mandamientos como los suyos." (Carta
+de Valdivia, Ms.) But other authorities state it, with more
+probability, as given in the text.  Valdivia, it must be
+confessed, loses nothing from modesty. The whole of his letter to
+the emperor is written in a strain of self-glorification, rarely
+matched even by a Castilian hidalgo.]
+The first obstacle to his progress was the river Abancay, the
+bridge over which had been broken down by the enemy.  But as
+there was no force to annoy them on the opposite bank, the army
+was not long in preparing a new bridge, and throwing it across
+the stream, which in this place had nothing formidable in its
+character.  The road now struck into the heart of a mountain
+region, where woods, precipices, and ravines were mingled
+together in a sort of chaotic confusion, with here and there a
+green and sheltered valley, glittering like an island of verdure
+amidst the wild breakers of a troubled ocean!  The bold peaks of
+the Andes, rising far above the clouds, were enveloped in snow,
+which descending far down their sides, gave a piercing coldness
+to the winds that swept over their surface, until men and horses
+were benumbed and stiffened under their influence.  The roads, in
+these regions, were in some places so narrow and broken, as to be
+nearly impracticable for cavalry.  The cavaliers were compelled
+to dismount; and the president, with the rest, performed the
+journey on foot, so hazardous, that, even in later times, it has
+been no uncommon thing for the sure-footed mule to be
+precipitated, with its cargo of silver, thousands of feet down
+the sheer sides of a precipice. *8
+[Footnote 8: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 91.]
+
+By these impediments of the ground, the march was so retarded,
+that the troops seldom accomplished more than two leagues a day.
+*9 Fortunately, the distance was not great; and the president
+looked with more apprehension to the passage of the Apurimac,
+which he was now approaching. This river, one of the most
+formidable tributaries of the Amazon, rolls its broad waters
+through the gorges of the Cordilleras, that rise up like an
+immense rampart of rock on either side, presenting a natural
+barrier which it would be easy for an enemy to make good against
+a force much superior to his own.  The bridges over this river,
+as Gasca learned before his departure from Andaguaylas, had been
+all destroyed by Pizarro.  The president, accordingly, had sent
+to explore the banks of the stream, and determine the most
+eligible spot for reestablishing communications with the opposite
+side.
+
+[Footnote 9: Ms. de Caravantes 2 L 2]
+
+The place selected was near the Indian village of Cotapampa,
+about nine leagues from Cuzco; for the river, though rapid and
+turbulent from being compressed within more narrow limits, was
+here less than two hundred paces in width; a distance, however,
+not inconsiderable.  Directions had been given to collect
+materials in large quantities in the neighbourhood of this spot
+as soon as possible; and at the same time, in order to perplex
+the enemy and compel him to divide his forces, should he be
+disposed to resist, materials in smaller quantities were
+assembled on three other points of the river.  The officer
+stationed in the neighbourhood of Cotapampa was instructed not to
+begin to lay the bridge, till the arrival of a sufficient force
+should accelerate the work, and insure its success.
+
+The structure in question, it should be remembered, was one of
+those suspension bridges formerly employed by the Incas, and
+still used in crossing the deep and turbulent rivers of South
+America.  They are made of osier withes, twisted into enormous
+cables, which, when stretched across the water, are attached to
+heavy blocks of masonry, or, where it will serve, to the natural
+rock.  Planks are laid transversely across these cables, and a
+passage is thus secured, which, notwithstanding the light and
+fragile appearance of the bridge, as it swings at an elevation
+sometimes of several hundred feet above the abyss, affords a
+tolerably safe means of conveyance for men, and even for such
+heavy burdens as artillery. *10
+
+[Footnote 10: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+86, 87. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 5. - Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Ms. de Caravantes. - Carta de
+Valdivia, Ms. - Relacion del Lic. Gasca, Ms.]
+
+Notwithstanding the peremptory commands of Gasca, the officer
+intrusted with collecting the materials for the bridge was so
+anxious to have the honor of completing the work himself, that he
+commenced it at once.  The president, greatly displeased at
+learning this, quickened his march, in order to cover the work
+with his whole force.  But, while toiling through the mountain
+labyrinth, tidings were brought him that a party of the enemy had
+demolished the small portion of the bridge already made, by
+cutting the cables on the opposite bank.  Valdivia, accordingly,
+hastened forward at the head of two hundred arquebusiers, while
+the main body of the army followed with as much speed as
+practicable.
+That officer, on reaching the spot, found that the interruption
+had been caused by a small party of Pizarro's followers, not
+exceeding twenty in number assisted by a stronger body of
+Indians.  He at once caused balsas, broad and clumsy barks, or
+rather rafts, of the country, to be provided, and by this means
+passed his men over, without opposition to the other side of the
+river.  The enemy, disconcerted by the arrival of such a force,
+retreated and made the best of their way to report the affair to
+their commander at Cuzco.  Meanwhile, Valdivia, who saw the
+importance of every moment in the present crisis, pushed forward
+the work with the greatest vigor.  Through all that night his
+weary troops continued the labor, which was already well
+advanced, when the president and his battalions, emerging from
+the passes of the Cordilleras, presented themselves at sunrise on
+the opposite bank.
+
+Little time was given for repose, as all felt assured that the
+success of their enterprise hung on the short respite now given
+them by the improvident enemy.  The president, with his principal
+officers, took part in the labor with the common soldiers; *11
+and before ten o'clock in the evening, Gasca had the satisfaction
+to see the bridge so well secured, that the leading files of the
+army, unencumbered by their baggage, might venture to cross it.
+A short time sufficed to place several hundred men on the other
+bank.  But here a new difficulty, not less formidable than that
+of the river, presented itself to the troops.  The ground rose up
+with an abrupt, almost precipitous, swell from the river-side,
+till, in the highest peaks, it reached an elevation of several
+thousand feet.  This steep ascent, though not to its full height,
+indeed, was now to be surmounted.  The difficulties of the
+ground, broken up into fearful chasms and water-courses, and
+tangled with thickets, were greatly increased by the darkness of
+the night; and the soldiers, as they toiled slowly upward, were
+filled with apprehension, akin to fear, from the uncertainty
+whether each successive step might not bring them into an
+ambuscade, for which the ground was so favorable.  More than
+once, the Spaniards were thrown into a panic by false reports
+that the enemy were upon them.  But Hinojosa and Valdivia were at
+hand to rally their men, and cheer them on, until, at length,
+before dawn broke, the bold cavaliers and their followers placed
+themselves on the highest point traversed by the road, where they
+waited the arrival of the president.  This was not long delayed;
+and in the course of the following morning, the royalists were
+already in sufficient strength to bid defiance to their enemy.
+
+[Footnote 11: "La gente que estaua, de la vna parte y de la otra,
+todos tirauan y trabajauan al poner, y apretar de las Criznejas:
+sin que el Presidente ni Obispos, ni otra persona quisiesse tener
+preuilegio para dexar de trabajar." Fernandez, Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 87.]
+The passage of the river had been effected with less loss than
+might have been expected, considering the darkness of the night,
+and the numbers that crowded over the aerial causeway.  Some few,
+indeed, fell into the water, and were drowned; and more than
+sixty horses, in the attempt to swim them across the river, were
+hurried down the current, and dashed against the rocks below. *12
+It still required time to bring up the heavy train of ordnance
+and the military wagons; and the president encamped on the strong
+ground which he now occupied, to await their arrival, and to
+breathe his troops after their extraordinary efforts.  In these
+quarters we must leave him, to acquaint the reader with the state
+of things in the insurgent army, and with the cause of its
+strange remissness in guarding the passes of the Apurimac. *13
+
+[Footnote 12: "Aquel dia pasaron mas de quatrocientos Hombres,
+Ilevando los Caballos a nado, encima de illos atadas sus armas, i
+arcabuces, caso que se perdieron mas de sesenta Caballos, que con
+la corriente grande se desataron, i luego daban en vnas penas,
+donde se hacian pedacos, sin darles lugar el impetu del rio, a
+que pudiesen nadar." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 5. -
+Gomara, Hist. de las Indias, cap. 184.]
+[Footnote 13: Ibid., ubi supra. - Fernandez Hist del Peru, Parte
+1, lib. 2, cap. 87. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 5. -
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Ms. de Caravantes. - Carta
+de Valdivia, Ms. - Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 91. - Relacion
+del Lic. Gasca, Ms.]
+From the time of Pizarro's occupation of Cuzco, he had lived in
+careless luxury in the midst of his followers, like a soldier of
+fortune in the hour of prosperity; enjoying the present, with as
+little concern for the future as if the crown of Peru were
+already fixed irrevocably upon his head.  It was otherwise with
+Carbajal.  He looked on the victory at Huarina as the
+commencement, not the close, of the struggle for empire; and he
+was indefatigable in placing his troops in the best condition for
+maintaining their present advantage.  At the first streak of
+dawn, the veteran might be seen mounted on his mule, with the
+garb and air of a common soldier, riding about in the different
+quarters of the capital, sometimes superintending the manufacture
+of arms, or providing military stores, and sometimes drilling his
+men, for he was most careful always to maintain the strictest
+discipline. *14 His restless spirit seemed to find no pleasure
+but in incessant action; living, as he had always done, in the
+turmoil of military adventure, he had no relish for any thing
+unconnected with war, and in the city saw only the materials for
+a well-organized camp.
+
+[Footnote 14: "Andaua siempre en vna mula crescida de color entre
+pardo y bermejo, yo no le vi en otra caualgadura en todo el
+tiempo que estuuo en el Cozco antes de la batalla de Sacsahuana.
+Era tan contino y diligete en solicitar lo que a su exercito
+conuenia, que a todas horas del dia y de la roche le topauan sus
+soldados haziendo su oficio, y los agenos." Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 5 cap. 27.]
+
+With these feelings, he was much dissatisfied at the course taken
+by his younger leader, who now professed his intention to abide
+where he was, and, when the enemy advanced, to give him battle.
+Carbajal advised a very different policy.  He had not that full
+confidence, it would seem, in the loyalty of Pizarro's partisans,
+at least, not of those who had once followed the banner of
+Centeno.  These men some three hundred in number, had been in a
+manner compelled to take service under Pizarro.  They showed no
+heartiness in the cause, and the veteran strongly urged his
+commander to disband them at once; since it was far better to go
+to battle with a few faithful followers than with a host of the
+false and faint-hearted.
+But Carbajal thought, also, that his leader was not sufficiently
+strong in numbers to encounter his opponent, supported as he was
+by the best captains of Peru.  He advised, accordingly, that he
+should abandon Cuzco, carrying off all the treasure, provisions,
+and stores of every kind from the city, which might, in any way,
+serve the necessities of the royalists.  The latter, on their
+arrival, disappointed by the poverty of a place where they had
+expected to find so much booty, would become disgusted with the
+service.  Pizzaro, meanwhile, might take refuge with his men in
+the neighbouring fastnesses, where, familiar with the ground, it
+would be easy to elude the enemy; and if the latter persevered in
+the pursuit, with numbers diminished by desertion, it would not
+be difficult in the mountain passes to find an opportunity for
+assailing him at advantage. - Such was the wary counsel of the
+old warrior.  But it was not to the taste of his fiery commander,
+who preferred to risk the chances of a battle, rather than turn
+his back on a foe.
+
+Neither did Pizarro show more favor to a proposition, said to
+have been made by the Licentiate Cepeda, - that he should avail
+himself of his late success to enter into negotiations with
+Gasca.  Such advice, from the man who had so recently resisted
+all overtures of the president, could only have proceeded from a
+conviction, that the late victory placed Pizarro on a
+vantage-ground for demanding terms far better than would have
+been before conceded to him.  It may be that subsequent
+experience had also led him to distrust the fidelity of Gonzalo's
+followers, or, possibly, the capacity of their chief to conduct
+them through the present crisis.  Whatever may have been the
+motives of the slippery counsellor, Pizarro gave little heed to
+the suggestion, and even showed some resentment, as the matter
+was pressed on him.  In every contest, with Indian or European,
+whatever had been the odds, he had come off victorious.  He was
+not now for the first time to despond; and he resolved to remain
+in Cuzco, and hazard all on the chances of a battle.  There was
+something in the hazard itself captivating to his bold and
+chivalrous temper.  In this, too, he was confirmed by some of the
+cavaliers who had followed him through all his fortunes; reckless
+young adventurers, who, like himself, would rather risk all on a
+single throw of the dice, than adopt the cautious, and, as it
+seemed to them, timid, policy of graver counsellors.  It was by
+such advisers, then, that Pizarro's future course was to be
+shaped. *15
+
+[Footnote 15: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 27. -
+Gomara, Hist. de las Indias, cap. 182. - Fernandez, Hist. del
+Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 88.
+
+"Finalmente, Goncalo Pizarro dixo que queria prouar su ventura:
+pues siempre auia sido vencedor, y lamas vencido." Ibid., ubi
+supra.]
+Such was the state of affairs in Cuzco, when Pizarro's soldiers
+returned with the tidings, that a detachment of the enemy had
+crossed the Apurimac, and were busy in reestablishing the bridge.
+Carbajal saw at once the absolute necessity of maintaining this
+pass.  "It is my affair," he said; "I claim to be employed on
+this service.  Give me but a hundred picked men, and I will
+engage to defend the pass against an army, and bring back the
+chaplain - the name by which the president was known in the rebel
+camp - a prisoner to Cuzco." *16 "I cannot spare you, father,"
+said Gonzalo, addressing him by this affectionate epithet, which
+he usually applied to his aged follower, *17 "I cannot spare you
+so far from my own person"; and he gave the commission to Juan de
+Acosta, a young cavalier warmly attached to his commander, and
+who had given undoubted evidence of his valor on more than one
+occasion, but who, as the event proved, was signally deficient in
+the qualities demanded for so critical an undertaking as the
+present.  Acosta, accordingly, was placed at the head of two
+hundred mounted musketeers, and, after much wholesome counsel
+from Carbajal, set out on his expedition.
+
+[Footnote 16: "Paresceme vuestra Senoria se vaya a la vuelta del
+Collao y me deje cien hombres, los que yo escojiere, que yo me
+ire a vista deste capellan, que ansi llamaba el al presidente."
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 17: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 31]
+But he soon forgot the veteran's advice, and moved at so dull a
+pace over the difficult roads, that, although the distance was
+not more than nine leagues, he found, on his arrival, the bridge
+completed, and so large a body of the enemy already crossed, that
+he was in no strength to attack them.  Acosta did, indeed,
+meditate an ambuscade by night; but the design was betrayed by a
+deserter, and he contented himself with retreating to a safe
+distance, and sending for a further reinforcement from Cuzco.
+Three hundred men were promptly detached to his support; but when
+they arrived, the enemy was already planted in full force on the
+crest of the eminence. The golden opportunity was irrecoverably
+lost; and the disconsolate cavalier rode back in all haste to
+report the failure of his enterprise to his commander in Cuzco.
+*18
+
+[Footnote 18: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Fernandez,
+Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 88.
+
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 5. - Carta de Valdivia, Ms.
+Valdivia's letter to the emperor, dated at Concepcion, was
+written about two years after the events above recorded.  It is
+chiefly taken up with his Chilian conquests, to which his
+campaign under Gasca, on his visit to Peru, forms a kind of
+brilliant episode.  This letter, the original of which is
+preserved in Simancas, covers about seventy folio pages in the
+copy belonging to me.  It is one of that class of historical
+documents, consisting of the despatches and correspondence of the
+colonial governors, which, from the minuteness of the details and
+the means of information possessed by the writers, are of the
+highest worth.  The despatches addressed to the Court,
+particularly, may compare with the celebrated Relazioni made by
+the Venetian ambassadors to their republic, and now happily in
+the course of publication, at Florence, under the editorial
+auspices of the learned Alberi.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter III
+
+Dismay In Gasca's Camp. - His Winter Quarters. - Resumes His
+March. - Crosses The Apurimac. - Pizarro's Conduct In Cuzco. - He
+Encamps Near The City. - Rout Of Xaquixa Guana.
+
+1547-1548.
+
+
+While the events recorded in the preceding chapter were passing,
+President Gasca had remained at Xauxa, awaiting further tidings
+from Centeno, little doubting that they would inform him of the
+total discomfiture of the rebels.  Great was his dismay,
+therefore, on learning the issue of the fatal conflict at
+Huarina, - that the royalists had been scattered far and wide
+before the sword of Pizarro, while their commander had vanished
+like an apparition, *1 leaving the greatest uncertainty as to his
+fate.
+
+[Footnote 1: "Y salio a la Ciudad de los Reyes, sin que Carbajal,
+ni alguno de los suyos supiesse por donde fue, sino que parecio
+encantamiento." Garcilasso, Com. Real. Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 22.]
+The intelligence spread general consternation among the soldiers,
+proportioned to their former confidence; and they felt it was
+almost hopeless to contend with a man who seemed protected by a
+charm that made him invincible against the greatest odds.  The
+president, however sore his disappointment, was careful to
+conceal it, while he endeavoured to restore the spirits of his
+followers.  "They had been too sanguine," he said, "and it was in
+this way that Heaven rebuked their presumption.  Yet it was but
+in the usual course of events, that Providence, when it designed
+to humble the guilty, should allow him to reach as high an
+elevation as possible, that his fall might be the greater!"
+
+But while Gasca thus strove to reassure the superstitious and the
+timid, he bent his mind, with his usual energy, to repair the
+injury which the cause had sustained by the defeat at Huarina.
+He sent a detachment under Alvarado to Lima, to collect such of
+the royalists as had fled thither from the field of battle, and
+to dismantle the ships of their cannon, and bring them to the
+camp.  Another body was sent to Guamanga, about sixty leagues
+from Cuzco, for the similar purpose of protecting the fugitives,
+and also of preventing the Indian caciques from forwarding
+supplies to the insurgent army in Cuzco.  As his own forces now
+amounted to considerably more than any his opponent could bring
+against him, Gasca determined to break up his camp without
+further delay, and march on the Inca capital *2
+
+[Footnote 2: Gasca, according to Ondegardo, supported his army,
+during his stay at Xauxa, from the Peruvian granaries in the
+valley, as he found a quantity of maize still remaining in them
+sufficient for several years' consumption.  It is passing strange
+that these depositaries should have been so long respected by the
+hungry Conquerors. - "Cuando el Senor Presidente Gasca passo con
+la gente de castigo de Gonzalo Pizarro por el Valle de Jauja,
+estuvo alli siete semanas a lo que me acuerdo, se hallaron en
+deposito maiz de cuatro y de tres y de dos anos mas de 15,000
+hanegas junto al camino, e alli comio la gente." Ondegardo, Rel.
+Seg., Ms.]
+Quitting Xauxa, December 29, 1547, he passed through Guamanga,
+and after a severe march, rendered particularly fatiguing by the
+inclement state of the weather and the badness of the roads, he
+entered the province of Andaguaylas.  It was a fair and fruitful
+country, and since the road beyond would take him into the depths
+of a gloomy sierra, scarcely passable in the winter snows, Gasca
+resolved to remain in his present quarters until the severity of
+the season was mitigated.  As many of the troops had already
+contracted diseases from exposure to the incessant rains, he
+established a camp hospital; and the good president personally
+visited the quarters of the sick, ministering to their wants, and
+winning their hearts by his sympathy. *3
+
+[Footnote 3: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 4. - Fernandez,
+Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 82-85. - Pedro Pizarro,
+Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Cieza de Leon, cap. 90]
+
+Meanwhile, the royal camp was strengthened by the continual
+arrival of reinforcements; for notwithstanding the shock that was
+caused throughout the country by the first tidings of Pizarro's
+victory, a little reflection convinced the people that the right
+was the strongest, and must eventually prevail.  There came,
+also, with these levies, several of the most distinguished
+captains in the country.  Centeno, burning to retrieve his late
+disgrace, after recovering from his illness, joined the camp with
+his followers from Lima.  Benalcazar, the conqueror of Quito,
+who, as the reader will remember, had shared in the defeat of
+Blasco Nunez in the north, came with another detachment; and was
+soon after followed by Valdivia, the famous conqueror of Chili,
+who, having returned to Peru to gather recruits for his
+expedition, had learned the state of the country, and had thrown
+himself, without hesitation, into the same scale with the
+president, though it brought him into collision with his old
+friend and comrade, Gonzalo Pizarro.  The arrival of this last
+ally was greeted with general rejoicing by the camp; for
+Valdivia, schooled in the Italian wars, was esteemed the most
+accomplished soldier in Peru; and Gasca complimented him by
+declaring "he would rather see him than a reinforcement of eight
+hundred men!" *4
+
+[Footnote 4: At least, so says Valdivia in his letter to the
+emperor.  "I dixo publico que estimara mas mi persona que a los
+mejores ochocientos hombres de guerra que l pudieran venir
+aquella hora." Carta de Valdivia, Ms.]
+
+Besides these warlike auxiliaries, the president was attended by
+a train of ecclesiastics and civilians, such as was rarely found
+in the martial fields of Peru.  Among them were the bishops of
+Quito, Cuzco, and Lima, the four judges of the new Audience, and
+a considerable number of churchmen and monkish missionaries. *5
+However little they might serve to strengthen his arm in battle,
+their presence gave authority and something of a sacred character
+to the cause, which had their effect on the minds of the
+soldiers.
+
+[Footnote 5: Zarate, Ms.]
+
+The wintry season now began to give way before the mild influence
+of spring, which makes itself early felt in these tropical, but
+from their elevation temperate, regions; and Gasca, after nearly
+three months' detention in Andaguaylas, mustered his levies for
+the final march upon Cuzco. *6 Their whole number fell little
+short of two thousand, - the largest European force yet assembled
+in Peru.  Nearly half were provided with fire-arms; and infantry
+was more available than horse in the mountain countries which
+they were to traverse.  But his cavalry was also numerous, and he
+carried with him a train of eleven heavy guns.  The equipment and
+discipline of the troops were good; they were well provided with
+ammunition and military stores; and were led by officers whose
+names were associated with the most memorable achievements in the
+New World.  All who had any real interest in the weal of the
+country were to be found, in short, under the president's banner,
+making a striking contrast to the wild and reckless adventurers
+who now swelled the ranks of Pizarro.
+[Footnote 6: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 90.
+
+The old chronicler, or rather geographer, Cieza de Leon, was
+present in the campaign, he tells us; so that his testimony,
+always good, becomes for the remaining events of more than usual
+value]
+
+Gasca, who did not affect a greater knowledge of military affairs
+than he really possessed, had given the charge of his forces to
+Hinojosa, naming the Marshal Alvarado as second in command.
+Valdivia, who came after these dispositions had been made,
+accepted a colonel's commission, with the understanding that he
+was to be consulted and employed in all matters of moment. *7 -
+Having completed his arrangements, the president broke up his
+camp in March, 1548, and moved upon Cuzco.
+
+[Footnote 7: Valdivia, indeed, claims to have had the whole
+command intrusted to him by Gasca "Luego me dio el autoridad toda
+que traia de parte de V. M. para en los casos ocantes a la
+guerra, i me encargo todo el exercito, i le puso baxo de mi mano
+rogando i pidiendo por merced de su parte a todos aquellos
+caballeros capitanes e gente de guerra, i de la de V. M.
+mandandoles me obedesciesen en todo lo que les mandase acerca de
+la guerra, i cumpliesen mis mandamientos como los suyos." (Carta
+de Valdivia, Ms.) But other authorities state it, with more
+probability, as given in the text.  Valdivia, it must be
+confessed, loses nothing from modesty. The whole of his letter to
+the emperor is written in a strain of self-glorification, rarely
+matched even by a Castilian hidalgo.]
+The first obstacle to his progress was the river Abancay, the
+bridge over which had been broken down by the enemy.  But as
+there was no force to annoy them on the opposite bank, the army
+was not long in preparing a new bridge, and throwing it across
+the stream, which in this place had nothing formidable in its
+character.  The road now struck into the heart of a mountain
+region, where woods, precipices, and ravines were mingled
+together in a sort of chaotic confusion, with here and there a
+green and sheltered valley, glittering like an island of verdure
+amidst the wild breakers of a troubled ocean!  The bold peaks of
+the Andes, rising far above the clouds, were enveloped in snow,
+which descending far down their sides, gave a piercing coldness
+to the winds that swept over their surface, until men and horses
+were benumbed and stiffened under their influence.  The roads, in
+these regions, were in some places so narrow and broken, as to be
+nearly impracticable for cavalry.  The cavaliers were compelled
+to dismount; and the president, with the rest, performed the
+journey on foot, so hazardous, that, even in later times, it has
+been no uncommon thing for the sure-footed mule to be
+precipitated, with its cargo of silver, thousands of feet down
+the sheer sides of a precipice. *8
+[Footnote 8: Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 91.]
+
+By these impediments of the ground, the march was so retarded,
+that the troops seldom accomplished more than two leagues a day.
+*9 Fortunately, the distance was not great; and the president
+looked with more apprehension to the passage of the Apurimac,
+which he was now approaching. This river, one of the most
+formidable tributaries of the Amazon, rolls its broad waters
+through the gorges of the Cordilleras, that rise up like an
+immense rampart of rock on either side, presenting a natural
+barrier which it would be easy for an enemy to make good against
+a force much superior to his own.  The bridges over this river,
+as Gasca learned before his departure from Andaguaylas, had been
+all destroyed by Pizarro.  The president, accordingly, had sent
+to explore the banks of the stream, and determine the most
+eligible spot for reestablishing communications with the opposite
+side.
+
+[Footnote 9: Ms. de Caravantes 2 L 2]
+
+The place selected was near the Indian village of Cotapampa,
+about nine leagues from Cuzco; for the river, though rapid and
+turbulent from being compressed within more narrow limits, was
+here less than two hundred paces in width; a distance, however,
+not inconsiderable.  Directions had been given to collect
+materials in large quantities in the neighbourhood of this spot
+as soon as possible; and at the same time, in order to perplex
+the enemy and compel him to divide his forces, should he be
+disposed to resist, materials in smaller quantities were
+assembled on three other points of the river.  The officer
+stationed in the neighbourhood of Cotapampa was instructed not to
+begin to lay the bridge, till the arrival of a sufficient force
+should accelerate the work, and insure its success.
+
+The structure in question, it should be remembered, was one of
+those suspension bridges formerly employed by the Incas, and
+still used in crossing the deep and turbulent rivers of South
+America.  They are made of osier withes, twisted into enormous
+cables, which, when stretched across the water, are attached to
+heavy blocks of masonry, or, where it will serve, to the natural
+rock.  Planks are laid transversely across these cables, and a
+passage is thus secured, which, notwithstanding the light and
+fragile appearance of the bridge, as it swings at an elevation
+sometimes of several hundred feet above the abyss, affords a
+tolerably safe means of conveyance for men, and even for such
+heavy burdens as artillery. *10
+
+[Footnote 10: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+86, 87. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 5. - Pedro
+Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Ms. de Caravantes. - Carta de
+Valdivia, Ms. - Relacion del Lic. Gasca, Ms.]
+
+Notwithstanding the peremptory commands of Gasca, the officer
+intrusted with collecting the materials for the bridge was so
+anxious to have the honor of completing the work himself, that he
+commenced it at once.  The president, greatly displeased at
+learning this, quickened his march, in order to cover the work
+with his whole force.  But, while toiling through the mountain
+labyrinth, tidings were brought him that a party of the enemy had
+demolished the small portion of the bridge already made, by
+cutting the cables on the opposite bank.  Valdivia, accordingly,
+hastened forward at the head of two hundred arquebusiers, while
+the main body of the army followed with as much speed as
+practicable.
+That officer, on reaching the spot, found that the interruption
+had been caused by a small party of Pizarro's followers, not
+exceeding twenty in number assisted by a stronger body of
+Indians.  He at once caused balsas, broad and clumsy barks, or
+rather rafts, of the country, to be provided, and by this means
+passed his men over, without opposition to the other side of the
+river.  The enemy, disconcerted by the arrival of such a force,
+retreated and made the best of their way to report the affair to
+their commander at Cuzco.  Meanwhile, Valdivia, who saw the
+importance of every moment in the present crisis, pushed forward
+the work with the greatest vigor.  Through all that night his
+weary troops continued the labor, which was already well
+advanced, when the president and his battalions, emerging from
+the passes of the Cordilleras, presented themselves at sunrise on
+the opposite bank.
+
+Little time was given for repose, as all felt assured that the
+success of their enterprise hung on the short respite now given
+them by the improvident enemy.  The president, with his principal
+officers, took part in the labor with the common soldiers; *11
+and before ten o'clock in the evening, Gasca had the satisfaction
+to see the bridge so well secured, that the leading files of the
+army, unencumbered by their baggage, might venture to cross it.
+A short time sufficed to place several hundred men on the other
+bank.  But here a new difficulty, not less formidable than that
+of the river, presented itself to the troops.  The ground rose up
+with an abrupt, almost precipitous, swell from the river-side,
+till, in the highest peaks, it reached an elevation of several
+thousand feet.  This steep ascent, though not to its full height,
+indeed, was now to be surmounted.  The difficulties of the
+ground, broken up into fearful chasms and water-courses, and
+tangled with thickets, were greatly increased by the darkness of
+the night; and the soldiers, as they toiled slowly upward, were
+filled with apprehension, akin to fear, from the uncertainty
+whether each successive step might not bring them into an
+ambuscade, for which the ground was so favorable.  More than
+once, the Spaniards were thrown into a panic by false reports
+that the enemy were upon them.  But Hinojosa and Valdivia were at
+hand to rally their men, and cheer them on, until, at length,
+before dawn broke, the bold cavaliers and their followers placed
+themselves on the highest point traversed by the road, where they
+waited the arrival of the president.  This was not long delayed;
+and in the course of the following morning, the royalists were
+already in sufficient strength to bid defiance to their enemy.
+
+[Footnote 11: "La gente que estaua, de la vna parte y de la otra,
+todos tirauan y trabajauan al poner, y apretar de las Criznejas:
+sin que el Presidente ni Obispos, ni otra persona quisiesse tener
+preuilegio para dexar de trabajar." Fernandez, Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 87.]
+The passage of the river had been effected with less loss than
+might have been expected, considering the darkness of the night,
+and the numbers that crowded over the aerial causeway.  Some few,
+indeed, fell into the water, and were drowned; and more than
+sixty horses, in the attempt to swim them across the river, were
+hurried down the current, and dashed against the rocks below. *12
+It still required time to bring up the heavy train of ordnance
+and the military wagons; and the president encamped on the strong
+ground which he now occupied, to await their arrival, and to
+breathe his troops after their extraordinary efforts.  In these
+quarters we must leave him, to acquaint the reader with the state
+of things in the insurgent army, and with the cause of its
+strange remissness in guarding the passes of the Apurimac. *13
+
+[Footnote 12: "Aquel dia pasaron mas de quatrocientos Hombres,
+Ilevando los Caballos a nado, encima de illos atadas sus armas, i
+arcabuces, caso que se perdieron mas de sesenta Caballos, que con
+la corriente grande se desataron, i luego daban en vnas penas,
+donde se hacian pedacos, sin darles lugar el impetu del rio, a
+que pudiesen nadar." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 5. -
+Gomara, Hist. de las Indias, cap. 184.]
+[Footnote 13: Ibid., ubi supra. - Fernandez Hist del Peru, Parte
+1, lib. 2, cap. 87. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 5. -
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Ms. de Caravantes. - Carta
+de Valdivia, Ms. - Cieza de Leon, Cronica, cap. 91. - Relacion
+del Lic. Gasca, Ms.]
+From the time of Pizarro's occupation of Cuzco, he had lived in
+careless luxury in the midst of his followers, like a soldier of
+fortune in the hour of prosperity; enjoying the present, with as
+little concern for the future as if the crown of Peru were
+already fixed irrevocably upon his head.  It was otherwise with
+Carbajal.  He looked on the victory at Huarina as the
+commencement, not the close, of the struggle for empire; and he
+was indefatigable in placing his troops in the best condition for
+maintaining their present advantage.  At the first streak of
+dawn, the veteran might be seen mounted on his mule, with the
+garb and air of a common soldier, riding about in the different
+quarters of the capital, sometimes superintending the manufacture
+of arms, or providing military stores, and sometimes drilling his
+men, for he was most careful always to maintain the strictest
+discipline. *14 His restless spirit seemed to find no pleasure
+but in incessant action; living, as he had always done, in the
+turmoil of military adventure, he had no relish for any thing
+unconnected with war, and in the city saw only the materials for
+a well-organized camp.
+
+[Footnote 14: "Andaua siempre en vna mula crescida de color entre
+pardo y bermejo, yo no le vi en otra caualgadura en todo el
+tiempo que estuuo en el Cozco antes de la batalla de Sacsahuana.
+Era tan contino y diligete en solicitar lo que a su exercito
+conuenia, que a todas horas del dia y de la roche le topauan sus
+soldados haziendo su oficio, y los agenos." Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 1, lib. 5 cap. 27.]
+
+With these feelings, he was much dissatisfied at the course taken
+by his younger leader, who now professed his intention to abide
+where he was, and, when the enemy advanced, to give him battle.
+Carbajal advised a very different policy.  He had not that full
+confidence, it would seem, in the loyalty of Pizarro's partisans,
+at least, not of those who had once followed the banner of
+Centeno.  These men some three hundred in number, had been in a
+manner compelled to take service under Pizarro.  They showed no
+heartiness in the cause, and the veteran strongly urged his
+commander to disband them at once; since it was far better to go
+to battle with a few faithful followers than with a host of the
+false and faint-hearted.
+But Carbajal thought, also, that his leader was not sufficiently
+strong in numbers to encounter his opponent, supported as he was
+by the best captains of Peru.  He advised, accordingly, that he
+should abandon Cuzco, carrying off all the treasure, provisions,
+and stores of every kind from the city, which might, in any way,
+serve the necessities of the royalists.  The latter, on their
+arrival, disappointed by the poverty of a place where they had
+expected to find so much booty, would become disgusted with the
+service.  Pizzaro, meanwhile, might take refuge with his men in
+the neighbouring fastnesses, where, familiar with the ground, it
+would be easy to elude the enemy; and if the latter persevered in
+the pursuit, with numbers diminished by desertion, it would not
+be difficult in the mountain passes to find an opportunity for
+assailing him at advantage. - Such was the wary counsel of the
+old warrior.  But it was not to the taste of his fiery commander,
+who preferred to risk the chances of a battle, rather than turn
+his back on a foe.
+
+Neither did Pizarro show more favor to a proposition, said to
+have been made by the Licentiate Cepeda, - that he should avail
+himself of his late success to enter into negotiations with
+Gasca.  Such advice, from the man who had so recently resisted
+all overtures of the president, could only have proceeded from a
+conviction, that the late victory placed Pizarro on a
+vantage-ground for demanding terms far better than would have
+been before conceded to him.  It may be that subsequent
+experience had also led him to distrust the fidelity of Gonzalo's
+followers, or, possibly, the capacity of their chief to conduct
+them through the present crisis.  Whatever may have been the
+motives of the slippery counsellor, Pizarro gave little heed to
+the suggestion, and even showed some resentment, as the matter
+was pressed on him.  In every contest, with Indian or European,
+whatever had been the odds, he had come off victorious.  He was
+not now for the first time to despond; and he resolved to remain
+in Cuzco, and hazard all on the chances of a battle.  There was
+something in the hazard itself captivating to his bold and
+chivalrous temper.  In this, too, he was confirmed by some of the
+cavaliers who had followed him through all his fortunes; reckless
+young adventurers, who, like himself, would rather risk all on a
+single throw of the dice, than adopt the cautious, and, as it
+seemed to them, timid, policy of graver counsellors.  It was by
+such advisers, then, that Pizarro's future course was to be
+shaped. *15
+
+[Footnote 15: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 27. -
+Gomara, Hist. de las Indias, cap. 182. - Fernandez, Hist. del
+Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 88.
+
+"Finalmente, Goncalo Pizarro dixo que queria prouar su ventura:
+pues siempre auia sido vencedor, y lamas vencido." Ibid., ubi
+supra.]
+Such was the state of affairs in Cuzco, when Pizarro's soldiers
+returned with the tidings, that a detachment of the enemy had
+crossed the Apurimac, and were busy in reestablishing the bridge.
+Carbajal saw at once the absolute necessity of maintaining this
+pass.  "It is my affair," he said; "I claim to be employed on
+this service.  Give me but a hundred picked men, and I will
+engage to defend the pass against an army, and bring back the
+chaplain - the name by which the president was known in the rebel
+camp - a prisoner to Cuzco." *16 "I cannot spare you, father,"
+said Gonzalo, addressing him by this affectionate epithet, which
+he usually applied to his aged follower, *17 "I cannot spare you
+so far from my own person"; and he gave the commission to Juan de
+Acosta, a young cavalier warmly attached to his commander, and
+who had given undoubted evidence of his valor on more than one
+occasion, but who, as the event proved, was signally deficient in
+the qualities demanded for so critical an undertaking as the
+present.  Acosta, accordingly, was placed at the head of two
+hundred mounted musketeers, and, after much wholesome counsel
+from Carbajal, set out on his expedition.
+
+[Footnote 16: "Paresceme vuestra Senoria se vaya a la vuelta del
+Collao y me deje cien hombres, los que yo escojiere, que yo me
+ire a vista deste capellan, que ansi llamaba el al presidente."
+Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 17: Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 31]
+But he soon forgot the veteran's advice, and moved at so dull a
+pace over the difficult roads, that, although the distance was
+not more than nine leagues, he found, on his arrival, the bridge
+completed, and so large a body of the enemy already crossed, that
+he was in no strength to attack them.  Acosta did, indeed,
+meditate an ambuscade by night; but the design was betrayed by a
+deserter, and he contented himself with retreating to a safe
+distance, and sending for a further reinforcement from Cuzco.
+Three hundred men were promptly detached to his support; but when
+they arrived, the enemy was already planted in full force on the
+crest of the eminence. The golden opportunity was irrecoverably
+lost; and the disconsolate cavalier rode back in all haste to
+report the failure of his enterprise to his commander in Cuzco.
+*18
+
+[Footnote 18: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Fernandez,
+Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 88.
+
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 5. - Carta de Valdivia, Ms.
+Valdivia's letter to the emperor, dated at Concepcion, was
+written about two years after the events above recorded.  It is
+chiefly taken up with his Chilian conquests, to which his
+campaign under Gasca, on his visit to Peru, forms a kind of
+brilliant episode.  This letter, the original of which is
+preserved in Simancas, covers about seventy folio pages in the
+copy belonging to me.  It is one of that class of historical
+documents, consisting of the despatches and correspondence of the
+colonial governors, which, from the minuteness of the details and
+the means of information possessed by the writers, are of the
+highest worth.  The despatches addressed to the Court,
+particularly, may compare with the celebrated Relazioni made by
+the Venetian ambassadors to their republic, and now happily in
+the course of publication, at Florence, under the editorial
+auspices of the learned Alberi.]
+
+The only question now to be decided was as to the spot where
+Gonzalo Pizarro should give battle to his enemies.  He determined
+at once to abandon the capital, and wait for his opponents in the
+neighbouring valley of Xaquixaguana.  It was about five leagues
+distant, and the reader may remember it as the place where
+Francis Pizarro burned the Peruvian general Challcuchima, on his
+first occupation of Cuzco.  The valley, fenced round by the lofty
+rampart of the Andes, was, for the most part, green and
+luxuriant, affording many picturesque points of view; and, from
+the genial temperature of the climate, had been a favorite summer
+residence of the Indian nobles, many of whose pleasure-houses
+still dotted the sides of the mountains.  A river, or rather
+stream, of no great volume, flowed through one end of this
+inclosure, and the neighbouring soil was so wet and miry as to
+have the character of a morass.
+
+Here the rebel commander arrived, after a tedious march over
+roads not easily traversed by his train of heavy wagons and
+artillery.  His forces amounted in all to about nine hundred men,
+with some half-dozen pieces of ordnance.  It was a well-appointed
+body, and under excellent discipline, for it had been schooled by
+the strictest martinet in the Peruvian service.  But it was the
+misfortune of Pizarro that his army was composed, in part, at
+least, of men on whose attachment to his cause he could not
+confidently rely.  This was a deficiency which no courage nor
+skill in the leader could supply.
+
+On entering the valley, Pizarro selected the eastern quarter of
+it, towards Cuzco, as the most favorable spot for his encampment.
+It was crossed by the stream above mentioned, and he stationed
+his army in such a manner, that, while one extremity of the camp
+rested on a natural barrier formed by the mountain cliffs that
+here rose up almost perpendicularly, the other was protected by
+the river.  While it was scarcely possible, therefore, to assail
+his flanks, the approaches in front were so extremely narrowed by
+these obstacles, that it would not be easy to overpower him by
+numbers in that direction.  In the rear, his communications
+remained open with Cuzco, furnishing a ready means for obtaining
+supplies.  Having secured this strong position, he resolved
+patiently to wait the assault of the enemy. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: Carta de Valdivia, Ms. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 33, 34. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq.,
+Ms. - Gomara, Hist. de las Indias, cap. 185. - Fernandez, Hist.
+del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 88.]
+
+Meanwhile, the royal army had been toiling up the steep sides of
+the Cordilleras, until, at the close of the third day, the
+president had the satisfaction to find himself surrounded by his
+whole force, with their guns and military stores.  Having now
+sufficiently refreshed his men, he resumed his march, and all
+went forward with the buoyant confidence of bringing their
+quarrel with the tyrant, as Pizarro was called, to a speedy
+issue.
+
+Their advance was slow, as in the previous part of the march, for
+the ground was equally embarrassing.  It was not long, however,
+before the president learned that his antagonist had pitched his
+camp in the neighbouring valley of Xaquixaguana.  Soon afterward,
+two friars, sent by Gonzalo himself, appeared in the army, for
+the ostensible purpose of demanding a sight of the powers with
+which Gasca was intrusted.  But as their conduct gave reason to
+suspect they were spies, the president caused the holy men to be
+seized, and refused to allow them to return to Pizarro. By an
+emissary of his own, whom he despatched to the rebel chief, he
+renewed the assurance of pardon already given him, in case he
+would lay down his arms and submit.  Such an act of generosity,
+at this late hour, must be allowed to be highly creditable to
+Gasca, believing, as he probably did, that the game was in his
+own hands. - It is a pity that the anecdote does not rest on the
+best authority. *20
+[Footnote 20: The fact is not mentioned by any of the parties
+present at these transactions.  It is to be found, with some
+little discrepancy of circumstances, in Gomara (Hist. de las
+Indias, cap. 185) and Zarate (Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 6);
+and their positive testimony maybe thought by most readers to
+outweigh the negative afforded by the silence of other
+contemporaries.]
+
+After a march of a couple of days, the advanced guard of the
+royalists came suddenly on the outposts of the insurgents, from
+whom they had been concealed by a thick mist, and a slight
+skirmish took place between them.  At length, on the morning of
+the eighth of April, the royal army, turning the crest of the
+lofty range that belts round the lovely valley of Xaquixaguana,
+beheld far below on the opposite side the glittering lines of the
+enemy, with their white pavilions, looking like clusters of wild
+fowl nestling among the cliffs of the mountains.  And still
+further off might be descried a host of Indian warriors, showing
+gaudily in their variegated costumes; for the natives, in this
+part of the country, with little perception of their true
+interests, manifested great zeal in the cause of Pizarro.
+
+Quickening their step, the royal army now hastily descended the
+steep sides of the sierra; and notwithstanding every effort of
+their officers, they moved in so little order, each man picking
+his way as he could, that the straggling column presented many a
+vulnerable point to the enemy; and the descent would not have
+been accomplished without considerable loss, had Pizarro's cannon
+been planted on any of the favorable positions which the ground
+afforded.  But that commander, far from attempting to check the
+president's approach, remained doggedly in the strong position he
+had occupied, with the full confidence that his adversaries would
+not hesitate to assail it, strong as it was, in the same manner
+as they had done at Huarina. *21
+
+[Footnote 21: "Salio a Xaquixaguana con toda su gente y alli nos
+aguardo en un llano junto a un cerro alto por donde bajabamos; y
+cierto nuestro Senor le cego el entendimiento, porque si nos
+aguardaran al pie de la bajada, hicieran mucho dano a nosotros.
+Retiraronse a un llano junto a una cienaga, creyendo que nuestro
+campo alli les acometiera y con la ventaja que nos tenian del
+puesto nos vencieran." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. -
+Carta de Valdivia, Ms. - Relacion del Lic. Gasca, Ms.]
+Yet he did not omit to detach a corps of arquebusiers to secure a
+neighbouring eminence or spur of the Cordilleras, which in the
+hands of the enemy might cause some annoyance to his own camp,
+while it commanded still more effectually the ground soon to be
+occupied by the assailants. But his manoeuvre was noticed by
+Hinojosa; and he defeated it by sending a stronger detachment of
+the royal musketeers, who repulsed the rebels, and, after a short
+skirmish, got possession of the heights.  Gasca's general
+profited by this success to plant a small battery of cannon on
+the eminence, from which, although the distance was too great for
+him to do much execution, he threw some shot into the hostile
+camp.  One ball, indeed, struck down two men, one of them
+Pizarro's page, killing a horse, at the same time, which he held
+by the bridle; and the chief instantly ordered the tents to be
+struck, considering that they afforded too obvious a mark for the
+artillery. *22
+
+[Footnote 22: "Porq. muchas pelotas dieron en medio de la gente,
+y una dellas mato juto a Goncalo Pizarro vn criado suyo que se
+estaua armando; y mato otro hombre y vn cauallo; que puso grande
+alteracion en el campo, y abatieron todas las tiedas y toldos."
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 89. - Carta de
+Valdivia, Ms. - Relacion del Lic. Gasca. Ms]
+Meanwhile, the president's forces had descended into the valley,
+and as they came on the plain were formed into line by their
+officers.  The ground occupied by the army was somewhat lower
+than that of their enemy, whose shot, as discharged, from time to
+time, from his batteries, passed over their heads.  Information
+was now brought by a deserter, one of Centeno's old followers,
+that Pizarro was getting ready for a night attack.  The
+president, in consequence, commanded his whole force to be drawn
+up in battle array, prepared, at any instant, to repulse the
+assault.  But if such were meditated by the insurgent chief, he
+abandoned it, - and, as it is said, from a distrust of the
+fidelity of some of the troops, who, under cover of the darkness,
+he feared, would go over to the opposite side.  If this be true,
+he must have felt the full force of Carbajal's admonition, when
+too late to profit by it.  The unfortunate commander was in the
+situation of some bold, high-mettled cavalier, rushing to battle
+on a war-horse whose tottering joints threaten to give way under
+him at every step, and leave his rider to the mercy of his
+enemies!
+
+The president's troops stood to their arms the greater part of
+the night, although the air from the mountains was so keen, that
+it was with difficulty they could hold their lances in their
+hands. *23 But before the rising sun had kindled into a glow the
+highest peaks of the sierra, both camps were in motion, and
+busily engaged in preparations for the combat. The royal army was
+formed into two battalions of infantry, one to attack the enemy
+in front, and the other, if possible, to operate on his flank.
+These battalions were protected by squadrons of horse on the
+wings and in the rear, while reserves both of horse and
+arquebusiers were stationed to act as occasion might require.
+The dispositions were made in so masterly a manner, as to draw
+forth a hearty eulogium from old Carbajal, who exclaimed, "Surely
+the Devil or Valdivia must be among them!" and undeniable
+compliment to the latter, since the speaker was ignorant of that
+commander's presence in the camp. *24
+
+[Footnote 23: "I asi estuvo el Campo toda la Noche en Arma,
+desarmadas las Tiendas, padesciendo mui gran frio que no podian
+tener las Lancas en las manos." Zarate, Conq. de Peru, lib. 7,
+cap. 6.]
+
+[Footnote 24: "Y assi quando vio Francisco de Caruajal el campo
+Real; pareciendole que los esquadrones venian bie ordenados dixo,
+Valdiuia esta en la tierra, y rige el campo, o el diablo."
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 89. - Relacion
+del Lic. Gasca, Ms - Carta de Valdivia, Ms. - Gomara, Hist. de
+las Indias, cap. 185. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 6. -
+Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 34. - Pedro Pizarro
+Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+
+Gasca, leaving the conduct of the battle to his officers,
+withdrew to the rear with his train of clergy and licentiates,
+the last of whom did not share in the ambition of their rebel
+brother, Cepeda, to break a lance in the field.
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro formed his squadron in the same manner as he had
+done on the plains of Huarina; except that the increased number
+of his horse now enabled him to cover both flanks of his
+infantry.  It was still on his fire-arms, however, that he
+chiefly relied.  As the ranks were formed, he rode among them,
+encouraging his men to do their duty like brave cavaliers, and
+true soldiers of the Conquest.  Pizarro was superbly armed, as
+usual, and wore a complete suit of mail, of the finest
+manufacture, which, as well as his helmet, was richly inlaid with
+gold. *25 He rode a chestnut horse of great strength and spirit,
+and as he galloped along the line, brandishing his lance, and
+displaying his easy horsemanship, he might be thought to form no
+bad personification of the Genius of Chivalry. To complete his
+dispositions, he ordered Cepeda to lead up the infantry; for the
+licentiate seems to have had a larger share in the conduct of his
+affairs of late, or at least in the present military
+arrangements, than Carbajal.  The latter, indeed, whether from
+disgust at the course taken by his leader, or from a distrust,
+which, it is said, he did not affect to conceal, of the success
+of the present operations, disclaimed all responsibility for
+them, and chose to serve rather as a private cavalier than as a
+commander. *26 Yet Cepeda, as the event showed, was no less
+shrewd in detecting the coming ruin.
+
+[Footnote 25: "Iba mui galan, i gentil hombre sobre vn poderoso
+caballo castano, armado de Cota, i Coracinas ricas, con vna sobre
+ropa de Raso bien golpeada, i vn Capacete de Oro en la cabeca,
+con su barbote de lo mismo." Gomara, Hist. de as Indias, cap.
+185.]
+
+[Footnote 26: "Porque el Maesse de campo Francisco de Caruajal,
+como hombre desdenado de que Goncalo Picarro no huuiesse querido
+seguir su parecer y consejo (dandose ya por vencido), no quiso
+hazer oficio de Maesse de campo, como solia, y assi fue a ponerse
+en el esquadron con su compania, como vno de los capitanes de
+ynfanteria." Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5 cap. 35.]
+
+When he had received his orders from Pizarro, he rode forward as
+if to select the ground for his troops to occupy; and in doing so
+disappeared for a few moments behind a projecting cliff.  He soon
+reappeared, however, and was seen galloping at full speed across
+the plain.  His men looked with astonishment, yet not distrusting
+his motives, till, as he continued his course direct towards the
+enemy's lines, his treachery became apparent.  Several pushed for
+ward to overtake him, and among them a cavalier, better mounted
+than Cepeda.  The latter rode a horse of no great strength or
+speed, quite unfit for this critical manoeuvre of his master. The
+animal, was, moreover, encumbered by the weight of the caparisons
+with which his ambitious rider had loaded him, so that, on
+reaching a piece of miry ground that lay between the armies, his
+pace was greatly retarded. *27 Cepeda's pursuers rapidly gained
+on him, and the cavalier above noticed came, at length, so near
+as to throw a lance at the fugitive, which, wounding him in the
+thigh, pierced his horse's flank, and they both came headlong to
+the ground.  It would have fared ill with the licentiate, in this
+emergency, but fortunately a small party of troopers on the other
+side, who had watched the chase, now galloped briskly forward to
+the rescue, and, beating off his pursuers, they recovered Cepeda
+from the mire, and bore him to the president's quarters.
+
+[Footnote 27: Ibid., ubi supra.]
+
+He was received by Gasca with the greatest satisfaction, - so
+great, that, according to one chronicler, he did not disdain to
+show it by saluting the licentiate on the cheek. *28 The anecdote
+is scarcely reconcilable with the characters and relations of the
+parties, or with the president's subsequent conduct.  Gasca,
+however, recognized the full value of his prize, and the effect
+which his desertion at such a time must have on the spirits of
+the rebels.  Cepeda's movement, so unexpected by his own party,
+was the result of previous deliberation, as he had secretly given
+assurance, it is said, to the prior of Arequipa, then in the
+royal camp, that, if Gonzalo Pizarro could not be induced to
+accept the pardon offered him, he would renounce his cause. *29
+The time selected by the crafty counsellor for doing so was that
+most fatal to the interests of his commander.
+
+[Footnote 28: "Gasca abraco, i beso en el carrillo a Cepeda,
+aunque lo llevaba encenagado, teniendo por vencido a Picarro, con
+su falta." Gomara, Hist. de las Indias, cap. 185.]
+
+[Footnote 29: "Ca, segun parecio, Cepeda le huvo avisado con Fr.
+Antonio de Castro, Prior de Santo Domingo en Arequipa, que si
+Picarro no quisiesse concierto ninguno, el se pasaria al servicio
+del Emperador a tiempo que le deshiciese." Ibid ubi supra.]
+
+The example of Cepeda was contagious.  Garcilasso de la Vega,
+father of the historian, a cavalier of old family, and probably
+of higher consideration than any other in Pizarro's party, put
+spurs to his horse, at the same time with the licentiate, and
+rode over the enemy.  Ten or a dozen of the arquebusiers followed
+in the same direction, and succeeded in placing themselves under
+the protection of the advanced guard of the royalists.
+
+Pizarro stood aghast at this desertion, in so critical a
+juncture, of those in whom he had most trusted.  He was, for a
+moment, bewildered.  The very ground on which he stood seemed to
+be crumbling beneath him.  With this state of feeling among his
+soldiers, he saw that every minute of delay was fatal.  He dared
+not wait for the assault, as he had intended, in his strong
+position, but instantly gave the word to advance.  Gasca's
+general, Hinojosa, seeing the enemy in motion, gave similar
+orders to his own troops.  Instantly the skirmishers and
+arquebusiers on the flanks moved rapidly forward, the artillery
+prepared to open their fire, and "the whole army," says the
+president in his own account of the affair, "advanced with steady
+step and perfect determination." *30
+[Footnote 30: "Visto por Gonzalo Pizarro Caravajal su Maestre de
+Campo que se les iva gente procuraron de caminar en su orden
+hacia el campo de S. M. i que viendo esto los lados i sobre
+salientes del exercito real se empezaron a llegar a ellos i a
+disparar en ellos i que lo mesmo hizo la artilleria, i todo el
+campo con paso bien concertado i entera determinacion se llego a
+ellos' Relacion del Lic. Gasca, Ms.]
+But before a shot was fired, a column of arquebusiers, composed
+chiefly of Centeno's followers, abandoned their post, and marched
+directly over to the enemy.  A squadron of horse, sent in pursuit
+of them, followed their example.  The president instantly
+commanded his men to halt, unwilling to spill blood
+unnecessarily, as the rebel host was like to fall to pieces of
+itself.
+
+Pizarro's faithful adherents were seized with a panic, as they
+saw themselves and their leader thus betrayed into the enemy's
+hands.  Further resistance was useless.  Some threw down their
+arms, and fled in the direction of Cuzco.  Others sought to
+escape to the mountains; and some crossed to the opposite side,
+and surrendered themselves prisoners, hoping it was not too late
+to profit by the promises of grace.  The Indian allies, on seeing
+the Spaniards falter, had been the first to go off the ground.
+*31
+
+[Footnote 31: "Los Indios que tenian los enemigos que diz que
+eran mucha cantidad huyeron mui a furia." (Relacion del Lic.
+Gasca, Ms.) For the particulars of the battle, more or less
+minute, see Carta de Valdivia, Ms. - Garcilasso, Com. Real.,
+Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 35. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. -
+Gomara, Hist. de las Indias, cap. 185. - Fernandez, Hist. del
+Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 90. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7,
+cap. 7. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 4, cap. 16.]
+Pizarro, amidst the general wreck, found himself left with only a
+few cavaliers who disdained to fly.  Stunned by the unexpected
+reverse of fortune, the unhappy chief could hardly comprehend his
+situation.  "What remains for us?" said he to Acosta, one of
+those who still adhered to him. "Fall on the enemy, since nothing
+else is left," answered the lion-hearted soldier, "and die like
+Romans!' "Better to die like Christians," replied his commander;
+and, slowly turning his horse, he rode off in the direction of
+the royal army. *32
+
+[Footnote 32: "Goncalo Picarro boluiendo el rostro, a Juan de
+Acosta, que estaua cerca del, le dixo, que hare mos hermano Juan?
+Acosta presumiendo mas de valiente que de discreto respondio,
+Senor arremetamos, y muramos como los antiguos Romanos.  Goncalo
+Picarro dixo mejor es morir como Cristianos." Garcilasso, Com.
+Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 36. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib.
+7, cap. 7.]
+
+He had not proceeded far, when he was met by an officer, to whom,
+after ascertaining his name and rank, Pizarro delivered up his
+sword, and yielded himself prisoner.  The officer, overjoyed at
+his prize, conducted him, at once, to the president's quarters.
+Gasca was on horseback, surrounded by his captains, some of whom,
+when they recognized the person of the captive, had the grace to
+withdraw, that they might not witness his humiliation. *33 Even
+the best of them, with a sense of right on their side, may have
+felt some touch of compunction at the thought that their
+desertion had brought their benefactor to this condition.
+
+[Footnote 33: Garcilasso, Com. Real., ubi supra.]
+
+Pizarro kept his seat in his saddle, but, as he approached, made
+a respectful obeisance to the president, which the latter
+acknowledged by a cold salute.  Then, addressing his prisoner in
+a tone of severity, Gasca abruptly inquired, - "Why he had thrown
+the country into such confusion; - raising the banner of revolt;
+killing the viceroy; usurping the government; and obstinately
+refusing the offers of grace that had been repeatedly made him?"
+
+Gonzalo attempted to justify himself by referring the fate of the
+viceroy to his misconduct, and his own usurpation, as it was
+styled, to the free election of the people, as well as that of
+the Royal Audience. "It was my family," he said, "who conquered
+the country; and, as their representative here, I felt I had a
+right to the government." To this Gasca replied, in a still
+severer tone, "Your brother did, indeed, conquer the land; and
+for this the emperor was pleased to raise both him and you from
+the dust.  He lived and died a true and loyal subject; and it
+only makes your ingratitude to your sovereign the more heinous."
+Then, seeing his prisoner about to reply, the president cut short
+the conference, ordering him into close confinement.  He was
+committed to the charge of Centeno, who had sought the office,
+not from any unworthy desire to gratify his revenge, - for he
+seems to have had a generous nature, - but for the honorable
+purpose of ministering to the comfort of the captive. Though held
+in strict custody by this officer, therefore, Pizarro was treated
+with the deference due to his rank, and allowed every indulgence
+by his keeper, except his freedom. *34
+
+[Footnote 34: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+90.
+Historians, of course, report the dialogue between Gasca and his
+prisoner with some variety.  See Gomara, Hist. de las Indias,
+cap. 185. - Garcilasso, Com. Real Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 36.
+Relacion del Lic. Gasca, Ms.]
+
+In this general wreck of their fortunes, Francisco de Carbajal
+fared no better than his chief.  As he saw the soldiers deserting
+their posts and going over to the enemy, one after another, he
+coolly hummed the words of his favorite old ballad, -
+
+"The wind blows the hairs off my head, mother!"
+
+But when he found the field nearly empty, and his stout-hearted
+followers vanished like a wreath of smoke, he felt it was time to
+provide for his own safety.  He knew there could be no favor for
+him and, putting spurs to his horse, he betook himself to flight
+with all the speed he could make. He crossed the stream that
+flowed, as already mentioned, by the camp, but, in scaling the
+opposite bank, which was steep and stony, his horse, somewhat
+old, and oppressed by the weight of his rider, who was large and
+corpulent, lost his footing and fell with him into the water.
+Before he could extricate himself, Carbajal was seized by some of
+his own followers, who hoped, by such a prize, to make their
+peace with the victor, and hurried off towards the president's
+quarters.
+
+The convoy was soon swelled by a number of the common file from
+the royal army, some of whom had long arrears to settle with the
+prisoner; and, not content with heaping reproaches and
+imprecations on his head, they now threatened to proceed to acts
+of personal violence, which Carbajal, far from deprecating,
+seemed rather to court, as the speediest way of ridding himself
+of life. *35 When he approached the president's quarters,
+Centeno, who was near, rebuked the disorderly rabble, and
+compelled them to give way.  Carbajal, on seeing this, with a
+respectful air demanded to whom he was indebted for this
+courteous protection.  To which his ancient comrade replied, "Do
+you not know me? - Diego Centeno!" "I crave your pardon," said
+the veteran, sarcastically alluding to his long flight in the
+Charcas, and his recent defeat at Huarina; "it is so long since I
+have seen any thing but your back, that I had forgotten your
+face!" *36
+
+[Footnote 35: "Luego llevaron antel dicho Licenciado Caravajal
+Maestre de campo del dicho Pizarro i tan cercado de gentes que
+del havian sido ofendidas que le querian matar, el qual diz que
+mostrava que olgara que le mataran alli." Relacion del Lic.
+Gasca, Ms.]
+
+[Footnote 36: "Diego Centeno reprehendia mucho a los que le
+offendian. Por lo qual Caruajal le miro, y le dixo, Senor quien
+es vuestra merced que tanta merced me haze? a lo qual Centeno
+respondio, Que no conoce vuestra merced a Diego Centeno?  Dixo
+entonces Caruajal, Por Dios senor que como siempre vi a vuestra
+merced de espaldas, que agora teniendo le de cara, no le conocia'
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 90.]
+Among the president's suite was the martia bishop of Cuzco, who,
+it will be remembered, had shared with Centeno in the disgrace of
+his defeat. His brother had been taken by Carbajal, in his flight
+from the field, and instantly hung up by that fierce chief, who,
+as we have had more than one occasion to see, was no respecter of
+persons.  The bishop now reproached him with his brother's
+murder, and, incensed by his cool replies, was ungenerous enough
+to strike the prisoner on the face.  Carbajal made no attempt at
+resistance.  Nor would he return a word to the queries put to him
+by Gasca; but, looking haughtily round on the circle, maintained
+a contemptuous silence.  The president, seeing that nothing
+further was to be gained from his captive, ordered him, together
+with Acosta, and the other cavaliers who had surrendered, into
+strict custody, until their fate should be decided. *37
+
+[Footnote 37: Ibid., ubi supra.
+
+It is but fair to state that Garcilasso, who was personally
+acquainted with the bishop of Cuzco, doubts the fact of the
+indecorous conduct imputed to him by Fernandez, as inconsistent
+with the prelate's character.  Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap.
+39.]
+
+Gasca's next concern was to send an officer to Cuzco, to restrain
+his partisans from committing excesses in consequence of the late
+victory, - if victory that could be called, where not a blow had
+been struck.  Every thing belonging to the vanquished, their
+tents, arms, ammunition, and military stores, became the property
+of the victors.  Their camp was well victualled, furnishing a
+seasonable supply to the royalists, who had nearly expended their
+own stock of provisions.  There was, moreover, considerable booty
+in the way of plate and money; for Pizarro's men, as was not
+uncommon in those turbulent times, went, many of them, to the war
+with the whole of their worldly wealth, not knowing of any safe
+place in which to bestow it.  An anecdote is told of one of
+Gasca's soldiers, who, seeing a mule running over the field, with
+a large pack on his back, seized the animal, and mounted him,
+having first thrown away the burden, supposing it to contain
+armour, or something of little worth.  Another soldier, more
+shrewd, picked up the parcel, as his share of the spoil, and
+found it contained several thousand gold ducats!  It was the
+fortune of war. *38
+
+[Footnote 38: Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 8.]
+
+Thus terminated the battle, or rather rout, of Xaquixaguana.  The
+number of killed and wounded - for some few perished in the
+pursuit - was not great; according to most accounts, not
+exceeding fifteen killed on the rebel side, and one only on that
+of the royalists!  and that one, by the carelessness of a
+comrade. *39 Never was there a cheaper victory; so bloodless a
+termination of a fierce an bloody rebellion!  It was gained not
+so much by the strength of the victors as by the weakness of the
+vanquished.  They fell to pieces of their own accord, because
+they had no sure ground to stand on.  The arm, not nerved by the
+sense of right, became powerless in the hour of battle.  It was
+better that they should thus be overcome by moral force than by a
+brutal appeal to arms.  Such a victory was more in harmony with
+the beneficent character of the conqueror and of his cause.  It
+was the triumph of order; the best homage to law and justice.
+
+[Footnote 39: "Temiose que en esta batalla muriria mucha gente de
+ambas partes por haver en ellas mill i quatrocientos arcabuceros
+i seiscientos de caballo i mucho numero de piqueros i diez i ocho
+piezas de artilleria, pero plugo a Dios que solo murio un hombre
+del campo de S. M. i quince de los contrarios como esta dicho."
+Relacion del Lic. Gasca, Ms.
+The Ms. above referred to is supposed by Munoz to have been
+written by Gasca, or rather dictated by him to his secretary.
+The original is preserved at Simancas, without date, and in the
+character of the sixteenth century.  It is principally taken up
+with the battle, and the events immediately connected with it;
+and although very brief, every sentence is of value as coming
+from so high a source.  Alcedo, in his Biblioteca Americana, Ms.,
+gives the title of a work from Gasca's pen, which would seem to
+be an account of his own administration, Historia de Peru, y de
+su Pacificacion, 1576, fol. - I have never met with the work, or
+with any other allusion to it.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter IV
+
+Execution Of Carbajal. - Gonzalo Pizarro Beheaded. - Spoils Of
+Victory. - Wise Reforms By Gasca. - He Returns To Spain. - His
+Death And Character.
+
+1548-1550.
+
+
+It was now necessary to decide on the fate of the prisoners; and
+Alonso de Alvarado, with the Licentiate Cianca, one of the new
+Royal Audience, was instructed to prepare the process.  It did
+not require a long time.  The guilt of the prisoners was too
+manifest, taken, as they had been, with arms in their hands.
+They were all sentenced to be executed, and their estates were
+confiscated to the use of the Crown. Gonzalo Pizarro was to be
+beheaded, and Carbajal to be drawn and quartered.  No mercy was
+shown to him who had shown none to others.  There was some talk
+of deferring the execution till the arrival of the troops in
+Cuzco; but the fear of disturbances from those friendly to
+Pizarro determined the president to carry the sentence into
+effect the following day, on the field of battle. *1
+
+[Footnote 1: The sentence passed upon Pizarro is given at length
+in the manuscript copy of Zarate's History, to which I have had
+occasion more than once to refer.  The historian omitted it in
+his printed work, but the curious reader may find it entire,
+cited in the original, in Appendix, No. 14.]
+
+When his doom was communicated to Carbajal, he heard it with his
+usual indifference.  "They can but kill me," he said, as if he
+had already settled the matter in his own mind. *2 During the
+day, many came to see him in his confinement; some to upbraid him
+with his cruelties; but most, from curiosity to see the fierce
+warrior who had made his name so terrible through the land.  He
+showed no unwillingness to talk with them, thought it was in
+those sallies of caustic humor in which he usually indulged at
+the expense of his hearer.  Among these visiters was a cavalier
+of no note, whose life, it appears, Carbajal had formerly spared,
+when in his power.  This person expressed to the prisoner his
+strong desire to serve him; and as he reiterated his professions,
+Carbajal cut them short by exclaiming, - "And what service can
+you do me?  Can you set me free?  If you cannot do that, you can
+do nothing.  If I spared your life, as you say, it was probably
+because I did not think it worth while to take it."
+[Footnote 2: 'Basta matar." Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1,
+lib. 2, cap. 91.]
+
+Some piously disposed persons urged him to see a priest, if it
+were only to unburden his conscience before leaving the world.
+"But of what use would that be?" asked Carbajal.  "I have nothing
+that lies heavy on my conscience, unless it be, indeed, the debt
+of half a real to a shopkeeper in Seville, which I forgot to pay
+before leaving the country!" *3
+[Footnote 3: "En esso no tengo que confessar: porque juro a tal,
+que no tengo otro cargo, si no medio rea que deuo en Seuilla a
+vna bodegonera de la puerta del Arenal, del tiempo que passe a
+Indias." Ibid., ubi supra.]
+He was carried to execution on a hurdle, or rather in a basket,
+drawn by two mules.  His arms were pinioned, and, as they forced
+his bulky body into this miserable conveyance, he exclaimed, -
+"Cradles for infants, and a cradle for the old man too, it
+seems!" *4 Notwithstanding the disinclination he had manifested
+to a confessor, he was attended by several ecclesiastics on his
+way to the gallows; and one of them repeatedly urged him to give
+some token of penitence at this solemn hour, if it were only by
+repeating the Pater Noster and Ave Maria.  Carbajal, to rid
+himself of the ghostly father's importunity, replied by coolly
+repeating the words, "Pater Noster," "Ave Maria"!  He then
+remained obstinately silent.  He died, as he had lived, with a
+jest, or rather a scoff, upon his lips. *5
+
+[Footnote 4: "Nino en cuna, y viejo en cuna" Ibid., loc. cit.]
+[Footnote 5: "Murio como gentil, porque dicen, que yo no le quise
+ver, que unsi le di la palabra de no velle; mas a la postrer vez
+que me hablo llevandole a matar le decia el sacerdote que con el
+iba, que se encomendase a Dios y dijese el Pater Noster y el Ave
+Maria, y dicen que dijo Pater Noster, Ave Maria y que no dijo
+otra palabra." Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq Ms.]
+
+Francisco de Carbajal was one of the most extraordinary
+characters of these dark and turbulent times; the more
+extraordinary from his great age; for, at the period of his
+death, he was in his eighty-fourth year; - an age when the bodily
+powers, and, fortunately, the passions, are usually blunted;
+when, in the witty words of the French moralist, "We flatter
+ourselves we are leaving our vices, whereas it is our vices that
+are leaving us." *6 But the fires of youth glowed fierce and
+unquenchable in the bosom of Carbajal.
+
+[Footnote 6: I quote from memory, but believe the reflection may
+be found in that admirable digest of worldly wisdom, The
+Characters of La Bruyere.]
+The date of his birth carries us back towards the middle of the
+fifteenth century, before the times of Ferdinand and Isabella.
+He was of obscure parent age, and born, as it is said, at
+Arevalo.  For forty years he served in the Italian wars, under
+the most illustrious captains of the day, Gonsalvo de Cordova,
+Navarro, and the Colonnas.  He was an ensign at the battle of
+Ravenna; witnessed the capture of Francis the First at Pavia; and
+followed the banner of the ill-starred Bourbon at the sack of
+Rome.  He got no gold for his share of the booty, on this
+occasion, but simply the papers of a notary's office, which,
+Carbajal shrewdly thought, would be worth gold to him.  And so it
+proved; for the notary was fain to redeem them at a price which
+enabled the adventurer to cross the seas to Mexico, and seek his
+fortune in the New World.  On the insurrection of the Peruvians,
+he was sent to the support of Francis Pizarro, and was rewarded
+by that chief with a grant of land in Cuzco.  Here he remained
+for several years, busily employed in increasing his substance;
+for the love of lucre was a ruling passion in his bosom.  On the
+arrival of Vaca de Castro, we find him doing good service under
+the royal banner; and at the breaking out of the great rebellion
+under Gonzalo Pizarro, he converted his property into gold, and
+prepared to return to Castile.  He seemed to have a presentiment
+that to remain where he was would be fatal.  But, although he
+made every effort to leave Peru, he was unsuccessful, for the
+viceroy had laid an embargo on the shipping. *7 He remained in
+the country, therefore, and took service, as we have seen, though
+reluctantly, under Pizarro.  It was his destiny.
+
+[Footnote 7: Pedro Pizarro bears testimony to Carbajal's
+endeavours to leave the country, in which he was aided, though
+ineffectually, by the chronicler, who was, at that time, in the
+most friendly relations with him.  Civil war parted these ancient
+comrades; but Carbajal did not forget his obligations to Pedro
+Pizarro, which he afterwards repaid by exempting him on two
+different occasions from the general doom of the prisoners who
+fell into his hands.]
+
+The tumultuous life on which he now entered roused all the
+slumbering passions of his soul, which lay there, perhaps
+unconsciously to himself; cruelty, avarice, revenge.  He found
+ample exercise for them in the war with his countrymen; for civil
+war is proverbially the most sanguinary and ferocious of all.
+The atrocities recorded of Carbajal, in his new career, and the
+number of his victims, are scarcely credible.  For the honor of
+humanity, we may trust the accounts are greatly exaggerated; but
+that he should have given rise to them at all is sufficient to
+consign his name to infamy. *8
+
+[Footnote 8: Out of three hundred and forty executions, according
+to Fernandez, three hundred were by Carbajal.  (Hist. del Peru,
+Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 91.) Zarate swells the number of these
+executions to five hundred. (Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 1.) The
+discrepancy shows how little we can confide in the accuracy of
+such estimates.]
+
+He even took a diabolical pleasure, it is said, in amusing
+himself with the sufferings of his victims, and in the hour of
+execution would give utterance to frightful jests, that made them
+taste more keenly the bitterness of death!  He had a sportive
+vein, if such it could be called, which he freely indulged on
+every occasion.  Many of his sallies were preserved by the
+soldiery; but they are, for the most part, of a coarse, repulsive
+character, flowing from a mind familiar with the weak and wicked
+side of humanity, and distrusting every other.  He had his jest
+for every thing, - for the misfortunes of others, and for his
+own.  He looked on life as a farce, - though he too often made it
+a tragedy.
+
+Carbajal must be allowed one virtue; that of fidelity to his
+party. This made him less tolerant of perfidy in others.  He was
+never known to show mercy to a renegade.  This undeviating
+fidelity, though to a bad cause, may challenge something like a
+feeling of respect, where fidelity was so rare. *9
+
+[Footnote 9: Fidelity, indeed, is but one of many virtues claimed
+for Carbajal by Garcilasso, who considers most of the tales of
+cruelty and avarice circulated of the veteran, as well as the
+hardened levity imputed to him in his latter moments, as
+inventions of his enemies.  The Inca chronicler was a boy when
+Gonzalo and his chivalry occupied Cuzco; and the kind treatment
+he experienced from them, owing, doubtless, to his father's
+position in the rebel army, he has well repaid by depicting their
+portraits in the favorable colors in which they appeared to his
+young imagination.  But the garrulous old man has recorded
+several individual instances of atrocity in the career of
+Carbajal, which form but an indifferent commentary on the
+correctness of his general assertions in respect to his
+character.]
+
+As a military man, Carbajal takes a high rank among the soldiers
+of the New World.  He was strict, even severe, in enforcing
+discipline, so that he was little loved by his followers.
+Whether he had the genius for military combinations requisite for
+conducting war on an extended scale may be doubted; but in the
+shifts and turns of guerilla warfare he was unrivalled.  Prompt,
+active, and persevering, he was insensible to danger or fatigue,
+and, after days spent in the saddle, seemed to attach little
+value to the luxury of a bed. *10
+
+[Footnote 10: "Fue maior sufridor de trabajos, que requeria su
+edad, porque a maravilla se quitaba las Armas de Dia, ni de
+Noche, i quando era necesario, tampoco se acostaba, ni dormia mas
+de quanto recostado en vna Silla, se le cansaba la mano en que
+arrimaba la Cabeca." Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 5, cap. 14.]
+
+He knew familiarly every mountain pass, and, such were the
+sagacity and the resources displayed in his roving expeditions,
+that he was vulgarly believed to be attended by a familiar. *11
+With a character so extraordinary, with powers prolonged so far
+beyond the usual term of humanity, and passions so fierce in one
+tottering on the verge of the grave, it was not surprising that
+many fabulous stories should be eagerly circulated respecting
+him, and that Carbajal should be clothed with mysterious terrors
+as a sort of supernatural being, - the demon of the Andes!
+
+[Footnote 11: Pedro Pizarro, who seems to have entertained
+feelings not unfriendly to Carbajal, thus sums up his character
+in a few words.  "Era mui lenguaz: hablaba muy discreptamente y a
+gusto de los que le oian: era hombre sagaz, cruel, bien entendido
+en la guerra. . . . . . Este Carbajal era tan sabio que decian
+tenia familiar." Descub. y Conq., Ms.]
+Very different were the circumstances attending the closing scene
+of Gonzalo Pizarro.  At his request, no one had been allowed to
+visit him in his confinement.  He was heard pacing his tent
+during the greater part of the day, and when night came, having
+ascertained from Centeno that his execution was to take place on
+the following noon, he laid himself down to rest.  He did not
+sleep long, however, but soon rose, and continued to traverse his
+apartment, as if buried in meditation, till dawn He then sent for
+a confessor, and remained with him till after the hour of noon,
+taking little or no refreshment.  The officers of justice became
+impatient; but their eagerness was sternly rebuked by the
+soldiery, many of whom, having served under Gonzalo's banner,
+were touched with pity for his misfortunes.
+When the chieftain came forth to execution, he showed in his
+dress the same love of magnificence and display as in happier
+days.  Over his doublet he wore a superb cloak of yellow velvet,
+stiff with gold embroidery, while his head was protected by a cap
+of the same materials, richly decorated, in like manner, with
+ornaments of gold. *12 In this gaudy attire he mounted his mule,
+and the sentence was so far relaxed that his arms were suffered
+to remain unshackled.  He was escorted by a goodly number of
+priests and friars, who held up the crucifix before his eyes,
+while he carried in his own hand an image of the Virgin.  She had
+ever been the peculiar object of Pizarro's devotion; so much so,
+that those who knew him best in the hour of his prosperity were
+careful, when they had a petition, to prefer it in the name of
+the blessed Mary.
+
+[Footnote 12: "Al tiempo que lo mataron, dio al Verdugo toda la
+Ropa, que traia que era mui rica, i de mucho valor, porque tenia
+vna Ropa de Armas de Terciopelo amarillo, casi toda cubierta de
+Chaperia de Oro i vn Chapeo de la misma forma.' Zarate, Conq. del
+Peru, lib 7 cap. 8.]
+Pizarro's lips were frequently pressed to the emblem of his
+divinity, while his eyes were bent on the crucifix in apparent
+devotion, heedless of the objects around him.  On reaching the
+scaffold, he ascended it with a firm step, and asked leave to
+address a few words to the soldiery gathered round it.  "There
+are many among you," said he, "who have grown rich on my
+brother's bounty, and my own.  Yet, of all my riches, nothing
+remains to me but the garments I have on; and even these are not
+mine, but the property of the executioner.  I am without means,
+therefore, to purchase a mass for the welfare of my soul; and I
+implore you, by the remembrance of past benefits, to extend this
+charity to me when I am gone, that it may be well with you in the
+hour of death." A profound silence reigned throughout the martial
+multitude, broken only by sighs and groans, as they listened to
+Pizarro's request; and it was faithfully responded to, since,
+after his death, masses were said in many of the towns for the
+welfare of the departed chieftain.
+
+Then, kneeling down before a crucifix placed on a table, Pizarro
+remained for some minutes absorbed in prayer; after which,
+addressing the soldier who was to act as the minister of justice,
+he calmly bade him "do his duty with a steady hand." He refused
+to have his eyes bandaged, and, bending forward his neck,
+submitted it to the sword of the executioner, who struck off the
+head with a single blow, so true that the body remained for some
+moments in the same erect posture as in life. *13 The head was
+taken to Lima, where it was set in a cage or frame, and then
+fixed on a gibbet by the side of Carbajal's.  On it was placed a
+label, bearing, - "This is the head of the traitor Gonzalo
+Pizarro, who rebelled in Peru against his sovereign, and battled
+in the cause of tyranny and treason against the royal standard in
+the valley of Xaquixaguana." *14 His large estates, including the
+rich mines in Potosi, were confiscated; his mansion in Lima was
+razed to the ground, the place strewed with salt, and a store
+pillar set up, with an inscription interdicting any one from
+building on a spot which had been profaned by the residence of a
+traitor.
+[Footnote 13: "The executioner," says Garcilasso, with a simile
+more expressive than elegant, "did his work as cleanly as if he
+had been slicing off a head of lettuce!" "De vn reues le corto la
+cabeca con tanta facilidad, como si fuera vna hoja de lechuga, y
+se quedo con ella en la mano, y tardo el cuerpo algun espacio en
+caer en el suelo." Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap.
+43.]
+
+[Footnote 14: "Esta es la cabeza del traidor de Gonzalo Pizarro
+que se hizo justicia del en el valle de Aquixaguana, donde dio la
+batalla campal contra el estandarte real queriendo defender su
+traicion e tirania: ninguno sea osado de la quitar de aqui so
+pena de muerte natural." Zarate, Ms.]
+
+Gonzalo's remains were not exposed to the indignities inflicted
+on Carbajal's, whose quarters were hung in chains on the four
+great roads leading to Cuzco.  Centeno saved Pizarro's body from
+being stripped, by redeeming his costly raiment from the
+executioner, and in this sumptuous shroud it was laid in the
+chapel of the convent of Our Lady of Mercy in Cuzco.  It was the
+same spot where, side by side, lay the bloody remains of the
+Almagros, father and son, who in like manner had perished by the
+hand of justice, and were indebted to private charity for their
+burial. All these were now con signed "to the same grave," says
+the historian, with some bitterness, "as if Peru could not afford
+land enough for a burial-place to its conquerors." *15
+
+[Footnote 15: "Y las sepolturas vna sola auiendo de ser tres: que
+aun la tierra parece que les falto para auer los de cubrir."
+Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 43.
+
+For the tragic particulars of the preceding pages, see Ibid, cap.
+39-43. - Relacion del Lic. Gasca, Ms - Carta de Valdivia, Ms. -
+Ms. de Caravantes. - Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. -
+Gomara, Hist. de las Indias, cap 186. - Fernandez, Hist. del
+Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 91. - Zarate Conq. del Peru, lib. 7,
+cap. 8. - Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 4, cap. 16.]
+
+Gonzalo Pizarro had reached only his forty-second year at the
+time of his death, - being just half the space allotted to his
+follower Carbajal. He was the youngest of the remarkable family
+to whom Spain was indebted for the acquisition of Peru.  He came
+over to the country with his brother Francisco, on the return of
+the latter from his visit to Castile.  Gonzalo was present in all
+the remarkable passages of the Conquest.  He witnessed the
+seizure of Atahuallpa, took an active part in suppressing the
+insurrection of the Incas, and especially in the reduction of
+Charcas.  He afterwards led the disastrous expedition to the
+Amazon; and, finally, headed he memorable rebellion which ended
+so fatally to himself.  There are but few men whose lives abound
+in such wild and romantic adventure, and, for the most part,
+crowned with success.  The space which he occupies in the page of
+history is altogether disproportioned to his talents.  It may be
+in some measure ascribed to fortune, but still more to those
+showy qualities which form a sort of substitute for mental
+talent, and which secured his popularity with the vulgar.
+
+He had a brilliant exterior; excelled in all martial exercises;
+rode well, fenced well, managed his lance to perfection, was a
+first-rate marksman with the arquebuse, and added the
+accomplishment of being an excellent draughtsman.  He was bold
+and chivalrous, even to temerity; courted adventure, and was
+always in the front of danger.  He was a knighterrant, in short,
+in the most extravagant sense of the term, and, "mounted on his
+favorite charger," says one who had often seen him, "made no more
+account of a squadron of Indians than of a swarm of flies." *16
+[Footnote 16: "Quando Goncalo Pizarro, que aya gloria, se veya en
+su zaynillo, no hazia mas caso de esquadrones de Yndios, que si
+fueran de moscas." Garcilasso, Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 43.]
+
+While thus, by his brilliant exploits and showy manners, he
+captivated the imaginations of his countrymen, he won their
+hearts no less by his soldier-like frankness, his trust in their
+fidelity, - too often abused, - and his liberal largesses; for
+Pizarro, though avaricious of the property of others, was, like
+the Roman conspirator, prodigal of his own. This was his portrait
+in happier days, when his heart had not been corrupted by
+success; for tha some change was wrought on him by his prosperity
+is well attested.  His head was made giddy by his elevation; and
+it is proof of a want of talent equal to his success, that he
+knew not how to profit by it.  Obeying the dictates of his own
+rash judgment, he rejected the warnings of his wisest
+counsellors, and relied with blind confidence on his destiny.
+Garcilasso imputes this to the malignant influence of the stars.
+*17 But the superstitious chronicler might have better explained
+it by a common principle of human nature; by the presumption
+nourished by success; the insanity, as the Roman, or rather
+Grecian, proverb calls it, with which the gods afflict men when
+they design to ruin them. *18
+
+[Footnote 17: "Dezian que no era falta de ontendimiento, pues lo
+tenia bastante, sino que deuia de ser sobra de influencia de
+signos y planetas, que le cegauan y forcauan a que pusiesse la
+garganta al cuchillo." Garcilasso, Com. Real., Parte 2 lib. 5,
+cap. 33.]
+
+[Footnote 18:  Eurip. Fragmenta]
+
+Gonzalo was without education, except such as he had picked up in
+the rough school of war.  He had little even of that wisdom which
+springs from natural shrewdness and insight into character.  In
+all this he was inferior to his elder brothers, although he fully
+equalled them in ambition.  Had he possessed a tithe of their
+sagacity, he would not have madly persisted in rebellion, after
+the coming of the president. Before this period, he represented
+the people.  Their interests and his were united.  He had their
+support, for he was contending for the redress of their wrongs.
+When these were redressed by the government, there was nothing to
+contend for.  From that time, he was battling only for himself
+The people had no part nor interest in the contest.  Without a
+common sympathy to bind them together, was it strange that they
+should fall off from him, like leaves in winter, and leave him
+exposed, a bare and sapless trunk, to the fury of the tempest?
+
+Cepeda, more criminal than Pizarro, since he had both superior
+education and intelligence, which he employed only to mislead his
+commander, did not long survive him.  He had come to the country
+in an office of high responsibility.  His first step was to
+betray the viceroy whom he was sent to support; his next was to
+betray the Audience with whom he should have acted; and lastly,
+he betrayed the leader whom he most affected to serve.  His whole
+career was treachery to his own government. His life was one long
+perfidy.
+
+After his surrender, several of the cavaliers, disgusted at his
+cold-blooded apostasy, would have persuaded Gasca to send him to
+execution along with his commander; but the president refused, in
+consideration of the signal service he had rendered the Crown by
+his defection.  He was put under arrest, however, and sent to
+Castile.  There he was arraigned for high-treason.  He made a
+plausible defence, and as he had friends at court, it is not
+improbable he would have been acquitted; but, before the trial
+was terminated, he died in prison.  It was the retributive
+justice not always to be found in the affairs of this world. *19
+
+[Footnote 19: The cunning lawyer prepared so plausible an
+argument in his own justification, that Yllescas, the celebrated
+historian of the Popes, declares that no one who read the paper
+attentively, but must rise from the perusal of it with an entire
+conviction of the writer's innocence, and of his unshaken loyalty
+to the Crown.  See the passage quoted by Garcilasso Com. Real.,
+Parte 2, lib. 6, cap. 10]
+
+Indeed, it so happened, that several of those who had been most
+forward to abandon the cause of Pizarro survived their commander
+but a short time.  The gallant Centeno, and the Licentiate
+Carbajal, who deserted him near Lima, and bore the royal standard
+on the field of Xaquixaguana, both died within a year after
+Pizarro.  Hinojosa was assassinated but two years later in La
+Plata; and his old comrade Valdivia, after a series of brilliant
+exploits in Chili, which furnished her most glorious theme to the
+epic Muse of Castile, was cut off by the invincible warriors of
+Arauco.  The Manes of Pizarro were amply avenged.
+
+Acosta, and three or four other cavaliers who surrendered with
+Gonzalo, were sent to execution on the same day with their chief;
+and Gasca, on the morning following the dismal tragedy, broke up
+his quarters and marched with his whole army to Cuzco, where he
+was received by the politic people with the same enthusiasm which
+they had so recently shown to his rival.  He found there a number
+of the rebel army who had taken refuge in the city after their
+late defeat, where they were immediately placed under arrest.
+Proceedings, by Gasca's command, were instituted against them.
+The principal cavaliers, to the number of ten or twelve, were
+executed; others were banished or sent to the galleys.  The same
+rigorous decrees were passed against such as had fled and were
+not yet taken, and the estates of all were confiscated.  The
+estates of the rebels supplied a fund for the recompense of the
+loyal. *20 The execution of justice may seem to have been severe;
+but Gasca was willing that the rod should fall heavily on those
+who had so often rejected his proffers of grace.  Lenity was
+wasted on a rude, licentious soldiery, who hardly recognized the
+existence of government, unless they felt its rigor
+[Footnote 20: Pedro Pizarro, Descub. y Conq., Ms. - Fernandez,
+Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap. 91. - Carta de Valdivia,
+Ms.  - Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib 7, cap 8. - Relacion del Lic.
+Gasca, Ms]
+
+A new duty now devolved on the president, - that of rewarding his
+faithful followers, - not less difficult, as it proved, than that
+of punishing the guilty.  The applicants were numerous; since
+every one who had raised a finger in behalf of the government
+claimed his reward.  They urged their demands with a clamorous
+importunity which perplexed the good president, and consumed
+every moment of his time.
+
+Disgusted with this unprofitable state of things, Gasca resolved
+to rid himself of the annoyance at once, by retiring to the
+valley of Guaynarima, about twelve leagues distant from the city,
+and there digesting, in quiet, a scheme of compensation, adjusted
+to the merits of the parties.  He was accompanied only by his
+secretary, and by Loaysa, now archbishop of Lima, a man of sense,
+and well acquainted with the affairs of the country.  In this
+seclusion the president remained three months, making a careful
+examination into the conflicting claims, and apportioning the
+forfeitures among the parties according to their respective
+services. The repa??timientos, it should be remarked, were
+usually granted only for life, and, on the death of the
+incumbent, reverted to the Crown, to be reassigned or retained at
+its pleasure.
+
+When his arduous task was completed, Gasca determined to withdraw
+to Lima, leaving the instrument of partition with the archbishop,
+to be communicated to the army.  Notwithstanding all the care
+that had been taken for an equitable adjustment, Gasca was aware
+that it was impossible to satisfy the demands of a jealous and
+irritable soldiery, where each man would be likely to exaggerate
+his own deserts, while he underrated those of his comrades; and
+he did not care to expose himself to importunities and complaints
+that could serve no other purpose than to annoy him.
+On his departure, the troops were called together by the
+archbishop in the cathedral, to learn the contents of the
+schedule intrusted to him. A discourse was first preached by a
+worthy Dominican, the prior of Arequipa, in which the reverend
+father expatiated on the virtue of contentment, the duty of
+obedience, and the folly, as well as wickedness, of an attempt to
+resist the constituted authorities, topics, in short, which he
+conceived might best conciliate the good-will and conformity of
+his audience.
+
+A letter from the president was then read from the pulpit.  It
+was addressed to the officers and soldiers of the army.  The
+writer began with briefly exposing the difficulties of his task,
+owing to the limited amount of the gratuities, and the great
+number and services of the claimants.  He had given the matter
+the most careful consideration, he said, and endeavoured to
+assign to each his share, according to his deserts, without
+prejudice or partiality.  He had, no doubt, fallen into errors,
+but he trusted his followers would excuse them, when they
+reflected that he had done according to the best of his poor
+abilities; and all, he believed, would do him the justice to
+acknowledge he had not been influenced by motives of personal
+interest.  He bore emphatic testimony to the services they had
+rendered to the good cause, and concluded with the most
+affectionate wishes for their future prosperity and happiness.
+The letter was dated at Guaynarima, August 17, 1548, and bore the
+simple signature of the Licentiate Gasca. *21
+
+[Footnote 21: Ms. de Caravantes - Pedro Pizzarro, Descub. y
+Conq., Ms. - Peru, Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 9. -
+Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap 92.]
+
+The archbishop next read the paper containing the president's
+award. The annual rent of the estates to be distributed amounted
+to a hundred and thirty thousand pesos ensayados; *22 a large
+amount, considering the worth of money in that day, - in any
+other country than Peru, where money was a drug. *23
+
+[Footnote 22: The peso ensayado, according to Garcilasso, was one
+fifth more in value than the Castilian ducat. Com. Real., Parte
+2, lib. 6, cap. 3.]
+
+[Footnote 23: "Entre los cavalleros capitanes y soldados que le
+ayudaron en esta ocasion repartio el Presidente Pedro de la Gasca
+135,000 pesos ensayados de renta que estaban vacos, y no un
+millon y tantos mil pesos, como dize Diego Fernandez, que
+escrivio en Palencia estas alteraciones, y de quien lo tomo
+Antonio de Herrera: y porque esta ocasion fue la segunda en que
+los benemeritos del Piru fundan con razon los servicios de sus
+pasados, porque mediante esta batalla aseguro la corona de
+Castilla las provincias mas ricas que tiene en America, pondre
+sus nombres para que se conserbe con certeza su memoria como
+pareze en el auto original que proveyo en el asiento de
+Guainarima cerca de la ciudad del Cuzco en diez y siete de Agosto
+de 1548, que esta en los archivos del govierno." Ms. de
+Caravantes.
+
+The sum mentioned in the text, as thus divided among the army,
+falls very far short of the amount stated by Garcilasso,
+Fernandez, Zarate, and, indeed, every other writer on the
+subject, none of whom estimate it at less than a million of
+pesos.  But Caravantes, from whom I have taken it, copies the
+original act of partition preserved in the royal archives.  Yet
+Garcilasso de la Vega ought to have been well informed of the
+value of these estates, which, according to him, far exceeded the
+estimate given in the schedule.  Thus, for instance, Hinojosa, he
+says, obtained from the share of lands and rich mines assigned to
+him from the property of Gonzalo Pizarro no less than 200,000
+pesos annually, while Aldana, the Licentiate Carbajal, and
+others, had estates which yielded them from 10,000 to 50,000
+pesos.  (Ibid., ubi supra.) It is impossible to reconcile these
+monstrous discrepancies.  No sum seems to have been too large for
+the credulity of the ancient chronicler; and the imagination of
+the reader is so completely bewildered by the actual riches of
+this El Dorado, that it is difficult to adjust his faith by any
+standard of probability.]
+
+The repartimientos thus distributed varied in value from one
+hundred to thirty-five hundred pesos of yearly rent; all,
+apparently, graduated with the nicest precision to the merits of
+the parties.  The number of pensioners was about two hundred and
+fifty; for the fund would not have sufficed for general
+distribution, nor were the services of the greater part deemed
+worthy of such a mark of consideration. *24
+
+[Footnote 24: Caravantes has transcribed from the original act a
+full catalogue of the pensioners, with the amount of the sums set
+against each of their names.]
+
+The effect produced by the document, on men whose minds were
+filled with the most indefinite expectations, was just such as
+had been anticipated by the president.  It was received with a
+general murmur of disapprobation.  Even those who had got more
+than they expected were discontented, on comparing their
+condition with that of their comrades, whom they thought still
+better remunerated in proportion to their deserts. They
+especially inveighed against the preference shown to the old
+partisans of Gonzalo Pizarro - as Hinojosa, Centeno, and Aldana -
+over those who had always remained loyal to the Crown.  There was
+some ground for such a preference; for none had rendered so
+essential services in crushing the rebellion; and it was these
+services that Gasca proposed to recompense.  To reward every man
+who had proved himself loyal, simply for his loyalty, would have
+frittered away the donative into fractions that would be of
+little value to any. *25
+
+[Footnote 25: The president found an ingenious way of
+remunerating several of his followers, by bestowing on them the
+hands of the rich widows of the cavaliers who had perished in the
+war.  The inclinations of the ladies do not seem to have been
+always consulted in this politic arrangement.  See Garci lasen,
+Com. Real., Parte 2 lib. 6 cap. 3.]
+
+It was in vain, however, that the archbishop, seconded by some of
+the principal cavaliers, endeavoured to infuse a more contented
+spirit into the multitude.  They insisted that the award should
+be rescinded, and a new one made on more equitable principles;
+threatening, moreover, that, if this were not done by the
+president, they would take the redress of the matter into their
+own hands.  Their discontent, fomented by some mischievous
+persons who thought to find their account in it, at length
+proceeded so far as to menace a mutiny; and it was not suppressed
+till the commander of Cuzco sentenced one of the ringleaders to
+death, and several others to banishment.  The iron soldiery of
+the Conquest required an iron hand to rule them.
+
+Meanwhile, the president had continued his journey towards Lima;
+and on the way was everywhere received by the people with an
+enthusiasm, the more grateful to his heart that he felt he had
+deserved it.  As he drew near the capital, the loyal inhabitants
+prepared to give him a magnificent reception.  The whole
+population came forth from the gates, led by the authorities of
+the city, with Aldana as corregidor at their head.  Gasca rode on
+a mule, dressed in his ecclesiastical robes.  On his right, borne
+on a horse richly caparisoned, was the royal seal, in a box
+curiously chased and ornamented.  A gorgeous canopy of brocade
+was supported above his head by the officers of the municipality,
+who, in their robes of crimson velvet, walked bareheaded by his
+side.  Gay troops of dancers, clothed in fantastic dresses of
+gaudy-colored silk, followed the procession, strewing flowers and
+chanting verses as they went, in honor of the president.  They
+were designed as emblematical of the different cities of the
+colony; and they bore legends or mottoes in rhyme on their caps,
+intimating their loyal devotion to the Crown, and evincing much
+more loyalty in their composition, it may be added, than poetical
+merit. *26 In this way, without beat of drum, or noise of
+artillery, or any of the rude accompaniments of war, the good
+president made his peaceful entry into the City of the Kings,
+while the air was rent with the acclamations of the people, who
+hailed him as their "Father and Deliverer, the Saviour of their
+country.!" *27
+
+[Footnote 26: Fernandez has collected these flowers of colonial
+poesy, which prove that the old Conquerors were much more expert
+with the sword than with the pen. Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib.
+2, cap. 93.]
+[Footnote 27: "Fue recibimiento mui solemne, con universal
+alegria del Pueblo, por verse libre de Tiranos; i toda la Gente,
+a voces, bendecia al Presidente, i le llamaban: Padre,
+Restaurador, i Pacificador, dando gracias a Dios, por haver
+vengado las injurias hechas a su Divina Magestad." Herrera, Hist
+General, dec. 8, lib. 4, cap. 17.]
+But, however grateful was this homage to Gasca's heart, he was
+not a man to waste his time in idle vanities.  He now thought
+only by what means he could eradicate the seeds of disorder which
+shot up so readily in this fruitful soil, and how he could place
+the authority of the government on a permanent basis.  By virtue
+of his office, he presided over the Royal Audience, the great
+judicial, and, indeed, executive tribunal of the colony; and he
+gave great despatch to the business, which had much accumulated
+during the late disturbances.  In the unsettled state of
+property, there was abundant subject for litigation; but,
+fortunately, the new Audience was composed of able, upright
+judges, who labored diligently with their chief to correct the
+mischief caused by the misrule of their predecessors.
+
+Neither was Gasca unmindful of the unfortunate natives; and he
+occupied himself earnestly with that difficult problem, - the
+best means practicable of ameliorating their condition.  He sent
+a number of commissioners, as visitors, into different parts of
+the country, whose business it was to inspect the encomiendas,
+and ascertain the manner in which the Indians were treated, by
+conversing not only with the proprietors, but with the natives
+themselves.  They were also to learn the nature and extent of the
+tributes paid in former times by the vassals of the Incas. *28
+
+[Footnote 28: "El Presidente Gasca mando visitar todas las
+provincias y repartimientos deste reyno, nombrando para ello
+personas de autoridad y de quien se tenia entendido que tenian
+conoscimiento de la tierra que se les encargavan, que ha de ser
+la principal calidad, que se ha buscar en la persona, a quien se
+comete semejante negocio despues que sea Cristiana: lo segundo se
+les dio instruccion de lo que hauian de averiguar, que fueron
+muchas cosas: el numero, las haciendas, los tratos y grangerias,
+la calidad de la gente y de sus tierras y comarca y lo que davan
+de tributo." Ondegardo, Rel. Prim., Ms.]
+
+In this way, a large amount of valuable information was obtained,
+which enabled Gasca, with the aid of a council of ecclesiastics
+and jurists, to digest a uniform system of taxation for the
+natives, lighter even than that imposed on them by the Peruvian
+princes.  The president would gladly have relieved the conquered
+races from the obligations of personal service; but, on mature
+consideration, this was judged impracticable in the present state
+of the country, since the colonists, more especially in the
+tropical regions, looked to the natives for the performance of
+labor, and the latter, it was found from experience, would not
+work at all, unless compelled to do so.  The president, however,
+limited the amount of service to be exacted with great precision,
+so that it was in the nature of a moderate personal tax.  No
+Peruvian was to be required to change his place of residence,
+from the climate to which he had been accustomed, to another; a
+fruitful source of discomfort, as well as of disease, in past
+times.  By these various regulations, the condition of the
+natives, though not such as had been contemplated by the sanguine
+philanthropy of Las Casas, was improved far more than was
+compatible with the craving demands of the colonists; and all the
+firmness of the Audience was required to enforce provisions so
+unpalatable to the latter.  Still they were enforced.  Slavery,
+in its most odious sense, was no longer tolerated in Peru.  The
+term "slave" was not recognized as having relation to her
+institutions; and the historian of the Indies makes the proud
+boast, - it should have been qualified by the limitations I have
+noticed, - that every Indian vassal might aspire to the rank of a
+freeman. *29
+[Footnote 29: "El Presidente, i el Audiencia dieron tales
+oraenes, que este negocio se asento, de manera, que para adelante
+no se platico mas este nombre de Esclavos, sino que la libertad
+fue general por todo el Reino." Herrera, Hist. Gen., dec. 8, lib.
+5, cap. 7.]
+
+Besides these reforms, Gasca introduced several in the municipal
+government of the cities, and others yet more important in the
+management of the finances, and in the mode of keeping the
+accounts.  By these and other changes in the internal economy of
+the colony, he placed the administration on a new basis, and
+greatly facilitated the way for a more sure and orderly
+government by his successors.  As a final step, to secure the
+repose of the country after he was gone, he detached some of the
+more aspiring cavaliers on distant expeditions, trusting that
+they would draw off the light and restless spirits, who might
+otherwise gather together and disturb the public tranquillity; as
+we sometimes see the mists which have been scattered by the
+genial influence of the sun become condensed, and settle into a
+storm, on his departure. *30
+
+[Footnote 30: Ms. de Caravantes. - Gomara, Hist. de las Indians,
+cap. 187. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+93-95. - Zarate.  Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 10.]
+
+Gasca had been now more than fifteen months in Lima and nearly
+three years had elapsed since his first entrance into Peru.  In
+that time, he had accomplished the great objects of his mission.
+When he landed, he found the colony in a state of anarchy, or
+rather organized rebellion under a powerful and popular chief.
+He came without funds or forces to support him.  The former he
+procured through the credit which he established in his good
+faith; the latter he won over by argument and persuasion from the
+very persons to whom they had been confided by his rival.  Thus
+he turned the arms of that rival against himself.  By a calm
+appeal to reason he wrought a change in the hearts of the people;
+and, without costing a drop of blood to a single loyal subject,
+he suppressed a rebellion which had menaced Spain with the loss
+of the wealthiest of her provinces.  He had punished the guilty,
+and in their spoils found the means to recompense the faithful.
+He had, moreover, so well husbanded the resources of the country,
+that he was enabled to pay off the large loan he had negotiated
+with the merchants of the colony, for the expenses of the war,
+exceeding nine hundred thousand pesos de oro. *31 Nay, more, by
+his economy he had saved a million and a half of ducats for the
+government, which for some years had received nothing from Peru;
+and he now proposed to carry back this acceptable treasure to
+swell the royal coffers. *32 All this had been accomplished
+without the cost of outfit or salary, or any charge to the Crown
+except that of his own frugal expenditure. *33 The country was
+now in a state of tranquillity Gasca felt that his work was done;
+and that he was free to gratify his natural longing to return to
+his native land.
+
+[Footnote 31: "Recogio tanta sema de dinero, que pago novecientos
+mil pesos de Oro, que se hallo haver gastado, desde el Dia que
+entro en Panama, hasta que se acabo la Guerra, los quales tomo
+prestados." Herrera, Hist. General, dec. 8, lib. 5, cap. 7. -
+Zarate, Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 10.]
+
+[Footnote 32: "Aviendo pagado el Presidente las costas de la
+guerra que fueron muchas, remitio a S. M y lo llevo consigo
+264,422 marcos de plata, que a seis ducados valieron 1 millon
+588,332 ducados" Ms. de Caravantes.]
+[Footnote 33: "No tubo ni quiso salario el Presidente Gasca sino
+cedula para que a un mayordomo suyo diosen los Oficiales reales
+lo necesario de la real Hacienda, que como pareze de los
+quadernos de su gasto fue muy moderado." (Ms. de Caravantes.)
+Gasca, it appears, was most exact in keeping the accounts of his
+disbursements for the expenses of himself and household, from the
+time he embarked for the colonies.]
+
+Before his departure, he arranged a distribution of those
+repartimientos which had lapsed to the Crown during the past year
+by the death of the incumbents.  Life was short in Peru; since
+those who lived by the sword, if they did not die by the sword,
+too often fell early victims to the hardships incident to their
+adventurous career.  Many were the applicants for the new bounty
+of government; and, as among them were some of those who had been
+discontented with the former partition, Gasca was assailed by
+remonstrances, and sometimes by reproaches couched in no very
+decorous or respectful language.  But they had no power to
+disturb his equanimity; he patiently listened, and replied to all
+in the mild tone of expostulation best calculated to turn away
+wrath; "by this victory over himself," says an old writer,
+"acquiring more real glory, than by all his victories over his
+enemies." *34
+
+[Footnote 34: "En lo qual hizo mas que en vencer y ganar todo
+aquel Ympe rio: porque fue vencerse assi proprio." Garcilasso,
+Com. Real Parte 2, lib. 6, cap. 7.]
+
+An incident occurred on the eve of his departure, touching in
+itself, and honorable to the parties concerned.  The Indian
+caciques of the neighbouring country, mindful of the great
+benefits he had rendered their people, presented him with a
+considerable quantity of plate in token of their gratitude.  But
+Gasca refused to receive it, though in doing so he gave much
+concern to the Peruvians who feared they had unwittingly fallen
+under his displeasure.
+
+Many of the principal colonists, also, from the same wish to show
+their sense of his important services, sent to him, after he had
+embarked, a magnificent donative of fifty thousand gold
+castellanos.  "As he had taken leave of Peru," they said, "there
+could be no longer any ground for declining it." But Gasca was as
+decided in his rejection of this present, as he had been of the
+other.  "He had come to the country," he remarked, "to serve the
+king, and to secure the blessings of peace to the inhabitants;
+and now that, by the favor of Heaven, he had been permitted to
+accomplish this, he would not dishonor the cause by any act that
+might throw suspicion on the purity of his motives."
+Notwithstanding his refusal, the colonists contrived to secrete
+the sum of twenty thousand castellanos on board of his vessel,
+with the idea, that, once in his own country, with his mission
+concluded, the president's scruples would be removed.  Gasca did,
+indeed, accept the donative; for he felt that it would be
+ungracious to send it back; but it was only till he could
+ascertain the relatives of the donors, when he distributed it
+among the most needy. *35
+
+[Footnote 35: Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2, cap.
+95.]
+    Having now settled all his affairs, the president committed
+the government, until the arrival of a viceroy, to his faithful
+partners of the Royal Audience, and in January, 1150, he embarked
+with the royal treasure on board of a squadron for Panama.  He
+was accompanied to the shore by a numerous crowd of the
+inhabitants, cavaliers and common people, persons of all ages and
+conditions, who followed to take their last look of their
+benefactor, and watch with straining eyes the vessel that bore
+him away from their land.
+
+His voyage was prosperous, and early in March the president
+reached his destined port.  He stayed there only till he could
+muster horses and mules sufficient to carry the treasure across
+the mountains; for he knew that this part of the country abounded
+in wild, predatory spirits, who would be sorely tempted to some
+act of violence by a knowledge of the wealth which he had with
+him.  Pushing forward, therefore, he crossed the rugged Isthmus,
+and, after a painful march, arrived in safety at Nombre de Dios.
+
+The event justified his apprehensions.  He had been gone but
+three days, when a ruffian horde, after murdering the bishop of
+Guatemala, broke into Panama with the design of inflicting the
+same fate on the president, and of seizing the booty.  No sooner
+were the tidings communicated to Gasca, than, with his usual
+energy, he levied a force and prepared to march to the relief of
+the invaded capital.  But Fortune - or, to speak more correctly
+Providence - favored him here, as usual; and, on the eve of his
+departure, he learned that the marauders had been met by the
+citizens, and discomfited with great slaughter.  Disbanding his
+forces, therefore, he equipped a fleet of nineteen vessels to
+transport himself and the royal treasure to Spain, where he
+arrived in safety, entering the harbour of Seville after a little
+more than four years from the period when he had sailed from the
+same port. *36
+
+[Footnote 36: Ms. de Caravantes. - Gomara, Hist. de las Indias,
+cap. 183. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru Parte 2, lib 1, cap. 10. -
+Zarate Conq. del Peru, lib. 7, cap. 13. - Herrera, Hist. General,
+dec. 8, lib. 6. cap. 17. 2, lib 1, cap. 10. - Zarate Conq.]
+
+Great was the sensation throughout the country caused by his
+arrival. Men could hardly believe that results so momentous had
+been accomplished in so short a time by a single individual, - a
+poor ecclesiastic, who, unaided by government, had, by his own
+strength, as it were, put down a rebellion which had so long set
+the arms of Spain at defiance!
+The emperor was absent in Flanders.  He was overjoyed on learning
+the complete success of Gasca's mission; and not less satisfied
+with the tidings of the treasure he had brought with him; for the
+exchequer, rarely filled to overflowing, had been exhausted by
+the recent troubles in Germany.  Charles instantly wrote to the
+president, requiring his presence at court, that he might learn
+from his own lips the particulars of his expedition.  Gasca,
+accordingly, attended by a numerous retinue of nobles and
+cavaliers, - for who does not pay homage to him whom the king
+delighteth to honor? - embarked at Barcelona, and, after a
+favorable voyage, joined the Court in Flanders.
+
+He was received by his royal master, who fully appreciated his
+services, in a manner most grateful to his feelings; and not long
+afterward he was raised to the bishopric of Palencia, - a mode of
+acknowledgment best suited to his character and deserts.  Here he
+remained till 1561, when he was promoted to the vacant see of
+Siguenza.  The rest of his days he passed peacefully in the
+discharge of his episcopal functions; honored by his sovereign,
+and enjoying the admiration and respect of his countrymen. *37
+
+[Footnote 37: Ibid., ubi supra. - Ms. de Caravantes. - Gomara,
+Hist. de as Indias, cap. 182. - Fernandez, Hist. del Peru, Parte
+2, lib. 1 cap. 10. - Zarate, Conq. del Peru lib. 7, cap. 13.]
+
+In his retirement, he was still consulted by the government in
+matters of importance relating to the Indies.  The disturbances
+of that unhappy land were renewed, though on a much smaller scale
+than before, soon after the president's departure.  They were
+chiefly caused by discontent with the repartimientos, and with
+the constancy of the Audience in enforcing the benevolent
+restrictions as to the personal services of the natives.  But
+these troubles subsided, after a very few years, under the wise
+rule of the Mendozas, - two successive viceroys of that
+illustrious house which has given so many of its sons to the
+service of Spain.  Under their rule, the mild yet determined
+policy was pursued, of which Gasca had set the example.  The
+ancient distractions of the country were permanently healed.
+With peace, prosperity returned within the borders of Peru; and
+the consciousness of the beneficent results of his labors may
+have shed a ray of satisfaction, as it did of glory, over the
+evening of the president's life.
+
+That life was brought to a close in November 1567, at an age,
+probably, not far from the one fixed by the sacred writer as the
+term of human existence. *38 He died at Valladolid, and was
+buried in the church of Santa Maria Magdalena, in that city,
+which he had built and liberally endowed.  His monument,
+surmounted by the sculptured effigy of a priest in his sacerdotal
+robes, is still to be seen there, attracting the admiration of
+the traveller by the beauty of its execution.  The banners taken
+from Gonzalo Pizarro on the field of Xaquixaguana were suspended
+over his tomb, as the trophies of his memorable mission to Peru.
+*39 The banners have long since mouldered into dust, with the
+remains of him who slept beneath them; but the memory of his good
+deeds will endure for ever. *40
+[Footnote 38: I have met with no account of the year in which
+Gasca was born; but an inscription on his portrait in the
+sacristy of St. Mary Magdalene at Valladolid, from which the
+engraving prefixed to this volume is taken, states that he died
+in 1567, at the age of seventy-one.  This is perfectly consistent
+with the time of life at which he had probably arrived when we
+find him a collegiate at Salamanca, in the year 1522.]
+[Footnote 39: "Murio en Valladolid, donde mando enterrar su
+cuerpo en la Iglesia de la advocacion de la Magdalena, que hizo
+edificar en aquella ciudad, donde se pusieron las vanderas que
+gano a Gonzalo Pizarro." Ms. de Caravantes.]
+
+[Footnote 40: The memory of his achievements has not been left
+entirely to the care of the historian.  It is but a few years
+since the character and administration of Gasca formed the
+subject of an elaborate panegyric from one of the most
+distinguished statesmen in the British parliament.  (See Lord
+Brougham's speech on the maltreatment of the North American
+colonies, February, 1838.) The enlightened Spaniard of our day,
+who contemplates with sorrow the excesses committed by his
+countrymen of the sixteenth century in the New World, may feel an
+honest pride, that in this company of dark spirits should be
+found one to whom the present generation may turn as to the
+brightest model of integrity and wisdom.]
+
+Gasca was plain in person, and his countenance was far from
+comely. He was awkward and ill-proportioned; for his limbs were
+too long for his body, - so that when he rode, he appeared to be
+much shorter than he really was. *41 His dress was humble, his
+manners simple, and there was nothing imposing in his presence.
+But, on a nearer intercourse, there was a charm in his discourse
+that effaced every unfavorable impression produced by his
+exterior, and won the hearts of his hearers.
+[Footnote 41: "Era muy pequeno de cuerpo con estrana hechura, que
+de la cintura abaxo tenia tanto cuerpo, como qualquiera hombre
+alto, y de la cintura al hombro no tenia vna tercia.  Andando a
+cauallo parescia a vn mas pequeno de lo que era, porque todo era
+piernas: de rostro era muy feo: pero lo que la naturaleza le nego
+de las dotes del cuerpo, se los doblo en los del animo."
+Garcilasso, Com. Real, Parte 2, lib. 5, cap. 2.]
+The president's character may be thought to have been
+sufficiently portrayed in the history already given of his life.
+It presented a combination of qualities which generally serve to
+neutralize each other, but which were mixed in such proportions
+in him as to give it additional strength.  He was gentle, yet
+resolute; by nature intrepid, yet preferring to rely on the
+softer arts of policy.  He was frugal in his personal
+expenditure, and economical in the public; yet caring nothing for
+riches on his own account, and never stinting his bounty when the
+public good required it.  He was benevolent and placable, yet
+could deal sternly with the impenitent offender; lowly in his
+deportment, yet with a full measure of that self-respect which
+springs from conscious rectitude of purpose; modest and
+unpretending, yet not shrinking from the most difficult
+enterprises; deferring greatly to others, yet, in the last
+resort, relying mainly on himself; moving with deliberation, -
+patiently waiting his time; but, when that came, bold, prompt,
+and decisive.
+
+Gasca was not a man of genius, in the vulgar sense of that term.
+At least, no one of his intellectual powers seems to have
+received an extraordinary development, beyond what is found in
+others.  He was not a great writer, nor a great orator, nor a
+great general.  He did not affect to be either.  He committed the
+care of his military matters to military men; of ecclesiastical,
+to the clergy; and his civi and judicial concerns he reposed on
+the members of the Audience.  He was not one of those little
+great men who aspire to do every thing themselves, under the
+conviction that nothing can be done so well by others.  But the
+president was a keen judge of character.  Whatever might be the
+office, he selected the best man for it.  He did more.  He
+assured himself of the fidelity of his agents, presided at their
+deliberations; dictated a general line of policy, and thus
+infused a spirit of unity into their plans, which made all move
+in concert to the accomplishment of one grand result.
+A distinguishing feature of his mind was his common sense, - the
+best substitute for genius in a ruler who has the destinies of
+his fellow-men at his disposal, and more indispensable than
+genius itself.  In Gasca, the different qualities were blended in
+such harmony, that there was no room for excess.  They seemed to
+regulate each other.  While his sympathy with mankind taught him
+the nature of their wants, his reason suggested to what extent
+these were capable of relief, as well as the best mode of
+effecting it.  He did not waste his strength on illusory schemes
+of benevolence, like Las Casas, on the one hand; nor did he
+countenance the selfish policy of the colonists, on the other.
+He aimed at the practicable, - the greatest good practicable.
+
+In accomplishing his objects, he disclaimed force equally with
+fraud. He trusted for success to his power over the convictions
+of his hearers; and the source of this power was the confidence
+he inspired in his own integrity.  Amidst all the calumnies of
+faction, no imputation was ever cast on the integrity of Gasca.
+*42 No wonder that a virtue so rare should be of high price in
+Peru.
+
+[Footnote 42: "Fue tan recatado y estremado en esta virtud, que
+puesto que de muchos quedo mal quisto, quando del Peru se partio
+para Espana, por el repartimiento que hizo: con todo esso, jamas
+nadie dixo del, ni sospecho; que en esto ni otra cosa, se vuiesse
+mouido por codicia." Fernandez, Hist. de Peru, Parte 1, lib. 2
+cap. 95]
+
+There are some men whose characters have been so wonderfully
+adapted to the peculiar crisis in which they appeared, that they
+seem to have been specially designed for it by Providence.  Such
+was Washington in our own country, and Gasca in Peru We can
+conceive of individuals with higher qualities, at least with
+higher intellectual qualities, than belonged to either of these
+great men.  But it was the wonderful conformity of their
+characters to the exigencies of their situation, the perfect
+adaptation of the means to the end, that constituted the secret
+of their success; that enabled Gasca so gloriously to crush
+revolution, and Washington still more gloriously to achieve it.
+
+Gasca's conduct on his first coming to the colonies affords the
+best illustration of his character.  Had he come backed by a
+military array, or even clothed in the paraphernalia of
+authority, every heart and hand would have been closed against
+him.  But the humble ecclesiastic excited no apprehension; and
+his enemies were already disarmed, before he had begun his
+approaches.  Had Gasca, impatient of Hinojosa's tardiness,
+listened to the suggestions of those who advised his seizure, he
+would have brought his cause into jeopardy by this early display
+of violence.  But he wisely chose to win over his enemy by
+operating on his conviction.
+In like manner, he waited his time for making his entry into
+Peru. He suffered his communications to do their work in the
+minds of the people, and was careful not to thrust in the sickle
+before the harvest was ripe.  In this way, wherever he went,
+every thing was prepared for his coming; and when he set foot in
+Peru, the country was already his own.
+After the dark and turbulent spirits with which we have been
+hitherto occupied, it is refreshing to dwell on a character like
+that of Gasca.  In the long procession which has passed in review
+before us, we have seen only the mail-clad cavalier, brandishing
+his bloody lance, and mounted on his warhorse, riding over the
+helpless natives, or battling with his own friends and brothers;
+fierce, arrogant, and cruel, urged on by the lust of gold, or the
+scarce more honorable love of a bastard glory.  Mingled with
+these qualities, indeed, we have seen sparkles of the chivalrous
+and romantic temper which belongs to the heroic age of Spain.
+But, with some honorable exceptions, it was the scum of her
+chivalry that resorted to Peru, and took service under the banner
+of the Pizarros.  At the close of this long array of iron
+warriors, we behold the poor and humble missionary coming into
+the land on an errand of mercy, and everywhere proclaiming the
+glad tidings of peace.  No warlike trumpet heralds his approach,
+nor is his course to be tracked by the groans of the wounded and
+the dying.  The means he employs are in perfect harmony with his
+end.  His weapons are argument and mild persuasion.  It is the
+reason ne would conquer, not the body.  He wins his way by
+conviction, not by violence.  It is a moral victory to which he
+aspires, more potent, and happily more permanent, than that of
+the blood-stained conqueror.  As he thus calmly, and
+imperceptibly, as it were, comes to his great results, he may
+remind us of the slow, insensible manner in which Nature works
+out her great changes in the material world, that are to endure
+when the ravages of the hurricane are passed away and forgotten.
+
+With the mission of Gasca terminates the history of the Conquest
+of Peru.  The Conquest, indeed, strictly terminates with the
+suppression of the Peruvian revolt, when the strength, if not the
+spirit, of the Inca race was crushed for ever.  The reader,
+however, might feel a natural curiosity to follow to its close
+the fate of the remarkable family who achieved the Conquest.  Nor
+would the story of the invasion itself be complete without some
+account of the civil wars which grew out of it; which serve,
+moreover, as a moral commentary on preceding events, by showing
+that the indulgence of fierce, unbridled passions is sure to
+recoil, sooner or later, even in this life, on the heads of the
+guilty.
+It is true, indeed, that the troubles of the country were renewed
+on the departure of Gasca.  The waters had been too fearfully
+agitated to be stilled, at once, into a calm; but they gradually
+subsided, under the temperate rule of his successors, who wisely
+profited by his policy and example.  Thus the influence of the
+good president remained after he was withdrawn from the scene of
+his labors, and Peru, hitherto so distracted, continued to enjoy
+as large a share of repose as any portion of the colonial empire
+of Spain.  With the benevolent mission of Gasca, then, the
+historian of the Conquest may be permitted to terminate his
+labors, - with feelings not unlike those of the traveller, who
+having long journeyed among the dreary forests and dangerous
+defiles of the mountains, a length emerges on some pleasant
+landscape smiling in tranquillity and peace.
+Augustin de Zarate - a highly respectable authority, frequently
+cited in the later portion of this work - was Contador de
+Mercedes, Comptroller of Accounts, for Castile.  This office he
+filled for fifteen years; after which he was sent by the
+government to Peru to examine into the state of the colonial
+finances, which had been greatly deranged by the recent troubles,
+and to bring them, if possible, into order.
+
+Zarate went out accordingly in the train of the viceroy Blasco
+Nunez, and found himself, through the passions of his imprudent
+leader, entangled, soon after his arrival, in the inextricable
+meshes of civil discord.  In the struggle which ensued, he
+remained with the Royal Audience; and we find him in Lima, on the
+approach of Gonzalo Pizarro to that capital, when Zarate was
+deputed by the judges to wait on the insurgent chief, and require
+him to disband his troops and withdraw to his own estates.  The
+historian executed the mission, for which he seems to have had
+little relish, and which certainly was not without danger.  From
+this period, we rarely hear of him in the troubled scenes that
+ensued.  He probably took no further part in affairs than was
+absolutely forced on him by circumstances; but the unfavorable
+bearing of his remarks on Gonzalo Pizarro intimates, that,
+however he may have been discontented with the conduct of the
+viceroy, he did not countenance, for a moment, the criminal
+ambition of his rival.  The times were certainly unpropitious to
+the execution of the financial reforms for which Zarate had come
+to Peru.  But he showed so much real devotion to the interests of
+the Crown, that the emperor, on his return, signified his
+satisfaction by making him Superintendent of the Finances in
+Flanders.
+
+Soon after his arrival in Peru, he seems to have conceived the
+idea of making his countrymen at home acquainted with the
+stirring events passing in the colony, which, moreover, afforded
+some striking passages for the study of the historian.  Although
+he collected notes and diaries, as he tells us, for this purpose,
+he did not dare to avail himself of them till his return to
+Castile.  "For to have begun the history in Peru," he says,
+"would have alone been enough to put my life in jeopardy; since a
+certain commander, named Francisco de Carbajal, threatened to
+take vengeance on any one who should be so rash as to attempt the
+relation of his exploits, - far less deserving, as they were, to
+be placed on record, than to be consigned to eternal oblivion."
+In this same commander, the reader will readily recognize the
+veteran lieutenant of Gonzalo Pizarro.
+On his return home, Zarate set about the compilation of his work.
+His first purpose was to confine it to the events that followed
+the arrival of Blasco Nunez; but he soon found, that, to make
+these intelligible, he must trace the stream of history higher up
+towards its sources.  He accordingly enlarged his plan, and,
+beginning with the discovery of Peru, gave an entire view of the
+conquest and subsequent occupation of the country, bringing the
+narrative down to the close of Gasca's mission.  For the earlier
+portion of the story, he relied on the accounts of persons who
+took a leading part in the events.  He disposes more summarily of
+this portion than of that in which he himself was both a
+spectator and an actor; where his testimony, considering the
+advantages his position gave him for information, is of the
+highest value.
+Alcedo in his Biblioteca Americana, Ms., speaks of Zarate's work
+as "containing much that is good, but as not entitled to the
+praise of exactness." He wrote under the influence of party heat,
+which necessarily operates to warp the fairest mind somewhat from
+its natural bent.  For this we must make allowance, in perusing
+accounts of conflicting parties. But there is no intention,
+apparently, to turn the truth aside in support of his own cause;
+and his access to the best sources of knowledge often supplies us
+with particulars not within the reach of other chroniclers. His
+narrative is seasoned, moreover, with sensible reflections and
+passing comments, that open gleams of light into the dark
+passages of that eventful period.  Yet the style of the author
+can make but moderate pretensions to the praise of elegance or
+exactness; while the sentences run into that tedious,
+interminable length which belongs to the garrulous compositions
+of the regular thoroughbred chronicler of the olden time.
+The personalities, necessarily incident, more or less, to such a
+work, led its author to shrink from publication, at least during
+his life. By the jealous spirit of the Castilian cavalier,
+"censure," he says, "however light, is regarded with indignation,
+and even praise is rarely dealt out in a measure satisfactory to
+the subject of it." And he expresses his conviction that those do
+wisely, who allow their accounts of their own times to repose in
+the quiet security of manuscript, till the generation that is to
+be affected by them has passed away.  His own manuscript,
+however, was submitted to the emperor; and it received such
+commendation from this royal authority, that Zarate, plucking up
+a more courageous spirit, consented to give it to the press.  It
+accordingly appeared at Antwerp, in 1555, in octavo; and a second
+edition was printed in folio, at Seville, in 1577.  It has since
+been incorporated in Barcia's valuable collection; and, whatever
+indignation or displeasure it may have excited among
+contemporaries, who smarted under the author's censure, or felt
+themselves defrauded of their legitimate guerdon, Zarate's work
+has taken a permanent rank among the most respectable authorities
+for a history of the time.
+
+The name of Zarate naturally suggests that of Fernandez, for both
+were laborers in the same field of history.  Diego Fernandez de
+Palencia, or Palentino, as he is usually called, from the place
+of his birth came over to Peru, and served as a private in the
+royal army raised to quell the insurrections that broke out after
+Gasca's return to Castile Amidst his military occupations, he
+found leisure to collect materials for a history of the period,
+to which he was further urged by the viceroy, Mendoza, Marques de
+Canete, who bestowed on him, as he tells us, the post of
+Chronicler of Peru.  This mark of confidence in his literary
+capacity intimates higher attainments in Fernandez than might be
+inferred from the humble station that he occupied.  With the
+fruits of his researches the soldier-chronicler returned to
+Spain, and, after a time, completed his narrative of the
+insurrection of Giron.
+
+The manuscript was seen by the President of the Council of the
+Indies, and he was so much pleased with its execution, that he
+urged the author to write the account, in like manner, of Gonzalo
+Pizarro's rebellion, and of the administration of Gasca.  The
+historian was further stimulated, as he mentions in his
+dedication to Philip the Second, by the promise of a guerdon from
+that monarch, on the completion of his labors; a very proper, as
+well as politic, promise, but which inevitably suggests the idea
+of an influence not altogether favorable to severe historic
+impartiality.  Nor will such an inference be found altogether at
+variance with truth; for while the narrative of Fernandez
+studiously exhibits the royal cause in the most favorable aspect
+to the reader, it does scanty justice to the claims of the
+opposite party.  It would not be meet, indeed, that an apology
+for rebellion should be found in the pages of a royal pensioner;
+but there are always mitigating circumstances, which, however we
+may condemn the guilt, may serve to lessen our indignation
+towards the guilty.  These circumstances are not to be found in
+the pages of Fernandez.  It is unfortunate for the historian of
+such events, that it is so difficult to find one disposed to do
+even justice to the claims of the unsuccessful rebel.  Yet the
+Inca Garcilasso has not shrunk from this, in the case of Gonzalo
+Pizarro; and even Gomara, though living under the shadow, or
+rather in the sunshine, of the Court, has occasionally ventured a
+generous protest in his behalf.
+
+The countenance thus afforded to Fernandez from the highest
+quarter opened to him the best fountains of intelligence, - at
+least, on the government side of the quarrel.  Besides personal
+communication with the royalist leaders, he had access to their
+correspondence, diaries, and official documents.  He
+industriously profited by his opportunities; and his narrative,
+taking up the story of the rebellion from its birth, continues it
+to its final extinction, and the end of Gasca's administration.
+Thus the First Part of his work, as it was now called, was
+brought down to the commencement of the Second, and the whole
+presented a complete picture of the distractions of the nation,
+till a new order of things was introduced, and tranquillity was
+permanently established throughout the country.
+
+The diction is sufficiently plain, not aspiring to rhetorical
+beauties beyond the reach of its author, and out of keeping with
+the simple character of a chronicle.  The sentences are arranged
+with more art than in most of the unwieldy compositions of the
+time; and, while there is no attempt at erudition or philosophic
+speculation, the current of events flows on in an orderly manner,
+tolerably prolix, it is true, but leaving a clear and
+intelligible impression on the mind of the reader.  No history of
+that period compares with it in the copiousness of its details;
+and it has accordingly been resorted to by later compilers, as an
+inexhaustible reservoir for the supply of their own pages; a
+circumstance that may be thought of itself to bear no slight
+testimony to the general fidelity, as well as fulness, of the
+narrative. - The Chronicle of Fernandez, thus arranged in two
+parts, under the general title of Historia del Peru, was given to
+the world in the author's lifetime, at Seville, in 1571, in one
+volume, folio, being the edition used in the preparation of this
+work.
+
+Appendix
+
+No. I
+
+Description Of The Royal Progresses Of The Incas; Extracted From
+Sarmiento's Relacion, Ms.
+
+[The original manuscript, which was copied for Lord
+Kingsborough's valuable collection, is in the Library of the
+Escurial.]
+
+Quando en tiempo de paz salian los Yngas a visitar su Reyno, cuen
+tan que iban por el con gran majestad, sentados en ricas andas
+armadas sobre unos palos lisos largos, de manera escelente,
+engastadas en oro y argenteria, y de las andas salian dos arcos
+altos hechos de oro, engastados en piedras preciosas: caian unas
+mantas algo largas por todas las andas, de tal manera que las
+cubrian todas, y sino era queriendo el que iba dentro, no podia
+ser visto, ni alzaban las mantas si no era cuando entraba y
+salia, tanta era su estimacion; y para que le entrase aire, y el
+pudiese ver el camino, havia en las mantas hechos algunos
+agujeros hechos por todas partes.  En estas andas habia riqueza,
+y en algunas estaba esculpido el Sol y la luna, y en otras unas
+culebras grandes ondadas y unos como bastones que las
+atravesaban.  Esto trahian por encima por armas, y estas andas
+las llevaban en ombros de los Senores, los mayores y mas
+principales del Reyno, y aquel que mas con ellas andaba, aquel se
+tenia por mas onrado y por mas faborecido.  En rededor de las
+andas, a la ila, iba la guardia del Rey con los arqueros y
+alabarderos, y delante iban cinco mil honderos, y detras venian
+otros tantos Lanceros con sus Capitanes, y por los lados del
+camino y por el mesmo camino iban corredores fides, descubriendo
+lo que habia, y avisando la ida del Senor; y acudia tanta gente
+por lo ver, que parecia que todos los cerros y laderas estaba
+lleno de ella, y todos le davan las vendiciones alzando alaridos,
+y grita grande a su usanza, llamandole, Ancha atunapa indichiri
+campa capalla apatuco pacha camba bolla Yulley, que en nuestra
+lengua dira "Muy grande y poderoso Senor, hijo del Sol, tu solo
+eres Senor, todo el mundo te oya en verdad," y sin esto le decian
+otras cosas mas altas, tanto que poco faltaba para le adorar por
+Dios.  Todo el camino iban Yndios llimpiandolo, de tal manera que
+ni yerba ni piedra no parecia, sino todo limpio y barrido.
+Andaba cada dia cuatro leguas, o lo que el queria, paraba lo que
+era servido, para entender el estado de su Reyno, oia alegremente
+a los que con quejas le venian, remediando, y castigando a quien
+hacia injusticias; los que con ellos iban no se desmandaban a
+nada ni salian un paso del camino.  Los naturales proveian a lo
+necesario, sin lo cual lo havia tan cumplido en los depositos,
+que sobraba, y ninguna cosa faltaba.  Por donde iba, salian
+muchos hombres y mujeres y muchachos a servir personalmente en lo
+que les era mandalo, y para llebar las cargas, los de un pueblo
+las llebaban hasta otro, de donde los unos las tomaban y los
+otros las dejaban, y como era un dia, y cuando mucho dos, no lo
+sentian, ni de ello recivian agravio ninguno.  Pues yendo el
+Senor de esta manera, caminaba por su tierra el tiempo que le
+placia, viendo por sus ojos lo que pasaba, y proveyendo lo que
+entendia que convenia, que todo era cosas grandes e importantes;
+lo cual hecho, daba la buelta al Cuzco, principal Ciudad de todo
+su imperio.
+
+No. II.
+
+Account Of The Great Road Made By The Incas Over The Plateau,
+From Quito To Cuzco; Extracted From Sarmiento's Relacion, Ms.
+
+Una de las cosas de que yo mas me admire, contemplando y notando
+las cosas de estos Reynos, fue pensar como y de que manera se
+pudieron hacer caminos tan grandes y sovervios como por el vemos,
+y que fuerzas de hombres bastaran a lo hacer, y con que
+herramientas y instrumentos pudieron allanar los montes y
+quebrantar las penas para hacerlos tan anchos y buenos como
+estan; por que me parece que si el Emperador quisiese mandar
+hacer otro camino Real como el que ba del Quito al Cuzco o sale
+del Cuzco para ir a Chile, ciertamte creo, con todo su poder,
+para ello no fuese poderoso, ni fuerzas de hombres lo pudiesen
+hacer, sino fuese con la orden tan grande que para ello los Yngas
+mandaron que hubiese: por que si fuera Camino de cinquenta
+leguas, o de ciento, o de doscientas, es de creer que aunque la
+tierra fuera mas aspera, no se tu biera en mucho con buena
+diligencia hacerlo; mas estos eran tan largos que havia alguno
+que tenia mas de mil y cien leguas, todo hechado por sierras tan
+grandes y espantosas que por algunas partes mirando abajo se
+quitaba la vista, y algunas de estas Sierras derechas y llenas de
+pie dras, tanto que era menester cavar por las laderas en pena
+viva para hacer el camino ancho y llano, todo lo qual hacian con
+fuego y con sus picos; por otras lugares havia subidas tan altas
+y asperas, que hacian desde lo bajo escalones para poder subir
+por ellos a lo mas alto, haciendo entre medias de ellos algunos
+descansos anchos para el reposo de la gente; en otros lugares
+havia montones de nieve que eran mas de temer, y estos no en un
+lugar sino en muchas partes, y no asi como quiera sino que no ba
+ponderado ni encarecido como ello es, ni como lo bemos, y por
+estas nieves y por donde havia montanas, de arboles y cespedes lo
+hacian llano y empedrado si menester fuese.  Los que leyeren este
+Libro y hubieren estado en el Peru, miren el Camino que ba desde
+Lima a Xauxa por las Sierras tan asperas de Guayacoire y por las
+montanas nevadas de Pavacaca, y entenderan los que a ellos lo
+oyeren si es mas lo que ellos vieron que no lo que yo escrivo.
+No. III.
+
+Policy Observed By The Incas In Their Conquests; Taken From
+Sarmiento's Relacion, Ms
+
+Una de las cosas de que mas se tiene embidia a estos Senores, es
+entender quan bien supieron conquistar tan grandes tierras y
+ponerlas con su prudencia en tanta razon como los Espanoles las
+hallaron quando por ellos fue descubierto este Reyno, y de que
+esto sea asi muchas vezes me acuerdo yo estando en alguna
+Provincia indomita fuera de estos Reynos oir luego a los mesmos
+Espanoles yo aseguro que si los Yngas anduvieran por aqui que
+otra cosa fuera esto, es decir no conquistaran los Yngas esto
+como lo otro porque supieran servir y tributar, por manera que
+quanto a esto, conozida esta la ventaja que nos hacen pues con su
+orden las gentes vivian con ella y crecian en multiplicacion, y
+de las Provincias esteriles hacian fertiles y abundantes en tanta
+manera y por tan galana orden como se dira, siempre procuraron de
+hacer por bien las cosas y no por mal en el comienzo de los
+negocios, despues algunos Yngas hicieron grandes castigos en
+muchas partes, pero antes todos afirman que fue grande con la
+benevolencia y amicicia que procuraban el atraer a su servicio
+estas gentes, ellos salian del Cuzco con su gente y aparato de
+guerra y caminaban con gran concierto hasta cerca de donde havian
+de ir, y querian conquistar, donde muy bastante mente se
+informaban del poder que tenian los enemigos y de las ayudas que
+podrian tener y de que parte les podrian venir favores y por que
+Camino, y esto entendido por ellos, procuraban por las vias a
+ellos posibles estorvar que no fuesen socorridos ora con dones
+grandes que hacian ora con resistencias que ponian, entendiendo
+sin esto de mandar hacer sus fuertes, los quales eran en Cerro o
+ladera hechos en ellos ciertas Cercas altas y largas, con su
+puerta cada una, porque perdida la una pudiesen pasarse a la otra
+y de la otra hasta lo mas alto, y embiaban esanchas de los
+Confederados para marcar la tierra y ver los caminos y conocer
+del arte qe estaban aguardando y por donde havia mas
+mantenimiento, saviendo por el camino que havian de llevar y la
+orden con que havian de ir, embiabales mensageros propios con los
+quales les embiaba a decir, que el los queria tener por parientes
+y aliados, por tanto que con buen animo y corazon alegre se
+salieser lo recevir y recevirlo en su Provincia, para que en ella
+le sea dad obediencia como en las demas, y porqe lo hagan con
+voluntad presentes a los Senores naturales, y con esto y con
+otras buenas maneras que tenia entraron en muchas tierras sin
+guerra, en las quales mandaban a la gente de guerra que con el
+iba que no hiciesen dano ni injuria ninguna ni robo ni fuerza, y
+si en tal Provincia no havia mantenimiento mandaba que de otra
+parte se proveyese, porque a los nuebamente venidos a su servicio
+no les pareciese desde luego pesado su mando y conocimiento, y el
+conocerle y aborrecerle fuese en un tiempo, y si en alguna de
+estas Provincias no havia ganado mandaba luego que les diese por
+quenta tantas mil Cavezas, lo qual mandaban que mirasen mucho y
+con ello multiplicasen para proberse de Lana para sus Ropas, y
+que no fuesen osados de comer ni matar ninguna cria por los anos
+y tiempo que les senalaba, y si havia ganado y tenian de otra
+cosa falta era lo mismo, y si estaban en Collados y arenales bien
+les hacian entender con buenas palabras que hiciesen Pueblos y
+Casas en lo mas llano de las Sierras y laderas, y como muchos no
+eran diestros en cultibar las tierras abecavanles como lo havian
+de hacer imponiendoles en que supiesen sacar acequias y regar con
+ellas los Campos, en todo los havian de proveer tan
+concertadamente que quando entraba por amistad alguno de los
+Yngas en Provincias de estas, en brebe tiempo quedaba tal que
+parecia otra y los naturales le daban la obediencia consintiendo
+que sus delegados quedasen en ellos, y lo mismo los Mitimaes; en
+otras muchas que entraron de guerra y por fuerza de armas
+mandabase que en los mantenimientos y Casas de los enemigos se
+hiciese poco dano, diciendoles el Senor, presto seran estos
+nuestros como los que ya lo son; como esto tenian conocido,
+procuraban q. la guerra fuese la mas liviana que ser pudiese, no
+embargante que en muchos lugares se dieron grandes batallas,
+porque todavia los naturales de ellos querian conservarse en la
+livertad antigua sin perder sus costumbres y Religion por tomar
+otras estranas, mas durando la guerra siempre havian los Yngas lo
+mejor, y vencidos no los destruian de nuebo, antes mandaban
+restituhir los Presos si algunos havia y el despojo y ponerlos en
+posesion de sus haciendas y senorio, amonestandoles que no
+quieran ser locos en tener contra su Persona Real competencias ni
+dejar su amistad, antes querian ser sus amigos como lo son los
+Comarcanos suyos, y diciendoles esto, dabanles algunas mugeres
+hermosas y presas ricas de Lana o de metal de oro, con estas
+dadivas y buenas palabras havia las voluntades de todos, de tal
+manera que sin ningun temor los huidos a los montes se <illeg> a
+sus Casas y todos dejaban las armas y el que mas veces veia al
+Ynga se tenia por mas bien aventurado y dichoso. Los senorios
+nunca los tiraban a los naturales, a todos mandaban unos y otros
+que por Dios adorasen el Sol; sus demas religiones y costumbres
+no se las prohivian, pero mandabanles que se governasen por las
+Leyes y costumbres que se governaban en el Cuzco y que todos
+hablasen en la Lengua general, y puesto Governador por el Senor
+con guarniciones de gente de guerra, parten para lo de adelante;
+y si estas Provincias eran grandes, luego se entendia en edificar
+Templo del Sol y colocar las mugeres que ponian en los demas y
+hacer Palacios para los Senores, y cobraban para los tributos que
+havian de pagar sin llevarles nada demasiado ni agraviarles en
+cosa ninguna, encaminandoles en su policia y en que supiesen
+hacer edificios y traer ropas largas y vivir concertadamente en
+sus Pueblos, a los quales si algo les faltaba de que tubiesen
+necesidad eran provehidos y ensenados como lo havian de sembrar y
+beneficiar, de tal manera se hacia esto que sabemos en muchos
+Lugares que no havia maiz tenello despues sobrado, y en todo lo
+demas andaban como salvages mal vestidos y descalsos, y desde que
+conocieron a estos Senores usaron de Camisetas lares y mantas y
+las mugeres lo mismo y de otras buenas cosas, tanto que para
+siempre habra memoria de todo ello; y en el Collao y en otras
+partes mando pasar Mitimaes a la Sierra de los Andes para que
+sembrasen maiz y coca y otras frutas y raizes de todos los
+Pueblos la cantidad combeniente, los quales con sus mugeres
+vivian siempre en aquella parte donde sembraban y cojian tanto de
+lo que digo que se sentia poco la falta por traer mucho de estas
+partes y no haver Pueblo ninguno por pequeno que fuese que no
+tubiese de estos Mitimaes.  Adelante trataremos quantas suertes
+havia de estos Mitimaes y hacian los unos y entendian los otros.
+
+No. IV.
+
+Extract From The Last Will And Testament Of Mancio Sierra
+Lejesema, Ms.
+[The following is the preamble of the testament of a soldier of
+the Conquest, named Lejesema.  It is in the nature of a death-bed
+confession; and seems intended to relieve the writer's mind, who
+sought to expiate his own sins by this sincere though tardy
+tribute to the merits of the vanquished.  As the work in which it
+appears is rarely to be met with, I have extracted the whole of
+the preamble.]
+
+Verdadera confesion y protestacion en articulo de muerte hecha
+por uno de los primeros espanoles conquistadores del Peru,
+nombrado Mancio Sierra Lejesema, con su testamento otorgado en la
+ciudad del Cuzco el dia 15 de Setiembre de 1589 ante Geronimo
+Sanchez de Quesada escribano publico: la qual la trae el P. Fr.
+Antonio Calancha del orden de hermitanos de San Agustin en la
+cronica de su religion en el lib. 1, cap. 15, folio 98, y es del
+tenor siguiente.
+
+"Primeramente antes de empezar dicho mi testamento, declaro que
+ha muchos anos que yo he deseado tener orden de advertir a la
+Catolica Majestad del Rey Don Felipe, nuestro Senor, viendo cuan
+catolico y cristianisimoes, y cuan zeloso del servicio de Dios
+nuestro Senor, por lo que toca al descargo de mi anima, a causa
+de haber sido yo mucho parte en descubrimiento, conquista, y
+poblacion de estos Reynos, cuando los quitamos a los que eran
+Senores Ingas, y los poseian, y regian como suyos propios, y los
+pusimos debajo de la real corona, que entienda su Majestad
+Catolica que los dichos Ingas los tenian gobernados de tal
+manera, que en todos ellos no habia un Ladron ni hombre vicioso,
+ni hombre holgazan, ni una muger adultera ni mala; ni se permitia
+entre ellos ni gente de mal vivir en lo moral; que los hombres
+tenian sus ocupaciones honestas y provechosas; y que los montes y
+minas, pastes, caza y madera, y todo genero de aprovechamientos
+estaba gobernado y repartido de suerte que cada uno conocia y
+tenia su hacienda sin que otro ninguno se la ocupase o tomase, ni
+sobre ello habian pleytos; y que las cosas de guerra, aunque eran
+muchas, no impedian a las del Comercio, ni estas a las cosas de
+labranza, o cultivar de las tierras, ni otra cosa alguna, y que
+en todo, desde lo mayor hasta lo mas menudo, tenia su orden y
+concierto con mucho acierto: y que los Ingas eran tenidos y
+obecidos y respetados de sus subditos como gente muy capaz y de
+mucho Gobierno, y que lo mismo eran sus Gobernadores y Capitanes,
+y que como en estos hallamos la fuerza y el mando y la
+resistencia para poderlos sugetar e oprimir al servicio de Dios
+nuestro Senor y quitarles su tierra y ponerla debaxo de la real
+corona, fue necesario quitarles totalmente el poder y mando y los
+bienes, como se los quitamos a fuerza de armas: y que mediante
+haberlo permitido Dios nuestro Senor nos fue posible sujetar este
+reyno de tanta multitud de gente y riqueza, y de Senores los
+hicimos Siervos tan sujetos, como se ve: y que entienda su
+Magestad que el intento que me mueve a hacer esta relacion, es
+por descargo de mi conciencia, y por hallarme culpado en ello,
+pues habemos destruido con nuestro mal exemplo gente de tanto
+gobierno como eran estos naturales, y tan quitados de cometer
+delitos ni excesos asi hombres como mugeres, tanto por el Indio
+que tenia cien mil pesos de oro y plata en su casa, y otros
+indios dejaban abierta y puesta una escoba o un palo pequeno
+atravesado en la puerta para senal de que no estaba alli su
+dueno, y con esto segun su costumbre no podia entrar nadie
+adentro, ni tomar cosa de las que alli habia, y cuando ellos
+vieron que nosotros poniamos puertas y llaves en nuestras casas
+entendieron que era de miedo de ellos, porque no nos matasen,
+pero no porque creyesen que ninguno tomase ni hurtase a otro su
+hacienda; y asi cuando vieron que habia entre nosotros ladrones,
+y hombres que incitaban a pecado a sus mugeres y hijas nos
+tubieron en poco, y han venido a tal rotura en ofensa de Dios
+estos naturales por el mal exemplo que les hemos dado en todo,
+que aquel extremo de no hacer cosa mala se ha convertido en que
+hoy ninguna o pocas hacen buenas, y requieren remedio, y esto
+toca a su Magestad, para que descargue su conciencia, y se lo
+advierte, pues no soy parte para mas; y con esto suplico a mi
+Dios me perdone; y mueveme a decirlo porque soy el postrero que
+mueve de todos los descubridores y conquistadores, que como es
+notorio ya no hay ninguno sino yo solo en este reyno, ni fuera de
+el, y con esto hago lo que pued para descargo de mi conciencia."
+No. V.
+
+Translation From Oviedo's Historia General De Las Indias, Ms
+Parte II., Cap. 23.
+
+[This chapter of the gossiping old chronicler describes a
+conversation between the governor of Tierra Firme and Almagro, at
+which the writer was present.  It is told with much spirit; and
+is altogether so curious, from the light it throws on the
+characters of the parties, that I have thought the following
+translation, which has been prepared for me, might not be
+uninteresting to the English reader.]
+
+The Interview between Almagro and Pedrarias, in which the latter
+relinquished his Share of the Profits arising from the Discovery
+of Peru. Translated from Oviedo, Historia General, Ms., Parte
+II., Cap. 23.
+In February, 1527, I had some accounts to settle with Pedrarias,
+and was frequently at his house for the purpose.  While there one
+day, Almagro came in and said to him, - "Your Excellency is of
+course aware that you contracted with Francisco Pizarro, Don
+Fernando de Luque, the schoolmaster, and myself, to fit out an
+expedition for the discovery of Peru.  You have contributed
+nothing for the enterprise, while we have sunk both fortune and
+credit; for our expenses have already amounted to about fifteen
+thousand castellanos de oro.  Pizarro and his followers are now
+in the greatest distress, and require a supply of provisions,
+with a reinforcement of brave recruits.  Unless these are
+promptly raised, we shall be wholly ruined, and our glorious
+enterprise, from which the most brilliant results have been
+justly anticipated, will fall to the ground. An exact account
+will be kept of our expenses, that each may share the profits of
+the discovery in proportion to the amount of his contribution
+towards the outfit.  You have connected yourself with us in the
+adventure, and, from the terms of our contract, have no right to
+waste our time and involve us in ruin.  But if you no longer wish
+to be a member of the partnership, pay down your share of what
+has already been advanced, and leave the affair to us."
+
+To this proposal Pedrarias replied with indignation: - "One would
+really think, from the lofty tone you take, that my power was at
+an end; but if I have not been degraded from my office, you shall
+be punished for your insolence.  You shall be made to answer for
+the lives of the Christians who have perished through Pizarro's
+obstinacy and your own.  A day of reckoning will come for all
+these disturbances and murders, as you shall see, and that before
+you leave Panama."
+
+"I grant," returned Almagro, "that, as there is an almighty
+Judge, before whose tribunal we must appear, it is proper that
+all should render account of the living as well as the dead.
+And, Sir, I shall not shrink from doing so, when I have received
+an account from you, to be immediately sent to Pizarro, of the
+gratitude which our sovereign, the emperor, has been pleased to
+express for our services.  Pay, - if you wish to enjoy the fruits
+of this enterprise; for you neither sweat nor toil for them, and
+have not contributed even a third of the sum you promised when
+the contract was drawn up, - your whole expenditure not exceeding
+two or three paltry pesos.  But if you prefer to leave the
+partnership at once, we will remit one half of what you owe us,
+for our past outlays."
+
+Pedrarias, with a bitter smile, replied, - "It would not ruin
+you, if you were to give me four thousand pesos to dissolve our
+connection."
+"To forward so happy an event," said Almagro, "we will release
+you from your whole debt, although it may prove our ruin; but we
+will trust our fortunes in the hand of God."
+
+Although Pedrarias found himself relieved from the debt incurred
+for the outfit of the expedition, which could not be less than
+four or five thousand pesos, he was not satisfied, but asked,
+"What more will you give me?"
+
+Almagro, much chagrined, said, "I will give three hundred pesos,
+though I swear by God, I have not so much money in the world; but
+I will borrow it to be rid of such an incubus."
+
+"You must give me two thousand."
+
+"Five hundred is the most I will offer."
+
+"You must pay me more than a thousand."
+
+"A thousand pesos, then," cried the captain in a rage, "I will
+give you, though I do not own them; but I will find sufficient
+security for their future payment."
+
+Pedrarias declared himself satisfied with this arrangement; and a
+contract was accordingly drawn up, in which it was agreed, that,
+on the receipt of a thousand pesos, the governor should abandon
+the partnership and give up his share in the profits of the
+expedition.  I was one of the witnesses who signed this
+instrument, in which Pedrarias released and assigned over all his
+interest in Peru to Almagro and his associates, - by this act
+deserting the enterprise, and, by his littleness of soul, for
+feiting the rich treasures which it is well known he might have
+acquired from the golden empire of the Incas.
+
+No. VI.
+
+Contract Between Pizarro, Almagro, And Luque; Extracted From
+Montesinos, Annales, Ms., Ano 1526.
+
+[This memorable contract between three adventurers for the
+discovery and partition of an empire is to be found entire in the
+manuscript history of Montesinos, whose work derives more value
+from the insertion in it of this, and of other original
+documents, than from any merit of its own. This instrument, which
+may be considered as the basis of the operations of Pizarro,
+seems to form a necessary appendage to a history of the Conquest
+of Peru.]
+
+En el nombre de la santisima Trinidad, Padre, Hijo y
+Espiritu-Santo, tres personas distintas y un solo Dios verdadero,
+y de la santisima Virgen nuestra Senora hacemos esta compania. -
+
+Sepan cuantos esta carta de compania vieren como yo don Fernando
+de Luque, clerigo presbitero, vicario de la santa iglesia de
+Panama, de la una parte; y de la otra el capitan Francisco
+Pizarro y Diego de Almagro, vecinos que somos en esta ciudad de
+Panama, decimos: que somos concertados y convenidos de hacer y
+formar compania la cual sea firme y valedera para siempre jamas
+en esta manera: - Que por cuanto nos los dichos capitan Francisco
+Pizarro y Diego de Almagro, tenemos licencia del senor gobernador
+Pedro Arias de Avila para descubrir y conquistar las tierras y
+provincias de los reinos llamados del Peru, que esta, por noticia
+que hay, pasado el golfo y travesia del mar de la otra parte; y
+porque para hacer la dicha conquista y jornada y navios y gente y
+bastimento y otras cosas que son necesarias, no lo podemos nacer
+por no tener dinero y posibilidad tanta cuanta es menester: y vos
+el dicho don Fernando de Luque nos los dais porque esta compania
+la hagamos por iguales partes: somos contentos y convenidos de
+que todos tres hermanablemente, sin que hagan de haber ventaja
+ninguna mas el uno que el otro, ni el otro que el otro de todo lo
+que se descubriere, ganare y conquistare, y poblar en los dichos
+reinos y provincias del Peru.  Y por cuanto vos el dicho D.
+Fernando de Luque nos disteis, y poneis de puesto por vuestra
+parte en esta dicha compania para gastos de la armada y gente que
+se hace para la dicha jornada y conquista del dicho reino del
+Peru, veinte mil pesos en barras de oro y de a cuatrocientos y
+cincuenta maravedis el peso, los cuales los recibimos luego en
+las dichas barras de oro que pasaron de vuestro poder al nuestro
+en presencia del escribano de esta carta, que lo valio y monto; y
+yo Hernando del Castillo doy fe que los vide pesar los dichos
+veinte mil pesos en las dichas barras de oro y lo recibieron en
+mi presencia los dichos Capitan Francisco Pizarro y Diego de
+Almagro, y se dieron por contentos y pagados de ella.  Y nos los
+dichos capitan Francisco Pizarro y Diego de Almagro, ponemos de
+nuestra parte en esta dicha compania la merced que tenemos del
+dicho senor gobernador, y que la dicha conquista y reino que
+descubriremos de la tierra del dicho Peru, que en nombre de S.M.
+nos ha hecho, y las demas mercedes que nos hiciere y acrescentare
+S.M., y los de su consejo de las Indias de aqui adelante, para
+que de todo goceis y hayais vuestra tercera parte, sin que en
+cosa alguna hayamos de tener mas parte cada uno de nos, el uno
+que el otro, sino que hayamos de todo ello partes iguales.  Y mas
+ponemos en esta dicha compania nuestras personas y el haber de
+hacer la dicha conquista y descubrimiento con asistir con ellas
+en la guerra todo el tiempo que se tardare en conquistar y ganar
+y poblar el dicho reino del Peru, sin que por ello hayamos de
+llevar ninguno ventaja y parte mas de la que vos el dicho don
+Fernando de Luque llevaredes, que ha de ser por iguales partes
+todos tres, asi de los aprovechamientos que con nuestras personas
+tuvieremos, y ventajas de las partes que nos cupieren en la
+guerra y en los despojos y ganancias y suertes que en la dicha
+tierra del Peru hu bieremos y gozaremos, y nos cupieren por
+cualquier via y forma que sea, asi a mi el dicho capitan
+Francisco Pizarro como a mi Diego de Almagro, habeis de haber de
+todo ello, y es vuestro, y os lo daremos bien y fielmente, sin
+desfraudaros en cosa alguna de ello, la tercera parte, porque
+desde ahora en lo que Dios nuestro Senor nos diere, decimos y
+confesamos que es vuestro y de vuestros herederos y succesores,
+de quien en esta dicha compania succediere y lo hubiere de haber,
+en vuestro nombre se lo daremos, y le daremos cuenta de todo ello
+a vos, y a vuestros succesores, quieta y pacificamente, sin
+llevar mas parte cada uno de nos, que vos el dicho don Fernando
+de Luque, y quien vuestro poder hubiere y le perteneciere; y asi
+de cualquier dictado y estado de senorio perpetuo, o por tiempo
+senalado que S.M. nos hiciere merced en el dicho reino del Peru,
+asi a mi el dicho capitan Francisco Pizarro, o a mi el dicho
+Diego de Almagro, o a cualquiera de nos, sea vuestro el tercio de
+toda la renta y estado y vasallos que a cada uno de nos se nos
+diere y hiciere merced en cualquiera manera o forma que sea en el
+dicho remo del Peru por via de estado, o renta, repartimiento de
+indios, situaciones, vasallos, seais senor y goceis de la tercia
+parte de ello como nosotros mismos, sin adicion ni condicion
+ninguna, y si la hubiere y alegaremos, yo el dicho capitan
+Francisco Pizarro y Diego de Almagro y en nuestros nombres
+nuestros herederos, que no seamos oidos en juicio ni fuera del, y
+nos damos por condenados en todo y por todo como en esta
+escriptura se contiene para lo pagar y que haya efecto; y yo el
+dicho D. Fernando de Luque hago la dicha compania en la forma y
+manera que de suso esta declarado, y doy los veinte mil pesos de
+buen oro para el dicho descubrimiento y conquista del dicho reino
+del Peru, a perdida o ganancia, como Dios nuestro Senor sea
+servido, y de lo sucedido en el dicho descubrimiento de la dicha
+gobernacion y tierra, he yo de gozar y haber la tercera parte, y
+la otra tercera para el capitan Francisco Pizarro, y la otra
+tercera para Diego de Almagro, sin que el uno lleve mas que el
+otro, asi de estado de senor, como de repartimiento de indios
+perpetuos, como de tierras y solares y heredades; como de
+tesoros, y escondijos encubiertos, como de cualquier riqueza o
+aprovechamiento de oro, plata, perlas, esmeraldas, diamantes y
+rubies, y de cualquier estado y condicion que sea, que los dichos
+capitan Francisco Pizarro y Diego de Almagro hayais y tengais en
+el dicho reino del Peru, me habeis de dar la tercera parte.  Y
+nos el dicho capitan Francisco Pizarro y Diego de Almagro decimos
+que aceptamos la dicha compania y la hacemos con el dicho don
+Fernando de Luque de la forma y manera que lo pide el, y lo
+declara para que todos por iguales partes hayamos en todo y por
+todo, asi de estados perpetuos que S.M. nos hiciese mercedes en
+vasallos o indios o en otras cualesquiera rentas, goce el derecho
+don Fernando de Luque, y haya la dicha tercia parte de todo ello
+enteramente, y goce de ello como cosa suya desde el dia que S.M.
+nos hiciere cualesquiera mercedes como dicho es.  Y para mayor
+verdad y seguridad de esta escriptura de compania, y de todo lo
+en ella contenido, y que os acudiremos y pagaremos nos los dichos
+capitan Francisco Pizarro y Diego de Almagro a vos el dicho
+Fernando de Luque con la tercia parte de todo lo que se hubiere y
+descubriere, y nosotros hubieremos por cualquiera via y forma que
+sea; para mayor fuerza de que lo cumpliremos como en esta
+escriptura se contiene, juramos a Dios nuestro senor y a los
+Santos Evangelios donde mas largamente son escritos y estan en
+este libro Misal, donde pusieron sus manos el dicho capitan
+Francisco Pizarro, y Diego de Almagro, hicieron la senal de la
+cruz en semejanza de esta Dagger con sus dedos de la mano en
+presencia de mi el presente escribano, y dijeron que guardaran y
+cumpliran esta dicha compania y escriptura en todo y por todo,
+como en ello se contiene, sopena de infames y malos cristianos, y
+caer en caso de menos valer, y que Dios se lo demande mal y
+caramente; y dijeron el dicho capitan Francisco Pizarro y Diego
+de Almagro, amen; y asi iuramos y le daremos el tercio de todo lo
+que descubrieremos y conquistaremos y poblaremos en el dicho
+reino y tierra del Peru, y que goce de ello como nuestras
+personas, de todo aquello en que fuere nuestro y tuvieremos parte
+como dicho es en esta dicha escriptura; y nos obligamos de acudir
+con ello a vos el dicho don Fernando de Luque, y a quien en
+vuestro nombre le perteneciere y hubiere de haber, y les daremos
+cuenta con pago de todo ello cada y cuando que se nos pidiere,
+hecho el dicho descubrimiento y conquista y poblacion del dicho
+reino y tierra del Peru; y prometemos que en la dicha conquista y
+descubrimiento nos ocuparemos y trabajaremos con nuestras
+personas sin ocuparnos en otra cosa hasta que se conquiste la
+tierra y se ganare, y si no lo hicieremos seamos castigados por
+todo rigor de justicia por infames y perjuros, seamos obligados a
+volver a vos el dicho don Fernando de Luque los dichos veinte mil
+pesos de oro que de vos recibimos.  Y para lo cumplir y pagar y
+haber por firme todo lo en esta escriptura contenido, cada uno
+por lo que le toca, renunciaron todas y cualesquier leyes y
+ordenamien tos, y pramaticas, y otras cualesquier constituciones,
+ordenanzas que esten fechas en su favor, y cualesquiera de ellos
+para que aunque las pidan y aleguen, que no les valga.  Y valga
+esta escriptura dicha, y todo lo en ella contenido, y traiga
+aparejada y debida ejecucion asi en sus personas como en sus
+bienes, muebles y raices habidos y por haber; y para le cumplir y
+pagar, cada uno por lo que le toca, obligaron sus personas y
+bienes habidos y por haber segun dicho es, y dieron poder
+cumplido a cualesquier justicias y jueces de S. M. para que por
+todo rigor y mas breve remedio de derecho les compelan y apremien
+a lo asi cumplir y pagar, como si lo que dicho es fuese sentencia
+difinitiva de juez competente pasada en cosa juzgada; y
+renunciaron cualesquier leyes y derechos que en su favor hablan,
+especialmente la ley que dice: ue Que general renunciacion de
+leyes no vala: Que es fecha en la ciudad de Panama a diez dias
+del mes de marzo, ano del nacimiento de nuestro Salvador
+Jesucristo de mil quinientos veinte y seis anos: testigos que
+fueron presentes a lo que dicho es Juan de Panes, y Alvaro del
+Quiro y Juan de Vallejo, vecinos de la ciudad de Panama, y firmo
+el dicho D. Fernando de Luque; y porque no saben firmar el dicho
+capitan Francisco Pizarro y Diego de Almagro, firmaron por ellos
+en el registro ue esta carta Juan de Panes y Alvaro del Quiro, a
+los cuales otorgantes yo en presente escribano doy fe que
+conozco.  Don Fernando de Luque. - A su ruego de Francisco
+Pizarro - Juan de Panes; y a su ruego de Diego de Almagro -
+Alvaro del Quiro: E yo Hernando del Castillo, escribano de S. M.
+y escribano publico y del numero de esta ciudad de Panama,
+presente fui al otorgamiento de esta carla, y la fice escribir en
+estas cuatro fojas con esta, y por ende fice aqui este m signo a
+tal en testimonio de verdad.  Hernando del Castillo, escribano
+publico.
+
+No. VII
+
+Capitulation Made By Francis Pizarro With The Queen, Ms. Dated
+Toledo, July 26, 1529.
+
+[For a copy of this document, I am indebted to Don Martin
+Fernandez de Navarrete, late Director of the Roya.  Academy of
+History at Madrid. Though sufficiently long, it is of no less
+importance than the preceding contract, forming, like that, the
+foundation on which the enterprise of Pizarro and his associates
+may be said to have rested.]
+
+La Reina: - Por cuanto vos el capitan Francisco Pizarro, vecino
+de Tierra firme, llamada Castilla del Oro, por vos y en nombre
+del venerable padre D. Fernando de Luque, maestre escuela y
+provisor de la iglesia del Darien, sede vacante, que es en la
+dicha Castilla del Oro, y el capitan Diego de Almagro, vecino de
+la ciudad de Panama, nos hicisteis relacion, que vos e los dichos
+vuestros companeros con deseo de nos servir e del bien e
+acrecentamiento de nuestra corona real, puede haber cinco anos,
+poco mas o menos, que con licencia e parecer de Pedrarias Davila,
+nuestro gobernador e capitan general que fue de la dicha Tierra
+firme, tomastes cargo de ir a conquistar, descubrir e pacificar e
+poblar por la costa del mar del Sur, de la dicha tierra a la
+parte de Levante, a vuestra costa e de los dichos vuestros
+companeros, todo lo mas que por aquella parte pudieredes, e
+hicisteis para ello dos navios e un bergantin en la dicha costa,
+en que asi en esto por se haber de pasar la jarcia e aparejos
+necesarios al dicho viaje e armada desde el Nombre de Dios, que
+es la costa del Norte, a la otra costa del Sur, como con la gente
+e otras cosas necesarias al dicho viaje, e tornar a rehacer la
+dicha armada, gastasteis mucha suma de pesos de oro, e fuistes a
+hacer e hicisteis el dicho descubrimiento, donde pasastes muchos
+peligros e trabajo, a causa de lo cual os dejo toda la gente que
+con vos iba en una isla despoblada con solos trece hombres que no
+vos quisieron dejar, y que con ellos y con el socorro que de
+navios e gente vos hizo el dicho capitan Diego de Almagro,
+pasastes de la dicha isla e descubristes las tierras e provincia
+del Piru e ciudad de Tumbes, en que habeis gastado vos e los
+dichos vuestros companeros mas de treinta mil pesos de oro, e que
+con el deseo que teneis de nos servir querriades continuar la
+dicha conquista e poblacion a vuestra costa e mision, sin que en
+ningun tiempo seamos obligados a vos pagar ni satisfacer los
+gastos que en ello hicieredes, mas de lo que en esta capitulacion
+vos fuese otorgado, e me suplicasteis e pedistes por merced vos
+mandase encomendar la conquista de las dichas tierras, e vos
+concediese e otorgase las mercedes, e con las condiciones que de
+suso seran contenidas; sobre lo cual yo mande tomar con vos el
+asiento y capitulacion siguiente.
+
+Primeramente doy licencia y facultad a vos el dicho capitan
+Francisco Pizarro, para que por nos y en nuestro nombre e de la
+corona real de Castilla, podais continuar el dicho
+descubrimiento, conquista y poblacion de la dicha provincia del
+Peru, fasta ducientas leguas de tierra por la misma costa, las
+cuales dichas ducientas leguas comienzan desde el pueblo que en
+lengua de indios se dice Tenumpuela, e despues le llamasteis
+Santiago, hasta llegar al pueblo de Chincha, que puede haber las
+dichas ducientas leguas de costa, poco mas o menos.
+
+Item: Entendiendo ser cumplidero al servicio de Dios nuestro
+Senor y nuestro, y por honrar vuestra persona, e por vos hacer
+merced, prometemos de vos hacer nuestro gobernador e capitan
+general de toda la dicha provincia del Piru, e tierras y pueblos
+que al presente hay e adelante hubiere en todas las dichas
+ducientas leguas, por todos los dias de vuestra vida, con salario
+de setecientos e veinte y cinco mill maravedis cada ano, contados
+desde el dia que vos hiciesedes a la vela destos nuestros reinos
+para continuar la dicha poblacion e conquista, los cuales vos han
+de ser pagados de las rentas y derechos a nos pertenecientes en
+la dicha tierra que ansi habeis de poblar; del cual salario
+habeis de pagar en cada un ano un alcalde mayor, diez escuderos,
+e treinta peones, e un medico, e un boticario, el cual salario
+vos ha de ser pagado por los nuestros oficiales de la dicha
+tierra.
+
+Otrosi: Vos hacemos merced de titulo de nuestro Adelantado de la
+dicha provincia del Peru, e ansimismo del oficio de alguacil
+mayor della, todo ello por los dias de vuestra vida.
+
+Otrosi: Vos doy licencia para que con parecer y acuerdo de los
+dichos nuestros oficiales podais hacer en las dichas tierras e
+provincias del Peru, hasta cuatro fortalezas, en las partes y
+lugares que mas convengan, paresciendo a vos e a los dichos
+nuestros oficiales ser necesarias para guarda e pacificacion de
+la dicha tierra, e vos hare merced de las tenencias dellas, para
+vos, e para los herederos, e subcesores vuestros, ano en pos de
+otro, con salario de setenta y cinco mill maravedis en cada un
+ano por cada una de las dichas fortalezas, que ansi estuvieren
+hechas, las cuales habeis de hacer a vuestra costa, sin que nos,
+ni los reyes que despues de nos vinieren, seamos obligados a vos
+lo pagar al tiempo que asi lo gastaredes, salvo dende en cinco
+anos despues de acabada la fortaleza, pagandoos en cada un ano de
+los dichos cinco anos la quinta parte de lo que se montare el
+dicho gasto, de los frutos de la dicha tierra.
+Otrosi: Vos hacemos merced para ayuda a vuestra costa de mill
+ducados en cada un ano por los dias de vuestra vida de las rentas
+de las dichas tierras.
+
+Otrosi: Es nuestra merced, acatando la buena vida e doctrina de
+la persona del dicho don Fernando de Luque de le presentar a
+nuestro muy Sancto Padre por obispo de la ciudad de Tumbes, que
+es en la dicha provincia y gobernacion del Peru, con limites e
+diciones que por nos con autoridad apostolica seran senalados; y
+entretanto que vienen las bulas del dicho obispado, le hacemos
+protector universal de todos los indios de dicha provincia, con
+salario de mill ducados en cada un ano, pagado de nuestras rentas
+de la dicha tierra, entretanto que hay diezmos eclesiasticos de
+que se pueda pagar.
+
+Otrosi: Por cuanto nos habedes suplicado por vos en el dicho nom
+bre vos hiciese merced de algunos vasallos en las dichas tierras,
+e al presente lo dejamos de hacer por no tener entera relacion de
+ellas, es nuestra merced que, entretanto que informados provcamos
+en ello lo que a nuestro servicio e a la enmienda e satisfaccion
+de vuestros trabajos e servicios conviene, tengais la veintena
+parte de los pechos que nos tu vieremos en cada un ano en la
+dicha tierra, con tanto que no exceda de mill y quinientos
+ducados, los mill para vos el dicho capitan Pizarro, e los
+quinientos para el dicho Diego de Almagro.
+
+Otrosi: Hacemos merced al dicho capitan Diego de Almagro de la
+tenencia de la fortaleza que hay u obiere en la dicha ciudad de
+Tumbes, que es en la dicha provincia del Peru, con salario de
+cien mill maravedis cada un ano, con mas ducientos mill maravedis
+cada un ano de ayuda de costa, todo pagado de las rentas de la
+dicha tierra, de las cuales ha de gozar desde el dia que vos el
+dicho Francisco Pizarro llegaredes a la dicha tierra, aunque el
+dicho capitan Almagro se quede en Panama, e en otra parte que le
+convenga; e le haremos home hijodalgo, para que goce de las
+honras e preminencias que los homes hijodalgo pueden y deben
+gozar en todas las Indias, islas e tierra firme del mar Oceano.
+
+Otrosi: Mandamos que las dichas haciendas, e tierras, e solares
+que teneis en tierra firme, llamada Castilla del Oro, e vos estan
+dadas como a vecino de ella, las tengais e goceis, e hagais de
+ello lo que quisieredes e por bien tuvieredes, conforme a lo que
+tenemos concedido y otorgado a los vecinos de la dicha tierra
+firme; e en lo que toca a los indios e naborias que teneis e vos
+estan encomendados, es nuestra merced e voluntad e mandamos que
+los tengais e goceis e sirvais de ellos, e que no vos seran
+quitados ni removidos por el tiempo que nuestra voluntad fuere.
+Otrosi: Concedemos a los que fueren a poblar la dicha tierra que
+en los seis anos primeros siguientes desde el dia de la data de
+esta en adelante, que del oro que se cogiere de las minas nos
+paguen el diezmo, y cumplidos los dichos seis anos paguen el
+noveno, e ansi decendiendo en cada un ano hasta llegar al quinto:
+pero del oro e otras cosas que se obieren de rescatar, o
+cabalgadas, o en otra cualquier manera, desde luego nos han de
+pagar el quinto de todo ello.
+
+Otrosi: Franqueamos a los vecinos de la dicha tierra por los
+dichos seis anos, y mas, y cuanto fuere nuestra voluntad, de
+almojarifazgo de todo lo que llevaren para proveimiento e
+provision de sus casas, con tanto que no sea para lo vender; e de
+lo que vendieren ellos, e otras cualesquier personas, mercaderes
+e tratantes, ansimesmo los franqueamos por dos anos tan
+solamente.
+
+Item: Prometemos que por termino de diez anos, e mas adelante
+hasta que otra cosa mandemos en contrario, no impornemos a los
+vecinos de las dichas tierras alcabalas ni otro tributo alguno.
+
+Item: Concedemos a los dichos vecinos e pobladores que les sean
+dados por vos los solares y tierras convenientes a sus personas,
+conforme a lo que se ha hecho e hace en la dicha Isla Espanola; e
+ansimismo os daremos poder para que en nuestro nombre, durante el
+tiempo de vuestra gobernacion, hagais la encomienda de los indios
+de la dicha tierra, guardando en ella las instrucciones e
+ordenanzas que vos seran dadas.
+Item: A suplicacion vuestra hacemos nuestro piloto mayor de la
+mar del Sur a Bartolome Ruiz, con setenta y cinco mill maravedis
+de salario en cada un ano, pagados de la renta de la dicha
+tierra, de los cuales ha de gozar desde el dia que le fuere
+entregado el titulo que de ello le mandaremos dar, e en las
+espaldas se asentara el juramento e solenidad que ha de hacer
+ante vos, e otorgado ante escribano.  Asimismo daremos titulo de
+escribano de numero e del consejo de la dicha ciudad de Tumbes, a
+un hijo de dicho Bartolome Ruiz, siendo habil e suficiente para
+ello.
+Otrosi: Somos contentos e nos place que vos el dicho capitan
+Pizarro, cuanto nuestra merced e voluntad fuere, tengais la
+gobernacion e administracion de los indios de la nuestra isla de
+Flores, que es cerca de Panama, e goceis para vos e para quien
+vos quisieredes, de todos los aprovechamientos que hobiere en la
+dicha isla, asi de tierras como de solares, e montes, e arboles,
+e mineros, e pesqueria de perlas, con tante que seais obligado
+por razon de ello a dar a nos e a los nuestros oficiales de
+Castilla del Oro en cada un ano de los que ansi fuere nuestra
+voluntad que vos la tengais, ducientos mill maravedis, e mas el
+quinto de todo el oro e perlas que en cualquier manera e por
+cualesquier personas se sacare en la dicha isla de Flores, sin
+descuento alguno, con tanto que los dichos indios de la dicha
+isla de Flores no los podais ocupar en la pesqueria de las
+perlas, ni en las minas del oro, ni en otros metales, sino en las
+otras granjerias e aprovechamientos de la dicha tierra, para
+provision e mantenimiento de la dicha vuestra armada, e de las
+que adelante obieredes de hacer para la dicha tierra; e
+permitimos que si vos el dicho Francisco Pizarro llegado a
+Castilla del Oro, dentro de dos meses luego siguientes,
+declarades ante el dicho nuestro gobernador e juez de residencia
+que alli estuviere, que no vos querais encargar de la dicha isla
+de Flores, que en tal caso no seais tenudo e obligado a nos pagar
+por razon de ello las dichas ducientas mill maravedis, e que se
+quede para nos la dicha isla, como agora la tenemos.
+
+Item: Acatando lo mucho que han servido en el dicho viaje e
+descubrimiento Bartolome Ruiz, Cristoval de Peralta, e Pedro de
+Candia, e Domingo de Soria Luce, e Nicolas de Ribera, e Francisco
+de Cuellar, e Alonso de Molina, e Pedro Alcon, e Garcia de Jerez,
+e Anton de Carrion, e Alonso Briceno, e Martin de Paz, e Joan de
+la Torre, e porque vos me los suplicasteis e pedistes por merced,
+es nuestra merced e voluntad de les hacer merced, como por la
+presente vos la hacemos a los que de ellos no son idalgos, que
+sean idalgos notorios de solar conocido en aquellas partes, e que
+en ellas e en todas las nuestras Indias, islas y tierra firme del
+mar Oceano, gocen de las preeminencias e libertades, e otras
+cosas de que gozan, y deben ser guardadas a los hijosdalgo
+notorios de solar conocido dentro nuestros reinos, e a los que de
+los susodichos son idalgos, que sean caballeros de espuelas
+doradas, dando primero la informacion que en tal caso se
+requiere.
+
+Item: Vos hacemos merced de veinte y cinco veguas e otros tantos
+caballos de los que nos tenemos en la isla de Jamaica, e no las
+abiendo cuando las pidieredes, no se mos tenudos al precio de
+ellas, ni de otra cosa por razon de ellas.
+
+Otrosi: Os hacemos merced de trescientos mill maravedis pagados
+en Castilla del Oro para el artilleria e municion que habeis de
+llevar a la dicha provincia del Peru, llevando fe de los nuestros
+oficiales de la casa de Sevilla de las cosas que ansi comprastes,
+e de lo que vos costo contando el interese e cambio de ello, e
+mas os hare merced de otros ducientos ducados pagados en Castilla
+del Oro para ayuda al acarreto de la dicha artilleria e
+municiones e otras cosas vuestras desde el Nombre de Dios so la
+dicha mar del Sur.
+
+Otrosi: Vos daremos licencia, como por la presente vos la damos,
+para que destos nuestros reinos, e del reino de Portugal e islas
+de Cabo Verde, e dende, vos, e quien vuestro poder hubiere,
+quisieredes e por bien tuvieredes, podais pasar e paseis a la
+dicha tierra de vuestra gobernacion cincuenta esclavos negros en
+que haya a lo menos el tercio de hembras, libres de todos
+derechos a nos pertenecientes, con tanto que si los dejaredes e
+parte de ellos en la isla Espanola, San Joan, Cuba, Santiago e en
+Castilla del Oro, e en otra parte alguna los que de ellos ansi
+dejaredes, sean perdidos e aplicados, e por la presente los
+aplicamos a nuestra camara e fisco.
+
+Otrosi: Que hacemos merced y limosna al hospital que se hiciese
+en la dicha tierra, para ayuda al remedio de los pobres que alla
+fueren, de cien mill maravedis librados en las penas aplicadas de
+la camara de la dicha tierra.  Ansimismo a vuestro pedimento e
+consentimiento de los primeros pobladores de la dicha tierra,
+decimos que haremos merced, como por la presente la hacemos, a
+los hospitales de la dicha tierra de los derechos de la escubilla
+e relaves que hubiere en las fundiciones que en ella se hicieren,
+e de ello mandaremos dar nuestra provision en forma.
+Otrosi: Decimos que mandaremos, e por la presente mandamos, que
+hayan e residan en la ciudad de Panama, e donde vos fuere
+mandado, un carpintero e un calafate, e cada uno de ellos tenga
+de salario treinta mill maravedis en cada un ano dende que
+comenzaren a residir en la dicha ciudad, o donde, como dicho es,
+vos les mandaredes; a los cuales les mandaremos pagar por los
+nuestros oficiales de la dicha tierra de vuestra gobernacion
+cuando nuestra merced y voluntad fuere.
+
+Item: Que vos mandaremos dar nuestra provision en forma para que
+en la dicha costa del mar del Sur podais tomar cualesquier navios
+que hub eredes menester, de consentimiento de sus duenos, para
+los viajes que hobieredes de hacer a la dicha tierra, pagando a
+los duenos de los tales navios el flete que justo sea, no
+embargante que otras personas los tengan fletados para otras
+partes.
+
+Ansimismo que mandaremos, e por la presente mandamos e
+defendemos, que destos nuestros reinos no vayan ni pasen a las
+dichas tierras ningunas personas de las prohibidas que no puedan
+pasar a aquellas partes, so las penas contenidas en las leyes e
+ordenanzas e cartas nuestras, que cerca de esto por nos e por los
+reyes catolicos estan dadas; ni letrados ni procuradores para
+usar de sus oficios.
+
+Lo cual que dicho es, e cada cosa e parte de ello vos concedemos,
+con tanto que vos el dicho capitan Pizarro seais tenudo e
+obligado de salir destos nuestros reinos con los navios e
+aparejos e mantenimientos e otras cosas que fueren menester para
+el dicho viaje y poblacion, con ducientos e cincuenta hombres,
+los ciento y cincuenta destos nuestros reinos e otras partes no
+prohibidas, e los ciento restantes podais llevan de las islas e
+tierra firme del mar Oceano, con tanto que de la dicha tierra
+firme llamada Castilla del Oro no saqueis mas de veinte hombres,
+sino fuere de los que en el primero e segundo viaje que vos
+hicisteis a la dicha tierra del Peru se hallaron con vos, porque
+a estos damos licencia que puedan ir con vos libremente; lo cual
+hayais de cumplir desde el dia de la data de esta hasta seis
+meses primeros siguientes: allegado a la dicha Castilla del Oro,
+e allegado a Panama, seais tenudo de pro seguir el dicho viaje, e
+hacer el dicho descubrimiento e poblacion dentr de otros seis
+meses luego siguientes.
+
+Item: Con condicion que cuando salieredes destos nuestros reinos
+e llegaredes a las dichas provincias del Peru hayais de llevar y
+tener con vos a los oficiales de nuestra hacienda, que por nos
+estan e fueren nom brados; e asimismo las personas religiosas o
+eclesiasticas que por nos seran senaladas para instruccion de los
+indios e naturales de aquella provincia a nuestra santa fe
+catolica, con cuyo parecer e no sin ellos habeis de hacer la
+conquista, descubrimiento e poblacion de la dicha tierra, a los
+cuales religiosos habeis de dar e pagar el flete e matalotaje, e
+los otros mantenimientos necesarios conforme a sus personas, todo
+a vuestra costa, sin por ello les llevar cosa alguna durante la
+dicha navegacion, lo cual mucho vos lo encargamos que ansi hagais
+e cumplais, como cosa de servicio de Dios e nuestro, porque de lo
+contrario nos terniamos de vos por deservidos.
+
+Otrosi: Con condicion que en la dicha pacificacion, conquista y
+poblacion e tratamiento de dichos indios en sus personas y
+bienes, seais tenudos e obligados de guardar en todo e por todo
+lo contenido en las or denanzas e instrucciones que para esto
+tenemos fechas, e se hicieren, e vos seran dadas en la nuestra
+carta e provision que vos mandaremos dar para la encomienda de
+los dichos indios.  E cumpliendo vos el dicho capitan Francisco
+Pizarro lo contenido en este asiento, en todo lo que a vos toca e
+incumbe de guardar e cumplir, prometemos, e vos aseguramos por
+nuestra palabra real que agora e de aqui adelante vos mandaremos
+guardar e vos sera guardado todo lo que ansi vos concedemos, e
+facemos merced, a vos e a los pobladores e tratantes en la dicha
+tierra; e para ejecucion y cumplimiento dello, vos mandaremos dar
+nuestras cartas e provisiones particulares que convengan e
+menester sean, obligandoos vos el dicho capitan Pizarro
+primeramente ante escribano publico de guardar e cumplir lo
+contenido en este asiento que a vos toca como dicho es. Fecha en
+Toledo a 26 de jullio de 1529 anos. - Yo La Reina - Por mandado
+de S. M. - Juan Vazquez.
+
+No. VIII
+
+Contemporary Accounts Of Atahuallpa's Seizure.
+
+[As the seizure of the Inca was one of the most memorable, as
+well as foulest, transactions of the Conquest, I have thought it
+might be well to put on record the testimony, fortunately in my
+possession, of several of the parties present on the occasion.]
+
+Relacion del Primer Descubrimiento de la Costa y Mar del Sur, Ms.
+A la hora de las cuatro comienzan a caminar por su calzada
+adelante derecho a donde nosotros estabamos, y a las cinco o poco
+mas llego a la puerta de la ciudad, quedando todos los campos
+cubiertos de gente, y asi comenzaron a entrar por la plaza hasta
+trescientos hombres como mozos despuelas con sus arcos y flechas
+en las manos, cantando un cantar no nada gracioso para los que lo
+oyamos, antes espantoso porque parecia cosa infernal, y dieron
+una vuelta a aquella mezquita amagando al suelo con las manos a
+limpiar lo que por el estaba, de lo cual habia poca necesidad,
+porque los del pueblo le tenian bien barrido para cuando entrase.
+Acabada de dar su vuelta pararon todos juntos, y entro otro
+escuadron de hasta mil hombres con picas sin yerros tostadas las
+puntas, todos de una librea de colores, digo que la de los
+primeros era blanca y colorada, como las casas de un axedrez.
+Entrado el segundo escuadron entro el tercero de otra librea,
+todos con martillos en las manos de cobre y plata, que es una
+arma que ellos tienen, y ansi desta manera entraron en la dicha
+plaza muchos Senores principales que venian en medio de los
+delanteros y de la persona de Atabalipa.  Detras destos en una
+litera muy rica, los cabos de los maderos cubiertos de plata,
+venia la persona de Atabalipa, la cual traian ochenta Senores en
+hombros todos vestidos de una librea azul muy rica, y el vestido
+su persona muy ricamente con su corona en la cabeza, y al cuello
+un collar de esmeraldas grandes y sentado en la litera en una
+silla muy pequena con un coxin muy rico.  En llegando al medio de
+la plaza paro, llevando descubierto el medio cuerpo de fuera; y
+toda la gente de guerra que estaba en la plaza le tenian en
+medio, estando dentro hasta seis o siete mil hombres.  Como el
+vio que ninguna persona salia a el, ni parecia, tubo creido, y
+asi lo confeso el despues de preso, que nos habiamos escondido de
+miedo de ver su poder; y dio una voz y dixo: Donde estan estos?
+A la cual salio del aposento del dicho Gobernador Pizarro el
+Padre Fray Vicente de Valverde de la orden de los Predicadores,
+que despues fue obispo de aquella tierra con la bribia en la mano
+y con el una lengua, y asi juntos llegaron por entre la gente a
+poder hablar con Atabalipa, al cual le comenzo a decir cosas de
+la sagrada escriptura, y que nuestro Senor Jesu-Christo mandaba
+que entre los suyos no hubiese guerra, ni discordia, sino todo
+paz, y que el en su nombre ansi se lo pedia y requeria; pues
+habia quedado de tratar della el dia antes, y de venir solo sin
+gente de guerra.  A las cuales palabras y otras muchas que el
+Frayle le dixo, el estubo callando sin volver respuesta; y
+tornandole a decir que mirase lo que Dios mandaba, lo cual estaba
+en aquel libro que llevaba en la mano escripto, admirandose a mi
+parecer mas de la escriptura, que de lo escripto en ella: le
+pidio el libro, y le abrio y ojeo, mirando el molde y la orden
+del, y despues de visto, le arrojo por entre la gente con mucha
+ira, el rostro muy encarnizado, diciendo: Decildes a esos, que
+vengan aca, que no pasare de aqui hasta que me den cuenta y
+satisfagan y paguen lo que han hecho en la tierra.  Visto esto
+por el Frayle y lo poco que aprovechaban sus palabras, tomo su
+libro, y abajo su cabeza, y fuese para donde estaba el dicho
+Pizarro, casi corriendo, y dijole: No veis lo que pasa: para que
+estais en comedimientos y requerimientos con este perro lleno de
+soberbia, que vienen los campos llenos de Indios?  Salid a el, -
+que yo os absuelvo.  Y ansi acabadas de decir estas palabras que
+fue todo en un instante, tocan las trompetas, y parte de su
+posada con toda la gente de pie, que con el estaba, diciendo:
+Santiago a ellos; y asi salimos todos a aquella voz a una, porque
+todas aquellas casas que salian a la plaza tenian muchas puertas,
+y parece que se habian fecho a aquel proposito.  En arremetiendo
+los de caballo y rompiendo por ellos todo fue uno, que sin matar
+sino solo un negro de nuestra parte, fueron todos desbaratados y
+Atabalipa preso, y la gente puesta en huida, aunque no pudieron
+huir del tropel, porque la puerta por do habian entrado era
+pequena y con la turbacion no podian salir, y visto los traseros
+cuan lejos tenian la acoxida y remedio de huir, arrimaronse dos o
+tres mil dellos a un lienso de pared, y dieron con el a tierra el
+cual salia al campo porque por aquella parte no habia casas y
+ansi tubieron camino ancho para huir; y los escuadrones de gente
+que habian quedado en el campo sin entrar en el pueblo, como
+vieron huir y dar alaridos, los mas dellos fueron desbaratados y
+se pusieron en huida, que era cosa harto de ver, que un valle de
+cuatro o cinco leguas todo iba cuaxado de gente.  En este vino la
+noche muy presto, y la gente se recogio, y Atabalipa se puso en
+una casa de piedra, que era el templo del sol, y asi se paso
+aquella noche con grand regocijo y placer de la vitoria que
+nuestro Senor nos habia dado, poniendo mucho recabdo en hacer
+guardia a la persona de Atabalipa para que no volviesen a
+tomarnosle.  Cierto fue permision de Dios y grand acertamiento
+guiado por su mano, porque si este dia no se prendiera, con la
+soberbia que trahia, aquella noche fueramos todos asolados por
+ser tan pocos, como tengo dicho, y ellos tantos.
+Pedro Pizarro, Descubrimiento y Conquista de los Reynos del Peru,
+Ms.
+Pues despues de aver comido, que acavaria a hora de missa mayor,
+enpeco a levantar su gente y a venirse hazia Caxamalca.  Hechos
+sus esquadrones, que cubrian los campos, y el metido en vnas
+andas enpeco a caminar, viniendo delante del dos mil yndios que
+le barrian el camino por donde venia caminando, y la gente de
+guerra la mitad de vn lado y la mitad de otro por los campos sin
+entrar en camino: traia ansi mesmo al senor de Chincha consigo en
+vnas andas, que parescia a los suyos cossa de admiracion, porque
+ningun yndio, por senor principal que fuese, avia de parescer
+delante del sino fuese con vna carga a cuestas y descalzo: pues
+hera tanta la pateneria que traian d' oro y plata, que hera cossa
+estrana lo que reluzia con el sol: venian ansi mesmo delante de
+Atabalipa muchos yndios cantando y danzando.  Tardose ste senor
+en andar esta media legua que ay dende los banos a donde el
+estava hasta Caxamalca, dende ora de missa mayor, como digo,
+hasta tres oras antes que anochesciese.  Pues llegada la gente a
+la puerta de la plaza, enpe caron a entrar los esquadrones con
+grandes cantares, y ansi entrando ocuparon toda la plaza por
+todas partes.  Visto el marquez don Francisco Picarro que
+Atabalipa venia ya junto a la plaza, embio al padre fr. Vicente
+de Balverde primero obispo del Cuzco, y a Hernando de Aldana vn
+buen soldado, y a don Martinillo lengua, que fuesen a hablar a
+Atabalipa y a requerille de parte de dios y del Rey se subjetase
+a la ley de nuestro Senor Jesucristo y al servicio de S. Mag., y
+que el Marquez le tendria en lugar de hermano, y no consintiria
+le hiziesen enojo ni dano en su tierra.  Pues llegado que fue el
+padre a las andas donde Atabalipa venia, le hablo y le dixo a lo
+que yva, y le predico cossas de nuestra sancta ffee,
+declarandoselas la lengua.  Llevava el padre vn breviario en las
+manos donde leya lo que le predicaba: el Atabalipa se lo pidio, y
+el cerrado se lo dio, y como le tuvo en las manos y no supo
+abrille arrojole al suelo.  Llamo al Aldana que se llegase a el y
+le diese la espada, y el Aldana la saco y se la mostro, pero no
+se la quiso dar.  Pues pasado lo dicho, el Atabalipa les dixo que
+se fuesen para Vellacos ladrones, y que los avia de matar a
+todos.  Pues oydo esto, el padre se bolvio y conto al marquez lo
+que le avia pasado; y el Atabalipa entro en la plaza con todo su
+trono que traya, y el senor de Chincha tras del.  Desque ovieron
+entrado y vieron que no parescia espanol ninguno, pregunto a sus
+capitanes, Donde estan estos cristianos que no parescen?  Ellos
+le dixeron, Senor, estan escondidos de miedo.  Pues visto el
+marquez don Francisco Picarro las dos andas, no conosciendo qual
+hera la de Atabalipa, mando a Joan Picarro su hermano fuese con
+los peones que tenia a la vna, y el yria a la otra.  Pues mandado
+esto, hizieron la sena al Candia, el qual solto el tiro, y en
+soltandolo tocaron las trompetas, y salieron los de acavallo de
+tropel, y el marquez con los de a pie, como esta dicho, tras
+dellos, de manera que con el estruendo del tiro y las trompetas y
+el tropel de los cavallos con los cascaveles los yndios se
+embararon y se cortaron.  Los espanoles dieron en ellos y
+empecaron a matar, y fue tanto el miedo que los yndios ovieron,
+que por huir, no pudiendo salir por la puerta, derribaron vn
+lienzo de vna pared de la cerca de la plaza de largo de mas de
+dos mil passos y de alto de mas de vn estado.  Los de acavallo
+fueron en su seguimiento hasta los banos, donde hizieron grande
+estrago, y hizieran mas sino les anochesciera.  Pues bolviendo a
+don Francisco Picarro y a su hermano, salieron, como estava
+dicho, con la gente de a pie: el marquez fue a dar con las andas
+de Atabalipa, y el hermano con el senor de Chincha, al qual
+mataron alli en las andas; y lo mismo fuera del Atabalipa sino se
+hallara el marquez alli, porque no podian derivalle de las andas,
+que aunque matavan los yndios que las tenian, se metian luego
+otros de Reffresco a sustentallas, y desta manera estuvieron vn
+gran rrato fforcejando y matando indios, y de cansados vn espanol
+tiro vna cuchillada para matalle, y el marquez don Francisco
+Picarro se la rreparo, y del rreparo le hinio en la mano al
+marquez el espanol, queriendo dar al Atabalipa, a cuya caussa el
+marquez dio bozes diciendo: Nadie hiera al indio so pena de la
+vida.  Entendido esto, aguijaron siete o ocho espanoles y asieron
+de vn bordo de las andas y haziendo fuerca las trastornaron a vn
+lado, y ansi fue preso el Atabalipa, y el marquez le llevo a su
+aposento, y alli le puso guardas que le guardavan de dia y de
+noche.  Pues venida la noche, los espanoles se recoxieron todos y
+dieron muchas gracias a nuestro senor por las Mercedes que les
+avia hecho, y muy contentos en tener presso al senor, porque a no
+prendelle no se ganara la tierra como se gano.
+
+Carta de Hernando Pizarro, ap. Oviedo, Historia General de las
+Indias, Ms., lib. 46, cap. 15.
+
+Venia en unas handas, e delante de el hasta trecientos o
+cuatrocientos Yndios con Camisetas de librea limpiando las pajas
+del camino, e cantando, e el en medio de la otra gente que eran
+Caciques e principales, e los mas principales Caciques le traian
+en los hombros; e entrando en la Plaza subieron doce o quince
+Yndios en una fortaleza que alli estaba, e tomaronla a manera de
+posesion con vandera puesta en una lanza: entrando hasta la mitad
+de la Plaza reparo alli: e salio un Fraile Dominico que estaba
+con el Gobernador a hablarle de su parte, que el Gobernador le
+esperaba en su aposento, que le fuese a hablar, e dijole como era
+Sacerdote, e que era embiado por el Emperador para que le
+ensenase las cosas de la fe si quisiesen ser Cristianos, e
+mostroles un libro que llevaba en las manos, e dijole que aquel
+libro era de las cosas de Dios; e el Atabaliva pidio el libro, e
+arrojole en el suelo e dijo: Yo no pasare de aqui hasta que me
+deis todo lo que habeis tomado en mi tierra, que yo bien se quien
+sois vosotros, y en lo que andais: e levantose en las andas, e
+hablo a su gente, e obo murmullo entre ellos llamando a la gente
+que tenian las armas: e el fraile fue al Gobernador e dijole que
+que hacia, que ya no estaba la cosa en tiempo de esperar mas: el
+Gobernador me lo embio a decir: yo tenia concertado con el
+Capitan de la artilleria, que haciendole una sena disparasen los
+tiros, e con la gente que oyendolos saliesen todos a un tiempo; e
+como asi se hizo e como los Yndios estaban sin armas fueron
+desbaratados sin peligro de ningun Cristiano.  Los que traian las
+andas, e los Caciques que venian al rededor del, nunca lo
+desampararon hasta que todos murieron al rededor del: el
+Gobernador salio e tomo a Atabaliva, e por defenderle le dio un
+cristiano una cuchillada en una mano.  La gente siguio el alcance
+hasta donde estaban laos Yndios con armas; no se hallo en ellos
+resistencia alguna, porque ya era recogieronse todos al Pueblo
+donde el Gobernador quedaba.
+
+No. IX
+
+Account Of The Personal Habits Of Atahuallpa; Extracted From The
+Ms. Of Pedro Pizarro.
+
+[This minute account of the appearance and habits of the captive
+Inca is of the most authentic character, coming, as it does, from
+the pen of one who had the best opportunities of personal
+observation, during the monarch's imprisonment by his Conquerors.
+Pizarro's Ms. is among those recently given to the world by the
+learned Academicians Salva and Baranda.]
+
+Este Atabalipa ya dicho hera indio bien dispuesto, de buena
+persona, de medianas carnes, no grueso demasiado, hermosso de
+Rostro y grave en el, los ojos encarnizados, muy temido de los
+suyos.  (Acuerdome que el Senor de Guaylas le pidio licencia para
+yr a ver su tierra, y se la dio, dandole tiempo en que fuese y
+viniese limitado.  Tardose algo mas, y cuando bolvio, estando yo
+presente, llego con vn presente de fruta de la tierra, y llegado
+que fue a su presencia empeco a temblar en tanta manera que no se
+podia tener en los pies.  El Atabalipa alco la caveza vn poquito
+y sonrriendose le hizo sena que se ffuese.) Quando le sacaron a
+matar, toda la gente que avia en la plaza de los naturales, que
+avia harto, se prostraron por tierra, dexandose caer en el suelo
+como Borrachos.  Este indio se servia de sus mugeres por la
+horden que tengo ya dicha, sirviendole vna hermana diez dias o
+ocho con mucha cantidad de hijas de senores que a estas hermanas
+servian, mudandose de ocho a ocho dias. Estas estavan siempre con
+el para serville, que yudio no entrava dond' el estava.  Tenia
+muchos caciques consigo: estos estavan afuera en vn patio, y en
+llamando alguno entrava descalzo y donde el estava; y si venia de
+fuera parte, avia de entrar descalzo y cargado con vna carga; y
+quando su capitan Challicuchima vino con Hernando Picarro y le
+entro a ver, entro asi como digo con vna carga y descalzo y se
+hecho a sus pies, y llorando se los beso.  El Atabalipa con
+Rostro sereno le dixo: Seas bien venido alli, Challicuchima;
+queriendo dezir, Seas bien venido, Challicuchima. Este yndio se
+ponia en la caveza vnos llautos que son vnas trencas hechas de
+lanas de colores, de grosor de medio dedo y de anchor de vno,
+hecho desto vna manera de corona y no con puntas, sino redonda,
+de anchor de vna mano, que encaxava en la caveza, y en la frente
+vna borla cossida en este llauto, de anchor de vna mano, poco
+mas, de lana muy ffina de grana, cortada muy ygual, metida por
+vno canutitos de oro muy sotilmente hasta la mitad: esta lana
+hera hilada, y de los canutos abaxo destorcida, que hera lo que
+caya en la frente; que los canutillos de oro hera quanto tomavan
+todo el llauto ya dicho.  Cayale esta borla hasta encima de las
+cejas, de vn dedo de grosor, que le tomava toda la frente; y
+todos estos senores andavan tresquilados y los orejones conio a
+sobre peine.  Vestian Ropa muy delgada y muy blanda ellos y sus
+hermanas que tenian por mugeres, y sus deudos, orejones
+principales, que se la davan los senores, y todos los demas
+vestian Ropa basta.  Poniase este senor la manta por encima de la
+caveca y atabasela debajo de la barva, tapandose las orejas: esto
+traia el por tapar vna oreja que tenia rompida, que quando le
+prendieron los de Guascar se la quebraron.  Bestiase este senor
+Ropas muy delicadas. Estando vn dia comiendo, questas senoras ya
+dichas le llevavan la comida y se la ponian delante en vnos
+juncos verdes muy delgados y pequenos, estaba sentado este senor
+en vn duo de madera de altor de poco mas de un palmo: este duo
+hera de madera colorada muy linda, y tenianle siempre tapado con
+vna manta muy delgada, aunque stuviese el sentado en el: estos
+juncos ya dichos le tendian siempre delante quando queria comer,
+y alli le ponian todos los manjares en oro, plata y Barro, y el
+que a el apetescia senalava se lo truxesen, y tomandolo vna
+senora destas dichas se lo tenia en la mano mientras comia.  Pues
+estando vn dia desta manera comiendo y yo presente, llevando vna
+tajada del manjar a la boca le cayo vna gota en el vestido que
+tenia puesto, y dando de mano a la yndia se levanto y se entro a
+su aposento a vestir otro vestido, y buelto saco ves tido vna
+camiseta y vna manta (pardo escuro).  Llegandome yo pues a el le
+tente la manta que hera mas blanda que seda, y dixele: Ynga, de
+que es este vestido tan blando?  El me dixo, Es de vnos pajaros
+que andan de noche en Puerto Viejo y en Tumbez, que muerden a los
+indios.  Venido a aclararse dixo, que hera de pelo de
+murcielagos.  Diziendole, que de donde se podria juntar tanto
+murcielago?  dixo, Aquellos perros de Tumbez y Puerto Viejo que
+avian de hazer sino tomar destos para hazer Ropa a mi padre?  Y
+es ansi questos murcielagos de aquellas partes muerden de noche a
+los indios y a espanoles y a cavallos, y sacan tanta sangre ques
+cossa de misterio, y ansi se averiguo ser este vestido de lana de
+murcielagos, y ansi hera la color como dellos del vestido, que en
+Puerto Viejo y en Tumbez y sus comarcas ay gran cantidad dellos
+Pues acontescio vn dia que viniendose a quexar vn indio que vn
+espanol tomava vnos bestidos de Atabalipa, el marquez me mando
+fuesse yo a saver quien hera y llamar al espanol para castigallo.
+El indio me lleva a vn buhio donde avia gran cantidad de petacas,
+porquel espanol ya nera ydo, diciendome que de alli avia tomado
+vn bestido del senor; e yo preguntandole que que tenian aquellas
+petacas, me mostro algunas en que tenian todo aquello que
+Atabalipa avia tocado con las manos, y avia estado de pies, y
+vestidos que el avia deshechado; en vnas los junquillos que le
+hechavan delante a los pies quando comia; en otras los guessos de
+las carnes o aves que comia, que el avia tocado con las manos; en
+otras los maslos de las mazorcas de mahiz que avia tomado en sus
+manos; en otras las rropas que havia deshechado: finalmente todo
+aquello que el avia tocado.  Preguntelee, que para que tenian
+aquello alli? Respondieronme, que para quemallo, porque cada ano
+quemavan todo esto, porque lo que tocavan los senores que heran
+hijos del sol, se avia de quemar y hazer seniza y hechallo por el
+ayre, que nadie avia de tocar a ello; y en guarda desto estava vn
+prencipal con indios que lo guardava y rrecoxia de las mugeres
+que les servian.  Estos senores dormian en el suelo en vnos
+colchones grandes de algodon: tenian vnas ffrecadas grandes de
+lana con que se cubijaban: y no e visto en todo este Piru indio
+semejante a este Atabalipa ni de su ferocidad ni autoridad.
+No. X.
+
+Contemporary Accounts Of The Execution Of Atahuallpa.
+
+[The following notices of the execution of the Inca are from the
+hands of eyewitnesses; for Oviedo, though not present himself,
+collected his particulars from those who were.  I give the
+notices here in the original, as the best authority for the
+account of this dismal tragedy.]
+Pedro Pizarro, Descubrimiento y Conquista de los Reynos del Peru,
+Ms.
+Acordaron pues los officiales y Almagro que Atabalipa muriese,
+tratando entre si que muerto Atabalipa se acababa el auto hecho
+acerca del esoro.  Pues dixeron al Marquez don Francisco Picarro
+que no convenia que Atabalipa biviese; porque si se soltava, S.
+Mag. perderia la tierra y todos los espanoles serian muertos; y a
+la verdad, si esto no fuera tratado con malicia, como esta dicho,
+tenian Razon, porque hera imposible soltandose poder ganar la
+tierra.  Pues el marquez no quiso venir en ello. Visto esto los
+oficiales hizieronle muchos rrequerimientos, poniendole el
+servicio de S. Mag. por delante.  Pues estando asi atravesose vn
+demonio de vna lengua que se dezia ffelipillo, vno de los
+muchachos que el marquez avia llevado a Espana, que al presente
+hera lengua, y andava enamorado de vna muger de Atabalipa, y por
+avella hizo entender al marquez que Atabalipa hazia gran junta de
+gente para matar los espanoles en Caxas. Pues sabido el marquez
+esto prendio a Challicuchima que estava suelto y preguntandole
+por esta gente que dezia la lengua se juntavan, aunque negava y
+dezia que no, el ffelipillo dezia a la contra trastornando las
+palabras dezian a quien se preguntava este casso.  Pues el
+marquez don Francisco Picarro acordo embiar a Soto a Caxas a
+saver si se hazia alli alguna junta de gente, porque cierto el
+marquez no quisiera matalle.  Pues visto Almagro y los oficiales
+la yda de Soto apretaron al marquez con muchos rrequirimientos, y
+la lengua por su parte que ayu dava con sus rretruecos, vinieron
+a convencer al marquez que muriese Atabalipa, porque el marquez
+hera muy zeloso del servicio de S. Mag. y ansi le hizieron temer,
+y contra su voluntad sentencio a muerte a Atabalipa mandando le
+diesen garrote, y despues de muerto le quemasen porque tenia las
+hermanas por mugeres.  Cierto pocas leyes avian leido estos
+senores ni entendido, pues al infiel sin aver sido predicado le
+davan esta sentencia.  Pues el Atabalipa llorava y dezia que no
+le matasen, que no abria yndio en la tierra que se meneasse sin
+su mandado, y que presso le tenian, que de que temian?  y que si
+lo avian por oro y plata, que el daria dos tanto de lo que avia
+mandado.  Yo vide llorar al marques de pesar por no podelle dar
+la vida, porque cierto temio los requirimientos y el rriezgo que
+avia en la tierra si se soltava.  Este Atabalipa avia hecho
+entender a sus mugeres e yndios que si no le quemavan el cuerpo,
+aunque le matassen avia de bolver a ellos, que el sol su padre le
+rresucitaria.  Pues sacandole a dar garrote a la plaza el padre
+fray Vicente de Balverde ya dicho le predico diziendole se
+tornase cristiano: y el dixo que si el se tornava christiano, si
+le quemarian, y dixeronle que no: y dixo que pues no le avian de
+quemar que queria se baptizado, y ansi fray Vicente le baptizo y
+le dieron garrote, y otro dia le enterraron en la en la yglesia
+que en Caxamalca teniamos los espanoles.  Esto se hizo antes que
+Soto bolviese a dar aviso de lo que le hera mandado; y quando
+vino truxo por nueva no aver visto nada ni aver nada, de que al
+marquez le peso mucho de avelle muerto, y al Soto mucho mas,
+porque dezia el, y tenia rrazon, que mejor ffuera embialle a
+Espana, y que el se obligara a ponello en la mar: y cierto esto
+fuera lo mejor que con este indio se pudiera hazer, porque quedar
+en la tierra no convenia: tambien se entendio que no biviera
+muchos dias, aunque le embiara.  porque el hera muy regalado y
+muy senor.
+
+Relacion del Primer Descubrimiento de la Costa y Mar del Sur, Ms.
+Dando forma como se llevaria Atabalipa de camino, y que guardia
+se le pondria, y consultando y tratando si seriamos parte para
+defenderle en aquellos pasos malos y rios si nos le quisiesen
+tomar los suyos: comenzose a decir y a certificar entre los
+Indios, que el mandaba venir grand multitud de gente sobre
+nosotros: esta nueva se fue encendiendo tanto, que se tomo
+informacion de muchos senores de la tierra, que todos a una
+dijeron que era verdad, que el mandaba venir sobre nosotros para
+que le salvasen, y nos matasen si pudiesen, y que estaba toda la
+gente en cierta provincia ayuntada que ya venia de camino.
+Tomada esta informacion, juntaronse el dicho Gobernador, y
+Almagro, y los Oficiales de S. Mag. no estando ahi Hernando
+Pizarro, porque ya era partido para Espana con alguna parte del
+quinto de S. Mag. y a darle noticia y nueva de lo acaecido; y
+resumieronse, aunque contra voluntad del dicho Gobernador, que
+nunca estubo bien en ello, que Atabalipa, pues quebrantaba la
+paz, y queria hacer traicion y traher gentes para matar los
+cristianos, muriese, porque con su muerte cesaria todo, y se
+allanaria la tierra: a lo cual hubo contrarios pareceres, y la
+mas de la gente se puso en defender Almagro, y dando muchas
+razones por que debia morir, el fue muerto, aunque para el no fue
+muerte, sino vida, porque murio cristiano, y es de creer que se
+fue al cielo.  Publicado por toda la tierra su muerte, la gente
+comun, y de pueblos venian donde el dicho Gobernador estaba a dar
+la obediencia a S. Mag.; pero los capitanes y gente de guerra que
+estaban en Xauxa y en el Cuzco, antes se rehicieron, y no
+quisieron venir de paz.  Aqui acaecio la cosa mas estrana que se
+ha visto en el mundo, que yo vi por mis ojos, y fue; que estando
+en la iglesia cantando los oficios de difuntos a Atabalipa,
+presente el cuerpo, llegaron ciertas senoras hermanas y mugeres
+suyas, y otros privados con grand estruendo, tal que impidieron
+el oficio, y dijeron que les hiciesen aquella fiesta muy mayor,
+porque era costumbre cuando el grand senor moria, que todos
+aquellos que bien le querian, se enterrasen vivos con el: a los
+cuales se les respondio, que Atabalipa habia muerto como
+cristiano, y como tal le hacian aquel oficio, que no se habia de
+hacer lo que ellos pedian, que era muy mal hecho y contra
+cristianidad; que se fuesen de alli, y no les estorbasen, y se le
+dejasen enterrar, y ansi se fueron a sus aposentos, y se
+ahorcaron todos ellos y ellos.  Las cosas que pasaron en estos
+dias, y los extremos y llantos de la gente son muy y largas
+prolijas, y por eso diran aqui.
+
+Oviedo, Historia General de las Indias, Ms., lib. 46, cap. 22.
+Cuando el Marques Don Francisco Pizarro tubo preso al gran Rev
+Atabaliva le aconsejaron hombres faltos de buen entendimiento,
+que le matase, o el obo gana, porque como se vieron cargados de
+oro parecioles que muerto aquel Senor lo podian poner mas a su
+salvo en Espana donde quisiesen e dejando la tierra, y que
+asimismo serian mas parte para se sustener en ella sin aquel
+escrupuloso impedimento, que no conservandose la vida de un
+Principe tan grande, e tan temido e acatado de sus naturales, y
+en todas aquellas partes; e la esperiencia ha mostrado cuan mal
+acordado e peor fecho fue todo lo que contra Atabaliva se hizo
+despues de su prision en le quitar la vida, con la cual demas de
+deservirse Dios quitaron al Emperador nuestro Senor, e a los
+mismos Espanoles que en aquellas partes se hallaron, y a los que
+en Espana quedaron, que entonces vivian y a los que aora viven e
+naceran innumerables tesoros, que aquel Principe les diera; e
+ninguno de sus vasallos se mobiera ni alterara como se alteraron
+e revelaron en faltando su Persona.  Notorio es que el Gobernador
+le aseguro la vida, y sin que le diese tal seguro el se le tenia,
+pues ningun Capitan puede disponer sin licencia de su Rey y Senor
+de la Persona del Principe que tiene preso, cuyo es de derecho,
+cuanto mas que Atabaliva dijo al Marques, que si algun Cristiano
+matasen los Yndios, o le hiciesen el menor dano del mundo, que
+creyese que por su mandado lo hacia, y que cuando eso fuese le
+matase o hiciese del lo que quisiese; e que tratandole bien el le
+chaparia las paredes de plata, e le allanaria las Sierras e los
+montes, e le daria a el, e a los Cristianos cuanto oro quisiesen,
+e que desto no tubiese duda alguna; y en pago de sus
+ofrecimientos encendidas pajas se las ponian en los pies
+ardiendo, porque digese que traicion era la que tenia ordenada
+contra los Cristianos, e inventando e fabricando contra el
+falsedades, le levantaron que los queria matar, e todo aquello
+fue rodeado por malos e por la inadvertencia e mal Consejo del
+Gobernador, e comenzaron a le hacer proceso mal compuesto y peor
+escrito, seyendo uno de los Adalides un inquieto, desasosegado e
+deshonesto Clerigo, y un Escribano falto de conciencia, e de mala
+habilidad, y otros tales que en la maldad concurrieron, e asi mal
+fundado el libelo se concluyo a sabor de danados paladares, como
+se dijo en el Capitulo catorce, no acordandose que les habian
+enchido las casas de oro e plata, e le habian tomado sus mugeres
+e repartidolas en su presencia e usaban de ellas en sus
+adulterios, e en lo que les placia a aquellos aquien las dieron;
+y como les parecio a los culpados que tales ofensas no eran de
+olvidar, e que merecian que el Atabaliva les diese la recompensa
+como sus obras eran, asentoseles en el animo un temor e enemistad
+con el entranable; e por salir de tal cuidado e sospecha le
+ordenaron la muerte por aquello que el no hizo ni penso; y de ver
+aquesto algunos Espanoles comedidos aquien pesaba que tan grande
+deservicio se hiciese a Dios y al Emperador nuestro Senor; y
+aunque tan grande ingratitud se perpetraba e tan senalada maldad
+se cometia como matar a un Principe tan grande sin culpa.  E
+viendo que le traian a colacion sus delitos e crueldades pasadas,
+que el habia usado entre sus Yndios y enemigos en el tiempo
+pasado, de lo cual ninguno era Juez, sino Dios; queriendo saber
+la verdad e por excusar tan notorios danos como se esperaban que
+habian de proceder matando aquel Senor se ofrecieron cinco
+hidalgos de ir en persona a saber y ver si venia aquella gente de
+guerra que los falsos inventores e sus mentirosas espias
+publicaban, a dar en los Cristianos; en fin el Gobernador (que
+tambien se puede creer que era enganado) lo obo por bien; e
+fueron el Capitan Hernando de Soto, el Capitan Rodrigo Orgaiz, e
+Pedro Ortiz, e Miguel de Estete, e Lope Velez a ver esos enemigos
+que decian que venian; e el Gobernador les dio una Guia o Espia,
+que decia que sabia donde estaban; e a dos dias de camino se
+despeno la guia de un risco, que lo supo muy bien hacer el Diablo
+para que el dano fuese mayor; pero aquellos cinco de caballo que
+he dicho pasaron adelante hasta que llegaron al lugar donde se
+decian que habian de hallar el egercito contrario, e no hallaron
+hombre de guerra, ni con armas algunas, sino todos de paz; e
+aunque no iban sino esos pocos cristianos que es dicho les
+hicieron mucha fiesta por donde andubieron, e les dieron todo lo
+que les pidieron de lo que tenian para ellos e sus criados, e
+Yndios de servicio que llevaban; por manera que viendo que era
+burla, e muy notoria mentira e falsedad palpable, se tornaron a
+Cajamalca donde el Gobernador estaba; el cual ya habia fecho
+morir al Principe Atabaliva se que la historia lo ha contado; e
+como llegaron al Gobernador hallaronle mostrando mucho
+sentimiento con un gran sombrero de fieltro puesto en la cabeza
+por luto e muy calado sobre los ojos, e le digeron: Senor, muy
+mal lo ha fecho V. Sa, y fuera justo que fueramos atendidos para
+que supierades que es muy gran traicion la que se le levanto a
+Atabaliva, porque ningun hombre de guerra hay en el Campo, ni le
+hallamos, sino todo de paz, e muy buen tratami ento que no se nos
+hizo en todo lo que habemos andado.  El Gobernador respondio e
+les dijo: Ya veo que me han enganado: desde a pocos dias nabida
+esta verdad, e murmurandose de la crueldad que con aque Principe
+se uso, vinieron a malas palabras el Gobernador y fray Vicente de
+Valverde, y el Tesorero Riquelme, e a cada uno de ellos decia que
+e otro lo habia fecho, e se desmintieron unos a otros muchas
+veces, oyendo muchos su rencilla.
+
+No. XI.
+
+Contract Between Pizarro And Almagro, Ms.; Dated At Cuzco June
+12, 1535.
+[This agreement between these two celebrated captains, in which
+they bind themselves by solemn oaths to the observance of what
+would seem to be required by the most common principles of
+honesty and honor, is too characteristic of the men and the times
+to be omitted.  The original exists in the archives at Simancas.]
+
+Nos Dn Francisco Pizarro, Adelantado, Capitan General y
+Governador por S. M. en estos Reynos de la Nueva Castilla, e Dn
+Diego de Almagro, asimismo Governador por S. M. en la provincia
+de Toledo, decimos: que por que mediante la intima amistad y
+compania que entre nosotros con tanto amor ha permanecido, y
+queriendolo Dios Nuestro Senor hacer, ha sido parte y cabsa que
+el Emperador e Rey nuestro Senor haya recevido senalados
+servicios con la conquista, sujecion e poblacion destas
+provincias y tierras, e atrayendo a la conversion y camino de
+nuestra Santa Fee Catolica tanta muchedumbre de infieles, e
+confiando S. M. que durante nuestra amistad y compania su real
+patrimonio sera acrecentado, e asi por tener este intento como
+por los servicios pasados, S. M. Catolica tubo por bien de
+conceder a mi el dicho Dn Francisco Pizarro la go vernacion de
+estos nuebos Reynos, y a mi el dicho Dn Diego de Almagro la
+governacion de la provincia de Toledo, de las quales mercedes que
+de su Real liberalidad hemos recevido, resulta tan nueba
+obligacion, que perpetuamente nuestras vidas y patrimonios, y de
+los que de nos decendieren en su Real servicio se gasten y
+consuman, y para que esto mas seguro y mejor efecto haya y la
+confianza de S. M. por nuestra parte no fallezca Renunciando la
+Ley que cerca de los tales juramentos dispone, prometemos e
+juramos en presencia de Dios Nuestro Senor, ante cuye acatamiento
+estamos, de guardar y cumplir bien y enteramente, y sin cabtela
+ni otro entendimiento alguno lo espresado y contenido en los
+capitulos siguientes, e suplicamos a su infinita bondad que a
+qualquier de nos que fuere en contrario de lo asi convenido, con
+todo rigor de justicia permita la perdicion de su anima, fin y
+mal acavamiento de su vida, destruicion y perdimiento de su
+familia, honrras y hacienda, porque como quebrantador de su fee,
+la qual el uno al otro y el otro nos damos, y ne temerosos de su
+acatamiento, reciva del tal justa venganza: y lo que por parte de
+cada uno de nosotros juramos y prometemos es lo siguiente.
+
+Primeramente que nuestra amistad e compania se conserve mantenga
+para en adelante con aquel amor y voluntad que hasta el dia
+presente entre nosotros ha habido, no la alterando ni
+quebrantando por algunos intereses, cobdicias, ni ambicion de
+qualesquiera honrras e oficios, sino que hermanablemente entre
+nosotros se comunique e seamos parcioneros en todo el bien que
+Dios Nuestro Senor nos quiera hacer.
+
+Otrosi, decimos so cargo del juramento e promesa que hacemos, que
+ninguno de nosotros calumniara ni procurara cosa alguna que en
+dano o menos cabo de su honrra, vida y hacienda al otro pueda
+subceder ni venir, ni dello sera cabsa por vias directas ni
+indirectas por si propio ni por otra persona tacita ni
+espresamente cabsandolo ni permitiendolo, antes procurara todo
+bien y honrra y trabajara de se lo llegar y adquirir, y evitando
+todas perdidas y danos que se le puedan recrecer, no siendo de la
+otra parte avisado.
+
+Otrosi: juramos de mantener, guardar y cumplir lo que entre
+nosotros esta capitulado, a lo qual al presente nos referimos, e
+que por via, causa ni mana alguna ninguno de nosotros verna en
+contrario ni en quevrantamiento dello, ni hara diligencia,
+protestacion ni Reclamacion alguna, e que si alguna oviere fecha,
+se aparta o desiste de ella e la renuncia so cargo del dicho
+juramento.
+
+Otrosi: juramos que juntamente ambos a dos, y no el uno sin el
+otro, informaremos y escriviremos a S. M. las cosas que segun
+nuestro parecer mejor a su Real servicio convengan, suplicandole,
+informandole de todo aquello con que mas su catolica conciencia
+se descargue, y estas provincias y Reynos mas y mejor se
+conserven y goviernen, y que no habra relacion particular por
+ninguno de nosotros hecha en fraude e cabtela y con intento de
+danar y enpecer al otro, procurando para si, posponiendo el
+servicio de Nuestro Senor Dios y de S. M., y en quebrantamiento
+de nuestra amistad y compania, y asimismo no permitira que sea
+hecho por otra qualquier persona, dicho ni comunicado, ni lo
+permita ni consienta, sino que todo se haga manifiestamente entre
+ambos, porque se conozca mejor el celo que de servir a S. M.
+tenemos, pues de nuestra amistad e compania tanta confianza ha
+mostrado.
+
+Yten: juramos que todos los provechos e intereses que se nos
+recrecieren asi de los que yo Dn Francisco Pizarro oviere y
+adquiriere en esta governacion por qualquier vias y cabsas, como
+los otros que yo Dn Diego de Almagro he de haber en la conquista
+y descubrimiento que en hombre y por mandado de S. M. hago, lo
+traeremos manifiestamente a monton y collacion, por manera que la
+compania que en este caso tenemos hecha permanezca, y en ella no
+haya fraude, cabtela ni engano al guno, e que los gastos que por
+ambos e qualquier de nos se obieren de hacer se haga moderada y
+discretamente conforme, y proveyendo a la necesidad que se
+ofreciere evitando lo escesivo y superfluo socorriendo y
+proveyendo a lo necesario.
+
+Todo lo qual segun en la forma que dicho esta, es nuestra
+voluntad de lo asi guardar y cumplir so cargo del juramento que
+asi tenemos fecho, poniendo a Nuestro Senor Dios por juez y a su
+gloriosa Madre Santa Maria con todos los Santos por testigos, y
+por que sea notorio a todos los que aqui juramos y prometemos, lo
+firmamos de nuestros nombres, siendo presentes por testigos el
+Licenciado Hernando Caldera Teniente General de Governador en
+estos Reynos por el dicho Senor Governador, e Francisco Pineda
+Capellan de su Senoria, e Antonio Picado su Secretario, e Antonio
+Tellez de Guzman y el Doctor Diego de Loaisa, el qual dicho
+juramento fue fecho en la gran Cibdad del Cuzco en la casa del
+dicho Governador Dn Diego Dalmagro, estando diciendo misa el
+Padre Bartolome de Segovia Clerigo, despues de dicho el pater
+noster, poniendo los dichos Governadores las manos derechas
+encima del Ara consagrada a 12 de Junio de 1535 anos.  -
+Francisco Pizarro.  - El Adelantado Diego Dalmagro.  - Testigos
+el Licenciado Hernando Caldera - Antonio Tellez de Guzman.
+
+Yo Antonio Picado Escrivano de S. M. doy fee que fui testigo y me
+halle presente al dicho juramento e solenidad fecho por los
+dichos Governadores, y yo saque este traslado del original que
+queda en mi poder como secretario del Senor Governador Dn
+Francisco Pizarro, en fee de lo qual firme aqui nombre.  Fecho en
+la gran Cibdad del Cuzco a 12 dias del mes de Julio de 1535 anos.
+Antonio Picado Escribano de
+
+No. XII
+
+Letter From The Younger Almagro To The Royal Audience Of Panama,
+Ms.; Dated At Los Reyes [Lima], July 14, 1541.
+
+[This document, coming from Almagro himself, is valuable as
+exhibiting the best apology for his conduct, and, with due
+allowance for the writer's position, the best account of his
+proceedings.  The original - which was transcribed by Munoz for
+his collection - is preserved in the archives at Simancas.]
+
+Mui magnificos Senores, - Ya Vs Mrds. havran sabido el estado en
+que he estado despues que fue desta vida el Adelantado Don Diego
+de Almagro mi padre que Dios tenga en el Cielo, i como quede
+debajo de la vara del Marques Don Francisco Pizarro, i creo yo
+que pues son notorias las molestias i malos tratamientos que me
+hicieron i la necesidad en que me tenian a vn rincon de mi casa
+sin tener otro remedio sino el de S. M. a quien ocurri que me lo
+diese como Senor agradecido de quien yo lo esperava pagando los
+servicios tan grandes que mi padre le hizo de tan gran ganancia e
+acrecentamiento para su Real Corona, no hay necesidad de
+contarlas, i por eso no las contare, i dejare lo pasado i vendre
+a dar a Vs Mrds. cuenta de lo presente, e dire que aunque me
+llegava al alma verme tan afligido, acordandome del mandamiento
+que mi padre me dejo que amase el servicio de S. M. i questava en
+poder de mis enemigos; sufria mas de lo que mi juicio bastava, en
+especial ser cada dia quien a mi padre quito la vida, i havian
+escurecido sus servicios por manera que del ni de mi no havia
+memoria; i como la Enemistad quel Marques me tenia e a todos mis
+amigos e criados fuese tan cruel i mortal, i sobre mi sucediese,
+quiso efetualla por la medida con que la uso con mi padre,
+estando siguro en mi casa, gimiendo mi necesidad, esperando el
+remedio i Mercedes que de S. M. era razon que yo alcanzase, mui
+confiado de gozarlas, haciendo a S. M. servicios como yo lo
+deseo; fui informado quel Marques trataba mi prendimiento i fin,
+determinado que no quedase en el mundo quien la muerte de mi
+padre le pidiese, y acordandome que para darsela hallaron
+testigos a su voluntad, asi mismo los hallaron para mi, por
+manera que padre i hijo fueran por vn juicio juzgados.  Por no
+dejar mi vida en alvedrio tan diabolico i desatinado, temiendo la
+muerte, determinado de morir defendiendo mi vida i honra, con los
+criados de mi padre i amigos, acorde de entrar en su casa i
+prenderle para escusar mayores danos, pues el Juez de S. M. ya
+venia i a cada uno hiciera justicia, i el Marques como persona
+culpada en la defensa de su prision e persona armada para ello
+hizo tanto que por desdicha suya fue herido de vna herida de que
+murio luego, i puesto que como hijo de padre a quien el havia
+muerto lo podia recibir por venganza, me peso tan estranamente
+que todos conocieron en mi mui gran diferencia, i por ver que
+estava tan poderoso i acatado como era razon no hovo hombre
+viendolo en mitad del dia que echase mano a espada para ayuda
+suya ni despues hay hombre que por el responda: parece que se
+hizo por juicio de Dios i por su voluntad, porque mi deseo no era
+tan largo que se estendiese a mas de conservar mi vida en tanto
+aquel juez llegava; e como vi el hecho procure antes que la cosa
+mas se encendiese en el pueblo i que cesasen esecucion de
+prisiones de personas que ambas opiniones havian siguido
+questaban afrontadas, i cesasen crueldades, e huviese justicia
+que lo estorvase e castigase, e se tomase cabeza que en nombre de
+S. M. hiciese justicia e governase la tierra, pareciendo a la
+republica e comunidad de su Cibdad e oficiales de S. M. que por
+los servicios de mi padre e por haver el descubierto e ganado
+esta tierra me pertenecia mas justamente que a otro la
+governacion della, me pidieron por Governador i dentro de dos
+horas consultado e negociado con el Cabildo, fui recibido en amor
+i conformidad de toda la republica: Asi quedo todo en paz i tan
+asentados i serenos los animos de todos, que no hovo mudanza, i
+todo esta pacifico, i los pueblos en la misma conformidad i
+justicia que han estado, i con el ayuda de Dios se asentara cada
+dia la paz tan bien que de todos sea obedicida por senora, i S.
+M. sera tambien servido como es razon, como se deve: porque
+acabadas son las opiniones e parcialidades, e yo e todos
+pretendemos la poblacion de la tierra i el descubrimiento della,
+porque los tiempos pasados que se han gastado tan mal con
+alborotos que se han ofrecido, e descuidos que ha habido, agora
+se ganen e se alcancen i cobren, i con este presupuesto esten Vs
+Mrcds. ciertos que esta el Peru en Sosiego,i que las riquezas se
+descubriran e iran a poder de S. M. mas acrecentadas i
+multiplicadas que hasta aqui, ni havra mas pasion ni movimiento
+sino toda quietud, amando el servicio de S. M. i su obidiencia,
+aprovechando sus Reales rentas: Suplico a Vs Mrds. pues el caso
+parece que lo hizo Dios i no los hombres, ni yo lo quise asi como
+Dios lo hizo por su juicio secreto, e como tengo dicho la tierra
+esta sosegada, i todos en paz; Vs Mrds. por el presente manden
+suspender qualquiera novedad, pues la tierra se conservara como
+esta, e sera S. M. mui servido; e despues que toda la gente que
+no tienen vecindades las tengan, e otros vayan a poblar e
+descubrir, podran proveer lo que conviniere, i es tiempo que la
+tierra Espanoles i naturales no reciban mas alteracion, pues no
+pretenden sino sosiego i quietud, i poblar la tierra i servir a
+S. M. porque con este deseo todos estamos i estaremos, i de otra
+manera crean Vs Mrds. que de nuevo la tierra se rebuelve e
+inquieta, porque de las cosas pasadas vnos i otros han pretendido
+cada nvo su fin, e sino descansan de los trabajos que han
+padecido con tantas persecuciones de buena ni de mala perdiendose
+no terna S. M. della cuenta, e los naturales se destruirian e no
+asentaran en sus casas e pereceran mas de los que han perecido; e
+conservar estos e conservar la tierra i los vecinos i moradores
+della todo es vno; i pues en tanta conformidad yo tengo la tierra
+e con voluntad de todos fui eligido por Governador, porque mas
+obidiencia haya, e la justicia mas acatada sea, i entiendan que
+me han de acatar i obedecer en tanto que S. M. otra cosa manda,
+porque de lo pasado yo le embio aviso; Suplico a Vs manden
+despachar desa Audiencia Real vna cedula para que todos me
+obedezcan i tengan por Governador, porque asi mas sosegados
+ternan todos los animos i mas i mejor se hara el servicio de S.
+M. i terna mas paz la tierra, e confundirse han las voluntades
+que se quisieren levantar contra esto; e sino lo mandasen Vs
+Mrds. proveer en tanto que S. M. declara su Real Voluntad, podria
+ser que parte de alguna gente que por aca nunca faltan mas amigos
+de pasiones que de razon, que se levantase algun escandalo de que
+Dios i S. M. fuesen mas deservidos: Nuestro Senor las mui
+magnificas personas de Vs Mrds. guarde tan prosperamente como
+desean: destos Reyes a 14 de julio de 1541 anos. Beso las manos
+de Vs Mrds., Don Diego de Almagro.
+
+No. XIII
+
+Letter From The Municipality Of Arequipa To The Emperor Charles
+The Fifth, Ms.; Dated At San Juan De La Frontera, Sept. 24, 1542.
+
+[The stout burghers of Arequipa gave efficient aid to the royal
+governor, in his contest with the younger Almagro; and their
+letter, signed by the municipality, forms one of the most
+authentic documents for a history of this civil war.  The
+original is in the archives at Simancas.]
+
+S. C. C. M. - Aunque de otros muchos terna V. M. aviso de la
+vitoria que en ventura de V. M. i buena deligencia i animo del
+Governador Vaca de Castro se ovo del tirano Don Diego de Almagro
+e sus se cazes, nosotros el Cabildo i vecino de Arequipa le
+queremos tambien dar, porque como quien se hallo en el peligro,
+podremos contar de la verdad como paso.
+
+Desde Xauxa hicimos relacion a V. M. de todo lo sucedido hasta
+entonses, i de los preparamientos quel Governador tenia proveidos
+para la guerra de alli.  Salio con toda la gente en orden i se
+vino a esta Cibdad de San Joan de la Frontera, donde tuvimos
+nuevas como el traidor de Don Diego de Almagro estava en la
+provincia de Bilcas, que es onze leguas desta Cibdad, que venia
+determinado con su danada intencion a darnos la batalla.  En este
+comedio vino Lope Diaquez del real de los traidores i dio al
+Governador una carta de Don Diego, i otra de doze Capitanes mui
+desvergonzados de fieros i amenazas, i el Governador con zelo de
+que no oviese tantas muertes entre los vasallos de V. M. como
+siempre fue su intento de ganar el juego por mana, acordo de
+tornarles a enbiar al dicho Lope Ydiaquez i a Diego de Mercado
+Fator de la nueva Toledo, para ver si los podian reducir i atraer
+al servicio de V. M. i fueron tan mal rescibidos que quando
+escaparon con las vidas se tuvieron por bien librados. La
+respuesta que les dieron fue que no querian obedecer las
+provisiones reales de V. M. sino darle la batalla, i luego
+alzaron su Real i caminaron para nosotros.  Visto esto el
+Governador saco su Real deste pueblo i camino contra ellos dos
+leguas, donde supo, que los traidores estavan a tres, en un
+asiento fuerte i comodo para su artilleria.  El governador acordo
+de los guardar alli, donde le tomo la voz, porque era llano i
+lugar fuerte al nuestro proposito. Como esto vieron los
+traidores, sabado que se contaron diez i seis de setiembre, se
+levantaron de donde estavan, i caminaron por lo alto de la sierra
+i vinieron una legua de nosotros, i sus corredores vinieron a ver
+nuestro asiento.  Luego el Governador provio que por una media
+loma fuese un Capitan con cinquenta arcabuceros, i otro con
+cinquenta lanzas a tomar lo alto, i sucedio tambien que sin
+ningun riesgo se tomo, i luego todo el exercito de V. M lo subio.
+Visto esto, los enemigos que estarian tres quartos de legua,
+procuraron de buscar campo donde nos dar la batalla, i asi le
+tomaron a su proposito i asentaron su artilleria i concertaron
+sus esquadrones, que eran ducientos i treinta de cavallo, en que
+venian cinquenta hombres de armas: la infanteria eran ducientos
+arcabuzeros i ciento i cinquenta piqueros, todos tan lucidos e
+bien armados, que de Milan no pudieran salir mejor aderezados: el
+artilleria eran seis media culebrinas de diez a doze pies de
+largo, que echavan de bateria una naranja: tenian mas otros seis
+tiros medianos todos de fruslera, tan bien aderezados i con tanta
+municion, que mas parecia artilleria de Ytalia que no de Yndias.
+El Governador vista su desverguenza, la gente mui en orden,
+despues de haver hecho los razonamientos que convenian,
+diciendonos que viesemos la desverguenza que los traidores tenian
+i el gran desacato a la corona Real, camino a ellos, i llegando a
+tiro donde su artilleria podia alcanzar, jugo luego en nosotros,
+que la nuestra por ser mui pequena e ir caminando, no nos podimos
+aprovechar della de ninguna cosa, i asi la dexamos por popa:
+matarnos hian antes que llegasemos a romper con ellos mas de 30
+hombres, i siempre con este dano que rescebiamos, caminamos hasta
+nos poner a tiro de arcabuz, donde de una parte i de otra jugaron
+i se hizo de a mas partes arto dano, i lo mas presto que nos fue
+posible porque su artilleria aun nos echava algunas pelotas en
+nuestros esquadrones, cerramos con ellos, donde duro la battalla
+de lanzas, porras i espadas mas de una grande hora; fue tan
+renida i porfiada que despues de la de Rebena no se ha visto
+entre tan poca gente mas crue batalla, donde hermanos a hermanos,
+ni deudos a deudos, ni amigos a amigos no se davan vida uno a
+otro. Finalmente como llevasemos la justicia de nuestra parte,
+nuestro Senor en ventura de V. M. nos dio vitoria, i en el
+denuedo con que acometio el Governador Baca de Castro el qual
+estava sobresaliente con treinta de cavallo, armado en blanco con
+una ropilla de brocado sobre las armas con su encomienda
+descubierta en los pechos, contra el qual estavan conjurados
+muchos de los traidores, pero el como cavallero se les mostro i
+defendio tan bien, que para hombre de su edad i profesion,
+estamos espantados de lo que hizo i trabajo, i como rompio con
+sus sobresalientes, luego desampararon el campo i conseguimos
+gloriosa vitoria, la qual estuvo harto dudosa, porque si era mos
+en numero ciento mas que ellos, en escoger el campo i artilleria
+i nombres de armas i arcabuzes, nos tenian doblada ventaja.  Fue
+bien sangrienta de entramas partes, i si la noche no cerrara tan
+presto, V. M. quedara bien satisfecho destos traidores, pero lo
+que no se pudo entonses hacer, ahora el Governador lo hace,
+desquartizando cada dia a los que se escaparon: murieron en la
+batalla de los nuestros el capitan Per Alvarez Holguin i otros
+sesenta cavalleros i Hidalgos; i estan eridos de muerte Gomez de
+Tordoya i el Capitan Peranzures i otros mas de ciento.  De los
+traidores murieron ciento e cinquenta, i mas de otros tantos
+eridos; presos estan mas de ciento i cinquenta: Don Diego i otros
+tres capitanes se escaparon: cada ora se traen presos, esperamos
+que un dia se habra Don Diego a las manos, porque los Yndios como
+villanos de Ytalia los matan i traen presos.  V. M. tenga esta
+vitoria en gran servicio, porque puede creer que agora se acabo
+de ganar esta tierra i ponerla debaxo del cetro Real de V. M. i
+que esta ha sido verdadera conquista i pacificacion della, i asi
+es justo que V. M. como gratisimo Principe gratifique i haga
+mercedes a los que se la dieron; i al Governador Baca de Castro
+perpetuarle en ella en entramas governaciones no dividiendo nada
+dellas porque no hai otra batalla, i a los soldados i vecinos que
+en ella se hallaron, remunerarles sus trabajos i perdidas, que
+han rescibido por reducir estos Reinos a la Corona Real de V. M.
+i mandando castigar a los vecinos que oyendo la voz Real de V. M.
+se quedaron en sus casas grangeando sus repartimientos i
+haciendas, porque gran sin justicia seria, Sacra M que bolviendo
+nosotros a nuestras casas pobres i mancos de guerra e mas de un
+ano, hallasemos a los que se quedaron sanos i salvos i ricos, i
+que a ellos no se les diese pena ni a nosotros premio ni
+galardon, esto seria ocasion para que si otra vez oviese otra
+rebelion en esta tierra o en otra, no acudiesen al servicio de V.
+M. como seria razon i somos obligados.  Todos tenemos por cierto,
+quel Governador Baca de Castro lo hara asi, i que en nombre de V.
+M. a los que le han servido hara mercedes, i a los que no
+acudieron a servii a V. M. castigara.  S. C. C. M. Dios todo
+poderoso acreciente la vida de V. M. dandole vitoria contra sus
+enemigos, porque sea acrescentada su santa fee, amen De San Joan
+de la Frontera a 24 de septiembre de 1542 anos.  - Besan las
+manos i pies de V. M. sus leales Vasallos, - Hernando de Silva, -
+Pedro Picarro, - Lucas Martinez, - Gomez de Leon, - Hernando de
+Torre, - Lope de Alarcon, - Juan de Arves, - Juan Flores, - Juan
+Ramirez, - Alonso Buelte, - Melchior de Cervantes, - Martin
+Lopez, - Juan Crespo, - Francisco Pinto, - Alonso Rodriguez
+Picado
+
+No. XIV
+
+Process Containing The Sentence Of Death Passed On Gonzalo
+Pizarro, At Xaquixaguana, April 9, 1548.
+
+[This instrument is taken from the original manuscript of
+Zarate's Chronicle, which is still preserved at Simancas.  Munoz
+has made several extracts from this Ms., showing that Zarate's
+history, in its printed form, underwent considerable alteration,
+both in regard to its facts, and the style of its execution.  The
+printed copy is prepared with more consideration; various
+circumstances, too frankly detailed in the original, are
+suppressed; and the style and disposition of the work show
+altogether a more fastidious and practised hand.  These
+circumstances have led Munoz to suppose that the Chronicle was
+submitted to the revision of some more experienced writer, before
+its publication; and a correspondence which the critic afterwards
+found in the Escurial, between Zarate and Florian d' Ocampo,
+leads to the inference that the latter historian did this kind
+office for the former.  But whatever the published work may have
+gained as a literary composition, as a book of reference and
+authority it falls behind its predecessor, which seems to have
+come without much premeditation from the author, or, at least,
+without much calculation of consequences.  Indeed its obvious
+value for historical uses led Munoz, in a note indorsed on the
+fragments, to intimate his purpose of copying the whole
+manuscript at some future time.]
+
+Vista e entendida por Nos el Mariscal Francisco de Albarado,
+Maestre de Campo deste Real exercito, el Licenciado Andres de
+Cianca, Oidor de S. M. destos Reinos, e subdelegados por el mui
+Ilustre Senor el Licenciado Pedro de la Gazca del Consejo de S.
+M. de la Santa Inquisicion, Presidente destos Reinos e provincias
+del Peru, para lo infra escripto la notoriedad de los muchos
+graves e atroces delitos que Gonzalo Pizarro ha cometido e
+consentido cometer a los que le han seguido, despues que a estos
+Reinos ha venido el Visorrey Blasco Nunez Vela, en deservicio e
+desacato de S. M. e de su preminencia e corona Real, e contra la
+natural obligacion e fidelidad que como su vasallo tenia e devia
+a su Rei e senor natural e de personas particulares, los quales
+por ser tan notorios del dicho no se requiere orden ni tela de
+juicio, mayormente que muchos de los dichos delitos consta por
+confesion del dicho Gonzalo Pizarro e la notoriedad por la
+informacion que se ha tomado, e que combiene para la pacificacion
+destos Reinos e exemplo con brevedad hacer justicia del dicho
+Gonzalo Pizarro.
+
+Fallamos atento lo susodicho junta la dispusicion del derecho,
+qua devemos declarar e declaramos el dicho Gonzalo Pizarro haver
+cometido crimen laesae Majestatis contra la corona Real Despana
+en todos los grados e causas en derecho contenidas despues que a
+estos Reinos vino el Virrey Blasco Nunez Vela, e asi le
+declaramos e condenamos al dicho Gonzalo Pizarro por traidor, e
+haver incurrido el e sus descendientes nacidos despues quel
+cometio este dicho crimen e traicion los por linea masculina
+hasta la segunda generacion, e por la femenina hasta la primera,
+en la infamia e inabilidad e inabilidades, e como a tal
+condenamos al dicho Gonzalo Pizarro en pena de muerte natural, la
+qual le mandamos que sea dada en la forma siguiente: que sea
+sacado de la prision en questa cavallero en una mula de silla
+atados pies e manos e traido publicamente por este Real de S. M.
+con voz de pregonero que manifieste su delito, sea llevado al
+tablado que por nuestro mandado esta fecho en este Real, e alli
+sea apeado e cortada la cabeza por el pescueso, e despues de
+muerta naturalmente, mandamos que la dicha cabeza sea llevada a
+la Ciudad de los Reyes como ciudad mas principa destos Reinos, e
+sea puesta e clavada en el rollo de la dicha Ciudad con un retulo
+de letra gruesa que diga, Esta es la cabeza del traidor de
+Gonzalo Pizarro que se hizo justicia del en el valle de
+Aquixaguan donde dio la batalla campal contra el estandarte Real
+queriendo defende su traicion e tirania; ninguno sea osado de la
+quitar de aqui so pena de muerte natural: e mandamos que las
+casas quel dicho Pizarro tiene en la Cibdad del Cuzco . . . . .
+sean derribadas por los cimientos e aradas de sal, e a donde
+agora es la puerta sea puesto un letrero en un pilar que diga:
+Estas casas eran de Gonzalo Pizarro las quales fueron mandadas
+derrocar por traidor, e ninguna persona sea osado dellas tornar a
+hacer i edificar sin licencia expresa de S. M. so pena de muerte
+natural: e condenamosle mas en perdimiento de todos sus bienes de
+qualquier calidad que sean e le pertenezcan, los quales aplicamos
+a la Camara e Fisco de S. M. e en todas las otras penas que
+contra los tales estan instituidas: e por esta nuestra sentencia
+definitiva juzgamos e asi lo pronunciamos e mandamos en estos
+escritos e por ellos. - Alonso de Albarado; el Lic do Cianca.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Conquest Of Peru, by William H. Prescott
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CONQUEST OF PERU ***
+
+***** This file should be named 1323.txt or 1323.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/1/3/2/1323/
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/1323.zip b/old/1323.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4735cdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/1323.zip
diff --git a/old/old/hcpru10a.zip b/old/old/hcpru10a.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8122a1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/old/hcpru10a.zip